--- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/Zsh/manmodmenu.yo +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/Zsh/manmodmenu.yo @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +menu(The zsh/cap Module) +menu(The zsh/clone Module) +menu(The zsh/compctl Module) +menu(The zsh/complete Module) +menu(The zsh/complist Module) +menu(The zsh/computil Module) +menu(The zsh/datetime Module) +menu(The zsh/deltochar Module) +menu(The zsh/example Module) +menu(The zsh/files Module) +menu(The zsh/mapfile Module) +menu(The zsh/mathfunc Module) +menu(The zsh/newuser Module) +menu(The zsh/parameter Module) +menu(The zsh/pcre Module) +menu(The zsh/regex Module) +menu(The zsh/sched Module) +menu(The zsh/net/socket Module) +menu(The zsh/stat Module) +menu(The zsh/system Module) +menu(The zsh/net/tcp Module) +menu(The zsh/termcap Module) +menu(The zsh/terminfo Module) +menu(The zsh/zftp Module) +menu(The zsh/zle Module) +menu(The zsh/zleparameter Module) +menu(The zsh/zprof Module) +menu(The zsh/zpty Module) +menu(The zsh/zselect Module) +menu(The zsh/zutil Module) --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/Zsh/modlist.yo +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/Zsh/modlist.yo @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +startitem() +item(tt(zsh/cap))( +Builtins for manipulating POSIX.1e (POSIX.6) capability (privilege) sets. +) +item(tt(zsh/clone))( +A builtin that can clone a running shell onto another terminal. +) +item(tt(zsh/compctl))( +The tt(compctl) builtin for controlling completion. +) +item(tt(zsh/complete))( +The basic completion code. +) +item(tt(zsh/complist))( +Completion listing extensions. +) +item(tt(zsh/computil))( +A module with utility builtins needed for the shell function based +completion system. +) +item(tt(zsh/datetime))( +Some date/time commands and parameters. +) +item(tt(zsh/deltochar))( +A ZLE function duplicating EMACS' tt(zap-to-char). +) +item(tt(zsh/example))( +An example of how to write a module. +) +item(tt(zsh/files))( +Some basic file manipulation commands as builtins. +) +item(tt(zsh/mapfile))( +Access to external files via a special associative array. +) +item(tt(zsh/mathfunc))( +Standard scientific functions for use in mathematical evaluations. +) +item(tt(zsh/newuser))( +Arrange for files for new users to be installed. +) +item(tt(zsh/parameter))( +Access to internal hash tables via special associative arrays. +) +item(tt(zsh/pcre))( +Interface to the PCRE library. +) +item(tt(zsh/regex))( +Interface to the POSIX regex library. +) +item(tt(zsh/sched))( +A builtin that provides a timed execution facility within the shell. +) +item(tt(zsh/net/socket))( +Manipulation of Unix domain sockets +) +item(tt(zsh/stat))( +A builtin command interface to the tt(stat) system call. +) +item(tt(zsh/system))( +A builtin interface to various low-level system features. +) +item(tt(zsh/net/tcp))( +Manipulation of TCP sockets +) +item(tt(zsh/termcap))( +Interface to the termcap database. +) +item(tt(zsh/terminfo))( +Interface to the terminfo database. +) +item(tt(zsh/zftp))( +A builtin FTP client. +) +item(tt(zsh/zle))( +The Zsh Line Editor, including the tt(bindkey) and tt(vared) builtins. +) +item(tt(zsh/zleparameter))( +Access to internals of the Zsh Line Editor via parameters. +) +item(tt(zsh/zprof))( +A module allowing profiling for shell functions. +) +item(tt(zsh/zpty))( +A builtin for starting a command in a pseudo-terminal. +) +item(tt(zsh/zselect))( +Block and return when file descriptors are ready. +) +item(tt(zsh/zutil))( +Some utility builtins, e.g. the one for supporting configuration via +styles. +) +enditem() +includefile(Zsh/modmenu.yo) +texinode(The zsh/cap Module)(The zsh/clone Module)()(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/cap Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_cap.yo) +texinode(The zsh/clone Module)(The zsh/compctl Module)(The zsh/cap Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/clone Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_clone.yo) +texinode(The zsh/compctl Module)(The zsh/complete Module)(The zsh/clone Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/compctl Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_compctl.yo) +texinode(The zsh/complete Module)(The zsh/complist Module)(The zsh/compctl Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/complete Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_complete.yo) +texinode(The zsh/complist Module)(The zsh/computil Module)(The zsh/complete Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/complist Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_complist.yo) +texinode(The zsh/computil Module)(The zsh/datetime Module)(The zsh/complist Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/computil Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_computil.yo) +texinode(The zsh/datetime Module)(The zsh/deltochar Module)(The zsh/computil Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/datetime Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_datetime.yo) +texinode(The zsh/deltochar Module)(The zsh/example Module)(The zsh/datetime Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/deltochar Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_deltochar.yo) +texinode(The zsh/example Module)(The zsh/files Module)(The zsh/deltochar Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/example Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_example.yo) +texinode(The zsh/files Module)(The zsh/mapfile Module)(The zsh/example Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/files Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_files.yo) +texinode(The zsh/mapfile Module)(The zsh/mathfunc Module)(The zsh/files Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/mapfile Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_mapfile.yo) +texinode(The zsh/mathfunc Module)(The zsh/newuser Module)(The zsh/mapfile Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/mathfunc Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_mathfunc.yo) +texinode(The zsh/newuser Module)(The zsh/parameter Module)(The zsh/mathfunc Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/newuser Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_newuser.yo) +texinode(The zsh/parameter Module)(The zsh/pcre Module)(The zsh/newuser Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/parameter Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_parameter.yo) +texinode(The zsh/pcre Module)(The zsh/regex Module)(The zsh/parameter Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/pcre Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_pcre.yo) +texinode(The zsh/regex Module)(The zsh/sched Module)(The zsh/pcre Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/regex Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_regex.yo) +texinode(The zsh/sched Module)(The zsh/net/socket Module)(The zsh/regex Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/sched Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_sched.yo) +texinode(The zsh/net/socket Module)(The zsh/stat Module)(The zsh/sched Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/net/socket Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_socket.yo) +texinode(The zsh/stat Module)(The zsh/system Module)(The zsh/net/socket Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/stat Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_stat.yo) +texinode(The zsh/system Module)(The zsh/net/tcp Module)(The zsh/stat Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/system Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_system.yo) +texinode(The zsh/net/tcp Module)(The zsh/termcap Module)(The zsh/system Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/net/tcp Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_tcp.yo) +texinode(The zsh/termcap Module)(The zsh/terminfo Module)(The zsh/net/tcp Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/termcap Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_termcap.yo) +texinode(The zsh/terminfo Module)(The zsh/zftp Module)(The zsh/termcap Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/terminfo Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_terminfo.yo) +texinode(The zsh/zftp Module)(The zsh/zle Module)(The zsh/terminfo Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/zftp Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_zftp.yo) +texinode(The zsh/zle Module)(The zsh/zleparameter Module)(The zsh/zftp Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/zle Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_zle.yo) +texinode(The zsh/zleparameter Module)(The zsh/zprof Module)(The zsh/zle Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/zleparameter Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_zleparameter.yo) +texinode(The zsh/zprof Module)(The zsh/zpty Module)(The zsh/zleparameter Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/zprof Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_zprof.yo) +texinode(The zsh/zpty Module)(The zsh/zselect Module)(The zsh/zprof Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/zpty Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_zpty.yo) +texinode(The zsh/zselect Module)(The zsh/zutil Module)(The zsh/zpty Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/zselect Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_zselect.yo) +texinode(The zsh/zutil Module)()(The zsh/zselect Module)(Zsh Modules) +sect(The zsh/zutil Module) +includefile(Zsh/mod_zutil.yo) --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/Zsh/modmenu.yo +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/Zsh/modmenu.yo @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +startmenu() +menu(The zsh/cap Module) +menu(The zsh/clone Module) +menu(The zsh/compctl Module) +menu(The zsh/complete Module) +menu(The zsh/complist Module) +menu(The zsh/computil Module) +menu(The zsh/datetime Module) +menu(The zsh/deltochar Module) +menu(The zsh/example Module) +menu(The zsh/files Module) +menu(The zsh/mapfile Module) +menu(The zsh/mathfunc Module) +menu(The zsh/newuser Module) +menu(The zsh/parameter Module) +menu(The zsh/pcre Module) +menu(The zsh/regex Module) +menu(The zsh/sched Module) +menu(The zsh/net/socket Module) +menu(The zsh/stat Module) +menu(The zsh/system Module) +menu(The zsh/net/tcp Module) +menu(The zsh/termcap Module) +menu(The zsh/terminfo Module) +menu(The zsh/zftp Module) +menu(The zsh/zle Module) +menu(The zsh/zleparameter Module) +menu(The zsh/zprof Module) +menu(The zsh/zpty Module) +menu(The zsh/zselect Module) +menu(The zsh/zutil Module) +endmenu() --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshexpn.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshexpn.1 @@ -0,0 +1,2248 @@ +.TH "ZSHEXPN" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshexpn \- zsh expansion and substitution +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/expn.yo +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +The following types of expansions are performed in the indicated order in +five steps: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fIHistory Expansion\fP +This is performed only in interactive shells\&. +.TP +\fIAlias Expansion\fP +Aliases are expanded immediately before the command line is parsed as +explained +under Aliasing in \fIzshmisc\fP(1)\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fIProcess Substitution\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fIParameter Expansion\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fICommand Substitution\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fIArithmetic Expansion\fP +.TP +.PD +\fIBrace Expansion\fP +These five are performed in one step in left\-to\-right fashion\&. After +these expansions, all unquoted occurrences of the characters `\fB\e\fP\&', +`\fB\&'\fP' and `\fB"\fP' are removed\&. +.TP +\fIFilename Expansion\fP +If the \fBSH_FILE_EXPANSION\fP option is set, the order of expansion is +modified for compatibility with \fBsh\fP and \fBksh\fP\&. In that case +\fIfilename expansion\fP is performed immediately after \fIalias expansion\fP, +preceding the set of five expansions mentioned above\&. +.TP +\fIFilename Generation\fP +This expansion, commonly referred to as \fBglobbing\fP, is always done last\&. +.PP +The following sections explain the types of expansion in detail\&. +.PP +.SH "HISTORY EXPANSION" +History expansion allows you to use words from previous command +lines in the command line you are typing\&. This simplifies spelling +corrections and the repetition of complicated commands or arguments\&. +Immediately before execution, each command is saved in the history list, +the size of which is controlled by the \fBHISTSIZE\fP parameter\&. The one +most recent command is always retained in any case\&. Each saved command in +the history list is called a history \fIevent\fP and is assigned a number, +beginning with 1 (one) when the shell starts up\&. The history number that +you may see in your prompt (see +Prompt Expansion in \fIzshmisc\fP(1)) is the number that is to be assigned to the \fInext\fP command\&. +.PP +.SS "Overview" +A history expansion begins with the first character of the \fBhistchars\fP +parameter, which is `\fB!\fP\&' by default, and may occur anywhere on the +command line; history expansions do not nest\&. The `\fB!\fP\&' can be escaped +with `\fB\e\fP\&' or can be enclosed between a pair of single quotes (\fB''\fP) +to suppress its special meaning\&. Double quotes will \fInot\fP work for +this\&. Following this history character is an optional event designator +(see the section `Event Designators\&') and then an optional word +designator (the section `Word Designators\&'); if neither of these designators is +present, no history expansion occurs\&. +.PP +Input lines containing history expansions are echoed after being expanded, +but before any other expansions take place and before the command is +executed\&. It is this expanded form that is recorded as the history event +for later references\&. +.PP +By default, a history reference with no event designator refers to the +same event as any preceding history reference on that command line; if it +is the only history reference in a command, it refers to the previous +command\&. +However, if the option \fBCSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY\fP is set, then every history +reference with no event specification \fIalways\fP refers to the previous +command\&. +.PP +For example, `\fB!\fP\&' is the event designator for the previous command, so +`\fB!!:1\fP\&' always refers to the first word of the previous command, and +`\fB!!$\fP\&' always refers to the last word of the previous command\&. With +\fBCSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY\fP set, then `\fB!:1\fP\&' and `\fB!$\fP' function in the +same manner as `\fB!!:1\fP\&' and `\fB!!$\fP', respectively\&. Conversely, if +\fBCSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY\fP is unset, then `\fB!:1\fP\&' and `\fB!$\fP' refer to the +first and last words, respectively, of the same event referenced by the +nearest other history reference preceding them on the current command +line, or to the previous command if there is no preceding reference\&. +.PP +The character sequence `\fB^\fP\fIfoo\fP\fB^\fP\fIbar\fP\&' (where `\fB^\fP' is +actually the second character of the \fBhistchars\fP parameter) +repeats the last command, replacing the string \fIfoo\fP with \fIbar\fP\&. +More precisely, the sequence `\fB^\fP\fIfoo\fP\fB^\fP\fIbar\fP\fB^\fP\&' is +synonymous with `\fB!!:s\fP\fB^\fP\fIfoo\fP\fB^\fP\fIbar\fP\fB^\fP\&', hence other +modifiers (see the section `Modifiers\&') may follow the final `\fB^\fP'\&. +In particular, `\fB^\fP\fIfoo\fP\fB^\fP\fIbar\fP\fB:G\fP\&' performs a global +substitution\&. +.PP +If the shell encounters the character sequence `\fB!"\fP\&' +in the input, the history mechanism is temporarily disabled until +the current list (see +\fIzshmisc\fP(1)) is fully parsed\&. The `\fB!"\fP\&' is removed from the input, and any +subsequent `\fB!\fP\&' characters have no special significance\&. +.PP +A less convenient but more comprehensible form of command history support +is provided by the \fBfc\fP builtin\&. +.SS "Event Designators" +An event designator is a reference to a command\-line entry in the history +list\&. In the list below, remember that the initial \fB`!\&'\fP in each item +may be changed to another character by setting the \fBhistchars\fP +parameter\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB!\fP +Start a history expansion, except when followed by a blank, newline, +`\fB=\fP\&' or `\fB(\fP'\&. If followed immediately by a word designator +(see the section `Word Designators\&'), this forms a history reference +with no event designator (see the section `Overview\&')\&. +.TP +\fB!!\fP +Refer to the previous command\&. +By itself, this expansion +repeats the previous command\&. +.TP +\fB!\fP\fIn\fP +Refer to command\-line \fIn\fP\&. +.TP +\fB!\-\fP\fIn\fP +Refer to the current command\-line minus \fIn\fP\&. +.TP +\fB!\fP\fIstr\fP +Refer to the most recent command starting with \fIstr\fP\&. +.TP +\fB!?\fP\fIstr\fP[\fB?\fP] +Refer to the most recent command containing \fIstr\fP\&. The trailing +`\fB?\fP\&' is necessary if this reference is to be followed by a modifier or +followed by any text that is not to be considered part of \fIstr\fP\&. +.TP +\fB!#\fP +Refer to the current command line typed in so far\&. The line is +treated as if it were complete up to and including the word before the +one with the `\fB!#\fP\&' reference\&. +.TP +\fB!{\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP +Insulate a history reference from adjacent characters (if necessary)\&. +.SS "Word Designators" +A word designator indicates which word or words of a given command line are +to be included in a history reference\&. A `\fB:\fP\&' usually +separates the event specification from the word designator\&. +It may be omitted only if the word designator begins with a +`\fB^\fP\&', `\fB$\fP', `\fB*\fP', `\fB\-\fP' or `\fB%\fP'\&. +Word designators include: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB0\fP +The first input word (command)\&. +.TP +\fIn\fP +The \fIn\fPth argument\&. +.TP +\fB^\fP +The first argument\&. That is, \fB1\fP\&. +.TP +\fB$\fP +The last argument\&. +.TP +\fB%\fP +The word matched by (the most recent) \fB?\fP\fIstr\fP search\&. +.TP +\fIx\fP\fB\-\fP\fIy\fP +A range of words; \fIx\fP defaults to \fB0\fP\&. +.TP +\fB*\fP +All the arguments, or a null value if there are none\&. +.TP +\fIx\fP\fB*\fP +Abbreviates `\fIx\fP\fB\-$\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fIx\fP\fB\-\fP +Like `\fIx\fP\fB*\fP\&' but omitting word \fB$\fP\&. +.PD +.PP +Note that a `\fB%\fP\&' word designator works only when used in one of +`\fB!%\fP\&', `\fB!:%\fP' or `\fB!?\fP\fIstr\fP\fB?:%\fP', and only when used after a +\fB!?\fP expansion (possibly in an earlier command)\&. Anything else results +in an error, although the error may not be the most obvious one\&. +.SS "Modifiers" +After the optional word designator, you can add +a sequence of one or more of the following modifiers, +each preceded by a `\fB:\fP\&'\&. These modifiers also work on the result +of \fIfilename generation\fP and \fIparameter expansion\fP, except where +noted\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBh\fP +Remove a trailing pathname component, leaving the head\&. This works +like `\fBdirname\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBr\fP +Remove a filename extension of the form `\fB\&.\fP\fIxxx\fP\&', leaving +the root name\&. +.TP +\fBe\fP +Remove all but the extension\&. +.TP +\fBt\fP +Remove all leading pathname components, leaving the tail\&. This works +like `\fBbasename\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBp\fP +Print the new command but do not execute it\&. Only works with history +expansion\&. +.TP +\fBq\fP +Quote the substituted words, escaping further substitutions\&. Works +with history expansion and parameter expansion, though for parameters +it is only useful if the resulting text is to be re\-evaluated such as +by \fBeval\fP\&. +.TP +\fBQ\fP +Remove one level of quotes from the substituted words\&. +.TP +\fBx\fP +Like \fBq\fP, but break into words at whitespace\&. Does not work with +parameter expansion\&. +.TP +\fBl\fP +Convert the words to all lowercase\&. +.TP +\fBu\fP +Convert the words to all uppercase\&. +.TP +\fBs/\fP\fIl\fP\fB/\fP\fIr\fP[\fB/\fP] +Substitute \fIr\fP for \fIl\fP as described below\&. +The substitution is done only for the +first string that matches \fIl\fP\&. For arrays and for filename +generation, this applies to each word of the expanded text\&. See +below for further notes on substitutions\&. +.RS +.PP +The forms `\fBgs/\fP\fIl\fP\fB/\fP\fIr\fP\&' and `\fBs/\fP\fIl\fP\fB/\fP\fIr\fP\fB/:G\fP' +perform global substitution, i\&.e\&. substitute every occurrence of \fIr\fP +for \fIl\fP\&. Note that the \fBg\fP or \fB:G\fP must appear in exactly the +position shown\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB&\fP +Repeat the previous \fBs\fP substitution\&. Like \fBs\fP, may be preceded +immediately by a \fBg\fP\&. In parameter expansion the \fB&\fP must appear +inside braces, and in filename generation it must be quoted with a +backslash\&. +.PP +The \fBs/l/r/\fP substitution works as follows\&. By default the left\-hand +side of substitutions are not patterns, but character strings\&. Any +character can be used as the delimiter in place of `\fB/\fP\&'\&. A +backslash quotes the delimiter character\&. The character `\fB&\fP\&', in +the right\-hand\-side \fIr\fP, is replaced by the text from the +left\-hand\-side \fIl\fP\&. The `\fB&\fP\&' can be quoted with a backslash\&. A +null \fIl\fP uses the previous string either from the previous \fIl\fP +or from the contextual scan string \fIs\fP from `\fB!?\fP\fIs\fP\&'\&. You can +omit the rightmost delimiter if a newline immediately follows \fIr\fP; +the rightmost `\fB?\fP\&' in a context scan can similarly be omitted\&. +Note the same record of the last \fIl\fP and \fIr\fP is maintained +across all forms of expansion\&. +.PP +If the option \fBHIST_SUBST_PATTERN\fP is set, \fIl\fP is treated as +a pattern of the usual form desribed in +the section FILENAME GENERATION below\&. This can be used in +all the places where modifiers are available; note, however, that +in globbing qualifiers parameter substitution has already taken place, +so parameters in the replacement string should be quoted to ensure +they are replaced at the correct time\&. +Note also that complicated patterns used in globbing qualifiers may +need the extended glob qualifier notation +\fB(#q:s/\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB/\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB/)\fP in order for the +shell to recognize the expression as a glob qualifer\&. Further, +note that bad patterns in the substitution are not subject to +the \fBNO_BAD_PATTERN\fP option so will cause an error\&. +.PP +When \fBHIST_SUBST_PATTERN\fP is set, \fIl\fP may start with a \fB#\fP +to indicate that the pattern must match at the start of the string +to be substituted, and a \fB%\fP may appear at the start or after an \fB#\fP +to indicate that the pattern must match at the end of the string +to be substituted\&. The \fB%\fP or \fB#\fP may be quoted with two +backslashes\&. +.PP +For example, the following piece of filename generation code +with the \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP option: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBprint *\&.c(#q:s/#%(#b)s(*)\&.c/\&'S${match[1]}\&.C'/)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +takes the expansion of \fB*\&.c\fP and applies the glob qualifiers in the +\fB(#q\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB)\fP expression, which consists of a substitution +modifier anchored to the start and end of each word (\fB#%\fP)\&. This +turns on backreferences (\fB(#b)\fP), so that the parenthesised +subexpression is available in the replacement string as \fB${match[1]}\fP\&. +The replacement string is quoted so that the parameter is not substituted +before the start of filename generation\&. +.PP +The following \fBf\fP, \fBF\fP, \fBw\fP and \fBW\fP modifiers work only with +parameter expansion and filename generation\&. They are listed here to +provide a single point of reference for all modifiers\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBf\fP +Repeats the immediately (without a colon) following modifier until the +resulting word doesn\&'t change any more\&. +.TP +\fBF:\fP\fIexpr\fP\fB:\fP +Like \fBf\fP, but repeats only \fIn\fP times if the expression +\fIexpr\fP evaluates to \fIn\fP\&. Any character can be used instead of +the `\fB:\fP\&'; if `\fB(\fP', `\fB[\fP', or `\fB{\fP' +is used as the opening delimiter, +the closing delimiter should be \&'\fB)\fP', `\fB]\fP', or `\fB}\fP', +respectively\&. +.TP +\fBw\fP +Makes the immediately following modifier work on each word in the +string\&. +.TP +\fBW:\fP\fIsep\fP\fB:\fP +Like \fBw\fP but words are considered to be the parts of the string +that are separated by \fIsep\fP\&. Any character can be used instead of +the `\fB:\fP\&'; opening parentheses are handled specially, see above\&. +.SH "PROCESS SUBSTITUTION" +Each command argument of the form +`\fB<(\fP\fIlist\fP\fB)\fP\&', +`\fB>(\fP\fIlist\fP\fB)\fP\&' or +`\fB=(\fP\fIlist\fP\fB)\fP\&' +is subject to process substitution\&. +In the case of the \fB<\fP or \fB>\fP forms, the shell runs process +\fIlist\fP asynchronously\&. If the system supports the \fB/dev/fd\fP +mechanism, the command argument is the name of the device file +corresponding to a file descriptor; otherwise, if the system supports named +pipes (FIFOs), the command argument will be a named pipe\&. If the form with +\fB>\fP is selected then writing on this special file will provide input for +\fIlist\fP\&. If \fB<\fP is used, then the file passed as an argument will +be connected to the output of the \fIlist\fP process\&. For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB\fBpaste <(cut \-f1\fP \fIfile1\fP\fB) <(cut \-f3\fP \fIfile2\fP\fB) | +tee >(\fP\fIprocess1\fP\fB) >(\fP\fIprocess2\fP\fB) >/dev/null\fP\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +cuts fields 1 and 3 from the files \fIfile1\fP and \fIfile2\fP respectively, +pastes the results together, and sends it to the processes +\fIprocess1\fP and \fIprocess2\fP\&. +.PP +If \fB=(\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB)\fP is used instead of +\fB<(\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB)\fP, +then the file passed as an argument will be the name +of a temporary file containing the output of the \fIlist\fP +process\&. This may be used instead of the \fB<\fP +form for a program that expects to lseek (see \fIlseek\fP(2)) +on the input file\&. +.PP +There is an optimisation for substitutions of the form +\fB=(<<<\fP\fIarg\fP\fB)\fP, where \fIarg\fP is a single\-word argument +to the here\-string redirection \fB<<<\fP\&. This form produces a file name +containing the value of \fIarg\fP after any substitutions have been +performed\&. This is handled entirely within the current shell\&. This is +effectively the reverse of the special form \fB$(<\fP\fIarg\fP\fB)\fP +which treats \fIarg\fP as a file name and replaces it with the file\&'s +contents\&. +.PP +The \fB=\fP form is useful as both the \fB/dev/fd\fP and the named pipe +implementation of \fB<(\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB)\fP have drawbacks\&. In +the former case, some programmes may automatically close the file +descriptor in question before examining the file on the command line, +particularly if this is necessary for security reasons such as when the +programme is running setuid\&. In the second case, if the +programme does not actually open the file, the subshell attempting to read +from or write to the pipe will (in a typical implementation, different +operating systems may have different behaviour) block for ever and have to +be killed explicitly\&. In both cases, the shell actually supplies the +information using a pipe, so that programmes that expect to lseek +(see \fIlseek\fP(2)) on the file will not work\&. +.PP +Also note that the previous example can be more compactly and +efficiently written (provided the \fBMULTIOS\fP option is set) as: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB\fBpaste <(cut \-f1\fP \fIfile1\fP\fB) <(cut \-f3\fP \fIfile2\fP\fB)\fP \e +\fB> >(\fP\fIprocess1\fP\fB) > >(\fP\fIprocess2\fP\fB)\fP\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The shell uses pipes instead of FIFOs to implement the latter +two process substitutions in the above example\&. +.PP +There is an additional problem with \fB>(\fP\fIprocess\fP\fB)\fP; when +this is attached to an external command, the parent shell does not wait +for \fIprocess\fP to finish and hence an immediately following command +cannot rely on the results being complete\&. The problem and solution are +the same as described in the section \fIMULTIOS\fP in +\fIzshmisc\fP(1)\&. Hence in a simplified +version of the example above: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB\fBpaste <(cut \-f1\fP \fIfile1\fP\fB) <(cut \-f3\fP \fIfile2\fP\fB)\fP \fB> >(\fP\fIprocess\fP\fB)\fP\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +(note that no \fBMULTIOS\fP are involved), \fIprocess\fP will be run +asynchronously\&. The workaround is: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB\fB{ paste <(cut \-f1\fP \fIfile1\fP\fB) <(cut \-f3\fP \fIfile2\fP\fB) }\fP \fB> >(\fP\fIprocess\fP\fB)\fP\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The extra processes here are +spawned from the parent shell which will wait for their completion\&. +.PP +.SH "PARAMETER EXPANSION" +The character `\fB$\fP\&' is used to introduce parameter expansions\&. +See +\fIzshparam\fP(1) +for a description of parameters, including arrays, associative arrays, +and subscript notation to access individual array elements\&. +.PP +Note in particular the fact that words of unquoted parameters are not +automatically split on whitespace unless the option \fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP is +set; see references to this option below for more details\&. This is an +important difference from other shells\&. +.PP +In the expansions discussed below that require a pattern, the form of +the pattern is the same as that used for filename generation; +see the section `Filename Generation\&'\&. Note that these patterns, along with +the replacement text of any substitutions, are themselves subject to +parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion\&. +In addition to the following operations, the colon modifiers described in +the section `Modifiers\&' in the section `History Expansion' can be +applied: for example, \fB${i:s/foo/bar/}\fP performs string +substitution on the expansion of parameter \fB$i\fP\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB}\fP +The value, if any, of the parameter \fIname\fP is substituted\&. +The braces are required if the expansion is to be followed by +a letter, digit, or underscore that is not to be interpreted +as part of \fIname\fP\&. In addition, more complicated forms of substitution +usually require the braces to be present; exceptions, which only apply if +the option \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP is not set, are a single subscript or any colon +modifiers appearing after the name, or any of the characters `\fB^\fP\&', +`\fB=\fP\&', `\fB~\fP', `\fB#\fP' or `\fB+\fP' appearing before the name, all of +which work with or without braces\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fIname\fP is an array parameter, and the \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP option is not +set, then the value of each +element of \fIname\fP is substituted, one element per word\&. Otherwise, the +expansion results in one word only; with \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP, this is the first +element of an array\&. No field splitting is done on the result unless the +\fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP option is set\&. +See also the flags \fB=\fP and \fBs:\fP\fIstring\fP\fB:\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB${+\fP\fIname\fP\fB}\fP +If \fIname\fP is the name of a set parameter `\fB1\fP\&' is substituted, +otherwise `\fB0\fP\&' is substituted\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB\-\fP\fIword\fP\fB}\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB:\-\fP\fIword\fP\fB}\fP +If \fIname\fP is set, or in the second form is non\-null, then substitute +its value; otherwise substitute \fIword\fP\&. In the second form \fIname\fP +may be omitted, in which case \fIword\fP is always substituted\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB+\fP\fIword\fP\fB}\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB:+\fP\fIword\fP\fB}\fP +If \fIname\fP is set, or in the second form is non\-null, then substitute +\fIword\fP; otherwise substitute nothing\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB=\fP\fIword\fP\fB}\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB:=\fP\fIword\fP\fB}\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB::=\fP\fIword\fP\fB}\fP +In the first form, if \fIname\fP is unset then set it to \fIword\fP; in the +second form, if \fIname\fP is unset or null then set it to \fIword\fP; and +in the third form, unconditionally set \fIname\fP to \fIword\fP\&. In all +forms, the value of the parameter is then substituted\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB?\fP\fIword\fP\fB}\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB:?\fP\fIword\fP\fB}\fP +In the first form, if \fIname\fP is set, or in the second form if \fIname\fP +is both set and non\-null, then substitute its value; otherwise, print +\fIword\fP and exit from the shell\&. Interactive shells instead return to +the prompt\&. If \fIword\fP is omitted, then a standard message is printed\&. +.PP +In any of the above expressions that test a variable and substitute an +alternate \fIword\fP, note that you can use standard shell quoting in the +\fIword\fP value to selectively override the splitting done by the +\fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP option and the \fB=\fP flag, but not splitting by the +\fBs:\fP\fIstring\fP\fB:\fP flag\&. +.PP +In the following expressions, when \fIname\fP is an array and +the substitution is not quoted, or if the `\fB(@)\fP\&' flag or the +\fIname\fP\fB[@]\fP syntax is used, matching and replacement is +performed on each array element separately\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB#\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB}\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB##\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB}\fP +If the \fIpattern\fP matches the beginning of the value of +\fIname\fP, then substitute the value of \fIname\fP with +the matched portion deleted; otherwise, just +substitute the value of \fIname\fP\&. In the first +form, the smallest matching pattern is preferred; +in the second form, the largest matching pattern is +preferred\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB%\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB}\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB%%\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB}\fP +If the \fIpattern\fP matches the end of the value of +\fIname\fP, then substitute the value of \fIname\fP with +the matched portion deleted; otherwise, just +substitute the value of \fIname\fP\&. In the first +form, the smallest matching pattern is preferred; +in the second form, the largest matching pattern is +preferred\&. +.TP +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB:#\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB}\fP +If the \fIpattern\fP matches the value of \fIname\fP, then substitute +the empty string; otherwise, just substitute the value of \fIname\fP\&. +If \fIname\fP is an array +the matching array elements are removed (use the `\fB(M)\fP\&' flag to +remove the non\-matched elements)\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB/\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB/\fP\fIrepl\fP\fB}\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB//\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB/\fP\fIrepl\fP\fB}\fP +Replace the longest possible match of \fIpattern\fP in the expansion of +parameter \fIname\fP by string \fIrepl\fP\&. The first form +replaces just the first occurrence, the second form all occurrences\&. +Both \fIpattern\fP and \fIrepl\fP are subject to double\-quoted substitution, +so that expressions like \fB${name/$opat/$npat}\fP will work, but note the +usual rule that pattern characters in \fB$opat\fP are not treated specially +unless either the option \fBGLOB_SUBST\fP is set, or \fB$opat\fP is instead +substituted as \fB${~opat}\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fIpattern\fP may begin with a `\fB#\fP\&', in which case the +\fIpattern\fP must match at the start of the string, or `\fB%\fP\&', in +which case it must match at the end of the string, or `\fB#%\fP\&' in which +case the \fIpattern\fP must match the entire string\&. The \fIrepl\fP may +be an empty string, in which case the final `\fB/\fP\&' may also be omitted\&. +To quote the final `\fB/\fP\&' in other cases it should be preceded by a +single backslash; this is not necessary if the +`\fB/\fP\&' occurs inside a substituted parameter\&. Note also that the `\fB#\fP', +`\fB%\fP\&' and `\fB#%\fP are not active if they occur inside a substituted +parameter, even at the start\&. +.PP +The first `\fB/\fP\&' may be preceded by a `\fB:\fP', in which case the match +will only succeed if it matches the entire word\&. Note also the +effect of the \fBI\fP and \fBS\fP parameter expansion flags below; however, +the flags \fBM\fP, \fBR\fP, \fBB\fP, \fBE\fP and \fBN\fP are not useful\&. +.PP +For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBfoo="twinkle twinkle little star" sub="t*e" rep="spy" +print ${foo//${~sub}/$rep} +print ${(S)foo//${~sub}/$rep}\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Here, the `\fB~\fP\&' ensures that the text of \fB$sub\fP is treated as a +pattern rather than a plain string\&. In the first case, the longest +match for \fBt*e\fP is substituted and the result is `\fBspy star\fP\&', +while in the second case, the shortest matches are taken and the +result is `\fBspy spy lispy star\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB${#\fP\fIspec\fP\fB}\fP +If \fIspec\fP is one of the above substitutions, substitute +the length in characters of the result instead of +the result itself\&. If \fIspec\fP is an array expression, +substitute the number of elements of the result\&. +Note that `\fB^\fP\&', `\fB=\fP', and `\fB~\fP', below, must appear +to the left of `\fB#\fP\&' when these forms are combined\&. +.TP +\fB${^\fP\fIspec\fP\fB}\fP +Turn on the \fBRC_EXPAND_PARAM\fP option for the +evaluation of \fIspec\fP; if the `\fB^\fP\&' is doubled, turn it off\&. +When this option is set, array expansions of the form +\fIfoo\fP\fB${\fP\fIxx\fP\fB}\fP\fIbar\fP, +where the parameter \fIxx\fP +is set to \fB(\fP\fIa b c\fP\fB)\fP, are substituted with +`\fIfooabar foobbar foocbar\fP\&' instead of the default +`\fIfooa b cbar\fP\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +Internally, each such expansion is converted into the +equivalent list for brace expansion\&. E\&.g\&., \fB${^var}\fP becomes +\fB{$var[1],$var[2],\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP, and is processed as described in +the section `Brace Expansion\&' below\&. +If word splitting is also in effect the +\fB$var[\fP\fIN\fP\fB]\fP may themselves be split into different list +elements\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB${=\fP\fIspec\fP\fB}\fP +Perform word splitting using the rules for \fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP during the +evaluation of \fIspec\fP, but regardless of whether the parameter appears in +double quotes; if the `\fB=\fP\&' is doubled, turn it off\&. +This forces parameter expansions to be split into +separate words before substitution, using \fBIFS\fP as a delimiter\&. +This is done by default in most other shells\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that splitting is applied to \fIword\fP in the assignment forms +of \fIspec\fP \fIbefore\fP the assignment to \fIname\fP is performed\&. +This affects the result of array assignments with the \fBA\fP flag\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB${~\fP\fIspec\fP\fB}\fP +Turn on the \fBGLOB_SUBST\fP option for the evaluation of +\fIspec\fP; if the `\fB~\fP\&' is doubled, turn it off\&. When this option is +set, the string resulting from the expansion will be interpreted as a +pattern anywhere that is possible, such as in filename expansion and +filename generation and pattern\-matching contexts like the right +hand side of the `\fB=\fP\&' and `\fB!=\fP' operators in conditions\&. +.RS +.PP +In nested substitutions, note that the effect of the \fB~\fP applies to the +result of the current level of substitution\&. A surrounding pattern +operation on the result may cancel it\&. Hence, for example, if the +parameter \fBfoo\fP is set to \fB*\fP, \fB${~foo//\e*/*\&.c}\fP is substituted by +the pattern \fB*\&.c\fP, which may be expanded by filename generation, but +\fB${${~foo}//\e*/*\&.c}\fP substitutes to the string \fB*\&.c\fP, which will not +be further expanded\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +If a \fB${\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP type parameter expression or a +\fB$(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP type command substitution is used in place of +\fIname\fP above, it is expanded first and the result is used as if +it were the value of \fIname\fP\&. Thus it is +possible to perform nested operations: \fB${${foo#head}%tail}\fP +substitutes the value of \fB$foo\fP with both `\fBhead\fP\&' and `\fBtail\fP' +deleted\&. The form with \fB$(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP is often useful in +combination with the flags described next; see the examples below\&. +Each \fIname\fP or nested \fB${\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP in a parameter expansion may +also be followed by a subscript expression as described in +\fIArray Parameters\fP in \fIzshparam\fP(1)\&. +.PP +Note that double quotes may appear around nested expressions, in which +case only the part inside is treated as quoted; for example, +\fB${(f)"$(foo)"}\fP quotes the result of \fB$(foo)\fP, but the flag `\fB(f)\fP\&' +(see below) is applied using the rules for unquoted expansions\&. Note +further that quotes are themselves nested in this context; for example, in +\fB"${(@f)"$(foo)"}"\fP, there are two sets of quotes, one surrounding the +whole expression, the other (redundant) surrounding the \fB$(foo)\fP as +before\&. +.PP +.SS "Parameter Expansion Flags" +If the opening brace is directly followed by an opening parenthesis, +the string up to the matching closing parenthesis will be taken as a +list of flags\&. In cases where repeating a flag is meaningful, the +repetitions need not be consecutive; for example, `(\fBq%q%q\fP)\&' +means the same thing as the more readable `(\fB%%qqq\fP)\&'\&. The +following flags are supported: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB#\fP +Evaluate the resulting words as numeric expressions and output the +characters corresponding to the resulting integer\&. Note that this form is +entirely distinct from use of the \fB#\fP without parentheses\&. +.RS +.PP +If the \fBMULTIBYTE\fP option is set and the number is greater than 127 +(i\&.e\&. not an ASCII character) it is treated as a Unicode character\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB%\fP +Expand all \fB%\fP escapes in the resulting words in the same way as in +prompts (see the section `Prompt Expansion\&')\&. If this flag is given twice, +full prompt expansion is done on the resulting words, depending on the +setting of the \fBPROMPT_PERCENT\fP, \fBPROMPT_SUBST\fP and \fBPROMPT_BANG\fP +options\&. +.TP +\fB@\fP +In double quotes, array elements are put into separate words\&. +E\&.g\&., `\fB"${(@)foo}"\fP\&' is equivalent to `\fB"${foo[@]}"\fP' and +`\fB"${(@)foo[1,2]}"\fP\&' is the same as `\fB"$foo[1]" "$foo[2]"\fP'\&. +This is distinct from \fIfield splitting\fP by the the \fBf\fP, \fBs\fP +or \fBz\fP flags, which still applies within each array element\&. +.TP +\fBA\fP +Create an array parameter with `\fB${\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB=\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP\&', +`\fB${\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB:=\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP\&' or `\fB${\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB::=\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP'\&. +If this flag is repeated (as in `\fBAA\fP\&'), create an associative +array parameter\&. Assignment is made before sorting or padding\&. +The \fIname\fP part may be a subscripted range for ordinary +arrays; the \fIword\fP part \fImust\fP be converted to an array, for +example by using `\fB${(AA)=\fP\fIname\fP\fB=\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP\&' to activate +field splitting, when creating an associative array\&. +.TP +\fBa\fP +Sort in array index order; when combined with `\fBO\fP\&' sort in reverse +array index order\&. Note that `\fBa\fP\&' is therefore equivalent to the +default but `\fBOa\fP\&' is useful for obtaining an array's elements in reverse +order\&. +.TP +\fBc\fP +With \fB${#\fP\fIname\fP\fB}\fP, count the total number of characters in an array, +as if the elements were concatenated with spaces between them\&. +.TP +\fBC\fP +Capitalize the resulting words\&. `Words\&' in this case refers to sequences +of alphanumeric characters separated by non\-alphanumerics, \fInot\fP to words +that result from field splitting\&. +.TP +\fBe\fP +Perform \fIparameter expansion\fP, \fIcommand substitution\fP and +\fIarithmetic expansion\fP on the result\&. Such expansions can be +nested but too deep recursion may have unpredictable effects\&. +.TP +\fBf\fP +Split the result of the expansion to lines\&. This is a shorthand +for `\fBps:\en:\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBF\fP +Join the words of arrays together using newline as a separator\&. +This is a shorthand for `\fBpj:\en:\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBi\fP +Sort case\-insensitively\&. May be combined with `\fBn\fP\&' or `\fBO\fP'\&. +.TP +\fBk\fP +If \fIname\fP refers to an associative array, substitute the \fIkeys\fP +(element names) rather than the values of the elements\&. Used with +subscripts (including ordinary arrays), force indices or keys to be +substituted even if the subscript form refers to values\&. However, +this flag may not be combined with subscript ranges\&. +.TP +\fBL\fP +Convert all letters in the result to lower case\&. +.TP +\fBn\fP +Sort decimal integers numerically; if the first differing +characters of two test strings are not digits, sorting +is lexical\&. Integers with more initial zeroes +are sorted before those with fewer or none\&. Hence the array `\fBfoo1 foo02 +foo2 foo3 foo20 foo23\fP\&' is sorted into the order shown\&. +May be combined with `\fBi\fP\&' or `\fBO\fP'\&. +.TP +\fBo\fP +Sort the resulting words in ascending order; if this appears on its +own the sorting is lexical and case\-sensitive (unless the locale +renders it case\-insensitive)\&. Sorting in ascending order is the +default for other forms of sorting, so this is ignored if combined +with `\fBa\fP\&', `\fBi\fP' or `\fBn\fP'\&. +.TP +\fBO\fP +Sort the resulting words in descending order; `\fBO\fP\&' without `\fBa\fP', +`\fBi\fP\&' or `\fBn\fP' sorts in reverse lexical order\&. May be combined +with `\fBa\fP\&', `\fBi\fP' or `\fBn\fP' to reverse the order of sorting\&. +.TP +\fBP\fP +This forces the value of the parameter \fIname\fP to be interpreted as a +further parameter name, whose value will be used where appropriate\&. If +used with a nested parameter or command substitution, the result of that +will be taken as a parameter name in the same way\&. For example, if you +have `\fBfoo=bar\fP\&' and `\fBbar=baz\fP', the strings \fB${(P)foo}\fP, +\fB${(P)${foo}}\fP, and \fB${(P)$(echo bar)}\fP will be expanded to `\fBbaz\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBq\fP +Quote the resulting words with backslashes; unprintable or invalid +characters are quoted using the \fB$\&'\e\fP\fINNN\fP\fB'\fP form, with separate +quotes for each octet\&. If this flag is given +twice, the resulting words are quoted in single quotes and if it is +given three times, the words are quoted in double quotes; in these forms +no special handling of unprintable or invalid characters is attempted\&. If +the flag is given four times, the words are quoted in single quotes +preceded by a \fB$\fP\&. +.TP +\fBQ\fP +Remove one level of quotes from the resulting words\&. +.TP +\fBt\fP +Use a string describing the type of the parameter where the value +of the parameter would usually appear\&. This string consists of keywords +separated by hyphens (`\fB\-\fP\&')\&. The first keyword in the string describes +the main type, it can be one of `\fBscalar\fP\&', `\fBarray\fP', `\fBinteger\fP', +`\fBfloat\fP\&' or `\fBassociation\fP'\&. The other keywords describe the type in +more detail: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBlocal\fP +for local parameters +.TP +\fBleft\fP +for left justified parameters +.TP +\fBright_blanks\fP +for right justified parameters with leading blanks +.TP +\fBright_zeros\fP +for right justified parameters with leading zeros +.TP +\fBlower\fP +for parameters whose value is converted to all lower case when it is +expanded +.TP +\fBupper\fP +for parameters whose value is converted to all upper case when it is +expanded +.TP +\fBreadonly\fP +for readonly parameters +.TP +\fBtag\fP +for tagged parameters +.TP +\fBexport\fP +for exported parameters +.TP +\fBunique\fP +for arrays which keep only the first occurrence of duplicated values +.TP +\fBhide\fP +for parameters with the `hide\&' flag +.TP +\fBspecial\fP +for special parameters defined by the shell +.RE +.TP +\fBu\fP +Expand only the first occurrence of each unique word\&. +.TP +\fBU\fP +Convert all letters in the result to upper case\&. +.TP +\fBv\fP +Used with \fBk\fP, substitute (as two consecutive words) both the key +and the value of each associative array element\&. Used with subscripts, +force values to be substituted even if the subscript form refers to +indices or keys\&. +.TP +\fBV\fP +Make any special characters in the resulting words visible\&. +.TP +\fBw\fP +With \fB${#\fP\fIname\fP\fB}\fP, count words in arrays or strings; the \fBs\fP +flag may be used to set a word delimiter\&. +.TP +\fBW\fP +Similar to \fBw\fP with the difference that empty words between +repeated delimiters are also counted\&. +.TP +\fBX\fP +With this flag, parsing errors occurring with the \fBQ\fP, \fBe\fP and \fB#\fP +flags or the pattern matching forms such as +`\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB#\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB}\fP\&' are reported\&. Without the flag, +errors are silently ignored\&. +.TP +\fBz\fP +Split the result of the expansion into words using shell parsing to +find the words, i\&.e\&. taking into account any quoting in the value\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that this is done very late, as for the `\fB(s)\fP\&' flag\&. So to +access single words in the result, one has to use nested expansions as +in `\fB${${(z)foo}[2]}\fP\&'\&. Likewise, to remove the quotes in the +resulting words one would do: `\fB${(Q)${(z)foo}}\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB0\fP +Split the result of the expansion on null bytes\&. This is a shorthand +for `\fBps:\e0:\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The following flags (except \fBp\fP) are followed by one or more arguments +as shown\&. Any character, or the matching pairs `\fB(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP\&', +`\fB{\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP\&', `\fB[\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB]\fP', or `\fB<\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB>\fP', may be used in place +of a colon as delimiters, but note that when a flag takes more than one +argument, a matched pair of delimiters must surround each argument\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBp\fP +Recognize the same escape sequences as the \fBprint\fP builtin +in string arguments to any of the flags described below\&. +.TP +\fBj:\fP\fIstring\fP\fB:\fP +Join the words of arrays together using \fIstring\fP as a separator\&. +Note that this occurs before field splitting by the \fBs:\fP\fIstring\fP\fB:\fP +flag or the \fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP option\&. +.TP +\fBl:\fP\fIexpr\fP\fB::\fP\fIstring1\fP\fB::\fP\fIstring2\fP\fB:\fP +Pad the resulting words on the left\&. Each word will be truncated if +required and placed in a field \fIexpr\fP characters wide\&. +.RS +.PP +The arguments \fB:\fP\fIstring1\fP\fB:\fP and \fB:\fP\fIstring2\fP\fB:\fP are +optional; neither, the first, or both may be given\&. Note that the same +pairs of delimiters must be used for each of the three arguments\&. The +space to the left will be filled with \fIstring1\fP (concatenated as +often as needed) or spaces if \fIstring1\fP is not given\&. If both +\fIstring1\fP and \fIstring2\fP are given, \fBstring2\fP is inserted once +directly to the left of each word, truncated if necessary, before +\fIstring1\fP is used to produce any remaining padding\&. +.PP +If the \fBMULTIBYTE\fP option is in effect, the flag \fBm\fP may also +be given, in which case widths will be used for the calculation of +padding; otherwise individual multibyte characters are treated as occupying +one unit of width\&. +.PP +IF the \fBMULTIBYTE\fP option is not in effect, each byte in the string is +treated as occupying one unit of width\&. +.PP +Control characters are always assumed to be one unit wide; this allows the +mechanism to be used for generating repetitions of control characters\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBm\fP +Only useful together with \fBl\fP and \fBr\fP when the \fBMULTIBYTE\fP option +is in effect\&. Use the character width reported by the system in +calculating the how much of the string it occupies\&. Most printable +characters have a width of one unit, however certain Asian character sets +and certain special effects use wider characters\&. +.TP +\fBr:\fP\fIexpr\fP\fB::\fP\fIstring1\fP\fB::\fP\fIstring2\fP\fB:\fP +As \fBl\fP, but pad the words on the right and insert \fIstring2\fP +immediately to the right of the string to be padded\&. +.RS +.PP +Left and right padding may be used together\&. In this case the strategy +is to apply left padding to the first half width of each of the resulting +words, and right padding to the second half\&. If the string to be +padded has odd width the extra padding is applied on the left\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBs:\fP\fIstring\fP\fB:\fP +Force field splitting at the +separator \fIstring\fP\&. Note that a \fIstring\fP of two or more +characters means that all of them must match in sequence; this differs from +the treatment of two or more characters in the \fBIFS\fP parameter\&. +See also the \fB=\fP flag and the \fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP option\&. +.PP +The following flags are meaningful with the \fB${\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB#\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP or +\fB${\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB%\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP forms\&. The \fBS\fP and \fBI\fP flags may also be +used with the \fB${\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB/\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP forms\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBS\fP +Search substrings as well as beginnings or ends; with \fB#\fP start +from the beginning and with \fB%\fP start from the end of the string\&. +With substitution via \fB${\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB/\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP or +\fB${\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB//\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP, specifies non\-greedy matching, i\&.e\&. that the +shortest instead of the longest match should be replaced\&. +.TP +\fBI:\fP\fIexpr\fP\fB:\fP +Search the \fIexpr\fPth match (where \fIexpr\fP evaluates to a number)\&. +This only applies when searching for substrings, either with the \fBS\fP +flag, or with \fB${\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB/\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP (only the \fIexpr\fPth match is +substituted) or \fB${\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB//\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP (all matches from the +\fIexpr\fPth on are substituted)\&. The default is to take the first match\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fIexpr\fPth match is counted such that there is either one or zero +matches from each starting position in the string, although for global +substitution matches overlapping previous replacements are ignored\&. With +the \fB${\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB%\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP and \fB${\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB%%\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP forms, the starting +position for the match moves backwards from the end as the index increases, +while with the other forms it moves forward from the start\&. +.PP +Hence with the string +.RS +.nf +\fBwhich switch is the right switch for Ipswich?\fP +.fi +.RE +substitutions of the form +\fB${\fP(\fBSI:\fP\fIN\fP\fB:\fP)\fBstring#w*ch}\fP as \fIN\fP increases +from 1 will match and remove `\fBwhich\fP\&', `\fBwitch\fP', `\fBwitch\fP' and +`\fBwich\fP\&'; the form using `\fB##\fP' will match and remove `\fBwhich switch +is the right switch for Ipswich\fP\&', `\fBwitch is the right switch for +Ipswich\fP\&', `\fBwitch for Ipswich\fP' and `\fBwich\fP'\&. The form using `\fB%\fP' +will remove the same matches as for `\fB#\fP\&', but in reverse order, and the +form using `\fB%%\fP\&' will remove the same matches as for `\fB##\fP' in reverse +order\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBB\fP +Include the index of the beginning of the match in the result\&. +.TP +\fBE\fP +Include the index of the end of the match in the result\&. +.TP +\fBM\fP +Include the matched portion in the result\&. +.TP +\fBN\fP +Include the length of the match in the result\&. +.TP +\fBR\fP +Include the unmatched portion in the result (the \fIR\fPest)\&. +.PP +.SS "Rules" +.PP +Here is a summary of the rules for substitution; this assumes that braces +are present around the substitution, i\&.e\&. \fB${\&.\&.\&.}\fP\&. Some particular +examples are given below\&. Note that the Zsh Development Group accepts +\fIno responsibility\fP for any brain damage which may occur during the +reading of the following rules\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB1\&.\fP \fINested Substitution\fP +If multiple nested \fB${\&.\&.\&.}\fP forms are present, substitution is +performed from the inside outwards\&. At each level, the substitution takes +account of whether the current value is a scalar or an array, whether the +whole substitution is in double quotes, and what flags are supplied to the +current level of substitution, just as if the nested substitution were the +outermost\&. The flags are not propagated up to enclosing +substitutions; the nested substitution will return either a scalar or an +array as determined by the flags, possibly adjusted for quoting\&. All the +following steps take place where applicable at all levels of substitution\&. +Note that, unless the `\fB(P)\fP\&' flag is present, the flags and any subscripts +apply directly to the value of the nested substitution; for example, the +expansion \fB${${foo}}\fP behaves exactly the same as \fB${foo}\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +At each nested level of substitution, the substituted words undergo all +forms of single\-word substitution (i\&.e\&. not filename generation), including +command substitution, arithmetic expansion and filename expansion +(i\&.e\&. leading \fB~\fP and \fB=\fP)\&. Thus, for example, \fB${${:\-=cat}:h}\fP +expands to the directory where the \fBcat\fP program resides\&. (Explanation: +the internal substitution has no parameter but a default value \fB=cat\fP, +which is expanded by filename expansion to a full path; the outer +substitution then applies the modifier \fB:h\fP and takes the directory part +of the path\&.) +.RE +.TP +\fB2\&.\fP \fIParameter Subscripting\fP +If the value is a raw parameter reference with a subscript, such as +\fB${\fP\fIvar\fP\fB[3]}\fP, the effect of subscripting is applied directly to +the parameter\&. Subscripts are evaluated left to right; subsequent +subscripts apply to the scalar or array value yielded by the previous +subscript\&. Thus if \fBvar\fP is an array, \fB${var[1][2]}\fP is the second +character of the first word, but \fB${var[2,4][2]}\fP is the entire third +word (the second word of the range of words two through four of the +original array)\&. Any number of subscripts may appear\&. +.TP +\fB3\&.\fP \fIParameter Name Replacement\fP +The effect of any \fB(P)\fP flag, which treats the value so far as a +parameter name and replaces it with the corresponding value, is applied\&. +.TP +\fB4\&.\fP \fIDouble\-Quoted Joining\fP +If the value after this process is an array, and the substitution +appears in double quotes, and no \fB(@)\fP flag is present at the current +level, the words of the value are joined with the first character of the +parameter \fB$IFS\fP, by default a space, between each word (single word +arrays are not modified)\&. If the \fB(j)\fP flag is present, that is used for +joining instead of \fB$IFS\fP\&. +.TP +\fB5\&.\fP \fINested Subscripting\fP +Any remaining subscripts (i\&.e\&. of a nested substitution) are evaluated at +this point, based on whether the value is an array or a scalar\&. As with +\fB2\&.\fP, multiple subscripts can appear\&. Note that \fB${foo[2,4][2]}\fP is +thus equivalent to \fB${${foo[2,4]}[2]}\fP and also to +\fB"${${(@)foo[2,4]}[2]}"\fP (the nested substitution returns an array in +both cases), but not to \fB"${${foo[2,4]}[2]}"\fP (the nested substitution +returns a scalar because of the quotes)\&. +.TP +\fB6\&.\fP \fIModifiers\fP +Any modifiers, as specified by a trailing `\fB#\fP\&', `\fB%\fP', `\fB/\fP' +(possibly doubled) or by a set of modifiers of the form \fB:\&.\&.\&.\fP (see +the section `Modifiers\&' in the section `History Expansion'), are applied to the words +of the value at this level\&. +.TP +\fB7\&.\fP \fIForced Joining\fP +If the `\fB(j)\fP\&' flag is present, or no `\fB(j)\fP' flag is present but +the string is to be split as given by rules \fB8\&.\fP or \fB9\&.\fP, and joining +did not take place at step \fB4\&.\fP, any words in the value are joined +together using the given string or the first character of \fB$IFS\fP if none\&. +Note that the `\fB(F)\fP\&' flag implicitly supplies a string for joining in this +manner\&. +.TP +\fB8\&.\fP \fIForced Splitting\fP +If one of the `\fB(s)\fP\&', `\fB(f)\fP' or `\fB(z)\fP' flags are present, or the `\fB=\fP' +specifier was present (e\&.g\&. \fB${=\fP\fIvar\fP\fB}\fP), the word is split on +occurrences of the specified string, or (for \fB=\fP with neither of the two +flags present) any of the characters in \fB$IFS\fP\&. +.TP +\fB9\&.\fP \fIShell Word Splitting\fP +If no `\fB(s)\fP\&', `\fB(f)\fP' or `\fB=\fP' was given, but the word is not +quoted and the option \fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP is set, the word is split on +occurrences of any of the characters in \fB$IFS\fP\&. Note this step, too, +takes place at all levels of a nested substitution\&. +.TP +\fB10\&.\fP \fIUniqueness\fP +If the result is an array and the `\fB(u)\fP\&' flag was present, duplicate +elements are removed from the array\&. +.TP +\fB11\&.\fP \fIOrdering\fP +If the result is still an array and one of the `\fB(o)\fP\&' or `\fB(O)\fP' flags +was present, the array is reordered\&. +.TP +\fB12\&.\fP \fIRe\-Evaluation\fP +Any `\fB(e)\fP\&' flag is applied to the value, forcing it to be re\-examined +for new parameter substitutions, but also for command and arithmetic +substitutions\&. +.TP +\fB13\&.\fP \fIPadding\fP +Any padding of the value by the `\fB(l\&.\fP\fIfill\fP\fB\&.)\fP\&' or +`\fB(r\&.\fP\fIfill\fP\fB\&.)\fP\&' flags is applied\&. +.TP +\fB14\&.\fP \fISemantic Joining\fP +In contexts where expansion semantics requires a single word to +result, all words are rejoined with the first character of \fBIFS\fP +between\&. So in `\fB${(P\fP\fB)${(f\fP\fB)lines}}\fP\&' +the value of \fB${lines}\fP is split at newlines, but then must be +joined again before the \fBP\fP flag can be applied\&. +.RS +.PP +If a single word is not required, this rule is skipped\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Examples" +The flag \fBf\fP is useful to split a double\-quoted substitution line by +line\&. For example, \fB${(f)"$(<\fP\fIfile\fP\fB)"}\fP +substitutes the contents of \fIfile\fP divided so that each line is +an element of the resulting array\&. Compare this with the effect of +\fB$\fP\fB(<\fP\fIfile\fP\fB)\fP alone, which divides the file +up by words, or the same inside double quotes, which makes the entire +content of the file a single string\&. +.PP +The following illustrates the rules for nested parameter expansions\&. +Suppose that \fB$foo\fP contains the array \fB(bar baz\fP\fB)\fP: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB"${(@)${foo}[1]}"\fP +This produces the result \fBb\fP\&. First, the inner substitution +\fB"${foo}"\fP, which has no array (\fB@\fP) flag, produces a single word +result \fB"bar baz"\fP\&. The outer substitution \fB"${(@)\&.\&.\&.[1]}"\fP detects +that this is a scalar, so that (despite the `\fB(@)\fP\&' flag) the subscript +picks the first character\&. +.TP +\fB"${${(@)foo}[1]}"\fP +This produces the result `\fBbar\fP\&'\&. In this case, the inner substitution +\fB"${(@)foo}"\fP produces the array `\fB(bar baz\fP\fB)\fP\&'\&. The outer +substitution \fB"${\&.\&.\&.[1]}"\fP detects that this is an array and picks the +first word\&. This is similar to the simple case \fB"${foo[1]}"\fP\&. +.PP +As an example of the rules for word splitting and joining, suppose \fB$foo\fP +contains the array `\fB(ax1 bx1\fP\fB)\fP\&'\&. Then +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB${(s/x/)foo}\fP +produces the words `\fBa\fP\&', `\fB1 b\fP' and `\fB1\fP'\&. +.TP +\fB${(j/x/s/x/)foo}\fP +produces `\fBa\fP\&', `\fB1\fP', `\fBb\fP' and `\fB1\fP'\&. +.TP +\fB${(s/x/)foo%%1*}\fP +produces `\fBa\fP\&' and `\fB b\fP' (note the extra space)\&. As substitution +occurs before either joining or splitting, the operation first generates +the modified array \fB(ax bx\fP\fB)\fP, which is joined to give +\fB"ax bx"\fP, and then split to give `\fBa\fP\&', `\fB b\fP' and `'\&. The final +empty string will then be elided, as it is not in double quotes\&. +.PP +.SH "COMMAND SUBSTITUTION" +A command enclosed in parentheses preceded by a dollar sign, like +`\fB$(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP\&', or quoted with grave +accents, like `\fB`\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB`\fP\&', is replaced with its standard output, with +any trailing newlines deleted\&. +If the substitution is not enclosed in double quotes, the +output is broken into words using the \fBIFS\fP parameter\&. +The substitution `\fB$(cat\fP \fIfoo\fP\fB)\fP\&' may be replaced +by the equivalent but faster `\fB$(<\fP\fIfoo\fP\fB)\fP\&'\&. +In either case, if the option \fBGLOB_SUBST\fP is set, +the output is eligible for filename generation\&. +.SH "ARITHMETIC EXPANSION" +A string of the form `\fB$[\fP\fIexp\fP\fB]\fP\&' or +`\fB$((\fP\fIexp\fP\fB))\fP\&' is substituted +with the value of the arithmetic expression \fIexp\fP\&. \fIexp\fP is +subjected to \fIparameter expansion\fP, \fIcommand substitution\fP +and \fIarithmetic expansion\fP before it is evaluated\&. +See the section `Arithmetic Evaluation\&'\&. +.SH "BRACE EXPANSION" +A string of the form +`\fIfoo\fP\fB{\fP\fIxx\fP\fB,\fP\fIyy\fP\fB,\fP\fIzz\fP\fB}\fP\fIbar\fP\&' +is expanded to the individual words +`\fIfooxxbar\fP\&', `\fIfooyybar\fP' and `\fIfoozzbar\fP'\&. +Left\-to\-right order is preserved\&. This construct +may be nested\&. Commas may be quoted in order to +include them literally in a word\&. +.PP +An expression of the form `\fB{\fP\fIn1\fP\fB\&.\&.\fP\fIn2\fP\fB}\fP\&', +where \fIn1\fP and \fIn2\fP are integers, +is expanded to every number between +\fIn1\fP and \fIn2\fP inclusive\&. If either number begins with a +zero, all the resulting numbers will be padded with leading zeroes to +that minimum width\&. If the numbers are in decreasing order the +resulting sequence will also be in decreasing order\&. +.PP +If a brace expression matches none of the above forms, it is left +unchanged, unless the \fBBRACE_CCL\fP option is set\&. +In that case, it is expanded to a sorted list of the individual +characters between the braces, in the manner of a search set\&. +`\fB\-\fP\&' is treated specially as in a search set, but `\fB^\fP' or `\fB!\fP' as +the first character is treated normally\&. +.PP +Note that brace expansion is not part of filename generation (globbing); an +expression such as \fB*/{foo,bar}\fP is split into two separate words +\fB*/foo\fP and \fB*/bar\fP before filename generation takes place\&. In +particular, note that this is liable to produce a `no match\&' error if +\fIeither\fP of the two expressions does not match; this is to be contrasted +with \fB*/(foo|bar)\fP, which is treated as a single pattern but otherwise +has similar effects\&. +.PP +To combine brace expansion with array expansion, see the +\fB${^\fP\fIspec\fP\fB}\fP form described +in the section Parameter Expansion +above\&. +.PP +.SH "FILENAME EXPANSION" +Each word is checked to see if it begins with an unquoted `\fB~\fP\&'\&. +If it does, then the word up to a `\fB/\fP\&', +or the end of the word if there is no `\fB/\fP\&', +is checked to see if it can be substituted in one of the ways +described here\&. If so, then the `\fB~\fP\&' and the checked portion are +replaced with the appropriate substitute value\&. +.PP +A `\fB~\fP\&' by itself is replaced by the value of \fB$HOME\fP\&. +A `\fB~\fP\&' followed by a `\fB+\fP' or a `\fB\-\fP' is replaced by the value of +\fB$PWD\fP or \fB$OLDPWD\fP, respectively\&. +.PP +A `\fB~\fP\&' followed by a number is replaced by the directory at that +position in the directory stack\&. +`\fB~0\fP\&' is equivalent to `\fB~+\fP', +and `\fB~1\fP\&' is the top of the stack\&. +`\fB~+\fP\&' followed by a number is replaced by the directory at that +position in the directory stack\&. +`\fB~+0\fP\&' is equivalent to `\fB~+\fP', +and `\fB~+1\fP\&' is the top of the stack\&. +`\fB~\-\fP\&' followed by a number is replaced by the directory that +many positions from the bottom of the stack\&. +`\fB~\-0\fP\&' is the bottom of the stack\&. +The \fBPUSHD_MINUS\fP +option exchanges the effects of `\fB~+\fP\&' and `\fB~\-\fP' where they are +followed by a number\&. +.PP +A `\fB~\fP\&' followed by anything not already covered is looked up as a +named directory, and replaced by the value of that named directory if found\&. +Named directories are typically home directories for users on the system\&. +They may also be defined if the text after the `\fB~\fP\&' is the name +of a string shell parameter whose value begins with a `\fB/\fP\&'\&. +Note that trailing slashes will be removed from the path to the directory +(though the original parameter is not modified)\&. +It is also possible to define directory names using the \fB\-d\fP option to the +\fBhash\fP builtin\&. +.PP +In certain circumstances (in prompts, for instance), when the shell +prints a path, the path is checked to see if it has a named +directory as its prefix\&. If so, then the prefix portion +is replaced with a `\fB~\fP\&' followed by the name of the directory\&. +The shortest way of referring to the directory is used, +with ties broken in favour of using a named directory, +except when the directory is \fB/\fP itself\&. The parameters \fB$PWD\fP and +\fB$OLDPWD\fP are never abbreviated in this fashion\&. +.PP +If a word begins with an unquoted `\fB=\fP\&' +and the \fBEQUALS\fP option is set, +the remainder of the word is taken as the +name of a command\&. If a command +exists by that name, the word is replaced +by the full pathname of the command\&. +.PP +Filename expansion is performed on the right hand side of a parameter +assignment, including those appearing after commands of the +\fBtypeset\fP family\&. In this case, the right hand side will be treated +as a colon\-separated list in the manner of the \fBPATH\fP parameter, +so that a `\fB~\fP\&' or an `\fB=\fP' following a `\fB:\fP' is eligible for expansion\&. +All such behaviour can be +disabled by quoting the `\fB~\fP\&', the `\fB=\fP', or the whole expression (but not +simply the colon); the \fBEQUALS\fP option is also respected\&. +.PP +If the option \fBMAGIC_EQUAL_SUBST\fP is set, any unquoted shell +argument in the form `\fIidentifier\fP\fB=\fP\fIexpression\fP\&' becomes eligible +for file expansion as described in the previous paragraph\&. Quoting the +first `\fB=\fP\&' also inhibits this\&. +.SH "FILENAME GENERATION" +If a word contains an unquoted instance of one of the characters +`\fB*\fP\&', `\fB(\fP', `\fB|\fP', `\fB<\fP', `\fB[\fP', or `\fB?\fP', it is regarded +as a pattern for filename generation, unless the \fBGLOB\fP option is unset\&. +If the \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP option is set, +the `\fB^\fP\&' and `\fB#\fP' characters also denote a pattern; otherwise +they are not treated specially by the shell\&. +.PP +The word is replaced with a list of sorted filenames that match +the pattern\&. If no matching pattern is found, the shell gives +an error message, unless the \fBNULL_GLOB\fP option is set, +in which case the word is deleted; or unless the \fBNOMATCH\fP +option is unset, in which case the word is left unchanged\&. +.PP +In filename generation, +the character `\fB/\fP\&' must be matched explicitly; +also, a `\fB\&.\fP\&' must be matched +explicitly at the beginning of a pattern or after a `\fB/\fP\&', unless the +\fBGLOB_DOTS\fP option is set\&. +No filename generation pattern +matches the files `\fB\&.\fP\&' or `\fB\&.\&.\fP'\&. In other instances of pattern +matching, the `\fB/\fP\&' and `\fB\&.\fP' are not treated specially\&. +.SS "Glob Operators" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB*\fP +Matches any string, including the null string\&. +.TP +\fB?\fP +Matches any character\&. +.TP +\fB[\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB]\fP +Matches any of the enclosed characters\&. Ranges of characters +can be specified by separating two characters by a `\fB\-\fP\&'\&. +A `\fB\-\fP\&' or `\fB]\fP' may be matched by including it as the +first character in the list\&. +There are also several named classes of characters, in the form +`\fB[:\fP\fIname\fP\fB:]\fP\&' with the following meanings\&. +The first set use the macros provided by +the operating system to test for the given character combinations, +including any modifications due to local language settings, see +\fIctype\fP(3): +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB[:alnum:]\fP +The character is alphanumeric +.TP +\fB[:alpha:]\fP +The character is alphabetic +.TP +\fB[:ascii:]\fP +The character is 7\-bit, i\&.e\&. is a single\-byte character without +the top bit set\&. +.TP +\fB[:blank:]\fP +The character is either space or tab +.TP +\fB[:cntrl:]\fP +The character is a control character +.TP +\fB[:digit:]\fP +The character is a decimal digit +.TP +\fB[:graph:]\fP +The character is a printable character other than whitespace +.TP +\fB[:lower:]\fPl +The character is a lowercase letter +.TP +\fB[:print:]\fP +The character is printable +.TP +\fB[:punct:]\fP +The character is printable but neither alphanumeric nor whitespace +.TP +\fB[:space:]\fP +The character is whitespace +.TP +\fB[:upper:]\fP +The character is an uppercase letter +.TP +\fB[:xdigit:]\fP +The character is a hexadecimal digit +.PP +Another set of named classes is handled internally by the shell and +is not sensitive to the locale: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB[:IDENT:]\fP +The character is allowed to form part of a shell identifier, such +as a parameter name +.TP +\fB[:IFS:]\fP +The character is used as an input field separator, i\&.e\&. is contained in the +\fBIFS\fP parameter +.TP +\fB[:IFSSPACE:]\fP +The character is an IFS white space character; see the documentation +for \fBIFS\fP in +the \fIzshparam\fP(1) manual page\&. +.TP +\fB[:WORD:]\fP +The character is treated as part of a word; this test is sensitive +to the value of the \fBWORDCHARS\fP parameter +.PP +Note that the square brackets are additional +to those enclosing the whole set of characters, so to test for a +single alphanumeric character you need `\fB[[:alnum:]]\fP\&'\&. Named +character sets can be used alongside other types, +e\&.g\&. `\fB[[:alpha:]0\-9]\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB[^\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB]\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB[!\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB]\fP +Like \fB[\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB]\fP, except that it matches any character which is +not in the given set\&. +.TP +\fB<\fP[\fIx\fP]\fB\-\fP[\fIy\fP]\fB>\fP +Matches any number in the range \fIx\fP to \fIy\fP, inclusive\&. +Either of the numbers may be omitted to make the range open\-ended; +hence `\fB<\->\fP\&' matches any number\&. To match individual digits, the +\fB[\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB]\fP form is more efficient\&. +.RS +.PP +Be careful when using other wildcards adjacent to patterns of this form; +for example, \fB<0\-9>*\fP will actually match any number whatsoever at the +start of the string, since the `\fB<0\-9>\fP\&' will match the first digit, and +the `\fB*\fP\&' will match any others\&. This is a trap for the unwary, but is +in fact an inevitable consequence of the rule that the longest possible +match always succeeds\&. Expressions such as `\fB<0\-9>[^[:digit:]]*\fP\&' can be +used instead\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP +Matches the enclosed pattern\&. This is used for grouping\&. +If the \fBKSH_GLOB\fP option is set, then a +`\fB@\fP\&', `\fB*\fP', `\fB+\fP', `\fB?\fP' or `\fB!\fP' immediately preceding +the `\fB(\fP\&' is treated specially, as detailed below\&. The option +\fBSH_GLOB\fP prevents bare parentheses from being used in this way, though +the \fBKSH_GLOB\fP option is still available\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that grouping cannot extend over multiple directories: it is an error +to have a `\fB/\fP\&' within a group (this only applies for patterns used in +filename generation)\&. There is one exception: a group of the form +\fB(\fP\fIpat\fP\fB/)#\fP appearing as a complete path segment can +match a sequence of directories\&. For example, \fBfoo/(a*/)#bar\fP matches +\fBfoo/bar\fP, \fBfoo/any/bar\fP, \fBfoo/any/anyother/bar\fP, and so on\&. +.RE +.TP +\fIx\fP\fB|\fP\fIy\fP +Matches either \fIx\fP or \fIy\fP\&. +This operator has lower precedence than any other\&. +The `\fB|\fP\&' character +must be within parentheses, to avoid interpretation as a pipeline\&. +.TP +\fB^\fP\fIx\fP +(Requires \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP to be set\&.) +Matches anything except the pattern \fIx\fP\&. +This has a higher precedence than `\fB/\fP\&', so `\fB^foo/bar\fP' +will search directories in `\fB\&.\fP\&' except `\fB\&./foo\fP' +for a file named `\fBbar\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fIx\fP\fB~\fP\fIy\fP +(Requires \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP to be set\&.) +Match anything that matches the pattern \fIx\fP but does not match \fIy\fP\&. +This has lower precedence than any operator except `\fB|\fP\&', so +`\fB*/*~foo/bar\fP\&' will search for all files in all directories in `\fB\&.\fP' +and then exclude `\fBfoo/bar\fP\&' if there was such a match\&. +Multiple patterns can be excluded by +`\fIfoo\fP\fB~\fP\fIbar\fP\fB~\fP\fIbaz\fP\&'\&. +In the exclusion pattern (\fIy\fP), `\fB/\fP\&' and `\fB\&.\fP' are not treated +specially the way they usually are in globbing\&. +.TP +\fIx\fP\fB#\fP +(Requires \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP to be set\&.) +Matches zero or more occurrences of the pattern \fIx\fP\&. +This operator has high precedence; `\fB12#\fP\&' is equivalent to `\fB1(2#)\fP', +rather than `\fB(12)#\fP\&'\&. It is an error for an unquoted `\fB#\fP' to follow +something which cannot be repeated; this includes an empty string, a +pattern already followed by `\fB##\fP\&', or parentheses when part of a +\fBKSH_GLOB\fP pattern (for example, `\fB!(\fP\fIfoo\fP\fB)#\fP\&' is +invalid and must be replaced by +`\fB*(!(\fP\fIfoo\fP\fB))\fP\&')\&. +.TP +\fIx\fP\fB##\fP +(Requires \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP to be set\&.) +Matches one or more occurrences of the pattern \fIx\fP\&. +This operator has high precedence; `\fB12##\fP\&' is equivalent to `\fB1(2##)\fP', +rather than `\fB(12)##\fP\&'\&. No more than two active `\fB#\fP' characters may +appear together\&. (Note the potential clash with glob qualifiers in the +form `\fB1(2##)\fP\&' which should therefore be avoided\&.) +.SS "ksh\-like Glob Operators" +If the \fBKSH_GLOB\fP option is set, the effects of parentheses can be +modified by a preceding `\fB@\fP\&', `\fB*\fP', `\fB+\fP', `\fB?\fP' or `\fB!\fP'\&. +This character need not be unquoted to have special effects, +but the `\fB(\fP\&' must be\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB@(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP +Match the pattern in the parentheses\&. (Like `\fB(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP\&'\&.) +.TP +\fB*(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP +Match any number of occurrences\&. (Like `\fB(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)#\fP\&'\&.) +.TP +\fB+(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP +Match at least one occurrence\&. (Like `\fB(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)##\fP\&'\&.) +.TP +\fB?(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP +Match zero or one occurrence\&. (Like `\fB(|\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP\&'\&.) +.TP +\fB!(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP +Match anything but the expression in parentheses\&. +(Like `\fB(^(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB))\fP\&'\&.) +.SS "Precedence" +The precedence of the operators given above is (highest) `\fB^\fP\&', `\fB/\fP', +`\fB~\fP\&', `\fB|\fP' (lowest); the +remaining operators are simply treated from left to right as part of a +string, with `\fB#\fP\&' and `\fB##\fP' applying to the shortest possible +preceding unit (i\&.e\&. a character, `\fB?\fP\&', `\fB[\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB]\fP', +`\fB<\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB>\fP\&', or a parenthesised expression)\&. As mentioned +above, a `\fB/\fP\&' used as a directory separator may not appear inside +parentheses, while a `\fB|\fP\&' must do so; in patterns used in other contexts +than filename generation (for example, in \fBcase\fP statements and tests +within `\fB[[\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB]]\fP\&'), a `\fB/\fP' is not special; and `\fB/\fP' is also +not special after a `\fB~\fP\&' appearing outside parentheses in a filename +pattern\&. +.SS "Globbing Flags" +There are various flags which affect any text to their right up to the +end of the enclosing group or to the end of the pattern; they require +the \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP option\&. All take the form +\fB(#\fP\fIX\fP\fB)\fP where \fIX\fP may have one of the following +forms: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBi\fP +Case insensitive: upper or lower case characters in the pattern match +upper or lower case characters\&. +.TP +\fBl\fP +Lower case characters in the pattern match upper or lower case +characters; upper case characters in the pattern still only match +upper case characters\&. +.TP +\fBI\fP +Case sensitive: locally negates the effect of \fBi\fP or \fBl\fP from +that point on\&. +.TP +\fBb\fP +Activate backreferences for parenthesised groups in the pattern; +this does not work in filename generation\&. When a pattern with a set of +active parentheses is matched, the strings matched by the groups are +stored in the array \fB$match\fP, the indices of the beginning of the matched +parentheses in the array \fB$mbegin\fP, and the indices of the end in the array +\fB$mend\fP, with the first element of each array corresponding to the first +parenthesised group, and so on\&. These arrays are not otherwise special to +the shell\&. The indices use the same convention as does parameter +substitution, so that elements of \fB$mend\fP and \fB$mbegin\fP may be used in +subscripts; the \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP option is respected\&. Sets of globbing flags +are not considered parenthesised groups; only the first nine active +parentheses can be referenced\&. +.RS +.PP +For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBfoo="a string with a message" +if [[ $foo = (a|an)\&' '(#b)(*)' '* ]]; then + print ${foo[$mbegin[1],$mend[1]]} +fi\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +prints `\fBstring with a\fP\&'\&. Note that the first parenthesis is before the +\fB(#b)\fP and does not create a backreference\&. +.PP +Backreferences work with all forms of pattern matching other than filename +generation, but note that when performing matches on an entire array, such +as \fB${\fP\fIarray\fP\fB#\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB}\fP, or a global substitution, such +as \fB${\fP\fIparam\fP\fB//\fP\fIpat\fP\fB/\fP\fIrepl\fP\fB}\fP, only the data for the +last match remains available\&. In the case of global replacements this may +still be useful\&. See the example for the \fBm\fP flag below\&. +.PP +The numbering of backreferences strictly follows the order of the opening +parentheses from left to right in the pattern string, although sets of +parentheses may be nested\&. There are special rules for parentheses followed +by `\fB#\fP\&' or `\fB##\fP'\&. Only the last match of the parenthesis is +remembered: for example, in `\fB[[ abab = (#b)([ab])# ]]\fP\&', only the final +`\fBb\fP\&' is stored in \fBmatch[1]\fP\&. Thus extra parentheses may be necessary +to match the complete segment: for example, use +`\fBX((ab|cd)#)Y\fP\&' to match +a whole string of either `\fBab\fP\&' or `\fBcd\fP' between `\fBX\fP' and `\fBY\fP', +using the value of \fB$match[1]\fP rather than \fB$match[2]\fP\&. +.PP +If the match fails none of the parameters is altered, so in some cases it +may be necessary to initialise them beforehand\&. If some of the +backreferences fail to match \-\- which happens if they are in an alternate +branch which fails to match, or if they are followed by \fB#\fP and matched +zero times \-\- then the matched string is set to the empty string, and the +start and end indices are set to \-1\&. +.PP +Pattern matching with backreferences is slightly slower than without\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBB\fP +Deactivate backreferences, negating the effect of the \fBb\fP flag from that +point on\&. +.TP +\fBc\fP\fIN\fP\fB,\fP\fIM\fP +The flag \fB(#c\fP\fIN\fP\fB,\fP\fIM\fP\fB)\fP can be used anywhere +that the \fB#\fP or \fB##\fP operators can be used; it cannot be combined +with other globbing flags and a bad pattern error occurs if it is +misplaced\&. It is equivalent to the form \fB{\fP\fIN\fP\fB,\fP\fIM\fP\fB}\fP in +regular expressions\&. The previous character or group is required to +match between \fIN\fP and \fIM\fP times, inclusive\&. The form +\fB(#c\fP\fIN\fP\fB)\fP requires exactly \fBN\fP matches; +\fB(#c,\fP\fIM\fP\fB)\fP is equivalent to specifying \fIN\fP as 0; +\fB(#c\fP\fIN\fP\fB,)\fP specifies that there is no maximum limit +on the number of matches\&. +.TP +\fBm\fP +Set references to the match data for the entire string matched; this is +similar to backreferencing and does not work in filename generation\&. The +flag must be in effect at the end of the pattern, i\&.e\&. not local to a +group\&. The parameters \fB$MATCH\fP, \fB$MBEGIN\fP and \fB$MEND\fP will be set to +the string matched and to the indices of the beginning and end of the +string, respectively\&. This is most useful in parameter substitutions, as +otherwise the string matched is obvious\&. +.RS +.PP +For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBarr=(veldt jynx grimps waqf zho buck) +print ${arr//(#m)[aeiou]/${(U)MATCH}}\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +forces all the matches (i\&.e\&. all vowels) into uppercase, printing +`\fBvEldt jynx grImps wAqf zhO bUck\fP\&'\&. +.PP +Unlike backreferences, there is no speed penalty for using match +references, other than the extra substitutions required for the +replacement strings in cases such as the example shown\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBM\fP +Deactivate the \fBm\fP flag, hence no references to match data will be +created\&. +.TP +\fBa\fP\fInum\fP +Approximate matching: \fInum\fP errors are allowed in the string matched by +the pattern\&. The rules for this are described in the next subsection\&. +.TP +\fBs\fP, \fBe\fP +Unlike the other flags, these have only a local effect, and each must +appear on its own: `\fB(#s)\fP\&' and `\fB(#e)\fP' are the only valid forms\&. +The `\fB(#s)\fP\&' flag succeeds only at the start of the test string, and the +`\fB(#e)\fP\&' flag succeeds only at the end of the test string; they +correspond to `\fB^\fP\&' and `\fB$\fP' in standard regular expressions\&. They +are useful for matching path segments in patterns other than those in +filename generation (where path segments are in any case treated +separately)\&. For example, `\fB*((#s)|/)test((#e)|/)*\fP\&' matches +a path segment `\fBtest\fP\&' in any of the following strings: \fBtest\fP, +\fBtest/at/start\fP, \fBat/end/test\fP, \fBin/test/middle\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +Another use is in parameter substitution; for example +`\fB${array/(#s)A*Z(#e)}\fP\&' will remove only elements of an +array which +match the complete pattern `\fBA*Z\fP\&'\&. There are other ways of performing +many operations of this type, however the combination of the substitution +operations `\fB/\fP\&' and `\fB//\fP' with the `\fB(#s)\fP' and `\fB(#e)\fP' flags +provides a single simple and memorable method\&. +.PP +Note that assertions of the form `\fB(^(#s))\fP\&' also work, i\&.e\&. match +anywhere except at the start of the string, although this actually means +`anything except a zero\-length portion at the start of the string\&'; you +need to use `\fB(""~(#s))\fP\&' to match a zero\-length portion of the string +not at the start\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBq\fP +A `\fBq\fP\&' and everything up to the closing parenthesis of the globbing +flags are ignored by the pattern matching code\&. This is intended to +support the use of glob qualifiers, see below\&. The result is that +the pattern `\fB(#b)(*)\&.c(#q\&.)\fP\&' can be used both for globbing +and for +matching against a string\&. In the former case, the `\fB(#q\&.)\fP\&' will be +treated as a glob qualifier and the `\fB(#b)\fP\&' will not be useful, while in +the latter case the `\fB(#b)\fP\&' is useful for backreferences and the +`\fB(#q\&.)\fP\&' will be ignored\&. Note that colon modifiers in the glob +qualifiers are also not applied in ordinary pattern matching\&. +.TP +\fBu\fP +Respect the current locale in determining the presence of multibyte +characters in a pattern, provided the shell was compiled with +\fBMULTIBYTE_SUPPORT\fP\&. This overrides the \fBMULTIBYTE\fP +option; the default behaviour is taken from the option\&. Compare \fBU\fP\&. +(Mnemonic: typically multibyte characters are from Unicode in the UTF\-8 +encoding, although any extension of ASCII supported by the system +library may be used\&.) +.TP +\fBU\fP +All characters are considered to be a single byte long\&. The opposite +of \fBu\fP\&. This overrides the \fBMULTIBYTE\fP option\&. +.PP +For example, the test string \fBfooxx\fP can be matched by the pattern +\fB(#i\fP\fB)FOOXX\fP, but not by \fB(#l\fP\fB)FOOXX\fP, +\fB(#i\fP\fB)FOO\fP\fB(#I\fP\fB)XX\fP or +\fB((#i\fP\fB)FOOX\fP\fB)X\fP\&. The string +\fB(#ia2\fP\fB)readme\fP specifies case\-insensitive matching of +\fBreadme\fP with up to two errors\&. +.PP +When using the ksh syntax for grouping both \fBKSH_GLOB\fP and +\fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP must be set and the left parenthesis should be +preceded by \fB@\fP\&. Note also that the flags do not affect letters +inside \fB[\&.\&.\&.]\fP groups, in other words \fB(#i\fP\fB)[a\-z]\fP +still matches only lowercase letters\&. Finally, note that when +examining whole paths case\-insensitively every directory must be +searched for all files which match, so that a pattern of the form +\fB(#i\fP\fB)/foo/bar/\&.\&.\&.\fP is potentially slow\&. +.PP +.SS "Approximate Matching" +When matching approximately, the shell keeps a count of the errors found, +which cannot exceed the number specified in the +\fB(#a\fP\fInum\fP\fB)\fP flags\&. Four types of error are recognised: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +1\&. +Different characters, as in \fBfooxbar\fP and \fBfooybar\fP\&. +.TP +2\&. +Transposition of characters, as in \fBbanana\fP and \fBabnana\fP\&. +.TP +3\&. +A character missing in the target string, as with the pattern \fBroad\fP and +target string \fBrod\fP\&. +.TP +4\&. +An extra character appearing in the target string, as with \fBstove\fP +and \fBstrove\fP\&. +.PP +Thus, the pattern \fB(#a3\fP\fB)abcd\fP matches \fBdcba\fP, with the +errors occurring by using the first rule twice and the second once, +grouping the string as \fB[d][cb][a]\fP and \fB[a][bc][d]\fP\&. +.PP +Non\-literal parts of the pattern must match exactly, including characters +in character ranges: hence \fB(#a1\fP\fB)???\fP matches strings of +length four, by applying rule 4 to an empty part of the pattern, but not +strings of length two, since all the \fB?\fP must match\&. Other characters +which must match exactly are initial dots in filenames (unless the +\fBGLOB_DOTS\fP option is set), and all slashes in filenames, so that +\fBa/bc\fP is two errors from \fBab/c\fP (the slash cannot be transposed with +another character)\&. Similarly, errors are counted separately for +non\-contiguous strings in the pattern, so that \fB(ab|cd\fP\fB)ef\fP +is two errors from \fBaebf\fP\&. +.PP +When using exclusion via the \fB~\fP operator, approximate matching is +treated entirely separately for the excluded part and must be activated +separately\&. Thus, \fB(#a1\fP\fB)README~READ_ME\fP matches +\fBREAD\&.ME\fP but not \fBREAD_ME\fP, as the trailing \fBREAD_ME\fP is matched +without approximation\&. However, +\fB(#a1\fP\fB)README~(#a1\fP\fB)READ_ME\fP +does not match any pattern of the form \fBREAD\fP\fI?\fP\fBME\fP as all +such forms are now excluded\&. +.PP +Apart from exclusions, there is only one overall error count; however, the +maximum errors allowed may be altered locally, and this can be delimited by +grouping\&. For example, +\fB(#a1\fP\fB)cat\fP\fB((#a0\fP\fB)dog\fP\fB)fox\fP +allows one error in total, which may not occur in the \fBdog\fP section, and +the pattern +\fB(#a1\fP\fB)cat\fP\fB(#a0\fP\fB)dog\fP\fB(#a1\fP\fB)fox\fP +is equivalent\&. Note that the point at which an error is first found is the +crucial one for establishing whether to use approximation; for example, +\fB(#a1)abc(#a0)xyz\fP will not match \fBabcdxyz\fP, because the +error occurs at the `\fBx\fP\&', where approximation is turned off\&. +.PP +Entire path segments may be matched approximately, so that +`\fB(#a1)/foo/d/is/available/at/the/bar\fP\&' allows one error in any path +segment\&. This is much less efficient than without the \fB(#a1)\fP, however, +since every directory in the path must be scanned for a possible +approximate match\&. It is best to place the \fB(#a1)\fP after any path +segments which are known to be correct\&. +.PP +.SS "Recursive Globbing" +A pathname component of the form `\fB(\fP\fIfoo\fP\fB/)#\fP\&' +matches a path consisting of zero or more directories +matching the pattern \fIfoo\fP\&. +.PP +As a shorthand, `\fB**/\fP\&' is equivalent to `\fB(*/)#\fP'; note that this +therefore matches files in the current directory as well as +subdirectories\&. +Thus: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBls (*/)#bar\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +or +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBls **/bar\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +does a recursive directory search for files named `\fBbar\fP\&' (potentially +including the file `\fBbar\fP\&' in the current directory)\&. This form does not +follow symbolic links; the alternative form `\fB***/\fP\&' does, but is +otherwise identical\&. Neither of these can be combined with other forms of +globbing within the same path segment; in that case, the `\fB*\fP\&' +operators revert to their usual effect\&. +.SS "Glob Qualifiers" +Patterns used for filename generation may end in a +list of qualifiers enclosed in parentheses\&. +The qualifiers specify which filenames that otherwise match the given pattern +will be inserted in the argument list\&. +.PP +If the option \fBBARE_GLOB_QUAL\fP is set, then a trailing set of parentheses +containing no `\fB|\fP\&' or `\fB(\fP' characters (or `\fB~\fP' if it is special) +is taken as a set of +glob qualifiers\&. A glob subexpression that would normally be taken as glob +qualifiers, for example `\fB(^x)\fP\&', can be forced to be treated as part of +the glob pattern by doubling the parentheses, in this case producing +`\fB((^x))\fP\&'\&. +.PP +If the option \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP is set, a different syntax for glob +qualifiers is available, namely `\fB(#qx)\fP\&' where \fBx\fP is any of the same +glob qualifiers used in the other format\&. The qualifiers must still appear +at the end of the pattern\&. However, with this syntax multiple glob +qualifiers may be chained together\&. They are treated as a logical AND of +the individual sets of flags\&. Also, as the syntax is unambiguous, the +expression will be treated as glob qualifiers just as long any parentheses +contained within it are balanced; appearance of `\fB|\fP\&', `\fB(\fP' or +`\fB~\fP\&' does not negate the effect\&. Note that qualifiers will be +recognised in this form even if a bare glob qualifier exists at the end of +the pattern, for example `\fB*(#q*)(\&.)\fP\&' will recognise executable regular +files if both options are set; however, mixed syntax should probably be +avoided for the sake of clarity\&. +.PP +A qualifier may be any one of the following: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB/\fP +directories +.TP +\fBF\fP +`full\&' (i\&.e\&. non\-empty) directories\&. Note that the +opposite sense \fB(^F\fP\fB)\fP expands to empty directories +and all non\-directories\&. Use \fB(/^F\fP\fB)\fP for +empty directories +.TP +\fB\&.\fP +plain files +.TP +\fB@\fP +symbolic links +.TP +\fB=\fP +sockets +.TP +\fBp\fP +named pipes (FIFOs) +.TP +\fB*\fP +executable plain files (0100) +.TP +\fB%\fP +device files (character or block special) +.TP +\fB%b\fP +block special files +.TP +\fB%c\fP +character special files +.TP +\fBr\fP +owner\-readable files (0400) +.TP +\fBw\fP +owner\-writable files (0200) +.TP +\fBx\fP +owner\-executable files (0100) +.TP +\fBA\fP +group\-readable files (0040) +.TP +\fBI\fP +group\-writable files (0020) +.TP +\fBE\fP +group\-executable files (0010) +.TP +\fBR\fP +world\-readable files (0004) +.TP +\fBW\fP +world\-writable files (0002) +.TP +\fBX\fP +world\-executable files (0001) +.TP +\fBs\fP +setuid files (04000) +.TP +\fBS\fP +setgid files (02000) +.TP +\fBt\fP +files with the sticky bit (01000) +.TP +\fBf\fP\fIspec\fP +files with access rights matching \fIspec\fP\&. This \fIspec\fP may be a +octal number optionally preceded by a `\fB=\fP\&', a `\fB+\fP', or a +`\fB\-\fP\&'\&. If none of these characters is given, the behavior is the +same as for `\fB=\fP\&'\&. The octal number describes the mode bits to be +expected, if combined with a `\fB=\fP\&', the value given must match the +file\-modes exactly, with a `\fB+\fP\&', at least the bits in the +given number must be set in the file\-modes, and with a `\fB\-\fP\&', the +bits in the number must not be set\&. Giving a `\fB?\fP\&' instead of a +octal digit anywhere in the number ensures that the corresponding bits +in the file\-modes are not checked, this is only useful in combination +with `\fB=\fP\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +If the qualifier `\fBf\fP\&' is followed by any other character anything +up to the next matching character (`\fB[\fP\&', `\fB{\fP', and `\fB<\fP' match +`\fB]\fP\&', `\fB}\fP', and `\fB>\fP' respectively, any other character +matches itself) is taken as a list of comma\-separated +\fIsub\-spec\fPs\&. Each \fIsub\-spec\fP may be either an octal number as +described above or a list of any of the characters `\fBu\fP\&', `\fBg\fP', +`\fBo\fP\&', and `\fBa\fP', followed by a `\fB=\fP', a `\fB+\fP', or a +`\fB\-\fP\&', followed by a list of any of the characters `\fBr\fP', `\fBw\fP', +`\fBx\fP\&', `\fBs\fP', and `\fBt\fP', or an octal digit\&. The first list of +characters specify which access rights are to be checked\&. If a `\fBu\fP\&' +is given, those for the owner of the file are used, if a `\fBg\fP\&' is +given, those of the group are checked, a `\fBo\fP\&' means to test those +of other users, and the `\fBa\fP\&' says to test all three groups\&. The +`\fB=\fP\&', `\fB+\fP', and `\fB\-\fP' again says how the modes are to be +checked and have the same meaning as described for the first form +above\&. The second list of characters finally says which access rights +are to be expected: `\fBr\fP\&' for read access, `\fBw\fP' for write access, +`\fBx\fP\&' for the right to execute the file (or to search a directory), +`\fBs\fP\&' for the setuid and setgid bits, and `\fBt\fP' for the sticky +bit\&. +.PP +Thus, `\fB*(f70?)\fP\&' gives the files for which the owner has read, +write, and execute permission, and for which other group members have +no rights, independent of the permissions for other users\&. The pattern +`\fB*(f\-100)\fP\&' gives all files for which the owner does not have +execute permission, and `\fB*(f:gu+w,o\-rx:)\fP\&' gives the files for which +the owner and the other members of the group have at least write +permission, and for which other users don\&'t have read or execute +permission\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBe\fP\fIstring\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB+\fP\fIcmd\fP +The \fIstring\fP will be executed as shell code\&. The filename will be +included in the list if and only if the code returns a zero status (usually +the status of the last command)\&. The first character after the `\fBe\fP\&' +will be used as a separator and anything up to the next matching separator +will be taken as the \fIstring\fP; `\fB[\fP\&', `\fB{\fP', and `\fB<\fP' match +`\fB]\fP\&', `\fB}\fP', and `\fB>\fP', respectively, while any other character +matches itself\&. Note that expansions must be quoted in the \fIstring\fP +to prevent them from being expanded before globbing is done\&. +.RS +.PP +During the execution of \fIstring\fP the filename currently being tested is +available in the parameter \fBREPLY\fP; the parameter may be altered to +a string to be inserted into the list instead of the original +filename\&. In addition, the parameter \fBreply\fP may be set to an array or a +string, which overrides the value of \fBREPLY\fP\&. If set to an array, the +latter is inserted into the command line word by word\&. +.PP +For example, suppose a directory contains a single file `\fBlonely\fP\&'\&. Then +the expression `\fB*(e:\&'reply=(${REPLY}{1,2})':)\fP' will cause the words +`\fBlonely1 lonely2\fP\&' to be inserted into the command line\&. Note the +quotation marks\&. +.PP +The form \fB+\fP\fIcmd\fP has the same effect, but no delimiters appear +around \fIcmd\fP\&. Instead, \fIcmd\fP is taken as the longest sequence of +characters following the \fB+\fP that are alphanumeric or underscore\&. +Typically \fIcmd\fP will be the name of a shell function that contains the +appropriate test\&. For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBnt() { [[ $REPLY \-nt $NTREF ]] } +NTREF=reffile +ls \-l *(+nt)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +lists all files in the directory that have been modified more recently than +\fBreffile\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBd\fP\fIdev\fP +files on the device \fIdev\fP +.TP +\fBl\fP[\fB\-\fP|\fB+\fP]\fIct\fP +files having a link count less than \fIct\fP (\fB\-\fP), greater than +\fIct\fP (\fB+\fP), or equal to \fIct\fP +.TP +\fBU\fP +files owned by the effective user ID +.TP +\fBG\fP +files owned by the effective group ID +.TP +\fBu\fP\fIid\fP +files owned by user ID \fIid\fP if that is a number\&. Otherwise, +\fIid\fP specifies a user name: the +character after the `\fBu\fP\&' will be taken as a separator and the string +between it and the next matching separator will be taken as a user name\&. +The starting separators `\fB[\fP\&', `\fB{\fP', and `\fB<\fP' +match the final separators `\fB]\fP\&', `\fB}\fP', and `\fB>\fP', respectively; +any other character matches itself\&. The selected files are those +owned by this user\&. For example, `\fBu:foo:\fP\&' or `\fBu[foo]\fP' selects +files owned by user `\fBfoo\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBg\fP\fIid\fP +like \fBu\fP\fIid\fP but with group IDs or names +.TP +\fBa\fP[\fBMwhms\fP][\fB\-\fP|\fB+\fP]\fIn\fP +files accessed exactly \fIn\fP days ago\&. Files accessed within the last +\fIn\fP days are selected using a negative value for \fIn\fP (\fB\-\fP\fIn\fP)\&. +Files accessed more than \fIn\fP days ago are selected by a positive \fIn\fP +value (\fB+\fP\fIn\fP)\&. Optional unit specifiers `\fBM\fP\&', `\fBw\fP', +`\fBh\fP\&', `\fBm\fP' or `\fBs\fP' (e\&.g\&. `\fBah5\fP') cause the check to be +performed with months (of 30 days), weeks, hours, minutes or seconds +instead of days, respectively\&. For instance, `\fBecho *(ah\-5)\fP\&' would +echo files accessed within the last five hours\&. +.TP +\fBm\fP[\fBMwhms\fP][\fB\-\fP|\fB+\fP]\fIn\fP +like the file access qualifier, except that it uses the file modification +time\&. +.TP +\fBc\fP[\fBMwhms\fP][\fB\-\fP|\fB+\fP]\fIn\fP +like the file access qualifier, except that it uses the file inode change +time\&. +.TP +\fBL\fP[\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP]\fIn\fP +files less than \fIn\fP bytes (\fB\-\fP), more than \fIn\fP bytes (\fB+\fP), or +exactly \fIn\fP bytes in length\&. If this flag is directly followed by a `\fBk\fP\&' +(`\fBK\fP\&'), `\fBm\fP' (`\fBM\fP'), or `\fBp\fP' (`\fBP\fP') (e\&.g\&. `\fBLk\-50\fP') +the check is performed with kilobytes, megabytes, or blocks (of 512 bytes) +instead\&. +.TP +\fB^\fP +negates all qualifiers following it +.TP +\fB\-\fP +toggles between making the qualifiers work on symbolic links (the +default) and the files they point to +.TP +\fBM\fP +sets the \fBMARK_DIRS\fP option for the current pattern +.TP +\fBT\fP +appends a trailing qualifier mark to the filenames, analogous to the +\fBLIST_TYPES\fP option, for the current pattern (overrides \fBM\fP) +.TP +\fBN\fP +sets the \fBNULL_GLOB\fP option for the current pattern +.TP +\fBD\fP +sets the \fBGLOB_DOTS\fP option for the current pattern +.TP +\fBn\fP +sets the \fBNUMERIC_GLOB_SORT\fP option for the current pattern +.TP +\fBo\fP\fIc\fP +specifies how the names of the files should be sorted\&. If \fIc\fP is +\fBn\fP they are sorted by name (the default); if it is \fBL\fP they +are sorted depending on the size (length) of the files; if \fBl\fP +they are sorted by the number of links; if \fBa\fP, \fBm\fP, or \fBc\fP +they are sorted by the time of the last access, modification, or +inode change respectively; if \fBd\fP, files in subdirectories appear before +those in the current directory at each level of the search \-\- this is best +combined with other criteria, for example `\fBodon\fP\&' to sort on names for +files within the same directory; if \fBN\fP, no sorting is performed\&. +Note that \fBa\fP, \fBm\fP, and \fBc\fP compare +the age against the current time, hence the first name in the list is the +youngest file\&. Also note that the modifiers \fB^\fP and \fB\-\fP are used, +so `\fB*(^\-oL)\fP\&' gives a list of all files sorted by file size in descending +order, following any symbolic links\&. Unless \fBoN\fP is used, multiple order +specifiers may occur to resolve ties\&. +.TP +\fBO\fP\fIc\fP +like `\fBo\fP\&', but sorts in descending order; i\&.e\&. `\fB*(^oc)\fP' is the +same as `\fB*(Oc)\fP\&' and `\fB*(^Oc)\fP' is the same as `\fB*(oc)\fP'; `\fBOd\fP' +puts files in the current directory before those in subdirectories at each +level of the search\&. +.TP +\fB[\fP\fIbeg\fP[\fB,\fP\fIend\fP]\fB]\fP +specifies which of the matched filenames should be included in the +returned list\&. The syntax is the same as for array +subscripts\&. \fIbeg\fP and the optional \fIend\fP may be mathematical +expressions\&. As in parameter subscripting they may be negative to make +them count from the last match backward\&. E\&.g\&.: `\fB*(\-OL[1,3])\fP\&' +gives a list of the names of the three largest files\&. +.PP +More than one of these lists can be combined, separated by commas\&. The +whole list matches if at least one of the sublists matches (they are +`or\&'ed, the qualifiers in the sublists are `and'ed)\&. Some qualifiers, +however, affect all matches generated, independent of the sublist in +which they are given\&. These are the qualifiers `\fBM\fP\&', `\fBT\fP', +`\fBN\fP\&', `\fBD\fP', `\fBn\fP', `\fBo\fP', `\fBO\fP' and the subscripts given +in brackets (`\fB[\&.\&.\&.]\fP\&')\&. +.PP +If a `\fB:\fP\&' appears in a qualifier list, the remainder of the expression in +parenthesis is interpreted as a modifier (see the section `Modifiers\&' +in the section `History Expansion\&')\&. Note that +each modifier must be introduced by a separate `\fB:\fP\&'\&. Note also that the +result after modification does not have to be an existing file\&. The +name of any existing file can be followed by a modifier of the form +`\fB(:\&.\&.)\fP\&' even if no actual filename generation is performed\&. +Thus: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBls *(\-/)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +lists all directories and symbolic links that point to directories, +and +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBls *(%W)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +lists all world\-writable device files in the current directory, and +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBls *(W,X)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +lists all files in the current directory that are +world\-writable or world\-executable, and +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBecho /tmp/foo*(u0^@:t)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +outputs the basename of all root\-owned files beginning with the string +`\fBfoo\fP\&' in \fB/tmp\fP, ignoring symlinks, and +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBls *\&.*~(lex|parse)\&.[ch](^D^l1)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +lists all files having a link count of one whose names contain a dot +(but not those starting with a dot, since \fBGLOB_DOTS\fP is explicitly +switched off) except for \fBlex\&.c\fP, \fBlex\&.h\fP, \fBparse\&.c\fP and \fBparse\&.h\fP\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBprint b*\&.pro(#q:s/pro/shmo/)(#q\&.:s/builtin/shmiltin/)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +demonstrates how colon modifiers and other qualifiers may be chained +together\&. The ordinary qualifier `\fB\&.\fP\&' is applied first, then the colon +modifiers in order from left to right\&. So if \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP is set and +the base pattern matches the regular file \fBbuiltin\&.pro\fP, the shell will +print `\fBshmiltin\&.shmo\fP\&'\&. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshroadmap.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshroadmap.1 @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +.TH "ZSHROADMAP" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshroadmap \- informal introduction to the zsh manual +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/roadmap.yo +.PP +The Zsh Manual, like the shell itself, is large and often complicated\&. +This section of the manual provides some pointers to areas of the shell +that are likely to be of particular interest to new users, and indicates +where in the rest of the manual the documentation is to be found\&. +.PP +.SH "WHEN THE SHELL STARTS" +.PP +When it starts, the shell reads commands from various files\&. These can +be created or edited to customize the shell\&. See the section +Startup/Shutdown Files in \fIzsh\fP(1)\&. +.PP +If no personal intialization files exist for the current user, a function +is run to help you change some of the most common settings\&. It won\&'t +appear if your administrator has disabled the \fBzsh/newuser\fP module\&. +The function is designed to be self\-explanatory\&. You can run it by hand +with `\fBautoload \-Uz zsh\-newuser\-install; zsh\-newuser\-install \-f\fP\&'\&. +See also +the section User Configuration Functions in \fIzshcontrib\fP(1)\&. +.PP +.SH "INTERACTIVE USE" +.PP +Interaction with the shell uses the builtin Zsh Line Editor, ZLE\&. This is +described in detail in \fIzshzle\fP(1)\&. +.PP +The first decision a user must make is whether to use the Emacs or Vi +editing mode as the keys for editing are substantially different\&. Emacs +editing mode is probably more natural for beginners and can be selected +explicitly with the command \fBbindkey \-e\fP\&. +.PP +A history mechanism for retrieving previously typed lines (most simply +with the Up or Down arrow keys) is available; note that, unlike other +shells, zsh will not save these lines when the shell exits unless you +set appropriate variables, and the number of history lines retained by +default is quite small (30 lines)\&. See the description of the shell +variables (referred to in the documentation as parameters) \fBHISTFILE\fP, +\fBHISTSIZE\fP and \fBSAVEHIST\fP in \fIzshparam\fP(1)\&. +.PP +.SS "Completion" +.PP +Completion is a feature present in many shells\&. It allows the user to +type only a part (usually the prefix) of a word and have the shell fill +in the rest\&. The completion system in zsh is programmable\&. For +example, the shell can be set to complete email addresses in +arguments to the mail command from your \fB~/\&.abook/addressbook\fP; +usernames, hostnames, and even remote paths in arguments to scp, and so +on\&. Anything that can be written in or glued together with zsh can be +the source of what the line editor offers as possible completions\&. +.PP +Zsh has two completion systems, an old, so called \fBcompctl\fP completion +(named after the builtin command that serves as its complete and only +user interface), and a new one, referred to as \fBcompsys\fP, +organized as library of builtin and user\-defined functions\&. +The two systems differ in their interface for specifying the completion +behavior\&. The new system is more customizable and is supplied with +completions for many commonly used commands; it is therefore to be +preferred\&. +.PP +The completion system must be enabled explicitly when the shell starts\&. +For more information see +\fIzshcompsys\fP(1)\&. +.PP +.SS "Extending the line editor" +.PP +Apart from completion, the line editor is highly extensible by means of +shell functions\&. Some useful functions are provided with the shell; they +provide facilities such as: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBinsert\-composed\-char\fP +composing characters not found on the keyboard +.TP +\fBmatch\-words\-by\-style\fP +configuring what the line editor considers a word when moving or +deleting by word +.TP +\fBhistory\-beginning\-search\-backward\-end\fP, etc\&. +alternative ways of searching the shell history +.TP +\fBreplace\-string\fP, \fBreplace\-pattern\fP +functions for replacing strings or patterns globally in the command line +.TP +\fBedit\-command\-line\fP +edit the command line with an external editor\&. +.PP +See the section `ZLE Functions\&' in \fIzshcontrib\fP(1) for descriptions of these\&. +.PP +.SH "OPTIONS" +.PP +The shell has a large number of options for changing its behaviour\&. +These cover all aspects of the shell; browsing the full documentation is +the only good way to become acquainted with the many possibilities\&. See +\fIzshoptions\fP(1)\&. +.PP +.SH "PATTERN MATCHING" +.PP +The shell has a rich set of patterns which are available for file matching +(described in the documentation as `filename generation\&' and also known for +historical reasons as `globbing\&') and for use when programming\&. These are +described in the section `Filename Generation\&' in \fIzshexpn\fP(1)\&. +.PP +Of particular interest are the following patterns that are not commonly +supported by other systems of pattern matching: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB**\fP +for matching over multiple directories +.TP +\fB~\fP, \fB^\fP +the ability to exclude patterns from matching when the \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP +option is set +.TP +\fB(\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB)\fP +glob qualifiers, included in parentheses at the end of the pattern, +which select files by type (such as directories) or attribute (such as +size)\&. +.PP +.SH "GENERAL COMMENTS ON SYNTAX" +.PP +Although the syntax of zsh is in ways similar to the Korn shell, and +therefore more remotely to the original UNIX shell, the Bourne shell, +its default behaviour does not entirely correspond to those shells\&. +General shell syntax is introduced in the section `Shell Grammar\&' in +\fIzshmisc\fP(1)\&. +.PP +One commonly encountered difference is that variables substituted onto the +command line are not split into words\&. See the description of the shell option +\fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP in +the section `Parameter Expansion\&' in \fIzshexpn\fP(1)\&. +In zsh, you can either explicitly request the splitting (e\&.g\&. \fB${=foo}\fP) +or use an array when you want a variable to expand to more than one word\&. See +the section `Array Parameters\&' in \fIzshparam\fP(1)\&. +.PP +.SH "PROGRAMMING" +.PP +The most convenient way of adding enhancements to the shell is typically +by writing a shell function and arranging for it to be autoloaded\&. +Functions are described in the section `Functions\&' in +\fIzshmisc\fP(1)\&. Users changing from the C shell and its +relatives should notice that aliases are less used in zsh as they don\&'t +perform argument substitution, only simple text replacement\&. +.PP +A few general functions, other than those for the line editor described +above, are provided with the shell and are described in +\fIzshcontrib\fP(1)\&. Features include: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBpromptinit\fP +a prompt theme system for changing prompts easily, see the section +`Prompt Themes\&' + +.TP +\fBzsh\-mime\-setup\fP +a MIME\-handling system which dispatches commands according to the suffix of +a file as done by graphical file managers +.TP +\fBzcalc\fP +a calculator +.TP +\fBzargs\fP +a version of \fBxargs\fP that makes the \fBfind\fP command redundant +.TP +\fBzmv\fP +a command for renaming files by means of shell patterns\&. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshmisc.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshmisc.1 @@ -0,0 +1,2042 @@ +.TH "ZSHMISC" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshmisc \- everything and then some +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/grammar.yo +.SH "SIMPLE COMMANDS & PIPELINES" +A \fIsimple command\fP is a sequence of optional parameter +assignments followed by blank\-separated words, +with optional redirections interspersed\&. +The first word is the command to be executed, and the remaining +words, if any, are arguments to the command\&. +If a command name is given, the parameter assignments modify +the environment of the command when it is executed\&. +The value of a simple command is its exit status, +or 128 plus the signal number if terminated by a signal\&. +For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBecho foo\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +is a simple command with arguments\&. +.PP +A \fIpipeline\fP is either a simple command, or a sequence of two or more +simple commands where each command is separated from the next by `\fB|\fP\&' +or `\fB|&\fP\&'\&. Where commands are separated by `\fB|\fP', the standard +output of the first command is connected to the +standard input of the next\&. `\fB|&\fP\&' is shorthand for `\fB2>&1 |\fP', which +connects both the standard output and the standard error of the +command to the standard input of the next\&. The value of a pipeline +is the value of the last command, unless the pipeline is preceded by +`\fB!\fP\&' in which case the value is the logical inverse of the value of the +last command\&. +For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBecho foo | sed \&'s/foo/bar/'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +is a pipeline, where the output (`\fBfoo\fP\&' plus a newline) of the first +command will be passed to the input of the second\&. +.PP +If a pipeline is preceded by `\fBcoproc\fP\&', it is executed as a coprocess; +a two\-way pipe is established between it and the parent shell\&. The +shell can read from or write to the coprocess by means of the `\fB>&p\fP\&' +and `\fB<&p\fP\&' redirection operators or with `\fBprint \-p\fP' and `\fBread \-p\fP'\&. +A pipeline cannot be preceded by both `\fBcoproc\fP\&' and `\fB!\fP'\&. +If job control is active, the coprocess can be treated in other than input +and output as an ordinary background job\&. +.PP +A \fIsublist\fP is either a single pipeline, or a sequence of two or more +pipelines separated by `\fB&&\fP\&' or `\fB||\fP'\&. If two pipelines are separated +by `\fB&&\fP\&', the second pipeline is executed only if the first succeeds +(returns a zero status)\&. If two pipelines are separated by `\fB||\fP\&', the +second is executed only if the first fails (returns a nonzero status)\&. +Both operators have equal precedence and are left associative\&. +The value of the sublist is the value of the last pipeline executed\&. +For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBdmesg | grep panic && print yes\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +is a sublist consisting of two pipelines, the second just a simple command +which will be executed if and only if the \fBgrep\fP command returns a zero +status\&. If it does not, the value of the sublist is that return status, else +it is the status returned by the \fBprint\fP (almost certainly zero)\&. +.PP +A \fIlist\fP is a sequence of zero or more sublists, in which each sublist +is terminated by `\fB;\fP\&', `\fB&\fP', `\fB&|\fP', `\fB&!\fP', or a newline\&. +This terminator +may optionally be omitted from the last sublist in the list when the +list appears as a complex command inside `\fB(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP\&' +or `\fB{\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP\&'\&. When a +sublist is terminated by `\fB;\fP\&' or newline, the shell waits for it to +finish before executing the next sublist\&. If a sublist is terminated +by a `\fB&\fP\&', `\fB&|\fP', or `\fB&!\fP', +the shell executes the last pipeline in it in the background, and +does not wait for it to finish (note the difference from other shells +which execute the whole sublist in the background)\&. +A backgrounded pipeline returns a status of zero\&. +.PP +More generally, a list can be seen as a set of any shell commands +whatsoever, including the complex commands below; this is implied wherever +the word `list\&' appears in later descriptions\&. For example, the commands +in a shell function form a special sort of list\&. +.SH "PRECOMMAND MODIFIERS" +A simple command may be preceded by a \fIprecommand modifier\fP, +which will alter how the command is interpreted\&. These modifiers are +shell builtin commands with the exception of \fBnocorrect\fP which is +a reserved word\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-\fP +The command is executed with a `\fB\-\fP\&' prepended to its +\fBargv[0]\fP string\&. +.TP +\fBbuiltin\fP +The command word is taken to be the name of a builtin command, +rather than a shell function or external command\&. +.TP +\fBcommand\fP [ \fB\-pvV\fP ] +The command word is taken to be the name of an external command, +rather than a shell function or builtin\&. If the \fBPOSIX_BUILTINS\fP option +is set, builtins will also be executed but certain special properties +of them are suppressed\&. The \fB\-p\fP flag causes a default path to be +searched instead of that in \fB$path\fP\&. With the \fB\-v\fP flag, \fBcommand\fP +is similar to \fBwhence\fP and with \fB\-V\fP, it is equivalent to \fBwhence +\-v\fP\&. +.TP +\fBexec\fP [ \fB\-cl\fP ] [ \fB\-a\fP \fIargv0\fP ] +The following command together with any arguments is run in place +of the current process, rather than as a sub\-process\&. The shell does not +fork and is replaced\&. The shell does not invoke \fBTRAPEXIT\fP, nor does it +source \fBzlogout\fP files\&. +The options are provided for compatibility with other shells\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fB\-c\fP option clears the environment\&. +.PP +The \fB\-l\fP option is equivalent to the \fB\-\fP precommand modifier, to +treat the replacement command as a login shell; the command is executed +with a \fB\-\fP prepended to its \fBargv[0]\fP string\&. This flag has no effect +if used together with the \fB\-a\fP option\&. +.PP +The \fB\-a\fP option is used to specify explicitly the \fBargv[0]\fP string +(the name of the command as seen by the process itself) to be used by the +replacement command and is directly equivalent to setting a value +for the \fBARGV0\fP environment variable\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBnocorrect\fP +Spelling correction is not done on any of the words\&. This must appear +before any other precommand modifier, as it is interpreted immediately, +before any parsing is done\&. It has no effect in non\-interactive shells\&. +.TP +\fBnoglob\fP +Filename generation (globbing) is not performed on any of +the words\&. +.SH "COMPLEX COMMANDS" +A \fIcomplex command\fP in zsh is one of the following: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBif\fP \fIlist\fP \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP [ \fBelif\fP \fIlist\fP \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP ] \&.\&.\&. [ \fBelse\fP \fIlist\fP ] \fBfi\fP +The \fBif\fP \fIlist\fP is executed, and if it returns a zero exit status, +the \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP is executed\&. +Otherwise, the \fBelif\fP \fIlist\fP is executed and if its status is zero, +the \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP is executed\&. +If each \fBelif\fP \fIlist\fP returns nonzero status, the \fBelse\fP \fIlist\fP +is executed\&. +.TP +\fBfor\fP \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. [ \fBin\fP \fIword\fP \&.\&.\&. ] \fIterm\fP \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP \fBdone\fP +where \fIterm\fP is at least one newline or \fB;\fP\&. +Expand the list of \fIword\fPs, and set the parameter +\fIname\fP to each of them in turn, executing +\fIlist\fP each time\&. If the \fBin\fP \fIword\fP is omitted, +use the positional parameters instead of the \fIword\fPs\&. +.RS +.PP +More than one parameter \fIname\fP can appear before the list of +\fIword\fPs\&. If \fIN\fP \fIname\fPs are given, then on each execution of the +loop the next \fBN\fP \fIword\fPs are assigned to the corresponding +parameters\&. If there are more \fIname\fPs than remaining \fIword\fPs, the +remaining parameters are each set to the empty string\&. Execution of the +loop ends when there is no remaining \fIword\fP to assign to the first +\fIname\fP\&. It is only possible for \fBin\fP to appear as the first \fIname\fP +in the list, else it will be treated as marking the end of the list\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBfor ((\fP [\fIexpr1\fP] \fB;\fP [\fIexpr2\fP] \fB;\fP [\fIexpr3\fP] \fB)) do\fP \fIlist\fP \fBdone\fP +The arithmetic expression \fIexpr1\fP is evaluated first (see +the section `Arithmetic Evaluation\&')\&. The arithmetic expression +\fIexpr2\fP is repeatedly evaluated until it evaluates to zero and +when non\-zero, \fIlist\fP is executed and the arithmetic expression +\fIexpr3\fP evaluated\&. If any expression is omitted, then it behaves +as if it evaluated to 1\&. +.TP +\fBwhile\fP \fIlist\fP \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP \fBdone\fP +Execute the \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP as long as the \fBwhile\fP \fIlist\fP +returns a zero exit status\&. +.TP +\fBuntil\fP \fIlist\fP \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP \fBdone\fP +Execute the \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP as long as \fBuntil\fP \fIlist\fP +returns a nonzero exit status\&. +.TP +\fBrepeat\fP \fIword\fP \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP \fBdone\fP +\fIword\fP is expanded and treated as an arithmetic expression, +which must evaluate to a number \fIn\fP\&. +\fIlist\fP is then executed \fIn\fP times\&. +.TP +\fBcase\fP \fIword\fP \fBin\fP [ [\fB(\fP] \fIpattern\fP [ \fB|\fP \fIpattern\fP ] \&.\&.\&. \fB)\fP \fIlist\fP (\fB;;\fP|\fB;&\fP|\fB;|\fP) ] \&.\&.\&. \fBesac\fP +Execute the \fIlist\fP associated with the first \fIpattern\fP +that matches \fIword\fP, if any\&. The form of the patterns +is the same as that used for filename generation\&. See +the section `Filename Generation\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +If the \fIlist\fP that is executed is terminated with \fB;&\fP rather than +\fB;;\fP, the following list is also executed\&. The rule for +the terminator of the following list \fB;;\fP, \fB;&\fP or \fB;|\fP is +applied unless the \fBesac\fP is reached\&. +.PP +If the \fIlist\fP that is executed is terminated with \fB;|\fP the +shell continues to scan the \fIpattern\fPs looking for the next match, +executing the corresponding \fIlist\fP, and applying the rule for +the corresponding terminator \fB;;\fP, \fB;&\fP or \fB;|\fP\&. +Note that \fIword\fP is not re\-expanded; all applicable \fIpattern\fPs +are tested with the same \fIword\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBselect\fP \fIname\fP [ \fBin\fP \fIword\fP \&.\&.\&. \fIterm\fP ] \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP \fBdone\fP +where \fIterm\fP is one or more newline or \fB;\fP to terminate the \fIword\fPs\&. +Print the set of \fIword\fPs, each preceded by a number\&. +If the \fBin\fP \fIword\fP is omitted, use the positional parameters\&. +The \fBPROMPT3\fP prompt is printed and a line is read from the line editor +if the shell is interactive and that is active, or else standard input\&. +If this line consists of the +number of one of the listed \fIword\fPs, then the parameter \fIname\fP +is set to the \fIword\fP corresponding to this number\&. +If this line is empty, the selection list is printed again\&. +Otherwise, the value of the parameter \fIname\fP is set to null\&. +The contents of the line read from standard input is saved +in the parameter \fBREPLY\fP\&. \fIlist\fP is executed +for each selection until a break or end\-of\-file is encountered\&. +.TP +\fB(\fP \fIlist\fP \fB)\fP +Execute \fIlist\fP in a subshell\&. Traps set by the \fBtrap\fP builtin +are reset to their default values while executing \fIlist\fP\&. +.TP +\fB{\fP \fIlist\fP \fB}\fP +Execute \fIlist\fP\&. +.TP +\fB{\fP \fItry\-list\fP \fB} always {\fP \fIalways\-list\fP \fB}\fP +First execute \fItry\-list\fP\&. Regardless of errors, or \fBbreak\fP, +\fBcontinue\fP, or \fBreturn\fP commands encountered within \fItry\-list\fP, +execute \fIalways\-list\fP\&. Execution then continues from the +result of the execution of \fItry\-list\fP; in other words, any error, +or \fBbreak\fP, \fBcontinue\fP, or \fBreturn\fP command is treated in the +normal way, as if \fIalways\-list\fP were not present\&. The two +chunks of code are referred to as the `try block\&' and the `always block'\&. +.RS +.PP +Optional newlines or semicolons may appear after the \fBalways\fP; +note, however, that they may \fInot\fP appear between the preceeding +closing brace and the \fBalways\fP\&. +.PP +An `error\&' in this context is a condition such as a syntax error which +causes the shell to abort execution of the current function, script, or +list\&. Syntax errors encountered while the shell is parsing the +code do not cause the \fIalways\-list\fP to be executed\&. For example, +an erroneously constructed \fBif\fP block in \fBtry\-list\fP would cause the +shell to abort during parsing, so that \fBalways\-list\fP would not be +executed, while an erroneous substitution such as \fB${*foo*}\fP would +cause a run\-time error, after which \fBalways\-list\fP would be executed\&. +.PP +An error condition can be tested and reset with the special integer +variable \fBTRY_BLOCK_ERROR\fP\&. Outside an \fBalways\-list\fP the value is +irrelevant, but it is initialised to \fB\-1\fP\&. Inside \fBalways\-list\fP, the +value is 1 if an error occurred in the \fBtry\-list\fP, else 0\&. If +\fBTRY_BLOCK_ERROR\fP is set to 0 during the \fBalways\-list\fP, the error +condition caused by the \fBtry\-list\fP is reset, and shell execution +continues normally after the end of \fBalways\-list\fP\&. Altering the value +during the \fBtry\-list\fP is not useful (unless this forms part of an +enclosing \fBalways\fP block)\&. +.PP +Regardless of \fBTRY_BLOCK_ERROR\fP, after the end of \fBalways\-list\fP the +normal shell status \fB$?\fP is the value returned from \fBalways\-list\fP\&. +This will be non\-zero if there was an error, even if \fBTRY_BLOCK_ERROR\fP +was set to zero\&. +.PP +The following executes the given code, ignoring any errors it causes\&. +This is an alternative to the usual convention of protecting code by +executing it in a subshell\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB{ + # code which may cause an error + } always { + # This code is executed regardless of the error\&. + (( TRY_BLOCK_ERROR = 0 )) +} +# The error condition has been reset\&.\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +An \fBexit\fP command (or a \fBreturn\fP command executed at the outermost +function level of a script) encountered in \fBtry\-list\fP does \fInot\fP cause +the execution of \fIalways\-list\fP\&. Instead, the shell exits immediately +after any \fBEXIT\fP trap has been executed\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBfunction\fP \fIword\fP \&.\&.\&. [ \fB()\fP ] [ \fIterm\fP ] \fB{\fP \fIlist\fP \fB}\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fIword\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB()\fP [ \fIterm\fP ] \fB{\fP \fIlist\fP \fB}\fP +.TP +.PD +\fIword\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB()\fP [ \fIterm\fP ] \fIcommand\fP +where \fIterm\fP is one or more newline or \fB;\fP\&. +Define a function which is referenced by any one of \fIword\fP\&. +Normally, only one \fIword\fP is provided; multiple \fIword\fPs +are usually only useful for setting traps\&. +The body of the function is the \fIlist\fP between +the \fB{\fP and \fB}\fP\&. See the section `Functions\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +If the option \fBSH_GLOB\fP is set for compatibility with other shells, then +whitespace may appear between between the left and right parentheses when +there is a single \fIword\fP; otherwise, the parentheses will be treated as +forming a globbing pattern in that case\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBtime\fP [ \fIpipeline\fP ] +The \fIpipeline\fP is executed, and timing statistics are +reported on the standard error in the form specified +by the \fBTIMEFMT\fP parameter\&. +If \fIpipeline\fP is omitted, print statistics about the +shell process and its children\&. +.TP +\fB[[\fP \fIexp\fP \fB]]\fP +Evaluates the conditional expression \fIexp\fP +and return a zero exit status if it is true\&. +See the section `Conditional Expressions\&' +for a description of \fIexp\fP\&. +.SH "ALTERNATE FORMS FOR COMPLEX COMMANDS" +Many of zsh\&'s complex commands have alternate forms\&. These particular +versions of complex commands should be considered deprecated and may be +removed in the future\&. The versions in the previous section should be +preferred instead\&. +.PP +The short versions below only work if \fIsublist\fP is of the form `\fB{\fP +\fIlist\fP \fB}\fP\&' or if the \fBSHORT_LOOPS\fP option is set\&. For the \fBif\fP, +\fBwhile\fP and \fBuntil\fP commands, in both these cases the test part of the +loop must also be suitably delimited, such as by `\fB[[ \&.\&.\&. ]]\fP\&' or `\fB(( +\&.\&.\&. ))\fP\&', else the end of the test will not be recognized\&. For the +\fBfor\fP, \fBrepeat\fP, \fBcase\fP and \fBselect\fP commands no such special form +for the arguments is necessary, but the other condition (the special form +of \fIsublist\fP or use of the \fBSHORT_LOOPS\fP option) still applies\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBif\fP \fIlist\fP \fB{\fP \fIlist\fP \fB}\fP [ \fBelif\fP \fIlist\fP \fB{\fP \fIlist\fP \fB}\fP ] \&.\&.\&. [ \fBelse {\fP \fIlist\fP \fB}\fP ] +An alternate form of \fBif\fP\&. The rules mean that +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBif [[ \-o ignorebraces ]] { + print yes +}\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +works, but +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBif true { # Does not work! + print yes +} +\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +does \fInot\fP, since the test is not suitably delimited\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBif\fP \fIlist\fP \fIsublist\fP +A short form of the alternate `if\&'\&. The same limitations on the form of +\fIlist\fP apply as for the previous form\&. +.TP +\fBfor\fP \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB(\fP \fIword\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB)\fP \fIsublist\fP +A short form of \fBfor\fP\&. +.TP +\fBfor\fP \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. [ \fBin\fP \fIword\fP \&.\&.\&. ] \fIterm\fP \fIsublist\fP +where \fIterm\fP is at least one newline or \fB;\fP\&. +Another short form of \fBfor\fP\&. +.TP +\fBfor ((\fP [\fIexpr1\fP] \fB;\fP [\fIexpr2\fP] \fB;\fP [\fIexpr3\fP] \fB))\fP \fIsublist\fP +A short form of the arithmetic \fBfor\fP command\&. +.TP +\fBforeach\fP \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB(\fP \fIword\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB)\fP \fIlist\fP \fBend\fP +Another form of \fBfor\fP\&. +.TP +\fBwhile\fP \fIlist\fP \fB{\fP \fIlist\fP \fB}\fP +An alternative form of \fBwhile\fP\&. Note the limitations on the form of +\fIlist\fP mentioned above\&. +.TP +\fBuntil\fP \fIlist\fP \fB{\fP \fIlist\fP \fB}\fP +An alternative form of \fBuntil\fP\&. Note the limitations on the form of +\fIlist\fP mentioned above\&. +.TP +\fBrepeat\fP \fIword\fP \fIsublist\fP +This is a short form of \fBrepeat\fP\&. +.TP +\fBcase\fP \fIword\fP \fB{\fP [ [\fB(\fP] \fIpattern\fP [ \fB|\fP \fIpattern\fP ] \&.\&.\&. \fB)\fP \fIlist\fP (\fB;;\fP|\fB;&\fP|\fB;|\fP) ] \&.\&.\&. \fB}\fP +An alternative form of \fBcase\fP\&. +.TP +\fBselect\fP \fIname\fP [ \fBin\fP \fIword\fP \fIterm\fP ] \fIsublist\fP +where \fIterm\fP is at least one newline or \fB;\fP\&. +A short form of \fBselect\fP\&. +.SH "RESERVED WORDS" +The following words are recognized as reserved words when used as the first +word of a command unless quoted or disabled using \fBdisable \-r\fP: +.PP +\fBdo done esac then elif else fi for case +if while function repeat time until +select coproc nocorrect foreach end ! [[ { }\fP +.PP +Additionally, `\fB}\fP\&' is recognized in any position if the \fBIGNORE_BRACES\fP option +is not set\&. +.SH "COMMENTS" +In noninteractive shells, or in interactive shells with the +\fBINTERACTIVE_COMMENTS\fP option set, a word beginning +with the third character of the \fBhistchars\fP parameter +(`\fB#\fP\&' by default) causes that word and all the following +characters up to a newline to be ignored\&. +.SH "ALIASING" +Every token in the shell input is checked to see if there +is an alias defined for it\&. +If so, it is replaced by the text of the alias if it is in command +position (if it could be the first word of a simple command), +or if the alias is global\&. +If the text ends with a space, the next word in the shell input +is treated as though it were in command position for purposes of alias +expansion\&. +An alias is defined using the \fBalias\fP builtin; global aliases +may be defined using the \fB\-g\fP option to that builtin\&. +.PP +Alias expansion is done on the shell input before any +other expansion except history expansion\&. Therefore, +if an alias is defined for the word \fBfoo\fP, alias expansion +may be avoided by quoting part of the word, e\&.g\&. \fB\efoo\fP\&. +But there is nothing to prevent an alias being defined +for \fB\efoo\fP as well\&. +.SH "QUOTING" +A character may be \fIquoted\fP (that is, made +to stand for itself) by preceding it with a `\fB\e\fP\&'\&. +`\fB\e\fP\&' followed by a newline is ignored\&. +.PP +A string enclosed between `\fB$\&'\fP' and `\fB'\fP' is +processed the same way as the string arguments of the +\fBprint\fP builtin, and the resulting string is considered to be +entirely quoted\&. A literal `\fB\&'\fP' character can be included in the +string by using the `\fB\e\&'\fP' escape\&. +.PP +All characters enclosed between a pair of single quotes (\fB\&''\fP) that +is not preceded by a `\fB$\fP\&' are quoted\&. A single quote cannot appear +within single quotes unless the option \fBRC_QUOTES\fP is set, in which case +a pair of single quotes are turned into a single quote\&. For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBprint \&''''\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +outputs nothing apart from a newline if \fBRC_QUOTES\fP is not set, but one +single quote if it is set\&. +.PP +Inside double quotes (\fB""\fP), parameter and +command substitution occur, and `\fB\e\fP\&' quotes the characters +`\fB\e\fP\&', `\fB`\fP', `\fB"\fP', and `\fB$\fP'\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/redirect.yo +.SH "REDIRECTION" +If a command is followed by \fB&\fP +and job control is not active, +then the default standard input +for the command is the empty file \fB/dev/null\fP\&. +Otherwise, the environment for the execution of a command contains the +file descriptors of the invoking shell as modified by +input/output specifications\&. +.PP +The following may appear anywhere in a simple command +or may precede or follow a complex command\&. +Expansion occurs before \fIword\fP or \fIdigit\fP +is used except as noted below\&. +If the result of substitution on \fIword\fP +produces more than one filename, +redirection occurs for each +separate filename in turn\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB<\fP \fIword\fP +Open file \fIword\fP for reading as standard input\&. +.TP +\fB<>\fP \fIword\fP +Open file \fIword\fP for reading and writing as standard input\&. +If the file does not exist then it is created\&. +.TP +\fB>\fP \fIword\fP +Open file \fIword\fP for writing as standard output\&. +If the file does not exist then it is created\&. +If the file exists, and the \fBCLOBBER\fP option is unset, +this causes an error; +otherwise, it is truncated to zero length\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB>|\fP \fIword\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB>!\fP \fIword\fP +Same as \fB>\fP, except that the file is truncated to zero length +if it exists, even if \fBCLOBBER\fP is unset\&. +.TP +\fB>>\fP \fIword\fP +Open file \fIword\fP for writing in append mode as standard output\&. +If the file does not exist, and the \fBCLOBBER\fP +option is unset, this causes an error; +otherwise, the file is created\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB>>|\fP \fIword\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB>>!\fP \fIword\fP +Same as \fB>>\fP, except that the file is created if it does not +exist, even if \fBCLOBBER\fP is unset\&. +.TP +\fB<<\fP[\fB\-\fP] \fIword\fP +The shell input is read up to a line that is the same as +\fIword\fP, or to an end\-of\-file\&. +No parameter expansion, command substitution or +filename generation is performed on \fIword\fP\&. +The resulting document, called a +\fIhere\-document\fP, becomes the standard input\&. +.RS +.PP +If any character of \fIword\fP is quoted with +single or double quotes or a `\fB\e\fP\&', +no interpretation is placed upon the characters of the document\&. +Otherwise, parameter and command substitution +occurs, `\fB\e\fP\&' followed by a newline is removed, +and `\fB\e\fP\&' must be used to quote the characters +`\fB\e\fP\&', `\fB$\fP', `\fB`\fP' and the first character of \fIword\fP\&. +.PP +Note that \fIword\fP itself does not undergo shell expansion\&. Backquotes +in \fIword\fP do not have their usual effect; instead they behave +similarly to double quotes, except that the backquotes themselves are +passed through unchanged\&. (This information is given for completeness +and it is not recommended that backquotes be used\&.) Quotes in the form +\fB$\&'\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB'\fP have their standard effect of expanding backslashed +references to special characters\&. +.PP +If \fB<<\-\fP is used, then all leading +tabs are stripped from \fIword\fP and from the document\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB<<<\fP \fIword\fP +Perform shell expansion on \fIword\fP and pass the result +to standard input\&. This is known as a \fIhere\-string\fP\&. +Compare the use of \fIword\fP in here\-documents above, where \fIword\fP +does not undergo shell expansion\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB<&\fP \fInumber\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB>&\fP \fInumber\fP +The standard input/output is duplicated from file descriptor +\fInumber\fP (see \fIdup2\fP(2))\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB<& \-\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB>& \-\fP +Close the standard input/output\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB<& p\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB>& p\fP +The input/output from/to the coprocess is moved to the standard input/output\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB>&\fP \fIword\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB&>\fP \fIword\fP +(Except where `\fB>&\fP \fIword\fP\&' matches one of the above syntaxes; +`\fB&>\fP\&' can always be used to avoid this ambiguity\&.) +Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descriptor 2) +in the manner of `\fB>\fP \fIword\fP\&'\&. +Note that this does \fInot\fP have the same effect as `\fB>\fP \fIword\fP \fB2>&1\fP\&' +in the presence of multios (see the section below)\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB>&|\fP \fIword\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB>&!\fP \fIword\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB&>|\fP \fIword\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB&>!\fP \fIword\fP +Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descriptor 2) +in the manner of `\fB>|\fP \fIword\fP\&'\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB>>&\fP \fIword\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB&>>\fP \fIword\fP +Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descriptor 2) +in the manner of `\fB>>\fP \fIword\fP\&'\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB>>&|\fP \fIword\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB>>&!\fP \fIword\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB&>>|\fP \fIword\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB&>>!\fP \fIword\fP +Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descriptor 2) +in the manner of `\fB>>|\fP \fIword\fP\&'\&. +.PP +If one of the above is preceded by a digit, then the file +descriptor referred to is that specified by the digit +instead of the default 0 or 1\&. +The order in which redirections are specified is significant\&. +The shell evaluates each redirection in terms of the +(\fIfile descriptor\fP, \fIfile\fP) +association at the time of evaluation\&. +For example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\&.\&.\&. \fB1>\fP\fIfname\fP \fB2>&1\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +first associates file descriptor 1 with file \fIfname\fP\&. +It then associates file descriptor 2 with the file associated with file +descriptor 1 (that is, \fIfname\fP)\&. +If the order of redirections were reversed, +file descriptor 2 would be associated +with the terminal (assuming file descriptor 1 had been) +and then file descriptor 1 would be associated with file \fIfname\fP\&. +.PP +If instead of a digit one of the operators above is preceded by +a valid identifier enclosed in braces, the shell will open a new +file descriptor that is guaranteed to be at least 10 and set the +parameter named by the identifier to the file descriptor opened\&. +No whitespace is allowed between the closing brace and the redirection +character\&. The option \fBIGNORE_BRACES\fP must not be set\&. +For example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\&.\&.\&. {myfd}>&1 +.fi +.RE +.PP +This opens a new file descriptor that is a duplicate of file descriptor +1 and sets the parameter \fBmyfd\fP to the number of the file descriptor, +which will be at least 10\&. The new file descriptor can be written to using +the syntax \fB>&$myfd\fP\&. +.PP +The syntax \fB{\fP\fIvarid\fP\fB}>&\-\fP, for example \fB{myfd}>&\-\fP, may be used +to close a file descriptor opened in this fashion\&. Note that the +parameter given by \fIvarid\fP must previously be set to a file descriptor +in this case\&. +.PP +It is an error to open or close a file descriptor in this fashion when the +parameter is readonly\&. However, it is not an error to read or write a file +descriptor using \fB<&$\fP\fIparam\fP or \fB>&$\fP\fIparam\fP if \fIparam\fP is +readonly\&. +.PP +If the option \fBCLOBBER\fP is unset, it is an error to open a file +descriptor using a parameter that is already set to an open file descriptor +previously allocated by this mechanism\&. Unsetting the parameter before +using it for allocating a file descriptor avoids the error\&. +.PP +Note that this mechanism merely allocates or closes a file descriptor; it +does not perform any redirections from or to it\&. It is usually convenient +to allocate a file descriptor prior to use as an argument to \fBexec\fP\&. The +following shows a typical sequence of allocation, use, and closing of a +file descriptor: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBinteger myfd +exec {myfd}>~/logs/mylogfile\&.txt +print This is a log message\&. >&$myfd +exec {myfd}>&\-\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Note that the expansion of the variable in the expression \fB>&$myfd\fP +occurs at the point the redirection is opened\&. This is after the expansion +of command arguments and after any redirections to the left on the command +line have been processed\&. +.PP +The `\fB|&\fP\&' command separator described in +\fISimple Commands & Pipelines\fP in \fIzshmisc\fP(1) +is a shorthand for `\fB2>&1 |\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The various forms of process substitution, `\fB<(\fP\fIlist\fP\fB)\fP\&', +and `\fB=(\fP\fIlist\fP())\&' for input and +`\fB>(\fP\fIlist\fP\fB)\fP\&' for output, are often used together with +redirection\&. For example, if \fIword\fP in an output redirection is of the +form `\fB>(\fP\fIlist\fP\fB)\fP\&' then the output is piped to the +command represented by \fIlist\fP\&. See +\fIProcess Substitution\fP in \fIzshexpn\fP(1)\&. +.SH "MULTIOS" +If the user tries to open a file descriptor for writing more than once, +the shell opens the file descriptor as a pipe to a process that copies +its input to all the specified outputs, similar to \fBtee\fP, +provided the \fBMULTIOS\fP option is set, as it is by default\&. Thus: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBdate >foo >bar\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +writes the date to two files, named `\fBfoo\fP\&' and `\fBbar\fP'\&. +Note that a pipe is an implicit redirection; thus +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBdate >foo | cat\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +writes the date to the file `\fBfoo\fP\&', and also pipes it to cat\&. +.PP +If the \fBMULTIOS\fP +option is set, the word after a redirection operator is also subjected +to filename generation (globbing)\&. Thus +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB: > *\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +will truncate all files in the current directory, +assuming there\&'s at least one\&. (Without the \fBMULTIOS\fP +option, it would create an empty file called `\fB*\fP\&'\&.) +Similarly, you can do +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBecho exit 0 >> *\&.sh\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +If the user tries to open a file descriptor for reading more than once, +the shell opens the file descriptor as a pipe to a process that copies +all the specified inputs to its output in the order +specified, similar to \fBcat\fP, +provided the \fBMULTIOS\fP option is set\&. Thus +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBsort &$myfd\fP\&. +.PP +Note that a pipe is an implicit redirection; thus +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcat bar | sort bar > baz\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +when \fBMULTIOS\fP is unset will truncate bar, and write `\fBfoo\fP\&' into baz\&. +.PP +There is a problem when an output multio is attached to an external +program\&. A simple example shows this: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcat file >file1 >file2 +cat file1 file2\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Here, it is possible that the second `\fBcat\fP\&' will not display the full +contents of \fBfile1\fP and \fBfile2\fP (i\&.e\&. the original contents of +\fBfile\fP repeated twice)\&. +.PP +The reason for this is that the multios are spawned after the \fBcat\fP +process is forked from the parent shell, so the parent shell does not +wait for the multios to finish writing data\&. This means the command as +shown can exit before \fBfile1\fP and \fBfile2\fP are completely written\&. +As a workaround, it is possible to run the \fBcat\fP process as part of a +job in the current shell: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB{ cat file } >file >file2\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Here, the \fB{\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB}\fP job will pause to wait for both files to be +written\&. +.PP +.SH "REDIRECTIONS WITH NO COMMAND" +When a simple command consists of one or more redirection operators +and zero or more parameter assignments, but no command name, zsh can +behave in several ways\&. +.PP +If the parameter \fBNULLCMD\fP is not set or the option \fBCSH_NULLCMD\fP is +set, an error is caused\&. This is the \fBcsh\fP behavior and \fBCSH_NULLCMD\fP +is set by default when emulating \fBcsh\fP\&. +.PP +If the option \fBSH_NULLCMD\fP is set, the builtin `\fB:\fP\&' is inserted as a +command with the given redirections\&. This is the default when emulating +\fBsh\fP or \fBksh\fP\&. +.PP +Otherwise, if the parameter \fBNULLCMD\fP is set, its value will be used as a +command with the given redirections\&. If both \fBNULLCMD\fP and +\fBREADNULLCMD\fP are set, then the value of the latter will be used instead +of that of the former when the redirection is an input\&. The default for +\fBNULLCMD\fP is `\fBcat\fP\&' and for \fBREADNULLCMD\fP is `\fBmore\fP'\&. Thus +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB< file\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +shows the contents of \fBfile\fP on standard output, with paging if that is a +terminal\&. \fBNULLCMD\fP and \fBREADNULLCMD\fP may refer to shell functions\&. +.PP +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/exec.yo +.SH "COMMAND EXECUTION" +If a command name contains no slashes, the shell attempts to locate +it\&. If there exists a shell function by that name, the function +is invoked as described in the section `Functions\&'\&. If there exists +a shell builtin by that name, the builtin is invoked\&. +.PP +Otherwise, the shell searches each element of \fB$path\fP for a +directory containing an executable file by that name\&. If the +search is unsuccessful, the shell prints an error message and returns +a nonzero exit status\&. +.PP +If execution fails because the file is not in executable format, +and the file is not a directory, it is assumed to be a shell +script\&. \fB/bin/sh\fP is spawned to execute it\&. If the program +is a file beginning with `\fB#!\fP\&', the remainder of the first line +specifies an interpreter for the program\&. The shell will +execute the specified interpreter on operating systems that do +not handle this executable format in the kernel\&. +.PP +If no external command is found but a function \fBcommand_not_found_handler\fP +exists the shell executes this function with all +command line arguments\&. The function should return status zero if it +successfully handled the command, or non\-zero status if it failed\&. +In the latter case the standard handling is applied: `command not +found\&' is printed to standard error and the shell exits with status 127\&. +Note that the handler is executed in a subshell forked to execute +an external command, hence changes to directories, shell parameters, +etc\&. have no effect on the main shell\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/func.yo +.SH "FUNCTIONS" +Shell functions are defined with the \fBfunction\fP reserved word or the +special syntax `\fIfuncname\fP \fB()\fP\&'\&. +Shell functions are read in and stored internally\&. +Alias names are resolved when the function is read\&. +Functions are executed like commands with the arguments +passed as positional parameters\&. +(See the section `Command Execution\&'\&.) +.PP +Functions execute in the same process as the caller and +share all files +and present working directory with the +caller\&. A trap on \fBEXIT\fP set inside a function +is executed after the function completes in the environment +of the caller\&. +.PP +The \fBreturn\fP builtin is used to return from function calls\&. +.PP +Function identifiers can be listed with the \fBfunctions\fP builtin\&. +Functions can be undefined with the \fBunfunction\fP builtin\&. +.SH "AUTOLOADING FUNCTIONS" +.PP +A function can be marked as \fIundefined\fP using the \fBautoload\fP builtin +(or `\fBfunctions \-u\fP\&' or `\fBtypeset \-fu\fP')\&. Such a function has no +body\&. When the function is first executed, the shell searches for its +definition using the elements of the \fBfpath\fP variable\&. Thus to define +functions for autoloading, a typical sequence is: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBfpath=(~/myfuncs $fpath) +autoload myfunc1 myfunc2 \&.\&.\&.\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The usual alias expansion during reading will be suppressed if the +\fBautoload\fP builtin or its equivalent is given the option \fB\-U\fP\&. This is +recommended for the use of functions supplied with the zsh distribution\&. +Note that for functions precompiled with the \fBzcompile\fP builtin command +the flag \fB\-U\fP must be provided when the \fB\&.zwc\fP file is created, as the +corresponding information is compiled into the latter\&. +.PP +For each \fIelement\fP in \fBfpath\fP, the shell looks for three possible +files, the newest of which is used to load the definition for the function: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fIelement\fP\fB\&.zwc\fP +A file created with the \fBzcompile\fP builtin command, which is expected to +contain the definitions for all functions in the directory named +\fIelement\fP\&. The file is treated in the same manner as a directory +containing files for functions and is searched for the definition of the +function\&. If the definition is not found, the search for a definition +proceeds with the other two possibilities described below\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fIelement\fP already includes a \fB\&.zwc\fP extension (i\&.e\&. the extension +was explicitly given by the user), \fIelement\fP is searched for the +definition of the function without comparing its age to that of other +files; in fact, there does not need to be any directory named \fIelement\fP +without the suffix\&. Thus including an element such as +`\fB/usr/local/funcs\&.zwc\fP\&' in \fBfpath\fP will speed up the search for +functions, with the disadvantage that functions included must be explicitly +recompiled by hand before the shell notices any changes\&. +.RE +.TP +\fIelement\fP\fB/\fP\fIfunction\fP\fB\&.zwc\fP +A file created with \fBzcompile\fP, which is expected to contain the +definition for \fIfunction\fP\&. It may include other function definitions +as well, but those are neither loaded nor executed; a file found in this +way is searched \fIonly\fP for the definition of \fIfunction\fP\&. +.TP +\fIelement\fP\fB/\fP\fIfunction\fP +A file of zsh command text, taken to be the definition for \fIfunction\fP\&. +.PP +In summary, the order of searching is, first, in the \fIparents of\fP +directories in \fBfpath\fP for the newer of either a compiled directory or +a directory in \fBfpath\fP; second, if more than one of these contains a +definition for the function that is sought, the leftmost in the \fBfpath\fP +is chosen; and third, within a directory, the newer of either a compiled +function or an ordinary function definition is used\&. +.PP +If the \fBKSH_AUTOLOAD\fP option is set, or the file contains only a +simple definition of the function, the file\&'s contents will be executed\&. +This will normally define the function in question, but may also perform +initialization, which is executed in the context of the function execution, +and may therefore define local parameters\&. It is an error if the function +is not defined by loading the file\&. +.PP +Otherwise, the function body (with no surrounding `\fIfuncname\fP\fB() +{\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB}\fP\&') is taken to be the complete contents of the file\&. This +form allows the file to be used directly as an executable shell script\&. If +processing of the file results in the function being re\-defined, the +function itself is not re\-executed\&. To force the shell to perform +initialization and then call the function defined, the file should contain +initialization code (which will be executed then discarded) in addition to +a complete function definition (which will be retained for subsequent calls +to the function), and a call to the shell function, including any +arguments, at the end\&. +.PP +For example, suppose the autoload file \fBfunc\fP contains +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBfunc() { print This is func; } +print func is initialized +\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +then `\fBfunc; func\fP\&' with \fBKSH_AUTOLOAD\fP set will produce both messages +on the first call, but only the message `\fBThis is func\fP\&' on the second +and subsequent calls\&. Without \fBKSH_AUTOLOAD\fP set, it will produce +the initialization message on the first call, and the other message on the +second and subsequent calls\&. +.PP +It is also possible to create a function that is not marked as autoloaded, +but which loads its own definition by searching \fBfpath\fP, by using +`\fBautoload \-X\fP\&' within a shell function\&. For example, the following are +equivalent: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBmyfunc() { + autoload \-X +} +myfunc args\&.\&.\&.\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +and +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBunfunction myfunc # if myfunc was defined +autoload myfunc +myfunc args\&.\&.\&.\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +In fact, the \fBfunctions\fP command outputs `\fBbuiltin autoload \-X\fP\&' as +the body of an autoloaded function\&. This is done so that +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBeval "$(functions)"\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +produces a reasonable result\&. A true autoloaded function can be +identified by the presence of the comment `\fB# undefined\fP\&' in the body, +because all comments are discarded from defined functions\&. +.PP +To load the definition of an autoloaded function \fBmyfunc\fP without +executing \fBmyfunc\fP, use: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBautoload +X myfunc\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +.SH "SPECIAL FUNCTIONS" +Certain functions, if defined, have special meaning to the shell\&. +.PP +In the case of \fBchpwd\fP, \fBperiodic\fP, \fBprecmd\fP and \fBpreexec\fP it is +possible to define an array that has the same name with `\fB_functions\fP\&' +appended\&. Any element in such an array is taken as the name of a function +to execute; it is executed in the same context and with the same arguments +as the basic function\&. For example, if \fB$chpwd_functions\fP is an array +containing the values `\fBmychpwd\fP\&', `\fBchpwd_save_dirstack\fP', then the +shell attempts to execute the functions `\fBchpwd\fP\&', `\fBmychpwd\fP' and +`\fBchpwd_save_dirstack\fP\&', in that order\&. Any function that does not exist +is silently ignored\&. A function found by this mechanism is referred to +elsewhere as a `hook function\&'\&. An error in any function causes +subsequent functions not to be run\&. Note further that an error +in a \fBprecmd\fP hook causes an immediately following \fBperiodic\fP +function not to run (thought it may run at the next opportunity)\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBchpwd\fP +Executed whenever the current working directory is changed\&. +.TP +\fBperiodic\fP +If the parameter \fBPERIOD\fP +is set, this function is executed every \fB$PERIOD\fP +seconds, just before a prompt\&. Note that if multiple functions +are defined using the array \fBperiodic_functions\fP only one +period is applied to the complete set of functions, and the +scheduled time is not reset if the list of functions is altered\&. +Hence the set of functions is always called together\&. +.TP +\fBprecmd\fP +Executed before each prompt\&. Note that precommand functions are not +reexecuted simply because the command line is redrawn, as happens, for +example, when a notification about an exiting job is displayed\&. +.TP +\fBpreexec\fP +Executed just after a command has been read and is about to be +executed\&. If the history mechanism is active (and the line was not +discarded from the history buffer), the string that the user typed is +passed as the first argument, otherwise it is an empty string\&. The +actual command that will be executed (including expanded aliases) is +passed in two different forms: the second argument is a single\-line, +size\-limited version of the command (with things like function bodies +elided); the third argument contains the full text that is being +executed\&. +.TP +\fBzshexit\fP +Executed at the point where the main shell is about to exit normally\&. +This is not called by exiting subshells, nor when the \fBexec\fP +precommand modifier is used before an external command\&. Also, unlike +\fBTRAPEXIT\fP, it is not called when functions exit\&. +.TP +\fBTRAP\fP\fINAL\fP +If defined and non\-null, +this function will be executed whenever the shell +catches a signal \fBSIG\fP\fINAL\fP, where \fINAL\fP is a signal +name as specified for the \fBkill\fP builtin\&. +The signal number will be passed as the first parameter to the function\&. +.RS +.PP +If a function of this form is defined and null, +the shell and processes spawned by it will ignore \fBSIG\fP\fINAL\fP\&. +.PP +The return status from the function is handled specially\&. If it is +zero, the signal is assumed to have been handled, and execution continues +normally\&. Otherwise, the shell will behave as interrupted except that +the return status of the trap is retained\&. +.PP +Programs terminated by uncaught signals typically return the status 128 +plus the signal number\&. Hence the following causes the handler for +\fBSIGINT\fP to print a message, then mimic the usual effect of the signal\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBTRAPINT() { + print "Caught SIGINT, aborting\&." + return $(( 128 + $1 )) +}\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The functions \fBTRAPZERR\fP, \fBTRAPDEBUG\fP and \fBTRAPEXIT\fP are never +executed inside other traps\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBTRAPDEBUG\fP +Executed after each command\&. +.TP +\fBTRAPEXIT\fP +Executed when the shell exits, +or when the current function exits if defined inside a function\&. +The value of \fB$?\fP at the start of execution is the exit status of the +shell or the return status of the function exiting\&. +.TP +\fBTRAPZERR\fP +Executed whenever a command has a non\-zero exit status\&. However, the +function is not executed if the command occurred in a sublist followed by +`\fB&&\fP\&' or `\fB||\fP'; only the final command in a sublist of this type +causes the trap to be executed\&. The function \fBTRAPERR\fP acts the same as +\fBTRAPZERR\fP on systems where there is no \fBSIGERR\fP (this is the usual +case)\&. +.PP +The functions beginning `\fBTRAP\fP\&' may alternatively be defined with the +\fBtrap\fP builtin: this may be preferable for some uses, as they are then +run in the environment of the calling process, rather than in their own +function environment\&. Apart from the difference in calling procedure and +the fact that the function form appears in lists of functions, the forms +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBTRAPNAL() { + # code +}\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +and +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBtrap \&' + # code +\&' NAL\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +are equivalent\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/jobs.yo +.SH "JOBS" +If the \fBMONITOR\fP option is set, +an interactive shell associates a \fIjob\fP with each pipeline\&. +It keeps a table of current jobs, printed by the \fBjobs\fP +command, and assigns them small integer numbers\&. +When a job is started asynchronously with `\fB&\fP\&', +the shell prints a line to standard error which looks like: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB[1] 1234\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +indicating that the job which was started asynchronously was job number +1 and had one (top\-level) process, whose process ID was 1234\&. +.PP +If a job is started with `\fB&|\fP\&' or `\fB&!\fP', +then that job is immediately disowned\&. After startup, it +does not have a place in the job table, and is not subject +to the job control features described here\&. +.PP +If you are running a job and wish to do something else you may hit the key +^Z (control\-Z) which sends a \fBTSTP\fP signal to the current job: this key +may be redefined by the \fBsusp\fP option of the external \fBstty\fP command\&. +The shell will then normally indicate that the job has been `suspended\&', +and print another prompt\&. You can then manipulate the state of this job, +putting it in the background with the \fBbg\fP command, or run some other +commands and then eventually bring the job back into the foreground with +the foreground command \fBfg\fP\&. A ^Z takes effect immediately and +is like an interrupt in that pending output and unread input are discarded +when it is typed\&. +.PP +A job being run in the background will suspend if it tries to read +from the terminal\&. +Background jobs are normally allowed to produce output, +but this can be disabled by giving the command `\fBstty tostop\fP\&'\&. +If you set this +tty option, then background jobs will suspend when they try to produce +output like they do when they try to read input\&. +.PP +When a command is suspended and continued later with the \fBfg\fP or +\fBwait\fP builtins, zsh restores tty modes that were in effect when it was +suspended\&. This (intentionally) does not apply if the command is +continued via `\fBkill \-CONT\fP\&', nor when it is continued with \fBbg\fP\&. +.PP +There are several ways to refer to jobs in the shell\&. +A job can be referred to by the process ID of any process of the job +or by one of the following: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB%\fP\fInumber\fP +The job with the given number\&. +.TP +\fB%\fP\fIstring\fP +Any job whose command line begins with \fIstring\fP\&. +.TP +\fB%?\fP\fIstring\fP +Any job whose command line contains \fIstring\fP\&. +.TP +\fB%%\fP +Current job\&. +.TP +\fB%+\fP +Equivalent to `\fB%%\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fB%\-\fP +Previous job\&. +.PD +.PP +The shell learns immediately whenever a process changes state\&. +It normally informs you whenever a job becomes blocked so that +no further progress is possible\&. If the \fBNOTIFY\fP option is not set, +it waits until just before it prints a prompt before it informs you\&. +All such notifications are sent directly to the terminal, not to +the standard output or standard error\&. +.PP +When the monitor mode is on, each background job that completes +triggers any trap set for \fBCHLD\fP\&. +.PP +When you try to leave the shell while jobs are running or suspended, you will +be warned that `You have suspended (running) jobs\&'\&. +You may use the \fBjobs\fP command to see what they are\&. +If you do this or immediately try to +exit again, the shell will not warn you a second time; the suspended +jobs will be terminated, and the running jobs will be sent +a \fBSIGHUP\fP signal, if the \fBHUP\fP option is set\&. +.PP +To avoid having the shell terminate the running jobs, either +use the \fBnohup\fP command (see \fInohup\fP(1)) +or the \fBdisown\fP builtin\&. +.SH "SIGNALS" +The \fBINT\fP and \fBQUIT\fP signals for an invoked +command are ignored if the command is followed by +`\fB&\fP\&' and the \fBMONITOR\fP option is not active\&. +The shell itself always ignores the \fBQUIT\fP signal\&. +Otherwise, signals have the values +inherited by the shell from its parent +(but see the \fBTRAP\fP\fINAL\fP special functions in the section `Functions\&')\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/arith.yo +.SH "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" +The shell can perform integer and floating point arithmetic, either using +the builtin \fBlet\fP, or via a substitution of the form \fB$((\&.\&.\&.))\fP\&. For +integers, the shell is usually compiled to use 8\-byte precision where this +is available, otherwise precision is 4 bytes\&. This can be tested, for +example, by giving the command `\fBprint \- $(( 12345678901 ))\fP\&'; if the +number appears unchanged, the precision is at least 8 bytes\&. Floating +point arithmetic is always double precision\&. +.PP +The \fBlet\fP builtin command takes arithmetic expressions as arguments; each +is evaluated separately\&. Since many of the arithmetic operators, as well +as spaces, require quoting, an alternative form is provided: for any +command which begins with a `\fB((\fP\&', all the characters until a +matching `\fB))\fP\&' are treated as a quoted expression and +arithmetic expansion performed as for an argument of \fBlet\fP\&. More +precisely, `\fB((\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB))\fP\&' is equivalent to +`\fBlet "\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB"\fP\&'\&. The return status is 0 if the arithmetic value +of the expression is non\-zero, 1 if it is zero, and 2 if an error occurred\&. +.PP +For example, the following statement +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB(( val = 2 + 1 ))\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +is equivalent to +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBlet "val = 2 + 1"\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +both assigning the value 3 to the shell variable \fBval\fP and returning a +zero status\&. +.PP +Integers can be in bases other than 10\&. +A leading `\fB0x\fP\&' or `\fB0X\fP' denotes hexadecimal\&. +Integers may also be of the form `\fIbase\fP\fB#\fP\fIn\fP\&', +where \fIbase\fP is a decimal number between two and thirty\-six +representing the arithmetic base and \fIn\fP +is a number in that base (for example, `\fB16#ff\fP\&' is 255 in hexadecimal)\&. +The \fIbase\fP\fB#\fP may also be omitted, in which case +base 10 is used\&. For backwards compatibility the form +`\fB[\fP\fIbase\fP\fB]\fP\fIn\fP\&' is also accepted\&. +.PP +It is also possible to specify a base to be used for output in the form +`\fB[#\fP\fIbase\fP\fB]\fP\&', for example `\fB[#16]\fP'\&. This is used when +outputting arithmetical substitutions or when assigning to scalar +parameters, but an explicitly defined integer or floating point parameter +will not be affected\&. If an integer variable is implicitly defined by an +arithmetic expression, any base specified in this way will be set as the +variable\&'s output arithmetic base as if the option `\fB\-i\fP \fIbase\fP' to +the \fBtypeset\fP builtin had been used\&. The expression has no precedence +and if it occurs more than once in a mathematical expression, the last +encountered is used\&. For clarity it is recommended that it appear at the +beginning of an expression\&. As an example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBtypeset \-i 16 y +print $(( [#8] x = 32, y = 32 )) +print $x $y\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +outputs first `\fB8#40\fP\&', the rightmost value in the given output base, and +then `\fB8#40 16#20\fP\&', because \fBy\fP has been explicitly declared to +have output base 16, while \fBx\fP (assuming it does not already exist) is +implicitly typed by the arithmetic evaluation, where it acquires the output +base 8\&. +.PP +If the \fBC_BASES\fP option is set, hexadecimal numbers in the standard C +format, for example \fB0xFF\fP instead of the usual `\fB16#FF\fP\&'\&. If the +option \fBOCTAL_ZEROES\fP is also set (it is not by default), octal numbers +will be treated similarly and hence appear as `\fB077\fP\&' instead of +`\fB8#77\fP\&'\&. This option has no effect on the output of bases other than +hexadecimal and octal, and these formats are always understood on input\&. +.PP +When an output base is specified using the `\fB[#\fP\fIbase\fP\fB]\fP\&' syntax, +an appropriate base prefix will be output if necessary, so that the value +output is valid syntax for input\&. If the \fB#\fP is doubled, for example +`\fB[##16]\fP\&', then no base prefix is output\&. +.PP +Floating point constants are recognized by the presence of a decimal point +or an exponent\&. The decimal point may be the first character of the +constant, but the exponent character \fBe\fP or \fBE\fP may not, as it will be +taken for a parameter name\&. +.PP +An arithmetic expression uses nearly the same syntax, precedence, and +associativity of expressions in C\&. +The following operators are supported (listed in decreasing order +of precedence): +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB+ \- ! ~ ++ \-\-\fP +unary plus/minus, logical NOT, complement, {pre,post}{in,de}crement +.TP +\fB<< >>\fP +bitwise shift left, right +.TP +\fB&\fP +bitwise AND +.TP +\fB^\fP +bitwise XOR +.TP +\fB|\fP +bitwise OR +.TP +\fB**\fP +exponentiation +.TP +\fB* / %\fP +multiplication, division, modulus (remainder) +.TP +\fB+ \-\fP +addition, subtraction +.TP +\fB< > <= >=\fP +comparison +.TP +\fB== !=\fP +equality and inequality +.TP +\fB&&\fP +logical AND +.TP +\fB|| ^^\fP +logical OR, XOR +.TP +\fB? :\fP +ternary operator +.TP +\fB= += \-= *= /= %= &= ^= |= <<= >>= &&= ||= ^^= **=\fP +assignment +.TP +\fB,\fP +comma operator +.PD +.PP +The operators `\fB&&\fP\&', `\fB||\fP', `\fB&&=\fP', and `\fB||=\fP' are +short\-circuiting, and only one of the latter two expressions in a ternary +operator is evaluated\&. Note the precedence of the bitwise AND, OR, +and XOR operators\&. +.PP +Mathematical functions can be called with the syntax +`\fIfunc\fP\fB(\fP\fIargs\fP\fB)\fP\&', where the function decides +if the \fIargs\fP is used as a string or a comma\-separated list of +arithmetic expressions\&. The shell currently defines no mathematical +functions by default, but the module \fBzsh/mathfunc\fP may be loaded with +the \fBzmodload\fP builtin to provide standard floating point mathematical +functions\&. +.PP +An expression of the form `\fB##\fP\fIx\fP\&' where \fIx\fP is any character +sequence such as `\fBa\fP\&', `\fB^A\fP', or `\fB\eM\-\eC\-x\fP' gives the value of +this character and an expression of the form `\fB#\fP\fIfoo\fP\&' gives the +value of the first character of the contents of the parameter \fIfoo\fP\&. +Character values are according to the character set used in the current +locale; for multibyte character handling the option \fBMULTIBYTE\fP must be +set\&. Note that this form is different from `\fB$#\fP\fIfoo\fP\&', a standard +parameter substitution which gives the length of the parameter \fIfoo\fP\&. +`\fB#\e\fP\&' is accepted instead of `\fB##\fP', but its use is deprecated\&. +.PP +Named parameters and subscripted arrays can be referenced by name within an +arithmetic expression without using the parameter expansion syntax\&. For +example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB((val2 = val1 * 2))\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +assigns twice the value of \fB$val1\fP to the parameter named \fBval2\fP\&. +.PP +An internal integer representation of a named parameter +can be specified with the \fBinteger\fP builtin\&. +Arithmetic evaluation is performed on the value of each +assignment to a named parameter declared integer +in this manner\&. Assigning a floating point number to an integer results in +rounding down to the next integer\&. +.PP +Likewise, floating point numbers can be declared with the \fBfloat\fP +builtin; there are two types, differing only in their output format, as +described for the \fBtypeset\fP builtin\&. The output format can be bypassed +by using arithmetic substitution instead of the parameter substitution, +i\&.e\&. `\fB${\fP\fIfloat\fP\fB}\fP\&' uses the defined format, but +`\fB$((\fP\fIfloat\fP\fB))\fP\&' uses a generic floating point +format\&. +.PP +Promotion of integer to floating point values is performed where +necessary\&. In addition, if any operator which requires an integer +(`\fB~\fP\&', `\fB&\fP', `\fB|\fP', `\fB^\fP', `\fB%\fP', `\fB<<\fP', `\fB>>\fP' and their +equivalents with assignment) is given a floating point argument, it will be +silently rounded down to the next integer\&. +.PP +Scalar variables can hold integer or floating point values at different +times; there is no memory of the numeric type in this case\&. +.PP +If a variable is first assigned in a numeric context without previously +being declared, it will be implicitly typed as \fBinteger\fP or \fBfloat\fP and +retain that type either until the type is explicitly changed or until the +end of the scope\&. This can have unforeseen consequences\&. For example, in +the loop +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBfor (( f = 0; f < 1; f += 0\&.1 )); do +# use $f +done\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +if \fBf\fP has not already been declared, the first assignment will cause it +to be created as an integer, and consequently the operation `\fBf += 0\&.1\fP\&' +will always cause the result to be truncated to zero, so that the loop will +fail\&. A simple fix would be to turn the initialization into `\fBf = 0\&.0\fP\&'\&. +It is therefore best to declare numeric variables with explicit types\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/cond.yo +.SH "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" +A \fIconditional expression\fP is used with the \fB[[\fP +compound command to test attributes of files and to compare strings\&. +Each expression can be constructed from one or more +of the following unary or binary expressions: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-a\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists\&. +.TP +\fB\-b\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and is a block special file\&. +.TP +\fB\-c\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and is a character special file\&. +.TP +\fB\-d\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and is a directory\&. +.TP +\fB\-e\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists\&. +.TP +\fB\-f\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and is a regular file\&. +.TP +\fB\-g\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and has its setgid bit set\&. +.TP +\fB\-h\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and is a symbolic link\&. +.TP +\fB\-k\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and has its sticky bit set\&. +.TP +\fB\-n\fP \fIstring\fP +true if length of \fIstring\fP is non\-zero\&. +.TP +\fB\-o\fP \fIoption\fP +true if option named \fIoption\fP is on\&. \fIoption\fP +may be a single character, in which case it is a single letter option name\&. +(See the section `Specifying Options\&'\&.) +.TP +\fB\-p\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and is a FIFO special file (named pipe)\&. +.TP +\fB\-r\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and is readable by current process\&. +.TP +\fB\-s\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and has size greater than zero\&. +.TP +\fB\-t\fP \fIfd\fP +true if file descriptor number \fIfd\fP +is open and associated with a terminal device\&. +(note: \fIfd\fP is not optional) +.TP +\fB\-u\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and has its setuid bit set\&. +.TP +\fB\-w\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and is writable by current process\&. +.TP +\fB\-x\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and is executable by current process\&. +If \fIfile\fP exists and is a directory, then the current process +has permission to search in the directory\&. +.TP +\fB\-z\fP \fIstring\fP +true if length of \fIstring\fP is zero\&. +.TP +\fB\-L\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and is a symbolic link\&. +.TP +\fB\-O\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and is owned by the effective user ID of this process\&. +.TP +\fB\-G\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and its group matches +the effective group ID of this process\&. +.TP +\fB\-S\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and is a socket\&. +.TP +\fB\-N\fP \fIfile\fP +true if \fIfile\fP exists and its access time is +not newer than its modification time\&. +.TP +\fIfile1\fP \fB\-nt\fP \fIfile2\fP +true if \fIfile1\fP exists and is newer than \fIfile2\fP\&. +.TP +\fIfile1\fP \fB\-ot\fP \fIfile2\fP +true if \fIfile1\fP exists and is older than \fIfile2\fP\&. +.TP +\fIfile1\fP \fB\-ef\fP \fIfile2\fP +true if \fIfile1\fP and \fIfile2\fP exist and refer to the same file\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fIstring\fP \fB=\fP \fIpattern\fP +.TP +.PD +\fIstring\fP \fB==\fP \fIpattern\fP +true if \fIstring\fP matches \fIpattern\fP\&. +The `\fB==\fP\&' form is the preferred one\&. The `\fB=\fP' form is for +backward compatibility and should be considered obsolete\&. +.TP +\fIstring\fP \fB!=\fP \fIpattern\fP +true if \fIstring\fP does not match \fIpattern\fP\&. +.TP +\fIstring\fP \fB=~\fP \fIregexp\fP +true if \fIstring\fP matches the regular expression +\fIregexp\fP\&. If the option \fBRE_MATCH_PCRE\fP is set +\fIregexp\fP is tested as a PCRE regular expression using +the \fBzsh/pcre\fP module, else it is tested as a POSIX +extended regular expression using the \fBzsh/regex\fP module\&. +If the option \fBBASH_REMATCH\fP is set the array +\fBBASH_REMATCH\fP is set to the substring that matched the pattern +followed by the substrings that matched parenthesised +subexpressions within the pattern; otherwise, the scalar parameter +\fBMATCH\fP is set to the substring that matched the pattern and +and the array \fBmatch\fP to the substrings that matched parenthesised +subexpressions\&. +.TP +\fIstring1\fP \fB<\fP \fIstring2\fP +true if \fIstring1\fP comes before \fIstring2\fP +based on ASCII value of their characters\&. +.TP +\fIstring1\fP \fB>\fP \fIstring2\fP +true if \fIstring1\fP comes after \fIstring2\fP +based on ASCII value of their characters\&. +.TP +\fIexp1\fP \fB\-eq\fP \fIexp2\fP +true if \fIexp1\fP is numerically equal to \fIexp2\fP\&. +.TP +\fIexp1\fP \fB\-ne\fP \fIexp2\fP +true if \fIexp1\fP is numerically not equal to \fIexp2\fP\&. +.TP +\fIexp1\fP \fB\-lt\fP \fIexp2\fP +true if \fIexp1\fP is numerically less than \fIexp2\fP\&. +.TP +\fIexp1\fP \fB\-gt\fP \fIexp2\fP +true if \fIexp1\fP is numerically greater than \fIexp2\fP\&. +.TP +\fIexp1\fP \fB\-le\fP \fIexp2\fP +true if \fIexp1\fP is numerically less than or equal to \fIexp2\fP\&. +.TP +\fIexp1\fP \fB\-ge\fP \fIexp2\fP +true if \fIexp1\fP is numerically greater than or equal to \fIexp2\fP\&. +.TP +\fB(\fP \fIexp\fP \fB)\fP +true if \fIexp\fP is true\&. +.TP +\fB!\fP \fIexp\fP +true if \fIexp\fP is false\&. +.TP +\fIexp1\fP \fB&&\fP \fIexp2\fP +true if \fIexp1\fP and \fIexp2\fP are both true\&. +.TP +\fIexp1\fP \fB||\fP \fIexp2\fP +true if either \fIexp1\fP or \fIexp2\fP is true\&. +.PP +Normal shell expansion is performed on the \fIfile\fP, \fIstring\fP and +\fIpattern\fP arguments, but the result of each expansion is constrained to +be a single word, similar to the effect of double quotes\&. However, pattern +metacharacters are active for the \fIpattern\fP arguments; the patterns +are the same as those used for filename generation, see +\fIzshexpn\fP(1), but there is no special behaviour +of `\fB/\fP\&' nor initial dots, and no glob qualifiers are allowed\&. +.PP +In each of the above expressions, if +\fIfile\fP is of the form `\fB/dev/fd/\fP\fIn\fP\&', +where \fIn\fP is an integer, +then the test applied to the open file whose +descriptor number is \fIn\fP, +even if the underlying system does not support +the \fB/dev/fd\fP directory\&. +.PP +In the forms which do numeric comparison, the expressions \fIexp\fP +undergo arithmetic expansion as if they were enclosed in \fB$((\&.\&.\&.))\fP\&. +.PP +For example, the following: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB[[ ( \-f foo || \-f bar ) && $report = y* ]] && print File exists\&.\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +tests if either file \fBfoo\fP or file \fBbar\fP exists, and if so, if the +value of the parameter \fBreport\fP begins with `\fBy\fP\&'; if the complete +condition is true, the message `\fBFile exists\&.\fP\&' is printed\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/prompt.yo +.SH "PROMPT EXPANSION" +Prompt sequences undergo a special form of expansion\&. This type of expansion +is also available using the \fB\-P\fP option to the \fBprint\fP builtin\&. +.PP +If the \fBPROMPT_SUBST\fP option is set, the prompt string is first subjected to +\fIparameter expansion\fP, +\fIcommand substitution\fP and +\fIarithmetic expansion\fP\&. +See +\fIzshexpn\fP(1)\&. + +Certain escape sequences may be recognised in the prompt string\&. +.PP +If the \fBPROMPT_BANG\fP option is set, a `\fB!\fP\&' in the prompt is replaced +by the current history event number\&. A literal `\fB!\fP\&' may then be +represented as `\fB!!\fP\&'\&. +.PP +If the \fBPROMPT_PERCENT\fP option is set, certain escape sequences that +start with `\fB%\fP\&' are expanded\&. +Some escapes take an optional integer argument, which +should appear between the `\fB%\fP\&' and the next character of the +sequence\&. The following escape sequences are recognized: +.PP +.SS "Special characters" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB%%\fP +A `\fB%\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fB%)\fP +A `\fB)\fP\&'\&. +.PP +.SS "Login information" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB%l\fP +The line (tty) the user is logged in on, without `\fB/dev/\fP\&' prefix\&. +If the name starts with `\fB/dev/tty\fP\&', that prefix is stripped\&. +.TP +\fB%M\fP +The full machine hostname\&. +.TP +\fB%m\fP +The hostname up to the first `\fB\&.\fP\&'\&. +An integer may follow the `\fB%\fP\&' to specify +how many components of the hostname are desired\&. With a negative integer, +trailing components of the hostname are shown\&. +.TP +\fB%n\fP +\fB$USERNAME\fP\&. +.TP +\fB%y\fP +The line (tty) the user is logged in on, without `\fB/dev/\fP\&' prefix\&. +This does not treat `\fB/dev/tty\fP\&' names specially\&. +.PP +.SS "Shell state" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB%#\fP +A `\fB#\fP\&' if the shell is running with privileges, a `\fB%\fP' if not\&. +Equivalent to `\fB%(!\&.#\&.%%)\fP\&'\&. +The definition of `privileged\&', for these purposes, is that either the +effective user ID is zero, or, if POSIX\&.1e capabilities are supported, that +at least one capability is raised in either the Effective or Inheritable +capability vectors\&. +.TP +\fB%?\fP +The return status of the last command executed just before the prompt\&. +.TP +\fB%_\fP +The status of the parser, i\&.e\&. the shell constructs (like `\fBif\fP\&' and +`\fBfor\fP\&') that have been started on the command line\&. If given an integer +number that many strings will be printed; zero or negative or no integer means +print as many as there are\&. This is most useful in prompts \fBPS2\fP for +continuation lines and \fBPS4\fP for debugging with the \fBXTRACE\fP option; in +the latter case it will also work non\-interactively\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB%d\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB%/\fP +Present working directory (\fB$PWD\fP)\&. If an integer follows the `\fB%\fP\&', +it specifies a number of trailing components of \fB$PWD\fP to show; zero +means the whole path\&. A negative integer specifies leading components, +i\&.e\&. \fB%\-1d\fP specifies the first component\&. +.TP +\fB%~\fP +As \fB%d\fP and \fB%/\fP, but if \fB$PWD\fP has a named directory as its prefix, +that part is replaced by a `\fB~\fP\&' followed by the name of the directory\&. +If it starts with \fB$HOME\fP, that part is replaced by a `\fB~\fP\&'\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB%h\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB%!\fP +Current history event number\&. +.TP +\fB%i\fP +The line number currently being executed in the script, sourced file, or +shell function given by \fB%N\fP\&. This is most useful for debugging as part +of \fB$PS4\fP\&. +.TP +\fB%j\fP +The number of jobs\&. +.TP +\fB%L\fP +The current value of \fB$SHLVL\fP\&. +.TP +\fB%N\fP +The name of the script, sourced file, or shell function that zsh is +currently executing, whichever was started most recently\&. If there is +none, this is equivalent to the parameter \fB$0\fP\&. An integer may follow +the `\fB%\fP\&' to specify a number of trailing path components to show; zero +means the full path\&. A negative integer specifies leading components\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB%c\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB%\&.\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB%C\fP +Trailing component of \fB$PWD\fP\&. +An integer may follow the `\fB%\fP\&' to get more than one component\&. +Unless `\fB%C\fP\&' is used, tilde contraction is performed first\&. These are +deprecated as \fB%c\fP and \fB%C\fP are equivalent to \fB%1~\fP and \fB%1/\fP, +respectively, while explicit positive integers have the same effect as for +the latter two sequences\&. +.PP +.SS "Date and time" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB%D\fP +The date in \fIyy\fP\fB\-\fP\fImm\fP\fB\-\fP\fIdd\fP format\&. +.TP +\fB%T\fP +Current time of day, in 24\-hour format\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB%t\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB%@\fP +Current time of day, in 12\-hour, am/pm format\&. +.TP +\fB%*\fP +Current time of day in 24\-hour format, with seconds\&. +.TP +\fB%w\fP +The date in \fIday\fP\fB\-\fP\fIdd\fP format\&. +.TP +\fB%W\fP +The date in \fImm\fP\fB/\fP\fIdd\fP\fB/\fP\fIyy\fP format\&. +.TP +\fB%D{\fP\fIstring\fP\fB}\fP +\fIstring\fP is formatted using the \fBstrftime\fP function\&. +See \fIstrftime\fP(3) for more details\&. Three additional codes are +available: \fB%f\fP prints the day of the month, like \fB%e\fP but +without any preceding space if the day is a single digit, and +\fB%K\fP/\fB%L\fP correspond to \fB%k\fP/\fB%l\fP for the hour of the day +(24/12 hour clock) in the same way\&. +.PP +.SS "Visual effects" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB%B\fP (\fB%b\fP) +Start (stop) boldface mode\&. +.TP +\fB%E\fP +Clear to end of line\&. +.TP +\fB%U\fP (\fB%u\fP) +Start (stop) underline mode\&. +.TP +\fB%S\fP (\fB%s\fP) +Start (stop) standout mode\&. +.TP +\fB%{\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB%}\fP +Include a string as a literal escape sequence\&. +The string within the braces should not change the cursor +position\&. Brace pairs can nest\&. +.PP +.SS "Conditional substrings" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB%v\fP +The value of the first element of the \fBpsvar\fP array parameter\&. Following +the `\fB%\fP\&' with an integer gives that element of the array\&. Negative +integers count from the end of the array\&. +.TP +\fB%(\fP\fIx\&.true\-text\&.false\-text\fP\fB)\fP +Specifies a ternary expression\&. The character following the \fIx\fP is +arbitrary; the same character is used to separate the text for the +`true\&' result from that for the `false' result\&. +This separator may not appear in the \fItrue\-text\fP, except as part of a +%\-escape +sequence\&. A `\fB)\fP\&' may appear in the \fIfalse\-text\fP as `\fB%)\fP'\&. +\fItrue\-text\fP +and \fIfalse\-text\fP may both contain arbitrarily\-nested escape +sequences, including further ternary expressions\&. +.RS +.PP +The left parenthesis may be preceded or followed by a positive integer \fIn\fP, +which defaults to zero\&. A negative integer will be multiplied by \-1\&. +The test character \fIx\fP may be any of the following: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB!\fP +True if the shell is running with privileges\&. +.TP +\fB#\fP +True if the effective uid of the current process is \fIn\fP\&. +.TP +\fB?\fP +True if the exit status of the last command was \fIn\fP\&. +.TP +\fB_\fP +True if at least \fIn\fP shell constructs were started\&. +.TP +\fBC\fP +.TP +\fB/\fP +True if the current absolute path has at least \fIn\fP elements +relative to the root directory, hence \fB/\fP is counted as 0 elements\&. +.TP +\fBc\fP +.TP +\fB\&.\fP +.TP +\fB~\fP +True if the current path, with prefix replacement, has at +least \fIn\fP elements relative to the root directory, hence \fB/\fP is +counted as 0 elements\&. +.TP +\fBD\fP +True if the month is equal to \fIn\fP (January = 0)\&. +.TP +\fBd\fP +True if the day of the month is equal to \fIn\fP\&. +.TP +\fBg\fP +True if the effective gid of the current process is \fIn\fP\&. +.TP +\fBj\fP +True if the number of jobs is at least \fIn\fP\&. +.TP +\fBL\fP +True if the \fBSHLVL\fP parameter is at least \fIn\fP\&. +.TP +\fBl\fP +True if at least \fIn\fP characters have already been +printed on the current line\&. +.TP +\fBS\fP +True if the \fBSECONDS\fP parameter is at least \fIn\fP\&. +.TP +\fBT\fP +True if the time in hours is equal to \fIn\fP\&. +.TP +\fBt\fP +True if the time in minutes is equal to \fIn\fP\&. +.TP +\fBv\fP +True if the array \fBpsvar\fP has at least \fIn\fP elements\&. +.TP +\fBw\fP +True if the day of the week is equal to \fIn\fP (Sunday = 0)\&. +.PD +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB%<\fP\fIstring\fP\fB<\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB%>\fP\fIstring\fP\fB>\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB%[\fP\fIxstring\fP\fB]\fP +Specifies truncation behaviour for the remainder of the prompt string\&. +The third, deprecated, form is equivalent to `\fB%\fP\fIxstringx\fP\&', +i\&.e\&. \fIx\fP may be `\fB<\fP\&' or `\fB>\fP'\&. +The numeric argument, which in the third form may appear immediately +after the `\fB[\fP\&', specifies the maximum permitted length of +the various strings that can be displayed in the prompt\&. +The \fIstring\fP will be displayed in +place of the truncated portion of any string; note this does not +undergo prompt expansion\&. +.RS +.PP +The forms with `\fB<\fP\&' truncate at the left of the string, +and the forms with `\fB>\fP\&' truncate at the right of the string\&. +For example, if the current directory is `\fB/home/pike\fP\&', +the prompt `\fB%8<\&.\&.<%/\fP\&' will expand to `\fB\&.\&.e/pike\fP'\&. +In this string, the terminating character (`\fB<\fP\&', `\fB>\fP' or `\fB]\fP'), +or in fact any character, may be quoted by a preceding `\fB\e\fP\&'; note +when using \fBprint \-P\fP, however, that this must be doubled as the +string is also subject to standard \fBprint\fP processing, in addition +to any backslashes removed by a double quoted string: the worst case +is therefore `\fBprint \-P "%<\e\e\e\e<<\&.\&.\&."\fP\&'\&. +.PP +If the \fIstring\fP is longer than the specified truncation length, +it will appear in full, completely replacing the truncated string\&. +.PP +The part of the prompt string to be truncated runs to the end of the +string, or to the end of the next enclosing group of the `\fB%(\fP\&' +construct, or to the next truncation encountered at the same grouping +level (i\&.e\&. truncations inside a `\fB%(\fP\&' are separate), which +ever comes first\&. In particular, a truncation with argument zero +(e\&.g\&. `\fB%<<\fP\&') marks the end of the range of the string to be +truncated while turning off truncation from there on\&. For example, the +prompt \&'%10<\&.\&.\&.<%~%<<%# ' will print a truncated representation of the +current directory, followed by a `\fB%\fP\&' or `\fB#\fP', followed by a +space\&. Without the `\fB%<<\fP\&', those two characters would be included +in the string to be truncated\&. +.RE +.RE --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zsh.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zsh.1 @@ -0,0 +1,535 @@ +.TH "ZSH" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zsh \- the Z shell +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/intro.yo +.SH "OVERVIEW" +Because zsh contains many features, the zsh manual has been split into +a number of sections: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fIzsh\fP Zsh overview (this section) +.TP +\fIzshroadmap\fP Informal introduction to the manual +.TP +\fIzshmisc\fP Anything not fitting into the other sections +.TP +\fIzshexpn\fP Zsh command and parameter expansion +.TP +\fIzshparam\fP Zsh parameters +.TP +\fIzshoptions\fP Zsh options +.TP +\fIzshbuiltins\fP Zsh built\-in functions +.TP +\fIzshzle\fP Zsh command line editing +.TP +\fIzshcompwid\fP Zsh completion widgets +.TP +\fIzshcompsys\fP Zsh completion system +.TP +\fIzshcompctl\fP Zsh completion control +.TP +\fIzshmodules\fP Zsh loadable modules +.TP +\fIzshcalsys\fP Zsh built\-in calendar functions +.TP +\fIzshtcpsys\fP Zsh built\-in TCP functions +.TP +\fIzshzftpsys\fP Zsh built\-in FTP client +.TP +\fIzshcontrib\fP Additional zsh functions and utilities +.TP +\fIzshall\fP Meta\-man page containing all of the above +.PD +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +Zsh is a UNIX command interpreter (shell) usable as an interactive +login shell and as a shell script command processor\&. Of the standard shells, +zsh most closely resembles \fBksh\fP but includes many enhancements\&. Zsh +has command line editing, builtin spelling correction, programmable +command completion, shell functions (with autoloading), a history +mechanism, and a host of other features\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/metafaq.yo +.SH "AUTHOR" +Zsh was originally written by Paul Falstad \fB\fP\&. +Zsh is now maintained by the members of the zsh\-workers mailing +list \fB\fP\&. The development is currently +coordinated by Peter Stephenson \fB\fP\&. The coordinator +can be contacted at \fB\fP, but matters relating to +the code should generally go to the mailing list\&. +.SH "AVAILABILITY" +Zsh is available from the following anonymous FTP sites\&. These mirror +sites are kept frequently up to date\&. The sites marked with \fI(H)\fP may be +mirroring \fBftp\&.cs\&.elte\&.hu\fP instead of the primary site\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +Primary site +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.zsh\&.org/pub/zsh/\fP +\fBhttp://www\&.zsh\&.org/pub/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Australia +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.zsh\&.org/pub/zsh/\fP +\fBhttp://www\&.zsh\&.org/pub/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Denmark +.nf +\fBftp://sunsite\&.dk/pub/unix/shells/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Finland +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.funet\&.fi/pub/unix/shells/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Germany +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.fu\-berlin\&.de/pub/unix/shells/zsh/\fP \fI(H)\fP +\fBftp://ftp\&.gmd\&.de/packages/zsh/\fP +\fBftp://ftp\&.uni\-trier\&.de/pub/unix/shell/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Hungary +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.cs\&.elte\&.hu/pub/zsh/\fP +\fBhttp://www\&.cs\&.elte\&.hu/pub/zsh/\fP +\fBftp://ftp\&.kfki\&.hu/pub/packages/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Israel +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.math\&.technion\&.ac\&.il/pub/zsh/\fP +\fBhttp://www\&.math\&.technion\&.ac\&.il/pub/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Japan +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.win\&.ne\&.jp/pub/shell/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Korea +.nf +\fBftp://linux\&.sarang\&.net/mirror/system/shell/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Netherlands +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.demon\&.nl/pub/mirrors/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Norway +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.uit\&.no/pub/unix/shells/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Poland +.nf +\fBftp://sunsite\&.icm\&.edu\&.pl/pub/unix/shells/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Romania +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.roedu\&.net/pub/mirrors/ftp\&.zsh\&.org/pub/zsh/\fP +\fBftp://ftp\&.kappa\&.ro/pub/mirrors/ftp\&.zsh\&.org/pub/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Slovenia +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.siol\&.net/mirrors/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Sweden +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.lysator\&.liu\&.se/pub/unix/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +UK +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.net\&.lut\&.ac\&.uk/zsh/\fP +\fBftp://sunsite\&.org\&.uk/packages/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +USA +.nf +\fBhttp://zsh\&.open\-mirror\&.com/\fP +.fi +.PP +The up\-to\-date source code is available via anonymous CVS from Sourceforge\&. +See \fBhttp://sourceforge\&.net/projects/zsh/\fP for details\&. +.PP +.SH "MAILING LISTS" +Zsh has 3 mailing lists: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\fP +Announcements about releases, major changes in the shell and the +monthly posting of the Zsh FAQ\&. (moderated) +.TP +\fB\fP +User discussions\&. +.TP +\fB\fP +Hacking, development, bug reports and patches\&. +.PP +To subscribe or unsubscribe, send mail +to the associated administrative address for the mailing list\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB\fP +.TP +\fB\fP +.TP +\fB\fP +.PP +.TP +\fB\fP +.TP +\fB\fP +.TP +\fB\fP +.PD +.PP +YOU ONLY NEED TO JOIN ONE OF THE MAILING LISTS AS THEY ARE NESTED\&. +All submissions to \fBzsh\-announce\fP are automatically forwarded to +\fBzsh\-users\fP\&. All submissions to \fBzsh\-users\fP are automatically +forwarded to \fBzsh\-workers\fP\&. +.PP +If you have problems subscribing/unsubscribing to any of the mailing +lists, send mail to \fB\fP\&. The mailing lists are +maintained by Karsten Thygesen \fB\fP\&. +.PP +The mailing lists are archived; the archives can be accessed via the +administrative addresses listed above\&. There is also a hypertext +archive, maintained by Geoff Wing \fB\fP, available at +\fBhttp://www\&.zsh\&.org/mla/\fP\&. +.SH "THE ZSH FAQ" +Zsh has a list of Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), maintained by +Peter Stephenson \fB\fP\&. It is regularly posted to the +newsgroup \fBcomp\&.unix\&.shell\fP and the \fBzsh\-announce\fP mailing list\&. +The latest version can be found at any of the Zsh FTP sites, or at +\fBhttp://www\&.zsh\&.org/FAQ/\fP\&. The contact address for FAQ\-related matters +is \fB\fP\&. +.SH "THE ZSH WEB PAGE" +Zsh has a web page which is located at \fBhttp://www\&.zsh\&.org/\fP\&. This is +maintained by Karsten Thygesen \fB\fP, of SunSITE Denmark\&. +The contact address for web\-related matters is \fB\fP\&. +.SH "THE ZSH USERGUIDE" +A userguide is currently in preparation\&. It is intended to complement the +manual, with explanations and hints on issues where the manual can be +cabbalistic, hierographic, or downright mystifying (for example, the word +`hierographic\&' does not exist)\&. It can be viewed in its current state at +\fBhttp://zsh\&.sunsite\&.dk/Guide/\fP\&. At the time of writing, chapters +dealing with startup files and their contents and the new completion system +were essentially complete\&. +.SH "THE ZSH WIKI" +A `wiki\&' website for zsh has been created at \fBhttp://www\&.zshwiki\&.org/\fP\&. +This is a site which can be added to and modified directly by users without +any special permission\&. You can add your own zsh tips and configurations\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/invoke.yo +.SH "INVOCATION OPTIONS" +The following flags are interpreted by the shell when invoked to determine +where the shell will read commands from: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-c\fP +Take the first argument as a command to execute, rather than reading commands +from a script or standard input\&. If any further arguments are given, the +first one is assigned to \fB$0\fP, rather than being used as a positional +parameter\&. +.TP +\fB\-i\fP +Force shell to be interactive\&. +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +Force shell to read commands from the standard input\&. +If the \fB\-s\fP flag is not present and an argument is given, +the first argument is taken to be the pathname of a script to +execute\&. +.PP +After the first one or two arguments have been appropriated as described above, +the remaining arguments are assigned to the positional parameters\&. +.PP +For further options, which are common to invocation and the \fBset\fP +builtin, see +\fIzshoptions\fP(1)\&. +.PP +Options may be specified by name using the \fB\-o\fP option\&. \fB\-o\fP acts like +a single\-letter option, but takes a following string as the option name\&. +For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzsh \-x \-o shwordsplit scr\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +runs the script \fBscr\fP, setting the \fBXTRACE\fP option by the corresponding +letter `\fB\-x\fP\&' and the \fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP option by name\&. +Options may be turned \fIoff\fP by name by using \fB+o\fP instead of \fB\-o\fP\&. +\fB\-o\fP can be stacked up with preceding single\-letter options, so for example +`\fB\-xo shwordsplit\fP\&' or `\fB\-xoshwordsplit\fP' is equivalent to +`\fB\-x \-o shwordsplit\fP\&'\&. +.PP +Options may also be specified by name in GNU long option style, +`\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\fIoption\-name\fP\&'\&. When this is done, `\fB\-\fP' characters in the +option name are permitted: they are translated into `\fB_\fP\&', and thus ignored\&. +So, for example, `\fBzsh \-\fP\fB\-sh\-word\-split\fP\&' invokes zsh with the +\fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP option turned on\&. Like other option syntaxes, options can +be turned off by replacing the initial `\fB\-\fP\&' with a `\fB+\fP'; thus +`\fB+\-sh\-word\-split\fP\&' is equivalent to `\fB\-\fP\fB\-no\-sh\-word\-split\fP'\&. +Unlike other option syntaxes, GNU\-style long options cannot be stacked with +any other options, so for example `\fB\-x\-shwordsplit\fP\&' is an error, +rather than being treated like `\fB\-x \-\fP\fB\-shwordsplit\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The special GNU\-style option `\fB\-\fP\fB\-version\fP\&' is handled; it sends to +standard output the shell\&'s version information, then exits successfully\&. +`\fB\-\fP\fB\-help\fP\&' is also handled; it sends to standard output a list of +options that can be used when invoking the shell, then exits successfully\&. +.PP +Option processing may be finished, allowing following arguments that start with +`\fB\-\fP\&' or `\fB+\fP' to be treated as normal arguments, in two ways\&. +Firstly, a lone `\fB\-\fP\&' (or `\fB+\fP') as an argument by itself ends +option processing\&. Secondly, a special option `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&' (or +`\fB+\-\fP\&'), which may be specified on its own (which is the standard +POSIX usage) or may be stacked with preceding options (so `\fB\-x\-\fP\&' is +equivalent to `\fB\-x \-\fP\fB\-\fP\&')\&. Options are not permitted to be stacked +after `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&' (so `\fB\-x\-f\fP' is an error), but note the GNU\-style +option form discussed above, where `\fB\-\fP\fB\-shwordsplit\fP\&' is permitted +and does not end option processing\&. +.PP +Except when the \fBsh\fP/\fBksh\fP emulation single\-letter options are in effect, +the option `\fB\-b\fP\&' (or `\fB+b\fP') ends option processing\&. +`\fB\-b\fP\&' is like `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP', except that further single\-letter options +can be stacked after the `\fB\-b\fP\&' and will take effect as normal\&. +.PP +.PP +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/compat.yo +.SH "COMPATIBILITY" +Zsh tries to emulate \fBsh\fP or \fBksh\fP when it is invoked as +\fBsh\fP or \fBksh\fP respectively; more precisely, it looks at the first +letter of the name by which it was invoked, excluding any initial `\fBr\fP\&' +(assumed to stand for `restricted\&'), and if that is `\fBs\fP' or `\fBk\fP' it +will emulate \fBsh\fP or \fBksh\fP\&. Furthermore, if invoked as \fBsu\fP (which +happens on certain systems when the shell is executed by the \fBsu\fP +command), the shell will try to find an alternative name from the \fBSHELL\fP +environment variable and perform emulation based on that\&. +.PP +In \fBsh\fP and \fBksh\fP compatibility modes the following +parameters are not special and not initialized by the shell: +\fBARGC\fP, +\fBargv\fP, +\fBcdpath\fP, +\fBfignore\fP, +\fBfpath\fP, +\fBHISTCHARS\fP, +\fBmailpath\fP, +\fBMANPATH\fP, +\fBmanpath\fP, +\fBpath\fP, +\fBprompt\fP, +\fBPROMPT\fP, +\fBPROMPT2\fP, +\fBPROMPT3\fP, +\fBPROMPT4\fP, +\fBpsvar\fP, +\fBstatus\fP, +\fBwatch\fP\&. +.PP +The usual zsh startup/shutdown scripts are not executed\&. Login shells +source \fB/etc/profile\fP followed by \fB$HOME/\&.profile\fP\&. If the +\fBENV\fP environment variable is set on invocation, \fB$ENV\fP is sourced +after the profile scripts\&. The value of \fBENV\fP is subjected to +parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion +before being interpreted as a pathname\&. Note that the \fBPRIVILEGED\fP +option also affects the execution of startup files\&. +.PP +The following options are set if the shell is invoked as \fBsh\fP or +\fBksh\fP: +\fBNO_BAD_PATTERN\fP, +\fBNO_BANG_HIST\fP, +\fBNO_BG_NICE\fP, +\fBNO_EQUALS\fP, +\fBNO_FUNCTION_ARGZERO\fP, +\fBGLOB_SUBST\fP, +\fBNO_GLOBAL_EXPORT\fP, +\fBNO_HUP\fP, +\fBINTERACTIVE_COMMENTS\fP, +\fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP, +\fBNO_MULTIOS\fP, +\fBNO_NOMATCH\fP, +\fBNO_NOTIFY\fP, +\fBPOSIX_BUILTINS\fP, +\fBNO_PROMPT_PERCENT\fP, +\fBRM_STAR_SILENT\fP, +\fBSH_FILE_EXPANSION\fP, +\fBSH_GLOB\fP, +\fBSH_OPTION_LETTERS\fP, +\fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP\&. +Additionally the \fBBSD_ECHO\fP and \fBIGNORE_BRACES\fP +options are set if zsh is invoked as \fBsh\fP\&. +Also, the +\fBKSH_OPTION_PRINT\fP, +\fBLOCAL_OPTIONS\fP, +\fBPROMPT_BANG\fP, +\fBPROMPT_SUBST\fP +and +\fBSINGLE_LINE_ZLE\fP +options are set if zsh is invoked as \fBksh\fP\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/restricted.yo +.SH "RESTRICTED SHELL" +When the basename of the command used to invoke zsh starts with the letter +`\fBr\fP\&' or the `\fB\-r\fP' command line option is supplied at invocation, the +shell becomes restricted\&. Emulation mode is determined after stripping the +letter `\fBr\fP\&' from the invocation name\&. The following are disabled in +restricted mode: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\(bu +changing directories with the \fBcd\fP builtin +.TP +\(bu +changing or unsetting the \fBPATH\fP, \fBpath\fP, \fBMODULE_PATH\fP, +\fBmodule_path\fP, \fBSHELL\fP, \fBHISTFILE\fP, \fBHISTSIZE\fP, \fBGID\fP, \fBEGID\fP, +\fBUID\fP, \fBEUID\fP, \fBUSERNAME\fP, \fBLD_LIBRARY_PATH\fP, +\fBLD_AOUT_LIBRARY_PATH\fP, \fBLD_PRELOAD\fP and \fBLD_AOUT_PRELOAD\fP +parameters +.TP +\(bu +specifying command names containing \fB/\fP +.TP +\(bu +specifying command pathnames using \fBhash\fP +.TP +\(bu +redirecting output to files +.TP +\(bu +using the \fBexec\fP builtin command to replace the shell with another +command +.TP +\(bu +using \fBjobs \-Z\fP to overwrite the shell process\&' argument and +environment space +.TP +\(bu +using the \fBARGV0\fP parameter to override \fBargv[0]\fP for external +commands +.TP +\(bu +turning off restricted mode with \fBset +r\fP or \fBunsetopt +RESTRICTED\fP +.PP +These restrictions are enforced after processing the startup files\&. The +startup files should set up \fBPATH\fP to point to a directory of commands +which can be safely invoked in the restricted environment\&. They may also +add further restrictions by disabling selected builtins\&. +.PP +Restricted mode can also be activated any time by setting the +\fBRESTRICTED\fP option\&. This immediately enables all the restrictions +described above even if the shell still has not processed all startup +files\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/files.yo +.SH "STARTUP/SHUTDOWN FILES" +Commands are first read from \fB/etc/zshenv\fP; this cannot be overridden\&. +Subsequent behaviour is modified by the \fBRCS\fP and +\fBGLOBAL_RCS\fP options; the former affects all startup files, while the +second only affects those in the \fB/etc\fP directory\&. If one of the options +is unset at any point, any subsequent startup file(s) +of the corresponding +type will not be read\&. It is also possible for a file in \fB$ZDOTDIR\fP to +re\-enable \fBGLOBAL_RCS\fP\&. Both \fBRCS\fP and \fBGLOBAL_RCS\fP are set by +default\&. +.PP +Commands are then read from \fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zshenv\fP\&. +If the shell is a login shell, commands +are read from \fB/etc/zprofile\fP and then \fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zprofile\fP\&. +Then, if the shell is interactive, +commands are read from \fB/etc/zshrc\fP and then \fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zshrc\fP\&. +Finally, if the shell is a login shell, \fB/etc/zlogin\fP and +\fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zlogin\fP are read\&. +.PP +When a login shell exits, the files \fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zlogout\fP and then +\fB/etc/zlogout\fP are read\&. This happens with either an explicit exit +via the \fBexit\fP or \fBlogout\fP commands, or an implicit exit by reading +end\-of\-file from the terminal\&. However, if the shell terminates due +to \fBexec\fP\&'ing another process, the logout files are not read\&. +These are also affected by the \fBRCS\fP and \fBGLOBAL_RCS\fP options\&. +Note also that the \fBRCS\fP option affects the saving of history files, +i\&.e\&. if \fBRCS\fP is unset when the shell exits, no history file will be +saved\&. +.PP +If \fBZDOTDIR\fP is unset, \fBHOME\fP is used instead\&. +Those files listed above as being in \fB/etc\fP may be in another +directory, depending on the installation\&. +.PP +As \fB/etc/zshenv\fP is run for all instances of zsh, it is important that +it be kept as small as possible\&. In particular, it is a good idea to +put code that does not need to be run for every single shell behind +a test of the form `\fBif [[ \-o rcs ]]; then \&.\&.\&.\fP\&' so that it will not +be executed when zsh is invoked with the `\fB\-f\fP\&' option\&. +.PP +Any of these files may be pre\-compiled with the \fBzcompile\fP builtin +command (see \fIzshbuiltins\fP(1))\&. If a compiled file exists (named for the original file plus the +\fB\&.zwc\fP extension) and it is newer than the original file, the compiled +file will be used instead\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/filelist.yo +.SH "FILES" +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zshenv\fP +.TP +\fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zprofile\fP +.TP +\fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zshrc\fP +.TP +\fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zlogin\fP +.TP +\fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zlogout\fP +.TP +\fB${TMPPREFIX}*\fP (default is /tmp/zsh*) +.TP +\fB/etc/zshenv\fP +.TP +\fB/etc/zprofile\fP +.TP +\fB/etc/zshrc\fP +.TP +\fB/etc/zlogin\fP +.TP +\fB/etc/zlogout\fP (installation\-specific \- \fB/etc\fP is the default) +.PD +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/seealso.yo +.SH "SEE ALSO" +\fIsh\fP(1), +\fIcsh\fP(1), +\fItcsh\fP(1), +\fIrc\fP(1), +\fIbash\fP(1), +\fIksh\fP(1), +\fIzshbuiltins\fP(1), +\fIzshcompwid\fP(1), +\fIzshcompsys\fP(1), +\fIzshcompctl\fP(1), +\fIzshexpn\fP(1), +\fIzshmisc\fP(1), +\fIzshmodules\fP(1), +\fIzshoptions\fP(1), +\fIzshparam\fP(1), +\fIzshzle\fP(1) +.PP +\fBIEEE Standard for information Technology \- +Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) \- +Part 2: Shell and Utilities\fP, +IEEE Inc, 1993, ISBN 1\-55937\-255\-9\&. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshzftpsys.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshzftpsys.1 @@ -0,0 +1,672 @@ +.TH "ZSHZFTPSYS" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshzftpsys \- zftp function front\-end +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/zftpsys.yo +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP +This describes the set of shell functions supplied with the source +distribution as an interface to the \fBzftp\fP builtin command, allowing you +to perform FTP operations from the shell command line or within functions +or scripts\&. The interface is similar to a traditional FTP client (e\&.g\&. the +\fBftp\fP command itself, see \fIftp\fP(1)), but as it is entirely done +within the shell all the familiar completion, editing and globbing features, +and so on, are present, and macros are particularly simple to write as they +are just ordinary shell functions\&. +.PP +The prerequisite is that the \fBzftp\fP command, as described in +\fIzshmodules\fP(1) +, must be available in the +version of \fBzsh\fP installed at your site\&. If the shell is configured to +load new commands at run time, it probably is: typing `\fBzmodload zsh/zftp\fP\&' +will make sure (if that runs silently, it has worked)\&. If this is not the +case, it is possible \fBzftp\fP was linked into the shell anyway: to test +this, type `\fBwhich zftp\fP\&' and if \fBzftp\fP is available you will get the +message `\fBzftp: shell built\-in command\fP\&'\&. +.PP +Commands given directly with \fBzftp\fP builtin may be interspersed between +the functions in this suite; in a few cases, using \fBzftp\fP directly may +cause some of the status information stored in shell parameters to become +invalid\&. Note in particular the description of the variables +\fB$ZFTP_TMOUT\fP, \fB$ZFTP_PREFS\fP and \fB$ZFTP_VERBOSE\fP for \fBzftp\fP\&. +.PP +.PP +.SH "INSTALLATION" +.PP +You should make sure all the functions from the \fBFunctions/Zftp\fP +directory of the source distribution are available; they all begin with the +two letters `\fBzf\fP\&'\&. They may already have been installed on your system; +otherwise, you will need to find them and copy them\&. The directory should +appear as one of the elements of the \fB$fpath\fP array (this should already +be the case if they were installed), and at least the function \fBzfinit\fP +should be autoloaded; it will autoload the rest\&. Finally, to initialize +the use of the system you need to call the \fBzfinit\fP function\&. The +following code in your \fB\&.zshrc\fP will arrange for this; assume the +functions are stored in the directory \fB~/myfns\fP: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBfpath=(~/myfns $fpath) +autoload \-U zfinit +zfinit\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Note that \fBzfinit\fP assumes you are using the \fBzmodload\fP method to +load the \fBzftp\fP command\&. If it is already built into the shell, change +\fBzfinit\fP to \fBzfinit \-n\fP\&. It is helpful (though not essential) if the +call to \fBzfinit\fP appears after any code to initialize the new completion +system, else unnecessary \fBcompctl\fP commands will be given\&. +.PP +.SH "FUNCTIONS" +.PP +The sequence of operations in performing a file transfer is essentially the +same as that in a standard FTP client\&. Note that, due to a quirk of the +shell\&'s \fBgetopts\fP builtin, for those functions that handle options you +must use `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&' rather than `\fB\-\fP' to ensure the remaining arguments +are treated literally (a single `\fB\-\fP\&' is treated as an argument)\&. +.PP +.SS "Opening a connection" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzfparams [ \fIhost\fP [ \fIuser\fP [ \fIpassword\fP \&.\&.\&. ] ] ]\fP +Set or show the parameters for a future \fBzfopen\fP with no arguments\&. If +no arguments are given, the current parameters are displayed (the password +will be shown as a line of asterisks)\&. If a host is given, and either the +\fIuser\fP or \fIpassword\fP is not, they will be prompted for; also, any +parameter given as `\fB?\fP\&' will be prompted for, and if the `\fB?\fP' is +followed by a string, that will be used as the prompt\&. As \fBzfopen\fP calls +\fBzfparams\fP to store the parameters, this usually need not be called +directly\&. +.RS +.PP +A single argument `\fB\-\fP\&' will delete the stored parameters\&. This will +also cause the memory of the last directory (and so on) on the other host +to be deleted\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzfopen [ \-1 ] [ \fIhost\fP [ \fIuser\fP [ \fIpassword\fP [ \fIaccount\fP ] ] ] ]\fP +If \fIhost\fP is present, open a connection to that host under username +\fIuser\fP with password \fIpassword\fP (and, on the rare occasions when it +is necessary, account \fIaccount\fP)\&. If a necessary parameter is missing or +given as `\fB?\fP\&' it will be prompted for\&. If \fIhost\fP is not present, use +a previously stored set of parameters\&. +.RS +.PP +If the command was successful, and the terminal is compatible with +\fBxterm\fP or is \fBsun\-cmd\fP, a summary will appear in the title bar, +giving the local \fBhost:directory\fP and the remote \fBhost:directory\fP; +this is handled by the function \fBzftp_chpwd\fP, described below\&. +.PP +Normally, the \fIhost\fP, \fIuser\fP and \fIpassword\fP are internally +recorded for later re\-opening, either by a \fBzfopen\fP with no arguments, or +automatically (see below)\&. With the option `\fB\-1\fP\&', no information is +stored\&. Also, if an open command with arguments failed, the parameters +will not be retained (and any previous parameters will also be deleted)\&. +A \fBzfopen\fP on its own, or a \fBzfopen \-1\fP, never alters the stored +parameters\&. +.PP +Both \fBzfopen\fP and \fBzfanon\fP (but not \fBzfparams\fP) understand URLs of +the form \fBftp://\fP\fIhost\fP/\fIpath\&.\&.\&.\fP as meaning to connect to the +\fIhost\fP, then change directory to \fIpath\fP (which must be a directory, +not a file)\&. The `\fBftp://\fP\&' can be omitted; the trailing `\fB/\fP' is enough +to trigger recognition of the \fIpath\fP\&. Note prefixes other than +`\fBftp:\fP\&' are not recognized, and that all characters after the first +slash beyond \fIhost\fP are significant in \fIpath\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzfanon [ \-1 ] \fIhost\fP\fP +Open a connection \fIhost\fP for anonymous FTP\&. The username used is +`\fBanonymous\fP\&'\&. The password (which will be reported the first time) is +generated as \fIuser\fP\fB@\fP\fIhost\fP; this is then stored in the shell +parameter \fB$EMAIL_ADDR\fP which can alternatively be set manually to a +suitable string\&. +.PP +.SS "Directory management" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzfcd [ \fIdir\fP ]\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzfcd \-\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBzfcd \fIold\fP \fInew\fP\fP +Change the current directory on the remote server: this is implemented to +have many of the features of the shell builtin \fBcd\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +In the first form with \fIdir\fP present, change to the directory \fIdir\fP\&. +The command `\fBzfcd \&.\&.\fP\&' is treated specially, so is guaranteed to work on +non\-UNIX servers (note this is handled internally by \fBzftp\fP)\&. If \fIdir\fP +is omitted, has the effect of `\fBzfcd ~\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The second form changes to the directory previously current\&. +.PP +The third form attempts to change the current directory by replacing the +first occurrence of the string \fIold\fP with the string \fInew\fP in the +current directory\&. +.PP +Note that in this command, and indeed anywhere a remote filename is +expected, the string which on the local host corresponds to `\fB~\fP\&' is +converted back to a `\fB~\fP\&' before being passed to the remote machine\&. +This is convenient because of the way expansion is performed on the command +line before \fBzfcd\fP receives a string\&. For example, suppose the command +is `\fBzfcd ~/foo\fP\&'\&. The shell will expand this to a full path such as +`\fBzfcd /home/user2/pws/foo\fP\&'\&. At this stage, \fBzfcd\fP recognises the +initial path as corresponding to `\fB~\fP\&' and will send the directory to +the remote host as \fB~/foo\fP, so that the `\fB~\fP\&' will be expanded by the +server to the correct remote host directory\&. Other named directories of +the form `\fB~name\fP\&' are not treated in this fashion\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzfhere\fP +Change directory on the remote server to the one corresponding to the +current local directory, with special handling of `\fB~\fP\&' as in \fBzfcd\fP\&. +For example, if the current local directory is \fB~/foo/bar\fP, then +\fBzfhere\fP performs the effect of `\fBzfcd ~/foo/bar\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBzfdir [ \-rfd ] [ \- ] [ \fIdir\-options\fP ] [ \fIdir\fP ]\fP +Produce a long directory listing\&. The arguments \fIdir\-options\fP and +\fIdir\fP are passed directly to the server and their effect is +implementation dependent, but specifying a particular remote directory +\fIdir\fP is usually possible\&. The output is passed through a pager +given by the environment variable \fB$PAGER\fP, or `\fBmore\fP\&' if that is not +set\&. +.RS +.PP +The directory is usually cached for re\-use\&. In fact, two caches are +maintained\&. One is for use when there is no \fIdir\-options\fP or \fIdir\fP, +i\&.e\&. a full listing of the current remote directory; it is flushed +when the current remote directory changes\&. The other is +kept for repeated use of \fBzfdir\fP with the same arguments; for example, +repeated use of `\fBzfdir /pub/gnu\fP\&' will only require the directory to be +retrieved on the first call\&. Alternatively, this cache can be re\-viewed with +the \fB\-r\fP option\&. As relative directories will confuse +\fBzfdir\fP, the \fB\-f\fP option can be used to force the cache to be flushed +before the directory is listed\&. The option \fB\-d\fP will delete both +caches without showing a directory listing; it will also delete the cache +of file names in the current remote directory, if any\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzfls\fP [ \fIls\-options\fP ] [ \fIdir\fP ] +List files on the remote server\&. With no arguments, this will produce a +simple list of file names for the current remote directory\&. Any arguments +are passed directly to the server\&. No pager and no caching is used\&. +.PP +.SS "Status commands" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzftype\fP [ \fItype\fP ] +With no arguments, show the type of data to be transferred, usually ASCII +or binary\&. With an argument, change the type: the types `\fBA\fP\&' or +`\fBASCII\fP\&' for ASCII data and `\fBB\fP' or `\fBBINARY\fP', `\fBI\fP' or +`\fBIMAGE\fP\&' for binary data are understood case\-insensitively\&. +.TP +\fBzfstat\fP [ \-v ] +Show the status of the current or last connection, as well as the status of +some of \fBzftp\fP\&'s status variables\&. With the \fB\-v\fP option, a more +verbose listing is produced by querying the server for its version of +events, too\&. +.PP +.SS "Retrieving files" +The commands for retrieving files all take at least two options\&. \fB\-G\fP +suppresses remote filename expansion which would otherwise be performed +(see below for a more detailed description of that)\&. \fB\-t\fP attempts +to set the modification time of the local file to that of the remote file: +this requires version 5 of \fBperl\fP, see the description of the function +\fBzfrtime\fP below for more information\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzfget [ \-Gtc ] \fIfile1\fP \&.\&.\&.\fP +Retrieve all the listed files \fIfile1\fP \&.\&.\&. one at a time from the remote +server\&. If a file contains a `\fB/\fP\&', the full name is passed to the +remote server, but the file is stored locally under the name given by the +part after the final `\fB/\fP\&'\&. The option \fB\-c\fP (cat) forces all files to +be sent as a single stream to standard output; in this case the \fB\-t\fP +option has no effect\&. +.TP +\fBzfuget [ \-Gvst ] \fIfile1\fP \&.\&.\&.\fP +As \fBzfget\fP, but only retrieve files where the version on the remote +server is newer (has a later modification time), or where the local file +does not exist\&. If the remote file is older but the files have different +sizes, or if the sizes are the same but the remote file is newer, the user +will usually be queried\&. With the option \fB\-s\fP, the command runs silently +and will always retrieve the file in either of those two cases\&. With the +option \fB\-v\fP, the command prints more information about the files while it +is working out whether or not to transfer them\&. +.TP +\fBzfcget [ \-Gt ] \fIfile1\fP \&.\&.\&.\fP +As \fBzfget\fP, but if any of the local files exists, and is shorter than +the corresponding remote file, the command assumes that it is the result of +a partially completed transfer and attempts to transfer the rest of the +file\&. This is useful on a poor connection which keeps failing\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that this requires a commonly implemented, but non\-standard, version +of the FTP protocol, so is not guaranteed to work on all servers\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzfgcp [ \-Gt ] \fIremote\-file\fP \fIlocal\-file\fP\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBzfgcp [ \-Gt ] \fIrfile1\fP \&.\&.\&. \fIldir\fP\fP +This retrieves files from the remote server with arguments behaving +similarly to the \fBcp\fP command\&. +.RS +.PP +In the first form, copy \fIremote\-file\fP from the server to the local file +\fIlocal\-file\fP\&. +.PP +In the second form, copy all the remote files \fIrfile1\fP \&.\&.\&. into the +local directory \fIldir\fP retaining the same basenames\&. This assumes UNIX +directory semantics\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Sending files" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzfput [ \-r ] \fIfile1\fP \&.\&.\&.\fP +Send all the \fIfile1\fP \&.\&.\&. given separately to the remote server\&. If a +filename contains a `\fB/\fP\&', the full filename is used locally to find the +file, but only the basename is used for the remote file name\&. +.RS +.PP +With the option \fB\-r\fP, if any of the \fIfiles\fP are directories they are +sent recursively with all their subdirectories, including files beginning +with `\fB\&.\fP\&'\&. This requires that the remote machine understand UNIX file +semantics, since `\fB/\fP\&' is used as a directory separator\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzfuput [ \-vs ] \fIfile1\fP \&.\&.\&.\fP +As \fBzfput\fP, but only send files which are newer than their local +equivalents, or if the remote file does not exist\&. The logic is the same +as for \fBzfuget\fP, but reversed between local and remote files\&. +.TP +\fBzfcput \fIfile1\fP \&.\&.\&.\fP +As \fBzfput\fP, but if any remote file already exists and is shorter than the +local equivalent, assume it is the result of an incomplete transfer and +send the rest of the file to append to the existing part\&. As the FTP +append command is part of the standard set, this is in principle more +likely to work than \fBzfcget\fP\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzfpcp \fIlocal\-file\fP \fIremote\-file\fP\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBzfpcp \fIlfile1\fP \&.\&.\&. \fIrdir\fP\fP +This sends files to the remote server with arguments behaving similarly to +the \fBcp\fP command\&. +.RS +.PP +With two arguments, copy \fIlocal\-file\fP to the server as +\fIremote\-file\fP\&. +.PP +With more than two arguments, copy all the local files \fIlfile1\fP \&.\&.\&. into +the existing remote directory \fIrdir\fP retaining the same basenames\&. This +assumes UNIX directory semantics\&. +.PP +A problem arises if you attempt to use \fBzfpcp\fP \fIlfile1\fP \fIrdir\fP, +i\&.e\&. the second form of copying but with two arguments, as the command has +no simple way of knowing if \fIrdir\fP corresponds to a directory or a +filename\&. It attempts to resolve this in various ways\&. First, if the +\fIrdir\fP argument is `\fB\&.\fP\&' or `\fB\&.\&.\fP' or ends in a slash, it is assumed +to be a directory\&. Secondly, if the operation of copying to a remote file +in the first form failed, and the remote server sends back the expected +failure code 553 and a reply including the string `\fBIs a directory\fP\&', +then \fBzfpcp\fP will retry using the second form\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Closing the connection" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzfclose\fP +Close the connection\&. +.PP +.SS "Session management" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzfsession\fP [ \fB\-lvod\fP ] [ \fIsessname\fP ] +Allows you to manage multiple FTP sessions at once\&. By default, +connections take place in a session called `\fBdefault\fP\&'; by giving the +command `\fBzfsession\fP \fIsessname\fP\&' you can change to a new or existing +session with a name of your choice\&. The new session remembers its own +connection, as well as associated shell parameters, and also the host/user +parameters set by \fBzfparams\fP\&. Hence you can have different sessions set +up to connect to different hosts, each remembering the appropriate host, +user and password\&. +.RS +.PP +With no arguments, \fBzfsession\fP prints the name of the current session; +with the option \fB\-l\fP it lists all sessions which currently exist, and +with the option \fB\-v\fP it gives a verbose list showing the host and +directory for each session, where the current session is marked with an +asterisk\&. With \fB\-o\fP, it will switch to the most recent previous session\&. +.PP +With \fB\-d\fP, the given session (or else the current one) is removed; +everything to do with it is completely forgotten\&. If it was the only +session, a new session called `\fBdefault\fP\&' is created and made current\&. +It is safest not to delete sessions while background commands using +\fBzftp\fP are active\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzftransfer\fP \fIsess1\fP\fB:\fP\fIfile1\fP \fIsess2\fP\fB:\fP\fIfile2\fP +Transfer files between two sessions; no local copy is made\&. The file +is read from the session \fIsess1\fP as \fIfile1\fP and written to session +\fIsess2\fP as file \fIfile2\fP; \fIfile1\fP and \fIfile2\fP may be relative to +the current directories of the session\&. Either \fIsess1\fP or \fIsess2\fP +may be omitted (though the colon should be retained if there is a +possibility of a colon appearing in the file name) and defaults to the +current session; \fIfile2\fP may be omitted or may end with a slash, in +which case the basename of \fIfile1\fP will be added\&. The sessions +\fIsess1\fP and \fIsess2\fP must be distinct\&. +.RS +.PP +The operation is performed using pipes, so it is required that the +connections still be valid in a subshell, which is not the case under +versions of some operating systems, presumably due to a system bug\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Bookmarks" +The two functions \fBzfmark\fP and \fBzfgoto\fP allow you to `bookmark\&' the +present location (host, user and directory) of the current FTP connection +for later use\&. The file to be used for storing and retrieving bookmarks is +given by the parameter \fB$ZFTP_BMFILE\fP; if not set when one of the two +functions is called, it will be set to the file \fB\&.zfbkmarks\fP in the +directory where your zsh startup files live (usually \fB~\fP)\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzfmark [ \fP\fIbookmark\fP\fB ]\fP +If given an argument, mark the current host, user and directory under the +name \fIbookmark\fP for later use by \fBzfgoto\fP\&. If there is no connection +open, use the values for the last connection immediately before it was +closed; it is an error if there was none\&. Any existing bookmark +under the same name will be silently replaced\&. +.RS +.PP +If not given an argument, list the existing bookmarks and the points to +which they refer in the form \fIuser\fP\fB@\fP\fIhost\fP\fB:\fP\fIdirectory\fP; +this is the format in which they are stored, and the file may be edited +directly\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzfgoto [ \-n ] \fP\fIbookmark\fP +Return to the location given by \fIbookmark\fP, as previously set by +\fBzfmark\fP\&. If the location has user `\fBftp\fP\&' or `\fBanonymous\fP', open +the connection with \fBzfanon\fP, so that no password is required\&. If the +user and host parameters match those stored for the current session, if +any, those will be used, and again no password is required\&. Otherwise a +password will be prompted for\&. +.RS +.PP +With the option \fB\-n\fP, the bookmark is taken to be a nickname stored by +the \fBncftp\fP program in its bookmark file, which is assumed to be +\fB~/\&.ncftp/bookmarks\fP\&. The function works identically in other ways\&. +Note that there is no mechanism for adding or modifying \fBncftp\fP bookmarks +from the zftp functions\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Other functions" +Mostly, these functions will not be called directly (apart from +\fBzfinit\fP), but are described here for completeness\&. You may wish to +alter \fBzftp_chpwd\fP and \fBzftp_progress\fP, in particular\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzfinit [ \-n ]\fP +As described above, this is used to initialize the zftp function system\&. +The \fB\-n\fP option should be used if the zftp command is already built into +the shell\&. +.TP +\fBzfautocheck [ \-dn ]\fP +This function is called to implement automatic reopening behaviour, as +described in more detail below\&. The options must appear in the first +argument; \fB\-n\fP prevents the command from changing to the old directory, +while \fB\-d\fP prevents it from setting the variable \fBdo_close\fP, which it +otherwise does as a flag for automatically closing the connection after a +transfer\&. The host and directory for the last session are stored in the +variable \fB$zflastsession\fP, but the internal host/user/password parameters +must also be correctly set\&. +.TP +\fBzfcd_match \fIprefix\fP \fIsuffix\fP\fP +This performs matching for completion of remote directory names\&. If the +remote server is UNIX, it will attempt to persuade the server to list the +remote directory with subdirectories marked, which usually works but is not +guaranteed\&. On other hosts it simply calls \fBzfget_match\fP and hence +completes all files, not just directories\&. On some systems, directories +may not even look like filenames\&. +.TP +\fBzfget_match \fIprefix\fP \fIsuffix\fP\fP +This performs matching for completion of remote filenames\&. It caches files +for the current directory (only) in the shell parameter \fB$zftp_fcache\fP\&. +It is in the form to be called by the \fB\-K\fP option of \fBcompctl\fP, but +also works when called from a widget\-style completion function with +\fIprefix\fP and \fIsuffix\fP set appropriately\&. +.TP +\fBzfrglob \fIvarname\fP\fP +Perform remote globbing, as describes in more detail below\&. \fIvarname\fP +is the name of a variable containing the pattern to be expanded; if there +were any matches, the same variable will be set to the expanded set of +filenames on return\&. +.TP +\fBzfrtime \fIlfile\fP \fIrfile\fP [ \fItime\fP ]\fP +Set the local file \fIlfile\fP to have the same modification time as the +remote file \fIrfile\fP, or the explicit time \fItime\fP in FTP format +\fBCCYYMMDDhhmmSS\fP for the GMT timezone\&. +.RS +.PP +Currently this requires \fBperl\fP version 5 to perform the conversion from +GMT to local time\&. This is unfortunately difficult to do using shell code +alone\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzftp_chpwd\fP +This function is called every time a connection is opened, or closed, or +the remote directory changes\&. This version alters the title bar of an +\fBxterm\fP\-compatible or \fBsun\-cmd\fP terminal emulator to reflect the +local and remote hostnames and current directories\&. It works best when +combined with the function \fBchpwd\fP\&. In particular, a function of +the form +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBchpwd() { + if [[ \-n $ZFTP_USER ]]; then + zftp_chpwd + else + # usual chpwd e\&.g put host:directory in title bar + fi +}\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +fits in well\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzftp_progress\fP +This function shows the status of the transfer\&. It will not write anything +unless the output is going to a terminal; however, if you transfer files in +the background, you should turn off progress reports by hand using +`\fBzstyle \&':zftp:*' progress none\fP'\&. Note also that if you alter it, any +output \fImust\fP be to standard error, as standard output may be a file +being received\&. The form of the progress meter, or whether it is used at +all, can be configured without altering the function, as described in the +next section\&. +.TP +\fBzffcache\fP +This is used to implement caching of files in the current directory for +each session separately\&. It is used by \fBzfget_match\fP and \fBzfrglob\fP\&. +.PP +.SH "MISCELLANEOUS FEATURES" +.PP +.SS "Configuration" +.PP +Various styles are available using the standard shell style mechanism, +described in +\fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. Briefly, the +command `\fBzstyle \&':zftp:*'\fP \fIstyle\fP \fIvalue\fP \&.\&.\&.'\&. +defines the \fIstyle\fP to have value \fIvalue\fP; more than one value may be +given, although that is not useful in the cases described here\&. These +values will then be used throughout the zftp function system\&. For more +precise control, the first argument, which gives a context in which the +style applies, can be modified to include a particular function, as for +example `\fB:zftp:zfget\fP\&': the style will then have the given value only +in the \fBzfget\fP function\&. Values for the same style in different contexts +may be set; the most specific function will be used, where +strings are held to be more specific than patterns, and longer patterns and +shorter patterns\&. Note that only the top level function name, as called by +the user, is used; calling of lower level functions is transparent to the +user\&. Hence modifications to the title bar in \fBzftp_chpwd\fP use the +contexts \fB:zftp:zfopen\fP, \fB:zftp:zfcd\fP, etc\&., depending where it was +called from\&. The following styles are understood: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBprogress\fP +Controls the way that \fBzftp_progress\fP reports on the progress of a +transfer\&. If empty, unset, or `\fBnone\fP\&', no progress report is made; if +`\fBbar\fP\&' a growing bar of inverse video is shown; if `\fBpercent\fP' (or any +other string, though this may change in future), the percentage of the file +transferred is shown\&. The bar meter requires that the width of the +terminal be available via the \fB$COLUMNS\fP parameter (normally this is set +automatically)\&. If the size of the file being transferred is not +available, \fBbar\fP and \fBpercent\fP meters will simply show the number of +bytes transferred so far\&. +.RS +.PP +When \fBzfinit\fP is run, if this style is not defined for the context +\fB:zftp:*\fP, it will be set to `bar\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBupdate\fP +Specifies the minimum time interval between updates of the progress meter +in seconds\&. No update is made unless new data has been received, so the +actual time interval is limited only by \fB$ZFTP_TIMEOUT\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +As described for \fBprogress\fP, \fBzfinit\fP will force this to default to 1\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBremote\-glob\fP +If set to `1\&', `yes' or `true', filename generation (globbing) is +performed on the remote machine instead of by zsh itself; see below\&. +.TP +\fBtitlebar\fP +If set to `1\&', `yes' or `true', \fBzftp_chpwd\fP will put the remote host and +remote directory into the titlebar of terminal emulators such as xterm or +sun\-cmd that allow this\&. +.RS +.PP +As described for \fBprogress\fP, \fBzfinit\fP will force this to default to 1\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBchpwd\fP +If set to `1\&' `yes' or `true', \fBzftp_chpwd\fP will call the function +\fBchpwd\fP when a connection is closed\&. This is useful if the remote host +details were put into the terminal title bar by \fBzftp_chpwd\fP and your +usual \fBchpwd\fP also modifies the title bar\&. +.RS +.PP +When \fBzfinit\fP is run, it will determine whether \fBchpwd\fP exists and if +so it will set the default value for the style to 1 if none exists +already\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +Note that there is also an associative array \fBzfconfig\fP which contains +values used by the function system\&. This should not be modified or +overwritten\&. +.PP +.SS "Remote globbing" +.PP +The commands for retrieving files usually perform filename generation +(globbing) on their arguments; this can be turned off by passing the option +\fB\-G\fP to each of the commands\&. Normally this operates by retrieving a +complete list of files for the directory in question, then matching these +locally against the pattern supplied\&. This has the advantage that the full +range of zsh patterns (respecting the setting of the option +\fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP) can be used\&. However, it means that the directory part +of a filename will not be expanded and must be given exactly\&. If the +remote server does not support the UNIX directory semantics, directory +handling is problematic and it is recommended that globbing only be used +within the current directory\&. The list of files in the current directory, +if retrieved, will be cached, so that subsequent globs in the same +directory without an intervening \fBzfcd\fP are much faster\&. +.PP +If the \fBremote\-glob\fP style (see above) is set, globbing is instead +performed on the remote host: the server is asked for a list of matching +files\&. This is highly dependent on how the server is implemented, though +typically UNIX servers will provide support for basic glob patterns\&. This +may in some cases be faster, as it avoids retrieving the entire list of +directory contents\&. +.PP +.SS "Automatic and temporary reopening" +.PP +As described for the \fBzfopen\fP command, a subsequent \fBzfopen\fP with no +parameters will reopen the connection to the last host (this includes +connections made with the \fBzfanon\fP command)\&. Opened in this fashion, the +connection starts in the default remote directory and will remain open +until explicitly closed\&. +.PP +Automatic re\-opening is also available\&. If a connection is not currently +open and a command requiring a connection is given, the last connection is +implicitly reopened\&. In this case the directory which was current when the +connection was closed again becomes the current directory (unless, of +course, the command given changes it)\&. Automatic reopening will also take +place if the connection was close by the remote server for whatever reason +(e\&.g\&. a timeout)\&. It is not available if the \fB\-1\fP option to \fBzfopen\fP +or \fBzfanon\fP was used\&. +.PP +Furthermore, if the command issued is a file transfer, the connection will +be closed after the transfer is finished, hence providing a one\-shot mode +for transfers\&. This does not apply to directory changing or listing +commands; for example a \fBzfdir\fP may reopen a connection but will leave it +open\&. Also, automatic closure will only ever happen in the same command as +automatic opening, i\&.e a \fBzfdir\fP directly followed by a \fBzfget\fP will +never close the connection automatically\&. +.PP +Information about the previous connection is given by the \fBzfstat\fP +function\&. So, for example, if that reports: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBSession: default +Not connected\&. +Last session: ftp\&.bar\&.com:/pub/textfiles\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +then the command \fBzfget file\&.txt\fP will attempt to reopen a connection to +\fBftp\&.bar\&.com\fP, retrieve the file \fB/pub/textfiles/file\&.txt\fP, and +immediately close the connection again\&. On the other hand, \fBzfcd \&.\&.\fP +will open the connection in the directory \fB/pub\fP and leave it open\&. +.PP +Note that all the above is local to each session; if you return to a +previous session, the connection for that session is the one which will be +reopened\&. +.PP +.SS "Completion" +.PP +Completion of local and remote files, directories, sessions and bookmarks +is supported\&. The older, \fBcompctl\fP\-style completion is defined when +\fBzfinit\fP is called; support for the new widget\-based completion system is +provided in the function \fBCompletion/Zsh/Command/_zftp\fP, which should be +installed with the other functions of the completion system and hence +should automatically be available\&. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshcalsys.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshcalsys.1 @@ -0,0 +1,817 @@ +.TH "ZSHCALSYS" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshcalsys \- zsh calendar system +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/calsys.yo +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP +The shell is supplied with a series of functions to replace and enhance the +traditional Unix \fBcalendar\fP programme, which warns the user of imminent +or future events, details of which are stored in a text file (typically +\fBcalendar\fP in the user\&'s home directory)\&. The version provided here +includes a mechanism for alerting the user when an event is due\&. +.PP +In addition a function \fBage\fP is provided that can be used in a glob +qualifier; it allows files to be selected based on their modification +times\&. +.PP +The format of the \fBcalendar\fP file and the dates used there in and in +the \fBage\fP function are described first, then the functions that can +be called to examine and modify the \fBcalendar\fP file\&. +.PP +The functions here depend on the availability of the \fBzsh/datetime\fP +module which is usually installed with the shell\&. The library function +\fBstrptime()\fP must be available; it is present on most recent +operating systems\&. +.PP +.PP +.SH "FILE AND DATE FORMATS" +.PP +.SS "Calendar File Format" +.PP +The calendar file is by default \fB~/calendar\fP\&. This can be configured +by the \fBcalendar\-file\fP style, see +the section STYLES below\&. The basic format consists +of a series of separate lines, with no indentation, each including +a date and time specification followed by a description of the event\&. +.PP +Various enhancements to this format are supported, based on the syntax +of Emacs calendar mode\&. An indented line indicates a continuation line +that continues the description of the event from the preceeding line +(note the date may not be continued in this way)\&. An initial ampersand +(\fB&\fP) is ignored for compatibility\&. +.PP +An indented line on which the first non\-whitespace character is \fB#\fP +is not displayed with the calendar entry, but is still scanned for +information\&. This can be used to hide information useful to the +calendar system but not to the user, such as the unique identifier +used by \fBcalendar_add\fP\&. +.PP +The Emacs extension that a date with no description may refer to a number +of succeeding events at different times is not supported\&. +.PP +Unless the \fBdone\-file\fP style has been altered, any events which +have been processed are appended to the file with the same name as the +calendar file with the suffix \fB\&.done\fP, hence \fB~/calendar\&.done\fP by +default\&. +.PP +An example is shown below\&. +.PP +.SS "Date Format" +.PP +The format of the date and time is designed to allow flexibility without +admitting ambiguity\&. (The words `date\&' and `time' are both used in the +documentation below; except where specifically noted this implies a string +that may include both a date and a time specification\&.) Note that there is +no localization support; month and day names must be in English and +separator characters are fixed\&. Matching is case insensitive, and only the +first three letters of the names are significant, although as a special +case a form beginning "month" does not match "Monday"\&. Furthermore, time +zones are not handled; all times are assumed to be local\&. +.PP +It is recommended that, rather than exploring the intricacies of the +system, users find a date format that is natural to them and stick to it\&. +This will avoid unexpected effects\&. Various key facts should be noted\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\(bu +In particular, note the confusion between +\fImonth\fP\fB/\fP\fIday\fP\fB/\fP\fIyear\fP and +\fIday\fP\fB/\fP\fImonth\fP\fB/\fP\fIyear\fP when the month is numeric; these +formats should be avoided if at all possible\&. Many alternatives are +available\&. +.TP +\(bu +The year must be given in full to avoid confusion, and only years +from 1900 to 2099 inclusive are matched\&. +.PP +The following give some obvious examples; users finding here +a format they like and not subject to vagaries of style may skip +the full description\&. As dates and times are matched separately +(even though the time may be embedded in the date), any date format +may be mixed with any format for the time of day provide the +separators are clear (whitespace, colons, commas)\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB2007/04/03 13:13 +2007/04/03:13:13 +2007/04/03 1:13 pm +3rd April 2007, 13:13 +April 3rd 2007 1:13 p\&.m\&. +Apr 3, 2007 13:13 +Tue Apr 03 13:13:00 2007 +13:13 2007/apr/3\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +More detailed rules follow\&. +.PP +Times are parsed and extracted before dates\&. They must use colons +to separate hours and minutes, though a dot is allowed before seconds +if they are present\&. This limits time formats to the following: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\(bu +\fIHH\fP\fB:\fP\fIMM\fP[\fB:\fP\fISS\fP[\fB\&.\fP\fIFFFFF\fP]] [\fBam\fP|\fBpm\fP|\fBa\&.m\&.\fP|\fBp\&.m\&.\fP] +.TP +\(bu +\fIHH\fP\fB:\fP\fIMM\fP\fB\&.\fP\fISS\fP[\fB\&.\fP\fIFFFFF\fP] [\fBam\fP|\fBpm\fP|\fBa\&.m\&.\fP|\fBp\&.m\&.\fP] +.PP +Here, square brackets indicate optional elements, possibly with +alternatives\&. Fractions of a second are recognised but ignored\&. For +absolute times (the normal format require by the \fBcalendar\fP file and the +\fBage\fP function) a date is mandatory but a time of day is not; the time +returned is at the start of the date\&. One variation is allowed: if +\fBa\&.m\&.\fP or \fBp\&.m\&.\fP or one of their variants is present, an hour without a +minute is allowed, e\&.g\&. \fB3 p\&.m\&.\fP\&. +.PP +Time zones are not handled, though if one is matched following a time +specification it will be removed to allow a surrounding date to be +parsed\&. This only happens if the format of the timezone is not too +unusual\&. The following are examples of forms that are understood: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB+0100 +GMT +GMT\-7 +CET+1CDT\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Any part of the timezone that is not numeric must have exactly three +capital letters in the name\&. +.PP +Dates suffer from the ambiguity between \fIDD\fP\fB/\fP\fIMM\fP\fB/\fP\fIYYYY\fP +and \fIMM\fP\fB/\fP\fIDD\fP\fB/\fP\fIYYYY\fP\&. It is recommended this form is +avoided with purely numeric dates, but use of ordinals, +eg\&. \fB3rd/04/2007\fP, will resolve the ambiguity as the ordinal is always +parsed as the day of the month\&. Years must be four digits (and the first +two must be \fB19\fP or \fB20\fP); \fB03/04/08\fP is not recognised\&. Other +numbers may have leading zeroes, but they are not required\&. The following +are handled: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\(bu +\fIYYYY\fP\fB/\fP\fIMM\fP\fB/\fP\fIDD\fP +.TP +\(bu +\fIYYYY\fP\fB\-\fP\fIMM\fP\fB\-\fP\fIDD\fP +.TP +\(bu +\fIYYYY\fP\fB/\fP\fIMNM\fP\fB/\fP\fIDD\fP +.TP +\(bu +\fIYYYY\fP\fB\-\fP\fIMNM\fP\fB\-\fP\fIDD\fP +.TP +\(bu +\fIDD\fP[\fBth\fP|\fBst\fP|\fBrd\fP] \fIMNM\fP[\fB,\fP] [ \fIYYYY\fP ] +.TP +\(bu +\fIMNM\fP \fIDD\fP[\fBth\fP|\fBst\fP|\fBrd\fP][\fB,\fP] [ \fIYYYY\fP ] +.TP +\(bu +\fIDD\fP[\fBth\fP|\fBst\fP|\fBrd\fP]\fB/\fP\fIMM\fP[\fB,\fP] \fIYYYY\fP +.TP +\(bu +\fIDD\fP[\fBth\fP|\fBst\fP|\fBrd\fP]\fB/\fP\fIMM\fP\fB/\fP\fIYYYY\fP +.TP +\(bu +\fIMM\fP\fB/\fP\fIDD\fP[\fBth\fP|\fBst\fP|\fBrd\fP][\fB,\fP] \fIYYYY\fP +.TP +\(bu +\fIMM\fP\fB/\fP\fIDD\fP[\fBth\fP|\fBst\fP|\fBrd\fP]\fB/\fP\fIYYYY\fP +.PP +Here, \fIMNM\fP is at least the first three letters of a month name, +matched case\-insensitively\&. The remainder of the month name may appear but +its contents are irrelevant, so janissary, febrile, martial, apricot, +maybe, junta, etc\&. are happily handled\&. +.PP +Where the year is shown as optional, the current year is assumed\&. There +are only two such cases, the form \fBJun 20\fP or \fB14 September\fP (the only +two commonly occurring forms, apart from a "the" in some forms of English, +which isn\&'t currently supported)\&. Such dates will of course become +ambiguous in the future, so should ideally be avoided\&. +.PP +Times may follow dates with a colon, e\&.g\&. \fB1965/07/12:09:45\fP; this is in +order to provide a format with no whitespace\&. A comma and whitespace are +allowed, e\&.g\&. \fB1965/07/12, 09:45\fP\&. Currently the order of these +separators is not checked, so illogical formats such as \fB1965/07/12, : +,09:45\fP will also be matched\&. For simplicity such variations are not shown +in the list above\&. Otherwise, a time is only recognised as being +associated with a date if there is only whitespace in between, or if the +time was embedded in the date\&. +.PP +Days of the week are not normally scanned, but will be ignored if they +occur at the start of the date pattern only\&. However, in contexts where it +is useful to specify dates relative to today, days of the week with no +other date specification may be given\&. The day is assumed to be either +today or within the past week\&. Likewise, the words \fByesterday\fP, +\fBtoday\fP and \fBtomorrow\fP are handled\&. All matches are case\-insensitive\&. +Hence if today is Monday, then \fBSunday\fP is equivalent to \fByesterday\fP, +\fBMonday\fP is equivalent to \fBtoday\fP, but \fBTuesday\fP gives a date six +days ago\&. This is not generally useful within the calendar file\&. +Dates in this format may be combined with a time specification; for +example \fBTomorrow, 8 p\&.m\&.\fP\&. +.PP +For example, the standard date format: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBFri Aug 18 17:00:48 BST 2006\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +is handled by matching \fIHH\fP\fB:\fP\fIMM\fP\fB:\fP\fISS\fP and removing it +together with the matched (but unused) time zone\&. This leaves the following: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBFri Aug 18 2006\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +\fBFri\fP is ignored and the rest is matched according to the standard rules\&. +.PP +.SS "Relative Time Format" +.PP +In certain places relative times are handled\&. Here, a date is not allowed; +instead a combination of various supported periods are allowed, together +with an optional time\&. The periods must be in order from most to +least significant\&. +.PP +In some cases, a more accurate calculation is possible when there is an +anchor date: offsets of months or years pick the correct day, rather than +being rounded, and it is possible to pick a particular day in a month as +`(1st Friday)\&', etc\&., as described in more detail below\&. +.PP +Anchors are available in the following cases\&. If one or two times are +passed to the function \fBcalendar\fP, the start time acts an anchor for the +end time when the end time is relative (even if the start time is +implicit)\&. When examining calendar files, the scheduled event being +examined anchors the warning time when it is given explicitly by means of +the \fBWARN\fP keyword; likewise, the scheduled event anchors a repitition +period when given by the \fBRPT\fP keyword, so that specifications such as +\fBRPT 2 months, 3rd Thursday\fP are handled properly\&. Finally, the \fB\-R\fP +argument to \fBcalendar_scandate\fP directly provides an anchor for relative +calculations\&. +.PP +The periods handled, with possible abbreviations are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +Years +\fByears\fP, \fByrs\fP, \fBys\fP, \fByear\fP, \fByr\fP, \fBy\fP, \fByearly\fP\&. +A year is 365\&.25 days unless there is an anchor\&. +.TP +Months +\fBmonths\fP, \fBmons\fP, \fBmnths\fP, \fBmths\fP, \fBmonth\fP, \fBmon\fP, +\fBmnth\fP, \fBmth\fP, \fBmonthly\fP\&. Note that \fBm\fP, \fBms\fP, \fBmn\fP, \fBmns\fP +are ambiguous and are \fInot\fP handled\&. A month is a period +of 30 days rather than a calendar month unless there is an anchor\&. +.TP +Weeks +\fBweeks\fP, \fBwks\fP, \fBws\fP, \fBweek\fP, \fBwk\fP, \fBw\fP, \fBweekly\fP +.TP +Days +\fBdays\fP, \fBdys\fP, \fBds\fP, \fBday\fP, \fBdy\fP, \fBd\fP, \fBdaily\fP +.TP +Hours +\fBhours\fP, \fBhrs\fP, \fBhs\fP, \fBhour\fP, \fBhr\fP, \fBh\fP, \fBhourly\fP +.TP +Minutes +\fBminutes\fP, \fBmins\fP, \fBminute\fP, \fBmin\fP, but \fInot\fP \fBm\fP, +\fBms\fP, \fBmn\fP or \fBmns\fP +.TP +Seconds +\fBseconds\fP, \fBsecs\fP, \fBss\fP, \fBsecond\fP, \fBsec\fP, \fBs\fP +.PP +Spaces between the numbers are optional, but are required between items, +although a comma may be used (with or without spaces)\&. +.PP +The forms \fByearly\fP to \fBhourly\fP allow the number to be omitted; it is +assumed to be 1\&. For example, \fB1 d\fP and \fBdaily\fP are equivalent\&. Note +that using those forms with plurals is confusing; \fB2 yearly\fP is the same +as \fB2 years\fP, \fInot\fP twice yearly, so it is recommended they only +be used without numbers\&. +.PP +When an anchor time is present, there is an extension to handle regular +events in the form of the \fIn\fPth \fIsome\fPday of the month\&. Such a +specification must occur immediately after any year and month +specification, but before any time of day, and must be in the form +\fIn\fP\fB(th|st|rd)\fP \fIday\fP, for example \fB1st Tuesday\fP or +\fB3rd Monday\fP\&. As in other places, days are matched case insensitively, +must be in English, and only the first three letters are significant except +that a form beginning `month\&' does not match `Monday'\&. No attempt is made +to sanitize the resulting date; attempts to squeeze too many occurrences +into a month will push the day into the next month (but in the obvious +fashion, retaining the correct day of the week)\&. +.PP +Here are some examples: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB30 years 3 months 4 days 3:42:41 +14 days 5 hours +Monthly, 3rd Thursday +4d,10hr\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +.SS "Example" +.PP +Here is an example calendar file\&. It uses a consistent date format, +as recommended above\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBFeb 1, 2006 14:30 Pointless bureaucratic meeting +Mar 27, 2006 11:00 Mutual recrimination and finger pointing + Bring water pistol and waterproofs +Mar 31, 2006 14:00 Very serious managerial pontification + # UID 12C7878A9A50 +Apr 10, 2006 13:30 Even more pointless blame assignment exercise WARN 30 mins +May 18, 2006 16:00 Regular moaning session RPT monthly, 3rd Thursday\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The second entry has a continuation line\&. The third entry has a +continuation line that will not be shown when the entry is displayed, but +the unique identifier will be used by the \fBcalendar_add\fP function when +updating the event\&. The fourth entry will produce a warning 30 minutes +before the event (to allow you to equip yourself appropriately)\&. The fifth +entry repeats after a month on the 3rd Thursday, i\&.e\&. June 15, 2006, at the +same time\&. +.PP +.SH "USER FUNCTIONS" +.PP +This section describes functions that are designed to be called +directly by the user\&. The first part describes those functions +associated with the user\&'s calendar; the second part describes +the use in glob qualifiers\&. +.PP +.SS "Calendar system functions" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcalendar\fP [ \fB\-abdDsv\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP \fIcalfile\fP ] [ \-n \fInum\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP \fIshowprog\fP ] [ [ \fIstart\fP ] \fIend\fP ]( +.TP +.PD +\fBcalendar \-r\fP [ \fB\-abdDrsv\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP \fIcalfile\fP ] [ \-n \fInum\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP \fIshowprog\fP ] [ \fIstart\fP ] +Show events in the calendar\&. +.RS +.PP +With no arguments, show events from the start of today until the end of +the next working day after today\&. In other words, if today is Friday, +Saturday, or Sunday, show up to the end of the following Monday, otherwise +show today and tomorrow\&. +.PP +If \fIend\fP is given, show events from the start of today up to the time +and date given, which is in the format described in the previous section\&. +Note that if this is a date the time is assumed to be midnight at the +start of the date, so that effectively this shows all events before +the given date\&. +.PP +\fIend\fP may start with a \fB+\fP, in which case the remainder of the +specification is a relative time format as described in the previous +section indicating the range of time from the start time that is to +be included\&. +.PP +If \fIstart\fP is also given, show events starting from that time and date\&. +The word \fBnow\fP can be used to indicate the current time\&. +.PP +To implement an alert when events are due, include \fBcalendar \-s\fP in your +\fB~/\&.zshrc\fP file\&. +.PP +Options: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-a\fP +Show all items in the calendar, regardless of the \fBstart\fP and +\fBend\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-b\fP +Brief: don\&'t display continuation lines (i\&.e\&. indented lines following +the line with the date/time), just the first line\&. +.TP +\fB\-C\fP \fIcalfile\fP +Explicitly specify a calendar file instead of the value of +the \fBcalendar\-file\fP style or the the default \fB~/calendar\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-d\fP +Move any events that have passed from the calendar file to the +"done" file, as given by the \fBdone\-file\fP style or the default +which is the calendar file with \fB\&.done\fP appended\&. This option +is implied by the \fB\-s\fP option\&. +.TP +\fB\-D\fP +Turns off the option \fB\-d\fP, even if the \fB\-s\fP option is also present\&. +.TP +\fB\-n\fP \fInum\fP, \fB\-\fP\fInum\fP +Show at least \fInum\fP events, if present in the calendar file, regardless +of the \fBstart\fP and \fBend\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-r\fP +Show all the remaining options in the calendar, ignoring the given \fBend\fP +time\&. The \fBstart\fP time is respected; any argument given is treated +as a \fBstart\fP time\&. +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +Use the shell\&'s \fBsched\fP command to schedule a timed event that +will warn the user when an event is due\&. Note that the \fBsched\fP command +only runs if the shell is at an interactive prompt; a foreground taks +blocks the scheduled task from running until it is finished\&. +.RS +.PP +The timed event usually runs the programme \fBcalendar_show\fP to show +the event, as described in +the section UTILITY FUNCTIONS below\&. +.PP +By default, a warning of the event is shown five minutes before it is due\&. +The warning period can be configured by the style \fBwarn\-time\fP or +for a single calendar entry by including \fBWARN\fP \fIreltime\fP in the first +line of the entry, where \fIreltime\fP is one of the usual relative time +formats\&. +.PP +A repeated event may be indicated by including \fBRPT\fP \fIreldate\fP in the +first line of the entry\&. After the scheduled event has been displayed +it will be re\-entered into the calendar file at a time \fIreldate\fP +after the existing event\&. Note that this is currently the only use +made of the repeat count, so that it is not possible to query the schedule +for a recurrence of an event in the calendar until the previous event +has passed\&. +.PP +It is safe to run \fBcalendar \-s\fP to reschedule an existing event +(if the calendar file has changed, for example), and also to have it +running in multiples instances of the shell since the calendar file +is locked when in use\&. +.PP +By default, expired events are moved to the "done" file; see the \fB\-d\fP +option\&. Use \fB\-D\fP to prevent this\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-S\fP \fIshowprog\fP +Explicitly specify a programme to be used for showing events instead +of the value of the \fBshow\-prog\fP style or the default \fBcalendar_show\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-v\fP +Verbose: show more information about stages of processing\&. This +is useful for confirming that the function has successfully parsed +the dates in the calendar file\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcalendar_add\fP [ \fB\-BL\fP ] \fIevent \&.\&.\&.\fP +Adds a single event to the calendar in the appropriate location\&. +The event can contain multiple lines, as described in +the section Calendar File Format above\&. +Using this function ensures that the calendar file is sorted in date +and time order\&. It also makes special arrangments for locking +the file while it is altered\&. The old calendar is left in a file +with the suffix \fB\&.old\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +The option \fB\-B\fP indicates that backing up the calendar file will be +handled by the caller and should not be performed by \fBcalendar_add\fP\&. The +option \fB\-L\fP indicates that \fBcalendar_add\fP does not need to lock the +calendar file as it is already locked\&. These options will not usually be +needed by users\&. +.PP +The function can use a unique identifier stored with each event to ensure +that updates to existing events are treated correctly\&. The entry +should contain the word \fBUID\fP, followed by whitespace, followed by +a word consisting entirely of hexadecimal digits of arbitrary length +(all digits are significant, including leading zeroes)\&. As the UID +is not directly useful to the user, it is convenient to hide it on +an indented continuation line starting with a \fB#\fP, for example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBAug 31, 2007 09:30 Celebrate the end of the holidays + # UID 045B78A0\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The second line will not be shown by the \fBcalendar\fP function\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcalendar_edit\fP +This calls the user\&'s editor to edit the calendar file\&. The editor +is given by the variable \fBVISUAL\fP, if set, else the variable \fBEDITOR\fP\&. +If the calendar scheduler was running, then after editing the file +\fBcalendar \-s\fP is called to update it\&. +.RS +.PP +This function locks out the calendar system during the edit\&. +Hence it should be used to edit the calendar file if there is any +possibility of a calendar event occurring meanwhile\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcalendar_showdate\fP [ \fB\-r\fP ] [ \fB\-f\fP \fIfmt\fP ] \fIdate\-spec \&.\&.\&.\fP +The given \fIdate\-spec\fP is interpreted and the corresponding date and +time printed\&. If the initial \fIdate\-spec\fP begins with a \fB+\fP or +\fB\-\fP it is treated as relative to the current time; \fIdate\-spec\fPs after +the first are treated as relative to the date calculated so far and +a leading \fB+\fP is optional in that case\&. This allows one to +use the system as a date calculator\&. For example, \fBcalendar_showdate \&'+1 +month, 1st Friday\&'\fP shows the date of the first Friday of next month\&. +.RS +.PP +With the option \fB\-r\fP nothing is printed but the value of the date and +timein seconds since the epoch is stored in the parameter \fBREPLY\fP\&. +.PP +With the option \fB\-f\fP \fIfmt\fP the given date/time conversion format +is passed to \fBstrftime\fP; see notes on the \fBdate\-format\fP style below\&. +.PP +In order to avoid ambiguity with negative relative date specifications, +options must occur in separate words; in other words, \fB\-r\fP and \fB\-f\fP +should not be combined in the same word\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcalendar_sort\fP +Sorts the calendar file into date and time order\&. The old calendar is +left in a file with the suffix \fB\&.old\fP\&. +.PP +.SS "Glob qualifiers" +.PP +The function \fBage\fP can be autoloaded and use separately from +the calendar system, although it uses the function \fBcalendar_scandate\fP +for date formatting\&. It requires the \fBzsh/stat\fP builtin, which +makes available the builtin \fBstat\fP\&. This may conflict with an +external programme of the same name; if it does, the builtin may be +disabled for normal operation by including the following code in +an initialization file: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzmodload \-i zsh/stat +disable stat\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +\fBage\fP selects files having a given modification time for use +as a glob qualifer\&. The format of the date is the same as that +understood by the calendar system, described in +the section FILE AND DATE FORMATS above\&. +.PP +The function can take one or two arguments, which can be supplied either +directly as command or arguments, or separately as shell parameters\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBprint *(e:age 2006/10/04 2006/10/09:)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The example above matches all files modified between the start of those +dates\&. The second argument may alternatively be a relative time +introduced by a \fB+\fP: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBprint *(e:age 2006/10/04 +5d:)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The example above is equivalent to the previous example\&. +.PP +In addition to the special use of days of the week, \fBtoday\fP and +\fByesterday\fP, times with no date may be specified; these apply to today\&. +Obviously such uses become problematic around midnight\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBprint *(e\-age 12:00 13:30\-)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The example above shows files modified between 12:00 and 13:00 today\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBprint *(e:age 2006/10/04:)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The example above matches all files modified on that date\&. If the second +argument is omitted it is taken to be exactly 24 hours after the first +argument (even if the first argument contains a time)\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBprint *(e\-age 2006/10/04:10:15 2006/10/04:10:45\-)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The example above supplies times\&. Note that whitespace within the time and +date specification must be quoted to ensure \fBage\fP receives the correct +arguments, hence the use of the additional colon to separate the date and +time\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBAGEREF1=2006/10/04:10:15 +AGEREF2=2006/10/04:10:45 +print *(+age)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This shows the same example before using another form of argument +passing\&. The dates and times in the parameters \fBAGEREF1\fP and \fBAGEREF2\fP +stay in effect until unset, but will be overridden if any argument is +passed as an explicit argument to age\&. Any explicit argument +causes both parameters to be ignored\&. +.PP +.SH "STYLES" +.PP +The zsh style mechanism using the \fBzstyle\fP command is describe in +\fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. This is the same mechanism +used in the completion system\&. +.PP +The styles below are all examined in the context +\fB:datetime:\fP\fIfunction\fP\fB:\fP, for example \fB:datetime:calendar:\fP\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBcalendar\-file\fP +The location of the main calendar\&. The default is \fB~/calendar\fP\&. +.TP +\fBdate\-format\fP +A \fBstrftime\fP format string (see \fIstrftime\fP(3)) with the zsh +extensions \fB%f\fP for a day of the month with no leading zero or space +for single digits, and \fB%k\fP or \fB%l\fP for the hour of the day on the 24\- +or 12\-hour clock, again with no leading zero or space for single digits\&. +.RS +.PP +This is used for outputting dates in \fBcalendar\fP, both to support +the \fB\-v\fP option and when adding recurring events back to the calendar +file, and in \fBcalendar_showdate\fP as the final output format\&. +.PP +If the style is not set, the default used is similar the standard system +format as output by the \fBdate\fP command (also known as `ctime format\&'): +`\fB%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBdone\-file\fP +The location of the file to which events which have passed are appended\&. +The default is the calendar file location with the suffix \fB\&.done\fP\&. +The style may be set to an empty string in which case a "done" file +will not be maintained\&. +.TP +\fBshow\-prog\fP +The programme run by \fBcalendar\fP for showing events\&. It will +be passed the start time and stop time of the events requested in seconds +since the epoch followed by the event text\&. Note that \fBcalendar \-s\fP uses +a start time and stop time equal to one another to indicate alerts +for specific events\&. +.RS +.PP +The default is the function \fBcalendar_show\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBwarn\-time\fP +The time before an event at which a warning will be displayed, if the +first line of the event does not include the text \fBEVENT\fP \fIreltime\fP\&. +The default is 5 minutes\&. +.PP +.SH "UTILITY FUNCTIONS" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBcalendar_lockfiles\fP +Attempt to lock the files given in the argument\&. To prevent +problems with network file locking this is done in an ad hoc fashion +by attempting to create a symbolic link to the file with the name +\fIfile\fP\fB\&.lockfile\fP\&. No other system level functions are used +for locking, i\&.e\&. the file can be accessed and modified by any +utility that does not use this mechanism\&. In particular, the user is not +prevented from editing the calendar file at the same time unless +\fBcalendar_edit\fP is used\&. +.RS +.PP +Three attempts are made to lock the file before giving up\&. If the module +\fBzsh/zselect\fP is available, the times of the attempts are jittered so that +multiple instances of the calling function are unlikely to retry at the +same time\&. +.PP +The files locked are appended to the array \fBlockfiles\fP, which should +be local to the caller\&. +.PP +If all files were successully, status zero is returned, else status one\&. +.PP +This function may be used as a general file locking function, although +this will only work if only this mechanism is used to lock files\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcalendar_read\fP +This is a backend used by various other functions to parse the +calendar file, which is passed as the only argument\&. The array +\fBcalendar_entries\fP is set to the list of events in the file; no +pruning is done except that ampersands are removed from the start of +the line\&. Each entry may contain multiple lines\&. +.TP +\fBcalendar_scandate\fP +This is a generic function to parse dates and times that may be +used separately from the calendar system\&. The argument is a date +or time specification as described in +the section FILE AND DATE FORMATS above\&. The parameter \fBREPLY\fP +is set to the number of seconds since the epoch corresponding to that date +or time\&. By default, the date and time may occur anywhere within the given +argument\&. +.RS +.PP +Returns status zero if the date and time were successfully parsed, +else one\&. +.PP +Options: +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-a\fP +The date and time are anchored to the start of the argument; they +will not be matched if there is preceeding text\&. +.TP +\fB\-A\fP +The date and time are anchored to both the start and end of the argument; +they will not be matched if the is any other text in the argument\&. +.TP +\fB\-d\fP +Enable additional debugging output\&. +.TP +\fB\-m\fP +Minus\&. When \fB\-R\fP \fIanchor_time\fP is also given the relative time is +calculated backwards from \fIanchor_time\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-r\fP +The argument passed is to be parsed as a relative time\&. +.TP +\fB\-R\fP \fIanchor_time\fP +The argument passed is to be parsed as a relative time\&. The time is +relative to \fIanchor_time\fP, a time in seconds since the epoch, +and the returned value is the absolute time corresponding to advancing +\fIanchor_time\fP by the relative time given\&. +This allows lengths of months to be correctly taken into account\&. If +the final day does not exist in the given month, the last day of the +final month is given\&. For example, if the anchor time is during 31st +January 2007 and the relative time is 1 month, the final time is the +same time of day during 28th February 2007\&. +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +In addition to setting \fBREPLY\fP, set \fBREPLY2\fP to the remainder of +the argument after the date and time have been stripped\&. This is +empty if the option \fB\-A\fP was given\&. +.TP +\fB\-t\fP +Allow a time with no date specification\&. The date is assumed to be +today\&. The behaviour is unspecified if the iron tongue of midnight +is tolling twelve\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcalendar_show\fP +The function used by default to display events\&. It accepts a start time +and end time for events, both in epoch seconds, and an event description\&. +.RS +.PP +The event is always printed to standard output\&. If the command line editor +is active (which will usually be the case) the command line will be +redisplayed after the output\&. +.PP +If the parameter \fBDISPLAY\fP is set and the start and end times are +the same (indicating a scheduled event), the function uses the +command \fBxmessage\fP to display a window with the event details\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SH "BUGS" +.PP +As the system is based entirely on shell functions (with a little support +from the \fBzsh/datetime\fP module) the mechanisms used are not as robust as +those provided by a dedicated calendar utility\&. Consequently the user +should not rely on the shell for vital alerts\&. +.PP +There is no \fBcalendar_delete\fP function\&. +.PP +There is no localization support for dates and times, nor any support +for the use of time zones\&. +.PP +Relative periods of months and years do not take into account the variable +number of days\&. +.PP +The \fBcalendar_show\fP function is currently hardwired to use \fBxmessage\fP +for displaying alerts on X Window System displays\&. This should be +configurable and ideally integrate better with the desktop\&. +.PP +\fBcalendar_lockfiles\fP hangs the shell while waiting for a lock on a file\&. +If called from a scheduled task, it should instead reschedule the event +that caused it\&. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshcompctl.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshcompctl.1 @@ -0,0 +1,738 @@ +.TH "ZSHCOMPCTL" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshcompctl \- zsh programmable completion +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/compctl.yo +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +This version of zsh has two ways of performing completion of words on the +command line\&. New users of the shell may prefer to use the newer +and more powerful system based on shell functions; this is described in +\fIzshcompsys\fP(1), and the basic shell mechanisms which support it are +described in \fIzshcompwid\fP(1)\&. This manual entry describes the older +\fBcompctl\fP command\&. +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBcompctl\fP [ \fB\-CDT\fP ] \fIoptions\fP [ \fIcommand\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +\fBcompctl\fP [ \fB\-CDT\fP ] \fIoptions\fP [ \fB\-x\fP \fIpattern\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB\-\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP ] [ \fB+\fP \fIoptions\fP [ \fB\-x\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP ] \&.\&.\&. [\fB+\fP] ] [ \fIcommand\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +\fBcompctl\fP \fB\-M\fP \fImatch\-specs\fP \&.\&.\&. +.TP +\fBcompctl\fP \fB\-L\fP [ \fB\-CDTM\fP ] [ \fIcommand\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +\fBcompctl\fP \fB+\fP \fIcommand\fP \&.\&.\&. +.PD +.PP +Control the editor\&'s completion behavior according to the supplied set +of \fIoptions\fP\&. Various editing commands, notably +\fBexpand\-or\-complete\-word\fP, usually bound to tab, will +attempt to complete a word typed by the user, while others, notably +\fBdelete\-char\-or\-list\fP, usually bound to ^D in EMACS editing +mode, list the possibilities; \fBcompctl\fP controls what those +possibilities are\&. They may for example be filenames (the most common +case, and hence the default), shell variables, or words from a +user\-specified list\&. +.PP +.SH "COMMAND FLAGS" +Completion of the arguments of a command may be different for each +command or may use the default\&. The behavior when completing the +command word itself may also be separately specified\&. These +correspond to the following flags and arguments, all of which (except +for \fB\-L\fP) may be combined with any combination of the +\fIoptions\fP described subsequently in the section `Option Flags\&': +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fIcommand\fP \&.\&.\&. +controls completion for the named commands, which must be listed last +on the command line\&. If completion is attempted for a command with a +pathname containing slashes and no completion definition is found, the +search is retried with the last pathname component\&. If the command starts +with a \fB=\fP, completion is tried with the pathname of the command\&. +.RS +.PP +Any of the \fIcommand\fP strings may be patterns of the form normally +used for filename generation\&. These should be be quoted to protect them +from immediate expansion; for example the command string \fB\&'foo*'\fP +arranges for completion of the words of any command beginning with +\fBfoo\fP\&. When completion is attempted, all pattern completions are +tried in the reverse order of their definition until one matches\&. By +default, completion then proceeds as normal, i\&.e\&. the shell will try to +generate more matches for the specific command on the command line; this +can be overridden by including \fB\-tn\fP in the flags for the pattern +completion\&. +.PP +Note that aliases +are expanded before the command name is determined unless the +\fBCOMPLETE_ALIASES\fP option is set\&. Commands may not be combined +with the \fB\-C\fP, \fB\-D\fP or \fB\-T\fP flags\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-C\fP +controls completion when the command word itself is being completed\&. +If no \fBcompctl \-C\fP command has been issued, the names of any +executable command (whether in the path or specific to the shell, such +as aliases or functions) are completed\&. +.TP +\fB\-D\fP +controls default completion behavior for the arguments of commands not +assigned any special behavior\&. If no \fBcompctl \-D\fP command has +been issued, filenames are completed\&. +.TP +\fB\-T\fP +supplies completion flags to be used before any other processing is +done, even before processing for \fBcompctl\fPs defined for specific +commands\&. This is especially useful when combined with extended +completion (the \fB\-x\fP flag, see the section `Extended Completion\&' below)\&. +Using this flag you can define default behavior +which will apply to all commands without exception, or you can alter +the standard behavior for all commands\&. For example, if your access +to the user database is too slow and/or it contains too many users (so +that completion after `\fB~\fP\&' is too slow to be usable), you can use +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompctl \-T \-x \&'s[~] C[0,[^/]#]' \-k friends \-S/ \-tn\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +to complete the strings in the array \fBfriends\fP after a `\fB~\fP\&'\&. +The \fBC[\&.\&.\&.]\fP argument is necessary so that this form of ~\-completion is +not tried after the directory name is finished\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-L\fP +lists the existing completion behavior in a manner suitable for +putting into a start\-up script; the existing behavior is not changed\&. +Any combination of the above forms, or the \fB\-M\fP flag (which must +follow the \fB\-L\fP flag), may be specified, otherwise all defined +completions are listed\&. Any other flags supplied are ignored\&. +.TP +\fIno argument\fP +If no argument is given, \fBcompctl\fP lists all defined completions +in an abbreviated form; with a list of \fIoptions\fP, all completions +with those flags set (not counting extended completion) are listed\&. +.PP +If the \fB+\fP flag is alone and followed immediately by the \fIcommand\fP +list, the completion behavior for all the commands in the list is reset to +the default\&. In other words, completion will subsequently use the +options specified by the \fB\-D\fP flag\&. +.PP +The form with \fB\-M\fP as the first and only option defines global +matching specifications (see +zshcompwid)\&. The match specifications given will be used for every completion +attempt (only when using \fBcompctl\fP, not with the new completion +system) and are tried in the order in which they are defined until one +generates at least one match\&. E\&.g\&.: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompctl \-M \&'' 'm:{a\-zA\-Z}={A\-Za\-z}'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This will first try completion without any global match specifications +(the empty string) and, if that generates no matches, will try case +insensitive completion\&. +.PP +.SH "OPTION FLAGS" +.PD 0 +.TP +[ \fB\-fcFBdeaRGovNAIOPZEnbjrzu/12\fP ] +.TP +[ \fB\-k\fP \fIarray\fP ] [ \fB\-g\fP \fIglobstring\fP ] [ \fB\-s\fP \fIsubststring\fP ] +.TP +[ \fB\-K\fP \fIfunction\fP ] +.TP +[ \fB\-Q\fP ] [ \fB\-P\fP \fIprefix\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP \fIsuffix\fP ] +.TP +[ \fB\-W\fP \fIfile\-prefix\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP \fInum pattern\fP ] +.TP +[ \fB\-q\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP \fIexplanation\fP ] [ \fB\-Y\fP \fIexplanation\fP ] +.TP +[ \fB\-y\fP \fIfunc\-or\-var\fP ] [ \fB\-l\fP \fIcmd\fP ] [ \fB\-h\fP \fIcmd\fP ] [ \fB\-U\fP ] +.TP +[ \fB\-t\fP \fIcontinue\fP ] [ \fB\-J\fP \fIname\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP \fIname\fP ] +.TP +[ \fB\-M\fP \fImatch\-spec\fP ] +.PD +.PP +The remaining \fIoptions\fP specify the type of command arguments +to look for during completion\&. Any combination of these flags may be +specified; the result is a sorted list of all the possibilities\&. The +options are as follows\&. +.PP +.SS "Simple Flags" +These produce completion lists made up by the shell itself: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-f\fP +Filenames and filesystem paths\&. +.TP +\fB\-/\fP +Just filesystem paths\&. +.TP +\fB\-c\fP +Command names, including aliases, shell functions, builtins +and reserved words\&. +.TP +\fB\-F\fP +Function names\&. +.TP +\fB\-B\fP +Names of builtin commands\&. +.TP +\fB\-m\fP +Names of external commands\&. +.TP +\fB\-w\fP +Reserved words\&. +.TP +\fB\-a\fP +Alias names\&. +.TP +\fB\-R\fP +Names of regular (non\-global) aliases\&. +.TP +\fB\-G\fP +Names of global aliases\&. +.TP +\fB\-d\fP +This can be combined with \fB\-F\fP, \fB\-B\fP, \fB\-w\fP, +\fB\-a\fP, \fB\-R\fP and \fB\-G\fP to get names of disabled +functions, builtins, reserved words or aliases\&. +.TP +\fB\-e\fP +This option (to show enabled commands) is in effect by default, but +may be combined with \fB\-d\fP; \fB\-de\fP in combination with +\fB\-F\fP, \fB\-B\fP, \fB\-w\fP, \fB\-a\fP, \fB\-R\fP and \fB\-G\fP +will complete names of functions, builtins, reserved words or aliases +whether or not they are disabled\&. +.TP +\fB\-o\fP +Names of shell options (see +\fIzshoptions\fP(1))\&. +.TP +\fB\-v\fP +Names of any variable defined in the shell\&. +.TP +\fB\-N\fP +Names of scalar (non\-array) parameters\&. +.TP +\fB\-A\fP +Array names\&. +.TP +\fB\-I\fP +Names of integer variables\&. +.TP +\fB\-O\fP +Names of read\-only variables\&. +.TP +\fB\-p\fP +Names of parameters used by the shell (including special parameters)\&. +.TP +\fB\-Z\fP +Names of shell special parameters\&. +.TP +\fB\-E\fP +Names of environment variables\&. +.TP +\fB\-n\fP +Named directories\&. +.TP +\fB\-b\fP +Key binding names\&. +.TP +\fB\-j\fP +Job names: the first word of the job leader\&'s command line\&. This is useful +with the \fBkill\fP builtin\&. +.TP +\fB\-r\fP +Names of running jobs\&. +.TP +\fB\-z\fP +Names of suspended jobs\&. +.TP +\fB\-u\fP +User names\&. +.PP +.SS "Flags with Arguments" +These have user supplied arguments to determine how the list of +completions is to be made up: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-k\fP \fIarray\fP +Names taken from the elements of \fB$\fP\fIarray\fP (note that the `\fB$\fP\&' +does not appear on the command line)\&. +Alternatively, the argument \fIarray\fP itself may be a set +of space\- or comma\-separated values in parentheses, in which any +delimiter may be escaped with a backslash; in this case the argument +should be quoted\&. For example, +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompctl \-k "(cputime filesize datasize stacksize + coredumpsize resident descriptors)" limit\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fB\-g\fP \fIglobstring\fP +The \fIglobstring\fP is expanded using filename globbing; it should be +quoted to protect it from immediate expansion\&. The resulting +filenames are taken as the possible completions\&. Use `\fB*(/)\fP\&' instead of +`\fB*/\fP\&' for directories\&. The \fBfignore\fP special parameter is not +applied to the resulting files\&. More than one pattern may be given +separated by blanks\&. (Note that brace expansion is \fInot\fP part of +globbing\&. Use the syntax `\fB(either|or)\fP\&' to match alternatives\&.) +.TP +\fB\-s\fP \fIsubststring\fP +The \fIsubststring\fP is split into words and these words are than +expanded using all shell expansion mechanisms (see +\fIzshexpn\fP(1))\&. The resulting words are taken as possible +completions\&. The \fBfignore\fP special parameter is not applied to the +resulting files\&. Note that \fB\-g\fP is faster for filenames\&. +.TP +\fB\-K\fP \fIfunction\fP +Call the given function to get the completions\&. Unless the name +starts with an underscore, the function is +passed two arguments: the prefix and the suffix of the word on which +completion is to be attempted, in other words those characters before +the cursor position, and those from the cursor position onwards\&. The +whole command line can be accessed with the \fB\-c\fP and \fB\-l\fP flags +of the \fBread\fP builtin\&. The +function should set the variable \fBreply\fP to an array containing +the completions (one completion per element); note that \fBreply\fP +should not be made local to the function\&. From such a function the +command line can be accessed with the \fB\-c\fP and \fB\-l\fP flags to +the \fBread\fP builtin\&. For example, +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBfunction whoson { reply=(`users`); } +compctl \-K whoson talk\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +completes only logged\-on users after `\fBtalk\fP\&'\&. Note that `\fBwhoson\fP' must +return an array, so `\fBreply=`users`\fP\&' would be incorrect\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-H\fP \fInum pattern\fP +The possible completions are taken from the last \fInum\fP history +lines\&. Only words matching \fIpattern\fP are taken\&. If \fInum\fP is +zero or negative the whole history is searched and if \fIpattern\fP is +the empty string all words are taken (as with `\fB*\fP\&')\&. A typical +use is +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompctl \-D \-f + \-H 0 \&''\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +which forces completion to look back in the history list for a word if +no filename matches\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Control Flags" +These do not directly specify types of name to be completed, but +manipulate the options that do: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-Q\fP +This instructs the shell not to quote any metacharacters in the possible +completions\&. Normally the results of a completion are inserted into +the command line with any metacharacters quoted so that they are +interpreted as normal characters\&. This is appropriate for filenames +and ordinary strings\&. However, for special effects, such as inserting +a backquoted expression from a completion array (\fB\-k\fP) so that +the expression will not be evaluated until the complete line is +executed, this option must be used\&. +.TP +\fB\-P\fP \fIprefix\fP +The \fIprefix\fP is inserted just before the completed string; any +initial part already typed will be completed and the whole \fIprefix\fP +ignored for completion purposes\&. For example, +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompctl \-j \-P "%" kill\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +inserts a `%\&' after the kill command and then completes job names\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-S\fP \fIsuffix\fP +When a completion is found the \fIsuffix\fP is inserted after +the completed string\&. In the case of menu completion the suffix is +inserted immediately, but it is still possible to cycle through the +list of completions by repeatedly hitting the same key\&. +.TP +\fB\-W\fP \fIfile\-prefix\fP +With directory \fIfile\-prefix\fP: for command, file, directory and +globbing completion (options \fB\-c\fP, \fB\-f\fP, \fB\-/\fP, \fB\-g\fP), the file +prefix is implicitly added in front of the completion\&. For example, +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompctl \-/ \-W ~/Mail maildirs\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +completes any subdirectories to any depth beneath the directory +\fB~/Mail\fP, although that prefix does not appear on the command line\&. +The \fIfile\-prefix\fP may also be of the form accepted by the \fB\-k\fP +flag, i\&.e\&. the name of an array or a literal list in parenthesis\&. In +this case all the directories in the list will be searched for +possible completions\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-q\fP +If used with a suffix as specified by the \fB\-S\fP option, this +causes the suffix to be removed if the next character typed is a blank +or does not insert anything or if the suffix consists of only one character +and the next character typed is the same character; this the same rule used +for the \fBAUTO_REMOVE_SLASH\fP option\&. The option is most useful for list +separators (comma, colon, etc\&.)\&. +.TP +\fB\-l\fP \fIcmd\fP +This option restricts the range +of command line words that are considered to be arguments\&. If +combined with one of the extended completion patterns `\fBp[\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB]\fP\&', +`\fBr[\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB]\fP\&', or `\fBR[\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB]\fP' (see the section `Extended Completion' +below) the range is restricted to the range of arguments +specified in the brackets\&. Completion is then performed as if these +had been given as arguments to the \fIcmd\fP supplied with the +option\&. If the \fIcmd\fP string is empty the first word in the range +is instead taken as the command name, and command name completion +performed on the first word in the range\&. For example, +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompctl \-x \&'r[\-exec,;]' \-l '' \-\- find\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +completes arguments between `\fB\-exec\fP\&' and the following `\fB;\fP' (or the end +of the command line if there is no such string) as if they were +a separate command line\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-h\fP \fIcmd\fP +Normally zsh completes quoted strings as a whole\&. With this option, +completion can be done separately on different parts of such +strings\&. It works like the \fB\-l\fP option but makes the completion code +work on the parts of the current word that are separated by +spaces\&. These parts are completed as if they were arguments to the +given \fIcmd\fP\&. If \fIcmd\fP is the empty string, the first part is +completed as a command name, as with \fB\-l\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-U\fP +Use the whole list of possible completions, whether or not they +actually match the word on the command line\&. The word typed so far +will be deleted\&. This is most useful with a function (given by the +\fB\-K\fP option) which can examine the word components passed to it +(or via the \fBread\fP builtin\&'s \fB\-c\fP and \fB\-l\fP flags) and +use its own criteria to decide what matches\&. If there is no +completion, the original word is retained\&. Since the produced +possible completions seldom have interesting common prefixes +and suffixes, menu completion is started immediately if \fBAUTO_MENU\fP is +set and this flag is used\&. +.TP +\fB\-y\fP \fIfunc\-or\-var\fP +The list provided by \fIfunc\-or\-var\fP is displayed instead of the list +of completions whenever a listing is required; the actual completions +to be inserted are not affected\&. It can be provided in two +ways\&. Firstly, if \fIfunc\-or\-var\fP begins with a \fB$\fP it defines a +variable, or if it begins with a left parenthesis a literal +array, which contains the list\&. A variable may have been set by a +call to a function using the \fB\-K\fP option\&. Otherwise it contains the +name of a function which will be executed to create the list\&. The +function will be passed as an argument list all matching completions, +including prefixes and suffixes expanded in full, and should set the +array \fBreply\fP to the result\&. In both cases, the display list will +only be retrieved after a complete list of matches has been created\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that the returned list does not have to correspond, even in +length, to the original set of matches, and may be passed as a scalar +instead of an array\&. No special formatting of characters is +performed on the output in this case; in particular, newlines are +printed literally and if they appear output in columns is suppressed\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-X\fP \fIexplanation\fP +Print \fIexplanation\fP when trying completion on the current set of +options\&. A `\fB%n\fP\&' in this string is replaced by the number of +matches that were added for this explanation string\&. +The explanation only appears if completion was tried and there was +no unique match, or when listing completions\&. Explanation strings +will be listed together with the matches of the group specified +together with the \fB\-X\fP option (using the \fB\-J\fP or \fB\-V\fP +option)\&. If the same explanation string is given to multiple \fB\-X\fP +options, the string appears only once (for each group) and the number +of matches shown for the `\fB%n\fP\&' is the total number of all matches +for each of these uses\&. In any case, the explanation string will only +be shown if there was at least one match added for the explanation +string\&. +.RS +.PP +The sequences \fB%B\fP, \fB%b\fP, \fB%S\fP, \fB%s\fP, \fB%U\fP, and \fB%u\fP specify +output attributes (bold, standout, and underline) and \fB%{\&.\&.\&.%}\fP can +be used to include literal escape sequences as in prompts\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-Y\fP \fIexplanation\fP +Identical to \fB\-X\fP, except that the \fIexplanation\fP first undergoes +expansion following the usual rules for strings in double quotes\&. +The expansion will be carried out after any functions are called for +the \fB\-K\fP or \fB\-y\fP options, allowing them to set variables\&. +.TP +\fB\-t\fP \fIcontinue\fP +The \fIcontinue\fP\-string contains a character that specifies which set +of completion flags should be used next\&. It is useful: +.RS +.PP +(i) With \fB\-T\fP, or when trying a list of pattern completions, when +\fBcompctl\fP would usually continue with ordinary processing after +finding matches; this can be suppressed with `\fB\-tn\fP\&'\&. +.PP +(ii) With a list of alternatives separated by \fB+\fP, when \fBcompctl\fP +would normally stop when one of the alternatives generates matches\&. It +can be forced to consider the next set of completions by adding `\fB\-t+\fP\&' +to the flags of the alternative before the `\fB+\fP\&'\&. +.PP +(iii) In an extended completion list (see below), when \fBcompctl\fP would +normally continue until a set of conditions succeeded, then use only +the immediately following flags\&. With `\fB\-t\-\fP\&', \fBcompctl\fP will +continue trying extended completions after the next `\fB\-\fP\&'; with +`\fB\-tx\fP\&' it will attempt completion with the default flags, in other +words those before the `\fB\-x\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-J\fP \fIname\fP +This gives the name of the group the matches should be placed in\&. Groups +are listed and sorted separately; likewise, menu completion will offer +the matches in the groups in the order in which the groups were +defined\&. If no group name is explicitly given, the matches are stored in +a group named \fIdefault\fP\&. The first time a group name is encountered, +a group with that name is created\&. After that all matches with the same +group name are stored in that group\&. +.RS +.PP +This can be useful with non\-exclusive alternative completions\&. For +example, in +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompctl \-f \-J files \-t+ + \-v \-J variables foo\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +both files and variables are possible completions, as the \fB\-t+\fP forces +both sets of alternatives before and after the \fB+\fP to be considered at +once\&. Because of the \fB\-J\fP options, however, all files are listed +before all variables\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-V\fP \fIname\fP +Like \fB\-J\fP, but matches within the group will not be sorted in listings +nor in menu completion\&. These unsorted groups are in a different name +space from the sorted ones, so groups defined as \fB\-J files\fP and \fB\-V +files\fP are distinct\&. +.TP +\fB\-1\fP +If given together with the \fB\-V\fP option, makes +only consecutive duplicates in the group be removed\&. Note that groups +with and without this flag are in different name spaces\&. +.TP +\fB\-2\fP +If given together with the \fB\-J\fP or \fB\-V\fP option, makes all +duplicates be kept\&. Again, groups with and without this flag are in +different name spaces\&. +.TP +\fB\-M\fP \fImatch\-spec\fP +This defines additional matching control specifications that should be used +only when testing words for the list of flags this flag appears in\&. The format +of the \fImatch\-spec\fP string is described in +zshcompwid\&. +.PP +.SH "ALTERNATIVE COMPLETION" +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBcompctl\fP [ \fB\-CDT\fP ] \fIoptions\fP \fB+\fP \fIoptions\fP [ \fB+\fP \&.\&.\&. ] [ \fB+\fP ] \fIcommand\fP \&.\&.\&. +.PD +.PP +The form with `\fB+\fP\&' specifies alternative options\&. Completion is +tried with the options before the first `\fB+\fP\&'\&. If this produces no +matches completion is tried with the flags after the `\fB+\fP\&' and so on\&. If +there are no flags after the last `\fB+\fP\&' and a match has not been found +up to that point, default completion is tried\&. +If the list of flags contains a \fB\-t\fP with a \fB+\fP character, the next +list of flags is used even if the current list produced matches\&. +.PP +.PP +Additional options are available that restrict completion to some part +of the command line; this is referred to as `extended completion\&'\&. +.PP +.SH "EXTENDED COMPLETION" +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBcompctl\fP [ \fB\-CDT\fP ] \fIoptions\fP \fB\-x\fP \fIpattern\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB\-\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP +.TP + [ \fIcommand\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +\fBcompctl\fP [ \fB\-CDT\fP ] \fIoptions\fP [ \fB\-x\fP \fIpattern\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB\-\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP ] +.TP + [ \fB+\fP \fIoptions\fP [ \fB\-x\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP ] \&.\&.\&. [\fB+\fP] ] [ \fIcommand\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.PD +.PP +The form with `\fB\-x\fP\&' specifies extended completion for the +commands given; as shown, it may be combined with alternative +completion using `\fB+\fP\&'\&. Each \fIpattern\fP is examined in turn; when a +match is found, the corresponding \fIoptions\fP, as described in +the section `Option Flags\&' above, are used to generate possible +completions\&. If no \fIpattern\fP matches, the \fIoptions\fP given +before the \fB\-x\fP are used\&. +.PP +Note that each pattern should be supplied as a single argument and +should be quoted to prevent expansion of metacharacters by the +shell\&. +.PP +A \fIpattern\fP is built of sub\-patterns separated by commas; it +matches if at least one of these sub\-patterns matches (they are +`or\&'ed)\&. These sub\-patterns are in turn composed of other +sub\-patterns separated by white spaces which match if all of the +sub\-patterns match (they are `and\&'ed)\&. An element of the +sub\-patterns is of the form `\fIc\fP\fB[\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB][\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB]\fP\&', where the pairs of +brackets may be repeated as often as necessary, and matches if any of +the sets of brackets match (an `or\&')\&. The example below makes this +clearer\&. +.PP +The elements may be any of the following: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBs[\fP\fIstring\fP\fB]\fP\&.\&.\&. +Matches if the current word on the command line starts with +one of the strings given in brackets\&. The \fIstring\fP is not removed +and is not part of the completion\&. +.TP +\fBS[\fP\fIstring\fP\fB]\fP\&.\&.\&. +Like \fBs[\fP\fIstring\fP\fB]\fP except that the \fIstring\fP is part of the +completion\&. +.TP +\fBp[\fP\fIfrom\fP\fB,\fP\fIto\fP\fB]\fP\&.\&.\&. +Matches if the number of the current word is between one of +the \fIfrom\fP and \fIto\fP pairs inclusive\&. The comma and \fIto\fP +are optional; \fIto\fP defaults to the same value as \fIfrom\fP\&. The +numbers may be negative: \fB\-\fP\fIn\fP refers to the \fIn\fP\&'th last word +on the line\&. +.TP +\fBc[\fP\fIoffset\fP\fB,\fP\fIstring\fP\fB]\fP\&.\&.\&. +Matches if the \fIstring\fP matches the word offset by +\fIoffset\fP from the current word position\&. Usually \fIoffset\fP +will be negative\&. +.TP +\fBC[\fP\fIoffset\fP\fB,\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB]\fP\&.\&.\&. +Like \fBc\fP but using pattern matching instead\&. +.TP +\fBw[\fP\fIindex\fP\fB,\fP\fIstring\fP\fB]\fP\&.\&.\&. +Matches if the word in position \fIindex\fP is equal +to the corresponding \fIstring\fP\&. Note that the word count is made +after any alias expansion\&. +.TP +\fBW[\fP\fIindex\fP\fB,\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB]\fP\&.\&.\&. +Like \fBw\fP but using pattern matching instead\&. +.TP +\fBn[\fP\fIindex\fP\fB,\fP\fIstring\fP\fB]\fP\&.\&.\&. +Matches if the current word contains \fIstring\fP\&. Anything up to and +including the \fIindex\fPth occurrence of this string will not be +considered part of the completion, but the rest will\&. \fIindex\fP may +be negative to count from the end: in most cases, \fIindex\fP will be +1 or \-1\&. For example, +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompctl \-s \&'`users`' \-x 'n[1,@]' \-k hosts \-\- talk\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +will usually complete usernames, but if you insert an \fB@\fP after the +name, names from the array \fIhosts\fP (assumed to contain hostnames, +though you must make the array yourself) will be completed\&. Other +commands such as \fBrcp\fP can be handled similarly\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBN[\fP\fIindex\fP\fB,\fP\fIstring\fP\fB]\fP\&.\&.\&. +Like \fBn\fP except that the string will be +taken as a character class\&. Anything up to and including the +\fIindex\fPth occurrence of any of the characters in \fIstring\fP +will not be considered part of the completion\&. +.TP +\fBm[\fP\fImin\fP\fB,\fP\fImax\fP\fB]\fP\&.\&.\&. +Matches if the total number of words lies between \fImin\fP and +\fImax\fP inclusive\&. +.TP +\fBr[\fP\fIstr1\fP\fB,\fP\fIstr2\fP\fB]\fP\&.\&.\&. +Matches if the cursor is after a word with prefix \fIstr1\fP\&. If there +is also a word with prefix \fIstr2\fP on the command line after the one +matched by \fIstr1\fP it matches +only if the cursor is before this word\&. If the comma and \fIstr2\fP are +omitted, it matches if the cursor is after a word with prefix \fIstr1\fP\&. +.TP +\fBR[\fP\fIstr1\fP\fB,\fP\fIstr2\fP\fB]\fP\&.\&.\&. +Like \fBr\fP but using pattern matching instead\&. +.TP +\fBq[\fP\fIstr\fP\fB]\fP\&.\&.\&. +Matches the word currently being completed is in single quotes and the +\fIstr\fP begins with the letter `s\&', or if completion is done in +double quotes and \fIstr\fP starts with the letter `d\&', or if +completion is done in backticks and \fIstr\fP starts with a `b\&'\&. +.PP +.SH "EXAMPLE" +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompctl \-u \-x \&'s[\fB+\fP] c[\-1,\-f],s[\-f+]' \e + \-g \&'~/Mail/*(:t)' \- 's[\-f],c[\-1,\-f]' \-f \-\- mail\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This is to be interpreted as follows: +.PP +If the current command is \fBmail\fP, then +.PP +.RS +.nf + +if ((the current word begins with \fB+\fP and the previous word is \fB\-f\fP) +or (the current word begins with \fB\-f+\fP)), then complete the +non\-directory part (the `\fB:t\fP\&' glob modifier) of files in the directory +\fB~/Mail\fP; else +.PP +if the current word begins with \fB\-f\fP or the previous word was \fB\-f\fP, then +complete any file; else +.PP +complete user names\&. + +.fi +.RE --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshcompsys.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshcompsys.1 @@ -0,0 +1,4984 @@ +.TH "ZSHCOMPSYS" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshcompsys \- zsh completion system +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/compsys.yo +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP +This describes the shell code for the `new\&' completion system, referred +to as \fBcompsys\fP\&. It is written in shell functions based on the +features described in +\fIzshcompwid\fP(1)\&. +.PP +The features are contextual, sensitive to the point at which completion is +started\&. Many completions are already provided\&. +For this reason, a user can perform a great many tasks without +knowing any details beyond how to initialize the system, which is +described +below in INITIALIZATION\&. +.PP +The context that decides what completion is to be performed may be +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\(bu +an argument or option position: these describe the position on the +command line at which completion is requested\&. For example `first argument +to rmdir, the word being completed names a directory\&'; + +.TP +\(bu +a special context, denoting an element in the shell\&'s syntax\&. For example +`a word in command position\&' or `an array subscript'\&. + +.PP +A full context specification contains other elements, as we shall describe\&. +.PP +Besides commands names and contexts, the system employs two more +concepts, \fIstyles\fP and \fItags\fP\&. These provide ways for the user +to configure the system\&'s behaviour\&. +.PP +Tags play a dual role\&. They serve as a classification system for +the matches, typically indicating a class of object that the user +may need to distinguish\&. For example, when completing arguments of the +\fBls\fP command the user may prefer to try \fBfiles\fP before \fBdirectories\fP, +so both of these are tags\&. They also appear as the rightmost +element in a context specification\&. +.PP +Styles modify various operations of the completion system, such as +output formatting, but also what kinds of completers are used (and in +what order), or which tags are examined\&. Styles may accept arguments +and are manipulated using the \fBzstyle\fP command described in +see \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.PP +In summary, tags describe \fIwhat\fP the completion objects are, and style +\fBhow\fP they are to be completed\&. At various points of execution, the +completion system checks what styles and/or tags are defined for the +current context, and uses that to modify its behavior\&. The full +description of context handling, which determines how tags and other +elements of the context influence the behaviour of styles, is described +below in COMPLETION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION\&. +.PP +When a completion is requested, a dispatcher function is called; +see the description of \fB_main_complete\fP in the list of control functions +below\&. This dispatcher decides which function should +be called to produce the completions, and calls it\&. The result is +passed to one or more \fIcompleters\fP, functions that implement +individual completion strategies: simple completion, error correction, +completion with error correction, menu selection, etc\&. +.PP +More generally, the shell functions contained in the completion system are +of two types: +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\(bu +those beginning `\fBcomp\fP\&' are to be called directly; there are only +a few of these; + +.TP +\(bu +those beginning `\fB_\fP\&' are called by the +completion code\&. The shell functions of this set, which implement +completion behaviour and may be bound to keystrokes, are referred to +as `widgets\&'\&. These proliferate as new completions are required\&. + +.PP +.PP +.SH "INITIALIZATION" +.PP +If the system was installed completely, it should be enough to +call the shell function \fBcompinit\fP from your initialization file; see the +next section\&. However, the function \fBcompinstall\fP can be run by a user +to configure various aspects of the completion system\&. +.PP +Usually, \fBcompinstall\fP will insert code into \fB\&.zshrc\fP, although if +that is not writable it will save it in another file and tell you that +file\&'s location\&. Note that it is up to you to make sure that the lines +added to \fB\&.zshrc\fP are actually run; you may, for example, need to move +them to an earlier place in the file if \fB\&.zshrc\fP usually returns early\&. +So long as you keep them all together (including the comment lines at the +start and finish), you can rerun \fBcompinstall\fP and it will correctly +locate and modify these lines\&. Note, however, that any code you add to +this section by hand is likely to be lost if you rerun \fBcompinstall\fP, +although lines using the command `\fBzstyle\fP\&' should be gracefully handled\&. +.PP +The new code will take effect next time you start the shell, or run +\fB\&.zshrc\fP by hand; there is also an option to make them take effect +immediately\&. However, if \fBcompinstall\fP has removed definitions, you will +need to restart the shell to see the changes\&. +.PP +To run \fBcompinstall\fP you will need to make sure it is in a directory +mentioned in your \fBfpath\fP parameter, which should already be the case if +zsh was properly configured as long as your startup files do not remove the +appropriate directories from \fBfpath\fP\&. Then it must be autoloaded +(`\fBautoload \-U compinstall\fP\&' is recommended)\&. You can abort the +installation any time you are being prompted for information, and your +\fB\&.zshrc\fP will not be altered at all; changes only take place right at the +end, where you are specifically asked for confirmation\&. +.PP +.SS "Use of compinit" +.PP +This section describes the use of \fBcompinit\fP to initialize completion for +the current session when called directly; if you have run +\fBcompinstall\fP it will be called automatically from your \fB\&.zshrc\fP\&. +.PP +To initialize the system, the function \fBcompinit\fP should be in a +directory mentioned in the \fBfpath\fP parameter, and should be autoloaded +(`\fBautoload \-U compinit\fP\&' is recommended), and then run simply as +`\fBcompinit\fP\&'\&. This will define a +few utility functions, arrange for all the necessary shell functions to be +autoloaded, and will then re\-define all widgets that do completion to use the +new system\&. If you use the \fBmenu\-select\fP widget, which is part of the +\fBzsh/complist\fP module, you should make sure that that module is loaded +before the call to \fBcompinit\fP so that that widget is also +re\-defined\&. If completion styles (see below) are set up to perform +expansion as well as completion by default, and the TAB key is bound to +\fBexpand\-or\-complete\fP, \fBcompinit\fP will rebind it to \fBcomplete\-word\fP; +this is necessary to use the correct form of expansion\&. +.PP +Should you need to use the original completion commands, you can still +bind keys to the old widgets by putting a `\fB\&.\fP\&' in front of the +widget name, e\&.g\&. `\fB\&.expand\-or\-complete\fP\&'\&. +.PP +To speed up the running of \fBcompinit\fP, it can be made to produce a dumped +configuration that will be read in on future invocations; this is the +default, but can be turned off by calling \fBcompinit\fP with the +option \fB\-D\fP\&. The dumped file is \fB\&.zcompdump\fP in the same +directory as the startup files (i\&.e\&. \fB$ZDOTDIR\fP or \fB$HOME\fP); +alternatively, an explicit file name can be given by `\fBcompinit \-d\fP +\fIdumpfile\fP\&'\&. The next invocation of \fBcompinit\fP will read the dumped +file instead of performing a full initialization\&. +.PP +If the number of completion files changes, \fBcompinit\fP will recognise this +and produce a new dump file\&. However, if the name of a function or the +arguments in the first line of a \fB#compdef\fP function (as described below) +change, it is easiest to delete the dump file by hand so that +\fBcompinit\fP will re\-create it the next time it is run\&. The check +performed to see if there are new functions can be omitted by giving +the option \fB\-C\fP\&. In this case the dump file will only be created if +there isn\&'t one already\&. +.PP +The dumping is actually done by another function, \fBcompdump\fP, but you +will only need to run this yourself if you change the configuration +(e\&.g\&. using \fBcompdef\fP) and then want to dump the new one\&. The name of +the old dumped file will be remembered for this purpose\&. +.PP +If the parameter \fB_compdir\fP is set, \fBcompinit\fP uses it as a directory +where completion functions can be found; this is only necessary if they are +not already in the function search path\&. +.PP +For security reasons \fBcompinit\fP also checks if the completion system +would use files not owned by root or by the current user, or files in +directories that are world\- or group\-writable or that are not owned by +root or by the current user\&. If such files or directories are found, +\fBcompinit\fP will ask if the completion system should really be used\&. To +avoid these tests and make all files found be used without asking, use the +option \fB\-u\fP, and to make \fBcompinit\fP silently ignore all insecure files +and directories use the option \fB\-i\fP\&. This security check is skipped +entirely when the \fB\-C\fP option is given\&. +.PP +The security check can be retried at any time by running the function +\fBcompaudit\fP\&. This is the same check used by \fBcompinit\fP, but when it +is executed directly any changes to \fBfpath\fP are made local to the +function so they do not persist\&. The directories to be checked may be +passed as arguments; if none are given, \fBcompaudit\fP uses \fBfpath\fP and +\fB_compdir\fP to find completion system directories, adding missing ones +to \fBfpath\fP as necessary\&. To force a check of exactly the directories +currently named in \fBfpath\fP, set \fB_compdir\fP to an empty string before +calling \fBcompaudit\fP or \fBcompinit\fP\&. +.PP +.SS "Autoloaded files" +.PP +The convention for autoloaded functions used in completion is that they +start with an underscore; as already mentioned, the \fBfpath/FPATH\fP +parameter must contain the directory in which they are stored\&. If \fBzsh\fP +was properly installed on your system, then \fBfpath/FPATH\fP automatically +contains the required directories for the standard functions\&. +.PP +For incomplete installations, if \fBcompinit\fP does not find enough files +beginning with an underscore (fewer than twenty) in the search path, it +will try to find more by adding the directory \fB_compdir\fP to the search +path\&. If that directory has a subdirectory named \fBBase\fP, all +subdirectories will be added to the path\&. Furthermore, if the subdirectory +\fBBase\fP has a subdirectory named \fBCore\fP, \fBcompinit\fP will add all +subdirectories of the subdirectories is to the path: this allows +the functions to be in the same format as in the \fBzsh\fP source +distribution\&. +.PP +When \fBcompinit\fP is run, it searches all such files accessible via +\fBfpath/FPATH\fP and reads the first line of each of them\&. This line should +contain one of the tags described below\&. Files whose first line does not +start with one of these tags are not considered to be part of the +completion system and will not be treated specially\&. +.PP +The tags are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB#compdef\fP \fInames\&.\&.\&.\fP [ \fB\-[pP]\fP \fIpatterns\&.\&.\&.\fP [ \fB\-N\fP \fInames\&.\&.\&.\fP ] ] +The file will be made autoloadable and the function defined +in it will be called when completing \fInames\fP, each of which is +either the name of a command whose arguments are to be completed or one of +a number of special contexts in the form \fB\-\fP\fIcontext\fP\fB\-\fP described +below\&. +.RS +.PP +Each \fIname\fP may also be of the form `\fIcmd\fP\fB=\fP\fIservice\fP\&'\&. +When completing the command \fIcmd\fP, the function typically behaves as +if the command (or special context) \fIservice\fP was being completed +instead\&. This provides a way of altering the behaviour of functions +that can perform many different completions\&. It is implemented +by setting the parameter \fB$service\fP when calling the function; +the function may choose to interpret this how it wishes, and simpler +functions will probably ignore it\&. +.PP +If the \fB#compdef\fP line contains one of the options \fB\-p\fP or \fB\-P\fP, +the words following are taken to be patterns\&. The function will be +called when completion is attempted for a command or context that matches +one of the patterns\&. The options \fB\-p\fP and \fB\-P\fP are used to specify +patterns to be tried before or after other completions respectively\&. +Hence \fB\-P\fP may be used to specify default actions\&. +.PP +The option \fB\-N\fP is used after a list following \fB\-p\fP or \fB\-P\fP; it +specifies that remaining words no longer define patterns\&. It is +possible to toggle between the three options as many times as necessary\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB#compdef \-k\fP \fIstyle key\-sequences\&.\&.\&.\fP +This option creates a widget behaving like the +builtin widget \fIstyle\fP and binds it to the given \fIkey\-sequences\fP, +if any\&. The \fIstyle\fP must be one of the builtin widgets that perform +completion, namely \fBcomplete\-word\fP, \fBdelete\-char\-or\-list\fP, +\fBexpand\-or\-complete\fP, \fBexpand\-or\-complete\-prefix\fP, \fBlist\-choices\fP, +\fBmenu\-complete\fP, \fBmenu\-expand\-or\-complete\fP, or +\fBreverse\-menu\-complete\fP\&. If the \fBzsh/complist\fP module is loaded (see +\fIzshmodules\fP(1)) the widget \fBmenu\-select\fP is also available\&. +.RS +.PP +When one of the \fIkey\-sequences\fP is typed, the function in the file will +be invoked to generate the matches\&. Note that a key will not be re\-bound +if if it already was (that is, was bound to something other than +\fBundefined\-key\fP)\&. The widget created has the same name as the file and +can be bound to any other keys using \fBbindkey\fP as usual\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB#compdef \-K\fP \fIwidget\-name\fP \fIstyle\fP \fIkey\-sequences\fP \&.\&.\&. +This is similar to \fB\-k\fP except that only one \fIkey\-sequences\fP +argument may be given for each \fIwidget\-name\fP \fIstyle\fP pair\&. +However, the entire set of three arguments may be repeated with a +different set of arguments\&. Note in particular that the +\fIwidget\-name\fP must be distinct in each set\&. If it does not begin with +`\fB_\fP\&' this will be added\&. The \fIwidget\-name\fP should not clash with +the name of any existing widget: names based on the name of the function +are most useful\&. For example, +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB#compdef \-K _foo_complete complete\-word "^X^C" \e + _foo_list list\-choices "^X^D"\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +(all on one line) defines a widget \fB_foo_complete\fP for completion, bound +to `\fB^X^C\fP\&', and a widget \fB_foo_list\fP for listing, bound to `\fB^X^D\fP'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB#autoload\fP [ \fIoptions\fP ] +Functions with the \fB#autoload\fP tag are marked for autoloading but +are not otherwise treated specially\&. Typically they are to be called +from within one of the completion functions\&. Any \fIoptions\fP supplied +will be passed to the \fBautoload\fP builtin; a typical use is \fB+X\fP to +force the function to be loaded immediately\&. Note that the \fB\-U\fP and +\fB\-z\fP flags are always added implicitly\&. +.PP +The \fB#\fP is part of the tag name and no white space is allowed after it\&. +The \fB#compdef\fP tags use the \fBcompdef\fP function described below; the +main difference is that the name of the function is supplied implicitly\&. +.PP +The special contexts for which completion functions can be defined are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-array\-value\-\fP +The right hand side of an array\-assignment +(`\fBfoo=(\&.\&.\&.)\fP\&') +.TP +\fB\-brace\-parameter\-\fP +The name of a parameter expansion within braces (`\fB${\&.\&.\&.}\fP\&') +.TP +\fB\-assign\-parameter\-\fP +The name of a parameter in an assignment, i\&.e\&. on the left hand side of +an `\fB=\fP\&' +.TP +\fB\-command\-\fP +A word in command position +.TP +\fB\-condition\-\fP +A word inside a condition (`\fB[[\&.\&.\&.]]\fP\&') +.TP +\fB\-default\-\fP +Any word for which no other completion is defined +.TP +\fB\-equal\-\fP +A word beginning with an equals sign +.TP +\fB\-first\-\fP +This is tried before any other completion function\&. The function called +may set the \fB_compskip\fP parameter to one of various values: +\fBall\fP: no further completion is attempted; a string +containing the substring \fBpatterns\fP: no pattern completion functions +will be called; a string containing \fBdefault\fP: the +function for the `\fB\-default\-\fP\&' context will not be called, but +functions defined for commands will +.TP +\fB\-math\-\fP +Inside mathematical contexts, such as +`\fB((\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB))\fP\&' +.TP +\fB\-parameter\-\fP +The name of a parameter expansion (`\fB$\&.\&.\&.\fP\&') +.TP +\fB\-redirect\-\fP +The word after a redirection operator\&. +.TP +\fB\-subscript\-\fP +The contents of a parameter subscript\&. +.TP +\fB\-tilde\-\fP +After an initial tilde (`\fB~\fP\&'), but before the first slash +in the word\&. +.TP +\fB\-value\-\fP +On the right hand side of an assignment\&. +.PP +Default implementations are supplied for each of these +contexts\&. In most cases the context \fB\-\fP\fIcontext\fP\fB\-\fP is +implemented by a corresponding function \fB_\fP\fIcontext\fP, for example +the context `\fB\-tilde\-\fP\&' and the function `\fB_tilde\fP')\&. +.PP +The contexts \fB\-redirect\-\fP and \fB\-value\-\fP allow extra context\-specific +information\&. (Internally, this is handled by the functions for each +context calling the function \fB_dispatch\fP\&.) The extra +information is added separated by commas\&. +.PP +For the \fB\-redirect\-\fP context, the extra information is in the form +`\fB\-redirect\-,\fP\fIop\fP\fB,\fP\fIcommand\fP\&', where \fIop\fP is the +redirection operator and \fIcommand\fP is the name of the command on +the line\&. If there is no command on the line yet, the \fIcommand\fP +field will be empty\&. +.PP +For the \fB\-value\-\fP context, the form is +`\fB\-value\-,\fP\fIname\fP\fB,\fP\fIcommand\fP\&', where \fIname\fP is the name of +the parameter\&. In the case of elements of an associative array, for +example `\fBassoc=(key \fP\&', \fIname\fP is expanded to +`\fIname\fP\fB\-\fP\fIkey\fP\&'\&. In certain special contexts, such as +completing after `\fBmake CFLAGS=\fP\&', the \fIcommand\fP part gives the +name of the command, here \fBmake\fP; otherwise it is empty\&. +.PP +It is not necessary to define fully specific completions as the +functions provided will try to generate completions by progressively +replacing the elements with `\fB\-default\-\fP\&'\&. For example, when +completing after `\fBfoo=\fP\&', \fB_value\fP will try the names +`\fB\-value\-,foo,\fP\&' (note the empty \fIcommand\fP part), +`\fB\-value\-,foo,\-default\-\fP\&' and`\fB\-value\-,\-default\-,\-default\-\fP', in +that order, until it finds a function to handle the context\&. +.PP +As an example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompdef \&'_files \-g "*\&.log"' '\-redirect\-,2>,\-default\-'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +completes files matching `\fB*\&.log\fP\&' after `\fB2> \fP' for any +command with no more specific handler defined\&. +.PP +Also: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompdef _foo \-value\-,\-default\-,\-default\-\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +specifies that \fB_foo\fP provides completions for the values of +parameters for which no special function has been defined\&. This is +usually handled by the function \fB_value\fP itself\&. +.PP +The same lookup rules are used when looking up styles (as described +below); for example +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*:*:\-redirect\-,2>,*:*' file\-patterns '*\&.log'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +is another way to make completion after `\fB2> \fP\&' complete files +matching `\fB*\&.log\fP\&'\&. +.PP +.SS "Functions" +.PP +The following function is defined by \fBcompinit\fP and may be called +directly\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcompdef\fP [ \fB\-an\fP ] \fIfunction names\&.\&.\&.\fP [ \fB\-[pP]\fP \fIpatterns\&.\&.\&.\fP [ \fB\-N\fP \fInames\&.\&.\&.\fP ] ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcompdef \-d\fP \fInames\&.\&.\&.\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcompdef \-k\fP [ \fB\-an\fP ] \fIfunction style key\-sequences\&.\&.\&.\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBcompdef \-K\fP [ \fB\-an\fP ] \fIfunction name style key\-sequences \&.\&.\&.\fP +The first form defines the \fIfunction\fP to call for completion in the +given contexts as described for the \fB#compdef\fP tag above\&. +.RS +.PP +Alternatively, all the arguments may have the form +`\fIcmd\fP\fB=\fP\fIservice\fP\&'\&. Here \fIservice\fP should already have been +defined by `\fIcmd1\fP\fB=\fP\fIservice\fP\&' lines in \fB#compdef\fP files, as +described above\&. The argument for \fIcmd\fP will be completed in the +same way as \fIservice\fP\&. +.PP +The \fIfunction\fP argument may alternatively be a string containing any +shell code\&. The string will be executed using the \fBeval\fP builtin +command to generate completions\&. This provides a way of avoiding having +to define a new completion function\&. For example, to complete +files ending in `\fB\&.h\fP\&' as arguments to the command \fBfoo\fP: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompdef \&'_files \-g "*\&.h"' foo\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The option \fB\-n\fP prevents any completions already defined for the +command or context from being overwritten\&. +.PP +The option \fB\-d\fP deletes any completion defined for the command or +contexts listed\&. +.PP +The \fInames\fP may also contain \fB\-p\fP, \fB\-P\fP and \fB\-N\fP options as +described for the \fB#compdef\fP tag\&. The effect on the argument list is +identical, switching between definitions of patterns tried initially, +patterns tried finally, and normal commands and contexts\&. +.PP +The parameter \fB$_compskip\fP may be set by any function defined for a +pattern context\&. If it is set to a value containing the substring +`\fBpatterns\fP\&' none of the pattern\-functions will be called; if it is +set to a value containing the substring `\fBall\fP\&', no other function +will be called\&. +.PP +The form with \fB\-k\fP defines a widget with the same name as the \fIfunction\fP +that will be called for each of the \fIkey\-sequences\fP; this is like the +\fB#compdef \-k\fP tag\&. The function should generate the completions needed +and will otherwise behave like the builtin widget whose name is given as +the \fIstyle\fP argument\&. The widgets usable for this are: +\fBcomplete\-word\fP, \fBdelete\-char\-or\-list\fP, \fBexpand\-or\-complete\fP, +\fBexpand\-or\-complete\-prefix\fP, \fBlist\-choices\fP, \fBmenu\-complete\fP, +\fBmenu\-expand\-or\-complete\fP, and \fBreverse\-menu\-complete\fP, as well as +\fBmenu\-select\fP if the \fBzsh/complist\fP module is loaded\&. The option \fB\-n\fP +prevents the key being bound if it is already to bound to something other +than \fBundefined\-key\fP\&. +.PP +The form with \fB\-K\fP is similar and defines multiple widgets based on the +same \fIfunction\fP, each of which requires the set of three arguments +\fIname\fP, \fIstyle\fP and \fIkey\-sequences\fP, where the latter two are as +for \fB\-k\fP and the first must be a unique widget name beginning with an +underscore\&. +.PP +Wherever applicable, the \fB\-a\fP option makes the \fIfunction\fP +autoloadable, equivalent to \fBautoload \-U \fP\fIfunction\fP\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +The function \fBcompdef\fP can be used to associate existing completion +functions with new commands\&. For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompdef _pids foo\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +uses the function \fB_pids\fP to complete process IDs for the command \fBfoo\fP\&. +.PP +Note also the \fB_gnu_generic\fP function described below, which can be +used to complete options for commands that understand the +`\fB\-\fP\fB\-help\fP\&' option\&. +.PP +.SH "COMPLETION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION" +.PP +This section gives a short overview of how the completion system works, +and then more detail on how users can configure how and when matches are +generated\&. +.PP +.SS "Overview" +.PP +When completion is attempted somewhere on the command line the +completion system first works out the context\&. This takes account of a +number of things including the command word (such as `\fBgrep\fP\&' or +`\fBzsh\fP\&') and options to which the current word may be an argument +(such as the `\fB\-o\fP\&' option to \fBzsh\fP which takes a shell option as an +argument)\&. +.PP +This context information is condensed into a string consisting of +multiple fields separated by colons, referred to simply as `the context\&' +in the remainder of the documentation\&. This is used to look up +\fIstyles\fP, context\-sensitive options that can be used to configure the +completion system\&. The context used for lookup may vary during the same +call to the completion system\&. +.PP +The context string always consists of a fixed set of fields, separated +by colons and with a leading colon before the first, in the form +\fB:completion:\fP\fIfunction\fP\fB:\fP\fIcompleter\fP\fB:\fP\fIcommand\fP\fB:\fP\fIargument\fP\fB:\fP\fBtag\fP\&. These have the following meaning: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\(bu +The literal string \fBcompletion\fP, saying that this style is used by +the completion system\&. This distinguishes the context from those used +by, for example, zle widgets and ZFTP functions\&. + +.TP +\(bu +The \fIfunction\fP, if completion is called from a named widget rather +than through the normal completion system\&. Typically this is blank, but +it is set by special widgets such as \fBpredict\-on\fP and the various +functions in the \fBWidget\fP directory of the distribution to the name of +that function, often in an abbreviated form\&. + +.TP +\(bu +The \fIcompleter\fP currently active, the name of the function without the +leading underscore and with other underscores converted to hyphens\&. A +`completer\&' is in overall control of how completion is to be performed; +`\fBcomplete\fP\&' is the simplest, but other completers exist to perform +related tasks such as correction, or to modify the behaviour of a later +completer\&. See +the section `Control Functions\&' below +for more information\&. + +.TP +\(bu +The \fIcommand\fP or a special \fB\-\fP\fIcontext\fP\fB\-\fP, just at it appears +following the \fB#compdef\fP tag or the \fBcompdef\fP function\&. Completion +functions for commands that have sub\-commands usually modify this field +to contain the name of the command followed by a minus sign and the +sub\-command\&. For example, the completion function for the \fBcvs\fP +command sets this field to \fBcvs\-add\fP when completing arguments to +the \fBadd\fP subcommand\&. + +.TP +\(bu +The \fIargument\fP; this indicates which command line or option argument +we are completing\&. For command arguments this generally takes the form +\fBargument\-\fP\fIn\fP, where \fIn\fP is the number of the argument, +and for arguments to options the form \fBoption\-\fP\fIopt\fP\fB\-\fP\fIn\fP +where \fIn\fP is the number of the argument to option \fIopt\fP\&. However, +this is only the case if the command line is parsed with standard +UNIX\-style options and arguments, so many completions do not set this\&. + +.TP +\(bu +The \fItag\fP\&. As described previously, tags are used to discriminate between +the types of matches a completion function can generate in a certain context\&. +Any completion function may use any tag name it likes, but a list of the +more common ones is given below\&. + +.PP +The context is gradually put together as the functions are executed, starting +with the main entry point, which adds \fB:completion:\fP and the \fIfunction\fP +element if necessary\&. The completer then adds the \fIcompleter\fP element\&. +The contextual completion adds the \fIcommand\fP and \fIargument\fP options\&. +Finally, the \fItag\fP is added when the types of completion are known\&. +For example, the context name +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB\fB:completion::complete:dvips:option\-o\-1:files\fP\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +says that normal completion was attempted as the first argument to the +option \fB\-o\fP of the command \fBdvips\fP: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB\fBdvips \-o \&.\&.\&.\fP\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +and the completion function will generate filenames\&. +.PP +Usually completion will be tried for all possible tags in an order given +by the completion function\&. However, this can be altered by using the +\fBtag\-order\fP style\&. Completion is then restricted to the list of given +tags in the given order\&. +.PP +The \fB_complete_help\fP bindable command shows all the contexts and tags +available for completion at a particular point\&. This provides an easy +way of finding information for \fBtag\-order\fP and other styles\&. It is +described in +the section `Bindable Commands\&' below\&. +.PP +Styles determine such things as how the matches are generated, similarly +to shell options but with much more control\&. They can have any number +of strings as their value\&. They are defined with the \fBzstyle\fP builtin +command (see \fIzshmodules\fP(1))\&. +.PP +When looking up styles the completion system uses full context names, +including the tag\&. Looking up the value of a style therefore consists +of two things: the context, which may be matched as a pattern, and the +name of the style itself, which must be given exactly\&. +.PP +For example, many completion functions can generate matches in a +simple and a verbose form and use the \fBverbose\fP style to decide +which form should be used\&. To make all such functions use the verbose form, +put +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' verbose yes\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +in a startup file (probably \fB\&.zshrc\fP)\&. +This gives the \fBverbose\fP style the value \fByes\fP in every +context inside the completion system, unless that context has a more +specific definition\&. It is best to avoid giving the context as `\fB*\fP\&' +in case the style has some meaning outside the completion system\&. +.PP +Many such general purpose styles can be configured simply by using the +\fBcompinstall\fP function\&. +.PP +A more specific example of the use of the \fBverbose\fP style is by the +completion for the \fBkill\fP builtin\&. If the style is set, the builtin +lists full job texts and process command lines; otherwise it shows the +bare job numbers and PIDs\&. To turn the style off for this use only: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*:*:kill:*' verbose no\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +For even more control, the style can use one of the tags `\fBjobs\fP\&' or +`\fBprocesses\fP\&'\&. To turn off verbose display only for jobs: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*:*:kill:*:jobs' verbose no\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The \fB\-e\fP option to \fBzstyle\fP even allows completion function code to +appear as the argument to a style; this requires some understanding of +the internals of completion functions (see +see \fIzshcompwid\fP(1)))\&. For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB\fBzstyle \-e \&':completion:*' hosts 'reply=($myhosts)'\fP\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This forces the value of the \fBhosts\fP style to be read from the +variable \fBmyhosts\fP each time a host name is needed; this is useful +if the value of \fBmyhosts\fP can change dynamically\&. +For another useful example, see the example in the description of the +\fBfile\-list\fP style below\&. This form can be +slow and should be avoided for commonly examined styles such +as \fBmenu\fP and \fBlist\-rows\-first\fP\&. +.PP +Note that the order in which styles are \fIdefined\fP does not matter; the +style mechanism uses the most specific possible match for a particular +style to determine the set of values\&. More precisely, strings are +preferred over patterns (for example, `\fB:completion::complete:foo\fP\&' is +more specific than `\fB:completion::complete:*\&'\fP), and longer patterns are +preferred over shorter patterns\&. +.PP +Style names like those of tags are arbitrary and depend on the completion +function\&. However, the following two sections list some of the most +common tags and styles\&. +.PP +.SS "Standard Tags" +.PP +Some of the following are only used when looking up particular styles +and do not refer to a type of match\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBaccounts\fP +used to look up the \fBusers\-hosts\fP style +.TP +\fBall\-expansions\fP +used by the \fB_expand\fP completer when adding the single string containing +all possible expansions +.TP +\fBall\-files\fP +for the names of all files (as distinct from a particular subset, see the +\fBglobbed\-files\fP tag)\&. +.TP +\fBarguments\fP +for arguments to a command +.TP +\fBarrays\fP +for names of array parameters +.TP +\fBassociation\-keys\fP +for keys of associative arrays; used when completing inside a +subscript to a parameter of this type +.TP +\fBbookmarks\fP +when completing bookmarks (e\&.g\&. for URLs and the \fBzftp\fP function suite) +.TP +\fBbuiltins\fP +for names of builtin commands +.TP +\fBcharacters\fP +for single characters in arguments of commands such as \fBstty\fP\&. Also used +when completing character classes after an opening bracket +.TP +\fBcolormapids\fP +for X colormap ids +.TP +\fBcolors\fP +for color names +.TP +\fBcommands\fP +for names of external commands\&. Also used by complex commands such as +\fBcvs\fP when completing names subcommands\&. +.TP +\fBcontexts\fP +for contexts in arguments to the \fBzstyle\fP builtin command +.TP +\fBcorrections\fP +used by the \fB_approximate\fP and \fB_correct\fP completers for possible +corrections +.TP +\fBcursors\fP +for cursor names used by X programs +.TP +\fBdefault\fP +used in some contexts to provide a way of supplying a default when more +specific tags are also valid\&. Note that this tag is +used when only the \fIfunction\fP field of the context name is set +.TP +\fBdescriptions\fP +used when looking up the value of the \fBformat\fP style to generate +descriptions for types of matches +.TP +\fBdevices\fP +for names of device special files +.TP +\fBdirectories\fP +for names of directories +.TP +\fBdirectory\-stack\fP +for entries in the directory stack +.TP +\fBdisplays\fP +for X display names +.TP +\fBdomains\fP +for network domains +.TP +\fBexpansions\fP +used by the \fB_expand\fP completer for individual words (as opposed to +the complete set of expansions) resulting from the expansion of a word +on the command line +.TP +\fBextensions\fP +for X server extensions +.TP +\fBfile\-descriptors\fP +for numbers of open file descriptors +.TP +\fBfiles\fP +the generic file\-matching tag used by functions completing filenames +.TP +\fBfonts\fP +for X font names +.TP +\fBfstypes\fP +for file system types (e\&.g\&. for the \fBmount\fP command) +.TP +\fBfunctions\fP +names of functions \-\- normally shell functions, although certain +commands may understand other kinds of function +.TP +\fBglobbed\-files\fP +for filenames when the name has been generated by pattern matching +.TP +\fBgroups\fP +for names of user groups +.TP +\fBhistory\-words\fP +for words from the history +.TP +\fBhosts\fP +for hostnames +.TP +\fBindexes\fP +for array indexes +.TP +\fBjobs\fP +for jobs (as listed by the `\fBjobs\fP\&' builtin) +.TP +\fBinterfaces\fP +for network interfaces +.TP +\fBkeymaps\fP +for names of zsh keymaps +.TP +\fBkeysyms\fP +for names of X keysyms +.TP +\fBlibraries\fP +for names of system libraries +.TP +\fBlimits\fP +for system limits +.TP +\fBlocal\-directories\fP +for names of directories that are subdirectories of the current working +directory when completing arguments of \fBcd\fP and related builtin +commands (compare \fBpath\-directories\fP) +.TP +\fBmanuals\fP +for names of manual pages +.TP +\fBmailboxes\fP +for e\-mail folders +.TP +\fBmaps\fP +for map names (e\&.g\&. NIS maps) +.TP +\fBmessages\fP +used to look up the \fBformat\fP style for messages +.TP +\fBmodifiers\fP +for names of X modifiers +.TP +\fBmodules\fP +for modules (e\&.g\&. \fBzsh\fP modules) +.TP +\fBmy\-accounts\fP +used to look up the \fBusers\-hosts\fP style +.TP +\fBnamed\-directories\fP +for named directories (you wouldn\&'t have guessed that, would you?) +.TP +\fBnames\fP +for all kinds of names +.TP +\fBnewsgroups\fP +for USENET groups +.TP +\fBnicknames\fP +for nicknames of NIS maps +.TP +\fBoptions\fP +for command options +.TP +\fBoriginal\fP +used by the \fB_approximate\fP, \fB_correct\fP and \fB_expand\fP completers when +offering the original string as a match +.TP +\fBother\-accounts\fP +used to look up the \fBusers\-hosts\fP style +.TP +\fBpackages\fP +for packages (e\&.g\&. \fBrpm\fP or installed \fBDebian\fP packages) +.TP +\fBparameters\fP +for names of parameters +.TP +\fBpath\-directories\fP +for names of directories found by searching the \fBcdpath\fP array when +completing arguments of \fBcd\fP and related builtin commands (compare +\fBlocal\-directories\fP) +.TP +\fBpaths\fP +used to look up the values of the \fBexpand\fP, \fBambiguous\fP and +\fBspecial\-dirs\fP styles +.TP +\fBpods\fP +for perl pods (documentation files) +.TP +\fBports\fP +for communication ports +.TP +\fBprefixes\fP +for prefixes (like those of a URL) +.TP +\fBprinters\fP +for print queue names +.TP +\fBprocesses\fP +for process identifiers +.TP +\fBprocesses\-names\fP +used to look up the \fBcommand\fP style when generating the names of +processes for \fBkillall\fP +.TP +\fBsequences\fP +for sequences (e\&.g\&. \fBmh\fP sequences) +.TP +\fBsessions\fP +for sessions in the \fBzftp\fP function suite +.TP +\fBsignals\fP +for signal names +.TP +\fBstrings\fP +for strings (e\&.g\&. the replacement strings for the \fBcd\fP builtin +command) +.TP +\fBstyles\fP +for styles used by the zstyle builtin command +.TP +\fBsuffixes\fP +for filename extensions +.TP +\fBtags\fP +for tags (e\&.g\&. \fBrpm\fP tags) +.TP +\fBtargets\fP +for makefile targets +.TP +\fBtime\-zones\fP +for time zones (e\&.g\&. when setting the \fBTZ\fP parameter) +.TP +\fBtypes\fP +for types of whatever (e\&.g\&. address types for the \fBxhost\fP command) +.TP +\fBurls\fP +used to look up the \fBurls\fP and \fBlocal\fP styles when completing URLs +.TP +\fBusers\fP +for usernames +.TP +\fBvalues\fP +for one of a set of values in certain lists +.TP +\fBvariant\fP +used by \fB_pick_variant\fP to look up the command to run when determining +what program is installed for a particular command name\&. +.TP +\fBvisuals\fP +for X visuals +.TP +\fBwarnings\fP +used to look up the \fBformat\fP style for warnings +.TP +\fBwidgets\fP +for zsh widget names +.TP +\fBwindows\fP +for IDs of X windows +.TP +\fBzsh\-options\fP +for shell options +.PP +.SS "Standard Styles" +.PP +Note that the values of several of these styles represent boolean +values\&. Any of the strings `\fBtrue\fP\&', `\fBon\fP', +`\fByes\fP\&', and `\fB1\fP' can be used for the value `true' and +any of the strings `\fBfalse\fP\&', `\fBoff\fP', `\fBno\fP', and `\fB0\fP' for +the value `false\&'\&. The behavior for any other value is undefined +except where explicitly mentioned\&. The default value may +be either true or false if the style is not set\&. +.PP +Some of these styles are tested first for every possible tag +corresponding to a type of match, and if no style was found, for the +\fBdefault\fP tag\&. The most notable styles of this type are \fBmenu\fP, +\fBlist\-colors\fP and styles controlling completion listing such as +\fBlist\-packed\fP and \fBlast\-prompt\fP)\&. When tested for the \fBdefault\fP +tag, only the \fIfunction\fP field of the context will be set so that +a style using the default tag will normally be defined along the lines of: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*:default' menu \&.\&.\&.\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBaccept\-exact\fP +This is tested for the default tag in addition to the tags valid for +the current context\&. If it is set to `true\&' and any of the trial +matches is the same as the string on the command line, this match will +immediately be accepted (even if it would otherwise be considered +ambiguous)\&. +.RS +.PP +When completing pathnames (where the tag used is `\fBpaths\fP\&') +this style accepts any number of patterns as the value in addition to +the boolean values\&. Pathnames matching one of these +patterns will be accepted immediately even if the command line contains +some more partially typed pathname components and these match no file +under the directory accepted\&. +.PP +This style is also used by the \fB_expand\fP completer to decide if +words beginning with a tilde or parameter expansion should be +expanded\&. For example, if there are parameters +\fBfoo\fP and \fBfoobar\fP, the string `\fB$foo\fP\&' will only be expanded if +\fBaccept\-exact\fP is set to `true\&'; otherwise the completion system will +be allowed to complete \fB$foo\fP to \fB$foobar\fP\&. If the style is set to +`continue\&', _expand will add the expansion as a match and the completion +system will also be allowed to continue\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBadd\-space\fP +This style is used by the \fB_expand\fP completer\&. If it is true (the +default), a space will be inserted after all words resulting from the +expansion, or a slash in the case of directory names\&. If the value +is `\fBfile\fP\&', the completer will only add a space +to names of existing files\&. Either a boolean true or the value +`\fBfile\fP\&' may be combined with `\fBsubst\fP', in which case the completer +will not add a space to words generated from the expansion of a +substitution of the form `\fB$(\&.\&.\&.)\fP\&' or `\fB${\&.\&.\&.}\fP'\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fB_prefix\fP completer uses this style as a simple boolean value +to decide if a space should be inserted before the suffix\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBambiguous\fP +This applies when completing non\-final components of filename paths, in +other words those with a trailing slash\&. If it is set, the cursor is +left after the first ambiguous component, even if menu completion is in +use\&. The style is always tested with the \fBpaths\fP tag\&. +.TP +\fBassign\-list\fP +When completing after an equals sign that is being treated as an +assignment, the completion system normally completes only one filename\&. +In some cases the value may be a list of filenames separated by colons, +as with \fBPATH\fP and similar parameters\&. This style can be set to a +list of patterns matching the names of such parameters\&. +.RS +.PP +The default is to complete lists when the word on the line already +contains a colon\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBauto\-description\fP +If set, this style\&'s value will be used as the description for options that +are not described by the completion functions, but that have exactly +one argument\&. The sequence `\fB%d\fP\&' in the value will be replaced by +the description for this argument\&. Depending on personal preferences, +it may be useful to set this style to something like `\fBspecify: %d\fP\&'\&. +Note that this may not work for some commands\&. +.TP +\fBavoid\-completer\fP +This is used by the \fB_all_matches\fP completer to decide if the string +consisting of all matches should be added to the list currently being +generated\&. Its value is a list of names of completers\&. If any of +these is the name of the completer that generated the matches in this +completion, the string will not be added\&. +.RS +.PP +The default value for this style is `\fB_expand _old_list _correct +_approximate\fP\&', i\&.e\&. it contains the completers for which a string +with all matches will almost never be wanted\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcache\-path\fP +This style defines the path where any cache files containing dumped +completion data are stored\&. It defaults to `\fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zcompcache\fP\&', or +`\fB$HOME/\&.zcompcache\fP\&' if \fB$ZDOTDIR\fP is not defined\&. The completion +cache will not be used unless the \fBuse\-cache\fP style is set\&. +.TP +\fBcache\-policy\fP +This style defines the function that will be used to determine whether +a cache needs rebuilding\&. See the section on the \fB_cache_invalid\fP +function below\&. +.TP +\fBcall\-command\fP +This style is used in the function for commands such as \fBmake\fP and +\fBant\fP where calling the command directly to generate matches suffers +problems such as being slow or, as in the case of \fBmake\fP can +potentially causes actions in the makefile to be executed\&. If it is set +to `true\&' the command is called to generate matches\&. The default value +of this style is `false\&'\&. +.TP +\fBcommand\fP +In many places, completion functions need to call external commands to +generate the list of completions\&. This style can be used to override the +command that is called in some such cases\&. The elements of the value are +joined with spaces to form a command line to execute\&. The value can also +start with a hyphen, in which case the usual command will be added to the +end; this is most useful for putting `\fBbuiltin\fP\&' or `\fBcommand\fP' in +front to make sure the appropriate version of a command is called, for +example to avoid calling a shell function with the same name as an external +command\&. +.RS +.PP +As an example, the completion function for process IDs uses this +style with the \fBprocesses\fP tag to generate the IDs to complete and +the list of processes to display (if the \fBverbose\fP style is `true\&')\&. +The list produced by the command should look like the output of the +\fBps\fP command\&. The first line is not displayed, but is searched for +the string `\fBPID\fP\&' (or `\fBpid\fP') to find the position of the +process IDs in the following lines\&. If the line does not contain +`\fBPID\fP\&', the first numbers in each of the other lines are taken as the +process IDs to complete\&. +.PP +Note that the completion function generally has to call the specified +command for each attempt to generate the completion list\&. Hence +care should be taken to specify only commands that take a short +time to run, and in particular to avoid any that may never terminate\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcommand\-path\fP +This is a list of directories to search for commands to complete\&. The +default for this style is the value of the special parameter \fBpath\fP\&. +.TP +\fBcommands\fP +This is used by the function completing sub\-commands for the system +initialisation scripts (residing in \fB/etc/init\&.d\fP or somewhere not +too far away from that)\&. Its values give the default commands to +complete for those commands for which the completion function isn\&'t +able to find them out automatically\&. The default for this style are +the two strings `\fBstart\fP\&' and `\fBstop\fP'\&. +.TP +\fBcomplete\fP +This is used by the \fB_expand_alias\fP function when invoked as a +bindable command\&. If it set to `true\&' and the word on the command +line is not the name of an alias, matching alias names will be +completed\&. +.TP +\fBcompleter\fP +The strings given as the value of this style provide the names of the +completer functions to use\&. The available completer functions are +described in +the section `Control Functions\&' below\&. +.RS +.PP +Each string may be either the name of a completer function or a string +of the form `\fIfunction\fP\fB:\fP\fIname\fP\&'\&. In the first case the +\fIcompleter\fP field of the context will contain the name of the +completer without the leading underscore and with all other +underscores replaced by hyphens\&. In the second case the +\fIfunction\fP is the name of the completer to call, but the context +will contain the user\-defined \fIname\fP in the \fIcompleter\fP field of +the context\&. If the \fIname\fP starts with a hyphen, the string for the +context will be build from the name of the completer function as in +the first case with the \fIname\fP appended to it\&. For example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' completer _complete _complete:\-foo\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Here, completion will call the \fB_complete\fP completer twice, once +using `\fBcomplete\fP\&' and once using `\fBcomplete\-foo\fP' in the +\fIcompleter\fP field of the context\&. Normally, using the same +completer more than once only makes sense when used with the +`\fIfunctions\fP\fB:\fP\fIname\fP\&' form, because otherwise the context +name will be the same in all calls to the completer; possible +exceptions to this rule are the \fB_ignored\fP and \fB_prefix\fP +completers\&. +.PP +The default value for this style is `\fB_complete _ignored\fP\&': +only completion will be done, first using the \fBignored\-patterns\fP style +and the \fB$fignore\fP array and then without ignoring matches\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcondition\fP +This style is used by the \fB_list\fP completer function to decide if +insertion of matches should be delayed unconditionally\&. The default is +`true\&'\&. +.TP +\fBdisabled\fP +If this is set to `true\&', the \fB_expand_alias\fP completer and bindable +command will try to expand disabled aliases, too\&. The default is +`\fBfalse\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBdomains\fP +A list of names of network domains for completion\&. +If this is not set, domain names will be taken from +the file \fB/etc/resolv\&.conf\fP\&. +.TP +\fBexpand\fP +This style is used when completing strings consisting of multiple +parts, such as path names\&. +.RS +.PP +If one of its values is the string `\fBprefix\fP\&', the partially typed +word from the line will be expanded as far as possible even if trailing +parts cannot be completed\&. +.PP +If one of its values is the string `\fBsuffix\fP\&', matching names for +components after the first ambiguous one will also be added\&. This means +that the resulting string is the longest unambiguous string possible\&. +However, menu completion can be used to cycle through all matches\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBfake\fP +This style may be set for any completion context\&. It +specifies additional strings that will always be completed in that +context\&. The form of each string is `\fIvalue\fP\fB:\fP\fIdescription\fP\&'; +the colon and description may be omitted, but any literal colons in +\fIvalue\fP must be quoted with a backslash\&. Any \fIdescription\fP +provided is shown alongside the value in completion listings\&. +.RS +.PP +It is important to use a sufficiently restrictive context when specifying +fake strings\&. Note that the styles \fBfake\-files\fP and \fBfake\-parameters\fP +provide additional features when completing files or parameters\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBfake\-always\fP +This works identically to the \fBfake\fP style except that +the \fBignored\-patterns\fP style is not applied to it\&. This makes it +possible to override a set of matches completely by setting the +ignored patterns to `\fB*\fP\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +The following shows a way of supplementing any tag with arbitrary data, but +having it behave for display purposes like a separate tag\&. In this example +we use the features of the \fBtag\-order\fP style to divide the +\fBnamed\-directories\fP tag into two when performing completion with +the standard completer \fBcomplete\fP for arguments of \fBcd\fP\&. The tag +\fBnamed\-directories\-normal\fP behaves as normal, but the tag +\fBnamed\-directories\-mine\fP contains a fixed set of directories\&. +This has the effect of adding the match group `\fBextra directories\fP\&' with +the given completions\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion::complete:cd:*' tag\-order \e + \&'named\-directories:\-mine:extra\e directories + named\-directories:\-normal:named\e directories *\&' +zstyle \&':completion::complete:cd:*:named\-directories\-mine' \e + fake\-always mydir1 mydir2 +zstyle \&':completion::complete:cd:*:named\-directories\-mine' \e + ignored\-patterns \&'*'\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBfake\-files\fP +This style is used when completing files and looked up +without a tag\&. Its values are of the form +`\fIdir\fP\fB:\fP\fInames\&.\&.\&.\fP\&'\&. This will add the \fInames\fP (strings +separated by spaces) as +possible matches when completing in the directory \fIdir\fP, even if no +such files really exist\&. The dir may be a pattern; pattern characters +or colons in \fIdir\fP should be quote with a backslash to be treated +literally\&. +.RS +.PP +This can be useful on systems that support special filesystems whose +top\-level pathnames can not be listed or generated with glob patterns\&. +It can also be used for directories for which one does not have read +permission\&. +.PP +The pattern form can be used to add a certain `magic\&' entry +to all directories on a particular filing system\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBfake\-parameters\fP +This is used by the completion function for parameter names\&. +Its values are names of parameters that might not yet be +set but should be completed nonetheless\&. Each name may also be +followed by a colon and a string specifying the type of the parameter +(like `\fBscalar\fP\&', `\fBarray\fP' or `\fBinteger\fP')\&. If the type is +given, the name will only be completed if parameters of that type are +required in the particular context\&. Names for which no type is +specified will always be completed\&. +.TP +\fBfile\-list\fP +This style controls whether files completed using the standard builtin +mechanism are to be listed with a long list similar to \fBls \-l\fP\&. +Note that this feature uses the shell module +\fBzsh/stat\fP for file information; this loads the builtin \fBstat\fP +which will replace any external \fBstat\fP executable\&. To avoid +this the following code can be included in an initialization file: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzmodload \-i zsh/stat +disable stat\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The style may either be set to a true value (or `\fBall\fP\&'), or +one of the values `\fBinsert\fP\&' or `\fBlist\fP', indicating that files +are to be listed in long format in all circumstances, or when +attempting to insert a file name, or when listing file names +without attempting to insert one\&. +.PP +More generally, the value may be an array of any of the above values, +optionally followed by \fB=\fP\fInum\fP\&. If \fInum\fP is present it +gives the maximum number of matches for which long listing style +will be used\&. For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' file\-list list=20 insert=10\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +specifies that long format will be used when listing up to 20 files +or inserting a file with up to 10 matches (assuming a listing +is to be shown at all, for example on an ambiguous completion), else short +format will be used\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \-e \&':completion:*' file\-list '(( ${+NUMERIC} )) && reply=(true)'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +specifies that long format will be used any time a numeric argument is +supplied, else short format\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBfile\-patterns\fP +This is used by the standard function for completing filenames, +\fB_files\fP\&. If the style is unset up to three tags are offered, +`\fBglobbed\-files\fP\&',`\fBdirectories\fP' and `\fBall\-files\fP', depending on +the types of files expected by the caller of \fB_files\fP\&. The first two +(`\fBglobbed\-files\fP\&' and `\fBdirectories\fP') are normally offered +together to make it easier to complete files in sub\-directories\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fBfile\-patterns\fP style provides alternatives to the default tags, +which are not used\&. Its value consists of elements of the form +`\fIpattern\fP\fB:\fP\fItag\fP\&'; each string may contain any number of +such specifications separated by spaces\&. +.PP +The \fIpattern\fP is a pattern that is to be used to generate filenames\&. +Any occurrence of the sequence `\fB%p\fP\&' is replaced by any +pattern(s) +passed by the function calling \fB_files\fP\&. Colons in the pattern must +be preceded by a backslash to make them distinguishable from the colon +before the \fItag\fP\&. If more than one pattern is needed, the patterns +can be given inside braces, separated by commas\&. +.PP +The \fItag\fPs of all strings in the value will be offered by \fB_files\fP +and used when looking up other styles\&. Any \fItag\fPs in the same +word will be offered at the same time and before later words\&. +If no `\fB:\fP\fItag\fP\&' is given the `\fBfiles\fP' tag will be used\&. +.PP +The \fItag\fP may also be followed by an optional second colon and a +description, which will be used for the `\fB%d\fP\&' in the value of +the \fBformat\fP style (if that is set) instead of the default +description supplied by the completion function\&. If the description +given here contains itself a `\fB%d\fP\&', that is replaced with the +description supplied by the completion function\&. +.PP +For example, to make the \fBrm\fP command first complete only names of +object files and then the names of all files if there is no matching +object file: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*:*:rm:*' file\-patterns \e + \&'*\&.o:object\-files' '%p:all\-files'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +To alter the default behaviour of file completion \-\- offer files +matching a pattern and directories on the first attempt, then all files +\-\- to offer only matching files on the first attempt, then directories, +and finally all files: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' file\-patterns \e + \&'%p:globbed\-files' '*(\-/):directories' '*:all\-files'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This works even where there is no special pattern: \fB_files\fP matches +all files using the pattern `\fB*\fP\&' at the first step and stops when it +sees this pattern\&. Note also it will never try a pattern more than once +for a single completion attempt\&. +.PP +During the execution of completion functions, the \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP +option is in effect, so the characters `\fB#\fP\&', `\fB~\fP' and `\fB^\fP' have +special meanings in the patterns\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBfile\-sort\fP +The standard filename completion function uses this style without a tag +to determine in which order the names should be listed; menu completion +will cycle through them in the same order\&. The possible +values are: `\fBsize\fP\&' to sort by the size of the file; +`\fBlinks\fP\&' to sort by the number of links to the file; +`\fBmodification\fP\&' (or `\fBtime\fP' or `\fBdate\fP') to sort by the last +modification time; `\fBaccess\fP\&' to sort by the last access time; and +`\fBinode\fP\&' (or `\fBchange\fP') to sort by the last inode change +time\&. If the style is set to any other value, or is unset, files will be +sorted alphabetically by name\&. If the value contains the string +`\fBreverse\fP\&', sorting is done in the opposite order\&. +.TP +\fBfilter\fP +This is used by the LDAP plugin for e\-mail address completion to specify +the attributes to match against when filtering entries\&. So for example, if +the style is set to `\fBsn\fP\&', matching is done against surnames\&. Standard +LDAP filtering is used so normal completion matching is bypassed\&. If this +style is not set, the LDAP plugin is skipped\&. You may also need to set the +\fBcommand\fP style to specify how to connect to your LDAP server\&. +.TP +\fBforce\-list\fP +This forces a list of completions to be shown at any point where listing is +done, even in cases where the list would usually be suppressed\&. +For example, normally the list is only shown if +there are at least two different matches\&. By setting this style to +`\fBalways\fP\&', the list will always be shown, even if there is only a +single match that will immediately be accepted\&. The style may also +be set to a number\&. In this case the list will be shown if there are +at least that many matches, even if they would all insert the same +string\&. +.RS +.PP +This style is tested for the default tag as well as for each tag valid +for the current completion\&. Hence the listing can be forced only for +certain types of match\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBformat\fP +If this is set for the \fBdescriptions\fP tag, its value is used as a +string to display above matches in completion lists\&. The sequence +`\fB%d\fP\&' in this string will be replaced with a short description of +what these matches are\&. This string may also contain the sequences to +specify output attributes, such as `\fB%B\fP\&', `\fB%S\fP' and +`\fB%{\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB%}\fP\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +The style is tested with each tag valid for the current completion +before it is tested for the \fBdescriptions\fP tag\&. Hence different format +strings can be defined for different types of match\&. +.PP +Note also that some completer functions define additional +`\fB%\fP\&'\-sequences\&. These are described for the completer functions that +make use of them\&. +.PP +Some completion functions display messages that may be customised by +setting this style for the \fBmessages\fP tag\&. Here, the `\fB%d\fP\&' is +replaced with a message given by the completion function\&. +.PP +Finally, the format string is looked up with the \fBwarnings\fP tag, +for use when no matches could be generated at all\&. In this case the +`\fB%d\fP\&' is replaced with the descriptions for the matches that were +expected separated by spaces\&. The sequence `\fB%D\fP\&' is replaced with +the same descriptions separated by newlines\&. +.PP +It is possible to use printf\-style field width specifiers with `\fB%d\fP\&' +and similar escape sequences\&. This is handled by the \fBzformat\fP +builtin command from the \fBzsh/zutil\fP module, see +\fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBglob\fP +This is used by the \fB_expand\fP completer\&. If +it is set to `true\&' (the default), globbing will be attempted on the +words resulting from a previous substitution (see the \fBsubstitute\fP +style) or else the original string from the line\&. +.TP +\fBglobal\fP +If this is set to `true\&' (the default), the \fB_expand_alias\fP +completer and bindable command will try to expand global aliases\&. +.TP +\fBgroup\-name\fP +The completion system can group different types of matches, which appear +in separate lists\&. This style can be used to give the names of groups +for particular tags\&. For example, in command position the completion +system generates names of builtin and external commands, names of +aliases, shell functions and parameters and reserved words as possible +completions\&. To have the external commands and shell functions listed +separately: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*:*:\-command\-:*:commands' group\-name commands +zstyle \&':completion:*:*:\-command\-:*:functions' group\-name functions\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +As a consequence, any match with the same tag will be displayed in the +same group\&. +.PP +If the name given is the empty string the name of the tag for +the matches will be used as the name of the group\&. So, to have all +different types of matches displayed separately, one can just set: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' group\-name ''\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +All matches for which no group name is defined will be put in a group +named \fB\-default\-\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBgroup\-order\fP +This style is additional to the \fBgroup\-name\fP style to specify the +order for display of the groups defined by that style (compare \fBtag\-order\fP, +which determines which completions appear at all)\&. The groups named +are shown in the given order; any other groups +are shown in the order defined by the completion function\&. +.RS +.PP +For example, to have names of builtin commands, shell functions and +external commands appear in that order when completing in command +position: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*:*:\-command\-:*' group\-order \e + builtins functions commands\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBgroups\fP +A list of names of UNIX groups\&. If this is not set, +group names are taken from the YP database or the file `\fB/etc/group\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBhidden\fP +If this is set to true, matches for the given context +will not be listed, although +any description for the matches set with the \fBformat\fP style will be +shown\&. If it is set to `\fBall\fP\&', not even the description will be +displayed\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that the matches will still be completed; they are just not shown +in the list\&. To avoid having matches considered as possible +completions at all, the \fBtag\-order\fP style can be modified as described +below\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBhosts\fP +A list of names of hosts that should be completed\&. If this is not set, +hostnames are taken from the file `\fB/etc/hosts\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBhosts\-ports\fP +This style is used by commands that need or accept hostnames and +network ports\&. The strings in the value should be of the form +`\fIhost\fP\fB:\fP\fIport\fP\&'\&. Valid ports are determined by the presence +of hostnames; multiple ports for the same host may appear\&. +.TP +\fBignore\-line\fP +This is tested for each tag valid for the current completion\&. If +it is set to `\fBtrue\fP\&', none of the words that are already on the line +will be considered as possible completions\&. If it is set to +`\fBcurrent\fP\&', the word the cursor is on will not be considered as a +possible completion\&. The value `\fBcurrent\-shown\fP\&' is similar but only +applies if the list of completions is currently shown on the screen\&. +Finally, if the style is set to `\fBother\fP\&', no word apart from the +current one will be considered as a possible completion\&. +.RS +.PP +The values `\fBcurrent\fP\&' and `\fBcurrent\-shown\fP' are a bit like the +opposite of the \fBaccept\-exact\fP style: only strings with +missing characters will be completed\&. +.PP +Note that you almost certainly don\&'t want to set this to `true' or +`\fBother\fP\&' for a general +context such as `\fB:completion:*\fP\&'\&. This is because it would disallow +completion of, for example, options multiple times even if the command +in question accepts the option more than once\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBignore\-parents\fP +The style is tested without a tag by the function completing pathnames +in order to determine whether to ignore +the names of directories already mentioned in the current word, or the +name of the current working directory\&. The value must include one or both +of the following strings: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBparent\fP +The name of any directory whose path is already contained in the word on +the line is ignored\&. For example, when completing after \fBfoo/\&.\&./\fP, the +directory \fBfoo\fP will not be considered a valid completion\&. +.TP +\fBpwd\fP +The name of the current working directory will not be completed; hence, +for example, completion after \fB\&.\&./\fP will not use the name of the current +directory\&. +.PP +In addition, the value may include one or both of: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\&.\&.\fP +Ignore the specified directories only when the word on the line contains +the substring `\fB\&.\&./\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBdirectory\fP +Ignore the specified directories only when names of directories are +completed, not when completing names of files\&. +.PP +Excluded values act in a similar fashion to values of the +\fBignored\-patterns\fP style, so they can be restored to consideration by +the \fB_ignored\fP completer\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBignored\-patterns\fP +A list of patterns; any trial completion matching one of the patterns +will be excluded from consideration\&. The +\fB_ignored\fP completer can appear in the list of completers to +restore the ignored matches\&. This is a more configurable +version of the shell parameter \fB$fignore\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that the +\fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP option is set during the execution of completion +functions, so the characters `\fB#\fP\&', `\fB~\fP' and `\fB^\fP' have special +meanings in the patterns\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBinsert\fP +This style is used by the \fB_all_matches\fP completer to decide whether to +insert the list of all matches unconditionally instead of adding the +list as another match\&. +.TP +\fBinsert\-ids\fP +When completing process IDs, for example as arguments to the \fBkill\fP and +\fBwait\fP builtins the name of a +command may be converted to the appropriate process ID\&. A problem +arises when the process name typed is not unique\&. By default (or if this +style is set explicitly to `\fBmenu\fP\&') the name will be converted +immediately to a set of possible IDs, and menu completion will be started +to cycle through them\&. +.RS +.PP +If the value of the style is `\fBsingle\fP\&', +the shell will wait until the user has typed enough to make the command +unique before converting the name to an ID; attempts at completion will +be unsuccessful until that point\&. If the value is any other +string, menu completion will be started when the string typed by the +user is longer than the common prefix to the corresponding IDs\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBinsert\-tab\fP +If this is set to `true\&', the completion system will +insert a TAB character (assuming that was used to start completion) instead +of performing completion when there is no non\-blank character to the left +of the cursor\&. If it is set to `false\&', completion will be done even there\&. +.RS +.PP +The value may also contain the substrings `\fBpending\fP\&' or +`\fBpending=\fP\fIval\fP\&'\&. In this case, the typed character will be +inserted instead of staring completion when there is unprocessed input +pending\&. If a \fIval\fP is given, completion will not be done if there +are at least that many characters of unprocessed input\&. This is often +useful when pasting characters into a terminal\&. Note +however, that it relies on the \fB$PENDING\fP special parameter from the +\fBzsh/zle\fP module being set properly which is not guaranteed on all +platforms\&. +.PP +The default value of this style is `true\&' except for completion within +\fBvared\fP builtin command where it is `false\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBinsert\-unambiguous\fP +This is used by the \fB_match\fP and \fB_approximate\fP completers\&. +These completers are often used with menu completion since the word typed +may bear little resemblance to the final completion\&. +However, if this style is `true\&', the completer will start menu +completion only if it could find no unambiguous initial string at +least as long as the original string typed by the user\&. +.RS +.PP +In the case of the \fB_approximate\fP completer, the completer +field in the context will already have been set to one of +\fBcorrect\-\fP\fInum\fP or \fBapproximate\-\fP\fInum\fP, where \fInum\fP is the +number of errors that were accepted\&. +.PP +In the case of the \fB_match\fP completer, the style may also be set to +the string `\fBpattern\fP\&'\&. Then the pattern on the line is left +unchanged if it does not match unambiguously\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBkeep\-prefix\fP +This style is used by the \fB_expand\fP completer\&. If it is `true\&', the +completer will try to keep a prefix containing a tilde or parameter +expansion\&. Hence, for example, the string `\fB~/f*\fP\&' would be expanded to +`\fB~/foo\fP\&' instead of `\fB/home/user/foo\fP'\&. If the style is set to +`\fBchanged\fP\&' (the default), the prefix will only be left unchanged if +there were other changes between the expanded words and the original +word from the command line\&. Any other value forces the prefix to be +expanded unconditionally\&. +.RS +.PP +The behaviour of expand when this style is true is to cause \fB_expand\fP +to give up when a single expansion with the restored prefix is the same +as the original; hence any remaining completers may be called\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBlast\-prompt\fP +This is a more flexible form of the \fBALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT\fP option\&. +If it is true, the completion system will try to return the cursor to +the previous command line after displaying a completion list\&. It is +tested for all tags valid for the current completion, then the +\fBdefault\fP tag\&. The cursor will be moved back to the +previous line if this style is `true\&' for all types of match\&. Note +that unlike the \fBALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT\fP option this is independent of the +numeric prefix argument\&. +.TP +\fBknown\-hosts\-files\fP +This style should contain a list of files to search for host names and +(if the \fBuse\-ip\fP style is set) IP addresses in a format compatible with +ssh \fBknown_hosts\fP files\&. If it is not set, the files +\fB/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts\fP and \fB~/\&.ssh/known_hosts\fP are used\&. +.TP +\fBlist\fP +This style is used by the \fB_history_complete_word\fP bindable command\&. +If it is set to `true\&' it has no effect\&. If it is set to `false' +matches will not be listed\&. This overrides the setting of the options +controlling listing behaviour, in particular \fBAUTO_LIST\fP\&. The context +always starts with `\fB:completion:history\-words\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBlist\-colors\fP +If the \fBzsh/complist\fP module is loaded, this style can be used to set +color specifications\&. This mechanism replaces the use of the +\fBZLS_COLORS\fP and \fBZLS_COLOURS\fP parameters described in +the section `The zsh/complist Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1), but the syntax is the same\&. +.RS +.PP +If this style is set for the \fBdefault\fP tag, the strings in the value +are taken as specifications that are to be used everywhere\&. If it is +set for other tags, the specifications are used only for matches of +the type described by the tag\&. For this to work best, the \fBgroup\-name\fP +style must be set to an empty string\&. +.PP +In addition to setting styles for specific tags, it is also possible to +use group names specified explicitly by the \fBgroup\-name\fP tag together +with the `\fB(group)\fP\&' syntax allowed by the \fBZLS_COLORS\fP and +\fBZLS_COLOURS\fP parameters and simply using the \fBdefault\fP tag\&. +.PP +It is possible to use any color specifications already set up for the GNU +version of the \fBls\fP command: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*:default' list\-colors ${(s\&.:\&.)LS_COLORS}\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The default colors are the same as for the GNU \fBls\fP command and can be +obtained by setting the style to an empty string (i\&.e\&. \fB\&''\fP)\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBlist\-grouped\fP +If this style is `true\&' (the default), the completion system will try to +make certain completion listings more compact by grouping matches\&. +For example, options for commands that have the same description (shown +when the \fBverbose\fP style is set to `true\&') will appear as a single +entry\&. However, menu selection can be used to cycle through all the +matches\&. +.TP +\fBlist\-packed\fP +This is tested for each tag valid in the current context as well as the +\fBdefault\fP tag\&. If it is set to `true\&', the corresponding matches +appear in listings as if the \fBLIST_PACKED\fP option were set\&. If it is +set to `false\&', they are listed normally\&. +.TP +\fBlist\-prompt\fP +If this style is set for the \fBdefault\fP tag, +completion lists that don\&'t fit on the screen can be scrolled (see +the description of the \fBzsh/complist\fP module in \fIzshmodules\fP(1))\&. The value, if not the empty string, will be displayed after every +screenful and the shell will prompt for a key press; if the style is +set to the empty string, +a default prompt will be used\&. +.RS +.PP +The value may contain the escape sequences: +`\fB%l\fP\&' or `\fB%L\fP', which will be replaced by the number of the last line +displayed and the total number of lines; `\fB%m\fP\&' or `\fB%M\fP', +the number of the last match shown and the total number of +matches; and `\fB%p\fP\&' and `\fB%P\fP', `\fBTop\fP' +when at the beginning of the list, `\fBBottom\fP\&' when at the end and the +position shown as a percentage of the total length otherwise\&. In each +case the form with the uppercase letter will be replaced by a string of fixed +width, padded to the right with spaces, while the lowercase form will +be replaced by a variable width string\&. As in other prompt strings, the +escape sequences `\fB%S\fP\&', `\fB%s\fP', `\fB%B\fP', `\fB%b\fP', `\fB%U\fP', +`\fB%u\fP\&' for entering and leaving the display modes +standout, bold and underline are also available, as is the form +`\fB%{\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB%}\fP\&' for enclosing escape sequences which display with zero +width\&. +.PP +After deleting this prompt the variable \fBLISTPROMPT\fP should be unset for +the the removal to take effect\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBlist\-rows\-first\fP +This style is tested in the same way as the \fBlist\-packed\fP style and +determines whether matches are to be listed in a rows\-first fashion as +if the \fBLIST_ROWS_FIRST\fP option were set\&. +.TP +\fBlist\-suffixes\fP +This style is used by the function that completes filenames\&. If it is +true, and completion is attempted on a string containing multiple partially +typed pathname components, all ambiguous components will be shown\&. +Otherwise, completion stops at the first ambiguous component\&. +.TP +\fBlist\-separator\fP +The value of this style is used in completion listing to separate the +string to complete from a description when possible (e\&.g\&. when +completing options)\&. It defaults to `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&' (two hyphens)\&. +.TP +\fBlocal\fP +This is for use with functions that complete URLs for which the +corresponding files are available directly from the filing system\&. +Its value should consist of three strings: a +hostname, the path to the default web pages for the server, and the +directory name used by a user placing web pages within their home +area\&. +.RS +.PP +For example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' local toast \e + /var/http/public/toast public_html\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Completion after `\fBhttp://toast/stuff/\fP\&' will look for files in the +directory \fB/var/http/public/toast/stuff\fP, while completion after +`\fBhttp://toast/~yousir/\fP\&' will look for files in the directory +\fB~yousir/public_html\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBmail\-directory\fP +If set, zsh will assume that mailbox files can be found in +the directory specified\&. It defaults to `\fB~/Mail\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBmatch\-original\fP +This is used by the \fB_match\fP completer\&. If it is set to +\fBonly\fP, \fB_match\fP will try to generate matches without inserting a +`\fB*\fP\&' at the cursor position\&. If set to any other non\-empty value, +it will first try to generate matches without inserting the `\fB*\fP\&' +and if that yields no matches, it will try again with the `\fB*\fP\&' +inserted\&. If it is unset or set to the empty string, matching will +only be performed with the `\fB*\fP\&' inserted\&. +.TP +\fBmatcher\fP +This style is tested separately for each tag valid in the current +context\&. Its value is added to any match specifications given by the +\fBmatcher\-list\fP style\&. It should be in the form described in +the section `Matching Control\&' in \fIzshcompwid\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBmatcher\-list\fP +This style can be set to a list of match specifications that are to +be applied everywhere\&. Match specifications are described in +the section `Matching Control\&' in \fIzshcompwid\fP(1)\&. +The completion system will try them one after another for each completer +selected\&. For example, to try first simple completion and, if that +generates no matches, case\-insensitive completion: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' matcher\-list '' 'm:{a\-zA\-Z}={A\-Za\-z}'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +By default each specification replaces the previous one; however, if a +specification is prefixed with \fB+\fP, it is added to the existing list\&. +Hence it is possible to create increasingly general specifications +without repetition: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' matcher\-list '' '+m{a\-Z}={A\-Z}' '+m{A\-Z}={a\-z}'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +It is possible to create match specifications valid for particular +completers by using the third field of the context\&. For example, to +use the completers \fB_complete\fP and \fB_prefix\fP but only allow +case\-insensitive completion with \fB_complete\fP: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' completer _complete _prefix +zstyle \&':completion:*:complete:*' matcher\-list \e + \&'' 'm:{a\-zA\-Z}={A\-Za\-z}'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +User\-defined names, as explained for the \fBcompleter\fP style, are +available\&. This makes it possible to try the same completer more than +once with different match specifications each time\&. For example, to try +normal completion without a match specification, then normal completion +with case\-insensitive matching, then correction, and finally +partial\-word completion: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' completer _complete _correct _complete:foo +zstyle \&':completion:*:complete:*' matcher\-list \e + \&'' 'm:{a\-zA\-Z}={A\-Za\-z}' +zstyle \&':completion:*:foo:*' matcher\-list \e + \&'m:{a\-zA\-Z}={A\-Za\-z} r:|[\-_\&./]=* r:|=*'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +If the style is unset in any context no match specification is applied\&. +Note also that some completers such as \fB_correct\fP and \fB_approximate\fP +do not use the match specifications at all, though these completers will +only ever called once even if the \fBmatcher\-list\fP contains more than +one element\&. +.PP +Where multiple specifications are useful, note that the \fIentire\fP +completion is done for each element of \fBmatcher\-list\fP, which can +quickly reduce the shell\&'s performance\&. As a rough rule of thumb, +one to three strings will give acceptable performance\&. On the other +hand, putting multiple space\-separated values into the same string does +not have an appreciable impact on performance\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBmax\-errors\fP +This is used by the \fB_approximate\fP and \fB_correct\fP completer functions +to determine the maximum number of errors to allow\&. The completer will try +to generate completions by first allowing one error, then two errors, and +so on, until either a match or matches were found or the maximum number of +errors given by this style has been reached\&. +.RS +.PP +If the value for this style contains the string `\fBnumeric\fP\&', the +completer function will take any numeric argument as the +maximum number of errors allowed\&. For example, with +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*:approximate:::' max\-errors 2 numeric\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +two errors are allowed if no numeric argument is given, but with +a numeric argument of six (as in `\fBESC\-6 TAB\fP\&'), up to six +errors are accepted\&. Hence with a value of `\fB0 numeric\fP\&', no correcting +completion will be attempted unless a numeric argument is given\&. +.PP +If the value contains the string `\fBnot\-numeric\fP\&', the completer +will \fInot\fP try to generate corrected +completions when given a numeric argument, so in this case the number given +should be greater than zero\&. For example, `\fB2 not\-numeric\fP\&' specifies that +correcting completion with two errors will usually be performed, but if a +numeric argument is given, correcting completion will not be +performed\&. +.PP +The default value for this style is `\fB2 numeric\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBmax\-matches\-width\fP +This style is used to determine the trade off between the width of the +display used for matches and the width used for their descriptions when +the \fBverbose\fP style is in effect\&. The value gives the number of +display columns to reserve for the matches\&. The default is half the +width of the screen\&. +.RS +.PP +This has the most impact when several matches have the +same description and so will be grouped together\&. Increasing the style +will allow more matches to be grouped together; decreasing it will allow +more of the description to be visible\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBmenu\fP +If this is true in the context of any of the tags defined +for the current completion menu completion will be used\&. The value for +a specific tag will take precedence over that for the `\fBdefault\fP\&' tag\&. +.RS +.PP +If none of the values found in this way is true but at least +one is set to `\fBauto\fP\&', the shell behaves as if the \fBAUTO_MENU\fP +option is set\&. +.PP +If one of the values is explicitly set to false, menu +completion will be explicitly turned off, overriding the +\fBMENU_COMPLETE\fP option and other settings\&. +.PP +In the form `\fByes=\fP\fInum\fP\&', where `\fByes\fP' may be any of the +true values (`\fByes\fP\&', `\fBtrue\fP', `\fBon\fP' and `\fB1\fP'), +menu completion will be turned on if there are at least \fInum\fP matches\&. +In the form `\fByes=long\fP\&', menu completion will be turned on +if the list does not fit on the screen\&. This does not activate menu +completion if the widget normally only lists completions, but menu +completion can be activated in that case with the value `\fByes=long\-list\fP\&' +(Typically, the value `\fBselect=long\-list\fP\&' described later is more +useful as it provides control over scrolling\&.) +.PP +Similarly, with any of the `false\&' values (as in `\fBno=10\fP'), menu +completion will \fInot\fP be used if there are \fInum\fP or more matches\&. +.PP +The value of this widget also controls menu selection, as implemented by +the \fBzsh/complist\fP module\&. The following values may appear either +alongside or instead of the values above\&. +.PP +If the value contains the string `\fBselect\fP\&', menu selection +will be started unconditionally\&. +.PP +In the form `\fBselect=\fP\fInum\fP\&', menu selection will only be started if +there are at least \fInum\fP matches\&. If the values for more than one +tag provide a number, the smallest number is taken\&. +.PP +Menu selection can be turned off explicitly by defining a value +containing the string`\fBno\-select\fP\&'\&. +.PP +It is also possible to start menu selection only if the list of +matches does not fit on the screen by using the value +`\fBselect=long\fP\&'\&. To start menu selection even if the current widget +only performs listing, use the value `\fBselect=long\-list\fP\&'\&. +.PP +To turn on menu completion or menu selection when a there are a certain +number of matches \fIor\fP the list of matches does not fit on the +screen, both of `\fByes=\fP\&' and `\fBselect=\fP' may be given twice, once +with a number and once with `\fBlong\fP\&' or `\fBlong\-list\fP'\&. +.PP +Finally, it is possible to activate two special modes of menu selection\&. +The word `\fBinteractive\fP\&' in the value causes interactive mode +to be entered immediately when menu selection is started; see +the description of the \fBzsh/complist\fP module in \fIzshmodules\fP(1).RE for a description of interactive mode\&. Including the string +`\fBsearch\fP\&' does the same for incremental search mode\&. To select backward +incremental search, include the string `\fBsearch\-backward\fP\&'\&. +) +.TP +\fBmuttrc\fP +If set, gives the location of the mutt configuration file\&. It defaults +to `\fB~/\&.muttrc\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBnumbers\fP +This is used with the \fBjobs\fP tag\&. If it is `true\&', the shell will +complete job numbers instead of the shortest unambiguous prefix +of the job command text\&. If the value is a number, job numbers will +only be used if that many words from the job descriptions are required to +resolve ambiguities\&. For example, if the value is `\fB1\fP\&', strings will +only be used if all jobs differ in the first word on their command lines\&. +.TP +\fBold\-list\fP +This is used by the \fB_oldlist\fP completer\&. If it is set to `\fBalways\fP\&', +then standard widgets which perform listing will retain the current list of +matches, however they were generated; this can be turned off explicitly +with the value `\fBnever\fP\&', giving the behaviour without the \fB_oldlist\fP +completer\&. If the style is unset, or any other value, then the existing +list of completions is displayed if it is not already; otherwise, the +standard completion list is generated; this is the default behaviour of +\fB_oldlist\fP\&. However, if there is an old list and this style contains +the name of the completer function that generated the list, then the +old list will be used even if it was generated by a widget which does +not do listing\&. +.RS +.PP +For example, suppose you type \fB^Xc\fP to use the \fB_correct_word\fP +widget, which generates a list of corrections for the word under the +cursor\&. Usually, typing \fB^D\fP would generate a standard list of +completions for the word on the command line, and show that\&. With +\fB_oldlist\fP, it will instead show the list of corrections already +generated\&. +.PP +As another example consider the \fB_match\fP completer: with the +\fBinsert\-unambiguous\fP style set to `true\&' it inserts only a common prefix +string, if there is any\&. However, this may remove parts of the original +pattern, so that further completion could produce more matches than on the +first attempt\&. By using the \fB_oldlist\fP completer and setting this style +to \fB_match\fP, the list of matches generated on the first attempt will be +used again\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBold\-matches\fP +This is used by the \fB_all_matches\fP completer to decide if an old +list of matches should be used if one exists\&. This is selected by one of +the `true\&' values or by the string `\fBonly\fP'\&. If +the value is `\fBonly\fP\&', \fB_all_matches\fP will only use an old list +and won\&'t have any effect on the list of matches currently being +generated\&. +.RS +.PP +If this style is set it is generally unwise to call the \fB_all_matches\fP +completer unconditionally\&. One possible use is for either this style or +the \fBcompleter\fP style to be defined with the \fB\-e\fP option to +\fBzstyle\fP to make the style conditional\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBold\-menu\fP +This is used by the \fB_oldlist\fP completer\&. It controls how menu +completion behaves when a completion has already been inserted and the +user types a standard completion key such as \fBTAB\fP\&. The default +behaviour of \fB_oldlist\fP is that menu completion always continues +with the existing list of completions\&. If this style is set to +`false\&', however, a new completion is started if the old list was +generated by a different completion command; this is the behaviour without +the \fB_oldlist\fP completer\&. +.RS +.PP +For example, suppose you type \fB^Xc\fP to generate a list of corrections, +and menu completion is started in one of the usual ways\&. Usually, or with +this style set to \fBfalse\fP, typing \fBTAB\fP at this point would start +trying to complete the line as it now appears\&. With \fB_oldlist\fP, it +instead continues to cycle through the list of corrections\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBoriginal\fP +This is used by the \fB_approximate\fP and \fB_correct\fP +completers to decide if the original string should be added as +a possible completion\&. Normally, this is done only if there are +at least two possible corrections, but if this style is set to `true\&', it +is always added\&. Note that the style will be examined with the +completer field in the context name set to \fBcorrect\-\fP\fInum\fP or +\fBapproximate\-\fP\fInum\fP, where \fInum\fP is the number of errors that +were accepted\&. +.TP +\fBpackageset\fP +This style is used when completing arguments of the Debian `\fBdpkg\fP\&' +program\&. It contains an override for the default package set +for a given context\&. For example, +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*:complete:dpkg:option\-\-status\-1:*' \e + packageset avail\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +causes available packages, rather than only installed packages, +to be completed for `\fBdpkg \-\fP\fB\-status\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBpath\fP +The function that completes color names uses this style with the +\fBcolors\fP tag\&. The value should be the pathname of a file +containing color names in the format of an X11 \fBrgb\&.txt\fP file\&. If +the style is not set but this file is found in one of various standard +locations it will be used as the default\&. +.TP +\fBpine\-directory\fP +If set, specifies the directory containing PINE mailbox files\&. There +is no default, since recursively searching this directory is inconvenient +for anyone who doesn\&'t use PINE\&. +.TP +\fBports\fP +A list of Internet service names (network ports) to complete\&. If this is +not set, service names are taken from the file `\fB/etc/services\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBprefix\-hidden\fP +This is used for certain completions which share a common prefix, for +example command options beginning with dashes\&. If it is `true\&', the +prefix will not be shown in the list of matches\&. +.RS +.PP +The default value for this style is `false\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBprefix\-needed\fP +This, too, is used for matches with a common prefix\&. If it is set to +`true\&' this common prefix must be typed by the user to generate the +matches\&. In the case of command options, this means that the initial +`\fB\-\fP\&', `\fB+\fP', or `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP' must be typed explicitly before option +names will be completed\&. +.RS +.PP +The default value for this style is `true\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBpreserve\-prefix\fP +This style is used when completing path names\&. Its value should be a +pattern matching an initial prefix of the word to complete that should +be left unchanged under all circumstances\&. For example, on some Unices +an initial `\fB//\fP\&' (double slash) has a special meaning; setting +this style to the string `\fB//\fP\&' will preserve it\&. As another example, +setting this style to `\fB?:/\fP\&' under Cygwin would allow completion +after `\fBa:/\&.\&.\&.\fP\&' and so on\&. +.TP +\fBrange\fP +This is used by the \fB_history\fP completer and the +\fB_history_complete_word\fP bindable command to decide which words +should be completed\&. +.RS +.PP +If it is a singe number, only the last \fIN\fP words from the history +will be completed\&. +.PP +If it is a range of the form `\fImax\fP\fB:\fP\fIslice\fP\&', +the last \fIslice\fP words will be completed; then if that +yields no matches, the \fIslice\fP words before those will be tried and +so on\&. This process stops either when at least one match was been +found, or \fImax\fP words have been tried\&. +.PP +The default is to complete all words from the history at once\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBregular\fP +This style is used by the \fB_expand_alias\fP completer and bindable +command\&. If set to `\fBtrue\fP\&' (the default), regular aliases will be +expanded but only in command position\&. If it is set to `\fBfalse\fP\&', +regular aliases will never be expanded\&. If it is set to `\fBalways\fP\&', +regular aliases will be expanded even if not in command position\&. +.TP +\fBrehash\fP +If this is set when completing external commands, the internal +list (hash) of commands will be updated for each search by issuing +the \fBrehash\fP command\&. There is a speed penalty for this which +is only likely to be noticeable when directories in the path have +slow file access\&. +.TP +\fBremote\-access\fP +If set to \fBfalse\fP, certain commands will be prevented from making +Internet connections to retrieve remote information\&. This includes the +completion for the \fBCVS\fP command\&. +.RS +.PP +It is not always possible to know if connections are in fact to a remote +site, so some may be prevented unnecessarily\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBremove\-all\-dups\fP +The \fB_history_complete_word\fP bindable command and the \fB_history\fP +completer use this to decide if all duplicate matches should be +removed, rather than just consecutive duplicates\&. +.TP +\fBselect\-prompt\fP +If this is set for the \fBdefault\fP tag, its +value will be displayed during menu selection (see the \fBmenu\fP style +above) when the completion list does not fit on the screen as a +whole\&. The same escapes as for the \fBlist\-prompt\fP style are +understood, except that the numbers refer to the match or line the mark is +on\&. A default prompt is used when the value is the empty string\&. +.TP +\fBselect\-scroll\fP +This style is tested for the \fBdefault\fP tag and determines how a +completion list is scrolled during a menu selection (see the \fBmenu\fP +style above) when the completion list does not fit on the screen as a +whole\&. If the value is `\fB0\fP\&' (zero), the list is scrolled by +half\-screenfuls; if it is a positive integer, the list is scrolled by the +given number of lines; if it is a negative number, the list is scrolled by a +screenful minus the absolute value of the given number of lines\&. +The default is to scroll by single lines\&. +.TP +\fBseparate\-sections\fP +This style is used with the \fBmanuals\fP tag when completing names of +manual pages\&. If it is `true\&', entries for different sections are +added separately using tag names of the form `\fBmanual\&.\fP\fIX\fP\&', +where \fIX\fP is the section number\&. When the \fBgroup\-name\fP style is +also in effect, pages from different sections will appear separately\&. +This style is also used similarly with the \fBwords\fP style when +completing words for the dict command\&. It allows words from different +dictionary databases to be added separately\&. +The default for this style is `false\&'\&. +.TP +\fBshow\-completer\fP +Tested whenever a new completer is tried\&. If it is true, the completion +system outputs a progress message in the listing area showing what +completer is being tried\&. The message will be overwritten by any output +when completions are found and is removed after completion is finished\&. +.TP +\fBsingle\-ignored\fP +This is used by the \fB_ignored\fP completer when there is only one match\&. +If its value is `\fBshow\fP\&', the single match will be +displayed but not inserted\&. If the value is `\fBmenu\fP\&', then the single +match and the original string are both added as matches and menu completion +is started, making it easy to select either of them\&. +.TP +\fBsort\fP +Many completion widgets call \fB_description\fP at some point which +decides whether the matches are added sorted or unsorted (often +indirectly via \fB_wanted\fP or \fB_requested\fP)\&. This style can be set +explicitly to one of the usual true or false values as an override\&. +If it is not set for the context, the standard behaviour of the +calling widget is used\&. +.RS +.PP +The style is tested first against the full context including the tag, and +if that fails to produce a value against the context without the tag\&. +.PP +If the calling widget explicitly requests unsorted matches, this is usually +honoured\&. However, the default (unsorted) behaviour of completion +for the command history may be overridden by setting the style to +\fBtrue\fP\&. +.PP +In the \fB_expand\fP completer, if it is set to +`true\&', the expansions generated will always be sorted\&. If it is set +to `\fBmenu\fP\&', then the expansions are only sorted when they are offered +as single strings but not in the string containing all possible +expansions\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBspecial\-dirs\fP +Normally, the completion code will not produce the directory names +`\fB\&.\fP\&' and `\fB\&.\&.\fP' as possible completions\&. If this style is set to +`true\&', it will add both `\fB\&.\fP' and `\fB\&.\&.\fP' as possible completions; +if it is set to `\fB\&.\&.\fP\&', only `\fB\&.\&.\fP' will be added\&. +.RS +.PP +The following example sets \fBspecial\-dirs\fP to `\fB\&.\&.\fP\&' when the +current prefix is empty, is a single `\fB\&.\fP\&', or consists only of a path +beginning with `\fB\&.\&./\fP\&'\&. Otherwise the value is `false'\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \-e \&':completion:*' special\-dirs \e + \&'[[ $PREFIX = (\&.\&./)#(|\&.|\&.\&.) ]] && reply=(\&.\&.)'\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBsqueeze\-slashes\fP +If set to `true\&', sequences of slashes in filename paths (for example in +`\fBfoo//bar\fP\&') will be treated as a single slash\&. This is the usual +behaviour of UNIX paths\&. However, by default the file completion +function behaves as if there were a `\fB*\fP\&' between the slashes\&. +.TP +\fBstop\fP +If set to `true\&', the \fB_history_complete_word\fP bindable +command will stop once when reaching the beginning or end of the +history\&. Invoking \fB_history_complete_word\fP will then wrap around to +the opposite end of the history\&. If this style is set to `false\&' (the +default), \fB_history_complete_word\fP will loop immediately as in a +menu completion\&. +.TP +\fBstrip\-comments\fP +If set to `true\&', this style causes non\-essential comment text to be +removed from completion matches\&. Currently it is only used when +completing e\-mail addresses where it removes any display name from the +addresses, cutting them down to plain \fIuser@host\fP form\&. +.TP +\fBsubst\-globs\-only\fP +This is used by the \fB_expand\fP completer\&. If it is set to `true\&', +the expansion will only be used if it resulted from globbing; hence, +if expansions resulted from the use of the \fBsubstitute\fP style +described below, but these were not further changed by globbing, the +expansions will be rejected\&. +.RS +.PP +The default for this style is `false\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBsubstitute\fP +This boolean style controls whether the \fB_expand\fP completer will +first try to expand all substitutions in the string (such as +`\fB$(\&.\&.\&.)\fP\&' and `\fB${\&.\&.\&.}\fP')\&. +.RS +.PP +The default is `true\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBsuffix\fP +This is used by the \fB_expand\fP completer if the word starts with a +tilde or contains a parameter expansion\&. If it is set to `true\&', the +word will only be expanded if it doesn\&'t have a suffix, i\&.e\&. if it is +something like `\fB~foo\fP\&' or `\fB$foo\fP' rather than `\fB~foo/\fP' or +`\fB$foo/bar\fP\&', unless that suffix itself contains characters eligible +for expansion\&. The default for this style is `true\&'\&. +.TP +\fBtag\-order\fP +This provides a mechanism for sorting how the tags available in a +particular context will be used\&. +.RS +.PP +The values for the style are sets of space\-separated lists of tags\&. +The tags in each value will be tried at the same time; if no match is +found, the next value is used\&. (See the \fBfile\-patterns\fP style for +an exception to this behavior\&.) +.PP +For example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*:complete:\-command\-:*' tag\-order \e + \&'commands functions'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +specifies that completion in command position first offers +external commands and shell functions\&. Remaining tags will be tried if +no completions are found\&. +.PP +In addition to tag names, each string in the value may take one of the +following forms: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-\fP +If any value consists of only a hyphen, +then \fIonly\fP the tags specified in the other values are +generated\&. Normally all tags not explicitly selected are tried last +if the specified tags fail to generate any matches\&. This means +that a single value consisting only of a single hyphen +turns off completion\&. +.TP +\fB!\fP \fItags\fP\&.\&.\&. +A string starting with an exclamation mark +specifies names of tags that are \fInot\fP to be used\&. The effect is +the same as if all other possible tags for the context had been +listed\&. +.TP +\fItag\fP\fB:\fP\fIlabel\fP \&.\&.\&. +Here, \fItag\fP is one of the standard tags and \fIlabel\fP is an +arbitrary name\&. Matches are generated as normal but the name \fIlabel\fP +is used in contexts instead of \fItag\fP\&. This is not useful in words +starting with \fB!\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +If the \fIlabel\fP starts with a hyphen, the \fItag\fP is prepended to the +\fIlabel\fP to form the name used for lookup\&. This can be +used to make the completion system try a certain tag more than once, +supplying different style settings for each attempt; see below for an +example\&. +.RE +.TP +\fItag\fP\fB:\fP\fIlabel\fP\fB:\fP\fIdescription\fP +As before, but \fBdescription\fP will replace the `\fB%d\fP\&' in +the value of the \fBformat\fP style instead of the default description +supplied by the completion function\&. Spaces in the description must +be quoted with a backslash\&. A `\fB%d\fP\&' appearing +in \fIdescription\fP is replaced with the description given by the +completion function\&. +.PP +In any of the forms above the tag may be a pattern or several +patterns in the form `\fB{\fP\fIpat1\fP\fB,\fP\fIpat2\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB}\fP\&'\&. In this +case all matching tags will be used except +for any given explicitly in the same string\&. +.PP +One use of these features is to try +one tag more than once, setting other styles differently on +each attempt, but still to use all the other tags without having to +repeat them all\&. For example, to make completion of function names in +command position ignore all the completion functions starting with an +underscore the first time completion is tried: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*:*:\-command\-:*' tag\-order \e + \&'functions:\-non\-comp *' functions +zstyle \&':completion:*:functions\-non\-comp' ignored\-patterns '_*'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +On the first attempt, all tags will be offered but the \fBfunctions\fP tag +will be replaced by \fBfunctions\-non\-comp\fP\&. The \fBignored\-patterns\fP style +is set for this tag to exclude functions starting with an underscore\&. +If there are no matches, the second value of the +\fBtag\-order\fP style is used which completes functions using the default +tag, this time presumably including all function names\&. +.PP +The matches for one tag can be split into different groups\&. For example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' tag\-order \e + \&'options:\-long:long\e options + options:\-short:short\e options + options:\-single\-letter:single\e letter\e options\&' +.PP +zstyle \&':completion:*:options\-long' ignored\-patterns '[\-+](|\-|[^\-]*)' +zstyle \&':completion:*:options\-short' ignored\-patterns '\-\-*' '[\-+]?' +zstyle \&':completion:*:options\-single\-letter' ignored\-patterns '???*'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +With the \fBgroup\-names\fP style set, options beginning with +`\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&', options beginning with a single `\fB\-\fP' or `\fB+\fP' but +containing multiple characters, and single\-letter options will be +displayed in separate groups with different descriptions\&. +.PP +Another use of patterns is to +try multiple match specifications one after another\&. The +\fBmatcher\-list\fP style offers something similar, but it is tested very +early in the completion system and hence can\&'t be set for single +commands nor for more specific contexts\&. Here is how to +try normal completion without any match specification and, if that +generates no matches, try again with case\-insensitive matching, restricting +the effect to arguments of the command \fBfoo\fP: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*:*:foo:*' tag\-order '*' '*:\-case' +zstyle \&':completion:*\-case' matcher 'm:{a\-z}={A\-Z}'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +First, all the tags offered when completing after \fBfoo\fP are tried using +the normal tag name\&. If that generates no matches, the second value of +\fBtag\-order\fP is used, which tries all tags again except that this time +each has \fB\-case\fP appended to its name for lookup of styles\&. Hence this +time the value for the \fBmatcher\fP style from the second call to \fBzstyle\fP +in the example is used to make completion case\-insensitive\&. +.PP +It is possible to use the \fB\-e\fP option of the \fBzstyle\fP builtin +command to specify conditions for the use of particular tags\&. For +example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \-e \&'*:\-command\-:*' tag\-order ' + if [[ \-n $PREFIX$SUFFIX ]]; then + reply=( ) + else + reply=( \- ) + fi\&'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Completion in command position will be attempted only if the string +typed so far is not empty\&. This is tested using the \fBPREFIX\fP +special parameter; see +zshcompwid +for a description of parameters which are special inside completion widgets\&. +Setting \fBreply\fP to an empty array provides the default +behaviour of trying all tags at once; setting it to an +array containing only a hyphen disables the use of all tags and hence of +all completions\&. +.PP +If no \fBtag\-order\fP style has been defined for a context, the strings +`\fB(|*\-)argument\-* (|*\-)option\-* values\fP\&' and `\fBoptions\fP' plus all +tags offered by the completion function will be used to provide a +sensible default behavior that causes arguments (whether normal command +arguments or arguments of options) to be completed before option names for +most commands\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBurls\fP +This is used together with the the \fBurls\fP tag by +functions completing URLs\&. +.RS +.PP +If the value consists of more than one string, or if the only string +does not name a file or directory, the strings are used as the URLs to +complete\&. +.PP +If the value contains only one string which is the name of a normal +file the URLs are taken from that file (where the URLs may be +separated by white space or newlines)\&. +.PP +Finally, if the only string in the value names a directory, the +directory hierarchy rooted at this directory gives the completions\&. The +top level directory should be the file access method, such as +`\fBhttp\fP\&', `\fBftp\fP', `\fBbookmark\fP' and so on\&. In many cases the next +level of directories will be a filename\&. The directory hierarchy can +descend as deep as necessary\&. +.PP +For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' urls ~/\&.urls +mkdir \-p ~/\&.urls/ftp/ftp\&.zsh\&.org/pub/development +\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +allows completion of all the components of the URL +\fBftp://ftp\&.zsh\&.org/pub/development\fP after suitable commands such as +`\fBnetscape\fP\&' or `\fBlynx\fP'\&. Note, however, that access methods and +files are completed separately, so if the \fBhosts\fP style is set hosts +can be completed without reference to the \fBurls\fP style\&. +.PP +See the description in the function \fB_urls\fP itself +for more information (e\&.g\&. `\fBmore $^fpath/_urls(N)\fP\&')\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBuse\-cache\fP +If this is set, the completion caching layer is activated for any completions +which use it (via the \fB_store_cache\fP, \fB_retrieve_cache\fP, and +\fB_cache_invalid\fP functions)\&. The directory containing the cache +files can be changed with the \fBcache\-path\fP style\&. +.TP +\fBuse\-compctl\fP +If this style is set to a string \fInot\fP equal to \fBfalse\fP, \fB0\fP, +\fBno\fP, and \fBoff\fP, the completion system may use any completion +specifications defined with the \fBcompctl\fP builtin command\&. If the +style is unset, this is done only if the \fBzsh/compctl\fP module +is loaded\&. The string may also contain the substring `\fBfirst\fP\&' to +use completions defined with `\fBcompctl \-T\fP\&', and the substring +`\fBdefault\fP\&' to use the completion defined with `\fBcompctl \-D\fP'\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that this is only intended to smooth the transition from +\fBcompctl\fP to the new completion system and may disappear in the +future\&. +.PP +Note also that the definitions from \fBcompctl\fP will only be used if +there is no specific completion function for the command in question\&. For +example, if there is a function \fB_foo\fP to complete arguments to the +command \fBfoo\fP, \fBcompctl\fP will never be invoked for \fBfoo\fP\&. +However, the \fBcompctl\fP version will be tried if \fBfoo\fP only uses +default completion\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBuse\-ip\fP +By default, the function \fB_hosts\fP that completes host names strips +IP addresses from entries read from host databases such as NIS and +ssh files\&. If this style is true, the corresponding IP addresses +can be completed as well\&. This style is not use in any context +where the \fBhosts\fP style is set; note also it must be set before +the cache of host names is generated (typically the first completion +attempt)\&. +.TP +\fBuse\-perl\fP +Various parts of the function system use awk to extract words from +files or command output as this universally available\&. However, many +versions of awk have arbitrary limits on the size of input\&. If this +style is set, perl will be used instead\&. This is almost always +preferable if perl is available on your system\&. +.RS +.PP +Currently this is only used in completions for `make\&', but it may be +extended depending on authorial frustration\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBusers\fP +This may be set to a list of usernames to be completed\&. +If it is not set all usernames will be completed\&. +Note that if it is set only that list of users will be completed; +this is because on some systems querying all users can take +a prohibitive amount of time\&. +.TP +\fBusers\-hosts\fP +The values of this style should be of the form +`\fIuser\fP\fB@\fP\fIhost\fP\&' or `\fIuser\fP\fB:\fP\fIhost\fP'\&. It is used for +commands that need pairs of +user\- and hostnames\&. These commands will complete usernames from this +style (only), and will restrict subsequent hostname completion to hosts +paired with that user in one of the values of the style\&. +.RS +.PP +It is possible to group values for sets of commands which allow a remote +login, such as \fBrlogin\fP and \fBssh\fP, by using the \fBmy\-accounts\fP tag\&. +Similarly, values for sets of commands which usually refer to the +accounts of other people, such as \fBtalk\fP and \fBfinger\fP, can be +grouped by using the \fBother\-accounts\fP tag\&. More ambivalent commands +may use the \fBaccounts\fP tag\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBusers\-hosts\-ports\fP +Like \fBusers\-hosts\fP but used for commands like \fBtelnet\fP and +containing strings of the form `\fIuser\fP\fB@\fP\fIhost\fP\fB:\fP\fIport\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBverbose\fP +If set, as it is by default, the completion listing is more verbose\&. +In particular many commands show descriptions for options if this +style is `true\&'\&. +.TP +\fBword\fP +This is used by the \fB_list\fP completer, which prevents the insertion of +completions until a second completion attempt when the line has not +changed\&. The normal way of finding out if the line has changed is to +compare its entire contents between the two occasions\&. If this style is +true, the comparison is instead performed only on the current word\&. +Hence if completion is performed on another word with the same contents, +completion will not be delayed\&. +.PP +.SH "CONTROL FUNCTIONS" +.PP +The initialization script \fBcompinit\fP redefines all the widgets +which perform completion to call the supplied widget function +\fB_main_complete\fP\&. This function acts as a wrapper calling the +so\-called `completer\&' functions that generate matches\&. If +\fB_main_complete\fP is called with arguments, these are taken as the +names of completer functions to be called in the order given\&. If no +arguments are given, the set of functions to try is taken from the +\fBcompleter\fP style\&. For example, to use normal completion and +correction if that doesn\&'t generate any matches: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' completer _complete _correct\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +after calling \fBcompinit\fP\&. The default value for this style is +`\fB_complete _ignored\fP\&', i\&.e\&. normally only ordinary completion is tried, +first with the effect of the \fBignored\-patterns\fP style and then without +it\&. The \fB_main_complete\fP function uses the return status of the completer +functions to decide if other completers should be called\&. If the return +status is zero, no other completers are tried and the \fB_main_complete\fP +function returns\&. +.PP +If the first argument to \fB_main_complete\fP is a single hyphen, the +arguments will not be taken as names of completers\&. Instead, the +second argument gives a name to use in the \fIcompleter\fP field of the +context and the other arguments give a command name and arguments to +call to generate the matches\&. +.PP +The following completer functions are contained in the distribution, +although users may write their own\&. Note that in contexts the leading +underscore is stripped, for example basic completion is performed in the +context `\fB:completion::complete:\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\&'\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB_all_matches\fP +This completer can be used to add a string consisting of all other +matches\&. As it influences later completers it must appear as the first +completer in the list\&. The list of all matches is affected by the +\fBavoid\-completer\fP and \fBold\-matches\fP styles described above\&. +.RS +.PP +It may be useful to use the \fB_generic\fP function described below +to bind \fB_all_matches\fP to its own keystroke, for example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle \-C all\-matches complete\-word _generic +bindkey \&'^Xa' all\-matches +zstyle \&':completion:all\-matches:*' old\-matches only +zstyle \&':completion:all\-matches::::' completer _all_matches\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Note that this does not generate completions by itself: first use +any of the standard ways of generating a list of completions, +then use \fB^Xa\fP to show all matches\&. It is possible instead to +add a standard completer to the list and request that the +list of all matches should be directly inserted: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:all\-matches::::' completer _all_matches _complete +zstyle \&':completion:all\-matches:*' insert true\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +In this case the \fBold\-matches\fP style should not be set\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_approximate\fP +This is similar to the basic \fB_complete\fP completer but allows the +completions to undergo corrections\&. The maximum number of errors can be +specified by the \fBmax\-errors\fP style; see the description of +approximate matching in +\fIzshexpn\fP(1) +for how errors are counted\&. Normally this completer will only be tried +after the normal \fB_complete\fP completer: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' completer _complete _approximate\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This will give correcting completion if and only if +normal completion yields no possible completions\&. When +corrected completions are found, the completer will normally start +menu completion allowing you to cycle through these strings\&. +.PP +This completer uses the tags \fBcorrections\fP and \fBoriginal\fP when +generating the possible corrections and the original string\&. The +\fBformat\fP style for the former may contain the additional sequences +`\fB%e\fP\&' and `\fB%o\fP' which will be replaced by the number of errors +accepted to generate the corrections and the original string, +respectively\&. +.PP +The completer progressively increases the number of errors allowed up to +the limit by the \fBmax\-errors\fP style, hence if a completion is found +with one error, no completions with two errors will be shown, and so on\&. +It modifies the completer name in the context to indicate the number of +errors being tried: on the first try the completer field contains +`\fBapproximate\-1\fP\&', on the second try `\fBapproximate\-2\fP', and so on\&. +.PP +When \fB_approximate\fP is called from another function, the number of +errors to accept may be passed with the \fB\-a\fP option\&. The argument +is in the same format as the \fBmax\-errors\fP style, all in one string\&. +.PP +Note that this completer (and the \fB_correct\fP completer mentioned +below) can be quite expensive to call, especially when a large number +of errors are allowed\&. One way to avoid this is to set up the +\fBcompleter\fP style using the \fB\-e\fP option to zstyle so that some +completers are only used when completion is attempted a second time on +the same string, e\&.g\&.: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \-e \&':completion:*' completer ' + if [[ $_last_try != "$HISTNO$BUFFER$CURSOR" ]]; then + _last_try="$HISTNO$BUFFER$CURSOR" + reply=(_complete _match _prefix) + else + reply=(_ignored _correct _approximate) + fi\&'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This uses the \fBHISTNO\fP parameter and the \fBBUFFER\fP and \fBCURSOR\fP +special parameters that are available inside zle and completion +widgets to find out if the command line hasn\&'t changed since the last +time completion was tried\&. Only then are the \fB_ignored\fP, +\fB_correct\fP and \fB_approximate\fP completers called\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_complete\fP +This completer generates all possible completions in a context\-sensitive +manner, i\&.e\&. using the settings defined with the \fBcompdef\fP function +explained above and the current settings of all special parameters\&. +This gives the normal completion behaviour\&. +.RS +.PP +To complete arguments of commands, \fB_complete\fP uses the utility function +\fB_normal\fP, which is in turn responsible for finding the particular +function; it is described below\&. Various contexts of the form +\fB\-\fP\fIcontext\fP\fB\-\fP are handled specifically\&. These are all +mentioned above as possible arguments to the \fB#compdef\fP tag\&. +.PP +Before trying to find a function for a specific context, \fB_complete\fP +checks if the parameter `\fBcompcontext\fP\&' is set\&. Setting +`\fBcompcontext\fP\&' allows the usual completion dispatching to be +overridden which is useful in places such as a function that uses +\fBvared\fP for input\&. If it is set to an array, the elements are taken +to be the possible matches which will be completed using the tag +`\fBvalues\fP\&' and the description `\fBvalue\fP'\&. If it is set to an +associative array, the keys are used as the possible completions and +the values (if non\-empty) are used as descriptions for the matches\&. If +`\fBcompcontext\fP\&' is set to a string containing colons, it should be of +the form `\fItag\fP\fB:\fP\fIdescr\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP\&'\&. In this case the +\fItag\fP and \fIdescr\fP give the tag and description to use and the +\fIaction\fP indicates what should be completed in one of the forms +accepted by the \fB_arguments\fP utility function described below\&. +.PP +Finally, if `\fBcompcontext\fP\&' is set to a string without colons, the +value is taken as the name of the context to use and the function +defined for that context will be called\&. For this purpose, there is a +special context named \fB\-command\-line\-\fP that completes whole command +lines (commands and their arguments)\&. This is not used by the completion +system itself but is nonetheless handled when explicitly called\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_correct\fP +Generate corrections, but not completions, for the current word; this is +similar to \fB_approximate\fP but will not allow any number of extra +characters at the cursor as that completer does\&. The effect is +similar to spell\-checking\&. It is based on \fB_approximate\fP, but the +completer field in the context name is \fBcorrect\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +For example, with: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:::::' completer _complete _correct _approximate +zstyle \&':completion:*:correct:::' max\-errors 2 not\-numeric +zstyle \&':completion:*:approximate:::' max\-errors 3 numeric\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +correction will accept up to two errors\&. If a numeric argument is +given, correction will not be performed, but correcting completion +will be, and will accept as many errors as given by the numeric +argument\&. Without a numeric argument, first correction and then +correcting completion will be tried, with the first one accepting two +errors and the second one accepting three errors\&. +.PP +When \fB_correct\fP is called as a function, the number of errors to accept +may be given following the \fB\-a\fP option\&. The argument is in the same +form a values to the \fBaccept\fP style, all in one string\&. +.PP +This completer function is intended to be used without the +\fB_approximate\fP completer or, as in the example, just before +it\&. Using it after the \fB_approximate\fP completer is useless since +\fB_approximate\fP will at least generate the corrected strings +generated by the \fB_correct\fP completer \-\- and probably more\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_expand\fP +This completer function does not really perform completion, but instead +checks if the word on the command line is eligible for expansion and, +if it is, gives detailed control over how this expansion is done\&. For +this to happen, the completion system needs to be invoked with +\fBcomplete\-word\fP, not \fBexpand\-or\-complete\fP (the default binding for +\fBTAB\fP), as otherwise the string will be expanded by the shell\&'s +internal mechanism before the completion system is started\&. +Note also this completer should be called before the \fB_complete\fP +completer function\&. +.RS +.PP +The tags used when generating expansions are \fBall\-expansions\fP for the +string containing all possible expansions, \fBexpansions\fP when adding +the possible expansions as single matches and \fBoriginal\fP when adding +the original string from the line\&. The order in which these strings are +generated, if at all, can be controlled by the \fBgroup\-order\fP and +\fBtag\-order\fP styles, as usual\&. +.PP +The format string for \fBall\-expansions\fP and for \fBexpansions\fP may +contain the sequence `\fB%o\fP\&' which will be replaced by the original +string from the line\&. +.PP +The kind of expansion to be tried is controlled by the \fBsubstitute\fP, +\fBglob\fP and \fBsubst\-globs\-only\fP styles\&. +.PP +It is also possible to call \fB_expand\fP as a function, in which case the +different modes may be selected with options: \fB\-s\fP for +\fBsubstitute\fP, \fB\-g\fP for \fBglob\fP and \fB\-o\fP for \fBsubst\-globs\-only\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_expand_alias\fP +If the word the cursor is on is an alias, it is expanded and no other +completers are called\&. The types of aliases which are to be expanded can +be controlled with the styles \fBregular\fP, \fBglobal\fP and \fBdisabled\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +This function is also a bindable command, see +the section `Bindable Commands\&' below\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_history\fP +Complete words from the shell\&'s command history\&. This completer +can be controlled by the \fBremove\-all\-dups\fP, and \fBsort\fP styles as for the +\fB_history_complete_word\fP bindable command, see +the section `Bindable Commands\&' below +and +the section `Completion System Configuration\&' above\&. +.TP +\fB_ignored\fP +The \fBignored\-patterns\fP style can be set to a list of patterns which are +compared against possible completions; matching ones are removed\&. +With this completer those matches can be reinstated, as +if no \fBignored\-patterns\fP style were set\&. The completer actually +generates its own list of matches; which completers are invoked +is determined in the same way as for the \fB_prefix\fP completer\&. +The \fBsingle\-ignored\fP style is also available as described above\&. +.TP +\fB_list\fP +This completer allows the insertion of matches to be delayed until +completion is attempted a second time without the word on the line +being changed\&. On the first attempt, only the list of matches will be +shown\&. It is affected by the styles \fBcondition\fP and \fBword\fP, see +the section `Completion System Configuration\&' above\&. +.TP +\fB_match\fP +This completer is intended to be used after the \fB_complete\fP +completer\&. It behaves similarly but the string on the command line may +be a pattern to match against trial completions\&. This gives the effect +of the \fBGLOB_COMPLETE\fP option\&. +.RS +.PP +Normally completion will be performed by taking the pattern from the line, +inserting a `\fB*\fP\&' at the cursor position and comparing the resulting +pattern with the possible completions generated\&. This can be modified +with the \fBmatch\-original\fP style described above\&. +.PP +The generated matches will be offered in a menu completion unless the +\fBinsert\-unambiguous\fP style is set to `true\&'; see the description above +for other options for this style\&. +.PP +Note that matcher specifications defined globally or used by the +completion functions (the styles \fBmatcher\-list\fP and \fBmatcher\fP) will +not be used\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_menu\fP +This completer was written as simple example function to show how menu +completion can be enabled in shell code\&. However, it has the notable +effect of disabling menu selection which can be useful with +\fB_generic\fP based widgets\&. It should be used as the first completer in +the list\&. Note that this is independent of the setting of the +\fBMENU_COMPLETE\fP option and does not work with the other menu +completion widgets such as \fBreverse\-menu\-complete\fP, or +\fBaccept\-and\-menu\-complete\fP\&. +.TP +\fB_oldlist\fP +This completer controls how the standard completion widgets behave +when there is an existing list of completions which may have been +generated by a special completion (i\&.e\&. a separately\-bound completion +command)\&. It allows the ordinary completion keys to continue to use the +list of completions thus generated, instead of producing a new list of +ordinary contextual completions\&. +It should appear in the list of completers before any of +the widgets which generate matches\&. It uses two styles: \fBold\-list\fP and +\fBold\-menu\fP, see +the section `Completion System Configuration\&' above\&. +.TP +\fB_prefix\fP +This completer can be used to try completion with the suffix (everything +after the cursor) ignored\&. In other words, the suffix will not be +considered to be part of the word to complete\&. The effect is similar +to the \fBexpand\-or\-complete\-prefix\fP command\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fBcompleter\fP style is used to decide which other completers are to +be called to generate matches\&. If this style is unset, the list of +completers set for the current context is used \-\- except, of course, the +\fB_prefix\fP completer itself\&. Furthermore, if this completer appears +more than once in the list of completers only those completers not +already tried by the last invocation of \fB_prefix\fP will be called\&. +.PP +For example, consider this global \fBcompleter\fP style: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' completer \e + _complete _prefix _correct _prefix:foo\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Here, the \fB_prefix\fP completer tries normal completion but ignoring the +suffix\&. If that doesn\&'t generate any matches, and neither does +the call to the \fB_correct\fP completer after it, \fB_prefix\fP will +be called a second time and, now only trying correction with the +suffix ignored\&. On the second invocation the completer part of the +context appears as `\fBfoo\fP\&'\&. +.PP +To use \fB_prefix\fP as the last resort and try only normal completion +when it is invoked: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' completer _complete \&.\&.\&. _prefix +zstyle \&':completion::prefix:*' completer _complete\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The \fBadd\-space\fP style is also respected\&. If it is set to `true\&' then +\fB_prefix\fP will insert a space between the matches generated (if any) +and the suffix\&. +.PP +Note that this completer is only useful if the +\fBCOMPLETE_IN_WORD\fP option is set; otherwise, the cursor will +be moved to the end of the current word before the completion code is +called and hence there will be no suffix\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBbashcompinit\fP +This function provides compatibility with bash\&'s programmable completion +system\&. When run it will define the functions, \fBcompgen\fP and +\fBcomplete\fP which correspond to the bash builtins with the same names\&. +It will then be possible to use completion specifications and functions +written for bash\&. +.PP +.SH "BINDABLE COMMANDS" +.PP +In addition to the context\-dependent completions provided, which are +expected to work in an intuitively obvious way, there are a few widgets +implementing special behaviour which can be bound separately to keys\&. The +following is a list of these and their default bindings\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB_bash_completions\fP +This function is used by two widgets, \fB_bash_complete\-word\fP and +\fB_bash_list\-choices\fP\&. It exists to provide compatibility with +completion bindings in bash\&. The last character of the binding determines +what is completed: `\fB!\fP\&', command names; `\fB$\fP', environment variables; +`\fB@\fP\&', host names; `\fB/\fP', file names; `\fB~\fP' user names\&. In bash, the +binding preceded by `\fB\ee\fP\&' gives completion, and preceded by `\fB^X\fP' +lists options\&. As some of these bindings clash with standard zsh +bindings, only `\fB\ee~\fP\&' and `\fB^X~\fP' are bound by default\&. To add the +rest, the following should be added to \fB\&.zshrc\fP after \fBcompinit\fP has +been run: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBfor key in \&'!' '$' '@' '/' '~'; do + bindkey "\ee$key" _bash_complete\-word + bindkey "^X$key" _bash_list\-choices +done\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This includes the bindings for `\fB~\fP\&' in case they were already bound to +something else; the completion code does not override user bindings\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_correct_filename (^XC)\fP +Correct the filename path at the cursor position\&. Allows up to six errors +in the name\&. Can also be called with an argument to correct +a filename path, independently of zle; the correction is printed on +standard output\&. +.TP +\fB_correct_word\fP (^Xc) +Performs correction of the current argument using the usual contextual +completions as possible choices\&. This stores the string +`\fBcorrect\-word\fP\&' in the \fIfunction\fP field of the context name and +then calls the \fB_correct\fP completer\&. +.TP +\fB_expand_alias (^Xa)\fP +This function can be used as a completer and as a bindable command\&. +It expands the word the cursor is on if it is an alias\&. The types of +alias expanded can be controlled with the styles \fBregular\fP, \fBglobal\fP +and \fBdisabled\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +When used as a bindable command there is one additional feature that +can be selected by setting the \fBcomplete\fP style to `true\&'\&. In this +case, if the word is not the name of an alias, \fB_expand_alias\fP tries +to complete the word to a full alias name without expanding it\&. It +leaves the cursor directly after the completed word so that invoking +\fB_expand_alias\fP once more will expand the now\-complete alias name\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_expand_word (^Xe)\fP +Performs expansion on the current word: equivalent to the standard +\fBexpand\-word\fP command, but using the \fB_expand\fP completer\&. Before +calling it, the \fIfunction\fP field of the context is set to +`\fBexpand\-word\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fB_generic\fP +This function is not defined as a widget and not bound by +default\&. However, it can be used to define a widget and will then +store the name of the widget in the \fIfunction\fP field of the context +and call the completion system\&. This allows custom completion widgets +with their own set of style settings to be defined easily\&. For example, +to define a widget that performs normal completion and starts +menu selection: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle \-C foo complete\-word _generic +bindkey \&'\&.\&.\&.' foo +zstyle \&':completion:foo:*' menu yes select=1\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Note in particular that the \fBcompleter\fP style may be set for the context +in order to change the set of functions used to generate possible matches\&. +If \fB_generic\fP is called with arguments, those are passed through to +\fB_main_complete\fP as the list of completers in place of those defined by +the \fBcompleter\fP style\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_history_complete_word\fP (\ee/) +Complete words from the shell\&'s command history\&. This uses the +\fBlist\fP, \fBremove\-all\-dups\fP, \fBsort\fP, and \fBstop\fP styles\&. +.TP +\fB_most_recent_file (^Xm)\fP +Complete the name of the most recently modified file matching the pattern +on the command line (which may be blank)\&. If given a numeric argument +\fIN\fP, complete the \fIN\fPth most recently modified file\&. Note the +completion, if any, is always unique\&. +.TP +\fB_next_tags\fP (^Xn) +This command alters the set of matches used to that for the next tag, or +set of tags, either as given by the \fBtag\-order\fP style or as set by +default; these matches would otherwise not be available\&. +Successive invocations of the command cycle through all possible sets of +tags\&. +.TP +\fB_read_comp (^X^R)\fP +Prompt the user for a string, and use that to perform completion on the +current word\&. There are two possibilities for the string\&. First, it can +be a set of words beginning `\fB_\fP\&', for example `\fB_files \-/\fP', in which +case the function with any arguments will be called to generate the +completions\&. Unambiguous parts of the function name will be completed +automatically (normal completion is not available at this point) until a +space is typed\&. +.RS +.PP +Second, any other string will be passed as a set of arguments to +\fBcompadd\fP and should hence be an expression specifying what should +be completed\&. +.PP +A very restricted set of editing commands is available when reading the +string: `\fBDEL\fP\&' and `\fB^H\fP' delete the last character; `\fB^U\fP' deletes +the line, and `\fB^C\fP\&' and `\fB^G\fP' abort the function, while `\fBRET\fP' +accepts the completion\&. Note the string is used verbatim as a command +line, so arguments must be quoted in accordance with standard shell rules\&. +.PP +Once a string has been read, the next call to \fB_read_comp\fP will use the +existing string instead of reading a new one\&. To force a new string to be +read, call \fB_read_comp\fP with a numeric argument\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_complete_debug (^X?)\fP +This widget performs ordinary completion, but captures in a temporary file +a trace of the shell commands executed by the completion system\&. Each +completion attempt gets its own file\&. A command to view each of these +files is pushed onto the editor buffer stack\&. +.TP +\fB_complete_help (^Xh)\fP +This widget displays information about the context names, +the tags, and the completion functions used +when completing at the current cursor position\&. If given a numeric +argument other than \fB1\fP (as in `\fBESC\-2 ^Xh\fP\&'), then the styles +used and the contexts for which they are used will be shown, too\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that the information about styles may be incomplete; it depends on the +information available from the completion functions called, which in turn +is determined by the user\&'s own styles and other settings\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_complete_help_generic\fP +Unlike other commands listed here, this must be created as a normal ZLE +widget rather than a completion widget (i\&.e\&. with \fBzle \-N\fP)\&. It +is used for generating help with a widget bound to the \fB_generic\fP +widget that is described above\&. +.RS +.PP +If this widget is created using the name of the function, as it is by +default, then when executed it will read a key sequence\&. This is expected +to be bound to a call to a completion function that uses the \fB_generic\fP +widget\&. That widget will be executed, and information provided in +the same format that the \fB_complete_help\fP widget displays for +contextual completion\&. +.PP +If the widget\&'s name contains \fBdebug\fP, for example if it is created +as `\fBzle \-N _complete_debug_generic _complete_help_generic\fP\&', it +will read and execute the keystring for a generic widget as before, +but then generate debugging information as done by \fB_complete_debug\fP +for contextual completion\&. +.PP +If the widget\&'s name contains \fBnoread\fP, it will not read a keystring +but instead arrange that the next use of a generic widget run in +the same shell will have the effect as described above\&. +.PP +The widget works by setting the shell parameter +\fBZSH_TRACE_GENERIC_WIDGET\fP which is read by \fB_generic\fP\&. Unsetting +the parameter cancels any pending effect of the \fBnoread\fP form\&. +.PP +For example, after executing the following: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle \-N _complete_debug_generic _complete_help_generic +bindkey \&'^x:' _complete_debug_generic\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +typing `\fBC\-x :\fP\&' followed by the key sequence for a generic widget +will cause trace output for that widget to be saved to a file\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_complete_tag (^Xt)\fP +This widget completes symbol tags created by the \fBetags\fP or \fBctags\fP +programmes (note there is no connection with the completion system\&'s tags) +stored in a file \fBTAGS\fP, in the format used by \fBetags\fP, or \fBtags\fP, in the +format created by \fBctags\fP\&. It will look back up the path hierarchy for +the first occurrence of either file; if both exist, the file \fBTAGS\fP is +preferred\&. You can specify the full path to a \fBTAGS\fP or \fBtags\fP file by +setting the parameter \fB$TAGSFILE\fP or \fB$tagsfile\fP respectively\&. +The corresponding completion tags used are \fBetags\fP and \fBvtags\fP, after +emacs and vi respectively\&. +.PP +.SH "UTILITY FUNCTIONS" +.PP +Descriptions follow for utility functions that may be +useful when writing completion functions\&. If functions are installed in +subdirectories, most of these reside in the +\fBBase\fP subdirectory\&. Like the example +functions for commands in the distribution, the utility functions +generating matches all follow the convention of returning status zero if they +generated completions and non\-zero if no matching completions could be +added\&. +.PP +Two more features are offered by the \fB_main_complete\fP function\&. The +arrays \fBcompprefuncs\fP and \fBcomppostfuncs\fP may contain +names of functions that are to be called immediately before or after +completion has been tried\&. A function will only be called once unless +it explicitly reinserts itself into the array\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB_all_labels\fP [ \fB\-x\fP ] [ \fB\-12VJ\fP ] \fItag\fP \fIname\fP \fIdescr\fP [ \fIcommand\fP \fIargs\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +This is a convenient interface to the \fB_next_label\fP function below, +implementing the loop shown in the \fB_next_label\fP example\&. The +\fIcommand\fP and its arguments are called to generate the matches\&. The +options stored in the parameter \fIname\fP will automatically be inserted +into the \fIargs\fP passed to the \fIcommand\fP\&. Normally, they are put +directly after the \fIcommand\fP, but if one of the \fIargs\fP is a single +hyphen, they are inserted directly before that\&. If the hyphen is the last +argument, it will be removed from the argument list before the +\fIcommand\fP is called\&. This allows \fB_all_labels\fP to be used in almost all +cases where the matches can be generated by a single call to the +\fBcompadd\fP builtin command or by a call to one of the utility functions\&. +.RS +.PP +For example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBlocal expl +\&.\&.\&. +if _requested foo; then + \&.\&.\&. + _all_labels foo expl \&'\&.\&.\&.' compadd \&.\&.\&. \- $matches +fi\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Will complete the strings from the \fBmatches\fP parameter, using +\fBcompadd\fP with additional options which will take precedence over +those generated by \fB_all_labels\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_alternative\fP [ \fB\-C\fP \fIname\fP ] \fIspec\fP \&.\&.\&. +This function is useful in simple cases where multiple tags are available\&. +Essentially it implements a loop like the one described for the \fB_tags\fP +function below\&. +.RS +.PP +The tags to use and the action to perform if a tag is requested are +described using the \fIspec\fPs which are of the form: +`\fItag\fP\fB:\fP\fIdescr\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP\&'\&. The \fItag\fPs are offered using +\fB_tags\fP and if the tag is requested, the \fIaction\fP is executed with the +given description \fIdescr\fP\&. The \fIaction\fPs are those accepted +by the \fB_arguments\fP function (described below), excluding the +`\fB\->\fP\fIstate\fP\&' and `\fB=\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP' forms\&. +.PP +For example, the \fIaction\fP may be a simple function call: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_alternative \e + \&'users:user:_users' \e + \&'hosts:host:_hosts'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +offers usernames and hostnames as possible matches, +generated by the \fB_users\fP and \fB_hosts\fP functions respectively\&. +.PP +Like \fB_arguments\fP, this functions uses \fB_all_labels\fP to execute +the actions, which will loop over all sets of tags\&. Special handling is +only required if there is an additional valid tag, for example inside a +function called from \fB_alternative\fP\&. +.PP +Like \fB_tags\fP this function supports the \fB\-C\fP option to give a +different name for the argument context field\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_arguments\fP [ \fB\-nswWACRS\fP ] [ \fB\-O\fP \fIname\fP ] [ \fB\-M\fP \fImatchspec\fP ] [ \fB:\fP ] \fIspec\fP \&.\&.\&. +This function can be used to give a complete specification for +completion for a command whose arguments follow standard UNIX option and +argument conventions\&. The following forms specify individual sets of +options and arguments; to avoid ambiguity, these may be separated from the +options to \fB_arguments\fP itself by a single colon\&. Options to +\fB_arguments\fP itself must be in separate words, i\&.e\&. \fB\-s \-w\fP, not +\fB\-sw\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +With the option \fB\-n\fP, \fB_arguments\fP sets the parameter \fBNORMARG\fP +to the position of the first normal argument in the \fB$words\fP array, +i\&.e\&. the position after the end of the options\&. If that argument +has not been reached, \fBNORMARG\fP is set to \fB\-1\fP\&. The caller +should declare `\fBinteger NORMARG\fP\&' if the \fB\-n\fP option is passed; +otherwise the parameter is not used\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fIn\fP\fB:\fP\fImessage\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP +.TP +.PD +\fIn\fP\fB::\fP\fImessage\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP +This describes the \fIn\fP\&'th normal argument\&. The \fImessage\fP will be +printed above the matches generated and the \fIaction\fP indicates what can +be completed in this position (see below)\&. If there are two colons +before the \fImessage\fP the argument is optional\&. If the +\fImessage\fP contains only white space, nothing will be printed above +the matches unless the action adds an explanation string itself\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB:\fP\fImessage\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB::\fP\fImessage\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP +Similar, but describes the \fInext\fP argument, whatever number that +happens to be\&. If all arguments are specified in this form in the +correct order the numbers are unnecessary\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB*:\fP\fImessage\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB*::\fP\fImessage\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB*:::\fP\fImessage\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP +This describes how arguments (usually non\-option arguments, those not +beginning with \fB\-\fP or \fB+\fP) are to be completed when neither +of the first two forms was provided\&. Any number of arguments can +be completed in this fashion\&. +.RS +.PP +With two colons before the \fImessage\fP, the \fBwords\fP special array and +the \fBCURRENT\fP special parameter are modified to refer only to the +normal arguments when the \fIaction\fP is executed or evaluated\&. With +three colons before the \fImessage\fP they are modified to refer only to +the normal arguments covered by this description\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fIoptspec\fP +.TP +.PD +\fIoptspec\fP:\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP +This describes an option\&. The colon indicates handling for one or more +arguments to the option; if it is not present, the option is assumed to +take no arguments\&. +.RS +.PP +By default, options are multi\-character name, one `\fB\-\fP\fIword\fP\&' per +option\&. With \fB\-s\fP, options may be single characters, with more than +one option per word, although words starting with two hyphens, such as +`\fB\-\fP\fB\-prefix\fP\&', are still considered complete option names\&. This is +suitable for standard GNU options\&. +.PP +The combination of \fB\-s\fP with \fB\-w\fP allows single\-letter options to be +combined in a single word even if one or more of the options take +arguments\&. For example, if \fB\-a\fP takes an argument, with no +\fB\-s\fP `\fB\-ab\fP\&' is considered as a single (unhandled) option; with +\fB\-s\fP \fB\-ab\fP is an option with the argument `\fBb\fP\&'; with both \fB\-s\fP +and \fB\-w\fP, \fB\-ab\fP may be the option \fB\-a\fP and the option \fB\-b\fP with +arguments still to come\&. +.PP +The option \fB\-W\fP takes this a stage further: it is possible to +complete single\-letter options even after an argument that occurs in the +same word\&. However, it depends on the action performed whether options +will really be completed at this point\&. For more control, use a +utility function like \fB_guard\fP as part of the action\&. +.PP +The following forms are available for the initial \fIoptspec\fP, whether +or not the option has arguments\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB*\fP\fIoptspec\fP +Here \fIoptspec\fP is one of the remaining forms below\&. This indicates +the following \fIoptspec\fP may be repeated\&. Otherwise if the +corresponding option is already present on the command line to the left +of the cursor it will not be offered again\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB\-\fP\fIoptname\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB+\fP\fIoptname\fP +In the simplest form the \fIoptspec\fP is just the option name beginning +with a minus or a plus sign, such as `\fB\-foo\fP\&'\&. The first argument for +the option (if any) must follow as a \fIseparate\fP word directly after the +option\&. +.RS +.PP +Either of `\fB\-+\fP\fIoptname\fP\&' and `\fB+\-\fP\fIoptname\fP' can be used to +specify that \fB\-\fP\fIoptname\fP and \fB+\fP\fIoptname\fP are both valid\&. +.PP +In all the remaining forms, the leading `\fB\-\fP\&' may be replaced by or +paired with `\fB+\fP\&' in this way\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-\fP\fIoptname\fP\fB\-\fP +The first argument of the option must come directly after the option name +\fIin the same word\fP\&. For example, `\fB\-foo\-:\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\&' specifies that +the completed option and argument will look like `\fB\-foo\fP\fIarg\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fB\-\fP\fIoptname\fP\fB+\fP +The first argument may appear immediately after \fIoptname\fP in the same +word, or may appear as a separate word after the option\&. For example, +`\fB\-foo+:\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\&' specifies that the completed option and argument +will look like either `\fB\-foo\fP\fIarg\fP\&' or `\fB\-foo\fP \fIarg\fP'\&. +.TP +\fB\-\fP\fIoptname\fP\fB=\fP +The argument may appear as the next word, or in same word as the option +name provided that it is separated from it by an equals sign, for +example `\fB\-foo=\fP\fIarg\fP\&' or `\fB\-foo\fP \fIarg\fP'\&. +.TP +\fB\-\fP\fIoptname\fP\fB=\-\fP +The argument to the option must appear after an equals sign in the same +word, and may not be given in the next argument\&. +.TP +\fIoptspec\fP\fB[\fP\fIexplanation\fP\fB]\fP +An explanation string may be appended to any of the preceding forms of +\fIoptspec\fP by enclosing it in brackets, as in `\fB\-q[query operation]\fP\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fBverbose\fP style is used to decide whether the explanation strings +are displayed with the option in a completion listing\&. +.PP +If no bracketed explanation string is given but the \fBauto\-description\fP +style is set and only one argument is described for this \fIoptspec\fP, the +value of the style is displayed, with any appearance of the sequence +`\fB%d\fP\&' in it replaced by the \fImessage\fP of the first \fIoptarg\fP +that follows the \fIoptspec\fP; see below\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +It is possible for options with a literal `+\&' or `\fB=\fP' to +appear, but that character must be quoted, for example `\fB\-\e+\fP\&'\&. +.PP +Each \fIoptarg\fP following an \fIoptspec\fP must take one of the +following forms: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB:\fP\fImessage\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB::\fP\fImessage\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP +An argument to the option; \fImessage\fP and \fIaction\fP are treated as +for ordinary arguments\&. In the first form, the argument is mandatory, +and in the second form it is optional\&. +.RS +.PP +This group may be repeated for options which take multiple arguments\&. +In other words, +\fB:\fP\fImessage1\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction1\fP\fB:\fP\fImessage2\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction2\fP +specifies that the option takes two arguments\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB:*\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB:\fP\fImessage\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB:*\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB::\fP\fImessage\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB:*\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB:::\fP\fImessage\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP +This describes multiple arguments\&. Only the last \fIoptarg\fP for +an option taking multiple arguments may be +given in this form\&. If the \fIpattern\fP is empty (i\&.e\&., \fB:*:\fP), all +the remaining words on the line are to be completed as described by the +\fIaction\fP; otherwise, all the words up to and including a word matching +the \fIpattern\fP are to be completed using the \fIaction\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +Multiple colons are treated as for the `\fB*:\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\&' forms for +ordinary arguments: when the \fImessage\fP is preceded by two colons, +the \fBwords\fP special array and the \fBCURRENT\fP special parameter are +modified during the execution or evaluation of the \fIaction\fP to refer +only to the words after the option\&. When preceded by three colons, they +are modified to refer only to the words covered by this description\&. +.RE +.RE +.RE +.RE +.PP +Any literal colon in an \fIoptname\fP, \fImessage\fP, or \fIaction\fP +must be preceded by a backslash, `\fB\e:\fP\&'\&. +.PP +Each of the forms above may be preceded by a list in parentheses +of option names and argument numbers\&. If the given option is on +the command line, the options and arguments indicated in parentheses +will not be offered\&. For example, +`\fB(\-two \-three 1)\-one:\&.\&.\&.\fP\&' completes the option `\fB\-one\fP'; if this +appears on the command line, the options \fB\-two\fP and \fB\-three\fP and the +first ordinary argument will not be completed after it\&. +`\fB(\-foo):\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\&' specifies an ordinary argument completion; +\fB\-foo\fP will not be completed if that argument is already present\&. +.PP +Other items may appear in the list of excluded options to indicate +various other items that should not be applied when the current +specification is matched: a single star (\fB*\fP) for the rest arguments +(i\&.e\&. a specification of the form `\fB*:\&.\&.\&.\fP\&'); a colon (\fB:\fP) +for all normal (non\-option\-) arguments; and a hyphen (\fB\-\fP) for all +options\&. For example, if `\fB(*)\fP\&' appears before an option and the +option appears on the command line, the list of remaining arguments +(those shown in the above table beginning with `\fB*:\fP\&') will not be +completed\&. +.PP +To aid in reuse of specifications, it is possible to precede any of the +forms above with `\fB!\fP\&'; then the form will no longer be completed, +although if the option or argument appears on the command line they will +be skipped as normal\&. The main use for this is when the arguments are +given by an array, and \fB_arguments\fP is called repeatedly for more +specific contexts: on the first call `\fB_arguments $global_options\fP\&' is +used, and on subsequent calls `\fB_arguments !$^global_options\fP\&'\&. +.PP +In each of the forms above the \fIaction\fP determines how +completions should be generated\&. Except for the `\fB\->\fP\fIstring\fP\&' +form below, the \fIaction\fP will be executed by calling the +\fB_all_labels\fP function to process all tag labels\&. No special handling +of tags is needed unless a function call introduces a new one\&. +.PP +The forms for \fIaction\fP are as follows\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB \fP (single unquoted space) +This is useful where an argument is required but it is not possible or +desirable to generate matches for it\&. The +\fImessage\fP will be displayed but no completions listed\&. Note +that even in this case the colon at the end of the \fImessage\fP is +needed; it may only be omitted when neither a \fImessage\fP +nor an \fIaction\fP is given\&. +.TP +\fB(\fP\fIitem1\fP \fIitem2\fP \fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB)\fP +One of a list of possible matches, for example: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB\fB:foo:(foo bar baz\fP\fB)\fP\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fB((\fIitem1\fP\e:\fIdesc1\fP \fI\&.\&.\&.\fP))\fP +Similar to the above, but with descriptions for each possible match\&. +Note the backslash before the colon\&. For example, +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB\fB:foo:((a\e:bar b\e:baz\fP\fB))\fP\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The matches will be listed together with their descriptions if the +\fBdescription\fP style is set with the \fBvalues\fP tag in the context\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\->\fP\fIstring\fP +In this form, \fB_arguments\fP processes the arguments and options and then +returns control to the calling function with parameters set to indicate the +state of processing; the calling function then makes its own arrangements +for generating completions\&. For example, functions that implement a state +machine can use this type of action\&. +.RS +.PP +Where \fB_arguments\fP encounters a `\fB\->\fP\fIstring\fP\&', it will strip +all leading and trailing whitespace from \fIstring\fP and set the array +\fBstate\fP to the set of all \fIstrings\fPs for which an action is to be +performed\&. +.PP +By default and in common with all other well behaved completion +functions, _arguments returns status zero if it was able to add matches and +non\-zero otherwise\&. However, if the \fB\-R\fP option is given, +\fB_arguments\fP will instead return a status of 300 to indicate that +\fB$state\fP is to be handled\&. +.PP +In addition to \fB$state\fP, \fB_arguments\fP also sets the global +parameters `\fBcontext\fP\&', `\fBline\fP' and `\fBopt_args\fP' as described +below, and does not reset any changes made to the special parameters +such as \fBPREFIX\fP and \fBwords\fP\&. This gives the calling function the +choice of resetting these parameters or propagating changes in them\&. +.PP +A function calling \fB_arguments\fP with at least +one action containing a `\fB\->\fP\fIstring\fP\&' therefore must declare +appropriate local parameters: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBlocal context state line +typeset \-A opt_args\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +to avoid \fB_arguments\fP from altering the global environment\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB{\fP\fIeval\-string\fP\fB}\fP +A string in braces is evaluated as shell code to generate matches\&. If the +\fIeval\-string\fP itself does not begin with an opening parenthesis or +brace it is split into separate words before execution\&. +.TP +\fB= \fP\fIaction\fP +If the \fIaction\fP starts with `\fB= \fP\&' (an equals sign followed by a +space), \fB_arguments\fP will insert the contents of the \fIargument\fP +field of the current context as the new first element in the \fBwords\fP +special array and increment the value of the \fBCURRENT\fP special +parameter\&. This has the effect of inserting a dummy word onto the +completion command line while not changing the point at which completion is +taking place\&. +.RS +.PP +This is most useful with one of the specifiers that restrict the words on +the command line on which the \fIaction\fP is to operate (the two\- and +three\-colon forms above)\&. One particular use is when an \fIaction\fP itself +causes \fB_arguments\fP on a restricted range; it is necessary to use this +trick to insert an appropriate command name into the range for the second +call to \fB_arguments\fP to be able to parse the line\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 + \fIword\&.\&.\&.\fP +.TP +.PD +\fIword\&.\&.\&.\fP +This covers all forms other than those above\&. If the \fIaction\fP +starts with a space, the remaining list of words will be invoked unchanged\&. +.RS +.PP +Otherwise it will be invoked with some extra strings placed after the +first word; these are to be passed down as options to the \fBcompadd\fP +builtin\&. They ensure that the state specified by \fB_arguments\fP, in +particular the descriptions of options and arguments, is correctly passed +to the completion command\&. These additional arguments +are taken from the array parameter `\fBexpl\fP\&'; this will be set up +before executing the \fIaction\fP and hence may be referred to inside it, +typically in an expansion of the form `\fB$expl[@]\fP\&' which preserves empty +elements of the array\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +During the performance of the action the array `\fBline\fP\&' +will be set to the command name and normal arguments from the command +line, i\&.e\&. the words from the command line excluding all options +and their arguments\&. Options are stored in the associative array +`\fBopt_args\fP\&' with option names as keys and their arguments as +the values\&. For options that have more than one argument these are +given as one string, separated by colons\&. All colons in the original +arguments are preceded with backslashes\&. +.PP +The parameter `\fBcontext\fP\&' is set when returning to the calling function +to perform an action of the form `\fB\->\fP\fIstring\fP\&'\&. It is set to an +array of elements corresponding to the elements of \fB$state\fP\&. Each +element is a suitable name for the argument field of the context: either a +string of the form `\fBoption\fP\fI\-opt\fP\fB\-\fP\fIn\fP\&' for the \fIn\fP'th +argument of the option \fI\-opt\fP, or a string of the form +`\fBargument\-\fP\fIn\fP\&' for the \fIn\fP'th argument\&. For `rest' arguments, +that is those in the list at the end not handled by position, \fIn\fP is the +string `\fBrest\fP\&'\&. For example, when completing the argument of the \fB\-o\fP +option, the name is `\fBoption\-o\-1\fP\&', while for the second normal +(non\-option\-) argument it is `\fBargument\-2\fP\&'\&. +.PP +Furthermore, during the evaluation of the \fIaction\fP the context name in +the \fBcurcontext\fP parameter is altered to append the same string that is +stored in the \fBcontext\fP parameter\&. +.PP +It is possible to specify multiple sets of options and +arguments with the sets separated by single hyphens\&. The specifications +before the first hyphen (if any) are shared by all the remaining sets\&. +The first word in every other set provides a name for the +set which may appear in exclusion lists in specifications, +either alone or before one of the possible values described above\&. +In the second case a `\fB\-\fP\&' should appear between this name and the +remainder\&. +.PP +For example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_arguments \e + \-a \e + \- set1 \e + \-c \e + \- set2 \e + \-d \e + \&':arg:(x2 y2)'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This defines two sets\&. When the command line contains the option +`\fB\-c\fP\&', the `\fB\-d\fP' option and the argument will not be considered +possible completions\&. When it contains `\fB\-d\fP\&' or an argument, the +option `\fB\-c\fP\&' will not be considered\&. However, after `\fB\-a\fP' +both sets will still be considered valid\&. +.PP +If the name given for one of the mutually exclusive sets is of the form +`\fB(\fP\fIname\fP\fB)\fP\&' then only one value from each set will ever +be completed; more formally, all specifications are mutually +exclusive to all other specifications in the same set\&. This is +useful for defining multiple sets of options which are mutually +exclusive and in which the options are aliases for each other\&. For +example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_arguments \e + \-a \-b \e + \- \&'(compress)' \e + {\-c,\-\-compress}\&'[compress]' \e + \- \&'(uncompress)' \e + {\-d,\-\-decompress}\&'[decompress]'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +As the completion code has to parse the command line separately for each +set this form of argument is slow and should only be used when necessary\&. +A useful alternative is often an option specification with rest\-arguments +(as in `\fB\-foo:*:\&.\&.\&.\fP\&'); here the option \fB\-foo\fP swallows up all +remaining arguments as described by the \fIoptarg\fP definitions\&. +.PP +The options \fB\-S\fP and \fB\-A\fP are available to simplify the specifications +for commands with standard option parsing\&. With \fB\-S\fP, no option will be +completed after a `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&' appearing on its own on the line; this +argument will otherwise be ignored; hence in the line +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBfoobar \-a \-\- \-b\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +the `\fB\-a\fP\&' is considered an option but the `\fB\-b\fP' is considered an +argument, while the `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&' is considered to be neither\&. +.PP +With \fB\-A\fP, no options will be completed after the first non\-option +argument on the line\&. The \fB\-A\fP must be followed by a pattern matching +all strings which are not to be taken as arguments\&. For example, to make +\fB_arguments\fP stop completing options after the first normal argument, but +ignoring all strings starting with a hyphen even if they are not described +by one of the \fIoptspec\fPs, the form is `\fB\-A "\-*"\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The option `\fB\-O\fP \fIname\fP\&' specifies the name of an array whose elements +will be passed as arguments to functions called to execute \fIactions\fP\&. +For example, this can be used to pass the same set of options for the +\fBcompadd\fP builtin to all \fIaction\fPs\&. +.PP +The option `\fB\-M\fP \fIspec\fP\&' sets a match specification to use to +completion option names and values\&. It must appear before the first +argument specification\&. The default is `\fBr:|[_\-]=* r:|=*\fP\&': this allows +partial word completion after `\fB_\fP\&' and `\fB\-\fP', for example `\-f\-b' +can be completed to `\fB\-foo\-bar\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The option \fB\-C\fP tells \fB_arguments\fP to modify +the \fBcurcontext\fP parameter for an action of the form +`\fB\->\fP\fIstate\fP\&'\&. This is the standard parameter used to keep track of +the current context\&. Here it (and not the \fBcontext\fP array) should be +made local to the calling function +to avoid passing back the modified value and should be initialised to the +current value at the start of the function: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBlocal curcontext="$curcontext"\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This is useful where it is not possible for multiple states to be valid +together\&. +.PP +The option `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&' allows \fB_arguments\fP to work out the names of long +options that support the `\fB\-\fP\fB\-help\fP\&' option which is standard in many +GNU commands\&. The command word is called with the argument +`\fB\-\fP\fB\-help\fP\&' and the output examined for option names\&. Clearly, it can +be dangerous to pass this to commands which may not support this option as +the behaviour of the command is unspecified\&. +.PP +In addition to options, `\fB_arguments \-\fP\fB\-\fP\&' will try to deduce the +types of arguments available for options when the form +`\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\fIopt\fP=\fIval\fP\&' is valid\&. It is also possible to provide +hints by examining the help text of the command and adding specifiers of +the form `\fIpattern\fP\fB:\fP\fImessage\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP\&'; note that normal +\fB_arguments\fP specifiers are not used\&. The \fIpattern\fP is matched +against the help text for an option, and if it matches the \fImessage\fP and +\fIaction\fP are used as for other argument specifiers\&. For example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_arguments \-\- \&'*\e*:toggle:(yes no)' \e + \&'*=FILE*:file:_files' \e + \&'*=DIR*:directory:_files \-/' \e + \&'*=PATH*:directory:_files \-/'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Here, `\fByes\fP\&' and `\fBno\fP' will be completed as the argument of +options whose description ends in a star; file names will be completed for +options that contain the substring `\fB=FILE\fP\&' in the description; and +directories will be completed for options whose description contains +`\fB=DIR\fP\&' or `\fB=PATH\fP'\&. The last three are in fact the default and so +need not be given explicitly, although it is possible to override the use +of these patterns\&. A typical help text which uses this feature is: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB \-C, \-\-directory=DIR change to directory DIR\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +so that the above specifications will cause directories to be completed +after `\fB\-\fP\fB\-directory\fP\&', though not after `\fB\-C\fP'\&. +.PP +Note also that \fB_arguments\fP tries to find out automatically if the +argument for an option is optional\&. This can be specified explicitly by +doubling the colon before the \fImessage\fP\&. +.PP +If the \fIpattern\fP ends in `\fB(\-)\fP\&', this will removed from the +pattern and the \fIaction\fP will be used only directly after the +`\fB=\fP\&', not in the next word\&. This is the behaviour of a normal +specification defined with the form `\fB=\-\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The `\fB_arguments \-\fP\fB\-\fP\&' can be followed by the option `\fB\-i\fP +\fIpatterns\fP\&' to give patterns for options which are not to be +completed\&. The patterns can be given as the name of an array parameter +or as a literal list in parentheses\&. For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_arguments \-\- \-i \e + "(\-\fB\-(en|dis)able\-FEATURE*)"\fP\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +will cause completion to ignore the options +`\fB\-\fP\fB\-enable\-FEATURE\fP\&' and `\fB\-\fP\fB\-disable\-FEATURE\fP' (this example is +useful with GNU \fBconfigure\fP)\&. +.PP +The `\fB_arguments \-\fP\fB\-\fP\&' form can also be followed by the option `\fB\-s\fP +\fIpair\fP\&' to describe option aliases\&. Each \fIpair\fP consists of a +pattern and a replacement\&. For example, some \fBconfigure\fP\-scripts +describe options only as `\fB\-\fP\fB\-enable\-foo\fP\&', but also accept +`\fB\-\fP\fB\-disable\-foo\fP\&'\&. To allow completion of the second form: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_arguments \-\- \-s "(#\-\fB\-enable\- \-\fP\fB\-disable\-)"\fP\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Here is a more general example of the use of \fB_arguments\fP: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_arguments \&'\-l+:left border:' \e + \&'\-format:paper size:(letter A4)' \e + \&'*\-copy:output file:_files::resolution:(300 600)' \e + \&':postscript file:_files \-g \e*\&.\e(ps\e|eps\e)' \e + \&'*:page number:'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This describes three options: `\fB\-l\fP\&', `\fB\-format\fP', and +`\fB\-copy\fP\&'\&. The first takes one argument described as `\fIleft +border\fP\&' for which no completion will be offered because of the empty +action\&. Its argument may come directly after the `\fB\-l\fP\&' or it may be +given as the next word on the line\&. +.PP +The `\fB\-format\fP\&' option takes one +argument in the next word, described as `\fIpaper size\fP\&' for which +only the strings `\fBletter\fP\&' and `\fBA4\fP' will be completed\&. +.PP +The `\fB\-copy\fP\&' option may appear more than once on the command line and +takes two arguments\&. The first is mandatory and will be completed as a +filename\&. The second is optional (because of the second colon before +the description `\fIresolution\fP\&') and will be completed from the strings +`\fB300\fP\&' and `\fB600\fP'\&. +.PP +The last two descriptions say what should be completed as +arguments\&. The first describes the first argument as a +`\fIpostscript file\fP\&' and makes files ending in `\fBps\fP' or `\fBeps\fP' +be completed\&. The last description gives all other arguments the +description `\fIpage numbers\fP\&' but does not offer completions\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_cache_invalid\fP \fIcache_identifier\fP +This function returns status zero if the completions cache corresponding to +the given cache identifier needs rebuilding\&. It determines this by +looking up the \fBcache\-policy\fP style for the current context\&. +This should provide a function name which is run with the full path to the +relevant cache file as the only argument\&. +.RS +.PP +Example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_example_caching_policy () { + # rebuild if cache is more than a week old + oldp=( "$1"(Nmw+1) ) + (( $#oldp )) +}\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fB_call_function\fP \fIreturn\fP \fIname\fP [ \fIargs\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +If a function \fIname\fP exists, it is called with the arguments +\fIargs\fP\&. The \fIreturn\fP argument gives the name of a parameter in which +the return status from the function \fIname\fP; if \fIreturn\fP is empty or a +single hyphen it is ignored\&. +.RS +.PP +The return status of \fB_call_function\fP itself is zero if the function +\fIname\fP exists and was called and non\-zero otherwise\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_call_program\fP \fItag\fP \fIstring\fP \&.\&.\&. +This function provides a mechanism for the user to override the use of an +external command\&. It looks up the \fBcommand\fP style with the supplied +\fItag\fP\&. If the style is set, its value is used as the command to +execute\&. The \fIstring\fPs from the call to \fB_call_program\fP, or from the +style if set, are concatenated with spaces between them and the resulting +string is evaluated\&. The return status is the return status of the command +called\&. +.TP +\fB_combination\fP [ \fB\-s\fP \fIpattern\fP ] \fItag\fP \fIstyle\fP \fIspec\fP \&.\&.\&. \fIfield\fP \fIopts\fP \&.\&.\&. +This function is used to complete combinations of values, for example +pairs of hostnames and usernames\&. The \fIstyle\fP argument gives the style +which defines the pairs; it is looked up in a context with the \fItag\fP +specified\&. +.RS +.PP +The style name consists of field names separated by hyphens, for example +`\fBusers\-hosts\-ports\fP\&'\&. For each field for a value is already known, a +\fIspec\fP of the form `\fIfield\fP\fB=\fP\fIpattern\fP\&' is given\&. For example, +if the command line so far specifies a user `\fBpws\fP\&', the argument +`\fBusers=pws\fP\&' should appear\&. +.PP +The next argument with no equals sign is taken as the name of the field +for which completions should be generated (presumably not one of the +\fIfield\fPs for which the value is known)\&. +.PP +The matches generated will be taken from the value of the style\&. These +should contain the possible values for the combinations in the appropriate +order (users, hosts, ports in the example above)\&. The different fields +the values for the different fields are separated by colons\&. This +can be altered with the option \fB\-s\fP to \fB_combination\fP which specifies a +pattern\&. Typically this is a character class, as for example +`\fB\-s "[:@]"\fP\&' in the case of the \fBusers\-hosts\fP style\&. Each +`\fIfield\fP\fB=\fP\fIpattern\fP\&' specification restricts the +completions which apply to elements of the style with appropriately +matching fields\&. +.PP +If no style with the given name is defined for the given tag, +or if none of the strings in style\&'s value match, but a +function name of the required field preceded by an +underscore is defined, that function will be called to generate the +matches\&. For example, if there is no `\fBusers\-hosts\-ports\fP\&' or no +matching hostname when a host is required, the function `\fB_hosts\fP\&' will +automatically be called\&. +.PP +If the same name is used for more than one field, in both the +`\fIfield\fP\fB=\fP\fIpattern\fP\&' and the argument that gives the name of the +field to be completed, the number of the field (starting with one) may +be given after the fieldname, separated from it by a colon\&. +.PP +All arguments after the required field name are passed to +\fBcompadd\fP when generating matches from the style value, or to +the functions for the fields if they are called\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_describe\fP [ \fB\-oO\fP | \fB\-t\fP \fItag\fP ] \fIdescr\fP \fIname1\fP [ \fIname2\fP ] \fIopts\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP \&.\&.\&. +This function associates completions with descriptions\&. +Multiple groups separated by \fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP can be supplied, potentially with +different completion options \fIopts\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fIdescr\fP is taken as a string to display above the matches if the +\fBformat\fP style for the \fBdescriptions\fP tag is set\&. This is followed by +one or two names of arrays followed by options to pass to \fBcompadd\fP\&. The +first array contains the possible completions with their descriptions in +the form `\fIcompletion\fP\fB:\fP\fIdescription\fP\&'\&. If a second array is +given, it should have the same number of elements as the first; in this +case the corresponding elements are added as possible completions instead +of the \fIcompletion\fP strings from the first array\&. The completion list +will retain the descriptions from the first array\&. Finally, a set of +completion options can appear\&. +.PP +If the option `\fB\-o\fP\&' appears before the first argument, the matches added +will be treated as names of command options (N\&.B\&. not shell options), +typically following a `\fB\-\fP\&', `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP' or `\fB+\fP' on the command +line\&. In this case \fB_describe\fP uses the \fBprefix\-hidden\fP, +\fBprefix\-needed\fP and \fBverbose\fP styles to find out if the strings should +be added as completions and if the descriptions should be shown\&. Without +the `\fB\-o\fP\&' option, only the \fBverbose\fP style is used to decide how +descriptions are shown\&. If `\fB\-O\fP\&' is used instead of `\fB\-O\fP', command +options are completed as above but \fB_describe\fP will not handle the +\fBprefix\-needed\fP style\&. +.PP +With the \fB\-t\fP option a \fItag\fP can be specified\&. The default is +`\fBvalues\fP\&' or, if the \fB\-o\fP option is given, `\fBoptions\fP'\&. +.PP +If selected by the \fBlist\-grouped\fP style, strings with the same +description will appear together in the list\&. +.PP +\fB_describe\fP uses the \fB_all_labels\fP function to generate the matches, so +it does not need to appear inside a loop over tag labels\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_description\fP [ \fB\-x\fP ] [ \fB\-12VJ\fP ] \fItag\fP \fIname\fP \fIdescr\fP [ \fIspec\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +This function is not to be confused with the previous one; it is used as +a helper function for creating options to \fBcompadd\fP\&. It is buried +inside many of the higher level completion functions and so often does +not need to be called directly\&. +.RS +.PP +The styles listed below are tested in the current context using the +given \fItag\fP\&. The resulting options for \fBcompadd\fP are put into the +array named \fIname\fP (this is traditionally `\fBexpl\fP\&', but this +convention is not enforced)\&. The description for the corresponding set +of matches is passed to the function in \fIdescr\fP\&. +.PP +The styles tested are: \fBformat\fP, \fBhidden\fP, \fBmatcher\fP, +\fBignored\-patterns\fP and \fBgroup\-name\fP\&. The \fBformat\fP style is first +tested for the given \fItag\fP and then for the \fBdescriptions\fP tag if +no value was found, while the remainder are only tested for the tag +given as the first argument\&. The function also calls \fB_setup\fP +which tests some more styles\&. +.PP +The string returned by the \fBformat\fP style (if any) will be modified so +that the sequence `\fB%d\fP\&' is replaced by the \fIdescr\fP given as the third +argument without any leading or trailing white space\&. If, after +removing the white space, the \fIdescr\fP is the empty string, the format +style will not be used and the options put into the \fIname\fP array will +not contain an explanation string to be displayed above the matches\&. +.PP +If \fB_description\fP is called with more than three arguments, +the additional \fIspec\fPs should be of the form `\fIchar\fP\fB:\fP\fIstr\fP\&'\&. +These supply escape sequence replacements for the \fBformat\fP style: +every appearance of `\fB%\fP\fIchar\fP\&' will be +replaced by \fIstring\fP\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-x\fP option is given, the description will be passed to +\fBcompadd\fP using the \fB\-x\fP option instead of the default \fB\-X\fP\&. This +means that the description will be displayed even if there are no +corresponding matches\&. +.PP +The options placed in the array \fIname\fP take account of the +\fBgroup\-name\fP style, so matches are placed in a separate group where +necessary\&. The group normally has its elements sorted (by passing the +option \fB\-J\fP to \fBcompadd\fP), but if an option starting with `\fB\-V\fP\&', +`\fB\-J\fP\&', `\fB\-1\fP', or `\fB\-2\fP' is passed to \fB_description\fP, that +option will be included in the array\&. Hence it is possible for the +completion group to be unsorted by giving the option `\fB\-V\fP\&', +`\fB\-1V\fP\&', or `\fB\-2V\fP'\&. +.PP +In most cases, the function will be used like this: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBlocal expl +_description files expl file +compadd "$expl[@]" \- "$files[@]"\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Note the use of the parameter \fBexpl\fP, the hyphen, and the list of +matches\&. Almost all calls to \fBcompadd\fP within the completion system use +a similar format; this ensures that user\-specified styles are correctly +passed down to the builtins which implement the internals of completion\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_dispatch\fP \fIcontext string \&.\&.\&.\fP +This sets the current context to \fIcontext\fP and looks for completion +functions to handle this context by hunting through the list of command +names or special contexts (as described above for \fBcompdef\fP) +given as \fIstring \&.\&.\&.\fP\&. The first completion function to be defined +for one of the contexts in the list is used to generate matches\&. +Typically, the last \fIstring\fP is \fB\-default\-\fP to cause the function +for default completion to be used as a fallback\&. +.RS +.PP +The function sets the parameter +\fB$service\fP to the \fIstring\fP being tried, and sets +the \fIcontext/command\fP field (the fourth) of the \fB$curcontext\fP +parameter to the \fIcontext\fP given as the first argument\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_files\fP +The function \fB_files\fP calls \fB_path_files\fP with all the arguments it +was passed except for \fB\-g\fP and \fB\-/\fP\&. The use of these two options +depends on the setting of the \fBfile\-patterns\fP style\&. +.RS +.PP +This function accepts the full set of options allowed by +\fB_path_files\fP, described below\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_gnu_generic\fP +This function is a simple wrapper around the \fB_arguments\fP function +described above\&. It can be used to determine automatically the long +options understood by commands that produce a list when passed the +option `\fB\-\fP\fB\-help\fP\&'\&. It is intended to be used as a top\-level +completion function in its own right\&. For example, to enable option +completion for the commands \fBfoo\fP and \fBbar\fP, use +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompdef _gnu_generic foo bar\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +after the call to \fBcompinit\fP\&. +.PP +The completion system as supplied is conservative in its use of this +function, since it is important to be sure the command understands the +option `\fB\-\fP\fB\-help\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_guard\fP [ \fIoptions\fP ] \fIpattern descr\fP +This function is intended to be used in the \fIaction\fP for +the specifications passed to \fB_arguments\fP and similar functions\&. It +returns immediately with a non\-zero return status if +the string to be completed does not match the \fIpattern\fP\&. If the +pattern matches, the \fIdescr\fP is displayed; the function then returns +status zero if the word to complete is not empty, non\-zero otherwise\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fIpattern\fP may be preceded by any of the options understood by +\fBcompadd\fP that are passed down from \fB_description\fP, namely \fB\-M\fP, +\fB\-J\fP, \fB\-V\fP, \fB\-1\fP, \fB\-2\fP, \fB\-n\fP, \fB\-F\fP and \fB\-X\fP\&. All of these +options will be ignored\&. This fits in conveniently with the +argument\-passing conventions of actions for \fB_arguments\fP\&. +.PP +As an example, consider a command taking the options \fB\-n\fP and +\fB\-none\fP, where \fB\-n\fP must be followed by a numeric value in the +same word\&. By using: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_arguments \&'\-n\-: :_guard "[0\-9]#" "numeric value"' '\-none'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +\fB_arguments\fP can be made to both display the message `\fBnumeric +value\fP\&' and complete options after `\fB\-n\fP'\&. If the `\fB\-n\fP' is +already followed by one or more digits (the pattern passed to +\fB_guard\fP) only the message will be displayed; if the `\fB\-n\fP\&' is +followed by another character, only options are completed\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB_message\fP [ \fB\-r12\fP ] [ \fB\-VJ\fP \fIgroup\fP ] \fIdescr\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB_message \-e\fP [ \fItag\fP ] \fIdescr\fP +The \fIdescr\fP is used in the same way as the third +argument to the \fB_description\fP function, except that the resulting +string will always be shown whether or not matches were +generated\&. This is useful for displaying a help message in places where +no completions can be generated\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fBformat\fP style is examined with the \fBmessages\fP tag to find a +message; the usual tag, \fBdescriptions\fP, is used only if the style is +not set with the former\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-r\fP option is given, no style is used; the \fIdescr\fP is +taken literally as the string to display\&. This is most useful +when the \fIdescr\fP comes from a pre\-processed argument list +which already contains an expanded description\&. +.PP +The \fB\-12VJ\fP options and the \fIgroup\fP are passed to \fBcompadd\fP and +hence determine the group the message string is added to\&. +.PP +The second form gives a description for completions with the tag +\fItag\fP to be shown even if there are no matches for that tag\&. The tag +can be omitted and if so the tag is taken from the parameter +\fB$curtag\fP; this is maintained by the completion system and so is +usually correct\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_multi_parts\fP \fIsep\fP \fIarray\fP +The argument \fIsep\fP is a separator character\&. +The \fIarray\fP may be either the +name of an array parameter or a literal array in the form +`\fB(foo bar\fP\fB)\fP\&', a parenthesised list of words separated +by whitespace\&. The possible completions are the +strings from the array\&. However, each chunk delimited by \fIsep\fP will be +completed separately\&. For example, the \fB_tar\fP function uses +`\fB_multi_parts\fP \fB/\fP \fIpatharray\fP\&' to complete partial file paths +from the given array of complete file paths\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fB\-i\fP option causes \fB_multi_parts\fP to insert a unique match even +if that requires multiple separators to be inserted\&. This is not usually +the expected behaviour with filenames, but certain other types of +completion, for example those with a fixed set of possibilities, may be +more suited to this form\&. +.PP +Like other utility functions, this function accepts the `\fB\-V\fP\&', +`\fB\-J\fP\&', `\fB\-1\fP', `\fB\-2\fP', `\fB\-n\fP', `\fB\-f\fP', `\fB\-X\fP', `\fB\-M\fP', +`\fB\-P\fP\&', `\fB\-S\fP', `\fB\-r\fP', `\fB\-R\fP', and `\fB\-q\fP' options and passes +them to the \fBcompadd\fP builtin\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_next_label\fP [ \fB\-x\fP ] [ \fB\-12VJ\fP ] \fItag\fP \fIname\fP \fIdescr\fP [ \fIoptions\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +This function is used to implement the loop over different tag +labels for a particular tag as described above for the \fBtag\-order\fP +style\&. On each call it checks to see if there are any more tag labels; if +there is it returns status zero, otherwise non\-zero\&. +As this function requires a current tag to be set, it must always follow +a call to \fB_tags\fP or \fB_requested\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fB\-x12VJ\fP options and the first three arguments are passed to the +\fB_description\fP function\&. Where appropriate the \fItag\fP will be +replaced by a tag label in this call\&. Any description given in +the \fBtag\-order\fP style is preferred to the \fIdescr\fP passed to +\fB_next_label\fP\&. +.PP +The \fIoptions\fP given after the \fIdescr\fP +are set in the parameter given by \fIname\fP, and hence are to be passed +to \fBcompadd\fP or whatever function is called to add the matches\&. +.PP +Here is a typical use of this function for the tag \fBfoo\fP\&. The call to +\fB_requested\fP determines if tag \fBfoo\fP is required at all; the loop +over \fB_next_label\fP handles any labels defined for the tag in the +\fBtag\-order\fP style\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBlocal expl ret=1 +\&.\&.\&. +if _requested foo; then + \&.\&.\&. + while _next_label foo expl \&'\&.\&.\&.'; do + compadd "$expl[@]" \&.\&.\&. && ret=0 + done + \&.\&.\&. +fi +return ret\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fB_normal\fP +This is the standard function called to handle completion outside +any special \fI\-context\-\fP\&. It is called both to complete the command +word and also the arguments for a command\&. In the second case, +\fB_normal\fP looks for a special completion for that command, and if +there is none it uses the completion for the \fB\-default\-\fP context\&. +.RS +.PP +A second use is to reexamine the command line specified by the \fB$words\fP +array and the \fB$CURRENT\fP parameter after those have been modified\&. +For example, the function \fB_precommand\fP, which +completes after pre\-command specifiers such as \fBnohup\fP, removes the +first word from the \fBwords\fP array, decrements the \fBCURRENT\fP parameter, +then calls \fB_normal\fP again\&. The effect is that `\fBnohup\fP \fIcmd \&.\&.\&.\fP\&' +is treated in the same way as `\fIcmd \&.\&.\&.\fP\&'\&. +.PP +If the command name matches one of the patterns given by one of the +options \fB\-p\fP or \fB\-P\fP to \fBcompdef\fP, the corresponding completion +function is called and then the parameter \fB_compskip\fP is +checked\&. If it is set completion is terminated at that point even if +no matches have been found\&. This is the same effect as in the +\fB\-first\-\fP context\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_options\fP +This can be used to complete the names of shell options\&. It provides a +matcher specification that ignores a leading `\fBno\fP\&', ignores +underscores and allows upper\-case letters to +match their lower\-case counterparts (for example, `\fBglob\fP\&', +`\fBnoglob\fP\&', `\fBNO_GLOB\fP' are all completed)\&. Any arguments +are propagated to the \fBcompadd\fP builtin\&. +.TP +\fB_options_set\fP and \fB_options_unset\fP +These functions complete only set or unset options, with the same +matching specification used in the \fB_options\fP function\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that you need to uncomment a few lines in the \fB_main_complete\fP +function for these functions to work properly\&. The lines in question +are used to store the option settings in effect before the completion +widget locally sets the options it needs\&. Hence these functions are not +generally used by the completion system\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_parameters\fP +This is used to complete the names of shell parameters\&. +.RS +.PP +The option `\fB\-g \fIpattern\fP\fP\&' limits the completion to parameters +whose type matches the \fIpattern\fP\&. The type of a parameter is that +shown by `\fBprint ${(t)\fP\fIparam\fP\fB}\fP\&', hence judicious use of +`\fB*\fP\&' in \fIpattern\fP is probably necessary\&. +.PP +All other arguments are passed to the \fBcompadd\fP builtin\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_path_files\fP +This function is used throughout the completion system +to complete filenames\&. It allows completion of partial paths\&. For +example, the string `\fB/u/i/s/sig\fP\&' may be completed to +`\fB/usr/include/sys/signal\&.h\fP\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +The options accepted by both \fB_path_files\fP and \fB_files\fP are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-f\fP +Complete all filenames\&. This is the default\&. +.TP +\fB\-/\fP +Specifies that only directories should be completed\&. +.TP +\fB\-g\fP \fIpattern\fP +Specifies that only files matching the \fIpattern\fP should be completed\&. +.TP +\fB\-W\fP \fIpaths\fP +Specifies path prefixes that are to be prepended to the string from the +command line to generate the filenames but that should not be inserted +as completions nor shown in completion listings\&. Here, \fIpaths\fP may be +the name of an array parameter, a literal list of paths enclosed in +parentheses or an absolute pathname\&. +.TP +\fB\-F\fP \fIignored\-files\fP +This behaves as for the corresponding option to the \fBcompadd\fP builtin\&. +It gives direct control over which +filenames should be ignored\&. If the option is not present, the +\fBignored\-patterns\fP style is used\&. +.PP +Both \fB_path_files\fP and \fB_files\fP also accept the following options +which are passed to \fBcompadd\fP: `\fB\-J\fP\&', `\fB\-V\fP', +`\fB\-1\fP\&', `\fB\-2\fP', `\fB\-n\fP', `\fB\-X\fP', `\fB\-M\fP', `\fB\-P\fP', `\fB\-S\fP', +`\fB\-q\fP\&', `\fB\-r\fP', and `\fB\-R\fP'\&. +.PP +Finally, the \fB_path_files\fP function uses the styles \fBexpand\fP, +\fBambiguous\fP, \fBspecial\-dirs\fP, \fBlist\-suffixes\fP and \fBfile\-sort\fP +described above\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_pick_variant [ \fB\-c\fP \fIcommand\fP ] [ \fB\-r\fP \fIname\fP ] \fIlabel\fP\fB=\fP\fIpattern\fP \&.\&.\&. \fIlabel\fP [ \fIargs\fP \&.\&.\&. ]\fP +This function is used to resolve situations where a single command name +requires more than one type of handling, either because it +has more than one variant or because there is a name clash between two +different commands\&. +.RS +.PP +The command to run is taken from the first element of the array +\fBwords\fP unless this is overridden by the option \fB\-c\fP\&. This command +is run and its output is compared with a series of patterns\&. Arguments +to be passed to the command can be specified at the end after all the +other arguments\&. The patterns to try in order are given by the arguments +\fIlabel\fP\fB=\fP\fIpattern\fP; if the output of `\fIcommand\fP \fIargs\fP +\fB\&.\&.\&.\fP\&' contains \fIpattern\fP, then \fBlabel\fP is selected as the label +for the command variant\&. If none of the patterns match, the final +command label is selected and status 1 is returned\&. +.PP +If the `\fB\-r\fP \fIname\fP\&' is given, the \fIlabel\fP picked is stored in +the parameter named \fIname\fP\&. +.PP +The results are also cached in the \fI_cmd_variant\fP associative array +indexed by the name of the command run\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_regex_arguments\fP \fIname\fP \fIspec\fP \&.\&.\&. +This function generates a completion function \fIname\fP which matches +the specifications \fIspec\fP \fB\&.\&.\&.\fP, a set of regular expressions as +described below\&. After running \fB_regex_arguments\fP, the function +\fIname\fP should be called as a normal completion function\&. +The pattern to be matched is given by the contents of +the \fBwords\fP array up to the current cursor position joined together +with null characters; no quotation is applied\&. +.RS +.PP +The arguments are grouped as sets of alternatives separated by `\fB|\fP\&', +which are tried one after the other until one matches\&. Each alternative +consists of a one or more specifications which are tried left to right, +with each pattern matched being stripped in turn from the command line +being tested, until all of the group succeeds or until one fails; in the +latter case, the next alternative is tried\&. This structure can be +repeated to arbitrary depth by using parentheses; matching proceeds from +inside to outside\&. +.PP +A special procedure is applied if no test succeeds but the remaining +command line string contains no null character (implying the remaining +word is the one for which completions are to be generated)\&. The +completion target is restricted to the remaining word and any +\fIaction\fPs for the corresponding patterns are executed\&. In this case, +nothing is stripped from the command line string\&. The order of +evaluation of the \fIaction\fPs can be determined by the \fBtag\-order\fP +style; the various formats supported by \fB_alternative\fP can be used +in \fIaction\fP\&. The \fIdescr\fP is used for setting up the array +parameter \fBexpl\fP\&. +.PP +Specification arguments take one of following forms, in which +metacharacters such as `\fB(\fP\&', `\fB)\fP', `\fB#\fP' and `\fB|\fP' +should be quoted\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB/\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB/\fP [\fB%\fP\fIlookahead\fP\fB%\fP] [\fB\-\fP\fIguard\fP] [\fB:\fP\fItag\fP\fB:\fP\fIdescr\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP] +This is a single primitive component\&. +The function tests whether the combined pattern +`\fB(#b)((#B)\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB)\fP\fIlookahead\fP\fB*\fP\&' matches +the command line string\&. If so, `\fIguard\fP\&' is evaluated and +its return status is examined to determine if the test has succeeded\&. +The \fIpattern\fP string `\fB[]\fP\&' is guaranteed never to match\&. +The \fIlookahead\fP is not stripped from the command line before the next +pattern is examined\&. +.RS +.PP +The argument starting with \fB:\fP is used in the same manner as an argument to +\fB_alternative\fP\&. +.PP +A component is used as follows: \fIpattern\fP is tested to +see if the component already exists on the command line\&. If +it does, any following specifications are examined to find something to +complete\&. If a component is reached but no such pattern exists yet on the +command line, the string containing the \fIaction\fP is used to generate +matches to insert at that point\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB/\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB/+\fP [\fB%\fP\fIlookahead\fP\fB%\fP] [\fB\-\fP\fIguard\fP] [\fB:\fP\fItag\fP\fB:\fP\fIdescr\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP] +This is similar to `\fB/\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB/\fP \&.\&.\&.\&' but the left part of the +command line string (i\&.e\&. the part already matched by previous patterns) +is also considered part of the completion target\&. +.TP +\fB/\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB/\-\fP [\fB%\fP\fIlookahead\fP\fB%\fP] [\fB\-\fP\fIguard\fP] [\fB:\fP\fItag\fP\fB:\fP\fIdescr\fP\fB:\fP\fIaction\fP] +This is similar to `\fB/\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB/\fP \&.\&.\&.\&' but the \fIaction\fPs of the +current and previously matched patterns are ignored even if the +following `\fIpattern\fP\&' matches the empty string\&. +.TP +\fB(\fP \fIspec\fP \fB)\fP +Parentheses may be used to groups \fIspec\fPs; note each parenthesis +is a single argument to \fB_regex_arguments\fP\&. +.TP +\fIspec\fP \fB#\fP +This allows any number of repetitions of \fIspec\fP\&. +.TP +\fIspec\fP \fIspec\fP +The two \fIspec\fPs are to be matched one after the other as described +above\&. +.TP +\fIspec\fP \fB|\fP \fIspec\fP +Either of the two \fIspec\fPs can be matched\&. +.PP +The function \fB_regex_words\fP can be used as a helper function to +generate matches for a set of alternative words possibly with +their own arguments as a command line argument\&. +.PP +Examples: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_regex_arguments _tst /$\&'[^\e0]#\e0'/ \e +/$\&'[^\e0]#\e0'/ :'compadd aaa'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This generates a function \fB_tst\fP that completes \fBaaa\fP as its only +argument\&. The \fItag\fP and \fIdescription\fP for the action have been +omitted for brevity (this works but is not recommended in normal use)\&. +The first component matches the command word, which is arbitrary; the +second matches any argument\&. As the argument is also arbitrary, any +following component would not depend on \fBaaa\fP being present\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_regex_arguments _tst /$\&'[^\e0]#\e0'/ \e +/$\&'aaa\e0'/ :'compadd aaa'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This is a more typical use; it is similar, but any following patterns +would only match if \fBaaa\fP was present as the first argument\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_regex_arguments _tst /$\&'[^\e0]#\e0'/ \e( \e +/$\&'aaa\e0'/ :'compadd aaa' \e +/$\&'bbb\e0'/ :'compadd bbb' \e) \e#\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +In this example, an indefinite number of command arguments may be +completed\&. Odd arguments are completed as \fBaaa\fP and even arguments +as \fBbbb\fP\&. Completion fails unless the set of \fBaaa\fP and \fBbbb\fP +arguments before the current one is matched correctly\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_regex_arguments _tst /$\&'[^\e0]#\e0'/ \e +\e( /$\&'aaa\e0'/ :'compadd aaa' \e| \e +/$\&'bbb\e0'/ :'compadd bbb' \e) \e#\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This is similar, but either \fBaaa\fP or \fBbbb\fP may be completed for +any argument\&. In this case \fB_regex_words\fP could be used to generate +a suitable expression for the arguments\&. +.PP +.RE +.TP +\fB_regex_words\fP \fItag\fP \fIdescription\fP \fIspec\fP \&.\&.\&. +This function can be used to generate arguments for the +\fB_regex_arguments\fP command which may be inserted at any point where +a set of rules is expected\&. The \fItag\fP and \fIdescription\fP give a +standard tag and description pertaining to the current context\&. Each +\fIspec\fP contains two or three arguments separated by a colon: note +that there is no leading colon in this case\&. +.RS +.PP +Each \fIspec\fP gives one of a set of words that may be completed at +this point, together with arguments\&. It is thus roughly equivalent to +the \fB_arguments\fP function when used in normal (non\-regex) completion\&. +.PP +The part of the \fIspec\fP before the first colon is the word to be +completed\&. This may contain a \fB*\fP; the entire word, before and after +the \fB*\fP is completed, but only the text before the \fB*\fP is required +for the context to be matched, so that further arguments may be +completed after the abbreviated form\&. +.PP +The second part of \fIspec\fP is a description for the word being +completed\&. +.PP +The optional third part of the \fIspec\fP describes how words following +the one being completed are themselves to be completed\&. It will be +evaluated in order to avoid problems with quoting\&. This means that +typically it contains a reference to an array containing previously +generated regex arguments\&. +.PP +The option \fB\-t\fP \fIterm\fP specifies a terminator for the word +instead of the usual space\&. This is handled as an auto\-removable suffix +in the manner of the option \fB\-s\fP \fIsep\fP to \fB_values\fP\&. +.PP +The result of the processing by \fB_regex_words\fP is placed in the array +\fBreply\fP, which should be made local to the calling function\&. +If the set of words and arguments may be matched repeatedly, a \fB#\fP +should be appended to the generated array at that point\&. +.PP +For example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBlocal \-a reply +_regex_words mydb\-commands \&'mydb commands' \e + \&'add:add an entry to mydb:$mydb_add_cmds' \e + \&'show:show entries in mydb' +_regex_arguments _mydb "$reply[@]" +_mydb "$@"\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This shows a completion function for a command \fBmydb\fP which takes +two command arguments, \fBadd\fP and \fBshow\fP\&. \fBshow\fP takes no arguments, +while the arguments for \fBadd\fP have already been prepared in an +array \fBmydb_add_cmds\fP, quite possibly by a previous call to +\fB_regex_words\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_requested\fP [ \fB\-x\fP ] [ \fB\-12VJ\fP ] \fItag\fP [ \fIname\fP \fIdescr\fP [ \fIcommand\fP \fIargs\fP \&.\&.\&. ] ] +This function is called to decide whether a tag already registered by a +call to \fB_tags\fP (see below) has been requested by the user and hence +completion should be performed for it\&. It returns status zero if the +tag is requested and non\-zero otherwise\&. The function is typically used +as part of a loop over different tags as follows: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_tags foo bar baz +while _tags; do + if _requested foo; then + \&.\&.\&. # perform completion for foo + fi + \&.\&.\&. # test the tags bar and baz in the same way + \&.\&.\&. # exit loop if matches were generated +done\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Note that the test for whether matches were generated is not performed +until the end of the \fB_tags\fP loop\&. This is so that the user can set +the \fBtag\-order\fP style to specify a set of tags to be completed at the +same time\&. +.PP +If \fIname\fP and \fIdescr\fP are given, \fB_requested\fP calls the +\fB_description\fP function with these arguments together with the options +passed to \fB_requested\fP\&. +.PP +If \fIcommand\fP is given, the \fB_all_labels\fP function will be called +immediately with the same arguments\&. In simple cases this makes it +possible to perform the test for the tag and the matching in one go\&. +For example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBlocal expl ret=1 +_tags foo bar baz +while _tags; do + _requested foo expl \&'description' \e + compadd foobar foobaz && ret=0 + \&.\&.\&. + (( ret )) || break +done\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +If the \fIcommand\fP is not \fBcompadd\fP, it must nevertheless be prepared +to handle the same options\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_retrieve_cache\fP \fIcache_identifier\fP +This function retrieves completion information from the file given by +\fIcache_identifier\fP, stored in a directory specified by the +\fBcache\-path\fP style which defaults to \fB~/\&.zcompcache\fP\&. The return status +is zero if retrieval was successful\&. It will only attempt retrieval +if the \fBuse\-cache\fP style is set, so you can call this function +without worrying about whether the user wanted to use the caching +layer\&. +.RS +.PP +See \fB_store_cache\fP below for more details\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_sep_parts\fP +This function is passed alternating arrays and separators as arguments\&. +The arrays specify completions for parts of strings to be separated by the +separators\&. The arrays may be the names of array parameters or +a quoted list of words in parentheses\&. For example, with the array +`\fBhosts=(ftp news)\fP\&' the call `\fB_sep_parts '(foo bar)' @ hosts\fP' will +complete the string `\fBf\fP\&' to `\fBfoo\fP' and the string `\fBb@n\fP' to +`\fBbar@news\fP\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +This function accepts the \fBcompadd\fP options `\fB\-V\fP\&', `\fB\-J\fP', +`\fB\-1\fP\&', `\fB\-2\fP', `\fB\-n\fP', `\fB\-X\fP', `\fB\-M\fP', `\fB\-P\fP', `\fB\-S\fP', +`\fB\-r\fP\&', `\fB\-R\fP', and `\fB\-q\fP' and passes them on to the \fBcompadd\fP +builtin used to add the matches\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_setup\fP \fItag\fP [ \fIgroup\fP ] +This function sets up the special +parameters used by the completion system appropriately for the \fItag\fP +given as the first argument\&. It uses the styles \fBlist\-colors\fP, +\fBlist\-packed\fP, \fBlist\-rows\-first\fP, \fBlast\-prompt\fP, \fBaccept\-exact\fP, +\fBmenu\fP and \fBforce\-list\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +The optional \fIgroup\fP supplies the name of the group in which the +matches will be placed\&. If it is not given, the \fItag\fP is used as +the group name\&. +.PP +This function is called automatically from \fB_description\fP +and hence is not normally called explicitly\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_store_cache\fP \fIcache_identifier\fP \fIparams\fP \&.\&.\&. +This function, together with \fB_retrieve_cache\fP and +\fB_cache_invalid\fP, implements a caching layer which can be used +in any completion function\&. Data obtained by +costly operations are stored in parameters; +this function then dumps the values of those parameters to a file\&. The +data can then be retrieved quickly from that file via \fB_retrieve_cache\fP, +even in different instances of the shell\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fIcache_identifier\fP specifies the file which the data should be +dumped to\&. The file is stored in a directory specified by the +\fBcache\-path\fP style which defaults to \fB~/\&.zcompcache\fP\&. The remaining +\fIparams\fP arguments are the parameters to dump to the file\&. +.PP +The return status is zero if storage was successful\&. The function will +only attempt storage if the \fBuse\-cache\fP style is set, so you can +call this function without worrying about whether the user wanted to +use the caching layer\&. +.PP +The completion function may avoid calling \fB_retrieve_cache\fP when it +already has the completion data available as parameters\&. +However, in that case it should +call \fB_cache_invalid\fP to check whether the data in the parameters and +in the cache are still valid\&. +.PP +See the _perl_modules completion function for a simple example of +the usage of the caching layer\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_tags\fP [ [ \fB\-C\fP \fIname\fP ] \fItags\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +If called with arguments, these are taken to be the names of tags +valid for completions in the current context\&. These tags are stored +internally and sorted by using the \fBtag\-order\fP style\&. +.RS +.PP +Next, \fB_tags\fP is called repeatedly without arguments from the same +completion function\&. This successively selects the first, second, +etc\&. set of tags requested by the user\&. The return status is zero if at +least one of the tags is requested and non\-zero otherwise\&. To test if a +particular tag is to be tried, the \fB_requested\fP function should be +called (see above)\&. +.PP +If `\fB\-C\fP \fIname\fP\&' is given, \fIname\fP is temporarily stored in the +argument field (the fifth) of the context in the \fBcurcontext\fP parameter +during the call to \fB_tags\fP; the field is restored on exit\&. This +allows \fB_tags\fP to use a more +specific context without having to change and reset the +\fBcurcontext\fP parameter (which has the same effect)\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_values\fP [ \fB\-O\fP \fIname\fP ] [ \fB\-s\fP \fIsep\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP \fIsep\fP ] [ \fB\-wC\fP ] \fIdesc\fP \fIspec\fP \&.\&.\&. +This is used to complete arbitrary keywords (values) and their arguments, +or lists of such combinations\&. +.RS +.PP +If the first argument is the option `\fB\-O\fP \fIname\fP\&', it will be used +in the same way as by the \fB_arguments\fP function\&. In other words, the +elements of the \fIname\fP array will be passed to \fBcompadd\fP +when executing an action\&. +.PP +If the first argument (or the first argument after `\fB\-O\fP \fIname\fP\&') +is `\fB\-s\fP\&', the next argument is used as the character that separates +multiple values\&. This character is automatically added after each value +in an auto\-removable fashion (see below); all values completed by +`\fB_values \-s\fP\&' appear in the same word on the command line, unlike +completion using \fB_arguments\fP\&. If this option is not present, only a +single value will be completed per word\&. +.PP +Normally, \fB_values\fP will only use the current word to determine +which values are already present on the command line and hence are not +to be completed again\&. If the \fB\-w\fP option is given, other arguments +are examined as well\&. +.PP +The first non\-option argument is used as a string to print as a +description before listing the values\&. +.PP +All other arguments describe the possible values and their +arguments in the same format used for the description of options by +the \fB_arguments\fP function (see above)\&. The only differences are that +no minus or plus sign is required at the beginning, +values can have only one argument, and the forms of action +beginning with an equal sign are not supported\&. +.PP +The character separating a value from its argument can be set using the +option \fB\-S\fP (like \fB\-s\fP, followed by the character to use as the +separator in the next argument)\&. By default the equals +sign will be used as the separator between values and arguments\&. +.PP +Example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB_values \-s , \&'description' \e + \&'*foo[bar]' \e + \&'(two)*one[number]:first count:' \e + \&'two[another number]::second count:(1 2 3)'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This describes three possible values: `\fBfoo\fP\&', `\fBone\fP', and +`\fBtwo\fP\&'\&. The first is described as `\fBbar\fP', takes no argument +and may appear more than once\&. The second is described as +`\fBnumber\fP\&', may appear more than once, and takes one mandatory +argument described as `\fBfirst count\fP\&'; no action is +specified, so it will not be completed\&. The +`\fB(two)\fP\&' at the beginning says that if the value `\fBone\fP' is on +the line, the value `\fBtwo\fP\&' will no longer be considered a possible +completion\&. Finally, the last value (`\fBtwo\fP\&') is described +as `\fBanother number\fP\&' and takes an optional argument described as +`\fBsecond count\fP\&' for which the completions (to appear after an +`\fB=\fP\&') are `\fB1\fP', `\fB2\fP', and `\fB3\fP'\&. The \fB_values\fP function +will complete lists of these values separated by commas\&. +.PP +Like \fB_arguments\fP, this function temporarily adds another context name +component to the arguments element (the fifth) of the current context +while executing the \fIaction\fP\&. Here this name is just the name of the +value for which the argument is completed\&. +.PP +The style \fBverbose\fP is used to decide if the descriptions for the +values (but not those for the arguments) should be printed\&. +.PP +The associative array \fBval_args\fP is used to report values and their +arguments; this works similarly to the \fBopt_args\fP associative array +used by \fB_arguments\fP\&. Hence the function calling \fB_values\fP should +declare the local parameters \fBstate\fP, \fBline\fP, \fBcontext\fP and +\fBval_args\fP: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBlocal context state line +typeset \-A val_args\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +when using an action of the form `\fB\->\fP\fIstring\fP\&'\&. With this +function the \fBcontext\fP parameter will be set to the name of the +value whose argument is to be completed\&. +.PP +Note also that \fB_values\fP normally adds the character used as the +separator between values as an auto\-removable suffix (similar to a +`\fB/\fP\&' after a directory)\&. However, this is not possible for a +`\fB\->\fP\fIstring\fP\&' action as the matches for the argument are +generated by the calling function\&. To get the usual behaviour, the +the calling function can add the separator \fIx\fP as a suffix by +passing the options `\fB\-qS\fP \fIx\fP\&' either directly or indirectly to +\fBcompadd\fP\&. +.PP +The option \fB\-C\fP is treated in the same way as it is by \fB_arguments\fP\&. +In that case the parameter \fBcurcontext\fP should be made local instead +of \fBcontext\fP (as described above)\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB_wanted\fP [ \fB\-x\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP \fIname\fP ] [ \fB\-12VJ\fP ] \fItag\fP \fIname\fP \fIdescr\fP \fIcommand\fP \fIargs\fP \&.\&.\&. +In many contexts, completion can only generate one particular set of +matches, usually corresponding to a single tag\&. However, it is +still necessary to decide whether the user requires matches of this type\&. +This function is useful in such a case\&. +.RS +.PP +The arguments to \fB_wanted\fP are the same as those to \fB_requested\fP, +i\&.e\&. arguments to be passed to \fB_description\fP\&. However, in this case +the \fIcommand\fP is not optional; all the processing of tags, including +the loop over both tags and tag labels and the generation of matches, +is carried out automatically by \fB_wanted\fP\&. +.PP +Hence to offer only one tag and immediately add the corresponding +matches with the given description: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBlocal expl +_wanted tag expl \&'description' \e + compadd matches\&.\&.\&.\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Note that, as for \fB_requested\fP, the \fIcommand\fP must be able to +accept options to be passed down to \fBcompadd\fP\&. +.PP +Like \fB_tags\fP this function supports the \fB\-C\fP option to give a +different name for the argument context field\&. The \fB\-x\fP option has +the same meaning as for \fB_description\fP\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SH "COMPLETION DIRECTORIES" +.PP +In the source distribution, the files are contained in various +subdirectories of the \fBCompletion\fP directory\&. They may have been +installed in the same structure, or into one single function directory\&. +The following is a description of the files found in the original directory +structure\&. If you wish to alter an installed file, you will need to copy +it to some directory which appears earlier in your \fBfpath\fP than the +standard directory where it appears\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBBase\fP +The core functions and special completion widgets automatically bound +to keys\&. You will certainly need most of these, though will +probably not need to alter them\&. Many of these are documented above\&. +.TP +\fBZsh\fP +Functions for completing arguments of shell builtin commands and +utility functions for this\&. Some of these are also used by functions from +the \fBUnix\fP directory\&. +.TP +\fBUnix\fP +Functions for completing arguments of external commands and suites of +commands\&. They may need modifying for your system, although in many cases +some attempt is made to decide which version of a command is present\&. For +example, completion for the \fBmount\fP command tries to determine the system +it is running on, while completion for many other utilities try to decide +whether the GNU version of the command is in use, and hence whether the +\fB\-\fP\fB\-help\fP option is supported\&. +.TP +\fBX\fP, \fBAIX\fP, \fBBSD\fP, \&.\&.\&. +Completion and utility function for commands available only on some systems\&. +These are not arranged hierarchically, so, for example, both the +\fBLinux\fP and \fBDebian\fP directories, as well as the \fBX\fP directory, +may be useful on your system\&. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshcompwid.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshcompwid.1 @@ -0,0 +1,1182 @@ +.TH "ZSHCOMPWID" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshcompwid \- zsh completion widgets +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/compwid.yo +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +The shell\&'s programmable completion mechanism can be manipulated in two +ways; here the low\-level features supporting the newer, function\-based +mechanism are defined\&. A complete set of shell functions based on these +features is described in +\fIzshcompsys\fP(1), +and users with no interest in adding to that system (or, potentially, +writing their own \-\- see dictionary entry for `hubris\&') should skip +the current section\&. The older system based on the \fBcompctl\fP builtin +command is described in +\fIzshcompctl\fP(1)\&. +.PP +Completion widgets are defined by the \fB\-C\fP option to the \fBzle\fP +builtin command provided by the \fBzsh/zle\fP module (see +\fIzshzle\fP(1))\&. For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle \-C complete expand\-or\-complete completer\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +defines a widget named `\fBcomplete\fP\&'\&. The second argument is the name +of any of the builtin widgets that handle completions: +\fBcomplete\-word\fP, \fBexpand\-or\-complete\fP, +\fBexpand\-or\-complete\-prefix\fP, \fBmenu\-complete\fP, +\fBmenu\-expand\-or\-complete\fP, \fBreverse\-menu\-complete\fP, +\fBlist\-choices\fP, or \fBdelete\-char\-or\-list\fP\&. Note that this will still +work even if the widget in question has been re\-bound\&. +.PP +When this newly defined widget is bound to a key +using the \fBbindkey\fP builtin command defined in the \fBzsh/zle\fP module +(see \fIzshzle\fP(1)), typing that key will call the shell function `\fBcompleter\fP\&'\&. This +function is responsible for generating the possible matches using the +builtins described below\&. As with other ZLE widgets, the function is +called with its standard input closed\&. +.PP +Once the function returns, the completion code takes over control again +and treats the matches in the same manner as the specified builtin +widget, in this case \fBexpand\-or\-complete\fP\&. +.PP +.PP +.SH "SPECIAL PARAMETERS" +.PP +Inside completion widgets, and any functions called from them, some +parameters have special meaning; outside these functions they are not +special to the shell in any way\&. These parameters are used to pass +information between the completion code and the completion widget\&. Some of +the builtin commands and the condition codes use or change the current +values of these parameters\&. Any existing values will be hidden during +execution of completion widgets; except for \fBcompstate\fP, the parameters +are reset on each function exit (including nested function calls from +within the completion widget) to the values they had when the function was +entered\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBCURRENT\fP +This is the number of the current word, i\&.e\&. the word the cursor is +currently on in the \fBwords\fP array\&. Note that this value is only +correct if the \fBksharrays\fP option is not set\&. +.TP +\fBIPREFIX\fP +Initially this will be set to the empty string\&. This parameter functions +like \fBPREFIX\fP; it contains a string which precedes the one in \fBPREFIX\fP +and is not considered part of the list of matches\&. Typically, a string is +transferred from the beginning of \fBPREFIX\fP to the end of \fBIPREFIX\fP, for +example: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBIPREFIX=${PREFIX%%\e=*}= +PREFIX=${PREFIX#*=}\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +causes the part of the prefix up to and including the first equal sign not +to be treated as part of a matched string\&. This can be done automatically +by the \fBcompset\fP builtin, see below\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBISUFFIX\fP +As \fBIPREFIX\fP, but for a suffix that should not be considered part +of the matches; note that the \fBISUFFIX\fP string follows the \fBSUFFIX\fP +string\&. +.TP +\fBPREFIX\fP +Initially this will be set to the part of the current word from the +beginning of the word up to the position of the cursor; it may be altered +to give a common prefix for all matches\&. +.TP +\fBQIPREFIX\fP +This parameter is read\-only and contains the quoted string up to the +word being completed\&. E\&.g\&. when completing `\fB"foo\fP\&', this parameter +contains the double quote\&. If the \fB\-q\fP option of \fBcompset\fP is used +(see below), and the original string was `\fB"foo bar\fP\&' with the +cursor on the `\fBbar\fP\&', this parameter contains `\fB"foo \fP'\&. +.TP +\fBQISUFFIX\fP +Like \fBQIPREFIX\fP, but containing the suffix\&. +.TP +\fBSUFFIX\fP +Initially this will be set to the part of the current word from the +cursor position to the end; it may be altered to give a common suffix for +all matches\&. It is most useful when the option \fBCOMPLETE_IN_WORD\fP is +set, as otherwise the whole word on the command line is treated as a +prefix\&. +.TP +\fBcompstate\fP +This is an associative array with various keys and values that the +completion code uses to exchange information with the completion widget\&. +The keys are: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBall_quotes\fP +The \fB\-q\fP option of the \fBcompset\fP builtin command (see below) +allows a quoted string to be broken into separate words; if the cursor is +on one of those words, that word will be completed, possibly invoking +`\fBcompset \-q\fP\&' recursively\&. With this key it is possible to test the +types of quoted strings which are currently broken into parts in this +fashion\&. Its value contains one character for each quoting level\&. The +characters are a single quote or a double quote for strings quoted with +these characters, a dollars sign for strings quoted with +\fB$\&'\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB'\fP and a backslash for strings not starting with a +quote character\&. The first character in the value always corresponds to the +innermost quoting level\&. +.TP +\fBcontext\fP +This will be set by the completion code to the overall context +in which completion is attempted\&. Possible values are: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBarray_value\fP +when completing inside the value of an array parameter assignment; in +this case the \fBwords\fP array contains the words inside the parentheses\&. +.TP +\fBbrace_parameter\fP +when completing the name of a parameter in a parameter expansion beginning +with \fB${\fP\&. +.TP +\fBassign_parameter\fP +when completing the name of a parameter in a parameter assignment\&. +.TP +\fBcommand\fP +when completing for a normal command (either in command position or for +an argument of the command)\&. +.TP +\fBcondition\fP +when completing inside a `\fB[[\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB]]\fP\&' conditional expression; in +this case the \fBwords\fP array contains only the words inside the +conditional expression\&. +.TP +\fBmath\fP +when completing in a mathematical environment such as a +`\fB((\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB))\fP\&' construct\&. +.TP +\fBparameter\fP +when completing the name of a parameter in a parameter expansion beginning +with \fB$\fP but not \fB${\fP\&. +.TP +\fBredirect\fP +when completing after a redirection operator\&. +.TP +\fBsubscript\fP +when completing inside a parameter subscript\&. +.TP +\fBvalue\fP +when completing the value of a parameter assignment\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBexact\fP +Controls the behaviour when the \fBREC_EXACT\fP option is set\&. It will be +set to \fBaccept\fP if an exact match would be accepted, and will be unset +otherwise\&. +.RS +.PP +If it was set when at least one match equal to the string on the line +was generated, the match is accepted\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBexact_string\fP +The string of an exact match if one was found, otherwise unset\&. +.TP +\fBignored\fP +The number of words that were ignored because they matched one of the +patterns given with the \fB\-F\fP option to the \fBcompadd\fP builtin +command\&. +.TP +\fBinsert\fP +This controls the manner in which a match is inserted into the command +line\&. On entry to the widget function, if it is unset the command line is +not to be changed; if set to \fBunambiguous\fP, any prefix common to all +matches is to be inserted; if set to \fBautomenu\-unambiguous\fP, the +common prefix is to be inserted and the next invocation of the +completion code may start menu completion (due to the \fBAUTO_MENU\fP +option being set); if set to \fBmenu\fP or \fBautomenu\fP menu completion +will be started for the matches currently generated (in the +latter case this will happen because the \fBAUTO_MENU\fP is set)\&. The +value may also contain the string `\fBtab\fP\&' when the completion code +would normally not really do completion, but only insert the TAB +character\&. +.RS +.PP +On exit it may be set to any of the values above (where setting it to +the empty string is the same as unsetting it), or to a number, in which +case the match whose number is given will be inserted into the command line\&. +Negative numbers count backward from the last match (with `\fB\-1\fP\&' +selecting the last match) and out\-of\-range values are wrapped +around, so that a value of zero selects the last match and a value +one more than the maximum selects the first\&. Unless the value of this +key ends in a space, the match is inserted as in a menu completion, +i\&.e\&. without automatically appending a space\&. +.PP +Both \fBmenu\fP and \fBautomenu\fP may also specify the the number of the +match to insert, given after a colon\&. For example, `\fBmenu:2\fP\&' says +to start menu completion, beginning with the second match\&. +.PP +Note that a value containing the substring `\fBtab\fP\&' makes the +matches generated be ignored and only the TAB be inserted\&. +.PP +Finally, it may also be set to \fBall\fP, which makes all matches +generated be inserted into the line\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBinsert_positions\fP +When the completion system inserts an unambiguous string into the +line, there may be multiple places where characters are missing or +where the character inserted differs from at least one match\&. The +value of this key contains a colon separated list of all these +positions, as indexes into the command line\&. +.TP +\fBlast_prompt\fP +If this is set to a non\-empty string for every match added, the +completion code will move the cursor back to the previous prompt after +the list of completions has been displayed\&. Initially this is set or +unset according to the \fBALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT\fP option\&. +.TP +\fBlist\fP +This controls whether or how the list of matches will be displayed\&. If it +is unset or empty they will never be listed; if its value begins with +\fBlist\fP, they will always be listed; if it begins with \fBautolist\fP +or \fBambiguous\fP, they will be listed when the \fBAUTO_LIST\fP or +\fBLIST_AMBIGUOUS\fP options respectively would normally cause them to +be\&. +.RS +.PP +If the substring \fBforce\fP appears in the value, this makes the +list be shown even if there is only one match\&. Normally, the list +would be shown only if there are at least two matches\&. +.PP +The value contains the substring \fBpacked\fP if the \fBLIST_PACKED\fP +option is set\&. If this substring is given for all matches added to a +group, this group will show the \fBLIST_PACKED\fP behavior\&. The same is +done for the \fBLIST_ROWS_FIRST\fP option with the substring \fBrows\fP\&. +.PP +Finally, if the value contains the string \fBexplanations\fP, only the +explanation strings, if any, will be listed and if it contains +\fBmessages\fP, only the messages (added with the \fB\-x\fP option of +\fBcompadd\fP) will be listed\&. If it contains both \fBexplanations\fP and +\fBmessages\fP both kinds of explanation strings will be listed\&. It +will be set appropriately on entry to a completion widget and may be +changed there\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBlist_lines\fP +This gives the number of lines that are needed to display the full +list of completions\&. Note that to calculate the total number of lines +to display you need to add the number of lines needed for the command +line to this value, this is available as the value of the \fBBUFFERLINES\fP +special parameter\&. +.TP +\fBlist_max\fP +Initially this is set to the value of the \fBLISTMAX\fP parameter\&. +It may be set to any other value; when the widget exits this value +will be used in the same way as the value of \fBLISTMAX\fP\&. +.TP +\fBnmatches\fP +The number of matches generated and accepted by the completion code so +far\&. +.TP +\fBold_insert\fP +On entry to the widget this will be set to the number of the match of +an old list of completions that is currently inserted into the command +line\&. If no match has been inserted, this is unset\&. +.RS +.PP +As with \fBold_list\fP, the value of this key will only be used if it is the +string \fBkeep\fP\&. If it was set to this value by the widget and there was an +old match inserted into the command line, this match will be kept and if +the value of the \fBinsert\fP key specifies that another match should be +inserted, this will be inserted after the old one\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBold_list\fP +This is set to \fByes\fP if there is still a valid list of completions +from a previous completion at the time the widget is invoked\&. This will +usually be the case if and only if the previous editing operation was a +completion widget or one of the builtin completion functions\&. If there is a +valid list and it is also currently shown on the screen, the value of this +key is \fBshown\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +After the widget has exited the value of this key is only used if it +was set to \fBkeep\fP\&. In this case the completion code will continue +to use this old list\&. If the widget generated new matches, they will +not be used\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBparameter\fP +The name of the parameter when completing in a subscript or in the +value of a parameter assignment\&. +.TP +\fBpattern_insert\fP +Normally this is set to \fBmenu\fP, which specifies that menu completion will +be used whenever a set of matches was generated using pattern matching\&. If +it is set to any other non\-empty string by the user and menu completion is +not selected by other option settings, the code will instead insert any +common prefix for the generated matches as with normal completion\&. +.TP +\fBpattern_match\fP +Locally controls the behaviour given by the \fBGLOB_COMPLETE\fP option\&. +Initially it is set to `\fB*\fP\&' if and only if the option is set\&. +The completion widget may set it to this value, to an empty string +(which has the same effect as unsetting it), or to any +other non\-empty string\&. If it is non\-empty, unquoted metacharacters on the +command line will be treated as patterns; if it is `\fB*\fP\&', then +additionally a wildcard `\fB*\fP\&' is assumed at the cursor position; if +it is empty or unset, metacharacters will be treated literally\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that the matcher specifications given to the \fBcompadd\fP builtin +command are not used if this is set to a non\-empty string\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBquote\fP +When completing inside quotes, this contains the quotation character +(i\&.e\&. either a single quote, a double quote, or a backtick)\&. Otherwise it +is unset\&. +.TP +\fBquoting\fP +When completing inside single quotes, this is set to the string +\fBsingle\fP; inside double quotes, the string +\fBdouble\fP; inside backticks, the string \fBbacktick\fP\&. +Otherwise it is unset\&. +.TP +\fBredirect\fP +The redirection operator when completing in a redirection position, +i\&.e\&. one of \fB<\fP, \fB>\fP, etc\&. +.TP +\fBrestore\fP +This is set to \fBauto\fP before a function is entered, which forces the +special parameters mentioned above (\fBwords\fP, \fBCURRENT\fP, \fBPREFIX\fP, +\fBIPREFIX\fP, \fBSUFFIX\fP, and \fBISUFFIX\fP) to be restored to their +previous values when the function exits\&. If a function unsets it or +sets it to any other string, they will not be restored\&. +.TP +\fBto_end\fP +Specifies the occasions on which the cursor is moved to the end of a string +when a match is inserted\&. On entry to a widget function, it may be +\fBsingle\fP if this will happen when a single unambiguous match was inserted +or \fBmatch\fP if it will happen any time a match is inserted (for example, +by menu completion; this is likely to be the effect of the \fBALWAYS_TO_END\fP +option)\&. +.RS +.PP +On exit, it may be set to \fBsingle\fP as above\&. It may also be set to +\fBalways\fP, or to the empty string or unset; in those cases the cursor will +be moved to the end of the string always or never respectively\&. Any +other string is treated as \fBmatch\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBunambiguous\fP +This key is read\-only and will always be set to the common (unambiguous) +prefix the completion code has generated for all matches added so far\&. +.TP +\fBunambiguous_cursor\fP +This gives the position the cursor would be placed at if the +common prefix in the \fBunambiguous\fP key were inserted, relative to +the value of that key\&. The cursor would be placed before the character +whose index is given by this key\&. +.TP +\fBunambiguous_positions\fP +This contains all positions where characters in the unambiguous string +are missing or where the character inserted differs from at least one +of the matches\&. The positions are given as indexes into the string +given by the value of the \fBunambiguous\fP key\&. +.TP +\fBvared\fP +If completion is called while editing a line using the \fBvared\fP +builtin, the value of this key is set to the name of the parameter +given as an argument to \fBvared\fP\&. This key is only set while a \fBvared\fP +command is active\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBwords\fP +This array contains the words present on the command line currently being +edited\&. +.PP +.SH "BUILTIN COMMANDS" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcompadd\fP [ \fB\-akqQfenUld12C\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP \fIarray\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +[ \fB\-P\fP \fIprefix\fP ] [ \fB\-S\fP \fIsuffix\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +[ \fB\-p\fP \fIhidden\-prefix\fP ] [ \fB\-s\fP \fIhidden\-suffix\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +[ \fB\-i\fP \fIignored\-prefix\fP ] [ \fB\-I\fP \fIignored\-suffix\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +[ \fB\-W\fP \fIfile\-prefix\fP ] [ \fB\-d\fP \fIarray\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +[ \fB\-J\fP \fIname\fP ] [ \fB\-V\fP \fIname\fP ] [ \fB\-X\fP \fIexplanation\fP ] [ \fB\-x\fP \fImessage\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +[ \fB\-r\fP \fIremove\-chars\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fP \fIremove\-func\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +[ \fB\-D\fP \fIarray\fP ] [ \fB\-O\fP \fIarray\fP ] [ \fB\-A\fP \fIarray\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +[ \fB\-E\fP \fInumber\fP ] +.TP +.PD +[ \fB\-M\fP \fImatch\-spec\fP ] [ \fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP ] [ \fIwords\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.RS +.PP +This builtin command can be used to add matches directly and control +all the information the completion code stores with each possible +match\&. The return status is zero if at least one match was added and +non\-zero if no matches were added\&. +.PP +The completion code breaks the string to complete into seven fields in +the order: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fI\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The first field +is an ignored prefix taken from the command line, the contents of the +\fBIPREFIX\fP parameter plus the string given with the \fB\-i\fP +option\&. With the \fB\-U\fP option, only the string from the \fB\-i\fP +option is used\&. The field \fI\fP is an optional prefix string +given with the \fB\-P\fP option\&. The \fI\fP field is a string +that is considered part of the match but that should not be shown when +listing completions, given with the \fB\-p\fP option; for example, +functions that do filename generation might specify +a common path prefix this way\&. \fI\fP is the part of the match that +should appear in the list of completions, i\&.e\&. one of the \fIwords\fP given +at the end of the \fBcompadd\fP command line\&. The suffixes \fI\fP, +\fI\fP and \fI\fP correspond to the prefixes \fI\fP, +\fI\fP and \fI\fP and are given by the options \fB\-s\fP, \fB\-S\fP and +\fB\-I\fP, respectively\&. +.PP +The supported flags are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-P\fP \fIprefix\fP +This gives a string to be inserted before the given \fIwords\fP\&. The +string given is not considered as part of the match and any shell +metacharacters in it will not be quoted when the string is inserted\&. +.TP +\fB\-S\fP \fIsuffix\fP +Like \fB\-P\fP, but gives a string to be inserted after the match\&. +.TP +\fB\-p\fP \fIhidden\-prefix\fP +This gives a string that should be inserted into the command line before the +match but that should not appear in the list of matches\&. Unless the +\fB\-U\fP option is given, this string must be matched as part of the string +on the command line\&. +.TP +\fB\-s\fP \fIhidden\-suffix\fP +Like `\fB\-p\fP\&', but gives a string to insert after the match\&. +.TP +\fB\-i\fP \fIignored\-prefix\fP +This gives a string to insert into the command line just before any +string given with the `\fB\-P\fP\&' option\&. Without `\fB\-P\fP' the string is +inserted before the string given with `\fB\-p\fP\&' or directly before the +match\&. +.TP +\fB\-I\fP \fIignored\-suffix\fP +Like \fB\-i\fP, but gives an ignored suffix\&. +.TP +\fB\-a\fP +With this flag the \fIwords\fP are taken as names of arrays and the +possible matches are their values\&. If only some elements of the +arrays are needed, the \fIwords\fP may also contain subscripts, as in +`\fBfoo[2,\-1]\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fB\-k\fP +With this flag the \fIwords\fP are taken as names of associative arrays +and the possible matches are their keys\&. As for \fB\-a\fP, the +\fIwords\fP may also contain subscripts, as in `\fBfoo[(R)*bar*]\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fB\-d\fP \fIarray\fP +This adds per\-match display strings\&. The \fIarray\fP should contain one +element per \fIword\fP given\&. The completion code will then display the +first element instead of the first \fIword\fP, and so on\&. The +\fIarray\fP may be given as the name of an array parameter or directly +as a space\-separated list of words in parentheses\&. +.RS +.PP +If there are fewer display strings than \fIwords\fP, the leftover +\fIwords\fP will be displayed unchanged and if there are more display +strings than \fIwords\fP, the leftover display strings will be silently +ignored\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-l\fP +This option only has an effect if used together with the \fB\-d\fP +option\&. If it is given, the display strings are listed one per line, +not arrayed in columns\&. +.TP +\fB\-o\fP +This option only has an effect if used together with the \fB\-d\fP +option\&. If it is given, the order of the output is determined by the +match strings; otherwise it is determined by the display strings +(i\&.e\&. the strings given by the \fB\-d\fP option)\&. +.TP +\fB\-J\fP \fIname\fP +Gives the name of the group of matches the words should be stored in\&. +.TP +\fB\-V\fP \fIname\fP +Like \fB\-J\fP but naming a unsorted group\&. These are in a different name +space than groups created with the \fB\-J\fP flag\&. +.TP +\fB\-1\fP +If given together with the \fB\-V\fP option, makes +only consecutive duplicates in the group be removed\&. If combined with +the \fB\-J\fP option, this has no visible effect\&. Note that groups +with and without this flag are in different name spaces\&. +.TP +\fB\-2\fP +If given together with the \fB\-J\fP or \fB\-V\fP option, makes all +duplicates be kept\&. Again, groups with and without this flag are in +different name spaces\&. +.TP +\fB\-X\fP \fIexplanation\fP +The \fIexplanation\fP string will be printed with the list of matches, +above the group currently selected\&. +.TP +\fB\-x\fP \fImessage\fP +Like \fB\-X\fP, but the \fImessage\fP will be printed even if there are no +matches in the group\&. +.TP +\fB\-q\fP +The suffix given with \fB\-S\fP will be automatically removed if +the next character typed is a blank or does not insert anything, or if +the suffix consists of only one character and the next character typed +is the same character\&. +.TP +\fB\-r\fP \fIremove\-chars\fP +This is a more versatile form of the \fB\-q\fP option\&. +The suffix given with \fB\-S\fP or the slash automatically added after +completing directories will be automatically removed if +the next character typed inserts one of the characters given in the +\fIremove\-chars\fP\&. This string is parsed as a characters class and +understands the backslash sequences used by the \fBprint\fP command\&. For +example, `\fB\-r "a\-z\et"\fP\&' removes the suffix if the next character typed +inserts a lowercase character or a TAB, and `\fB\-r "^0\-9"\fP\&' removes the +suffix if the next character typed inserts anything but a digit\&. One extra +backslash sequence is understood in this string: `\fB\e\-\fP\&' stands for +all characters that insert nothing\&. Thus `\fB\-S "=" \-q\fP\&' is the same +as `\fB\-S "=" \-r "= \et\en\e\-"\fP\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +This option may also be used without the \fB\-S\fP option; then any +automatically added space will be removed when one of the characters in the +list is typed\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-R\fP \fIremove\-func\fP +This is another form of the \fB\-r\fP option\&. When a suffix +has been inserted and the completion accepted, the function +\fIremove\-func\fP will be called after the next character typed\&. It is +passed the length of the suffix as an argument and can use the special +parameters available in ordinary (non\-completion) zle widgets (see +\fIzshzle\fP(1)) to analyse and modify the command line\&. +.TP +\fB\-f\fP +If this flag is given, all of the matches built from \fIwords\fP are +marked as being the names of files\&. They are not required to be actual +filenames, but if they are, and the option \fBLIST_TYPES\fP is set, the +characters describing the types of the files in the completion lists will +be shown\&. This also forces a slash to be added when the name of a +directory is completed\&. +.TP +\fB\-e\fP +This flag can be used to tell the completion code that the matches +added are parameter names for a parameter expansion\&. This will make +the \fBAUTO_PARAM_SLASH\fP and \fBAUTO_PARAM_KEYS\fP options be used for +the matches\&. +.TP +\fB\-W\fP \fIfile\-prefix\fP +This string is a pathname that will be +prepended to each of the matches formed by the given \fIwords\fP together +with any prefix specified by the \fB\-p\fP option to form a complete filename +for testing\&. Hence it is only useful if combined with the \fB\-f\fP flag, as +the tests will not otherwise be performed\&. +.TP +\fB\-F\fP \fIarray\fP +Specifies an array containing patterns\&. Words matching one of these +patterns are ignored, i\&.e\&. not considered to be possible matches\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fIarray\fP may be the name of an array parameter or a list of +literal patterns enclosed in parentheses and quoted, as in `\fB\-F "(*?\&.o +*?\&.h)"\fP\&'\&. If the name of an array is given, the elements of the array are +taken as the patterns\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-Q\fP +This flag instructs the completion +code not to quote any metacharacters in the words when inserting them +into the command line\&. +.TP +\fB\-M\fP \fImatch\-spec\fP +This gives local match specifications as described below in +the section `Matching Control\&'\&. This option may be given more than once\&. In +this case all \fImatch\-spec\fPs given are concatenated with spaces +between them to form the specification string to use\&. +Note that they will only be used if the \fB\-U\fP option is not given\&. +.TP +\fB\-n\fP +Specifies that the words added are to be used as possible +matches, but are not to appear in the completion listing\&. +.TP +\fB\-U\fP +If this flag is given, all words given will be accepted and no matching +will be done by the completion code\&. Normally this is used in +functions that do the matching themselves\&. +.TP +\fB\-O\fP \fIarray\fP +If this option is given, the \fIwords\fP are \fInot\fP added to the set of +possible completions\&. Instead, matching is done as usual and all of the +\fIwords\fP given as arguments that match the string on the command line +will be stored in the array parameter whose name is given as \fIarray\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-A\fP \fIarray\fP +As the \fB\-O\fP option, except that instead of those of the \fIwords\fP which +match being stored in \fIarray\fP, the strings generated internally by the +completion code are stored\&. For example, +with a matching specification of `\fB\-M "L:|no="\fP\&', the string `\fBnof\fP' +on the command line and the string `\fBfoo\fP\&' as one of the \fIwords\fP, this +option stores the string `\fBnofoo\fP\&' in the array, whereas the \fB\-O\fP +option stores the `\fBfoo\fP\&' originally given\&. +.TP +\fB\-D\fP \fIarray\fP +As with \fB\-O\fP, the \fIwords\fP are not added to the set of possible +completions\&. Instead, the completion code tests whether each \fIword\fP +in turn matches what is on the line\&. If the \fIn\fP\&'th \fIword\fP does not +match, the \fIn\fP\&'th element of the \fIarray\fP is removed\&. Elements +for which the corresponding \fIword\fP is matched are retained\&. +.TP +\fB\-C\fP +This option adds a special match which expands to all other matches +when inserted into the line, even those that are added after this +option is used\&. Together with the \fB\-d\fP option it is possible to +specify a string that should be displayed in the list for this special +match\&. If no string is given, it will be shown as a string containing +the strings that would be inserted for the other matches, truncated to +the width of the screen\&. +.TP +\fB\-E\fP +This option adds \fInumber\fP empty matches after the \fIwords\fP have +been added\&. An empty match takes up space in completion listings but +will never be inserted in the line and can\&'t be selected with menu +completion or menu selection\&. This makes empty matches only useful to +format completion lists and to make explanatory string be shown in +completion lists (since empty matches can be given display strings +with the \fB\-d\fP option)\&. And because all but one empty string would +otherwise be removed, this option implies the \fB\-V\fP and \fB\-2\fP +options (even if an explicit \fB\-J\fP option is given)\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB\-\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP +This flag ends the list of flags and options\&. All arguments after it +will be taken as the words to use as matches even if they begin with +hyphens\&. +.PP +Except for the \fB\-M\fP flag, if any of these flags is given more than +once, the first one (and its argument) will be used\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcompset \-p\fP \fInumber\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcompset \-P\fP [ \fInumber\fP ] \fIpattern\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcompset \-s\fP \fInumber\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcompset \-S\fP [ \fInumber\fP ] \fIpattern\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcompset \-n\fP \fIbegin\fP [ \fIend\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcompset \-N\fP \fIbeg\-pat\fP [ \fIend\-pat\fP ] +.TP +.PD +\fBcompset \-q\fP +This command simplifies modification of the special parameters, +while its return status allows tests on them to be carried out\&. +.RS +.PP +The options are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-p\fP \fInumber\fP +If the contents of the \fBPREFIX\fP parameter is longer than \fInumber\fP +characters, the first \fInumber\fP characters are removed from it and +appended to the contents of the \fBIPREFIX\fP parameter\&. +.TP +\fB\-P\fP [ \fInumber\fP ] \fIpattern\fP +If the value of the \fBPREFIX\fP parameter begins with anything that +matches the \fIpattern\fP, the matched portion is removed from +\fBPREFIX\fP and appended to \fBIPREFIX\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +Without the optional \fInumber\fP, the longest match is taken, but +if \fInumber\fP is given, anything up to the \fInumber\fP\&'th match is +moved\&. If the \fInumber\fP is negative, the \fInumber\fP\&'th longest +match is moved\&. For example, if \fBPREFIX\fP contains the string +`\fBa=b=c\fP\&', then \fBcompset \-P '*\e='\fP will move the string `\fBa=b=\fP' +into the \fBIPREFIX\fP parameter, but \fBcompset \-P 1 \&'*\e='\fP will move only +the string `\fBa=\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-s\fP \fInumber\fP +As \fB\-p\fP, but transfer the last \fInumber\fP characters from the +value of \fBSUFFIX\fP to the front of the value of \fBISUFFIX\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-S\fP [ \fInumber\fP ] \fIpattern\fP +As \fB\-P\fP, but match the last portion of \fBSUFFIX\fP and transfer the +matched portion to the front of the value of \fBISUFFIX\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-n\fP \fIbegin\fP [ \fIend\fP ] +If the current word position as specified by the parameter \fBCURRENT\fP +is greater than or equal to \fIbegin\fP, anything up to the +\fIbegin\fP\&'th word is removed from the \fBwords\fP array and the value +of the parameter \fBCURRENT\fP is decremented by \fIbegin\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +If the optional \fIend\fP is given, the modification is done only if +the current word position is also less than or equal to \fIend\fP\&. In +this case, the words from position \fIend\fP onwards are also removed from +the \fBwords\fP array\&. +.PP +Both \fIbegin\fP and \fIend\fP may be negative to count backwards +from the last element of the \fBwords\fP array\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-N\fP \fIbeg\-pat\fP [ \fIend\-pat\fP ] +If one of the elements of the \fBwords\fP array before the one at the +index given by the value of the parameter \fBCURRENT\fP matches the +pattern \fIbeg\-pat\fP, all elements up to and including the matching one are +removed from the \fBwords\fP array and the value of \fBCURRENT\fP is changed to +point to the same word in the changed array\&. +.RS +.PP +If the optional pattern \fIend\-pat\fP is also given, and there is an +element in the \fBwords\fP array matching this pattern, the parameters +are modified only if the index of this word is higher than the one +given by the \fBCURRENT\fP parameter (so that the matching word has +to be after the cursor)\&. In this case, the words starting with the one +matching \fBend\-pat\fP are also removed from the \fBwords\fP +array\&. If \fBwords\fP contains no word matching \fIend\-pat\fP, the +testing and modification is performed as if it were not given\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-q\fP +The word +currently being completed is split on spaces into separate words, +respecting the usual shell quoting conventions\&. The +resulting words are stored in the \fBwords\fP array, and \fBCURRENT\fP, +\fBPREFIX\fP, \fBSUFFIX\fP, \fBQIPREFIX\fP, and \fBQISUFFIX\fP are modified to +reflect the word part that is completed\&. +.PP +In all the above cases the return status is zero if the test succeeded +and the parameters were modified and non\-zero otherwise\&. This allows +one to use this builtin in tests such as: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBif compset \-P \&'*\e='; then \&.\&.\&.\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This forces anything up to and including the last equal sign to be +ignored by the completion code\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcompcall\fP [ \fB\-TD\fP ] +This allows the use of completions defined with the \fBcompctl\fP builtin +from within completion widgets\&. The list of matches will be generated as +if one of the non\-widget completion function (\fBcomplete\-word\fP, etc\&.) +had been called, except that only \fBcompctl\fPs given for specific commands +are used\&. To force the code to try completions defined with the \fB\-T\fP +option of \fBcompctl\fP and/or the default completion (whether defined by +\fBcompctl \-D\fP or the builtin default) in the appropriate places, the +\fB\-T\fP and/or \fB\-D\fP flags can be passed to \fBcompcall\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +The return status can be used to test if a matching \fBcompctl\fP +definition was found\&. It is non\-zero if a \fBcompctl\fP was found and +zero otherwise\&. +.PP +Note that this builtin is defined by the \fBzsh/compctl\fP module\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SH "CONDITION CODES" +.PP +The following additional condition codes for use within the \fB[[ \&.\&.\&. ]]\fP +construct are available in completion widgets\&. These work on the special +parameters\&. All of these tests can also be performed by the \fBcompset\fP +builtin, but in the case of the condition codes the contents of the special +parameters are not modified\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-prefix\fP [ \fInumber\fP ] \fIpattern\fP +true if the test for the \fB\-P\fP option of \fBcompset\fP would succeed\&. +.TP +\fB\-suffix\fP [ \fInumber\fP ] \fIpattern\fP +true if the test for the \fB\-S\fP option of \fBcompset\fP would succeed\&. +.TP +\fB\-after\fP \fIbeg\-pat\fP +true if the test of the \fB\-N\fP option with only the \fIbeg\-pat\fP given +would succeed\&. +.TP +\fB\-between\fP \fIbeg\-pat end\-pat\fP +true if the test for the \fB\-N\fP option with both patterns would succeed\&. +.PP +.SH "MATCHING CONTROL" +.PP +It is possible by use of the +\fB\-M\fP option of the \fBcompadd\fP builtin command to specify how the +characters in the string to be completed (referred to here as the +command line) map onto the characters in the list of matches produced by +the completion code (referred to here as the trial completions)\&. Note +that this is not used if the command line contains a glob pattern and +the \fBGLOB_COMPLETE\fP option is set or the \fBpattern_match\fP of the +\fBcompstate\fP special association is set to a non\-empty string\&. +.PP +The \fImatch\-spec\fP given as the argument to the \fB\-M\fP option (see +`Builtin Commands\&' above) consists of one or more matching descriptions separated by +whitespace\&. Each description consists of a letter followed by a colon +and then the patterns describing which character sequences on the line match +which character sequences in the trial completion\&. Any sequence of +characters not handled in this fashion must match exactly, as usual\&. +.PP +The forms of \fImatch\-spec\fP understood are as follows\&. In each case, the +form with an uppercase initial character retains the string already +typed on the command line as the final result of completion, while with +a lowercase initial character the string on the command line is changed +into the corresponding part of the trial completion\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBm:\fP\fIlpat\fP\fB=\fP\fItpat\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBM:\fP\fIlpat\fP\fB=\fP\fItpat\fP +Here, \fIlpat\fP is a pattern that matches on the command line, +corresponding to \fItpat\fP which matches in the trial completion\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBl:\fP\fIlanchor\fP\fB|\fP\fIlpat\fP\fB=\fP\fItpat\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBL:\fP\fIlanchor\fP\fB|\fP\fIlpat\fP\fB=\fP\fItpat\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBl:\fP\fIlanchor\fP\fB||\fP\fIranchor\fP\fB=\fP\fItpat\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBL:\fP\fIlanchor\fP\fB||\fP\fIranchor\fP\fB=\fP\fItpat\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBb:\fP\fIlpat\fP\fB=\fP\fItpat\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBB:\fP\fIlpat\fP\fB=\fP\fItpat\fP +These letters are for patterns that are anchored by another pattern on +the left side\&. Matching for \fIlpat\fP and \fItpat\fP is as for \fBm\fP and +\fBM\fP, but the pattern \fIlpat\fP matched on the command line must be +preceded by the pattern \fIlanchor\fP\&. The \fIlanchor\fP can be blank to +anchor the match to the start of the command line string; otherwise the +anchor can occur anywhere, but must match in both the command line and +trial completion strings\&. +.RS +.PP +If no \fIlpat\fP is given but a \fIranchor\fP is, this matches the gap +between substrings matched by \fIlanchor\fP and \fIranchor\fP\&. Unlike +\fIlanchor\fP, the \fIranchor\fP only needs to match the trial +completion string\&. +.PP +The \fBb\fP and \fBB\fP forms are similar to \fBl\fP and \fBL\fP with an empty +anchor, but need to match only the beginning of the trial completion +or the word on the command line, respectively\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBr:\fP\fIlpat\fP\fB|\fP\fIranchor\fP\fB=\fP\fItpat\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBR:\fP\fIlpat\fP\fB|\fP\fIranchor\fP\fB=\fP\fItpat\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBr:\fP\fIlanchor\fP\fB||\fP\fIranchor\fP\fB=\fP\fItpat\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBR:\fP\fIlanchor\fP\fB||\fP\fIranchor\fP\fB=\fP\fItpat\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBe:\fP\fIlpat\fP\fB=\fP\fItpat\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBE:\fP\fIlpat\fP\fB=\fP\fItpat\fP +As \fBl\fP, \fBL\fP, \fBb\fP and \fBB\fP, with the difference that the command +line and trial completion patterns are anchored on the right side\&. +Here an empty \fIranchor\fP and the \fBe\fP and \fBE\fP forms force the +match to the end of the trial completion or command line string\&. +.PP +Each \fIlpat\fP, \fItpat\fP or \fIanchor\fP is either an empty string or +consists of a sequence of literal characters (which may be quoted with a +backslash), question marks, character classes, and correspondence +classes; ordinary shell patterns are not used\&. Literal characters match +only themselves, question marks match any character, and character +classes are formed as for globbing and match any character in the given +set\&. +.PP +Correspondence classes are defined like character classes, but with two +differences: they are delimited by a pair of braces, and negated classes +are not allowed, so the characters \fB!\fP and \fB^\fP have no special +meaning directly after the opening brace\&. They indicate that a range of +characters on the line match a range of characters in the trial +completion, but (unlike ordinary character classes) paired according to +the corresponding position in the sequence\&. For example, to make any +lowercase letter on the line match the corresponding uppercase letter in +the trial completion, you can use `\fBm:{a\-z}={A\-Z}\fP\&'\&. More than one +pair of classes can occur, in which case the first class before the +\fB=\fP corresponds to the first after it, and so on\&. If one side has +more such classes than the other side, the superfluous classes behave +like normal character classes\&. In anchor patterns correspondence classes +also behave like normal character classes\&. +.PP +The pattern \fItpat\fP may also be one or two stars, `\fB*\fP\&' or +`\fB**\fP\&'\&. This means that the pattern on the command line can match +any number of characters in the trial completion\&. In this case the +pattern must be anchored (on either side); in the case of a single +star, the \fIanchor\fP then determines how much of the trial completion +is to be included \-\- only the characters up to the next appearance of +the anchor will be matched\&. With two stars, substrings matched by the +anchor can be matched, too\&. +.PP +Examples: +.PP +The keys of the \fBoptions\fP association defined by the \fBparameter\fP +module are the option names in all\-lowercase form, without +underscores, and without the optional \fBno\fP at the beginning even +though the builtins \fBsetopt\fP and \fBunsetopt\fP understand option names +with uppercase letters, underscores, and the optional \fBno\fP\&. The +following alters the matching rules so that the prefix \fBno\fP and any +underscore are ignored when trying to match the trial completions +generated and uppercase letters on the line match the corresponding +lowercase letters in the words: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompadd \-M \&'L:|[nN][oO]= M:_= M:{A\-Z}={a\-z}' \- \e + ${(k)options} \fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The first part says that the pattern `\fB[nN][oO]\fP\&' at the beginning +(the empty anchor before the pipe symbol) of the string on the +line matches the empty string in the list of words generated by +completion, so it will be ignored if present\&. The second part does the +same for an underscore anywhere in the command line string, and the +third part uses correspondence classes so that any +uppercase letter on the line matches the corresponding lowercase +letter in the word\&. The use of the uppercase forms of the +specification characters (\fBL\fP and \fBM\fP) guarantees that what has +already been typed on the command line (in particular the prefix +\fBno\fP) will not be deleted\&. +.PP +Note that the use of \fBL\fP in the first part means that it matches +only when at the beginning of both the command line string and the +trial completion\&. I\&.e\&., the string `\fB_NO_f\fP\&' would not be +completed to `\fB_NO_foo\fP\&', nor would `\fBNONO_f\fP' be completed to +`\fBNONO_foo\fP\&' because of the leading underscore or the second +`\fBNO\fP\&' on the line which makes the pattern fail even though they are +otherwise ignored\&. To fix this, one would use `\fBB:[nN][oO]=\fP\&' +instead of the first part\&. As described above, this matches at the +beginning of the trial completion, independent of other characters or +substrings at the beginning of the command line word which are ignored +by the same or other \fImatch\-spec\fPs\&. +.PP +The second example makes completion case insensitive\&. This is just +the same as in the option example, except here we wish to retain the +characters in the list of completions: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompadd \-M \&'m:{a\-z}={A\-Z}' \&.\&.\&. \fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This makes lowercase letters match their uppercase counterparts\&. +To make uppercase letters match the lowercase forms as well: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompadd \-M \&'m:{a\-zA\-Z}={A\-Za\-z}' \&.\&.\&. \fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +A nice example for the use of \fB*\fP patterns is partial word +completion\&. Sometimes you would like to make strings like `\fBc\&.s\&.u\fP\&' +complete to strings like `\fBcomp\&.source\&.unix\fP\&', i\&.e\&. the word on the +command line consists of multiple parts, separated by a dot in this +example, where each part should be completed separately \-\- note, +however, that the case where each part of the word, i\&.e\&. `\fBcomp\fP\&', +`\fBsource\fP\&' and `\fBunix\fP' in this example, is to be completed from +separate sets of matches +is a different problem to be solved by the implementation of the +completion widget\&. The example can be handled by: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompadd \-M \&'r:|\&.=* r:|=*' \e + \- comp\&.sources\&.unix comp\&.sources\&.misc \&.\&.\&.\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The first specification says that \fIlpat\fP is the empty string, while +\fIanchor\fP is a dot; \fItpat\fP is \fB*\fP, so this can match anything +except for the `\fB\&.\fP\&' from the anchor in +the trial completion word\&. So in `\fBc\&.s\&.u\fP\&', the matcher sees `\fBc\fP', +followed by the empty string, followed by the anchor `\fB\&.\fP\&', and +likewise for the second dot, and replaces the empty strings before the +anchors, giving `\fBc\fP[\fBomp\fP]\fB\&.s\fP[\fBources\fP]\fB\&.u\fP[\fBnix\fP]\&', where +the last part of the completion is just as normal\&. +.PP +With the pattern shown above, the string `\fBc\&.u\fP\&' could not be +completed to `\fBcomp\&.sources\&.unix\fP\&' because the single star means +that no dot (matched by the anchor) can be skipped\&. By using two stars +as in `\fBr:|\&.=**\fP\&', however, `\fBc\&.u\fP' could be completed to +`\fBcomp\&.sources\&.unix\fP\&'\&. This also shows that in some cases, +especially if the anchor is a real pattern, like a character class, +the form with two stars may result in more matches than one would like\&. +.PP +The second specification is needed to make this work when the cursor is +in the middle of the string on the command line and the option +\fBCOMPLETE_IN_WORD\fP is set\&. In this case the completion code would +normally try to match trial completions that end with the string as +typed so far, i\&.e\&. it will only insert new characters at the cursor +position rather then at the end\&. However in our example we would like +the code to recognise matches which contain extra characters after the +string on the line (the `\fBnix\fP\&' in the example)\&. Hence we say that the +empty string at the end of the string on the line matches any characters +at the end of the trial completion\&. +.PP +More generally, the specification +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompadd \-M \&'r:|[\&.,_\-]=* r:|=*' \&.\&.\&. \fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +allows one to complete words with abbreviations before any of the +characters in the square brackets\&. For example, to +complete \fBveryverylongfile\&.c\fP rather than \fBveryverylongheader\&.h\fP +with the above in effect, you can just type \fBvery\&.c\fP before attempting +completion\&. +.PP +The specifications with both a left and a right anchor are useful to +complete partial words whose parts are not separated by some +special character\&. For example, in some places strings have to be +completed that are formed `\fBLikeThis\fP\&' (i\&.e\&. the separate parts are +determined by a leading uppercase letter) or maybe one has to +complete strings with trailing numbers\&. Here one could use the simple +form with only one anchor as in: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompadd \-M \&'r:|[A\-Z0\-9]=* r:|=*' LikeTHIS FooHoo 5foo123 5bar234\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +But with this, the string `\fBH\fP\&' would neither complete to `\fBFooHoo\fP' +nor to `\fBLikeTHIS\fP\&' because in each case there is an uppercase +letter before the `\fBH\fP\&' and that is matched by the anchor\&. Likewise, +a `\fB2\fP\&' would not be completed\&. In both cases this could be changed +by using `\fBr:|[A\-Z0\-9]=**\fP\&', but then `\fBH\fP' completes to both +`\fBLikeTHIS\fP\&' and `\fBFooHoo\fP' and a `\fB2\fP' matches the other +strings because characters can be inserted before every uppercase +letter and digit\&. To avoid this one would use: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcompadd \-M \&'r:[^A\-Z0\-9]||[A\-Z0\-9]=** r:|=*' \e + LikeTHIS FooHoo foo123 bar234\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +By using these two anchors, a `\fBH\fP\&' matches only uppercase `\fBH\fP's that +are immediately preceded by something matching the left anchor +`\fB[^A\-Z0\-9]\fP\&'\&. The effect is, of course, that `\fBH\fP' matches only +the string `\fBFooHoo\fP\&', a `\fB2\fP' matches only `\fBbar234\fP' and so on\&. +.PP +When using the completion system (see +\fIzshcompsys\fP(1)), users can define match specifications that are to be used for +specific contexts by using the \fBmatcher\fP and \fBmatcher\-list\fP +styles\&. The values for the latter will be used everywhere\&. +.PP +.SH "COMPLETION WIDGET EXAMPLE" +.PP +The first step is to define the widget: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle \-C complete complete\-word complete\-files\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Then the widget can be bound to a key using the \fBbindkey\fP builtin +command: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBbindkey \&'^X\et' complete\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +After that the shell function \fBcomplete\-files\fP will be invoked +after typing control\-X and TAB\&. The function should then generate the +matches, e\&.g\&.: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBcomplete\-files () { compadd \- * }\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This function will complete files in the current directory matching the +current word\&. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshparam.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshparam.1 @@ -0,0 +1,1280 @@ +.TH "ZSHPARAM" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshparam \- zsh parameters +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/params.yo +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +A parameter has a name, a value, and a number of attributes\&. +A name may be any sequence of alphanumeric +characters and underscores, or the single characters +`\fB*\fP\&', `\fB@\fP', `\fB#\fP', `\fB?\fP', `\fB\-\fP', `\fB$\fP', or `\fB!\fP'\&. +The value may be a \fIscalar\fP (a string), +an integer, an array (indexed numerically), or an \fIassociative\fP +array (an unordered set of name\-value pairs, indexed by name)\&. To declare +the type of a parameter, or to assign a scalar or integer value to a +parameter, use the \fBtypeset\fP builtin\&. +.PP +The value of a scalar or integer parameter may also be assigned by +writing: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fIname\fP\fB=\fP\fIvalue\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +If the integer attribute, \fB\-i\fP, is set for \fIname\fP, the \fIvalue\fP +is subject to arithmetic evaluation\&. Furthermore, by replacing `\fB=\fP\&' +with `\fB+=\fP\&', a parameter can be added or appended to\&. See +the section `Array Parameters\&' for additional forms of assignment\&. +.PP +To refer to the value of a parameter, write `\fB$\fP\fIname\fP\&' or +`\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB}\fP\&'\&. See +\fIParameter Expansion\fP in \fIzshexpn\fP(1) +for complete details\&. +.PP +In the parameter lists that follow, the mark `\&' indicates that the +parameter is special\&. +Special parameters cannot have their type changed or their +readonly attribute turned off, and if a special parameter is unset, then +later recreated, the special properties will be retained\&. `\&' indicates +that the parameter does not exist when the shell initializes in \fBsh\fP or +\fBksh\fP emulation mode\&. +.SH "ARRAY PARAMETERS" +To assign an array value, write one of: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBset \-A\fP \fIname\fP \fIvalue\fP \&.\&.\&. +.fi +.RE +.RS +.nf +\fIname\fP\fB=(\fP\fIvalue\fP \&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +If no parameter \fIname\fP exists, an ordinary array parameter is created\&. +If the parameter \fIname\fP exists and is a scalar, it is replaced by a new +array\&. Ordinary array parameters may also be explicitly declared with: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBtypeset \-a\fP \fIname\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Associative arrays \fImust\fP be declared before assignment, by using: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBtypeset \-A\fP \fIname\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +When \fIname\fP refers to an associative array, the list in an assignment +is interpreted as alternating keys and values: +.PP +.RS +.nf +set \-A \fIname\fP \fIkey\fP \fIvalue\fP \&.\&.\&. +.fi +.RE +.RS +.nf +\fIname\fP\fB=(\fP\fIkey\fP \fIvalue\fP \&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Every \fIkey\fP must have a \fIvalue\fP in this case\&. Note that this +assigns to the entire array, deleting any elements that do not appear +in the list\&. +.PP +To create an empty array (including associative arrays), use one of: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBset \-A\fP \fIname\fP +.fi +.RE +.RS +.nf +\fIname\fP\fB=()\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +.SS "Array Subscripts" +.PP +Individual elements of an array may be selected using a subscript\&. A +subscript of the form `\fB[\fP\fIexp\fP\fB]\fP\&' selects the single element +\fIexp\fP, where \fIexp\fP is an arithmetic expression which will be subject +to arithmetic expansion as if it were surrounded by +`\fB$((\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB))\fP\&'\&. The elements are numbered +beginning with 1, unless the \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP option is set in which case +they are numbered from zero\&. +.PP +Subscripts may be used inside braces used to delimit a parameter name, thus +`\fB${foo[2]}\fP\&' is equivalent to `\fB$foo[2]\fP'\&. If the \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP +option is set, the braced form is the only one that works, as bracketed +expressions otherwise are not treated as subscripts\&. +.PP +If the \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP option is not set, then by default accesses to +an array element with a subscript that evaluates to zero return an +empty string, while an attempt to write such an element is treated as +an error\&. For backward compatibility the \fBKSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT\fP +option can be set to cause subscript values 0 and 1 to be equivalent; see +the description of the option in \fIzshoptions\fP(1)\&. +.PP +The same subscripting syntax is used for associative arrays, except that +no arithmetic expansion is applied to \fIexp\fP\&. However, the parsing +rules for arithmetic expressions still apply, which affects the way that +certain special characters must be protected from interpretation\&. See +\fISubscript Parsing\fP below for details\&. +.PP +A subscript of the form `\fB[*]\fP\&' or `\fB[@]\fP' evaluates to all elements +of an array; there is no difference between the two except when they +appear within double quotes\&. +`\fB"$foo[*]"\fP\&' evaluates to `\fB"$foo[1] $foo[2] \fP\&.\&.\&.\fB"\fP', whereas +`\fB"$foo[@]"\fP\&' evaluates to `\fB"$foo[1]" "$foo[2]" \fP\&.\&.\&.'\&. For +associative arrays, `\fB[*]\fP\&' or `\fB[@]\fP' evaluate to all the values, +in no particular order\&. Note that this does not substitute +the keys; see the documentation for the `\fBk\fP\&' flag under +\fIParameter Expansion Flags\fP in \fIzshexpn\fP(1) +for complete details\&. +When an array parameter is referenced as `\fB$\fP\fIname\fP\&' (with no +subscript) it evaluates to `\fB$\fP\fIname\fP\fB[*]\fP\&', unless the \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP +option is set in which case it evaluates to `\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB[0]}\fP\&' (for +an associative array, this means the value of the key `\fB0\fP\&', which may +not exist even if there are values for other keys)\&. +.PP +A subscript of the form `\fB[\fP\fIexp1\fP\fB,\fP\fIexp2\fP\fB]\fP\&' +selects all elements in the range \fIexp1\fP to \fIexp2\fP, +inclusive\&. (Associative arrays are unordered, and so do not support +ranges\&.) If one of the subscripts evaluates to a negative number, +say \fB\-\fP\fIn\fP, then the \fIn\fPth element from the end +of the array is used\&. Thus `\fB$foo[\-3]\fP\&' is the third element +from the end of the array \fBfoo\fP, and +`\fB$foo[1,\-1]\fP\&' is the same as `\fB$foo[*]\fP'\&. +.PP +Subscripting may also be performed on non\-array values, in which +case the subscripts specify a substring to be extracted\&. +For example, if \fBFOO\fP is set to `\fBfoobar\fP\&', then +`\fBecho $FOO[2,5]\fP\&' prints `\fBooba\fP'\&. +.PP +.SS "Array Element Assignment" +.PP +A subscript may be used on the left side of an assignment like so: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fIname\fP\fB[\fP\fIexp\fP\fB]=\fP\fIvalue\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +In this form of assignment the element or range specified by \fIexp\fP +is replaced by the expression on the right side\&. An array (but not an +associative array) may be created by assignment to a range or element\&. +Arrays do not nest, so assigning a parenthesized list of values to an +element or range changes the number of elements in the array, shifting the +other elements to accommodate the new values\&. (This is not supported for +associative arrays\&.) +.PP +This syntax also works as an argument to the \fBtypeset\fP command: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBtypeset\fP \fB"\fP\fIname\fP\fB[\fP\fIexp\fP\fB]"=\fP\fIvalue\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The \fIvalue\fP may \fInot\fP be a parenthesized list in this case; only +single\-element assignments may be made with \fBtypeset\fP\&. Note that quotes +are necessary in this case to prevent the brackets from being interpreted +as filename generation operators\&. The \fBnoglob\fP precommand modifier +could be used instead\&. +.PP +To delete an element of an ordinary array, assign `\fB()\fP\&' to +that element\&. To delete an element of an associative array, use the +\fBunset\fP command: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBunset\fP \fB"\fP\fIname\fP\fB[\fP\fIexp\fP\fB]"\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +.SS "Subscript Flags" +.PP +If the opening bracket, or the comma in a range, in any subscript +expression is directly followed by an opening parenthesis, the string up +to the matching closing one is considered to be a list of flags, as in +`\fIname\fP\fB[(\fP\fIflags\fP\fB)\fP\fIexp\fP\fB]\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The flags \fBs\fP, \fBn\fP and \fBb\fP take an argument; the delimiter +is shown below as `\fB:\fP\&', but any character, or the matching pairs +`\fB(\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP\&', `\fB{\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB}\fP', `\fB[\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB]\fP', or +`\fB<\fP\&.\&.\&.\fB>\fP\&', may be used\&. +.PP +The flags currently understood are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBw\fP +If the parameter subscripted is a scalar then this flag makes +subscripting work on words instead of characters\&. The default word +separator is whitespace\&. +.TP +\fBs:\fP\fIstring\fP\fB:\fP +This gives the \fIstring\fP that separates words (for use with the +\fBw\fP flag)\&. The delimiter character \fB:\fP is arbitrary; see above\&. +.TP +\fBp\fP +Recognize the same escape sequences as the \fBprint\fP builtin in +the string argument of a subsequent `\fBs\fP\&' flag\&. +.TP +\fBf\fP +If the parameter subscripted is a scalar then this flag makes +subscripting work on lines instead of characters, i\&.e\&. with elements +separated by newlines\&. This is a shorthand for `\fBpws:\en:\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBr\fP +Reverse subscripting: if this flag is given, the \fIexp\fP is taken as a +pattern and the result is the first matching array element, substring or +word (if the parameter is an array, if it is a scalar, or if it is a +scalar and the `\fBw\fP\&' flag is given, respectively)\&. The subscript used +is the number of the matching element, so that pairs of subscripts such as +`\fB$foo[(r)\fP\fI??\fP\fB,3]\fP\&' and `\fB$foo[(r)\fP\fI??\fP\fB,(r)f*]\fP' are +possible if the parameter is not an associative array\&. If the +parameter is an associative array, only the value part of each pair is +compared to the pattern, and the result is that value\&. +.RS +.PP +If a search through an ordinary array failed, the search sets the +subscript to one past the end of the array, and hence +\fB${array[(r)pattern]}\fP will substitute the empty string\&. Thus the +success of a search can be tested by using the \fB(i)\fP flag, for +example (assuming the option \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP is not in effect): +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB[[ ${array[(i)pattern]} \-le ${#array} ]]\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +If \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP is in effect, the \fB\-le\fP should be replaced by \fB\-lt\fP\&. +.PP +Note that in subscripts with both `\fBr\fP\&' and `\fBR\fP' pattern characters +are active even if they were substituted for a parameter (regardless +of the setting of \fBGLOB_SUBST\fP which controls this feature in normal +pattern matching)\&. It is therefore necessary to quote pattern characters +for an exact string match\&. Given a string in \fB$key\fP, and assuming +the \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP option is set, the following is sufficient to +match an element of an array \fB$array\fP containing exactly the value of +\fB$key\fP: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBkey2=${key//(#m)[\e][()\e\e*?#<>~^]/\e\e$MATCH} +print ${array[(R)$key2]}\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBR\fP +Like `\fBr\fP\&', but gives the last match\&. For associative arrays, gives +all possible matches\&. May be used for assigning to ordinary array +elements, but not for assigning to associative arrays\&. On failure, for +normal arrays this has the effect of returning the element corresponding to +subscript 0; this is empty unless one of the options \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP or +\fBKSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT\fP is in effect\&. +.TP +\fBi\fP +Like `\fBr\fP\&', but gives the index of the match instead; this may not be +combined with a second argument\&. On the left side of an assignment, +behaves like `\fBr\fP\&'\&. For associative arrays, the key part of each pair +is compared to the pattern, and the first matching key found is the +result\&. On failure substitutes one more than the last currently +valid index, as discussed under the description of `\fBr\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBI\fP +Like `\fBi\fP\&', but gives the index of the last match, or all possible +matching keys in an associative array\&. On failure substitutes 0\&. +.TP +\fBk\fP +If used in a subscript on an associative array, this flag causes the keys +to be interpreted as patterns, and returns the value for the first key +found where \fIexp\fP is matched by the key\&. This flag does not work on +the left side of an assignment to an associative array element\&. If used +on another type of parameter, this behaves like `\fBr\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBK\fP +On an associative array this is like `\fBk\fP\&' but returns all values where +\fIexp\fP is matched by the keys\&. On other types of parameters this has +the same effect as `\fBR\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBn:\fP\fIexpr\fP\fB:\fP +If combined with `\fBr\fP\&', `\fBR\fP', `\fBi\fP' or `\fBI\fP', makes them give +the \fIn\fPth or \fIn\fPth last match (if \fIexpr\fP evaluates to +\fIn\fP)\&. This flag is ignored when the array is associative\&. +The delimiter character \fB:\fP is arbitrary; see above\&. +.TP +\fBb:\fP\fIexpr\fP\fB:\fP +If combined with `\fBr\fP\&', `\fBR\fP', `\fBi\fP' or `\fBI\fP', makes them begin +at the \fIn\fPth or \fIn\fPth last element, word, or character (if \fIexpr\fP +evaluates to \fIn\fP)\&. This flag is ignored when the array is associative\&. +The delimiter character \fB:\fP is arbitrary; see above\&. +.TP +\fBe\fP +This flag has no effect and for ordinary arrays is retained for backward +compatibility only\&. For associative arrays, this flag can be used to +force \fB*\fP or \fB@\fP to be interpreted as a single key rather than as a +reference to all values\&. This flag may be used on the left side of an +assignment\&. +.PP +See \fIParameter Expansion Flags\fP (\fIzshexpn\fP(1)) for additional ways to manipulate the results of array subscripting\&. +.PP +.SS "Subscript Parsing" +.PP +This discussion applies mainly to associative array key strings and to +patterns used for reverse subscripting (the `\fBr\fP\&', `\fBR\fP', `\fBi\fP', +etc\&. flags), but it may also affect parameter substitutions that appear +as part of an arithmetic expression in an ordinary subscript\&. +.PP +It is possible to avoid the use of subscripts in assignments to associative +array elements by using the syntax: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB + aa+=(\&'key with "*strange*" characters' 'value string') +\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This adds a new key/value pair if the key is not already present, and +replaces the value for the existing key if it is\&. +.PP +The basic rule to remember when writing a subscript expression is that all +text between the opening `\fB[\fP\&' and the closing `\fB]\fP' is interpreted +\fIas if\fP it were in double quotes (see \fIzshmisc\fP(1))\&. However, unlike double quotes which normally cannot nest, subscript +expressions may appear inside double\-quoted strings or inside other +subscript expressions (or both!), so the rules have two important +differences\&. +.PP +The first difference is that brackets (`\fB[\fP\&' and `\fB]\fP') must appear as +balanced pairs in a subscript expression unless they are preceded by a +backslash (`\fB\e\fP\&')\&. Therefore, within a subscript expression (and unlike +true double\-quoting) the sequence `\fB\e[\fP\&' becomes `\fB[\fP', and similarly +`\fB\e]\fP\&' becomes `\fB]\fP'\&. This applies even in cases where a backslash is +not normally required; for example, the pattern `\fB[^[]\fP\&' (to match any +character other than an open bracket) should be written `\fB[^\e[]\fP\&' in a +reverse\-subscript pattern\&. However, note that `\fB\e[^\e[\e]\fP\&' and even +`\fB\e[^[]\fP\&' mean the \fIsame\fP thing, because backslashes are always +stripped when they appear before brackets! +.PP +The same rule applies to parentheses (`\fB(\fP\&' and `\fB)\fP') and +braces (`\fB{\fP\&' and `\fB}\fP'): they must appear either in balanced pairs or +preceded by a backslash, and backslashes that protect parentheses or +braces are removed during parsing\&. This is because parameter expansions +may be surrounded balanced braces, and subscript flags are introduced by +balanced parenthesis\&. +.PP +The second difference is that a double\-quote (`\fB"\fP\&') may appear as part +of a subscript expression without being preceded by a backslash, and +therefore that the two characters `\fB\e"\fP\&' remain as two characters in the +subscript (in true double\-quoting, `\fB\e"\fP\&' becomes `\fB"\fP')\&. However, +because of the standard shell quoting rules, any double\-quotes that appear +must occur in balanced pairs unless preceded by a backslash\&. This makes +it more difficult to write a subscript expression that contains an odd +number of double\-quote characters, but the reason for this difference is +so that when a subscript expression appears inside true double\-quotes, one +can still write `\fB\e"\fP\&' (rather than `\fB\e\e\e"\fP') for `\fB"\fP'\&. +.PP +To use an odd number of double quotes as a key in an assignment, use the +\fBtypeset\fP builtin and an enclosing pair of double quotes; to refer to +the value of that key, again use double quotes: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBtypeset \-A aa +typeset "aa[one\e"two\e"three\e"quotes]"=QQQ +print "$aa[one\e"two\e"three\e"quotes]"\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +It is important to note that the quoting rules do not change when a +parameter expansion with a subscript is nested inside another subscript +expression\&. That is, it is not necessary to use additional backslashes +within the inner subscript expression; they are removed only once, from +the innermost subscript outwards\&. Parameters are also expanded from the +innermost subscript first, as each expansion is encountered left to right +in the outer expression\&. +.PP +A further complication arises from a way in which subscript parsing is +\fInot\fP different from double quote parsing\&. As in true double\-quoting, +the sequences `\fB\e*\fP\&', and `\fB\e@\fP' remain as two characters when they +appear in a subscript expression\&. To use a literal `\fB*\fP\&' or `\fB@\fP' as +an associative array key, the `\fBe\fP\&' flag must be used: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBtypeset \-A aa +aa[(e)*]=star +print $aa[(e)*]\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +A last detail must be considered when reverse subscripting is performed\&. +Parameters appearing in the subscript expression are first expanded and +then the complete expression is interpreted as a pattern\&. This has two +effects: first, parameters behave as if \fBGLOB_SUBST\fP were on (and it +cannot be turned off); second, backslashes are interpreted twice, once +when parsing the array subscript and again when parsing the pattern\&. In a +reverse subscript, it\&'s necessary to use \fIfour\fP backslashes to cause a +single backslash to match literally in the pattern\&. For complex patterns, +it is often easiest to assign the desired pattern to a parameter and then +refer to that parameter in the subscript, because then the backslashes, +brackets, parentheses, etc\&., are seen only when the complete expression is +converted to a pattern\&. To match the value of a parameter literally in a +reverse subscript, rather than as a pattern, +use `\fB${(q\fP\fB)\fP\fIname\fP\fB}\fP\&' (see \fIzshexpn\fP(1)) to quote the expanded value\&. +.PP +Note that the `\fBk\fP\&' and `\fBK\fP' flags are reverse subscripting for an +ordinary array, but are \fInot\fP reverse subscripting for an associative +array! (For an associative array, the keys in the array itself are +interpreted as patterns by those flags; the subscript is a plain string +in that case\&.) +.PP +One final note, not directly related to subscripting: the numeric names +of positional parameters (described below) are parsed specially, so for example `\fB$2foo\fP\&' is equivalent to +`\fB${2}foo\fP\&'\&. Therefore, to use subscript syntax to extract a substring +from a positional parameter, the expansion must be surrounded by braces; +for example, `\fB${2[3,5]}\fP\&' evaluates to the third through fifth +characters of the second positional parameter, but `\fB$2[3,5]\fP\&' is the +entire second parameter concatenated with the filename generation pattern +`\fB[3,5]\fP\&'\&. +.PP +.SH "POSITIONAL PARAMETERS" +The positional parameters provide access to the command\-line arguments +of a shell function, shell script, or the shell itself; see +the section `Invocation\&', and also the section `Functions'\&. +The parameter \fIn\fP, where \fIn\fP is a number, +is the \fIn\fPth positional parameter\&. +The parameters \fB*\fP, \fB@\fP and \fBargv\fP are +arrays containing all the positional parameters; +thus `\fB$argv[\fP\fIn\fP\fB]\fP\&', etc\&., is equivalent to simply `\fB$\fP\fIn\fP'\&. +.PP +Positional parameters may be changed after the shell or function starts by +using the \fBset\fP builtin, by assigning to the \fBargv\fP array, or by direct +assignment of the form `\fIn\fP\fB=\fP\fIvalue\fP\&' where \fIn\fP is the number of +the positional parameter to be changed\&. This also creates (with empty +values) any of the positions from 1 to \fIn\fP that do not already have +values\&. Note that, because the positional parameters form an array, an +array assignment of the form `\fIn\fP\fB=(\fP\fIvalue\fP \&.\&.\&.\fB)\fP\&' is +allowed, and has the effect of shifting all the values at positions greater +than \fIn\fP by as many positions as necessary to accommodate the new values\&. +.PP +.SH "LOCAL PARAMETERS" +Shell function executions delimit scopes for shell parameters\&. +(Parameters are dynamically scoped\&.) The \fBtypeset\fP builtin, and its +alternative forms \fBdeclare\fP, \fBinteger\fP, \fBlocal\fP and \fBreadonly\fP +(but not \fBexport\fP), can be used to declare a parameter as being local +to the innermost scope\&. +.PP +When a parameter is read or assigned to, the +innermost existing parameter of that name is used\&. (That is, the +local parameter hides any less\-local parameter\&.) However, assigning +to a non\-existent parameter, or declaring a new parameter with \fBexport\fP, +causes it to be created in the \fIouter\fPmost scope\&. +.PP +Local parameters disappear when their scope ends\&. +\fBunset\fP can be used to delete a parameter while it is still in scope; +any outer parameter of the same name remains hidden\&. +.PP +Special parameters may also be made local; they retain their special +attributes unless either the existing or the newly\-created parameter +has the \fB\-h\fP (hide) attribute\&. This may have unexpected effects: +there is no default value, so if there is no assignment at the +point the variable is made local, it will be set to an empty value (or zero +in the case of integers)\&. +The following: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBtypeset PATH=/new/directory:$PATH\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +is valid for temporarily allowing the shell or programmes called from it to +find the programs in \fB/new/directory\fP inside a function\&. +.PP +Note that the restriction in older versions of zsh that local parameters +were never exported has been removed\&. +.PP +.SH "PARAMETERS SET BY THE SHELL" +The following parameters are automatically set by the shell: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB!\fP +The process ID of the last command started in the background with \fB&\fP, +or put into the background with the \fBbg\fP builtin\&. +.TP +\fB#\fP +The number of positional parameters in decimal\&. Note that some confusion +may occur with the syntax \fB$#\fP\fIparam\fP which substitutes the length of +\fIparam\fP\&. Use \fB${#}\fP to resolve ambiguities\&. In particular, the +sequence `\fB$#\-\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\&' in an arithmetic expression is interpreted as +the length of the parameter \fB\-\fP, q\&.v\&. +.TP +\fBARGC\fP +Same as \fB#\fP\&. +.TP +\fB$\fP +The process ID of this shell\&. Note that this indicates the original +shell started by invoking \fBzsh\fP; all processes forked from the shells +without executing a new program, such as subshells started by +\fB(\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB)\fP, substitute the same value\&. +.TP +\fB\-\fP +Flags supplied to the shell on invocation or by the \fBset\fP +or \fBsetopt\fP commands\&. +.TP +\fB*\fP +An array containing the positional parameters\&. +.TP +\fBargv\fP +Same as \fB*\fP\&. Assigning to \fBargv\fP changes the local positional +parameters, but \fBargv\fP is \fInot\fP itself a local parameter\&. +Deleting \fBargv\fP with \fBunset\fP in any function deletes it everywhere, +although only the innermost positional parameter array is deleted (so +\fB*\fP and \fB@\fP in other scopes are not affected)\&. +.TP +\fB@\fP +Same as \fBargv[@]\fP, even when \fBargv\fP is not set\&. +.TP +\fB?\fP +The exit status returned by the last command\&. +.TP +\fB0\fP +The name used to invoke the current shell\&. If the \fBFUNCTION_ARGZERO\fP option +is set, this is set temporarily within a shell function to the name of the +function, and within a sourced script to the name of the script\&. +.TP +\fBstatus\fP +Same as \fB?\fP\&. +.TP +\fBpipestatus\fP +An array containing the exit statuses returned by all commands in the +last pipeline\&. +.TP +\fB_\fP +The last argument of the previous command\&. +Also, this parameter is set in the environment of every command +executed to the full pathname of the command\&. +.TP +\fBCPUTYPE\fP +The machine type (microprocessor class or machine model), +as determined at run time\&. +.TP +\fBEGID\fP +The effective group ID of the shell process\&. If you have sufficient +privileges, you may change the effective group ID of the shell +process by assigning to this parameter\&. Also (assuming sufficient +privileges), you may start a single command with a different +effective group ID by `\fB(EGID=\fP\fIgid\fP\fB; command)\fP\&' +.TP +\fBEUID\fP +The effective user ID of the shell process\&. If you have sufficient +privileges, you may change the effective user ID of the shell process +by assigning to this parameter\&. Also (assuming sufficient privileges), +you may start a single command with a different +effective user ID by `\fB(EUID=\fP\fIuid\fP\fB; command)\fP\&' +.TP +\fBERRNO\fP +The value of errno (see \fIerrno\fP(3)) +as set by the most recently failed system call\&. +This value is system dependent and is intended for debugging +purposes\&. It is also useful with the \fBzsh/system\fP module which +allows the number to be turned into a name or message\&. +.TP +\fBGID\fP +The real group ID of the shell process\&. If you have sufficient privileges, +you may change the group ID of the shell process by assigning to this +parameter\&. Also (assuming sufficient privileges), you may start a single +command under a different +group ID by `\fB(GID=\fP\fIgid\fP\fB; command)\fP\&' +.TP +\fBHISTCMD\fP +The current history line number in an interactive shell, in other +words the line number for the command that caused \fB$HISTCMD\fP +to be read\&. +.TP +\fBHOST\fP +The current hostname\&. +.TP +\fBLINENO\fP +The line number of the current line within the current script, sourced +file, or shell function being executed, whichever was started most +recently\&. Note that in the case of shell functions the line +number refers to the function as it appeared in the original definition, +not necessarily as displayed by the \fBfunctions\fP builtin\&. +.TP +\fBLOGNAME\fP +If the corresponding variable is not set in the environment of the +shell, it is initialized to the login name corresponding to the +current login session\&. This parameter is exported by default but +this can be disabled using the \fBtypeset\fP builtin\&. +.TP +\fBMACHTYPE\fP +The machine type (microprocessor class or machine model), +as determined at compile time\&. +.TP +\fBOLDPWD\fP +The previous working directory\&. This is set when the shell initializes +and whenever the directory changes\&. +.TP +\fBOPTARG\fP +The value of the last option argument processed by the \fBgetopts\fP +command\&. +.TP +\fBOPTIND\fP +The index of the last option argument processed by the \fBgetopts\fP +command\&. +.TP +\fBOSTYPE\fP +The operating system, as determined at compile time\&. +.TP +\fBPPID\fP +The process ID of the parent of the shell\&. As for \fB$$\fP, the +value indicates the parent of the original shell and does not +change in subshells\&. +.TP +\fBPWD\fP +The present working directory\&. This is set when the shell initializes +and whenever the directory changes\&. +.TP +\fBRANDOM\fP +A pseudo\-random integer from 0 to 32767, newly generated each time +this parameter is referenced\&. The random number generator +can be seeded by assigning a numeric value to \fBRANDOM\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +The values of \fBRANDOM\fP form an intentionally\-repeatable pseudo\-random +sequence; subshells that reference \fBRANDOM\fP will result +in identical pseudo\-random values unless the value of \fBRANDOM\fP is +referenced or seeded in the parent shell in between subshell invocations\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBSECONDS\fP +The number of seconds since shell invocation\&. If this parameter +is assigned a value, then the value returned upon reference +will be the value that was assigned plus the number of seconds +since the assignment\&. +.RS +.PP +Unlike other special parameters, the type of the \fBSECONDS\fP parameter can +be changed using the \fBtypeset\fP command\&. Only integer and one of the +floating point types are allowed\&. For example, `\fBtypeset \-F SECONDS\fP\&' +causes the value to be reported as a floating point number\&. The precision +is six decimal places, although not all places may be useful\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBSHLVL\fP +Incremented by one each time a new shell is started\&. +.TP +\fBsignals\fP +An array containing the names of the signals\&. +.TP +\fBTRY_BLOCK_ERROR\fP +In an \fBalways\fP block, indicates whether the preceding list of code +caused an error\&. The value is 1 to indicate an error, 0 otherwise\&. +It may be reset, clearing the error condition\&. See +\fIComplex Commands\fP in \fIzshmisc\fP(1) +.TP +\fBTTY\fP +The name of the tty associated with the shell, if any\&. +.TP +\fBTTYIDLE\fP +The idle time of the tty associated with the shell in seconds or \-1 if there +is no such tty\&. +.TP +\fBUID\fP +The real user ID of the shell process\&. If you have sufficient privileges, +you may change the user ID of the shell by assigning to this parameter\&. +Also (assuming sufficient privileges), you may start a single command +under a different +user ID by `\fB(UID=\fP\fIuid\fP\fB; command)\fP\&' +.TP +\fBUSERNAME\fP +The username corresponding to the real user ID of the shell process\&. If you +have sufficient privileges, you may change the username (and also the +user ID and group ID) of the shell by assigning to this parameter\&. +Also (assuming sufficient privileges), you may start a single command +under a different username (and user ID and group ID) +by `\fB(USERNAME=\fP\fIusername\fP\fB; command)\fP\&' +.TP +\fBVENDOR\fP +The vendor, as determined at compile time\&. +.TP +\fBZSH_NAME\fP +Expands to the basename of the command used to invoke this instance +of zsh\&. +.TP +\fBzsh_scheduled_events\fP +See the section `The zsh/sched Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBZSH_VERSION\fP +The version number of this zsh\&. +.SH "PARAMETERS USED BY THE SHELL" +The following parameters are used by the shell\&. +.PP +In cases where there are two parameters with an upper\- and lowercase +form of the same name, such as \fBpath\fP and \fBPATH\fP, the lowercase form +is an array and the uppercase form is a scalar with the elements of the +array joined together by colons\&. These are similar to tied parameters +created via `\fBtypeset \-T\fP\&'\&. The normal use for the colon\-separated +form is for exporting to the environment, while the array form is easier +to manipulate within the shell\&. Note that unsetting either of the pair +will unset the other; they retain their special properties when +recreated, and recreating one of the pair will recreate the other\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBARGV0\fP +If exported, its value is used as the \fBargv[0]\fP of external commands\&. +Usually used in constructs like `\fBARGV0=emacs nethack\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBBAUD\fP +The rate in bits per second at which data reaches the terminal\&. +The line editor will use this value in order to compensate for a slow +terminal by delaying updates to the display until necessary\&. If the +parameter is unset or the value is zero the compensation mechanism is +turned off\&. The parameter is not set by default\&. +.RS +.PP +This parameter may be profitably set in some circumstances, e\&.g\&. +for slow modems dialing into a communications server, or on a slow wide +area network\&. It should be set to the baud +rate of the slowest part of the link for best performance\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcdpath\fP (\fBCDPATH\fP ) +An array (colon\-separated list) +of directories specifying the search path for the \fBcd\fP command\&. +.TP +\fBCOLUMNS\fP +The number of columns for this terminal session\&. +Used for printing select lists and for the line editor\&. +.TP +\fBDIRSTACKSIZE\fP +The maximum size of the directory stack\&. If the +stack gets larger than this, it will be truncated automatically\&. +This is useful with the \fBAUTO_PUSHD\fP option\&. +.TP +\fBENV\fP +If the \fBENV\fP environment variable is set when zsh is invoked as \fBsh\fP +or \fBksh\fP, \fB$ENV\fP is sourced after the profile scripts\&. The value of +\fBENV\fP is subjected to parameter expansion, command substitution, and +arithmetic expansion before being interpreted as a pathname\&. Note that +\fBENV\fP is \fInot\fP used unless zsh is emulating \fBsh\fP or \fBksh\fP\&. +.TP +\fBFCEDIT\fP +The default editor for the \fBfc\fP builtin\&. If \fBFCEDIT\fP is not set, +the parameter \fBEDITOR\fP is used; if that is not set either, a builtin +default, usually \fBvi\fP, is used\&. +.TP +\fBfignore\fP (\fBFIGNORE\fP ) +An array (colon separated list) +containing the suffixes of files to be ignored +during filename completion\&. However, if completion only generates files +with suffixes in this list, then these files are completed anyway\&. +.TP +\fBfpath\fP (\fBFPATH\fP ) +An array (colon separated list) +of directories specifying the search path for +function definitions\&. This path is searched when a function +with the \fB\-u\fP attribute is referenced\&. If an executable +file is found, then it is read and executed in the current environment\&. +.TP +\fBhistchars\fP +Three characters used by the shell\&'s history and lexical analysis +mechanism\&. The first character signals the start of a history +expansion (default `\fB!\fP\&')\&. The second character signals the +start of a quick history substitution (default `\fB^\fP\&')\&. The third +character is the comment character (default `\fB#\fP\&')\&. +.RS +.PP +The characters must be in the ASCII character set; any attempt to set +\fBhistchars\fP to characters with a locale\-dependent meaning will be +rejected with an error message\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBHISTCHARS\fP +Same as \fBhistchars\fP\&. (Deprecated\&.) +.TP +\fBHISTFILE\fP +The file to save the history in when an interactive shell exits\&. +If unset, the history is not saved\&. +.TP +\fBHISTSIZE\fP +The maximum number of events stored in the internal history list\&. +If you use the \fBHIST_EXPIRE_DUPS_FIRST\fP option, setting this value +larger than the \fBSAVEHIST\fP size will give you the difference as a +cushion for saving duplicated history events\&. +.TP +\fBHOME\fP +The default argument for the \fBcd\fP command\&. This is not set automatically +by the shell in \fBsh\fP, \fBksh\fP or \fBcsh\fP emulation, but it is typically +present in the environment anyway, and if it becomes set it has its usual +special behaviour\&. +.TP +\fBIFS\fP +Internal field separators (by default space, tab, newline and NUL), that +are used to separate words which result from +command or parameter expansion and words read by +the \fBread\fP builtin\&. Any characters from the set space, tab and +newline that appear in the IFS are called \fIIFS white space\fP\&. +One or more IFS white space characters or one non\-IFS white space +character together with any adjacent IFS white space character delimit +a field\&. If an IFS white space character appears twice consecutively +in the IFS, this character is treated as if it were not an IFS white +space character\&. +.TP +\fBKEYTIMEOUT\fP +The time the shell waits, in hundredths of seconds, for another key to +be pressed when reading bound multi\-character sequences\&. +.TP +\fBLANG\fP +This variable determines the locale category for any category not +specifically selected via a variable starting with `\fBLC_\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBLC_ALL\fP +This variable overrides the value of the `\fBLANG\fP\&' variable and the value +of any of the other variables starting with `\fBLC_\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBLC_COLLATE\fP +This variable determines the locale category for character collation +information within ranges in glob brackets and for sorting\&. +.TP +\fBLC_CTYPE\fP +This variable determines the locale category for character handling +functions\&. +.TP +\fBLC_MESSAGES\fP +This variable determines the language in which messages should be +written\&. Note that zsh does not use message catalogs\&. +.TP +\fBLC_NUMERIC\fP +This variable affects the decimal point character and thousands +separator character for the formatted input/output functions +and string conversion functions\&. Note that zsh ignores this +setting when parsing floating point mathematical expressions\&. +.TP +\fBLC_TIME\fP +This variable determines the locale category for date and time +formatting in prompt escape sequences\&. +.TP +\fBLINES\fP +The number of lines for this terminal session\&. +Used for printing select lists and for the line editor\&. +.TP +\fBLISTMAX\fP +In the line editor, the number of matches to list without asking +first\&. If the value is negative, the list will be shown if it spans at +most as many lines as given by the absolute value\&. +If set to zero, the shell asks only if the top of the listing would scroll +off the screen\&. +.TP +\fBLOGCHECK\fP +The interval in seconds between checks for login/logout activity +using the \fBwatch\fP parameter\&. +.TP +\fBMAIL\fP +If this parameter is set and \fBmailpath\fP is not set, +the shell looks for mail in the specified file\&. +.TP +\fBMAILCHECK\fP +The interval in seconds between checks for new mail\&. +.TP +\fBmailpath\fP (\fBMAILPATH\fP ) +An array (colon\-separated list) of filenames to check for +new mail\&. Each filename can be followed by a `\fB?\fP\&' and a +message that will be printed\&. The message will undergo +parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic +expansion with the variable \fB$_\fP defined as the name +of the file that has changed\&. The default message is +`\fBYou have new mail\fP\&'\&. If an element is a directory +instead of a file the shell will recursively check every +file in every subdirectory of the element\&. +.TP +\fBmanpath\fP (\fBMANPATH\fP ) +An array (colon\-separated list) +whose value is not used by the shell\&. The \fBmanpath\fP +array can be useful, however, since setting it also sets +\fBMANPATH\fP, and vice versa\&. +.TP +\fBmodule_path\fP (\fBMODULE_PATH\fP ) +An array (colon\-separated list) +of directories that \fBzmodload\fP +searches for dynamically loadable modules\&. +This is initialized to a standard pathname, +usually `\fB/usr/local/lib/zsh/$ZSH_VERSION\fP\&'\&. +(The `\fB/usr/local/lib\fP\&' part varies from installation to installation\&.) +For security reasons, any value set in the environment when the shell +is started will be ignored\&. +.RS +.PP +These parameters only exist if the installation supports dynamic +module loading\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBNULLCMD\fP +The command name to assume if a redirection is specified +with no command\&. Defaults to \fBcat\fP\&. For \fBsh\fP/\fBksh\fP +behavior, change this to \fB:\fP\&. For \fBcsh\fP\-like +behavior, unset this parameter; the shell will print an +error message if null commands are entered\&. +.TP +\fBpath\fP (\fBPATH\fP ) +An array (colon\-separated list) +of directories to search for commands\&. +When this parameter is set, each directory is scanned +and all files found are put in a hash table\&. +.TP +\fBPOSTEDIT\fP +This string is output whenever the line editor exits\&. +It usually contains termcap strings to reset the terminal\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBPROMPT\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBPROMPT2\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBPROMPT3\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBPROMPT4\fP +Same as \fBPS1\fP, \fBPS2\fP, \fBPS3\fP and \fBPS4\fP, +respectively\&. +.TP +\fBprompt\fP +Same as \fBPS1\fP\&. +.TP +\fBPS1\fP +The primary prompt string, printed before a command is read\&. +the default is `\fB%m%# \fP\&'\&. It undergoes a special form of expansion +before being displayed; see the section `Prompt Expansion\&'\&. +.TP +\fBPS2\fP +The secondary prompt, printed when the shell needs more information +to complete a command\&. +It is expanded in the same way as \fBPS1\fP\&. +The default is `\fB%_> \fP\&', which displays any shell constructs or quotation +marks which are currently being processed\&. +.TP +\fBPS3\fP +Selection prompt used within a \fBselect\fP loop\&. +It is expanded in the same way as \fBPS1\fP\&. +The default is `\fB?# \fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBPS4\fP +The execution trace prompt\&. Default is `\fB+%N:%i> \fP\&', which displays +the name of the current shell structure and the line number within it\&. +In sh or ksh emulation, the default is `\fB+ \fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBpsvar\fP (\fBPSVAR\fP ) +An array (colon\-separated list) whose first nine values can be used in +\fBPROMPT\fP strings\&. Setting \fBpsvar\fP also sets \fBPSVAR\fP, and +vice versa\&. +.TP +\fBREADNULLCMD\fP +The command name to assume if a single input redirection +is specified with no command\&. Defaults to \fBmore\fP\&. +.TP +\fBREPORTTIME\fP +If nonnegative, commands whose combined user and system execution times +(measured in seconds) are greater than this value have timing +statistics printed for them\&. +.TP +\fBREPLY\fP +This parameter is reserved by convention to pass string values between +shell scripts and shell builtins in situations where a function call or +redirection are impossible or undesirable\&. The \fBread\fP builtin and the +\fBselect\fP complex command may set \fBREPLY\fP, and filename generation both +sets and examines its value when evaluating certain expressions\&. Some +modules also employ \fBREPLY\fP for similar purposes\&. +.TP +\fBreply\fP +As \fBREPLY\fP, but for array values rather than strings\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBRPROMPT\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBRPS1\fP +This prompt is displayed on the right\-hand side of the screen +when the primary prompt is being displayed on the left\&. +This does not work if the \fBSINGLELINEZLE\fP option is set\&. +It is expanded in the same way as \fBPS1\fP\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBRPROMPT2\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBRPS2\fP +This prompt is displayed on the right\-hand side of the screen +when the secondary prompt is being displayed on the left\&. +This does not work if the \fBSINGLELINEZLE\fP option is set\&. +It is expanded in the same way as \fBPS2\fP\&. +.TP +\fBSAVEHIST\fP +The maximum number of history events to save in the history file\&. +.TP +\fBSPROMPT\fP +The prompt used for spelling correction\&. The sequence +`\fB%R\fP\&' expands to the string which presumably needs spelling +correction, and `\fB%r\fP\&' expands to the proposed correction\&. +All other prompt escapes are also allowed\&. +.TP +\fBSTTY\fP +If this parameter is set in a command\&'s environment, the shell runs the +\fBstty\fP command with the value of this parameter as arguments in order to +set up the terminal before executing the command\&. The modes apply only to the +command, and are reset when it finishes or is suspended\&. If the command is +suspended and continued later with the \fBfg\fP or \fBwait\fP builtins it will +see the modes specified by \fBSTTY\fP, as if it were not suspended\&. This +(intentionally) does not apply if the command is continued via `\fBkill +\-CONT\fP\&'\&. \fBSTTY\fP is ignored if the command is run in the background, or +if it is in the environment of the shell but not explicitly assigned to in +the input line\&. This avoids running stty at every external command by +accidentally exporting it\&. Also note that \fBSTTY\fP should not be used for +window size specifications; these will not be local to the command\&. +.TP +\fBTERM\fP +The type of terminal in use\&. This is used when looking up termcap +sequences\&. An assignment to \fBTERM\fP causes zsh to re\-initialize the +terminal, even if the value does not change (e\&.g\&., `\fBTERM=$TERM\fP\&')\&. It +is necessary to make such an assignment upon any change to the terminal +definition database or terminal type in order for the new settings to +take effect\&. +.TP +\fBTIMEFMT\fP +The format of process time reports with the \fBtime\fP keyword\&. +The default is `\fB%E real %U user %S system %P %J\fP\&'\&. +Recognizes the following escape sequences, although not all +may be available on all systems, and some that are available +may not be useful: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB%%\fP +A `\fB%\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fB%U\fP +CPU seconds spent in user mode\&. +.TP +\fB%S\fP +CPU seconds spent in kernel mode\&. +.TP +\fB%E\fP +Elapsed time in seconds\&. +.TP +\fB%P\fP +The CPU percentage, computed as +(100*\fB%U\fP+\fB%S\fP)/\fB%E\fP\&. +.TP +\fB%W\fP +Number of times the process was swapped\&. +.TP +\fB%X\fP +The average amount in (shared) text space used in Kbytes\&. +.TP +\fB%D\fP +The average amount in (unshared) data/stack space used in +Kbytes\&. +.TP +\fB%K\fP +The total space used (%X+%D) in Kbytes\&. +.TP +\fB%M\fP +The maximum memory the process had in use at any time in +Kbytes\&. +.TP +\fB%F\fP +The number of major page faults (page needed to be brought +from disk)\&. +.TP +\fB%R\fP +The number of minor page faults\&. +.TP +\fB%I\fP +The number of input operations\&. +.TP +\fB%O\fP +The number of output operations\&. +.TP +\fB%r\fP +The number of socket messages received\&. +.TP +\fB%s\fP +The number of socket messages sent\&. +.TP +\fB%k\fP +The number of signals received\&. +.TP +\fB%w\fP +Number of voluntary context switches (waits)\&. +.TP +\fB%c\fP +Number of involuntary context switches\&. +.TP +\fB%J\fP +The name of this job\&. +.PD +.PP +A star may be inserted between the percent sign and flags printing time\&. +This cause the time to be printed in +`\fIhh\fP\fB:\fP\fImm\fP\fB:\fP\fIss\fP\fB\&.\fP\fIttt\fP\&' +format (hours and minutes are only printed if they are not zero)\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBTMOUT\fP +If this parameter is nonzero, the shell will receive an \fBALRM\fP +signal if a command is not entered within the specified number of +seconds after issuing a prompt\&. If there is a trap on \fBSIGALRM\fP, it +will be executed and a new alarm is scheduled using the value of the +\fBTMOUT\fP parameter after executing the trap\&. If no trap is set, and +the idle time of the terminal is not less than the value of the +\fBTMOUT\fP parameter, zsh terminates\&. Otherwise a new alarm is +scheduled to \fBTMOUT\fP seconds after the last keypress\&. +.TP +\fBTMPPREFIX\fP +A pathname prefix which the shell will use for all temporary files\&. +Note that this should include an initial part for the file name as +well as any directory names\&. The default is `\fB/tmp/zsh\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBwatch\fP (\fBWATCH\fP ) +An array (colon\-separated list) of login/logout events to report\&. +If it contains the single word `\fBall\fP\&', then all login/logout events +are reported\&. If it contains the single word `\fBnotme\fP\&', then all +events are reported as with `\fBall\fP\&' except \fB$USERNAME\fP\&. +An entry in this list may consist of a username, +an `\fB@\fP\&' followed by a remote hostname, +and a `\fB%\fP\&' followed by a line (tty)\&. +Any or all of these components may be present in an entry; +if a login/logout event matches all of them, +it is reported\&. +.TP +\fBWATCHFMT\fP +The format of login/logout reports if the \fBwatch\fP parameter is set\&. +Default is `\fB%n has %a %l from %m\fP\&'\&. +Recognizes the following escape sequences: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB%n\fP +The name of the user that logged in/out\&. +.TP +\fB%a\fP +The observed action, i\&.e\&. "logged on" or "logged off"\&. +.TP +\fB%l\fP +The line (tty) the user is logged in on\&. +.TP +\fB%M\fP +The full hostname of the remote host\&. +.TP +\fB%m\fP +The hostname up to the first `\fB\&.\fP\&'\&. If only the +IP address is available or the utmp field contains +the name of an X\-windows display, the whole name is printed\&. +.RS +.PP +\fINOTE:\fP +The `\fB%m\fP\&' and `\fB%M\fP' escapes will work only if there is a host name +field in the utmp on your machine\&. Otherwise they are +treated as ordinary strings\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB%S\fP (\fB%s\fP) +Start (stop) standout mode\&. +.TP +\fB%U\fP (\fB%u\fP) +Start (stop) underline mode\&. +.TP +\fB%B\fP (\fB%b\fP) +Start (stop) boldface mode\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB%t\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB%@\fP +The time, in 12\-hour, am/pm format\&. +.TP +\fB%T\fP +The time, in 24\-hour format\&. +.TP +\fB%w\fP +The date in `\fIday\fP\fB\-\fP\fIdd\fP\&' format\&. +.TP +\fB%W\fP +The date in `\fImm\fP\fB/\fP\fIdd\fP\fB/\fP\fIyy\fP\&' format\&. +.TP +\fB%D\fP +The date in `\fIyy\fP\fB\-\fP\fImm\fP\fB\-\fP\fIdd\fP\&' format\&. +.TP +\fB%(\fP\fIx\fP\fB:\fP\fItrue\-text\fP\fB:\fP\fIfalse\-text\fP\fB)\fP +Specifies a ternary expression\&. +The character following the \fIx\fP is +arbitrary; the same character is used to separate the text +for the "true" result from that for the "false" result\&. +Both the separator and the right parenthesis may be escaped +with a backslash\&. +Ternary expressions may be nested\&. +.RS +.PP +The test character \fIx\fP may be any one of `\fBl\fP\&', `\fBn\fP', `\fBm\fP' +or `\fBM\fP\&', which indicate a `true' result if the corresponding +escape sequence would return a non\-empty value; or it may be `\fBa\fP\&', +which indicates a `true\&' result if the watched user has logged in, +or `false\&' if he has logged out\&. +Other characters evaluate to neither true nor false; the entire +expression is omitted in this case\&. +.PP +If the result is `true\&', then the \fItrue\-text\fP +is formatted according to the rules above and printed, +and the \fIfalse\-text\fP is skipped\&. +If `false\&', the \fItrue\-text\fP is skipped and the \fIfalse\-text\fP +is formatted and printed\&. +Either or both of the branches may be empty, but +both separators must be present in any case\&. +.RE +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBWORDCHARS\fP +A list of non\-alphanumeric characters considered part of a word +by the line editor\&. +.TP +\fBZBEEP\fP +If set, this gives a string of characters, which can use all the same codes +as the \fBbindkey\fP command as described in +the zsh/zle module entry in \fIzshmodules\fP(1), that will be output to the terminal +instead of beeping\&. This may have a visible instead of an audible effect; +for example, the string `\fB\ee[?5h\ee[?5l\fP\&' on a vt100 or xterm will have +the effect of flashing reverse video on and off (if you usually use reverse +video, you should use the string `\fB\ee[?5l\ee[?5h\fP\&' instead)\&. This takes +precedence over the \fBNOBEEP\fP option\&. +.TP +\fBZDOTDIR\fP +The directory to search for shell startup files (\&.zshrc, etc), +if not \fB$HOME\fP\&. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshbuiltins.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshbuiltins.1 @@ -0,0 +1,2294 @@ +.TH "ZSHBUILTINS" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshbuiltins \- zsh built\-in commands +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/builtins.yo +.SH "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-\fP \fIsimple command\fP +See the section `Precommand Modifiers\&'\&. +.TP +\fB\&.\fP \fIfile\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Read commands from \fIfile\fP and execute them in the current shell +environment\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fIfile\fP does not contain a slash, or if \fBPATH_DIRS\fP is set, +the shell looks in the components of \fB$path\fP to find the directory +containing \fIfile\fP\&. Files in the current directory are not read +unless `\fB\&.\fP\&' appears somewhere in \fB$path\fP\&. If a file named +`\fIfile\fP\fB\&.zwc\fP\&' is found, is newer than \fIfile\fP, and is the +compiled form (created with the \fBzcompile\fP builtin) of \fIfile\fP, +then commands are read from that file instead of \fIfile\fP\&. +.PP +If any arguments \fIarg\fP are given, +they become the positional parameters; the old positional +parameters are restored when the \fIfile\fP is done executing\&. +The exit status is the exit status of the last command executed\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB:\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +This command does nothing, although normal argument expansions is performed +which may have effects on shell parameters\&. A zero exit status is returned\&. +.TP +\fBalias\fP [ {\fB+|\fB\-\fP\fP}\fBgmrsL\fP ] [ \fIname\fP[\fB=\fP\fIvalue\fP] \&.\&.\&. ] +For each \fIname\fP with a corresponding \fIvalue\fP, define an alias +with that value\&. A trailing space in \fIvalue\fP causes the next word +to be checked for alias expansion\&. If the \fB\-g\fP flag is present, +define a global alias; global aliases are expanded even if they do not +occur in command position\&. +.RS +.PP +If the \fB\-s\fP flags is present, define a suffix alias: if the command +word on a command line is in the form `\fItext\fP\fB\&.\fP\fIname\fP\&', where +\fItext\fP is any non\-empty string, it is replaced by the text +`\fIvalue\fP \fItext\fP\fB\&.\fP\fIname\fP\&'\&. Note that \fIname\fP is treated as +a literal string, not a pattern\&. A trailing space in \fIvalue\fP is not +special in this case\&. For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBalias \-s ps=gv\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +will cause the command `\fB*\&.ps\fP\&' to be expanded to `\fBgv *\&.ps\fP'\&. As +alias expansion is carried out earlier than globbing, the `\fB*\&.ps\fP\&' will +then be expanded\&. Suffix aliases constitute a different name space from +other aliases (so in the above example it is still possible +to create an alias for the command \fBps\fP) and the two sets are never +listed together\&. +.PP +For each \fIname\fP with no \fIvalue\fP, +print the value of \fIname\fP, if any\&. With no arguments, print all +currently defined aliases other than suffix aliases\&. If the \fB\-m\fP flag +is given the arguments are taken as patterns (they should be quoted to +preserve them from being interpreted as glob patterns), and the aliases +matching these patterns are printed\&. When printing aliases and one of +the \fB\-g\fP, \fB\-r\fP or \fB\-s\fP flags is present, restrict the printing to +global, regular or suffix aliases, respectively; a regular alias is one +which is neither a global nor a suffix alias\&. Using `\fB+\fP\&' +instead of `\fB\-\fP\&', or ending the option list with a single +`\fB+\fP\&', prevents the values of the aliases from being printed\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-L\fP flag is present, then print each +alias in a manner suitable for putting in a startup script\&. The exit +status is nonzero if a \fIname\fP (with no \fIvalue\fP) is given for +which no alias has been defined\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBautoload\fP [ {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fBUXktz\fP ] [ \fB\-w\fP ] [ \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Equivalent to \fBfunctions \-u\fP, with the exception of \fB\-X\fP/\fB+X\fP and +\fB\-w\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +The flag \fB\-X\fP may be used only inside a shell function, and may not be +followed by a \fIname\fP\&. It causes the calling function to be marked for +autoloading and then immediately loaded and executed, with the current +array of positional parameters as arguments\&. This replaces the previous +definition of the function\&. If no function definition is found, an error +is printed and the function remains undefined and marked for autoloading\&. +.PP +The flag \fB+X\fP attempts to load each \fIname\fP as an autoloaded function, +but does \fInot\fP execute it\&. The exit status is zero (success) if the +function was not previously defined \fIand\fP a definition for it was found\&. +This does \fInot\fP replace any existing definition of the function\&. The +exit status is nonzero (failure) if the function was already defined or +when no definition was found\&. In the latter case the function remains +undefined and marked for autoloading\&. If ksh\-style autoloading is +enabled, the function created will contain the contents of the file +plus a call to the function itself appended to it, thus giving normal +ksh autoloading behaviour on the first call to the function\&. +.PP +With the \fB\-w\fP flag, the \fIname\fPs are taken as names of files compiled +with the \fBzcompile\fP builtin, and all functions defined in them are +marked for autoloading\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBbg\fP [ \fIjob\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fIjob\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB&\fP +Put each specified \fIjob\fP in the background, +or the current job if none is specified\&. +.TP +\fBbindkey\fP +See the section `Zle Builtins\&' in \fIzshzle\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBbreak\fP [ \fIn\fP ] +Exit from an enclosing \fBfor\fP, \fBwhile\fP, +\fBuntil\fP, \fBselect\fP or \fBrepeat\fP loop\&. If \fIn\fP +is specified, then break \fIn\fP levels instead of just one\&. +.TP +\fBbuiltin\fP \fIname\fP [ \fIargs\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Executes the builtin \fIname\fP, with the given \fIargs\fP\&. +.TP +\fBbye\fP +Same as \fBexit\fP\&. +.TP +\fBcap\fP +See the section `The zsh/cap Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcd\fP [ \fB\-sLP\fP ] [ \fIarg\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcd\fP [ \fB\-sLP\fP ] \fIold\fP \fInew\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBcd\fP [ \fB\-sLP\fP ] {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fIn\fP +Change the current directory\&. In the first form, change the +current directory to \fIarg\fP, or to the value of \fB$HOME\fP if +\fIarg\fP is not specified\&. If \fIarg\fP is `\fB\-\fP\&', change to the +value of \fB$OLDPWD\fP, the previous directory\&. +.RS +.PP +Otherwise, if \fIarg\fP begins with a slash, attempt to change to the +director given by \fIarg\fP\&. +.PP +If \fIarg\fP does not begin with a slash, the behaviour depends on whether +the current directory `\fB\&.\fP\&' occurs in the list of directories contained +in the shell parameter \fBcdpath\fP\&. If it does not, first attempt to change +to the directory \fIarg\fP under the current directory, and if that fails +but \fBcdpath\fP is set and contains at least one element attempt to change +to the directory \fIarg\fP under each component of \fBcdpath\fP in turn until +successful\&. If `\fB\&.\fP\&' occurs in \fBcdpath\fP, then \fBcdpath\fP is searched +strictly in order so that `\fB\&.\fP\&' is only tried at the appropriate point\&. +.PP +If no directory is found, the option \fBCDABLE_VARS\fP is set, and a +parameter named \fIarg\fP exists whose value begins with a slash, treat its +value as the directory\&. In that case, the parameter is added to the named +directory hash table\&. +.PP +The second form of \fBcd\fP substitutes the string \fInew\fP +for the string \fIold\fP in the name of the current directory, +and tries to change to this new directory\&. +.PP +The third form of \fBcd\fP extracts an entry from the directory +stack, and changes to that directory\&. An argument of the form +`\fB+\fP\fIn\fP\&' identifies a stack entry by counting from the left +of the list shown by the \fBdirs\fP command, starting with zero\&. +An argument of the form `\fB\-\fP\fIn\fP\&' counts from the right\&. +If the \fBPUSHD_MINUS\fP option is set, the meanings of `\fB+\fP\&' +and `\fB\-\fP\&' in this context are swapped\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-s\fP option is specified, \fBcd\fP refuses to change the current +directory if the given pathname contains symlinks\&. If the \fB\-P\fP option +is given or the \fBCHASE_LINKS\fP option is set, symbolic links are resolved +to their true values\&. If the \fB\-L\fP option is given symbolic links are +followed regardless of the state of the \fBCHASE_LINKS\fP option\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBchdir\fP +Same as \fBcd\fP\&. +.TP +\fBclone\fP +See the section `The zsh/clone Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBcommand\fP [ \fB\-pvV\fP ] \fIsimple command\fP +The simple command argument is taken as an external command instead of +a function or builtin and is executed\&. If the \fBPOSIX_BUILTINS\fP option +is set, builtins will also be executed but certain special properties +of them are suppressed\&. The \fB\-p\fP flag causes a default path to be +searched instead of that in \fB$path\fP\&. With the \fB\-v\fP flag, \fBcommand\fP +is similar to \fBwhence\fP and with \fB\-V\fP, it is equivalent to \fBwhence +\-v\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +See also the section `Precommand Modifiers\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcomparguments\fP +See the section `The zsh/computil Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBcompcall\fP +See the section `The zsh/compctl Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBcompctl\fP +See the section `The zsh/compctl Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBcompdescribe\fP +See the section `The zsh/computil Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBcompfiles\fP +See the section `The zsh/computil Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBcompgroups\fP +See the section `The zsh/computil Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBcompquote\fP +See the section `The zsh/computil Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBcomptags\fP +See the section `The zsh/computil Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBcomptry\fP +See the section `The zsh/computil Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBcompvalues\fP +See the section `The zsh/computil Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBcontinue\fP [ \fIn\fP ] +Resume the next iteration of the enclosing +\fBfor\fP, \fBwhile\fP, \fBuntil\fP, \fBselect\fP or +\fBrepeat\fP loop\&. If \fIn\fP is specified, break out of +\fIn\fP\-1 loops and resume at the \fIn\fPth enclosing loop\&. +.TP +\fBdeclare\fP +Same as \fBtypeset\fP\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBdirs\fP [ \fB\-c\fP ] [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fBdirs\fP [ \fB\-lpv\fP ] +With no arguments, print the contents of the directory stack\&. +Directories are added to this stack with the \fBpushd\fP command, +and removed with the \fBcd\fP or \fBpopd\fP commands\&. +If arguments are specified, load them onto the directory stack, +replacing anything that was there, and push the current directory +onto the stack\&. +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-c\fP +clear the directory stack\&. +.TP +\fB\-l\fP +print directory names in full instead of using of using \fB~\fP expressions\&. +.TP +\fB\-p\fP +print directory entries one per line\&. +.TP +\fB\-v\fP +number the directories in the stack when printing\&. +.PP +.RE +.TP +\fBdisable\fP [ \fB\-afmrs\fP ] \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. +Temporarily disable the \fIname\fPd hash table elements\&. The default +is to disable builtin commands\&. This allows you to use an external +command with the same name as a builtin command\&. The \fB\-a\fP option +causes \fBdisable\fP to act on regular or global aliases\&. The \fB\-s\fP +option causes \fBdisable\fP to act on suffix aliases\&. The \fB\-f\fP option causes +\fBdisable\fP to act on shell functions\&. The \fB\-r\fP options causes +\fBdisable\fP to act on reserved words\&. Without arguments all disabled +hash table elements from the corresponding hash table are printed\&. +With the \fB\-m\fP flag the arguments are taken as patterns (which should be +quoted to prevent them from undergoing filename expansion), and all hash +table elements from the corresponding hash table matching these patterns +are disabled\&. Disabled objects can be enabled with the \fBenable\fP +command\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBdisown\fP [ \fIjob\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fIjob\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB&|\fP +.TP +.PD +\fIjob\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB&!\fP +Remove the specified \fIjob\fPs from the job table; the shell will +no longer report their status, and will not complain if you +try to exit an interactive shell with them running or stopped\&. +If no \fIjob\fP is specified, disown the current job\&. +.RS +.PP +If the \fIjob\fPs are currently stopped and the \fBAUTO_CONTINUE\fP option +is not set, a warning is printed containing information about how to +make them running after they have been disowned\&. If one of the latter +two forms is used, the \fIjob\fPs will automatically be made running, +independent of the setting of the \fBAUTO_CONTINUE\fP option\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBecho\fP [ \fB\-neE\fP ] [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Write each \fIarg\fP on the standard output, with a space separating +each one\&. +If the \fB\-n\fP flag is not present, print a newline at the end\&. +\fBecho\fP recognizes the following escape sequences: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB\ea\fP +bell character +.TP +\fB\eb\fP +backspace +.TP +\fB\ec\fP +suppress final newline +.TP +\fB\ee\fP +escape +.TP +\fB\ef\fP +form feed +.TP +\fB\en\fP +linefeed (newline) +.TP +\fB\er\fP +carriage return +.TP +\fB\et\fP +horizontal tab +.TP +\fB\ev\fP +vertical tab +.TP +\fB\e\e\fP +backslash +.TP +\fB\e0\fP\fINNN\fP +character code in octal +.TP +\fB\ex\fP\fINN\fP +character code in hexadecimal +.TP +\fB\eu\fP\fINNNN\fP +unicode character code in hexadecimal +.TP +\fB\eU\fP\fINNNNNNNN\fP +unicode character code in hexadecimal +.PD +.PP +The \fB\-E\fP flag, or the \fBBSD_ECHO\fP option, can be used to disable +these escape sequences\&. In the latter case, \fB\-e\fP flag can be used to +enable them\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBechotc\fP +See the section `The zsh/termcap Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBechoti\fP +See the section `The zsh/terminfo Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBemulate\fP [ \fB\-LR\fP ] {\fBzsh\fP|\fBsh\fP|\fBksh\fP|\fBcsh\fP} +Set up zsh options to emulate the specified shell as much as possible\&. +\fBcsh\fP will never be fully emulated\&. +If the argument is not one of the shells listed above, \fBzsh\fP +will be used as a default; more precisely, the tests performed on the +argument are the same as those used to determine the emulation at startup +based on the shell name, see +the section `Compatibility\&' in \fIzshmisc\fP(1) +\&. If the \fB\-R\fP option is given, all options +are reset to their default value corresponding to the specified emulation +mode, except for certain options describing the interactive +environment; otherwise, only those options likely to cause portability +problems in scripts and functions are altered\&. If the \fB\-L\fP option +is given, the options \fBLOCAL_OPTIONS\fP and \fBLOCAL_TRAPS\fP will be set as +well, causing the effects of the \fBemulate\fP command and any \fBsetopt\fP and +\fBtrap\fP commands to be local to the immediately surrounding shell +function, if any; normally these options are turned off in all emulation +modes except \fBksh\fP\&. +.TP +\fBenable\fP [ \fB\-afmrs\fP ] \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. +Enable the \fIname\fPd hash table elements, presumably disabled +earlier with \fBdisable\fP\&. The default is to enable builtin commands\&. +The \fB\-a\fP option causes \fBenable\fP to act on regular or global aliases\&. +The \fB\-s\fP option causes \fBenable\fP to act on suffix aliases\&. +The \fB\-f\fP option causes \fBenable\fP to act on shell functions\&. The \fB\-r\fP +option causes \fBenable\fP to act on reserved words\&. Without arguments +all enabled hash table elements from the corresponding hash table are +printed\&. With the \fB\-m\fP flag the arguments are taken as patterns +(should be quoted) and all hash table elements from the corresponding +hash table matching these patterns are enabled\&. Enabled objects can be +disabled with the \fBdisable\fP builtin command\&. +.TP +\fBeval\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Read the arguments as input to the shell and execute the resulting +command in the current shell process\&. +.TP +\fBexec\fP [ \fB\-cl\fP ] [ \fB\-a\fP \fIargv0\fP ] \fIsimple command\fP +Replace the current shell with an external command rather than forking\&. +With \fB\-c\fP clear the environment; with \fB\-l\fP prepend \fB\-\fP to the +\fBargv[0]\fP string of the command executed (to simulate a login shell); +with \fB\-a\fP \fIargv0\fP set the \fBargv[0]\fP string of the command +executed\&. See the section `Precommand Modifiers\&'\&. +.TP +\fBexit\fP [ \fIn\fP ] +Exit the shell with the exit status specified by \fIn\fP; if none +is specified, use the exit status from the last command executed\&. +An EOF condition will also cause the shell to exit, unless +the \fBIGNORE_EOF\fP option is set\&. +.TP +\fBexport\fP [ \fIname\fP[\fB=\fP\fIvalue\fP] \&.\&.\&. ] +The specified \fIname\fPs are marked for automatic export +to the environment of subsequently executed commands\&. +Equivalent to \fBtypeset \-gx\fP\&. +If a parameter specified does not +already exist, it is created in the global scope\&. +.TP +\fBfalse\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Do nothing and return an exit status of 1\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBfc\fP [ \fB\-e\fP \fIename\fP ] [ \fB\-nlrdDfEim\fP ] [ \fIold\fP\fB=\fP\fInew\fP \&.\&.\&. ] [ \fIfirst\fP [ \fIlast\fP ] ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBfc\fP \fB\-p\fP [ \fB\-a\fP ] [ \fIfilename\fP [ \fIhistsize\fP [ \fIsavehistsize\fP ] ] ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBfc\fP \fB\-P\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBfc\fP \fB\-ARWI\fP [ \fIfilename\fP ] +Select a range of commands from \fIfirst\fP to \fIlast\fP from the +history list\&. +The arguments \fIfirst\fP and \fIlast\fP may be specified as a +number or as a string\&. A negative number is used as an offset +to the current history event number\&. +A string specifies the most recent event beginning with the given string\&. +All substitutions \fIold\fP\fB=\fP\fInew\fP, if any, are then performed +on the commands\&. +.RS +.PP +If the \fB\-l\fP flag is given, the resulting commands are listed on +standard output\&. +If the \fB\-m\fP flag is also given the first argument is taken as a +pattern (should be quoted) and only the history events matching this +pattern will be shown\&. +Otherwise the editor program \fIename\fP is invoked on a file containing +these history events\&. If \fIename\fP is not given, the value +of the parameter \fBFCEDIT\fP is used; if that is not set the value of the +parameter \fBEDITOR\fP is used; if that is not set a builtin default, usually +`\fBvi\fP\&' is used\&. If \fIename\fP is `\fB\-\fP', +no editor is invoked\&. When editing is complete, the edited +command is executed\&. +.PP +If \fIfirst\fP is not specified, it will be set to \-1 (the most recent +event), or to \-16 if the \fB\-l\fP flag is given\&. +If \fIlast\fP is not specified, it will be set to \fIfirst\fP, +or to \-1 if the \fB\-l\fP flag is given\&. +.PP +The flag \fB\-r\fP reverses the order of the commands and the +flag \fB\-n\fP suppresses command numbers when listing\&. +Also when listing, \fB\-d\fP prints timestamps for each command, and +\fB\-f\fP prints full time\-date stamps\&. Adding the \fB\-E\fP flag +causes the dates to be printed as `\fIdd\fP\fB\&.\fP\fImm\fP\fB\&.\fP\fIyyyy\fP\&', +instead of the default `\fImm\fP\fB/\fP\fIdd\fP\fB/\fP\fIyyyy\fP\&'\&. +Adding the \fB\-i\fP flag causes the dates to be printed in ISO8601 +`\fIyyyy\fP\fB\-\fP\fImm\fP\fB\-\fP\fIdd\fP\&' format\&. +With the \fB\-D\fP flag, \fBfc\fP prints elapsed times\&. +.PP +.PP +`\fBfc \-p\fP\&' pushes the current history list onto a stack and switches to a +new history list\&. If the \fB\-a\fP option is also specified, this history list +will be automatically popped when the current function scope is exited, which +is a much better solution than creating a trap function to call `\fBfc \-P\fP\&' +manually\&. If no arguments are specified, the history list is left empty, +\fB$HISTFILE\fP is unset, and \fB$HISTSIZE\fP & \fB$SAVEHIST\fP are set to their +default values\&. If one argument is given, \fB$HISTFILE\fP is set to that +filename, \fB$HISTSIZE\fP & \fB$SAVEHIST\fP are left unchanged, and the history +file is read in (if it exists) to initialize the new list\&. If a second +argument is specified, \fB$HISTSIZE\fP & \fB$SAVEHIST\fP are instead set to the +single specified numeric value\&. Finally, if a third argument is specified, +\fB$SAVEHIST\fP is set to a separate value from \fB$HISTSIZE\fP\&. You are free to +change these environment values for the new history list however you desire +in order to manipulate the new history list\&. +.PP +`\fBfc \-P\fP\&' pops the history list back to an older list saved by `\fBfc \-p\fP'\&. +The current list is saved to its \fB$HISTFILE\fP before it is destroyed +(assuming that \fB$HISTFILE\fP and \fB$SAVEHIST\fP are set appropriately, of +course)\&. The values of \fB$HISTFILE\fP, \fB$HISTSIZE\fP, and \fB$SAVEHIST\fP are +restored to the values they had when `\fBfc \-p\fP\&' was called\&. Note that this +restoration can conflict with making these variables "local", so your best +bet is to avoid local declarations for these variables in functions that use +`\fBfc \-p\fP\&'\&. The one other guaranteed\-safe combination is declaring these +variables to be local at the top of your function and using the automatic +option (\fB\-a\fP) with `\fBfc \-p\fP\&'\&. Finally, note that it is legal to manually +pop a push marked for automatic popping if you need to do so before the +function exits\&. +.PP +`\fBfc \-R\fP\&' reads the history from the given file, +`\fBfc \-W\fP\&' writes the history out to the given file, +and `\fBfc \-A\fP\&' appends the history out to the given file\&. +If no filename is specified, the \fB$HISTFILE\fP is assumed\&. +If the \fB\-I\fP option is added to \fB\-R\fP, only those events that are +not already contained within the internal history list are added\&. +If the \fB\-I\fP option is added to \fB\-A\fP or \fB\-W\fP, only those +events that are new since last incremental append/write to +the history file are appended/written\&. +In any case, the created file will have no more than \fB$SAVEHIST\fP +entries\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBfg\fP [ \fIjob\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fIjob\fP \&.\&.\&. +Bring each specified \fIjob\fP in turn to the foreground\&. +If no \fIjob\fP is specified, resume the current job\&. +.TP +\fBfloat\fP [ {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fBEFHghlprtux\fP ] [ \fB\-LRZ\fP [ \fIn\fP ]] [ \fIname\fP[\fB=\fP\fIvalue\fP] \&.\&.\&. ] +Equivalent to \fBtypeset \-E\fP, except that options irrelevant to floating +point numbers are not permitted\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBfunctions\fP [ {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fBUXkmtuz\fP ] [ \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBfunctions \-M\fP \fImathfn\fP [ \fImin\fP [ \fImax\fP [ \fIshellfn\fP ] ] ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBfunctions \-M\fP [ \fB\-m\fP \fIpattern\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fBfunctions +M\fP [ \fB\-m\fP ] \fImathfn\fP +Equivalent to \fBtypeset \-f\fP, with the exception of the \fB\-M\fP option\&. +Use of the \fB\-M\fP option may not be combined with any of the options +handled by \fBtypeset \-f\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +\fBfunctions \-M\fP \fImathfn\fP defines \fImathfn\fP as the name of +a mathematical function recognised in all forms of arithmetical expressions; +see +the section `Arithmetic Evaluation\&' in \fIzshmisc\fP(1)\&. By default \fImathfn\fP may take +any number of comma\-separated arguments\&. If \fImin\fP is given, +it must have exactly \fImin\fP args; if \fImin\fP and \fImax\fP are +both given, it must have at least \fImin\fP and and at most \fImax\fP +args\&. \fImax\fP may be \-1 to indicate that there is no upper limit\&. +.PP +By default the function is implemented by a shell function of the same +name; if \fIshellfn\fP is specified it gives the name of the corresponding +shell function while \fImathfn\fP remains the name used in arithmetical +expressions\&. The name of the function in \fB$0\fP is \fImathfn\fP (not +\fIshellfn\fP as would usually be the case), provided the option +\fBFUNCTION_ARGZERO\fP is in effect\&. The positional parameters in the shell +function correspond to the arguments of the mathematical function call\&. +The result of the last arithmetical expression evaluated +inside the shell function (even if it is a form that normally only returns +a status) gives the result of the mathematical function\&. +.PP +\fBfunctions \-M\fP with no arguments lists all such user\-defined functions in +the same form as a definition\&. With the additional option \fB\-m\fP and +a list of arguments, all functions whose \fImathfn\fP matches one of +the pattern arguments are listed\&. +.PP +\fBfunction +M\fP removes the list of mathematical functions; with the +additional option \fB\-m\fP the arguments are treated as patterns and +all functions whose \fBmathfn\fP matches the pattern are removed\&. Note +that the shell function implementing the behaviour is not removed +(regardless of whether its name coincides with \fBmathfn\fP)\&. +.PP +For example, the following prints the cube of 3: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzmath_cube() { (( $1 * $1 * $1 )) } +functions \-M cube 1 1 zmath_cube +print $(( cube(3) ))\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBgetcap\fP +See the section `The zsh/cap Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBgetln\fP [ \fB\-AclneE\fP ] \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. +Read the top value from the buffer stack and put it in +the shell parameter \fBname\fP\&. Equivalent to +\fBread \-zr\fP\&. +.TP +\fBgetopts\fP \fIoptstring\fP \fIname\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Checks the \fIarg\fPs for legal options\&. If the \fIarg\fPs are omitted, +use the positional parameters\&. A valid option argument +begins with a `\fB+\fP\&' or a `\fB\-\fP'\&. An argument not beginning with +a `\fB+\fP\&' or a `\fB\-\fP', or the argument `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP', ends the options\&. +Note that a single `\fB\-\fP\&' is not considered a valid option argument\&. +\fIoptstring\fP contains the letters that \fBgetopts\fP +recognizes\&. If a letter is followed by a `\fB:\fP\&', that option +is expected to have an argument\&. The options can be +separated from the argument by blanks\&. +.RS +.PP +Each time it is invoked, \fBgetopts\fP places the option letter it finds +in the shell parameter \fIname\fP, prepended with a `\fB+\fP\&' when +\fIarg\fP begins with a `\fB+\fP\&'\&. The index of the next \fIarg\fP +is stored in \fBOPTIND\fP\&. The option argument, if any, +is stored in \fBOPTARG\fP\&. +.PP +The first option to be examined may be changed by explicitly assigning +to \fBOPTIND\fP\&. \fBOPTIND\fP has an initial value of \fB1\fP, and is +normally reset to \fB1\fP upon exit from a shell function\&. \fBOPTARG\fP +is not reset and retains its value from the most recent call to +\fBgetopts\fP\&. If either of \fBOPTIND\fP or \fBOPTARG\fP is explicitly +unset, it remains unset, and the index or option argument is not +stored\&. The option itself is still stored in \fIname\fP in this case\&. +.PP +A leading `\fB:\fP\&' in \fIoptstring\fP causes \fBgetopts\fP to store the +letter of any invalid option in \fBOPTARG\fP, and to set \fIname\fP to +`\fB?\fP\&' for an unknown option and to `\fB:\fP' when a required option is +missing\&. Otherwise, \fBgetopts\fP sets \fIname\fP to `\fB?\fP\&' and prints +an error message when an option is invalid\&. The exit status is +nonzero when there are no more options\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBhash\fP [ \fB\-Ldfmrv\fP ] [ \fIname\fP[\fB=\fP\fIvalue\fP] ] \&.\&.\&. +\fBhash\fP can be used to directly modify the contents of the command +hash table, and the named directory hash table\&. Normally one would +modify these tables by modifying one\&'s \fBPATH\fP +(for the command hash table) or by creating appropriate shell parameters +(for the named directory hash table)\&. +The choice of hash table to work on is determined by the \fB\-d\fP option; +without the option the command hash table is used, and with the option the +named directory hash table is used\&. +.RS +.PP +Given no arguments, and neither the \fB\-r\fP or \fB\-f\fP options, +the selected hash table will be listed in full\&. +.PP +The \fB\-r\fP option causes the selected hash table to be emptied\&. +It will be subsequently rebuilt in the normal fashion\&. +The \fB\-f\fP option causes the selected hash table to be fully +rebuilt immediately\&. For the command hash table this hashes +all the absolute directories in the \fBPATH\fP, +and for the named directory hash table this adds all users\&' home directories\&. +These two options cannot be used with any arguments\&. +.PP +The \fB\-m\fP option causes the arguments to be taken as patterns +(which should be quoted) and the elements of the hash table +matching those patterns are printed\&. This is the only way to display +a limited selection of hash table elements\&. +.PP +For each \fIname\fP with a corresponding \fIvalue\fP, put `\fIname\fP\&' in +the selected hash table, associating it with the pathname `\fIvalue\fP\&'\&. +In the command hash table, this means that +whenever `\fIname\fP\&' is used as a command argument, the shell will try +to execute the file given by `\fIvalue\fP\&'\&. +In the named directory hash table, this means +that `\fIvalue\fP\&' may be referred to as `\fB~\fP\fIname\fP'\&. +.PP +For each \fIname\fP with no +corresponding \fIvalue\fP, attempt to add \fIname\fP to the hash table, +checking what the appropriate \fBvalue\fP is in the normal manner for +that hash table\&. If an appropriate \fBvalue\fP can\&'t be found, then +the hash table will be unchanged\&. +.PP +The \fB\-v\fP option causes hash table entries to be listed as they are +added by explicit specification\&. If has no effect if used with \fB\-f\fP\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-L\fP flag is present, then each hash table entry is printed in +the form of a call to hash\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBhistory\fP +Same as \fBfc \-l\fP\&. +.TP +\fBinteger\fP [ {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fBHghilprtux\fP ] [ \fB\-LRZ\fP [ \fIn\fP ]] [ \fIname\fP[\fB=\fP\fIvalue\fP] \&.\&.\&. ] +Equivalent to \fBtypeset \-i\fP, except that options irrelevant to +integers are not permitted\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBjobs\fP [ \fB\-dlprs\fP ] [ \fIjob\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fBjobs \-Z\fP \fIstring\fP +Lists information about each given job, or all jobs +if \fIjob\fP is omitted\&. The \fB\-l\fP flag lists process +IDs, and the \fB\-p\fP flag lists process groups\&. +If the \fB\-r\fP flag is specified only running jobs will be listed +and if the \fB\-s\fP flag is given only stopped jobs are shown\&. +If the \fB\-d\fP flag is given, the directory from which the job was +started (which may not be the current directory of the job) will also +be shown\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fB\-Z\fP option replaces the shell\&'s argument and environment space with +the given string, truncated if necessary to fit\&. This will normally be +visible in \fBps\fP (\fIps\fP(1)) listings\&. This feature is typically +used by daemons, to indicate their state\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBkill\fP [ \fB\-s\fP \fIsignal_name\fP | \fB\-n\fP \fIsignal_number\fP | \fB\-\fP\fIsig\fP ] \fIjob\fP \&.\&.\&. +.TP +.PD +\fBkill\fP \fB\-l\fP [ \fIsig\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Sends either \fBSIGTERM\fP or the specified signal to the given +jobs or processes\&. +Signals are given by number or by names, with or without the `\fBSIG\fP\&' +prefix\&. +If the signal being sent is not `\fBKILL\fP\&' or `\fBCONT\fP', then the job +will be sent a `\fBCONT\fP\&' signal if it is stopped\&. +The argument \fIjob\fP can be the process ID of a job +not in the job list\&. +In the second form, \fBkill \-l\fP, if \fIsig\fP is not +specified the signal names are listed\&. Otherwise, for each +\fIsig\fP that is a name, the corresponding signal number is +listed\&. For each \fIsig\fP that is a signal number or a number +representing the exit status of a process which was terminated or +stopped by a signal the name of the signal is printed\&. +.RS +.PP +On some systems, alternative signal names are allowed for a few signals\&. +Typical examples are \fBSIGCHLD\fP and \fBSIGCLD\fP or \fBSIGPOLL\fP and +\fBSIGIO\fP, assuming they correspond to the same signal number\&. \fBkill +\-l\fP will only list the preferred form, however \fBkill \-l\fP \fIalt\fP will +show if the alternative form corresponds to a signal number\&. For example, +under Linux \fBkill \-l IO\fP and \fBkill \-l POLL\fP both output 29, hence +\fBkill \-IO\fP and \fBkill \-POLL\fP have the same effect\&. +.PP +Many systems will allow process IDs to be negative to kill a process +group or zero to kill the current process group\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBlet\fP \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. +Evaluate each \fIarg\fP as an arithmetic expression\&. +See +the section `Arithmetic Evaluation\&' in \fIzshmisc\fP(1) +for a description of arithmetic expressions\&. The exit status is 0 if the +value of the last expression is nonzero, 1 if it is zero, and 2 if +an error occurred\&. +.TP +\fBlimit\fP [ \fB\-hs\fP ] [ \fIresource\fP [ \fIlimit\fP ] ] \&.\&.\&. +Set or display resource limits\&. Unless the \fB\-s\fP flag is given, +the limit applies only the children of the shell\&. If \fB\-s\fP is +given without other arguments, the resource limits of the current +shell is set to the previously set resource limits of the children\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fIlimit\fP is not specified, print the current limit placed +on \fIresource\fP, otherwise +set the limit to the specified value\&. If the \fB\-h\fP flag +is given, use hard limits instead of soft limits\&. +If no \fIresource\fP is given, print all limits\&. +.PP +When looping over multiple resources, the shell will abort immediately if +it detects a badly formed argument\&. However, if it fails to set a limit +for some other reason it will continue trying to set the remaining limits\&. +.PP +\fIresource\fP can be one of: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBaddressspace\fP +Maximum amount of address space used\&. +.TP +\fBaiomemorylocked\fP +Maximum amount of memory locked in RAM for AIO operations\&. +.TP +\fBaiooperations\fP +Maximum number of AIO operations\&. +.TP +\fBcachedthreads\fP +Maximum number of cached threads\&. +.TP +\fBcoredumpsize\fP +Maximum size of a core dump\&. +.TP +\fBcputime\fP +Maximum CPU seconds per process\&. +.TP +\fBdatasize\fP +Maximum data size (including stack) for each process\&. +.TP +\fBdescriptors\fP +Maximum value for a file descriptor\&. +.TP +\fBfilesize\fP +Largest single file allowed\&. +.TP +\fBmaxproc\fP +Maximum number of processes\&. +.TP +\fBmaxpthreads\fP +Maximum number of threads per process\&. +.TP +\fBmemorylocked\fP +Maximum amount of memory locked in RAM\&. +.TP +\fBmemoryuse\fP +Maximum resident set size\&. +.TP +\fBmsgqueue\fP +Maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues\&. +.TP +\fBresident\fP +Maximum resident set size\&. +.TP +\fBsigpending\fP +Maximum number of pending signals\&. +.TP +\fBsockbufsize\fP +Maximum size of all socket buffers\&. +.TP +\fBstacksize\fP +Maximum stack size for each process\&. +.TP +\fBvmemorysize\fP +Maximum amount of virtual memory\&. +.PD +.PP +Which of these resource limits are available depends on the system\&. +\fIresource\fP can be abbreviated to any unambiguous prefix\&. It +can also be an integer, which corresponds to the integer defined +for the resource by the operating system\&. +.PP +If argument corresponds to a number which is out of the range of the +resources configured into the shell, the shell will try to read or write +the limit anyway, and will report an error if this fails\&. As the shell +does not store such resources internally, an attempt to set the limit will +fail unless the \fB\-s\fP option is present\&. +.PP +\fIlimit\fP is a number, with an optional scaling factor, as follows: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fIn\fP\fBh\fP +hours +.TP +\fIn\fP\fBk\fP +kilobytes (default) +.TP +\fIn\fP\fBm\fP +megabytes or minutes +.TP +[\fImm\fP\fB:\fP]\fIss\fP +minutes and seconds +.PD +.RE +.TP +\fBlocal\fP [ {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fBAEFHUahlprtux\fP ] [ \fB\-LRZi\fP [ \fIn\fP ]] [ \fIname\fP[\fB=\fP\fIvalue\fP] ] \&.\&.\&. +Same as \fBtypeset\fP, except that the options \fB\-g\fP, and +\fB\-f\fP are not permitted\&. In this case the \fB\-x\fP option does not force +the use of \fB\-g\fP, i\&.e\&. exported variables will be local to functions\&. +.TP +\fBlog\fP +List all users currently logged in who are affected by +the current setting of the \fBwatch\fP parameter\&. +.TP +\fBlogout\fP [ \fIn\fP ] +Same as \fBexit\fP, except that it only works in a login shell\&. +.TP +\fBnoglob\fP \fIsimple command\fP +See the section `Precommand Modifiers\&'\&. +.TP +\fBpopd\fP [ {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fIn\fP ] +Remove an entry from the directory stack, and perform a \fBcd\fP to +the new top directory\&. With no argument, the current top entry is +removed\&. An argument of the form `\fB+\fP\fIn\fP\&' identifies a stack +entry by counting from the left of the list shown by the \fBdirs\fP command, +starting with zero\&. An argument of the form \fB\-n\fP counts from the right\&. +If the \fBPUSHD_MINUS\fP option is set, the meanings of `\fB+\fP\&' and +`\fB\-\fP\&' in this context are swapped\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBprint\fP [ \fB\-abcDilmnNoOpPrsz\fP ] [ \fB\-u\fP \fIn\fP ] [ \fB\-f\fP \fIformat\fP ] [ \fB\-C\fP \fIcols\fP ] +.TP +.PD + [ \fB\-R\fP [ \fB\-en\fP ]] [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +With the `\fB\-f\fP\&' option the arguments are printed as described by \fBprintf\fP\&. +With no flags or with the flag `\fB\-\fP\&', the arguments are printed on +the standard output as described by \fBecho\fP, with the following differences: +the escape sequence `\fB\eM\-\fP\fIx\fP\&' metafies the character +\fIx\fP (sets the highest bit), +`\fB\eC\-\fP\fIx\fP\&' produces a control character (`\fB\eC\-@\fP' and `\fB\eC\-?\fP' give the +characters NUL and delete), and `\fB\eE\fP\&' is a synonym for `\fB\ee\fP'\&. +Finally, if not in an escape +sequence, `\fB\e\fP\&' escapes the following character and is not printed\&. +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-a\fP +Print arguments with the column incrementing first\&. Only useful with the +\fB\-c\fP and \fB\-C\fP options\&. +.TP +\fB\-b\fP +Recognize all the escape sequences defined for the \fBbindkey\fP command, +see +\fIzshzle\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fB\-c\fP +Print the arguments in columns\&. Unless \fB\-a\fP is also given, arguments are +printed with the row incrementing first\&. +.TP +\fB\-C\fP \fIcols\fP +Print the arguments in \fIcols\fP columns\&. Unless \fB\-a\fP is also given, +arguments are printed with the row incrementing first\&. +.TP +\fB\-D\fP +Treat the arguments as directory names, replacing prefixes with \fB~\fP +expressions, as appropriate\&. +.TP +\fB\-i\fP +If given together with \fB\-o\fP or \fB\-O\fP, sorting is performed +case\-independently\&. +.TP +\fB\-l\fP +Print the arguments separated by newlines instead of spaces\&. +.TP +\fB\-m\fP +Take the first argument as a pattern (should be quoted), and remove +it from the argument list together with subsequent arguments that +do not match this pattern\&. +.TP +\fB\-n\fP +Do not add a newline to the output\&. +.TP +\fB\-N\fP +Print the arguments separated and terminated by nulls\&. +.TP +\fB\-o\fP +Print the arguments sorted in ascending order\&. +.TP +\fB\-O\fP +Print the arguments sorted in descending order\&. +.TP +\fB\-p\fP +Print the arguments to the input of the coprocess\&. +.TP +\fB\-P\fP +Perform prompt expansion (see +\fIzshmisc\fP(1))\&. +.TP +\fB\-r\fP +Ignore the escape conventions of \fBecho\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-R\fP +Emulate the BSD \fBecho\fP command, which does not process escape sequences +unless the \fB\-e\fP flag is given\&. The \fB\-n\fP flag suppresses the trailing +newline\&. Only the \fB\-e\fP and \fB\-n\fP flags are recognized after +\fB\-R\fP; all other arguments and options are printed\&. +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +Place the results in the history list instead of on the standard output\&. +.TP +\fB\-u\fP \fIn\fP +Print the arguments to file descriptor \fIn\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-z\fP +Push the arguments onto the editing buffer stack, separated by spaces\&. +.PP +If any of `\fB\-m\fP\&', `\fB\-o\fP' or `\fB\-O\fP' are used in combination with +`\fB\-f\fP\&' and there are no arguments (after the removal process in the +case of `\fB\-m\fP\&') then nothing is printed\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBprintf\fP \fIformat\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Print the arguments according to the format specification\&. Formatting +rules are the same as used in C\&. The same escape sequences as for \fBecho\fP +are recognised in the format\&. All C conversion specifications ending in +one of csdiouxXeEfgGn are handled\&. In addition to this, `\fB%b\fP\&' can be +used instead of `\fB%s\fP\&' to cause escape sequences in the argument to be +recognised and `\fB%q\fP\&' can be used to quote the argument in such a way +that allows it to be reused as shell input\&. With the numeric format +specifiers, if the corresponding argument starts with a quote character, +the numeric value of the following character is used as the number to +print otherwise the argument is evaluated as an arithmetic expression\&. See +the section `Arithmetic Evaluation\&' in \fIzshmisc\fP(1) +for a description of arithmetic +expressions\&. With `\fB%n\fP\&', the corresponding argument is taken as an +identifier which is created as an integer parameter\&. +.RS +.PP +Normally, conversion specifications are applied to each argument in order +but they can explicitly specify the \fIn\fPth argument is to be used by +replacing `\fB%\fP\&' by `\fB%\fP\fIn\fP\fB$\fP' and `\fB*\fP' by `\fB*\fP\fIn\fP\fB$\fP'\&. +It is recommended that you do not mix references of this explicit style +with the normal style and the handling of such mixed styles may be subject +to future change\&. +.PP +If arguments remain unused after formatting, the format string is reused +until all arguments have been consumed\&. With the \fBprint\fP builtin, this +can be suppressed by using the \fB\-r\fP option\&. If more arguments are +required by the format than have been specified, the behaviour is as if +zero or an empty string had been specified as the argument\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBpushd\fP [ \fB\-sLP\fP ] [ \fIarg\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBpushd\fP [ \fB\-sLP\fP ] \fIold\fP \fInew\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBpushd\fP [ \fB\-sLP\fP ] {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fIn\fP +Change the current directory, and push the old current directory +onto the directory stack\&. In the first form, change the +current directory to \fIarg\fP\&. +If \fIarg\fP is not specified, change to the second directory +on the stack (that is, exchange the top two entries), or +change to \fB$HOME\fP if the \fBPUSHD_TO_HOME\fP +option is set or if there is only one entry on the stack\&. +Otherwise, \fIarg\fP is interpreted as it would be by \fBcd\fP\&. +The meaning of \fIold\fP and \fInew\fP in the second form is also +the same as for \fBcd\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +The third form of \fBpushd\fP changes directory by rotating the +directory list\&. An argument of the form `\fB+\fP\fIn\fP\&' identifies a stack +entry by counting from the left of the list shown by the \fBdirs\fP +command, starting with zero\&. An argument of the form `\fB\-\fP\fIn\fP\&' counts +from the right\&. If the \fBPUSHD_MINUS\fP option is set, the meanings +of `\fB+\fP\&' and `\fB\-\fP' in this context are swapped\&. +.PP +If the option \fBPUSHD_SILENT\fP is not set, the directory +stack will be printed after a \fBpushd\fP is performed\&. +.PP +The options \fB\-s\fP, \fB\-L\fP and \fB\-P\fP have the same meanings as for the +\fBcd\fP builtin\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBpushln\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Equivalent to \fBprint \-nz\fP\&. +.TP +\fBpwd\fP [ \fB\-rLP\fP ] +Print the absolute pathname of the current working directory\&. +If the \fB\-r\fP or the \fB\-P\fP flag is specified, or the \fBCHASE_LINKS\fP +option is set and the \fB\-L\fP flag is not given, the printed path will not +contain symbolic links\&. +.TP +\fBr\fP +Same as \fBfc \-e \-\fP\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBread\fP [ \fB\-rszpqAclneE\fP ] [ \fB\-t\fP [ \fInum\fP ] ] [ \fB\-k\fP [ \fInum\fP ] ] [ \fB\-d\fP \fIdelim\fP ] +.TP +.PD + [ \fB\-u\fP \fIn\fP ] [ \fIname\fP[\fB?\fP\fIprompt\fP] ] [ \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Read one line and break it into fields using the characters +in \fB$IFS\fP as separators, except as noted below\&. +The first field is assigned to the first \fIname\fP, the second field +to the second \fIname\fP, etc\&., with leftover +fields assigned to the last \fIname\fP\&. +If \fIname\fP is omitted then +\fBREPLY\fP is used for scalars and \fBreply\fP for arrays\&. +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-r\fP +Raw mode: a `\fB\e\fP\&' at the end of a line does not signify line +continuation and backslashes in the line don\&'t quote the following +character and are not removed\&. +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +Don\&'t echo back characters if reading from the terminal\&. Currently does +not work with the \fB\-q\fP option\&. +.TP +\fB\-q\fP +Read only one character from the terminal and set \fIname\fP to +`\fBy\fP\&' if this character was `\fBy\fP' or `\fBY\fP' and to `\fBn\fP' otherwise\&. +With this flag set the return status is zero only if the character was +`\fBy\fP\&' or `\fBY\fP'\&. Note that this always reads from the terminal, even +if used with the \fB\-p\fP or \fB\-u\fP or \fB\-z\fP flags or with redirected input\&. +This option may also be used within zle widgets\&. +.TP +\fB\-k\fP [ \fInum\fP ] +Read only one (or \fInum\fP) characters\&. All are assigned to the first +\fIname\fP, without word splitting\&. This flag is ignored when \fB\-q\fP is +present\&. Input is read from the terminal unless one of \fB\-u\fP or \fB\-p\fP +is present\&. This option may also be used within zle widgets\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that despite the mnemonic `key\&' this option does read full +characters, which may consist of multiple bytes if the option +\fBMULTIBYTE\fP is set\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-z\fP +Read one entry from the editor buffer stack and assign it to the first +\fIname\fP, without word splitting\&. Text is pushed onto the stack with +`\fBprint \-z\fP\&' or with \fBpush\-line\fP from the line editor (see +\fIzshzle\fP(1))\&. This flag is ignored when the \fB\-k\fP or \fB\-q\fP flags are present\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB\-e\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB\-E\fP +The input read is printed (echoed) to the standard output\&. If the \fB\-e\fP +flag is used, no input is assigned to the parameters\&. +.TP +\fB\-A\fP +The first \fIname\fP is taken as the name of an array and all words are +assigned to it\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB\-c\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB\-l\fP +These flags are allowed only if called inside a +function used for completion (specified with the \fB\-K\fP flag to +\fBcompctl\fP)\&. If the \fB\-c\fP flag is given, the words of the +current command are read\&. If the \fB\-l\fP flag is given, the whole +line is assigned as a scalar\&. If both flags are present, \fB\-l\fP +is used and \fB\-c\fP is ignored\&. +.TP +\fB\-n\fP +Together with \fB\-c\fP, the number of the word the cursor is on is +read\&. With \fB\-l\fP, the index of the character the cursor is on is +read\&. Note that the command name is word number 1, not word 0, +and that when the cursor is at the end of the line, its character +index is the length of the line plus one\&. +.TP +\fB\-u\fP \fIn\fP +Input is read from file descriptor \fIn\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-p\fP +Input is read from the coprocess\&. +.TP +\fB\-d\fP \fIdelim\fP +Input is terminated by the first character of \fIdelim\fP instead of +by newline\&. +.TP +\fB\-t\fP [ \fInum\fP ] +Test if input is available before attempting to read\&. If \fInum\fP +is present, it must begin with a digit and will be evaluated +to give a number of seconds, which may be a floating point number; +in this case the read times out if input is not available within this +time\&. If \fInum\fP is not present, it is taken to be zero, so that +\fBread\fP returns immediately if no input is available\&. +If no input is available, return status 1 and do not set any variables\&. + +This option is not available when reading from the editor buffer with +\fB\-z\fP, when called from within completion with \fB\-c\fP or \fB\-l\fP, with +\fB\-q\fP which clears the input queue before reading, or within zle where +other mechanisms should be used to test for input\&. + +Note that read does not attempt to alter the input processing mode\&. The +default mode is canonical input, in which an entire line is read at a time, +so usually `\fBread \-t\fP\&' will not read anything until an entire line has +been typed\&. However, when reading from the terminal with \fB\-k\fP +input is processed one key at a time; in this case, only availability of +the first character is tested, so that e\&.g\&. `\fBread \-t \-k 2\fP\&' can still +block on the second character\&. Use two instances of `\fBread \-t \-k\fP\&' if +this is not what is wanted\&. +If the first argument contains a `\fB?\fP\&', the remainder of this +word is used as a \fIprompt\fP on standard error when the shell +is interactive\&. +.PP +The value (exit status) of \fBread\fP is 1 when an end\-of\-file is +encountered, or when \fB\-c\fP or \fB\-l\fP is present and the command is +not called from a \fBcompctl\fP function, or as described for \fB\-q\fP\&. +Otherwise the value is 0\&. +.PP +The behavior of some combinations of the \fB\-k\fP, \fB\-p\fP, \fB\-q\fP, \fB\-u\fP +and \fB\-z\fP flags is undefined\&. Presently \fB\-q\fP cancels all the others, +\fB\-p\fP cancels \fB\-u\fP, \fB\-k\fP cancels \fB\-z\fP, and otherwise \fB\-z\fP +cancels both \fB\-p\fP and \fB\-u\fP\&. +.PP +The \fB\-c\fP or \fB\-l\fP flags cancel any and all of \fB\-kpquz\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBreadonly\fP +Same as \fBtypeset \-r\fP\&. +.TP +\fBrehash\fP +Same as \fBhash \-r\fP\&. +.TP +\fBreturn\fP [ \fIn\fP ] +Causes a shell function or \fB\&.\fP script to return to +the invoking script with the return status specified by \fIn\fP\&. If \fIn\fP +is omitted, the return status is that of the last command +executed\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fBreturn\fP was executed from a trap in a \fBTRAP\fP\fINAL\fP function, +the effect is different for zero and non\-zero return status\&. With zero +status (or after an implicit return at the end of the trap), the shell +will return to whatever it was previously processing; with a non\-zero +status, the shell will behave as interrupted except that the return +status of the trap is retained\&. Note that the numeric value of the signal +which caused the trap is passed as the first argument, so the statement +`\fBreturn $((128+$1))\fP\&' will return the same status as if the signal +had not been trapped\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBsched\fP +See the section `The zsh/sched Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBset\fP [ {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fIoptions\fP | {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fBo\fP [ \fIoption_name\fP ] ] \&.\&.\&. [ {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fBA\fP [ \fIname\fP ] ] [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Set the options for the shell and/or set the positional parameters, or +declare and set an array\&. If the \fB\-s\fP option is given, it causes the +specified arguments to be sorted before assigning them to the positional +parameters (or to the array \fIname\fP if \fB\-A\fP is used)\&. With \fB+s\fP +sort arguments in descending order\&. For the meaning of the other flags, see +\fIzshoptions\fP(1)\&. Flags may be specified by name using the \fB\-o\fP option\&. If no option +name is supplied with \fB\-o\fP, the current option states are printed\&. +With \fB+o\fP they are printed in a form that can be used as input +to the shell\&. +.RS +.PP +If the \fB\-A\fP flag is specified, \fIname\fP is set to an array containing +the given \fIarg\fPs; if no \fIname\fP is specified, all arrays are printed +together with their values\&. +.PP +If \fB+A\fP is used and \fIname\fP is an array, the +given arguments will replace the initial elements of that array; if no +\fIname\fP is specified, all arrays are printed without their values\&. +.PP +The behaviour of arguments after \fB\-A\fP \fIname\fP or \fB+A\fP \fIname\fP +depends on whether the option \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP is set\&. If it is not set, all +arguments following \fIname\fP are treated as values for the array, +regardless of their form\&. If the option is set, normal option processing +continues at that point; only regular arguments are treated as values for +the array\&. This means that +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBset \-A array \-x \-\- foo\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +sets \fBarray\fP to `\fB\-x \-\fP\fB\- foo\fP\&' if \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP is not set, but sets +the array to \fBfoo\fP and turns on the option `\fB\-x\fP\&' if it is set\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-A\fP flag is not present, but there are arguments beyond the +options, the positional parameters are set\&. If the option list (if any) +is terminated by `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&', and there are no further arguments, the +positional parameters will be unset\&. +.PP +If no arguments and no `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&' are given, then the names and values of +all parameters are printed on the standard output\&. If the only argument is +`\fB+\fP\&', the names of all parameters are printed\&. +.PP +For historical reasons, `\fBset \-\fP\&' is treated as `\fBset +xv\fP' +and `\fBset \-\fP \fIargs\fP\&' as `\fBset +xv \-\-\fP \fIargs\fP' when in +any other emulation mode than zsh\&'s native mode\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBsetcap\fP +See the section `The zsh/cap Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBsetopt\fP [ {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fIoptions\fP | {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fBo\fP \fIoption_name\fP ] [ \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Set the options for the shell\&. All options specified either +with flags or by name are set\&. If no arguments are supplied, +the names of all options currently set are printed\&. +If the \fB\-m\fP flag is given the arguments are taken as patterns +(which should be quoted to protect them from filename expansion), and all +options with names matching these patterns are set\&. +.TP +\fBshift\fP [ \fIn\fP ] [ \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +The positional parameters \fB${\fP\fIn\fP+1\fB}\fP \&.\&.\&. are renamed +to \fB$1\fP \&.\&.\&., where \fIn\fP is an arithmetic expression that +defaults to 1\&. +If any \fIname\fPs are given then the arrays with these names are +shifted instead of the positional parameters\&. +.TP +\fBsource\fP \fIfile\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Same as \fB\&.\fP, except that the current directory is always searched and +is always searched first, before directories in \fB$path\fP\&. +.TP +\fBstat\fP +See the section `The zsh/stat Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBsuspend\fP [ \fB\-f\fP ] +Suspend the execution of the shell (send it a \fBSIGTSTP\fP) +until it receives a \fBSIGCONT\fP\&. +Unless the \fB\-f\fP option is given, this will refuse to suspend a login shell\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBtest\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fB[\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] \fB]\fP +Like the system version of \fBtest\fP\&. Added for compatibility; +use conditional expressions instead (see the section `Conditional Expressions\&')\&. +The main differences between the conditional expression syntax and the +\fBtest\fP and \fB[\fP builtins are: these commands are not handled +syntactically, so for example an empty variable expansion may cause an +argument to be omitted; syntax errors cause status 2 to be returned instead +of a shell error; and arithmetic operators expect integer arguments rather +than arithemetic expressions\&. +.TP +\fBtimes\fP +Print the accumulated user and system times for the shell +and for processes run from the shell\&. +.TP +\fBtrap\fP [ \fIarg\fP ] [ \fIsig\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +\fIarg\fP is a series of commands (usually quoted to protect it from +immediate evaluation by the shell) to be read and executed when the shell +receives any of the signals specified by one or more \fIsig\fP args\&. +Each \fIsig\fP can be given as a number, +or as the name of a signal either with or without the string \fBSIG\fP +in front (e\&.g\&. 1, HUP, and SIGHUP are all the same signal)\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fIarg\fP is `\fB\-\fP\&', then the specified signals are reset to their +defaults, or, if no \fIsig\fP args are present, all traps are reset\&. +.PP +If \fIarg\fP is an empty string, then the specified signals +are ignored by the shell (and by the commands it invokes)\&. +.PP +If \fIarg\fP is omitted but one or more \fIsig\fP args are provided (i\&.e\&. +the first argument is a valid signal number or name), the effect is the +same as if \fIarg\fP had been specified as `\fB\-\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The \fBtrap\fP command with no arguments prints a list of commands +associated with each signal\&. +.PP +If \fIsig\fP is \fBZERR\fP then \fIarg\fP will be executed +after each command with a nonzero exit status\&. \fBERR\fP is an alias +for \fBZERR\fP on systems that have no \fBSIGERR\fP signal (this is the +usual case)\&. +If \fIsig\fP is \fBDEBUG\fP then \fIarg\fP will be executed +after each command\&. +If \fIsig\fP is \fB0\fP or \fBEXIT\fP +and the \fBtrap\fP statement is executed inside the body of a function, +then the command \fIarg\fP is executed after the function completes\&. +The value of \fB$?\fP at the start of execution is the exit status of the +shell or the return status of the function exiting\&. +If \fIsig\fP is \fB0\fP or \fBEXIT\fP +and the \fBtrap\fP statement is not executed inside the body of a function, +then the command \fIarg\fP is executed when the shell terminates\&. +.PP +\fBZERR\fP, \fBDEBUG\fP, and \fBEXIT\fP traps are not executed inside other traps\&. +.PP +Note that traps defined with the \fBtrap\fP builtin are slightly different +from those defined as `\fBTRAP\fP\fINAL\fP () { \&.\&.\&. }\&', as the latter have +their own function environment (line numbers, local variables, etc\&.) while +the former use the environment of the command in which they were called\&. +For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBtrap \&'print $LINENO' DEBUG\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +will print the line number of a command executed after it has run, while +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBTRAPDEBUG() { print $LINENO; }\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +will always print the number zero\&. +.PP +Alternative signal names are allowed as described under \fBkill\fP above\&. +Defining a trap under either name causes any trap under an alternative +name to be removed\&. However, it is recommended that for consistency +users stick exclusively to one name or another\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBtrue\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Do nothing and return an exit status of 0\&. +.TP +\fBttyctl\fP \fB\-fu\fP +The \fB\-f\fP option freezes the tty, and \fB\-u\fP unfreezes it\&. +When the tty is frozen, no changes made to the tty settings by +external programs will be honored by the shell, except for changes in the +size of the screen; the shell will +simply reset the settings to their previous values as soon as each +command exits or is suspended\&. Thus, \fBstty\fP and similar programs have +no effect when the tty is frozen\&. Without options it reports whether the +terminal is frozen or not\&. +.TP +\fBtype\fP [ \fB\-wfpams\fP ] \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. +Equivalent to \fBwhence \-v\fP\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBtypeset\fP [ {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fBAEFHUafghklprtuxmz\fP ] [ \fB\-LRZi\fP [ \fIn\fP ]] [ \fIname\fP[\fB=\fP\fIvalue\fP] \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fBtypeset\fP \-T [ {\fB+|\fB\-\fP\fP}\fBUrux\fP ] [ \fB\-LRZ\fP [ \fIn\fP ]] \fISCALAR\fP[\fB=\fP\fIvalue\fP] \fIarray\fP \fB[\fP \fIsep\fP \fB]\fP +Set or display attributes and values for shell parameters\&. +.RS +.PP +A parameter is created for each \fIname\fP that does not already refer +to one\&. When inside a function, a new parameter is created for every +\fIname\fP (even those that already exist), and is unset again when the +function completes\&. See +`Local Parameters\&' in \fIzshparam\fP(1)\&. The same rules apply to special shell parameters, which +retain their special attributes when made local\&. +.PP +For each \fIname\fP\fB=\fP\fIvalue\fP assignment, the parameter +\fIname\fP is set to \fIvalue\fP\&. Note that arrays currently cannot be +assigned in \fBtypeset\fP expressions, only scalars and integers\&. Unless +the option \fBKSH_TYPESET\fP is set, normal expansion rules apply to +assignment arguments, so \fIvalue\fP may be split into separate words; if +the option is set, assignments which can be recognised when expansion is +performed are treated as single words\&. For example the command +\fBtypeset vbl=$(echo one two)\fP is treated as having one argument if +\fBKSH_TYPESET\fP is set, but otherwise is treated as having the two arguments +\fBvbl=one\fP and \fBtwo\fP\&. +.PP +If the shell option \fBTYPESET_SILENT\fP is not set, for each remaining +\fIname\fP that refers to a parameter that is set, the name and value of the +parameter are printed in the form of an assignment\&. Nothing is printed for +newly\-created parameters, or when any attribute flags listed below are +given along with the \fIname\fP\&. Using `\fB+\fP\&' instead of minus to +introduce an attribute turns it off\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-p\fP option is given, parameters and values are printed in the +form of a typeset comand and an assignment (which will be printed +separately for arrays and associative arrays), regardless of other flags +and options\&. Note that the \fB\-h\fP flag on parameters is respected; no +value will be shown for these parameters\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-T\fP option is given, two or three arguments must be present (an +exception is that zero arguments are allowed to show the list of parameters +created in this fashion)\&. The first two are the name of a scalar and an +array parameter (in that order) that will be tied together in the manner of +\fB$PATH\fP and \fB$path\fP\&. The optional third argument is a single\-character +separator which will be used to join the elements of the array to form the +scalar; if absent, a colon is used, as with \fB$PATH\fP\&. Only the first +character of the separator is significant; any remaining characters are +ignored\&. Only the scalar parameter may be assigned an initial value\&. Both +the scalar and the array may otherwise be manipulated as normal\&. If one is +unset, the other will automatically be unset too\&. There is no way of +untying the variables without unsetting them, or converting the type of one +of them with another \fBtypeset\fP command; \fB+T\fP does not work, assigning +an array to \fISCALAR\fP is an error, and assigning a scalar to \fIarray\fP +sets it to be a single\-element array\&. Note that both `\fBtypeset \-xT \&.\&.\&.\fP\&' +and `\fBexport \-T \&.\&.\&.\fP\&' work, but only the scalar will be marked for +export\&. Setting the value using the scalar version causes a split on all +separators (which cannot be quoted)\&. +.PP +The \fB\-g\fP (global) flag is treated specially: it means that any +resulting parameter will not be restricted to local scope\&. Note that this +does not necessarily mean that the parameter will be global, as the flag +will apply to any existing parameter (even if unset) from an enclosing +function\&. This flag does not affect the parameter after creation, hence it +has no effect when listing existing parameters, nor does the flag \fB+g\fP +have any effect except in combination with \fB\-m\fP (see below)\&. +.PP +If no \fIname\fP is present, the names and values of all parameters are +printed\&. In this case the attribute flags restrict the display to only +those parameters that have the specified attributes, and using `\fB+\fP\&' +rather than `\fB\-\fP\&' to introduce the flag suppresses printing of the values +of parameters when there is no parameter name\&. Also, if the last option +is the word `\fB+\fP\&', then names are printed but values are not\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-m\fP flag is given the \fIname\fP arguments are taken as patterns +(which should be quoted)\&. With no attribute flags, all parameters (or +functions with the \fB\-f\fP flag) with matching names are printed (the shell +option \fBTYPESET_SILENT\fP is not used in this case)\&. Note that \fB\-m\fP is +ignored if no patterns are given\&. If the \fB+g\fP flag is combined with +\fB\-m\fP, a new local parameter is created for every matching parameter that +is not already local\&. Otherwise \fB\-m\fP applies all other flags or +assignments to the existing parameters\&. Except when assignments are made +with \fIname\fP\fB=\fP\fIvalue\fP, using \fB+m\fP forces the matching parameters +to be printed, even inside a function\&. +.PP +If no attribute flags are given and either no \fB\-m\fP flag is present or +the \fB+m\fP form was used, each parameter name printed is preceded by a +list of the attributes of that parameter (\fBarray\fP, \fBassociation\fP, +\fBexported\fP, \fBinteger\fP, \fBreadonly\fP)\&. If \fB+m\fP is used with attribute +flags, and all those flags are introduced with \fB+\fP, the matching +parameter names are printed but their values are not\&. +.PP +The following attribute flags may be specified: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-A\fP +The names refer to associative array parameters; see +`Array Parameters\&' in \fIzshparam\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fB\-L\fP +Left justify and remove leading blanks from \fIvalue\fP\&. +If \fIn\fP is nonzero, it defines the width of the field\&. +If \fIn\fP is zero, the width is determined by the width of the value of +the first assignment\&. In the case of numeric parameters, the length of the +complete value assigned to the parameter is used to determine the width, +not the value that would be output\&. +.RS +.PP +The width is the count of characters, which may be multibyte characters +if the \fBMULTIBYTE\fP option is in effect\&. Note that the screen +width of the character is not taken into account; if this is required, +use padding with parameter expansion flags +\fB${(ml\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB)\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB}\fP as described in +`Parameter Expansion Flags\&' in +\fIzshexpn\fP(1)\&. +.PP +When the parameter is expanded, it is filled on the right with +blanks or truncated if necessary to fit the field\&. +Note truncation can lead to unexpected results with numeric parameters\&. +Leading zeros are removed if the \fB\-Z\fP flag is also set\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-R\fP +Similar to \fB\-L\fP, except that right justification is used; +when the parameter is expanded, the field is left filled with +blanks or truncated from the end\&. May not be combined with the \fB\-Z\fP +flag\&. +.TP +\fB\-U\fP +For arrays (but not for associative arrays), keep only the first +occurrence of each duplicated value\&. This may also be set for +colon\-separated special parameters like \fBPATH\fP or \fBFIGNORE\fP, etc\&. +This flag has a different meaning when used with \fB\-f\fP; see below\&. +.TP +\fB\-Z\fP +Specially handled if set along with the \fB\-L\fP flag\&. +Otherwise, similar to \fB\-R\fP, except that leading zeros are used for +padding instead of blanks if the first non\-blank character is a digit\&. +Numeric parameters are specially handled: they are always eligible +for padding with zeroes, and the zeroes are inserted at an appropriate +place in the output\&. +.TP +\fB\-a\fP +The names refer to array parameters\&. An array parameter may be +created this way, but it may not be assigned to in the \fBtypeset\fP +statement\&. When displaying, both normal and associative arrays are +shown\&. +.TP +\fB\-f\fP +The names refer to functions rather than parameters\&. No assignments +can be made, and the only other valid flags are \fB\-t\fP, \fB\-k\fP, \fB\-u\fP, +\fB\-U\fP and \fB\-z\fP\&. The flag \fB\-t\fP turns on execution tracing for this +function\&. The \fB\-u\fP and \fB\-U\fP flags cause the function to be +marked for autoloading; \fB\-U\fP also causes alias expansion to be +suppressed when the function is loaded\&. The \fBfpath\fP parameter +will be searched to find the function definition when the function +is first referenced; see the section `Functions\&'\&. The \fB\-k\fP and \fB\-z\fP flags +make the function be loaded using ksh\-style or zsh\-style autoloading +respectively\&. If neither is given, the setting of the KSH_AUTOLOAD option +determines how the function is loaded\&. +.TP +\fB\-h\fP +Hide: only useful for special parameters (those marked `\&' in the table in +\fIzshparam\fP(1)), and for local parameters with the same name as a special parameter, +though harmless for others\&. A special parameter with this attribute will +not retain its special effect when made local\&. Thus after `\fBtypeset \-h +PATH\fP\&', a function containing `\fBtypeset PATH\fP' will create an ordinary +local parameter without the usual behaviour of \fBPATH\fP\&. Alternatively, +the local parameter may itself be given this attribute; hence inside a +function `\fBtypeset \-h PATH\fP\&' creates an ordinary local parameter and the +special \fBPATH\fP parameter is not altered in any way\&. It is also possible +to create a local parameter using `\fBtypeset +h \fP\fIspecial\fP\&', where the +local copy of \fIspecial\fP will retain its special properties regardless of +having the \fB\-h\fP attribute\&. Global special parameters loaded from shell +modules (currently those in \fBzsh/mapfile\fP and \fBzsh/parameter\fP) are +automatically given the \fB\-h\fP attribute to avoid name clashes\&. +.TP +\fB\-H\fP +Hide value: specifies that \fBtypeset\fP will not display the value of the +parameter when listing parameters; the display for such parameters is +always as if the `\fB+\fP\&' flag had been given\&. Use of the parameter is +in other respects normal, and the option does not apply if the parameter is +specified by name, or by pattern with the \fB\-m\fP option\&. This is on by +default for the parameters in the \fBzsh/parameter\fP and \fBzsh/mapfile\fP +modules\&. Note, however, that unlike the \fB\-h\fP flag this is also useful +for non\-special parameters\&. +.TP +\fB\-i\fP +Use an internal integer representation\&. If \fIn\fP is nonzero it +defines the output arithmetic base, otherwise it is determined by the +first assignment\&. +.TP +\fB\-E\fP +Use an internal double\-precision floating point representation\&. On output +the variable will be converted to scientific notation\&. If \fIn\fP is +nonzero it defines the number of significant figures to display; the +default is ten\&. +.TP +\fB\-F\fP +Use an internal double\-precision floating point representation\&. On output +the variable will be converted to fixed\-point decimal notation\&. If \fIn\fP +is nonzero it defines the number of digits to display after the decimal +point; the default is ten\&. +.TP +\fB\-l\fP +Convert the result to lower case whenever the parameter is expanded\&. +The value is \fInot\fP converted when assigned\&. +.TP +\fB\-r\fP +The given \fIname\fPs are marked readonly\&. Note that if \fIname\fP is a +special parameter, the readonly attribute can be turned on, but cannot then +be turned off\&. +.TP +\fB\-t\fP +Tags the named parameters\&. Tags have no special meaning to the shell\&. +This flag has a different meaning when used with \fB\-f\fP; see above\&. +.TP +\fB\-u\fP +Convert the result to upper case whenever the parameter is expanded\&. +The value is \fInot\fP converted when assigned\&. +This flag has a different meaning when used with \fB\-f\fP; see above\&. +.TP +\fB\-x\fP +Mark for automatic export to the environment of subsequently +executed commands\&. If the option \fBGLOBAL_EXPORT\fP is set, this implies +the option \fB\-g\fP, unless \fB+g\fP is also explicitly given; in other words +the parameter is not made local to the enclosing function\&. This is for +compatibility with previous versions of zsh\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBulimit\fP [ [ \fB\-SHacdfilmnpqstvx\fP | \fB\-N\fP \fIresource\fP [ \fIlimit\fP ] \&.\&.\&. ] +Set or display resource limits of the shell and the processes started by +the shell\&. The value of \fIlimit\fP can be a number in the unit specified +below or the value `\fBunlimited\fP\&'\&. By default, only soft limits are +manipulated\&. If the \fB\-H\fP flag is given use +hard limits instead of soft limits\&. If the \fB\-S\fP flag is given +together with the \fB\-H\fP flag set both hard and soft limits\&. If no +options are used, the file size limit (\fB\-f\fP) is assumed\&. If +\fIlimit\fP is omitted the current value of the specified resources are +printed\&. When more than one resource values are printed the limit name and +unit is printed before each value\&. +.RS +.PP +When looping over multiple resources, the shell will abort immediately if +it detects a badly formed argument\&. However, if it fails to set a limit +for some other reson it will continue trying to set the remaining limits\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB\-a\fP +Lists all of the current resource limits\&. +.TP +\fB\-c\fP +512\-byte blocks on the size of core dumps\&. +.TP +\fB\-d\fP +K\-bytes on the size of the data segment\&. +.TP +\fB\-f\fP +512\-byte blocks on the size of files written\&. +.TP +\fB\-i\fP +The number of pending signals\&. +.TP +\fB\-l\fP +K\-bytes on the size of locked\-in memory\&. +.TP +\fB\-m\fP +K\-bytes on the size of physical memory\&. +.TP +\fB\-n\fP +open file descriptors\&. +.TP +\fB\-q\fP +Bytes in POSIX message queues\&. +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +K\-bytes on the size of the stack\&. +.TP +\fB\-t\fP +CPU seconds to be used\&. +.TP +\fB\-u\fP +processes available to the user\&. +.TP +\fB\-v\fP +K\-bytes on the size of virtual memory\&. On some systems this +refers to the limit called `address space\&'\&. +.TP +\fB\-x\fP +The number of locks on files\&. +.PD +.PP +A resource may also be specified by integer in the form `\fB\-N\fP +\fIresource\fP\&', where \fIresource\fP corresponds to the integer defined for +the resource by the operating system\&. This may be used to set the limits +for resources known to the shell which do not correspond to option letters\&. +Such limits will be shown by number in the output of `\fBulimit \-a\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The number may alternatively be out of the range of limits compiled into +the shell\&. The shell will try to read or write the limit anyway, and +will report an error if this fails\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBumask\fP [ \fB\-S\fP ] [ \fImask\fP ] +The umask is set to \fImask\fP\&. \fImask\fP can be either +an octal number or a symbolic value as described in \fIchmod\fP(1)\&. +If \fImask\fP is omitted, the current value is printed\&. The \fB\-S\fP +option causes the mask to be printed as a symbolic value\&. Otherwise, +the mask is printed as an octal number\&. Note that in +the symbolic form the permissions you specify are those which are to be +allowed (not denied) to the users specified\&. +.TP +\fBunalias\fP +Same as \fBunhash \-a\fP\&. +.TP +\fBunfunction\fP +Same as \fBunhash \-f\fP\&. +.TP +\fBunhash\fP [ \fB\-adfms\fP ] \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. +Remove the element named \fIname\fP from an internal hash table\&. The +default is remove elements from the command hash table\&. The \fB\-a\fP +option causes \fBunhash\fP to remove regular or global aliases; note +when removing a global aliases that the argument must be quoted to prevent +it from being expanded before being passed to the command\&. +The \fB\-s\fP option causes \fBunhash\fP to remove suffix aliases\&. +The \fB\-f\fP option causes +\fBunhash\fP to remove shell functions\&. The \fB\-d\fP options causes +\fBunhash\fP to remove named directories\&. If the \fB\-m\fP flag is given +the arguments are taken as patterns (should be quoted) and all elements +of the corresponding hash table with matching names will be removed\&. +.TP +\fBunlimit\fP [ \fB\-hs\fP ] \fIresource\fP \&.\&.\&. +The resource limit for each \fIresource\fP is set to the hard limit\&. +If the \fB\-h\fP flag is given and the shell has appropriate privileges, +the hard resource limit for each \fIresource\fP is removed\&. +The resources of the shell process are only changed if the \fB\-s\fP +flag is given\&. +.TP +\fBunset\fP [ \fB\-fmv\fP ] \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. +Each named parameter is unset\&. +Local parameters remain local even if unset; they appear unset within scope, +but the previous value will still reappear when the scope ends\&. +.RS +.PP +Individual elements of associative array parameters may be unset by using +subscript syntax on \fIname\fP, which should be quoted (or the entire command +prefixed with \fBnoglob\fP) to protect the subscript from filename generation\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-m\fP flag is specified the arguments are taken as patterns (should +be quoted) and all parameters with matching names are unset\&. Note that this +cannot be used when unsetting associative array elements, as the subscript +will be treated as part of the pattern\&. +.PP +The \fB\-v\fP flag specifies that \fIname\fP refers to parameters\&. This is the +default behaviour\&. +.PP +\fBunset \-f\fP is equivalent to \fBunfunction\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBunsetopt\fP [ {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fIoptions\fP | {\fB+\fP|\fB\-\fP}\fBo\fP \fIoption_name\fP ] [ \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Unset the options for the shell\&. All options specified either +with flags or by name are unset\&. If no arguments are supplied, +the names of all options currently unset are printed\&. +If the \fB\-m\fP flag is given the arguments are taken as patterns +(which should be quoted to preserve them from being interpreted as glob +patterns), and all options with names matching these patterns are unset\&. +.TP +\fBvared\fP +See the section `Zle Builtins\&' in \fIzshzle\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBwait\fP [ \fIjob\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Wait for the specified jobs or processes\&. If \fIjob\fP is not given +then all currently active child processes are waited for\&. +Each \fIjob\fP can be either a job specification or the process ID +of a job in the job table\&. +The exit status from this command is that of the job waited for\&. +.TP +\fBwhence\fP [ \fB\-vcwfpams\fP ] \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. +For each name, indicate how it would be interpreted if used as a +command name\&. +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-v\fP +Produce a more verbose report\&. +.TP +\fB\-c\fP +Print the results in a \fBcsh\fP\-like format\&. +This takes precedence over \fB\-v\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-w\fP +For each \fIname\fP, print `\fIname\fP\fB:\fP \fIword\fP\&' where \fIword\fP +is one of \fBalias\fP, \fBbuiltin\fP, \fBcommand\fP, \fBfunction\fP, +\fBhashed\fP, \fBreserved\fP or \fBnone\fP, according as \fIname\fP +corresponds to an alias, a built\-in command, an external command, a +shell function, a command defined with the \fBhash\fP builtin, a +reserved word, or is not recognised\&. This takes precedence over +\fB\-v\fP and \fB\-c\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-f\fP +Causes the contents of a shell function to be +displayed, which would otherwise not happen unless the \fB\-c\fP +flag were used\&. +.TP +\fB\-p\fP +Do a path search for \fIname\fP +even if it is an alias, reserved word, shell function or builtin\&. +.TP +\fB\-a\fP +Do a search for all occurrences of \fIname\fP +throughout the command path\&. +Normally only the first occurrence is printed\&. +.TP +\fB\-m\fP +The arguments are taken as patterns (should be +quoted), and the information is displayed for each command matching one +of these patterns\&. +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +If a pathname contains symlinks, print the symlink\-free pathname as well\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBwhere\fP [ \fB\-wpms\fP ] \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. +Equivalent to \fBwhence \-ca\fP\&. +.TP +\fBwhich\fP [ \fB\-wpams\fP ] \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. +Equivalent to \fBwhence \-c\fP\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzcompile\fP [ \fB\-U\fP ] [ \fB\-z\fP | \fB\-k\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fP | \fB\-M\fP ] \fIfile\fP [ \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzcompile\fP \fB\-ca\fP [ \fB\-m\fP ] [ \fB\-R\fP | \fB\-M\fP ] \fIfile\fP [ \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fBzcompile \-t\fP \fIfile\fP [ \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +This builtin command can be used to compile functions or scripts, +storing the compiled form in a file, and to examine files containing +the compiled form\&. This allows faster autoloading of functions and +execution of scripts by avoiding parsing of the text when the files +are read\&. +.RS +.PP +The first form (without the \fB\-c\fP, \fB\-a\fP or \fB\-t\fP options) creates a +compiled file\&. If only the \fIfile\fP argument is given, the +output file has the name `\fIfile\fP\fB\&.zwc\fP\&' and will be placed in +the same directory as the \fIfile\fP\&. The shell will load the compiled +file instead of the normal function file when the function +is autoloaded; see +the section `Autoloading Functions\&' in \fIzshfunc\fP(1) +for a description of how autoloaded functions are searched\&. The +extension \fB\&.zwc\fP stands for `zsh word code\&'\&. +.PP +If there is at least one \fIname\fP argument, all the named files +are compiled into the output \fIfile\fP given as the first argument\&. If +\fIfile\fP does not end in \fB\&.zwc\fP, this extension is automatically +appended\&. Files containing multiple compiled functions are called `digest\&' +files, and are intended to be used as elements of the \fBFPATH\fP/\fBfpath\fP +special array\&. +.PP +The second form, with the \fB\-c\fP or \fB\-a\fP options, writes the compiled +definitions for all the named functions into \fIfile\fP\&. For \fB\-c\fP, the +names must be functions currently defined in the shell, not those marked +for autoloading\&. Undefined functions that are marked for autoloading +may be written by using the \fB\-a\fP option, in which case the \fBfpath\fP +is searched and the contents of the definition files for those +functions, if found, are compiled into \fIfile\fP\&. If both \fB\-c\fP and +\fB\-a\fP are given, names of both defined functions and functions marked +for autoloading may be given\&. In either case, the functions in files +written with the \fB\-c\fP or \fB\-a\fP option will be autoloaded as if the +\fBKSH_AUTOLOAD\fP option were unset\&. +.PP +The reason for handling loaded and not\-yet\-loaded functions with +different options is that some definition files for autoloading define +multiple functions, including the function with the same name as the +file, and, at the end, call that function\&. In such cases the output of +`\fBzcompile \-c\fP\&' does not include the additional functions defined in +the file, and any other initialization code in the file is lost\&. Using +`\fBzcompile \-a\fP\&' captures all this extra information\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-m\fP option is combined with \fB\-c\fP or \fB\-a\fP, +the \fIname\fPs are used as patterns and all functions whose names +match one of these patterns will be written\&. If no \fIname\fP is given, +the definitions of all functions currently defined or marked as +autoloaded will be written\&. +.PP +The third form, with the \fB\-t\fP option, examines an existing +compiled file\&. Without further arguments, the names of the original +files compiled into it are listed\&. The first line of output shows +the version of the shell which compiled the file and how the file +will be used (i\&.e\&. by reading it directly or by mapping it into memory)\&. +With arguments, nothing is output and the return status is set to zero if +definitions for \fIall\fP \fIname\fPs were found in the compiled +file, and non\-zero if the definition for at least one \fIname\fP was not +found\&. +.PP +Other options: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-U\fP +Aliases are not expanded when compiling the \fIname\fPd files\&. +.TP +\fB\-R\fP +When the compiled file is read, its contents are copied into the +shell\&'s memory, rather than memory\-mapped (see \fB\-M\fP)\&. This +happens automatically on systems that do not support memory mapping\&. +.RS +.PP +When compiling scripts instead of autoloadable functions, it is +often desirable to use this option; otherwise the whole file, including the +code to define functions which have already been defined, will +remain mapped, consequently wasting memory\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-M\fP +The compiled file is mapped into the shell\&'s memory when read\&. This +is done in such a way that multiple instances of the shell running +on the same host will share this mapped file\&. If neither \fB\-R\fP nor +\fB\-M\fP is given, the \fBzcompile\fP builtin decides what to do based +on the size of the compiled file\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fB\-k\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB\-z\fP +These options are used when the compiled file contains functions which +are to be autoloaded\&. If \fB\-z\fP is given, the +function will be autoloaded as if the \fBKSH_AUTOLOAD\fP option is +\fInot\fP set, even if it is set at the time the compiled file is +read, while if the \fB\-k\fP is given, the function will be loaded as if +\fBKSH_AUTOLOAD\fP \fIis\fP set\&. These options also take precedence over +any \fB\-k\fP or \fB\-z\fP options specified to the \fBautoload\fP builtin\&. If +neither of these options is given, the function will be loaded as +determined by the setting of the \fBKSH_AUTOLOAD\fP option at the time +the compiled file is read\&. + +These options may also appear as many times as necessary between the listed +\fIname\fPs to specify the loading style of all following functions, up to +the next \fB\-k\fP or \fB\-z\fP\&. + +The created file always contains two versions of the compiled +format, one for big\-endian machines and one for small\-endian +machines\&. The upshot of this is that the compiled file is machine +independent and if it is read or mapped, only one half of the file +is actually used (and mapped)\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzformat\fP +See the section `The zsh/zutil Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBzftp\fP +See the section `The zsh/zftp Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBzle\fP +See the section `Zle Builtins\&' in \fIzshzle\fP(1)\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP [ \fB\-dL\fP ] [ \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload \-F\fP [ \fB\-lLe\fP \fB\-P\fP \fBparam\fP ] \fImodule\fP [\fB+\-\fP]\fIfeature\&.\&.\&.\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload \-e\fP [ \fB\-A\fP ] [ \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP [ \fB\-a\fP [ \fB\-bcpf\fP [ \fB\-I\fP ] ] ] [ \fB\-iL\fP ] \&.\&.\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-u\fP [ \fB\-abcdpf\fP [ \fB\-I\fP ] ] [ \fB\-iL\fP ] \&.\&.\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-A\fP [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fImodalias\fP[\fB=\fP\fImodule\fP] \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-R\fP \fImodalias\fP \&.\&.\&. +Performs operations relating to zsh\&'s loadable modules\&. +Loading of modules while the shell is running (`dynamical loading\&') is not +available on all operating systems, or on all installations on a particular +operating system, although the \fBzmodload\fP command itself is always +available and can be used to manipulate modules built into versions of the +shell executable without dynamical loading\&. +.RS +.PP +Without arguments the names of all currently loaded binary modules are +printed\&. The \fB\-L\fP option causes this list to be in the form of a +series of \fBzmodload\fP commands\&. Forms with arguments are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP [ \fB\-i\fP ] \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. +.TP +.PD +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-u\fP [ \fB\-i\fP ] \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. +In the simplest case, \fBzmodload\fP loads a binary module\&. The module must +be in a file with a name consisting of the specified \fIname\fP followed by +a standard suffix, usually `\fB\&.so\fP\&' (`\fB\&.sl\fP' on HPUX)\&. +If the module to be loaded is already loaded the duplicate module is +ignored\&. If \fBzmodload\fP detects an inconsistency, such as an +invalid module name or circular dependency list, the current code block is +aborted\&. Hence `\fBzmodload\fP \fImodule\fP \fB2>/dev/null\fP\&' is sufficient +to test whether a module is available\&. +If it is available, the module is loaded if necessary, while if it +is not available, non\-zero status is silently returned\&. The option +\fB\-i\fP is accepted for compatibility but has no effect\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fIname\fPd module is searched for in the same way a command is, using +\fB$module_path\fP instead of \fB$path\fP\&. However, the path search is +performed even when the module name contains a `\fB/\fP\&', which it usually does\&. +There is no way to prevent the path search\&. +.PP +If the module supports features (see below), \fBzmodload\fP tries to +enable all features when loading a module\&. If the module was successfully +loaded but not all features could be enabled, \fBzmodload\fP returns status 2\&. +.PP +With \fB\-u\fP, \fBzmodload\fP unloads modules\&. The same \fIname\fP +must be given that was given when the module was loaded, but it is not +necessary for the module to exist in the filesystem\&. +The \fB\-i\fP option suppresses the error if the module is already +unloaded (or was never loaded)\&. +.PP +Each module has a boot and a cleanup function\&. The module +will not be loaded if its boot function fails\&. Similarly a module +can only be unloaded if its cleanup function runs successfully\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzmodload \-F\fP [ \fB\-alLe\fP \fB\-P\fP \fBparam\fP ] \fImodule\fP [\fB+\-\fP]\fIfeature\&.\&.\&.\fP +\fBzmodload \-F\fP allows more selective control over the features provided +by modules\&. With no options apart from \fB\-F\fP, the module named +\fImodule\fP is loaded, if it was not already loaded, and the list of +\fIfeature\fPs is set to the required state\&. If no +\fIfeature\fPs are specified, the module is loaded, if it was not already +loaded, but the state of features is unchanged\&. Each feature +may be preceded by a \fB+\fP to turn the feature on, or \fB\-\fP to turn it +off; the \fB+\fP is assumed if neither character is present\&. +Any feature not explicitly mentioned is left in its current state; +if the module was not previously loaded this means any such features will +remain disabled\&. The return status is zero if all features were +set, 1 if the module failed to load, and 2 if some features could +not be set (for example, a parameter couldn\&'t be added because there +was a different parameter of the same name) but the module was loaded\&. +.RS +.PP +The standard features are builtins, conditions, parameters and math +functions; these are indicated by the prefix `\fBb:\fP\&', `\fBc:\fP' +(`\fBC:\fP\&' for an infix condition), `\fBp:\fP' and `\fBf:\fP', respectively, +followed by the name that the corresponding feature would have in the +shell\&. For example, `\fBb:strftime\fP\&' indicates a builtin named +\fBstrftime\fP and \fBp:EPOCHSECONDS\fP indicates a parameter named +\fBEPOCHSECONDS\fP\&. The module may provide other (`abstract\&') features of +its own as indicated by its documentation; these have no prefix\&. +.PP +With \fB\-l\fP or \fB\-L\fP, features provided by the module are listed\&. With +\fB\-l\fP alone, a list of features together with their states is shown, one +feature per line\&. With \fB\-L\fP alone, a \fBzmodload \-F\fP command that would +cause enabled features of the module to be turned on is shown\&. With +\fB\-lL\fP, a \fBzmodload \-F\fP command that would cause all the features to be +set to their current state is shown\&. If one of these combinations is given +the option \fB\-P\fP \fIparam\fP then the parameter \fBparam\fP is set to an +array of features, either features together with their state or (if +\fB\-L\fP alone is given) enabled features\&. +.PP +With the option \fB\-L\fP the module name may be omitted; then a list +of all enabled features for all modules providing features is printed +in the form of \fBzmodload \-F\fP commands\&. If \fB\-l\fP is also given, +the state of both enabled and disabled features is output in that form\&. +.PP +A set of features may be provided together with \fB\-l\fP or \fB\-L\fP and a +module name; in that case only the state of those features is +considered\&. Each feature may be preceded by \fB+\fP or \fB\-\fP but the +character has no effect\&. If no set of features is provided, all +features are considered\&. +.PP +With \fB\-e\fP, the command first tests that the module is loaded; +if it is not, status 1 is returned\&. If the module is loaded, +the list of features given as an argument is examined\&. Any feature +given with no prefix is simply tested to see if the module provides it; +any feature given with a prefix \fB+\fP or \fB\-\fP is tested to +see if is provided and in the given state\&. If the tests on all features +in the list succeed, status 0 is returned, else status 1\&. +.PP +With \fB\-a\fP, the given list of features is marked for autoload from +the specified module, which may not yet be loaded\&. An optional \fB+\fP +may appear before the feature name\&. If the feature is prefixed with +\fB\-\fP, any existing autoload is removed\&. The options \fB\-l\fP and \fB\-L\fP +may be used to list autoloads\&. Autoloading is specific to individual +features; when the module is loaded only the requested feature is +enabled\&. Autoload requests are preserved if the module is +subsequently unloaded until an explicit `\fBzmodload \-Fa\fP \fImodule\fP +\fB\-\fP\fIfeature\fP\&' is issued\&. It is not an error to request an autoload +for a feature of a module that is already loaded\&. +.PP +When the module is loaded each autoload is checked against the features +actually provided by the module; if the feature is not provided the +autoload request is deleted\&. A warning message is output; if the +module is being loaded to provide a different feature, and that autoload +is successful, there is no effect on the status of the current command\&. +If the module is already loaded at the time when \fBzmodload \-Fa\fP is +run, an error message is printed and status 1 returned\&. +.PP +\fBzmodload \-Fa\fP can be used with the \fB\-l\fP, \fB\-L\fP, \fB\-e\fP and +\fB\-P\fP options for listing and testing the existence of autoloadable +features\&. In this case \fB\-l\fP is ignored if \fB\-L\fP is specified\&. +\fBzmodload \-FaL\fP with no module name lists autoloads for all modules\&. +.PP +Note that only standard features as described above can be autoloaded; +other features require the module to be loaded before enabling\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-d\fP [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fIname\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-d\fP \fIname\fP \fIdep\fP \&.\&.\&. +.TP +.PD +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-ud\fP \fIname\fP [ \fIdep\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +The \fB\-d\fP option can be used to specify module dependencies\&. The modules +named in the second and subsequent arguments will be loaded before the +module named in the first argument\&. +.RS +.PP +With \fB\-d\fP and one argument, all dependencies for that module are listed\&. +With \fB\-d\fP and no arguments, all module dependencies are listed\&. This +listing is by default in a Makefile\-like format\&. The \fB\-L\fP option +changes this format to a list of \fBzmodload \-d\fP commands\&. +.PP +If \fB\-d\fP and \fB\-u\fP are both used, dependencies are removed\&. If only one +argument is given, all dependencies for that module are removed\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-ab\fP [ \fB\-L\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-ab\fP [ \fB\-i\fP ] \fIname\fP [ \fIbuiltin\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-ub\fP [ \fB\-i\fP ] \fIbuiltin\fP \&.\&.\&. +The \fB\-ab\fP option defines autoloaded builtins\&. It defines the specified +\fIbuiltin\fPs\&. When any of those builtins is called, the module specified +in the first argument is loaded and all its features are enabled (for +selective control of features use `\fBzmodload \-F \-a\fP\&' as described +above)\&. If only the \fIname\fP is given, one builtin is defined, with +the same name as the module\&. \fB\-i\fP suppresses the error if the builtin +is already defined or autoloaded, but not if another builtin of the +same name is already defined\&. +.RS +.PP +With \fB\-ab\fP and no arguments, all autoloaded builtins are listed, with the +module name (if different) shown in parentheses after the builtin name\&. +The \fB\-L\fP option changes this format to a list of \fBzmodload \-a\fP +commands\&. +.PP +If \fB\-b\fP is used together with the \fB\-u\fP option, it removes builtins +previously defined with \fB\-ab\fP\&. This is only possible if the builtin is +not yet loaded\&. \fB\-i\fP suppresses the error if the builtin is already +removed (or never existed)\&. +.PP +Autoload requests are retained if the module is subsequently unloaded +until an explicit `\fBzmodload \-ub\fP \fIbuiltin\fP\&' is issued\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-ac\fP [ \fB\-IL\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-ac\fP [ \fB\-iI\fP ] \fIname\fP [ \fIcond\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-uc\fP [ \fB\-iI\fP ] \fIcond\fP \&.\&.\&. +The \fB\-ac\fP option is used to define autoloaded condition codes\&. The +\fIcond\fP strings give the names of the conditions defined by the +module\&. The optional \fB\-I\fP option is used to define infix condition +names\&. Without this option prefix condition names are defined\&. +.RS +.PP +If given no condition names, all defined names are listed (as a series of +\fBzmodload\fP commands if the \fB\-L\fP option is given)\&. +.PP +The \fB\-uc\fP option removes definitions for autoloaded conditions\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-ap\fP [ \fB\-L\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-ap\fP [ \fB\-i\fP ] \fIname\fP [ \fIparameter\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-up\fP [ \fB\-i\fP ] \fIparameter\fP \&.\&.\&. +The \fB\-p\fP option is like the \fB\-b\fP and \fB\-c\fP options, but makes +\fBzmodload\fP work on autoloaded parameters instead\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-af\fP [ \fB\-L\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-af\fP [ \fB\-i\fP ] \fIname\fP [ \fIfunction\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-uf\fP [ \fB\-i\fP ] \fIfunction\fP \&.\&.\&. +The \fB\-f\fP option is like the \fB\-b\fP, \fB\-p\fP, and \fB\-c\fP options, but +makes \fBzmodload\fP work on autoloaded math functions instead\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-a\fP [ \fB\-L\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-a\fP [ \fB\-i\fP ] \fIname\fP [ \fIbuiltin\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-ua\fP [ \fB\-i\fP ] \fIbuiltin\fP \&.\&.\&. +Equivalent to \fB\-ab\fP and \fB\-ub\fP\&. +.TP +\fBzmodload \-e\fP [ \fB\-A\fP ] [ \fIstring\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +The \fB\-e\fP option without arguments lists all loaded modules; if the \fB\-A\fP +option is also given, module aliases corresponding to loaded modules are +also shown\&. If arguments are provided, nothing is printed; +the return status is set to zero if all \fIstring\fPs given as arguments +are names of loaded modules and to one if at least on \fIstring\fP is not +the name of a loaded module\&. This can be used to test for the +availability of things implemented by modules\&. In this case, any +aliases are automatically resolved and the \fB\-A\fP flag is not used\&. +.TP +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-A\fP [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fImodalias\fP[\fB=\fP\fImodule\fP] \&.\&.\&. ] +For each argument, if both \fImodalias\fP and \fImodule\fP are given, +define \fImodalias\fP to be an alias for the module \fImodule\fP\&. +If the module \fImodalias\fP is ever subsequently requested, either via a +call to \fBzmodload\fP or implicitly, the shell will attempt to load +\fImodule\fP instead\&. If \fImodule\fP is not given, show the definition of +\fImodalias\fP\&. If no arguments are given, list all defined module aliases\&. +When listing, if the \fB\-L\fP flag was also given, list the definition as a +\fBzmodload\fP command to recreate the alias\&. +.RS +.PP +The existence of aliases for modules is completely independent of whether +the name resolved is actually loaded as a module: while the alias exists, +loading and unloading the module under any alias has exactly the same +effect as using the resolved name, and does not affect the connection +between the alias and the resolved name which can be removed either by +\fBzmodload \-R\fP or by redefining the alias\&. Chains of aliases (i\&.e\&. where +the first resolved name is itself an alias) are valid so long as these are +not circular\&. As the aliases take the same format as module names, they +may include path separators: in this case, there is no requirement for any +part of the path named to exist as the alias will be resolved first\&. For +example, `\fBany/old/alias\fP\&' is always a valid alias\&. +.PP +Dependencies added to aliased modules are actually added to the resolved +module; these remain if the alias is removed\&. It is valid to create an +alias whose name is one of the standard shell modules and which resolves to +a different module\&. However, if a module has dependencies, it +will not be possible to use the module name as an alias as the module will +already be marked as a loadable module in its own right\&. +.PP +Apart from the above, aliases can be used in the \fBzmodload\fP command +anywhere module names are required\&. However, aliases will not be +shown in lists of loaded modules with a bare `\fBzmodload\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzmodload\fP \fB\-R\fP \fImodalias\fP \&.\&.\&. +For each \fImodalias\fP argument that was previously defined as a module +alias via \fBzmodload \-A\fP, delete the alias\&. If any was not defined, an +error is caused and the remainder of the line is ignored\&. +.PP +Note that \fBzsh\fP makes no distinction between modules that were linked +into the shell and modules that are loaded dynamically\&. In both cases +this builtin command has to be used to make available the builtins and +other things defined by modules (unless the module is autoloaded on +these definitions)\&. This is true even for systems that don\&'t support +dynamic loading of modules\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzparseopts\fP +See the section `The zsh/zutil Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBzprof\fP +See the section `The zsh/zprof Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBzpty\fP +See the section `The zsh/zpty Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBzregexparse\fP +See the section `The zsh/zutil Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBzsocket\fP +See the section `The zsh/net/socket Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBzstyle\fP +See the section `The zsh/zutil Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBztcp\fP +See the section `The zsh/net/tcp Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshcontrib.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshcontrib.1 @@ -0,0 +1,2739 @@ +.TH "ZSHCONTRIB" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshcontrib \- user contributions to zsh +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/contrib.yo +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP +The Zsh source distribution includes a number of items contributed by the +user community\&. These are not inherently a part of the shell, and some +may not be available in every zsh installation\&. The most significant of +these are documented here\&. For documentation on other contributed items +such as shell functions, look for comments in the function source files\&. +.PP +.PP +.SH "UTILITIES" +.PP +.SS "Accessing On\-Line Help" +.PP +The key sequence \fBESC h\fP is normally bound by ZLE to execute the +\fBrun\-help\fP widget (see +\fIzshzle\fP(1))\&. This invokes the \fBrun\-help\fP command with the command word from the +current input line as its argument\&. By default, \fBrun\-help\fP is an alias +for the \fBman\fP command, so this often fails when the command word is a +shell builtin or a user\-defined function\&. By redefining the \fBrun\-help\fP +alias, one can improve the on\-line help provided by the shell\&. +.PP +The \fBhelpfiles\fP utility, found in the \fBUtil\fP directory of the +distribution, is a Perl program that can be used to process the zsh manual +to produce a separate help file for each shell builtin and for many other +shell features as well\&. The autoloadable \fBrun\-help\fP function, found in +\fBFunctions/Misc\fP, searches for these helpfiles and performs several +other tests to produce the most complete help possible for the command\&. +.PP +There may already be a directory of help files on your system; look in +\fB/usr/share/zsh\fP or \fB/usr/local/share/zsh\fP and subdirectories below +those, or ask your system administrator\&. +.PP +To create your own help files with \fBhelpfiles\fP, choose or create a +directory where the individual command help files will reside\&. For +example, you might choose \fB~/zsh_help\fP\&. If you unpacked the zsh +distribution in your home directory, you would use the commands: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBmkdir ~/zsh_help +cd ~/zsh_help +man zshall | colcrt \- | \e +perl ~/zsh\-4\&.3\&.4\-dev\-1/Util/helpfiles\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Next, to use the \fBrun\-help\fP function, you need to add lines something +like the following to your \fB\&.zshrc\fP or equivalent startup file: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBunalias run\-help +autoload run\-help +HELPDIR=~/zsh_help\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The \fBHELPDIR\fP parameter tells \fBrun\-help\fP where to look for the help +files\&. If your system already has a help file directory installed, set +\fBHELPDIR\fP to the path of that directory instead\&. +.PP +Note that in order for `\fBautoload run\-help\fP\&' to work, the \fBrun\-help\fP +file must be in one of the directories named in your \fBfpath\fP array (see +\fIzshparam\fP(1))\&. This should already be the case if you have a standard zsh +installation; if it is not, copy \fBFunctions/Misc/run\-help\fP to an +appropriate directory\&. +.PP +.SS "Recompiling Functions" +.PP +If you frequently edit your zsh functions, or periodically update your zsh +installation to track the latest developments, you may find that function +digests compiled with the \fBzcompile\fP builtin are frequently out of date +with respect to the function source files\&. This is not usually a problem, +because zsh always looks for the newest file when loading a function, but +it may cause slower shell startup and function loading\&. Also, if a digest +file is explicitly used as an element of \fBfpath\fP, zsh won\&'t check whether +any of its source files has changed\&. +.PP +The \fBzrecompile\fP autoloadable function, found in \fBFunctions/Misc\fP, can +be used to keep function digests up to date\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzrecompile\fP [ \fB\-qt\fP ] [ \fIname\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fBzrecompile\fP [ \fB\-qt\fP ] \fB\-p\fP \fIargs\fP [ \fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP \fIargs\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +This tries to find \fB*\&.zwc\fP files and automatically re\-compile them if at +least one of the original files is newer than the compiled file\&. This +works only if the names stored in the compiled files are full paths or are +relative to the directory that contains the \fB\&.zwc\fP file\&. +.RS +.PP +In the first form, each \fIname\fP is the name of a compiled file or a +directory containing \fB*\&.zwc\fP files that should be checked\&. If no +arguments are given, the directories and \fB*\&.zwc\fP files in \fBfpath\fP are +used\&. +.PP +When \fB\-t\fP is given, no compilation is performed, but a return status of +zero (true) is set if there are files that need to be re\-compiled and +non\-zero (false) otherwise\&. The \fB\-q\fP option quiets the chatty output +that describes what \fBzrecompile\fP is doing\&. +.PP +Without the \fB\-t\fP option, the return status is zero if all files that +needed re\-compilation could be compiled and non\-zero if compilation for at +least one of the files failed\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-p\fP option is given, the \fIargs\fP are interpreted as one +or more sets of arguments for \fBzcompile\fP, separated by `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&'\&. +For example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzrecompile \-p \e + \-R ~/\&.zshrc \-\- \e + \-M ~/\&.zcompdump \-\- \e + ~/zsh/comp\&.zwc ~/zsh/Completion/*/_*\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This compiles \fB~/\&.zshrc\fP into \fB~/\&.zshrc\&.zwc\fP if that doesn\&'t exist or +if it is older than \fB~/\&.zshrc\fP\&. The compiled file will be marked for +reading instead of mapping\&. The same is done for \fB~/\&.zcompdump\fP and +\fB~/\&.zcompdump\&.zwc\fP, but this compiled file is marked for mapping\&. The +last line re\-creates the file \fB~/zsh/comp\&.zwc\fP if any of the files +matching the given pattern is newer than it\&. +.PP +Without the \fB\-p\fP option, \fBzrecompile\fP does not create function digests +that do not already exist, nor does it add new functions to the digest\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +The following shell loop is an example of a method for creating function +digests for all functions in your \fBfpath\fP, assuming that you have write +permission to the directories: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBfor ((i=1; i <= $#fpath; ++i)); do + dir=$fpath[i] + zwc=${dir:t}\&.zwc + if [[ $dir == (\&.|\&.\&.) || $dir == (\&.|\&.\&.)/* ]]; then + continue + fi + files=($dir/*(N\-\&.)) + if [[ \-w $dir:h && \-n $files ]]; then + files=(${${(M)files%/*/*}#/}) + if ( cd $dir:h && + zrecompile \-p \-U \-z $zwc $files ); then + fpath[i]=$fpath[i]\&.zwc + fi + fi +done\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The \fB\-U\fP and \fB\-z\fP options are appropriate for functions in the default +zsh installation \fBfpath\fP; you may need to use different options for your +personal function directories\&. +.PP +Once the digests have been created and your \fBfpath\fP modified to refer to +them, you can keep them up to date by running \fBzrecompile\fP with no +arguments\&. +.PP +.SS "Keyboard Definition" +.PP +The large number of possible combinations of keyboards, workstations, +terminals, emulators, and window systems makes it impossible for zsh to +have built\-in key bindings for every situation\&. The \fBzkbd\fP utility, +found in Functions/Misc, can help you quickly create key bindings for your +configuration\&. +.PP +Run \fBzkbd\fP either as an autoloaded function, or as a shell script: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzsh \-f ~/zsh\-4\&.3\&.4\-dev\-1/Functions/Misc/zkbd\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +When you run \fBzkbd\fP, it first asks you to enter your terminal type; if +the default it offers is correct, just press return\&. It then asks you to +press a number of different keys to determine characteristics of your +keyboard and terminal; \fBzkbd\fP warns you if it finds anything out of the +ordinary, such as a Delete key that sends neither \fB^H\fP nor \fB^?\fP\&. +.PP +The keystrokes read by \fBzkbd\fP are recorded as a definition for an +associative array named \fBkey\fP, written to a file in the subdirectory +\fB\&.zkbd\fP within either your \fBHOME\fP or \fBZDOTDIR\fP directory\&. The name +of the file is composed from the \fBTERM\fP, \fBVENDOR\fP and \fBOSTYPE\fP +parameters, joined by hyphens\&. +.PP +You may read this file into your \fB\&.zshrc\fP or another startup file with +the "source" or "\&." commands, then reference the \fBkey\fP parameter in +bindkey commands, like this: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBsource ${ZDOTDIR:\-$HOME}/\&.zkbd/$TERM\-$VENDOR\-$OSTYPE +[[ \-n ${key[Left]} ]] && bindkey "${key[Left]}" backward\-char +[[ \-n ${key[Right]} ]] && bindkey "${key[Right]}" forward\-char +# etc\&.\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Note that in order for `\fBautoload zkbd\fP\&' to work, the \fBzkdb\fP file must +be in one of the directories named in your \fBfpath\fP array (see +\fIzshparam\fP(1))\&. This should already be the case if you have a standard zsh +installation; if it is not, copy \fBFunctions/Misc/zkbd\fP to an +appropriate directory\&. +.PP +.SS "Dumping Shell State" +.PP +Occasionally you may encounter what appears to be a bug in the shell, +particularly if you are using a beta version of zsh or a development +release\&. Usually it is sufficient to send a description of the +problem to one of the zsh mailing lists (see +\fIzsh\fP(1)), but sometimes one of the zsh developers will need to recreate your +environment in order to track the problem down\&. +.PP +The script named \fBreporter\fP, found in the \fBUtil\fP directory of the +distribution, is provided for this purpose\&. (It is also possible to +\fBautoload reporter\fP, but \fBreporter\fP is not installed in \fBfpath\fP +by default\&.) This script outputs a detailed dump of the shell state, +in the form of another script that can be read with `\fBzsh \-f\fP\&' to +recreate that state\&. +.PP +To use \fBreporter\fP, read the script into your shell with the `\fB\&.\fP\&' +command and redirect the output into a file: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB\&. ~/zsh\-4\&.3\&.4\-dev\-1/Util/reporter > zsh\&.report\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +You should check the \fBzsh\&.report\fP file for any sensitive information +such as passwords and delete them by hand before sending the script to the +developers\&. Also, as the output can be voluminous, it\&'s best to wait for +the developers to ask for this information before sending it\&. +.PP +You can also use \fBreporter\fP to dump only a subset of the shell state\&. +This is sometimes useful for creating startup files for the first time\&. +Most of the output from reporter is far more detailed than usually is +necessary for a startup file, but the \fBaliases\fP, \fBoptions\fP, and +\fBzstyles\fP states may be useful because they include only changes from +the defaults\&. The \fBbindings\fP state may be useful if you have created +any of your own keymaps, because \fBreporter\fP arranges to dump the keymap +creation commands as well as the bindings for every keymap\&. +.PP +As is usual with automated tools, if you create a startup file with +\fBreporter\fP, you should edit the results to remove unnecessary commands\&. +Note that if you\&'re using the new completion system, you should \fInot\fP +dump the \fBfunctions\fP state to your startup files with \fBreporter\fP; use +the \fBcompdump\fP function instead (see +\fIzshcompsys\fP(1))\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBreporter\fP [ \fIstate\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Print to standard output the indicated subset of the current shell state\&. +The \fIstate\fP arguments may be one or more of: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBall\fP +Output everything listed below\&. +.TP +\fBaliases\fP +Output alias definitions\&. +.TP +\fBbindings\fP +Output ZLE key maps and bindings\&. +.TP +\fBcompletion\fP +Output old\-style \fBcompctl\fP commands\&. +New completion is covered by \fBfunctions\fP and \fBzstyles\fP\&. +.TP +\fBfunctions\fP +Output autoloads and function definitions\&. +.TP +\fBlimits\fP +Output \fBlimit\fP commands\&. +.TP +\fBoptions\fP +Output \fBsetopt\fP commands\&. +.TP +\fBstyles\fP +Same as \fBzstyles\fP\&. +.TP +\fBvariables\fP +Output shell parameter assignments, plus \fBexport\fP +commands for any environment variables\&. +.TP +\fBzstyles\fP +Output \fBzstyle\fP commands\&. +.PD +.PP +If the \fIstate\fP is omitted, \fBall\fP is assumed\&. +.RE +.PP +With the exception of `\fBall\fP\&', every \fIstate\fP can be abbreviated by +any prefix, even a single letter; thus \fBa\fP is the same as \fBaliases\fP, +\fBz\fP is the same as \fBzstyles\fP, etc\&. +.RE +.PP +.SH "PROMPT THEMES" +.PP +.SS "Installation" +.PP +You should make sure all the functions from the \fBFunctions/Prompts\fP +directory of the source distribution are available; they all begin with +the string `\fBprompt_\fP\&' except for the special function`\fBpromptinit\fP'\&. +You also need the `\fBcolors\fP\&' function from \fBFunctions/Misc\fP\&. All of +these functions may already have been installed on your system; if not, +you will need to find them and copy them\&. The directory should appear as +one of the elements of the \fBfpath\fP array (this should already be the +case if they were installed), and at least the function \fBpromptinit\fP +should be autoloaded; it will autoload the rest\&. Finally, to initialize +the use of the system you need to call the \fBpromptinit\fP function\&. The +following code in your \fB\&.zshrc\fP will arrange for this; assume the +functions are stored in the directory \fB~/myfns\fP: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBfpath=(~/myfns $fpath) +autoload \-U promptinit +promptinit\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +.SS "Theme Selection" +.PP +Use the \fBprompt\fP command to select your preferred theme\&. This command +may be added to your \fB\&.zshrc\fP following the call to \fBpromptinit\fP in +order to start zsh with a theme already selected\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBprompt\fP [ \fB\-c\fP | \fB\-l\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBprompt\fP [ \fB\-p\fP | \fB\-h\fP ] [ \fItheme\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fBprompt\fP [ \fB\-s\fP ] \fItheme\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Set or examine the prompt theme\&. With no options and a \fItheme\fP +argument, the theme with that name is set as the current theme\&. The +available themes are determined at run time; use the \fB\-l\fP option to see +a list\&. The special \fItheme\fP `\fBrandom\fP\&' selects at random one of the +available themes and sets your prompt to that\&. +.RS +.PP +In some cases the \fItheme\fP may be modified by one or more arguments, +which should be given after the theme name\&. See the help for each theme +for descriptions of these arguments\&. +.PP +Options are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB\-c\fP +Show the currently selected theme and its parameters, if any\&. +.TP +\fB\-l\fP +List all available prompt themes\&. +.TP +\fB\-p\fP +Preview the theme named by \fItheme\fP, or all themes if no +\fItheme\fP is given\&. +.TP +\fB\-h\fP +Show help for the theme named by \fItheme\fP, or for the +\fBprompt\fP function if no \fItheme\fP is given\&. +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +Set \fItheme\fP as the current theme and save state\&. +.PD +.RE +.TP +\fBprompt_\fP\fItheme\fP\fB_setup\fP +Each available \fItheme\fP has a setup function which is called by the +\fBprompt\fP function to install that theme\&. This function may define +other functions as necessary to maintain the prompt, including functions +used to preview the prompt or provide help for its use\&. You should not +normally call a theme\&'s setup function directly\&. +.PP +.SH "ZLE FUNCTIONS" +.PP +.SS "Widgets" +.PP +These functions all implement user\-defined ZLE widgets (see +\fIzshzle\fP(1)) which can be bound to keystrokes in interactive shells\&. To use them, +your \fB\&.zshrc\fP should contain lines of the form +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBautoload \fIfunction\fP +zle \-N \fIfunction\fP\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +followed by an appropriate \fBbindkey\fP command to associate the function +with a key sequence\&. Suggested bindings are described below\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +bash\-style word functions +If you are looking for functions to implement moving over and editing +words in the manner of bash, where only alphanumeric characters are +considered word characters, you can use the functions described in +the next section\&. The following is sufficient: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBautoload \-U select\-word\-style +select\-word\-style bash\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBforward\-word\-match\fP, \fBbackward\-word\-match\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBkill\-word\-match\fP, \fBbackward\-kill\-word\-match\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBtranspose\-words\-match\fP, \fBcapitalize\-word\-match\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBup\-case\-word\-match\fP, \fBdown\-case\-word\-match\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBselect\-word\-style\fP, \fBmatch\-word\-context\fP, \fBmatch\-words\-by\-style\fP +The eight `\fB\-match\fP\&' functions are drop\-in replacements for the +builtin widgets without the suffix\&. By default they behave in a similar +way\&. However, by the use of styles and the function \fBselect\-word\-style\fP, +the way words are matched can be altered\&. +.RS +.PP +The simplest way of configuring the functions is to use +\fBselect\-word\-style\fP, which can either be called as a normal function with +the appropriate argument, or invoked as a user\-defined widget that will +prompt for the first character of the word style to be used\&. The first +time it is invoked, the eight \fB\-match\fP functions will automatically +replace the builtin versions, so they do not need to be loaded explicitly\&. +.PP +The word styles available are as follows\&. Only the first character +is examined\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBbash\fP +Word characters are alphanumeric characters only\&. +.TP +\fBnormal\fP +As in normal shell operation: word characters are alphanumeric characters +plus any characters present in the string given by the parameter +\fB$WORDCHARS\fP\&. +.TP +\fBshell\fP +Words are complete shell command arguments, possibly including complete +quoted strings, or any tokens special to the shell\&. +.TP +\fBwhitespace\fP +Words are any set of characters delimited by whitespace\&. +.TP +\fBdefault\fP +Restore the default settings; this is usually the same as `\fBnormal\fP\&'\&. +.PP +More control can be obtained using the \fBzstyle\fP command, as described in +\fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. Each style is looked up in the +context \fB:zle:\fP\fIwidget\fP where \fIwidget\fP is the name of the +user\-defined widget, not the name of the function implementing it, so in +the case of the definitions supplied by \fBselect\-word\-style\fP the +appropriate contexts are \fB:zle:forward\-word\fP, and so on\&. The function +\fBselect\-word\-style\fP itself always defines styles for the context +`\fB:zle:*\fP\&' which can be overridden by more specific (longer) patterns as +well as explicit contexts\&. +.PP +The style \fBword\-style\fP specifies the rules to use\&. This may have the +following values\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBnormal\fP +Use the standard shell rules, i\&.e\&. alphanumerics and \fB$WORDCHARS\fP, unless +overridden by the styles \fBword\-chars\fP or \fBword\-class\fP\&. +.TP +\fBspecified\fP +Similar to \fBnormal\fP, but \fIonly\fP the specified characters, and not also +alphanumerics, are considered word characters\&. +.TP +\fBunspecified\fP +The negation of specified\&. The given characters are those which will +\fInot\fP be considered part of a word\&. +.TP +\fBshell\fP +Words are obtained by using the syntactic rules for generating shell +command arguments\&. In addition, special tokens which are never command +arguments such as `\fB()\fP\&' are also treated as words\&. +.TP +\fBwhitespace\fP +Words are whitespace\-delimited strings of characters\&. +.PP +The first three of those rules usually use \fB$WORDCHARS\fP, but the value +in the parameter can be overridden by the style \fBword\-chars\fP, which works +in exactly the same way as \fB$WORDCHARS\fP\&. In addition, the style +\fBword\-class\fP uses character class syntax to group characters and takes +precedence over \fBword\-chars\fP if both are set\&. The \fBword\-class\fP style +does not include the surrounding brackets of the character class; for +example, `\fB\-:[:alnum:]\fP\&' is a valid \fBword\-class\fP to include all +alphanumerics plus the characters `\fB\-\fP\&' and `\fB:\fP'\&. Be careful +including `\fB]\fP\&', `\fB^\fP' and `\fB\-\fP' as these are special inside +character classes\&. +.PP +The style \fBskip\-chars\fP is mostly useful for +\fBtranspose\-words\fP and similar functions\&. If set, it gives a count of +characters starting at the cursor position which will not be considered +part of the word and are treated as space, regardless of what they actually +are\&. For example, if +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':zle:transpose\-words' skip\-chars 1\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +has been set, and \fBtranspose\-words\-match\fP is called with the cursor on +the \fIX\fP of \fBfoo\fP\fIX\fP\fBbar\fP, where \fIX\fP can be any character, then +the resulting expression is \fBbar\fP\fIX\fP\fBfoo\fP\&. +.PP +Finer grained control can be obtained by setting the style \fBword\-context\fP +to an array of pairs of entries\&. Each pair of entries consists of a +\fIpattern\fP and a \fIsubcontext\fP\&. The shell argument the cursor is on is +matched against each \fIpattern\fP in turn until one matches; if it does, +the context is extended by a colon and the corresponding \fIsubcontext\fP\&. +Note that the test is made against the original word on the line, with no +stripping of quotes\&. If the cursor is at the end of the line the test is +performed against an empty string; if it is on whitespace between words the +test is made against a single space\&. Some examples are given below\&. +.PP +Here are some examples of use of the styles, actually taken from the +simplified interface in \fBselect\-word\-style\fP: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':zle:*' word\-style standard +zstyle \&':zle:*' word\-chars ''\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Implements bash\-style word handling for all widgets, i\&.e\&. only +alphanumerics are word characters; equivalent to setting +the parameter \fBWORDCHARS\fP empty for the given context\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBstyle \&':zle:*kill*' word\-style space\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Uses space\-delimited words for widgets with the word `kill\&' in the name\&. +Neither of the styles \fBword\-chars\fP nor \fBword\-class\fP is used in this case\&. +.PP +Here are some examples of use of the \fBword\-context\fP style to extend +the context\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':zle:*' word\-context "*/*" file "[[:space:]]" whitespace +zstyle \&':zle:transpose\-words:whitespace' word\-style shell +zstyle \&':zle:transpose\-words:filename' word\-style normal +zstyle \&':zle:transpose\-words:filename' word\-chars ''\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This provides two different ways of using \fBtranspose\-words\fP depending on +whether the cursor is on whitespace between words or on a filename, here +any word containing a \fB/\fP\&. On whitespace, complete arguments as defined +by standard shell rules will be transposed\&. In a filename, only +alphanumerics will be transposed\&. Elsewhere, words will be transposed +using the default style for \fB:zle:transpose\-words\fP\&. +.PP +The word matching and all the handling of \fBzstyle\fP settings is actually +implemented by the function \fBmatch\-words\-by\-style\fP\&. This can be used to +create new user\-defined widgets\&. The calling function should set the local +parameter \fBcurcontext\fP to \fB:zle:\fP\fIwidget\fP, create the local +parameter \fBmatched_words\fP and call \fBmatch\-words\-by\-style\fP with no +arguments\&. On return, \fBmatched_words\fP will be set to an array with the +elements: (1) the start of the line (2) the word before the cursor (3) any +non\-word characters between that word and the cursor (4) any non\-word +character at the cursor position plus any remaining non\-word characters +before the next word, including all characters specified by the +\fBskip\-chars\fP style, (5) the word at or following the cursor (6) any +non\-word characters following that word (7) the remainder of the line\&. Any +of the elements may be an empty string; the calling function should test +for this to decide whether it can perform its function\&. +.PP +It is possible to pass options with arguments to \fBmatch\-words\-by\-style\fP +to override the use of styles\&. The options are: +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB\-w\fP +\fIword\-style\fP +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +\fIskip\-chars\fP +.TP +\fB\-c\fP +\fIword\-class\fP +.TP +\fB\-C\fP +\fIword\-chars\fP +.PD +.PP +For example, \fBmatch\-words\-by\-style \-w shell \-c 0\fP may be used to +extract the command argument around the cursor\&. +.PP +The \fBword\-context\fP style is implemented by the function +\fBmatch\-word\-context\fP\&. This should not usually need to be called +directly\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBdelete\-whole\-word\-match\fP +This is another function which works like the \fB\-match\fP functions +described immediately above, i\&.e\&. using styles to decide the word +boundaries\&. However, it is not a replacement for any existing function\&. +.RS +.PP +The basic behaviour is to delete the word around the cursor\&. There is no +numeric prefix handling; only the single word around the cursor is +considered\&. If the widget contains the string \fBkill\fP, the removed text +will be placed in the cutbuffer for future yanking\&. This can be obtained +by defining \fBkill\-whole\-word\-match\fP as follows: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle \-N kill\-whole\-word\-match delete\-whole\-word\-match\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +and then binding the widget \fBkill\-whole\-word\-match\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcopy\-earlier\-word\fP +This widget works like a combination of \fBinsert\-last\-word\fP and +\fBcopy\-prev\-shell\-word\fP\&. Repeated invocations of the widget retrieve +earlier words on the relevant history line\&. With a numeric argument +\fIN\fP, insert the \fIN\fPth word from the history line; \fIN\fP may be +negative to count from the end of the line\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fBinsert\-last\-word\fP has been used to retrieve the last word on a +previous history line, repeated invocations will replace that word with +earlier words from the same line\&. +.PP +Otherwise, the widget applies to words on the line currently being edited\&. +The \fBwidget\fP style can be set to the name of another widget that should +be called to retrieve words\&. This widget must accept the same three +arguments as \fBinsert\-last\-word\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcycle\-completion\-positions\fP +After inserting an unambiguous string into the command line, the new +function based completion system may know about multiple places in +this string where characters are missing or differ from at least one +of the possible matches\&. It will then place the cursor on the +position it considers to be the most interesting one, i\&.e\&. the one +where one can disambiguate between as many matches as possible with as +little typing as possible\&. +.RS +.PP +This widget allows the cursor to be easily moved to the other interesting +spots\&. It can be invoked repeatedly to cycle between all positions +reported by the completion system\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBedit\-command\-line\fP +Edit the command line using your visual editor, as in \fBksh\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBbindkey \-M vicmd v edit\-command\-line\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBhistory\-search\-end\fP +This function implements the widgets +\fBhistory\-beginning\-search\-backward\-end\fP and +\fBhistory\-beginning\-search\-forward\-end\fP\&. These commands work by first +calling the corresponding builtin widget (see +`History Control\&' in \fIzshzle\fP(1)) and then moving the cursor to the end of the line\&. The original cursor +position is remembered and restored before calling the builtin widget a +second time, so that the same search is repeated to look farther through +the history\&. +.RS +.PP +Although you \fBautoload\fP only one function, the commands to use it are +slightly different because it implements two widgets\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle \-N history\-beginning\-search\-backward\-end \e + history\-search\-end +zle \-N history\-beginning\-search\-forward\-end \e + history\-search\-end +bindkey \&'\ee^P' history\-beginning\-search\-backward\-end +bindkey \&'\ee^N' history\-beginning\-search\-forward\-end\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBhistory\-beginning\-search\-menu\fP +This function implements yet another form of history searching\&. The +text before the cursor is used to select lines from the history, +as for \fBhistory\-beginning\-search\-backward\fP except that all matches are +shown in a numbered menu\&. Typing the appropriate digits inserts the +full history line\&. Note that leading zeroes must be typed (they are only +shown when necessary for removing ambiguity)\&. The entire history is +searched; there is no distinction between forwards and backwards\&. +.RS +.PP +With a prefix argument, the search is not anchored to the start of +the line; the string typed by the use may appear anywhere in the line +in the history\&. +.PP +If the widget name contains `\fB\-end\fP\&' the cursor is moved to the end of +the line inserted\&. If the widget name contains `\fB\-space\fP\&' any space +in the text typed is treated as a wildcard and can match anything (hence +a leading space is equivalent to giving a prefix argument)\&. Both +forms can be combined, for example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle \-N history\-beginning\-search\-menu\-space\-end \e + history\-beginning\-search\-menu\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBhistory\-pattern\-search\fP +The function \fBhistory\-pattern\-search\fP implements widgets which prompt +for a pattern with which to search the history backwards or forwards\&. The +pattern is in the usual zsh format, however the first character may be +\fB^\fP to anchor the search to the start of the line, and the last character +may be \fB$\fP to anchor the search to the end of the line\&. If the +search was not anchored to the end of the line the cursor is positioned +just after the pattern found\&. +.RS +.PP +The commands to create bindable widgets are similar to those in the +example immediately above: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBautoload \-U history\-pattern\-search +zle \-N history\-pattern\-search\-backward history\-pattern\-search +zle \-N history\-pattern\-search\-forward history\-pattern\-search\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBup\-line\-or\-beginning\-search\fP, \fBdown\-line\-or\-beginning\-search\fP +These widgets are similar to the builtin functions \fBup\-line\-or\-search\fP +and \fBdown\-line\-or\-search\fP: if in a multiline buffer they move up or +down within the buffer, otherwise they search for a history line matching +the start of the current line\&. In this case, however, they search for +a line which matches the current line up to the current cursor position, in +the manner of \fBhistory\-beginning\-search\-backward\fP and \fB\-forward\fP, rather +than the first word on the line\&. +.TP +\fBincarg\fP +Typing the keystrokes for this widget with the cursor placed on or to the +left of an integer causes that integer to be incremented by one\&. With a +numeric prefix argument, the number is incremented by the amount of the +argument (decremented if the prefix argument is negative)\&. The shell +parameter \fBincarg\fP may be set to change the default increment to +something other than one\&. +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBbindkey \&'^X+' incarg\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBincremental\-complete\-word\fP +This allows incremental completion of a word\&. After starting this +command, a list of completion choices can be shown after every character +you type, which you can delete with \fB^H\fP or \fBDEL\fP\&. Pressing return +accepts the completion so far and returns you to normal editing (that is, +the command line is \fInot\fP immediately executed)\&. You can hit \fBTAB\fP to +do normal completion, \fB^G\fP to abort back to the state when you started, +and \fB^D\fP to list the matches\&. +.RS +.PP +This works only with the new function based completion system\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBbindkey \&'^Xi' incremental\-complete\-word\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBinsert\-composed\-char\fP +This function allows you to compose characters that don\&'t appear on the +keyboard to be inserted into the command line\&. The command is followed by +two keys corresponding to ASCII characters (there is no prompt)\&. For +accented characters, the two keys are a base character followed by a code +for the accent, while for other special characters the two characters +together form a mnemonic for the character to be inserted\&. The +two\-character codes are a subset of those given by RFC 1345 (see for +example \fBhttp://www\&.faqs\&.org/rfcs/rfc1345\&.html\fP)\&. +.RS +.PP +The function may optionally be followed by up to two characters which +replace one or both of the characters read from the keyboard; if both +characters are supplied, no input is read\&. For example, +\fBinsert\-composed\-char a:\fP can be used within a widget to insert an a with +umlaut into the command line\&. This has the advantages over use of a +literal character that it is more portable\&. +.PP +For best results zsh should have been built with support for multibyte +characters (configured with \fB\-\-enable\-multibyte\fP); however, the function +works for the limited range of characters available in single\-byte +character sets such as ISO\-8859\-1\&. +.PP +The character is converted into the local representation and +inserted into the command line at the cursor position\&. +(The conversion is done within the shell, using whatever facilities +the C library provides\&.) With a numeric argument, the character and its +code are previewed in the status line +.PP +The function may be run outside zle in which case it prints the character +(together with a newline) to standard output\&. Input is still read from +keystrokes\&. +.PP +See \fBinsert\-unicode\-char\fP for an alternative way of inserting Unicode +characters using their hexadecimal character number\&. +.PP +The set of accented characters is reasonably complete up to Unicode +character U+0180, the set of special characters less so\&. However, it it +is very sporadic from that point\&. Adding new characters is easy, +however; see the function \fBdefine\-composed\-chars\fP\&. Please send any +additions to \fBzsh\-workers@sunsite\&.dk\fP\&. +.PP +The codes for the second character when used to accent the first are as +follows\&. Note that not every character can take every accent\&. +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB!\fP +Grave\&. +.TP +\fB\&'\fP +Acute\&. +.TP +\fB>\fP +Circumflex\&. +.TP +\fB?\fP +Tilde\&. (This is not \fB~\fP as RFC 1345 does not assume that +character is present on the keyboard\&.) +.TP +\fB\-\fP +Macron\&. (A horizonal bar over the base character\&.) +.TP +\fB(\fP +Breve\&. (A shallow dish shape over the base character\&.) +.TP +\fB\&.\fP +Dot above the base character, or in the case of \fBi\fP no dot, +or in the case of \fBL\fP and \fBl\fP a centered dot\&. +.TP +\fB:\fP +Diaeresis (Umlaut)\&. +.TP +\fBc\fP +Cedilla\&. +.TP +\fB_\fP +Underline, however there are currently no underlined characters\&. +.TP +\fB/\fP +Stroke through the base character\&. +.TP +\fB"\fP +Double acute (only supported on a few letters)\&. +.TP +\fB;\fP +Ogonek\&. (A little forward facing hook at the bottom right +of the character\&.) +.TP +\fB<\fP +Caron\&. (A little v over the letter\&.) +.TP +\fB0\fP +Circle over the base character\&. +.TP +\fB2\fP +Hook over the base character\&. +.TP +\fB9\fP +Horn over the base character\&. +.PD +.PP +The most common characters from the Arabic, Cyrillic, Greek and Hebrew +alphabets are available; consult RFC 1345 for the appropriate sequences\&. +In addition, a set of two letter codes not in RFC 1345 are available for +the double\-width characters corresponding to ASCII characters from \fB!\fP +to \fB~\fP (0x21 to 0x7e) by preceeding the character with \fB^\fP, for +example \fB^A\fP for a double\-width \fBA\fP\&. +.PP +The following other two\-character sequences are understood\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +ASCII characters +These are already present on most keyboards: +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB<(\fP +Left square bracket +.TP +\fB//\fP +Backslash (solidus) +.TP +\fB)>\fP +Right square bracket +.TP +\fB(!\fP +Left brace (curly bracket) +.TP +\fB!!\fP +Vertical bar (pipe symbol) +.TP +\fB!)\fP +Right brace (curly bracket) +.TP +\fB\&'?\fP +Tilde +.PD +.TP +Special letters +Characters found in various variants of the Latin alphabet: +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBss\fP +Eszett (scafes S) +.TP +\fBD\-\fP, \fBd\-\fP +Eth +.TP +\fBTH\fP, \fBth\fP +Thorn +.TP +\fBkk\fP +Kra +.TP +\fB\&'n\fP +\&'n +.TP +\fBNG\fP, \fBng\fP +Ng +.TP +\fBOI\fP, \fBoi\fP +Oi +.TP +\fByr\fP +yr +.TP +\fBED\fP +ezh +.PD +.TP +Currency symbols +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBCt\fP +Cent +.TP +\fBPd\fP +Pound sterling (also lira and others) +.TP +\fBCu\fP +Currency +.TP +\fBYe\fP +Yen +.TP +\fBEu\fP +Euro (N\&.B\&. not in RFC 1345) +.PD +.TP +Punctuation characters +References to "right" quotes indicate the shape (like a 9 rather than 6) +rather than their grammatical use\&. (For example, a "right" low double +quote is used to open quotations in German\&.) +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB!I\fP +Inverted exclamation mark +.TP +\fBBB\fP +Broken vertical bar +.TP +\fBSE\fP +Section +.TP +\fBCo\fP +Copyright +.TP +\fB\-a\fP +Spanish feminine ordinal indicator +.TP +\fB<<\fP +Left guillemet +.TP +\fB\-\-\fP +Soft hyphen +.TP +\fBRg\fP +Registered trade mark +.TP +\fBPI\fP +Pilcrow (paragraph) +.TP +\fB\-o\fP +Spanish masculine ordinal indicator +.TP +\fB>>\fP +Right guillemet +.TP +\fB?I\fP +Inverted question mark +.TP +\fB\-1\fP +Hyphen +.TP +\fB\-N\fP +En dash +.TP +\fB\-M\fP +Em dash +.TP +\fB\-3\fP +Horizontal bar +.TP +\fB:3\fP +Vertical ellipsis +.TP +\fB\&.3\fP +Horizontal midline ellipsis +.TP +\fB!2\fP +Double vertical line +.TP +\fB=2\fP +Double low line +.TP +\fB\&'6\fP +Left single quote +.TP +\fB\&'9\fP +Right single quote +.TP +\fB\&.9\fP +"Right" low quote +.TP +\fB9\&'\fP +Reversed "right" quote +.TP +\fB"6\fP +Left double quote +.TP +\fB"9\fP +Right double quote +.TP +\fB:9\fP +"Right" low double quote +.TP +\fB9"\fP +Reversed "right" double quote +.TP +\fB/\-\fP +Dagger +.TP +\fB/=\fP +Double dagger +.PD +.TP +Mathematical symbols +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBDG\fP +Degree +.TP +\fB\-2\fP, \fB+\-\fP, \fB\-+\fP +\- sign, +/\- sign, \-/+ sign +.TP +\fB2S\fP +Superscript 2 +.TP +\fB3S\fP +Superscript 3 +.TP +\fB1S\fP +Superscript 1 +.TP +\fBMy\fP +Micro +.TP +\fB\&.M\fP +Middle dot +.TP +\fB14\fP +Quarter +.TP +\fB12\fP +Half +.TP +\fB34\fP +Three quarters +.TP +\fB*X\fP +Multiplication +.TP +\fB\-:\fP +Division +.TP +\fB%0\fP +Per mille +.TP +\fBFA\fP, \fBTE\fP, \fB/0\fP +For all, there exists, empty set +.TP +\fBdP\fP, \fBDE\fP, \fBNB\fP +Partial derivative, delta (increment), del +(nabla) +.TP +\fB(\-\fP, \fB\-)\fP +Element of, contains +.TP +\fB*P\fP, \fB+Z\fP +Product, sum +.TP +\fB*\-\fP, \fBOb\fP, \fBSb\fP +Asterisk, ring, bullet +.TP +\fBRT\fP, \fB0(\fP, \fB00\fP +Root sign, proportional to, infinity +.PD +.TP +Other symbols +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBcS\fP, \fBcH\fP, \fBcD\fP, \fBcC\fP +Card suits: spades, hearts, diamonds, +clubs +.TP +\fBMd\fP, \fBM8\fP, \fBM2\fP, \fBMb\fP, \fBMx\fP, \fBMX\fP +Musical notation: +crotchet (quarter note), quaver (eighth note), semiquavers (sixteenth +notes), flag sign, natural signa, sharp sign +.TP +\fBFm\fP, \fBMl\fP +Female, male +.PD +.TP +Accents on their own +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB\&'>\fP +Circumflex (same as caret, \fB^\fP) +.TP +\fB\&'!\fP +Grave (same as backtick, \fB`\fP) +.TP +\fB\&',\fP +Cedilla +.TP +\fB\&':\fP +Diaeresis (Umlaut) +.TP +\fB\&'m\fP +Macron +.TP +\fB\&''\fP +Acute +.PD +.RE +.TP +\fBinsert\-files\fP +This function allows you type a file pattern, and see the results of the +expansion at each step\&. When you hit return, all expansions are inserted +into the command line\&. +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBbindkey \&'^Xf' insert\-files\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBnarrow\-to\-region [ \-p\fP \fIpre\fP \fB] [ \-P\fP \fIpost\fP \fB]\fP +.TP +.PD 0 + \fB[ \-S\fP \fIstatepm\fP \fB| \-R\fP \fIstatepm\fP \fB] [ \-n ] [\fP \fIstart\fP \fIend\fP \fB]\fP) +.TP +.PD +\fBnarrow\-to\-region\-invisible\fP +Narrow the editable portion of the buffer to the region between the cursor +and the mark, which may be in either order\&. The region may not be empty\&. +.RS +.PP +\fBnarrow\-to\-region\fP may be used as a widget or called as a function from a +user\-defined widget; by default, the text outside the editable area remains +visible\&. A \fBrecursive\-edit\fP is performed and the original widening +status is then restored\&. Various options and arguments are available when +it is called as a function\&. +.PP +The options \fB\-p\fP \fIpretext\fP and \fB\-P\fP \fIposttext\fP may be +used to replace the text before and after the display for the duration of +the function; either or both may be an empty string\&. +.PP +If the option \fB\-n\fP is also given, \fIpretext\fP or \fIposttext\fP will only +be inserted if there is text before or after the region respectively which +will be made invisible\&. +.PP +Two numeric arguments may be given which will be used instead of the cursor +and mark positions\&. +.PP +The option \fB\-S\fP \fIstatepm\fP is used to narrow according to the other +options while saving the original state in the parameter with name +\fIstatepm\fP, while the option \fB\-R\fP \fIstatepm\fP is used to restore the +state from the parameter; note in both cases the \fIname\fP of the parameter +is required\&. In the second case, other options and arguments are +irrelevant\&. When this method is used, no \fBrecursive\-edit\fP is performed; +the calling widget should call this function with the option \fB\-S\fP, +perform its own editing on the command line or pass control to the user +via `\fBzle recursive\-edit\fP\&', then call this function with the option +\fB\-R\fP\&. The argument \fIstatepm\fP must be a suitable name for an ordinary +parameter, except that parameters beginning with the prefix \fB_ntr_\fP are +reserved for use within \fBnarrow\-to\-region\fP\&. Typically the parameter will +be local to the calling function\&. +.PP +\fBnarrow\-to\-region\-invisible\fP is a simple widget which calls +\fBnarrow\-to\-region\fP with arguments which replace any text outside the +region with `\fB\&.\&.\&.\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The display is restored (and the widget returns) upon any zle command +which would usually cause the line to be accepted or aborted\&. Hence an +additional such command is required to accept or abort the current line\&. +.PP +The return status of both widgets is zero if the line was accepted, else +non\-zero\&. +.PP +Here is a trivial example of a widget using this feature\&. +.RS +.nf +\fBlocal state +narrow\-to\-region \-p $\&'Editing restricted region\en' \e + \-P \&'' \-S state +zle recursive\-edit +narrow\-to\-region \-R state\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBinsert\-unicode\-char\fP +When first executed, the user inputs a set of hexadecimal digits\&. +This is terminated with another call to \fBinsert\-unicode\-char\fP\&. +The digits are then turned into the corresponding Unicode character\&. +For example, if the widget is bound to \fB^XU\fP, the character sequence +`\fB^XU 4 c ^XU\fP\&' inserts \fBL\fP (Unicode U+004c)\&. +.RS +.PP +See \fBinsert\-composed\-char\fP for a way of inserting characters +using a two\-character mnemonic\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBpredict\-on\fP +This set of functions implements predictive typing using history search\&. +After \fBpredict\-on\fP, typing characters causes the editor to look backward +in the history for the first line beginning with what you have typed so +far\&. After \fBpredict\-off\fP, editing returns to normal for the line found\&. +In fact, you often don\&'t even need to use \fBpredict\-off\fP, because if the +line doesn\&'t match something in the history, adding a key performs +standard completion, and then inserts itself if no completions were found\&. +However, editing in the middle of a line is liable to confuse prediction; +see the \fBtoggle\fP style below\&. +.RS +.PP +With the function based completion system (which is needed for this), you +should be able to type \fBTAB\fP at almost any point to advance the cursor +to the next ``interesting\&'' character position (usually the end of the +current word, but sometimes somewhere in the middle of the word)\&. And of +course as soon as the entire line is what you want, you can accept with +return, without needing to move the cursor to the end first\&. +.PP +The first time \fBpredict\-on\fP is used, it creates several additional +widget functions: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBdelete\-backward\-and\-predict\fP +Replaces the \fBbackward\-delete\-char\fP +widget\&. You do not need to bind this yourself\&. +.TP +\fBinsert\-and\-predict\fP +Implements predictive typing by replacing the +\fBself\-insert\fP widget\&. You do not need to bind this yourself\&. +.TP +\fBpredict\-off\fP +Turns off predictive typing\&. +.PD +.PP +Although you \fBautoload\fP only the \fBpredict\-on\fP function, it is +necessary to create a keybinding for \fBpredict\-off\fP as well\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle \-N predict\-on +zle \-N predict\-off +bindkey \&'^X^Z' predict\-on +bindkey \&'^Z' predict\-off\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBread\-from\-minibuffer\fP +This is most useful when called as a function from inside a widget, but will +work correctly as a widget in its own right\&. It prompts for a value +below the current command line; a value may be input using all of the +standard zle operations (and not merely the restricted set available +when executing, for example, \fBexecute\-named\-cmd\fP)\&. The value is then +returned to the calling function in the parameter \fB$REPLY\fP and the +editing buffer restored to its previous state\&. If the read was aborted +by a keyboard break (typically \fB^G\fP), the function returns status 1 +and \fB$REPLY\fP is not set\&. +.RS +.PP +If one argument is supplied to the function it is taken as a prompt, +otherwise `\fB? \fP\&' is used\&. If two arguments are supplied, they are the +prompt and the initial value of \fB$LBUFFER\fP, and if a third argument is +given it is the initial value of \fB$RBUFFER\fP\&. This provides a default +value and starting cursor placement\&. Upon return the entire buffer is the +value of \fB$REPLY\fP\&. +.PP +One option is available: `\fB\-k\fP \fInum\fP\&' specifies that \fInum\fP +characters are to be read instead of a whole line\&. The line editor is not +invoked recursively in this case, so depending on the terminal settings +the input may not be visible, and only the input keys are placed in +\fB$REPLY\fP, not the entire buffer\&. Note that unlike the \fBread\fP builtin +\fInum\fP must be given; there is no default\&. +.PP +The name is a slight misnomer, as in fact the shell\&'s own minibuffer is +not used\&. Hence it is still possible to call \fBexecuted\-named\-cmd\fP and +similar functions while reading a value\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBreplace\-string\fP, \fBreplace\-pattern\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBreplace\-string\-again\fP, \fBreplace\-pattern\-again\fP +The function \fBreplace\-string\fP implements two widgets\&. +If defined under the same name as the function, it prompts for two +strings; the first (source) string will be replaced by the second +everywhere it occurs in the line editing buffer\&. +.RS +.PP +If the widget name contains the word `\fBpattern\fP\&', for example by +defining the widget using the command `\fBzle \-N replace\-pattern +replace\-string\fP\&', then the replacement is done by pattern matching\&. All +zsh extended globbing patterns can be used in the source string; note +that unlike filename generation the pattern does not need to match an +entire word, nor do glob qualifiers have any effect\&. In addition, the +replacement string can contain parameter or command substitutions\&. +Furthermore, a `\fB&\fP\&' in the replacement string will be replaced with +the matched source string, and a backquoted digit `\fB\e\fP\fIN\fP\&' will be +replaced by the \fIN\fPth parenthesised expression matched\&. The form +`\fB\e{\fP\fIN\fP\fB}\fP\&' may be used to protect the digit from following +digits\&. +.PP +By default the previous source or replacement string will not be offered +for editing\&. However, this feature can be activated by setting the style +\fBedit\-previous\fP in the context \fB:zle:\fP\fIwidget\fP (for example, +\fB:zle:replace\-string\fP) to \fBtrue\fP\&. In addition, a positive +numeric argument forces the previous values to be offered, a negative or +zero argument forces them not to be\&. +.PP +The function \fBreplace\-string\-again\fP can be used to repeat the +previous replacement; no prompting is done\&. As with \fBreplace\-string\fP, if +the name of the widget contains the word `\fBpattern\fP\&', pattern matching +is performed, else a literal string replacement\&. Note that the +previous source and replacement text are the same whether pattern or string +matching is used\&. +.PP +For example, starting from the line: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBprint This line contains fan and fond\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +and invoking \fBreplace\-pattern\fP with the source string +`\fBf(?)n\fP\&' and +the replacment string `\fBc\e1r\fP\&' produces the not very useful line: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBprint This line contains car and cord\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The range of the replacement string can be limited by using the +\fBnarrow\-to\-region\-invisible\fP widget\&. One limitation of the current +version is that \fBundo\fP will cycle through changes to the replacement +and source strings before undoing the replacement itself\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBsmart\-insert\-last\-word\fP +This function may replace the \fBinsert\-last\-word\fP widget, like so: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle \-N insert\-last\-word smart\-insert\-last\-word\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +With a numeric prefix, or when passed command line arguments in a call +from another widget, it behaves like \fBinsert\-last\-word\fP, except that +words in comments are ignored when \fBINTERACTIVE_COMMENTS\fP is set\&. +.PP +Otherwise, the rightmost ``interesting\&'' word from the previous command is +found and inserted\&. The default definition of ``interesting\&'' is that the +word contains at least one alphabetic character, slash, or backslash\&. +This definition may be overridden by use of the \fBmatch\fP style\&. The +context used to look up the style is the widget name, so usually the +context is \fB:insert\-last\-word\fP\&. However, you can bind this function to +different widgets to use different patterns: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle \-N insert\-last\-assignment smart\-insert\-last\-word +zstyle :insert\-last\-assignment match \&'[[:alpha:]][][[:alnum:]]#=*' +bindkey \&'\ee=' insert\-last\-assignment\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +If no interesting word is found and the \fBauto\-previous\fP style is set to +a true value, the search continues upward through the history\&. When +\fBauto\-previous\fP is unset or false (the default), the widget must be +invoked repeatedly in order to search earlier history lines\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBwhich\-command\fP +This function is a drop\-in replacement for the builtin widget +\fBwhich\-command\fP\&. It has enhanced behaviour, in that it correctly +detects whether or not the command word needs to be expanded as an +alias; if so, it continues tracing the command word from the expanded +alias until it reaches the command that will be executed\&. +.RS +.PP +The style \fBwhence\fP is available in the context \fB:zle:$WIDGET\fP; this +may be set to an array to give the command and options that will be used to +investigate the command word found\&. The default is \fBwhence \-c\fP\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Utility Functions" +.PP +These functions are useful in constructing widgets\&. They +should be loaded with `\fBautoload \-U\fP \fIfunction\fP\&' and called +as indicated from user\-defined widgets\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBsplit\-shell\-arguments\fP +This function splits the line currently being edited into shell arguments +and whitespace\&. The result is stored in the array \fBreply\fP\&. The array +contains all the parts of the line in order, starting with any whitespace +before the first argument, and finishing with any whitespace after the last +argument\&. Hence (so long as the option \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP is not set) +whitespace is given by odd indices in the array and arguments by +even indices\&. Note that no stripping of quotes is done; joining together +all the elements of \fBreply\fP in order is guaranteed to produce the +original line\&. +.RS +.PP +The parameter \fBREPLY\fP is set to the index of the word in \fBreply\fP which +contains the character after the cursor, where the first element has index +1\&. The parameter \fBREPLY2\fP is set to the index of the character under the +cursor in that word, where the first character has index 1\&. +.PP +Hence \fBreply\fP, \fBREPLY\fP and \fBREPLY2\fP should all be made local to +the enclosing function\&. +.PP +See the function \fBmodify\-current\-argument\fP, described below, for +an example of how to call this function\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBmodify\-current\-argument\fP \fIexpr\-using\-\fP\fB$ARG\fP +This function provides a simple method of allowing user\-defined widgets +to modify the command line argument under the cursor (or immediately to the +left of the cursor if the cursor is between arguments)\&. The argument +should be an expression which when evaluated operates on the shell +parameter \fBARG\fP, which will have been set to the command line argument +under the cursor\&. The expression should be suitably quoted to prevent +it being evaluated too early\&. +.RS +.PP +For example, a user\-defined widget containing the following code +converts the characters in the argument under the cursor into all upper +case: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBmodify\-current\-argument \&'${(U)ARG}'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The following strips any quoting from the current word (whether backslashes +or one of the styles of quotes), and replaces it with single quoting +throughout: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBmodify\-current\-argument \&'${(qq)${(Q)ARG}}'\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Styles" +.PP +The behavior of several of the above widgets can be controlled by the use +of the \fBzstyle\fP mechanism\&. In particular, widgets that interact with +the completion system pass along their context to any completions that +they invoke\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBbreak\-keys\fP +This style is used by the \fBincremental\-complete\-word\fP widget\&. Its value +should be a pattern, and all keys matching this pattern will cause the +widget to stop incremental completion without the key having any further +effect\&. Like all styles used directly by +\fBincremental\-complete\-word\fP, this style is looked up using the +context `\fB:incremental\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBcompleter\fP +The \fBincremental\-complete\-word\fP and \fBinsert\-and\-predict\fP widgets set +up their top\-level context name before calling completion\&. This allows +one to define different sets of completer functions for normal completion +and for these widgets\&. For example, to use completion, approximation and +correction for normal completion, completion and correction for +incremental completion and only completion for prediction one could use: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':completion:*' completer \e + _complete _correct _approximate +zstyle \&':completion:incremental:*' completer \e + _complete _correct +zstyle \&':completion:predict:*' completer \e + _complete\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +It is a good idea to restrict the completers used in prediction, because +they may be automatically invoked as you type\&. The \fB_list\fP and +\fB_menu\fP completers should never be used with prediction\&. The +\fB_approximate\fP, \fB_correct\fP, \fB_expand\fP, and \fB_match\fP completers may +be used, but be aware that they may change characters anywhere in the word +behind the cursor, so you need to watch carefully that the result is what +you intended\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcursor\fP +The \fBinsert\-and\-predict\fP widget uses this style, in the context +`\fB:predict\fP\&', to decide where to place the cursor after completion has +been tried\&. Values are: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBcomplete\fP +The cursor is left where it was when completion finished, but only if +it is after a character equal to the one just inserted by the user\&. If +it is after another character, this value is the same as `\fBkey\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBkey\fP +The cursor is left +after the \fIn\fPth occurrence of the character just inserted, where +\fIn\fP is the number of times that character appeared in the word +before completion was attempted\&. In short, this has the effect of +leaving the cursor after the character just typed even if the +completion code found out that no other characters need to be inserted +at that position\&. +.PP +Any other value for this style unconditionally leaves the cursor at the +position where the completion code left it\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBlist\fP +When using the \fBincremental\-complete\-word\fP widget, this style says +if the matches should be listed on every key press (if they fit on the +screen)\&. Use the context prefix `\fB:completion:incremental\fP\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fBinsert\-and\-predict\fP widget uses this style to decide if the +completion should be shown even if there is only one possible completion\&. +This is done if the value of this style is the string \fBalways\fP\&. In this +case the context is `\fB:predict\fP\&' (\fInot\fP `\fB:completion:predict\fP')\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBmatch\fP +This style is used by \fBsmart\-insert\-last\-word\fP to provide a pattern +(using full \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP syntax) that matches an interesting word\&. +The context is the name of the widget to which \fBsmart\-insert\-last\-word\fP +is bound (see above)\&. The default behavior of \fBsmart\-insert\-last\-word\fP +is equivalent to: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle :insert\-last\-word match \&'*[[:alpha:]/\e\e]*'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +However, you might want to include words that contain spaces: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle :insert\-last\-word match \&'*[[:alpha:][:space:]/\e\e]*'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Or include numbers as long as the word is at least two characters long: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle :insert\-last\-word match \&'*([[:digit:]]?|[[:alpha:]/\e\e])*'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The above example causes redirections like "2>" to be included\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBprompt\fP +The \fBincremental\-complete\-word\fP widget shows the value of this +style in the status line during incremental completion\&. The string +value may contain any of the following substrings in the manner of +the \fBPS1\fP and other prompt parameters: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB%c\fP +Replaced by the name of the completer function that generated the +matches (without the leading underscore)\&. +.TP +\fB%l\fP +When the \fBlist\fP style is set, +replaced by `\fB\&.\&.\&.\fP\&' if the list of matches is too long to fit on the +screen and with an empty string otherwise\&. If the \fBlist\fP style is +`false\&' or not set, `\fB%l\fP' is always removed\&. +.TP +\fB%n\fP +Replaced by the number of matches generated\&. +.TP +\fB%s\fP +Replaced by `\fB\-no match\-\fP\&', `\fB\-no prefix\-\fP', or an empty string +if there is no completion matching the word on the line, if the +matches have no common prefix different from the word on the line, or +if there is such a common prefix, respectively\&. +.TP +\fB%u\fP +Replaced by the unambiguous part of all matches, if there +is any, and if it is different from the word on the line\&. +.PP +Like `\fBbreak\-keys\fP\&', this uses the `\fB:incremental\fP' context\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBstop\-keys\fP +This style is used by the \fBincremental\-complete\-word\fP widget\&. Its value +is treated similarly to the one for the \fBbreak\-keys\fP style (and uses +the same context: `\fB:incremental\fP\&')\&. However, in +this case all keys matching the pattern given as its value will stop +incremental completion and will then execute their usual function\&. +.TP +\fBtoggle\fP +This boolean style is used by \fBpredict\-on\fP and its related widgets in +the context `\fB:predict\fP\&'\&. If set to one of the standard `true' values, +predictive typing is automatically toggled off in situations where it is +unlikely to be useful, such as when editing a multi\-line buffer or after +moving into the middle of a line and then deleting a character\&. The +default is to leave prediction turned on until an explicit call to +\fBpredict\-off\fP\&. +.TP +\fBverbose\fP +This boolean style is used by \fBpredict\-on\fP and its related widgets in +the context `\fB:predict\fP\&'\&. If set to one of the standard `true' values, +these widgets display a message below the prompt when the predictive state +is toggled\&. This is most useful in combination with the \fBtoggle\fP style\&. +The default does not display these messages\&. +.TP +\fBwidget\fP +This style is similar to the \fBcommand\fP style: For widget functions that +use \fBzle\fP to call other widgets, this style can sometimes be used to +override the widget which is called\&. The context for this style is the +name of the calling widget (\fInot\fP the name of the calling function, +because one function may be bound to multiple widget names)\&. +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle :copy\-earlier\-word widget smart\-insert\-last\-word\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Check the documentation for the calling widget or function to determine +whether the \fBwidget\fP style is used\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SH "EXCEPTION HANDLING" +.PP +Two functions are provided to enable zsh to provide exception handling in a +form that should be familiar from other languages\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBthrow\fP \fIexception\fP +The function \fBthrow\fP throws the named \fIexception\fP\&. The name is +an arbitrary string and is only used by the \fBthrow\fP and \fBcatch\fP +functions\&. An exception is for the most part treated the same as a +shell error, i\&.e\&. an unhandled exception will cause the shell to abort all +processing in a function or script and to return to the top level in an +interactive shell\&. +.TP +\fBcatch\fP \fIexception\-pattern\fP +The function \fBcatch\fP returns status zero if an exception was thrown and +the pattern \fIexception\-pattern\fP matches its name\&. Otherwise it +returns status 1\&. \fIexception\-pattern\fP is a standard +shell pattern, respecting the current setting of the \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP +option\&. An alias \fBcatch\fP is also defined to prevent the argument to the +function from matching filenames, so patterns may be used unquoted\&. Note +that as exceptions are not fundamentally different from other shell errors +it is possible to catch shell errors by using an empty string as the +exception name\&. The shell variable \fBCAUGHT\fP is set by \fBcatch\fP to the +name of the exception caught\&. It is possible to rethrow an exception by +calling the \fBthrow\fP function again once an exception has been caught\&. +.PP +The functions are designed to be used together with the \fBalways\fP construct +described in +\fIzshmisc\fP(1)\&. This is important as only this +construct provides the required support for exceptions\&. A typical example +is as follows\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB{ + # "try" block + # \&.\&.\&. nested code here calls "throw MyExcept" +} always { + # "always" block + if catch MyExcept; then + print "Caught exception MyExcept" + elif catch \&''; then + print "Caught a shell error\&. Propagating\&.\&.\&." + throw \&'' + fi + # Other exceptions are not handled but may be caught further + # up the call stack\&. +}\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +If all exceptions should be caught, the following idiom might be +preferable\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB{ + # \&.\&.\&. nested code here throws an exception +} always { + if catch *; then + case $CAUGHT in + (MyExcept) + print "Caught my own exception" + ;; + (*) + print "Caught some other exception" + ;; + esac + fi +}\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +In common with exception handling in other languages, the exception may be +thrown by code deeply nested inside the `try\&' block\&. However, note that it +must be thrown inside the current shell, not in a subshell forked for a +pipeline, parenthesised current\-shell construct, or some form of +command or process substitution\&. +.PP +The system internally uses the shell variable \fBEXCEPTION\fP to record the +name of the exception between throwing and catching\&. One drawback of this +scheme is that if the exception is not handled the variable \fBEXCEPTION\fP +remains set and may be incorrectly recognised as the name of an exception +if a shell error subsequently occurs\&. Adding \fBunset EXCEPTION\fP at the +start of the outermost layer of any code that uses exception handling will +eliminate this problem\&. +.PP +.SH "MIME FUNCTIONS" +.PP +Three functions are available to provide handling of files recognised by +extension, for example to dispatch a file \fBtext\&.ps\fP when executed as a +command to an appropriate viewer\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzsh\-mime\-setup [\-flv]\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBzsh\-mime\-handler\fP +These two functions use the files \fB~/\&.mime\&.types\fP and \fB/etc/mime\&.types\fP, +which associate types and extensions, as well as \fB~/\&.mailcap\fP and +\fB/etc/mailcap\fP files, which associate types and the programs that +handle them\&. These are provided on many systems with the Multimedia +Internet Mail Extensions\&. +.RS +.PP +To enable the system, the function \fBzsh\-mime\-setup\fP should be +autoloaded and run\&. This allows files with extensions to be treated +as executable; such files be completed by the function completion system\&. +The function \fBzsh\-mime\-handler\fP should not need to be called by the +user\&. +.PP +The system works by setting up suffix aliases with `\fBalias \-s\fP\&'\&. +Suffix aliases already installed by the user will not be overwritten\&. +.PP +Repeated calls to \fBzsh\-mime\-setup\fP do not override the existing +mapping between suffixes and executable files unless the option \fB\-f\fP +is given\&. Note, however, that this does not override existing suffix +aliases assigned to handlers other than \fBzsh\-mime\-handler\fP\&. +Calling \fBzsh\-mime\-setup\fP with the option \fB\-l\fP lists the existing +mappings without altering them\&. Calling \fBzsh\-mime\-setup\fP with the option +\fB\-v\fP causes verbose output to be shown during the setup operation\&. +.PP +The system respects the \fBmailcap\fP flags \fBneedsterminal\fP and +\fBcopiousoutput\fP, see \fImailcap\fP(4)\&. +.PP +The functions use the following styles, which are defined with the +\fBzstyle\fP builtin command (see \fIzshmodules\fP(1))\&. They should be defined +before \fBzsh\-mime\-setup\fP is run\&. The contexts used all +start with \fB:mime:\fP, with additional components in some cases\&. +It is recommended that a trailing \fB*\fP (suitably quoted) be appended +to style patterns in case the system is extended in future\&. Some +examples are given below\&. +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBcurrent\-shell\fP +If this boolean style is true, the mailcap handler for the context in +question is run using the \fBeval\fP builtin instead of by starting a new +\fBsh\fP process\&. This is more efficient, but may not work in the occasional +cases where the mailcap handler uses strict POSIX syntax\&. +.TP +\fBexecute\-as\-is\fP +This style gives a list of patterns to be matched against files +passed for execution with a handler program\&. If the file matches +the pattern, the entire command line is executed in its current form, +with no handler\&. This is useful for files which might have suffixes +but nonetheless be executable in their own right\&. If the style +is not set, the pattern \fB*(*) *(/)\fP is used; +hence executable files are executed directly and not passed to a +handler, and the option \fBAUTO_CD\fP may be used to change to directories +that happen to have MIME suffixes\&. +.TP +\fBfile\-path\fP +Used if the style \fBfind\-file\-in\-path\fP is true for the same context\&. +Set to an array of directories that are used for searching for the +file to be handled; the default is the command path given by the +special parameter \fBpath\fP\&. The shell option \fBPATH_DIRS\fP is respected; +if that is set, the appropriate path will be searched even if the +name of the file to be handled as it appears on the command line contains +a `\fB/\fP\&'\&. +The full context is \fB:mime:\&.\fP\fIsuffix\fP\fB:\fP, as described for the style +\fBhandler\fP\&. +.TP +\fBfind\-file\-in\-path\fP +If set, allows files whose names do not contain absolute paths +to be searched for in the command path or the path specified by the +\fBfile\-path\fP style\&. If the file is not found in the path, it is looked +for locally (whether or not the current directory is in the path); if it is +not found locally, the handler will abort unless the \fBhandle\-nonexistent\fP +style is set\&. Files found in the path are tested as described for +the style \fBexecute\-as\-is\fP\&. +The full context is \fB:mime:\&.\fP\fIsuffix\fP\fB:\fP, as described for the style +\fBhandler\fP\&. +.TP +\fBflags\fP +Defines flags to go with a handler; the context is as for the +\fBhandler\fP style, and the format is as for the flags in \fBmailcap\fP\&. +.TP +\fBhandle\-nonexistent\fP +By default, arguments that don\&'t correspond to files are not passed +to the MIME handler in order to prevent it from intercepting commands found +in the path that happen to have suffixes\&. This style may be set to +an array of extended glob patterns for arguments that will be passed to the +handler even if they don\&'t exist\&. If it is not explicitly set it +defaults to \fB[[:alpha:]]#:/*\fP which allows URLs to be passed to the MIME +handler even though they don\&'t exist in that format in the file system\&. +The full context is \fB:mime:\&.\fP\fIsuffix\fP\fB:\fP, as described for the style +\fBhandler\fP\&. +.TP +\fBhandler\fP +Specifies a handler for a suffix; the suffix is given by the context as +\fB:mime:\&.\fP\fIsuffix\fP\fB:\fP, and the format of the handler is exactly +that in \fBmailcap\fP\&. Note in particular the `\fB\&.\fP\&' and trailing colon +to distinguish this use of the context\&. This overrides any handler +specified by the \fBmailcap\fP files\&. If the handler requires a terminal, +the \fBflags\fP style should be set to include the word \fBneedsterminal\fP, +or if the output is to be displayed through a pager (but not if the +handler is itself a pager), it should include \fBcopiousoutput\fP\&. +.TP +\fBmailcap\fP +A list of files in the format of \fB~/\&.mailcap\fP and +\fB/etc/mailcap\fP to be read during setup, replacing the default list +which consists of those two files\&. The context is \fB:mime:\fP\&. +A \fB+\fP in the list will be replaced by the default files\&. +.TP +\fBmailcap\-priorities\fP +This style is used to resolve multiple mailcap entries for the same MIME +type\&. It consists of an array of the following elements, in descending +order of priority; later entries will be used if earlier entries are +unable to resolve the entries being compared\&. If none of the tests +resolve the entries, the first entry encountered is retained\&. +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBfiles\fP +The order of files (entries in the \fBmailcap\fP style) read\&. Earlier +files are preferred\&. (Note this does not resolve entries in the same file\&.) +.TP +\fBpriority\fP +The priority flag from the mailcap entry\&. The priority is an integer +from 0 to 9 with the default value being 5\&. +.TP +\fBflags\fP +The test given by the \fBmailcap\-prio\-flags\fP option is used to resolve +entries\&. +.TP +\fBplace\fP +Later entries are preferred; as the entries are strictly ordered, this +test always succeeds\&. +.PP +Note that as this style is handled during initialisation, the context +is always \fB:mime:\fP, with no discrimination by suffix\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBmailcap\-prio\-flags\fP +This style is used when the keyword \fBflags\fP is encountered in the +list of tests specified by the \fBmailcap\-priorities\fP style\&. +It should be set to a list of patterns, each of which is tested against +the flags specified in the mailcap entry (in other words, the sets of +assignments found with some entries in the mailcap file)\&. Earlier +patterns in the list are preferred to later ones, and matched patterns +are preferred to unmatched ones\&. +.TP +\fBmime\-types\fP +A list of files in the format of \fB~/\&.mime\&.types\fP and +\fB/etc/mime\&.types\fP to be read during setup, replacing the default list +which consists of those two files\&. The context is \fB:mime:\fP\&. +A \fB+\fP in the list will be replaced by the default files\&. +.TP +\fBnever\-background\fP +If this boolean style is set, the handler for the given context is +always run in the foreground, even if the flags provided in the mailcap +entry suggest it need not be (for example, it doesn\&'t require a +terminal)\&. +.TP +\fBpager\fP +If set, will be used instead of \fB$PAGER\fP or \fBmore\fP to handle +suffixes where the \fBcopiousoutput\fP flag is set\&. The context is +as for \fBhandler\fP, i\&.e\&. \fB:mime:\&.\fP\fIsuffix\fP\fB:\fP for handling +a file with the given \fIsuffix\fP\&. +.PP +Examples: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':mime:*' mailcap ~/\&.mailcap /usr/local/etc/mailcap +zstyle \&':mime:\&.txt:' handler less %s +zstyle \&':mime:\&.txt:' flags needsterminal\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +When \fBzsh\-mime\-setup\fP is subsequently run, it will look for +\fBmailcap\fP entries in the two files given\&. Files of suffix \fB\&.txt\fP +will be handled by running `\fBless\fP \fIfile\&.txt\fP\&'\&. The flag +\fBneedsterminal\fP is set to show that this program must run attached to a +terminal\&. +.PP +As there are several steps to dispatching a command, the following +should be checked if attempting to execute a file by extension +\fB\&.\fP\fIext\fP does not have the expected effect\&. +.PP +The command `\fBalias \-s\fP \fIext\fP\&' should show +`\fBps=zsh\-mime\-handler\fP\&'\&. If it shows something else, another suffix +alias was already installed and was not overwritten\&. If it shows +nothing, no handler was installed: this is most likely because no +handler was found in the \fB\&.mime\&.types\fP and \fBmailcap\fP combination for +\fB\&.ext\fP files\&. In that case, appropriate handling should be added to +\fB~/\&.mime\&.types\fP and \fBmailcap\fP\&. +.PP +If the extension is handled by \fBzsh\-mime\-handler\fP but the file is +not opened correctly, either the handler defined for the type is +incorrect, or the flags associated with it are in appropriate\&. Running +\fBzsh\-mime\-setup \-l\fP will show the handler and, if there are any, the +flags\&. A \fB%s\fP in the handler is replaced by the file (suitably quoted +if necessary)\&. Check that the handler program listed lists and can +be run in the way shown\&. Also check that the flags \fBneedsterminal\fP or +\fBcopiousoutput\fP are set if the handler needs to be run under a +terminal; the second flag is used if the output should be sent to a pager\&. +An example of a suitable \fBmailcap\fP entry for such a program is: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBtext/html; /usr/bin/lynx \&'%s'; needsterminal\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBpick\-web\-browser\fP +This function is separate from the two MIME functions described above +and can be assigned directly to a suffix: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBautoload \-U pick\-web\-browser +alias \-s html=pick\-web\-browser\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +It is provided as an intelligent front end to dispatch a web browser\&. +It may be run as either a function or a shell script\&. The status +255 is returned if no browser could be started\&. +.PP +Various styles are available to customize the choice of browsers: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBbrowser\-style\fP +The value of the style is an array giving preferences in decreasing order +for the type of browser to use\&. The values of elements may be +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBrunning\fP +Use a GUI browser that is already running when an X Window display is +available\&. The browsers listed in the \fBx\-browsers\fP style are tried +in order until one is found; if it is, the file will be displayed in +that browser, so the user may need to check whether it has appeared\&. +If no running browser is found, one is not started\&. Browsers other than +Firefox, Opera and Konqueror are assumed to understand the Mozilla +syntax for opening a URL remotely\&. +.TP +\fBx\fP +Start a new GUI browser when an X Window display is available\&. Search for +the availability of one of the browsers listed in the \fBx\-browsers\fP style +and start the first one that is found\&. No check is made for an already +running browser\&. +.TP +\fBtty\fP +Start a terminal\-based browser\&. Search for the availability of one +of the browsers listed in the \fBtty\-browsers\fP style and start the +first one that is found\&. +.PP +If the style is not set the default \fBrunning x tty\fP is used\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBx\-browsers\fP +An array in decreasing order +of preference of browsers to use when running under the X Window System\&. +The array consists of the command name under which to start the +browser\&. They are looked up in the context \fB:mime:\fP (which may +be extended in future, so appending `\fB*\fP\&' is recommended)\&. For +example, +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle \&':mime:*' x\-browsers opera konqueror firefox\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +specifies that \fBpick\-web\-browser\fP should first look for a runing +instance of Opera, Konqueror or Firefox, in that order, and if it +fails to find any should attempt to start Opera\&. The default is +\fBfirefox mozilla netscape opera konqueror\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBtty\-browsers\fP +An array similar to \fBx\-browsers\fP, except that it gives browsers to +use use when no X Window display is available\&. The default is +\fBelinks links lynx\fP\&. +.TP +\fBcommand\fP +If it is set this style is used to pick the command +used to open a page for a browser\&. The context is +\fB:mime:browser:new:$browser:\fP to start a new browser or +\fB:mime:browser:running:$browser:\fP to open a URL in a browser already +runing on the current X display, where \fB$browser\fP is the value matched +in the \fBx\-browsers\fP or \fBtty\-browsers\fP style\&. The escape sequence +\fB%b\fP in the style\&'s value will be replaced by the browser, while \fB%u\fP +will be replaced by the URL\&. If the style is not set, the default for all +new instances is equivalent to \fB%b %u\fP and the defaults for using running +browsers are equivalent to the values \fBkfmclient openURL %u\fP for +Konqueror, \fBfirefox \-new\-tab %u\fP for Firefox, \fBopera \-newpage %u\fP +for Opera, and \fB%b \-remote "openUrl(%u)"\fP for all others\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SH "MATHEMATICAL FUNCTIONS" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzcalc\fP [ \fIexpression\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +A reasonably powerful calculator based on zsh\&'s arithmetic evaluation +facility\&. The syntax is similar to that of formulae in most programming +languages; see +the section `Arithmetic Evaluation\&' in \fIzshmisc\fP(1) for details\&. The mathematical +library \fBzsh/mathfunc\fP will be loaded if it is available; see +the section `The zsh/mathfunc Module\&' in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. The mathematical functions +correspond to the raw system libraries, so trigonometric functions are +evaluated using radians, and so on\&. +.RS +.PP +Each line typed is evaluated as an expression\&. The prompt shows a number, +which corresponds to a positional parameter where the result of that +calculation is stored\&. For example, the result of the calculation on the +line preceded by `\fB4> \fP\&' is available as \fB$4\fP\&. The last value +calculated is available as \fBans\fP\&. Full command line editing, including +the history of previous calculations, is available; the history is saved in +the file \fB~/\&.zcalc_history\fP\&. To exit, enter a blank line or type `\fBq\fP\&' +on its own\&. +.PP +If arguments are given to \fBzcalc\fP on start up, they are used to prime the +first few positional parameters\&. A visual indication of this is given when +the calculator starts\&. +.PP +The constants \fBPI\fP (3\&.14159\&.\&.\&.) and \fBE\fP (2\&.71828\&.\&.\&.) are provided\&. +Parameter assignment is possible, but note that all parameters will be put +into the global namespace\&. +.PP +The output base can be initialised by passing the option `\fB\-#\fP\fIbase\fP\&', +for example `\fBzcalc \-#16\fP\&' (the `\fB#\fP' may have to be quoted, depending +on the globbing options set)\&. +.PP +The prompt is configurable via the parameter \fBZCALCPROMPT\fP, which +undergoes standard prompt expansion\&. The index of the current entry is +stored locally in the first element of the array \fBpsvar\fP, which can be +referred to in \fBZCALCPROMPT\fP as `\fB%1v\fP\&'\&. The default prompt is +`\fB%1v> \fP\&'\&. +.PP +The output precision may be specified within zcalc by special commands +familiar from many calculators: +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBnorm\fP +The default output format\&. It corresponds to the printf \fB%g\fP +specification\&. Typically this shows six decimal digits\&. +.TP +\fBsci\fP \fIdigits\fP +Scientific notation, corresponding to the printf \fB%g\fP output format with +the precision given by \fIdigits\fP\&. This produces either fixed point or +exponential notation depending on the value output\&. +.TP +\fBfix\fP \fIdigits\fP +Fixed point notation, corresponding to the printf \fB%f\fP output format with +the precision given by \fIdigits\fP\&. +.TP +\fBeng\fP \fIdigits\fP +Exponential notation, corresponding to the printf \fB%E\fP output format with +the precision given by \fIdigits\fP\&. +.PP +Other special commands: +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBlocal\fP \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. +Declare variables local to the function\&. Note that certain variables +are used by the function for its own purposes\&. Other variables +may be used, too, but they will be taken from or put into the global +scope\&. +.TP +\fBfunction\fP \fIname\fP [ \fIbody\fP ] +Define a mathematical function or (with no \fIbody\fP) delete it\&. +The function is defined using \fBzmathfuncdef\fP, see below\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that \fBzcalc\fP takes care of all quoting\&. Hence for example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBfunction cube $1 * $1 * $1\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +defines a function to cube the sole argument\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB[#\fP\fIbase\fP\fB]\fP +When this syntax appears on a line by itself, the default output radix +is set to \fIbase\fP\&. Use, for example, `\fB[#16]\fP\&' to display hexadecimal +output preceded by an indication of the base, or `\fB[##16]\fP\&' just to +display the raw number in the given base\&. Bases themselves are always +specified in decimal\&. `\fB[#]\fP\&' restores the normal output format\&. Note +that setting an output base suppresses floating point output; use `\fB[#]\fP\&' +to return to normal operation\&. +.RS +.PP +.RE +.RE +.PP +See the comments in the function for a few extra tips\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzmathfuncdef\fP \fImathfunc\fP [ \fIbody\fP ] +A convenient front end to \fBfunctions \-M\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +With two arguments, define a mathematical function named \fImathfunc\fP +which can be used in any form of arithmetic evaluation\&. \fIbody\fP +is a mathematical expression to implement the function\&. It may +contain references to position parameters \fB$1\fP, \fB$2\fP, \&.\&.\&. +to refer to mandatory parameters and \fB${1:\-\fP\fIdefvalue\fP\fB}\fP \&.\&.\&. +to refer to optional parameters\&. Note that the forms must be +strictly adhered to for the function to calculate the correct number +of arguments\&. The implementation is held in a shell function named +\fBzsh_math_func_\fP\fImathfunc\fP; usually the user will not need +to refer to the shell function directly\&. +.PP +With one argument, remove the mathematical function \fImathfunc\fP +as well as the shell function implementation\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.PP +The \fBzsh/newuser\fP module comes with a function to aid in configuring +shell options for new users\&. If the module is installed, this function can +also be run by hand\&. It is available even if the module\&'s default +behaviour, namely running the function for a new user logging in without +startup files, is inhibited\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzsh\-newuser\-install\fP [ \fB\-f\fP ] +The function presents the user with various options for customizing +their initialization scripts\&. Currently only \fB~/\&.zshrc\fP is handled\&. +\fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zshrc\fP is used instead if the parameter \fBZDOTDIR\fP is +set; this provides a way for the user to configure a file without +altering an existing \fB\&.zshrc\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +By default the function exits immediately if it finds any of the files +\fB\&.zshenv\fP, \fB\&.zprofile\fP, \fB\&.zshrc\fP, or \fB\&.zlogin\fP in the appropriate +directory\&. The option \fB\-f\fP is required in order to force the function +to continue\&. Note this may happen even if \fB\&.zshrc\fP itself does not +exist\&. +.PP +As currently configured, the function will exit immediately if the +user has root privileges; this behaviour cannot be overridden\&. +.PP +Once activated, the function\&'s behaviour is supposed to be +self\-explanatory\&. Menus are present allowing the user to alter +the value of options and parameters\&. Suggestions for improvements are +always welcome\&. +.PP +When the script exits, the user is given the opportunity to save the new +file or not; changes are not irreversible until this point\&. However, +the script is careful to restrict changes to the file only to a group +marked by the lines `\fB# Lines configured by zsh\-newuser\-install\fP\&' and +`\fB# End of lines configured by zsh\-newuser\-install\fP\&'\&. In addition, +the old version of \fB\&.zshrc\fP is saved to a file with the suffix +\fB\&.zni\fP appended\&. +.PP +If the function edits an existing \fB\&.zshrc\fP, it is up to the user +to ensure that the changes made will take effect\&. For example, if +control usually returns early from the existing \fB\&.zshrc\fP the lines +will not be executed; or a later initialization file may override +options or parameters, and so on\&. The function itself does not attempt to +detect any such conflicts\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS" +.PP +There are a large number of helpful functions in the \fBFunctions/Misc\fP +directory of the zsh distribution\&. Most are very simple and do not +require documentation here, but a few are worthy of special mention\&. +.PP +.SS "Descriptions" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBcolors\fP +This function initializes several associative arrays to map color names to +(and from) the ANSI standard eight\-color terminal codes\&. These are used +by the prompt theme system (see above)\&. You seldom should need to run +\fBcolors\fP more than once\&. +.RS +.PP +The eight base colors are: black, red, green, yellow, blue, magenta, cyan, +and white\&. Each of these has codes for foreground and background\&. In +addition there are eight intensity attributes: bold, faint, standout, +underline, blink, reverse, and conceal\&. Finally, there are six codes used +to negate attributes: none (reset all attributes to the defaults), normal +(neither bold nor faint), no\-standout, no\-underline, no\-blink, and +no\-reverse\&. +.PP +Some terminals do not support all combinations of colors and intensities\&. +.PP +The associative arrays are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +color +.TP +.PD +colour +Map all the color names to their integer codes, and integer codes to the +color names\&. The eight base names map to the foreground color codes, as +do names prefixed with `\fBfg\-\fP\&', such as `\fBfg\-red\fP'\&. Names prefixed +with `\fBbg\-\fP\&', such as `\fBbg\-blue\fP', refer to the background codes\&. The +reverse mapping from code to color yields base name for foreground codes +and the \fBbg\-\fP form for backgrounds\&. +.RS +.PP +Although it is a misnomer to call them `colors\&', these arrays also map the +other fourteen attributes from names to codes and codes to names\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +fg +.TP +.PD 0 +fg_bold +.TP +.PD +fg_no_bold +Map the eight basic color names to ANSI terminal escape sequences that set +the corresponding foreground text properties\&. The \fBfg\fP sequences change +the color without changing the eight intensity attributes\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +bg +.TP +.PD 0 +bg_bold +.TP +.PD +bg_no_bold +Map the eight basic color names to ANSI terminal escape sequences that set +the corresponding background properties\&. The \fBbg\fP sequences change the +color without changing the eight intensity attributes\&. +.PP +In addition, the scalar parameters \fBreset_color\fP and \fBbold_color\fP are +set to the ANSI terminal escapes that turn off all attributes and turn on +bold intensity, respectively\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBfned\fP \fIname\fP +Same as \fBzed \-f\fP\&. This function does not appear in the zsh +distribution, but can be created by linking \fBzed\fP to the name \fBfned\fP +in some directory in your \fBfpath\fP\&. +.TP +\fBis\-at\-least\fP \fIneeded\fP [ \fIpresent\fP ] +Perform a greater\-than\-or\-equal\-to comparison of two strings having the +format of a zsh version number; that is, a string of numbers and text with +segments separated by dots or dashes\&. If the \fIpresent\fP string is not +provided, \fB$ZSH_VERSION\fP is used\&. Segments are paired left\-to\-right in +the two strings with leading non\-number parts ignored\&. If one string has +fewer segments than the other, the missing segments are considered zero\&. +.RS +.PP +This is useful in startup files to set options and other state that are +not available in all versions of zsh\&. +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBis\-at\-least 3\&.1\&.6\-15 && setopt NO_GLOBAL_RCS +is\-at\-least 3\&.1\&.0 && setopt HIST_REDUCE_BLANKS +is\-at\-least 2\&.6\-17 || print "You can\&'t use is\-at\-least here\&."\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fBnslookup\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +This wrapper function for the \fBnslookup\fP command requires the +\fBzsh/zpty\fP module (see +\fIzshmodules\fP(1))\&. It behaves exactly like the standard \fBnslookup\fP +except that it provides customizable prompts (including a right\-side +prompt) and completion of nslookup commands, host names, etc\&. (if you use +the function\-based completion system)\&. Completion styles may be set with +the context prefix `\fB:completion:nslookup\fP\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +See also the \fBpager\fP, \fBprompt\fP and \fBrprompt\fP styles below\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBrun\-help\fP +See `Accessing On\-Line Help\&' +above\&. +.TP +\fBtetris\fP +Zsh was once accused of not being as complete as Emacs, +because it lacked a Tetris game\&. This function was written to +refute this vicious slander\&. +.RS +.PP +This function must be used as a ZLE widget: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBautoload \-U tetris +zle \-N tetris +bindkey \fIkeys\fP tetris\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +To start a game, execute the widget by typing the \fIkeys\fP\&. Whatever command +line you were editing disappears temporarily, and your keymap is also +temporarily replaced by the Tetris control keys\&. The previous editor state +is restored when you quit the game (by pressing `\fBq\fP\&') or when you lose\&. +.PP +If you quit in the middle of a game, the next invocation of the \fBtetris\fP +widget will continue where you left off\&. If you lost, it will start a new +game\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzargs\fP [ \fIoption\fP \&.\&.\&. \fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP ] [ \fIinput\fP \&.\&.\&. ] [ \fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP \fIcommand\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] ] +This function works like GNU xargs, except that instead of reading lines +of arguments from the standard input, it takes them from the command line\&. +This is useful because zsh, especially with recursive glob operators, +often can construct a command line for a shell function that is longer +than can be accepted by an external command\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fIoption\fP list represents options of the \fBzargs\fP command itself, +which are the same as those of \fBxargs\fP\&. The \fIinput\fP list is the +collection of strings (often file names) that become the arguments of the +\fBcommand\fP, analogous to the standard input of \fBxargs\fP\&. Finally, the +\fIarg\fP list consists of those arguments (usually options) that are +passed to the \fIcommand\fP each time it runs\&. The \fIarg\fP list precedes +the elements from the \fBinput\fP list in each run\&. If no \fIcommand\fP is +provided, then no \fIarg\fP list may be provided, and in that event the +default command is `\fBprint\fP\&' with arguments `\fB\-r \-\fP\fB\-\fP'\&. +.PP +For example, to get a long \fBls\fP listing of all plain files in the +current directory or its subdirectories: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBautoload \-U zargs +zargs \-\- **/*(\&.) \-\- ls \-l\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Note that `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&' is used both to mark the end of the \fIoption\fP +list and to mark the end of the \fIinput\fP list, so it must appear twice +whenever the \fIinput\fP list may be empty\&. If there is guaranteed to be +at least one \fIinput\fP and the first \fIinput\fP does not begin with a +`\fB\-\fP\&', then the first `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP' may be omitted\&. +.PP +In the event that the string `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&' is or may be an \fIinput\fP, the +\fB\-e\fP option may be used to change the end\-of\-inputs marker\&. Note that +this does \fInot\fP change the end\-of\-options marker\&. For example, to use +`\fB\&.\&.\fP\&' as the marker: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzargs \-e\&.\&. \-\- **/*(\&.) \&.\&. ls \-l\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This is a good choice in that example because no plain file can be named +`\fB\&.\&.\fP\&', but the best end\-marker depends on the circumstances\&. +.PP +For details of the other \fBzargs\fP options, see \fIxargs\fP(1) or run +\fBzargs\fP with the \fB\-\fP\fB\-help\fP option\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzed\fP [ \fB\-f\fP ] \fIname\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBzed \-b\fP +This function uses the ZLE editor to edit a file or function\&. +.RS +.PP +Only one \fIname\fP argument is allowed\&. +If the \fB\-f\fP option is given, the name is taken to be that of +a function; if the function is marked for autoloading, \fBzed\fP searches +for it in the \fBfpath\fP and loads it\&. Note that functions edited this way +are installed into the current shell, but \fInot\fP written back to the +autoload file\&. +.PP +Without \fB\-f\fP, \fIname\fP is the path name of the file to edit, which need +not exist; it is created on write, if necessary\&. +.PP +While editing, the function sets the main keymap to \fBzed\fP and the +vi command keymap to \fBzed\-vicmd\fP\&. These will be copied from the existing +\fBmain\fP and \fBvicmd\fP keymaps if they do not exist the first time \fBzed\fP +is run\&. They can be used to provide special key bindings used only in zed\&. +.PP +If it creates the keymap, \fBzed\fP rebinds the return key to insert a line +break and `\fB^X^W\fP\&' to accept the edit in the \fBzed\fP keymap, and binds +`\fBZZ\fP\&' to accept the edit in the \fBzed\-vicmd\fP keymap\&. +.PP +The bindings alone can be installed by running `\fBzed \-b\fP\&'\&. This is +suitable for putting into a startup file\&. Note that, if rerun, +this will overwrite the existing \fBzed\fP and \fBzed\-vicmd\fP keymaps\&. +.PP +Completion is available, and styles may be set with the context prefix +`\fB:completion:zed\fP\&'\&. +.PP +A zle widget \fBzed\-set\-file\-name\fP is available\&. This can be called by +name from within zed using `\fB\eex zed\-set\-file\-name\fP\&' (note, however, that +because of zed\&'s rebindings you will have to type \fB^j\fP at the end instead +of the return key), or can be bound to a key in either of the \fBzed\fP or +\fBzed\-vicmd\fP keymaps after `\fBzed \-b\fP\&' has been run\&. When the widget is +called, it prompts for a new name for the file being edited\&. When zed +exits the file will be written under that name and the original file will +be left alone\&. The widget has no effect with `\fBzed \-f\fP\&'\&. +.PP +While \fBzed\-set\-file\-name\fP is running, zed uses the keymap +\fBzed\-normal\-keymap\fP, which is linked from the main keymap in effect +at the time zed initialised its bindings\&. (This is to make the return key +operate normally\&.) The result is that if the main keymap has been changed, +the widget won\&'t notice\&. This is not a concern for most users\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzcp\fP [ \fB\-finqQvwW\fP ] \fIsrcpat\fP \fIdest\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBzln\fP [ \fB\-finqQsvwW\fP ] \fIsrcpat\fP \fIdest\fP +Same as \fBzmv \-C\fP and \fBzmv \-L\fP, respectively\&. These functions do not +appear in the zsh distribution, but can be created by linking \fBzmv\fP to +the names \fBzcp\fP and \fBzln\fP in some directory in your \fBfpath\fP\&. +.TP +\fBzkbd\fP +See `Keyboard Definition\&' +above\&. +.TP +\fBzmv\fP [ \fB\-finqQsvwW\fP ] [ \-C | \-L | \-M | \-p \fIprogram\fP ] [ \-o \fIoptstring\fP ] \fIsrcpat\fP \fIdest\fP +Move (usually, rename) files matching the pattern \fIsrcpat\fP to +corresponding files having names of the form given by \fIdest\fP, where +\fIsrcpat\fP contains parentheses surrounding patterns which will be +replaced in turn by $1, $2, \&.\&.\&. in \fIdest\fP\&. For example, +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzmv \&'(*)\&.lis' '$1\&.txt'\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +renames `\fBfoo\&.lis\fP\&' to `\fBfoo\&.txt\fP', `\fBmy\&.old\&.stuff\&.lis\fP' to +`\fBmy\&.old\&.stuff\&.txt\fP\&', and so on\&. +.PP +The pattern is always treated as an \fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP pattern\&. Any file +whose name is not changed by the substitution is simply ignored\&. Any +error (a substitution resulted in an empty string, two substitutions gave +the same result, the destination was an existing regular file and \fB\-f\fP +was not given) causes the entire function to abort without doing anything\&. +.PP +Options: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB\-f\fP +Force overwriting of destination files\&. Not currently +passed down to the \fBmv\fP/\fBcp\fP/\fBln\fP command due to vagaries of +implementations (but you can use \fB\-o\-f\fP to do that)\&. +.TP +\fB\-i\fP +Interactive: show each line to be executed and ask the user +whether to execute it\&. `Y\&' or `y' will execute it, anything else will +skip it\&. Note that you just need to type one character\&. +.TP +\fB\-n\fP +No execution: print what would happen, but don\&'t do it\&. +.TP +\fB\-q\fP +Turn bare glob qualifiers off: now assumed by default, so +this has no effect\&. +.TP +\fB\-Q\fP +Force bare glob qualifiers on\&. Don\&'t turn this on unless +you are actually using glob qualifiers in a pattern\&. +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +Symbolic, passed down to \fBln\fP; only works with \fB\-L\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-v\fP +Verbose: print each command as it\&'s being executed\&. +.TP +\fB\-w\fP +Pick out wildcard parts of the pattern, as described above, +and implicitly add parentheses for referring to them\&. +.TP +\fB\-W\fP +Just like \fB\-w\fP, with the addition of turning wildcards in +the replacement pattern into sequential ${1} \&.\&. ${N} references\&. +.TP +\fB\-C\fP +.TP +\fB\-L\fP +.TP +\fB\-M\fP +Force \fBcp\fP, \fBln\fP or \fBmv\fP, respectively, regardless of +the name of the function\&. +.TP +\fB\-p\fP \fIprogram\fP +Call \fIprogram\fP instead of \fBcp\fP, \fBln\fP or +\fBmv\fP\&. Whatever it does, it should at least understand the form +`\fIprogram\fP \fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP \fIoldname\fP \fInewname\fP\&' +where \fIoldname\fP and \fInewname\fP are filenames generated by \fBzmv\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-o\fP \fIoptstring\fP +The \fIoptstring\fP is split into words and +passed down verbatim to the \fBcp\fP, \fBln\fP or \fBmv\fP command called to +perform the work\&. It should probably begin with a `\fB\-\fP\&'\&. +.PD +.PP +For more complete examples and other implementation details, see the +\fBzmv\fP source file, usually located in one of the directories named in +your \fBfpath\fP, or in \fBFunctions/Misc/zmv\fP in the zsh distribution\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzrecompile\fP +See `Recompiling Functions\&' +above\&. +.TP +\fBzstyle+\fP \fIcontext\fP \fIstyle\fP \fIvalue\fP [ + \fIsubcontext\fP \fIstyle\fP \fIvalue\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +This makes defining styles a bit simpler by using a single `\fB+\fP\&' as a +special token that allows you to append a context name to the previously +used context name\&. Like this: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzstyle+ \&':foo:bar' style1 value1 \e + + \&':baz' style2 value2 \e + + \&':frob' style3 value3\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +This defines `style1\&' with `value1' for the context \fB:foo:bar\fP as usual, +but it also defines `style2\&' with `value2' for the context +\fB:foo:bar:baz\fP and `style3\&' with `value3' for \fB:foo:bar:frob\fP\&. Any +\fIsubcontext\fP may be the empty string to re\-use the first context +unchanged\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Styles" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBinsert\-tab\fP +The \fBzed\fP function \fIsets\fP this style in context `\fB:completion:zed:*\fP\&' +to turn off completion when \fBTAB\fP is typed at the beginning of a line\&. +You may override this by setting your own value for this context and style\&. +.TP +\fBpager\fP +The \fBnslookup\fP function looks up this style in the context +`\fB:nslookup\fP\&' to determine the program used to display output that does +not fit on a single screen\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBprompt\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBrprompt\fP +The \fBnslookup\fP function looks up this style in the context +`\fB:nslookup\fP\&' to set the prompt and the right\-side prompt, respectively\&. +The usual expansions for the \fBPS1\fP and \fBRPS1\fP parameters may be used +(see +\fIzshmisc\fP(1))\&. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zsh.texi +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zsh.texi @@ -0,0 +1,29913 @@ +\input texinfo.tex +@c %**start of header +@iftex +@afourpaper +@setchapternewpage off +@end iftex +@setfilename zsh.info +@settitle zsh +@c %**end of header + +@ifinfo +@set dsq '@:' +@set dsbq `@:` +@end ifinfo +@iftex +@set dsq '{}' +@set dsbq `{}` +@end iftex +@ifinfo +@dircategory Utilities +@direntry + * ZSH: (zsh). The Z Shell Manual. +@end direntry +@end ifinfo + +@iftex +@finalout +@end iftex +@titlepage +@title The Z Shell Manual +@subtitle Version 4.3.4-dev-1 +@subtitle Updated August 1, 2007 +@author Original documentation by Paul Falstad +@page +This is a texinfo version of the documentation for the Z Shell, originally by +Paul Falstad. + +@noindent +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +@noindent +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the +entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a +permission notice identical to this one. + +@noindent +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. +@end titlepage +@c Yodl file: Zsh/manual.yo +@ifnottex +@node Top, The Z Shell Manual, (dir), (dir) +@top The Z Shell Manual +@end ifnottex +@ifinfo +This Info file documents Zsh, a freely available UNIX command interpreter +(shell), which of the standard shells most closely resembles the Korn shell +(ksh), although it is not completely compatible. + +@noindent +@cindex version +Version 4.3.4-dev-1, last updated August 1, 2007. +@end ifinfo + +@menu +* The Z Shell Manual:: +* Introduction:: +* Roadmap:: +* Invocation:: +* Files:: +* Shell Grammar:: +* Redirection:: +* Command Execution:: +* Functions:: +* Jobs & Signals:: +* Arithmetic Evaluation:: +* Conditional Expressions:: +* Prompt Expansion:: +* Expansion:: +* Parameters:: +* Options:: +* Shell Builtin Commands:: +* Zsh Line Editor:: +* Completion Widgets:: +* Completion System:: +* Completion Using compctl:: +* Zsh Modules:: +* Calendar Function System:: +* TCP Function System:: +* Zftp Function System:: +* User Contributions:: + +@noindent +--- Indices --- + +@noindent +* Concept Index:: +* Variables Index:: +* Options Index:: +* Functions Index:: +* Editor Functions Index:: +* Style and Tag Index:: + +@noindent +--- The Detailed Node Listing --- + +@noindent +Introduction + +@noindent +* Author:: +* Availability:: +* Mailing Lists:: +* The Zsh FAQ:: +* The Zsh Web Page:: +* The Zsh Userguide:: +* See Also:: + +@noindent +Roadmap + +@noindent +Invocation + +@noindent +* Compatibility:: +* Restricted Shell:: + +@noindent +Shell Grammar + +@noindent +* Simple Commands & Pipelines:: +* Precommand Modifiers:: +* Complex Commands:: +* Alternate Forms For Complex Commands:: +* Reserved Words:: +* Comments:: +* Aliasing:: +* Quoting:: + +@noindent +Expansion + +@noindent +* History Expansion:: +* Process Substitution:: +* Parameter Expansion:: +* Command Substitution:: +* Arithmetic Expansion:: +* Brace Expansion:: +* Filename Expansion:: +* Filename Generation:: + +@noindent +Parameters + +@noindent +* Array Parameters:: +* Positional Parameters:: +* Local Parameters:: +* Parameters Set By The Shell:: +* Parameters Used By The Shell:: + +@noindent +Options + +@noindent +* Specifying Options:: +* Description of Options:: +* Option Aliases:: +* Single Letter Options:: + +@noindent +Zsh Line Editor + +@noindent +* Movement:: +* History Control:: +* Modifying Text:: +* Arguments:: +* Completion:: +* Miscellaneous:: + +@noindent +Completion Widgets + +@noindent +* Special Parameters:: +* Builtin Commands:: +* Condition Codes:: +* Matching Control:: +* Completion Widget Example:: + +@noindent +Completion System + +@noindent +* Initialization:: +* Completion System Configuration:: +* Control Functions:: +* Bindable Commands:: +* Completion Functions:: +* Completion Directories:: + +@noindent +Completion Using compctl + +@noindent +* Command Flags:: +* Option Flags:: +* Alternative Completion:: +* Extended Completion:: +* Example:: + +@noindent +Zsh Modules + +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/manmodmenu.yo +* The zsh/cap Module:: +* The zsh/clone Module:: +* The zsh/compctl Module:: +* The zsh/complete Module:: +* The zsh/complist Module:: +* The zsh/computil Module:: +* The zsh/datetime Module:: +* The zsh/deltochar Module:: +* The zsh/example Module:: +* The zsh/files Module:: +* The zsh/mapfile Module:: +* The zsh/mathfunc Module:: +* The zsh/newuser Module:: +* The zsh/parameter Module:: +* The zsh/pcre Module:: +* The zsh/regex Module:: +* The zsh/sched Module:: +* The zsh/net/socket Module:: +* The zsh/stat Module:: +* The zsh/system Module:: +* The zsh/net/tcp Module:: +* The zsh/termcap Module:: +* The zsh/terminfo Module:: +* The zsh/zftp Module:: +* The zsh/zle Module:: +* The zsh/zleparameter Module:: +* The zsh/zprof Module:: +* The zsh/zpty Module:: +* The zsh/zselect Module:: +* The zsh/zutil Module:: +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) + +@noindent +TCP Function System + +@noindent +* TCP Functions:: +* TCP Parameters:: +* TCP Examples:: +* TCP Bugs:: + +@noindent +Zftp Function System + +@noindent +* Installation:: +* Zftp Functions:: +* Miscellaneous Features:: + +@noindent +User Contributions + +@noindent +* Utilities:: +* Prompt Themes:: +* ZLE Functions:: +* Other Functions:: + +@noindent +@end menu +@node The Z Shell Manual, Introduction, Top, Top + +@chapter The Z Shell Manual +@noindent +This document has been produced from the texinfo file @t{zsh.texi}, +included in the @t{Doc} sub-directory of the Zsh distribution. + +@section Producing documentation from zsh.texi +@noindent +The texinfo source may be converted into several formats: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item The Info manual +The Info format allows searching for topics, commands, functions, etc. +from the many Indices. The command `@t{makeinfo zsh.texi}' is used to +produce the Info documentation. + +@item The printed manual +The command `@t{texi2dvi zsh.texi}' will output @t{zsh.dvi} which can +then be processed with @cite{dvips} and optionally @cite{gs} (Ghostscript) to +produce a nicely formatted printed manual. + +@item The HTML manual +An HTML version of this manual is available at the Zsh web site via: + +@noindent +@t{http://zsh.sunsite.dk/Doc/}. + +@noindent +(The HTML version is produced with @cite{texi2html}, which may be obtained +from @t{http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~obachman/Texi2html/}. The command is +`@t{texi2html -split chapter -expand info zsh.texi}'. If necessary, +upgrade to version 1.64 of texi2html.) + +@end table + +@noindent +For those who do not have the necessary tools to process texinfo, +precompiled documentation (PostScript, dvi, info and HTML formats) +is available from the zsh archive site or its mirrors, in the file +@t{zsh-doc.tar.gz}. (See @ref{Availability} for a list of sites.) +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/intro.yo +@node Introduction, Roadmap, The Z Shell Manual, Top + +@chapter Introduction +@noindent +@cindex introduction +Zsh is a UNIX command interpreter (shell) usable as an interactive +login shell and as a shell script command processor. Of the standard shells, +zsh most closely resembles @cite{ksh} but includes many enhancements. Zsh +has command line editing, builtin spelling correction, programmable +command completion, shell functions (with autoloading), a history +mechanism, and a host of other features. +@c Yodl file: Zsh/metafaq.yo +@menu +* Author:: +* Availability:: +* Mailing Lists:: +* The Zsh FAQ:: +* The Zsh Web Page:: +* The Zsh Userguide:: +* See Also:: +@end menu +@node Author, Availability, , Introduction + +@section Author +@noindent +@cindex author +Zsh was originally written by Paul Falstad @t{}. +Zsh is now maintained by the members of the zsh-workers mailing +list @t{}. The development is currently +coordinated by Peter Stephenson @t{}. The coordinator +can be contacted at @t{}, but matters relating to +the code should generally go to the mailing list. +@node Availability, Mailing Lists, Author, Introduction + +@section Availability +@noindent +Zsh is available from the following anonymous FTP sites. These mirror +sites are kept frequently up to date. The sites marked with @emph{(H)} may be +mirroring @t{ftp.cs.elte.hu} instead of the primary site. + +@noindent +@cindex FTP sites for zsh +@cindex acquiring zsh by FTP +@cindex availability of zsh +@table @asis +@item Primary site +@t{ftp://ftp.zsh.org/pub/zsh/}@* +@t{http://www.zsh.org/pub/zsh/} + +@item Australia +@t{ftp://ftp.zsh.org/pub/zsh/}@* +@t{http://www.zsh.org/pub/zsh/} + +@item Denmark +@t{ftp://sunsite.dk/pub/unix/shells/zsh/} + +@item Finland +@t{ftp://ftp.funet.fi/pub/unix/shells/zsh/} + +@item Germany +@t{ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/pub/unix/shells/zsh/} @emph{(H)}@* +@t{ftp://ftp.gmd.de/packages/zsh/}@* +@t{ftp://ftp.uni-trier.de/pub/unix/shell/zsh/} + +@item Hungary +@t{ftp://ftp.cs.elte.hu/pub/zsh/}@* +@t{http://www.cs.elte.hu/pub/zsh/}@* +@t{ftp://ftp.kfki.hu/pub/packages/zsh/} + +@item Israel +@t{ftp://ftp.math.technion.ac.il/pub/zsh/}@* +@t{http://www.math.technion.ac.il/pub/zsh/} + +@item Japan +@t{ftp://ftp.win.ne.jp/pub/shell/zsh/} + +@item Korea +@t{ftp://linux.sarang.net/mirror/system/shell/zsh/} + +@item Netherlands +@t{ftp://ftp.demon.nl/pub/mirrors/zsh/} + +@item Norway +@t{ftp://ftp.uit.no/pub/unix/shells/zsh/} + +@item Poland +@t{ftp://sunsite.icm.edu.pl/pub/unix/shells/zsh/} + +@item Romania +@t{ftp://ftp.roedu.net/pub/mirrors/ftp.zsh.org/pub/zsh/}@* +@t{ftp://ftp.kappa.ro/pub/mirrors/ftp.zsh.org/pub/zsh/} + +@item Slovenia +@t{ftp://ftp.siol.net/mirrors/zsh/} + +@item Sweden +@t{ftp://ftp.lysator.liu.se/pub/unix/zsh/} + +@item UK +@t{ftp://ftp.net.lut.ac.uk/zsh/}@* +@t{ftp://sunsite.org.uk/packages/zsh/} + +@item USA +@t{http://zsh.open-mirror.com/} + +@end table + +@noindent +The up-to-date source code is available via anonymous CVS from Sourceforge. +See @t{http://sourceforge.net/projects/zsh/} for details. + +@noindent +@node Mailing Lists, The Zsh FAQ, Availability, Introduction + +@section Mailing Lists +@noindent +@cindex mailing lists +Zsh has 3 mailing lists: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{} +Announcements about releases, major changes in the shell and the +monthly posting of the Zsh FAQ. (moderated) + +@item @t{} +User discussions. + +@item @t{} +Hacking, development, bug reports and patches. + +@end table + +@noindent +To subscribe or unsubscribe, send mail +to the associated administrative address for the mailing list. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{} +@item @t{} +@item @t{} + +@noindent +@item @t{} +@item @t{} +@item @t{} +@item +@end table + +@noindent +YOU ONLY NEED TO JOIN ONE OF THE MAILING LISTS AS THEY ARE NESTED. +All submissions to @cite{zsh-announce} are automatically forwarded to +@cite{zsh-users}. All submissions to @cite{zsh-users} are automatically +forwarded to @cite{zsh-workers}. + +@noindent +If you have problems subscribing/unsubscribing to any of the mailing +lists, send mail to @t{}. The mailing lists are +maintained by Karsten Thygesen @t{}. + +@noindent +The mailing lists are archived; the archives can be accessed via the +administrative addresses listed above. There is also a hypertext +archive, maintained by Geoff Wing @t{}, available at +@t{http://www.zsh.org/mla/}. +@node The Zsh FAQ, The Zsh Web Page, Mailing Lists, Introduction + +@section The Zsh FAQ +@noindent +Zsh has a list of Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), maintained by +Peter Stephenson @t{}. It is regularly posted to the +newsgroup @cite{comp.unix.shell} and the @cite{zsh-announce} mailing list. +The latest version can be found at any of the Zsh FTP sites, or at +@t{http://www.zsh.org/FAQ/}. The contact address for FAQ-related matters +is @t{}. +@node The Zsh Web Page, The Zsh Userguide, The Zsh FAQ, Introduction + +@section The Zsh Web Page +@noindent +Zsh has a web page which is located at @t{http://www.zsh.org/}. This is +maintained by Karsten Thygesen @t{}, of SunSITE Denmark. +The contact address for web-related matters is @t{}. +@node The Zsh Userguide, See Also, The Zsh Web Page, Introduction + +@section The Zsh Userguide +@noindent +A userguide is currently in preparation. It is intended to complement the +manual, with explanations and hints on issues where the manual can be +cabbalistic, hierographic, or downright mystifying (for example, the word +`hierographic' does not exist). It can be viewed in its current state at +@t{http://zsh.sunsite.dk/Guide/}. At the time of writing, chapters +dealing with startup files and their contents and the new completion system +were essentially complete. + +@section The Zsh Wiki +@noindent +A `wiki' website for zsh has been created at @t{http://www.zshwiki.org/}. +This is a site which can be added to and modified directly by users without +any special permission. You can add your own zsh tips and configurations. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/seealso.yo +@node See Also, , The Zsh Userguide, Introduction + +@section See Also +@noindent +man page sh(1), +man page csh(1), +man page tcsh(1), +man page rc(1), +man page bash(1), +man page ksh(1) + +@noindent +@cite{IEEE Standard for information Technology - +Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) - +Part 2: Shell and Utilities}, +IEEE Inc, 1993, ISBN 1-55937-255-9. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/roadmap.yo +@node Roadmap, Invocation, Introduction, Top + +@chapter Roadmap +@noindent +@cindex roadmap + +@noindent +The Zsh Manual, like the shell itself, is large and often complicated. +This section of the manual provides some pointers to areas of the shell +that are likely to be of particular interest to new users, and indicates +where in the rest of the manual the documentation is to be found. + +@noindent + +@section When the shell starts +@noindent + +@noindent +When it starts, the shell reads commands from various files. These can +be created or edited to customize the shell. See @ref{Files}. + +@noindent +If no personal intialization files exist for the current user, a function +is run to help you change some of the most common settings. It won't +appear if your administrator has disabled the @t{zsh/newuser} module. +The function is designed to be self-explanatory. You can run it by hand +with `@t{autoload -Uz zsh-newuser-install; zsh-newuser-install -f}'. +See also +@ref{User Configuration Functions}. + +@noindent + +@section Interactive Use +@noindent + +@noindent +Interaction with the shell uses the builtin Zsh Line Editor, ZLE. This is +described in detail in @ref{Zsh Line Editor}. + +@noindent +The first decision a user must make is whether to use the Emacs or Vi +editing mode as the keys for editing are substantially different. Emacs +editing mode is probably more natural for beginners and can be selected +explicitly with the command @t{bindkey -e}. + +@noindent +A history mechanism for retrieving previously typed lines (most simply +with the Up or Down arrow keys) is available; note that, unlike other +shells, zsh will not save these lines when the shell exits unless you +set appropriate variables, and the number of history lines retained by +default is quite small (30 lines). See the description of the shell +variables (referred to in the documentation as parameters) @t{HISTFILE}, +@t{HISTSIZE} and @t{SAVEHIST} in @ref{Parameters Used By The Shell}. + +@noindent + +@subsection Completion +@noindent + +@noindent +Completion is a feature present in many shells. It allows the user to +type only a part (usually the prefix) of a word and have the shell fill +in the rest. The completion system in zsh is programmable. For +example, the shell can be set to complete email addresses in +arguments to the mail command from your @t{~/.abook/addressbook}; +usernames, hostnames, and even remote paths in arguments to scp, and so +on. Anything that can be written in or glued together with zsh can be +the source of what the line editor offers as possible completions. + +@noindent +Zsh has two completion systems, an old, so called @t{compctl} completion +(named after the builtin command that serves as its complete and only +user interface), and a new one, referred to as @t{compsys}, +organized as library of builtin and user-defined functions. +The two systems differ in their interface for specifying the completion +behavior. The new system is more customizable and is supplied with +completions for many commonly used commands; it is therefore to be +preferred. + +@noindent +The completion system must be enabled explicitly when the shell starts. +For more information see +@ref{Completion System}. + +@noindent + +@subsection Extending the line editor +@noindent + +@noindent +Apart from completion, the line editor is highly extensible by means of +shell functions. Some useful functions are provided with the shell; they +provide facilities such as: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{insert-composed-char} +composing characters not found on the keyboard + +@item @t{match-words-by-style} +configuring what the line editor considers a word when moving or +deleting by word + +@item @t{history-beginning-search-backward-end}, etc. +alternative ways of searching the shell history + +@item @t{replace-string}, @t{replace-pattern} +functions for replacing strings or patterns globally in the command line + +@item @t{edit-command-line} +edit the command line with an external editor. + +@end table + +@noindent +See @ref{ZLE Functions} for descriptions of these. + +@noindent + +@section Options +@noindent + +@noindent +The shell has a large number of options for changing its behaviour. +These cover all aspects of the shell; browsing the full documentation is +the only good way to become acquainted with the many possibilities. See +@ref{Options}. + +@noindent + +@section Pattern Matching +@noindent + +@noindent +The shell has a rich set of patterns which are available for file matching +(described in the documentation as `filename generation' and also known for +historical reasons as `globbing') and for use when programming. These are +described in @ref{Filename Generation}. + +@noindent +Of particular interest are the following patterns that are not commonly +supported by other systems of pattern matching: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{**} +for matching over multiple directories + +@item @t{~}, @t{^} +the ability to exclude patterns from matching when the @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} +option is set + +@item @t{(}@var{...}@t{)} +glob qualifiers, included in parentheses at the end of the pattern, +which select files by type (such as directories) or attribute (such as +size). + +@end table + +@noindent + +@section General Comments on Syntax +@noindent + +@noindent +Although the syntax of zsh is in ways similar to the Korn shell, and +therefore more remotely to the original UNIX shell, the Bourne shell, +its default behaviour does not entirely correspond to those shells. +General shell syntax is introduced in @ref{Shell Grammar}. + +@noindent +One commonly encountered difference is that variables substituted onto the +command line are not split into words. See the description of the shell option +@t{SH_WORD_SPLIT} in +@ref{Parameter Expansion}. +In zsh, you can either explicitly request the splitting (e.g. @t{$@{=foo@}}) +or use an array when you want a variable to expand to more than one word. See +@ref{Array Parameters}. + +@noindent + +@section Programming +@noindent + +@noindent +The most convenient way of adding enhancements to the shell is typically +by writing a shell function and arranging for it to be autoloaded. +Functions are described in @ref{Functions}. Users changing from the C shell and its +relatives should notice that aliases are less used in zsh as they don't +perform argument substitution, only simple text replacement. + +@noindent +A few general functions, other than those for the line editor described +above, are provided with the shell and are described in +@ref{User Contributions}. Features include: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{promptinit} +a prompt theme system for changing prompts easily, see @ref{Prompt Themes} + +@item @t{zsh-mime-setup} +a MIME-handling system which dispatches commands according to the suffix of +a file as done by graphical file managers + +@item @t{zcalc} +a calculator + +@item @t{zargs} +a version of @t{xargs} that makes the @t{find} command redundant + +@item @t{zmv} +a command for renaming files by means of shell patterns. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/invoke.yo +@node Invocation, Files, Roadmap, Top + +@chapter Invocation +@noindent +@cindex invocation + +@section Invocation Options +@noindent +@cindex shell options +@cindex options, shell +@cindex shell flags +@cindex flags, shell +The following flags are interpreted by the shell when invoked to determine +where the shell will read commands from: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-c} +Take the first argument as a command to execute, rather than reading commands +from a script or standard input. If any further arguments are given, the +first one is assigned to @t{$0}, rather than being used as a positional +parameter. + +@item @t{-i} +Force shell to be interactive. + +@item @t{-s} +Force shell to read commands from the standard input. +If the @t{-s} flag is not present and an argument is given, +the first argument is taken to be the pathname of a script to +execute. + +@end table + +@noindent +After the first one or two arguments have been appropriated as described above, +the remaining arguments are assigned to the positional parameters. + +@noindent +For further options, which are common to invocation and the @t{set} +builtin, see +@ref{Options}. + +@noindent +Options may be specified by name using the @t{-o} option. @t{-o} acts like +a single-letter option, but takes a following string as the option name. +For example, + +@noindent +@example +zsh -x -o shwordsplit scr +@end example + +@noindent +runs the script @t{scr}, setting the @t{XTRACE} option by the corresponding +letter `@t{-x}' and the @t{SH_WORD_SPLIT} option by name. +Options may be turned @emph{off} by name by using @t{+o} instead of @t{-o}. +@t{-o} can be stacked up with preceding single-letter options, so for example +`@t{-xo shwordsplit}' or `@t{-xoshwordsplit}' is equivalent to +`@t{-x -o shwordsplit}'. + +@noindent +@cindex long option +Options may also be specified by name in GNU long option style, +`@t{-}@t{-}@var{option-name}'. When this is done, `@t{-}' characters in the +option name are permitted: they are translated into `@t{_}', and thus ignored. +So, for example, `@t{zsh -}@t{-sh-word-split}' invokes zsh with the +@t{SH_WORD_SPLIT} option turned on. Like other option syntaxes, options can +be turned off by replacing the initial `@t{-}' with a `@t{+}'; thus +`@t{+-sh-word-split}' is equivalent to `@t{-}@t{-no-sh-word-split}'. +Unlike other option syntaxes, GNU-style long options cannot be stacked with +any other options, so for example `@t{-x-shwordsplit}' is an error, +rather than being treated like `@t{-x -}@t{-shwordsplit}'. + +@noindent +@cindex --version +@cindex --help +The special GNU-style option `@t{-}@t{-version}' is handled; it sends to +standard output the shell's version information, then exits successfully. +`@t{-}@t{-help}' is also handled; it sends to standard output a list of +options that can be used when invoking the shell, then exits successfully. + +@noindent +Option processing may be finished, allowing following arguments that start with +`@t{-}' or `@t{+}' to be treated as normal arguments, in two ways. +Firstly, a lone `@t{-}' (or `@t{+}') as an argument by itself ends +option processing. Secondly, a special option `@t{-}@t{-}' (or +`@t{+-}'), which may be specified on its own (which is the standard +POSIX usage) or may be stacked with preceding options (so `@t{-x-}' is +equivalent to `@t{-x -}@t{-}'). Options are not permitted to be stacked +after `@t{-}@t{-}' (so `@t{-x-f}' is an error), but note the GNU-style +option form discussed above, where `@t{-}@t{-shwordsplit}' is permitted +and does not end option processing. + +@noindent +Except when the @cite{sh}/@cite{ksh} emulation single-letter options are in effect, +the option `@t{-b}' (or `@t{+b}') ends option processing. +`@t{-b}' is like `@t{-}@t{-}', except that further single-letter options +can be stacked after the `@t{-b}' and will take effect as normal. + +@noindent +@menu +* Compatibility:: +* Restricted Shell:: +@end menu + +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/compat.yo +@node Compatibility, Restricted Shell, , Invocation + +@section Compatibility +@noindent +@cindex compatibility +@cindex sh compatibility +@cindex ksh compatibility +Zsh tries to emulate @cite{sh} or @cite{ksh} when it is invoked as +@t{sh} or @t{ksh} respectively; more precisely, it looks at the first +letter of the name by which it was invoked, excluding any initial `@t{r}' +(assumed to stand for `restricted'), and if that is `@t{s}' or `@t{k}' it +will emulate @cite{sh} or @cite{ksh}. Furthermore, if invoked as @t{su} (which +happens on certain systems when the shell is executed by the @t{su} +command), the shell will try to find an alternative name from the @t{SHELL} +environment variable and perform emulation based on that. + +@noindent +In @cite{sh} and @cite{ksh} compatibility modes the following +parameters are not special and not initialized by the shell: +@t{ARGC}, +@t{argv}, +@t{cdpath}, +@t{fignore}, +@t{fpath}, +@t{HISTCHARS}, +@t{mailpath}, +@t{MANPATH}, +@t{manpath}, +@t{path}, +@t{prompt}, +@t{PROMPT}, +@t{PROMPT2}, +@t{PROMPT3}, +@t{PROMPT4}, +@t{psvar}, +@t{status}, +@t{watch}. + +@noindent +@vindex ENV, use of +The usual zsh startup/shutdown scripts are not executed. Login shells +source @t{/etc/profile} followed by @t{$HOME/.profile}. If the +@t{ENV} environment variable is set on invocation, @t{$ENV} is sourced +after the profile scripts. The value of @t{ENV} is subjected to +parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion +before being interpreted as a pathname. Note that the @t{PRIVILEGED} +option also affects the execution of startup files. + +@noindent +The following options are set if the shell is invoked as @t{sh} or +@t{ksh}: +@t{NO_BAD_PATTERN}, +@t{NO_BANG_HIST}, +@t{NO_BG_NICE}, +@t{NO_EQUALS}, +@t{NO_FUNCTION_ARGZERO}, +@t{GLOB_SUBST}, +@t{NO_GLOBAL_EXPORT}, +@t{NO_HUP}, +@t{INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS}, +@t{KSH_ARRAYS}, +@t{NO_MULTIOS}, +@t{NO_NOMATCH}, +@t{NO_NOTIFY}, +@t{POSIX_BUILTINS}, +@t{NO_PROMPT_PERCENT}, +@t{RM_STAR_SILENT}, +@t{SH_FILE_EXPANSION}, +@t{SH_GLOB}, +@t{SH_OPTION_LETTERS}, +@t{SH_WORD_SPLIT}. +Additionally the @t{BSD_ECHO} and @t{IGNORE_BRACES} +options are set if zsh is invoked as @t{sh}. +Also, the +@t{KSH_OPTION_PRINT}, +@t{LOCAL_OPTIONS}, +@t{PROMPT_BANG}, +@t{PROMPT_SUBST} +and +@t{SINGLE_LINE_ZLE} +options are set if zsh is invoked as @t{ksh}. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/restricted.yo +@node Restricted Shell, , Compatibility, Invocation + +@section Restricted Shell +@noindent +@cindex restricted shell +@pindex RESTRICTED +When the basename of the command used to invoke zsh starts with the letter +`@t{r}' or the `@t{-r}' command line option is supplied at invocation, the +shell becomes restricted. Emulation mode is determined after stripping the +letter `@t{r}' from the invocation name. The following are disabled in +restricted mode: + +@noindent +@itemize @bullet + +@item +changing directories with the @t{cd} builtin +@item +changing or unsetting the @t{PATH}, @t{path}, @t{MODULE_PATH}, +@t{module_path}, @t{SHELL}, @t{HISTFILE}, @t{HISTSIZE}, @t{GID}, @t{EGID}, +@t{UID}, @t{EUID}, @t{USERNAME}, @t{LD_LIBRARY_PATH}, +@t{LD_AOUT_LIBRARY_PATH}, @t{LD_PRELOAD} and @t{LD_AOUT_PRELOAD} +parameters +@item +specifying command names containing @t{/} +@item +specifying command pathnames using @t{hash} +@item +redirecting output to files +@item +using the @t{exec} builtin command to replace the shell with another +command +@item +using @t{jobs -Z} to overwrite the shell process' argument and +environment space +@item +using the @t{ARGV0} parameter to override @t{argv[0]} for external +commands +@item +turning off restricted mode with @t{set +r} or @t{unsetopt +RESTRICTED} +@end itemize + +@noindent +These restrictions are enforced after processing the startup files. The +startup files should set up @t{PATH} to point to a directory of commands +which can be safely invoked in the restricted environment. They may also +add further restrictions by disabling selected builtins. + +@noindent +Restricted mode can also be activated any time by setting the +@t{RESTRICTED} option. This immediately enables all the restrictions +described above even if the shell still has not processed all startup +files. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/files.yo +@node Files, Shell Grammar, Invocation, Top + +@chapter Files +@noindent + +@section Startup/Shutdown Files +@noindent +@cindex files, startup +@cindex startup files +@cindex files, shutdown +@cindex shutdown files +@pindex RCS, use of +@pindex GLOBAL_RCS, use of +@pindex NO_RCS, use of +@pindex NO_GLOBAL_RCS, use of +@vindex ZDOTDIR, use of +@cindex zshenv +Commands are first read from @t{/etc/zshenv}; this cannot be overridden. +Subsequent behaviour is modified by the @t{RCS} and +@t{GLOBAL_RCS} options; the former affects all startup files, while the +second only affects those in the @t{/etc} directory. If one of the options +is unset at any point, any subsequent startup file(s) +of the corresponding +type will not be read. It is also possible for a file in @t{$ZDOTDIR} to +re-enable @t{GLOBAL_RCS}. Both @t{RCS} and @t{GLOBAL_RCS} are set by +default. + +@noindent +Commands are then read from @t{$ZDOTDIR/.zshenv}. +@pindex LOGIN, use of +@cindex zprofile +If the shell is a login shell, commands +are read from @t{/etc/zprofile} and then @t{$ZDOTDIR/.zprofile}. +@cindex zshrc +Then, if the shell is interactive, +commands are read from @t{/etc/zshrc} and then @t{$ZDOTDIR/.zshrc}. +@cindex zlogin +Finally, if the shell is a login shell, @t{/etc/zlogin} and +@t{$ZDOTDIR/.zlogin} are read. + +@noindent +@cindex zlogout +When a login shell exits, the files @t{$ZDOTDIR/.zlogout} and then +@t{/etc/zlogout} are read. This happens with either an explicit exit +via the @t{exit} or @t{logout} commands, or an implicit exit by reading +end-of-file from the terminal. However, if the shell terminates due +to @t{exec}'ing another process, the logout files are not read. +These are also affected by the @t{RCS} and @t{GLOBAL_RCS} options. +Note also that the @t{RCS} option affects the saving of history files, +i.e. if @t{RCS} is unset when the shell exits, no history file will be +saved. + +@noindent +@vindex HOME, use of +If @t{ZDOTDIR} is unset, @t{HOME} is used instead. +Those files listed above as being in @t{/etc} may be in another +directory, depending on the installation. + +@noindent +As @t{/etc/zshenv} is run for all instances of zsh, it is important that +it be kept as small as possible. In particular, it is a good idea to +put code that does not need to be run for every single shell behind +a test of the form `@t{if [[ -o rcs ]]; then ...}' so that it will not +be executed when zsh is invoked with the `@t{-f}' option. +@c Yodl file: Zsh/filelist.yo + +@section Files +@noindent +@cindex files used +@table @asis +@item @t{$ZDOTDIR/.zshenv} +@item @t{$ZDOTDIR/.zprofile} +@item @t{$ZDOTDIR/.zshrc} +@item @t{$ZDOTDIR/.zlogin} +@item @t{$ZDOTDIR/.zlogout} +@item @t{$@{TMPPREFIX@}*} (default is /tmp/zsh*) +@item @t{/etc/zshenv} +@item @t{/etc/zprofile} +@item @t{/etc/zshrc} +@item @t{/etc/zlogin} +@item @t{/etc/zlogout} (installation-specific - @t{/etc} is the default) +@item +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) + +@noindent +Any of these files may be pre-compiled with the @t{zcompile} builtin +command (@ref{Shell Builtin Commands}). If a compiled file exists (named for the original file plus the +@t{.zwc} extension) and it is newer than the original file, the compiled +file will be used instead. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/grammar.yo +@node Shell Grammar, Redirection, Files, Top + +@chapter Shell Grammar +@noindent +@cindex shell grammar +@cindex grammar, shell +@menu +* Simple Commands & Pipelines:: +* Precommand Modifiers:: +* Complex Commands:: +* Alternate Forms For Complex Commands:: +* Reserved Words:: +* Comments:: +* Aliasing:: +* Quoting:: +@end menu +@node Simple Commands & Pipelines, Precommand Modifiers, , Shell Grammar + +@section Simple Commands & Pipelines +@noindent +@cindex simple commands +@cindex commands, simple +A @emph{simple command} is a sequence of optional parameter +assignments followed by blank-separated words, +with optional redirections interspersed. +The first word is the command to be executed, and the remaining +words, if any, are arguments to the command. +If a command name is given, the parameter assignments modify +the environment of the command when it is executed. +The value of a simple command is its exit status, +or 128 plus the signal number if terminated by a signal. +For example, + +@noindent +@example +echo foo +@end example + +@noindent +is a simple command with arguments. + +@noindent +@cindex pipeline +A @emph{pipeline} is either a simple command, or a sequence of two or more +simple commands where each command is separated from the next by `@t{|}' +or `@t{|&}'. Where commands are separated by `@t{|}', the standard +output of the first command is connected to the +standard input of the next. `@t{|&}' is shorthand for `@t{2>&1 |}', which +connects both the standard output and the standard error of the +command to the standard input of the next. The value of a pipeline +is the value of the last command, unless the pipeline is preceded by +`@t{!}' in which case the value is the logical inverse of the value of the +last command. +For example, + +@noindent +@example +echo foo | sed 's/foo/bar/' +@end example + +@noindent +is a pipeline, where the output (`@t{foo}' plus a newline) of the first +command will be passed to the input of the second. + +@noindent +@findex coproc +@cindex coprocess +If a pipeline is preceded by `@t{coproc}', it is executed as a coprocess; +a two-way pipe is established between it and the parent shell. The +shell can read from or write to the coprocess by means of the `@t{>&p}' +and `@t{<&p}' redirection operators or with `@t{print -p}' and `@t{read -p}'. +A pipeline cannot be preceded by both `@t{coproc}' and `@t{!}'. +If job control is active, the coprocess can be treated in other than input +and output as an ordinary background job. + +@noindent +@cindex sublist +A @emph{sublist} is either a single pipeline, or a sequence of two or more +pipelines separated by `@t{&&}' or `@t{||}'. If two pipelines are separated +by `@t{&&}', the second pipeline is executed only if the first succeeds +(returns a zero status). If two pipelines are separated by `@t{||}', the +second is executed only if the first fails (returns a nonzero status). +Both operators have equal precedence and are left associative. +The value of the sublist is the value of the last pipeline executed. +For example, + +@noindent +@example +dmesg | grep panic && print yes +@end example + +@noindent +is a sublist consisting of two pipelines, the second just a simple command +which will be executed if and only if the @t{grep} command returns a zero +status. If it does not, the value of the sublist is that return status, else +it is the status returned by the @t{print} (almost certainly zero). + +@noindent +@cindex list +A @emph{list} is a sequence of zero or more sublists, in which each sublist +is terminated by `@t{;}', `@t{&}', `@t{&|}', `@t{&!}', or a newline. +This terminator +may optionally be omitted from the last sublist in the list when the +list appears as a complex command inside `@t{(}...@t{)}' +or `@t{@{}...@t{@}}'. When a +sublist is terminated by `@t{;}' or newline, the shell waits for it to +finish before executing the next sublist. If a sublist is terminated +by a `@t{&}', `@t{&|}', or `@t{&!}', +the shell executes the last pipeline in it in the background, and +does not wait for it to finish (note the difference from other shells +which execute the whole sublist in the background). +A backgrounded pipeline returns a status of zero. + +@noindent +More generally, a list can be seen as a set of any shell commands +whatsoever, including the complex commands below; this is implied wherever +the word `list' appears in later descriptions. For example, the commands +in a shell function form a special sort of list. +@node Precommand Modifiers, Complex Commands, Simple Commands & Pipelines, Shell Grammar + +@section Precommand Modifiers +@noindent +@cindex precommand modifiers +@cindex modifiers, precommand +A simple command may be preceded by a @emph{precommand modifier}, +which will alter how the command is interpreted. These modifiers are +shell builtin commands with the exception of @t{nocorrect} which is +a reserved word. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex - +@item @t{-} +The command is executed with a `@t{-}' prepended to its +@t{argv[0]} string. + +@findex builtin +@item @t{builtin} +The command word is taken to be the name of a builtin command, +rather than a shell function or external command. + +@findex command +@item @t{command} [ @t{-pvV} ] +The command word is taken to be the name of an external command, +rather than a shell function or builtin. If the @t{POSIX_BUILTINS} option +is set, builtins will also be executed but certain special properties +of them are suppressed. The @t{-p} flag causes a default path to be +searched instead of that in @t{$path}. With the @t{-v} flag, @t{command} +is similar to @t{whence} and with @t{-V}, it is equivalent to @t{whence +-v}. + +@findex exec +@item @t{exec} [ @t{-cl} ] [ @t{-a} @var{argv0} ] +The following command together with any arguments is run in place +of the current process, rather than as a sub-process. The shell does not +fork and is replaced. The shell does not invoke @t{TRAPEXIT}, nor does it +source @t{zlogout} files. +The options are provided for compatibility with other shells. + +@noindent +The @t{-c} option clears the environment. + +@noindent +The @t{-l} option is equivalent to the @t{-} precommand modifier, to +treat the replacement command as a login shell; the command is executed +with a @t{-} prepended to its @t{argv[0]} string. This flag has no effect +if used together with the @t{-a} option. + +@noindent +The @t{-a} option is used to specify explicitly the @t{argv[0]} string +(the name of the command as seen by the process itself) to be used by the +replacement command and is directly equivalent to setting a value +for the @t{ARGV0} environment variable. + +@findex nocorrect +@item @t{nocorrect} +Spelling correction is not done on any of the words. This must appear +before any other precommand modifier, as it is interpreted immediately, +before any parsing is done. It has no effect in non-interactive shells. + +@findex noglob +@item @t{noglob} +Filename generation (globbing) is not performed on any of +the words. + +@end table +@node Complex Commands, Alternate Forms For Complex Commands, Precommand Modifiers, Shell Grammar + +@section Complex Commands +@noindent +@cindex complex commands +@cindex commands, complex +A @emph{complex command} in zsh is one of the following: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex if +@cindex if construct +@item @t{if} @var{list} @t{then} @var{list} [ @t{elif} @var{list} @t{then} @var{list} ] ... [ @t{else} @var{list} ] @t{fi} +The @t{if} @var{list} is executed, and if it returns a zero exit status, +the @t{then} @var{list} is executed. +Otherwise, the @t{elif} @var{list} is executed and if its status is zero, +the @t{then} @var{list} is executed. +If each @t{elif} @var{list} returns nonzero status, the @t{else} @var{list} +is executed. + +@findex for +@cindex for loops +@cindex loops, for +@item @t{for} @var{name} ... [ @t{in} @var{word} ... ] @var{term} @t{do} @var{list} @t{done} +where @var{term} is at least one newline or @t{;}. +Expand the list of @var{word}s, and set the parameter +@var{name} to each of them in turn, executing +@var{list} each time. If the @t{in} @var{word} is omitted, +use the positional parameters instead of the @var{word}s. + +@noindent +More than one parameter @var{name} can appear before the list of +@var{word}s. If @var{N} @var{name}s are given, then on each execution of the +loop the next @t{N} @var{word}s are assigned to the corresponding +parameters. If there are more @var{name}s than remaining @var{word}s, the +remaining parameters are each set to the empty string. Execution of the +loop ends when there is no remaining @var{word} to assign to the first +@var{name}. It is only possible for @t{in} to appear as the first @var{name} +in the list, else it will be treated as marking the end of the list. + +@item @t{for ((} [@var{expr1}] @t{;} [@var{expr2}] @t{;} [@var{expr3}] @t{)) do} @var{list} @t{done} +The arithmetic expression @var{expr1} is evaluated first (see +@ref{Arithmetic Evaluation}). The arithmetic expression +@var{expr2} is repeatedly evaluated until it evaluates to zero and +when non-zero, @var{list} is executed and the arithmetic expression +@var{expr3} evaluated. If any expression is omitted, then it behaves +as if it evaluated to 1. + +@findex while +@cindex while loops +@cindex loops, while +@item @t{while} @var{list} @t{do} @var{list} @t{done} +Execute the @t{do} @var{list} as long as the @t{while} @var{list} +returns a zero exit status. + +@findex until +@cindex until loops +@cindex loops, until +@item @t{until} @var{list} @t{do} @var{list} @t{done} +Execute the @t{do} @var{list} as long as @t{until} @var{list} +returns a nonzero exit status. + +@findex repeat +@cindex repeat loops +@cindex loops, repeat +@item @t{repeat} @var{word} @t{do} @var{list} @t{done} +@var{word} is expanded and treated as an arithmetic expression, +which must evaluate to a number @var{n}. +@var{list} is then executed @var{n} times. + +@findex case +@cindex case selection +@cindex selection, case +@item @t{case} @var{word} @t{in} [ [@t{(}] @var{pattern} [ @t{|} @var{pattern} ] ... @t{)} @var{list} (@t{;;}|@t{;&}|@t{;|}) ] ... @t{esac} +Execute the @var{list} associated with the first @var{pattern} +that matches @var{word}, if any. The form of the patterns +is the same as that used for filename generation. See +@ref{Filename Generation}. + +@noindent +If the @var{list} that is executed is terminated with @t{;&} rather than +@t{;;}, the following list is also executed. The rule for +the terminator of the following list @t{;;}, @t{;&} or @t{;|} is +applied unless the @t{esac} is reached. + +@noindent +If the @var{list} that is executed is terminated with @t{;|} the +shell continues to scan the @var{pattern}s looking for the next match, +executing the corresponding @var{list}, and applying the rule for +the corresponding terminator @t{;;}, @t{;&} or @t{;|}. +Note that @var{word} is not re-expanded; all applicable @var{pattern}s +are tested with the same @var{word}. + +@findex select +@cindex user selection +@cindex selection, user +@item @t{select} @var{name} [ @t{in} @var{word} ... @var{term} ] @t{do} @var{list} @t{done} +where @var{term} is one or more newline or @t{;} to terminate the @var{word}s. +@vindex REPLY, use of +Print the set of @var{word}s, each preceded by a number. +If the @t{in} @var{word} is omitted, use the positional parameters. +The @t{PROMPT3} prompt is printed and a line is read from the line editor +if the shell is interactive and that is active, or else standard input. +If this line consists of the +number of one of the listed @var{word}s, then the parameter @var{name} +is set to the @var{word} corresponding to this number. +If this line is empty, the selection list is printed again. +Otherwise, the value of the parameter @var{name} is set to null. +The contents of the line read from standard input is saved +in the parameter @t{REPLY}. @var{list} is executed +for each selection until a break or end-of-file is encountered. + +@cindex subshell +@item @t{(} @var{list} @t{)} +Execute @var{list} in a subshell. Traps set by the @t{trap} builtin +are reset to their default values while executing @var{list}. + +@item @t{@{} @var{list} @t{@}} +Execute @var{list}. + +@findex always +@cindex always blocks +@cindex try blocks +@item @t{@{} @var{try-list} @t{@} always @{} @var{always-list} @t{@}} +First execute @var{try-list}. Regardless of errors, or @t{break}, +@t{continue}, or @t{return} commands encountered within @var{try-list}, +execute @var{always-list}. Execution then continues from the +result of the execution of @var{try-list}; in other words, any error, +or @t{break}, @t{continue}, or @t{return} command is treated in the +normal way, as if @var{always-list} were not present. The two +chunks of code are referred to as the `try block' and the `always block'. + +@noindent +Optional newlines or semicolons may appear after the @t{always}; +note, however, that they may @emph{not} appear between the preceeding +closing brace and the @t{always}. + +@noindent +An `error' in this context is a condition such as a syntax error which +causes the shell to abort execution of the current function, script, or +list. Syntax errors encountered while the shell is parsing the +code do not cause the @var{always-list} to be executed. For example, +an erroneously constructed @t{if} block in @t{try-list} would cause the +shell to abort during parsing, so that @t{always-list} would not be +executed, while an erroneous substitution such as @t{$@{*foo*@}} would +cause a run-time error, after which @t{always-list} would be executed. + +@noindent +An error condition can be tested and reset with the special integer +variable @t{TRY_BLOCK_ERROR}. Outside an @t{always-list} the value is +irrelevant, but it is initialised to @t{-1}. Inside @t{always-list}, the +value is 1 if an error occurred in the @t{try-list}, else 0. If +@t{TRY_BLOCK_ERROR} is set to 0 during the @t{always-list}, the error +condition caused by the @t{try-list} is reset, and shell execution +continues normally after the end of @t{always-list}. Altering the value +during the @t{try-list} is not useful (unless this forms part of an +enclosing @t{always} block). + +@noindent +Regardless of @t{TRY_BLOCK_ERROR}, after the end of @t{always-list} the +normal shell status @t{$?} is the value returned from @t{always-list}. +This will be non-zero if there was an error, even if @t{TRY_BLOCK_ERROR} +was set to zero. + +@noindent +The following executes the given code, ignoring any errors it causes. +This is an alternative to the usual convention of protecting code by +executing it in a subshell. + +@noindent +@example +@{ + # code which may cause an error + @} always @{ + # This code is executed regardless of the error. + (( TRY_BLOCK_ERROR = 0 )) +@} +# The error condition has been reset. +@end example + +@noindent +An @t{exit} command (or a @t{return} command executed at the outermost +function level of a script) encountered in @t{try-list} does @emph{not} cause +the execution of @var{always-list}. Instead, the shell exits immediately +after any @t{EXIT} trap has been executed. + +@findex function +@item @t{function} @var{word} ... [ @t{()} ] [ @var{term} ] @t{@{} @var{list} @t{@}} +@itemx @var{word} ... @t{()} [ @var{term} ] @t{@{} @var{list} @t{@}} +@itemx @var{word} ... @t{()} [ @var{term} ] @var{command} +where @var{term} is one or more newline or @t{;}. +Define a function which is referenced by any one of @var{word}. +Normally, only one @var{word} is provided; multiple @var{word}s +are usually only useful for setting traps. +The body of the function is the @var{list} between +the @t{@{} and @t{@}}. See @ref{Functions}. + +@noindent +If the option @t{SH_GLOB} is set for compatibility with other shells, then +whitespace may appear between between the left and right parentheses when +there is a single @var{word}; otherwise, the parentheses will be treated as +forming a globbing pattern in that case. + +@cindex timing +@findex time +@item @t{time} [ @var{pipeline} ] +The @var{pipeline} is executed, and timing statistics are +reported on the standard error in the form specified +by the @t{TIMEFMT} parameter. +If @var{pipeline} is omitted, print statistics about the +shell process and its children. + +@cindex conditional expression +@findex [[ +@item @t{[[} @var{exp} @t{]]} +Evaluates the conditional expression @var{exp} +and return a zero exit status if it is true. +See @ref{Conditional Expressions} +for a description of @var{exp}. + +@end table +@node Alternate Forms For Complex Commands, Reserved Words, Complex Commands, Shell Grammar + +@section Alternate Forms For Complex Commands +@noindent +@cindex alternate forms for complex commands +@cindex commands, alternate forms for complex +Many of zsh's complex commands have alternate forms. These particular +versions of complex commands should be considered deprecated and may be +removed in the future. The versions in the previous section should be +preferred instead. + +@noindent +The short versions below only work if @var{sublist} is of the form `@t{@{} +@var{list} @t{@}}' or if the @t{SHORT_LOOPS} option is set. For the @t{if}, +@t{while} and @t{until} commands, in both these cases the test part of the +loop must also be suitably delimited, such as by `@t{[[ ... ]]}' or `@t{(( +... ))}', else the end of the test will not be recognized. For the +@t{for}, @t{repeat}, @t{case} and @t{select} commands no such special form +for the arguments is necessary, but the other condition (the special form +of @var{sublist} or use of the @t{SHORT_LOOPS} option) still applies. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{if} @var{list} @t{@{} @var{list} @t{@}} [ @t{elif} @var{list} @t{@{} @var{list} @t{@}} ] ... [ @t{else @{} @var{list} @t{@}} ] +An alternate form of @t{if}. The rules mean that + +@noindent +@example +if [[ -o ignorebraces ]] @{ + print yes +@} +@end example + +@noindent +works, but + +@noindent +@example +if true @{ # Does not work! + print yes +@} + +@end example + +@noindent +does @emph{not}, since the test is not suitably delimited. + +@item @t{if} @var{list} @var{sublist} +A short form of the alternate `if'. The same limitations on the form of +@var{list} apply as for the previous form. + +@item @t{for} @var{name} ... @t{(} @var{word} ... @t{)} @var{sublist} +A short form of @t{for}. + +@item @t{for} @var{name} ... [ @t{in} @var{word} ... ] @var{term} @var{sublist} +where @var{term} is at least one newline or @t{;}. +Another short form of @t{for}. + +@item @t{for ((} [@var{expr1}] @t{;} [@var{expr2}] @t{;} [@var{expr3}] @t{))} @var{sublist} +A short form of the arithmetic @t{for} command. + +@findex foreach +@item @t{foreach} @var{name} ... @t{(} @var{word} ... @t{)} @var{list} @t{end} +Another form of @t{for}. + +@item @t{while} @var{list} @t{@{} @var{list} @t{@}} +An alternative form of @t{while}. Note the limitations on the form of +@var{list} mentioned above. + +@item @t{until} @var{list} @t{@{} @var{list} @t{@}} +An alternative form of @t{until}. Note the limitations on the form of +@var{list} mentioned above. + +@item @t{repeat} @var{word} @var{sublist} +This is a short form of @t{repeat}. + +@item @t{case} @var{word} @t{@{} [ [@t{(}] @var{pattern} [ @t{|} @var{pattern} ] ... @t{)} @var{list} (@t{;;}|@t{;&}|@t{;|}) ] ... @t{@}} +An alternative form of @t{case}. + +@item @t{select} @var{name} [ @t{in} @var{word} @var{term} ] @var{sublist} +where @var{term} is at least one newline or @t{;}. +A short form of @t{select}. + +@end table +@node Reserved Words, Comments, Alternate Forms For Complex Commands, Shell Grammar + +@section Reserved Words +@noindent +@cindex reserved words +@findex disable, use of +The following words are recognized as reserved words when used as the first +word of a command unless quoted or disabled using @t{disable -r}: + +@noindent +@t{do done esac then elif else fi for case +if while function repeat time until +select coproc nocorrect foreach end ! [[ @{ @}} + +@noindent +Additionally, `@t{@}}' is recognized in any position if the @t{IGNORE_BRACES} option +is not set. +@node Comments, Aliasing, Reserved Words, Shell Grammar + +@section Comments +@noindent +@cindex comments +@pindex INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS, use of +@vindex histchars, use of +In noninteractive shells, or in interactive shells with the +@t{INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS} option set, a word beginning +with the third character of the @t{histchars} parameter +(`@t{#}' by default) causes that word and all the following +characters up to a newline to be ignored. +@node Aliasing, Quoting, Comments, Shell Grammar + +@section Aliasing +@noindent +@cindex aliasing +Every token in the shell input is checked to see if there +is an alias defined for it. +If so, it is replaced by the text of the alias if it is in command +position (if it could be the first word of a simple command), +or if the alias is global. +If the text ends with a space, the next word in the shell input +is treated as though it were in command position for purposes of alias +expansion. +@findex alias, use of +@cindex aliases, global +An alias is defined using the @t{alias} builtin; global aliases +may be defined using the @t{-g} option to that builtin. + +@noindent +Alias expansion is done on the shell input before any +other expansion except history expansion. Therefore, +if an alias is defined for the word @t{foo}, alias expansion +may be avoided by quoting part of the word, e.g. @t{\foo}. +But there is nothing to prevent an alias being defined +for @t{\foo} as well. +@node Quoting, , Aliasing, Shell Grammar + +@section Quoting +@noindent +@cindex quoting +A character may be @var{quoted} (that is, made +to stand for itself) by preceding it with a `@t{\}'. +`@t{\}' followed by a newline is ignored. + +@noindent +A string enclosed between `@t{$'}' and `@t{'}' is +processed the same way as the string arguments of the +@t{print} builtin, and the resulting string is considered to be +entirely quoted. A literal `@t{'}' character can be included in the +string by using the `@t{\'}' escape. + +@noindent +@pindex RC_QUOTES, use of +All characters enclosed between a pair of single quotes (@t{@value{dsq}}) that +is not preceded by a `@t{$}' are quoted. A single quote cannot appear +within single quotes unless the option @t{RC_QUOTES} is set, in which case +a pair of single quotes are turned into a single quote. For example, + +@noindent +@example +print @value{dsq}@value{dsq} +@end example + +@noindent +outputs nothing apart from a newline if @t{RC_QUOTES} is not set, but one +single quote if it is set. + +@noindent +Inside double quotes (@t{""}), parameter and +command substitution occur, and `@t{\}' quotes the characters +`@t{\}', `@t{`}', `@t{"}', and `@t{$}'. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/redirect.yo +@node Redirection, Command Execution, Shell Grammar, Top + +@chapter Redirection +@noindent +@cindex redirection +@cindex file descriptors +@cindex descriptors, file +If a command is followed by @t{&} +and job control is not active, +then the default standard input +for the command is the empty file @t{/dev/null}. +Otherwise, the environment for the execution of a command contains the +file descriptors of the invoking shell as modified by +input/output specifications. + +@noindent +The following may appear anywhere in a simple command +or may precede or follow a complex command. +Expansion occurs before @var{word} or @var{digit} +is used except as noted below. +If the result of substitution on @var{word} +produces more than one filename, +redirection occurs for each +separate filename in turn. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{<} @var{word} +Open file @var{word} for reading as standard input. + +@item @t{<>} @var{word} +Open file @var{word} for reading and writing as standard input. +If the file does not exist then it is created. + +@item @t{>} @var{word} +Open file @var{word} for writing as standard output. +If the file does not exist then it is created. +If the file exists, and the @t{CLOBBER} option is unset, +this causes an error; +otherwise, it is truncated to zero length. + +@item @t{>|} @var{word} +@itemx @t{>!} @var{word} +Same as @t{>}, except that the file is truncated to zero length +if it exists, even if @t{CLOBBER} is unset. + +@item @t{>>} @var{word} +Open file @var{word} for writing in append mode as standard output. +If the file does not exist, and the @t{CLOBBER} +option is unset, this causes an error; +otherwise, the file is created. + +@item @t{>>|} @var{word} +@itemx @t{>>!} @var{word} +Same as @t{>>}, except that the file is created if it does not +exist, even if @t{CLOBBER} is unset. + +@item @t{<<}[@t{-}] @var{word} +The shell input is read up to a line that is the same as +@var{word}, or to an end-of-file. +No parameter expansion, command substitution or +filename generation is performed on @var{word}. +The resulting document, called a +@emph{here-document}, becomes the standard input. + +@noindent +If any character of @var{word} is quoted with +single or double quotes or a `@t{\}', +no interpretation is placed upon the characters of the document. +Otherwise, parameter and command substitution +occurs, `@t{\}' followed by a newline is removed, +and `@t{\}' must be used to quote the characters +`@t{\}', `@t{$}', `@t{`}' and the first character of @var{word}. + +@noindent +Note that @var{word} itself does not undergo shell expansion. Backquotes +in @var{word} do not have their usual effect; instead they behave +similarly to double quotes, except that the backquotes themselves are +passed through unchanged. (This information is given for completeness +and it is not recommended that backquotes be used.) Quotes in the form +@t{$'}@var{...}@t{'} have their standard effect of expanding backslashed +references to special characters. + +@noindent +If @t{<<-} is used, then all leading +tabs are stripped from @var{word} and from the document. + +@item @t{<<<} @var{word} +Perform shell expansion on @var{word} and pass the result +to standard input. This is known as a @emph{here-string}. +Compare the use of @var{word} in here-documents above, where @var{word} +does not undergo shell expansion. + +@item @t{<&} @var{number} +@itemx @t{>&} @var{number} +The standard input/output is duplicated from file descriptor +@var{number} (see man page dup2(2)). + +@item @t{<& -} +@itemx @t{>& -} +Close the standard input/output. + +@item @t{<& p} +@itemx @t{>& p} +The input/output from/to the coprocess is moved to the standard input/output. + +@item @t{>&} @var{word} +@itemx @t{&>} @var{word} +(Except where `@t{>&} @var{word}' matches one of the above syntaxes; +`@t{&>}' can always be used to avoid this ambiguity.) +Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descriptor 2) +in the manner of `@t{>} @var{word}'. +Note that this does @emph{not} have the same effect as `@t{>} @var{word} @t{2>&1}' +in the presence of multios (see the section below). + +@item @t{>&|} @var{word} +@itemx @t{>&!} @var{word} +@itemx @t{&>|} @var{word} +@itemx @t{&>!} @var{word} +Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descriptor 2) +in the manner of `@t{>|} @var{word}'. + +@item @t{>>&} @var{word} +@itemx @t{&>>} @var{word} +Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descriptor 2) +in the manner of `@t{>>} @var{word}'. + +@item @t{>>&|} @var{word} +@itemx @t{>>&!} @var{word} +@itemx @t{&>>|} @var{word} +@itemx @t{&>>!} @var{word} +Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descriptor 2) +in the manner of `@t{>>|} @var{word}'. + +@end table + +@noindent +If one of the above is preceded by a digit, then the file +descriptor referred to is that specified by the digit +instead of the default 0 or 1. +The order in which redirections are specified is significant. +The shell evaluates each redirection in terms of the +(@emph{file descriptor}, @emph{file}) +association at the time of evaluation. +For example: + +@noindent +@quotation +... @t{1>}@var{fname} @t{2>&1} +@end quotation + +@noindent +first associates file descriptor 1 with file @var{fname}. +It then associates file descriptor 2 with the file associated with file +descriptor 1 (that is, @var{fname}). +If the order of redirections were reversed, +file descriptor 2 would be associated +with the terminal (assuming file descriptor 1 had been) +and then file descriptor 1 would be associated with file @var{fname}. + +@noindent +If instead of a digit one of the operators above is preceded by +a valid identifier enclosed in braces, the shell will open a new +file descriptor that is guaranteed to be at least 10 and set the +parameter named by the identifier to the file descriptor opened. +No whitespace is allowed between the closing brace and the redirection +character. The option @t{IGNORE_BRACES} must not be set. +For example: + +@noindent +@quotation +... @{myfd@}>&1 +@end quotation + +@noindent +This opens a new file descriptor that is a duplicate of file descriptor +1 and sets the parameter @t{myfd} to the number of the file descriptor, +which will be at least 10. The new file descriptor can be written to using +the syntax @t{>&$myfd}. + +@noindent +The syntax @t{@{}@var{varid}@t{@}>&-}, for example @t{@{myfd@}>&-}, may be used +to close a file descriptor opened in this fashion. Note that the +parameter given by @var{varid} must previously be set to a file descriptor +in this case. + +@noindent +It is an error to open or close a file descriptor in this fashion when the +parameter is readonly. However, it is not an error to read or write a file +descriptor using @t{<&$}@var{param} or @t{>&$}@var{param} if @var{param} is +readonly. + +@noindent +If the option @t{CLOBBER} is unset, it is an error to open a file +descriptor using a parameter that is already set to an open file descriptor +previously allocated by this mechanism. Unsetting the parameter before +using it for allocating a file descriptor avoids the error. + +@noindent +Note that this mechanism merely allocates or closes a file descriptor; it +does not perform any redirections from or to it. It is usually convenient +to allocate a file descriptor prior to use as an argument to @t{exec}. The +following shows a typical sequence of allocation, use, and closing of a +file descriptor: + +@noindent +@example +integer myfd +exec @{myfd@}>~/logs/mylogfile.txt +print This is a log message. >&$myfd +exec @{myfd@}>&- +@end example + +@noindent +Note that the expansion of the variable in the expression @t{>&$myfd} +occurs at the point the redirection is opened. This is after the expansion +of command arguments and after any redirections to the left on the command +line have been processed. + +@noindent +The `@t{|&}' command separator described in +@ref{Simple Commands & Pipelines} +is a shorthand for `@t{2>&1 |}'. + +@noindent +The various forms of process substitution, `@t{<(}@var{list}@t{)}', +and `@t{=(}@var{list}())' for input and +`@t{>(}@var{list}@t{)}' for output, are often used together with +redirection. For example, if @var{word} in an output redirection is of the +form `@t{>(}@var{list}@t{)}' then the output is piped to the +command represented by @var{list}. See +@ref{Process Substitution}. + +@section Multios +@noindent +@cindex multios +@pindex MULTIOS, use of +If the user tries to open a file descriptor for writing more than once, +the shell opens the file descriptor as a pipe to a process that copies +its input to all the specified outputs, similar to @cite{tee}, +provided the @t{MULTIOS} option is set, as it is by default. Thus: + +@noindent +@example +date >foo >bar +@end example + +@noindent +writes the date to two files, named `@t{foo}' and `@t{bar}'. +Note that a pipe is an implicit redirection; thus + +@noindent +@example +date >foo | cat +@end example + +@noindent +writes the date to the file `@t{foo}', and also pipes it to cat. + +@noindent +If the @t{MULTIOS} +option is set, the word after a redirection operator is also subjected +to filename generation (globbing). Thus + +@noindent +@example +: > * +@end example + +@noindent +will truncate all files in the current directory, +assuming there's at least one. (Without the @t{MULTIOS} +option, it would create an empty file called `@t{*}'.) +Similarly, you can do + +@noindent +@example +echo exit 0 >> *.sh +@end example + +@noindent +If the user tries to open a file descriptor for reading more than once, +the shell opens the file descriptor as a pipe to a process that copies +all the specified inputs to its output in the order +specified, similar to @cite{cat}, +provided the @t{MULTIOS} option is set. Thus + +@noindent +@example +sort &$myfd}. + +@noindent +Note that a pipe is an implicit redirection; thus + +@noindent +@example +cat bar | sort bar > baz +@end example + +@noindent +when @t{MULTIOS} is unset will truncate bar, and write `@t{foo}' into baz. + +@noindent +There is a problem when an output multio is attached to an external +program. A simple example shows this: + +@noindent +@example +cat file >file1 >file2 +cat file1 file2 +@end example + +@noindent +Here, it is possible that the second `@t{cat}' will not display the full +contents of @t{file1} and @t{file2} (i.e. the original contents of +@t{file} repeated twice). + +@noindent +The reason for this is that the multios are spawned after the @t{cat} +process is forked from the parent shell, so the parent shell does not +wait for the multios to finish writing data. This means the command as +shown can exit before @t{file1} and @t{file2} are completely written. +As a workaround, it is possible to run the @t{cat} process as part of a +job in the current shell: + +@noindent +@example +@{ cat file @} >file >file2 +@end example + +@noindent +Here, the @t{@{}@var{...}@t{@}} job will pause to wait for both files to be +written. + +@noindent + +@section Redirections with no command +@noindent +When a simple command consists of one or more redirection operators +and zero or more parameter assignments, but no command name, zsh can +behave in several ways. + +@noindent +@vindex NULLCMD, use of +@pindex CSH_NULLCMD, use of +If the parameter @t{NULLCMD} is not set or the option @t{CSH_NULLCMD} is +set, an error is caused. This is the @cite{csh} behavior and @t{CSH_NULLCMD} +is set by default when emulating @cite{csh}. + +@noindent +@pindex SH_NULLCMD, use of +If the option @t{SH_NULLCMD} is set, the builtin `@t{:}' is inserted as a +command with the given redirections. This is the default when emulating +@cite{sh} or @cite{ksh}. + +@noindent +@vindex READNULLCMD, use of +Otherwise, if the parameter @t{NULLCMD} is set, its value will be used as a +command with the given redirections. If both @t{NULLCMD} and +@t{READNULLCMD} are set, then the value of the latter will be used instead +of that of the former when the redirection is an input. The default for +@t{NULLCMD} is `@t{cat}' and for @t{READNULLCMD} is `@t{more}'. Thus + +@noindent +@example +< file +@end example + +@noindent +shows the contents of @t{file} on standard output, with paging if that is a +terminal. @t{NULLCMD} and @t{READNULLCMD} may refer to shell functions. + +@noindent +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/exec.yo +@node Command Execution, Functions, Redirection, Top + +@chapter Command Execution +@noindent +@cindex command execution +@cindex execution, of commands +@cindex command not found, handling of +@findex command_not_found_handler +If a command name contains no slashes, the shell attempts to locate +it. If there exists a shell function by that name, the function +is invoked as described in @ref{Functions}. If there exists +a shell builtin by that name, the builtin is invoked. + +@noindent +@vindex path, use of +Otherwise, the shell searches each element of @t{$path} for a +directory containing an executable file by that name. If the +search is unsuccessful, the shell prints an error message and returns +a nonzero exit status. + +@noindent +If execution fails because the file is not in executable format, +and the file is not a directory, it is assumed to be a shell +script. @t{/bin/sh} is spawned to execute it. If the program +is a file beginning with `@t{#!}', the remainder of the first line +specifies an interpreter for the program. The shell will +execute the specified interpreter on operating systems that do +not handle this executable format in the kernel. + +@noindent +If no external command is found but a function @t{command_not_found_handler} +exists the shell executes this function with all +command line arguments. The function should return status zero if it +successfully handled the command, or non-zero status if it failed. +In the latter case the standard handling is applied: `command not +found' is printed to standard error and the shell exits with status 127. +Note that the handler is executed in a subshell forked to execute +an external command, hence changes to directories, shell parameters, +etc. have no effect on the main shell. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/func.yo +@node Functions, Jobs & Signals, Command Execution, Top + +@chapter Functions +@noindent +@cindex functions +@findex function, use of +Shell functions are defined with the @t{function} reserved word or the +special syntax `@var{funcname} @t{()}'. +Shell functions are read in and stored internally. +Alias names are resolved when the function is read. +Functions are executed like commands with the arguments +passed as positional parameters. +(See @ref{Command Execution}.) + +@noindent +Functions execute in the same process as the caller and +share all files +and present working directory with the +caller. A trap on @t{EXIT} set inside a function +is executed after the function completes in the environment +of the caller. + +@noindent +@findex return, use of +The @t{return} builtin is used to return from function calls. + +@noindent +@findex functions, use of +Function identifiers can be listed with the @t{functions} builtin. +@findex unfunction, use of +Functions can be undefined with the @t{unfunction} builtin. + +@section Autoloading Functions +@noindent +@cindex autoloading functions +@cindex functions, autoloading + +@noindent +@findex autoload, use of +@vindex fpath, use of +A function can be marked as @emph{undefined} using the @t{autoload} builtin +(or `@t{functions -u}' or `@t{typeset -fu}'). Such a function has no +body. When the function is first executed, the shell searches for its +definition using the elements of the @t{fpath} variable. Thus to define +functions for autoloading, a typical sequence is: + +@noindent +@example +fpath=(~/myfuncs $fpath) +autoload myfunc1 myfunc2 ... +@end example + +@noindent +The usual alias expansion during reading will be suppressed if the +@t{autoload} builtin or its equivalent is given the option @t{-U}. This is +recommended for the use of functions supplied with the zsh distribution. +@findex zcompile, use of +Note that for functions precompiled with the @t{zcompile} builtin command +the flag @t{-U} must be provided when the @t{.zwc} file is created, as the +corresponding information is compiled into the latter. + +@noindent +For each @var{element} in @t{fpath}, the shell looks for three possible +files, the newest of which is used to load the definition for the function: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @var{element}@t{.zwc} +A file created with the @t{zcompile} builtin command, which is expected to +contain the definitions for all functions in the directory named +@var{element}. The file is treated in the same manner as a directory +containing files for functions and is searched for the definition of the +function. If the definition is not found, the search for a definition +proceeds with the other two possibilities described below. + +@noindent +If @var{element} already includes a @t{.zwc} extension (i.e. the extension +was explicitly given by the user), @var{element} is searched for the +definition of the function without comparing its age to that of other +files; in fact, there does not need to be any directory named @var{element} +without the suffix. Thus including an element such as +`@t{/usr/local/funcs.zwc}' in @t{fpath} will speed up the search for +functions, with the disadvantage that functions included must be explicitly +recompiled by hand before the shell notices any changes. + +@item @var{element}@t{/}@var{function}@t{.zwc} +A file created with @t{zcompile}, which is expected to contain the +definition for @var{function}. It may include other function definitions +as well, but those are neither loaded nor executed; a file found in this +way is searched @emph{only} for the definition of @var{function}. + +@item @var{element}@t{/}@var{function} +A file of zsh command text, taken to be the definition for @var{function}. + +@end table + +@noindent +In summary, the order of searching is, first, in the @emph{parents of} +directories in @t{fpath} for the newer of either a compiled directory or +a directory in @t{fpath}; second, if more than one of these contains a +definition for the function that is sought, the leftmost in the @t{fpath} +is chosen; and third, within a directory, the newer of either a compiled +function or an ordinary function definition is used. + +@noindent +@pindex KSH_AUTOLOAD, use of +If the @t{KSH_AUTOLOAD} option is set, or the file contains only a +simple definition of the function, the file's contents will be executed. +This will normally define the function in question, but may also perform +initialization, which is executed in the context of the function execution, +and may therefore define local parameters. It is an error if the function +is not defined by loading the file. + +@noindent +Otherwise, the function body (with no surrounding `@var{funcname}@t{() +@{}@var{...}@t{@}}') is taken to be the complete contents of the file. This +form allows the file to be used directly as an executable shell script. If +processing of the file results in the function being re-defined, the +function itself is not re-executed. To force the shell to perform +initialization and then call the function defined, the file should contain +initialization code (which will be executed then discarded) in addition to +a complete function definition (which will be retained for subsequent calls +to the function), and a call to the shell function, including any +arguments, at the end. + +@noindent +For example, suppose the autoload file @t{func} contains + +@noindent +@example +func() @{ print This is func; @} +print func is initialized + +@end example + +@noindent +then `@t{func; func}' with @t{KSH_AUTOLOAD} set will produce both messages +on the first call, but only the message `@t{This is func}' on the second +and subsequent calls. Without @t{KSH_AUTOLOAD} set, it will produce +the initialization message on the first call, and the other message on the +second and subsequent calls. + +@noindent +It is also possible to create a function that is not marked as autoloaded, +but which loads its own definition by searching @t{fpath}, by using +`@t{autoload -X}' within a shell function. For example, the following are +equivalent: + +@noindent +@example +myfunc() @{ + autoload -X +@} +myfunc args... +@end example + +@noindent +and + +@noindent +@example +unfunction myfunc # if myfunc was defined +autoload myfunc +myfunc args... +@end example + +@noindent +In fact, the @t{functions} command outputs `@t{builtin autoload -X}' as +the body of an autoloaded function. This is done so that + +@noindent +@example +eval "$(functions)" +@end example + +@noindent +produces a reasonable result. A true autoloaded function can be +identified by the presence of the comment `@t{# undefined}' in the body, +because all comments are discarded from defined functions. + +@noindent +To load the definition of an autoloaded function @t{myfunc} without +executing @t{myfunc}, use: + +@noindent +@example +autoload +X myfunc +@end example + +@noindent + +@section Special Functions +@noindent +Certain functions, if defined, have special meaning to the shell. + +@noindent +In the case of @t{chpwd}, @t{periodic}, @t{precmd} and @t{preexec} it is +possible to define an array that has the same name with `@t{_functions}' +appended. Any element in such an array is taken as the name of a function +to execute; it is executed in the same context and with the same arguments +as the basic function. For example, if @t{$chpwd_functions} is an array +containing the values `@t{mychpwd}', `@t{chpwd_save_dirstack}', then the +shell attempts to execute the functions `@t{chpwd}', `@t{mychpwd}' and +`@t{chpwd_save_dirstack}', in that order. Any function that does not exist +is silently ignored. A function found by this mechanism is referred to +elsewhere as a `hook function'. An error in any function causes +subsequent functions not to be run. Note further that an error +in a @t{precmd} hook causes an immediately following @t{periodic} +function not to run (thought it may run at the next opportunity). + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex chpwd +@vindex chpwd_functions +@item @t{chpwd} +Executed whenever the current working directory is changed. + +@findex periodic +@vindex periodic_functions +@item @t{periodic} +@vindex PERIOD +If the parameter @t{PERIOD} +is set, this function is executed every @t{$PERIOD} +seconds, just before a prompt. Note that if multiple functions +are defined using the array @t{periodic_functions} only one +period is applied to the complete set of functions, and the +scheduled time is not reset if the list of functions is altered. +Hence the set of functions is always called together. + +@findex precmd +@vindex precmd_functions +@item @t{precmd} +Executed before each prompt. Note that precommand functions are not +reexecuted simply because the command line is redrawn, as happens, for +example, when a notification about an exiting job is displayed. + +@findex preexec +@vindex preexec_functions +@item @t{preexec} +Executed just after a command has been read and is about to be +executed. If the history mechanism is active (and the line was not +discarded from the history buffer), the string that the user typed is +passed as the first argument, otherwise it is an empty string. The +actual command that will be executed (including expanded aliases) is +passed in two different forms: the second argument is a single-line, +size-limited version of the command (with things like function bodies +elided); the third argument contains the full text that is being +executed. + +@findex zshexit +@vindex zshexit_functions +@item @t{zshexit} +Executed at the point where the main shell is about to exit normally. +This is not called by exiting subshells, nor when the @t{exec} +precommand modifier is used before an external command. Also, unlike +@t{TRAPEXIT}, it is not called when functions exit. + +@item @t{TRAP}@var{NAL} +@cindex signals, trapping +@cindex trapping signals +If defined and non-null, +this function will be executed whenever the shell +catches a signal @t{SIG}@var{NAL}, where @var{NAL} is a signal +name as specified for the @t{kill} builtin. +The signal number will be passed as the first parameter to the function. + +@noindent +If a function of this form is defined and null, +the shell and processes spawned by it will ignore @t{SIG}@var{NAL}. + +@noindent +The return status from the function is handled specially. If it is +zero, the signal is assumed to have been handled, and execution continues +normally. Otherwise, the shell will behave as interrupted except that +the return status of the trap is retained. + +@noindent +Programs terminated by uncaught signals typically return the status 128 +plus the signal number. Hence the following causes the handler for +@t{SIGINT} to print a message, then mimic the usual effect of the signal. + +@noindent +@example +TRAPINT() @{ + print "Caught SIGINT, aborting." + return $(( 128 + $1 )) +@} +@end example + +@noindent +The functions @t{TRAPZERR}, @t{TRAPDEBUG} and @t{TRAPEXIT} are never +executed inside other traps. + +@findex TRAPDEBUG +@item @t{TRAPDEBUG} +Executed after each command. + +@findex TRAPEXIT +@item @t{TRAPEXIT} +Executed when the shell exits, +or when the current function exits if defined inside a function. +The value of @t{$?} at the start of execution is the exit status of the +shell or the return status of the function exiting. + +@findex TRAPZERR +@findex TRAPERR +@item @t{TRAPZERR} +Executed whenever a command has a non-zero exit status. However, the +function is not executed if the command occurred in a sublist followed by +`@t{&&}' or `@t{||}'; only the final command in a sublist of this type +causes the trap to be executed. The function @t{TRAPERR} acts the same as +@t{TRAPZERR} on systems where there is no @t{SIGERR} (this is the usual +case). + +@end table + +@noindent +@findex trap, use of +The functions beginning `@t{TRAP}' may alternatively be defined with the +@t{trap} builtin: this may be preferable for some uses, as they are then +run in the environment of the calling process, rather than in their own +function environment. Apart from the difference in calling procedure and +the fact that the function form appears in lists of functions, the forms + +@noindent +@example +TRAPNAL() @{ + # code +@} +@end example + +@noindent +and + +@noindent +@example +trap ' + # code +' NAL +@end example + +@noindent +are equivalent. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/jobs.yo +@node Jobs & Signals, Arithmetic Evaluation, Functions, Top + +@chapter Jobs & Signals +@noindent + +@section Jobs +@noindent +@cindex jobs +@pindex MONITOR, use of +If the @t{MONITOR} option is set, +an interactive shell associates a @emph{job} with each pipeline. +It keeps a table of current jobs, printed by the @t{jobs} +command, and assigns them small integer numbers. +When a job is started asynchronously with `@t{&}', +the shell prints a line to standard error which looks like: + +@noindent +@example +[1] 1234 +@end example + +@noindent +indicating that the job which was started asynchronously was job number +1 and had one (top-level) process, whose process ID was 1234. + +@noindent +If a job is started with `@t{&|}' or `@t{&!}', +then that job is immediately disowned. After startup, it +does not have a place in the job table, and is not subject +to the job control features described here. + +@noindent +If you are running a job and wish to do something else you may hit the key +^Z (control-Z) which sends a @t{TSTP} signal to the current job: this key +may be redefined by the @t{susp} option of the external @t{stty} command. +@cindex jobs, suspending +@cindex suspending jobs +The shell will then normally indicate that the job has been `suspended', +and print another prompt. You can then manipulate the state of this job, +@findex bg, use of +putting it in the background with the @t{bg} command, or run some other +commands and then eventually bring the job back into the foreground with +@findex fg, use of +the foreground command @t{fg}. A ^Z takes effect immediately and +is like an interrupt in that pending output and unread input are discarded +when it is typed. + +@noindent +A job being run in the background will suspend if it tries to read +from the terminal. +@cindex background jobs, I/O +@cindex jobs, background, I/O +Background jobs are normally allowed to produce output, +but this can be disabled by giving the command `@t{stty tostop}'. +If you set this +tty option, then background jobs will suspend when they try to produce +output like they do when they try to read input. + +@noindent +When a command is suspended and continued later with the @t{fg} or +@t{wait} builtins, zsh restores tty modes that were in effect when it was +suspended. This (intentionally) does not apply if the command is +continued via `@t{kill -CONT}', nor when it is continued with @t{bg}. + +@noindent +@cindex jobs, referring to +@cindex referring to jobs +There are several ways to refer to jobs in the shell. +A job can be referred to by the process ID of any process of the job +or by one of the following: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{%}@var{number} +The job with the given number. +@item @t{%}@var{string} +Any job whose command line begins with @var{string}. +@item @t{%?}@var{string} +Any job whose command line contains @var{string}. +@item @t{%%} +Current job. +@item @t{%+} +Equivalent to `@t{%%}'. +@item @t{%-} +Previous job. +@end table + +@noindent +The shell learns immediately whenever a process changes state. +@pindex NOTIFY, use of +It normally informs you whenever a job becomes blocked so that +no further progress is possible. If the @t{NOTIFY} option is not set, +it waits until just before it prints a prompt before it informs you. +All such notifications are sent directly to the terminal, not to +the standard output or standard error. + +@noindent +When the monitor mode is on, each background job that completes +triggers any trap set for @t{CHLD}. + +@noindent +When you try to leave the shell while jobs are running or suspended, you will +be warned that `You have suspended (running) jobs'. +You may use the @t{jobs} command to see what they are. +If you do this or immediately try to +exit again, the shell will not warn you a second time; the suspended +jobs will be terminated, and the running jobs will be sent +a @t{SIGHUP} signal, if the @t{HUP} option is set. +@pindex HUP, use of + +@noindent +@cindex jobs, disowning +@cindex disowning jobs +@findex disown, use of +To avoid having the shell terminate the running jobs, either +use the @cite{nohup} command (see man page nohup(1)) +or the @t{disown} builtin. + +@section Signals +@noindent +The @t{INT} and @t{QUIT} signals for an invoked +command are ignored if the command is followed by +`@t{&}' and the @t{MONITOR} option is not active. +The shell itself always ignores the @t{QUIT} signal. +Otherwise, signals have the values +inherited by the shell from its parent +(but see the @t{TRAP}@var{NAL} special functions in @ref{Functions}). +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/arith.yo +@node Arithmetic Evaluation, Conditional Expressions, Jobs & Signals, Top + +@chapter Arithmetic Evaluation +@noindent +@cindex arithmetic evaluation +@cindex evaluation, arithmetic +@findex let, use of +The shell can perform integer and floating point arithmetic, either using +the builtin @t{let}, or via a substitution of the form @t{$((...))}. For +integers, the shell is usually compiled to use 8-byte precision where this +is available, otherwise precision is 4 bytes. This can be tested, for +example, by giving the command `@t{print - $(( 12345678901 ))}'; if the +number appears unchanged, the precision is at least 8 bytes. Floating +point arithmetic is always double precision. + +@noindent +The @t{let} builtin command takes arithmetic expressions as arguments; each +is evaluated separately. Since many of the arithmetic operators, as well +as spaces, require quoting, an alternative form is provided: for any +command which begins with a `@t{((}', all the characters until a +matching `@t{))}' are treated as a quoted expression and +arithmetic expansion performed as for an argument of @t{let}. More +precisely, `@t{((}@var{...}@t{))}' is equivalent to +`@t{let "}@var{...}@t{"}'. The return status is 0 if the arithmetic value +of the expression is non-zero, 1 if it is zero, and 2 if an error occurred. + +@noindent +For example, the following statement + +@noindent +@example +(( val = 2 + 1 )) +@end example + +@noindent +is equivalent to + +@noindent +@example +let "val = 2 + 1" +@end example + +@noindent +both assigning the value 3 to the shell variable @t{val} and returning a +zero status. + +@noindent +@cindex arithmetic base +@cindex bases, in arithmetic +Integers can be in bases other than 10. +A leading `@t{0x}' or `@t{0X}' denotes hexadecimal. +Integers may also be of the form `@var{base}@t{#}@var{n}', +where @var{base} is a decimal number between two and thirty-six +representing the arithmetic base and @var{n} +is a number in that base (for example, `@t{16#ff}' is 255 in hexadecimal). +The @var{base}@t{#} may also be omitted, in which case +base 10 is used. For backwards compatibility the form +`@t{[}@var{base}@t{]}@var{n}' is also accepted. + +@noindent +It is also possible to specify a base to be used for output in the form +`@t{[#}@var{base}@t{]}', for example `@t{[#16]}'. This is used when +outputting arithmetical substitutions or when assigning to scalar +parameters, but an explicitly defined integer or floating point parameter +will not be affected. If an integer variable is implicitly defined by an +arithmetic expression, any base specified in this way will be set as the +variable's output arithmetic base as if the option `@t{-i} @var{base}' to +the @t{typeset} builtin had been used. The expression has no precedence +and if it occurs more than once in a mathematical expression, the last +encountered is used. For clarity it is recommended that it appear at the +beginning of an expression. As an example: + +@noindent +@example +typeset -i 16 y +print $(( [#8] x = 32, y = 32 )) +print $x $y +@end example + +@noindent +outputs first `@t{8#40}', the rightmost value in the given output base, and +then `@t{8#40 16#20}', because @t{y} has been explicitly declared to +have output base 16, while @t{x} (assuming it does not already exist) is +implicitly typed by the arithmetic evaluation, where it acquires the output +base 8. + +@noindent +@pindex C_BASES, use of +@pindex OCTAL_ZEROES, use of +If the @t{C_BASES} option is set, hexadecimal numbers in the standard C +format, for example @t{0xFF} instead of the usual `@t{16#FF}'. If the +option @t{OCTAL_ZEROES} is also set (it is not by default), octal numbers +will be treated similarly and hence appear as `@t{077}' instead of +`@t{8#77}'. This option has no effect on the output of bases other than +hexadecimal and octal, and these formats are always understood on input. + +@noindent +When an output base is specified using the `@t{[#}@var{base}@t{]}' syntax, +an appropriate base prefix will be output if necessary, so that the value +output is valid syntax for input. If the @t{#} is doubled, for example +`@t{[##16]}', then no base prefix is output. + +@noindent +Floating point constants are recognized by the presence of a decimal point +or an exponent. The decimal point may be the first character of the +constant, but the exponent character @t{e} or @t{E} may not, as it will be +taken for a parameter name. + +@noindent +@cindex arithmetic operators +@cindex operators, arithmetic +An arithmetic expression uses nearly the same syntax, precedence, and +associativity of expressions in C. +The following operators are supported (listed in decreasing order +of precedence): + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{+ - ! ~ ++ --} +unary plus/minus, logical NOT, complement, @{pre,post@}@{in,de@}crement +@item @t{<< >>} +bitwise shift left, right +@item @t{&} +bitwise AND +@item @t{^} +bitwise XOR +@item @t{|} +bitwise OR +@item @t{**} +exponentiation +@item @t{* / %} +multiplication, division, modulus (remainder) +@item @t{+ -} +addition, subtraction +@item @t{< > <= >=} +comparison +@item @t{== !=} +equality and inequality +@item @t{&&} +logical AND +@item @t{|| ^^} +logical OR, XOR +@item @t{? :} +ternary operator +@item @t{= += -= *= /= %= &= ^= |= <<= >>= &&= ||= ^^= **=} +assignment +@item @t{,} +comma operator +@end table + +@noindent +The operators `@t{&&}', `@t{||}', `@t{&&=}', and `@t{||=}' are +short-circuiting, and only one of the latter two expressions in a ternary +operator is evaluated. Note the precedence of the bitwise AND, OR, +and XOR operators. + +@noindent +@cindex mathematical functions, use of +@cindex functions, math, use of +Mathematical functions can be called with the syntax +`@var{func}@t{(}@var{args}@t{)}', where the function decides +if the @var{args} is used as a string or a comma-separated list of +arithmetic expressions. The shell currently defines no mathematical +functions by default, but the module @t{zsh/mathfunc} may be loaded with +the @t{zmodload} builtin to provide standard floating point mathematical +functions. + +@noindent +An expression of the form `@t{##}@var{x}' where @var{x} is any character +sequence such as `@t{a}', `@t{^A}', or `@t{\M-\C-x}' gives the value of +this character and an expression of the form `@t{#}@var{foo}' gives the +value of the first character of the contents of the parameter @var{foo}. +Character values are according to the character set used in the current +locale; for multibyte character handling the option @t{MULTIBYTE} must be +set. Note that this form is different from `@t{$#}@var{foo}', a standard +parameter substitution which gives the length of the parameter @var{foo}. +`@t{#\}' is accepted instead of `@t{##}', but its use is deprecated. + +@noindent +Named parameters and subscripted arrays can be referenced by name within an +arithmetic expression without using the parameter expansion syntax. For +example, + +@noindent +@example +((val2 = val1 * 2)) +@end example + +@noindent +assigns twice the value of @t{$val1} to the parameter named @t{val2}. + +@noindent +An internal integer representation of a named parameter +can be specified with the @t{integer} builtin. +@cindex parameters, integer +@cindex integer parameters +@findex integer, use of +Arithmetic evaluation is performed on the value of each +assignment to a named parameter declared integer +in this manner. Assigning a floating point number to an integer results in +rounding down to the next integer. + +@noindent +@cindex parameters, floating point +@cindex floating point parameters +@findex float, use of +Likewise, floating point numbers can be declared with the @t{float} +builtin; there are two types, differing only in their output format, as +described for the @t{typeset} builtin. The output format can be bypassed +by using arithmetic substitution instead of the parameter substitution, +i.e. `@t{$@{}@var{float}@t{@}}' uses the defined format, but +`@t{$((}@var{float}@t{))}' uses a generic floating point +format. + +@noindent +Promotion of integer to floating point values is performed where +necessary. In addition, if any operator which requires an integer +(`@t{~}', `@t{&}', `@t{|}', `@t{^}', `@t{%}', `@t{<<}', `@t{>>}' and their +equivalents with assignment) is given a floating point argument, it will be +silently rounded down to the next integer. + +@noindent +Scalar variables can hold integer or floating point values at different +times; there is no memory of the numeric type in this case. + +@noindent +If a variable is first assigned in a numeric context without previously +being declared, it will be implicitly typed as @t{integer} or @t{float} and +retain that type either until the type is explicitly changed or until the +end of the scope. This can have unforeseen consequences. For example, in +the loop + +@noindent +@example +for (( f = 0; f < 1; f += 0.1 )); do +# use $f +done +@end example + +@noindent +if @t{f} has not already been declared, the first assignment will cause it +to be created as an integer, and consequently the operation `@t{f += 0.1}' +will always cause the result to be truncated to zero, so that the loop will +fail. A simple fix would be to turn the initialization into `@t{f = 0.0}'. +It is therefore best to declare numeric variables with explicit types. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/cond.yo +@node Conditional Expressions, Prompt Expansion, Arithmetic Evaluation, Top + +@chapter Conditional Expressions +@noindent +@cindex conditional expressions +@cindex expressions, conditional +A @emph{conditional expression} is used with the @t{[[} +compound command to test attributes of files and to compare strings. +Each expression can be constructed from one or more +of the following unary or binary expressions: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-a} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists. + +@item @t{-b} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and is a block special file. + +@item @t{-c} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and is a character special file. + +@item @t{-d} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and is a directory. + +@item @t{-e} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists. + +@item @t{-f} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and is a regular file. + +@item @t{-g} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and has its setgid bit set. + +@item @t{-h} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and is a symbolic link. + +@item @t{-k} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and has its sticky bit set. + +@item @t{-n} @var{string} +true if length of @var{string} is non-zero. + +@item @t{-o} @var{option} +true if option named @var{option} is on. @var{option} +may be a single character, in which case it is a single letter option name. +(See @ref{Specifying Options}.) + +@item @t{-p} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and is a FIFO special file (named pipe). + +@item @t{-r} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and is readable by current process. + +@item @t{-s} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and has size greater than zero. + +@item @t{-t} @var{fd} +true if file descriptor number @var{fd} +is open and associated with a terminal device. +(note: @var{fd} is not optional) + +@item @t{-u} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and has its setuid bit set. + +@item @t{-w} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and is writable by current process. + +@item @t{-x} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and is executable by current process. +If @var{file} exists and is a directory, then the current process +has permission to search in the directory. + +@item @t{-z} @var{string} +true if length of @var{string} is zero. + +@item @t{-L} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and is a symbolic link. + +@item @t{-O} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and is owned by the effective user ID of this process. + +@item @t{-G} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and its group matches +the effective group ID of this process. + +@item @t{-S} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and is a socket. + +@item @t{-N} @var{file} +true if @var{file} exists and its access time is +not newer than its modification time. + +@item @var{file1} @t{-nt} @var{file2} +true if @var{file1} exists and is newer than @var{file2}. + +@item @var{file1} @t{-ot} @var{file2} +true if @var{file1} exists and is older than @var{file2}. + +@item @var{file1} @t{-ef} @var{file2} +true if @var{file1} and @var{file2} exist and refer to the same file. + +@item @var{string} @t{=} @var{pattern} +@itemx @var{string} @t{==} @var{pattern} +true if @var{string} matches @var{pattern}. +The `@t{==}' form is the preferred one. The `@t{=}' form is for +backward compatibility and should be considered obsolete. + +@item @var{string} @t{!=} @var{pattern} +true if @var{string} does not match @var{pattern}. + +@item @var{string} @t{=~} @var{regexp} +true if @var{string} matches the regular expression +@var{regexp}. If the option @t{RE_MATCH_PCRE} is set +@var{regexp} is tested as a PCRE regular expression using +the @t{zsh/pcre} module, else it is tested as a POSIX +extended regular expression using the @t{zsh/regex} module. +If the option @t{BASH_REMATCH} is set the array +@t{BASH_REMATCH} is set to the substring that matched the pattern +followed by the substrings that matched parenthesised +subexpressions within the pattern; otherwise, the scalar parameter +@t{MATCH} is set to the substring that matched the pattern and +and the array @t{match} to the substrings that matched parenthesised +subexpressions. + +@item @var{string1} @t{<} @var{string2} +true if @var{string1} comes before @var{string2} +based on ASCII value of their characters. + +@item @var{string1} @t{>} @var{string2} +true if @var{string1} comes after @var{string2} +based on ASCII value of their characters. + +@item @var{exp1} @t{-eq} @var{exp2} +true if @var{exp1} is numerically equal to @var{exp2}. + +@item @var{exp1} @t{-ne} @var{exp2} +true if @var{exp1} is numerically not equal to @var{exp2}. + +@item @var{exp1} @t{-lt} @var{exp2} +true if @var{exp1} is numerically less than @var{exp2}. + +@item @var{exp1} @t{-gt} @var{exp2} +true if @var{exp1} is numerically greater than @var{exp2}. + +@item @var{exp1} @t{-le} @var{exp2} +true if @var{exp1} is numerically less than or equal to @var{exp2}. + +@item @var{exp1} @t{-ge} @var{exp2} +true if @var{exp1} is numerically greater than or equal to @var{exp2}. + +@item @t{(} @var{exp} @t{)} +true if @var{exp} is true. + +@item @t{!} @var{exp} +true if @var{exp} is false. + +@item @var{exp1} @t{&&} @var{exp2} +true if @var{exp1} and @var{exp2} are both true. + +@item @var{exp1} @t{||} @var{exp2} +true if either @var{exp1} or @var{exp2} is true. + +@end table + +@noindent +Normal shell expansion is performed on the @var{file}, @var{string} and +@var{pattern} arguments, but the result of each expansion is constrained to +be a single word, similar to the effect of double quotes. However, pattern +metacharacters are active for the @var{pattern} arguments; the patterns +are the same as those used for filename generation, see +@ref{Filename Generation}, but there is no special behaviour +of `@t{/}' nor initial dots, and no glob qualifiers are allowed. + +@noindent +In each of the above expressions, if +@var{file} is of the form `@t{/dev/fd/}@var{n}', +where @var{n} is an integer, +then the test applied to the open file whose +descriptor number is @var{n}, +even if the underlying system does not support +the @t{/dev/fd} directory. + +@noindent +In the forms which do numeric comparison, the expressions @var{exp} +undergo arithmetic expansion as if they were enclosed in @t{$((...))}. + +@noindent +For example, the following: + +@noindent +@example +[[ ( -f foo || -f bar ) && $report = y* ]] && print File exists. +@end example + +@noindent +tests if either file @t{foo} or file @t{bar} exists, and if so, if the +value of the parameter @t{report} begins with `@t{y}'; if the complete +condition is true, the message `@t{File exists.}' is printed. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/prompt.yo +@node Prompt Expansion, Expansion, Conditional Expressions, Top + +@chapter Prompt Expansion +@noindent +@cindex prompt expansion +@cindex expansion, prompt +Prompt sequences undergo a special form of expansion. This type of expansion +is also available using the @t{-P} option to the @t{print} builtin. + +@noindent +@pindex PROMPT_SUBST, use of +If the @t{PROMPT_SUBST} option is set, the prompt string is first subjected to +@emph{parameter expansion}, +@emph{command substitution} and +@emph{arithmetic expansion}. +See +@ref{Expansion}. + +@noindent +Certain escape sequences may be recognised in the prompt string. + +@noindent +@pindex PROMPT_BANG, use of +If the @t{PROMPT_BANG} option is set, a `@t{!}' in the prompt is replaced +by the current history event number. A literal `@t{!}' may then be +represented as `@t{!!}'. + +@noindent +@pindex PROMPT_PERCENT, use of +If the @t{PROMPT_PERCENT} option is set, certain escape sequences that +start with `@t{%}' are expanded. +Some escapes take an optional integer argument, which +should appear between the `@t{%}' and the next character of the +sequence. The following escape sequences are recognized: + +@noindent + +@subsection Special characters +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{%%} +A `@t{%}'. + +@item @t{%)} +A `@t{)}'. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Login information +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{%l} +The line (tty) the user is logged in on, without `@t{/dev/}' prefix. +If the name starts with `@t{/dev/tty}', that prefix is stripped. + +@item @t{%M} +The full machine hostname. + +@item @t{%m} +The hostname up to the first `@t{.}'. +An integer may follow the `@t{%}' to specify +how many components of the hostname are desired. With a negative integer, +trailing components of the hostname are shown. + +@item @t{%n} +@t{$USERNAME}. + +@item @t{%y} +The line (tty) the user is logged in on, without `@t{/dev/}' prefix. +This does not treat `@t{/dev/tty}' names specially. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Shell state +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{%#} +A `@t{#}' if the shell is running with privileges, a `@t{%}' if not. +Equivalent to `@t{%(!.#.%%)}'. +The definition of `privileged', for these purposes, is that either the +effective user ID is zero, or, if POSIX.1e capabilities are supported, that +at least one capability is raised in either the Effective or Inheritable +capability vectors. + +@item @t{%?} +The return status of the last command executed just before the prompt. + +@item @t{%_} +The status of the parser, i.e. the shell constructs (like `@t{if}' and +`@t{for}') that have been started on the command line. If given an integer +number that many strings will be printed; zero or negative or no integer means +print as many as there are. This is most useful in prompts @t{PS2} for +continuation lines and @t{PS4} for debugging with the @t{XTRACE} option; in +the latter case it will also work non-interactively. + +@item @t{%d} +@itemx @t{%/} +Present working directory (@t{$PWD}). If an integer follows the `@t{%}', +it specifies a number of trailing components of @t{$PWD} to show; zero +means the whole path. A negative integer specifies leading components, +i.e. @t{%-1d} specifies the first component. + +@item @t{%~} +As @t{%d} and @t{%/}, but if @t{$PWD} has a named directory as its prefix, +that part is replaced by a `@t{~}' followed by the name of the directory. +If it starts with @t{$HOME}, that part is replaced by a `@t{~}'. + +@item @t{%h} +@itemx @t{%!} +Current history event number. + +@item @t{%i} +The line number currently being executed in the script, sourced file, or +shell function given by @t{%N}. This is most useful for debugging as part +of @t{$PS4}. + +@item @t{%j} +The number of jobs. + +@item @t{%L} +The current value of @t{$SHLVL}. + +@item @t{%N} +The name of the script, sourced file, or shell function that zsh is +currently executing, whichever was started most recently. If there is +none, this is equivalent to the parameter @t{$0}. An integer may follow +the `@t{%}' to specify a number of trailing path components to show; zero +means the full path. A negative integer specifies leading components. + +@item @t{%c} +@itemx @t{%.} +@itemx @t{%C} +Trailing component of @t{$PWD}. +An integer may follow the `@t{%}' to get more than one component. +Unless `@t{%C}' is used, tilde contraction is performed first. These are +deprecated as @t{%c} and @t{%C} are equivalent to @t{%1~} and @t{%1/}, +respectively, while explicit positive integers have the same effect as for +the latter two sequences. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Date and time +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{%D} +The date in @var{yy}@t{-}@var{mm}@t{-}@var{dd} format. + +@item @t{%T} +Current time of day, in 24-hour format. + +@item @t{%t} +@itemx @t{%@@} +Current time of day, in 12-hour, am/pm format. + +@item @t{%*} +Current time of day in 24-hour format, with seconds. + +@item @t{%w} +The date in @var{day}@t{-}@var{dd} format. + +@item @t{%W} +The date in @var{mm}@t{/}@var{dd}@t{/}@var{yy} format. + +@item @t{%D@{}@var{string}@t{@}} +@var{string} is formatted using the @t{strftime} function. +See man page strftime(3) for more details. Three additional codes are +available: @t{%f} prints the day of the month, like @t{%e} but +without any preceding space if the day is a single digit, and +@t{%K}/@t{%L} correspond to @t{%k}/@t{%l} for the hour of the day +(24/12 hour clock) in the same way. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Visual effects +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{%B} (@t{%b}) +Start (stop) boldface mode. + +@item @t{%E} +Clear to end of line. + +@item @t{%U} (@t{%u}) +Start (stop) underline mode. + +@item @t{%S} (@t{%s}) +Start (stop) standout mode. + +@item @t{%@{}...@t{%@}} +Include a string as a literal escape sequence. +The string within the braces should not change the cursor +position. Brace pairs can nest. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Conditional substrings +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{%v} +@vindex psvar, use of +The value of the first element of the @t{psvar} array parameter. Following +the `@t{%}' with an integer gives that element of the array. Negative +integers count from the end of the array. + +@item @t{%(}@var{x.true-text.false-text}@t{)} +Specifies a ternary expression. The character following the @var{x} is +arbitrary; the same character is used to separate the text for the +`true' result from that for the `false' result. +This separator may not appear in the @var{true-text}, except as part of a +%-escape +sequence. A `@t{)}' may appear in the @var{false-text} as `@t{%)}'. +@var{true-text} +and @var{false-text} may both contain arbitrarily-nested escape +sequences, including further ternary expressions. + +@noindent +The left parenthesis may be preceded or followed by a positive integer @var{n}, +which defaults to zero. A negative integer will be multiplied by -1. +The test character @var{x} may be any of the following: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{!} +True if the shell is running with privileges. +@item @t{#} +True if the effective uid of the current process is @var{n}. +@item @t{?} +True if the exit status of the last command was @var{n}. +@item @t{_} +True if at least @var{n} shell constructs were started. +@item @t{C} +@itemx @t{/} +True if the current absolute path has at least @var{n} elements +relative to the root directory, hence @t{/} is counted as 0 elements. +@item @t{c} +@itemx @t{.} +@itemx @t{~} +True if the current path, with prefix replacement, has at +least @var{n} elements relative to the root directory, hence @t{/} is +counted as 0 elements. +@item @t{D} +True if the month is equal to @var{n} (January = 0). +@item @t{d} +True if the day of the month is equal to @var{n}. +@item @t{g} +True if the effective gid of the current process is @var{n}. +@item @t{j} +True if the number of jobs is at least @var{n}. +@item @t{L} +True if the @t{SHLVL} parameter is at least @var{n}. +@item @t{l} +True if at least @var{n} characters have already been +printed on the current line. +@item @t{S} +True if the @t{SECONDS} parameter is at least @var{n}. +@item @t{T} +True if the time in hours is equal to @var{n}. +@item @t{t} +True if the time in minutes is equal to @var{n}. +@item @t{v} +True if the array @t{psvar} has at least @var{n} elements. +@item @t{w} +True if the day of the week is equal to @var{n} (Sunday = 0). +@end table + +@item @t{%<}@var{string}@t{<} +@itemx @t{%>}@var{string}@t{>} +@itemx @t{%[}@var{xstring}@t{]} +Specifies truncation behaviour for the remainder of the prompt string. +The third, deprecated, form is equivalent to `@t{%}@var{xstringx}', +i.e. @var{x} may be `@t{<}' or `@t{>}'. +The numeric argument, which in the third form may appear immediately +after the `@t{[}', specifies the maximum permitted length of +the various strings that can be displayed in the prompt. +The @var{string} will be displayed in +place of the truncated portion of any string; note this does not +undergo prompt expansion. + +@noindent +The forms with `@t{<}' truncate at the left of the string, +and the forms with `@t{>}' truncate at the right of the string. +For example, if the current directory is `@t{/home/pike}', +the prompt `@t{%8<..<%/}' will expand to `@t{..e/pike}'. +In this string, the terminating character (`@t{<}', `@t{>}' or `@t{]}'), +or in fact any character, may be quoted by a preceding `@t{\}'; note +when using @t{print -P}, however, that this must be doubled as the +string is also subject to standard @t{print} processing, in addition +to any backslashes removed by a double quoted string: the worst case +is therefore `@t{print -P "%<\\\\<<..."}'. + +@noindent +If the @var{string} is longer than the specified truncation length, +it will appear in full, completely replacing the truncated string. + +@noindent +The part of the prompt string to be truncated runs to the end of the +string, or to the end of the next enclosing group of the `@t{%(}' +construct, or to the next truncation encountered at the same grouping +level (i.e. truncations inside a `@t{%(}' are separate), which +ever comes first. In particular, a truncation with argument zero +(e.g. `@t{%<<}') marks the end of the range of the string to be +truncated while turning off truncation from there on. For example, the +prompt '%10<...<%~%<<%# ' will print a truncated representation of the +current directory, followed by a `@t{%}' or `@t{#}', followed by a +space. Without the `@t{%<<}', those two characters would be included +in the string to be truncated. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/expn.yo +@node Expansion, Parameters, Prompt Expansion, Top + +@chapter Expansion +@noindent +@cindex expansion + +The following types of expansions are performed in the indicated order in +five steps: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @emph{History Expansion} +This is performed only in interactive shells. + +@item @emph{Alias Expansion} +Aliases are expanded immediately before the command line is parsed as +explained +in @ref{Aliasing}. + +@item @emph{Process Substitution} +@itemx @emph{Parameter Expansion} +@itemx @emph{Command Substitution} +@itemx @emph{Arithmetic Expansion} +@itemx @emph{Brace Expansion} +These five are performed in one step in left-to-right fashion. After +these expansions, all unquoted occurrences of the characters `@t{\}', +`@t{'}' and `@t{"}' are removed. + +@item @emph{Filename Expansion} +If the @t{SH_FILE_EXPANSION} option is set, the order of expansion is +modified for compatibility with @cite{sh} and @cite{ksh}. In that case +@emph{filename expansion} is performed immediately after @emph{alias expansion}, +preceding the set of five expansions mentioned above. + +@cindex globbing +@item @emph{Filename Generation} +This expansion, commonly referred to as @cite{globbing}, is always done last. + +@end table + +@noindent +The following sections explain the types of expansion in detail. + +@noindent +@menu +* History Expansion:: +* Process Substitution:: +* Parameter Expansion:: +* Command Substitution:: +* Arithmetic Expansion:: +* Brace Expansion:: +* Filename Expansion:: +* Filename Generation:: +@end menu +@node History Expansion, Process Substitution, , Expansion + +@section History Expansion +@noindent +@cindex history +@cindex history expansion +@cindex expansion, history +History expansion allows you to use words from previous command +lines in the command line you are typing. This simplifies spelling +corrections and the repetition of complicated commands or arguments. +@vindex HISTSIZE, use of +Immediately before execution, each command is saved in the history list, +the size of which is controlled by the @t{HISTSIZE} parameter. The one +most recent command is always retained in any case. Each saved command in +the history list is called a history @emph{event} and is assigned a number, +beginning with 1 (one) when the shell starts up. The history number that +you may see in your prompt (see +@ref{Prompt Expansion}) is the number that is to be assigned to the @emph{next} command. + +@noindent +@menu +* Overview:: +* Event Designators:: +* Word Designators:: +* Modifiers:: +@end menu +@node Overview, Event Designators, , History Expansion + +@subsection Overview +@noindent +@vindex histchars, use of +A history expansion begins with the first character of the @t{histchars} +parameter, which is `@t{!}' by default, and may occur anywhere on the +command line; history expansions do not nest. The `@t{!}' can be escaped +with `@t{\}' or can be enclosed between a pair of single quotes (@t{@value{dsq}}) +to suppress its special meaning. Double quotes will @emph{not} work for +this. Following this history character is an optional event designator +(@ref{Event Designators}) and then an optional word +designator (@ref{Word Designators}); if neither of these designators is +present, no history expansion occurs. + +@noindent +Input lines containing history expansions are echoed after being expanded, +but before any other expansions take place and before the command is +executed. It is this expanded form that is recorded as the history event +for later references. + +@noindent +By default, a history reference with no event designator refers to the +same event as any preceding history reference on that command line; if it +is the only history reference in a command, it refers to the previous +command. +@pindex CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY, use of +However, if the option @t{CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY} is set, then every history +reference with no event specification @emph{always} refers to the previous +command. + +@noindent +For example, `@t{!}' is the event designator for the previous command, so +`@t{!!:1}' always refers to the first word of the previous command, and +`@t{!!$}' always refers to the last word of the previous command. With +@t{CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY} set, then `@t{!:1}' and `@t{!$}' function in the +same manner as `@t{!!:1}' and `@t{!!$}', respectively. Conversely, if +@t{CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY} is unset, then `@t{!:1}' and `@t{!$}' refer to the +first and last words, respectively, of the same event referenced by the +nearest other history reference preceding them on the current command +line, or to the previous command if there is no preceding reference. + +@noindent +The character sequence `@t{^}@var{foo}@t{^}@var{bar}' (where `@t{^}' is +actually the second character of the @t{histchars} parameter) +repeats the last command, replacing the string @var{foo} with @var{bar}. +More precisely, the sequence `@t{^}@var{foo}@t{^}@var{bar}@t{^}' is +synonymous with `@t{!!:s}@t{^}@var{foo}@t{^}@var{bar}@t{^}', hence other +modifiers (see @ref{Modifiers}) may follow the final `@t{^}'. +In particular, `@t{^}@var{foo}@t{^}@var{bar}@t{:G}' performs a global +substitution. + +@noindent +If the shell encounters the character sequence `@t{!"}' +in the input, the history mechanism is temporarily disabled until +the current list (see +@ref{Shell Grammar}) is fully parsed. The `@t{!"}' is removed from the input, and any +subsequent `@t{!}' characters have no special significance. + +@noindent +@findex fc, use of +A less convenient but more comprehensible form of command history support +is provided by the @t{fc} builtin. +@node Event Designators, Word Designators, Overview, History Expansion + +@subsection Event Designators +@noindent +@cindex history event designators +@cindex event designators, history +An event designator is a reference to a command-line entry in the history +list. In the list below, remember that the initial @t{`!'} in each item +may be changed to another character by setting the @t{histchars} +parameter. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{!} +Start a history expansion, except when followed by a blank, newline, +`@t{=}' or `@t{(}'. If followed immediately by a word designator +(@ref{Word Designators}), this forms a history reference +with no event designator (@ref{Overview}). + +@item @t{!!} +Refer to the previous command. +By itself, this expansion +repeats the previous command. + +@item @t{!}@var{n} +Refer to command-line @var{n}. + +@item @t{!-}@var{n} +Refer to the current command-line minus @var{n}. + +@item @t{!}@var{str} +Refer to the most recent command starting with @var{str}. + +@item @t{!?}@var{str}[@t{?}] +Refer to the most recent command containing @var{str}. The trailing +`@t{?}' is necessary if this reference is to be followed by a modifier or +followed by any text that is not to be considered part of @var{str}. + +@item @t{!#} +Refer to the current command line typed in so far. The line is +treated as if it were complete up to and including the word before the +one with the `@t{!#}' reference. + +@item @t{!@{}...@t{@}} +Insulate a history reference from adjacent characters (if necessary). + +@end table +@node Word Designators, Modifiers, Event Designators, History Expansion + +@subsection Word Designators +@noindent +@cindex history word designators +@cindex word designators, history +A word designator indicates which word or words of a given command line are +to be included in a history reference. A `@t{:}' usually +separates the event specification from the word designator. +It may be omitted only if the word designator begins with a +`@t{^}', `@t{$}', `@t{*}', `@t{-}' or `@t{%}'. +Word designators include: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{0} +The first input word (command). +@item @var{n} +The @var{n}th argument. +@item @t{^} +The first argument. That is, @t{1}. +@item @t{$} +The last argument. +@item @t{%} +The word matched by (the most recent) @t{?}@var{str} search. +@item @var{x}@t{-}@var{y} +A range of words; @var{x} defaults to @t{0}. +@item @t{*} +All the arguments, or a null value if there are none. +@item @var{x}@t{*} +Abbreviates `@var{x}@t{-$}'. +@item @var{x}@t{-} +Like `@var{x}@t{*}' but omitting word @t{$}. +@end table + +@noindent +Note that a `@t{%}' word designator works only when used in one of +`@t{!%}', `@t{!:%}' or `@t{!?}@var{str}@t{?:%}', and only when used after a +@t{!?} expansion (possibly in an earlier command). Anything else results +in an error, although the error may not be the most obvious one. +@node Modifiers, , Word Designators, History Expansion + +@subsection Modifiers +@noindent +@cindex modifiers +@cindex colon modifiers +@cindex history modifiers +@cindex globbing modifiers +@cindex parameter modifiers +After the optional word designator, you can add +a sequence of one or more of the following modifiers, +each preceded by a `@t{:}'. These modifiers also work on the result +of @emph{filename generation} and @emph{parameter expansion}, except where +noted. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{h} +Remove a trailing pathname component, leaving the head. This works +like `@t{dirname}'. + +@item @t{r} +Remove a filename extension of the form `@t{.}@var{xxx}', leaving +the root name. + +@item @t{e} +Remove all but the extension. + +@item @t{t} +Remove all leading pathname components, leaving the tail. This works +like `@t{basename}'. + +@item @t{p} +Print the new command but do not execute it. Only works with history +expansion. + +@item @t{q} +Quote the substituted words, escaping further substitutions. Works +with history expansion and parameter expansion, though for parameters +it is only useful if the resulting text is to be re-evaluated such as +by @t{eval}. + +@item @t{Q} +Remove one level of quotes from the substituted words. + +@item @t{x} +Like @t{q}, but break into words at whitespace. Does not work with +parameter expansion. + +@item @t{l} +Convert the words to all lowercase. + +@item @t{u} +Convert the words to all uppercase. + +@item @t{s/}@var{l}@t{/}@var{r}[@t{/}] +Substitute @var{r} for @var{l} as described below. +The substitution is done only for the +first string that matches @var{l}. For arrays and for filename +generation, this applies to each word of the expanded text. See +below for further notes on substitutions. + +@noindent +The forms `@t{gs/}@var{l}@t{/}@var{r}' and `@t{s/}@var{l}@t{/}@var{r}@t{/:G}' +perform global substitution, i.e. substitute every occurrence of @var{r} +for @var{l}. Note that the @t{g} or @t{:G} must appear in exactly the +position shown. + +@item @t{&} +Repeat the previous @t{s} substitution. Like @t{s}, may be preceded +immediately by a @t{g}. In parameter expansion the @t{&} must appear +inside braces, and in filename generation it must be quoted with a +backslash. + +@end table + +@noindent +The @t{s/l/r/} substitution works as follows. By default the left-hand +side of substitutions are not patterns, but character strings. Any +character can be used as the delimiter in place of `@t{/}'. A +backslash quotes the delimiter character. The character `@t{&}', in +the right-hand-side @var{r}, is replaced by the text from the +left-hand-side @var{l}. The `@t{&}' can be quoted with a backslash. A +null @var{l} uses the previous string either from the previous @var{l} +or from the contextual scan string @var{s} from `@t{!?}@var{s}'. You can +omit the rightmost delimiter if a newline immediately follows @var{r}; +the rightmost `@t{?}' in a context scan can similarly be omitted. +Note the same record of the last @var{l} and @var{r} is maintained +across all forms of expansion. + +@noindent +If the option @t{HIST_SUBST_PATTERN} is set, @var{l} is treated as +a pattern of the usual form desribed in +@ref{Filename Generation}. This can be used in +all the places where modifiers are available; note, however, that +in globbing qualifiers parameter substitution has already taken place, +so parameters in the replacement string should be quoted to ensure +they are replaced at the correct time. +Note also that complicated patterns used in globbing qualifiers may +need the extended glob qualifier notation +@t{(#q:s/}@var{...}@t{/}@var{...}@t{/)} in order for the +shell to recognize the expression as a glob qualifer. Further, +note that bad patterns in the substitution are not subject to +the @t{NO_BAD_PATTERN} option so will cause an error. + +@noindent +When @t{HIST_SUBST_PATTERN} is set, @var{l} may start with a @t{#} +to indicate that the pattern must match at the start of the string +to be substituted, and a @t{%} may appear at the start or after an @t{#} +to indicate that the pattern must match at the end of the string +to be substituted. The @t{%} or @t{#} may be quoted with two +backslashes. + +@noindent +For example, the following piece of filename generation code +with the @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} option: + +@noindent +@example +print *.c(#q:s/#%(#b)s(*).c/'S$@{match[1]@}.C'/) +@end example + +@noindent +takes the expansion of @t{*.c} and applies the glob qualifiers in the +@t{(#q}@var{...}@t{)} expression, which consists of a substitution +modifier anchored to the start and end of each word (@t{#%}). This +turns on backreferences (@t{(#b)}), so that the parenthesised +subexpression is available in the replacement string as @t{$@{match[1]@}}. +The replacement string is quoted so that the parameter is not substituted +before the start of filename generation. + +@noindent +The following @t{f}, @t{F}, @t{w} and @t{W} modifiers work only with +parameter expansion and filename generation. They are listed here to +provide a single point of reference for all modifiers. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{f} +Repeats the immediately (without a colon) following modifier until the +resulting word doesn't change any more. + +@item @t{F:}@var{expr}@t{:} +Like @t{f}, but repeats only @var{n} times if the expression +@var{expr} evaluates to @var{n}. Any character can be used instead of +the `@t{:}'; if `@t{(}', `@t{[}', or `@t{@{}' +is used as the opening delimiter, +the closing delimiter should be '@t{)}', `@t{]}', or `@t{@}}', +respectively. + +@item @t{w} +Makes the immediately following modifier work on each word in the +string. + +@item @t{W:}@var{sep}@t{:} +Like @t{w} but words are considered to be the parts of the string +that are separated by @var{sep}. Any character can be used instead of +the `@t{:}'; opening parentheses are handled specially, see above. + +@end table +@node Process Substitution, Parameter Expansion, History Expansion, Expansion + +@section Process Substitution +@noindent +@cindex process substitution +@cindex substitution, process +Each command argument of the form +`@t{<(}@var{list}@t{)}', +`@t{>(}@var{list}@t{)}' or +`@t{=(}@var{list}@t{)}' +is subject to process substitution. +In the case of the @t{<} or @t{>} forms, the shell runs process +@var{list} asynchronously. If the system supports the @t{/dev/fd} +mechanism, the command argument is the name of the device file +corresponding to a file descriptor; otherwise, if the system supports named +pipes (FIFOs), the command argument will be a named pipe. If the form with +@t{>} is selected then writing on this special file will provide input for +@var{list}. If @t{<} is used, then the file passed as an argument will +be connected to the output of the @var{list} process. For example, + +@noindent +@example +@t{paste <(cut -f1} @var{file1}@t{) <(cut -f3} @var{file2}@t{) | +tee >(}@var{process1}@t{) >(}@var{process2}@t{) >/dev/null} +@end example + +@noindent +cuts fields 1 and 3 from the files @var{file1} and @var{file2} respectively, +pastes the results together, and sends it to the processes +@var{process1} and @var{process2}. + +@noindent +If @t{=(}@var{...}@t{)} is used instead of +@t{<(}@var{...}@t{)}, +then the file passed as an argument will be the name +of a temporary file containing the output of the @var{list} +process. This may be used instead of the @t{<} +form for a program that expects to lseek (see man page lseek(2)) +on the input file. + +@noindent +There is an optimisation for substitutions of the form +@t{=(<<<}@var{arg}@t{)}, where @var{arg} is a single-word argument +to the here-string redirection @t{<<<}. This form produces a file name +containing the value of @var{arg} after any substitutions have been +performed. This is handled entirely within the current shell. This is +effectively the reverse of the special form @t{$(<}@var{arg}@t{)} +which treats @var{arg} as a file name and replaces it with the file's +contents. + +@noindent +The @t{=} form is useful as both the @t{/dev/fd} and the named pipe +implementation of @t{<(}@var{...}@t{)} have drawbacks. In +the former case, some programmes may automatically close the file +descriptor in question before examining the file on the command line, +particularly if this is necessary for security reasons such as when the +programme is running setuid. In the second case, if the +programme does not actually open the file, the subshell attempting to read +from or write to the pipe will (in a typical implementation, different +operating systems may have different behaviour) block for ever and have to +be killed explicitly. In both cases, the shell actually supplies the +information using a pipe, so that programmes that expect to lseek +(see man page lseek(2)) on the file will not work. + +@noindent +Also note that the previous example can be more compactly and +efficiently written (provided the @t{MULTIOS} option is set) as: + +@noindent +@example +@t{paste <(cut -f1} @var{file1}@t{) <(cut -f3} @var{file2}@t{)} @t{> >(}@var{process1}@t{) > >(}@var{process2}@t{)} +@end example + +@noindent +The shell uses pipes instead of FIFOs to implement the latter +two process substitutions in the above example. + +@noindent +There is an additional problem with @t{>(}@var{process}@t{)}; when +this is attached to an external command, the parent shell does not wait +for @var{process} to finish and hence an immediately following command +cannot rely on the results being complete. The problem and solution are +the same as described in the section @emph{MULTIOS} in +@ref{Redirection}. Hence in a simplified +version of the example above: + +@noindent +@example +@t{paste <(cut -f1} @var{file1}@t{) <(cut -f3} @var{file2}@t{)} @t{> >(}@var{process}@t{)} +@end example + +@noindent +(note that no @t{MULTIOS} are involved), @var{process} will be run +asynchronously. The workaround is: + +@noindent +@example +@t{@{ paste <(cut -f1} @var{file1}@t{) <(cut -f3} @var{file2}@t{) @}} @t{> >(}@var{process}@t{)} +@end example + +@noindent +The extra processes here are +spawned from the parent shell which will wait for their completion. + +@noindent +@node Parameter Expansion, Command Substitution, Process Substitution, Expansion + +@section Parameter Expansion +@noindent +@cindex parameter expansion +@cindex expansion, parameter +The character `@t{$}' is used to introduce parameter expansions. +See +@ref{Parameters} +for a description of parameters, including arrays, associative arrays, +and subscript notation to access individual array elements. + +@noindent +Note in particular the fact that words of unquoted parameters are not +automatically split on whitespace unless the option @t{SH_WORD_SPLIT} is +set; see references to this option below for more details. This is an +important difference from other shells. + +@noindent +In the expansions discussed below that require a pattern, the form of +the pattern is the same as that used for filename generation; +see @ref{Filename Generation}. Note that these patterns, along with +the replacement text of any substitutions, are themselves subject to +parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion. +In addition to the following operations, the colon modifiers described in +@ref{Modifiers} in @ref{History Expansion} can be +applied: for example, @t{$@{i:s/foo/bar/@}} performs string +substitution on the expansion of parameter @t{$i}. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{@}} +The value, if any, of the parameter @var{name} is substituted. +The braces are required if the expansion is to be followed by +a letter, digit, or underscore that is not to be interpreted +as part of @var{name}. In addition, more complicated forms of substitution +usually require the braces to be present; exceptions, which only apply if +the option @t{KSH_ARRAYS} is not set, are a single subscript or any colon +modifiers appearing after the name, or any of the characters `@t{^}', +`@t{=}', `@t{~}', `@t{#}' or `@t{+}' appearing before the name, all of +which work with or without braces. + +@noindent +If @var{name} is an array parameter, and the @t{KSH_ARRAYS} option is not +set, then the value of each +element of @var{name} is substituted, one element per word. Otherwise, the +expansion results in one word only; with @t{KSH_ARRAYS}, this is the first +element of an array. No field splitting is done on the result unless the +@t{SH_WORD_SPLIT} option is set. +See also the flags @t{=} and @t{s:}@var{string}@t{:}. + +@item @t{$@{+}@var{name}@t{@}} +If @var{name} is the name of a set parameter `@t{1}' is substituted, +otherwise `@t{0}' is substituted. + +@item @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{-}@var{word}@t{@}} +@itemx @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{:-}@var{word}@t{@}} +If @var{name} is set, or in the second form is non-null, then substitute +its value; otherwise substitute @var{word}. In the second form @var{name} +may be omitted, in which case @var{word} is always substituted. + +@item @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{+}@var{word}@t{@}} +@itemx @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{:+}@var{word}@t{@}} +If @var{name} is set, or in the second form is non-null, then substitute +@var{word}; otherwise substitute nothing. + +@item @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{=}@var{word}@t{@}} +@itemx @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{:=}@var{word}@t{@}} +@itemx @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{::=}@var{word}@t{@}} +In the first form, if @var{name} is unset then set it to @var{word}; in the +second form, if @var{name} is unset or null then set it to @var{word}; and +in the third form, unconditionally set @var{name} to @var{word}. In all +forms, the value of the parameter is then substituted. + +@item @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{?}@var{word}@t{@}} +@itemx @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{:?}@var{word}@t{@}} +In the first form, if @var{name} is set, or in the second form if @var{name} +is both set and non-null, then substitute its value; otherwise, print +@var{word} and exit from the shell. Interactive shells instead return to +the prompt. If @var{word} is omitted, then a standard message is printed. + +@end table + +@noindent +In any of the above expressions that test a variable and substitute an +alternate @var{word}, note that you can use standard shell quoting in the +@var{word} value to selectively override the splitting done by the +@t{SH_WORD_SPLIT} option and the @t{=} flag, but not splitting by the +@t{s:}@var{string}@t{:} flag. + +@noindent +In the following expressions, when @var{name} is an array and +the substitution is not quoted, or if the `@t{(@@)}' flag or the +@var{name}@t{[@@]} syntax is used, matching and replacement is +performed on each array element separately. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{#}@var{pattern}@t{@}} +@itemx @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{##}@var{pattern}@t{@}} +If the @var{pattern} matches the beginning of the value of +@var{name}, then substitute the value of @var{name} with +the matched portion deleted; otherwise, just +substitute the value of @var{name}. In the first +form, the smallest matching pattern is preferred; +in the second form, the largest matching pattern is +preferred. + +@item @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{%}@var{pattern}@t{@}} +@itemx @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{%%}@var{pattern}@t{@}} +If the @var{pattern} matches the end of the value of +@var{name}, then substitute the value of @var{name} with +the matched portion deleted; otherwise, just +substitute the value of @var{name}. In the first +form, the smallest matching pattern is preferred; +in the second form, the largest matching pattern is +preferred. + +@item @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{:#}@var{pattern}@t{@}} +If the @var{pattern} matches the value of @var{name}, then substitute +the empty string; otherwise, just substitute the value of @var{name}. +If @var{name} is an array +the matching array elements are removed (use the `@t{(M)}' flag to +remove the non-matched elements). + +@item @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{/}@var{pattern}@t{/}@var{repl}@t{@}} +@itemx @t{$@{}@var{name}@t{//}@var{pattern}@t{/}@var{repl}@t{@}} +Replace the longest possible match of @var{pattern} in the expansion of +parameter @var{name} by string @var{repl}. The first form +replaces just the first occurrence, the second form all occurrences. +Both @var{pattern} and @var{repl} are subject to double-quoted substitution, +so that expressions like @t{$@{name/$opat/$npat@}} will work, but note the +usual rule that pattern characters in @t{$opat} are not treated specially +unless either the option @t{GLOB_SUBST} is set, or @t{$opat} is instead +substituted as @t{$@{~opat@}}. + +@noindent +The @var{pattern} may begin with a `@t{#}', in which case the +@var{pattern} must match at the start of the string, or `@t{%}', in +which case it must match at the end of the string, or `@t{#%}' in which +case the @var{pattern} must match the entire string. The @var{repl} may +be an empty string, in which case the final `@t{/}' may also be omitted. +To quote the final `@t{/}' in other cases it should be preceded by a +single backslash; this is not necessary if the +`@t{/}' occurs inside a substituted parameter. Note also that the `@t{#}', +`@t{%}' and `@t{#%} are not active if they occur inside a substituted +parameter, even at the start. + +@noindent +The first `@t{/}' may be preceded by a `@t{:}', in which case the match +will only succeed if it matches the entire word. Note also the +effect of the @t{I} and @t{S} parameter expansion flags below; however, +the flags @t{M}, @t{R}, @t{B}, @t{E} and @t{N} are not useful. + +@noindent +For example, + +@noindent +@example +foo="twinkle twinkle little star" sub="t*e" rep="spy" +print $@{foo//$@{~sub@}/$rep@} +print $@{(S)foo//$@{~sub@}/$rep@} +@end example + +@noindent +Here, the `@t{~}' ensures that the text of @t{$sub} is treated as a +pattern rather than a plain string. In the first case, the longest +match for @t{t*e} is substituted and the result is `@t{spy star}', +while in the second case, the shortest matches are taken and the +result is `@t{spy spy lispy star}'. + +@item @t{$@{#}@var{spec}@t{@}} +If @var{spec} is one of the above substitutions, substitute +the length in characters of the result instead of +the result itself. If @var{spec} is an array expression, +substitute the number of elements of the result. +Note that `@t{^}', `@t{=}', and `@t{~}', below, must appear +to the left of `@t{#}' when these forms are combined. + +@item @t{$@{^}@var{spec}@t{@}} +@pindex RC_EXPAND_PARAM, toggle +@cindex array expansion style, rc +@cindex rc, array expansion style +Turn on the @t{RC_EXPAND_PARAM} option for the +evaluation of @var{spec}; if the `@t{^}' is doubled, turn it off. +When this option is set, array expansions of the form +@var{foo}@t{$@{}@var{xx}@t{@}}@var{bar}, +where the parameter @var{xx} +is set to @t{(}@var{a b c}@t{)}, are substituted with +`@var{fooabar foobbar foocbar}' instead of the default +`@var{fooa b cbar}'. + +@noindent +Internally, each such expansion is converted into the +equivalent list for brace expansion. E.g., @t{$@{^var@}} becomes +@t{@{$var[1],$var[2],}...@t{@}}, and is processed as described in +@ref{Brace Expansion} below. +If word splitting is also in effect the +@t{$var[}@var{N}@t{]} may themselves be split into different list +elements. + +@item @t{$@{=}@var{spec}@t{@}} +@pindex SH_WORD_SPLIT, toggle +@cindex field splitting, sh style, parameter +@cindex sh, field splitting style, parameter +Perform word splitting using the rules for @t{SH_WORD_SPLIT} during the +evaluation of @var{spec}, but regardless of whether the parameter appears in +double quotes; if the `@t{=}' is doubled, turn it off. +@vindex IFS, use of +This forces parameter expansions to be split into +separate words before substitution, using @t{IFS} as a delimiter. +This is done by default in most other shells. + +@noindent +Note that splitting is applied to @var{word} in the assignment forms +of @var{spec} @emph{before} the assignment to @var{name} is performed. +This affects the result of array assignments with the @t{A} flag. + +@item @t{$@{~}@var{spec}@t{@}} +@pindex GLOB_SUBST, toggle +Turn on the @t{GLOB_SUBST} option for the evaluation of +@var{spec}; if the `@t{~}' is doubled, turn it off. When this option is +set, the string resulting from the expansion will be interpreted as a +pattern anywhere that is possible, such as in filename expansion and +filename generation and pattern-matching contexts like the right +hand side of the `@t{=}' and `@t{!=}' operators in conditions. + +@noindent +In nested substitutions, note that the effect of the @t{~} applies to the +result of the current level of substitution. A surrounding pattern +operation on the result may cancel it. Hence, for example, if the +parameter @t{foo} is set to @t{*}, @t{$@{~foo//\*/*.c@}} is substituted by +the pattern @t{*.c}, which may be expanded by filename generation, but +@t{$@{$@{~foo@}//\*/*.c@}} substitutes to the string @t{*.c}, which will not +be further expanded. + +@end table + +@noindent +If a @t{$@{}...@t{@}} type parameter expression or a +@t{$(}...@t{)} type command substitution is used in place of +@var{name} above, it is expanded first and the result is used as if +it were the value of @var{name}. Thus it is +possible to perform nested operations: @t{$@{$@{foo#head@}%tail@}} +substitutes the value of @t{$foo} with both `@t{head}' and `@t{tail}' +deleted. The form with @t{$(}...@t{)} is often useful in +combination with the flags described next; see the examples below. +Each @var{name} or nested @t{$@{}...@t{@}} in a parameter expansion may +also be followed by a subscript expression as described in +@ref{Array Parameters}. + +@noindent +Note that double quotes may appear around nested expressions, in which +case only the part inside is treated as quoted; for example, +@t{$@{(f)"$(foo)"@}} quotes the result of @t{$(foo)}, but the flag `@t{(f)}' +(see below) is applied using the rules for unquoted expansions. Note +further that quotes are themselves nested in this context; for example, in +@t{"$@{(@@f)"$(foo)"@}"}, there are two sets of quotes, one surrounding the +whole expression, the other (redundant) surrounding the @t{$(foo)} as +before. + +@noindent + +@subsection Parameter Expansion Flags +@noindent +@cindex parameter expansion flags +@cindex flags, parameter expansion +@cindex substitution, parameter, flags +If the opening brace is directly followed by an opening parenthesis, +the string up to the matching closing parenthesis will be taken as a +list of flags. In cases where repeating a flag is meaningful, the +repetitions need not be consecutive; for example, `(@t{q%q%q})' +means the same thing as the more readable `(@t{%%qqq})'. The +following flags are supported: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{#} +Evaluate the resulting words as numeric expressions and output the +characters corresponding to the resulting integer. Note that this form is +entirely distinct from use of the @t{#} without parentheses. + +@noindent +If the @t{MULTIBYTE} option is set and the number is greater than 127 +(i.e. not an ASCII character) it is treated as a Unicode character. + +@item @t{%} +Expand all @t{%} escapes in the resulting words in the same way as in +prompts (see @ref{Prompt Expansion}). If this flag is given twice, +full prompt expansion is done on the resulting words, depending on the +setting of the @t{PROMPT_PERCENT}, @t{PROMPT_SUBST} and @t{PROMPT_BANG} +options. + +@item @t{@@} +In double quotes, array elements are put into separate words. +E.g., `@t{"$@{(@@)foo@}"}' is equivalent to `@t{"$@{foo[@@]@}"}' and +`@t{"$@{(@@)foo[1,2]@}"}' is the same as `@t{"$foo[1]" "$foo[2]"}'. +This is distinct from @emph{field splitting} by the the @t{f}, @t{s} +or @t{z} flags, which still applies within each array element. + +@item @t{A} +Create an array parameter with `@t{$@{}...@t{=}...@t{@}}', +`@t{$@{}...@t{:=}...@t{@}}' or `@t{$@{}...@t{::=}...@t{@}}'. +If this flag is repeated (as in `@t{AA}'), create an associative +array parameter. Assignment is made before sorting or padding. +The @var{name} part may be a subscripted range for ordinary +arrays; the @var{word} part @emph{must} be converted to an array, for +example by using `@t{$@{(AA)=}@var{name}@t{=}...@t{@}}' to activate +field splitting, when creating an associative array. + +@item @t{a} +Sort in array index order; when combined with `@t{O}' sort in reverse +array index order. Note that `@t{a}' is therefore equivalent to the +default but `@t{Oa}' is useful for obtaining an array's elements in reverse +order. + +@item @t{c} +With @t{$@{#}@var{name}@t{@}}, count the total number of characters in an array, +as if the elements were concatenated with spaces between them. + +@item @t{C} +Capitalize the resulting words. `Words' in this case refers to sequences +of alphanumeric characters separated by non-alphanumerics, @emph{not} to words +that result from field splitting. + +@item @t{e} +Perform @emph{parameter expansion}, @emph{command substitution} and +@emph{arithmetic expansion} on the result. Such expansions can be +nested but too deep recursion may have unpredictable effects. + +@item @t{f} +Split the result of the expansion to lines. This is a shorthand +for `@t{ps:\n:}'. + +@item @t{F} +Join the words of arrays together using newline as a separator. +This is a shorthand for `@t{pj:\n:}'. + +@item @t{i} +Sort case-insensitively. May be combined with `@t{n}' or `@t{O}'. + +@item @t{k} +If @var{name} refers to an associative array, substitute the @emph{keys} +(element names) rather than the values of the elements. Used with +subscripts (including ordinary arrays), force indices or keys to be +substituted even if the subscript form refers to values. However, +this flag may not be combined with subscript ranges. + +@item @t{L} +Convert all letters in the result to lower case. + +@item @t{n} +Sort decimal integers numerically; if the first differing +characters of two test strings are not digits, sorting +is lexical. Integers with more initial zeroes +are sorted before those with fewer or none. Hence the array `@t{foo1 foo02 +foo2 foo3 foo20 foo23}' is sorted into the order shown. +May be combined with `@t{i}' or `@t{O}'. + +@item @t{o} +Sort the resulting words in ascending order; if this appears on its +own the sorting is lexical and case-sensitive (unless the locale +renders it case-insensitive). Sorting in ascending order is the +default for other forms of sorting, so this is ignored if combined +with `@t{a}', `@t{i}' or `@t{n}'. + +@item @t{O} +Sort the resulting words in descending order; `@t{O}' without `@t{a}', +`@t{i}' or `@t{n}' sorts in reverse lexical order. May be combined +with `@t{a}', `@t{i}' or `@t{n}' to reverse the order of sorting. + +@item @t{P} +This forces the value of the parameter @var{name} to be interpreted as a +further parameter name, whose value will be used where appropriate. If +used with a nested parameter or command substitution, the result of that +will be taken as a parameter name in the same way. For example, if you +have `@t{foo=bar}' and `@t{bar=baz}', the strings @t{$@{(P)foo@}}, +@t{$@{(P)$@{foo@}@}}, and @t{$@{(P)$(echo bar)@}} will be expanded to `@t{baz}'. + +@item @t{q} +Quote the resulting words with backslashes; unprintable or invalid +characters are quoted using the @t{$'\}@var{NNN}@t{'} form, with separate +quotes for each octet. If this flag is given +twice, the resulting words are quoted in single quotes and if it is +given three times, the words are quoted in double quotes; in these forms +no special handling of unprintable or invalid characters is attempted. If +the flag is given four times, the words are quoted in single quotes +preceded by a @t{$}. + +@item @t{Q} +Remove one level of quotes from the resulting words. + +@item @t{t} +Use a string describing the type of the parameter where the value +of the parameter would usually appear. This string consists of keywords +separated by hyphens (`@t{-}'). The first keyword in the string describes +the main type, it can be one of `@t{scalar}', `@t{array}', `@t{integer}', +`@t{float}' or `@t{association}'. The other keywords describe the type in +more detail: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{local} +for local parameters + +@item @t{left} +for left justified parameters + +@item @t{right_blanks} +for right justified parameters with leading blanks + +@item @t{right_zeros} +for right justified parameters with leading zeros + +@item @t{lower} +for parameters whose value is converted to all lower case when it is +expanded + +@item @t{upper} +for parameters whose value is converted to all upper case when it is +expanded + +@item @t{readonly} +for readonly parameters + +@item @t{tag} +for tagged parameters + +@item @t{export} +for exported parameters + +@item @t{unique} +for arrays which keep only the first occurrence of duplicated values + +@item @t{hide} +for parameters with the `hide' flag + +@item @t{special} +for special parameters defined by the shell + +@end table + +@item @t{u} +Expand only the first occurrence of each unique word. + +@item @t{U} +Convert all letters in the result to upper case. + +@item @t{v} +Used with @t{k}, substitute (as two consecutive words) both the key +and the value of each associative array element. Used with subscripts, +force values to be substituted even if the subscript form refers to +indices or keys. + +@item @t{V} +Make any special characters in the resulting words visible. + +@item @t{w} +With @t{$@{#}@var{name}@t{@}}, count words in arrays or strings; the @t{s} +flag may be used to set a word delimiter. + +@item @t{W} +Similar to @t{w} with the difference that empty words between +repeated delimiters are also counted. + +@item @t{X} +With this flag, parsing errors occurring with the @t{Q}, @t{e} and @t{#} +flags or the pattern matching forms such as +`@t{$@{}@var{name}@t{#}@var{pattern}@t{@}}' are reported. Without the flag, +errors are silently ignored. + +@item @t{z} +Split the result of the expansion into words using shell parsing to +find the words, i.e. taking into account any quoting in the value. + +@noindent +Note that this is done very late, as for the `@t{(s)}' flag. So to +access single words in the result, one has to use nested expansions as +in `@t{$@{$@{(z)foo@}[2]@}}'. Likewise, to remove the quotes in the +resulting words one would do: `@t{$@{(Q)$@{(z)foo@}@}}'. + +@item @t{0} +Split the result of the expansion on null bytes. This is a shorthand +for `@t{ps:\0:}'. + +@end table + +@noindent +The following flags (except @t{p}) are followed by one or more arguments +as shown. Any character, or the matching pairs `@t{(}...@t{)}', +`@t{@{}...@t{@}}', `@t{[}...@t{]}', or `@t{<}...@t{>}', may be used in place +of a colon as delimiters, but note that when a flag takes more than one +argument, a matched pair of delimiters must surround each argument. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{p} +Recognize the same escape sequences as the @t{print} builtin +in string arguments to any of the flags described below. + +@item @t{j:}@var{string}@t{:} +Join the words of arrays together using @var{string} as a separator. +@pindex SH_WORD_SPLIT, use of +Note that this occurs before field splitting by the @t{s:}@var{string}@t{:} +flag or the @t{SH_WORD_SPLIT} option. + +@item @t{l:}@var{expr}@t{::}@var{string1}@t{::}@var{string2}@t{:} +Pad the resulting words on the left. Each word will be truncated if +required and placed in a field @var{expr} characters wide. + +@noindent +The arguments @t{:}@var{string1}@t{:} and @t{:}@var{string2}@t{:} are +optional; neither, the first, or both may be given. Note that the same +pairs of delimiters must be used for each of the three arguments. The +space to the left will be filled with @var{string1} (concatenated as +often as needed) or spaces if @var{string1} is not given. If both +@var{string1} and @var{string2} are given, @t{string2} is inserted once +directly to the left of each word, truncated if necessary, before +@var{string1} is used to produce any remaining padding. + +@noindent +If the @t{MULTIBYTE} option is in effect, the flag @t{m} may also +be given, in which case widths will be used for the calculation of +padding; otherwise individual multibyte characters are treated as occupying +one unit of width. + +@noindent +IF the @t{MULTIBYTE} option is not in effect, each byte in the string is +treated as occupying one unit of width. + +@noindent +Control characters are always assumed to be one unit wide; this allows the +mechanism to be used for generating repetitions of control characters. + +@item @t{m} +Only useful together with @t{l} and @t{r} when the @t{MULTIBYTE} option +is in effect. Use the character width reported by the system in +calculating the how much of the string it occupies. Most printable +characters have a width of one unit, however certain Asian character sets +and certain special effects use wider characters. + +@item @t{r:}@var{expr}@t{::}@var{string1}@t{::}@var{string2}@t{:} +As @t{l}, but pad the words on the right and insert @var{string2} +immediately to the right of the string to be padded. + +@noindent +Left and right padding may be used together. In this case the strategy +is to apply left padding to the first half width of each of the resulting +words, and right padding to the second half. If the string to be +padded has odd width the extra padding is applied on the left. + +@item @t{s:}@var{string}@t{:} +Force field splitting at the +separator @var{string}. Note that a @var{string} of two or more +characters means that all of them must match in sequence; this differs from +the treatment of two or more characters in the @t{IFS} parameter. +See also the @t{=} flag and the @t{SH_WORD_SPLIT} option. + +@end table + +@noindent +The following flags are meaningful with the @t{$@{}...@t{#}...@t{@}} or +@t{$@{}...@t{%}...@t{@}} forms. The @t{S} and @t{I} flags may also be +used with the @t{$@{}...@t{/}...@t{@}} forms. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{S} +Search substrings as well as beginnings or ends; with @t{#} start +from the beginning and with @t{%} start from the end of the string. +With substitution via @t{$@{}...@t{/}...@t{@}} or +@t{$@{}...@t{//}...@t{@}}, specifies non-greedy matching, i.e. that the +shortest instead of the longest match should be replaced. + +@item @t{I:}@var{expr}@t{:} +Search the @var{expr}th match (where @var{expr} evaluates to a number). +This only applies when searching for substrings, either with the @t{S} +flag, or with @t{$@{}...@t{/}...@t{@}} (only the @var{expr}th match is +substituted) or @t{$@{}...@t{//}...@t{@}} (all matches from the +@var{expr}th on are substituted). The default is to take the first match. + +@noindent +The @var{expr}th match is counted such that there is either one or zero +matches from each starting position in the string, although for global +substitution matches overlapping previous replacements are ignored. With +the @t{$@{}...@t{%}...@t{@}} and @t{$@{}...@t{%%}...@t{@}} forms, the starting +position for the match moves backwards from the end as the index increases, +while with the other forms it moves forward from the start. + +@noindent +Hence with the string +@example +which switch is the right switch for Ipswich? +@end example +substitutions of the form +@t{$@{}(@t{SI:}@var{N}@t{:})@t{string#w*ch@}} as @var{N} increases +from 1 will match and remove `@t{which}', `@t{witch}', `@t{witch}' and +`@t{wich}'; the form using `@t{##}' will match and remove `@t{which switch +is the right switch for Ipswich}', `@t{witch is the right switch for +Ipswich}', `@t{witch for Ipswich}' and `@t{wich}'. The form using `@t{%}' +will remove the same matches as for `@t{#}', but in reverse order, and the +form using `@t{%%}' will remove the same matches as for `@t{##}' in reverse +order. + +@item @t{B} +Include the index of the beginning of the match in the result. + +@item @t{E} +Include the index of the end of the match in the result. + +@item @t{M} +Include the matched portion in the result. + +@item @t{N} +Include the length of the match in the result. + +@item @t{R} +Include the unmatched portion in the result (the @emph{R}est). + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Rules +@noindent + +@noindent +Here is a summary of the rules for substitution; this assumes that braces +are present around the substitution, i.e. @t{$@{...@}}. Some particular +examples are given below. Note that the Zsh Development Group accepts +@emph{no responsibility} for any brain damage which may occur during the +reading of the following rules. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{1.} @emph{Nested Substitution} +If multiple nested @t{$@{...@}} forms are present, substitution is +performed from the inside outwards. At each level, the substitution takes +account of whether the current value is a scalar or an array, whether the +whole substitution is in double quotes, and what flags are supplied to the +current level of substitution, just as if the nested substitution were the +outermost. The flags are not propagated up to enclosing +substitutions; the nested substitution will return either a scalar or an +array as determined by the flags, possibly adjusted for quoting. All the +following steps take place where applicable at all levels of substitution. +Note that, unless the `@t{(P)}' flag is present, the flags and any subscripts +apply directly to the value of the nested substitution; for example, the +expansion @t{$@{$@{foo@}@}} behaves exactly the same as @t{$@{foo@}}. + +@noindent +At each nested level of substitution, the substituted words undergo all +forms of single-word substitution (i.e. not filename generation), including +command substitution, arithmetic expansion and filename expansion +(i.e. leading @t{~} and @t{=}). Thus, for example, @t{$@{$@{:-=cat@}:h@}} +expands to the directory where the @t{cat} program resides. (Explanation: +the internal substitution has no parameter but a default value @t{=cat}, +which is expanded by filename expansion to a full path; the outer +substitution then applies the modifier @t{:h} and takes the directory part +of the path.) + +@item @t{2.} @emph{Parameter Subscripting} +If the value is a raw parameter reference with a subscript, such as +@t{$@{}@var{var}@t{[3]@}}, the effect of subscripting is applied directly to +the parameter. Subscripts are evaluated left to right; subsequent +subscripts apply to the scalar or array value yielded by the previous +subscript. Thus if @t{var} is an array, @t{$@{var[1][2]@}} is the second +character of the first word, but @t{$@{var[2,4][2]@}} is the entire third +word (the second word of the range of words two through four of the +original array). Any number of subscripts may appear. + +@item @t{3.} @emph{Parameter Name Replacement} +The effect of any @t{(P)} flag, which treats the value so far as a +parameter name and replaces it with the corresponding value, is applied. + +@item @t{4.} @emph{Double-Quoted Joining} +If the value after this process is an array, and the substitution +appears in double quotes, and no @t{(@@)} flag is present at the current +level, the words of the value are joined with the first character of the +parameter @t{$IFS}, by default a space, between each word (single word +arrays are not modified). If the @t{(j)} flag is present, that is used for +joining instead of @t{$IFS}. + +@item @t{5.} @emph{Nested Subscripting} +Any remaining subscripts (i.e. of a nested substitution) are evaluated at +this point, based on whether the value is an array or a scalar. As with +@t{2.}, multiple subscripts can appear. Note that @t{$@{foo[2,4][2]@}} is +thus equivalent to @t{$@{$@{foo[2,4]@}[2]@}} and also to +@t{"$@{$@{(@@)foo[2,4]@}[2]@}"} (the nested substitution returns an array in +both cases), but not to @t{"$@{$@{foo[2,4]@}[2]@}"} (the nested substitution +returns a scalar because of the quotes). + +@item @t{6.} @emph{Modifiers} +Any modifiers, as specified by a trailing `@t{#}', `@t{%}', `@t{/}' +(possibly doubled) or by a set of modifiers of the form @t{:...} (see +@ref{Modifiers} in @ref{History Expansion}), are applied to the words +of the value at this level. + +@item @t{7.} @emph{Forced Joining} +If the `@t{(j)}' flag is present, or no `@t{(j)}' flag is present but +the string is to be split as given by rules @t{8.} or @t{9.}, and joining +did not take place at step @t{4.}, any words in the value are joined +together using the given string or the first character of @t{$IFS} if none. +Note that the `@t{(F)}' flag implicitly supplies a string for joining in this +manner. + +@item @t{8.} @emph{Forced Splitting} +If one of the `@t{(s)}', `@t{(f)}' or `@t{(z)}' flags are present, or the `@t{=}' +specifier was present (e.g. @t{$@{=}@var{var}@t{@}}), the word is split on +occurrences of the specified string, or (for @t{=} with neither of the two +flags present) any of the characters in @t{$IFS}. + +@item @t{9.} @emph{Shell Word Splitting} +If no `@t{(s)}', `@t{(f)}' or `@t{=}' was given, but the word is not +quoted and the option @t{SH_WORD_SPLIT} is set, the word is split on +occurrences of any of the characters in @t{$IFS}. Note this step, too, +takes place at all levels of a nested substitution. + +@item @t{10.} @emph{Uniqueness} +If the result is an array and the `@t{(u)}' flag was present, duplicate +elements are removed from the array. + +@item @t{11.} @emph{Ordering} +If the result is still an array and one of the `@t{(o)}' or `@t{(O)}' flags +was present, the array is reordered. + +@item @t{12.} @emph{Re-Evaluation} +Any `@t{(e)}' flag is applied to the value, forcing it to be re-examined +for new parameter substitutions, but also for command and arithmetic +substitutions. + +@item @t{13.} @emph{Padding} +Any padding of the value by the `@t{(l.}@var{fill}@t{.)}' or +`@t{(r.}@var{fill}@t{.)}' flags is applied. + +@item @t{14.} @emph{Semantic Joining} +In contexts where expansion semantics requires a single word to +result, all words are rejoined with the first character of @t{IFS} +between. So in `@t{$@{(P}@t{)$@{(f}@t{)lines@}@}}' +the value of @t{$@{lines@}} is split at newlines, but then must be +joined again before the @t{P} flag can be applied. + +@noindent +If a single word is not required, this rule is skipped. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Examples +@noindent +The flag @t{f} is useful to split a double-quoted substitution line by +line. For example, @t{$@{(f)"$(<}@var{file}@t{)"@}} +substitutes the contents of @var{file} divided so that each line is +an element of the resulting array. Compare this with the effect of +@t{$}@t{(<}@var{file}@t{)} alone, which divides the file +up by words, or the same inside double quotes, which makes the entire +content of the file a single string. + +@noindent +The following illustrates the rules for nested parameter expansions. +Suppose that @t{$foo} contains the array @t{(bar baz}@t{)}: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{"$@{(@@)$@{foo@}[1]@}"} +This produces the result @t{b}. First, the inner substitution +@t{"$@{foo@}"}, which has no array (@t{@@}) flag, produces a single word +result @t{"bar baz"}. The outer substitution @t{"$@{(@@)...[1]@}"} detects +that this is a scalar, so that (despite the `@t{(@@)}' flag) the subscript +picks the first character. + +@item @t{"$@{$@{(@@)foo@}[1]@}"} +This produces the result `@t{bar}'. In this case, the inner substitution +@t{"$@{(@@)foo@}"} produces the array `@t{(bar baz}@t{)}'. The outer +substitution @t{"$@{...[1]@}"} detects that this is an array and picks the +first word. This is similar to the simple case @t{"$@{foo[1]@}"}. + +@end table + +@noindent +As an example of the rules for word splitting and joining, suppose @t{$foo} +contains the array `@t{(ax1 bx1}@t{)}'. Then + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{$@{(s/x/)foo@}} +produces the words `@t{a}', `@t{1 b}' and `@t{1}'. + +@item @t{$@{(j/x/s/x/)foo@}} +produces `@t{a}', `@t{1}', `@t{b}' and `@t{1}'. + +@item @t{$@{(s/x/)foo%%1*@}} +produces `@t{a}' and `@t{ b}' (note the extra space). As substitution +occurs before either joining or splitting, the operation first generates +the modified array @t{(ax bx}@t{)}, which is joined to give +@t{"ax bx"}, and then split to give `@t{a}', `@t{ b}' and `'. The final +empty string will then be elided, as it is not in double quotes. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Command Substitution, Arithmetic Expansion, Parameter Expansion, Expansion + +@section Command Substitution +@noindent +@cindex command substitution +@cindex substitution, command +A command enclosed in parentheses preceded by a dollar sign, like +`@t{$(}...@t{)}', or quoted with grave +accents, like `@t{`}...@t{`}', is replaced with its standard output, with +any trailing newlines deleted. +If the substitution is not enclosed in double quotes, the +output is broken into words using the @t{IFS} parameter. +@vindex IFS, use of +The substitution `@t{$(cat} @var{foo}@t{)}' may be replaced +by the equivalent but faster `@t{$(<}@var{foo}@t{)}'. +In either case, if the option @t{GLOB_SUBST} is set, +the output is eligible for filename generation. +@node Arithmetic Expansion, Brace Expansion, Command Substitution, Expansion + +@section Arithmetic Expansion +@noindent +@cindex arithmetic expansion +@cindex expansion, arithmetic +A string of the form `@t{$[}@var{exp}@t{]}' or +`@t{$((}@var{exp}@t{))}' is substituted +with the value of the arithmetic expression @var{exp}. @var{exp} is +subjected to @emph{parameter expansion}, @emph{command substitution} +and @emph{arithmetic expansion} before it is evaluated. +See @ref{Arithmetic Evaluation}. +@node Brace Expansion, Filename Expansion, Arithmetic Expansion, Expansion + +@section Brace Expansion +@noindent +@cindex brace expansion +@cindex expansion, brace +A string of the form +`@var{foo}@t{@{}@var{xx}@t{,}@var{yy}@t{,}@var{zz}@t{@}}@var{bar}' +is expanded to the individual words +`@var{fooxxbar}', `@var{fooyybar}' and `@var{foozzbar}'. +Left-to-right order is preserved. This construct +may be nested. Commas may be quoted in order to +include them literally in a word. + +@noindent +An expression of the form `@t{@{}@var{n1}@t{..}@var{n2}@t{@}}', +where @var{n1} and @var{n2} are integers, +is expanded to every number between +@var{n1} and @var{n2} inclusive. If either number begins with a +zero, all the resulting numbers will be padded with leading zeroes to +that minimum width. If the numbers are in decreasing order the +resulting sequence will also be in decreasing order. + +@noindent +If a brace expression matches none of the above forms, it is left +unchanged, unless the @t{BRACE_CCL} option is set. +@pindex BRACE_CCL, use of +In that case, it is expanded to a sorted list of the individual +characters between the braces, in the manner of a search set. +`@t{-}' is treated specially as in a search set, but `@t{^}' or `@t{!}' as +the first character is treated normally. + +@noindent +Note that brace expansion is not part of filename generation (globbing); an +expression such as @t{*/@{foo,bar@}} is split into two separate words +@t{*/foo} and @t{*/bar} before filename generation takes place. In +particular, note that this is liable to produce a `no match' error if +@emph{either} of the two expressions does not match; this is to be contrasted +with @t{*/(foo|bar)}, which is treated as a single pattern but otherwise +has similar effects. + +@noindent +To combine brace expansion with array expansion, see the +@t{$@{^}@var{spec}@t{@}} form described +in @ref{Parameter Expansion} +above. + +@noindent +@node Filename Expansion, Filename Generation, Brace Expansion, Expansion + +@section Filename Expansion +@noindent +@cindex filename expansion +@cindex expansion, filename +Each word is checked to see if it begins with an unquoted `@t{~}'. +If it does, then the word up to a `@t{/}', +or the end of the word if there is no `@t{/}', +is checked to see if it can be substituted in one of the ways +described here. If so, then the `@t{~}' and the checked portion are +replaced with the appropriate substitute value. + +@noindent +A `@t{~}' by itself is replaced by the value of @t{$HOME}. +A `@t{~}' followed by a `@t{+}' or a `@t{-}' is replaced by the value of +@t{$PWD} or @t{$OLDPWD}, respectively. + +@noindent +A `@t{~}' followed by a number is replaced by the directory at that +position in the directory stack. +`@t{~0}' is equivalent to `@t{~+}', +and `@t{~1}' is the top of the stack. +`@t{~+}' followed by a number is replaced by the directory at that +position in the directory stack. +`@t{~+0}' is equivalent to `@t{~+}', +and `@t{~+1}' is the top of the stack. +`@t{~-}' followed by a number is replaced by the directory that +many positions from the bottom of the stack. +`@t{~-0}' is the bottom of the stack. +@pindex PUSHD_MINUS, use of +The @t{PUSHD_MINUS} +option exchanges the effects of `@t{~+}' and `@t{~-}' where they are +followed by a number. + +@noindent +@cindex directories, named +@cindex named directories +A `@t{~}' followed by anything not already covered is looked up as a +named directory, and replaced by the value of that named directory if found. +Named directories are typically home directories for users on the system. +They may also be defined if the text after the `@t{~}' is the name +of a string shell parameter whose value begins with a `@t{/}'. +Note that trailing slashes will be removed from the path to the directory +(though the original parameter is not modified). +It is also possible to define directory names using the @t{-d} option to the +@t{hash} builtin. + +@noindent +In certain circumstances (in prompts, for instance), when the shell +prints a path, the path is checked to see if it has a named +directory as its prefix. If so, then the prefix portion +is replaced with a `@t{~}' followed by the name of the directory. +The shortest way of referring to the directory is used, +with ties broken in favour of using a named directory, +except when the directory is @t{/} itself. The parameters @t{$PWD} and +@t{$OLDPWD} are never abbreviated in this fashion. + +@noindent +If a word begins with an unquoted `@t{=}' +and the @t{EQUALS} option is set, +the remainder of the word is taken as the +name of a command. If a command +exists by that name, the word is replaced +by the full pathname of the command. + +@noindent +Filename expansion is performed on the right hand side of a parameter +assignment, including those appearing after commands of the +@t{typeset} family. In this case, the right hand side will be treated +as a colon-separated list in the manner of the @t{PATH} parameter, +so that a `@t{~}' or an `@t{=}' following a `@t{:}' is eligible for expansion. +All such behaviour can be +disabled by quoting the `@t{~}', the `@t{=}', or the whole expression (but not +simply the colon); the @t{EQUALS} option is also respected. + +@noindent +If the option @t{MAGIC_EQUAL_SUBST} is set, any unquoted shell +argument in the form `@var{identifier}@t{=}@var{expression}' becomes eligible +for file expansion as described in the previous paragraph. Quoting the +first `@t{=}' also inhibits this. +@node Filename Generation, , Filename Expansion, Expansion + +@section Filename Generation +@noindent +@cindex filename generation +If a word contains an unquoted instance of one of the characters +`@t{*}', `@t{(}', `@t{|}', `@t{<}', `@t{[}', or `@t{?}', it is regarded +as a pattern for filename generation, unless the @t{GLOB} option is unset. +@pindex GLOB, use of +If the @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} option is set, +@pindex EXTENDED_GLOB, use of +the `@t{^}' and `@t{#}' characters also denote a pattern; otherwise +they are not treated specially by the shell. + +@noindent +The word is replaced with a list of sorted filenames that match +the pattern. If no matching pattern is found, the shell gives +an error message, unless the @t{NULL_GLOB} option is set, +@pindex NULL_GLOB, use of +in which case the word is deleted; or unless the @t{NOMATCH} +option is unset, in which case the word is left unchanged. +@pindex NOMATCH, use of + +@noindent +In filename generation, +the character `@t{/}' must be matched explicitly; +also, a `@t{.}' must be matched +explicitly at the beginning of a pattern or after a `@t{/}', unless the +@t{GLOB_DOTS} option is set. +@pindex GLOB_DOTS, use of +No filename generation pattern +matches the files `@t{.}' or `@t{..}'. In other instances of pattern +matching, the `@t{/}' and `@t{.}' are not treated specially. + +@subsection Glob Operators +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{*} +Matches any string, including the null string. + +@item @t{?} +Matches any character. + +@item @t{[}...@t{]} +Matches any of the enclosed characters. Ranges of characters +can be specified by separating two characters by a `@t{-}'. +A `@t{-}' or `@t{]}' may be matched by including it as the +first character in the list. +@cindex character classes +There are also several named classes of characters, in the form +`@t{[:}@var{name}@t{:]}' with the following meanings. +The first set use the macros provided by +the operating system to test for the given character combinations, +including any modifications due to local language settings, see +man page ctype(3): + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{[:alnum:]} +The character is alphanumeric + +@item @t{[:alpha:]} +The character is alphabetic + +@item @t{[:ascii:]} +The character is 7-bit, i.e. is a single-byte character without +the top bit set. + +@item @t{[:blank:]} +The character is either space or tab + +@item @t{[:cntrl:]} +The character is a control character + +@item @t{[:digit:]} +The character is a decimal digit + +@item @t{[:graph:]} +The character is a printable character other than whitespace + +@item @t{[:lower:]}l +The character is a lowercase letter + +@item @t{[:print:]} +The character is printable + +@item @t{[:punct:]} +The character is printable but neither alphanumeric nor whitespace + +@item @t{[:space:]} +The character is whitespace + +@item @t{[:upper:]} +The character is an uppercase letter + +@item @t{[:xdigit:]} +The character is a hexadecimal digit + +@end table + +@noindent +Another set of named classes is handled internally by the shell and +is not sensitive to the locale: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{[:IDENT:]} +The character is allowed to form part of a shell identifier, such +as a parameter name + +@item @t{[:IFS:]} +The character is used as an input field separator, i.e. is contained in the +@t{IFS} parameter + +@item @t{[:IFSSPACE:]} +The character is an IFS white space character; see the documentation +for @t{IFS} in +@ref{Parameters Used By The Shell}. + +@item @t{[:WORD:]} +The character is treated as part of a word; this test is sensitive +to the value of the @t{WORDCHARS} parameter + +@end table + +@noindent +Note that the square brackets are additional +to those enclosing the whole set of characters, so to test for a +single alphanumeric character you need `@t{[[:alnum:]]}'. Named +character sets can be used alongside other types, +e.g. `@t{[[:alpha:]0-9]}'. + +@item @t{[^}...@t{]} +@itemx @t{[!}...@t{]} +Like @t{[}...@t{]}, except that it matches any character which is +not in the given set. + +@item @t{<}[@var{x}]@t{-}[@var{y}]@t{>} +Matches any number in the range @var{x} to @var{y}, inclusive. +Either of the numbers may be omitted to make the range open-ended; +hence `@t{<->}' matches any number. To match individual digits, the +@t{[}...@t{]} form is more efficient. + +@noindent +Be careful when using other wildcards adjacent to patterns of this form; +for example, @t{<0-9>*} will actually match any number whatsoever at the +start of the string, since the `@t{<0-9>}' will match the first digit, and +the `@t{*}' will match any others. This is a trap for the unwary, but is +in fact an inevitable consequence of the rule that the longest possible +match always succeeds. Expressions such as `@t{<0-9>[^[:digit:]]*}' can be +used instead. + +@item @t{(}...@t{)} +Matches the enclosed pattern. This is used for grouping. +If the @t{KSH_GLOB} option is set, then a +`@t{@@}', `@t{*}', `@t{+}', `@t{?}' or `@t{!}' immediately preceding +the `@t{(}' is treated specially, as detailed below. The option +@t{SH_GLOB} prevents bare parentheses from being used in this way, though +the @t{KSH_GLOB} option is still available. + +@noindent +Note that grouping cannot extend over multiple directories: it is an error +to have a `@t{/}' within a group (this only applies for patterns used in +filename generation). There is one exception: a group of the form +@t{(}@var{pat}@t{/)#} appearing as a complete path segment can +match a sequence of directories. For example, @t{foo/(a*/)#bar} matches +@t{foo/bar}, @t{foo/any/bar}, @t{foo/any/anyother/bar}, and so on. + +@item @var{x}@t{|}@var{y} +Matches either @var{x} or @var{y}. +This operator has lower precedence than any other. +The `@t{|}' character +must be within parentheses, to avoid interpretation as a pipeline. + +@item @t{^}@var{x} +(Requires @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} to be set.) +Matches anything except the pattern @var{x}. +This has a higher precedence than `@t{/}', so `@t{^foo/bar}' +will search directories in `@t{.}' except `@t{./foo}' +for a file named `@t{bar}'. + +@item @var{x}@t{~}@var{y} +(Requires @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} to be set.) +Match anything that matches the pattern @var{x} but does not match @var{y}. +This has lower precedence than any operator except `@t{|}', so +`@t{*/*~foo/bar}' will search for all files in all directories in `@t{.}' +and then exclude `@t{foo/bar}' if there was such a match. +Multiple patterns can be excluded by +`@var{foo}@t{~}@var{bar}@t{~}@var{baz}'. +In the exclusion pattern (@var{y}), `@t{/}' and `@t{.}' are not treated +specially the way they usually are in globbing. + +@item @var{x}@t{#} +(Requires @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} to be set.) +Matches zero or more occurrences of the pattern @var{x}. +This operator has high precedence; `@t{12#}' is equivalent to `@t{1(2#)}', +rather than `@t{(12)#}'. It is an error for an unquoted `@t{#}' to follow +something which cannot be repeated; this includes an empty string, a +pattern already followed by `@t{##}', or parentheses when part of a +@t{KSH_GLOB} pattern (for example, `@t{!(}@var{foo}@t{)#}' is +invalid and must be replaced by +`@t{*(!(}@var{foo}@t{))}'). + +@item @var{x}@t{##} +(Requires @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} to be set.) +Matches one or more occurrences of the pattern @var{x}. +This operator has high precedence; `@t{12##}' is equivalent to `@t{1(2##)}', +rather than `@t{(12)##}'. No more than two active `@t{#}' characters may +appear together. (Note the potential clash with glob qualifiers in the +form `@t{1(2##)}' which should therefore be avoided.) + +@end table + +@subsection ksh-like Glob Operators +@noindent +@pindex KSH_GLOB, use of +If the @t{KSH_GLOB} option is set, the effects of parentheses can be +modified by a preceding `@t{@@}', `@t{*}', `@t{+}', `@t{?}' or `@t{!}'. +This character need not be unquoted to have special effects, +but the `@t{(}' must be. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{@@(}...@t{)} +Match the pattern in the parentheses. (Like `@t{(}...@t{)}'.) + +@item @t{*(}...@t{)} +Match any number of occurrences. (Like `@t{(}...@t{)#}'.) + +@item @t{+(}...@t{)} +Match at least one occurrence. (Like `@t{(}...@t{)##}'.) + +@item @t{?(}...@t{)} +Match zero or one occurrence. (Like `@t{(|}...@t{)}'.) + +@item @t{!(}...@t{)} +Match anything but the expression in parentheses. +(Like `@t{(^(}...@t{))}'.) + +@end table + +@subsection Precedence +@noindent +@cindex precedence of glob operators +The precedence of the operators given above is (highest) `@t{^}', `@t{/}', +`@t{~}', `@t{|}' (lowest); the +remaining operators are simply treated from left to right as part of a +string, with `@t{#}' and `@t{##}' applying to the shortest possible +preceding unit (i.e. a character, `@t{?}', `@t{[}...@t{]}', +`@t{<}...@t{>}', or a parenthesised expression). As mentioned +above, a `@t{/}' used as a directory separator may not appear inside +parentheses, while a `@t{|}' must do so; in patterns used in other contexts +than filename generation (for example, in @t{case} statements and tests +within `@t{[[}...@t{]]}'), a `@t{/}' is not special; and `@t{/}' is also +not special after a `@t{~}' appearing outside parentheses in a filename +pattern. + +@subsection Globbing Flags +@noindent +There are various flags which affect any text to their right up to the +end of the enclosing group or to the end of the pattern; they require +the @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} option. All take the form +@t{(#}@var{X}@t{)} where @var{X} may have one of the following +forms: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{i} +Case insensitive: upper or lower case characters in the pattern match +upper or lower case characters. + +@item @t{l} +Lower case characters in the pattern match upper or lower case +characters; upper case characters in the pattern still only match +upper case characters. + +@item @t{I} +Case sensitive: locally negates the effect of @t{i} or @t{l} from +that point on. + +@item @t{b} +Activate backreferences for parenthesised groups in the pattern; +this does not work in filename generation. When a pattern with a set of +active parentheses is matched, the strings matched by the groups are +stored in the array @t{$match}, the indices of the beginning of the matched +parentheses in the array @t{$mbegin}, and the indices of the end in the array +@t{$mend}, with the first element of each array corresponding to the first +parenthesised group, and so on. These arrays are not otherwise special to +the shell. The indices use the same convention as does parameter +substitution, so that elements of @t{$mend} and @t{$mbegin} may be used in +subscripts; the @t{KSH_ARRAYS} option is respected. Sets of globbing flags +are not considered parenthesised groups; only the first nine active +parentheses can be referenced. + +@noindent +For example, + +@noindent +@example +foo="a string with a message" +if [[ $foo = (a|an)' '(#b)(*)' '* ]]; then + print $@{foo[$mbegin[1],$mend[1]]@} +fi +@end example + +@noindent +prints `@t{string with a}'. Note that the first parenthesis is before the +@t{(#b)} and does not create a backreference. + +@noindent +Backreferences work with all forms of pattern matching other than filename +generation, but note that when performing matches on an entire array, such +as @t{$@{}@var{array}@t{#}@var{pattern}@t{@}}, or a global substitution, such +as @t{$@{}@var{param}@t{//}@var{pat}@t{/}@var{repl}@t{@}}, only the data for the +last match remains available. In the case of global replacements this may +still be useful. See the example for the @t{m} flag below. + +@noindent +The numbering of backreferences strictly follows the order of the opening +parentheses from left to right in the pattern string, although sets of +parentheses may be nested. There are special rules for parentheses followed +by `@t{#}' or `@t{##}'. Only the last match of the parenthesis is +remembered: for example, in `@t{[[ abab = (#b)([ab])# ]]}', only the final +`@t{b}' is stored in @t{match[1]}. Thus extra parentheses may be necessary +to match the complete segment: for example, use +`@t{X((ab|cd)#)Y}' to match +a whole string of either `@t{ab}' or `@t{cd}' between `@t{X}' and `@t{Y}', +using the value of @t{$match[1]} rather than @t{$match[2]}. + +@noindent +If the match fails none of the parameters is altered, so in some cases it +may be necessary to initialise them beforehand. If some of the +backreferences fail to match --- which happens if they are in an alternate +branch which fails to match, or if they are followed by @t{#} and matched +zero times --- then the matched string is set to the empty string, and the +start and end indices are set to -1. + +@noindent +Pattern matching with backreferences is slightly slower than without. + +@item @t{B} +Deactivate backreferences, negating the effect of the @t{b} flag from that +point on. + +@item @t{c}@var{N}@t{,}@var{M} +The flag @t{(#c}@var{N}@t{,}@var{M}@t{)} can be used anywhere +that the @t{#} or @t{##} operators can be used; it cannot be combined +with other globbing flags and a bad pattern error occurs if it is +misplaced. It is equivalent to the form @t{@{}@var{N}@t{,}@var{M}@t{@}} in +regular expressions. The previous character or group is required to +match between @var{N} and @var{M} times, inclusive. The form +@t{(#c}@var{N}@t{)} requires exactly @t{N} matches; +@t{(#c,}@var{M}@t{)} is equivalent to specifying @var{N} as 0; +@t{(#c}@var{N}@t{,)} specifies that there is no maximum limit +on the number of matches. + +@item @t{m} +Set references to the match data for the entire string matched; this is +similar to backreferencing and does not work in filename generation. The +flag must be in effect at the end of the pattern, i.e. not local to a +group. The parameters @t{$MATCH}, @t{$MBEGIN} and @t{$MEND} will be set to +the string matched and to the indices of the beginning and end of the +string, respectively. This is most useful in parameter substitutions, as +otherwise the string matched is obvious. + +@noindent +For example, + +@noindent +@example +arr=(veldt jynx grimps waqf zho buck) +print $@{arr//(#m)[aeiou]/$@{(U)MATCH@}@} +@end example + +@noindent +forces all the matches (i.e. all vowels) into uppercase, printing +`@t{vEldt jynx grImps wAqf zhO bUck}'. + +@noindent +Unlike backreferences, there is no speed penalty for using match +references, other than the extra substitutions required for the +replacement strings in cases such as the example shown. + +@item @t{M} +Deactivate the @t{m} flag, hence no references to match data will be +created. + +@item @t{a}@var{num} +Approximate matching: @var{num} errors are allowed in the string matched by +the pattern. The rules for this are described in the next subsection. + +@item @t{s}, @t{e} +Unlike the other flags, these have only a local effect, and each must +appear on its own: `@t{(#s)}' and `@t{(#e)}' are the only valid forms. +The `@t{(#s)}' flag succeeds only at the start of the test string, and the +`@t{(#e)}' flag succeeds only at the end of the test string; they +correspond to `@t{^}' and `@t{$}' in standard regular expressions. They +are useful for matching path segments in patterns other than those in +filename generation (where path segments are in any case treated +separately). For example, `@t{*((#s)|/)test((#e)|/)*}' matches +a path segment `@t{test}' in any of the following strings: @t{test}, +@t{test/at/start}, @t{at/end/test}, @t{in/test/middle}. + +@noindent +Another use is in parameter substitution; for example +`@t{$@{array/(#s)A*Z(#e)@}}' will remove only elements of an +array which +match the complete pattern `@t{A*Z}'. There are other ways of performing +many operations of this type, however the combination of the substitution +operations `@t{/}' and `@t{//}' with the `@t{(#s)}' and `@t{(#e)}' flags +provides a single simple and memorable method. + +@noindent +Note that assertions of the form `@t{(^(#s))}' also work, i.e. match +anywhere except at the start of the string, although this actually means +`anything except a zero-length portion at the start of the string'; you +need to use `@t{(""~(#s))}' to match a zero-length portion of the string +not at the start. + +@item @t{q} +A `@t{q}' and everything up to the closing parenthesis of the globbing +flags are ignored by the pattern matching code. This is intended to +support the use of glob qualifiers, see below. The result is that +the pattern `@t{(#b)(*).c(#q.)}' can be used both for globbing +and for +matching against a string. In the former case, the `@t{(#q.)}' will be +treated as a glob qualifier and the `@t{(#b)}' will not be useful, while in +the latter case the `@t{(#b)}' is useful for backreferences and the +`@t{(#q.)}' will be ignored. Note that colon modifiers in the glob +qualifiers are also not applied in ordinary pattern matching. + +@item @t{u} +Respect the current locale in determining the presence of multibyte +characters in a pattern, provided the shell was compiled with +@t{MULTIBYTE_SUPPORT}. This overrides the @t{MULTIBYTE} +option; the default behaviour is taken from the option. Compare @t{U}. +(Mnemonic: typically multibyte characters are from Unicode in the UTF-8 +encoding, although any extension of ASCII supported by the system +library may be used.) + +@item @t{U} +All characters are considered to be a single byte long. The opposite +of @t{u}. This overrides the @t{MULTIBYTE} option. + +@end table + +@noindent +For example, the test string @t{fooxx} can be matched by the pattern +@t{(#i}@t{)FOOXX}, but not by @t{(#l}@t{)FOOXX}, +@t{(#i}@t{)FOO}@t{(#I}@t{)XX} or +@t{((#i}@t{)FOOX}@t{)X}. The string +@t{(#ia2}@t{)readme} specifies case-insensitive matching of +@t{readme} with up to two errors. + +@noindent +When using the ksh syntax for grouping both @t{KSH_GLOB} and +@t{EXTENDED_GLOB} must be set and the left parenthesis should be +preceded by @t{@@}. Note also that the flags do not affect letters +inside @t{[...]} groups, in other words @t{(#i}@t{)[a-z]} +still matches only lowercase letters. Finally, note that when +examining whole paths case-insensitively every directory must be +searched for all files which match, so that a pattern of the form +@t{(#i}@t{)/foo/bar/...} is potentially slow. + +@noindent + +@subsection Approximate Matching +@noindent +When matching approximately, the shell keeps a count of the errors found, +which cannot exceed the number specified in the +@t{(#a}@var{num}@t{)} flags. Four types of error are recognised: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item 1. +Different characters, as in @t{fooxbar} and @t{fooybar}. + +@item 2. +Transposition of characters, as in @t{banana} and @t{abnana}. + +@item 3. +A character missing in the target string, as with the pattern @t{road} and +target string @t{rod}. + +@item 4. +An extra character appearing in the target string, as with @t{stove} +and @t{strove}. + +@end table + +@noindent +Thus, the pattern @t{(#a3}@t{)abcd} matches @t{dcba}, with the +errors occurring by using the first rule twice and the second once, +grouping the string as @t{[d][cb][a]} and @t{[a][bc][d]}. + +@noindent +Non-literal parts of the pattern must match exactly, including characters +in character ranges: hence @t{(#a1}@t{)???} matches strings of +length four, by applying rule 4 to an empty part of the pattern, but not +strings of length two, since all the @t{?} must match. Other characters +which must match exactly are initial dots in filenames (unless the +@t{GLOB_DOTS} option is set), and all slashes in filenames, so that +@t{a/bc} is two errors from @t{ab/c} (the slash cannot be transposed with +another character). Similarly, errors are counted separately for +non-contiguous strings in the pattern, so that @t{(ab|cd}@t{)ef} +is two errors from @t{aebf}. + +@noindent +When using exclusion via the @t{~} operator, approximate matching is +treated entirely separately for the excluded part and must be activated +separately. Thus, @t{(#a1}@t{)README~READ_ME} matches +@t{READ.ME} but not @t{READ_ME}, as the trailing @t{READ_ME} is matched +without approximation. However, +@t{(#a1}@t{)README~(#a1}@t{)READ_ME} +does not match any pattern of the form @t{READ}@var{?}@t{ME} as all +such forms are now excluded. + +@noindent +Apart from exclusions, there is only one overall error count; however, the +maximum errors allowed may be altered locally, and this can be delimited by +grouping. For example, +@t{(#a1}@t{)cat}@t{((#a0}@t{)dog}@t{)fox} +allows one error in total, which may not occur in the @t{dog} section, and +the pattern +@t{(#a1}@t{)cat}@t{(#a0}@t{)dog}@t{(#a1}@t{)fox} +is equivalent. Note that the point at which an error is first found is the +crucial one for establishing whether to use approximation; for example, +@t{(#a1)abc(#a0)xyz} will not match @t{abcdxyz}, because the +error occurs at the `@t{x}', where approximation is turned off. + +@noindent +Entire path segments may be matched approximately, so that +`@t{(#a1)/foo/d/is/available/at/the/bar}' allows one error in any path +segment. This is much less efficient than without the @t{(#a1)}, however, +since every directory in the path must be scanned for a possible +approximate match. It is best to place the @t{(#a1)} after any path +segments which are known to be correct. + +@noindent + +@subsection Recursive Globbing +@noindent +A pathname component of the form `@t{(}@var{foo}@t{/)#}' +matches a path consisting of zero or more directories +matching the pattern @var{foo}. + +@noindent +As a shorthand, `@t{**/}' is equivalent to `@t{(*/)#}'; note that this +therefore matches files in the current directory as well as +subdirectories. +Thus: + +@noindent +@example +ls (*/)#bar +@end example + +@noindent +or + +@noindent +@example +ls **/bar +@end example + +@noindent +does a recursive directory search for files named `@t{bar}' (potentially +including the file `@t{bar}' in the current directory). This form does not +follow symbolic links; the alternative form `@t{***/}' does, but is +otherwise identical. Neither of these can be combined with other forms of +globbing within the same path segment; in that case, the `@t{*}' +operators revert to their usual effect. + +@subsection Glob Qualifiers +@noindent +@cindex globbing, qualifiers +@cindex qualifiers, globbing +Patterns used for filename generation may end in a +list of qualifiers enclosed in parentheses. +The qualifiers specify which filenames that otherwise match the given pattern +will be inserted in the argument list. + +@noindent +@pindex BARE_GLOB_QUAL, use of +If the option @t{BARE_GLOB_QUAL} is set, then a trailing set of parentheses +containing no `@t{|}' or `@t{(}' characters (or `@t{~}' if it is special) +is taken as a set of +glob qualifiers. A glob subexpression that would normally be taken as glob +qualifiers, for example `@t{(^x)}', can be forced to be treated as part of +the glob pattern by doubling the parentheses, in this case producing +`@t{((^x))}'. + +@noindent +If the option @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} is set, a different syntax for glob +qualifiers is available, namely `@t{(#qx)}' where @t{x} is any of the same +glob qualifiers used in the other format. The qualifiers must still appear +at the end of the pattern. However, with this syntax multiple glob +qualifiers may be chained together. They are treated as a logical AND of +the individual sets of flags. Also, as the syntax is unambiguous, the +expression will be treated as glob qualifiers just as long any parentheses +contained within it are balanced; appearance of `@t{|}', `@t{(}' or +`@t{~}' does not negate the effect. Note that qualifiers will be +recognised in this form even if a bare glob qualifier exists at the end of +the pattern, for example `@t{*(#q*)(.)}' will recognise executable regular +files if both options are set; however, mixed syntax should probably be +avoided for the sake of clarity. + +@noindent +A qualifier may be any one of the following: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{/} +directories + +@item @t{F} +`full' (i.e. non-empty) directories. Note that the +opposite sense @t{(^F}@t{)} expands to empty directories +and all non-directories. Use @t{(/^F}@t{)} for +empty directories + +@item @t{.} +plain files + +@item @t{@@} +symbolic links + +@item @t{=} +sockets + +@item @t{p} +named pipes (FIFOs) + +@item @t{*} +executable plain files (0100) + +@item @t{%} +device files (character or block special) + +@item @t{%b} +block special files + +@item @t{%c} +character special files + +@item @t{r} +owner-readable files (0400) + +@item @t{w} +owner-writable files (0200) + +@item @t{x} +owner-executable files (0100) + +@item @t{A} +group-readable files (0040) + +@item @t{I} +group-writable files (0020) + +@item @t{E} +group-executable files (0010) + +@item @t{R} +world-readable files (0004) + +@item @t{W} +world-writable files (0002) + +@item @t{X} +world-executable files (0001) + +@item @t{s} +setuid files (04000) + +@item @t{S} +setgid files (02000) + +@item @t{t} +files with the sticky bit (01000) + +@item @t{f}@var{spec} +files with access rights matching @var{spec}. This @var{spec} may be a +octal number optionally preceded by a `@t{=}', a `@t{+}', or a +`@t{-}'. If none of these characters is given, the behavior is the +same as for `@t{=}'. The octal number describes the mode bits to be +expected, if combined with a `@t{=}', the value given must match the +file-modes exactly, with a `@t{+}', at least the bits in the +given number must be set in the file-modes, and with a `@t{-}', the +bits in the number must not be set. Giving a `@t{?}' instead of a +octal digit anywhere in the number ensures that the corresponding bits +in the file-modes are not checked, this is only useful in combination +with `@t{=}'. + +@noindent +If the qualifier `@t{f}' is followed by any other character anything +up to the next matching character (`@t{[}', `@t{@{}', and `@t{<}' match +`@t{]}', `@t{@}}', and `@t{>}' respectively, any other character +matches itself) is taken as a list of comma-separated +@var{sub-spec}s. Each @var{sub-spec} may be either an octal number as +described above or a list of any of the characters `@t{u}', `@t{g}', +`@t{o}', and `@t{a}', followed by a `@t{=}', a `@t{+}', or a +`@t{-}', followed by a list of any of the characters `@t{r}', `@t{w}', +`@t{x}', `@t{s}', and `@t{t}', or an octal digit. The first list of +characters specify which access rights are to be checked. If a `@t{u}' +is given, those for the owner of the file are used, if a `@t{g}' is +given, those of the group are checked, a `@t{o}' means to test those +of other users, and the `@t{a}' says to test all three groups. The +`@t{=}', `@t{+}', and `@t{-}' again says how the modes are to be +checked and have the same meaning as described for the first form +above. The second list of characters finally says which access rights +are to be expected: `@t{r}' for read access, `@t{w}' for write access, +`@t{x}' for the right to execute the file (or to search a directory), +`@t{s}' for the setuid and setgid bits, and `@t{t}' for the sticky +bit. + +@noindent +Thus, `@t{*(f70?)}' gives the files for which the owner has read, +write, and execute permission, and for which other group members have +no rights, independent of the permissions for other users. The pattern +`@t{*(f-100)}' gives all files for which the owner does not have +execute permission, and `@t{*(f:gu+w,o-rx:)}' gives the files for which +the owner and the other members of the group have at least write +permission, and for which other users don't have read or execute +permission. + +@item @t{e}@var{string} +@itemx @t{+}@var{cmd} +The @var{string} will be executed as shell code. The filename will be +included in the list if and only if the code returns a zero status (usually +the status of the last command). The first character after the `@t{e}' +will be used as a separator and anything up to the next matching separator +will be taken as the @var{string}; `@t{[}', `@t{@{}', and `@t{<}' match +`@t{]}', `@t{@}}', and `@t{>}', respectively, while any other character +matches itself. Note that expansions must be quoted in the @var{string} +to prevent them from being expanded before globbing is done. + +@noindent +@vindex REPLY, use of +@vindex reply, use of +During the execution of @var{string} the filename currently being tested is +available in the parameter @t{REPLY}; the parameter may be altered to +a string to be inserted into the list instead of the original +filename. In addition, the parameter @t{reply} may be set to an array or a +string, which overrides the value of @t{REPLY}. If set to an array, the +latter is inserted into the command line word by word. + +@noindent +For example, suppose a directory contains a single file `@t{lonely}'. Then +the expression `@t{*(e:'reply=($@{REPLY@}@{1,2@})':)}' will cause the words +`@t{lonely1 lonely2}' to be inserted into the command line. Note the +quotation marks. + +@noindent +The form @t{+}@var{cmd} has the same effect, but no delimiters appear +around @var{cmd}. Instead, @var{cmd} is taken as the longest sequence of +characters following the @t{+} that are alphanumeric or underscore. +Typically @var{cmd} will be the name of a shell function that contains the +appropriate test. For example, + +@noindent +@example +nt() @{ [[ $REPLY -nt $NTREF ]] @} +NTREF=reffile +ls -l *(+nt) +@end example + +@noindent +lists all files in the directory that have been modified more recently than +@t{reffile}. + +@item @t{d}@var{dev} +files on the device @var{dev} + +@item @t{l}[@t{-}|@t{+}]@var{ct} +files having a link count less than @var{ct} (@t{-}), greater than +@var{ct} (@t{+}), or equal to @var{ct} + +@item @t{U} +files owned by the effective user ID + +@item @t{G} +files owned by the effective group ID + +@item @t{u}@var{id} +files owned by user ID @var{id} if that is a number. Otherwise, +@var{id} specifies a user name: the +character after the `@t{u}' will be taken as a separator and the string +between it and the next matching separator will be taken as a user name. +The starting separators `@t{[}', `@t{@{}', and `@t{<}' +match the final separators `@t{]}', `@t{@}}', and `@t{>}', respectively; +any other character matches itself. The selected files are those +owned by this user. For example, `@t{u:foo:}' or `@t{u[foo]}' selects +files owned by user `@t{foo}'. + +@item @t{g}@var{id} +like @t{u}@var{id} but with group IDs or names + +@item @t{a}[@t{Mwhms}][@t{-}|@t{+}]@var{n} +files accessed exactly @var{n} days ago. Files accessed within the last +@var{n} days are selected using a negative value for @var{n} (@t{-}@var{n}). +Files accessed more than @var{n} days ago are selected by a positive @var{n} +value (@t{+}@var{n}). Optional unit specifiers `@t{M}', `@t{w}', +`@t{h}', `@t{m}' or `@t{s}' (e.g. `@t{ah5}') cause the check to be +performed with months (of 30 days), weeks, hours, minutes or seconds +instead of days, respectively. For instance, `@t{echo *(ah-5)}' would +echo files accessed within the last five hours. + +@item @t{m}[@t{Mwhms}][@t{-}|@t{+}]@var{n} +like the file access qualifier, except that it uses the file modification +time. + +@item @t{c}[@t{Mwhms}][@t{-}|@t{+}]@var{n} +like the file access qualifier, except that it uses the file inode change +time. + +@item @t{L}[@t{+}|@t{-}]@var{n} +files less than @var{n} bytes (@t{-}), more than @var{n} bytes (@t{+}), or +exactly @var{n} bytes in length. If this flag is directly followed by a `@t{k}' +(`@t{K}'), `@t{m}' (`@t{M}'), or `@t{p}' (`@t{P}') (e.g. `@t{Lk-50}') +the check is performed with kilobytes, megabytes, or blocks (of 512 bytes) +instead. + +@item @t{^} +negates all qualifiers following it + +@item @t{-} +toggles between making the qualifiers work on symbolic links (the +default) and the files they point to + +@item @t{M} +sets the @t{MARK_DIRS} option for the current pattern +@pindex MARK_DIRS, setting in pattern + +@item @t{T} +appends a trailing qualifier mark to the filenames, analogous to the +@t{LIST_TYPES} option, for the current pattern (overrides @t{M}) + +@item @t{N} +sets the @t{NULL_GLOB} option for the current pattern +@pindex NULL_GLOB, setting in pattern + +@item @t{D} +sets the @t{GLOB_DOTS} option for the current pattern +@pindex GLOB_DOTS, setting in pattern + +@item @t{n} +sets the @t{NUMERIC_GLOB_SORT} option for the current pattern +@pindex NUMERIC_GLOB_SORT, setting in pattern + +@item @t{o}@var{c} +specifies how the names of the files should be sorted. If @var{c} is +@t{n} they are sorted by name (the default); if it is @t{L} they +are sorted depending on the size (length) of the files; if @t{l} +they are sorted by the number of links; if @t{a}, @t{m}, or @t{c} +they are sorted by the time of the last access, modification, or +inode change respectively; if @t{d}, files in subdirectories appear before +those in the current directory at each level of the search --- this is best +combined with other criteria, for example `@t{odon}' to sort on names for +files within the same directory; if @t{N}, no sorting is performed. +Note that @t{a}, @t{m}, and @t{c} compare +the age against the current time, hence the first name in the list is the +youngest file. Also note that the modifiers @t{^} and @t{-} are used, +so `@t{*(^-oL)}' gives a list of all files sorted by file size in descending +order, following any symbolic links. Unless @t{oN} is used, multiple order +specifiers may occur to resolve ties. + +@item @t{O}@var{c} +like `@t{o}', but sorts in descending order; i.e. `@t{*(^oc)}' is the +same as `@t{*(Oc)}' and `@t{*(^Oc)}' is the same as `@t{*(oc)}'; `@t{Od}' +puts files in the current directory before those in subdirectories at each +level of the search. + +@item @t{[}@var{beg}[@t{,}@var{end}]@t{]} +specifies which of the matched filenames should be included in the +returned list. The syntax is the same as for array +subscripts. @var{beg} and the optional @var{end} may be mathematical +expressions. As in parameter subscripting they may be negative to make +them count from the last match backward. E.g.: `@t{*(-OL[1,3])}' +gives a list of the names of the three largest files. + +@end table + +@noindent +More than one of these lists can be combined, separated by commas. The +whole list matches if at least one of the sublists matches (they are +`or'ed, the qualifiers in the sublists are `and'ed). Some qualifiers, +however, affect all matches generated, independent of the sublist in +which they are given. These are the qualifiers `@t{M}', `@t{T}', +`@t{N}', `@t{D}', `@t{n}', `@t{o}', `@t{O}' and the subscripts given +in brackets (`@t{[...]}'). + +@noindent +If a `@t{:}' appears in a qualifier list, the remainder of the expression in +parenthesis is interpreted as a modifier (see @ref{Modifiers} +in @ref{History Expansion}). Note that +each modifier must be introduced by a separate `@t{:}'. Note also that the +result after modification does not have to be an existing file. The +name of any existing file can be followed by a modifier of the form +`@t{(:..)}' even if no actual filename generation is performed. +Thus: + +@noindent +@example +ls *(-/) +@end example + +@noindent +lists all directories and symbolic links that point to directories, +and + +@noindent +@example +ls *(%W) +@end example + +@noindent +lists all world-writable device files in the current directory, and + +@noindent +@example +ls *(W,X) +@end example + +@noindent +lists all files in the current directory that are +world-writable or world-executable, and + +@noindent +@example +echo /tmp/foo*(u0^@@:t) +@end example + +@noindent +outputs the basename of all root-owned files beginning with the string +`@t{foo}' in @t{/tmp}, ignoring symlinks, and + +@noindent +@example +ls *.*~(lex|parse).[ch](^D^l1) +@end example + +@noindent +lists all files having a link count of one whose names contain a dot +(but not those starting with a dot, since @t{GLOB_DOTS} is explicitly +switched off) except for @t{lex.c}, @t{lex.h}, @t{parse.c} and @t{parse.h}. + +@noindent +@example +print b*.pro(#q:s/pro/shmo/)(#q.:s/builtin/shmiltin/) +@end example + +@noindent +demonstrates how colon modifiers and other qualifiers may be chained +together. The ordinary qualifier `@t{.}' is applied first, then the colon +modifiers in order from left to right. So if @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} is set and +the base pattern matches the regular file @t{builtin.pro}, the shell will +print `@t{shmiltin.shmo}'. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/params.yo +@node Parameters, Options, Expansion, Top + +@chapter Parameters +@noindent +@cindex parameters + +@section Description +@noindent +A parameter has a name, a value, and a number of attributes. +A name may be any sequence of alphanumeric +characters and underscores, or the single characters +`@t{*}', `@t{@@}', `@t{#}', `@t{?}', `@t{-}', `@t{$}', or `@t{!}'. +The value may be a @emph{scalar} (a string), +an integer, an array (indexed numerically), or an @emph{associative} +array (an unordered set of name-value pairs, indexed by name). To declare +the type of a parameter, or to assign a scalar or integer value to a +parameter, use the @t{typeset} builtin. +@findex typeset, use of + +@noindent +The value of a scalar or integer parameter may also be assigned by +writing: +@cindex assignment + +@noindent +@quotation +@var{name}@t{=}@var{value} +@end quotation + +@noindent +If the integer attribute, @t{-i}, is set for @var{name}, the @var{value} +is subject to arithmetic evaluation. Furthermore, by replacing `@t{=}' +with `@t{+=}', a parameter can be added or appended to. See +@ref{Array Parameters} for additional forms of assignment. + +@noindent +To refer to the value of a parameter, write `@t{$}@var{name}' or +`@t{$@{}@var{name}@t{@}}'. See +@ref{Parameter Expansion} +for complete details. + +@noindent +In the parameter lists that follow, the mark `' indicates that the +parameter is special. +Special parameters cannot have their type changed or their +readonly attribute turned off, and if a special parameter is unset, then +later recreated, the special properties will be retained. `' indicates +that the parameter does not exist when the shell initializes in @t{sh} or +@t{ksh} emulation mode. +@menu +* Array Parameters:: +* Positional Parameters:: +* Local Parameters:: +* Parameters Set By The Shell:: +* Parameters Used By The Shell:: +@end menu +@node Array Parameters, Positional Parameters, , Parameters + +@section Array Parameters +@noindent +To assign an array value, write one of: +@findex set, use of +@cindex array assignment + +@noindent +@quotation +@t{set -A} @var{name} @var{value} ... +@end quotation +@quotation +@var{name}@t{=(}@var{value} ...@t{)} +@end quotation + +@noindent +If no parameter @var{name} exists, an ordinary array parameter is created. +If the parameter @var{name} exists and is a scalar, it is replaced by a new +array. Ordinary array parameters may also be explicitly declared with: +@findex typeset, use of + +@noindent +@quotation +@t{typeset -a} @var{name} +@end quotation + +@noindent +Associative arrays @emph{must} be declared before assignment, by using: + +@noindent +@quotation +@t{typeset -A} @var{name} +@end quotation + +@noindent +When @var{name} refers to an associative array, the list in an assignment +is interpreted as alternating keys and values: + +@noindent +@quotation +set -A @var{name} @var{key} @var{value} ... +@end quotation +@quotation +@var{name}@t{=(}@var{key} @var{value} ...@t{)} +@end quotation + +@noindent +Every @var{key} must have a @var{value} in this case. Note that this +assigns to the entire array, deleting any elements that do not appear +in the list. + +@noindent +To create an empty array (including associative arrays), use one of: + +@noindent +@quotation +@t{set -A} @var{name} +@end quotation +@quotation +@var{name}@t{=()} +@end quotation + +@noindent + +@subsection Array Subscripts +@noindent +@cindex subscripts + +@noindent +Individual elements of an array may be selected using a subscript. A +subscript of the form `@t{[}@var{exp}@t{]}' selects the single element +@var{exp}, where @var{exp} is an arithmetic expression which will be subject +to arithmetic expansion as if it were surrounded by +`@t{$((}...@t{))}'. The elements are numbered +beginning with 1, unless the @t{KSH_ARRAYS} option is set in which case +they are numbered from zero. +@pindex KSH_ARRAYS, use of + +@noindent +Subscripts may be used inside braces used to delimit a parameter name, thus +`@t{$@{foo[2]@}}' is equivalent to `@t{$foo[2]}'. If the @t{KSH_ARRAYS} +option is set, the braced form is the only one that works, as bracketed +expressions otherwise are not treated as subscripts. + +@noindent +If the @t{KSH_ARRAYS} option is not set, then by default accesses to +an array element with a subscript that evaluates to zero return an +empty string, while an attempt to write such an element is treated as +an error. For backward compatibility the @t{KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT} +option can be set to cause subscript values 0 and 1 to be equivalent; see +the description of the option in @ref{Description of Options}. + +@noindent +The same subscripting syntax is used for associative arrays, except that +no arithmetic expansion is applied to @var{exp}. However, the parsing +rules for arithmetic expressions still apply, which affects the way that +certain special characters must be protected from interpretation. See +@emph{Subscript Parsing} below for details. + +@noindent +A subscript of the form `@t{[*]}' or `@t{[@@]}' evaluates to all elements +of an array; there is no difference between the two except when they +appear within double quotes. +`@t{"$foo[*]"}' evaluates to `@t{"$foo[1] $foo[2] }...@t{"}', whereas +`@t{"$foo[@@]"}' evaluates to `@t{"$foo[1]" "$foo[2]" }...'. For +associative arrays, `@t{[*]}' or `@t{[@@]}' evaluate to all the values, +in no particular order. Note that this does not substitute +the keys; see the documentation for the `@t{k}' flag under +@ref{Parameter Expansion} +for complete details. +When an array parameter is referenced as `@t{$}@var{name}' (with no +subscript) it evaluates to `@t{$}@var{name}@t{[*]}', unless the @t{KSH_ARRAYS} +option is set in which case it evaluates to `@t{$@{}@var{name}@t{[0]@}}' (for +an associative array, this means the value of the key `@t{0}', which may +not exist even if there are values for other keys). + +@noindent +A subscript of the form `@t{[}@var{exp1}@t{,}@var{exp2}@t{]}' +selects all elements in the range @var{exp1} to @var{exp2}, +inclusive. (Associative arrays are unordered, and so do not support +ranges.) If one of the subscripts evaluates to a negative number, +say @t{-}@var{n}, then the @var{n}th element from the end +of the array is used. Thus `@t{$foo[-3]}' is the third element +from the end of the array @t{foo}, and +`@t{$foo[1,-1]}' is the same as `@t{$foo[*]}'. + +@noindent +Subscripting may also be performed on non-array values, in which +case the subscripts specify a substring to be extracted. +For example, if @t{FOO} is set to `@t{foobar}', then +`@t{echo $FOO[2,5]}' prints `@t{ooba}'. + +@noindent + +@subsection Array Element Assignment +@noindent + +@noindent +A subscript may be used on the left side of an assignment like so: + +@noindent +@quotation +@var{name}@t{[}@var{exp}@t{]=}@var{value} +@end quotation + +@noindent +In this form of assignment the element or range specified by @var{exp} +is replaced by the expression on the right side. An array (but not an +associative array) may be created by assignment to a range or element. +Arrays do not nest, so assigning a parenthesized list of values to an +element or range changes the number of elements in the array, shifting the +other elements to accommodate the new values. (This is not supported for +associative arrays.) + +@noindent +This syntax also works as an argument to the @t{typeset} command: + +@noindent +@quotation +@t{typeset} @t{"}@var{name}@t{[}@var{exp}@t{]"=}@var{value} +@end quotation + +@noindent +The @var{value} may @emph{not} be a parenthesized list in this case; only +single-element assignments may be made with @t{typeset}. Note that quotes +are necessary in this case to prevent the brackets from being interpreted +as filename generation operators. The @t{noglob} precommand modifier +could be used instead. + +@noindent +To delete an element of an ordinary array, assign `@t{()}' to +that element. To delete an element of an associative array, use the +@t{unset} command: + +@noindent +@quotation +@t{unset} @t{"}@var{name}@t{[}@var{exp}@t{]"} +@end quotation + +@noindent + +@subsection Subscript Flags +@noindent +@cindex subscript flags + +@noindent +If the opening bracket, or the comma in a range, in any subscript +expression is directly followed by an opening parenthesis, the string up +to the matching closing one is considered to be a list of flags, as in +`@var{name}@t{[(}@var{flags}@t{)}@var{exp}@t{]}'. + +@noindent +The flags @t{s}, @t{n} and @t{b} take an argument; the delimiter +is shown below as `@t{:}', but any character, or the matching pairs +`@t{(}...@t{)}', `@t{@{}...@t{@}}', `@t{[}...@t{]}', or +`@t{<}...@t{>}', may be used. + +@noindent +The flags currently understood are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{w} +If the parameter subscripted is a scalar then this flag makes +subscripting work on words instead of characters. The default word +separator is whitespace. + +@item @t{s:}@var{string}@t{:} +This gives the @var{string} that separates words (for use with the +@t{w} flag). The delimiter character @t{:} is arbitrary; see above. + +@item @t{p} +Recognize the same escape sequences as the @t{print} builtin in +the string argument of a subsequent `@t{s}' flag. + +@item @t{f} +If the parameter subscripted is a scalar then this flag makes +subscripting work on lines instead of characters, i.e. with elements +separated by newlines. This is a shorthand for `@t{pws:\n:}'. + +@item @t{r} +Reverse subscripting: if this flag is given, the @var{exp} is taken as a +pattern and the result is the first matching array element, substring or +word (if the parameter is an array, if it is a scalar, or if it is a +scalar and the `@t{w}' flag is given, respectively). The subscript used +is the number of the matching element, so that pairs of subscripts such as +`@t{$foo[(r)}@var{??}@t{,3]}' and `@t{$foo[(r)}@var{??}@t{,(r)f*]}' are +possible if the parameter is not an associative array. If the +parameter is an associative array, only the value part of each pair is +compared to the pattern, and the result is that value. + +@noindent +If a search through an ordinary array failed, the search sets the +subscript to one past the end of the array, and hence +@t{$@{array[(r)pattern]@}} will substitute the empty string. Thus the +success of a search can be tested by using the @t{(i)} flag, for +example (assuming the option @t{KSH_ARRAYS} is not in effect): + +@noindent +@example +[[ $@{array[(i)pattern]@} -le $@{#array@} ]] +@end example + +@noindent +If @t{KSH_ARRAYS} is in effect, the @t{-le} should be replaced by @t{-lt}. + +@noindent +Note that in subscripts with both `@t{r}' and `@t{R}' pattern characters +are active even if they were substituted for a parameter (regardless +of the setting of @t{GLOB_SUBST} which controls this feature in normal +pattern matching). It is therefore necessary to quote pattern characters +for an exact string match. Given a string in @t{$key}, and assuming +the @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} option is set, the following is sufficient to +match an element of an array @t{$array} containing exactly the value of +@t{$key}: + +@noindent +@example +key2=$@{key//(#m)[\][()\\*?#<>~^]/\\$MATCH@} +print $@{array[(R)$key2]@} +@end example + +@item @t{R} +Like `@t{r}', but gives the last match. For associative arrays, gives +all possible matches. May be used for assigning to ordinary array +elements, but not for assigning to associative arrays. On failure, for +normal arrays this has the effect of returning the element corresponding to +subscript 0; this is empty unless one of the options @t{KSH_ARRAYS} or +@t{KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT} is in effect. + +@item @t{i} +Like `@t{r}', but gives the index of the match instead; this may not be +combined with a second argument. On the left side of an assignment, +behaves like `@t{r}'. For associative arrays, the key part of each pair +is compared to the pattern, and the first matching key found is the +result. On failure substitutes one more than the last currently +valid index, as discussed under the description of `@t{r}'. + +@item @t{I} +Like `@t{i}', but gives the index of the last match, or all possible +matching keys in an associative array. On failure substitutes 0. + +@item @t{k} +If used in a subscript on an associative array, this flag causes the keys +to be interpreted as patterns, and returns the value for the first key +found where @var{exp} is matched by the key. This flag does not work on +the left side of an assignment to an associative array element. If used +on another type of parameter, this behaves like `@t{r}'. + +@item @t{K} +On an associative array this is like `@t{k}' but returns all values where +@var{exp} is matched by the keys. On other types of parameters this has +the same effect as `@t{R}'. + +@item @t{n:}@var{expr}@t{:} +If combined with `@t{r}', `@t{R}', `@t{i}' or `@t{I}', makes them give +the @var{n}th or @var{n}th last match (if @var{expr} evaluates to +@var{n}). This flag is ignored when the array is associative. +The delimiter character @t{:} is arbitrary; see above. + +@item @t{b:}@var{expr}@t{:} +If combined with `@t{r}', `@t{R}', `@t{i}' or `@t{I}', makes them begin +at the @var{n}th or @var{n}th last element, word, or character (if @var{expr} +evaluates to @var{n}). This flag is ignored when the array is associative. +The delimiter character @t{:} is arbitrary; see above. + +@item @t{e} +This flag has no effect and for ordinary arrays is retained for backward +compatibility only. For associative arrays, this flag can be used to +force @t{*} or @t{@@} to be interpreted as a single key rather than as a +reference to all values. This flag may be used on the left side of an +assignment. + +@end table + +@noindent +See @emph{Parameter Expansion Flags} (@ref{Parameter Expansion}) for additional ways to manipulate the results of array subscripting. + +@noindent + +@subsection Subscript Parsing +@noindent + +@noindent +This discussion applies mainly to associative array key strings and to +patterns used for reverse subscripting (the `@t{r}', `@t{R}', `@t{i}', +etc. flags), but it may also affect parameter substitutions that appear +as part of an arithmetic expression in an ordinary subscript. + +@noindent +It is possible to avoid the use of subscripts in assignments to associative +array elements by using the syntax: + +@noindent +@example + + aa+=('key with "*strange*" characters' 'value string') + +@end example + +@noindent +This adds a new key/value pair if the key is not already present, and +replaces the value for the existing key if it is. + +@noindent +The basic rule to remember when writing a subscript expression is that all +text between the opening `@t{[}' and the closing `@t{]}' is interpreted +@emph{as if} it were in double quotes (@ref{Quoting}). However, unlike double quotes which normally cannot nest, subscript +expressions may appear inside double-quoted strings or inside other +subscript expressions (or both!), so the rules have two important +differences. + +@noindent +The first difference is that brackets (`@t{[}' and `@t{]}') must appear as +balanced pairs in a subscript expression unless they are preceded by a +backslash (`@t{\}'). Therefore, within a subscript expression (and unlike +true double-quoting) the sequence `@t{\[}' becomes `@t{[}', and similarly +`@t{\]}' becomes `@t{]}'. This applies even in cases where a backslash is +not normally required; for example, the pattern `@t{[^[]}' (to match any +character other than an open bracket) should be written `@t{[^\[]}' in a +reverse-subscript pattern. However, note that `@t{\[^\[\]}' and even +`@t{\[^[]}' mean the @emph{same} thing, because backslashes are always +stripped when they appear before brackets! + +@noindent +The same rule applies to parentheses (`@t{(}' and `@t{)}') and +braces (`@t{@{}' and `@t{@}}'): they must appear either in balanced pairs or +preceded by a backslash, and backslashes that protect parentheses or +braces are removed during parsing. This is because parameter expansions +may be surrounded balanced braces, and subscript flags are introduced by +balanced parenthesis. + +@noindent +The second difference is that a double-quote (`@t{"}') may appear as part +of a subscript expression without being preceded by a backslash, and +therefore that the two characters `@t{\"}' remain as two characters in the +subscript (in true double-quoting, `@t{\"}' becomes `@t{"}'). However, +because of the standard shell quoting rules, any double-quotes that appear +must occur in balanced pairs unless preceded by a backslash. This makes +it more difficult to write a subscript expression that contains an odd +number of double-quote characters, but the reason for this difference is +so that when a subscript expression appears inside true double-quotes, one +can still write `@t{\"}' (rather than `@t{\\\"}') for `@t{"}'. + +@noindent +To use an odd number of double quotes as a key in an assignment, use the +@t{typeset} builtin and an enclosing pair of double quotes; to refer to +the value of that key, again use double quotes: + +@noindent +@example +typeset -A aa +typeset "aa[one\"two\"three\"quotes]"=QQQ +print "$aa[one\"two\"three\"quotes]" +@end example + +@noindent +It is important to note that the quoting rules do not change when a +parameter expansion with a subscript is nested inside another subscript +expression. That is, it is not necessary to use additional backslashes +within the inner subscript expression; they are removed only once, from +the innermost subscript outwards. Parameters are also expanded from the +innermost subscript first, as each expansion is encountered left to right +in the outer expression. + +@noindent +A further complication arises from a way in which subscript parsing is +@emph{not} different from double quote parsing. As in true double-quoting, +the sequences `@t{\*}', and `@t{\@@}' remain as two characters when they +appear in a subscript expression. To use a literal `@t{*}' or `@t{@@}' as +an associative array key, the `@t{e}' flag must be used: + +@noindent +@example +typeset -A aa +aa[(e)*]=star +print $aa[(e)*] +@end example + +@noindent +A last detail must be considered when reverse subscripting is performed. +Parameters appearing in the subscript expression are first expanded and +then the complete expression is interpreted as a pattern. This has two +effects: first, parameters behave as if @t{GLOB_SUBST} were on (and it +cannot be turned off); second, backslashes are interpreted twice, once +when parsing the array subscript and again when parsing the pattern. In a +reverse subscript, it's necessary to use @emph{four} backslashes to cause a +single backslash to match literally in the pattern. For complex patterns, +it is often easiest to assign the desired pattern to a parameter and then +refer to that parameter in the subscript, because then the backslashes, +brackets, parentheses, etc., are seen only when the complete expression is +converted to a pattern. To match the value of a parameter literally in a +reverse subscript, rather than as a pattern, +use `@t{$@{(q}@t{)}@var{name}@t{@}}' (@ref{Parameter Expansion}) to quote the expanded value. + +@noindent +Note that the `@t{k}' and `@t{K}' flags are reverse subscripting for an +ordinary array, but are @emph{not} reverse subscripting for an associative +array! (For an associative array, the keys in the array itself are +interpreted as patterns by those flags; the subscript is a plain string +in that case.) + +@noindent +One final note, not directly related to subscripting: the numeric names +of positional parameters (@ref{Positional Parameters}) are parsed specially, so for example `@t{$2foo}' is equivalent to +`@t{$@{2@}foo}'. Therefore, to use subscript syntax to extract a substring +from a positional parameter, the expansion must be surrounded by braces; +for example, `@t{$@{2[3,5]@}}' evaluates to the third through fifth +characters of the second positional parameter, but `@t{$2[3,5]}' is the +entire second parameter concatenated with the filename generation pattern +`@t{[3,5]}'. + +@noindent +@node Positional Parameters, Local Parameters, Array Parameters, Parameters + +@section Positional Parameters +@noindent +The positional parameters provide access to the command-line arguments +of a shell function, shell script, or the shell itself; see +@ref{Invocation}, and also @ref{Functions}. +The parameter @var{n}, where @var{n} is a number, +is the @var{n}th positional parameter. +The parameters @t{*}, @t{@@} and @t{argv} are +arrays containing all the positional parameters; +thus `@t{$argv[}@var{n}@t{]}', etc., is equivalent to simply `@t{$}@var{n}'. + +@noindent +Positional parameters may be changed after the shell or function starts by +using the @t{set} builtin, by assigning to the @t{argv} array, or by direct +assignment of the form `@var{n}@t{=}@var{value}' where @var{n} is the number of +the positional parameter to be changed. This also creates (with empty +values) any of the positions from 1 to @var{n} that do not already have +values. Note that, because the positional parameters form an array, an +array assignment of the form `@var{n}@t{=(}@var{value} ...@t{)}' is +allowed, and has the effect of shifting all the values at positions greater +than @var{n} by as many positions as necessary to accommodate the new values. + +@noindent +@node Local Parameters, Parameters Set By The Shell, Positional Parameters, Parameters + +@section Local Parameters +@noindent +Shell function executions delimit scopes for shell parameters. +(Parameters are dynamically scoped.) The @t{typeset} builtin, and its +alternative forms @t{declare}, @t{integer}, @t{local} and @t{readonly} +(but not @t{export}), can be used to declare a parameter as being local +to the innermost scope. + +@noindent +When a parameter is read or assigned to, the +innermost existing parameter of that name is used. (That is, the +local parameter hides any less-local parameter.) However, assigning +to a non-existent parameter, or declaring a new parameter with @t{export}, +causes it to be created in the @emph{outer}most scope. + +@noindent +Local parameters disappear when their scope ends. +@t{unset} can be used to delete a parameter while it is still in scope; +any outer parameter of the same name remains hidden. + +@noindent +Special parameters may also be made local; they retain their special +attributes unless either the existing or the newly-created parameter +has the @t{-h} (hide) attribute. This may have unexpected effects: +there is no default value, so if there is no assignment at the +point the variable is made local, it will be set to an empty value (or zero +in the case of integers). +The following: + +@noindent +@example +typeset PATH=/new/directory:$PATH +@end example + +@noindent +is valid for temporarily allowing the shell or programmes called from it to +find the programs in @t{/new/directory} inside a function. + +@noindent +Note that the restriction in older versions of zsh that local parameters +were never exported has been removed. + +@noindent +@node Parameters Set By The Shell, Parameters Used By The Shell, Local Parameters, Parameters + +@section Parameters Set By The Shell +@noindent +The following parameters are automatically set by the shell: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex ! +@item @t{!} +The process ID of the last command started in the background with @t{&}, +or put into the background with the @t{bg} builtin. + +@vindex # +@item @t{#} +The number of positional parameters in decimal. Note that some confusion +may occur with the syntax @t{$#}@var{param} which substitutes the length of +@var{param}. Use @t{$@{#@}} to resolve ambiguities. In particular, the +sequence `@t{$#-}@var{...}' in an arithmetic expression is interpreted as +the length of the parameter @t{-}, q.v. + +@vindex ARGC +@item @t{ARGC} +Same as @t{#}. + +@vindex $ +@item @t{$} +The process ID of this shell. Note that this indicates the original +shell started by invoking @t{zsh}; all processes forked from the shells +without executing a new program, such as subshells started by +@t{(}@var{...}@t{)}, substitute the same value. + +@vindex - +@item @t{-} +Flags supplied to the shell on invocation or by the @t{set} +or @t{setopt} commands. + +@vindex * +@item @t{*} +An array containing the positional parameters. + +@vindex argv +@item @t{argv} +Same as @t{*}. Assigning to @t{argv} changes the local positional +parameters, but @t{argv} is @emph{not} itself a local parameter. +Deleting @t{argv} with @t{unset} in any function deletes it everywhere, +although only the innermost positional parameter array is deleted (so +@t{*} and @t{@@} in other scopes are not affected). + +@vindex @@ +@item @t{@@} +Same as @t{argv[@@]}, even when @t{argv} is not set. + +@vindex ? +@item @t{?} +The exit status returned by the last command. + +@vindex 0 +@item @t{0} +The name used to invoke the current shell. If the @t{FUNCTION_ARGZERO} option +is set, this is set temporarily within a shell function to the name of the +function, and within a sourced script to the name of the script. + +@vindex status +@item @t{status} +Same as @t{?}. + +@vindex pipestatus +@item @t{pipestatus} +An array containing the exit statuses returned by all commands in the +last pipeline. + +@vindex _ +@item @t{_} +The last argument of the previous command. +Also, this parameter is set in the environment of every command +executed to the full pathname of the command. + +@vindex CPUTYPE +@item @t{CPUTYPE} +The machine type (microprocessor class or machine model), +as determined at run time. + +@vindex EGID +@item @t{EGID} +The effective group ID of the shell process. If you have sufficient +privileges, you may change the effective group ID of the shell +process by assigning to this parameter. Also (assuming sufficient +privileges), you may start a single command with a different +effective group ID by `@t{(EGID=}@var{gid}@t{; command)}' + +@vindex EUID +@item @t{EUID} +The effective user ID of the shell process. If you have sufficient +privileges, you may change the effective user ID of the shell process +by assigning to this parameter. Also (assuming sufficient privileges), +you may start a single command with a different +effective user ID by `@t{(EUID=}@var{uid}@t{; command)}' + +@vindex ERRNO +@item @t{ERRNO} +The value of errno (see man page errno(3)) +as set by the most recently failed system call. +This value is system dependent and is intended for debugging +purposes. It is also useful with the @t{zsh/system} module which +allows the number to be turned into a name or message. + +@vindex GID +@item @t{GID} +The real group ID of the shell process. If you have sufficient privileges, +you may change the group ID of the shell process by assigning to this +parameter. Also (assuming sufficient privileges), you may start a single +command under a different +group ID by `@t{(GID=}@var{gid}@t{; command)}' + +@vindex HISTCMD +@item @t{HISTCMD} +The current history line number in an interactive shell, in other +words the line number for the command that caused @t{$HISTCMD} +to be read. + +@vindex HOST +@item @t{HOST} +The current hostname. + +@vindex LINENO +@item @t{LINENO} +The line number of the current line within the current script, sourced +file, or shell function being executed, whichever was started most +recently. Note that in the case of shell functions the line +number refers to the function as it appeared in the original definition, +not necessarily as displayed by the @t{functions} builtin. + +@vindex LOGNAME +@item @t{LOGNAME} +If the corresponding variable is not set in the environment of the +shell, it is initialized to the login name corresponding to the +current login session. This parameter is exported by default but +this can be disabled using the @t{typeset} builtin. + +@vindex MACHTYPE +@item @t{MACHTYPE} +The machine type (microprocessor class or machine model), +as determined at compile time. + +@vindex OLDPWD +@item @t{OLDPWD} +The previous working directory. This is set when the shell initializes +and whenever the directory changes. + +@vindex OPTARG +@item @t{OPTARG} +The value of the last option argument processed by the @t{getopts} +command. + +@vindex OPTIND +@item @t{OPTIND} +The index of the last option argument processed by the @t{getopts} +command. + +@vindex OSTYPE +@item @t{OSTYPE} +The operating system, as determined at compile time. + +@vindex PPID +@item @t{PPID} +The process ID of the parent of the shell. As for @t{$$}, the +value indicates the parent of the original shell and does not +change in subshells. + +@vindex PWD +@item @t{PWD} +The present working directory. This is set when the shell initializes +and whenever the directory changes. + +@vindex RANDOM +@item @t{RANDOM} +A pseudo-random integer from 0 to 32767, newly generated each time +this parameter is referenced. The random number generator +can be seeded by assigning a numeric value to @t{RANDOM}. + +@noindent +The values of @t{RANDOM} form an intentionally-repeatable pseudo-random +sequence; subshells that reference @t{RANDOM} will result +in identical pseudo-random values unless the value of @t{RANDOM} is +referenced or seeded in the parent shell in between subshell invocations. + +@vindex SECONDS +@item @t{SECONDS} +The number of seconds since shell invocation. If this parameter +is assigned a value, then the value returned upon reference +will be the value that was assigned plus the number of seconds +since the assignment. + +@noindent +Unlike other special parameters, the type of the @t{SECONDS} parameter can +be changed using the @t{typeset} command. Only integer and one of the +floating point types are allowed. For example, `@t{typeset -F SECONDS}' +causes the value to be reported as a floating point number. The precision +is six decimal places, although not all places may be useful. + +@vindex SHLVL +@item @t{SHLVL} +Incremented by one each time a new shell is started. + +@vindex signals +@item @t{signals} +An array containing the names of the signals. + +@vindex TRY_BLOCK_ERROR +@item @t{TRY_BLOCK_ERROR} +In an @t{always} block, indicates whether the preceding list of code +caused an error. The value is 1 to indicate an error, 0 otherwise. +It may be reset, clearing the error condition. See +@ref{Complex Commands} + +@vindex TTY +@item @t{TTY} +The name of the tty associated with the shell, if any. + +@vindex TTYIDLE +@item @t{TTYIDLE} +The idle time of the tty associated with the shell in seconds or -1 if there +is no such tty. + +@vindex UID +@item @t{UID} +The real user ID of the shell process. If you have sufficient privileges, +you may change the user ID of the shell by assigning to this parameter. +Also (assuming sufficient privileges), you may start a single command +under a different +user ID by `@t{(UID=}@var{uid}@t{; command)}' + +@vindex USERNAME +@item @t{USERNAME} +The username corresponding to the real user ID of the shell process. If you +have sufficient privileges, you may change the username (and also the +user ID and group ID) of the shell by assigning to this parameter. +Also (assuming sufficient privileges), you may start a single command +under a different username (and user ID and group ID) +by `@t{(USERNAME=}@var{username}@t{; command)}' + +@vindex VENDOR +@item @t{VENDOR} +The vendor, as determined at compile time. + +@vindex ZSH_NAME +@item @t{ZSH_NAME} +Expands to the basename of the command used to invoke this instance +of zsh. + +@item @t{zsh_scheduled_events} +See @ref{The zsh/sched Module}. + +@vindex ZSH_VERSION +@item @t{ZSH_VERSION} +The version number of this zsh. + +@end table +@node Parameters Used By The Shell, , Parameters Set By The Shell, Parameters + +@section Parameters Used By The Shell +@noindent +The following parameters are used by the shell. + +@noindent +In cases where there are two parameters with an upper- and lowercase +form of the same name, such as @t{path} and @t{PATH}, the lowercase form +is an array and the uppercase form is a scalar with the elements of the +array joined together by colons. These are similar to tied parameters +created via `@t{typeset -T}'. The normal use for the colon-separated +form is for exporting to the environment, while the array form is easier +to manipulate within the shell. Note that unsetting either of the pair +will unset the other; they retain their special properties when +recreated, and recreating one of the pair will recreate the other. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex ARGV0 +@item @t{ARGV0} +If exported, its value is used as the @t{argv[0]} of external commands. +Usually used in constructs like `@t{ARGV0=emacs nethack}'. + +@cindex editing over slow connection +@cindex slow connection, editing over +@vindex BAUD +@item @t{BAUD} +The rate in bits per second at which data reaches the terminal. +The line editor will use this value in order to compensate for a slow +terminal by delaying updates to the display until necessary. If the +parameter is unset or the value is zero the compensation mechanism is +turned off. The parameter is not set by default. + +@noindent +This parameter may be profitably set in some circumstances, e.g. +for slow modems dialing into a communications server, or on a slow wide +area network. It should be set to the baud +rate of the slowest part of the link for best performance. + +@vindex cdpath +@vindex CDPATH +@item @t{cdpath} (@t{CDPATH} ) +An array (colon-separated list) +of directories specifying the search path for the @t{cd} command. + +@vindex COLUMNS +@item @t{COLUMNS} +The number of columns for this terminal session. +Used for printing select lists and for the line editor. + +@vindex DIRSTACKSIZE +@item @t{DIRSTACKSIZE} +The maximum size of the directory stack. If the +stack gets larger than this, it will be truncated automatically. +This is useful with the @t{AUTO_PUSHD} option. +@pindex AUTO_PUSHD, use of + +@vindex ENV +@item @t{ENV} +If the @t{ENV} environment variable is set when zsh is invoked as @t{sh} +or @t{ksh}, @t{$ENV} is sourced after the profile scripts. The value of +@t{ENV} is subjected to parameter expansion, command substitution, and +arithmetic expansion before being interpreted as a pathname. Note that +@t{ENV} is @emph{not} used unless zsh is emulating @cite{sh} or @cite{ksh}. + +@vindex FCEDIT +@item @t{FCEDIT} +The default editor for the @t{fc} builtin. If @t{FCEDIT} is not set, +the parameter @t{EDITOR} is used; if that is not set either, a builtin +default, usually @t{vi}, is used. + +@vindex fignore +@vindex FIGNORE +@item @t{fignore} (@t{FIGNORE} ) +An array (colon separated list) +containing the suffixes of files to be ignored +during filename completion. However, if completion only generates files +with suffixes in this list, then these files are completed anyway. + +@vindex fpath +@vindex FPATH +@item @t{fpath} (@t{FPATH} ) +An array (colon separated list) +of directories specifying the search path for +function definitions. This path is searched when a function +with the @t{-u} attribute is referenced. If an executable +file is found, then it is read and executed in the current environment. + +@vindex histchars +@item @t{histchars} +Three characters used by the shell's history and lexical analysis +mechanism. The first character signals the start of a history +expansion (default `@t{!}'). The second character signals the +start of a quick history substitution (default `@t{^}'). The third +character is the comment character (default `@t{#}'). + +@noindent +The characters must be in the ASCII character set; any attempt to set +@t{histchars} to characters with a locale-dependent meaning will be +rejected with an error message. + +@vindex HISTCHARS +@item @t{HISTCHARS} +Same as @t{histchars}. (Deprecated.) + +@vindex HISTFILE +@item @t{HISTFILE} +The file to save the history in when an interactive shell exits. +If unset, the history is not saved. + +@vindex HISTSIZE +@item @t{HISTSIZE} +The maximum number of events stored in the internal history list. +If you use the @t{HIST_EXPIRE_DUPS_FIRST} option, setting this value +larger than the @t{SAVEHIST} size will give you the difference as a +cushion for saving duplicated history events. + +@vindex HOME +@item @t{HOME} +The default argument for the @t{cd} command. This is not set automatically +by the shell in @t{sh}, @t{ksh} or @t{csh} emulation, but it is typically +present in the environment anyway, and if it becomes set it has its usual +special behaviour. + +@vindex IFS +@item @t{IFS} +Internal field separators (by default space, tab, newline and NUL), that +are used to separate words which result from +command or parameter expansion and words read by +the @t{read} builtin. Any characters from the set space, tab and +newline that appear in the IFS are called @emph{IFS white space}. +One or more IFS white space characters or one non-IFS white space +character together with any adjacent IFS white space character delimit +a field. If an IFS white space character appears twice consecutively +in the IFS, this character is treated as if it were not an IFS white +space character. + +@vindex KEYTIMEOUT +@item @t{KEYTIMEOUT} +The time the shell waits, in hundredths of seconds, for another key to +be pressed when reading bound multi-character sequences. + +@vindex LANG +@item @t{LANG} +This variable determines the locale category for any category not +specifically selected via a variable starting with `@t{LC_}'. + +@vindex LC_ALL +@item @t{LC_ALL} +This variable overrides the value of the `@t{LANG}' variable and the value +of any of the other variables starting with `@t{LC_}'. + +@vindex LC_COLLATE +@item @t{LC_COLLATE} +This variable determines the locale category for character collation +information within ranges in glob brackets and for sorting. + +@vindex LC_CTYPE +@item @t{LC_CTYPE} +This variable determines the locale category for character handling +functions. + +@vindex LC_MESSAGES +@item @t{LC_MESSAGES} +This variable determines the language in which messages should be +written. Note that zsh does not use message catalogs. + +@vindex LC_NUMERIC +@item @t{LC_NUMERIC} +This variable affects the decimal point character and thousands +separator character for the formatted input/output functions +and string conversion functions. Note that zsh ignores this +setting when parsing floating point mathematical expressions. + +@vindex LC_TIME +@item @t{LC_TIME} +This variable determines the locale category for date and time +formatting in prompt escape sequences. + +@vindex LINES +@item @t{LINES} +The number of lines for this terminal session. +Used for printing select lists and for the line editor. + +@vindex LISTMAX +@item @t{LISTMAX} +In the line editor, the number of matches to list without asking +first. If the value is negative, the list will be shown if it spans at +most as many lines as given by the absolute value. +If set to zero, the shell asks only if the top of the listing would scroll +off the screen. + +@vindex LOGCHECK +@item @t{LOGCHECK} +The interval in seconds between checks for login/logout activity +using the @t{watch} parameter. + +@vindex MAIL +@item @t{MAIL} +If this parameter is set and @t{mailpath} is not set, +the shell looks for mail in the specified file. + +@vindex MAILCHECK +@item @t{MAILCHECK} +The interval in seconds between checks for new mail. + +@vindex mailpath +@vindex MAILPATH +@item @t{mailpath} (@t{MAILPATH} ) +An array (colon-separated list) of filenames to check for +new mail. Each filename can be followed by a `@t{?}' and a +message that will be printed. The message will undergo +parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic +expansion with the variable @t{$_} defined as the name +of the file that has changed. The default message is +`@t{You have new mail}'. If an element is a directory +instead of a file the shell will recursively check every +file in every subdirectory of the element. + +@vindex manpath +@vindex MANPATH +@item @t{manpath} (@t{MANPATH} ) +An array (colon-separated list) +whose value is not used by the shell. The @t{manpath} +array can be useful, however, since setting it also sets +@t{MANPATH}, and vice versa. + +@vindex module_path +@vindex MODULE_PATH +@item @t{module_path} (@t{MODULE_PATH} ) +An array (colon-separated list) +of directories that @t{zmodload} +searches for dynamically loadable modules. +This is initialized to a standard pathname, +usually `@t{/usr/local/lib/zsh/$ZSH_VERSION}'. +(The `@t{/usr/local/lib}' part varies from installation to installation.) +For security reasons, any value set in the environment when the shell +is started will be ignored. + +@noindent +These parameters only exist if the installation supports dynamic +module loading. + +@vindex NULLCMD +@cindex null command style +@cindex csh, null command style +@cindex ksh, null command style +@item @t{NULLCMD} +The command name to assume if a redirection is specified +with no command. Defaults to @t{cat}. For @cite{sh}/@cite{ksh} +behavior, change this to @t{:}. For @cite{csh}-like +behavior, unset this parameter; the shell will print an +error message if null commands are entered. + +@vindex path +@vindex PATH +@item @t{path} (@t{PATH} ) +An array (colon-separated list) +of directories to search for commands. +When this parameter is set, each directory is scanned +and all files found are put in a hash table. + +@vindex POSTEDIT +@item @t{POSTEDIT} +This string is output whenever the line editor exits. +It usually contains termcap strings to reset the terminal. + +@vindex PROMPT +@item @t{PROMPT} +@vindex PROMPT2 +@itemx @t{PROMPT2} +@vindex PROMPT3 +@itemx @t{PROMPT3} +@vindex PROMPT4 +@itemx @t{PROMPT4} +Same as @t{PS1}, @t{PS2}, @t{PS3} and @t{PS4}, +respectively. + +@vindex prompt +@item @t{prompt} +Same as @t{PS1}. + +@vindex PS1 +@item @t{PS1} +The primary prompt string, printed before a command is read. +the default is `@t{%m%# }'. It undergoes a special form of expansion +before being displayed; see @ref{Prompt Expansion}. + +@vindex PS2 +@item @t{PS2} +The secondary prompt, printed when the shell needs more information +to complete a command. +It is expanded in the same way as @t{PS1}. +The default is `@t{%_> }', which displays any shell constructs or quotation +marks which are currently being processed. + +@vindex PS3 +@item @t{PS3} +Selection prompt used within a @t{select} loop. +It is expanded in the same way as @t{PS1}. +The default is `@t{?# }'. + +@vindex PS4 +@item @t{PS4} +The execution trace prompt. Default is `@t{+%N:%i> }', which displays +the name of the current shell structure and the line number within it. +In sh or ksh emulation, the default is `@t{+ }'. + +@vindex psvar +@vindex PSVAR +@item @t{psvar} (@t{PSVAR} ) +An array (colon-separated list) whose first nine values can be used in +@t{PROMPT} strings. Setting @t{psvar} also sets @t{PSVAR}, and +vice versa. + +@vindex READNULLCMD +@item @t{READNULLCMD} +The command name to assume if a single input redirection +is specified with no command. Defaults to @t{more}. + +@vindex REPORTTIME +@item @t{REPORTTIME} +If nonnegative, commands whose combined user and system execution times +(measured in seconds) are greater than this value have timing +statistics printed for them. + +@vindex REPLY +@item @t{REPLY} +This parameter is reserved by convention to pass string values between +shell scripts and shell builtins in situations where a function call or +redirection are impossible or undesirable. The @t{read} builtin and the +@t{select} complex command may set @t{REPLY}, and filename generation both +sets and examines its value when evaluating certain expressions. Some +modules also employ @t{REPLY} for similar purposes. + +@vindex reply +@item @t{reply} +As @t{REPLY}, but for array values rather than strings. + +@vindex RPROMPT +@item @t{RPROMPT} +@vindex RPS1 +@itemx @t{RPS1} +This prompt is displayed on the right-hand side of the screen +when the primary prompt is being displayed on the left. +This does not work if the @t{SINGLELINEZLE} option is set. +It is expanded in the same way as @t{PS1}. + +@vindex RPROMPT2 +@item @t{RPROMPT2} +@vindex RPS2 +@itemx @t{RPS2} +This prompt is displayed on the right-hand side of the screen +when the secondary prompt is being displayed on the left. +This does not work if the @t{SINGLELINEZLE} option is set. +It is expanded in the same way as @t{PS2}. + +@vindex SAVEHIST +@item @t{SAVEHIST} +The maximum number of history events to save in the history file. + +@vindex SPROMPT +@item @t{SPROMPT} +The prompt used for spelling correction. The sequence +`@t{%R}' expands to the string which presumably needs spelling +correction, and `@t{%r}' expands to the proposed correction. +All other prompt escapes are also allowed. + +@vindex STTY +@item @t{STTY} +If this parameter is set in a command's environment, the shell runs the +@t{stty} command with the value of this parameter as arguments in order to +set up the terminal before executing the command. The modes apply only to the +command, and are reset when it finishes or is suspended. If the command is +suspended and continued later with the @t{fg} or @t{wait} builtins it will +see the modes specified by @t{STTY}, as if it were not suspended. This +(intentionally) does not apply if the command is continued via `@t{kill +-CONT}'. @t{STTY} is ignored if the command is run in the background, or +if it is in the environment of the shell but not explicitly assigned to in +the input line. This avoids running stty at every external command by +accidentally exporting it. Also note that @t{STTY} should not be used for +window size specifications; these will not be local to the command. + +@vindex TERM +@item @t{TERM} +The type of terminal in use. This is used when looking up termcap +sequences. An assignment to @t{TERM} causes zsh to re-initialize the +terminal, even if the value does not change (e.g., `@t{TERM=$TERM}'). It +is necessary to make such an assignment upon any change to the terminal +definition database or terminal type in order for the new settings to +take effect. + +@vindex TIMEFMT +@item @t{TIMEFMT} +The format of process time reports with the @t{time} keyword. +The default is `@t{%E real %U user %S system %P %J}'. +Recognizes the following escape sequences, although not all +may be available on all systems, and some that are available +may not be useful: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{%%} +A `@t{%}'. +@item @t{%U} +CPU seconds spent in user mode. +@item @t{%S} +CPU seconds spent in kernel mode. +@item @t{%E} +Elapsed time in seconds. +@item @t{%P} +The CPU percentage, computed as +(100*@t{%U}+@t{%S})/@t{%E}. +@item @t{%W} +Number of times the process was swapped. +@item @t{%X} +The average amount in (shared) text space used in Kbytes. +@item @t{%D} +The average amount in (unshared) data/stack space used in +Kbytes. +@item @t{%K} +The total space used (%X+%D) in Kbytes. +@item @t{%M} +The maximum memory the process had in use at any time in +Kbytes. +@item @t{%F} +The number of major page faults (page needed to be brought +from disk). +@item @t{%R} +The number of minor page faults. +@item @t{%I} +The number of input operations. +@item @t{%O} +The number of output operations. +@item @t{%r} +The number of socket messages received. +@item @t{%s} +The number of socket messages sent. +@item @t{%k} +The number of signals received. +@item @t{%w} +Number of voluntary context switches (waits). +@item @t{%c} +Number of involuntary context switches. +@item @t{%J} +The name of this job. +@end table + +@noindent +A star may be inserted between the percent sign and flags printing time. +This cause the time to be printed in +`@var{hh}@t{:}@var{mm}@t{:}@var{ss}@t{.}@var{ttt}' +format (hours and minutes are only printed if they are not zero). + +@vindex TMOUT +@item @t{TMOUT} +If this parameter is nonzero, the shell will receive an @t{ALRM} +signal if a command is not entered within the specified number of +seconds after issuing a prompt. If there is a trap on @t{SIGALRM}, it +will be executed and a new alarm is scheduled using the value of the +@t{TMOUT} parameter after executing the trap. If no trap is set, and +the idle time of the terminal is not less than the value of the +@t{TMOUT} parameter, zsh terminates. Otherwise a new alarm is +scheduled to @t{TMOUT} seconds after the last keypress. + +@vindex TMPPREFIX +@item @t{TMPPREFIX} +A pathname prefix which the shell will use for all temporary files. +Note that this should include an initial part for the file name as +well as any directory names. The default is `@t{/tmp/zsh}'. + +@vindex watch +@vindex WATCH +@item @t{watch} (@t{WATCH} ) +An array (colon-separated list) of login/logout events to report. +If it contains the single word `@t{all}', then all login/logout events +are reported. If it contains the single word `@t{notme}', then all +events are reported as with `@t{all}' except @t{$USERNAME}. +An entry in this list may consist of a username, +an `@t{@@}' followed by a remote hostname, +and a `@t{%}' followed by a line (tty). +Any or all of these components may be present in an entry; +if a login/logout event matches all of them, +it is reported. + +@vindex WATCHFMT +@item @t{WATCHFMT} +The format of login/logout reports if the @t{watch} parameter is set. +Default is `@t{%n has %a %l from %m}'. +Recognizes the following escape sequences: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{%n} +The name of the user that logged in/out. + +@item @t{%a} +The observed action, i.e. "logged on" or "logged off". + +@item @t{%l} +The line (tty) the user is logged in on. + +@item @t{%M} +The full hostname of the remote host. + +@item @t{%m} +The hostname up to the first `@t{.}'. If only the +IP address is available or the utmp field contains +the name of an X-windows display, the whole name is printed. + +@noindent +@emph{NOTE:} +The `@t{%m}' and `@t{%M}' escapes will work only if there is a host name +field in the utmp on your machine. Otherwise they are +treated as ordinary strings. + +@item @t{%S} (@t{%s}) +Start (stop) standout mode. + +@item @t{%U} (@t{%u}) +Start (stop) underline mode. + +@item @t{%B} (@t{%b}) +Start (stop) boldface mode. + +@item @t{%t} +@itemx @t{%@@} +The time, in 12-hour, am/pm format. + +@item @t{%T} +The time, in 24-hour format. + +@item @t{%w} +The date in `@var{day}@t{-}@var{dd}' format. + +@item @t{%W} +The date in `@var{mm}@t{/}@var{dd}@t{/}@var{yy}' format. + +@item @t{%D} +The date in `@var{yy}@t{-}@var{mm}@t{-}@var{dd}' format. + +@item @t{%(}@var{x}@t{:}@var{true-text}@t{:}@var{false-text}@t{)} +Specifies a ternary expression. +The character following the @var{x} is +arbitrary; the same character is used to separate the text +for the "true" result from that for the "false" result. +Both the separator and the right parenthesis may be escaped +with a backslash. +Ternary expressions may be nested. + +@noindent +The test character @var{x} may be any one of `@t{l}', `@t{n}', `@t{m}' +or `@t{M}', which indicate a `true' result if the corresponding +escape sequence would return a non-empty value; or it may be `@t{a}', +which indicates a `true' result if the watched user has logged in, +or `false' if he has logged out. +Other characters evaluate to neither true nor false; the entire +expression is omitted in this case. + +@noindent +If the result is `true', then the @var{true-text} +is formatted according to the rules above and printed, +and the @var{false-text} is skipped. +If `false', the @var{true-text} is skipped and the @var{false-text} +is formatted and printed. +Either or both of the branches may be empty, but +both separators must be present in any case. + +@end table + +@vindex WORDCHARS +@item @t{WORDCHARS} +A list of non-alphanumeric characters considered part of a word +by the line editor. + +@vindex ZBEEP +@item @t{ZBEEP} +If set, this gives a string of characters, which can use all the same codes +as the @t{bindkey} command as described in +@ref{The zsh/zle Module}, that will be output to the terminal +instead of beeping. This may have a visible instead of an audible effect; +for example, the string `@t{\e[?5h\e[?5l}' on a vt100 or xterm will have +the effect of flashing reverse video on and off (if you usually use reverse +video, you should use the string `@t{\e[?5l\e[?5h}' instead). This takes +precedence over the @t{NOBEEP} option. + +@vindex ZDOTDIR +@item @t{ZDOTDIR} +The directory to search for shell startup files (.zshrc, etc), +if not @t{$HOME}. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/options.yo +@node Options, Shell Builtin Commands, Parameters, Top + +@chapter Options +@noindent +@cindex options +@menu +* Specifying Options:: +* Description of Options:: +* Option Aliases:: +* Single Letter Options:: +@end menu +@node Specifying Options, Description of Options, , Options + +@section Specifying Options +@noindent +@cindex options, specifying +Options are primarily referred to by name. +These names are case insensitive and underscores are ignored. +For example, `@t{allexport}' is equivalent to `@t{A__lleXP_ort}'. + +@noindent +The sense of an option name may be inverted by preceding it with +`@t{no}', so `@t{setopt No_Beep}' is equivalent to `@t{unsetopt beep}'. +This inversion can only be done once, so `@t{nonobeep}' is @emph{not} +a synonym for `@t{beep}'. Similarly, `@t{tify}' is not a synonym for +`@t{nonotify}' (the inversion of `@t{notify}'). + +@noindent +Some options also have one or more single letter names. +There are two sets of single letter options: one used by default, +and another used to emulate @cite{sh}/@cite{ksh} (used when the +@t{SH_OPTION_LETTERS} option is set). +The single letter options can be used on the shell command line, +or with the @t{set}, @t{setopt} and @t{unsetopt} +builtins, as normal Unix options preceded by `@t{-}'. + +@noindent +The sense of the single letter options may be inverted by using +`@t{+}' instead of `@t{-}'. +Some of the single letter option names refer to an option being off, +in which case the inversion of that name refers to the option being on. +For example, `@t{+n}' is the short name of `@t{exec}', and +`@t{-n}' is the short name of its inversion, `@t{noexec}'. + +@noindent +In strings of single letter options supplied to the shell at startup, +trailing whitespace will be ignored; for example the string `@t{-f }' +will be treated just as `@t{-f}', but the string `@t{-f i}' is an error. +This is because many systems which implement the `@t{#!}' mechanism for +calling scripts do not strip trailing whitespace. + +@noindent +@node Description of Options, Option Aliases, Specifying Options, Options + +@section Description of Options +@noindent +@cindex options, description +In the following list, options set by default in all emulations are marked +; those set by default only in csh, ksh, sh, or zsh emulations are marked +, , , as appropriate. When listing options (by `@t{setopt}', +`@t{unsetopt}', `@t{set -o}' or `@t{set +o}'), those turned on by default +appear in the list prefixed with `@t{no}'. Hence (unless +@t{KSH_OPTION_PRINT} is set), `@t{setopt}' shows all options whose settings +are changed from the default. + +@noindent + +@subsection Changing Directories +@noindent +@table @asis +@pindex AUTO_CD +@cindex cd, automatic +@item @t{AUTO_CD} (@t{-J}) +If a command is issued that can't be executed as a normal command, +and the command is the name of a directory, perform the @t{cd} +command to that directory. + +@pindex AUTO_PUSHD +@cindex cd, behaving like pushd +@cindex pushd, making cd behave like +@item @t{AUTO_PUSHD} (@t{-N}) +Make @t{cd} push the old directory onto the directory stack. + +@pindex CDABLE_VARS +@cindex cd, to parameter +@item @t{CDABLE_VARS} (@t{-T}) +If the argument to a @t{cd} command (or an implied @t{cd} with the +@t{AUTO_CD} option set) is not a directory, and does not begin with a +slash, try to expand the expression as if it were preceded by a `@t{~}' (see +@ref{Filename Expansion}). + +@pindex CHASE_DOTS +@cindex cd, with .. in argument +@item @t{CHASE_DOTS} +When changing to a directory containing a path segment `@t{..}' which would +otherwise be treated as canceling the previous segment in the path (in +other words, `@t{foo/..}' would be removed from the path, or if `@t{..}' is +the first part of the path, the last part of @t{$PWD} would be deleted), +instead resolve the path to the physical directory. This option is +overridden by @t{CHASE_LINKS}. + +@noindent +For example, suppose @t{/foo/bar} is a link to the directory @t{/alt/rod}. +Without this option set, `@t{cd /foo/bar/..}' changes to @t{/foo}; with it +set, it changes to @t{/alt}. The same applies if the current directory +is @t{/foo/bar} and `@t{cd ..}' is used. Note that all other symbolic +links in the path will also be resolved. + +@pindex CHASE_LINKS +@cindex links, symbolic +@cindex symbolic links +@item @t{CHASE_LINKS} (@t{-w}) +Resolve symbolic links to their true values when changing directory. +This also has the effect of @t{CHASE_DOTS}, i.e. a `@t{..}' path segment +will be treated as referring to the physical parent, even if the preceding +path segment is a symbolic link. + +@pindex PUSHD_IGNORE_DUPS +@cindex directory stack, ignoring duplicates +@item @t{PUSHD_IGNORE_DUPS} +Don't push multiple copies of the same directory onto the directory stack. + +@pindex PUSHD_MINUS +@cindex directory stack, controlling syntax +@item @t{PUSHD_MINUS} +Exchanges the meanings of `@t{+}' and `@t{-}' +when used with a number to specify a directory in the stack. + +@pindex PUSHD_SILENT +@cindex directory stack, silencing +@item @t{PUSHD_SILENT} (@t{-E}) +Do not print the directory stack after @t{pushd} or @t{popd}. + +@pindex PUSHD_TO_HOME +@cindex pushd, to home +@item @t{PUSHD_TO_HOME} (@t{-D}) +Have @t{pushd} with no arguments act like `@t{pushd $HOME}'. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Completion +@noindent +@table @asis +@pindex ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT +@item @t{ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT} +If unset, key functions that list completions try to return to the last +prompt if given a numeric argument. If set these functions try to +return to the last prompt if given @emph{no} numeric argument. + +@pindex ALWAYS_TO_END +@item @t{ALWAYS_TO_END} +If a completion is performed with the cursor within a word, and a +full completion is inserted, the cursor is moved to the end of the +word. That is, the cursor is moved to the end of the word if either +a single match is inserted or menu completion is performed. + +@pindex AUTO_LIST +@cindex completion, listing choices +@item @t{AUTO_LIST} (@t{-9}) +Automatically list choices on an ambiguous completion. + +@pindex AUTO_MENU +@cindex completion, menu +@item @t{AUTO_MENU} +Automatically use menu completion after the second consecutive request for +completion, for example by pressing the tab key repeatedly. This option +is overridden by @t{MENU_COMPLETE}. + +@pindex AUTO_NAME_DIRS +@cindex directories, named +@item @t{AUTO_NAME_DIRS} +Any parameter that is set to the absolute name of a directory +immediately becomes a name for that directory, that will be used +by the `@t{%~}' +and related prompt sequences, and will be available when completion +is performed on a word starting with `@t{~}'. +(Otherwise, the parameter must be used in the form `@t{~}@var{param}' first.) + +@pindex AUTO_PARAM_KEYS +@item @t{AUTO_PARAM_KEYS} +If a parameter name was completed and a following character +(normally a space) automatically +inserted, and the next character typed is one +of those that have to come directly after the name (like `@t{@}}', `@t{:}', +etc.), the automatically added character is deleted, so that the character +typed comes immediately after the parameter name. +Completion in a brace expansion is affected similarly: the added character +is a `@t{,}', which will be removed if `@t{@}}' is typed next. + +@pindex AUTO_PARAM_SLASH +@item @t{AUTO_PARAM_SLASH} +If a parameter is completed whose content is the name of a directory, +then add a trailing slash instead of a space. + +@pindex AUTO_REMOVE_SLASH +@cindex slash, removing trailing +@item @t{AUTO_REMOVE_SLASH} +When the last character resulting from a completion is a slash and the next +character typed is a word delimiter, a slash, or a character that ends +a command (such as a semicolon or an ampersand), remove the slash. + +@pindex BASH_AUTO_LIST +@cindex completion, listing choices, bash style +@item @t{BASH_AUTO_LIST} +On an ambiguous completion, automatically list choices when the +completion function is called twice in succession. This takes +precedence over @t{AUTO_LIST}. The setting of @t{LIST_AMBIGUOUS} is +respected. If @t{AUTO_MENU} is set, the menu behaviour will then start +with the third press. Note that this will not work with +@t{MENU_COMPLETE}, since repeated completion calls immediately cycle +through the list in that case. + +@pindex COMPLETE_ALIASES +@cindex aliases, completion of +@item @t{COMPLETE_ALIASES} +Prevents aliases on the command line from being internally substituted +before completion is attempted. The effect is to make the alias a +distinct command for completion purposes. + +@pindex COMPLETE_IN_WORD +@item @t{COMPLETE_IN_WORD} +If unset, the cursor is set to the end of the word if completion is +started. Otherwise it stays there and completion is done from both ends. + +@pindex GLOB_COMPLETE +@item @t{GLOB_COMPLETE} +When the current word has a glob pattern, do not insert all the words +resulting from the expansion but generate matches as for completion and +cycle through them like @t{MENU_COMPLETE}. The matches are generated as if +a `@t{*}' was added to the end of the word, or inserted at the cursor when +@t{COMPLETE_IN_WORD} is set. This actually uses pattern matching, not +globbing, so it works not only for files but for any completion, such as +options, user names, etc. + +@noindent +Note that when the pattern matcher is used, matching control (for example, +case-insensitive or anchored matching) cannot be used. This limitation +only applies when the current word contains a pattern; simply turning +on the @t{GLOB_COMPLETE} option does not have this effect. + +@pindex HASH_LIST_ALL +@item @t{HASH_LIST_ALL} +Whenever a command completion is attempted, make sure the entire +command path is hashed first. This makes the first completion slower. + +@pindex LIST_AMBIGUOUS +@cindex ambiguous completion +@cindex completion, ambiguous +@item @t{LIST_AMBIGUOUS} +This option works when @t{AUTO_LIST} or @t{BASH_AUTO_LIST} is also +set. If there is an unambiguous prefix to insert on the command line, +that is done without a completion list being displayed; in other +words, auto-listing behaviour only takes place when nothing would be +inserted. In the case of @t{BASH_AUTO_LIST}, this means that the list +will be delayed to the third call of the function. + +@pindex LIST_BEEP +@cindex beep, ambiguous completion +@cindex completion, beep on ambiguous +@item @t{LIST_BEEP} +Beep on an ambiguous completion. More accurately, this forces the +completion widgets to return status 1 on an ambiguous completion, which +causes the shell to beep if the option @t{BEEP} is also set; this may +be modified if completion is called from a user-defined widget. + +@pindex LIST_PACKED +@cindex completion, listing +@item @t{LIST_PACKED} +Try to make the completion list smaller (occupying less lines) by +printing the matches in columns with different widths. + +@pindex LIST_ROWS_FIRST +@cindex completion, listing order +@item @t{LIST_ROWS_FIRST} +Lay out the matches in completion lists sorted horizontally, that is, +the second match is to the right of the first one, not under it as +usual. + +@pindex LIST_TYPES +@cindex marking file types +@cindex files, marking type of +@item @t{LIST_TYPES} (@t{-X}) +When listing files that are possible completions, show the +type of each file with a trailing identifying mark. + +@pindex MENU_COMPLETE +@cindex completion, menu +@item @t{MENU_COMPLETE} (@t{-Y}) +On an ambiguous completion, instead of listing possibilities or beeping, +insert the first match immediately. Then when completion is requested +again, remove the first match and insert the second match, etc. +When there are no more matches, go back to the first one again. +@t{reverse-menu-complete} may be used to loop through the list +in the other direction. This option overrides @t{AUTO_MENU}. + +@pindex REC_EXACT +@cindex completion, exact matches +@item @t{REC_EXACT} (@t{-S}) +In completion, recognize exact matches even +if they are ambiguous. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Expansion and Globbing +@noindent +@table @asis +@pindex BAD_PATTERN +@cindex globbing, bad pattern +@cindex filename generation, bad pattern +@item @t{BAD_PATTERN} (@t{+2}) +If a pattern for filename generation is badly formed, print an error message. +(If this option is unset, the pattern will be left unchanged.) + +@pindex BARE_GLOB_QUAL +@cindex globbing qualifiers, enable +@cindex enable globbing qualifiers +@item @t{BARE_GLOB_QUAL} +In a glob pattern, treat a trailing set of parentheses as a qualifier +list, if it contains no `@t{|}', `@t{(}' or (if special) `@t{~}' +characters. See @ref{Filename Generation}. + +@pindex BRACE_CCL +@cindex brace expansion, extending +@cindex expansion, brace, extending +@item @t{BRACE_CCL} +Expand expressions in braces which would not otherwise undergo brace +expansion to a lexically ordered list of all the characters. See +@ref{Brace Expansion}. + +@pindex CASE_GLOB +@cindex case-insensitive globbing, option +@item @t{CASE_GLOB} +Make globbing (filename generation) sensitive to case. Note that other +uses of patterns are always sensitive to case. If the option is unset, +the presence of any character which is special to filename generation +will cause case-insensitive matching. For example, @t{cvs(/)} +can match the directory @t{CVS} owing to the presence of the globbing flag +(unless the option @t{BARE_GLOB_QUAL} is unset). + +@pindex CASE_MATCH +@cindex case-insensitive regular expression matches, option +@cindex regular expressions, case-insensitive matching, option +@item @t{CASE_MATCH} +Make regular expressions using the @t{zsh/regex} module (including +matches with @t{=~}) sensitive to case. + +@pindex CSH_NULL_GLOB +@cindex csh, null globbing style +@cindex null globbing style, csh +@cindex globbing, null, style, csh +@item @t{CSH_NULL_GLOB} +If a pattern for filename generation has no matches, +delete the pattern from the argument list; +do not report an error unless all the patterns +in a command have no matches. +Overrides @t{NOMATCH}. + +@pindex EQUALS +@cindex filename expansion, = +@item @t{EQUALS} +Perform @t{=} filename expansion. +(See @ref{Filename Expansion}.) + +@pindex EXTENDED_GLOB +@cindex globbing, extended +@item @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} +Treat the `@t{#}', `@t{~}' and `@t{^}' characters as part of patterns +for filename generation, etc. (An initial unquoted `@t{~}' +always produces named directory expansion.) + +@pindex GLOB +@cindex globbing, enabling +@cindex enabling globbing +@item @t{GLOB} (@t{+F}, ksh: @t{+f}) +Perform filename generation (globbing). +(See @ref{Filename Generation}.) + +@pindex GLOB_ASSIGN +@item @t{GLOB_ASSIGN} +If this option is set, filename generation (globbing) is +performed on the right hand side of scalar parameter assignments of +the form `@var{name}@t{=}@var{pattern} (e.g. `@t{foo=*}'). +If the result has more than one word the parameter will become an array +with those words as arguments. This option is provided for backwards +compatibility only: globbing is always performed on the right hand side +of array assignments of the form `@var{name}@t{=(}@var{value}@t{)}' +(e.g. `@t{foo=(*)}') and this form is recommended for clarity; +with this option set, it is not possible to predict whether the result +will be an array or a scalar. + +@pindex GLOB_DOTS +@cindex globbing, of . files +@item @t{GLOB_DOTS} (@t{-4}) +Do not require a leading `@t{.}' in a filename to be matched explicitly. + +@pindex GLOB_SUBST +@item @t{GLOB_SUBST} +Treat any characters resulting from parameter expansion as being +eligible for file expansion and filename generation, and any +characters resulting from command substitution as being eligible for +filename generation. Braces (and commas in between) do not become eligible +for expansion. + +@pindex HIST_SUBST_PATTERN +@item @t{HIST_SUBST_PATTERN} +Substitutions using the @t{:s} and @t{:&} history modifiers are performed +with pattern matching instead of string matching. This occurs wherever +history modifiers are valid, including glob qualifiers and parameters. +See +@ref{Modifiers}. + +@pindex IGNORE_BRACES +@cindex disabling brace expansion +@cindex brace expansion, disabling +@cindex expansion, brace, disabling +@item @t{IGNORE_BRACES} (@t{-I}) +Do not perform brace expansion. + +@pindex KSH_GLOB +@item @t{KSH_GLOB} +In pattern matching, the interpretation of parentheses is affected by +a preceding `@t{@@}', `@t{*}', `@t{+}', `@t{?}' or `@t{!}'. +See @ref{Filename Generation}. + +@pindex MAGIC_EQUAL_SUBST +@item @t{MAGIC_EQUAL_SUBST} +All unquoted arguments of the form `@var{anything}@t{=}@var{expression}' +appearing after the command name have filename expansion (that is, +where @var{expression} has a leading `@t{~}' or `@t{=}') performed on +@var{expression} as if it were a parameter assignment. The argument is +not otherwise treated specially; it is passed to the command as a single +argument, and not used as an actual parameter assignment. For example, in +@t{echo foo=~/bar:~/rod}, both occurrences of @t{~} would be replaced. +Note that this happens anyway with @t{typeset} and similar statements. + +@noindent +This option respects the setting of the @t{KSH_TYPESET} option. In other +words, if both options are in effect, arguments looking like +assignments will not undergo wordsplitting. + +@pindex MARK_DIRS +@cindex directories, marking +@cindex marking directories +@item @t{MARK_DIRS} (@t{-8}, ksh: @t{-X}) +Append a trailing `@t{/}' to all directory +names resulting from filename generation (globbing). + +@pindex MULTIBYTE +@cindex characters, multibyte, in expansion and globbing +@cindex multibyte characters, in expansion and globbing +@item @t{MULTIBYTE} +Respect multibyte characters when found in strings. +When this option is set, strings are examined using the +system library to determine how many bytes form a character, depending +on the current locale. This affects the way characters are counted in +pattern matching, parameter values and various delimiters. + +@noindent +The option is on by default if the shell was compiled with +@t{MULTIBYTE_SUPPORT}; otherwise it is off by default and has no effect if +turned on. + +@noindent +If the option is off a single byte is always treated as a single +character. This setting is designed purely for examining strings +known to contain raw bytes or other values that may not be characters +in the current locale. It is not necessary to unset the option merely +because the character set for the current locale does not contain multibyte +characters. + +@noindent +The option does not affect the shell's editor, which always uses the +locale to determine multibyte characters. This is because +the character set displayed by the terminal emulator is independent of +shell settings. + +@pindex NOMATCH +@cindex globbing, no matches +@item @t{NOMATCH} (@t{+3}) +If a pattern for filename generation has no matches, +print an error, instead of +leaving it unchanged in the argument list. +This also applies to file expansion +of an initial `@t{~}' or `@t{=}'. + +@pindex NULL_GLOB +@cindex globbing, no matches +@item @t{NULL_GLOB} (@t{-G}) +If a pattern for filename generation has no matches, +delete the pattern from the argument list instead +of reporting an error. Overrides @t{NOMATCH}. + +@pindex NUMERIC_GLOB_SORT +@cindex globbing, sorting numerically +@item @t{NUMERIC_GLOB_SORT} +If numeric filenames are matched by a filename generation pattern, +sort the filenames numerically rather than lexicographically. + +@pindex RC_EXPAND_PARAM +@cindex rc, parameter expansion style +@cindex parameter expansion style, rc +@item @t{RC_EXPAND_PARAM} (@t{-P}) +Array expansions of the form +`@var{foo}@t{$@{}@var{xx}@t{@}}@var{bar}', where the parameter +@var{xx} is set to @t{(}@var{a b c}@t{)}, are substituted with +`@var{fooabar foobbar foocbar}' instead of the default +`@var{fooa b cbar}'. + +@pindex REMATCH_PCRE +@cindex regexp, PCRE +@cindex PCRE, regexp +@item @t{REMATCH_PCRE} +If set, regular expression matching with the @t{=~} operator will use +Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions from the PCRE library, if available. +If not set, regular expressions will use the extended regexp syntax +provided by the system libraries. + +@pindex SH_GLOB +@cindex sh, globbing style +@cindex globbing style, sh +@item @t{SH_GLOB} +Disables the special meaning of `@t{(}', `@t{|}', `@t{)}' +and '@t{<}' for globbing the result of parameter and command substitutions, +and in some other places where +the shell accepts patterns. This option is set by default if zsh is +invoked as @t{sh} or @t{ksh}. + +@pindex UNSET +@cindex parameters, substituting unset +@cindex unset parameters, substituting +@item @t{UNSET} (@t{+u}, ksh: @t{+u}) +Treat unset parameters as if they were empty when substituting. +Otherwise they are treated as an error. + +@pindex WARN_CREATE_GLOBAL +@cindex parameters, warning when created globally +@item @t{WARN_CREATE_GLOBAL} +Print a warning message when a global parameter is created in a function +by an assignment. This often indicates that a parameter has not been +declared local when it should have been. Parameters explicitly declared +global from within a function using @t{typeset -g} do not cause a warning. +Note that there is no warning when a local parameter is assigned to in +a nested function, which may also indicate an error. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection History +@noindent +@table @asis +@pindex APPEND_HISTORY +@cindex history, appending to a file +@item @t{APPEND_HISTORY} +If this is set, zsh sessions will append their history list to +the history file, rather than replace it. Thus, multiple parallel +zsh sessions will all have the new entries from their history lists +added to the history file, in the order that they exit. +The file will still be periodically re-written to trim it when the +number of lines grows 20% beyond the value specified by +@t{$SAVEHIST} (see also the HIST_SAVE_BY_COPY option). + +@pindex BANG_HIST +@cindex history, enable substitution +@cindex enable history substitution +@item @t{BANG_HIST} (@t{+K}) +Perform textual history expansion, @cite{csh}-style, +treating the character `@t{!}' specially. + +@pindex EXTENDED_HISTORY +@cindex history, timestamping +@item @t{EXTENDED_HISTORY} +Save each command's beginning timestamp (in seconds since the epoch) +and the duration (in seconds) to the history file. The format of +this prefixed data is: + +@noindent +`@t{:}@var{}@t{:}@var{}@t{:}@var{}'. + +@pindex HIST_ALLOW_CLOBBER +@item @t{HIST_ALLOW_CLOBBER} +Add `@t{|}' to output redirections in the history. This allows history +references to clobber files even when @t{CLOBBER} is unset. + +@pindex HIST_BEEP +@cindex history beeping +@cindex beep, history +@item @t{HIST_BEEP} +Beep when an attempt is made to access a history entry which +isn't there. + +@pindex HIST_EXPIRE_DUPS_FIRST +@cindex history, expiring duplicates +@item @t{HIST_EXPIRE_DUPS_FIRST} +If the internal history needs to be trimmed to add the current command line, +setting this option will cause the oldest history event that has a duplicate +to be lost before losing a unique event from the list. +You should be sure to set the value of @t{HISTSIZE} to a larger number +than @t{SAVEHIST} in order to give you some room for the duplicated +events, otherwise this option will behave just like +@t{HIST_IGNORE_ALL_DUPS} once the history fills up with unique events. + +@pindex HIST_FIND_NO_DUPS +@cindex history, ignoring duplicates in search +@item @t{HIST_FIND_NO_DUPS} +When searching for history entries in the line editor, do not display +duplicates of a line previously found, even if the duplicates are not +contiguous. + +@pindex HIST_IGNORE_ALL_DUPS +@cindex history, ignoring all duplicates +@item @t{HIST_IGNORE_ALL_DUPS} +If a new command line being added to the history list duplicates an +older one, the older command is removed from the list (even if it is +not the previous event). + +@pindex HIST_IGNORE_DUPS +@cindex history, ignoring duplicates +@item @t{HIST_IGNORE_DUPS} (@t{-h}) +Do not enter command lines into the history list +if they are duplicates of the previous event. + +@pindex HIST_IGNORE_SPACE +@cindex history, ignoring spaces +@item @t{HIST_IGNORE_SPACE} (@t{-g}) +Remove command lines from the history list when the first character on +the line is a space, or when one of the expanded aliases contains a +leading space. +Note that the command lingers in the internal history until the next +command is entered before it vanishes, allowing you to briefly reuse +or edit the line. If you want to make it vanish right away without +entering another command, type a space and press return. + +@pindex HIST_NO_FUNCTIONS +@item @t{HIST_NO_FUNCTIONS} +Remove function definitions from the history list. +Note that the function lingers in the internal history until the next +command is entered before it vanishes, allowing you to briefly reuse +or edit the definition. + +@pindex HIST_NO_STORE +@item @t{HIST_NO_STORE} +Remove the @t{history} (@t{fc -l}) command from the history list +when invoked. +Note that the command lingers in the internal history until the next +command is entered before it vanishes, allowing you to briefly reuse +or edit the line. + +@pindex HIST_REDUCE_BLANKS +@item @t{HIST_REDUCE_BLANKS} +Remove superfluous blanks from each command line +being added to the history list. + +@pindex HIST_SAVE_BY_COPY +@item @t{HIST_SAVE_BY_COPY} +When the history file is re-written, we normally write out a copy of +the file named $HISTFILE.new and then rename it over the old one. +However, if this option is unset, we instead truncate the old +history file and write out the new version in-place. If one of the +history-appending options is enabled, this option only has an effect +when the enlarged history file needs to be re-written to trim it +down to size. Disable this only if you have special needs, as doing +so makes it possible to lose history entries if zsh gets interrupted +during the save. + +@noindent +When writing out a copy of the history file, zsh preserves the old +file's permissions and group information, but will refuse to write +out a new file if it would change the history file's owner. + +@pindex HIST_SAVE_NO_DUPS +@item @t{HIST_SAVE_NO_DUPS} +When writing out the history file, older commands that duplicate +newer ones are omitted. + +@pindex HIST_VERIFY +@cindex history, verifying substitution +@item @t{HIST_VERIFY} +Whenever the user enters a line with history expansion, +don't execute the line directly; instead, perform +history expansion and reload the line into the editing buffer. + +@pindex INC_APPEND_HISTORY +@cindex history, incremental appending to a file +@item @t{INC_APPEND_HISTORY} +This options works like @t{APPEND_HISTORY} except that new history lines +are added to the @t{$HISTFILE} incrementally (as soon as they are +entered), rather than waiting until the shell exits. +The file will still be periodically re-written to trim it when the +number of lines grows 20% beyond the value specified by +@t{$SAVEHIST} (see also the HIST_SAVE_BY_COPY option). + +@pindex SHARE_HISTORY +@cindex share history +@cindex history, sharing +@item @t{SHARE_HISTORY} + +@noindent +This option both imports new commands from the history file, and also +causes your typed commands to be appended to the history file (the +latter is like specifying @t{INC_APPEND_HISTORY}). +The history lines are also output with timestamps ala +@t{EXTENDED_HISTORY} (which makes it easier to find the spot where +we left off reading the file after it gets re-written). + +@noindent +By default, history movement commands visit the imported lines as +well as the local lines, but you can toggle this on and off with the +set-local-history zle binding. It is also possible to create a zle +widget that will make some commands ignore imported commands, and +some include them. + +@noindent +If you find that you want more control over when commands +get imported, you may wish to turn @t{SHARE_HISTORY} off, +@t{INC_APPEND_HISTORY} on, and then manually import +commands whenever you need them using `@t{fc -RI}'. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Initialisation +@noindent +@table @asis +@pindex ALL_EXPORT +@cindex export, automatic +@item @t{ALL_EXPORT} (@t{-a}, ksh: @t{-a}) +All parameters subsequently defined are automatically exported. + +@pindex GLOBAL_EXPORT +@cindex environment, and local parameters +@item @t{GLOBAL_EXPORT} (@t{}) +If this option is set, passing the @t{-x} flag to the builtins @t{declare}, +@t{float}, @t{integer}, @t{readonly} and @t{typeset} (but not @t{local}) +will also set the @t{-g} flag; hence parameters exported to +the environment will not be made local to the enclosing function, unless +they were already or the flag @t{+g} is given explicitly. If the option is +unset, exported parameters will be made local in just the same way as any +other parameter. + +@noindent +This option is set by default for backward compatibility; it is not +recommended that its behaviour be relied upon. Note that the builtin +@t{export} always sets both the @t{-x} and @t{-g} flags, and hence its +effect extends beyond the scope of the enclosing function; this is the +most portable way to achieve this behaviour. + +@cindex exporting, and local parameters +@pindex GLOBAL_RCS +@cindex startup files, global, inhibiting +@cindex files, global startup, inhibiting +@item @t{GLOBAL_RCS} (@t{-d}) +If this option is unset, the startup files @t{/etc/zprofile}, +@t{/etc/zshrc}, @t{/etc/zlogin} and @t{/etc/zlogout} will not be run. It +can be disabled and re-enabled at any time, including inside local startup +files (@t{.zshrc}, etc.). + +@pindex RCS +@cindex startup files, sourcing +@item @t{RCS} (@t{+f}) +After @t{/etc/zshenv} is sourced on startup, source the +@t{.zshenv}, @t{/etc/zprofile}, @t{.zprofile}, +@t{/etc/zshrc}, @t{.zshrc}, @t{/etc/zlogin}, @t{.zlogin}, and @t{.zlogout} +files, as described in @ref{Files}. +If this option is unset, the @t{/etc/zshenv} file is still sourced, but any +of the others will not be; it can be set at any time to prevent the +remaining startup files after the currently executing one from +being sourced. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Input/Output +@noindent +@table @asis +@pindex ALIASES +@cindex aliases, expansion +@item @t{ALIASES} +Expand aliases. + +@pindex CLOBBER +@cindex clobbering, of files +@cindex file clobbering, allowing +@item @t{CLOBBER} (@t{+C}, ksh: @t{+C}) +Allows `@t{>}' redirection to truncate existing files, +and `@t{>>}' to create files. +Otherwise `@t{>!}' or `@t{>|}' must be used to truncate a file, +and `@t{>>!}' or `@t{>>|}' to create a file. + +@pindex CORRECT +@cindex correction, spelling +@cindex spelling correction +@item @t{CORRECT} (@t{-0}) +Try to correct the spelling of commands. +Note that, when the @t{HASH_LIST_ALL} option is not set or when some +directories in the path are not readable, this may falsely report spelling +errors the first time some commands are used. + +@pindex CORRECT_ALL +@item @t{CORRECT_ALL} (@t{-O}) +Try to correct the spelling of all arguments in a line. + +@pindex DVORAK +@item @t{DVORAK} +Use the Dvorak keyboard instead of the standard qwerty keyboard as a basis +for examining spelling mistakes for the @t{CORRECT} and @t{CORRECT_ALL} +options and the @t{spell-word} editor command. + +@pindex FLOW_CONTROL +@cindex flow control +@item @t{FLOW_CONTROL} +If this option is unset, +output flow control via start/stop characters (usually assigned to +^S/^Q) is disabled in the shell's editor. + +@pindex IGNORE_EOF +@cindex EOF, ignoring +@item @t{IGNORE_EOF} (@t{-7}) +Do not exit on end-of-file. Require the use +of @t{exit} or @t{logout} instead. +However, ten consecutive EOFs will cause the shell to exit anyway, +to avoid the shell hanging if its tty goes away. + +@noindent +Also, if this option is set and the Zsh Line Editor is used, widgets +implemented by shell functions can be bound to EOF (normally +Control-D) without printing the normal warning message. This works +only for normal widgets, not for completion widgets. + +@pindex INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS +@cindex comments, in interactive shells +@item @t{INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS} (@t{-k}) +Allow comments even in interactive shells. + +@pindex HASH_CMDS +@cindex hashing, of commands +@cindex command hashing +@item @t{HASH_CMDS} +Note the location of each command the first time it is executed. +Subsequent invocations of the same command will use the +saved location, avoiding a path search. +If this option is unset, no path hashing is done at all. +However, when @t{CORRECT} is set, commands whose names do not appear in +the functions or aliases hash tables are hashed in order to avoid +reporting them as spelling errors. + +@pindex HASH_DIRS +@cindex hashing, of directories +@cindex directories, hashing +@item @t{HASH_DIRS} +Whenever a command name is hashed, hash the directory containing it, +as well as all directories that occur earlier in the path. +Has no effect if neither @t{HASH_CMDS} nor @t{CORRECT} is set. + +@pindex MAIL_WARNING +@cindex mail, warning of reading +@item @t{MAIL_WARNING} (@t{-U}) +Print a warning message if a mail file has been +accessed since the shell last checked. + +@pindex PATH_DIRS +@cindex path search, extended +@item @t{PATH_DIRS} (@t{-Q}) +Perform a path search even on command names with slashes in them. +Thus if `@t{/usr/local/bin}' is in the user's path, and he or she types +`@t{X11/xinit}', the command `@t{/usr/local/bin/X11/xinit}' will be executed +(assuming it exists). +Commands explicitly beginning with `@t{/}', `@t{./}' or `@t{../}' +are not subject to the path search. +This also applies to the @t{.} builtin. + +@noindent +Note that subdirectories of the current directory are always searched for +executables specified in this form. This takes place before any search +indicated by this option, and regardless of whether `@t{.}' or the current +directory appear in the command search path. + +@pindex PRINT_EIGHT_BIT +@cindex eight bit characters, printing +@item @t{PRINT_EIGHT_BIT} +Print eight bit characters literally in completion lists, etc. +This option is not necessary if your system correctly returns the +printability of eight bit characters (see man page ctype(3)). + +@pindex PRINT_EXIT_VALUE +@cindex exit status, printing +@item @t{PRINT_EXIT_VALUE} (@t{-1}) +Print the exit value of programs with non-zero exit status. + +@pindex RC_QUOTES +@cindex rc, quoting style +@cindex quoting style, rc +@item @t{RC_QUOTES} +Allow the character sequence `@t{@value{dsq}}' to signify a single quote +within singly quoted strings. Note this does not apply in quoted strings +using the format @t{$'}@var{...}@t{'}, where a backslashed single quote can +be used. + +@pindex RM_STAR_SILENT +@cindex rm *, querying before +@cindex querying before rm * +@item @t{RM_STAR_SILENT} (@t{-H}) +Do not query the user before executing `@t{rm *}' or `@t{rm path/*}'. + +@pindex RM_STAR_WAIT +@cindex rm *, waiting before +@cindex waiting before rm * +@item @t{RM_STAR_WAIT} +If querying the user before executing `@t{rm *}' or `@t{rm path/*}', +first wait ten seconds and ignore anything typed in that time. +This avoids the problem of reflexively answering `yes' to the query +when one didn't really mean it. The wait and query can always be +avoided by expanding the `@t{*}' in ZLE (with tab). + +@pindex SHORT_LOOPS +@item @t{SHORT_LOOPS} +Allow the short forms of @t{for}, @t{repeat}, @t{select}, +@t{if}, and @t{function} constructs. + +@pindex SUN_KEYBOARD_HACK +@cindex sun keyboard, annoying +@cindex annoying keyboard, sun +@item @t{SUN_KEYBOARD_HACK} (@t{-L}) +If a line ends with a backquote, and there are an odd number +of backquotes on the line, ignore the trailing backquote. +This is useful on some keyboards where the return key is +too small, and the backquote key lies annoyingly close to it. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Job Control +@noindent +@table @asis +@pindex AUTO_CONTINUE +@cindex jobs, continuing automatically +@cindex continuing jobs automatically +@item @t{AUTO_CONTINUE} +With this option set, stopped jobs that are removed from the job table +with the @t{disown} builtin command are automatically sent a @t{CONT} +signal to make them running. + +@pindex AUTO_RESUME +@cindex jobs, resuming automatically +@cindex resuming jobs automatically +@item @t{AUTO_RESUME} (@t{-W}) +Treat single word simple commands without redirection +as candidates for resumption of an existing job. + +@pindex BG_NICE +@cindex jobs, background priority +@cindex background jobs, priority of +@cindex priority of background jobs +@item @t{BG_NICE} (@t{-6}) +Run all background jobs at a lower priority. This option +is set by default. + +@pindex CHECK_JOBS +@cindex exiting, checking jobs when +@cindex logging out, checking jobs when +@item @t{CHECK_JOBS} +Report the status of background and suspended jobs before exiting a shell +with job control; a second attempt to exit the shell will succeed. +@t{NO_CHECK_JOBS} is best used only in combination with @t{NO_HUP}, else +such jobs will be killed automatically. + +@noindent +The check is omitted if the commands run from the previous command line +included a `@t{jobs}' command, since it is assumed the user is aware that +there are background or suspended jobs. A `@t{jobs}' command run from one +of the hook functions defined in +the section Special Functions in @ref{Functions} +is not counted for this purpose. + +@pindex HUP +@cindex jobs, HUP +@item @t{HUP} +Send the @t{HUP} signal to running jobs when the +shell exits. + +@pindex LONG_LIST_JOBS +@cindex jobs, list format +@item @t{LONG_LIST_JOBS} (@t{-R}) +List jobs in the long format by default. + +@pindex MONITOR +@cindex job control, allowing +@item @t{MONITOR} (@t{-m}, ksh: @t{-m}) +Allow job control. Set by default in interactive shells. + +@pindex NOTIFY +@cindex background jobs, notification +@cindex notification of background jobs +@item @t{NOTIFY} (@t{-5}, ksh: @t{-b}) +Report the status of background jobs immediately, rather than +waiting until just before printing a prompt. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Prompting +@noindent +@table @asis +@pindex PROMPT_BANG +@cindex prompt, ! expansion +@item @t{PROMPT_BANG} +If set, `@t{!}' is treated specially in prompt expansion. +See @ref{Prompt Expansion}. + +@pindex PROMPT_CR +@cindex prompt, with CR +@item @t{PROMPT_CR} (@t{+V}) +Print a carriage return just before printing +a prompt in the line editor. This is on by default as multi-line editing +is only possible if the editor knows where the start of the line appears. + +@pindex PROMPT_SP +@cindex prompt, save partial lines +@item @t{PROMPT_SP} +Attempt to preserve a partial line (i.e. a line that did not end with a +newline) that would otherwise be covered up by the command prompt due to +the PROMPT_CR option. This works by outputting some cursor-control +characters, including a series of spaces, that should make the terminal +wrap to the next line when a partial line is present (note that this is +only successful if your terminal has automatic margins, which is typical). + +@noindent +When a partial line is preserved, you will see an inverse+bold character at +the end of the partial line: a "%" for a normal user or a "#" for root. + +@noindent +NOTE: if the PROMPT_CR option is not set, enabling this option will have no +effect. This option is on by default. + +@pindex PROMPT_PERCENT +@cindex prompt, % expansion +@item @t{PROMPT_PERCENT} +If set, `@t{%}' is treated specially in prompt expansion. +See @ref{Prompt Expansion}. + +@pindex PROMPT_SUBST +@cindex prompt, parameter expansion +@item @t{PROMPT_SUBST} +If set, @emph{parameter expansion}, @emph{command substitution} and +@emph{arithmetic expansion} are performed in prompts. Substitutions +within prompts do not affect the command status. + +@pindex TRANSIENT_RPROMPT +@item @t{TRANSIENT_RPROMPT} +Remove any right prompt from display when accepting a command +line. This may be useful with terminals with other cut/paste methods. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Scripts and Functions +@noindent +@table @asis +@pindex C_BASES +@cindex bases, output in C format +@cindex hexadecimal, output in C format +@cindex octal, output in C format +@item @t{C_BASES} +Output hexadecimal numbers in the standard C format, for example `@t{0xFF}' +instead of the usual `@t{16#FF}'. If the option @t{OCTAL_ZEROES} is also +set (it is not by default), octal numbers will be treated similarly and +hence appear as `@t{077}' instead of `@t{8#77}'. This option has no effect +on the choice of the output base, nor on the output of bases other than +hexadecimal and octal. Note that these formats will be understood on input +irrespective of the setting of @t{C_BASES}. + +@pindex DEBUG_BEFORE_CMD +@cindex traps, DEBUG, before or after command +@cindex DEBUG trap, before or after command +@item @t{DEBUG_BEFORE_CMD} +Run the @t{DEBUG} trap before each command; otherwise it is run after +each command. Setting this option mimics the behaviour of ksh 93; with +the option unset the behaviour is that of ksh 88. + +@pindex ERR_EXIT +@cindex exit status, trapping +@item @t{ERR_EXIT} (@t{-e}, ksh: @t{-e}) +If a command has a non-zero exit status, execute the @t{ZERR} +trap, if set, and exit. This is disabled while running initialization +scripts. + +@pindex ERR_RETURN +@cindex function return, on error +@cindex return from function, on error +@item @t{ERR_RETURN} +If a command has a non-zero exit status, return immediately from the +enclosing function. The logic is identical to that for @t{ERR_EXIT}, +except that an implicit @t{return} statement is executed instead of an +@t{exit}. This will trigger an exit at the outermost level of a +non-interactive script. + +@pindex EVAL_LINENO +@cindex line number, in evaluated expression +@item @t{EVAL_LINENO} +If set, line numbers of expressions evaluated using the builtin @t{eval} +are tracked separately of the enclosing environment. This applies both +to the parameter @t{LINENO} and the line number output by the prompt +escape @t{%i}. If the option is set, the prompt escape @t{%N} will output +the string `@t{(eval)}' instead of the script or function name as an +indication. (The two prompt escapes are typically used in the parameter +@t{PS4} to be output when the option @t{XTRACE} is set.) If +@t{EVAL_LINENO} is unset, the line number of the surrounding script or +function is retained during the evaluation. + +@pindex EXEC +@cindex command execution, enabling +@item @t{EXEC} (@t{+n}, ksh: @t{+n}) +Do execute commands. Without this option, commands are +read and checked for syntax errors, but not executed. +This option cannot be turned off in an interactive shell, +except when `@t{-n}' is supplied to the shell at startup. + +@pindex FUNCTION_ARGZERO +@cindex $0, setting +@item @t{FUNCTION_ARGZERO} +When executing a shell function or sourcing a script, set @t{$0} +temporarily to the name of the function/script. + +@pindex LOCAL_OPTIONS +@item @t{LOCAL_OPTIONS} +If this option is set at the point of return from a shell function, +all the options (including this one) which were in force upon entry to +the function are restored. Otherwise, only this option and the +@t{XTRACE} and @t{PRINT_EXIT_VALUE} options are restored. Hence +if this is explicitly unset by a shell function the other options in +force at the point of return will remain so. +A shell function can also guarantee itself a known shell configuration +with a formulation like `@t{emulate -L zsh}'; the @t{-L} activates +@t{LOCAL_OPTIONS}. + +@pindex LOCAL_TRAPS +@item @t{LOCAL_TRAPS} +If this option is set when a signal trap is set inside a function, then the +previous status of the trap for that signal will be restored when the +function exits. Note that this option must be set @emph{prior} to altering the +trap behaviour in a function; unlike @t{LOCAL_OPTIONS}, the value on exit +from the function is irrelevant. However, it does not need to be set +before any global trap for that to be correctly restored by a function. +For example, + +@noindent +@example +unsetopt localtraps +trap - INT +fn() @{ setopt localtraps; trap @value{dsq} INT; sleep 3; @} +@end example + +@noindent +will restore normally handling of @t{SIGINT} after the function exits. + +@pindex MULTIOS +@item @t{MULTIOS} +Perform implicit @cite{tee}s or @cite{cat}s when multiple +redirections are attempted (see @ref{Redirection}). + +@pindex OCTAL_ZEROES +@cindex octal, arithmetic expressions +@item @t{OCTAL_ZEROES} +Interpret any integer constant beginning with a 0 as octal, per IEEE Std +1003.2-1992 (ISO 9945-2:1993). This is not enabled by default as it +causes problems with parsing of, for example, date and time strings with +leading zeroes. + +@noindent +Sequences of digits indicating a numeric base such as the `@t{08}' +component in `@t{08#77}' are always interpreted as decimal, regardless +of leading zeroes. + +@pindex TYPESET_SILENT +@item @t{TYPESET_SILENT} +If this is unset, executing any of the `@t{typeset}' family of +commands with no options and a list of parameters that have no values +to be assigned but already exist will display the value of the parameter. +If the option is set, they will only be shown when parameters are selected +with the `@t{-m}' option. The option `@t{-p}' is available whether or not +the option is set. + +@pindex VERBOSE +@cindex tracing, of input lines +@cindex input, tracing +@item @t{VERBOSE} (@t{-v}, ksh: @t{-v}) +Print shell input lines as they are read. + +@pindex XTRACE +@cindex tracing, of commands +@cindex commands, tracing +@item @t{XTRACE} (@t{-x}, ksh: @t{-x}) +Print commands and their arguments as they are executed. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Shell Emulation +@noindent +@table @asis +@pindex BASH_REMATCH +@cindex bash, BASH_REMATCH variable +@cindex regexp, bash BASH_REMATCH variable +@item @t{BASH_REMATCH} +When set, matches performed with the @t{=~} operator will set the +@t{BASH_REMATCH} array variable, instead of the default @t{MATCH} and +@t{match} variables. The first element of the @t{BASH_REMATCH} array +will contain the entire matched text and subsequent elements will contain +extracted substrings. This option makes more sense when @t{KSH_ARRAYS} is +also set, so that the entire matched portion is stored at index 0 and the +first substring is at index 1. Without this option, the @t{MATCH} variable +contains the entire matched text and the @t{match} array variable contains +substrings. + +@pindex BSD_ECHO +@cindex echo, BSD compatible +@item @t{BSD_ECHO} +Make the @t{echo} builtin compatible with the BSD man page echo(1) command. +This disables backslashed escape sequences in echo strings unless the +@t{-e} option is specified. + +@pindex CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY +@cindex csh, history style +@cindex history style, csh +@item @t{CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY} +A history reference without an event specifier will always refer to the +previous command. Without this option, such a history reference refers +to the same event as the previous history reference, defaulting to the +previous command. + +@pindex CSH_JUNKIE_LOOPS +@cindex csh, loop style +@cindex loop style, csh +@item @t{CSH_JUNKIE_LOOPS} +Allow loop bodies to take the form `@var{list}; @t{end}' instead of +`@t{do} @var{list}; @t{done}'. + +@pindex CSH_JUNKIE_QUOTES +@cindex csh, quoting style +@cindex quoting style, csh +@item @t{CSH_JUNKIE_QUOTES} +Changes the rules for single- and double-quoted text to match that of +@cite{csh}. These require that embedded newlines be preceded by a backslash; +unescaped newlines will cause an error message. +In double-quoted strings, it is made impossible to escape `@t{$}', `@t{`}' +or `@t{"}' (and `@t{\}' itself no longer needs escaping). +Command substitutions are only expanded once, and cannot be nested. + +@pindex CSH_NULLCMD +@vindex NULLCMD, ignoring +@vindex READNULLCMD, ignoring +@cindex redirections with no command, csh +@cindex csh, redirections with no command +@item @t{CSH_NULLCMD} +Do not use the values of @t{NULLCMD} and @t{READNULLCMD} +when running redirections with no command. This make +such redirections fail (see @ref{Redirection}). + +@pindex KSH_ARRAYS +@cindex arrays, ksh style +@cindex array style, ksh +@cindex ksh, array style +@item @t{KSH_ARRAYS} +Emulate @cite{ksh} array handling as closely as possible. If this option +is set, array elements are numbered from zero, an array parameter +without subscript refers to the first element instead of the whole array, +and braces are required to delimit a subscript (`@t{$@{path[2]@}}' rather +than just `@t{$path[2]}'). + +@pindex KSH_AUTOLOAD +@item @t{KSH_AUTOLOAD} +Emulate @cite{ksh} function autoloading. This means that when a function is +autoloaded, the corresponding file is merely executed, and must define +the function itself. (By default, the function is defined to the contents +of the file. However, the most common @cite{ksh}-style case - of the file +containing only a simple definition of the function - is always handled +in the @cite{ksh}-compatible manner.) + +@pindex KSH_OPTION_PRINT +@cindex option printing, ksh style +@cindex option printing style, ksh +@cindex ksh, option printing style +@item @t{KSH_OPTION_PRINT} +Alters the way options settings are printed: instead of separate lists of +set and unset options, all options are shown, marked `on' if +they are in the non-default state, `off' otherwise. + +@pindex KSH_TYPESET +@cindex argument splitting, in typeset etc. +@cindex ksh, argument splitting in typeset +@item @t{KSH_TYPESET} +Alters the way arguments to the @t{typeset} family of commands, including +@t{declare}, @t{export}, @t{float}, @t{integer}, @t{local} and +@t{readonly}, are processed. Without this option, zsh will perform normal +word splitting after command and parameter expansion in arguments of an +assignment; with it, word splitting does not take place in those cases. + +@pindex KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT +@cindex arrays, behaviour of index zero +@item @t{KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT} +Treat use of a subscript of value zero in array or string expressions as a +reference to the first element, i.e. the element that usually has the +subscript 1. Ignored if @t{KSH_ARRAYS} is also set. + +@noindent +If neither this option nor @t{KSH_ARRAYS} is set, accesses to an element of +an array or string with subscript zero return an empty element or string, +while attempts to set element zero of an array or string are treated as an +error. However, attempts to set an otherwise valid subscript range that +includes zero will succeed. For example, if @t{KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT} is not +set, + +@noindent +@example +array[0]=(element) +@end example + +@noindent +is an error, while + +@noindent +@example +array[0,1]=(element) +@end example + +@noindent +is not and will replace the first element of the array. + +@noindent +This option is for compatibility with older versions of the shell and +is not recommended in new code. + +@pindex POSIX_BUILTINS +@item @t{POSIX_BUILTINS} +When this option is set the @t{command} builtin can be used to execute +shell builtin commands. Parameter assignments specified before shell +functions and special builtins are kept after the command completes unless +the special builtin is prefixed with the @t{command} builtin. Special +builtins are +@t{.}, +@t{:}, +@t{break}, +@t{continue}, +@t{declare}, +@t{eval}, +@t{exit}, +@t{export}, +@t{integer}, +@t{local}, +@t{readonly}, +@t{return}, +@t{set}, +@t{shift}, +@t{source}, +@t{times}, +@t{trap} and +@t{unset}. + +@pindex POSIX_IDENTIFIERS +@cindex identifiers, non-portable characters in +@cindex parameter names, non-portable characters in +@item @t{POSIX_IDENTIFIERS} +When this option is set, only the ASCII characters @t{a} to @t{z}, @t{A} to +@t{Z}, @t{0} to @t{9} and @t{_} may be used in identifiers (names +of shell parameters and modules). + +@noindent +When the option is unset and multibyte character support is enabled (i.e. it +is compiled in and the option @t{MULTIBYTE} is set), then additionally any +alphanumeric characters in the local character set may be used in +identifiers. Note that scripts and functions written with this feature are +not portable, and also that both options must be set before the script +or function is parsed; setting them during execution is not sufficient +as the syntax @var{variable}@t{=}@var{value} has already been parsed as +a command rather than an assignment. + +@noindent +If multibyte character support is not compiled into the shell this option is +ignored; all octets with the top bit set may be used in identifiers. +This is non-standard but is the traditional zsh behaviour. + +@pindex SH_FILE_EXPANSION +@cindex sh, expansion style +@cindex expansion style, sh +@item @t{SH_FILE_EXPANSION} +Perform filename expansion (e.g., ~ expansion) @emph{before} +parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion +and brace expansion. +If this option is unset, it is performed @emph{after} +brace expansion, so things like `@t{~$USERNAME}' and +`@t{~@{pfalstad,rc@}}' will work. + +@pindex SH_NULLCMD +@vindex NULLCMD, ignoring +@vindex READNULLCMD, ignoring +@cindex sh, redirections with no command +@cindex ksh, redirections with no command +@cindex redirections with no command, sh +@cindex redirections with no command, ksh +@item @t{SH_NULLCMD} +Do not use the values of @t{NULLCMD} and @t{READNULLCMD} +when doing redirections, use `@t{:}' instead (see @ref{Redirection}). + +@pindex SH_OPTION_LETTERS +@cindex sh, single letter options style +@cindex ksh, single letter options style +@cindex single letter options, ksh style +@cindex options, single letter, ksh style +@item @t{SH_OPTION_LETTERS} +If this option is set the shell tries to interpret single letter options +(which are used with @t{set} and @t{setopt}) like @cite{ksh} does. +This also affects the value of the @t{-} special parameter. + +@pindex SH_WORD_SPLIT +@cindex field splitting, sh style +@cindex sh, field splitting style +@item @t{SH_WORD_SPLIT} (@t{-y}) +Causes field splitting to be performed on unquoted parameter expansions. +Note that this option has nothing to do with word splitting. +(See @ref{Parameter Expansion}.) + +@pindex TRAPS_ASYNC +@cindex traps, asynchronous +@item @t{TRAPS_ASYNC} +While waiting for a program to exit, handle signals and run traps +immediately. Otherwise the trap is run after a child process has exited. +Note this does not affect the point at which traps are run for any case +other than when the shell is waiting for a child process. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Shell State +@noindent +@table @asis +@pindex INTERACTIVE +@item @t{INTERACTIVE} (@t{-i}, ksh: @t{-i}) +This is an interactive shell. This option is set upon initialisation if +the standard input is a tty and commands are being read from standard input. +(See the discussion of @t{SHIN_STDIN}.) +This heuristic may be overridden by specifying a state for this option +on the command line. +The value of this option cannot be changed anywhere other than the command line. + +@pindex LOGIN +@item @t{LOGIN} (@t{-l}, ksh: @t{-l}) +This is a login shell. +If this option is not explicitly set, the shell is a login shell if +the first character of the @t{argv[0]} passed to the shell is a `@t{-}'. + +@pindex PRIVILEGED +@cindex privileged mode +@cindex mode, privileged +@item @t{PRIVILEGED} (@t{-p}, ksh: @t{-p}) +Turn on privileged mode. This is enabled automatically on startup if the +effective user (group) ID is not equal to the real user (group) ID. Turning +this option off causes the effective user and group IDs to be set to the +real user and group IDs. This option disables sourcing user startup files. +If zsh is invoked as `@t{sh}' or `@t{ksh}' with this option set, +@t{/etc/suid_profile} is sourced (after @t{/etc/profile} on interactive +shells). Sourcing @t{~/.profile} is disabled and the contents of the +@t{ENV} variable is ignored. This option cannot be changed using the +@t{-m} option of @t{setopt} and @t{unsetopt}, and changing it inside a +function always changes it globally regardless of the @t{LOCAL_OPTIONS} +option. + +@pindex RESTRICTED +@cindex restricted shell +@item @t{RESTRICTED} (@t{-r}) +Enables restricted mode. This option cannot be changed using +@t{unsetopt}, and setting it inside a function always changes it +globally regardless of the @t{LOCAL_OPTIONS} option. See +@ref{Restricted Shell}. + +@pindex SHIN_STDIN +@item @t{SHIN_STDIN} (@t{-s}, ksh: @t{-s}) +Commands are being read from the standard input. +Commands are read from standard input if no command is specified with +@t{-c} and no file of commands is specified. If @t{SHIN_STDIN} +is set explicitly on the command line, +any argument that would otherwise have been +taken as a file to run will instead be treated as a normal positional +parameter. +Note that setting or unsetting this option on the command line does not +necessarily affect the state the option will have while the shell is +running - that is purely an indicator of whether on not commands are +@emph{actually} being read from standard input. +The value of this option cannot be changed anywhere other +than the command line. + +@pindex SINGLE_COMMAND +@cindex single command +@pindex INTERACTIVE, use of +@item @t{SINGLE_COMMAND} (@t{-t}, ksh: @t{-t}) +If the shell is reading from standard input, it exits after a single command +has been executed. This also makes the shell non-interactive, unless the +@t{INTERACTIVE} option is explicitly set on the command line. +The value of this option cannot be changed anywhere other than the command line. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Zle +@noindent +@table @asis +@pindex BEEP +@cindex beep, enabling +@cindex enabling the beep +@item @t{BEEP} (@t{+B}) +Beep on error in ZLE. + +@pindex EMACS +@item @t{EMACS} +If ZLE is loaded, turning on this option has the equivalent effect +of `@t{bindkey -e}'. In addition, the VI option is unset. +Turning it off has no effect. The option setting is +not guaranteed to reflect the current keymap. This option is +provided for compatibility; @t{bindkey} is the recommended interface. + +@pindex OVERSTRIKE +@cindex editor, overstrike mode +@cindex overstrike mode, of editor +@item @t{OVERSTRIKE} +Start up the line editor in overstrike mode. + +@pindex SINGLE_LINE_ZLE +@cindex editor, single line mode +@item @t{SINGLE_LINE_ZLE} (@t{-M}) +Use single-line command line editing instead of multi-line. + +@pindex VI +@item @t{VI} +If ZLE is loaded, turning on this option has the equivalent effect +of `@t{bindkey -v}'. In addition, the EMACS option is unset. +Turning it off has no effect. The option setting is +not guaranteed to reflect the current keymap. This option is +provided for compatibility; @t{bindkey} is the recommended interface. + +@pindex ZLE +@cindex editor, enabling +@cindex enabling the editor +@item @t{ZLE} (@t{-Z}) +Use the zsh line editor. Set by default in interactive shells connected to +a terminal. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Option Aliases, Single Letter Options, Description of Options, Options + +@section Option Aliases +@noindent +@cindex options, aliases +Some options have alternative names. These aliases are never used for +output, but can be used just like normal option names when specifying +options to the shell. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@pindex BRACE_EXPAND +@item @t{BRACE_EXPAND} +@emph{NO_}@t{IGNORE_BRACES} +(ksh and bash compatibility) + +@pindex DOT_GLOB +@item @t{DOT_GLOB} +@t{GLOB_DOTS} +(bash compatibility) + +@pindex HASH_ALL +@item @t{HASH_ALL} +@t{HASH_CMDS} +(bash compatibility) + +@pindex HIST_APPEND +@item @t{HIST_APPEND} +@t{APPEND_HISTORY} +(bash compatibility) + +@pindex HIST_EXPAND +@item @t{HIST_EXPAND} +@t{BANG_HIST} +(bash compatibility) + +@pindex LOG +@item @t{LOG} +@emph{NO_}@t{HIST_NO_FUNCTIONS} +(ksh compatibility) + +@pindex MAIL_WARN +@item @t{MAIL_WARN} +@t{MAIL_WARNING} +(bash compatibility) + +@pindex ONE_CMD +@item @t{ONE_CMD} +@t{SINGLE_COMMAND} +(bash compatibility) + +@pindex PHYSICAL +@item @t{PHYSICAL} +@t{CHASE_LINKS} +(ksh and bash compatibility) + +@pindex PROMPT_VARS +@item @t{PROMPT_VARS} +@t{PROMPT_SUBST} +(bash compatibility) + +@pindex STDIN +@item @t{STDIN} +@t{SHIN_STDIN} +(ksh compatibility) + +@pindex TRACK_ALL +@item @t{TRACK_ALL} +@t{HASH_CMDS} +(ksh compatibility) + +@end table +@node Single Letter Options, , Option Aliases, Options + +@section Single Letter Options +@noindent +@cindex options, single letter +@cindex single letter options + +@subsection Default set +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-0} +CORRECT +@item @t{-1} +PRINT_EXIT_VALUE +@item @t{-2} +@emph{NO_}BAD_PATTERN +@item @t{-3} +@emph{NO_}NOMATCH +@item @t{-4} +GLOB_DOTS +@item @t{-5} +NOTIFY +@item @t{-6} +BG_NICE +@item @t{-7} +IGNORE_EOF +@item @t{-8} +MARK_DIRS +@item @t{-9} +AUTO_LIST +@item @t{-B} +@emph{NO_}BEEP +@item @t{-C} +@emph{NO_}CLOBBER +@item @t{-D} +PUSHD_TO_HOME +@item @t{-E} +PUSHD_SILENT +@item @t{-F} +@emph{NO_}GLOB +@item @t{-G} +NULL_GLOB +@item @t{-H} +RM_STAR_SILENT +@item @t{-I} +IGNORE_BRACES +@item @t{-J} +AUTO_CD +@item @t{-K} +@emph{NO_}BANG_HIST +@item @t{-L} +SUN_KEYBOARD_HACK +@item @t{-M} +SINGLE_LINE_ZLE +@item @t{-N} +AUTO_PUSHD +@item @t{-O} +CORRECT_ALL +@item @t{-P} +RC_EXPAND_PARAM +@item @t{-Q} +PATH_DIRS +@item @t{-R} +LONG_LIST_JOBS +@item @t{-S} +REC_EXACT +@item @t{-T} +CDABLE_VARS +@item @t{-U} +MAIL_WARNING +@item @t{-V} +@emph{NO_}PROMPT_CR +@item @t{-W} +AUTO_RESUME +@item @t{-X} +LIST_TYPES +@item @t{-Y} +MENU_COMPLETE +@item @t{-Z} +ZLE +@item @t{-a} +ALL_EXPORT +@item @t{-e} +ERR_EXIT +@item @t{-f} +@emph{NO_}RCS +@item @t{-g} +HIST_IGNORE_SPACE +@item @t{-h} +HIST_IGNORE_DUPS +@item @t{-i} +INTERACTIVE +@item @t{-k} +INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS +@item @t{-l} +LOGIN +@item @t{-m} +MONITOR +@item @t{-n} +@emph{NO_}EXEC +@item @t{-p} +PRIVILEGED +@item @t{-r} +RESTRICTED +@item @t{-s} +SHIN_STDIN +@item @t{-t} +SINGLE_COMMAND +@item @t{-u} +@emph{NO_}UNSET +@item @t{-v} +VERBOSE +@item @t{-w} +CHASE_LINKS +@item @t{-x} +XTRACE +@item @t{-y} +SH_WORD_SPLIT +@end table + +@subsection sh/ksh emulation set +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-C} +@emph{NO_}CLOBBER +@item @t{-T} +TRAPS_ASYNC +@item @t{-X} +MARK_DIRS +@item @t{-a} +ALL_EXPORT +@item @t{-b} +NOTIFY +@item @t{-e} +ERR_EXIT +@item @t{-f} +@emph{NO_}GLOB +@item @t{-i} +INTERACTIVE +@item @t{-l} +LOGIN +@item @t{-m} +MONITOR +@item @t{-n} +@emph{NO_}EXEC +@item @t{-p} +PRIVILEGED +@item @t{-r} +RESTRICTED +@item @t{-s} +SHIN_STDIN +@item @t{-t} +SINGLE_COMMAND +@item @t{-u} +@emph{NO_}UNSET +@item @t{-v} +VERBOSE +@item @t{-x} +XTRACE +@end table + +@subsection Also note +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-A} +Used by @t{set} for setting arrays +@item @t{-b} +Used on the command line to specify end of option processing +@item @t{-c} +Used on the command line to specify a single command +@item @t{-m} +Used by @t{setopt} for pattern-matching option setting +@item @t{-o} +Used in all places to allow use of long option names +@item @t{-s} +Used by @t{set} to sort positional parameters +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/builtins.yo +@node Shell Builtin Commands, Zsh Line Editor, Options, Top + +@chapter Shell Builtin Commands +@noindent +@cindex builtin commands +@cindex commands, builtin +@table @asis +@item @t{-} @var{simple command} +See @ref{Precommand Modifiers}. + +@findex . +@item @t{.} @var{file} [ @var{arg} ... ] +Read commands from @var{file} and execute them in the current shell +environment. + +@noindent +If @var{file} does not contain a slash, or if @t{PATH_DIRS} is set, +the shell looks in the components of @t{$path} to find the directory +containing @var{file}. Files in the current directory are not read +unless `@t{.}' appears somewhere in @t{$path}. If a file named +`@var{file}@t{.zwc}' is found, is newer than @var{file}, and is the +compiled form (created with the @t{zcompile} builtin) of @var{file}, +then commands are read from that file instead of @var{file}. + +@noindent +If any arguments @var{arg} are given, +they become the positional parameters; the old positional +parameters are restored when the @var{file} is done executing. +The exit status is the exit status of the last command executed. + +@findex : +@cindex expanding parameters +@cindex parameters, expanding +@cindex doing nothing +@item @t{:} [ @var{arg} ... ] +This command does nothing, although normal argument expansions is performed +which may have effects on shell parameters. A zero exit status is returned. + +@findex alias +@cindex aliases, defining +@cindex aliases, listing +@item @t{alias} [ @{@t{+|@t{-}}@}@t{gmrsL} ] [ @var{name}[@t{=}@var{value}] ... ] +For each @var{name} with a corresponding @var{value}, define an alias +with that value. A trailing space in @var{value} causes the next word +to be checked for alias expansion. If the @t{-g} flag is present, +define a global alias; global aliases are expanded even if they do not +occur in command position. + +@noindent +If the @t{-s} flags is present, define a suffix alias: if the command +word on a command line is in the form `@var{text}@t{.}@var{name}', where +@var{text} is any non-empty string, it is replaced by the text +`@var{value} @var{text}@t{.}@var{name}'. Note that @var{name} is treated as +a literal string, not a pattern. A trailing space in @var{value} is not +special in this case. For example, + +@noindent +@example +alias -s ps=gv +@end example + +@noindent +will cause the command `@t{*.ps}' to be expanded to `@t{gv *.ps}'. As +alias expansion is carried out earlier than globbing, the `@t{*.ps}' will +then be expanded. Suffix aliases constitute a different name space from +other aliases (so in the above example it is still possible +to create an alias for the command @t{ps}) and the two sets are never +listed together. + +@noindent +For each @var{name} with no @var{value}, +print the value of @var{name}, if any. With no arguments, print all +currently defined aliases other than suffix aliases. If the @t{-m} flag +is given the arguments are taken as patterns (they should be quoted to +preserve them from being interpreted as glob patterns), and the aliases +matching these patterns are printed. When printing aliases and one of +the @t{-g}, @t{-r} or @t{-s} flags is present, restrict the printing to +global, regular or suffix aliases, respectively; a regular alias is one +which is neither a global nor a suffix alias. Using `@t{+}' +instead of `@t{-}', or ending the option list with a single +`@t{+}', prevents the values of the aliases from being printed. + +@noindent +If the @t{-L} flag is present, then print each +alias in a manner suitable for putting in a startup script. The exit +status is nonzero if a @var{name} (with no @var{value}) is given for +which no alias has been defined. + +@findex autoload +@cindex functions, autoloading +@cindex autoloading functions +@item @t{autoload} [ @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@t{UXktz} ] [ @t{-w} ] [ @var{name} ... ] +Equivalent to @t{functions -u}, with the exception of @t{-X}/@t{+X} and +@t{-w}. + +@noindent +The flag @t{-X} may be used only inside a shell function, and may not be +followed by a @var{name}. It causes the calling function to be marked for +autoloading and then immediately loaded and executed, with the current +array of positional parameters as arguments. This replaces the previous +definition of the function. If no function definition is found, an error +is printed and the function remains undefined and marked for autoloading. + +@noindent +The flag @t{+X} attempts to load each @var{name} as an autoloaded function, +but does @emph{not} execute it. The exit status is zero (success) if the +function was not previously defined @emph{and} a definition for it was found. +This does @emph{not} replace any existing definition of the function. The +exit status is nonzero (failure) if the function was already defined or +when no definition was found. In the latter case the function remains +undefined and marked for autoloading. If ksh-style autoloading is +enabled, the function created will contain the contents of the file +plus a call to the function itself appended to it, thus giving normal +ksh autoloading behaviour on the first call to the function. + +@noindent +With the @t{-w} flag, the @var{name}s are taken as names of files compiled +with the @t{zcompile} builtin, and all functions defined in them are +marked for autoloading. + +@findex bg +@cindex jobs, backgrounding +@item @t{bg} [ @var{job} ... ] +@itemx @var{job} ... @t{&} +Put each specified @var{job} in the background, +or the current job if none is specified. + +@item @t{bindkey} +See @ref{Zle Builtins}. + +@findex break +@cindex exiting loops +@cindex loops, exiting +@item @t{break} [ @var{n} ] +Exit from an enclosing @t{for}, @t{while}, +@t{until}, @t{select} or @t{repeat} loop. If @var{n} +is specified, then break @var{n} levels instead of just one. + +@findex builtin +@item @t{builtin} @var{name} [ @var{args} ... ] +Executes the builtin @var{name}, with the given @var{args}. + +@findex bye +@item @t{bye} +Same as @t{exit}. + +@item @t{cap} +See @ref{The zsh/cap Module}. + +@findex cd +@cindex directories, changing +@item @t{cd} [ @t{-sLP} ] [ @var{arg} ] +@itemx @t{cd} [ @t{-sLP} ] @var{old} @var{new} +@itemx @t{cd} [ @t{-sLP} ] @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@var{n} +Change the current directory. In the first form, change the +current directory to @var{arg}, or to the value of @t{$HOME} if +@var{arg} is not specified. If @var{arg} is `@t{-}', change to the +value of @t{$OLDPWD}, the previous directory. + +@noindent +Otherwise, if @var{arg} begins with a slash, attempt to change to the +director given by @var{arg}. + +@noindent +If @var{arg} does not begin with a slash, the behaviour depends on whether +the current directory `@t{.}' occurs in the list of directories contained +in the shell parameter @t{cdpath}. If it does not, first attempt to change +to the directory @var{arg} under the current directory, and if that fails +but @t{cdpath} is set and contains at least one element attempt to change +to the directory @var{arg} under each component of @t{cdpath} in turn until +successful. If `@t{.}' occurs in @t{cdpath}, then @t{cdpath} is searched +strictly in order so that `@t{.}' is only tried at the appropriate point. + +@noindent +If no directory is found, the option @t{CDABLE_VARS} is set, and a +parameter named @var{arg} exists whose value begins with a slash, treat its +value as the directory. In that case, the parameter is added to the named +directory hash table. + +@noindent +The second form of @t{cd} substitutes the string @var{new} +for the string @var{old} in the name of the current directory, +and tries to change to this new directory. + +@noindent +The third form of @t{cd} extracts an entry from the directory +stack, and changes to that directory. An argument of the form +`@t{+}@var{n}' identifies a stack entry by counting from the left +of the list shown by the @t{dirs} command, starting with zero. +An argument of the form `@t{-}@var{n}' counts from the right. +If the @t{PUSHD_MINUS} option is set, the meanings of `@t{+}' +and `@t{-}' in this context are swapped. + +@noindent +If the @t{-s} option is specified, @t{cd} refuses to change the current +directory if the given pathname contains symlinks. If the @t{-P} option +is given or the @t{CHASE_LINKS} option is set, symbolic links are resolved +to their true values. If the @t{-L} option is given symbolic links are +followed regardless of the state of the @t{CHASE_LINKS} option. + +@findex chdir +@item @t{chdir} +Same as @t{cd}. + +@item @t{clone} +See @ref{The zsh/clone Module}. + +@findex command +@item @t{command} [ @t{-pvV} ] @var{simple command} +The simple command argument is taken as an external command instead of +a function or builtin and is executed. If the @t{POSIX_BUILTINS} option +is set, builtins will also be executed but certain special properties +of them are suppressed. The @t{-p} flag causes a default path to be +searched instead of that in @t{$path}. With the @t{-v} flag, @t{command} +is similar to @t{whence} and with @t{-V}, it is equivalent to @t{whence +-v}. + +@noindent +See also @ref{Precommand Modifiers}. + +@item @t{comparguments} +See @ref{The zsh/computil Module}. + +@item @t{compcall} +See @ref{The zsh/compctl Module}. + +@item @t{compctl} +See @ref{The zsh/compctl Module}. + +@item @t{compdescribe} +See @ref{The zsh/computil Module}. + +@item @t{compfiles} +See @ref{The zsh/computil Module}. + +@item @t{compgroups} +See @ref{The zsh/computil Module}. + +@item @t{compquote} +See @ref{The zsh/computil Module}. + +@item @t{comptags} +See @ref{The zsh/computil Module}. + +@item @t{comptry} +See @ref{The zsh/computil Module}. + +@item @t{compvalues} +See @ref{The zsh/computil Module}. + +@findex continue +@cindex loops, continuing +@cindex continuing loops +@item @t{continue} [ @var{n} ] +Resume the next iteration of the enclosing +@t{for}, @t{while}, @t{until}, @t{select} or +@t{repeat} loop. If @var{n} is specified, break out of +@var{n}-1 loops and resume at the @var{n}th enclosing loop. + +@findex declare +@item @t{declare} +Same as @t{typeset}. + +@findex dirs +@cindex directory stack, printing +@item @t{dirs} [ @t{-c} ] [ @var{arg} ... ] +@itemx @t{dirs} [ @t{-lpv} ] +With no arguments, print the contents of the directory stack. +Directories are added to this stack with the @t{pushd} command, +and removed with the @t{cd} or @t{popd} commands. +If arguments are specified, load them onto the directory stack, +replacing anything that was there, and push the current directory +onto the stack. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-c} +clear the directory stack. + +@item @t{-l} +print directory names in full instead of using of using @t{~} expressions. + +@item @t{-p} +print directory entries one per line. + +@item @t{-v} +number the directories in the stack when printing. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@findex disable +@cindex disabling commands +@cindex commands, disabling +@item @t{disable} [ @t{-afmrs} ] @var{name} ... +Temporarily disable the @var{name}d hash table elements. The default +is to disable builtin commands. This allows you to use an external +command with the same name as a builtin command. The @t{-a} option +causes @t{disable} to act on regular or global aliases. The @t{-s} +option causes @t{disable} to act on suffix aliases. The @t{-f} option causes +@t{disable} to act on shell functions. The @t{-r} options causes +@t{disable} to act on reserved words. Without arguments all disabled +hash table elements from the corresponding hash table are printed. +With the @t{-m} flag the arguments are taken as patterns (which should be +quoted to prevent them from undergoing filename expansion), and all hash +table elements from the corresponding hash table matching these patterns +are disabled. Disabled objects can be enabled with the @t{enable} +command. + +@findex disown +@cindex jobs, disowning +@item @t{disown} [ @var{job} ... ] +@itemx @var{job} ... @t{&|} +@itemx @var{job} ... @t{&!} +Remove the specified @var{job}s from the job table; the shell will +no longer report their status, and will not complain if you +try to exit an interactive shell with them running or stopped. +If no @var{job} is specified, disown the current job. + +@noindent +If the @var{job}s are currently stopped and the @t{AUTO_CONTINUE} option +is not set, a warning is printed containing information about how to +make them running after they have been disowned. If one of the latter +two forms is used, the @var{job}s will automatically be made running, +independent of the setting of the @t{AUTO_CONTINUE} option. + +@findex echo +@item @t{echo} [ @t{-neE} ] [ @var{arg} ... ] +Write each @var{arg} on the standard output, with a space separating +each one. +If the @t{-n} flag is not present, print a newline at the end. +@t{echo} recognizes the following escape sequences: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{\a} +bell character +@item @t{\b} +backspace +@item @t{\c} +suppress final newline +@item @t{\e} +escape +@item @t{\f} +form feed +@item @t{\n} +linefeed (newline) +@item @t{\r} +carriage return +@item @t{\t} +horizontal tab +@item @t{\v} +vertical tab +@item @t{\\} +backslash +@item @t{\0}@var{NNN} +character code in octal +@item @t{\x}@var{NN} +character code in hexadecimal +@item @t{\u}@var{NNNN} +unicode character code in hexadecimal +@item @t{\U}@var{NNNNNNNN} +unicode character code in hexadecimal +@end table + +@noindent +@pindex BSD_ECHO, use of +The @t{-E} flag, or the @t{BSD_ECHO} option, can be used to disable +these escape sequences. In the latter case, @t{-e} flag can be used to +enable them. + +@item @t{echotc} +See @ref{The zsh/termcap Module}. + +@item @t{echoti} +See @ref{The zsh/terminfo Module}. + +@findex emulate +@cindex compatibility, sh +@cindex compatibility, ksh +@cindex compatibility, csh +@cindex sh, compatibility +@cindex ksh, compatibility +@cindex csh, compatibility +@item @t{emulate} [ @t{-LR} ] @{@t{zsh}|@t{sh}|@t{ksh}|@t{csh}@} +Set up zsh options to emulate the specified shell as much as possible. +@cite{csh} will never be fully emulated. +If the argument is not one of the shells listed above, @t{zsh} +will be used as a default; more precisely, the tests performed on the +argument are the same as those used to determine the emulation at startup +based on the shell name, see +@ref{Compatibility} +. If the @t{-R} option is given, all options +are reset to their default value corresponding to the specified emulation +mode, except for certain options describing the interactive +environment; otherwise, only those options likely to cause portability +problems in scripts and functions are altered. If the @t{-L} option +is given, the options @t{LOCAL_OPTIONS} and @t{LOCAL_TRAPS} will be set as +well, causing the effects of the @t{emulate} command and any @t{setopt} and +@t{trap} commands to be local to the immediately surrounding shell +function, if any; normally these options are turned off in all emulation +modes except @t{ksh}. + +@findex enable +@cindex enabling commands +@cindex commands, enabling +@item @t{enable} [ @t{-afmrs} ] @var{name} ... +Enable the @var{name}d hash table elements, presumably disabled +earlier with @t{disable}. The default is to enable builtin commands. +The @t{-a} option causes @t{enable} to act on regular or global aliases. +The @t{-s} option causes @t{enable} to act on suffix aliases. +The @t{-f} option causes @t{enable} to act on shell functions. The @t{-r} +option causes @t{enable} to act on reserved words. Without arguments +all enabled hash table elements from the corresponding hash table are +printed. With the @t{-m} flag the arguments are taken as patterns +(should be quoted) and all hash table elements from the corresponding +hash table matching these patterns are enabled. Enabled objects can be +disabled with the @t{disable} builtin command. + +@findex eval +@cindex evaluating arguments as commands +@item @t{eval} [ @var{arg} ... ] +Read the arguments as input to the shell and execute the resulting +command in the current shell process. + +@item @t{exec} [ @t{-cl} ] [ @t{-a} @var{argv0} ] @var{simple command} +Replace the current shell with an external command rather than forking. +With @t{-c} clear the environment; with @t{-l} prepend @t{-} to the +@t{argv[0]} string of the command executed (to simulate a login shell); +with @t{-a} @var{argv0} set the @t{argv[0]} string of the command +executed. See @ref{Precommand Modifiers}. + +@findex exit +@item @t{exit} [ @var{n} ] +Exit the shell with the exit status specified by @var{n}; if none +is specified, use the exit status from the last command executed. +@pindex IGNORE_EOF, use of +An EOF condition will also cause the shell to exit, unless +the @t{IGNORE_EOF} option is set. + +@findex export +@item @t{export} [ @var{name}[@t{=}@var{value}] ... ] +The specified @var{name}s are marked for automatic export +to the environment of subsequently executed commands. +Equivalent to @t{typeset -gx}. +If a parameter specified does not +already exist, it is created in the global scope. + +@findex false +@cindex doing nothing, unsuccessfully +@item @t{false} [ @var{arg} ... ] +Do nothing and return an exit status of 1. + +@findex fc +@cindex history, editing +@cindex editing history +@item @t{fc} [ @t{-e} @var{ename} ] [ @t{-nlrdDfEim} ] [ @var{old}@t{=}@var{new} ... ] [ @var{first} [ @var{last} ] ] +@itemx @t{fc} @t{-p} [ @t{-a} ] [ @var{filename} [ @var{histsize} [ @var{savehistsize} ] ] ] +@itemx @t{fc} @t{-P} +@itemx @t{fc} @t{-ARWI} [ @var{filename} ] +Select a range of commands from @var{first} to @var{last} from the +history list. +The arguments @var{first} and @var{last} may be specified as a +number or as a string. A negative number is used as an offset +to the current history event number. +A string specifies the most recent event beginning with the given string. +All substitutions @var{old}@t{=}@var{new}, if any, are then performed +on the commands. + +@noindent +If the @t{-l} flag is given, the resulting commands are listed on +standard output. +If the @t{-m} flag is also given the first argument is taken as a +pattern (should be quoted) and only the history events matching this +pattern will be shown. +Otherwise the editor program @var{ename} is invoked on a file containing +these history events. If @var{ename} is not given, the value +of the parameter @t{FCEDIT} is used; if that is not set the value of the +parameter @t{EDITOR} is used; if that is not set a builtin default, usually +`@t{vi}' is used. If @var{ename} is `@t{-}', +no editor is invoked. When editing is complete, the edited +command is executed. + +@noindent +If @var{first} is not specified, it will be set to -1 (the most recent +event), or to -16 if the @t{-l} flag is given. +If @var{last} is not specified, it will be set to @var{first}, +or to -1 if the @t{-l} flag is given. + +@noindent +The flag @t{-r} reverses the order of the commands and the +flag @t{-n} suppresses command numbers when listing. +Also when listing, @t{-d} prints timestamps for each command, and +@t{-f} prints full time-date stamps. Adding the @t{-E} flag +causes the dates to be printed as `@var{dd}@t{.}@var{mm}@t{.}@var{yyyy}', +instead of the default `@var{mm}@t{/}@var{dd}@t{/}@var{yyyy}'. +Adding the @t{-i} flag causes the dates to be printed in ISO8601 +`@var{yyyy}@t{-}@var{mm}@t{-}@var{dd}' format. +With the @t{-D} flag, @t{fc} prints elapsed times. + +@noindent +@cindex history, stack +@cindex stack, history + +@noindent +`@t{fc -p}' pushes the current history list onto a stack and switches to a +new history list. If the @t{-a} option is also specified, this history list +will be automatically popped when the current function scope is exited, which +is a much better solution than creating a trap function to call `@t{fc -P}' +manually. If no arguments are specified, the history list is left empty, +@t{$HISTFILE} is unset, and @t{$HISTSIZE} & @t{$SAVEHIST} are set to their +default values. If one argument is given, @t{$HISTFILE} is set to that +filename, @t{$HISTSIZE} & @t{$SAVEHIST} are left unchanged, and the history +file is read in (if it exists) to initialize the new list. If a second +argument is specified, @t{$HISTSIZE} & @t{$SAVEHIST} are instead set to the +single specified numeric value. Finally, if a third argument is specified, +@t{$SAVEHIST} is set to a separate value from @t{$HISTSIZE}. You are free to +change these environment values for the new history list however you desire +in order to manipulate the new history list. + +@noindent +`@t{fc -P}' pops the history list back to an older list saved by `@t{fc -p}'. +The current list is saved to its @t{$HISTFILE} before it is destroyed +(assuming that @t{$HISTFILE} and @t{$SAVEHIST} are set appropriately, of +course). The values of @t{$HISTFILE}, @t{$HISTSIZE}, and @t{$SAVEHIST} are +restored to the values they had when `@t{fc -p}' was called. Note that this +restoration can conflict with making these variables "local", so your best +bet is to avoid local declarations for these variables in functions that use +`@t{fc -p}'. The one other guaranteed-safe combination is declaring these +variables to be local at the top of your function and using the automatic +option (@t{-a}) with `@t{fc -p}'. Finally, note that it is legal to manually +pop a push marked for automatic popping if you need to do so before the +function exits. + +@noindent +@cindex history, file +@cindex file, history +`@t{fc -R}' reads the history from the given file, +`@t{fc -W}' writes the history out to the given file, +and `@t{fc -A}' appends the history out to the given file. +If no filename is specified, the @t{$HISTFILE} is assumed. +If the @t{-I} option is added to @t{-R}, only those events that are +not already contained within the internal history list are added. +If the @t{-I} option is added to @t{-A} or @t{-W}, only those +events that are new since last incremental append/write to +the history file are appended/written. +In any case, the created file will have no more than @t{$SAVEHIST} +entries. + +@findex fg +@cindex jobs, foregrounding +@cindex jobs, resuming +@item @t{fg} [ @var{job} ... ] +@itemx @var{job} ... +Bring each specified @var{job} in turn to the foreground. +If no @var{job} is specified, resume the current job. + +@findex float +@item @t{float} [ @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@t{EFHghlprtux} ] [ @t{-LRZ} [ @var{n} ]] [ @var{name}[@t{=}@var{value}] ... ] +Equivalent to @t{typeset -E}, except that options irrelevant to floating +point numbers are not permitted. + +@findex functions +@item @t{functions} [ @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@t{UXkmtuz} ] [ @var{name} ... ] +@itemx @t{functions -M} @var{mathfn} [ @var{min} [ @var{max} [ @var{shellfn} ] ] ] +@itemx @t{functions -M} [ @t{-m} @var{pattern} ... ] +@itemx @t{functions +M} [ @t{-m} ] @var{mathfn} +Equivalent to @t{typeset -f}, with the exception of the @t{-M} option. +Use of the @t{-M} option may not be combined with any of the options +handled by @t{typeset -f}. + +@noindent +@t{functions -M} @var{mathfn} defines @var{mathfn} as the name of +a mathematical function recognised in all forms of arithmetical expressions; +see +@ref{Arithmetic Evaluation}. By default @var{mathfn} may take +any number of comma-separated arguments. If @var{min} is given, +it must have exactly @var{min} args; if @var{min} and @var{max} are +both given, it must have at least @var{min} and and at most @var{max} +args. @var{max} may be -1 to indicate that there is no upper limit. + +@noindent +By default the function is implemented by a shell function of the same +name; if @var{shellfn} is specified it gives the name of the corresponding +shell function while @var{mathfn} remains the name used in arithmetical +expressions. The name of the function in @t{$0} is @var{mathfn} (not +@var{shellfn} as would usually be the case), provided the option +@t{FUNCTION_ARGZERO} is in effect. The positional parameters in the shell +function correspond to the arguments of the mathematical function call. +The result of the last arithmetical expression evaluated +inside the shell function (even if it is a form that normally only returns +a status) gives the result of the mathematical function. + +@noindent +@t{functions -M} with no arguments lists all such user-defined functions in +the same form as a definition. With the additional option @t{-m} and +a list of arguments, all functions whose @var{mathfn} matches one of +the pattern arguments are listed. + +@noindent +@t{function +M} removes the list of mathematical functions; with the +additional option @t{-m} the arguments are treated as patterns and +all functions whose @t{mathfn} matches the pattern are removed. Note +that the shell function implementing the behaviour is not removed +(regardless of whether its name coincides with @t{mathfn}). + +@noindent +For example, the following prints the cube of 3: + +@noindent +@example +zmath_cube() @{ (( $1 * $1 * $1 )) @} +functions -M cube 1 1 zmath_cube +print $(( cube(3) )) +@end example + +@item @t{getcap} +See @ref{The zsh/cap Module}. + +@findex getln +@cindex line, reading +@cindex reading a line +@item @t{getln} [ @t{-AclneE} ] @var{name} ... +Read the top value from the buffer stack and put it in +the shell parameter @t{name}. Equivalent to +@t{read -zr}. + +@findex getopts +@cindex options, processing +@item @t{getopts} @var{optstring} @var{name} [ @var{arg} ... ] +Checks the @var{arg}s for legal options. If the @var{arg}s are omitted, +use the positional parameters. A valid option argument +begins with a `@t{+}' or a `@t{-}'. An argument not beginning with +a `@t{+}' or a `@t{-}', or the argument `@t{-}@t{-}', ends the options. +Note that a single `@t{-}' is not considered a valid option argument. +@var{optstring} contains the letters that @t{getopts} +recognizes. If a letter is followed by a `@t{:}', that option +is expected to have an argument. The options can be +separated from the argument by blanks. + +@noindent +Each time it is invoked, @t{getopts} places the option letter it finds +in the shell parameter @var{name}, prepended with a `@t{+}' when +@var{arg} begins with a `@t{+}'. The index of the next @var{arg} +is stored in @t{OPTIND}. The option argument, if any, +is stored in @t{OPTARG}. +@vindex OPTIND, use of +@vindex OPTARG, use of + +@noindent +The first option to be examined may be changed by explicitly assigning +to @t{OPTIND}. @t{OPTIND} has an initial value of @t{1}, and is +normally reset to @t{1} upon exit from a shell function. @t{OPTARG} +is not reset and retains its value from the most recent call to +@t{getopts}. If either of @t{OPTIND} or @t{OPTARG} is explicitly +unset, it remains unset, and the index or option argument is not +stored. The option itself is still stored in @var{name} in this case. + +@noindent +A leading `@t{:}' in @var{optstring} causes @t{getopts} to store the +letter of any invalid option in @t{OPTARG}, and to set @var{name} to +`@t{?}' for an unknown option and to `@t{:}' when a required option is +missing. Otherwise, @t{getopts} sets @var{name} to `@t{?}' and prints +an error message when an option is invalid. The exit status is +nonzero when there are no more options. + +@findex hash +@item @t{hash} [ @t{-Ldfmrv} ] [ @var{name}[@t{=}@var{value}] ] ... +@t{hash} can be used to directly modify the contents of the command +hash table, and the named directory hash table. Normally one would +modify these tables by modifying one's @t{PATH} +(for the command hash table) or by creating appropriate shell parameters +(for the named directory hash table). +The choice of hash table to work on is determined by the @t{-d} option; +without the option the command hash table is used, and with the option the +named directory hash table is used. + +@noindent +Given no arguments, and neither the @t{-r} or @t{-f} options, +the selected hash table will be listed in full. + +@noindent +The @t{-r} option causes the selected hash table to be emptied. +It will be subsequently rebuilt in the normal fashion. +The @t{-f} option causes the selected hash table to be fully +rebuilt immediately. For the command hash table this hashes +all the absolute directories in the @t{PATH}, +and for the named directory hash table this adds all users' home directories. +These two options cannot be used with any arguments. + +@noindent +The @t{-m} option causes the arguments to be taken as patterns +(which should be quoted) and the elements of the hash table +matching those patterns are printed. This is the only way to display +a limited selection of hash table elements. + +@noindent +For each @var{name} with a corresponding @var{value}, put `@var{name}' in +the selected hash table, associating it with the pathname `@var{value}'. +In the command hash table, this means that +whenever `@var{name}' is used as a command argument, the shell will try +to execute the file given by `@var{value}'. +In the named directory hash table, this means +that `@var{value}' may be referred to as `@t{~}@var{name}'. + +@noindent +For each @var{name} with no +corresponding @var{value}, attempt to add @var{name} to the hash table, +checking what the appropriate @t{value} is in the normal manner for +that hash table. If an appropriate @t{value} can't be found, then +the hash table will be unchanged. + +@noindent +The @t{-v} option causes hash table entries to be listed as they are +added by explicit specification. If has no effect if used with @t{-f}. + +@noindent +If the @t{-L} flag is present, then each hash table entry is printed in +the form of a call to hash. + +@findex history +@item @t{history} +Same as @t{fc -l}. + +@findex integer +@item @t{integer} [ @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@t{Hghilprtux} ] [ @t{-LRZ} [ @var{n} ]] [ @var{name}[@t{=}@var{value}] ... ] +Equivalent to @t{typeset -i}, except that options irrelevant to +integers are not permitted. + +@findex jobs +@item @t{jobs} [ @t{-dlprs} ] [ @var{job} ... ] +@itemx @t{jobs -Z} @var{string} +Lists information about each given job, or all jobs +if @var{job} is omitted. The @t{-l} flag lists process +IDs, and the @t{-p} flag lists process groups. +If the @t{-r} flag is specified only running jobs will be listed +and if the @t{-s} flag is given only stopped jobs are shown. +If the @t{-d} flag is given, the directory from which the job was +started (which may not be the current directory of the job) will also +be shown. + +@noindent +The @t{-Z} option replaces the shell's argument and environment space with +the given string, truncated if necessary to fit. This will normally be +visible in @t{ps} (man page ps(1)) listings. This feature is typically +used by daemons, to indicate their state. + +@findex kill +@cindex killing jobs +@cindex jobs, killing +@item @t{kill} [ @t{-s} @var{signal_name} | @t{-n} @var{signal_number} | @t{-}@var{sig} ] @var{job} ... +@itemx @t{kill} @t{-l} [ @var{sig} ... ] +Sends either @t{SIGTERM} or the specified signal to the given +jobs or processes. +Signals are given by number or by names, with or without the `@t{SIG}' +prefix. +If the signal being sent is not `@t{KILL}' or `@t{CONT}', then the job +will be sent a `@t{CONT}' signal if it is stopped. +The argument @var{job} can be the process ID of a job +not in the job list. +In the second form, @t{kill -l}, if @var{sig} is not +specified the signal names are listed. Otherwise, for each +@var{sig} that is a name, the corresponding signal number is +listed. For each @var{sig} that is a signal number or a number +representing the exit status of a process which was terminated or +stopped by a signal the name of the signal is printed. + +@noindent +On some systems, alternative signal names are allowed for a few signals. +Typical examples are @t{SIGCHLD} and @t{SIGCLD} or @t{SIGPOLL} and +@t{SIGIO}, assuming they correspond to the same signal number. @t{kill +-l} will only list the preferred form, however @t{kill -l} @var{alt} will +show if the alternative form corresponds to a signal number. For example, +under Linux @t{kill -l IO} and @t{kill -l POLL} both output 29, hence +@t{kill -IO} and @t{kill -POLL} have the same effect. + +@noindent +Many systems will allow process IDs to be negative to kill a process +group or zero to kill the current process group. + +@findex let +@item @t{let} @var{arg} ... +Evaluate each @var{arg} as an arithmetic expression. +See +@ref{Arithmetic Evaluation} +for a description of arithmetic expressions. The exit status is 0 if the +value of the last expression is nonzero, 1 if it is zero, and 2 if +an error occurred. + +@findex limit +@cindex resource limits +@cindex limits, resource +@item @t{limit} [ @t{-hs} ] [ @var{resource} [ @var{limit} ] ] ... +Set or display resource limits. Unless the @t{-s} flag is given, +the limit applies only the children of the shell. If @t{-s} is +given without other arguments, the resource limits of the current +shell is set to the previously set resource limits of the children. + +@noindent +If @var{limit} is not specified, print the current limit placed +on @var{resource}, otherwise +set the limit to the specified value. If the @t{-h} flag +is given, use hard limits instead of soft limits. +If no @var{resource} is given, print all limits. + +@noindent +When looping over multiple resources, the shell will abort immediately if +it detects a badly formed argument. However, if it fails to set a limit +for some other reason it will continue trying to set the remaining limits. + +@noindent +@var{resource} can be one of: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{addressspace} +Maximum amount of address space used. +@item @t{aiomemorylocked} +Maximum amount of memory locked in RAM for AIO operations. +@item @t{aiooperations} +Maximum number of AIO operations. +@item @t{cachedthreads} +Maximum number of cached threads. +@item @t{coredumpsize} +Maximum size of a core dump. +@item @t{cputime} +Maximum CPU seconds per process. +@item @t{datasize} +Maximum data size (including stack) for each process. +@item @t{descriptors} +Maximum value for a file descriptor. +@item @t{filesize} +Largest single file allowed. +@item @t{maxproc} +Maximum number of processes. +@item @t{maxpthreads} +Maximum number of threads per process. +@item @t{memorylocked} +Maximum amount of memory locked in RAM. +@item @t{memoryuse} +Maximum resident set size. +@item @t{msgqueue} +Maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues. +@item @t{resident} +Maximum resident set size. +@item @t{sigpending} +Maximum number of pending signals. +@item @t{sockbufsize} +Maximum size of all socket buffers. +@item @t{stacksize} +Maximum stack size for each process. +@item @t{vmemorysize} +Maximum amount of virtual memory. +@end table + +@noindent +Which of these resource limits are available depends on the system. +@var{resource} can be abbreviated to any unambiguous prefix. It +can also be an integer, which corresponds to the integer defined +for the resource by the operating system. + +@noindent +If argument corresponds to a number which is out of the range of the +resources configured into the shell, the shell will try to read or write +the limit anyway, and will report an error if this fails. As the shell +does not store such resources internally, an attempt to set the limit will +fail unless the @t{-s} option is present. + +@noindent +@var{limit} is a number, with an optional scaling factor, as follows: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @var{n}@t{h} +hours +@item @var{n}@t{k} +kilobytes (default) +@item @var{n}@t{m} +megabytes or minutes +@item [@var{mm}@t{:}]@var{ss} +minutes and seconds +@end table + +@findex local +@item @t{local} [ @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@t{AEFHUahlprtux} ] [ @t{-LRZi} [ @var{n} ]] [ @var{name}[@t{=}@var{value}] ] ... +Same as @t{typeset}, except that the options @t{-g}, and +@t{-f} are not permitted. In this case the @t{-x} option does not force +the use of @t{-g}, i.e. exported variables will be local to functions. + +@findex log +@vindex watch, use of +@cindex watching users +@cindex users, watching +@item @t{log} +List all users currently logged in who are affected by +the current setting of the @t{watch} parameter. + +@findex logout +@item @t{logout} [ @var{n} ] +Same as @t{exit}, except that it only works in a login shell. + +@item @t{noglob} @var{simple command} +See @ref{Precommand Modifiers}. + +@findex popd +@item @t{popd} [ @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@var{n} ] +Remove an entry from the directory stack, and perform a @t{cd} to +the new top directory. With no argument, the current top entry is +removed. An argument of the form `@t{+}@var{n}' identifies a stack +entry by counting from the left of the list shown by the @t{dirs} command, +starting with zero. An argument of the form @t{-n} counts from the right. +@pindex PUSHD_MINUS, use of +If the @t{PUSHD_MINUS} option is set, the meanings of `@t{+}' and +`@t{-}' in this context are swapped. + +@findex print +@item @t{print} [ @t{-abcDilmnNoOpPrsz} ] [ @t{-u} @var{n} ] [ @t{-f} @var{format} ] [ @t{-C} @var{cols} ] +@itemx [ @t{-R} [ @t{-en} ]] [ @var{arg} ... ] +With the `@t{-f}' option the arguments are printed as described by @t{printf}. +With no flags or with the flag `@t{-}', the arguments are printed on +the standard output as described by @t{echo}, with the following differences: +the escape sequence `@t{\M-}@var{x}' metafies the character +@var{x} (sets the highest bit), +`@t{\C-}@var{x}' produces a control character (`@t{\C-@@}' and `@t{\C-?}' give the +characters NUL and delete), and `@t{\E}' is a synonym for `@t{\e}'. +Finally, if not in an escape +sequence, `@t{\}' escapes the following character and is not printed. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-a} +Print arguments with the column incrementing first. Only useful with the +@t{-c} and @t{-C} options. + +@item @t{-b} +Recognize all the escape sequences defined for the @t{bindkey} command, +see +@ref{Zle Builtins}. + +@item @t{-c} +Print the arguments in columns. Unless @t{-a} is also given, arguments are +printed with the row incrementing first. + +@item @t{-C} @var{cols} +Print the arguments in @var{cols} columns. Unless @t{-a} is also given, +arguments are printed with the row incrementing first. + +@item @t{-D} +Treat the arguments as directory names, replacing prefixes with @t{~} +expressions, as appropriate. + +@item @t{-i} +If given together with @t{-o} or @t{-O}, sorting is performed +case-independently. + +@item @t{-l} +Print the arguments separated by newlines instead of spaces. + +@item @t{-m} +Take the first argument as a pattern (should be quoted), and remove +it from the argument list together with subsequent arguments that +do not match this pattern. + +@item @t{-n} +Do not add a newline to the output. + +@item @t{-N} +Print the arguments separated and terminated by nulls. + +@item @t{-o} +Print the arguments sorted in ascending order. + +@item @t{-O} +Print the arguments sorted in descending order. + +@item @t{-p} +Print the arguments to the input of the coprocess. + +@item @t{-P} +Perform prompt expansion (see +@ref{Prompt Expansion}). + +@item @t{-r} +Ignore the escape conventions of @t{echo}. + +@item @t{-R} +Emulate the BSD @t{echo} command, which does not process escape sequences +unless the @t{-e} flag is given. The @t{-n} flag suppresses the trailing +newline. Only the @t{-e} and @t{-n} flags are recognized after +@t{-R}; all other arguments and options are printed. + +@item @t{-s} +Place the results in the history list instead of on the standard output. + +@item @t{-u} @var{n} +Print the arguments to file descriptor @var{n}. + +@item @t{-z} +Push the arguments onto the editing buffer stack, separated by spaces. + +@end table + +@noindent +If any of `@t{-m}', `@t{-o}' or `@t{-O}' are used in combination with +`@t{-f}' and there are no arguments (after the removal process in the +case of `@t{-m}') then nothing is printed. + +@findex printf +@item @t{printf} @var{format} [ @var{arg} ... ] +Print the arguments according to the format specification. Formatting +rules are the same as used in C. The same escape sequences as for @t{echo} +are recognised in the format. All C conversion specifications ending in +one of csdiouxXeEfgGn are handled. In addition to this, `@t{%b}' can be +used instead of `@t{%s}' to cause escape sequences in the argument to be +recognised and `@t{%q}' can be used to quote the argument in such a way +that allows it to be reused as shell input. With the numeric format +specifiers, if the corresponding argument starts with a quote character, +the numeric value of the following character is used as the number to +print otherwise the argument is evaluated as an arithmetic expression. See +@ref{Arithmetic Evaluation} +for a description of arithmetic +expressions. With `@t{%n}', the corresponding argument is taken as an +identifier which is created as an integer parameter. + +@noindent +Normally, conversion specifications are applied to each argument in order +but they can explicitly specify the @var{n}th argument is to be used by +replacing `@t{%}' by `@t{%}@var{n}@t{$}' and `@t{*}' by `@t{*}@var{n}@t{$}'. +It is recommended that you do not mix references of this explicit style +with the normal style and the handling of such mixed styles may be subject +to future change. + +@noindent +If arguments remain unused after formatting, the format string is reused +until all arguments have been consumed. With the @t{print} builtin, this +can be suppressed by using the @t{-r} option. If more arguments are +required by the format than have been specified, the behaviour is as if +zero or an empty string had been specified as the argument. + +@findex pushd +@pindex PUSHD_TO_HOME, use of +@pindex PUSHD_MINUS, use of +@pindex CDABLE_VARS, use of +@pindex PUSHD_SILENT, use of +@item @t{pushd} [ @t{-sLP} ] [ @var{arg} ] +@itemx @t{pushd} [ @t{-sLP} ] @var{old} @var{new} +@itemx @t{pushd} [ @t{-sLP} ] @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@var{n} +Change the current directory, and push the old current directory +onto the directory stack. In the first form, change the +current directory to @var{arg}. +If @var{arg} is not specified, change to the second directory +on the stack (that is, exchange the top two entries), or +change to @t{$HOME} if the @t{PUSHD_TO_HOME} +option is set or if there is only one entry on the stack. +Otherwise, @var{arg} is interpreted as it would be by @t{cd}. +The meaning of @var{old} and @var{new} in the second form is also +the same as for @t{cd}. + +@noindent +The third form of @t{pushd} changes directory by rotating the +directory list. An argument of the form `@t{+}@var{n}' identifies a stack +entry by counting from the left of the list shown by the @t{dirs} +command, starting with zero. An argument of the form `@t{-}@var{n}' counts +from the right. If the @t{PUSHD_MINUS} option is set, the meanings +of `@t{+}' and `@t{-}' in this context are swapped. + +@noindent +If the option @t{PUSHD_SILENT} is not set, the directory +stack will be printed after a @t{pushd} is performed. + +@noindent +The options @t{-s}, @t{-L} and @t{-P} have the same meanings as for the +@t{cd} builtin. + +@findex pushln +@item @t{pushln} [ @var{arg} ... ] +Equivalent to @t{print -nz}. + +@findex pwd +@pindex CHASE_LINKS, use of +@item @t{pwd} [ @t{-rLP} ] +Print the absolute pathname of the current working directory. +If the @t{-r} or the @t{-P} flag is specified, or the @t{CHASE_LINKS} +option is set and the @t{-L} flag is not given, the printed path will not +contain symbolic links. + +@findex r +@item @t{r} +Same as @t{fc -e -}. + +@findex read +@vindex IFS, use of + +@item @t{read} [ @t{-rszpqAclneE} ] [ @t{-t} [ @var{num} ] ] [ @t{-k} [ @var{num} ] ] [ @t{-d} @var{delim} ] [ @t{-u} @var{n} ] [ @var{name}[@t{?}@var{prompt}] ] [ @var{name} ... ] +@vindex REPLY, use of +@vindex reply, use of +Read one line and break it into fields using the characters +in @t{$IFS} as separators, except as noted below. +The first field is assigned to the first @var{name}, the second field +to the second @var{name}, etc., with leftover +fields assigned to the last @var{name}. +If @var{name} is omitted then +@t{REPLY} is used for scalars and @t{reply} for arrays. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-r} +Raw mode: a `@t{\}' at the end of a line does not signify line +continuation and backslashes in the line don't quote the following +character and are not removed. + +@item @t{-s} +Don't echo back characters if reading from the terminal. Currently does +not work with the @t{-q} option. + +@item @t{-q} +Read only one character from the terminal and set @var{name} to +`@t{y}' if this character was `@t{y}' or `@t{Y}' and to `@t{n}' otherwise. +With this flag set the return status is zero only if the character was +`@t{y}' or `@t{Y}'. Note that this always reads from the terminal, even +if used with the @t{-p} or @t{-u} or @t{-z} flags or with redirected input. +This option may also be used within zle widgets. + +@item @t{-k} [ @var{num} ] +Read only one (or @var{num}) characters. All are assigned to the first +@var{name}, without word splitting. This flag is ignored when @t{-q} is +present. Input is read from the terminal unless one of @t{-u} or @t{-p} +is present. This option may also be used within zle widgets. + +@noindent +Note that despite the mnemonic `key' this option does read full +characters, which may consist of multiple bytes if the option +@t{MULTIBYTE} is set. + +@item @t{-z} +Read one entry from the editor buffer stack and assign it to the first +@var{name}, without word splitting. Text is pushed onto the stack with +`@t{print -z}' or with @t{push-line} from the line editor (see +@ref{Zsh Line Editor}). This flag is ignored when the @t{-k} or @t{-q} flags are present. + +@item @t{-e} +@itemx @t{-E} +The input read is printed (echoed) to the standard output. If the @t{-e} +flag is used, no input is assigned to the parameters. + +@item @t{-A} +The first @var{name} is taken as the name of an array and all words are +assigned to it. + +@item @t{-c} +@itemx @t{-l} +These flags are allowed only if called inside a +function used for completion (specified with the @t{-K} flag to +@t{compctl}). If the @t{-c} flag is given, the words of the +current command are read. If the @t{-l} flag is given, the whole +line is assigned as a scalar. If both flags are present, @t{-l} +is used and @t{-c} is ignored. + +@item @t{-n} +Together with @t{-c}, the number of the word the cursor is on is +read. With @t{-l}, the index of the character the cursor is on is +read. Note that the command name is word number 1, not word 0, +and that when the cursor is at the end of the line, its character +index is the length of the line plus one. + +@item @t{-u} @var{n} +Input is read from file descriptor @var{n}. + +@item @t{-p} +Input is read from the coprocess. + +@item @t{-d} @var{delim} +Input is terminated by the first character of @var{delim} instead of +by newline. + +@item @t{-t} [ @var{num} ] +Test if input is available before attempting to read. If @var{num} +is present, it must begin with a digit and will be evaluated +to give a number of seconds, which may be a floating point number; +in this case the read times out if input is not available within this +time. If @var{num} is not present, it is taken to be zero, so that +@t{read} returns immediately if no input is available. +If no input is available, return status 1 and do not set any variables. + +This option is not available when reading from the editor buffer with +@t{-z}, when called from within completion with @t{-c} or @t{-l}, with +@t{-q} which clears the input queue before reading, or within zle where +other mechanisms should be used to test for input. + +Note that read does not attempt to alter the input processing mode. The +default mode is canonical input, in which an entire line is read at a time, +so usually `@t{read -t}' will not read anything until an entire line has +been typed. However, when reading from the terminal with @t{-k} +input is processed one key at a time; in this case, only availability of +the first character is tested, so that e.g. `@t{read -t -k 2}' can still +block on the second character. Use two instances of `@t{read -t -k}' if +this is not what is wanted. + +@end table +If the first argument contains a `@t{?}', the remainder of this +word is used as a @var{prompt} on standard error when the shell +is interactive. + +@noindent +The value (exit status) of @t{read} is 1 when an end-of-file is +encountered, or when @t{-c} or @t{-l} is present and the command is +not called from a @t{compctl} function, or as described for @t{-q}. +Otherwise the value is 0. + +@noindent +The behavior of some combinations of the @t{-k}, @t{-p}, @t{-q}, @t{-u} +and @t{-z} flags is undefined. Presently @t{-q} cancels all the others, +@t{-p} cancels @t{-u}, @t{-k} cancels @t{-z}, and otherwise @t{-z} +cancels both @t{-p} and @t{-u}. + +@noindent +The @t{-c} or @t{-l} flags cancel any and all of @t{-kpquz}. + +@cindex parameters, marking readonly +@findex readonly +@item @t{readonly} +Same as @t{typeset -r}. + +@findex rehash +@item @t{rehash} +Same as @t{hash -r}. + +@findex return +@cindex functions, returning from +@item @t{return} [ @var{n} ] +Causes a shell function or @t{.} script to return to +the invoking script with the return status specified by @var{n}. If @var{n} +is omitted, the return status is that of the last command +executed. + +@noindent +If @t{return} was executed from a trap in a @t{TRAP}@var{NAL} function, +the effect is different for zero and non-zero return status. With zero +status (or after an implicit return at the end of the trap), the shell +will return to whatever it was previously processing; with a non-zero +status, the shell will behave as interrupted except that the return +status of the trap is retained. Note that the numeric value of the signal +which caused the trap is passed as the first argument, so the statement +`@t{return $((128+$1))}' will return the same status as if the signal +had not been trapped. + +@item @t{sched} +See @ref{The zsh/sched Module}. + +@findex set +@cindex parameters, listing +@cindex parameters, positional +@cindex parameters, setting array +@cindex array parameters, setting +@pindex KSH_ARRAYS, use of +@item @t{set} [ @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@var{options} | @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@t{o} [ @var{option_name} ] ] ... [ @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@t{A} [ @var{name} ] ] [ @var{arg} ... ] +Set the options for the shell and/or set the positional parameters, or +declare and set an array. If the @t{-s} option is given, it causes the +specified arguments to be sorted before assigning them to the positional +parameters (or to the array @var{name} if @t{-A} is used). With @t{+s} +sort arguments in descending order. For the meaning of the other flags, see +@ref{Options}. Flags may be specified by name using the @t{-o} option. If no option +name is supplied with @t{-o}, the current option states are printed. +With @t{+o} they are printed in a form that can be used as input +to the shell. + +@noindent +If the @t{-A} flag is specified, @var{name} is set to an array containing +the given @var{arg}s; if no @var{name} is specified, all arrays are printed +together with their values. + +@noindent +If @t{+A} is used and @var{name} is an array, the +given arguments will replace the initial elements of that array; if no +@var{name} is specified, all arrays are printed without their values. + +@noindent +The behaviour of arguments after @t{-A} @var{name} or @t{+A} @var{name} +depends on whether the option @t{KSH_ARRAYS} is set. If it is not set, all +arguments following @var{name} are treated as values for the array, +regardless of their form. If the option is set, normal option processing +continues at that point; only regular arguments are treated as values for +the array. This means that + +@noindent +@example +set -A array -x -- foo +@end example + +@noindent +sets @t{array} to `@t{-x -}@t{- foo}' if @t{KSH_ARRAYS} is not set, but sets +the array to @t{foo} and turns on the option `@t{-x}' if it is set. + +@noindent +If the @t{-A} flag is not present, but there are arguments beyond the +options, the positional parameters are set. If the option list (if any) +is terminated by `@t{-}@t{-}', and there are no further arguments, the +positional parameters will be unset. + +@noindent +If no arguments and no `@t{-}@t{-}' are given, then the names and values of +all parameters are printed on the standard output. If the only argument is +`@t{+}', the names of all parameters are printed. + +@noindent +For historical reasons, `@t{set -}' is treated as `@t{set +xv}' +and `@t{set -} @var{args}' as `@t{set +xv --} @var{args}' when in +any other emulation mode than zsh's native mode. + +@item @t{setcap} +See @ref{The zsh/cap Module}. + +@findex setopt +@cindex options, setting +@item @t{setopt} [ @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@var{options} | @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@t{o} @var{option_name} ] [ @var{name} ... ] +Set the options for the shell. All options specified either +with flags or by name are set. If no arguments are supplied, +the names of all options currently set are printed. +If the @t{-m} flag is given the arguments are taken as patterns +(which should be quoted to protect them from filename expansion), and all +options with names matching these patterns are set. + +@findex shift +@cindex parameters, positional +@item @t{shift} [ @var{n} ] [ @var{name} ... ] +The positional parameters @t{$@{}@var{n}+1@t{@}} ... are renamed +to @t{$1} ..., where @var{n} is an arithmetic expression that +defaults to 1. +If any @var{name}s are given then the arrays with these names are +shifted instead of the positional parameters. + +@findex source +@item @t{source} @var{file} [ @var{arg} ... ] +Same as @t{.}, except that the current directory is always searched and +is always searched first, before directories in @t{$path}. + +@item @t{stat} +See @ref{The zsh/stat Module}. + +@findex suspend +@cindex shell, suspending +@cindex suspending the shell +@item @t{suspend} [ @t{-f} ] +Suspend the execution of the shell (send it a @t{SIGTSTP}) +until it receives a @t{SIGCONT}. +Unless the @t{-f} option is given, this will refuse to suspend a login shell. + +@findex test +@item @t{test} [ @var{arg} ... ] +@itemx @t{[} [ @var{arg} ... ] @t{]} +Like the system version of @t{test}. Added for compatibility; +use conditional expressions instead (see @ref{Conditional Expressions}). +The main differences between the conditional expression syntax and the +@t{test} and @t{[} builtins are: these commands are not handled +syntactically, so for example an empty variable expansion may cause an +argument to be omitted; syntax errors cause status 2 to be returned instead +of a shell error; and arithmetic operators expect integer arguments rather +than arithemetic expressions. + +@findex times +@cindex shell, timing +@cindex timing the shell +@item @t{times} +Print the accumulated user and system times for the shell +and for processes run from the shell. + +@findex trap +@cindex signals, trapping +@cindex trapping signals +@item @t{trap} [ @var{arg} ] [ @var{sig} ... ] +@var{arg} is a series of commands (usually quoted to protect it from +immediate evaluation by the shell) to be read and executed when the shell +receives any of the signals specified by one or more @var{sig} args. +Each @var{sig} can be given as a number, +or as the name of a signal either with or without the string @t{SIG} +in front (e.g. 1, HUP, and SIGHUP are all the same signal). + +@noindent +If @var{arg} is `@t{-}', then the specified signals are reset to their +defaults, or, if no @var{sig} args are present, all traps are reset. + +@noindent +If @var{arg} is an empty string, then the specified signals +are ignored by the shell (and by the commands it invokes). + +@noindent +If @var{arg} is omitted but one or more @var{sig} args are provided (i.e. +the first argument is a valid signal number or name), the effect is the +same as if @var{arg} had been specified as `@t{-}'. + +@noindent +The @t{trap} command with no arguments prints a list of commands +associated with each signal. + +@noindent +If @var{sig} is @t{ZERR} then @var{arg} will be executed +after each command with a nonzero exit status. @t{ERR} is an alias +for @t{ZERR} on systems that have no @t{SIGERR} signal (this is the +usual case). +If @var{sig} is @t{DEBUG} then @var{arg} will be executed +after each command. +If @var{sig} is @t{0} or @t{EXIT} +and the @t{trap} statement is executed inside the body of a function, +then the command @var{arg} is executed after the function completes. +The value of @t{$?} at the start of execution is the exit status of the +shell or the return status of the function exiting. +If @var{sig} is @t{0} or @t{EXIT} +and the @t{trap} statement is not executed inside the body of a function, +then the command @var{arg} is executed when the shell terminates. + +@noindent +@t{ZERR}, @t{DEBUG}, and @t{EXIT} traps are not executed inside other traps. + +@noindent +Note that traps defined with the @t{trap} builtin are slightly different +from those defined as `@t{TRAP}@var{NAL} () @{ ... @}', as the latter have +their own function environment (line numbers, local variables, etc.) while +the former use the environment of the command in which they were called. +For example, + +@noindent +@example +trap 'print $LINENO' DEBUG +@end example + +@noindent +will print the line number of a command executed after it has run, while + +@noindent +@example +TRAPDEBUG() @{ print $LINENO; @} +@end example + +@noindent +will always print the number zero. + +@noindent +Alternative signal names are allowed as described under @t{kill} above. +Defining a trap under either name causes any trap under an alternative +name to be removed. However, it is recommended that for consistency +users stick exclusively to one name or another. + +@findex true +@cindex doing nothing, successfully +@item @t{true} [ @var{arg} ... ] +Do nothing and return an exit status of 0. + +@findex ttyctl +@cindex tty, freezing +@item @t{ttyctl} @t{-fu} +The @t{-f} option freezes the tty, and @t{-u} unfreezes it. +When the tty is frozen, no changes made to the tty settings by +external programs will be honored by the shell, except for changes in the +size of the screen; the shell will +simply reset the settings to their previous values as soon as each +command exits or is suspended. Thus, @t{stty} and similar programs have +no effect when the tty is frozen. Without options it reports whether the +terminal is frozen or not. + +@findex type +@item @t{type} [ @t{-wfpams} ] @var{name} ... +Equivalent to @t{whence -v}. + +@findex typeset +@cindex parameters, setting +@cindex parameters, declaring +@item @t{typeset} [ @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@t{AEFHUafghklprtuxmz} ] [ @t{-LRZi} [ @var{n} ]] [ @var{name}[@t{=}@var{value}] ... ] +@itemx @t{typeset} -T [ @{@t{+|@t{-}}@}@t{Urux} ] [ @t{-LRZ} [ @var{n} ]] @var{SCALAR}[@t{=}@var{value}] @var{array} @t{[} @var{sep} @t{]} +Set or display attributes and values for shell parameters. + +@noindent +A parameter is created for each @var{name} that does not already refer +to one. When inside a function, a new parameter is created for every +@var{name} (even those that already exist), and is unset again when the +function completes. See +@ref{Local Parameters}. The same rules apply to special shell parameters, which +retain their special attributes when made local. + +@noindent +For each @var{name}@t{=}@var{value} assignment, the parameter +@var{name} is set to @var{value}. Note that arrays currently cannot be +assigned in @t{typeset} expressions, only scalars and integers. Unless +the option @t{KSH_TYPESET} is set, normal expansion rules apply to +assignment arguments, so @var{value} may be split into separate words; if +the option is set, assignments which can be recognised when expansion is +performed are treated as single words. For example the command +@t{typeset vbl=$(echo one two)} is treated as having one argument if +@t{KSH_TYPESET} is set, but otherwise is treated as having the two arguments +@t{vbl=one} and @t{two}. + +@noindent +If the shell option @t{TYPESET_SILENT} is not set, for each remaining +@var{name} that refers to a parameter that is set, the name and value of the +parameter are printed in the form of an assignment. Nothing is printed for +newly-created parameters, or when any attribute flags listed below are +given along with the @var{name}. Using `@t{+}' instead of minus to +introduce an attribute turns it off. + +@noindent +If the @t{-p} option is given, parameters and values are printed in the +form of a typeset comand and an assignment (which will be printed +separately for arrays and associative arrays), regardless of other flags +and options. Note that the @t{-h} flag on parameters is respected; no +value will be shown for these parameters. + +@noindent +If the @t{-T} option is given, two or three arguments must be present (an +exception is that zero arguments are allowed to show the list of parameters +created in this fashion). The first two are the name of a scalar and an +array parameter (in that order) that will be tied together in the manner of +@t{$PATH} and @t{$path}. The optional third argument is a single-character +separator which will be used to join the elements of the array to form the +scalar; if absent, a colon is used, as with @t{$PATH}. Only the first +character of the separator is significant; any remaining characters are +ignored. Only the scalar parameter may be assigned an initial value. Both +the scalar and the array may otherwise be manipulated as normal. If one is +unset, the other will automatically be unset too. There is no way of +untying the variables without unsetting them, or converting the type of one +of them with another @t{typeset} command; @t{+T} does not work, assigning +an array to @var{SCALAR} is an error, and assigning a scalar to @var{array} +sets it to be a single-element array. Note that both `@t{typeset -xT ...}' +and `@t{export -T ...}' work, but only the scalar will be marked for +export. Setting the value using the scalar version causes a split on all +separators (which cannot be quoted). + +@noindent +The @t{-g} (global) flag is treated specially: it means that any +resulting parameter will not be restricted to local scope. Note that this +does not necessarily mean that the parameter will be global, as the flag +will apply to any existing parameter (even if unset) from an enclosing +function. This flag does not affect the parameter after creation, hence it +has no effect when listing existing parameters, nor does the flag @t{+g} +have any effect except in combination with @t{-m} (see below). + +@noindent +If no @var{name} is present, the names and values of all parameters are +printed. In this case the attribute flags restrict the display to only +those parameters that have the specified attributes, and using `@t{+}' +rather than `@t{-}' to introduce the flag suppresses printing of the values +of parameters when there is no parameter name. Also, if the last option +is the word `@t{+}', then names are printed but values are not. + +@noindent +If the @t{-m} flag is given the @var{name} arguments are taken as patterns +(which should be quoted). With no attribute flags, all parameters (or +functions with the @t{-f} flag) with matching names are printed (the shell +option @t{TYPESET_SILENT} is not used in this case). Note that @t{-m} is +ignored if no patterns are given. If the @t{+g} flag is combined with +@t{-m}, a new local parameter is created for every matching parameter that +is not already local. Otherwise @t{-m} applies all other flags or +assignments to the existing parameters. Except when assignments are made +with @var{name}@t{=}@var{value}, using @t{+m} forces the matching parameters +to be printed, even inside a function. + +@noindent +If no attribute flags are given and either no @t{-m} flag is present or +the @t{+m} form was used, each parameter name printed is preceded by a +list of the attributes of that parameter (@t{array}, @t{association}, +@t{exported}, @t{integer}, @t{readonly}). If @t{+m} is used with attribute +flags, and all those flags are introduced with @t{+}, the matching +parameter names are printed but their values are not. + +@noindent +The following attribute flags may be specified: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-A} +The names refer to associative array parameters; see +@ref{Array Parameters}. + +@item @t{-L} +Left justify and remove leading blanks from @var{value}. +If @var{n} is nonzero, it defines the width of the field. +If @var{n} is zero, the width is determined by the width of the value of +the first assignment. In the case of numeric parameters, the length of the +complete value assigned to the parameter is used to determine the width, +not the value that would be output. + +@noindent +The width is the count of characters, which may be multibyte characters +if the @t{MULTIBYTE} option is in effect. Note that the screen +width of the character is not taken into account; if this is required, +use padding with parameter expansion flags +@t{$@{(ml}@var{...}@t{)}@var{...}@t{@}} as described in +`Parameter Expansion Flags' in +@ref{Parameter Expansion}. + +@noindent +When the parameter is expanded, it is filled on the right with +blanks or truncated if necessary to fit the field. +Note truncation can lead to unexpected results with numeric parameters. +Leading zeros are removed if the @t{-Z} flag is also set. + +@item @t{-R} +Similar to @t{-L}, except that right justification is used; +when the parameter is expanded, the field is left filled with +blanks or truncated from the end. May not be combined with the @t{-Z} +flag. + +@item @t{-U} +For arrays (but not for associative arrays), keep only the first +occurrence of each duplicated value. This may also be set for +colon-separated special parameters like @t{PATH} or @t{FIGNORE}, etc. +This flag has a different meaning when used with @t{-f}; see below. + +@item @t{-Z} +Specially handled if set along with the @t{-L} flag. +Otherwise, similar to @t{-R}, except that leading zeros are used for +padding instead of blanks if the first non-blank character is a digit. +Numeric parameters are specially handled: they are always eligible +for padding with zeroes, and the zeroes are inserted at an appropriate +place in the output. + +@item @t{-a} +The names refer to array parameters. An array parameter may be +created this way, but it may not be assigned to in the @t{typeset} +statement. When displaying, both normal and associative arrays are +shown. + +@item @t{-f} +The names refer to functions rather than parameters. No assignments +can be made, and the only other valid flags are @t{-t}, @t{-k}, @t{-u}, +@t{-U} and @t{-z}. The flag @t{-t} turns on execution tracing for this +function. The @t{-u} and @t{-U} flags cause the function to be +marked for autoloading; @t{-U} also causes alias expansion to be +suppressed when the function is loaded. The @t{fpath} parameter +will be searched to find the function definition when the function +is first referenced; see @ref{Functions}. The @t{-k} and @t{-z} flags +make the function be loaded using ksh-style or zsh-style autoloading +respectively. If neither is given, the setting of the KSH_AUTOLOAD option +determines how the function is loaded. + +@item @t{-h} +Hide: only useful for special parameters (those marked `' in the table in +@ref{Parameters Set By The Shell}), and for local parameters with the same name as a special parameter, +though harmless for others. A special parameter with this attribute will +not retain its special effect when made local. Thus after `@t{typeset -h +PATH}', a function containing `@t{typeset PATH}' will create an ordinary +local parameter without the usual behaviour of @t{PATH}. Alternatively, +the local parameter may itself be given this attribute; hence inside a +function `@t{typeset -h PATH}' creates an ordinary local parameter and the +special @t{PATH} parameter is not altered in any way. It is also possible +to create a local parameter using `@t{typeset +h }@var{special}', where the +local copy of @var{special} will retain its special properties regardless of +having the @t{-h} attribute. Global special parameters loaded from shell +modules (currently those in @t{zsh/mapfile} and @t{zsh/parameter}) are +automatically given the @t{-h} attribute to avoid name clashes. + +@item @t{-H} +Hide value: specifies that @t{typeset} will not display the value of the +parameter when listing parameters; the display for such parameters is +always as if the `@t{+}' flag had been given. Use of the parameter is +in other respects normal, and the option does not apply if the parameter is +specified by name, or by pattern with the @t{-m} option. This is on by +default for the parameters in the @t{zsh/parameter} and @t{zsh/mapfile} +modules. Note, however, that unlike the @t{-h} flag this is also useful +for non-special parameters. + +@item @t{-i} +Use an internal integer representation. If @var{n} is nonzero it +defines the output arithmetic base, otherwise it is determined by the +first assignment. + +@item @t{-E} +Use an internal double-precision floating point representation. On output +the variable will be converted to scientific notation. If @var{n} is +nonzero it defines the number of significant figures to display; the +default is ten. + +@item @t{-F} +Use an internal double-precision floating point representation. On output +the variable will be converted to fixed-point decimal notation. If @var{n} +is nonzero it defines the number of digits to display after the decimal +point; the default is ten. + +@item @t{-l} +Convert the result to lower case whenever the parameter is expanded. +The value is @emph{not} converted when assigned. + +@item @t{-r} +The given @var{name}s are marked readonly. Note that if @var{name} is a +special parameter, the readonly attribute can be turned on, but cannot then +be turned off. + +@item @t{-t} +Tags the named parameters. Tags have no special meaning to the shell. +This flag has a different meaning when used with @t{-f}; see above. + +@item @t{-u} +Convert the result to upper case whenever the parameter is expanded. +The value is @emph{not} converted when assigned. +This flag has a different meaning when used with @t{-f}; see above. + +@item @t{-x} +Mark for automatic export to the environment of subsequently +executed commands. If the option @t{GLOBAL_EXPORT} is set, this implies +the option @t{-g}, unless @t{+g} is also explicitly given; in other words +the parameter is not made local to the enclosing function. This is for +compatibility with previous versions of zsh. + +@end table + +@findex ulimit +@cindex resource limits +@cindex limits, resource +@item @t{ulimit} [ [ @t{-SHacdfilmnpqstvx} | @t{-N} @var{resource} [ @var{limit} ] ... ] +Set or display resource limits of the shell and the processes started by +the shell. The value of @var{limit} can be a number in the unit specified +below or the value `@t{unlimited}'. By default, only soft limits are +manipulated. If the @t{-H} flag is given use +hard limits instead of soft limits. If the @t{-S} flag is given +together with the @t{-H} flag set both hard and soft limits. If no +options are used, the file size limit (@t{-f}) is assumed. If +@var{limit} is omitted the current value of the specified resources are +printed. When more than one resource values are printed the limit name and +unit is printed before each value. + +@noindent +When looping over multiple resources, the shell will abort immediately if +it detects a badly formed argument. However, if it fails to set a limit +for some other reson it will continue trying to set the remaining limits. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-a} +Lists all of the current resource limits. +@item @t{-c} +512-byte blocks on the size of core dumps. +@item @t{-d} +K-bytes on the size of the data segment. +@item @t{-f} +512-byte blocks on the size of files written. +@item @t{-i} +The number of pending signals. +@item @t{-l} +K-bytes on the size of locked-in memory. +@item @t{-m} +K-bytes on the size of physical memory. +@item @t{-n} +open file descriptors. +@item @t{-q} +Bytes in POSIX message queues. +@item @t{-s} +K-bytes on the size of the stack. +@item @t{-t} +CPU seconds to be used. +@item @t{-u} +processes available to the user. +@item @t{-v} +K-bytes on the size of virtual memory. On some systems this +refers to the limit called `address space'. +@item @t{-x} +The number of locks on files. +@end table + +@noindent +A resource may also be specified by integer in the form `@t{-N} +@var{resource}', where @var{resource} corresponds to the integer defined for +the resource by the operating system. This may be used to set the limits +for resources known to the shell which do not correspond to option letters. +Such limits will be shown by number in the output of `@t{ulimit -a}'. + +@noindent +The number may alternatively be out of the range of limits compiled into +the shell. The shell will try to read or write the limit anyway, and +will report an error if this fails. + +@findex umask +@cindex umask +@item @t{umask} [ @t{-S} ] [ @var{mask} ] +The umask is set to @var{mask}. @var{mask} can be either +an octal number or a symbolic value as described in man page chmod(1). +If @var{mask} is omitted, the current value is printed. The @t{-S} +option causes the mask to be printed as a symbolic value. Otherwise, +the mask is printed as an octal number. Note that in +the symbolic form the permissions you specify are those which are to be +allowed (not denied) to the users specified. + +@cindex aliases, removing +@findex unalias +@item @t{unalias} +Same as @t{unhash -a}. + +@cindex functions, removing +@findex unfunction +@item @t{unfunction} +Same as @t{unhash -f}. + +@findex unhash +@item @t{unhash} [ @t{-adfms} ] @var{name} ... +Remove the element named @var{name} from an internal hash table. The +default is remove elements from the command hash table. The @t{-a} +option causes @t{unhash} to remove regular or global aliases; note +when removing a global aliases that the argument must be quoted to prevent +it from being expanded before being passed to the command. +The @t{-s} option causes @t{unhash} to remove suffix aliases. +The @t{-f} option causes +@t{unhash} to remove shell functions. The @t{-d} options causes +@t{unhash} to remove named directories. If the @t{-m} flag is given +the arguments are taken as patterns (should be quoted) and all elements +of the corresponding hash table with matching names will be removed. + +@findex unlimit +@cindex resource limits +@cindex limits, resource +@item @t{unlimit} [ @t{-hs} ] @var{resource} ... +The resource limit for each @var{resource} is set to the hard limit. +If the @t{-h} flag is given and the shell has appropriate privileges, +the hard resource limit for each @var{resource} is removed. +The resources of the shell process are only changed if the @t{-s} +flag is given. + +@findex unset +@cindex parameters, unsetting +@item @t{unset} [ @t{-fmv} ] @var{name} ... +Each named parameter is unset. +Local parameters remain local even if unset; they appear unset within scope, +but the previous value will still reappear when the scope ends. + +@noindent +Individual elements of associative array parameters may be unset by using +subscript syntax on @var{name}, which should be quoted (or the entire command +prefixed with @t{noglob}) to protect the subscript from filename generation. + +@noindent +If the @t{-m} flag is specified the arguments are taken as patterns (should +be quoted) and all parameters with matching names are unset. Note that this +cannot be used when unsetting associative array elements, as the subscript +will be treated as part of the pattern. + +@noindent +The @t{-v} flag specifies that @var{name} refers to parameters. This is the +default behaviour. + +@noindent +@t{unset -f} is equivalent to @t{unfunction}. + +@findex unsetopt +@cindex options, unsetting +@item @t{unsetopt} [ @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@var{options} | @{@t{+}|@t{-}@}@t{o} @var{option_name} ] [ @var{name} ... ] +Unset the options for the shell. All options specified either +with flags or by name are unset. If no arguments are supplied, +the names of all options currently unset are printed. +If the @t{-m} flag is given the arguments are taken as patterns +(which should be quoted to preserve them from being interpreted as glob +patterns), and all options with names matching these patterns are unset. + +@item @t{vared} +See @ref{Zle Builtins}. + +@findex wait +@cindex waiting for jobs +@cindex jobs, waiting for +@item @t{wait} [ @var{job} ... ] +Wait for the specified jobs or processes. If @var{job} is not given +then all currently active child processes are waited for. +Each @var{job} can be either a job specification or the process ID +of a job in the job table. +The exit status from this command is that of the job waited for. + +@findex whence +@item @t{whence} [ @t{-vcwfpams} ] @var{name} ... +For each name, indicate how it would be interpreted if used as a +command name. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-v} +Produce a more verbose report. + +@item @t{-c} +Print the results in a @cite{csh}-like format. +This takes precedence over @t{-v}. + +@item @t{-w} +For each @var{name}, print `@var{name}@t{:} @var{word}' where @var{word} +is one of @t{alias}, @t{builtin}, @t{command}, @t{function}, +@t{hashed}, @t{reserved} or @t{none}, according as @var{name} +corresponds to an alias, a built-in command, an external command, a +shell function, a command defined with the @t{hash} builtin, a +reserved word, or is not recognised. This takes precedence over +@t{-v} and @t{-c}. + +@item @t{-f} +Causes the contents of a shell function to be +displayed, which would otherwise not happen unless the @t{-c} +flag were used. + +@item @t{-p} +Do a path search for @var{name} +even if it is an alias, reserved word, shell function or builtin. + +@item @t{-a} +Do a search for all occurrences of @var{name} +throughout the command path. +Normally only the first occurrence is printed. + +@item @t{-m} +The arguments are taken as patterns (should be +quoted), and the information is displayed for each command matching one +of these patterns. + +@item @t{-s} +If a pathname contains symlinks, print the symlink-free pathname as well. + +@end table + +@findex where +@item @t{where} [ @t{-wpms} ] @var{name} ... +Equivalent to @t{whence -ca}. + +@findex which +@item @t{which} [ @t{-wpams} ] @var{name} ... +Equivalent to @t{whence -c}. + +@findex zcompile +@cindex .zwc files, creation +@cindex compilation +@item @t{zcompile} [ @t{-U} ] [ @t{-z} | @t{-k} ] [ @t{-R} | @t{-M} ] @var{file} [ @var{name} ... ] +@itemx @t{zcompile} @t{-ca} [ @t{-m} ] [ @t{-R} | @t{-M} ] @var{file} [ @var{name} ... ] +@itemx @t{zcompile -t} @var{file} [ @var{name} ... ] +This builtin command can be used to compile functions or scripts, +storing the compiled form in a file, and to examine files containing +the compiled form. This allows faster autoloading of functions and +execution of scripts by avoiding parsing of the text when the files +are read. + +@noindent +The first form (without the @t{-c}, @t{-a} or @t{-t} options) creates a +compiled file. If only the @var{file} argument is given, the +output file has the name `@var{file}@t{.zwc}' and will be placed in +the same directory as the @var{file}. The shell will load the compiled +file instead of the normal function file when the function +is autoloaded; see +@ref{Functions} +for a description of how autoloaded functions are searched. The +extension @t{.zwc} stands for `zsh word code'. + +@noindent +If there is at least one @var{name} argument, all the named files +are compiled into the output @var{file} given as the first argument. If +@var{file} does not end in @t{.zwc}, this extension is automatically +appended. Files containing multiple compiled functions are called `digest' +files, and are intended to be used as elements of the @t{FPATH}/@t{fpath} +special array. + +@noindent +The second form, with the @t{-c} or @t{-a} options, writes the compiled +definitions for all the named functions into @var{file}. For @t{-c}, the +names must be functions currently defined in the shell, not those marked +for autoloading. Undefined functions that are marked for autoloading +may be written by using the @t{-a} option, in which case the @t{fpath} +is searched and the contents of the definition files for those +functions, if found, are compiled into @var{file}. If both @t{-c} and +@t{-a} are given, names of both defined functions and functions marked +for autoloading may be given. In either case, the functions in files +written with the @t{-c} or @t{-a} option will be autoloaded as if the +@t{KSH_AUTOLOAD} option were unset. + +@noindent +The reason for handling loaded and not-yet-loaded functions with +different options is that some definition files for autoloading define +multiple functions, including the function with the same name as the +file, and, at the end, call that function. In such cases the output of +`@t{zcompile -c}' does not include the additional functions defined in +the file, and any other initialization code in the file is lost. Using +`@t{zcompile -a}' captures all this extra information. + +@noindent +If the @t{-m} option is combined with @t{-c} or @t{-a}, +the @var{name}s are used as patterns and all functions whose names +match one of these patterns will be written. If no @var{name} is given, +the definitions of all functions currently defined or marked as +autoloaded will be written. + +@noindent +The third form, with the @t{-t} option, examines an existing +compiled file. Without further arguments, the names of the original +files compiled into it are listed. The first line of output shows +the version of the shell which compiled the file and how the file +will be used (i.e. by reading it directly or by mapping it into memory). +With arguments, nothing is output and the return status is set to zero if +definitions for @emph{all} @var{name}s were found in the compiled +file, and non-zero if the definition for at least one @var{name} was not +found. + +@noindent +Other options: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-U} +Aliases are not expanded when compiling the @var{name}d files. + +@item @t{-R} +When the compiled file is read, its contents are copied into the +shell's memory, rather than memory-mapped (see @t{-M}). This +happens automatically on systems that do not support memory mapping. + +@noindent +When compiling scripts instead of autoloadable functions, it is +often desirable to use this option; otherwise the whole file, including the +code to define functions which have already been defined, will +remain mapped, consequently wasting memory. + +@item @t{-M} +The compiled file is mapped into the shell's memory when read. This +is done in such a way that multiple instances of the shell running +on the same host will share this mapped file. If neither @t{-R} nor +@t{-M} is given, the @t{zcompile} builtin decides what to do based +on the size of the compiled file. + +@item @t{-k} +@itemx @t{-z} +These options are used when the compiled file contains functions which +are to be autoloaded. If @t{-z} is given, the +function will be autoloaded as if the @t{KSH_AUTOLOAD} option is +@emph{not} set, even if it is set at the time the compiled file is +read, while if the @t{-k} is given, the function will be loaded as if +@t{KSH_AUTOLOAD} @emph{is} set. These options also take precedence over +any @t{-k} or @t{-z} options specified to the @t{autoload} builtin. If +neither of these options is given, the function will be loaded as +determined by the setting of the @t{KSH_AUTOLOAD} option at the time +the compiled file is read. + +These options may also appear as many times as necessary between the listed +@var{name}s to specify the loading style of all following functions, up to +the next @t{-k} or @t{-z}. + +@end table + +@noindent +The created file always contains two versions of the compiled +format, one for big-endian machines and one for small-endian +machines. The upshot of this is that the compiled file is machine +independent and if it is read or mapped, only one half of the file +is actually used (and mapped). + + +@item @t{zformat} +See @ref{The zsh/zutil Module}. + +@item @t{zftp} +See @ref{The zsh/zftp Module}. + +@item @t{zle} +See @ref{Zle Builtins}. + +@findex zmodload +@cindex modules, loading +@cindex loading modules +@item @t{zmodload} [ @t{-dL} ] [ ... ] +@itemx @t{zmodload -F} [ @t{-lLe} @t{-P} @t{param} ] @var{module} [@t{+-}]@var{feature...} +@itemx @t{zmodload -e} [ @t{-A} ] [ ... ] +@itemx @t{zmodload} [ @t{-a} [ @t{-bcpf} [ @t{-I} ] ] ] [ @t{-iL} ] ... +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-u} [ @t{-abcdpf} [ @t{-I} ] ] [ @t{-iL} ] ... +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-A} [ @t{-L} ] [ @var{modalias}[@t{=}@var{module}] ... ] +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-R} @var{modalias} ... +Performs operations relating to zsh's loadable modules. +Loading of modules while the shell is running (`dynamical loading') is not +available on all operating systems, or on all installations on a particular +operating system, although the @t{zmodload} command itself is always +available and can be used to manipulate modules built into versions of the +shell executable without dynamical loading. + +@noindent +Without arguments the names of all currently loaded binary modules are +printed. The @t{-L} option causes this list to be in the form of a +series of @t{zmodload} commands. Forms with arguments are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{zmodload} [ @t{-i} ] @var{name} ... +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-u} [ @t{-i} ] @var{name} ... +In the simplest case, @t{zmodload} loads a binary module. The module must +be in a file with a name consisting of the specified @var{name} followed by +a standard suffix, usually `@t{.so}' (`@t{.sl}' on HPUX). +If the module to be loaded is already loaded the duplicate module is +ignored. If @t{zmodload} detects an inconsistency, such as an +invalid module name or circular dependency list, the current code block is +aborted. Hence `@t{zmodload} @var{module} @t{2>/dev/null}' is sufficient +to test whether a module is available. +If it is available, the module is loaded if necessary, while if it +is not available, non-zero status is silently returned. The option +@t{-i} is accepted for compatibility but has no effect. + +@noindent +The @var{name}d module is searched for in the same way a command is, using +@t{$module_path} instead of @t{$path}. However, the path search is +performed even when the module name contains a `@t{/}', which it usually does. +There is no way to prevent the path search. + +@noindent +If the module supports features (see below), @t{zmodload} tries to +enable all features when loading a module. If the module was successfully +loaded but not all features could be enabled, @t{zmodload} returns status 2. + +@noindent +With @t{-u}, @t{zmodload} unloads modules. The same @var{name} +must be given that was given when the module was loaded, but it is not +necessary for the module to exist in the filesystem. +The @t{-i} option suppresses the error if the module is already +unloaded (or was never loaded). + +@noindent +Each module has a boot and a cleanup function. The module +will not be loaded if its boot function fails. Similarly a module +can only be unloaded if its cleanup function runs successfully. + +@item @t{zmodload -F} [ @t{-alLe} @t{-P} @t{param} ] @var{module} [@t{+-}]@var{feature...} +@t{zmodload -F} allows more selective control over the features provided +by modules. With no options apart from @t{-F}, the module named +@var{module} is loaded, if it was not already loaded, and the list of +@var{feature}s is set to the required state. If no +@var{feature}s are specified, the module is loaded, if it was not already +loaded, but the state of features is unchanged. Each feature +may be preceded by a @t{+} to turn the feature on, or @t{-} to turn it +off; the @t{+} is assumed if neither character is present. +Any feature not explicitly mentioned is left in its current state; +if the module was not previously loaded this means any such features will +remain disabled. The return status is zero if all features were +set, 1 if the module failed to load, and 2 if some features could +not be set (for example, a parameter couldn't be added because there +was a different parameter of the same name) but the module was loaded. + +@noindent +The standard features are builtins, conditions, parameters and math +functions; these are indicated by the prefix `@t{b:}', `@t{c:}' +(`@t{C:}' for an infix condition), `@t{p:}' and `@t{f:}', respectively, +followed by the name that the corresponding feature would have in the +shell. For example, `@t{b:strftime}' indicates a builtin named +@t{strftime} and @t{p:EPOCHSECONDS} indicates a parameter named +@t{EPOCHSECONDS}. The module may provide other (`abstract') features of +its own as indicated by its documentation; these have no prefix. + +@noindent +With @t{-l} or @t{-L}, features provided by the module are listed. With +@t{-l} alone, a list of features together with their states is shown, one +feature per line. With @t{-L} alone, a @t{zmodload -F} command that would +cause enabled features of the module to be turned on is shown. With +@t{-lL}, a @t{zmodload -F} command that would cause all the features to be +set to their current state is shown. If one of these combinations is given +the option @t{-P} @var{param} then the parameter @t{param} is set to an +array of features, either features together with their state or (if +@t{-L} alone is given) enabled features. + +@noindent +With the option @t{-L} the module name may be omitted; then a list +of all enabled features for all modules providing features is printed +in the form of @t{zmodload -F} commands. If @t{-l} is also given, +the state of both enabled and disabled features is output in that form. + +@noindent +A set of features may be provided together with @t{-l} or @t{-L} and a +module name; in that case only the state of those features is +considered. Each feature may be preceded by @t{+} or @t{-} but the +character has no effect. If no set of features is provided, all +features are considered. + +@noindent +With @t{-e}, the command first tests that the module is loaded; +if it is not, status 1 is returned. If the module is loaded, +the list of features given as an argument is examined. Any feature +given with no prefix is simply tested to see if the module provides it; +any feature given with a prefix @t{+} or @t{-} is tested to +see if is provided and in the given state. If the tests on all features +in the list succeed, status 0 is returned, else status 1. + +@noindent +With @t{-a}, the given list of features is marked for autoload from +the specified module, which may not yet be loaded. An optional @t{+} +may appear before the feature name. If the feature is prefixed with +@t{-}, any existing autoload is removed. The options @t{-l} and @t{-L} +may be used to list autoloads. Autoloading is specific to individual +features; when the module is loaded only the requested feature is +enabled. Autoload requests are preserved if the module is +subsequently unloaded until an explicit `@t{zmodload -Fa} @var{module} +@t{-}@var{feature}' is issued. It is not an error to request an autoload +for a feature of a module that is already loaded. + +@noindent +When the module is loaded each autoload is checked against the features +actually provided by the module; if the feature is not provided the +autoload request is deleted. A warning message is output; if the +module is being loaded to provide a different feature, and that autoload +is successful, there is no effect on the status of the current command. +If the module is already loaded at the time when @t{zmodload -Fa} is +run, an error message is printed and status 1 returned. + +@noindent +@t{zmodload -Fa} can be used with the @t{-l}, @t{-L}, @t{-e} and +@t{-P} options for listing and testing the existence of autoloadable +features. In this case @t{-l} is ignored if @t{-L} is specified. +@t{zmodload -FaL} with no module name lists autoloads for all modules. + +@noindent +Note that only standard features as described above can be autoloaded; +other features require the module to be loaded before enabling. + +@item @t{zmodload} @t{-d} [ @t{-L} ] [ @var{name} ] +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-d} @var{name} @var{dep} ... +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-ud} @var{name} [ @var{dep} ... ] +The @t{-d} option can be used to specify module dependencies. The modules +named in the second and subsequent arguments will be loaded before the +module named in the first argument. + +@noindent +With @t{-d} and one argument, all dependencies for that module are listed. +With @t{-d} and no arguments, all module dependencies are listed. This +listing is by default in a Makefile-like format. The @t{-L} option +changes this format to a list of @t{zmodload -d} commands. + +@noindent +If @t{-d} and @t{-u} are both used, dependencies are removed. If only one +argument is given, all dependencies for that module are removed. + +@item @t{zmodload} @t{-ab} [ @t{-L} ] +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-ab} [ @t{-i} ] @var{name} [ @var{builtin} ... ] +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-ub} [ @t{-i} ] @var{builtin} ... +The @t{-ab} option defines autoloaded builtins. It defines the specified +@var{builtin}s. When any of those builtins is called, the module specified +in the first argument is loaded and all its features are enabled (for +selective control of features use `@t{zmodload -F -a}' as described +above). If only the @var{name} is given, one builtin is defined, with +the same name as the module. @t{-i} suppresses the error if the builtin +is already defined or autoloaded, but not if another builtin of the +same name is already defined. + +@noindent +With @t{-ab} and no arguments, all autoloaded builtins are listed, with the +module name (if different) shown in parentheses after the builtin name. +The @t{-L} option changes this format to a list of @t{zmodload -a} +commands. + +@noindent +If @t{-b} is used together with the @t{-u} option, it removes builtins +previously defined with @t{-ab}. This is only possible if the builtin is +not yet loaded. @t{-i} suppresses the error if the builtin is already +removed (or never existed). + +@noindent +Autoload requests are retained if the module is subsequently unloaded +until an explicit `@t{zmodload -ub} @var{builtin}' is issued. + +@item @t{zmodload} @t{-ac} [ @t{-IL} ] +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-ac} [ @t{-iI} ] @var{name} [ @var{cond} ... ] +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-uc} [ @t{-iI} ] @var{cond} ... +The @t{-ac} option is used to define autoloaded condition codes. The +@var{cond} strings give the names of the conditions defined by the +module. The optional @t{-I} option is used to define infix condition +names. Without this option prefix condition names are defined. + +@noindent +If given no condition names, all defined names are listed (as a series of +@t{zmodload} commands if the @t{-L} option is given). + +@noindent +The @t{-uc} option removes definitions for autoloaded conditions. + +@item @t{zmodload} @t{-ap} [ @t{-L} ] +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-ap} [ @t{-i} ] @var{name} [ @var{parameter} ... ] +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-up} [ @t{-i} ] @var{parameter} ... +The @t{-p} option is like the @t{-b} and @t{-c} options, but makes +@t{zmodload} work on autoloaded parameters instead. + +@item @t{zmodload} @t{-af} [ @t{-L} ] +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-af} [ @t{-i} ] @var{name} [ @var{function} ... ] +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-uf} [ @t{-i} ] @var{function} ... +The @t{-f} option is like the @t{-b}, @t{-p}, and @t{-c} options, but +makes @t{zmodload} work on autoloaded math functions instead. + +@item @t{zmodload} @t{-a} [ @t{-L} ] +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-a} [ @t{-i} ] @var{name} [ @var{builtin} ... ] +@itemx @t{zmodload} @t{-ua} [ @t{-i} ] @var{builtin} ... +Equivalent to @t{-ab} and @t{-ub}. + +@item @t{zmodload -e} [ @t{-A} ] [ @var{string} ... ] +The @t{-e} option without arguments lists all loaded modules; if the @t{-A} +option is also given, module aliases corresponding to loaded modules are +also shown. If arguments are provided, nothing is printed; +the return status is set to zero if all @var{string}s given as arguments +are names of loaded modules and to one if at least on @var{string} is not +the name of a loaded module. This can be used to test for the +availability of things implemented by modules. In this case, any +aliases are automatically resolved and the @t{-A} flag is not used. + +@item @t{zmodload} @t{-A} [ @t{-L} ] [ @var{modalias}[@t{=}@var{module}] ... ] +For each argument, if both @var{modalias} and @var{module} are given, +define @var{modalias} to be an alias for the module @var{module}. +If the module @var{modalias} is ever subsequently requested, either via a +call to @t{zmodload} or implicitly, the shell will attempt to load +@var{module} instead. If @var{module} is not given, show the definition of +@var{modalias}. If no arguments are given, list all defined module aliases. +When listing, if the @t{-L} flag was also given, list the definition as a +@t{zmodload} command to recreate the alias. + +@noindent +The existence of aliases for modules is completely independent of whether +the name resolved is actually loaded as a module: while the alias exists, +loading and unloading the module under any alias has exactly the same +effect as using the resolved name, and does not affect the connection +between the alias and the resolved name which can be removed either by +@t{zmodload -R} or by redefining the alias. Chains of aliases (i.e. where +the first resolved name is itself an alias) are valid so long as these are +not circular. As the aliases take the same format as module names, they +may include path separators: in this case, there is no requirement for any +part of the path named to exist as the alias will be resolved first. For +example, `@t{any/old/alias}' is always a valid alias. + +@noindent +Dependencies added to aliased modules are actually added to the resolved +module; these remain if the alias is removed. It is valid to create an +alias whose name is one of the standard shell modules and which resolves to +a different module. However, if a module has dependencies, it +will not be possible to use the module name as an alias as the module will +already be marked as a loadable module in its own right. + +@noindent +Apart from the above, aliases can be used in the @t{zmodload} command +anywhere module names are required. However, aliases will not be +shown in lists of loaded modules with a bare `@t{zmodload}'. + +@item @t{zmodload} @t{-R} @var{modalias} ... +For each @var{modalias} argument that was previously defined as a module +alias via @t{zmodload -A}, delete the alias. If any was not defined, an +error is caused and the remainder of the line is ignored. + +@end table + +@noindent +Note that @t{zsh} makes no distinction between modules that were linked +into the shell and modules that are loaded dynamically. In both cases +this builtin command has to be used to make available the builtins and +other things defined by modules (unless the module is autoloaded on +these definitions). This is true even for systems that don't support +dynamic loading of modules. + +@item @t{zparseopts} +See @ref{The zsh/zutil Module}. + +@item @t{zprof} +See @ref{The zsh/zprof Module}. + +@item @t{zpty} +See @ref{The zsh/zpty Module}. + +@item @t{zregexparse} +See @ref{The zsh/zutil Module}. + +@item @t{zsocket} +See @ref{The zsh/net/socket Module}. + +@item @t{zstyle} +See @ref{The zsh/zutil Module}. + +@item @t{ztcp} +See @ref{The zsh/net/tcp Module}. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/zle.yo +@node Zsh Line Editor, Completion Widgets, Shell Builtin Commands, Top + +@chapter Zsh Line Editor +@noindent +@cindex line editor +@cindex editor, line +@cindex ZLE + +@section Description +@noindent +@pindex ZLE, use of +If the @t{ZLE} option is set (which it is by default in interactive shells) +and the shell input is attached to the terminal, the user +is able to edit command lines. + +@noindent +There are two display modes. The first, multiline mode, is the +default. It only works if the @t{TERM} parameter is set to a valid +terminal type that can move the cursor up. The second, single line +mode, is used if @t{TERM} is invalid or incapable of moving the +cursor up, or if the @t{SINGLE_LINE_ZLE} option is set. +@pindex SINGLE_LINE_ZLE, use of +@cindex ksh, editor mode +@cindex editor ksh style +This mode +is similar to @cite{ksh}, and uses no termcap sequences. If @t{TERM} is +"emacs", the @t{ZLE} option will be unset by default. + +@noindent +@vindex BAUD, use of +@vindex COLUMNS, use of +@vindex LINES, use of +The parameters @t{BAUD}, @t{COLUMNS}, and @t{LINES} are also used by the +line editor. +@ref{Parameters Used By The Shell}. + +@noindent +@menu +* Keymaps:: +* Zle Builtins:: +* Zle Widgets:: +@end menu + +@noindent +@node Keymaps, Zle Builtins, , Zsh Line Editor + +@section Keymaps +@noindent +@cindex keymaps +@cindex key bindings +@cindex bindings, key +A keymap in ZLE contains a set of bindings between key sequences +and ZLE commands. The empty key sequence cannot be bound. + +@noindent +There can be any number of keymaps at any time, and each keymap has one +or more names. If all of a keymap's names are deleted, it disappears. +@findex bindkey, use of +@t{bindkey} can be used to manipulate keymap names. + +@noindent +Initially, there are four keymaps: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{emacs} +EMACS emulation +@item @t{viins} +vi emulation - insert mode +@item @t{vicmd} +vi emulation - command mode +@item @t{.safe} +fallback keymap +@end table + +@noindent +The `@t{.safe}' keymap is special. It can never be altered, and the name +can never be removed. However, it can be linked to other names, which can +be removed. In the future other special keymaps may be added; users should +avoid using names beginning with `@t{.}' for their own keymaps. + +@noindent +@vindex VISUAL +@vindex EDITOR +In addition to these four names, either `@t{emacs}' or `@t{viins}' is +also linked to the name `@t{main}'. If one of the @t{VISUAL} or +@t{EDITOR} environment variables contain the string `@t{vi}' when the shell +starts up then it will be `@t{viins}', otherwise it will be `@t{emacs}'. +@t{bindkey}'s @t{-e} and @t{-v} +options provide a convenient way to override this default choice. + +@noindent +When the editor starts up, it will select the `@t{main}' keymap. +If that keymap doesn't exist, it will use `@t{.safe}' instead. + +@noindent +In the `@t{.safe}' keymap, each single key is bound to @t{self-insert}, +except for ^J (line feed) and ^M (return) which are bound to @t{accept-line}. +This is deliberately not pleasant to use; if you are using it, it +means you deleted the main keymap, and you should put it back. + +@subsection Reading Commands +@noindent +When ZLE is reading a command from the terminal, it may read a sequence +that is bound to some command and is also a prefix of a longer bound string. +In this case ZLE will wait a certain time to see if more characters +are typed, and if not (or they don't match any longer string) it will +execute the binding. This timeout is defined by the @t{KEYTIMEOUT} parameter; +its default is 0.4 sec. There is no timeout if the prefix string is not +itself bound to a command. + +@noindent +The key timeout is also applied when ZLE is reading the bytes from a +multibyte character string when it is in the appropriate mode. (This +requires that the shell was compiled with multibyte mode enabled; typically +also the locale has characters with the UTF-8 encoding, although any +multibyte encoding known to the operating system is supported.) If the +second or a subsequent byte is not read within the timeout period, the +shell acts as if @t{?} were typed and resets the input state. + +@noindent +As well as ZLE commands, key sequences can be bound to other strings, by using +`@t{bindkey -s}'. +When such a sequence is read, the replacement string is pushed back as input, +and the command reading process starts again using these fake keystrokes. +This input can itself invoke further replacement strings, but in order to +detect loops the process will be stopped if there are twenty such replacements +without a real command being read. + +@noindent +A key sequence typed by the user can be turned into a command name for use +in user-defined widgets with the @t{read-command} widget, described +in @ref{Miscellaneous} below. + +@noindent +@node Zle Builtins, Zle Widgets, Keymaps, Zsh Line Editor + +@section Zle Builtins +@noindent +@cindex zle, builtin commands +The ZLE module contains three related builtin commands. The @t{bindkey} +command manipulates keymaps and key bindings; the @t{vared} command invokes +ZLE on the value of a shell parameter; and the @t{zle} command manipulates +editing widgets and allows command line access to ZLE commands from within +shell functions. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex bindkey +@cindex keys, rebinding +@cindex rebinding keys +@cindex keys, binding +@cindex binding keys +@cindex keymaps +@item @t{bindkey} [ @var{options} ] @t{-l} +@itemx @t{bindkey} [ @var{options} ] @t{-d} +@itemx @t{bindkey} [ @var{options} ] @t{-D} @var{keymap} ... +@itemx @t{bindkey} [ @var{options} ] @t{-A} @var{old-keymap new-keymap} +@itemx @t{bindkey} [ @var{options} ] @t{-N} @var{new-keymap} [ @var{old-keymap} ] +@itemx @t{bindkey} [ @var{options} ] @t{-m} +@itemx @t{bindkey} [ @var{options} ] @t{-r} @var{in-string} ... +@itemx @t{bindkey} [ @var{options} ] @t{-s} @var{in-string out-string} ... +@itemx @t{bindkey} [ @var{options} ] @var{in-string command} ... +@itemx @t{bindkey} [ @var{options} ] [ @var{in-string} ] +@t{bindkey}'s options can be divided into three categories: keymap selection, +operation selection, and others. The keymap selection options are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-e} +Selects keymap `@t{emacs}', and also links it to `@t{main}'. + +@item @t{-v} +Selects keymap `@t{viins}', and also links it to `@t{main}'. + +@item @t{-a} +Selects keymap `@t{vicmd}'. + +@item @t{-M} @var{keymap} +The @var{keymap} specifies a keymap name. + +@end table + +@noindent +If a keymap selection is required and none of the options above are used, the +`@t{main}' keymap is used. Some operations do not permit a keymap to be +selected, namely: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-l} +List all existing keymap names. If the @t{-L} +option is also used, list in the form of @t{bindkey} +commands to create the keymaps. + +@item @t{-d} +Delete all existing keymaps and reset to the default state. + +@item @t{-D} @var{keymap} ... +Delete the named @var{keymap}s. + +@item @t{-A} @var{old-keymap new-keymap} +Make the @var{new-keymap} name an alias for @var{old-keymap}, so that +both names refer to the same keymap. The names have equal standing; +if either is deleted, the other remains. If there is already a keymap +with the @var{new-keymap} name, it is deleted. + +@item @t{-N} @var{new-keymap} [ @var{old-keymap} ] +Create a new keymap, named @var{new-keymap}. If a keymap already has that +name, it is deleted. If an @var{old-keymap} name is given, the new keymap +is initialized to be a duplicate of it, otherwise the new keymap will +be empty. + +@end table + +@noindent +To use a newly created keymap, it should be linked to @t{main}. Hence +the sequence of commands to create and use a new keymap `@t{mymap}' +initialized from the @t{emacs} keymap (which remains unchanged) is: + +@noindent +@example +bindkey -N mymap emacs +bindkey -A mymap main +@end example + +@noindent +Note that while `@t{bindkey -A} @var{newmap} @t{main}' will work when +@var{newmap} is @t{emacs} or @t{viins}, it will not work for @t{vicmd}, as +switching from vi insert to command mode becomes impossible. + +@noindent +The following operations act on the `@t{main}' keymap if no keymap +selection option was given: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-m} +Add the built-in set of meta-key bindings to the selected keymap. +Only keys that are unbound or bound to @t{self-insert} are affected. + +@item @t{-r} @var{in-string} ... +Unbind the specified @var{in-string}s in the selected keymap. +This is exactly equivalent to binding the strings to @t{undefined-key}. + +@noindent +When @t{-R} is also used, interpret the @var{in-string}s as ranges. + +@noindent +When @t{-p} is also used, the @var{in-string}s specify prefixes. Any +binding that has the given @var{in-string} as a prefix, not including the +binding for the @var{in-string} itself, if any, will be removed. For +example, + +@noindent +@example +bindkey -rpM viins '^[' +@end example + +@noindent +will remove all bindings in the vi-insert keymap beginning with an escape +character (probably cursor keys), but leave the binding for the escape +character itself (probably @t{vi-cmd-mode}). This is incompatible with the +option @t{-R}. + +@item @t{-s} @var{in-string out-string} ... +Bind each @var{in-string} to each @var{out-string}. +When @var{in-string} is typed, @var{out-string} will be +pushed back and treated as input to the line editor. +When @t{-R} is also used, interpret the @var{in-string}s as ranges. + +@item @var{in-string command} ... +Bind each @var{in-string} to each @var{command}. +When @t{-R} is used, interpret the @var{in-string}s as ranges. + +@item [ @var{in-string} ] +List key bindings. If an @var{in-string} is specified, the binding of +that string in the selected keymap is displayed. Otherwise, all key +bindings in the selected keymap are displayed. (As a special case, +if the @t{-e} or @t{-v} option is used alone, the keymap is @emph{not} +displayed - the implicit linking of keymaps is the only thing that +happens.) + +@noindent +When the option @t{-p} is used, the @var{in-string} must be present. +The listing shows all bindings which have the given key sequence as a +prefix, not including any bindings for the key sequence itself. + +@noindent +When the @t{-L} option is used, the list is in the form of @t{bindkey} +commands to create the key bindings. + +@end table + +@noindent +When the @t{-R} option is used as noted above, a valid range consists of +two characters, with an optional `@t{-}' between them. All characters +between the two specified, inclusive, are bound as specified. + +@noindent +For either @var{in-string} or @var{out-string}, the following +escape sequences are recognised: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{\a} +bell character +@item @t{\b} +backspace +@item @t{\e}, @t{\E} +escape +@item @t{\f} +form feed +@item @t{\n} +linefeed (newline) +@item @t{\r} +carriage return +@item @t{\t} +horizontal tab +@item @t{\v} +vertical tab +@item @t{\}@var{NNN} +character code in octal +@item @t{\x}@var{NN} +character code in hexadecimal +@item @t{\M}[@t{-}]@var{X} +character with meta bit set +@item @t{\C}[@t{-}]@var{X} +control character +@item @t{^}@var{X} +control character +@end table + +@noindent +In all other cases, `@t{\}' escapes the following character. Delete is +written as `@t{^?}'. Note that `@t{\M^?}' and `@t{^\M?}' are not the same, +and that (unlike emacs), the bindings `@t{\M-}@var{X}' and `@t{\e}@var{X}' +are entirely distinct, although they are initialized to the same bindings +by `@t{bindkey -m}'. + +@findex vared +@cindex parameters, editing +@cindex editing parameters +@item @t{vared} [ @t{-Aache} ] [ @t{-p} @var{prompt} ] [ @t{-r} @var{rprompt} ] +@itemx [ -M @var{main-keymap} ] [ -m @var{vicmd-keymap} ] @var{name} +The value of the parameter @var{name} is loaded into the edit +buffer, and the line editor is invoked. When the editor exits, +@var{name} is set to the string value returned by the editor. +When the @t{-c} flag is given, the parameter is created if it doesn't +already exist. The @t{-a} flag may be given with @t{-c} to create +an array parameter, or the @t{-A} flag to create an associative array. +If the type of an existing parameter does not match the type to be +created, the parameter is unset and recreated. + +@noindent +If an array or array slice is being edited, separator characters as defined +in @t{$IFS} will be shown quoted with a backslash, as will backslashes +themselves. Conversely, when the edited text is split into an array, a +backslash quotes an immediately following separator character or backslash; +no other special handling of backslashes, or any handling of quotes, is +performed. + +@noindent +Individual elements of existing array or associative array parameters +may be edited by using subscript syntax on @var{name}. New elements are +created automatically, even without @t{-c}. + +@noindent +If the @t{-p} flag is given, the following string will be taken as +the prompt to display at the left. If the @t{-r} flag is given, +the following string gives the prompt to display at the right. If the +@t{-h} flag is specified, the history can be accessed from ZLE. If the +@t{-e} flag is given, typing @t{^D} (Control-D) on an empty line +causes @t{vared} to exit immediately with a non-zero return value. + +@noindent +The @t{-M} option gives a keymap to link to the @t{main} keymap during +editing, and the @t{-m} option gives a keymap to link to the @t{vicmd} +keymap during editing. For vi-style editing, this allows a pair of keymaps +to override @t{viins} and @t{vicmd}. For emacs-style editing, only @t{-M} +is normally needed but the @t{-m} option may still be used. On exit, the +previous keymaps will be restored. + +@findex zle +@cindex widgets, rebinding +@cindex rebinding widgets +@cindex widgets, binding +@cindex binding widgets +@cindex widgets, invoking +@cindex invoking widgets +@cindex widgets, calling +@cindex calling widgets +@cindex widgets, defining +@cindex defining widgets +@item @t{zle} +@itemx @t{zle} @t{-l} [ @t{-L} | @t{-a} ] [ @var{string} ... ] +@itemx @t{zle} @t{-D} @var{widget} ... +@itemx @t{zle} @t{-A} @var{old-widget} @var{new-widget} +@itemx @t{zle} @t{-N} @var{widget} [ @var{function} ] +@itemx @t{zle} @t{-C} @var{widget} @var{completion-widget} @var{function} +@itemx @t{zle} @t{-R} [ @t{-c} ] [ @var{display-string} ] [ @var{string} ... ] +@itemx @t{zle} @t{-M} @var{string} +@itemx @t{zle} @t{-U} @var{string} +@itemx @t{zle} @t{-K} @var{keymap} +@itemx @t{zle} @t{-F} [ @t{-L} ] [ @var{fd} [ @var{handler} ] ] +@itemx @t{zle} @t{-I} +@itemx @t{zle} @var{widget} @t{[ -n} @var{num} @t{]} @t{[ -Nw ] [ -K} @var{keymap} @t{]} @var{args} ... +The @t{zle} builtin performs a number of different actions concerning +ZLE. + +@noindent +With no options and no arguments, only the return status will be +set. It is zero if ZLE is currently active and widgets could be +invoked using this builtin command and non-zero otherwise. +Note that even if non-zero status is returned, zle may still be active as +part of the completion system; this does not allow direct calls to ZLE +widgets. + +@noindent +Otherwise, which operation it performs depends on its options: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-l} [ @t{-L} | @t{-a} ] +List all existing user-defined widgets. If the @t{-L} +option is used, list in the form of @t{zle} +commands to create the widgets. + +@noindent +When combined with the @t{-a} option, all widget names are listed, +including the builtin ones. In this case the @t{-L} option is ignored. + +@noindent +If at least one @var{string} is given, nothing will be printed but the +return status will be zero if all @var{string}s are names of existing +widgets (or of user-defined widgets if the @t{-a} flag is not given) +and non-zero if at least one @var{string} is not a name of an defined +widget. + +@item @t{-D} @var{widget} ... +Delete the named @var{widget}s. + +@item @t{-A} @var{old-widget} @var{new-widget} +Make the @var{new-widget} name an alias for @var{old-widget}, so that +both names refer to the same widget. The names have equal standing; +if either is deleted, the other remains. If there is already a widget +with the @var{new-widget} name, it is deleted. + +@item @t{-N} @var{widget} [ @var{function} ] +Create a user-defined widget. If there is already a widget with the +specified name, it is overwritten. When the new +widget is invoked from within the editor, the specified shell @var{function} +is called. If no function name is specified, it defaults to +the same name as the widget. For further information, see the section +@emph{Widgets} in +@ref{Zsh Line Editor}. + +@cindex completion widgets, creating +@item @t{-C} @var{widget} @var{completion-widget} @var{function} +Create a user-defined completion widget named @var{widget}. The +completion widget will behave like the built-in completion-widget +whose name is given as @var{completion-widget}. To generate the +completions, the shell function @var{function} will be called. +For further information, see +@ref{Completion Widgets}. + +@item @t{-R} [ @t{-c} ] [ @var{display-string} ] [ @var{string} ... ] +Redisplay the command line; this is to be called from within a user-defined +widget to allow changes to become visible. If a @var{display-string} is +given and not empty, this is shown in the status line (immediately +below the line being edited). + +@noindent +If the optional @var{string}s are given they are listed below the +prompt in the same way as completion lists are printed. If no +@var{string}s are given but the @t{-c} option is used such a list is +cleared. + +@noindent +Note that this option is only useful for widgets that do not exit +immediately after using it because the strings displayed will be erased +immediately after return from the widget. + +@noindent +This command can safely be called outside user defined widgets; if zle is +active, the display will be refreshed, while if zle is not active, the +command has no effect. In this case there will usually be no other +arguments. + +@noindent +The status is zero if zle was active, else one. + +@item @t{-M} @var{string} +As with the @t{-R} option, the @var{string} will be displayed below the +command line; unlike the @t{-R} option, the string will not be put into +the status line but will instead be printed normally below the +prompt. This means that the @var{string} will still be displayed after +the widget returns (until it is overwritten by subsequent commands). + +@item @t{-U} @var{string} +This pushes the characters in the @var{string} onto the input stack of +ZLE. After the widget currently executed finishes ZLE will behave as +if the characters in the @var{string} were typed by the user. + +@noindent +As ZLE uses a stack, if this option is used repeatedly +the last string pushed onto the stack will be processed first. However, +the characters in each @var{string} will be processed in the order in which +they appear in the string. + +@item @t{-K} @var{keymap} +Selects the keymap named @var{keymap}. An error message will be displayed if +there is no such keymap. + +@noindent +This keymap selection affects the interpretation of following keystrokes +within this invocation of ZLE. Any following invocation (e.g., the next +command line) will start as usual with the `@t{main}' keymap selected. + +@item @t{-F} [ @t{-L} ] [ @var{fd} [ @var{handler} ] ] +Only available if your system supports one of the `poll' or `select' system +calls; most modern systems do. + +@noindent +Installs @var{handler} (the name of a shell function) to handle input from +file descriptor @var{fd}. When zle is attempting to read data, it will +examine both the terminal and the list of handled @var{fd}'s. If data +becomes available on a handled @var{fd}, zle will call @var{handler} with +the fd which is ready for reading as the only argument. If the handler +produces output to the terminal, it should call `@t{zle -I}' before doing +so (see below). The handler should not attempt to read from the terminal. +Note that zle makes no attempt to check whether this fd is actually +readable when installing the handler. The user must make their own +arrangements for handling the file descriptor when zle is not active. + +@noindent +Any number of handlers for any number of readable file descriptors may be +installed. Installing a handler for an @var{fd} which is already handled +causes the existing handler to be replaced. + +@noindent +If no @var{handler} is given, but an @var{fd} is present, any handler for +that @var{fd} is removed. If there is none, an error message is printed +and status 1 is returned. + +@noindent +If no arguments are given, or the @t{-L} option is supplied, a list of +handlers is printed in a form which can be stored for later execution. + +@noindent +An @var{fd} (but not a @var{handler}) may optionally be given with the @t{-L} +option; in this case, the function will list the handler if any, else +silently return status 1. + +@noindent +Note that this feature should be used with care. Activity on one of the +@var{fd}'s which is not properly handled can cause the terminal to become +unusable. + +@noindent +Here is a simple example of using this feature. A connection to a remote +TCP port is created using the ztcp command; see +@ref{The zsh/net/tcp Module}. Then a handler is installed +which simply prints out any data which arrives on this connection. Note +that `select' will indicate that the file descriptor needs handling +if the remote side has closed the connection; we handle that by testing +for a failed read. +@example +if ztcp pwspc 2811; then + tcpfd=$REPLY + handler() @{ + zle -I + local line + if ! read -r line <&$1; then + # select marks this fd if we reach EOF, + # so handle this specially. + print "[Read on fd $1 failed, removing.]" >&2 + zle -F $1 + return 1 + fi + print -r - $line + @} + zle -F $tcpfd handler +fi +@end example + +@item @t{-I} +Unusually, this option is most useful outside ordinary widget functions, +though it may be used within if normal output to the terminal is required. +It invalidates the current zle display in preparation for output; typically +this will be from a trap function. It has no effect if zle is not +active. When a trap exits, the shell checks to see if the display needs +restoring, hence the following will print output in such a way as not to +disturb the line being edited: + +@noindent +@example +TRAPUSR1() @{ + # Invalidate zle display + [[ -o zle ]] && zle -I + # Show output + print Hello +@} +@end example + +@noindent +In general, the trap function may need to test whether zle is active before +using this method (as shown in the example), since the @t{zsh/zle} module +may not even be loaded; if it is not, the command can be skipped. + +@noindent +It is possible to call `@t{zle -I}' several times before control is +returned to the editor; the display will only be invalidated the first time +to minimise disruption. + +@noindent +Note that there are normally better ways of manipulating the display from +within zle widgets; see, for example, `@t{zle -R}' above. + +@noindent +The returned status is zero if zle was invalidated, even though +this may have been by a previous call to `@t{zle -I}' or by a system +notification. To test if a zle widget may be called at this point, execute +@t{zle} with no arguments and examine the return status. + +@item @var{widget} @t{[ -n} @var{num} @t{]} @t{[ -Nw ] [ -K} @var{keymap} @t{]} @var{args} ... +Invoke the specified widget. This can only be done when ZLE is +active; normally this will be within a user-defined widget. + +@noindent +With the options @t{-n} and @t{-N}, the current numerical argument will be +saved and then restored after the call to @t{widget}; `@t{-n} @var{num}' +sets the numerical argument temporarily to @var{num}, while `@t{-N}' sets it +to the default, i.e. as if there were none. + +@noindent +With the option @t{-K}, @var{keymap} will be used as the current keymap +during the execution of the widget. The previous keymap will be +restored when the widget exits. + +@noindent +Normally, calling a widget in this way does not set the special +parameter @t{WIDGET} and related parameters, so that the environment +appears as if the top-level widget called by the user were still +active. With the option @t{-w}, @t{WIDGET} and related parameters are set +to reflect the widget being executed by the @t{zle} call. + +@noindent +Any further arguments will be passed to the widget. If it is a shell +function, these are passed down as positional parameters; for builtin +widgets it is up to the widget in question what it does with them. +Currently arguments are only handled by the incremental-search commands, +the @t{history-search-forward} and @t{-backward} and the corresponding +functions prefixed by @t{vi-}, and by @t{universal-argument}. No error is +flagged if the command does not use the arguments, or only uses some of +them. + +@noindent +The return status reflects the success or failure of the operation carried +out by the widget, or if it is a user-defined widget the return status of +the shell function. + +@noindent +A non-zero return status causes the shell to beep when the widget exits, +unless the @t{BEEP} options was unset or the widget was called via the +@t{zle} command. Thus if a user defined widget requires an immediate beep, +it should call the @t{beep} widget directly. + +@end table + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Zle Widgets, , Zle Builtins, Zsh Line Editor + +@section Widgets +@noindent +@cindex widgets +All actions in the editor are performed by `widgets'. A widget's job is +simply to perform some small action. The ZLE commands that key sequences +in keymaps are bound to are in fact widgets. Widgets can be user-defined +or built in. + +@noindent +The standard widgets built in to ZLE are listed in Standard Widgets below. +Other built-in widgets can be defined by other modules (see +@ref{Zsh Modules}). Each built-in widget has two names: its normal canonical name, and the +same name preceded by a `@t{.}'. The `@t{.}' name is special: it can't be +rebound to a different widget. This makes the widget available even when +its usual name has been redefined. + +@noindent +User-defined widgets are defined using `@t{zle -N}', and implemented +as shell functions. When the widget is executed, the corresponding +shell function is executed, and can perform editing (or other) actions. +It is recommended that user-defined widgets should not have names +starting with `@t{.}'. + +@section User-Defined Widgets +@noindent +@cindex widgets, user-defined +User-defined widgets, being implemented as shell functions, +can execute any normal shell command. They can also run other widgets +(whether built-in or user-defined) using the @t{zle} builtin command. +The standard input of the function is closed to prevent external commands +from unintentionally blocking ZLE by reading from the terminal, but +@t{read -k} or @t{read -q} can be used to read characters. Finally, +they can examine and edit the ZLE buffer being edited by +reading and setting the special parameters described below. + +@noindent +@cindex parameters, editor +@cindex parameters, zle +These special parameters are always available in widget functions, but +are not in any way special outside ZLE. If they have some normal value +outside ZLE, that value is temporarily inaccessible, but will return +when the widget function exits. These special parameters in fact have +local scope, like parameters created in a function using @t{local}. + +@noindent +Inside completion widgets and traps called while ZLE is active, these +parameters are available read-only. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex BUFFER +@item @t{BUFFER} (scalar) +The entire contents of the edit buffer. If it is written to, the +cursor remains at the same offset, unless that would put it outside the +buffer. + +@vindex BUFFERLINES +@item @t{BUFFERLINES} (integer) +The number of screen lines needed for the edit buffer currently +displayed on screen (i.e. without any changes to the preceding +parameters done after the last redisplay); read-only. + +@vindex CONTEXT +@item @t{CONTEXT} (scalar) +The context in which zle was called to read a line; read-only. One of +the values: +@table @asis +@item start +The start of a command line (at prompt @t{PS1}). + +@item cont +A continuation to a command line (at prompt @t{PS2}). + +@item select +In a @t{select} loop. + +@item vared +Editing a variable in @t{vared}. + +@end table + +@vindex CURSOR +@item @t{CURSOR} (integer) +The offset of the cursor, within the edit buffer. This is in the range +0 to @t{$#BUFFER}, and is by definition equal to @t{$#LBUFFER}. +Attempts to move the cursor outside the buffer will result in the +cursor being moved to the appropriate end of the buffer. + +@vindex CUTBUFFER +@item @t{CUTBUFFER} (scalar) +The last item to be cut using one of the `@t{kill-}' commands; the +string which the next yank would insert in the line. Later entries in +the kill ring are in the array @t{killring}. Note that the +command `@t{zle copy-region-as-kill} @var{string}' can be used to +set the text of the cut buffer from a shell function and cycle the kill +ring in the same way as interactively killing text. + +@vindex HISTNO +@item @t{HISTNO} (integer) +The current history number. Setting this has the same effect as +moving up or down in the history to the corresponding history line. +An attempt to set it is ignored if the line is not stored in the +history. Note this is not the same as the parameter @t{HISTCMD}, +which always gives the number of the history line being added to the main +shell's history. @t{HISTNO} refers to the line being retrieved within +zle. + +@vindex KEYMAP +@item @t{KEYMAP} (scalar) +The name of the currently selected keymap; read-only. + +@vindex KEYS +@item @t{KEYS} (scalar) +The keys typed to invoke this widget, as a literal string; read-only. + +@vindex killring +@item @t{killring} (array) +The array of previously killed items, with the most recently killed first. +This gives the items that would be retrieved by a @t{yank-pop} in the +same order. Note, however, that the most recently killed item is in +@t{$CUTBUFFER}; @t{$killring} shows the array of previous entries. + +@noindent +The default size for the kill ring is eight, however the length may be +changed by normal array operations. Any empty string in the kill ring is +ignored by the @t{yank-pop} command, hence the size of the array +effectively sets the maximum length of the kill ring, while the number of +non-zero strings gives the current length, both as seen by the user at the +command line. + + +@noindent +@vindex LASTSEARCH +@item @t{LASTSEARCH} (scalar) +The last search string used by an interactive search ; read-only. + +@vindex LASTWIDGET +@item @t{LASTWIDGET} (scalar) +The name of the last widget that was executed; read-only. + +@vindex LBUFFER +@item @t{LBUFFER} (scalar) +The part of the buffer that lies to the left of the cursor position. +If it is assigned to, only that part of the buffer is replaced, and the +cursor remains between the new @t{$LBUFFER} and the old @t{$RBUFFER}. + +@vindex MARK +@item @t{MARK} (integer) +Like @t{CURSOR}, but for the mark. + +@vindex NUMERIC +@item @t{NUMERIC} (integer) +The numeric argument. If no numeric argument was given, this parameter +is unset. When this is set inside a widget function, builtin widgets +called with the @t{zle} builtin command will use the value +assigned. If it is unset inside a widget function, builtin widgets +called behave as if no numeric argument was given. + +@vindex PENDING +@item @t{PENDING} (integer) +The number of bytes pending for input, i.e. the number of bytes which have +already been typed and can immediately be read. On systems where the shell +is not able to get this information, this parameter will always have a +value of zero. Read-only. + +@vindex PREBUFFER +@item @t{PREBUFFER} (scalar) +In a multi-line input at the secondary prompt, this read-only parameter +contains the contents of the lines before the one the cursor is +currently in. + +@vindex PREDISPLAY +@item @t{PREDISPLAY} (scalar) +Text to be displayed before the start of the editable text buffer. This +does not have to be a complete line; to display a complete line, a newline +must be appended explicitly. The text is reset on each new invocation +(but not recursive invocation) of zle. + +@vindex POSTDISPLAY +@item @t{POSTDISPLAY} (scalar) +Text to be displayed after the end of the editable text buffer. This +does not have to be a complete line; to display a complete line, a newline +must be prepended explicitly. The text is reset on each new invocation +(but not recursive invocation) of zle. + +@vindex RBUFFER +@item @t{RBUFFER} (scalar) +The part of the buffer that lies to the right of the cursor position. +If it is assigned to, only that part of the buffer is replaced, and the +cursor remains between the old @t{$LBUFFER} and the new @t{$RBUFFER}. + +@vindex WIDGET +@item @t{WIDGET} (scalar) +The name of the widget currently being executed; read-only. + +@vindex WIDGETFUNC +@item @t{WIDGETFUNC} (scalar) +The name of the shell function that implements a widget defined with +either @t{zle -N} or @t{zle -C}. In the former case, this is the second +argument to the @t{zle -N} command that defined the widget, or +the first argument if there was no second argument. In the latter case +this is the the third argument to the @t{zle -C} command that defined the +widget. Read-only. + +@vindex WIDGETSTYLE +@item @t{WIDGETSTYLE} (scalar) +Describes the implementation behind the completion widget currently being +executed; the second argument that followed @t{zle -C} when the widget was +defined. This is the name of a builtin completion widget. For widgets +defined with @t{zle -N} this is set to the empty string. Read-only. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Special Widget +@noindent + +@noindent +There are a few user-defined widgets which are special to the shell. +If they do not exist, no special action is taken. The environment +provided is identical to that for any other editing widget. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@tindex zle-line-init +@item @t{zle-line-init} +Executed every time the line editor is started to read a new line +of input. The following example puts the line editor into vi command +mode when it starts up. + +@noindent +@example +zle-line-init() @{ zle -K vicmd; @} +zle -N zle-line-init +@end example + +@noindent +(The command inside the function sets the keymap directly; it is +equivalent to @t{zle vi-cmd-mode}.) + +@tindex zle-keymap-select +@item @t{zle-keymap-select} +Executed every time the keymap changes, i.e. the special parameter +@t{KEYMAP} is set to a different value, while the line editor is active. +Initialising the keymap when the line editor starts does not cause the +widget to be called. + +@noindent +The value @t{$KEYMAP} within the function reflects the new keymap. The +old keymap is passed as the sole argument. + +@noindent +This can been used for detecting switches between the vi command +(@t{vicmd}) and insert (usually @t{main}) keymaps. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@section Standard Widgets +@noindent +@cindex widgets, standard +The following is a list of all the standard widgets, +and their default bindings in emacs mode, +vi command mode and vi insert mode +(the `@t{emacs}', `@t{vicmd}' and `@t{viins}' keymaps, respectively). + +@noindent +Note that cursor keys are bound to movement keys in all three keymaps; +the shell assumes that the cursor keys send the key sequences reported +by the terminal-handling library (termcap or terminfo). The key sequences +shown in the list are those based on the VT100, common on many modern +terminals, but in fact these are not necessarily bound. In the case of the +@t{viins} keymap, the initial escape character of the sequences serves also +to return to the @t{vicmd} keymap: whether this happens is determined by +the @t{KEYTIMEOUT} parameter, see @ref{Parameters}. +@menu +* Movement:: +* History Control:: +* Modifying Text:: +* Arguments:: +* Completion:: +* Miscellaneous:: +@end menu +@node Movement, History Control, , Zle Widgets + +@subsection Movement +@noindent +@table @asis +@tindex vi-backward-blank-word +@item @t{vi-backward-blank-word} (unbound) (B) (unbound) +Move backward one word, where a word is defined as a series of +non-blank characters. + +@tindex backward-char +@item @t{backward-char} (^B ESC-[D) (unbound) (unbound) +Move backward one character. + +@tindex vi-backward-char +@item @t{vi-backward-char} (unbound) (^H h ^?) (ESC-[D) +Move backward one character, without changing lines. + +@tindex backward-word +@item @t{backward-word} (ESC-B ESC-b) (unbound) (unbound) +Move to the beginning of the previous word. + +@tindex emacs-backward-word +@item @t{emacs-backward-word} +Move to the beginning of the previous word. + +@tindex vi-backward-word +@item @t{vi-backward-word} (unbound) (b) (unbound) +Move to the beginning of the previous word, vi-style. + +@tindex beginning-of-line +@item @t{beginning-of-line} (^A) (unbound) (unbound) +Move to the beginning of the line. If already at the beginning +of the line, move to the beginning of the previous line, if any. + +@tindex vi-beginning-of-line +@item @t{vi-beginning-of-line} +Move to the beginning of the line, without changing lines. + +@tindex end-of-line +@item @t{end-of-line} (^E) (unbound) (unbound) +Move to the end of the line. If already at the end +of the line, move to the end of the next line, if any. + +@tindex vi-end-of-line +@item @t{vi-end-of-line} (unbound) ($) (unbound) +Move to the end of the line. +If an argument is given to this command, the cursor will be moved to +the end of the line (argument - 1) lines down. + +@tindex vi-forward-blank-word +@item @t{vi-forward-blank-word} (unbound) (W) (unbound) +Move forward one word, where a word is defined as a series of +non-blank characters. + +@tindex vi-forward-blank-word-end +@item @t{vi-forward-blank-word-end} (unbound) (E) (unbound) +Move to the end of the current word, or, if at the end of the current word, +to the end of the next word, +where a word is defined as a series of non-blank characters. + +@tindex forward-char +@item @t{forward-char} (^F ESC-[C) (unbound) (unbound) +Move forward one character. + +@tindex vi-forward-char +@item @t{vi-forward-char} (unbound) (space l) (ESC-[C) +Move forward one character. + +@tindex vi-find-next-char +@item @t{vi-find-next-char} (^X^F) (f) (unbound) +Read a character from the keyboard, and move to +the next occurrence of it in the line. + +@tindex vi-find-next-char-skip +@item @t{vi-find-next-char-skip} (unbound) (t) (unbound) +Read a character from the keyboard, and move to +the position just before the next occurrence of it in the line. + +@tindex vi-find-prev-char +@item @t{vi-find-prev-char} (unbound) (F) (unbound) +Read a character from the keyboard, and move to +the previous occurrence of it in the line. + +@tindex vi-find-prev-char-skip +@item @t{vi-find-prev-char-skip} (unbound) (T) (unbound) +Read a character from the keyboard, and move to +the position just after the previous occurrence of it in the line. + +@tindex vi-first-non-blank +@item @t{vi-first-non-blank} (unbound) (^) (unbound) +Move to the first non-blank character in the line. + +@tindex vi-forward-word +@item @t{vi-forward-word} (unbound) (w) (unbound) +Move forward one word, vi-style. + +@tindex forward-word +@item @t{forward-word} (ESC-F ESC-f) (unbound) (unbound) +Move to the beginning of the next word. +The editor's idea of a word is specified with the @t{WORDCHARS} +parameter. + +@tindex emacs-forward-word +@item @t{emacs-forward-word} +Move to the end of the next word. + +@tindex vi-forward-word-end +@item @t{vi-forward-word-end} (unbound) (e) (unbound) +Move to the end of the next word. + +@tindex vi-goto-column +@item @t{vi-goto-column} (ESC-|) (|) (unbound) +Move to the column specified by the numeric argument. + +@tindex vi-goto-mark +@item @t{vi-goto-mark} (unbound) (`) (unbound) +Move to the specified mark. + +@tindex vi-goto-mark-line +@item @t{vi-goto-mark-line} (unbound) (') (unbound) +Move to beginning of the line containing the specified mark. + +@tindex vi-repeat-find +@item @t{vi-repeat-find} (unbound) (;) (unbound) +Repeat the last @t{vi-find} command. + +@tindex vi-rev-repeat-find +@item @t{vi-rev-repeat-find} (unbound) (,) (unbound) +Repeat the last @t{vi-find} command in the opposite direction. + +@end table +@node History Control, Modifying Text, Movement, Zle Widgets + +@subsection History Control +@noindent +@table @asis +@tindex beginning-of-buffer-or-history +@item @t{beginning-of-buffer-or-history} (ESC-<) (unbound) (unbound) +Move to the beginning of the buffer, or if already there, +move to the first event in the history list. + +@tindex beginning-of-line-hist +@item @t{beginning-of-line-hist} +Move to the beginning of the line. If already at the +beginning of the buffer, move to the previous history line. + +@tindex beginning-of-history +@item @t{beginning-of-history} +Move to the first event in the history list. + +@tindex down-line-or-history +@item @t{down-line-or-history} (^N ESC-[B) (j) (ESC-[B) +Move down a line in the buffer, or if already at the bottom line, +move to the next event in the history list. + +@tindex vi-down-line-or-history +@item @t{vi-down-line-or-history} (unbound) (+) (unbound) +Move down a line in the buffer, or if already at the bottom line, +move to the next event in the history list. +Then move to the first non-blank character on the line. + +@tindex down-line-or-search +@item @t{down-line-or-search} +Move down a line in the buffer, or if already at the bottom line, +search forward in the history for a line beginning with the first +word in the buffer. + +@noindent +If called from a function by the @t{zle} command with arguments, the first +argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather than the +first word in the buffer. + +@tindex down-history +@item @t{down-history} (unbound) (^N) (unbound) +Move to the next event in the history list. + +@tindex history-beginning-search-backward +@item @t{history-beginning-search-backward} +Search backward in the history for a line beginning with the current +line up to the cursor. +This leaves the cursor in its original position. + +@tindex end-of-buffer-or-history +@item @t{end-of-buffer-or-history} (ESC->) (unbound) (unbound) +Move to the end of the buffer, or if already there, +move to the last event in the history list. + +@tindex end-of-line-hist +@item @t{end-of-line-hist} +Move to the end of the line. If already at the end of +the buffer, move to the next history line. + +@tindex end-of-history +@item @t{end-of-history} +Move to the last event in the history list. + +@tindex vi-fetch-history +@item @t{vi-fetch-history} (unbound) (G) (unbound) +Fetch the history line specified by the numeric argument. +This defaults to the current history line +(i.e. the one that isn't history yet). + +@tindex history-incremental-search-backward +@item @t{history-incremental-search-backward} (^R ^Xr) (unbound) (unbound) +Search backward incrementally for a specified string. The search is +case-insensitive if the search string does not have uppercase letters and no +numeric argument was given. The string may begin with `@t{^}' to anchor the +search to the beginning of the line. + +@noindent +A restricted set of editing functions +is available in the mini-buffer. An interrupt signal, as defined by the stty +setting, will stop the search and go back to the original line. An undefined +key will have the same effect. The supported functions are: +@t{backward-delete-char}, +@t{vi-backward-delete-char}, +@t{clear-screen}, +@t{redisplay}, +@t{quoted-insert}, +@t{vi-quoted-insert}, +@t{accept-and-hold}, +@t{accept-and-infer-next-history}, +@t{accept-line} and +@t{accept-line-and-down-history}. + +@noindent +@t{magic-space} just inserts a space. +@t{vi-cmd-mode} toggles between the `@t{main}' and `@t{vicmd}' keymaps; +the `@t{main}' keymap (insert mode) will be selected initially. +@t{history-incremental-search-backward} will get the +next occurrence of the contents of the mini-buffer. +@t{history-incremental-search-forward} inverts the sense of the search. +@t{vi-repeat-search} and @t{vi-rev-repeat-search} are similarly supported. +The direction of the search is indicated in the mini-buffer. + +@noindent +Any multi-character string +that is not bound to one of the above functions will beep and interrupt the +search, leaving the last found line in the buffer. Any single character that +is not bound to one of the above functions, or @t{self-insert} or +@t{self-insert-unmeta}, will have the same effect but the function will be +executed. + +@noindent +When called from a widget function by the @t{zle} command, the incremental +search commands can take a string argument. This will be treated as a +string of keys, as for arguments to the @t{bindkey} command, and used as +initial input for the command. Any characters in the string which are +unused by the incremental search will be silently ignored. For example, + +@noindent +@example +zle history-incremental-search-backward forceps +@end example + +@noindent +will search backwards for @t{forceps}, leaving the minibuffer containing +the string `@t{forceps}'. + +@tindex history-incremental-search-forward +@item @t{history-incremental-search-forward} (^S ^Xs) (unbound) (unbound) +Search forward incrementally for a specified string. The search is +case-insensitive if the search string does not have uppercase letters and no +numeric argument was given. The string may begin with `@t{^}' to anchor the +search to the beginning of the line. The functions available in the +mini-buffer are the same as for @t{history-incremental-search-backward}. + +@tindex history-search-backward +@item @t{history-search-backward} (ESC-P ESC-p) (unbound) (unbound) +Search backward in the history for a line beginning with the first +word in the buffer. + +@noindent +If called from a function by the @t{zle} command with arguments, the first +argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather than the +first word in the buffer. + +@tindex vi-history-search-backward +@item @t{vi-history-search-backward} (unbound) (/) (unbound) +Search backward in the history for a specified string. +The string may begin with `@t{^}' to anchor the search to the +beginning of the line. + +@noindent +A restricted set of editing functions is available in +the mini-buffer. An interrupt signal, as defined by the stty setting, will +stop the search. +The functions available in the mini-buffer are: +@t{accept-line}, +@t{backward-delete-char}, +@t{vi-backward-delete-char}, +@t{backward-kill-word}, +@t{vi-backward-kill-word}, +@t{clear-screen}, +@t{redisplay}, +@t{quoted-insert} +and +@t{vi-quoted-insert}. + +@noindent +@t{vi-cmd-mode} is treated the same as accept-line, and +@t{magic-space} is treated as a space. +Any other character that is not bound to self-insert or +self-insert-unmeta will beep and be ignored. If the function is called from vi +command mode, the bindings of the current insert mode will be used. + +@noindent +If called from a function by the @t{zle} command with arguments, the first +argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather than the +first word in the buffer. + +@tindex history-search-forward +@item @t{history-search-forward} (ESC-N ESC-n) (unbound) (unbound) +Search forward in the history for a line beginning with the first +word in the buffer. + +@noindent +If called from a function by the @t{zle} command with arguments, the first +argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather than the +first word in the buffer. + +@tindex vi-history-search-forward +@item @t{vi-history-search-forward} (unbound) (?) (unbound) +Search forward in the history for a specified string. +The string may begin with `@t{^}' to anchor the search to the +beginning of the line. The functions available in the mini-buffer are the same +as for @t{vi-history-search-backward}. Argument handling is also the same +as for that command. + +@tindex infer-next-history +@item @t{infer-next-history} (^X^N) (unbound) (unbound) +Search in the history list for a line matching the current one and +fetch the event following it. + +@tindex insert-last-word +@item @t{insert-last-word} (ESC-_ ESC-.) (unbound) (unbound) +Insert the last word from the previous history event at the +cursor position. If a positive numeric argument is given, +insert that word from the end of the previous history event. +If the argument is zero or negative insert that word from the +left (zero inserts the previous command word). Repeating this command +replaces the word just inserted with the last word from the +history event prior to the one just used; numeric arguments can be used in +the same way to pick a word from that event. + +@noindent +When called from a shell function invoked from a user-defined widget, the +command can take one to three arguments. The first argument specifies a +history offset which applies to successive calls to this widget: if is -1, +the default behaviour is used, while if it is 1, successive calls will move +forwards through the history. The value 0 can be used to indicate that the +history line examined by the previous execution of the command will be +reexamined. Note that negative numbers should be preceded with a +`@t{-}@t{-}' argument to avoid confusing them with options. + +@noindent +If two arguments are given, the second specifies the word on the command +line in normal array index notation (as a more natural alternative to the +prefix argument). Hence 1 is the first word, and -1 (the default) is the +last word. + +@noindent +If a third argument is given, its value is ignored, but it is used to +signify that the history offset is relative to the current history line, +rather than the one remembered after the previous invocations of +@t{insert-last-word}. + +@noindent +For example, the default behaviour of the command corresponds to + +@noindent +@example +zle insert-last-word -- -1 -1 +@end example + +@noindent +while the command + +@noindent +@example +zle insert-last-word -- -1 1 - +@end example + +@noindent +always copies the first word of the line in the history immediately before +the line being edited. This has the side effect that later invocations of +the widget will be relative to that line. + +@tindex vi-repeat-search +@item @t{vi-repeat-search} (unbound) (n) (unbound) +Repeat the last vi history search. + +@tindex vi-rev-repeat-search +@item @t{vi-rev-repeat-search} (unbound) (N) (unbound) +Repeat the last vi history search, but in reverse. + +@tindex up-line-or-history +@item @t{up-line-or-history} (^P ESC-[A) (k) (ESC-[A) +Move up a line in the buffer, or if already at the top line, +move to the previous event in the history list. + +@tindex vi-up-line-or-history +@item @t{vi-up-line-or-history} (unbound) (-) (unbound) +Move up a line in the buffer, or if already at the top line, +move to the previous event in the history list. +Then move to the first non-blank character on the line. + +@tindex up-line-or-search +@item @t{up-line-or-search} +Move up a line in the buffer, or if already at the top line, +search backward in the history for a line beginning with the +first word in the buffer. + +@noindent +If called from a function by the @t{zle} command with arguments, the first +argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather than the +first word in the buffer. + +@tindex up-history +@item @t{up-history} (unbound) (^P) (unbound) +Move to the previous event in the history list. + +@tindex history-beginning-search-forward +@item @t{history-beginning-search-forward} +Search forward in the history for a line beginning with the current +line up to the cursor. +This leaves the cursor in its original position. + +@end table +@node Modifying Text, Arguments, History Control, Zle Widgets + +@subsection Modifying Text +@noindent +@table @asis +@tindex vi-add-eol +@item @t{vi-add-eol} (unbound) (A) (unbound) +Move to the end of the line and enter insert mode. + +@tindex vi-add-next +@item @t{vi-add-next} (unbound) (a) (unbound) +Enter insert mode after the current cursor position, without changing lines. + +@tindex backward-delete-char +@item @t{backward-delete-char} (^H ^?) (unbound) (unbound) +Delete the character behind the cursor. + +@tindex vi-backward-delete-char +@item @t{vi-backward-delete-char} (unbound) (X) (^H) +Delete the character behind the cursor, without changing lines. +If in insert mode, this won't delete past the point where insert mode was +last entered. + +@tindex backward-delete-word +@item @t{backward-delete-word} +Delete the word behind the cursor. + +@tindex backward-kill-line +@item @t{backward-kill-line} +Kill from the beginning of the line to the cursor position. + +@tindex backward-kill-word +@item @t{backward-kill-word} (^W ESC-^H ESC-^?) (unbound) (unbound) +Kill the word behind the cursor. + +@tindex vi-backward-kill-word +@item @t{vi-backward-kill-word} (unbound) (unbound) (^W) +Kill the word behind the cursor, without going past the point where insert +mode was last entered. + +@tindex capitalize-word +@item @t{capitalize-word} (ESC-C ESC-c) (unbound) (unbound) +Capitalize the current word and move past it. + +@tindex vi-change +@item @t{vi-change} (unbound) (c) (unbound) +Read a movement command from the keyboard, and kill +from the cursor position to the endpoint of the movement. +Then enter insert mode. +If the command is @t{vi-change}, change the current line. + +@tindex vi-change-eol +@item @t{vi-change-eol} (unbound) (C) (unbound) +Kill to the end of the line and enter insert mode. + +@tindex vi-change-whole-line +@item @t{vi-change-whole-line} (unbound) (S) (unbound) +Kill the current line and enter insert mode. + +@tindex copy-region-as-kill +@item @t{copy-region-as-kill} (ESC-W ESC-w) (unbound) (unbound) +Copy the area from the cursor to the mark to the kill buffer. + +@noindent +If called from a ZLE widget function in the form `@t{zle +copy-region-as-kill} @var{string}' then @var{string} will be taken as the +text to copy to the kill buffer. The cursor, the mark and the text on the +command line are not used in this case. + +@tindex copy-prev-word +@item @t{copy-prev-word} (ESC-^_) (unbound) (unbound) +Duplicate the word to the left of the cursor. + +@tindex copy-prev-shell-word +@item @t{copy-prev-shell-word} +Like @t{copy-prev-word}, but the word is found by using shell parsing, +whereas @t{copy-prev-word} looks for blanks. This makes a difference +when the word is quoted and contains spaces. + +@tindex vi-delete +@item @t{vi-delete} (unbound) (d) (unbound) +Read a movement command from the keyboard, and kill +from the cursor position to the endpoint of the movement. +If the command is @t{vi-delete}, kill the current line. + +@tindex delete-char +@item @t{delete-char} +Delete the character under the cursor. + +@tindex vi-delete-char +@item @t{vi-delete-char} (unbound) (x) (unbound) +Delete the character under the cursor, +without going past the end of the line. + +@tindex delete-word +@item @t{delete-word} +Delete the current word. + +@tindex down-case-word +@item @t{down-case-word} (ESC-L ESC-l) (unbound) (unbound) +Convert the current word to all lowercase and move past it. + +@tindex kill-word +@item @t{kill-word} (ESC-D ESC-d) (unbound) (unbound) +Kill the current word. + +@tindex gosmacs-transpose-chars +@item @t{gosmacs-transpose-chars} +Exchange the two characters behind the cursor. + +@tindex vi-indent +@item @t{vi-indent} (unbound) (>) (unbound) +Indent a number of lines. + +@tindex vi-insert +@item @t{vi-insert} (unbound) (i) (unbound) +Enter insert mode. + +@tindex vi-insert-bol +@item @t{vi-insert-bol} (unbound) (I) (unbound) +Move to the first non-blank character on the line and enter insert mode. + +@tindex vi-join +@item @t{vi-join} (^X^J) (J) (unbound) +Join the current line with the next one. + +@tindex kill-line +@item @t{kill-line} (^K) (unbound) (unbound) +Kill from the cursor to the end of the line. +If already on the end of the line, kill the newline character. + +@tindex vi-kill-line +@item @t{vi-kill-line} (unbound) (unbound) (^U) +Kill from the cursor back to wherever insert mode was last entered. + +@tindex vi-kill-eol +@item @t{vi-kill-eol} (unbound) (D) (unbound) +Kill from the cursor to the end of the line. + +@tindex kill-region +@item @t{kill-region} +Kill from the cursor to the mark. + +@tindex kill-buffer +@item @t{kill-buffer} (^X^K) (unbound) (unbound) +Kill the entire buffer. + +@tindex kill-whole-line +@item @t{kill-whole-line} (^U) (unbound) (unbound) +Kill the current line. + +@tindex vi-match-bracket +@item @t{vi-match-bracket} (^X^B) (%) (unbound) +Move to the bracket character (one of @t{@{@}}, @t{()} or @t{[]}) that +matches the one under the cursor. +If the cursor is not on a bracket character, move forward without going +past the end of the line to find one, and then go to the matching bracket. + +@tindex vi-open-line-above +@item @t{vi-open-line-above} (unbound) (O) (unbound) +Open a line above the cursor and enter insert mode. + +@tindex vi-open-line-below +@item @t{vi-open-line-below} (unbound) (o) (unbound) +Open a line below the cursor and enter insert mode. + +@tindex vi-oper-swap-case +@item @t{vi-oper-swap-case} +Read a movement command from the keyboard, and swap +the case of all characters +from the cursor position to the endpoint of the movement. +If the movement command is @t{vi-oper-swap-case}, +swap the case of all characters on the current line. + +@tindex overwrite-mode +@item @t{overwrite-mode} (^X^O) (unbound) (unbound) +Toggle between overwrite mode and insert mode. + +@tindex vi-put-before +@item @t{vi-put-before} (unbound) (P) (unbound) +Insert the contents of the kill buffer before the cursor. +If the kill buffer contains a sequence of lines (as opposed to characters), +paste it above the current line. + +@tindex vi-put-after +@item @t{vi-put-after} (unbound) (p) (unbound) +Insert the contents of the kill buffer after the cursor. +If the kill buffer contains a sequence of lines (as opposed to characters), +paste it below the current line. + +@tindex quoted-insert +@item @t{quoted-insert} (^V) (unbound) (unbound) +Insert the next character typed into the buffer literally. +An interrupt character will not be inserted. + +@tindex vi-quoted-insert +@item @t{vi-quoted-insert} (unbound) (unbound) (^Q ^V) +Display a `@t{^}' at the cursor position, and +insert the next character typed into the buffer literally. +An interrupt character will not be inserted. + +@tindex quote-line +@item @t{quote-line} (ESC-') (unbound) (unbound) +Quote the current line; that is, put a `@t{'}' character at the +beginning and the end, and convert all `@t{'}' characters +to `@t{'\@value{dsq}}'. + +@tindex quote-region +@item @t{quote-region} (ESC-") (unbound) (unbound) +Quote the region from the cursor to the mark. + +@tindex vi-replace +@item @t{vi-replace} (unbound) (R) (unbound) +Enter overwrite mode. + +@tindex vi-repeat-change +@item @t{vi-repeat-change} (unbound) (.) (unbound) +Repeat the last vi mode text modification. +If a count was used with the modification, it is remembered. +If a count is given to this command, it overrides the remembered count, +and is remembered for future uses of this command. +The cut buffer specification is similarly remembered. + +@tindex vi-replace-chars +@item @t{vi-replace-chars} (unbound) (r) (unbound) +Replace the character under the cursor with a character +read from the keyboard. + +@tindex self-insert +@item @t{self-insert} (printable characters) (unbound) (printable characters and some control characters) +Insert a character into the buffer at the cursor position. + +@tindex self-insert-unmeta +@item @t{self-insert-unmeta} (ESC-^I ESC-^J ESC-^M) (unbound) (unbound) +Insert a character into the buffer after stripping the meta bit +and converting ^M to ^J. + +@tindex vi-substitute +@item @t{vi-substitute} (unbound) (s) (unbound) +Substitute the next character(s). + +@tindex vi-swap-case +@item @t{vi-swap-case} (unbound) (~) (unbound) +Swap the case of the character under the cursor and move past it. + +@tindex transpose-chars +@item @t{transpose-chars} (^T) (unbound) (unbound) +Exchange the two characters to the left of the +cursor if at end of line, else exchange the +character under the cursor with the character +to the left. + +@tindex transpose-words +@item @t{transpose-words} (ESC-T ESC-t) (unbound) (unbound) +Exchange the current word with the one before it. + +@tindex vi-unindent +@item @t{vi-unindent} (unbound) (<) (unbound) +Unindent a number of lines. + +@tindex up-case-word +@item @t{up-case-word} (ESC-U ESC-u) (unbound) (unbound) +Convert the current word to all caps and move past it. + +@tindex yank +@item @t{yank} (^Y) (unbound) (unbound) +Insert the contents of the kill buffer at the cursor position. + +@tindex yank-pop +@item @t{yank-pop} (ESC-y) (unbound) (unbound) +Remove the text just yanked, rotate the kill-ring (the history of +previously killed text) and yank the new top. Only works following +@t{yank} or @t{yank-pop}. + +@tindex vi-yank +@item @t{vi-yank} (unbound) (y) (unbound) +Read a movement command from the keyboard, and copy the region +from the cursor position to the endpoint of the movement +into the kill buffer. +If the command is @t{vi-yank}, copy the current line. + +@tindex vi-yank-whole-line +@item @t{vi-yank-whole-line} (unbound) (Y) (unbound) +Copy the current line into the kill buffer. + +@tindex vi-yank-eol +@item @t{vi-yank-eol} +Copy the region from the cursor position to the end of the line +into the kill buffer. +Arguably, this is what Y should do in vi, but it isn't what it actually does. + +@end table +@node Arguments, Completion, Modifying Text, Zle Widgets + +@subsection Arguments +@noindent +@table @asis +@tindex digit-argument +@item @t{digit-argument} (ESC-0..ESC-9) (1-9) (unbound) +Start a new numeric argument, or add to the current one. +See also @t{vi-digit-or-beginning-of-line}. This only works if bound to a +key sequence ending in a decimal digit. + +@noindent +Inside a widget function, a call to this function treats the last key of +the key sequence which called the widget as the digit. + +@tindex neg-argument +@item @t{neg-argument} (ESC---) (unbound) (unbound) +Changes the sign of the following argument. + +@tindex universal-argument +@item @t{universal-argument} +Multiply the argument of the next command by 4. Alternatively, if +this command is followed by an integer (positive or negative), use +that as the argument for the next command. Thus digits cannot be +repeated using this command. For example, if this command occurs +twice, followed immediately by @t{forward-char}, move forward sixteen +spaces; if instead it is followed by @t{-2}, then @t{forward-char}, +move backward two spaces. + +@noindent +Inside a widget function, if passed an argument, i.e. `@t{zle +universal-argument} @var{num}', the numerical argument will be set to +@var{num}; this is equivalent to `@t{NUMERIC=}@var{num}'. + +@tindex argument-base +@item @t{argument-base} +Use the existing numeric argument as a numeric base, which must be in the +range 2 to 36 inclusive. Subsequent use of @t{digit-argument} and +@t{universal-argument} will input a new prefix in the given base. +The usual hexadecimal convention is used: the letter @t{a} or @t{A} +corresponds to 10, and so on. Arguments in bases requiring digits from 10 +upwards are more conveniently input with @t{universal-argument}, since +@t{ESC-a} etc. are not usually bound to @t{digit-argument}. + +@noindent +The function can be used with a command argument inside a user-defined +widget. The following code sets the base to 16 and lets the user input a +hexadecimal argument until a key out of the digit range is typed: + +@noindent +@example +zle argument-base 16 +zle universal-argument +@end example + +@end table +@node Completion, Miscellaneous, Arguments, Zle Widgets + +@subsection Completion +@noindent +@table @asis +@tindex accept-and-menu-complete +@item @t{accept-and-menu-complete} +In a menu completion, insert the current completion into the buffer, +and advance to the next possible completion. + +@tindex complete-word +@item @t{complete-word} +Attempt completion on the current word. + +@tindex delete-char-or-list +@item @t{delete-char-or-list} (^D) (unbound) (unbound) +Delete the character under the cursor. If the cursor +is at the end of the line, list possible completions for the +current word. + +@tindex expand-cmd-path +@item @t{expand-cmd-path} +Expand the current command to its full pathname. + +@tindex expand-or-complete +@item @t{expand-or-complete} (TAB) (unbound) (TAB) +Attempt shell expansion on the current word. +If that fails, +attempt completion. + +@tindex expand-or-complete-prefix +@item @t{expand-or-complete-prefix} +Attempt shell expansion on the current word up to cursor. + +@tindex expand-history +@item @t{expand-history} (ESC-space ESC-!) (unbound) (unbound) +Perform history expansion on the edit buffer. + +@tindex expand-word +@item @t{expand-word} (^X*) (unbound) (unbound) +Attempt shell expansion on the current word. + +@tindex list-choices +@item @t{list-choices} (ESC-^D) (^D =) (^D) +List possible completions for the current word. + +@tindex list-expand +@item @t{list-expand} (^Xg ^XG) (^G) (^G) +List the expansion of the current word. + +@tindex magic-space +@item @t{magic-space} +Perform history expansion and insert a space into the +buffer. This is intended to be bound to space. + +@tindex menu-complete +@pindex MENU_COMPLETE, use of +@item @t{menu-complete} +Like @t{complete-word}, except that menu completion is used. +See the @t{MENU_COMPLETE} option. + +@tindex menu-expand-or-complete +@item @t{menu-expand-or-complete} +Like @t{expand-or-complete}, except that menu completion is used. + +@tindex reverse-menu-complete +@item @t{reverse-menu-complete} +Perform menu completion, like @t{menu-complete}, except that if +a menu completion is already in progress, move to the @emph{previous} +completion rather than the next. + +@tindex end-of-list +@item @t{end-of-list} +When a previous completion displayed a list below the prompt, this +widget can be used to move the prompt below the list. + +@end table +@node Miscellaneous, , Completion, Zle Widgets + +@subsection Miscellaneous +@noindent +@table @asis +@tindex accept-and-hold +@item @t{accept-and-hold} (ESC-A ESC-a) (unbound) (unbound) +Push the contents of the buffer on the buffer stack +and execute it. + +@tindex accept-and-infer-next-history +@item @t{accept-and-infer-next-history} +Execute the contents of the buffer. +Then search the history list for a line matching the current one +and push the event following onto the buffer stack. + +@tindex accept-line +@item @t{accept-line} (^J ^M) (^J ^M) (^J ^M) +Finish editing the buffer. Normally this causes the buffer to be +executed as a shell command. + +@tindex accept-line-and-down-history +@item @t{accept-line-and-down-history} (^O) (unbound) (unbound) +Execute the current line, and push the next history +event on the the buffer stack. + +@tindex auto-suffix-remove +@item @t{auto-suffix-remove} +If the previous action added a suffix (space, slash, etc.) to the word on +the command line, remove it. Otherwise do nothing. Removing the suffix +ends any active menu completion or menu selection. + +@noindent +This widget is intended to be called from user-defined widgets to enforce +a desired suffix-removal behavior. + +@tindex auto-suffix-retain +@item @t{auto-suffix-retain} +If the previous action added a suffix (space, slash, etc.) to the word on +the command line, force it to be preserved. Otherwise do nothing. +Retaining the suffix ends any active menu completion or menu selection. + +@noindent +This widget is intended to be called from user-defined widgets to enforce +a desired suffix-preservation behavior. + +@tindex beep +@item @t{beep} +Beep, unless the @t{BEEP} option is unset. + +@tindex vi-cmd-mode +@item @t{vi-cmd-mode} (^X^V) (unbound) (^[) +Enter command mode; that is, select the `@t{vicmd}' keymap. +Yes, this is bound by default in emacs mode. + +@tindex vi-caps-lock-panic +@item @t{vi-caps-lock-panic} +Hang until any lowercase key is pressed. +This is for vi users without the mental capacity to keep +track of their caps lock key (like the author). + +@tindex clear-screen +@item @t{clear-screen} (^L ESC-^L) (^L) (^L) +Clear the screen and redraw the prompt. + +@tindex describe-key-briefly +@item @t{describe-key-briefly} +Reads a key sequence, then prints the function bound to that sequence. + +@tindex exchange-point-and-mark +@item @t{exchange-point-and-mark} (^X^X) (unbound) (unbound) +Exchange the cursor position with the position of the mark. + +@tindex execute-named-cmd +@item @t{execute-named-cmd} (ESC-x) (unbound) (unbound) +Read the name of an editor command and +execute it. A restricted set of editing functions is available in the +mini-buffer. An interrupt signal, as defined by the stty setting, will +abort the function. The allowed functions are: +@t{backward-delete-char}, +@t{vi-backward-delete-char}, +@t{clear-screen}, +@t{redisplay}, +@t{quoted-insert}, +@t{vi-quoted-insert}, +@t{backward-kill-word}, +@t{vi-backward-kill-word}, +@t{kill-whole-line}, +@t{vi-kill-line}, +@t{backward-kill-line}, +@t{list-choices}, +@t{delete-char-or-list}, +@t{complete-word}, +@t{accept-line}, +@t{expand-or-complete} and +@t{expand-or-complete-prefix}. + +@noindent +@t{kill-region} kills the last word, +and vi-cmd-mode is treated the same as accept-line. +The space and tab characters, if not bound to one of +these functions, will complete the name and then list the +possibilities if the @t{AUTO_LIST} option is set. +Any other character that is not bound to @t{self-insert} or +@t{self-insert-unmeta} will beep and be ignored. +The bindings of the current insert mode will be used. + +@noindent +Currently this command may not be redefined or called by name. + +@tindex execute-last-named-cmd +@item @t{execute-last-named-cmd} (ESC-z) (unbound) (unbound) +Redo the last function executed with @t{execute-named-cmd}. + +@noindent +Currently this command may not be redefined or called by name. + +@tindex get-line +@item @t{get-line} (ESC-G ESC-g) (unbound) (unbound) +Pop the top line off the buffer stack and insert it at the +cursor position. + +@tindex pound-insert +@item @t{pound-insert} (unbound) (#) (unbound) +If there is no # character at the beginning of the buffer, +add one to the beginning of each line. +If there is one, remove a # from each line that has one. +In either case, accept the current line. +The @t{INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS} option must be set +for this to have any usefulness. + +@tindex vi-pound-insert +@item @t{vi-pound-insert} +If there is no # character at the beginning of the current line, +add one. If there is one, remove it. +The @t{INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS} option must be set +for this to have any usefulness. + +@tindex push-input +@item @t{push-input} +Push the entire current multiline construct onto the buffer stack and +return to the top-level (@t{PS1}) prompt. +If the current parser construct is only a single line, this is exactly +like @t{push-line}. +Next time the editor starts up or is popped with @t{get-line}, the +construct will be popped off the top of the buffer stack and loaded +into the editing buffer. + +@tindex push-line +@item @t{push-line} (^Q ESC-Q ESC-q) (unbound) (unbound) +Push the current buffer onto the buffer stack and clear +the buffer. +Next time the editor starts up, the buffer will be popped +off the top of the buffer stack and loaded into the editing +buffer. + +@tindex push-line-or-edit +@item @t{push-line-or-edit} +At the top-level (@t{PS1}) prompt, equivalent to @t{push-line}. +At a secondary (@t{PS2}) prompt, move the entire current multiline +construct into the editor buffer. +The latter is equivalent to @t{push-input} followed by @t{get-line}. + +@tindex read-command +@item @t{read-command} +Only useful from a user-defined widget. A keystroke is read just as in +normal operation, but instead of the command being executed the name +of the command that would be executed is stored in the shell parameter +@t{REPLY}. This can be used as the argument of a future @t{zle} +command. If the key sequence is not bound, status 1 is returned; +typically, however, @t{REPLY} is set to @t{undefined-key} to indicate +a useless key sequence. + +@tindex recursive-edit +@item @t{recursive-edit} +Only useful from a user-defined widget. At this point in the function, +the editor regains control until one of the standard widgets which would +normally cause zle to exit (typically an @t{accept-line} caused by +hitting the return key) is executed. Instead, control returns to the +user-defined widget. The status returned is non-zero if the return was +caused by an error, but the function still continues executing and hence +may tidy up. This makes it safe for the user-defined widget to alter +the command line or key bindings temporarily. + +@noindent +The following widget, @t{caps-lock}, serves as an example. +@example +self-insert-ucase() @{ + LBUFFER+=$@{(U)KEYS[-1]@} +@} + +@noindent +integer stat + +@noindent +zle -N self-insert self-insert-ucase +zle -A caps-lock save-caps-lock +zle -A accept-line caps-lock + +@noindent +zle recursive-edit +stat=$? + +@noindent +zle -A .self-insert self-insert +zle -A save-caps-lock caps-lock +zle -D save-caps-lock + +@noindent +(( stat )) && zle send-break + +@noindent +return $stat + +@end example +This causes typed letters to be inserted capitalised until either +@t{accept-line} (i.e. typically the return key) is typed or the +@t{caps-lock} widget is invoked again; the later is handled by saving +the old definition of @t{caps-lock} as @t{save-caps-lock} and then +rebinding it to invoke @t{accept-line}. Note that an error from the +recursive edit is detected as a non-zero return status and propagated by +using the @t{send-break} widget. + +@tindex redisplay +@item @t{redisplay} (unbound) (^R) (^R) +Redisplays the edit buffer. + +@tindex reset-prompt +@item @t{reset-prompt} (unbound) (unbound) (unbound) +Force the prompts on both the left and right of the screen to be +re-expanded, then redisplay the edit buffer. This +reflects changes both to the prompt variables themselves and changes +in the expansion of the values (for example, changes in time or +directory, or changes to the value of variables referred to by the +prompt). + +@noindent +Otherwise, the prompt is only expanded each time zle starts, and +when the display as been interrupted by output from another part of the +shell (such as a job notification) which causes the command line to be +reprinted. + +@tindex send-break +@item @t{send-break} (^G ESC-^G) (unbound) (unbound) +Abort the current editor function, e.g. @t{execute-named-command}, or the +editor itself, e.g. if you are in @t{vared}. Otherwise abort the parsing of +the current line. + +@tindex run-help +@item @t{run-help} (ESC-H ESC-h) (unbound) (unbound) +Push the buffer onto the buffer stack, and execute the +command `@t{run-help} @var{cmd}', where @var{cmd} is the current +command. @t{run-help} is normally aliased to @t{man}. + +@tindex vi-set-buffer +@item @t{vi-set-buffer} (unbound) (") (unbound) +Specify a buffer to be used in the following command. +There are 35 buffers that can be specified: +the 26 `named' buffers @t{"a} to @t{"z} +and the nine `queued' buffers @t{"1} to @t{"9}. The named buffers can also +be specified as @t{"A} to @t{"Z}. + +@noindent +When a buffer is specified for a cut command, the text being cut replaces +the previous contents of the specified buffer. If a named buffer +is specified using a capital, the newly cut text is appended to the buffer +instead of overwriting it. + +@noindent +If no buffer is specified for a cut command, @t{"1} is used, and the +contents of @t{"1} to @t{"8} are each shifted along one buffer; the contents of +@t{"9} is lost. + +@tindex vi-set-mark +@item @t{vi-set-mark} (unbound) (m) (unbound) +Set the specified mark at the cursor position. + +@tindex set-mark-command +@item @t{set-mark-command} (^@@) (unbound) (unbound) +Set the mark at the cursor position. + +@tindex spell-word +@item @t{spell-word} (ESC-$ ESC-S ESC-s) (unbound) (unbound) +Attempt spelling correction on the current word. + +@tindex undefined-key +@item @t{undefined-key} +This command is executed when a key sequence that is not bound to any +command is typed. By default it beeps. + +@tindex undo +@item @t{undo} (^_ ^Xu ^X^U) (unbound) (unbound) +Incrementally undo the last text modification. + +@tindex redo +@item @t{redo} +Incrementally redo undone text modifications. + +@tindex vi-undo-change +@item @t{vi-undo-change} (unbound) (u) (unbound) +Undo the last text modification. +If repeated, redo the modification. + +@tindex what-cursor-position +@item @t{what-cursor-position} (^X=) (unbound) (unbound) +Print the character under the cursor, its code as an octal, decimal and +hexadecimal number, the current cursor position within the buffer and the +column of the cursor in the current line. + +@tindex where-is +@item @t{where-is} +Read the name of an editor command and and print the listing of key +sequences that invoke the specified command. + +@tindex which-command +@item @t{which-command} (ESC-?) (unbound) (unbound) +Push the buffer onto the buffer stack, and execute the +command `@t{which-command} @var{cmd}'. where @var{cmd} is the current +command. @t{which-command} is normally aliased to @var{whence}. + +@tindex vi-digit-or-beginning-of-line +@item @t{vi-digit-or-beginning-of-line} (unbound) (0) (unbound) +If the last command executed was a digit as part of an argument, +continue the argument. Otherwise, execute vi-beginning-of-line. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/compwid.yo +@node Completion Widgets, Completion System, Zsh Line Editor, Top + +@chapter Completion Widgets +@noindent +@cindex completion, widgets +@cindex completion, programmable +@cindex completion, controlling + +@section Description +@noindent +The shell's programmable completion mechanism can be manipulated in two +ways; here the low-level features supporting the newer, function-based +mechanism are defined. A complete set of shell functions based on these +features is described in +the next chapter, @ref{Completion System}, +and users with no interest in adding to that system (or, potentially, +writing their own --- see dictionary entry for `hubris') should skip +the current section. The older system based on the @t{compctl} builtin +command is described in +@ref{Completion Using compctl}. + +@noindent +Completion widgets are defined by the @t{-C} option to the @t{zle} +builtin command provided by the @t{zsh/zle} module (see +@ref{The zsh/zle Module}). For example, + +@noindent +@example +zle -C complete expand-or-complete completer +@end example + +@noindent +defines a widget named `@t{complete}'. The second argument is the name +of any of the builtin widgets that handle completions: +@t{complete-word}, @t{expand-or-complete}, +@t{expand-or-complete-prefix}, @t{menu-complete}, +@t{menu-expand-or-complete}, @t{reverse-menu-complete}, +@t{list-choices}, or @t{delete-char-or-list}. Note that this will still +work even if the widget in question has been re-bound. + +@noindent +When this newly defined widget is bound to a key +using the @t{bindkey} builtin command defined in the @t{zsh/zle} module +(@ref{Zsh Line Editor}), typing that key will call the shell function `@t{completer}'. This +function is responsible for generating the possible matches using the +builtins described below. As with other ZLE widgets, the function is +called with its standard input closed. + +@noindent +Once the function returns, the completion code takes over control again +and treats the matches in the same manner as the specified builtin +widget, in this case @t{expand-or-complete}. + +@noindent +@menu +* Special Parameters:: +* Builtin Commands:: +* Condition Codes:: +* Matching Control:: +* Completion Widget Example:: +@end menu + +@noindent +@node Special Parameters, Builtin Commands, , Completion Widgets + +@section Special Parameters +@noindent + +@noindent +Inside completion widgets, and any functions called from them, some +parameters have special meaning; outside these functions they are not +special to the shell in any way. These parameters are used to pass +information between the completion code and the completion widget. Some of +the builtin commands and the condition codes use or change the current +values of these parameters. Any existing values will be hidden during +execution of completion widgets; except for @t{compstate}, the parameters +are reset on each function exit (including nested function calls from +within the completion widget) to the values they had when the function was +entered. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex CURRENT +@item @t{CURRENT} +This is the number of the current word, i.e. the word the cursor is +currently on in the @t{words} array. Note that this value is only +correct if the @t{ksharrays} option is not set. + +@vindex IPREFIX +@item @t{IPREFIX} +Initially this will be set to the empty string. This parameter functions +like @t{PREFIX}; it contains a string which precedes the one in @t{PREFIX} +and is not considered part of the list of matches. Typically, a string is +transferred from the beginning of @t{PREFIX} to the end of @t{IPREFIX}, for +example: + +@noindent +@example +IPREFIX=$@{PREFIX%%\=*@}= +PREFIX=$@{PREFIX#*=@} +@end example + +@noindent +causes the part of the prefix up to and including the first equal sign not +to be treated as part of a matched string. This can be done automatically +by the @t{compset} builtin, see below. + +@vindex ISUFFIX +@item @t{ISUFFIX} +As @t{IPREFIX}, but for a suffix that should not be considered part +of the matches; note that the @t{ISUFFIX} string follows the @t{SUFFIX} +string. + +@vindex PREFIX +@item @t{PREFIX} +Initially this will be set to the part of the current word from the +beginning of the word up to the position of the cursor; it may be altered +to give a common prefix for all matches. + +@vindex QIPREFIX +@item @t{QIPREFIX} +This parameter is read-only and contains the quoted string up to the +word being completed. E.g. when completing `@t{"foo}', this parameter +contains the double quote. If the @t{-q} option of @t{compset} is used +(see below), and the original string was `@t{"foo bar}' with the +cursor on the `@t{bar}', this parameter contains `@t{"foo }'. + +@vindex QISUFFIX +@item @t{QISUFFIX} +Like @t{QIPREFIX}, but containing the suffix. + +@vindex SUFFIX +@item @t{SUFFIX} +Initially this will be set to the part of the current word from the +cursor position to the end; it may be altered to give a common suffix for +all matches. It is most useful when the option @t{COMPLETE_IN_WORD} is +set, as otherwise the whole word on the command line is treated as a +prefix. + +@vindex compstate +@cindex completion widgets, examining and setting state in +@item @t{compstate} +This is an associative array with various keys and values that the +completion code uses to exchange information with the completion widget. +The keys are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex all_quotes, compstate +@item @t{all_quotes} +The @t{-q} option of the @t{compset} builtin command (see below) +allows a quoted string to be broken into separate words; if the cursor is +on one of those words, that word will be completed, possibly invoking +`@t{compset -q}' recursively. With this key it is possible to test the +types of quoted strings which are currently broken into parts in this +fashion. Its value contains one character for each quoting level. The +characters are a single quote or a double quote for strings quoted with +these characters, a dollars sign for strings quoted with +@t{$'}@var{...}@t{'} and a backslash for strings not starting with a +quote character. The first character in the value always corresponds to the +innermost quoting level. + +@vindex context, compstate +@item @t{context} +This will be set by the completion code to the overall context +in which completion is attempted. Possible values are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{array_value} +when completing inside the value of an array parameter assignment; in +this case the @t{words} array contains the words inside the parentheses. + +@item @t{brace_parameter} +when completing the name of a parameter in a parameter expansion beginning +with @t{$@{}. + +@item @t{assign_parameter} +when completing the name of a parameter in a parameter assignment. + +@item @t{command} +when completing for a normal command (either in command position or for +an argument of the command). + +@item @t{condition} +when completing inside a `@t{[[}...@t{]]}' conditional expression; in +this case the @t{words} array contains only the words inside the +conditional expression. + +@item @t{math} +when completing in a mathematical environment such as a +`@t{((}...@t{))}' construct. + +@item @t{parameter} +when completing the name of a parameter in a parameter expansion beginning +with @t{$} but not @t{$@{}. + +@item @t{redirect} +when completing after a redirection operator. + +@item @t{subscript} +when completing inside a parameter subscript. + +@item @t{value} +when completing the value of a parameter assignment. + +@end table + +@vindex exact, compstate +@item @t{exact} +Controls the behaviour when the @t{REC_EXACT} option is set. It will be +set to @t{accept} if an exact match would be accepted, and will be unset +otherwise. + +@noindent +If it was set when at least one match equal to the string on the line +was generated, the match is accepted. + +@vindex exact_string, compstate +@item @t{exact_string} +The string of an exact match if one was found, otherwise unset. + +@vindex ignored, compstate +@item @t{ignored} +The number of words that were ignored because they matched one of the +patterns given with the @t{-F} option to the @t{compadd} builtin +command. + +@vindex insert, compstate +@item @t{insert} +This controls the manner in which a match is inserted into the command +line. On entry to the widget function, if it is unset the command line is +not to be changed; if set to @t{unambiguous}, any prefix common to all +matches is to be inserted; if set to @t{automenu-unambiguous}, the +common prefix is to be inserted and the next invocation of the +completion code may start menu completion (due to the @t{AUTO_MENU} +option being set); if set to @t{menu} or @t{automenu} menu completion +will be started for the matches currently generated (in the +latter case this will happen because the @t{AUTO_MENU} is set). The +value may also contain the string `@t{tab}' when the completion code +would normally not really do completion, but only insert the TAB +character. + +@noindent +On exit it may be set to any of the values above (where setting it to +the empty string is the same as unsetting it), or to a number, in which +case the match whose number is given will be inserted into the command line. +Negative numbers count backward from the last match (with `@t{-1}' +selecting the last match) and out-of-range values are wrapped +around, so that a value of zero selects the last match and a value +one more than the maximum selects the first. Unless the value of this +key ends in a space, the match is inserted as in a menu completion, +i.e. without automatically appending a space. + +@noindent +Both @t{menu} and @t{automenu} may also specify the the number of the +match to insert, given after a colon. For example, `@t{menu:2}' says +to start menu completion, beginning with the second match. + +@noindent +Note that a value containing the substring `@t{tab}' makes the +matches generated be ignored and only the TAB be inserted. + +@noindent +Finally, it may also be set to @t{all}, which makes all matches +generated be inserted into the line. + +@vindex insert_positions, compstate +@item @t{insert_positions} +When the completion system inserts an unambiguous string into the +line, there may be multiple places where characters are missing or +where the character inserted differs from at least one match. The +value of this key contains a colon separated list of all these +positions, as indexes into the command line. + +@vindex last_prompt, compstate +@item @t{last_prompt} +If this is set to a non-empty string for every match added, the +completion code will move the cursor back to the previous prompt after +the list of completions has been displayed. Initially this is set or +unset according to the @t{ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT} option. + +@vindex list, compstate +@item @t{list} +This controls whether or how the list of matches will be displayed. If it +is unset or empty they will never be listed; if its value begins with +@t{list}, they will always be listed; if it begins with @t{autolist} +or @t{ambiguous}, they will be listed when the @t{AUTO_LIST} or +@t{LIST_AMBIGUOUS} options respectively would normally cause them to +be. + +@noindent +If the substring @t{force} appears in the value, this makes the +list be shown even if there is only one match. Normally, the list +would be shown only if there are at least two matches. + +@noindent +The value contains the substring @t{packed} if the @t{LIST_PACKED} +option is set. If this substring is given for all matches added to a +group, this group will show the @t{LIST_PACKED} behavior. The same is +done for the @t{LIST_ROWS_FIRST} option with the substring @t{rows}. + +@noindent +Finally, if the value contains the string @t{explanations}, only the +explanation strings, if any, will be listed and if it contains +@t{messages}, only the messages (added with the @t{-x} option of +@t{compadd}) will be listed. If it contains both @t{explanations} and +@t{messages} both kinds of explanation strings will be listed. It +will be set appropriately on entry to a completion widget and may be +changed there. + +@vindex list_lines, compstate +@item @t{list_lines} +This gives the number of lines that are needed to display the full +list of completions. Note that to calculate the total number of lines +to display you need to add the number of lines needed for the command +line to this value, this is available as the value of the @t{BUFFERLINES} +special parameter. + +@vindex list_max, compstate +@item @t{list_max} +Initially this is set to the value of the @t{LISTMAX} parameter. +It may be set to any other value; when the widget exits this value +will be used in the same way as the value of @t{LISTMAX}. + +@vindex nmatches, compstate +@item @t{nmatches} +The number of matches generated and accepted by the completion code so +far. + +@vindex old_insert, compstate +@item @t{old_insert} +On entry to the widget this will be set to the number of the match of +an old list of completions that is currently inserted into the command +line. If no match has been inserted, this is unset. + +@noindent +As with @t{old_list}, the value of this key will only be used if it is the +string @t{keep}. If it was set to this value by the widget and there was an +old match inserted into the command line, this match will be kept and if +the value of the @t{insert} key specifies that another match should be +inserted, this will be inserted after the old one. + +@vindex old_list, compstate +@item @t{old_list} +This is set to @t{yes} if there is still a valid list of completions +from a previous completion at the time the widget is invoked. This will +usually be the case if and only if the previous editing operation was a +completion widget or one of the builtin completion functions. If there is a +valid list and it is also currently shown on the screen, the value of this +key is @t{shown}. + +@noindent +After the widget has exited the value of this key is only used if it +was set to @t{keep}. In this case the completion code will continue +to use this old list. If the widget generated new matches, they will +not be used. + +@vindex parameter, compstate +@item @t{parameter} +The name of the parameter when completing in a subscript or in the +value of a parameter assignment. + +@vindex pattern_insert, compstate +@item @t{pattern_insert} +Normally this is set to @t{menu}, which specifies that menu completion will +be used whenever a set of matches was generated using pattern matching. If +it is set to any other non-empty string by the user and menu completion is +not selected by other option settings, the code will instead insert any +common prefix for the generated matches as with normal completion. + +@vindex pattern_match, compstate +@item @t{pattern_match} +Locally controls the behaviour given by the @t{GLOB_COMPLETE} option. +Initially it is set to `@t{*}' if and only if the option is set. +The completion widget may set it to this value, to an empty string +(which has the same effect as unsetting it), or to any +other non-empty string. If it is non-empty, unquoted metacharacters on the +command line will be treated as patterns; if it is `@t{*}', then +additionally a wildcard `@t{*}' is assumed at the cursor position; if +it is empty or unset, metacharacters will be treated literally. + +@noindent +Note that the matcher specifications given to the @t{compadd} builtin +command are not used if this is set to a non-empty string. + +@vindex quote, compstate +@item @t{quote} +When completing inside quotes, this contains the quotation character +(i.e. either a single quote, a double quote, or a backtick). Otherwise it +is unset. + +@vindex quoting, compstate +@item @t{quoting} +When completing inside single quotes, this is set to the string +@t{single}; inside double quotes, the string +@t{double}; inside backticks, the string @t{backtick}. +Otherwise it is unset. + +@vindex redirect, compstate +@item @t{redirect} +The redirection operator when completing in a redirection position, +i.e. one of @t{<}, @t{>}, etc. + +@vindex restore, compstate +@item @t{restore} +This is set to @t{auto} before a function is entered, which forces the +special parameters mentioned above (@t{words}, @t{CURRENT}, @t{PREFIX}, +@t{IPREFIX}, @t{SUFFIX}, and @t{ISUFFIX}) to be restored to their +previous values when the function exits. If a function unsets it or +sets it to any other string, they will not be restored. + +@vindex to_end, compstate +@item @t{to_end} +Specifies the occasions on which the cursor is moved to the end of a string +when a match is inserted. On entry to a widget function, it may be +@t{single} if this will happen when a single unambiguous match was inserted +or @t{match} if it will happen any time a match is inserted (for example, +by menu completion; this is likely to be the effect of the @t{ALWAYS_TO_END} +option). + +@noindent +On exit, it may be set to @t{single} as above. It may also be set to +@t{always}, or to the empty string or unset; in those cases the cursor will +be moved to the end of the string always or never respectively. Any +other string is treated as @t{match}. + +@vindex unambiguous, compstate +@item @t{unambiguous} +This key is read-only and will always be set to the common (unambiguous) +prefix the completion code has generated for all matches added so far. + +@vindex unambiguous_cursor, compstate +@item @t{unambiguous_cursor} +This gives the position the cursor would be placed at if the +common prefix in the @t{unambiguous} key were inserted, relative to +the value of that key. The cursor would be placed before the character +whose index is given by this key. + +@vindex unambiguous_positions, compstate +@item @t{unambiguous_positions} +This contains all positions where characters in the unambiguous string +are missing or where the character inserted differs from at least one +of the matches. The positions are given as indexes into the string +given by the value of the @t{unambiguous} key. + +@vindex vared, compstate +@item @t{vared} +If completion is called while editing a line using the @t{vared} +builtin, the value of this key is set to the name of the parameter +given as an argument to @t{vared}. This key is only set while a @t{vared} +command is active. + +@end table + +@vindex words +@item @t{words} +This array contains the words present on the command line currently being +edited. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Builtin Commands, Condition Codes, Special Parameters, Completion Widgets + +@section Builtin Commands +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex compadd +@cindex completion widgets, adding specified matches +@item @t{compadd} [ @t{-akqQfenUld12C} ] [ @t{-F} @var{array} ] +@itemx [ @t{-P} @var{prefix} ] [ @t{-S} @var{suffix} ] +@itemx [ @t{-p} @var{hidden-prefix} ] [ @t{-s} @var{hidden-suffix} ] +@itemx [ @t{-i} @var{ignored-prefix} ] [ @t{-I} @var{ignored-suffix} ] +@itemx [ @t{-W} @var{file-prefix} ] [ @t{-d} @var{array} ] +@itemx [ @t{-J} @var{name} ] [ @t{-V} @var{name} ] [ @t{-X} @var{explanation} ] [ @t{-x} @var{message} ] +@itemx [ @t{-r} @var{remove-chars} ] [ @t{-R} @var{remove-func} ] +@itemx [ @t{-D} @var{array} ] [ @t{-O} @var{array} ] [ @t{-A} @var{array} ] +@itemx [ @t{-E} @var{number} ] +@itemx [ @t{-M} @var{match-spec} ] [ @t{-}@t{-} ] [ @var{words} ... ] + +@noindent +This builtin command can be used to add matches directly and control +all the information the completion code stores with each possible +match. The return status is zero if at least one match was added and +non-zero if no matches were added. + +@noindent +The completion code breaks the string to complete into seven fields in +the order: + +@noindent +@quotation +@var{} +@end quotation + +@noindent +The first field +is an ignored prefix taken from the command line, the contents of the +@t{IPREFIX} parameter plus the string given with the @t{-i} +option. With the @t{-U} option, only the string from the @t{-i} +option is used. The field @var{} is an optional prefix string +given with the @t{-P} option. The @var{} field is a string +that is considered part of the match but that should not be shown when +listing completions, given with the @t{-p} option; for example, +functions that do filename generation might specify +a common path prefix this way. @var{} is the part of the match that +should appear in the list of completions, i.e. one of the @var{words} given +at the end of the @t{compadd} command line. The suffixes @var{}, +@var{} and @var{} correspond to the prefixes @var{}, +@var{} and @var{} and are given by the options @t{-s}, @t{-S} and +@t{-I}, respectively. + +@noindent +The supported flags are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-P} @var{prefix} +This gives a string to be inserted before the given @var{words}. The +string given is not considered as part of the match and any shell +metacharacters in it will not be quoted when the string is inserted. + +@item @t{-S} @var{suffix} +Like @t{-P}, but gives a string to be inserted after the match. + +@item @t{-p} @var{hidden-prefix} +This gives a string that should be inserted into the command line before the +match but that should not appear in the list of matches. Unless the +@t{-U} option is given, this string must be matched as part of the string +on the command line. + +@item @t{-s} @var{hidden-suffix} +Like `@t{-p}', but gives a string to insert after the match. + +@item @t{-i} @var{ignored-prefix} +This gives a string to insert into the command line just before any +string given with the `@t{-P}' option. Without `@t{-P}' the string is +inserted before the string given with `@t{-p}' or directly before the +match. + +@item @t{-I} @var{ignored-suffix} +Like @t{-i}, but gives an ignored suffix. + +@item @t{-a} +With this flag the @var{words} are taken as names of arrays and the +possible matches are their values. If only some elements of the +arrays are needed, the @var{words} may also contain subscripts, as in +`@t{foo[2,-1]}'. + +@item @t{-k} +With this flag the @var{words} are taken as names of associative arrays +and the possible matches are their keys. As for @t{-a}, the +@var{words} may also contain subscripts, as in `@t{foo[(R)*bar*]}'. + +@item @t{-d} @var{array} +This adds per-match display strings. The @var{array} should contain one +element per @var{word} given. The completion code will then display the +first element instead of the first @var{word}, and so on. The +@var{array} may be given as the name of an array parameter or directly +as a space-separated list of words in parentheses. + +@noindent +If there are fewer display strings than @var{words}, the leftover +@var{words} will be displayed unchanged and if there are more display +strings than @var{words}, the leftover display strings will be silently +ignored. + +@item @t{-l} +This option only has an effect if used together with the @t{-d} +option. If it is given, the display strings are listed one per line, +not arrayed in columns. + +@item @t{-o} +This option only has an effect if used together with the @t{-d} +option. If it is given, the order of the output is determined by the +match strings; otherwise it is determined by the display strings +(i.e. the strings given by the @t{-d} option). + +@item @t{-J} @var{name} +Gives the name of the group of matches the words should be stored in. + +@item @t{-V} @var{name} +Like @t{-J} but naming a unsorted group. These are in a different name +space than groups created with the @t{-J} flag. + +@item @t{-1} +If given together with the @t{-V} option, makes +only consecutive duplicates in the group be removed. If combined with +the @t{-J} option, this has no visible effect. Note that groups +with and without this flag are in different name spaces. + +@item @t{-2} +If given together with the @t{-J} or @t{-V} option, makes all +duplicates be kept. Again, groups with and without this flag are in +different name spaces. + +@item @t{-X} @var{explanation} +The @var{explanation} string will be printed with the list of matches, +above the group currently selected. + +@item @t{-x} @var{message} +Like @t{-X}, but the @var{message} will be printed even if there are no +matches in the group. + +@item @t{-q} +The suffix given with @t{-S} will be automatically removed if +the next character typed is a blank or does not insert anything, or if +the suffix consists of only one character and the next character typed +is the same character. + +@item @t{-r} @var{remove-chars} +This is a more versatile form of the @t{-q} option. +The suffix given with @t{-S} or the slash automatically added after +completing directories will be automatically removed if +the next character typed inserts one of the characters given in the +@var{remove-chars}. This string is parsed as a characters class and +understands the backslash sequences used by the @t{print} command. For +example, `@t{-r "a-z\t"}' removes the suffix if the next character typed +inserts a lowercase character or a TAB, and `@t{-r "^0-9"}' removes the +suffix if the next character typed inserts anything but a digit. One extra +backslash sequence is understood in this string: `@t{\-}' stands for +all characters that insert nothing. Thus `@t{-S "=" -q}' is the same +as `@t{-S "=" -r "= \t\n\-"}'. + +@noindent +This option may also be used without the @t{-S} option; then any +automatically added space will be removed when one of the characters in the +list is typed. + +@item @t{-R} @var{remove-func} +This is another form of the @t{-r} option. When a suffix +has been inserted and the completion accepted, the function +@var{remove-func} will be called after the next character typed. It is +passed the length of the suffix as an argument and can use the special +parameters available in ordinary (non-completion) zle widgets (see +@ref{Zsh Line Editor}) to analyse and modify the command line. + +@item @t{-f} +If this flag is given, all of the matches built from @var{words} are +marked as being the names of files. They are not required to be actual +filenames, but if they are, and the option @t{LIST_TYPES} is set, the +characters describing the types of the files in the completion lists will +be shown. This also forces a slash to be added when the name of a +directory is completed. + +@item @t{-e} +This flag can be used to tell the completion code that the matches +added are parameter names for a parameter expansion. This will make +the @t{AUTO_PARAM_SLASH} and @t{AUTO_PARAM_KEYS} options be used for +the matches. + +@item @t{-W} @var{file-prefix} +This string is a pathname that will be +prepended to each of the matches formed by the given @var{words} together +with any prefix specified by the @t{-p} option to form a complete filename +for testing. Hence it is only useful if combined with the @t{-f} flag, as +the tests will not otherwise be performed. + +@item @t{-F} @var{array} +Specifies an array containing patterns. Words matching one of these +patterns are ignored, i.e. not considered to be possible matches. + +@noindent +The @var{array} may be the name of an array parameter or a list of +literal patterns enclosed in parentheses and quoted, as in `@t{-F "(*?.o +*?.h)"}'. If the name of an array is given, the elements of the array are +taken as the patterns. + +@item @t{-Q} +This flag instructs the completion +code not to quote any metacharacters in the words when inserting them +into the command line. + +@item @t{-M} @var{match-spec} +This gives local match specifications as described below in +@ref{Matching Control}. This option may be given more than once. In +this case all @var{match-spec}s given are concatenated with spaces +between them to form the specification string to use. +Note that they will only be used if the @t{-U} option is not given. + +@item @t{-n} +Specifies that the words added are to be used as possible +matches, but are not to appear in the completion listing. + +@item @t{-U} +If this flag is given, all words given will be accepted and no matching +will be done by the completion code. Normally this is used in +functions that do the matching themselves. + +@item @t{-O} @var{array} +If this option is given, the @var{words} are @emph{not} added to the set of +possible completions. Instead, matching is done as usual and all of the +@var{words} given as arguments that match the string on the command line +will be stored in the array parameter whose name is given as @var{array}. + +@item @t{-A} @var{array} +As the @t{-O} option, except that instead of those of the @var{words} which +match being stored in @var{array}, the strings generated internally by the +completion code are stored. For example, +with a matching specification of `@t{-M "L:|no="}', the string `@t{nof}' +on the command line and the string `@t{foo}' as one of the @var{words}, this +option stores the string `@t{nofoo}' in the array, whereas the @t{-O} +option stores the `@t{foo}' originally given. + +@item @t{-D} @var{array} +As with @t{-O}, the @var{words} are not added to the set of possible +completions. Instead, the completion code tests whether each @var{word} +in turn matches what is on the line. If the @var{n}'th @var{word} does not +match, the @var{n}'th element of the @var{array} is removed. Elements +for which the corresponding @var{word} is matched are retained. + +@item @t{-C} +This option adds a special match which expands to all other matches +when inserted into the line, even those that are added after this +option is used. Together with the @t{-d} option it is possible to +specify a string that should be displayed in the list for this special +match. If no string is given, it will be shown as a string containing +the strings that would be inserted for the other matches, truncated to +the width of the screen. + +@item @t{-E} +This option adds @var{number} empty matches after the @var{words} have +been added. An empty match takes up space in completion listings but +will never be inserted in the line and can't be selected with menu +completion or menu selection. This makes empty matches only useful to +format completion lists and to make explanatory string be shown in +completion lists (since empty matches can be given display strings +with the @t{-d} option). And because all but one empty string would +otherwise be removed, this option implies the @t{-V} and @t{-2} +options (even if an explicit @t{-J} option is given). + +@item @t{-} +@itemx @t{-}@t{-} +This flag ends the list of flags and options. All arguments after it +will be taken as the words to use as matches even if they begin with +hyphens. + +@end table + +@noindent +Except for the @t{-M} flag, if any of these flags is given more than +once, the first one (and its argument) will be used. + +@findex compset +@cindex completion widgets, modifying special parameters +@item @t{compset -p} @var{number} +@itemx @t{compset -P} [ @var{number} ] @var{pattern} +@itemx @t{compset -s} @var{number} +@itemx @t{compset -S} [ @var{number} ] @var{pattern} +@itemx @t{compset -n} @var{begin} [ @var{end} ] +@itemx @t{compset -N} @var{beg-pat} [ @var{end-pat} ] +@itemx @t{compset -q} +This command simplifies modification of the special parameters, +while its return status allows tests on them to be carried out. + +@noindent +The options are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-p} @var{number} +If the contents of the @t{PREFIX} parameter is longer than @var{number} +characters, the first @var{number} characters are removed from it and +appended to the contents of the @t{IPREFIX} parameter. + +@item @t{-P} [ @var{number} ] @var{pattern} +If the value of the @t{PREFIX} parameter begins with anything that +matches the @var{pattern}, the matched portion is removed from +@t{PREFIX} and appended to @t{IPREFIX}. + +@noindent +Without the optional @var{number}, the longest match is taken, but +if @var{number} is given, anything up to the @var{number}'th match is +moved. If the @var{number} is negative, the @var{number}'th longest +match is moved. For example, if @t{PREFIX} contains the string +`@t{a=b=c}', then @t{compset -P '*\='} will move the string `@t{a=b=}' +into the @t{IPREFIX} parameter, but @t{compset -P 1 '*\='} will move only +the string `@t{a=}'. + +@item @t{-s} @var{number} +As @t{-p}, but transfer the last @var{number} characters from the +value of @t{SUFFIX} to the front of the value of @t{ISUFFIX}. + +@item @t{-S} [ @var{number} ] @var{pattern} +As @t{-P}, but match the last portion of @t{SUFFIX} and transfer the +matched portion to the front of the value of @t{ISUFFIX}. + +@item @t{-n} @var{begin} [ @var{end} ] +If the current word position as specified by the parameter @t{CURRENT} +is greater than or equal to @var{begin}, anything up to the +@var{begin}'th word is removed from the @t{words} array and the value +of the parameter @t{CURRENT} is decremented by @var{begin}. + +@noindent +If the optional @var{end} is given, the modification is done only if +the current word position is also less than or equal to @var{end}. In +this case, the words from position @var{end} onwards are also removed from +the @t{words} array. + +@noindent +Both @var{begin} and @var{end} may be negative to count backwards +from the last element of the @t{words} array. + +@item @t{-N} @var{beg-pat} [ @var{end-pat} ] +If one of the elements of the @t{words} array before the one at the +index given by the value of the parameter @t{CURRENT} matches the +pattern @var{beg-pat}, all elements up to and including the matching one are +removed from the @t{words} array and the value of @t{CURRENT} is changed to +point to the same word in the changed array. + +@noindent +If the optional pattern @var{end-pat} is also given, and there is an +element in the @t{words} array matching this pattern, the parameters +are modified only if the index of this word is higher than the one +given by the @t{CURRENT} parameter (so that the matching word has +to be after the cursor). In this case, the words starting with the one +matching @t{end-pat} are also removed from the @t{words} +array. If @t{words} contains no word matching @var{end-pat}, the +testing and modification is performed as if it were not given. + +@item @t{-q} +The word +currently being completed is split on spaces into separate words, +respecting the usual shell quoting conventions. The +resulting words are stored in the @t{words} array, and @t{CURRENT}, +@t{PREFIX}, @t{SUFFIX}, @t{QIPREFIX}, and @t{QISUFFIX} are modified to +reflect the word part that is completed. + +@end table + +@noindent +In all the above cases the return status is zero if the test succeeded +and the parameters were modified and non-zero otherwise. This allows +one to use this builtin in tests such as: + +@noindent +@example +if compset -P '*\='; then ... +@end example + +@noindent +This forces anything up to and including the last equal sign to be +ignored by the completion code. + +@item @t{compcall} [ @t{-TD} ] +This allows the use of completions defined with the @t{compctl} builtin +from within completion widgets. The list of matches will be generated as +if one of the non-widget completion function (@t{complete-word}, etc.) +had been called, except that only @t{compctl}s given for specific commands +are used. To force the code to try completions defined with the @t{-T} +option of @t{compctl} and/or the default completion (whether defined by +@t{compctl -D} or the builtin default) in the appropriate places, the +@t{-T} and/or @t{-D} flags can be passed to @t{compcall}. + +@noindent +The return status can be used to test if a matching @t{compctl} +definition was found. It is non-zero if a @t{compctl} was found and +zero otherwise. + +@noindent +Note that this builtin is defined by the @t{zsh/compctl} module. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Condition Codes, Matching Control, Builtin Commands, Completion Widgets + +@section Condition Codes +@noindent +@cindex completion widgets, condition codes + +@noindent +The following additional condition codes for use within the @t{[[ ... ]]} +construct are available in completion widgets. These work on the special +parameters. All of these tests can also be performed by the @t{compset} +builtin, but in the case of the condition codes the contents of the special +parameters are not modified. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-prefix} [ @var{number} ] @var{pattern} +true if the test for the @t{-P} option of @t{compset} would succeed. + +@item @t{-suffix} [ @var{number} ] @var{pattern} +true if the test for the @t{-S} option of @t{compset} would succeed. + +@item @t{-after} @var{beg-pat} +true if the test of the @t{-N} option with only the @var{beg-pat} given +would succeed. + +@item @t{-between} @var{beg-pat end-pat} +true if the test for the @t{-N} option with both patterns would succeed. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Matching Control, Completion Widget Example, Condition Codes, Completion Widgets + +@section Matching Control +@noindent + +@noindent +It is possible by use of the +@t{-M} option of the @t{compadd} builtin command to specify how the +characters in the string to be completed (referred to here as the +command line) map onto the characters in the list of matches produced by +the completion code (referred to here as the trial completions). Note +that this is not used if the command line contains a glob pattern and +the @t{GLOB_COMPLETE} option is set or the @t{pattern_match} of the +@t{compstate} special association is set to a non-empty string. + +@noindent +The @var{match-spec} given as the argument to the @t{-M} option (see +@ref{Builtin Commands}) consists of one or more matching descriptions separated by +whitespace. Each description consists of a letter followed by a colon +and then the patterns describing which character sequences on the line match +which character sequences in the trial completion. Any sequence of +characters not handled in this fashion must match exactly, as usual. + +@noindent +The forms of @var{match-spec} understood are as follows. In each case, the +form with an uppercase initial character retains the string already +typed on the command line as the final result of completion, while with +a lowercase initial character the string on the command line is changed +into the corresponding part of the trial completion. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{m:}@var{lpat}@t{=}@var{tpat} +@itemx @t{M:}@var{lpat}@t{=}@var{tpat} +Here, @var{lpat} is a pattern that matches on the command line, +corresponding to @var{tpat} which matches in the trial completion. + +@item @t{l:}@var{lanchor}@t{|}@var{lpat}@t{=}@var{tpat} +@itemx @t{L:}@var{lanchor}@t{|}@var{lpat}@t{=}@var{tpat} +@itemx @t{l:}@var{lanchor}@t{||}@var{ranchor}@t{=}@var{tpat} +@itemx @t{L:}@var{lanchor}@t{||}@var{ranchor}@t{=}@var{tpat} +@itemx @t{b:}@var{lpat}@t{=}@var{tpat} +@itemx @t{B:}@var{lpat}@t{=}@var{tpat} +These letters are for patterns that are anchored by another pattern on +the left side. Matching for @var{lpat} and @var{tpat} is as for @t{m} and +@t{M}, but the pattern @var{lpat} matched on the command line must be +preceded by the pattern @var{lanchor}. The @var{lanchor} can be blank to +anchor the match to the start of the command line string; otherwise the +anchor can occur anywhere, but must match in both the command line and +trial completion strings. + +@noindent +If no @var{lpat} is given but a @var{ranchor} is, this matches the gap +between substrings matched by @var{lanchor} and @var{ranchor}. Unlike +@var{lanchor}, the @var{ranchor} only needs to match the trial +completion string. + +@noindent +The @t{b} and @t{B} forms are similar to @t{l} and @t{L} with an empty +anchor, but need to match only the beginning of the trial completion +or the word on the command line, respectively. + +@item @t{r:}@var{lpat}@t{|}@var{ranchor}@t{=}@var{tpat} +@itemx @t{R:}@var{lpat}@t{|}@var{ranchor}@t{=}@var{tpat} +@itemx @t{r:}@var{lanchor}@t{||}@var{ranchor}@t{=}@var{tpat} +@itemx @t{R:}@var{lanchor}@t{||}@var{ranchor}@t{=}@var{tpat} +@itemx @t{e:}@var{lpat}@t{=}@var{tpat} +@itemx @t{E:}@var{lpat}@t{=}@var{tpat} +As @t{l}, @t{L}, @t{b} and @t{B}, with the difference that the command +line and trial completion patterns are anchored on the right side. +Here an empty @var{ranchor} and the @t{e} and @t{E} forms force the +match to the end of the trial completion or command line string. + +@end table + +@noindent +Each @var{lpat}, @var{tpat} or @var{anchor} is either an empty string or +consists of a sequence of literal characters (which may be quoted with a +backslash), question marks, character classes, and correspondence +classes; ordinary shell patterns are not used. Literal characters match +only themselves, question marks match any character, and character +classes are formed as for globbing and match any character in the given +set. + +@noindent +Correspondence classes are defined like character classes, but with two +differences: they are delimited by a pair of braces, and negated classes +are not allowed, so the characters @t{!} and @t{^} have no special +meaning directly after the opening brace. They indicate that a range of +characters on the line match a range of characters in the trial +completion, but (unlike ordinary character classes) paired according to +the corresponding position in the sequence. For example, to make any +lowercase letter on the line match the corresponding uppercase letter in +the trial completion, you can use `@t{m:@{a-z@}=@{A-Z@}}'. More than one +pair of classes can occur, in which case the first class before the +@t{=} corresponds to the first after it, and so on. If one side has +more such classes than the other side, the superfluous classes behave +like normal character classes. In anchor patterns correspondence classes +also behave like normal character classes. + +@noindent +The pattern @var{tpat} may also be one or two stars, `@t{*}' or +`@t{**}'. This means that the pattern on the command line can match +any number of characters in the trial completion. In this case the +pattern must be anchored (on either side); in the case of a single +star, the @var{anchor} then determines how much of the trial completion +is to be included --- only the characters up to the next appearance of +the anchor will be matched. With two stars, substrings matched by the +anchor can be matched, too. + +@noindent +Examples: + +@noindent +The keys of the @t{options} association defined by the @t{parameter} +module are the option names in all-lowercase form, without +underscores, and without the optional @t{no} at the beginning even +though the builtins @t{setopt} and @t{unsetopt} understand option names +with uppercase letters, underscores, and the optional @t{no}. The +following alters the matching rules so that the prefix @t{no} and any +underscore are ignored when trying to match the trial completions +generated and uppercase letters on the line match the corresponding +lowercase letters in the words: + +@noindent +@example +compadd -M 'L:|[nN][oO]= M:_= M:@{A-Z@}=@{a-z@}' - \ + $@{(k)options@} +@end example + +@noindent +The first part says that the pattern `@t{[nN][oO]}' at the beginning +(the empty anchor before the pipe symbol) of the string on the +line matches the empty string in the list of words generated by +completion, so it will be ignored if present. The second part does the +same for an underscore anywhere in the command line string, and the +third part uses correspondence classes so that any +uppercase letter on the line matches the corresponding lowercase +letter in the word. The use of the uppercase forms of the +specification characters (@t{L} and @t{M}) guarantees that what has +already been typed on the command line (in particular the prefix +@t{no}) will not be deleted. + +@noindent +Note that the use of @t{L} in the first part means that it matches +only when at the beginning of both the command line string and the +trial completion. I.e., the string `@t{_NO_f}' would not be +completed to `@t{_NO_foo}', nor would `@t{NONO_f}' be completed to +`@t{NONO_foo}' because of the leading underscore or the second +`@t{NO}' on the line which makes the pattern fail even though they are +otherwise ignored. To fix this, one would use `@t{B:[nN][oO]=}' +instead of the first part. As described above, this matches at the +beginning of the trial completion, independent of other characters or +substrings at the beginning of the command line word which are ignored +by the same or other @var{match-spec}s. + +@noindent +The second example makes completion case insensitive. This is just +the same as in the option example, except here we wish to retain the +characters in the list of completions: + +@noindent +@example +compadd -M 'm:@{a-z@}=@{A-Z@}' ... +@end example + +@noindent +This makes lowercase letters match their uppercase counterparts. +To make uppercase letters match the lowercase forms as well: + +@noindent +@example +compadd -M 'm:@{a-zA-Z@}=@{A-Za-z@}' ... +@end example + +@noindent +A nice example for the use of @t{*} patterns is partial word +completion. Sometimes you would like to make strings like `@t{c.s.u}' +complete to strings like `@t{comp.source.unix}', i.e. the word on the +command line consists of multiple parts, separated by a dot in this +example, where each part should be completed separately --- note, +however, that the case where each part of the word, i.e. `@t{comp}', +`@t{source}' and `@t{unix}' in this example, is to be completed from +separate sets of matches +is a different problem to be solved by the implementation of the +completion widget. The example can be handled by: + +@noindent +@example +compadd -M 'r:|.=* r:|=*' \ + - comp.sources.unix comp.sources.misc ... +@end example + +@noindent +The first specification says that @var{lpat} is the empty string, while +@var{anchor} is a dot; @var{tpat} is @t{*}, so this can match anything +except for the `@t{.}' from the anchor in +the trial completion word. So in `@t{c.s.u}', the matcher sees `@t{c}', +followed by the empty string, followed by the anchor `@t{.}', and +likewise for the second dot, and replaces the empty strings before the +anchors, giving `@t{c}[@t{omp}]@t{.s}[@t{ources}]@t{.u}[@t{nix}]', where +the last part of the completion is just as normal. + +@noindent +With the pattern shown above, the string `@t{c.u}' could not be +completed to `@t{comp.sources.unix}' because the single star means +that no dot (matched by the anchor) can be skipped. By using two stars +as in `@t{r:|.=**}', however, `@t{c.u}' could be completed to +`@t{comp.sources.unix}'. This also shows that in some cases, +especially if the anchor is a real pattern, like a character class, +the form with two stars may result in more matches than one would like. + +@noindent +The second specification is needed to make this work when the cursor is +in the middle of the string on the command line and the option +@t{COMPLETE_IN_WORD} is set. In this case the completion code would +normally try to match trial completions that end with the string as +typed so far, i.e. it will only insert new characters at the cursor +position rather then at the end. However in our example we would like +the code to recognise matches which contain extra characters after the +string on the line (the `@t{nix}' in the example). Hence we say that the +empty string at the end of the string on the line matches any characters +at the end of the trial completion. + +@noindent +More generally, the specification + +@noindent +@example +compadd -M 'r:|[.,_-]=* r:|=*' ... +@end example + +@noindent +allows one to complete words with abbreviations before any of the +characters in the square brackets. For example, to +complete @t{veryverylongfile.c} rather than @t{veryverylongheader.h} +with the above in effect, you can just type @t{very.c} before attempting +completion. + +@noindent +The specifications with both a left and a right anchor are useful to +complete partial words whose parts are not separated by some +special character. For example, in some places strings have to be +completed that are formed `@t{LikeThis}' (i.e. the separate parts are +determined by a leading uppercase letter) or maybe one has to +complete strings with trailing numbers. Here one could use the simple +form with only one anchor as in: + +@noindent +@example +compadd -M 'r:|[A-Z0-9]=* r:|=*' LikeTHIS FooHoo 5foo123 5bar234 +@end example + +@noindent +But with this, the string `@t{H}' would neither complete to `@t{FooHoo}' +nor to `@t{LikeTHIS}' because in each case there is an uppercase +letter before the `@t{H}' and that is matched by the anchor. Likewise, +a `@t{2}' would not be completed. In both cases this could be changed +by using `@t{r:|[A-Z0-9]=**}', but then `@t{H}' completes to both +`@t{LikeTHIS}' and `@t{FooHoo}' and a `@t{2}' matches the other +strings because characters can be inserted before every uppercase +letter and digit. To avoid this one would use: + +@noindent +@example +compadd -M 'r:[^A-Z0-9]||[A-Z0-9]=** r:|=*' \ + LikeTHIS FooHoo foo123 bar234 +@end example + +@noindent +By using these two anchors, a `@t{H}' matches only uppercase `@t{H}'s that +are immediately preceded by something matching the left anchor +`@t{[^A-Z0-9]}'. The effect is, of course, that `@t{H}' matches only +the string `@t{FooHoo}', a `@t{2}' matches only `@t{bar234}' and so on. + +@noindent +When using the completion system (see +@ref{Completion System}), users can define match specifications that are to be used for +specific contexts by using the @t{matcher} and @t{matcher-list} +styles. The values for the latter will be used everywhere. + +@noindent +@node Completion Widget Example, , Matching Control, Completion Widgets + +@section Completion Widget Example +@noindent +@cindex completion widgets, example + +@noindent +The first step is to define the widget: + +@noindent +@example +zle -C complete complete-word complete-files +@end example + +@noindent +Then the widget can be bound to a key using the @t{bindkey} builtin +command: + +@noindent +@example +bindkey '^X\t' complete +@end example + +@noindent +After that the shell function @t{complete-files} will be invoked +after typing control-X and TAB. The function should then generate the +matches, e.g.: + +@noindent +@example +complete-files () @{ compadd - * @} +@end example + +@noindent +This function will complete files in the current directory matching the +current word. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/compsys.yo +@node Completion System, Completion Using compctl, Completion Widgets, Top + +@chapter Completion System +@noindent +@cindex completion system +@cindex completion, programmable +@cindex completion, controlling + +@section Description +@noindent + +@noindent +This describes the shell code for the `new' completion system, referred +to as @t{compsys}. It is written in shell functions based on the +features described in +the previous chapter, @ref{Completion Widgets}. + +@noindent +The features are contextual, sensitive to the point at which completion is +started. Many completions are already provided. +For this reason, a user can perform a great many tasks without +knowing any details beyond how to initialize the system, which is +described +in @ref{Initialization}. + +@noindent +The context that decides what completion is to be performed may be +@itemize @bullet + +@item +an argument or option position: these describe the position on the +command line at which completion is requested. For example `first argument +to rmdir, the word being completed names a directory'; + +@item +a special context, denoting an element in the shell's syntax. For example +`a word in command position' or `an array subscript'. + +@end itemize + +@noindent +A full context specification contains other elements, as we shall describe. + +@noindent +Besides commands names and contexts, the system employs two more +concepts, @emph{styles} and @emph{tags}. These provide ways for the user +to configure the system's behaviour. + +@noindent +Tags play a dual role. They serve as a classification system for +the matches, typically indicating a class of object that the user +may need to distinguish. For example, when completing arguments of the +@t{ls} command the user may prefer to try @t{files} before @t{directories}, +so both of these are tags. They also appear as the rightmost +element in a context specification. + +@noindent +Styles modify various operations of the completion system, such as +output formatting, but also what kinds of completers are used (and in +what order), or which tags are examined. Styles may accept arguments +and are manipulated using the @t{zstyle} command described in +@ref{The zsh/zutil Module}. + +@noindent +In summary, tags describe @emph{what} the completion objects are, and style +@t{how} they are to be completed. At various points of execution, the +completion system checks what styles and/or tags are defined for the +current context, and uses that to modify its behavior. The full +description of context handling, which determines how tags and other +elements of the context influence the behaviour of styles, is described +in @ref{Completion System Configuration}. + +@noindent +When a completion is requested, a dispatcher function is called; +see the description of @t{_main_complete} in the list of control functions +below. This dispatcher decides which function should +be called to produce the completions, and calls it. The result is +passed to one or more @emph{completers}, functions that implement +individual completion strategies: simple completion, error correction, +completion with error correction, menu selection, etc. + +@noindent +More generally, the shell functions contained in the completion system are +of two types: +@itemize @bullet + +@item +those beginning `@t{comp}' are to be called directly; there are only +a few of these; + +@item +those beginning `@t{_}' are called by the +completion code. The shell functions of this set, which implement +completion behaviour and may be bound to keystrokes, are referred to +as `widgets'. These proliferate as new completions are required. + +@end itemize + +@noindent +@menu +* Initialization:: +* Completion System Configuration:: +* Control Functions:: +* Bindable Commands:: +* Completion Functions:: +* Completion Directories:: +@end menu + +@noindent +@node Initialization, Completion System Configuration, , Completion System + +@section Initialization +@noindent +@findex compinstall +@cindex completion system, installing + +@noindent +If the system was installed completely, it should be enough to +call the shell function @t{compinit} from your initialization file; see the +next section. However, the function @t{compinstall} can be run by a user +to configure various aspects of the completion system. + +@noindent +Usually, @t{compinstall} will insert code into @t{.zshrc}, although if +that is not writable it will save it in another file and tell you that +file's location. Note that it is up to you to make sure that the lines +added to @t{.zshrc} are actually run; you may, for example, need to move +them to an earlier place in the file if @t{.zshrc} usually returns early. +So long as you keep them all together (including the comment lines at the +start and finish), you can rerun @t{compinstall} and it will correctly +locate and modify these lines. Note, however, that any code you add to +this section by hand is likely to be lost if you rerun @t{compinstall}, +although lines using the command `@t{zstyle}' should be gracefully handled. + +@noindent +The new code will take effect next time you start the shell, or run +@t{.zshrc} by hand; there is also an option to make them take effect +immediately. However, if @t{compinstall} has removed definitions, you will +need to restart the shell to see the changes. + +@noindent +To run @t{compinstall} you will need to make sure it is in a directory +mentioned in your @t{fpath} parameter, which should already be the case if +zsh was properly configured as long as your startup files do not remove the +appropriate directories from @t{fpath}. Then it must be autoloaded +(`@t{autoload -U compinstall}' is recommended). You can abort the +installation any time you are being prompted for information, and your +@t{.zshrc} will not be altered at all; changes only take place right at the +end, where you are specifically asked for confirmation. + +@noindent + +@subsection Use of compinit +@noindent +@findex compinit +@cindex completion system, initializing + +@noindent +This section describes the use of @t{compinit} to initialize completion for +the current session when called directly; if you have run +@t{compinstall} it will be called automatically from your @t{.zshrc}. + +@noindent +To initialize the system, the function @t{compinit} should be in a +directory mentioned in the @t{fpath} parameter, and should be autoloaded +(`@t{autoload -U compinit}' is recommended), and then run simply as +`@t{compinit}'. This will define a +few utility functions, arrange for all the necessary shell functions to be +autoloaded, and will then re-define all widgets that do completion to use the +new system. If you use the @t{menu-select} widget, which is part of the +@t{zsh/complist} module, you should make sure that that module is loaded +before the call to @t{compinit} so that that widget is also +re-defined. If completion styles (see below) are set up to perform +expansion as well as completion by default, and the TAB key is bound to +@t{expand-or-complete}, @t{compinit} will rebind it to @t{complete-word}; +this is necessary to use the correct form of expansion. + +@noindent +Should you need to use the original completion commands, you can still +bind keys to the old widgets by putting a `@t{.}' in front of the +widget name, e.g. `@t{.expand-or-complete}'. + +@noindent +To speed up the running of @t{compinit}, it can be made to produce a dumped +configuration that will be read in on future invocations; this is the +default, but can be turned off by calling @t{compinit} with the +option @t{-D}. The dumped file is @t{.zcompdump} in the same +directory as the startup files (i.e. @t{$ZDOTDIR} or @t{$HOME}); +alternatively, an explicit file name can be given by `@t{compinit -d} +@var{dumpfile}'. The next invocation of @t{compinit} will read the dumped +file instead of performing a full initialization. + +@noindent +If the number of completion files changes, @t{compinit} will recognise this +and produce a new dump file. However, if the name of a function or the +arguments in the first line of a @t{#compdef} function (as described below) +change, it is easiest to delete the dump file by hand so that +@t{compinit} will re-create it the next time it is run. The check +performed to see if there are new functions can be omitted by giving +the option @t{-C}. In this case the dump file will only be created if +there isn't one already. + +@noindent +The dumping is actually done by another function, @t{compdump}, but you +will only need to run this yourself if you change the configuration +(e.g. using @t{compdef}) and then want to dump the new one. The name of +the old dumped file will be remembered for this purpose. + +@noindent +If the parameter @t{_compdir} is set, @t{compinit} uses it as a directory +where completion functions can be found; this is only necessary if they are +not already in the function search path. + +@noindent +For security reasons @t{compinit} also checks if the completion system +would use files not owned by root or by the current user, or files in +directories that are world- or group-writable or that are not owned by +root or by the current user. If such files or directories are found, +@t{compinit} will ask if the completion system should really be used. To +avoid these tests and make all files found be used without asking, use the +option @t{-u}, and to make @t{compinit} silently ignore all insecure files +and directories use the option @t{-i}. This security check is skipped +entirely when the @t{-C} option is given. + +@noindent +@findex compaudit +The security check can be retried at any time by running the function +@t{compaudit}. This is the same check used by @t{compinit}, but when it +is executed directly any changes to @t{fpath} are made local to the +function so they do not persist. The directories to be checked may be +passed as arguments; if none are given, @t{compaudit} uses @t{fpath} and +@t{_compdir} to find completion system directories, adding missing ones +to @t{fpath} as necessary. To force a check of exactly the directories +currently named in @t{fpath}, set @t{_compdir} to an empty string before +calling @t{compaudit} or @t{compinit}. + +@noindent + +@subsection Autoloaded files +@noindent +@cindex completion system, autoloaded functions + +@noindent +The convention for autoloaded functions used in completion is that they +start with an underscore; as already mentioned, the @t{fpath/FPATH} +parameter must contain the directory in which they are stored. If @t{zsh} +was properly installed on your system, then @t{fpath/FPATH} automatically +contains the required directories for the standard functions. + +@noindent +For incomplete installations, if @t{compinit} does not find enough files +beginning with an underscore (fewer than twenty) in the search path, it +will try to find more by adding the directory @t{_compdir} to the search +path. If that directory has a subdirectory named @t{Base}, all +subdirectories will be added to the path. Furthermore, if the subdirectory +@t{Base} has a subdirectory named @t{Core}, @t{compinit} will add all +subdirectories of the subdirectories is to the path: this allows +the functions to be in the same format as in the @t{zsh} source +distribution. + +@noindent +@cindex compdef, use of by compinit +When @t{compinit} is run, it searches all such files accessible via +@t{fpath/FPATH} and reads the first line of each of them. This line should +contain one of the tags described below. Files whose first line does not +start with one of these tags are not considered to be part of the +completion system and will not be treated specially. + +@noindent +The tags are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{#compdef} @var{names...} [ @t{-[pP]} @var{patterns...} [ @t{-N} @var{names...} ] ] +The file will be made autoloadable and the function defined +in it will be called when completing @var{names}, each of which is +either the name of a command whose arguments are to be completed or one of +a number of special contexts in the form @t{-}@var{context}@t{-} described +below. + +@noindent +Each @var{name} may also be of the form `@var{cmd}@t{=}@var{service}'. +When completing the command @var{cmd}, the function typically behaves as +if the command (or special context) @var{service} was being completed +instead. This provides a way of altering the behaviour of functions +that can perform many different completions. It is implemented +by setting the parameter @t{$service} when calling the function; +the function may choose to interpret this how it wishes, and simpler +functions will probably ignore it. + +@noindent +If the @t{#compdef} line contains one of the options @t{-p} or @t{-P}, +the words following are taken to be patterns. The function will be +called when completion is attempted for a command or context that matches +one of the patterns. The options @t{-p} and @t{-P} are used to specify +patterns to be tried before or after other completions respectively. +Hence @t{-P} may be used to specify default actions. + +@noindent +The option @t{-N} is used after a list following @t{-p} or @t{-P}; it +specifies that remaining words no longer define patterns. It is +possible to toggle between the three options as many times as necessary. + +@item @t{#compdef -k} @var{style key-sequences...} +This option creates a widget behaving like the +builtin widget @var{style} and binds it to the given @var{key-sequences}, +if any. The @var{style} must be one of the builtin widgets that perform +completion, namely @t{complete-word}, @t{delete-char-or-list}, +@t{expand-or-complete}, @t{expand-or-complete-prefix}, @t{list-choices}, +@t{menu-complete}, @t{menu-expand-or-complete}, or +@t{reverse-menu-complete}. If the @t{zsh/complist} module is loaded (see +@ref{The zsh/complist Module}) the widget @t{menu-select} is also available. + +@noindent +When one of the @var{key-sequences} is typed, the function in the file will +be invoked to generate the matches. Note that a key will not be re-bound +if if it already was (that is, was bound to something other than +@t{undefined-key}). The widget created has the same name as the file and +can be bound to any other keys using @t{bindkey} as usual. + +@item @t{#compdef -K} @var{widget-name} @var{style} @var{key-sequences} ... +This is similar to @t{-k} except that only one @var{key-sequences} +argument may be given for each @var{widget-name} @var{style} pair. +However, the entire set of three arguments may be repeated with a +different set of arguments. Note in particular that the +@var{widget-name} must be distinct in each set. If it does not begin with +`@t{_}' this will be added. The @var{widget-name} should not clash with +the name of any existing widget: names based on the name of the function +are most useful. For example, + +@noindent +@example +#compdef -K _foo_complete complete-word "^X^C" \ + _foo_list list-choices "^X^D" +@end example + +@noindent +(all on one line) defines a widget @t{_foo_complete} for completion, bound +to `@t{^X^C}', and a widget @t{_foo_list} for listing, bound to `@t{^X^D}'. + +@item @t{#autoload} [ @var{options} ] +Functions with the @t{#autoload} tag are marked for autoloading but +are not otherwise treated specially. Typically they are to be called +from within one of the completion functions. Any @var{options} supplied +will be passed to the @t{autoload} builtin; a typical use is @t{+X} to +force the function to be loaded immediately. Note that the @t{-U} and +@t{-z} flags are always added implicitly. + +@end table + +@noindent +The @t{#} is part of the tag name and no white space is allowed after it. +The @t{#compdef} tags use the @t{compdef} function described below; the +main difference is that the name of the function is supplied implicitly. + +@noindent +The special contexts for which completion functions can be defined are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@kindex -array-value-, completion context +@item @t{-array-value-} +The right hand side of an array-assignment +(`@t{foo=(...)}') + +@kindex -brace-parameter-, completion context +@item @t{-brace-parameter-} +The name of a parameter expansion within braces (`@t{$@{...@}}') + +@kindex -assign-parameter-, completion context +@item @t{-assign-parameter-} +The name of a parameter in an assignment, i.e. on the left hand side of +an `@t{=}' + +@kindex -command-, completion context +@item @t{-command-} +A word in command position + +@kindex -condition-, completion context +@item @t{-condition-} +A word inside a condition (`@t{[[...]]}') + +@kindex -default-, completion context +@item @t{-default-} +Any word for which no other completion is defined + +@kindex -equal-, completion context +@item @t{-equal-} +A word beginning with an equals sign + +@kindex -first-, completion context +@item @t{-first-} +This is tried before any other completion function. The function called +may set the @t{_compskip} parameter to one of various values: +@t{all}: no further completion is attempted; a string +containing the substring @t{patterns}: no pattern completion functions +will be called; a string containing @t{default}: the +function for the `@t{-default-}' context will not be called, but +functions defined for commands will + +@kindex -math-, completion context +@item @t{-math-} +Inside mathematical contexts, such as +`@t{((}...@t{))}' + +@kindex -parameter-, completion context +@item @t{-parameter-} +The name of a parameter expansion (`@t{$...}') + +@kindex -redirect-, completion context +@item @t{-redirect-} +The word after a redirection operator. + +@kindex -subscript-, completion context +@item @t{-subscript-} +The contents of a parameter subscript. + +@kindex -tilde-, completion context +@item @t{-tilde-} +After an initial tilde (`@t{~}'), but before the first slash +in the word. + +@kindex -value-, completion context +@item @t{-value-} +On the right hand side of an assignment. + +@end table + +@noindent +Default implementations are supplied for each of these +contexts. In most cases the context @t{-}@var{context}@t{-} is +implemented by a corresponding function @t{_}@var{context}, for example +the context `@t{-tilde-}' and the function `@t{_tilde}'). + +@noindent +The contexts @t{-redirect-} and @t{-value-} allow extra context-specific +information. (Internally, this is handled by the functions for each +context calling the function @t{_dispatch}.) The extra +information is added separated by commas. + +@noindent +For the @t{-redirect-} context, the extra information is in the form +`@t{-redirect-,}@var{op}@t{,}@var{command}', where @var{op} is the +redirection operator and @var{command} is the name of the command on +the line. If there is no command on the line yet, the @var{command} +field will be empty. + +@noindent +For the @t{-value-} context, the form is +`@t{-value-,}@var{name}@t{,}@var{command}', where @var{name} is the name of +the parameter. In the case of elements of an associative array, for +example `@t{assoc=(key }', @var{name} is expanded to +`@var{name}@t{-}@var{key}'. In certain special contexts, such as +completing after `@t{make CFLAGS=}', the @var{command} part gives the +name of the command, here @t{make}; otherwise it is empty. + +@noindent +It is not necessary to define fully specific completions as the +functions provided will try to generate completions by progressively +replacing the elements with `@t{-default-}'. For example, when +completing after `@t{foo=}', @t{_value} will try the names +`@t{-value-,foo,}' (note the empty @var{command} part), +`@t{-value-,foo,-default-}' and`@t{-value-,-default-,-default-}', in +that order, until it finds a function to handle the context. + +@noindent +As an example: + +@noindent +@example +compdef '_files -g "*.log"' '-redirect-,2>,-default-' +@end example + +@noindent +completes files matching `@t{*.log}' after `@t{2> }' for any +command with no more specific handler defined. + +@noindent +Also: + +@noindent +@example +compdef _foo -value-,-default-,-default- +@end example + +@noindent +specifies that @t{_foo} provides completions for the values of +parameters for which no special function has been defined. This is +usually handled by the function @t{_value} itself. + +@noindent +The same lookup rules are used when looking up styles (as described +below); for example + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*:*:-redirect-,2>,*:*' file-patterns '*.log' +@end example + +@noindent +is another way to make completion after `@t{2> }' complete files +matching `@t{*.log}'. + +@noindent + +@subsection Functions +@noindent + +@noindent +The following function is defined by @t{compinit} and may be called +directly. + +@noindent +@findex compdef +@cindex completion system, adding definitions +@table @asis +@item @t{compdef} [ @t{-an} ] @var{function names...} [ @t{-[pP]} @var{patterns...} [ @t{-N} @var{names...} ] ] +@itemx @t{compdef -d} @var{names...} +@itemx @t{compdef -k} [ @t{-an} ] @var{function style key-sequences...} +@itemx @t{compdef -K} [ @t{-an} ] @var{function name style key-sequences ...} +The first form defines the @var{function} to call for completion in the +given contexts as described for the @t{#compdef} tag above. + +@noindent +Alternatively, all the arguments may have the form +`@var{cmd}@t{=}@var{service}'. Here @var{service} should already have been +defined by `@var{cmd1}@t{=}@var{service}' lines in @t{#compdef} files, as +described above. The argument for @var{cmd} will be completed in the +same way as @var{service}. + +@noindent +The @var{function} argument may alternatively be a string containing any +shell code. The string will be executed using the @t{eval} builtin +command to generate completions. This provides a way of avoiding having +to define a new completion function. For example, to complete +files ending in `@t{.h}' as arguments to the command @t{foo}: + +@noindent +@example +compdef '_files -g "*.h"' foo +@end example + +@noindent +The option @t{-n} prevents any completions already defined for the +command or context from being overwritten. + +@noindent +The option @t{-d} deletes any completion defined for the command or +contexts listed. + +@noindent +The @var{names} may also contain @t{-p}, @t{-P} and @t{-N} options as +described for the @t{#compdef} tag. The effect on the argument list is +identical, switching between definitions of patterns tried initially, +patterns tried finally, and normal commands and contexts. + +@noindent +The parameter @t{$_compskip} may be set by any function defined for a +pattern context. If it is set to a value containing the substring +`@t{patterns}' none of the pattern-functions will be called; if it is +set to a value containing the substring `@t{all}', no other function +will be called. + +@noindent +The form with @t{-k} defines a widget with the same name as the @var{function} +that will be called for each of the @var{key-sequences}; this is like the +@t{#compdef -k} tag. The function should generate the completions needed +and will otherwise behave like the builtin widget whose name is given as +the @var{style} argument. The widgets usable for this are: +@t{complete-word}, @t{delete-char-or-list}, @t{expand-or-complete}, +@t{expand-or-complete-prefix}, @t{list-choices}, @t{menu-complete}, +@t{menu-expand-or-complete}, and @t{reverse-menu-complete}, as well as +@t{menu-select} if the @t{zsh/complist} module is loaded. The option @t{-n} +prevents the key being bound if it is already to bound to something other +than @t{undefined-key}. + +@noindent +The form with @t{-K} is similar and defines multiple widgets based on the +same @var{function}, each of which requires the set of three arguments +@var{name}, @var{style} and @var{key-sequences}, where the latter two are as +for @t{-k} and the first must be a unique widget name beginning with an +underscore. + +@noindent +Wherever applicable, the @t{-a} option makes the @var{function} +autoloadable, equivalent to @t{autoload -U }@var{function}. + +@end table + +@noindent +The function @t{compdef} can be used to associate existing completion +functions with new commands. For example, + +@noindent +@example +compdef _pids foo +@end example + +@noindent +uses the function @t{_pids} to complete process IDs for the command @t{foo}. + +@noindent +Note also the @t{_gnu_generic} function described below, which can be +used to complete options for commands that understand the +`@t{-}@t{-help}' option. + +@noindent +@node Completion System Configuration, Control Functions, Initialization, Completion System + +@section Completion System Configuration +@noindent +@cindex completion system, configuration + +@noindent +This section gives a short overview of how the completion system works, +and then more detail on how users can configure how and when matches are +generated. + +@noindent + +@subsection Overview +@noindent + +@noindent +When completion is attempted somewhere on the command line the +completion system first works out the context. This takes account of a +number of things including the command word (such as `@t{grep}' or +`@t{zsh}') and options to which the current word may be an argument +(such as the `@t{-o}' option to @t{zsh} which takes a shell option as an +argument). + +@noindent +This context information is condensed into a string consisting of +multiple fields separated by colons, referred to simply as `the context' +in the remainder of the documentation. This is used to look up +@emph{styles}, context-sensitive options that can be used to configure the +completion system. The context used for lookup may vary during the same +call to the completion system. + +@noindent +The context string always consists of a fixed set of fields, separated +by colons and with a leading colon before the first, in the form +@t{:completion:}@var{function}@t{:}@var{completer}@t{:}@var{command}@t{:}@var{argument}@t{:}@t{tag}. These have the following meaning: + +@noindent +@itemize @bullet + +@item +The literal string @t{completion}, saying that this style is used by +the completion system. This distinguishes the context from those used +by, for example, zle widgets and ZFTP functions. + +@item +The @var{function}, if completion is called from a named widget rather +than through the normal completion system. Typically this is blank, but +it is set by special widgets such as @t{predict-on} and the various +functions in the @t{Widget} directory of the distribution to the name of +that function, often in an abbreviated form. + +@item +The @var{completer} currently active, the name of the function without the +leading underscore and with other underscores converted to hyphens. A +`completer' is in overall control of how completion is to be performed; +`@t{complete}' is the simplest, but other completers exist to perform +related tasks such as correction, or to modify the behaviour of a later +completer. See +@ref{Control Functions} +for more information. + +@item +The @var{command} or a special @t{-}@var{context}@t{-}, just at it appears +following the @t{#compdef} tag or the @t{compdef} function. Completion +functions for commands that have sub-commands usually modify this field +to contain the name of the command followed by a minus sign and the +sub-command. For example, the completion function for the @t{cvs} +command sets this field to @t{cvs-add} when completing arguments to +the @t{add} subcommand. + +@item +The @var{argument}; this indicates which command line or option argument +we are completing. For command arguments this generally takes the form +@t{argument-}@var{n}, where @var{n} is the number of the argument, +and for arguments to options the form @t{option-}@var{opt}@t{-}@var{n} +where @var{n} is the number of the argument to option @var{opt}. However, +this is only the case if the command line is parsed with standard +UNIX-style options and arguments, so many completions do not set this. + +@item +The @var{tag}. As described previously, tags are used to discriminate between +the types of matches a completion function can generate in a certain context. +Any completion function may use any tag name it likes, but a list of the +more common ones is given below. + +@end itemize + +@noindent +The context is gradually put together as the functions are executed, starting +with the main entry point, which adds @t{:completion:} and the @var{function} +element if necessary. The completer then adds the @var{completer} element. +The contextual completion adds the @var{command} and @var{argument} options. +Finally, the @var{tag} is added when the types of completion are known. +For example, the context name + +@noindent +@example +@t{:completion::complete:dvips:option-o-1:files} +@end example + +@noindent +says that normal completion was attempted as the first argument to the +option @t{-o} of the command @t{dvips}: + +@noindent +@example +@t{dvips -o ...} +@end example + +@noindent +and the completion function will generate filenames. + +@noindent +Usually completion will be tried for all possible tags in an order given +by the completion function. However, this can be altered by using the +@t{tag-order} style. Completion is then restricted to the list of given +tags in the given order. + +@noindent +The @t{_complete_help} bindable command shows all the contexts and tags +available for completion at a particular point. This provides an easy +way of finding information for @t{tag-order} and other styles. It is +described in +@ref{Bindable Commands}. + +@noindent +Styles determine such things as how the matches are generated, similarly +to shell options but with much more control. They can have any number +of strings as their value. They are defined with the @t{zstyle} builtin +command (@ref{The zsh/zutil Module}). + +@noindent +When looking up styles the completion system uses full context names, +including the tag. Looking up the value of a style therefore consists +of two things: the context, which may be matched as a pattern, and the +name of the style itself, which must be given exactly. + +@noindent +For example, many completion functions can generate matches in a +simple and a verbose form and use the @t{verbose} style to decide +which form should be used. To make all such functions use the verbose form, +put + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' verbose yes +@end example + +@noindent +in a startup file (probably @t{.zshrc}). +This gives the @t{verbose} style the value @t{yes} in every +context inside the completion system, unless that context has a more +specific definition. It is best to avoid giving the context as `@t{*}' +in case the style has some meaning outside the completion system. + +@noindent +Many such general purpose styles can be configured simply by using the +@t{compinstall} function. + +@noindent +A more specific example of the use of the @t{verbose} style is by the +completion for the @t{kill} builtin. If the style is set, the builtin +lists full job texts and process command lines; otherwise it shows the +bare job numbers and PIDs. To turn the style off for this use only: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*:*:kill:*' verbose no +@end example + +@noindent +For even more control, the style can use one of the tags `@t{jobs}' or +`@t{processes}'. To turn off verbose display only for jobs: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*:*:kill:*:jobs' verbose no +@end example + +@noindent +The @t{-e} option to @t{zstyle} even allows completion function code to +appear as the argument to a style; this requires some understanding of +the internals of completion functions (see +@ref{Completion Widgets})). For example, + +@noindent +@example +@t{zstyle -e ':completion:*' hosts 'reply=($myhosts)'} +@end example + +@noindent +This forces the value of the @t{hosts} style to be read from the +variable @t{myhosts} each time a host name is needed; this is useful +if the value of @t{myhosts} can change dynamically. +For another useful example, see the example in the description of the +@t{file-list} style below. This form can be +slow and should be avoided for commonly examined styles such +as @t{menu} and @t{list-rows-first}. + +@noindent +Note that the order in which styles are @emph{defined} does not matter; the +style mechanism uses the most specific possible match for a particular +style to determine the set of values. More precisely, strings are +preferred over patterns (for example, `@t{:completion::complete:foo}' is +more specific than `@t{:completion::complete:*'}), and longer patterns are +preferred over shorter patterns. + +@noindent +Style names like those of tags are arbitrary and depend on the completion +function. However, the following two sections list some of the most +common tags and styles. + +@noindent + +@subsection Standard Tags +@noindent +@cindex completion system, tags + +@noindent +Some of the following are only used when looking up particular styles +and do not refer to a type of match. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@kindex accounts, completion tag +@item @t{accounts} +used to look up the @t{users-hosts} style + +@kindex all-expansions, completion tag +@item @t{all-expansions} +used by the @t{_expand} completer when adding the single string containing +all possible expansions + +@kindex all-files, completion tag +@item @t{all-files} +for the names of all files (as distinct from a particular subset, see the +@t{globbed-files} tag). + +@kindex arguments, completion tag +@item @t{arguments} +for arguments to a command + +@kindex arrays, completion tag +@item @t{arrays} +for names of array parameters + +@kindex association-keys, completion tag +@item @t{association-keys} +for keys of associative arrays; used when completing inside a +subscript to a parameter of this type + +@kindex bookmarks, completion tag +@item @t{bookmarks} +when completing bookmarks (e.g. for URLs and the @t{zftp} function suite) + +@kindex builtins, completion tag +@item @t{builtins} +for names of builtin commands + +@kindex characters, completion tag +@item @t{characters} +for single characters in arguments of commands such as @t{stty}. Also used +when completing character classes after an opening bracket + +@kindex colormapids, completion tag +@item @t{colormapids} +for X colormap ids + +@kindex colors, completion tag +@item @t{colors} +for color names + +@kindex commands, completion tag +@item @t{commands} +for names of external commands. Also used by complex commands such as +@t{cvs} when completing names subcommands. + +@kindex contexts, completion tag +@item @t{contexts} +for contexts in arguments to the @t{zstyle} builtin command + +@kindex corrections, completion tag +@item @t{corrections} +used by the @t{_approximate} and @t{_correct} completers for possible +corrections + +@kindex cursors, completion tag +@item @t{cursors} +for cursor names used by X programs + +@kindex default, completion tag +@item @t{default} +used in some contexts to provide a way of supplying a default when more +specific tags are also valid. Note that this tag is +used when only the @var{function} field of the context name is set + +@kindex descriptions, completion tag +@item @t{descriptions} +used when looking up the value of the @t{format} style to generate +descriptions for types of matches + +@kindex devices, completion tag +@item @t{devices} +for names of device special files + +@kindex directories, completion tag +@item @t{directories} +for names of directories + +@kindex directory-stack, completion tag +@item @t{directory-stack} +for entries in the directory stack + +@kindex displays, completion tag +@item @t{displays} +for X display names + +@kindex domains, completion tag +@item @t{domains} +for network domains + +@kindex expansions, completion tag +@item @t{expansions} +used by the @t{_expand} completer for individual words (as opposed to +the complete set of expansions) resulting from the expansion of a word +on the command line + +@kindex extensions, completion tag +@item @t{extensions} +for X server extensions + +@kindex file-descriptors, completion tag +@item @t{file-descriptors} +for numbers of open file descriptors + +@kindex files, completion tag +@item @t{files} +the generic file-matching tag used by functions completing filenames + +@kindex fonts, completion tag +@item @t{fonts} +for X font names + +@kindex fstypes, completion tag +@item @t{fstypes} +for file system types (e.g. for the @t{mount} command) + +@kindex functions, completion tag +@item @t{functions} +names of functions --- normally shell functions, although certain +commands may understand other kinds of function + +@kindex globbed-files, completion tag +@item @t{globbed-files} +for filenames when the name has been generated by pattern matching + +@kindex groups, completion tag +@item @t{groups} +for names of user groups + +@kindex history-words, completion tag +@item @t{history-words} +for words from the history + +@kindex hosts, completion tag +@item @t{hosts} +for hostnames + +@kindex indexes, completion tag +@item @t{indexes} +for array indexes + +@kindex jobs, completion tag +@item @t{jobs} +for jobs (as listed by the `@t{jobs}' builtin) + +@kindex interfaces, completion tag +@item @t{interfaces} +for network interfaces + +@kindex keymaps, completion tag +@item @t{keymaps} +for names of zsh keymaps + +@kindex keysyms, completion tag +@item @t{keysyms} +for names of X keysyms + +@kindex libraries, completion tag +@item @t{libraries} +for names of system libraries + +@kindex limits, completion tag +@item @t{limits} +for system limits + +@kindex local-directories, completion tag +@item @t{local-directories} +for names of directories that are subdirectories of the current working +directory when completing arguments of @t{cd} and related builtin +commands (compare @t{path-directories}) + +@kindex manuals, completion tag +@item @t{manuals} +for names of manual pages + +@kindex mailboxes, completion tag +@item @t{mailboxes} +for e-mail folders + +@kindex maps, completion tag +@item @t{maps} +for map names (e.g. NIS maps) + +@kindex messages, completion tag +@item @t{messages} +used to look up the @t{format} style for messages + +@kindex modifiers, completion tag +@item @t{modifiers} +for names of X modifiers + +@kindex modules, completion tag +@item @t{modules} +for modules (e.g. @t{zsh} modules) + +@kindex my-accounts, completion tag +@item @t{my-accounts} +used to look up the @t{users-hosts} style + +@kindex named-directories, completion tag +@item @t{named-directories} +for named directories (you wouldn't have guessed that, would you?) + +@kindex names, completion tag +@item @t{names} +for all kinds of names + +@kindex newsgroups, completion tag +@item @t{newsgroups} +for USENET groups + +@kindex nicknames, completion tag +@item @t{nicknames} +for nicknames of NIS maps + +@kindex options, completion tag +@item @t{options} +for command options + +@kindex original, completion tag +@item @t{original} +used by the @t{_approximate}, @t{_correct} and @t{_expand} completers when +offering the original string as a match + +@kindex other-accounts, completion tag +@item @t{other-accounts} +used to look up the @t{users-hosts} style + +@kindex packages, completion tag +@item @t{packages} +for packages (e.g. @t{rpm} or installed @t{Debian} packages) + +@kindex parameters, completion tag +@item @t{parameters} +for names of parameters + +@kindex path-directories, completion tag +@item @t{path-directories} +for names of directories found by searching the @t{cdpath} array when +completing arguments of @t{cd} and related builtin commands (compare +@t{local-directories}) + +@kindex paths, completion tag +@item @t{paths} +used to look up the values of the @t{expand}, @t{ambiguous} and +@t{special-dirs} styles + +@kindex pods, completion tag +@item @t{pods} +for perl pods (documentation files) + +@kindex ports, completion tag +@item @t{ports} +for communication ports + +@kindex prefixes, completion tag +@item @t{prefixes} +for prefixes (like those of a URL) + +@kindex printers, completion tag +@item @t{printers} +for print queue names + +@kindex processes, completion tag +@item @t{processes} +for process identifiers + +@kindex processes-names, completion tag +@item @t{processes-names} +used to look up the @t{command} style when generating the names of +processes for @t{killall} + +@kindex sequences, completion tag +@item @t{sequences} +for sequences (e.g. @t{mh} sequences) + +@kindex sessions, completion tag +@item @t{sessions} +for sessions in the @t{zftp} function suite + +@kindex signals, completion tag +@item @t{signals} +for signal names + +@kindex strings, completion tag +@item @t{strings} +for strings (e.g. the replacement strings for the @t{cd} builtin +command) + +@kindex styles, completion tag +@item @t{styles} +for styles used by the zstyle builtin command + +@kindex suffixes, completion tag +@item @t{suffixes} +for filename extensions + +@kindex tags, completion tag +@item @t{tags} +for tags (e.g. @t{rpm} tags) + +@kindex targets, completion tag +@item @t{targets} +for makefile targets + +@kindex time-zones, completion tag +@item @t{time-zones} +for time zones (e.g. when setting the @t{TZ} parameter) + +@kindex types, completion tag +@item @t{types} +for types of whatever (e.g. address types for the @t{xhost} command) + +@kindex urls, completion tag +@item @t{urls} +used to look up the @t{urls} and @t{local} styles when completing URLs + +@kindex users, completion tag +@item @t{users} +for usernames + +@kindex values, completion tag +@item @t{values} +for one of a set of values in certain lists + +@kindex variant, completion tag +@item @t{variant} +used by @t{_pick_variant} to look up the command to run when determining +what program is installed for a particular command name. + +@kindex visuals, completion tag +@item @t{visuals} +for X visuals + +@kindex warnings, completion tag +@item @t{warnings} +used to look up the @t{format} style for warnings + +@kindex widgets, completion tag +@item @t{widgets} +for zsh widget names + +@kindex windows, completion tag +@item @t{windows} +for IDs of X windows + +@kindex zsh-options, completion tag +@item @t{zsh-options} +for shell options + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Standard Styles +@noindent +@cindex completion system, styles + +@noindent +Note that the values of several of these styles represent boolean +values. Any of the strings `@t{true}', `@t{on}', +`@t{yes}', and `@t{1}' can be used for the value `true' and +any of the strings `@t{false}', `@t{off}', `@t{no}', and `@t{0}' for +the value `false'. The behavior for any other value is undefined +except where explicitly mentioned. The default value may +be either true or false if the style is not set. + +@noindent +Some of these styles are tested first for every possible tag +corresponding to a type of match, and if no style was found, for the +@t{default} tag. The most notable styles of this type are @t{menu}, +@t{list-colors} and styles controlling completion listing such as +@t{list-packed} and @t{last-prompt}). When tested for the @t{default} +tag, only the @var{function} field of the context will be set so that +a style using the default tag will normally be defined along the lines of: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*:default' menu ... +@end example + +@noindent +@table @asis +@kindex accept-exact, completion style +@item @t{accept-exact} +This is tested for the default tag in addition to the tags valid for +the current context. If it is set to `true' and any of the trial +matches is the same as the string on the command line, this match will +immediately be accepted (even if it would otherwise be considered +ambiguous). + +@noindent +When completing pathnames (where the tag used is `@t{paths}') +this style accepts any number of patterns as the value in addition to +the boolean values. Pathnames matching one of these +patterns will be accepted immediately even if the command line contains +some more partially typed pathname components and these match no file +under the directory accepted. + +@noindent +This style is also used by the @t{_expand} completer to decide if +words beginning with a tilde or parameter expansion should be +expanded. For example, if there are parameters +@t{foo} and @t{foobar}, the string `@t{$foo}' will only be expanded if +@t{accept-exact} is set to `true'; otherwise the completion system will +be allowed to complete @t{$foo} to @t{$foobar}. If the style is set to +`continue', _expand will add the expansion as a match and the completion +system will also be allowed to continue. + +@kindex add-space, completion style +@item @t{add-space} +This style is used by the @t{_expand} completer. If it is true (the +default), a space will be inserted after all words resulting from the +expansion, or a slash in the case of directory names. If the value +is `@t{file}', the completer will only add a space +to names of existing files. Either a boolean true or the value +`@t{file}' may be combined with `@t{subst}', in which case the completer +will not add a space to words generated from the expansion of a +substitution of the form `@t{$(...)}' or `@t{$@{...@}}'. + +@noindent +The @t{_prefix} completer uses this style as a simple boolean value +to decide if a space should be inserted before the suffix. + +@kindex ambiguous, completion style +@item @t{ambiguous} +This applies when completing non-final components of filename paths, in +other words those with a trailing slash. If it is set, the cursor is +left after the first ambiguous component, even if menu completion is in +use. The style is always tested with the @t{paths} tag. + +@kindex assign-list, completion style +@item @t{assign-list} +When completing after an equals sign that is being treated as an +assignment, the completion system normally completes only one filename. +In some cases the value may be a list of filenames separated by colons, +as with @t{PATH} and similar parameters. This style can be set to a +list of patterns matching the names of such parameters. + +@noindent +The default is to complete lists when the word on the line already +contains a colon. + +@kindex auto-description, completion style +@item @t{auto-description} +If set, this style's value will be used as the description for options that +are not described by the completion functions, but that have exactly +one argument. The sequence `@t{%d}' in the value will be replaced by +the description for this argument. Depending on personal preferences, +it may be useful to set this style to something like `@t{specify: %d}'. +Note that this may not work for some commands. + +@kindex avoid-completer, completion style +@item @t{avoid-completer} +This is used by the @t{_all_matches} completer to decide if the string +consisting of all matches should be added to the list currently being +generated. Its value is a list of names of completers. If any of +these is the name of the completer that generated the matches in this +completion, the string will not be added. + +@noindent +The default value for this style is `@t{_expand _old_list _correct +_approximate}', i.e. it contains the completers for which a string +with all matches will almost never be wanted. + +@kindex cache-path, completion style +@item @t{cache-path} +This style defines the path where any cache files containing dumped +completion data are stored. It defaults to `@t{$ZDOTDIR/.zcompcache}', or +`@t{$HOME/.zcompcache}' if @t{$ZDOTDIR} is not defined. The completion +cache will not be used unless the @t{use-cache} style is set. + +@kindex cache-policy, completion style +@item @t{cache-policy} +This style defines the function that will be used to determine whether +a cache needs rebuilding. See the section on the @t{_cache_invalid} +function below. + +@kindex call-command, completion style +@item @t{call-command} +This style is used in the function for commands such as @t{make} and +@t{ant} where calling the command directly to generate matches suffers +problems such as being slow or, as in the case of @t{make} can +potentially causes actions in the makefile to be executed. If it is set +to `true' the command is called to generate matches. The default value +of this style is `false'. + +@kindex command, completion style +@item @t{command} +In many places, completion functions need to call external commands to +generate the list of completions. This style can be used to override the +command that is called in some such cases. The elements of the value are +joined with spaces to form a command line to execute. The value can also +start with a hyphen, in which case the usual command will be added to the +end; this is most useful for putting `@t{builtin}' or `@t{command}' in +front to make sure the appropriate version of a command is called, for +example to avoid calling a shell function with the same name as an external +command. + +@noindent +As an example, the completion function for process IDs uses this +style with the @t{processes} tag to generate the IDs to complete and +the list of processes to display (if the @t{verbose} style is `true'). +The list produced by the command should look like the output of the +@t{ps} command. The first line is not displayed, but is searched for +the string `@t{PID}' (or `@t{pid}') to find the position of the +process IDs in the following lines. If the line does not contain +`@t{PID}', the first numbers in each of the other lines are taken as the +process IDs to complete. + +@noindent +Note that the completion function generally has to call the specified +command for each attempt to generate the completion list. Hence +care should be taken to specify only commands that take a short +time to run, and in particular to avoid any that may never terminate. + +@kindex command-path, completion style +@item @t{command-path} +This is a list of directories to search for commands to complete. The +default for this style is the value of the special parameter @t{path}. + +@kindex commands, completion style +@item @t{commands} +This is used by the function completing sub-commands for the system +initialisation scripts (residing in @t{/etc/init.d} or somewhere not +too far away from that). Its values give the default commands to +complete for those commands for which the completion function isn't +able to find them out automatically. The default for this style are +the two strings `@t{start}' and `@t{stop}'. + +@kindex complete, completion style +@item @t{complete} +This is used by the @t{_expand_alias} function when invoked as a +bindable command. If it set to `true' and the word on the command +line is not the name of an alias, matching alias names will be +completed. + +@kindex completer, completion style +@item @t{completer} +The strings given as the value of this style provide the names of the +completer functions to use. The available completer functions are +described in +@ref{Control Functions}. + +@noindent +Each string may be either the name of a completer function or a string +of the form `@var{function}@t{:}@var{name}'. In the first case the +@var{completer} field of the context will contain the name of the +completer without the leading underscore and with all other +underscores replaced by hyphens. In the second case the +@var{function} is the name of the completer to call, but the context +will contain the user-defined @var{name} in the @var{completer} field of +the context. If the @var{name} starts with a hyphen, the string for the +context will be build from the name of the completer function as in +the first case with the @var{name} appended to it. For example: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete _complete:-foo +@end example + +@noindent +Here, completion will call the @t{_complete} completer twice, once +using `@t{complete}' and once using `@t{complete-foo}' in the +@var{completer} field of the context. Normally, using the same +completer more than once only makes sense when used with the +`@var{functions}@t{:}@var{name}' form, because otherwise the context +name will be the same in all calls to the completer; possible +exceptions to this rule are the @t{_ignored} and @t{_prefix} +completers. + +@noindent +The default value for this style is `@t{_complete _ignored}': +only completion will be done, first using the @t{ignored-patterns} style +and the @t{$fignore} array and then without ignoring matches. + +@kindex condition, completion style +@item @t{condition} +This style is used by the @t{_list} completer function to decide if +insertion of matches should be delayed unconditionally. The default is +`true'. + +@kindex disabled, completion style +@item @t{disabled} +If this is set to `true', the @t{_expand_alias} completer and bindable +command will try to expand disabled aliases, too. The default is +`@t{false}'. + +@kindex domains, completion style +@item @t{domains} +A list of names of network domains for completion. +If this is not set, domain names will be taken from +the file @t{/etc/resolv.conf}. + +@kindex expand, completion style +@item @t{expand} +This style is used when completing strings consisting of multiple +parts, such as path names. + +@noindent +If one of its values is the string `@t{prefix}', the partially typed +word from the line will be expanded as far as possible even if trailing +parts cannot be completed. + +@noindent +If one of its values is the string `@t{suffix}', matching names for +components after the first ambiguous one will also be added. This means +that the resulting string is the longest unambiguous string possible. +However, menu completion can be used to cycle through all matches. + +@kindex fake, completion style +@item @t{fake} +This style may be set for any completion context. It +specifies additional strings that will always be completed in that +context. The form of each string is `@var{value}@t{:}@var{description}'; +the colon and description may be omitted, but any literal colons in +@var{value} must be quoted with a backslash. Any @var{description} +provided is shown alongside the value in completion listings. + +@noindent +It is important to use a sufficiently restrictive context when specifying +fake strings. Note that the styles @t{fake-files} and @t{fake-parameters} +provide additional features when completing files or parameters. + +@kindex fake-always, completion style +@item @t{fake-always} +This works identically to the @t{fake} style except that +the @t{ignored-patterns} style is not applied to it. This makes it +possible to override a set of matches completely by setting the +ignored patterns to `@t{*}'. + +@noindent +The following shows a way of supplementing any tag with arbitrary data, but +having it behave for display purposes like a separate tag. In this example +we use the features of the @t{tag-order} style to divide the +@t{named-directories} tag into two when performing completion with +the standard completer @t{complete} for arguments of @t{cd}. The tag +@t{named-directories-normal} behaves as normal, but the tag +@t{named-directories-mine} contains a fixed set of directories. +This has the effect of adding the match group `@t{extra directories}' with +the given completions. + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion::complete:cd:*' tag-order \ + 'named-directories:-mine:extra\ directories + named-directories:-normal:named\ directories *' +zstyle ':completion::complete:cd:*:named-directories-mine' \ + fake-always mydir1 mydir2 +zstyle ':completion::complete:cd:*:named-directories-mine' \ + ignored-patterns '*' +@end example + +@kindex fake-files, completion style +@item @t{fake-files} +This style is used when completing files and looked up +without a tag. Its values are of the form +`@var{dir}@t{:}@var{names...}'. This will add the @var{names} (strings +separated by spaces) as +possible matches when completing in the directory @var{dir}, even if no +such files really exist. The dir may be a pattern; pattern characters +or colons in @var{dir} should be quote with a backslash to be treated +literally. + +@noindent +This can be useful on systems that support special filesystems whose +top-level pathnames can not be listed or generated with glob patterns. +It can also be used for directories for which one does not have read +permission. + +@noindent +The pattern form can be used to add a certain `magic' entry +to all directories on a particular filing system. + +@kindex fake-parameters, completion style +@item @t{fake-parameters} +This is used by the completion function for parameter names. +Its values are names of parameters that might not yet be +set but should be completed nonetheless. Each name may also be +followed by a colon and a string specifying the type of the parameter +(like `@t{scalar}', `@t{array}' or `@t{integer}'). If the type is +given, the name will only be completed if parameters of that type are +required in the particular context. Names for which no type is +specified will always be completed. + +@kindex file-list, completion style +@item @t{file-list} +This style controls whether files completed using the standard builtin +mechanism are to be listed with a long list similar to @t{ls -l}. +Note that this feature uses the shell module +@t{zsh/stat} for file information; this loads the builtin @t{stat} +which will replace any external @t{stat} executable. To avoid +this the following code can be included in an initialization file: + +@noindent +@example +zmodload -i zsh/stat +disable stat +@end example + +@noindent +The style may either be set to a true value (or `@t{all}'), or +one of the values `@t{insert}' or `@t{list}', indicating that files +are to be listed in long format in all circumstances, or when +attempting to insert a file name, or when listing file names +without attempting to insert one. + +@noindent +More generally, the value may be an array of any of the above values, +optionally followed by @t{=}@var{num}. If @var{num} is present it +gives the maximum number of matches for which long listing style +will be used. For example, + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' file-list list=20 insert=10 +@end example + +@noindent +specifies that long format will be used when listing up to 20 files +or inserting a file with up to 10 matches (assuming a listing +is to be shown at all, for example on an ambiguous completion), else short +format will be used. + +@noindent +@example +zstyle -e ':completion:*' file-list '(( $@{+NUMERIC@} )) && reply=(true)' +@end example + +@noindent +specifies that long format will be used any time a numeric argument is +supplied, else short format. + +@kindex file-patterns, completion style +@item @t{file-patterns} +This is used by the standard function for completing filenames, +@t{_files}. If the style is unset up to three tags are offered, +`@t{globbed-files}',`@t{directories}' and `@t{all-files}', depending on +the types of files expected by the caller of @t{_files}. The first two +(`@t{globbed-files}' and `@t{directories}') are normally offered +together to make it easier to complete files in sub-directories. + +@noindent +The @t{file-patterns} style provides alternatives to the default tags, +which are not used. Its value consists of elements of the form +`@var{pattern}@t{:}@var{tag}'; each string may contain any number of +such specifications separated by spaces. + +@noindent +The @var{pattern} is a pattern that is to be used to generate filenames. +Any occurrence of the sequence `@t{%p}' is replaced by any +pattern(s) +passed by the function calling @t{_files}. Colons in the pattern must +be preceded by a backslash to make them distinguishable from the colon +before the @var{tag}. If more than one pattern is needed, the patterns +can be given inside braces, separated by commas. + +@noindent +The @var{tag}s of all strings in the value will be offered by @t{_files} +and used when looking up other styles. Any @var{tag}s in the same +word will be offered at the same time and before later words. +If no `@t{:}@var{tag}' is given the `@t{files}' tag will be used. + +@noindent +The @var{tag} may also be followed by an optional second colon and a +description, which will be used for the `@t{%d}' in the value of +the @t{format} style (if that is set) instead of the default +description supplied by the completion function. If the description +given here contains itself a `@t{%d}', that is replaced with the +description supplied by the completion function. + +@noindent +For example, to make the @t{rm} command first complete only names of +object files and then the names of all files if there is no matching +object file: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*:*:rm:*' file-patterns \ + '*.o:object-files' '%p:all-files' +@end example + +@noindent +To alter the default behaviour of file completion --- offer files +matching a pattern and directories on the first attempt, then all files +--- to offer only matching files on the first attempt, then directories, +and finally all files: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' file-patterns \ + '%p:globbed-files' '*(-/):directories' '*:all-files' +@end example + +@noindent +This works even where there is no special pattern: @t{_files} matches +all files using the pattern `@t{*}' at the first step and stops when it +sees this pattern. Note also it will never try a pattern more than once +for a single completion attempt. + +@noindent +During the execution of completion functions, the @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} +option is in effect, so the characters `@t{#}', `@t{~}' and `@t{^}' have +special meanings in the patterns. + +@kindex file-sort, completion style +@item @t{file-sort} +The standard filename completion function uses this style without a tag +to determine in which order the names should be listed; menu completion +will cycle through them in the same order. The possible +values are: `@t{size}' to sort by the size of the file; +`@t{links}' to sort by the number of links to the file; +`@t{modification}' (or `@t{time}' or `@t{date}') to sort by the last +modification time; `@t{access}' to sort by the last access time; and +`@t{inode}' (or `@t{change}') to sort by the last inode change +time. If the style is set to any other value, or is unset, files will be +sorted alphabetically by name. If the value contains the string +`@t{reverse}', sorting is done in the opposite order. + +@kindex filter, completion style +@item @t{filter} +This is used by the LDAP plugin for e-mail address completion to specify +the attributes to match against when filtering entries. So for example, if +the style is set to `@t{sn}', matching is done against surnames. Standard +LDAP filtering is used so normal completion matching is bypassed. If this +style is not set, the LDAP plugin is skipped. You may also need to set the +@t{command} style to specify how to connect to your LDAP server. + +@kindex force-list, completion style +@item @t{force-list} +This forces a list of completions to be shown at any point where listing is +done, even in cases where the list would usually be suppressed. +For example, normally the list is only shown if +there are at least two different matches. By setting this style to +`@t{always}', the list will always be shown, even if there is only a +single match that will immediately be accepted. The style may also +be set to a number. In this case the list will be shown if there are +at least that many matches, even if they would all insert the same +string. + +@noindent +This style is tested for the default tag as well as for each tag valid +for the current completion. Hence the listing can be forced only for +certain types of match. + +@kindex format, completion style +@item @t{format} +If this is set for the @t{descriptions} tag, its value is used as a +string to display above matches in completion lists. The sequence +`@t{%d}' in this string will be replaced with a short description of +what these matches are. This string may also contain the sequences to +specify output attributes, such as `@t{%B}', `@t{%S}' and +`@t{%@{}...@t{%@}}'. + +@noindent +The style is tested with each tag valid for the current completion +before it is tested for the @t{descriptions} tag. Hence different format +strings can be defined for different types of match. + +@noindent +Note also that some completer functions define additional +`@t{%}'-sequences. These are described for the completer functions that +make use of them. + +@noindent +Some completion functions display messages that may be customised by +setting this style for the @t{messages} tag. Here, the `@t{%d}' is +replaced with a message given by the completion function. + +@noindent +Finally, the format string is looked up with the @t{warnings} tag, +for use when no matches could be generated at all. In this case the +`@t{%d}' is replaced with the descriptions for the matches that were +expected separated by spaces. The sequence `@t{%D}' is replaced with +the same descriptions separated by newlines. + +@noindent +It is possible to use printf-style field width specifiers with `@t{%d}' +and similar escape sequences. This is handled by the @t{zformat} +builtin command from the @t{zsh/zutil} module, see +@ref{The zsh/zutil Module}. + +@kindex glob, completion style +@item @t{glob} +This is used by the @t{_expand} completer. If +it is set to `true' (the default), globbing will be attempted on the +words resulting from a previous substitution (see the @t{substitute} +style) or else the original string from the line. + +@kindex global, completion style +@item @t{global} +If this is set to `true' (the default), the @t{_expand_alias} +completer and bindable command will try to expand global aliases. + +@kindex group-name, completion style +@item @t{group-name} +The completion system can group different types of matches, which appear +in separate lists. This style can be used to give the names of groups +for particular tags. For example, in command position the completion +system generates names of builtin and external commands, names of +aliases, shell functions and parameters and reserved words as possible +completions. To have the external commands and shell functions listed +separately: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*:*:-command-:*:commands' group-name commands +zstyle ':completion:*:*:-command-:*:functions' group-name functions +@end example + +@noindent +As a consequence, any match with the same tag will be displayed in the +same group. + +@noindent +If the name given is the empty string the name of the tag for +the matches will be used as the name of the group. So, to have all +different types of matches displayed separately, one can just set: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' group-name @value{dsq} +@end example + +@noindent +All matches for which no group name is defined will be put in a group +named @t{-default-}. + +@kindex group-order, completion style +@item @t{group-order} +This style is additional to the @t{group-name} style to specify the +order for display of the groups defined by that style (compare @t{tag-order}, +which determines which completions appear at all). The groups named +are shown in the given order; any other groups +are shown in the order defined by the completion function. + +@noindent +For example, to have names of builtin commands, shell functions and +external commands appear in that order when completing in command +position: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*:*:-command-:*' group-order \ + builtins functions commands +@end example + +@kindex groups, completion style +@item @t{groups} +A list of names of UNIX groups. If this is not set, +group names are taken from the YP database or the file `@t{/etc/group}'. + +@kindex hidden, completion style +@item @t{hidden} +If this is set to true, matches for the given context +will not be listed, although +any description for the matches set with the @t{format} style will be +shown. If it is set to `@t{all}', not even the description will be +displayed. + +@noindent +Note that the matches will still be completed; they are just not shown +in the list. To avoid having matches considered as possible +completions at all, the @t{tag-order} style can be modified as described +below. + +@kindex hosts, completion style +@item @t{hosts} +A list of names of hosts that should be completed. If this is not set, +hostnames are taken from the file `@t{/etc/hosts}'. + +@kindex hosts-ports, completion style +@item @t{hosts-ports} +This style is used by commands that need or accept hostnames and +network ports. The strings in the value should be of the form +`@var{host}@t{:}@var{port}'. Valid ports are determined by the presence +of hostnames; multiple ports for the same host may appear. + +@kindex ignore-line, completion style +@item @t{ignore-line} +This is tested for each tag valid for the current completion. If +it is set to `@t{true}', none of the words that are already on the line +will be considered as possible completions. If it is set to +`@t{current}', the word the cursor is on will not be considered as a +possible completion. The value `@t{current-shown}' is similar but only +applies if the list of completions is currently shown on the screen. +Finally, if the style is set to `@t{other}', no word apart from the +current one will be considered as a possible completion. + +@noindent +The values `@t{current}' and `@t{current-shown}' are a bit like the +opposite of the @t{accept-exact} style: only strings with +missing characters will be completed. + +@noindent +Note that you almost certainly don't want to set this to `true' or +`@t{other}' for a general +context such as `@t{:completion:*}'. This is because it would disallow +completion of, for example, options multiple times even if the command +in question accepts the option more than once. + +@kindex ignore-parents, completion style +@item @t{ignore-parents} +The style is tested without a tag by the function completing pathnames +in order to determine whether to ignore +the names of directories already mentioned in the current word, or the +name of the current working directory. The value must include one or both +of the following strings: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{parent} +The name of any directory whose path is already contained in the word on +the line is ignored. For example, when completing after @t{foo/../}, the +directory @t{foo} will not be considered a valid completion. + +@item @t{pwd} +The name of the current working directory will not be completed; hence, +for example, completion after @t{../} will not use the name of the current +directory. + +@end table + +@noindent +In addition, the value may include one or both of: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{..} +Ignore the specified directories only when the word on the line contains +the substring `@t{../}'. + +@item @t{directory} +Ignore the specified directories only when names of directories are +completed, not when completing names of files. + +@end table + +@noindent +Excluded values act in a similar fashion to values of the +@t{ignored-patterns} style, so they can be restored to consideration by +the @t{_ignored} completer. + +@kindex ignored-patterns, completion style +@item @t{ignored-patterns} +A list of patterns; any trial completion matching one of the patterns +will be excluded from consideration. The +@t{_ignored} completer can appear in the list of completers to +restore the ignored matches. This is a more configurable +version of the shell parameter @t{$fignore}. + +@noindent +Note that the +@t{EXTENDED_GLOB} option is set during the execution of completion +functions, so the characters `@t{#}', `@t{~}' and `@t{^}' have special +meanings in the patterns. + +@kindex insert, completion style +@item @t{insert} +This style is used by the @t{_all_matches} completer to decide whether to +insert the list of all matches unconditionally instead of adding the +list as another match. + +@kindex insert-ids, completion style +@item @t{insert-ids} +When completing process IDs, for example as arguments to the @t{kill} and +@t{wait} builtins the name of a +command may be converted to the appropriate process ID. A problem +arises when the process name typed is not unique. By default (or if this +style is set explicitly to `@t{menu}') the name will be converted +immediately to a set of possible IDs, and menu completion will be started +to cycle through them. + +@noindent +If the value of the style is `@t{single}', +the shell will wait until the user has typed enough to make the command +unique before converting the name to an ID; attempts at completion will +be unsuccessful until that point. If the value is any other +string, menu completion will be started when the string typed by the +user is longer than the common prefix to the corresponding IDs. + +@kindex insert-tab, completion style +@item @t{insert-tab} +If this is set to `true', the completion system will +insert a TAB character (assuming that was used to start completion) instead +of performing completion when there is no non-blank character to the left +of the cursor. If it is set to `false', completion will be done even there. + +@noindent +The value may also contain the substrings `@t{pending}' or +`@t{pending=}@var{val}'. In this case, the typed character will be +inserted instead of staring completion when there is unprocessed input +pending. If a @var{val} is given, completion will not be done if there +are at least that many characters of unprocessed input. This is often +useful when pasting characters into a terminal. Note +however, that it relies on the @t{$PENDING} special parameter from the +@t{zsh/zle} module being set properly which is not guaranteed on all +platforms. + +@noindent +The default value of this style is `true' except for completion within +@t{vared} builtin command where it is `false'. + +@kindex insert-unambiguous, completion style +@item @t{insert-unambiguous} +This is used by the @t{_match} and @t{_approximate} completers. +These completers are often used with menu completion since the word typed +may bear little resemblance to the final completion. +However, if this style is `true', the completer will start menu +completion only if it could find no unambiguous initial string at +least as long as the original string typed by the user. + +@noindent +In the case of the @t{_approximate} completer, the completer +field in the context will already have been set to one of +@t{correct-}@var{num} or @t{approximate-}@var{num}, where @var{num} is the +number of errors that were accepted. + +@noindent +In the case of the @t{_match} completer, the style may also be set to +the string `@t{pattern}'. Then the pattern on the line is left +unchanged if it does not match unambiguously. + +@kindex keep-prefix, completion style +@item @t{keep-prefix} +This style is used by the @t{_expand} completer. If it is `true', the +completer will try to keep a prefix containing a tilde or parameter +expansion. Hence, for example, the string `@t{~/f*}' would be expanded to +`@t{~/foo}' instead of `@t{/home/user/foo}'. If the style is set to +`@t{changed}' (the default), the prefix will only be left unchanged if +there were other changes between the expanded words and the original +word from the command line. Any other value forces the prefix to be +expanded unconditionally. + +@noindent +The behaviour of expand when this style is true is to cause @t{_expand} +to give up when a single expansion with the restored prefix is the same +as the original; hence any remaining completers may be called. + +@kindex last-prompt, completion style +@item @t{last-prompt} +This is a more flexible form of the @t{ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT} option. +If it is true, the completion system will try to return the cursor to +the previous command line after displaying a completion list. It is +tested for all tags valid for the current completion, then the +@t{default} tag. The cursor will be moved back to the +previous line if this style is `true' for all types of match. Note +that unlike the @t{ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT} option this is independent of the +numeric prefix argument. + +@kindex known-hosts-files +@item @t{known-hosts-files} +This style should contain a list of files to search for host names and +(if the @t{use-ip} style is set) IP addresses in a format compatible with +ssh @t{known_hosts} files. If it is not set, the files +@t{/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts} and @t{~/.ssh/known_hosts} are used. + +@kindex list, completion style +@item @t{list} +This style is used by the @t{_history_complete_word} bindable command. +If it is set to `true' it has no effect. If it is set to `false' +matches will not be listed. This overrides the setting of the options +controlling listing behaviour, in particular @t{AUTO_LIST}. The context +always starts with `@t{:completion:history-words}'. + +@kindex list-colors, completion style +@item @t{list-colors} +If the @t{zsh/complist} module is loaded, this style can be used to set +color specifications. This mechanism replaces the use of the +@t{ZLS_COLORS} and @t{ZLS_COLOURS} parameters described in +@ref{The zsh/complist Module}, but the syntax is the same. + +@noindent +If this style is set for the @t{default} tag, the strings in the value +are taken as specifications that are to be used everywhere. If it is +set for other tags, the specifications are used only for matches of +the type described by the tag. For this to work best, the @t{group-name} +style must be set to an empty string. + +@noindent +In addition to setting styles for specific tags, it is also possible to +use group names specified explicitly by the @t{group-name} tag together +with the `@t{(group)}' syntax allowed by the @t{ZLS_COLORS} and +@t{ZLS_COLOURS} parameters and simply using the @t{default} tag. + +@noindent +It is possible to use any color specifications already set up for the GNU +version of the @t{ls} command: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*:default' list-colors $@{(s.:.)LS_COLORS@} +@end example + +@noindent +The default colors are the same as for the GNU @t{ls} command and can be +obtained by setting the style to an empty string (i.e. @t{@value{dsq}}). + +@kindex list-grouped, completion style +@item @t{list-grouped} +If this style is `true' (the default), the completion system will try to +make certain completion listings more compact by grouping matches. +For example, options for commands that have the same description (shown +when the @t{verbose} style is set to `true') will appear as a single +entry. However, menu selection can be used to cycle through all the +matches. + +@kindex list-packed, completion style +@item @t{list-packed} +This is tested for each tag valid in the current context as well as the +@t{default} tag. If it is set to `true', the corresponding matches +appear in listings as if the @t{LIST_PACKED} option were set. If it is +set to `false', they are listed normally. + +@kindex list-prompt, completion style +@item @t{list-prompt} +If this style is set for the @t{default} tag, +completion lists that don't fit on the screen can be scrolled (see +@ref{The zsh/complist Module}). The value, if not the empty string, will be displayed after every +screenful and the shell will prompt for a key press; if the style is +set to the empty string, +a default prompt will be used. + +@noindent +The value may contain the escape sequences: +`@t{%l}' or `@t{%L}', which will be replaced by the number of the last line +displayed and the total number of lines; `@t{%m}' or `@t{%M}', +the number of the last match shown and the total number of +matches; and `@t{%p}' and `@t{%P}', `@t{Top}' +when at the beginning of the list, `@t{Bottom}' when at the end and the +position shown as a percentage of the total length otherwise. In each +case the form with the uppercase letter will be replaced by a string of fixed +width, padded to the right with spaces, while the lowercase form will +be replaced by a variable width string. As in other prompt strings, the +escape sequences `@t{%S}', `@t{%s}', `@t{%B}', `@t{%b}', `@t{%U}', +`@t{%u}' for entering and leaving the display modes +standout, bold and underline are also available, as is the form +`@t{%@{}...@t{%@}}' for enclosing escape sequences which display with zero +width. + +@noindent +After deleting this prompt the variable @t{LISTPROMPT} should be unset for +the the removal to take effect. + +@kindex list-rows-first, completion style +@item @t{list-rows-first} +This style is tested in the same way as the @t{list-packed} style and +determines whether matches are to be listed in a rows-first fashion as +if the @t{LIST_ROWS_FIRST} option were set. + +@kindex list-suffixes, completion style +@item @t{list-suffixes} +This style is used by the function that completes filenames. If it is +true, and completion is attempted on a string containing multiple partially +typed pathname components, all ambiguous components will be shown. +Otherwise, completion stops at the first ambiguous component. + +@kindex list-separator, completion style +@item @t{list-separator} +The value of this style is used in completion listing to separate the +string to complete from a description when possible (e.g. when +completing options). It defaults to `@t{-}@t{-}' (two hyphens). + +@kindex local, completion style +@item @t{local} +This is for use with functions that complete URLs for which the +corresponding files are available directly from the filing system. +Its value should consist of three strings: a +hostname, the path to the default web pages for the server, and the +directory name used by a user placing web pages within their home +area. + +@noindent +For example: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' local toast \ + /var/http/public/toast public_html +@end example + +@noindent +Completion after `@t{http://toast/stuff/}' will look for files in the +directory @t{/var/http/public/toast/stuff}, while completion after +`@t{http://toast/~yousir/}' will look for files in the directory +@t{~yousir/public_html}. + +@kindex mail-directory, completion style +@item @t{mail-directory} +If set, zsh will assume that mailbox files can be found in +the directory specified. It defaults to `@t{~/Mail}'. + +@kindex match-original, completion style +@item @t{match-original} +This is used by the @t{_match} completer. If it is set to +@t{only}, @t{_match} will try to generate matches without inserting a +`@t{*}' at the cursor position. If set to any other non-empty value, +it will first try to generate matches without inserting the `@t{*}' +and if that yields no matches, it will try again with the `@t{*}' +inserted. If it is unset or set to the empty string, matching will +only be performed with the `@t{*}' inserted. + +@kindex matcher, completion style +@item @t{matcher} +This style is tested separately for each tag valid in the current +context. Its value is added to any match specifications given by the +@t{matcher-list} style. It should be in the form described in +@ref{Matching Control}. + +@kindex matcher-list, completion style +@item @t{matcher-list} +This style can be set to a list of match specifications that are to +be applied everywhere. Match specifications are described in +@ref{Matching Control}. +The completion system will try them one after another for each completer +selected. For example, to try first simple completion and, if that +generates no matches, case-insensitive completion: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' matcher-list @value{dsq} 'm:@{a-zA-Z@}=@{A-Za-z@}' +@end example + +@noindent +By default each specification replaces the previous one; however, if a +specification is prefixed with @t{+}, it is added to the existing list. +Hence it is possible to create increasingly general specifications +without repetition: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' matcher-list @value{dsq} '+m@{a-Z@}=@{A-Z@}' '+m@{A-Z@}=@{a-z@}' +@end example + +@noindent +It is possible to create match specifications valid for particular +completers by using the third field of the context. For example, to +use the completers @t{_complete} and @t{_prefix} but only allow +case-insensitive completion with @t{_complete}: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete _prefix +zstyle ':completion:*:complete:*' matcher-list \ + @value{dsq} 'm:@{a-zA-Z@}=@{A-Za-z@}' +@end example + +@noindent +User-defined names, as explained for the @t{completer} style, are +available. This makes it possible to try the same completer more than +once with different match specifications each time. For example, to try +normal completion without a match specification, then normal completion +with case-insensitive matching, then correction, and finally +partial-word completion: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete _correct _complete:foo +zstyle ':completion:*:complete:*' matcher-list \ + @value{dsq} 'm:@{a-zA-Z@}=@{A-Za-z@}' +zstyle ':completion:*:foo:*' matcher-list \ + 'm:@{a-zA-Z@}=@{A-Za-z@} r:|[-_./]=* r:|=*' +@end example + +@noindent +If the style is unset in any context no match specification is applied. +Note also that some completers such as @t{_correct} and @t{_approximate} +do not use the match specifications at all, though these completers will +only ever called once even if the @t{matcher-list} contains more than +one element. + +@noindent +Where multiple specifications are useful, note that the @emph{entire} +completion is done for each element of @t{matcher-list}, which can +quickly reduce the shell's performance. As a rough rule of thumb, +one to three strings will give acceptable performance. On the other +hand, putting multiple space-separated values into the same string does +not have an appreciable impact on performance. + +@kindex max-errors, completion style +@item @t{max-errors} +This is used by the @t{_approximate} and @t{_correct} completer functions +to determine the maximum number of errors to allow. The completer will try +to generate completions by first allowing one error, then two errors, and +so on, until either a match or matches were found or the maximum number of +errors given by this style has been reached. + +@noindent +If the value for this style contains the string `@t{numeric}', the +completer function will take any numeric argument as the +maximum number of errors allowed. For example, with + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*:approximate:::' max-errors 2 numeric +@end example + +@noindent +two errors are allowed if no numeric argument is given, but with +a numeric argument of six (as in `@t{ESC-6 TAB}'), up to six +errors are accepted. Hence with a value of `@t{0 numeric}', no correcting +completion will be attempted unless a numeric argument is given. + +@noindent +If the value contains the string `@t{not-numeric}', the completer +will @emph{not} try to generate corrected +completions when given a numeric argument, so in this case the number given +should be greater than zero. For example, `@t{2 not-numeric}' specifies that +correcting completion with two errors will usually be performed, but if a +numeric argument is given, correcting completion will not be +performed. + +@noindent +The default value for this style is `@t{2 numeric}'. + +@kindex max-matches-width, completion style +@item @t{max-matches-width} +This style is used to determine the trade off between the width of the +display used for matches and the width used for their descriptions when +the @t{verbose} style is in effect. The value gives the number of +display columns to reserve for the matches. The default is half the +width of the screen. + +@noindent +This has the most impact when several matches have the +same description and so will be grouped together. Increasing the style +will allow more matches to be grouped together; decreasing it will allow +more of the description to be visible. + +@kindex menu, completion style +@item @t{menu} +If this is true in the context of any of the tags defined +for the current completion menu completion will be used. The value for +a specific tag will take precedence over that for the `@t{default}' tag. + +@noindent +If none of the values found in this way is true but at least +one is set to `@t{auto}', the shell behaves as if the @t{AUTO_MENU} +option is set. + +@noindent +If one of the values is explicitly set to false, menu +completion will be explicitly turned off, overriding the +@t{MENU_COMPLETE} option and other settings. + +@noindent +In the form `@t{yes=}@var{num}', where `@t{yes}' may be any of the +true values (`@t{yes}', `@t{true}', `@t{on}' and `@t{1}'), +menu completion will be turned on if there are at least @var{num} matches. +In the form `@t{yes=long}', menu completion will be turned on +if the list does not fit on the screen. This does not activate menu +completion if the widget normally only lists completions, but menu +completion can be activated in that case with the value `@t{yes=long-list}' +(Typically, the value `@t{select=long-list}' described later is more +useful as it provides control over scrolling.) + +@noindent +Similarly, with any of the `false' values (as in `@t{no=10}'), menu +completion will @emph{not} be used if there are @var{num} or more matches. + +@noindent +The value of this widget also controls menu selection, as implemented by +the @t{zsh/complist} module. The following values may appear either +alongside or instead of the values above. + +@noindent +If the value contains the string `@t{select}', menu selection +will be started unconditionally. + +@noindent +In the form `@t{select=}@var{num}', menu selection will only be started if +there are at least @var{num} matches. If the values for more than one +tag provide a number, the smallest number is taken. + +@noindent +Menu selection can be turned off explicitly by defining a value +containing the string`@t{no-select}'. + +@noindent +It is also possible to start menu selection only if the list of +matches does not fit on the screen by using the value +`@t{select=long}'. To start menu selection even if the current widget +only performs listing, use the value `@t{select=long-list}'. + +@noindent +To turn on menu completion or menu selection when a there are a certain +number of matches @emph{or} the list of matches does not fit on the +screen, both of `@t{yes=}' and `@t{select=}' may be given twice, once +with a number and once with `@t{long}' or `@t{long-list}'. + +@noindent +Finally, it is possible to activate two special modes of menu selection. +The word `@t{interactive}' in the value causes interactive mode +to be entered immediately when menu selection is started; see +@ref{The zsh/complist Module} for a description of interactive mode. Including the string +`@t{search}' does the same for incremental search mode. To select backward +incremental search, include the string `@t{search-backward}'. +) +@kindex muttrc, completion style +@item @t{muttrc} +If set, gives the location of the mutt configuration file. It defaults +to `@t{~/.muttrc}'. + +@kindex numbers, completion style +@item @t{numbers} +This is used with the @t{jobs} tag. If it is `true', the shell will +complete job numbers instead of the shortest unambiguous prefix +of the job command text. If the value is a number, job numbers will +only be used if that many words from the job descriptions are required to +resolve ambiguities. For example, if the value is `@t{1}', strings will +only be used if all jobs differ in the first word on their command lines. + +@kindex old-list, completion style +@item @t{old-list} +This is used by the @t{_oldlist} completer. If it is set to `@t{always}', +then standard widgets which perform listing will retain the current list of +matches, however they were generated; this can be turned off explicitly +with the value `@t{never}', giving the behaviour without the @t{_oldlist} +completer. If the style is unset, or any other value, then the existing +list of completions is displayed if it is not already; otherwise, the +standard completion list is generated; this is the default behaviour of +@t{_oldlist}. However, if there is an old list and this style contains +the name of the completer function that generated the list, then the +old list will be used even if it was generated by a widget which does +not do listing. + +@noindent +For example, suppose you type @t{^Xc} to use the @t{_correct_word} +widget, which generates a list of corrections for the word under the +cursor. Usually, typing @t{^D} would generate a standard list of +completions for the word on the command line, and show that. With +@t{_oldlist}, it will instead show the list of corrections already +generated. + +@noindent +As another example consider the @t{_match} completer: with the +@t{insert-unambiguous} style set to `true' it inserts only a common prefix +string, if there is any. However, this may remove parts of the original +pattern, so that further completion could produce more matches than on the +first attempt. By using the @t{_oldlist} completer and setting this style +to @t{_match}, the list of matches generated on the first attempt will be +used again. + +@kindex old-matches, completion style +@item @t{old-matches} +This is used by the @t{_all_matches} completer to decide if an old +list of matches should be used if one exists. This is selected by one of +the `true' values or by the string `@t{only}'. If +the value is `@t{only}', @t{_all_matches} will only use an old list +and won't have any effect on the list of matches currently being +generated. + +@noindent +If this style is set it is generally unwise to call the @t{_all_matches} +completer unconditionally. One possible use is for either this style or +the @t{completer} style to be defined with the @t{-e} option to +@t{zstyle} to make the style conditional. + +@kindex old-menu, completion style +@item @t{old-menu} +This is used by the @t{_oldlist} completer. It controls how menu +completion behaves when a completion has already been inserted and the +user types a standard completion key such as @t{TAB}. The default +behaviour of @t{_oldlist} is that menu completion always continues +with the existing list of completions. If this style is set to +`false', however, a new completion is started if the old list was +generated by a different completion command; this is the behaviour without +the @t{_oldlist} completer. + +@noindent +For example, suppose you type @t{^Xc} to generate a list of corrections, +and menu completion is started in one of the usual ways. Usually, or with +this style set to @t{false}, typing @t{TAB} at this point would start +trying to complete the line as it now appears. With @t{_oldlist}, it +instead continues to cycle through the list of corrections. + +@kindex original, completion style +@item @t{original} +This is used by the @t{_approximate} and @t{_correct} +completers to decide if the original string should be added as +a possible completion. Normally, this is done only if there are +at least two possible corrections, but if this style is set to `true', it +is always added. Note that the style will be examined with the +completer field in the context name set to @t{correct-}@var{num} or +@t{approximate-}@var{num}, where @var{num} is the number of errors that +were accepted. + +@kindex packageset, completion style +@item @t{packageset} +This style is used when completing arguments of the Debian `@t{dpkg}' +program. It contains an override for the default package set +for a given context. For example, + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*:complete:dpkg:option--status-1:*' \ + packageset avail +@end example + +@noindent +causes available packages, rather than only installed packages, +to be completed for `@t{dpkg -}@t{-status}'. + +@kindex path, completion style +@item @t{path} +The function that completes color names uses this style with the +@t{colors} tag. The value should be the pathname of a file +containing color names in the format of an X11 @t{rgb.txt} file. If +the style is not set but this file is found in one of various standard +locations it will be used as the default. + +@kindex pine-directory, completion style +@item @t{pine-directory} +If set, specifies the directory containing PINE mailbox files. There +is no default, since recursively searching this directory is inconvenient +for anyone who doesn't use PINE. + +@kindex ports, completion style +@item @t{ports} +A list of Internet service names (network ports) to complete. If this is +not set, service names are taken from the file `@t{/etc/services}'. + +@kindex prefix-hidden, completion style +@item @t{prefix-hidden} +This is used for certain completions which share a common prefix, for +example command options beginning with dashes. If it is `true', the +prefix will not be shown in the list of matches. + +@noindent +The default value for this style is `false'. + +@kindex prefix-needed, completion style +@item @t{prefix-needed} +This, too, is used for matches with a common prefix. If it is set to +`true' this common prefix must be typed by the user to generate the +matches. In the case of command options, this means that the initial +`@t{-}', `@t{+}', or `@t{-}@t{-}' must be typed explicitly before option +names will be completed. + +@noindent +The default value for this style is `true'. + +@kindex preserve-prefix, completion style +@item @t{preserve-prefix} +This style is used when completing path names. Its value should be a +pattern matching an initial prefix of the word to complete that should +be left unchanged under all circumstances. For example, on some Unices +an initial `@t{//}' (double slash) has a special meaning; setting +this style to the string `@t{//}' will preserve it. As another example, +setting this style to `@t{?:/}' under Cygwin would allow completion +after `@t{a:/...}' and so on. + +@kindex range, completion style +@item @t{range} +This is used by the @t{_history} completer and the +@t{_history_complete_word} bindable command to decide which words +should be completed. + +@noindent +If it is a singe number, only the last @var{N} words from the history +will be completed. + +@noindent +If it is a range of the form `@var{max}@t{:}@var{slice}', +the last @var{slice} words will be completed; then if that +yields no matches, the @var{slice} words before those will be tried and +so on. This process stops either when at least one match was been +found, or @var{max} words have been tried. + +@noindent +The default is to complete all words from the history at once. + +@kindex regular, completion style +@item @t{regular} +This style is used by the @t{_expand_alias} completer and bindable +command. If set to `@t{true}' (the default), regular aliases will be +expanded but only in command position. If it is set to `@t{false}', +regular aliases will never be expanded. If it is set to `@t{always}', +regular aliases will be expanded even if not in command position. + +@kindex rehash, completion style +@item @t{rehash} +If this is set when completing external commands, the internal +list (hash) of commands will be updated for each search by issuing +the @t{rehash} command. There is a speed penalty for this which +is only likely to be noticeable when directories in the path have +slow file access. + +@kindex remote-access, completion style +@item @t{remote-access} +If set to @t{false}, certain commands will be prevented from making +Internet connections to retrieve remote information. This includes the +completion for the @t{CVS} command. + +@noindent +It is not always possible to know if connections are in fact to a remote +site, so some may be prevented unnecessarily. + +@kindex remove-all-dups, completion style +@item @t{remove-all-dups} +The @t{_history_complete_word} bindable command and the @t{_history} +completer use this to decide if all duplicate matches should be +removed, rather than just consecutive duplicates. + +@kindex select-prompt, completion style +@item @t{select-prompt} +If this is set for the @t{default} tag, its +value will be displayed during menu selection (see the @t{menu} style +above) when the completion list does not fit on the screen as a +whole. The same escapes as for the @t{list-prompt} style are +understood, except that the numbers refer to the match or line the mark is +on. A default prompt is used when the value is the empty string. + +@kindex select-scroll, completion style +@item @t{select-scroll} +This style is tested for the @t{default} tag and determines how a +completion list is scrolled during a menu selection (see the @t{menu} +style above) when the completion list does not fit on the screen as a +whole. If the value is `@t{0}' (zero), the list is scrolled by +half-screenfuls; if it is a positive integer, the list is scrolled by the +given number of lines; if it is a negative number, the list is scrolled by a +screenful minus the absolute value of the given number of lines. +The default is to scroll by single lines. + +@kindex separate-sections, completion style +@item @t{separate-sections} +This style is used with the @t{manuals} tag when completing names of +manual pages. If it is `true', entries for different sections are +added separately using tag names of the form `@t{manual.}@var{X}', +where @var{X} is the section number. When the @t{group-name} style is +also in effect, pages from different sections will appear separately. +This style is also used similarly with the @t{words} style when +completing words for the dict command. It allows words from different +dictionary databases to be added separately. +The default for this style is `false'. + +@kindex show-completer, completion style +@item @t{show-completer} +Tested whenever a new completer is tried. If it is true, the completion +system outputs a progress message in the listing area showing what +completer is being tried. The message will be overwritten by any output +when completions are found and is removed after completion is finished. + +@kindex single-ignored, completion style +@item @t{single-ignored} +This is used by the @t{_ignored} completer when there is only one match. +If its value is `@t{show}', the single match will be +displayed but not inserted. If the value is `@t{menu}', then the single +match and the original string are both added as matches and menu completion +is started, making it easy to select either of them. + +@kindex sort, completion style +@item @t{sort} +Many completion widgets call @t{_description} at some point which +decides whether the matches are added sorted or unsorted (often +indirectly via @t{_wanted} or @t{_requested}). This style can be set +explicitly to one of the usual true or false values as an override. +If it is not set for the context, the standard behaviour of the +calling widget is used. + +@noindent +The style is tested first against the full context including the tag, and +if that fails to produce a value against the context without the tag. + +@noindent +If the calling widget explicitly requests unsorted matches, this is usually +honoured. However, the default (unsorted) behaviour of completion +for the command history may be overridden by setting the style to +@t{true}. + +@noindent +In the @t{_expand} completer, if it is set to +`true', the expansions generated will always be sorted. If it is set +to `@t{menu}', then the expansions are only sorted when they are offered +as single strings but not in the string containing all possible +expansions. + +@kindex special-dirs, completion style +@item @t{special-dirs} +Normally, the completion code will not produce the directory names +`@t{.}' and `@t{..}' as possible completions. If this style is set to +`true', it will add both `@t{.}' and `@t{..}' as possible completions; +if it is set to `@t{..}', only `@t{..}' will be added. + +@noindent +The following example sets @t{special-dirs} to `@t{..}' when the +current prefix is empty, is a single `@t{.}', or consists only of a path +beginning with `@t{../}'. Otherwise the value is `false'. + +@noindent +@example +zstyle -e ':completion:*' special-dirs \ + '[[ $PREFIX = (../)#(|.|..) ]] && reply=(..)' +@end example + +@kindex squeeze-slashes, completion style +@item @t{squeeze-slashes} +If set to `true', sequences of slashes in filename paths (for example in +`@t{foo//bar}') will be treated as a single slash. This is the usual +behaviour of UNIX paths. However, by default the file completion +function behaves as if there were a `@t{*}' between the slashes. + +@kindex stop, completion style +@item @t{stop} +If set to `true', the @t{_history_complete_word} bindable +command will stop once when reaching the beginning or end of the +history. Invoking @t{_history_complete_word} will then wrap around to +the opposite end of the history. If this style is set to `false' (the +default), @t{_history_complete_word} will loop immediately as in a +menu completion. + +@kindex strip-comments, completion style +@item @t{strip-comments} +If set to `true', this style causes non-essential comment text to be +removed from completion matches. Currently it is only used when +completing e-mail addresses where it removes any display name from the +addresses, cutting them down to plain @var{user@@host} form. + +@kindex subst-globs-only, completion style +@item @t{subst-globs-only} +This is used by the @t{_expand} completer. If it is set to `true', +the expansion will only be used if it resulted from globbing; hence, +if expansions resulted from the use of the @t{substitute} style +described below, but these were not further changed by globbing, the +expansions will be rejected. + +@noindent +The default for this style is `false'. + +@kindex substitute, completion style +@item @t{substitute} +This boolean style controls whether the @t{_expand} completer will +first try to expand all substitutions in the string (such as +`@t{$(...)}' and `@t{$@{...@}}'). + +@noindent +The default is `true'. + +@kindex suffix, completion style +@item @t{suffix} +This is used by the @t{_expand} completer if the word starts with a +tilde or contains a parameter expansion. If it is set to `true', the +word will only be expanded if it doesn't have a suffix, i.e. if it is +something like `@t{~foo}' or `@t{$foo}' rather than `@t{~foo/}' or +`@t{$foo/bar}', unless that suffix itself contains characters eligible +for expansion. The default for this style is `true'. + +@kindex tag-order, completion style +@item @t{tag-order} +This provides a mechanism for sorting how the tags available in a +particular context will be used. + +@noindent +The values for the style are sets of space-separated lists of tags. +The tags in each value will be tried at the same time; if no match is +found, the next value is used. (See the @t{file-patterns} style for +an exception to this behavior.) + +@noindent +For example: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*:complete:-command-:*' tag-order \ + 'commands functions' +@end example + +@noindent +specifies that completion in command position first offers +external commands and shell functions. Remaining tags will be tried if +no completions are found. + +@noindent +In addition to tag names, each string in the value may take one of the +following forms: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-} +If any value consists of only a hyphen, +then @emph{only} the tags specified in the other values are +generated. Normally all tags not explicitly selected are tried last +if the specified tags fail to generate any matches. This means +that a single value consisting only of a single hyphen +turns off completion. + +@item @t{!} @var{tags}... +A string starting with an exclamation mark +specifies names of tags that are @emph{not} to be used. The effect is +the same as if all other possible tags for the context had been +listed. + +@item @var{tag}@t{:}@var{label} ... +Here, @var{tag} is one of the standard tags and @var{label} is an +arbitrary name. Matches are generated as normal but the name @var{label} +is used in contexts instead of @var{tag}. This is not useful in words +starting with @t{!}. + +@noindent +If the @var{label} starts with a hyphen, the @var{tag} is prepended to the +@var{label} to form the name used for lookup. This can be +used to make the completion system try a certain tag more than once, +supplying different style settings for each attempt; see below for an +example. + +@item @var{tag}@t{:}@var{label}@t{:}@var{description} +As before, but @t{description} will replace the `@t{%d}' in +the value of the @t{format} style instead of the default description +supplied by the completion function. Spaces in the description must +be quoted with a backslash. A `@t{%d}' appearing +in @var{description} is replaced with the description given by the +completion function. + +@end table + +@noindent +In any of the forms above the tag may be a pattern or several +patterns in the form `@t{@{}@var{pat1}@t{,}@var{pat2...}@t{@}}'. In this +case all matching tags will be used except +for any given explicitly in the same string. + +@noindent +One use of these features is to try +one tag more than once, setting other styles differently on +each attempt, but still to use all the other tags without having to +repeat them all. For example, to make completion of function names in +command position ignore all the completion functions starting with an +underscore the first time completion is tried: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*:*:-command-:*' tag-order \ + 'functions:-non-comp *' functions +zstyle ':completion:*:functions-non-comp' ignored-patterns '_*' +@end example + +@noindent +On the first attempt, all tags will be offered but the @t{functions} tag +will be replaced by @t{functions-non-comp}. The @t{ignored-patterns} style +is set for this tag to exclude functions starting with an underscore. +If there are no matches, the second value of the +@t{tag-order} style is used which completes functions using the default +tag, this time presumably including all function names. + +@noindent +The matches for one tag can be split into different groups. For example: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' tag-order \ + 'options:-long:long\ options + options:-short:short\ options + options:-single-letter:single\ letter\ options' + +@noindent +zstyle ':completion:*:options-long' ignored-patterns '[-+](|-|[^-]*)' +zstyle ':completion:*:options-short' ignored-patterns '--*' '[-+]?' +zstyle ':completion:*:options-single-letter' ignored-patterns '???*' +@end example + +@noindent +With the @t{group-names} style set, options beginning with +`@t{-}@t{-}', options beginning with a single `@t{-}' or `@t{+}' but +containing multiple characters, and single-letter options will be +displayed in separate groups with different descriptions. + +@noindent +Another use of patterns is to +try multiple match specifications one after another. The +@t{matcher-list} style offers something similar, but it is tested very +early in the completion system and hence can't be set for single +commands nor for more specific contexts. Here is how to +try normal completion without any match specification and, if that +generates no matches, try again with case-insensitive matching, restricting +the effect to arguments of the command @t{foo}: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*:*:foo:*' tag-order '*' '*:-case' +zstyle ':completion:*-case' matcher 'm:@{a-z@}=@{A-Z@}' +@end example + +@noindent +First, all the tags offered when completing after @t{foo} are tried using +the normal tag name. If that generates no matches, the second value of +@t{tag-order} is used, which tries all tags again except that this time +each has @t{-case} appended to its name for lookup of styles. Hence this +time the value for the @t{matcher} style from the second call to @t{zstyle} +in the example is used to make completion case-insensitive. + +@noindent +It is possible to use the @t{-e} option of the @t{zstyle} builtin +command to specify conditions for the use of particular tags. For +example: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle -e '*:-command-:*' tag-order ' + if [[ -n $PREFIX$SUFFIX ]]; then + reply=( ) + else + reply=( - ) + fi' +@end example + +@noindent +Completion in command position will be attempted only if the string +typed so far is not empty. This is tested using the @t{PREFIX} +special parameter; see +@ref{Completion Widgets} +for a description of parameters which are special inside completion widgets. +Setting @t{reply} to an empty array provides the default +behaviour of trying all tags at once; setting it to an +array containing only a hyphen disables the use of all tags and hence of +all completions. + +@noindent +If no @t{tag-order} style has been defined for a context, the strings +`@t{(|*-)argument-* (|*-)option-* values}' and `@t{options}' plus all +tags offered by the completion function will be used to provide a +sensible default behavior that causes arguments (whether normal command +arguments or arguments of options) to be completed before option names for +most commands. + +@kindex urls, completion style +@item @t{urls} +This is used together with the the @t{urls} tag by +functions completing URLs. + +@noindent +If the value consists of more than one string, or if the only string +does not name a file or directory, the strings are used as the URLs to +complete. + +@noindent +If the value contains only one string which is the name of a normal +file the URLs are taken from that file (where the URLs may be +separated by white space or newlines). + +@noindent +Finally, if the only string in the value names a directory, the +directory hierarchy rooted at this directory gives the completions. The +top level directory should be the file access method, such as +`@t{http}', `@t{ftp}', `@t{bookmark}' and so on. In many cases the next +level of directories will be a filename. The directory hierarchy can +descend as deep as necessary. + +@noindent +For example, + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' urls ~/.urls +mkdir -p ~/.urls/ftp/ftp.zsh.org/pub/development + +@end example + +@noindent +allows completion of all the components of the URL +@t{ftp://ftp.zsh.org/pub/development} after suitable commands such as +`@t{netscape}' or `@t{lynx}'. Note, however, that access methods and +files are completed separately, so if the @t{hosts} style is set hosts +can be completed without reference to the @t{urls} style. + +@noindent +See the description in the function @t{_urls} itself +for more information (e.g. `@t{more $^fpath/_urls(N)}'). + +@kindex use-cache, completion style +@item @t{use-cache} +If this is set, the completion caching layer is activated for any completions +which use it (via the @t{_store_cache}, @t{_retrieve_cache}, and +@t{_cache_invalid} functions). The directory containing the cache +files can be changed with the @t{cache-path} style. + +@kindex use-compctl, completion style +@item @t{use-compctl} +If this style is set to a string @emph{not} equal to @t{false}, @t{0}, +@t{no}, and @t{off}, the completion system may use any completion +specifications defined with the @t{compctl} builtin command. If the +style is unset, this is done only if the @t{zsh/compctl} module +is loaded. The string may also contain the substring `@t{first}' to +use completions defined with `@t{compctl -T}', and the substring +`@t{default}' to use the completion defined with `@t{compctl -D}'. + +@noindent +Note that this is only intended to smooth the transition from +@t{compctl} to the new completion system and may disappear in the +future. + +@noindent +Note also that the definitions from @t{compctl} will only be used if +there is no specific completion function for the command in question. For +example, if there is a function @t{_foo} to complete arguments to the +command @t{foo}, @t{compctl} will never be invoked for @t{foo}. +However, the @t{compctl} version will be tried if @t{foo} only uses +default completion. + +@kindex use-ip, completion style +@item @t{use-ip} +By default, the function @t{_hosts} that completes host names strips +IP addresses from entries read from host databases such as NIS and +ssh files. If this style is true, the corresponding IP addresses +can be completed as well. This style is not use in any context +where the @t{hosts} style is set; note also it must be set before +the cache of host names is generated (typically the first completion +attempt). + +@kindex use-perl, completion style +@item @t{use-perl} +Various parts of the function system use awk to extract words from +files or command output as this universally available. However, many +versions of awk have arbitrary limits on the size of input. If this +style is set, perl will be used instead. This is almost always +preferable if perl is available on your system. + +@noindent +Currently this is only used in completions for `make', but it may be +extended depending on authorial frustration. + +@kindex users, completion style +@item @t{users} +This may be set to a list of usernames to be completed. +If it is not set all usernames will be completed. +Note that if it is set only that list of users will be completed; +this is because on some systems querying all users can take +a prohibitive amount of time. + +@kindex users-hosts, completion style +@item @t{users-hosts} +The values of this style should be of the form +`@var{user}@t{@@}@var{host}' or `@var{user}@t{:}@var{host}'. It is used for +commands that need pairs of +user- and hostnames. These commands will complete usernames from this +style (only), and will restrict subsequent hostname completion to hosts +paired with that user in one of the values of the style. + +@noindent +It is possible to group values for sets of commands which allow a remote +login, such as @t{rlogin} and @t{ssh}, by using the @t{my-accounts} tag. +Similarly, values for sets of commands which usually refer to the +accounts of other people, such as @t{talk} and @t{finger}, can be +grouped by using the @t{other-accounts} tag. More ambivalent commands +may use the @t{accounts} tag. + +@kindex users-hosts-ports, completion style +@item @t{users-hosts-ports} +Like @t{users-hosts} but used for commands like @t{telnet} and +containing strings of the form `@var{user}@t{@@}@var{host}@t{:}@var{port}'. + +@kindex verbose, completion style +@item @t{verbose} +If set, as it is by default, the completion listing is more verbose. +In particular many commands show descriptions for options if this +style is `true'. + +@kindex word, completion style +@item @t{word} +This is used by the @t{_list} completer, which prevents the insertion of +completions until a second completion attempt when the line has not +changed. The normal way of finding out if the line has changed is to +compare its entire contents between the two occasions. If this style is +true, the comparison is instead performed only on the current word. +Hence if completion is performed on another word with the same contents, +completion will not be delayed. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Control Functions, Bindable Commands, Completion System Configuration, Completion System + +@section Control Functions +@noindent +@cindex completion system, choosing completers + +@noindent +The initialization script @t{compinit} redefines all the widgets +which perform completion to call the supplied widget function +@t{_main_complete}. This function acts as a wrapper calling the +so-called `completer' functions that generate matches. If +@t{_main_complete} is called with arguments, these are taken as the +names of completer functions to be called in the order given. If no +arguments are given, the set of functions to try is taken from the +@t{completer} style. For example, to use normal completion and +correction if that doesn't generate any matches: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete _correct +@end example + +@noindent +after calling @t{compinit}. The default value for this style is +`@t{_complete _ignored}', i.e. normally only ordinary completion is tried, +first with the effect of the @t{ignored-patterns} style and then without +it. The @t{_main_complete} function uses the return status of the completer +functions to decide if other completers should be called. If the return +status is zero, no other completers are tried and the @t{_main_complete} +function returns. + +@noindent +If the first argument to @t{_main_complete} is a single hyphen, the +arguments will not be taken as names of completers. Instead, the +second argument gives a name to use in the @var{completer} field of the +context and the other arguments give a command name and arguments to +call to generate the matches. + +@noindent +The following completer functions are contained in the distribution, +although users may write their own. Note that in contexts the leading +underscore is stripped, for example basic completion is performed in the +context `@t{:completion::complete:}@var{...}'. + +@noindent +@cindex completion system, completers +@table @asis +@findex _all_matches +@item @t{_all_matches} +This completer can be used to add a string consisting of all other +matches. As it influences later completers it must appear as the first +completer in the list. The list of all matches is affected by the +@t{avoid-completer} and @t{old-matches} styles described above. + +@noindent +It may be useful to use the @t{_generic} function described below +to bind @t{_all_matches} to its own keystroke, for example: + +@noindent +@example +zle -C all-matches complete-word _generic +bindkey '^Xa' all-matches +zstyle ':completion:all-matches:*' old-matches only +zstyle ':completion:all-matches::::' completer _all_matches +@end example + +@noindent +Note that this does not generate completions by itself: first use +any of the standard ways of generating a list of completions, +then use @t{^Xa} to show all matches. It is possible instead to +add a standard completer to the list and request that the +list of all matches should be directly inserted: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:all-matches::::' completer _all_matches _complete +zstyle ':completion:all-matches:*' insert true +@end example + +@noindent +In this case the @t{old-matches} style should not be set. + +@findex _approximate +@item @t{_approximate} +This is similar to the basic @t{_complete} completer but allows the +completions to undergo corrections. The maximum number of errors can be +specified by the @t{max-errors} style; see the description of +approximate matching in +@ref{Filename Generation} +for how errors are counted. Normally this completer will only be tried +after the normal @t{_complete} completer: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete _approximate +@end example + +@noindent +This will give correcting completion if and only if +normal completion yields no possible completions. When +corrected completions are found, the completer will normally start +menu completion allowing you to cycle through these strings. + +@noindent +This completer uses the tags @t{corrections} and @t{original} when +generating the possible corrections and the original string. The +@t{format} style for the former may contain the additional sequences +`@t{%e}' and `@t{%o}' which will be replaced by the number of errors +accepted to generate the corrections and the original string, +respectively. + +@noindent +The completer progressively increases the number of errors allowed up to +the limit by the @t{max-errors} style, hence if a completion is found +with one error, no completions with two errors will be shown, and so on. +It modifies the completer name in the context to indicate the number of +errors being tried: on the first try the completer field contains +`@t{approximate-1}', on the second try `@t{approximate-2}', and so on. + +@noindent +When @t{_approximate} is called from another function, the number of +errors to accept may be passed with the @t{-a} option. The argument +is in the same format as the @t{max-errors} style, all in one string. + +@noindent +Note that this completer (and the @t{_correct} completer mentioned +below) can be quite expensive to call, especially when a large number +of errors are allowed. One way to avoid this is to set up the +@t{completer} style using the @t{-e} option to zstyle so that some +completers are only used when completion is attempted a second time on +the same string, e.g.: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle -e ':completion:*' completer ' + if [[ $_last_try != "$HISTNO$BUFFER$CURSOR" ]]; then + _last_try="$HISTNO$BUFFER$CURSOR" + reply=(_complete _match _prefix) + else + reply=(_ignored _correct _approximate) + fi' +@end example + +@noindent +This uses the @t{HISTNO} parameter and the @t{BUFFER} and @t{CURSOR} +special parameters that are available inside zle and completion +widgets to find out if the command line hasn't changed since the last +time completion was tried. Only then are the @t{_ignored}, +@t{_correct} and @t{_approximate} completers called. + +@findex _complete +@item @t{_complete} +This completer generates all possible completions in a context-sensitive +manner, i.e. using the settings defined with the @t{compdef} function +explained above and the current settings of all special parameters. +This gives the normal completion behaviour. + +@noindent +To complete arguments of commands, @t{_complete} uses the utility function +@t{_normal}, which is in turn responsible for finding the particular +function; it is described below. Various contexts of the form +@t{-}@var{context}@t{-} are handled specifically. These are all +mentioned above as possible arguments to the @t{#compdef} tag. + +@noindent +Before trying to find a function for a specific context, @t{_complete} +checks if the parameter `@t{compcontext}' is set. Setting +`@t{compcontext}' allows the usual completion dispatching to be +overridden which is useful in places such as a function that uses +@t{vared} for input. If it is set to an array, the elements are taken +to be the possible matches which will be completed using the tag +`@t{values}' and the description `@t{value}'. If it is set to an +associative array, the keys are used as the possible completions and +the values (if non-empty) are used as descriptions for the matches. If +`@t{compcontext}' is set to a string containing colons, it should be of +the form `@var{tag}@t{:}@var{descr}@t{:}@var{action}'. In this case the +@var{tag} and @var{descr} give the tag and description to use and the +@var{action} indicates what should be completed in one of the forms +accepted by the @t{_arguments} utility function described below. + +@noindent +Finally, if `@t{compcontext}' is set to a string without colons, the +value is taken as the name of the context to use and the function +defined for that context will be called. For this purpose, there is a +special context named @t{-command-line-} that completes whole command +lines (commands and their arguments). This is not used by the completion +system itself but is nonetheless handled when explicitly called. + +@findex _correct +@item @t{_correct} +Generate corrections, but not completions, for the current word; this is +similar to @t{_approximate} but will not allow any number of extra +characters at the cursor as that completer does. The effect is +similar to spell-checking. It is based on @t{_approximate}, but the +completer field in the context name is @t{correct}. + +@noindent +For example, with: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:::::' completer _complete _correct _approximate +zstyle ':completion:*:correct:::' max-errors 2 not-numeric +zstyle ':completion:*:approximate:::' max-errors 3 numeric +@end example + +@noindent +correction will accept up to two errors. If a numeric argument is +given, correction will not be performed, but correcting completion +will be, and will accept as many errors as given by the numeric +argument. Without a numeric argument, first correction and then +correcting completion will be tried, with the first one accepting two +errors and the second one accepting three errors. + +@noindent +When @t{_correct} is called as a function, the number of errors to accept +may be given following the @t{-a} option. The argument is in the same +form a values to the @t{accept} style, all in one string. + +@noindent +This completer function is intended to be used without the +@t{_approximate} completer or, as in the example, just before +it. Using it after the @t{_approximate} completer is useless since +@t{_approximate} will at least generate the corrected strings +generated by the @t{_correct} completer --- and probably more. + +@findex _expand +@item @t{_expand} +This completer function does not really perform completion, but instead +checks if the word on the command line is eligible for expansion and, +if it is, gives detailed control over how this expansion is done. For +this to happen, the completion system needs to be invoked with +@t{complete-word}, not @t{expand-or-complete} (the default binding for +@t{TAB}), as otherwise the string will be expanded by the shell's +internal mechanism before the completion system is started. +Note also this completer should be called before the @t{_complete} +completer function. + +@noindent +The tags used when generating expansions are @t{all-expansions} for the +string containing all possible expansions, @t{expansions} when adding +the possible expansions as single matches and @t{original} when adding +the original string from the line. The order in which these strings are +generated, if at all, can be controlled by the @t{group-order} and +@t{tag-order} styles, as usual. + +@noindent +The format string for @t{all-expansions} and for @t{expansions} may +contain the sequence `@t{%o}' which will be replaced by the original +string from the line. + +@noindent +The kind of expansion to be tried is controlled by the @t{substitute}, +@t{glob} and @t{subst-globs-only} styles. + +@noindent +It is also possible to call @t{_expand} as a function, in which case the +different modes may be selected with options: @t{-s} for +@t{substitute}, @t{-g} for @t{glob} and @t{-o} for @t{subst-globs-only}. + +@findex _expand_alias +@item @t{_expand_alias} +If the word the cursor is on is an alias, it is expanded and no other +completers are called. The types of aliases which are to be expanded can +be controlled with the styles @t{regular}, @t{global} and @t{disabled}. + +@noindent +This function is also a bindable command, see +@ref{Bindable Commands}. + +@findex _history +@item @t{_history} +Complete words from the shell's command history. This completer +can be controlled by the @t{remove-all-dups}, and @t{sort} styles as for the +@t{_history_complete_word} bindable command, see +@ref{Bindable Commands} +and +@ref{Completion System Configuration}. + +@findex _ignored +@item @t{_ignored} +The @t{ignored-patterns} style can be set to a list of patterns which are +compared against possible completions; matching ones are removed. +With this completer those matches can be reinstated, as +if no @t{ignored-patterns} style were set. The completer actually +generates its own list of matches; which completers are invoked +is determined in the same way as for the @t{_prefix} completer. +The @t{single-ignored} style is also available as described above. + +@findex _list +@item @t{_list} +This completer allows the insertion of matches to be delayed until +completion is attempted a second time without the word on the line +being changed. On the first attempt, only the list of matches will be +shown. It is affected by the styles @t{condition} and @t{word}, see +@ref{Completion System Configuration}. + +@findex _match +@item @t{_match} +This completer is intended to be used after the @t{_complete} +completer. It behaves similarly but the string on the command line may +be a pattern to match against trial completions. This gives the effect +of the @t{GLOB_COMPLETE} option. + +@noindent +Normally completion will be performed by taking the pattern from the line, +inserting a `@t{*}' at the cursor position and comparing the resulting +pattern with the possible completions generated. This can be modified +with the @t{match-original} style described above. + +@noindent +The generated matches will be offered in a menu completion unless the +@t{insert-unambiguous} style is set to `true'; see the description above +for other options for this style. + +@noindent +Note that matcher specifications defined globally or used by the +completion functions (the styles @t{matcher-list} and @t{matcher}) will +not be used. + +@findex _menu +@item @t{_menu} +This completer was written as simple example function to show how menu +completion can be enabled in shell code. However, it has the notable +effect of disabling menu selection which can be useful with +@t{_generic} based widgets. It should be used as the first completer in +the list. Note that this is independent of the setting of the +@t{MENU_COMPLETE} option and does not work with the other menu +completion widgets such as @t{reverse-menu-complete}, or +@t{accept-and-menu-complete}. + +@findex _oldlist +@item @t{_oldlist} +This completer controls how the standard completion widgets behave +when there is an existing list of completions which may have been +generated by a special completion (i.e. a separately-bound completion +command). It allows the ordinary completion keys to continue to use the +list of completions thus generated, instead of producing a new list of +ordinary contextual completions. +It should appear in the list of completers before any of +the widgets which generate matches. It uses two styles: @t{old-list} and +@t{old-menu}, see +@ref{Completion System Configuration}. + +@findex _prefix +@item @t{_prefix} +This completer can be used to try completion with the suffix (everything +after the cursor) ignored. In other words, the suffix will not be +considered to be part of the word to complete. The effect is similar +to the @t{expand-or-complete-prefix} command. + +@noindent +The @t{completer} style is used to decide which other completers are to +be called to generate matches. If this style is unset, the list of +completers set for the current context is used --- except, of course, the +@t{_prefix} completer itself. Furthermore, if this completer appears +more than once in the list of completers only those completers not +already tried by the last invocation of @t{_prefix} will be called. + +@noindent +For example, consider this global @t{completer} style: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' completer \ + _complete _prefix _correct _prefix:foo +@end example + +@noindent +Here, the @t{_prefix} completer tries normal completion but ignoring the +suffix. If that doesn't generate any matches, and neither does +the call to the @t{_correct} completer after it, @t{_prefix} will +be called a second time and, now only trying correction with the +suffix ignored. On the second invocation the completer part of the +context appears as `@t{foo}'. + +@noindent +To use @t{_prefix} as the last resort and try only normal completion +when it is invoked: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete ... _prefix +zstyle ':completion::prefix:*' completer _complete +@end example + +@noindent +The @t{add-space} style is also respected. If it is set to `true' then +@t{_prefix} will insert a space between the matches generated (if any) +and the suffix. + +@noindent +Note that this completer is only useful if the +@t{COMPLETE_IN_WORD} option is set; otherwise, the cursor will +be moved to the end of the current word before the completion code is +called and hence there will be no suffix. + +@findex bashcompinit +@item @t{bashcompinit} +This function provides compatibility with bash's programmable completion +system. When run it will define the functions, @t{compgen} and +@t{complete} which correspond to the bash builtins with the same names. +It will then be possible to use completion specifications and functions +written for bash. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Bindable Commands, Completion Functions, Control Functions, Completion System + +@section Bindable Commands +@noindent +@cindex completion system, bindable commands + +@noindent +In addition to the context-dependent completions provided, which are +expected to work in an intuitively obvious way, there are a few widgets +implementing special behaviour which can be bound separately to keys. The +following is a list of these and their default bindings. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex _bash_completions +@item @t{_bash_completions} +This function is used by two widgets, @t{_bash_complete-word} and +@t{_bash_list-choices}. It exists to provide compatibility with +completion bindings in bash. The last character of the binding determines +what is completed: `@t{!}', command names; `@t{$}', environment variables; +`@t{@@}', host names; `@t{/}', file names; `@t{~}' user names. In bash, the +binding preceded by `@t{\e}' gives completion, and preceded by `@t{^X}' +lists options. As some of these bindings clash with standard zsh +bindings, only `@t{\e~}' and `@t{^X~}' are bound by default. To add the +rest, the following should be added to @t{.zshrc} after @t{compinit} has +been run: + +@noindent +@example +for key in '!' '$' '@@' '/' '~'; do + bindkey "\e$key" _bash_complete-word + bindkey "^X$key" _bash_list-choices +done +@end example + +@noindent +This includes the bindings for `@t{~}' in case they were already bound to +something else; the completion code does not override user bindings. + +@findex _correct_filename (^XC) +@item @t{_correct_filename (^XC)} +Correct the filename path at the cursor position. Allows up to six errors +in the name. Can also be called with an argument to correct +a filename path, independently of zle; the correction is printed on +standard output. + +@findex _correct_word (^Xc) +@item @t{_correct_word} (^Xc) +Performs correction of the current argument using the usual contextual +completions as possible choices. This stores the string +`@t{correct-word}' in the @var{function} field of the context name and +then calls the @t{_correct} completer. + +@findex _expand_alias (^Xa) +@item @t{_expand_alias (^Xa)} +This function can be used as a completer and as a bindable command. +It expands the word the cursor is on if it is an alias. The types of +alias expanded can be controlled with the styles @t{regular}, @t{global} +and @t{disabled}. + +@noindent +When used as a bindable command there is one additional feature that +can be selected by setting the @t{complete} style to `true'. In this +case, if the word is not the name of an alias, @t{_expand_alias} tries +to complete the word to a full alias name without expanding it. It +leaves the cursor directly after the completed word so that invoking +@t{_expand_alias} once more will expand the now-complete alias name. + +@findex _expand_word (^Xe) +@item @t{_expand_word (^Xe)} +Performs expansion on the current word: equivalent to the standard +@t{expand-word} command, but using the @t{_expand} completer. Before +calling it, the @var{function} field of the context is set to +`@t{expand-word}'. + +@findex _generic +@item @t{_generic} +This function is not defined as a widget and not bound by +default. However, it can be used to define a widget and will then +store the name of the widget in the @var{function} field of the context +and call the completion system. This allows custom completion widgets +with their own set of style settings to be defined easily. For example, +to define a widget that performs normal completion and starts +menu selection: + +@noindent +@example +zle -C foo complete-word _generic +bindkey '...' foo +zstyle ':completion:foo:*' menu yes select=1 +@end example + +@noindent +Note in particular that the @t{completer} style may be set for the context +in order to change the set of functions used to generate possible matches. +If @t{_generic} is called with arguments, those are passed through to +@t{_main_complete} as the list of completers in place of those defined by +the @t{completer} style. + +@findex _history_complete_word (\e/) +@item @t{_history_complete_word} (\e/) +Complete words from the shell's command history. This uses the +@t{list}, @t{remove-all-dups}, @t{sort}, and @t{stop} styles. + +@findex _most_recent_file (^Xm) +@item @t{_most_recent_file (^Xm)} +Complete the name of the most recently modified file matching the pattern +on the command line (which may be blank). If given a numeric argument +@var{N}, complete the @var{N}th most recently modified file. Note the +completion, if any, is always unique. + +@findex _next_tags (^Xn) +@item @t{_next_tags} (^Xn) +This command alters the set of matches used to that for the next tag, or +set of tags, either as given by the @t{tag-order} style or as set by +default; these matches would otherwise not be available. +Successive invocations of the command cycle through all possible sets of +tags. + +@findex _read_comp (^X^R) +@item @t{_read_comp (^X^R)} +Prompt the user for a string, and use that to perform completion on the +current word. There are two possibilities for the string. First, it can +be a set of words beginning `@t{_}', for example `@t{_files -/}', in which +case the function with any arguments will be called to generate the +completions. Unambiguous parts of the function name will be completed +automatically (normal completion is not available at this point) until a +space is typed. + +@noindent +Second, any other string will be passed as a set of arguments to +@t{compadd} and should hence be an expression specifying what should +be completed. + +@noindent +A very restricted set of editing commands is available when reading the +string: `@t{DEL}' and `@t{^H}' delete the last character; `@t{^U}' deletes +the line, and `@t{^C}' and `@t{^G}' abort the function, while `@t{RET}' +accepts the completion. Note the string is used verbatim as a command +line, so arguments must be quoted in accordance with standard shell rules. + +@noindent +Once a string has been read, the next call to @t{_read_comp} will use the +existing string instead of reading a new one. To force a new string to be +read, call @t{_read_comp} with a numeric argument. + +@findex _complete_debug (^X?) +@item @t{_complete_debug (^X?)} +This widget performs ordinary completion, but captures in a temporary file +a trace of the shell commands executed by the completion system. Each +completion attempt gets its own file. A command to view each of these +files is pushed onto the editor buffer stack. + +@findex _complete_help (^Xh) +@item @t{_complete_help (^Xh)} +This widget displays information about the context names, +the tags, and the completion functions used +when completing at the current cursor position. If given a numeric +argument other than @t{1} (as in `@t{ESC-2 ^Xh}'), then the styles +used and the contexts for which they are used will be shown, too. + +@noindent +Note that the information about styles may be incomplete; it depends on the +information available from the completion functions called, which in turn +is determined by the user's own styles and other settings. + +@findex _complete_help_generic +@item @t{_complete_help_generic} +Unlike other commands listed here, this must be created as a normal ZLE +widget rather than a completion widget (i.e. with @t{zle -N}). It +is used for generating help with a widget bound to the @t{_generic} +widget that is described above. + +@noindent +If this widget is created using the name of the function, as it is by +default, then when executed it will read a key sequence. This is expected +to be bound to a call to a completion function that uses the @t{_generic} +widget. That widget will be executed, and information provided in +the same format that the @t{_complete_help} widget displays for +contextual completion. + +@noindent +If the widget's name contains @t{debug}, for example if it is created +as `@t{zle -N _complete_debug_generic _complete_help_generic}', it +will read and execute the keystring for a generic widget as before, +but then generate debugging information as done by @t{_complete_debug} +for contextual completion. + +@noindent +If the widget's name contains @t{noread}, it will not read a keystring +but instead arrange that the next use of a generic widget run in +the same shell will have the effect as described above. + +@noindent +The widget works by setting the shell parameter +@t{ZSH_TRACE_GENERIC_WIDGET} which is read by @t{_generic}. Unsetting +the parameter cancels any pending effect of the @t{noread} form. + +@noindent +For example, after executing the following: + +@noindent +@example +zle -N _complete_debug_generic _complete_help_generic +bindkey '^x:' _complete_debug_generic +@end example + +@noindent +typing `@t{C-x :}' followed by the key sequence for a generic widget +will cause trace output for that widget to be saved to a file. + +@findex _complete_tag (^Xt) +@item @t{_complete_tag (^Xt)} +This widget completes symbol tags created by the @t{etags} or @t{ctags} +programmes (note there is no connection with the completion system's tags) +stored in a file @t{TAGS}, in the format used by @t{etags}, or @t{tags}, in the +format created by @t{ctags}. It will look back up the path hierarchy for +the first occurrence of either file; if both exist, the file @t{TAGS} is +preferred. You can specify the full path to a @t{TAGS} or @t{tags} file by +setting the parameter @t{$TAGSFILE} or @t{$tagsfile} respectively. +The corresponding completion tags used are @t{etags} and @t{vtags}, after +emacs and vi respectively. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Completion Functions, Completion Directories, Bindable Commands, Completion System + +@section Utility Functions +@noindent +@cindex completion system, utility functions + +@noindent +Descriptions follow for utility functions that may be +useful when writing completion functions. If functions are installed in +subdirectories, most of these reside in the +@t{Base} subdirectory. Like the example +functions for commands in the distribution, the utility functions +generating matches all follow the convention of returning status zero if they +generated completions and non-zero if no matching completions could be +added. + +@noindent +Two more features are offered by the @t{_main_complete} function. The +arrays @t{compprefuncs} and @t{comppostfuncs} may contain +names of functions that are to be called immediately before or after +completion has been tried. A function will only be called once unless +it explicitly reinserts itself into the array. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex _all_labels +@item @t{_all_labels} [ @t{-x} ] [ @t{-12VJ} ] @var{tag} @var{name} @var{descr} [ @var{command} @var{args} ... ] +This is a convenient interface to the @t{_next_label} function below, +implementing the loop shown in the @t{_next_label} example. The +@var{command} and its arguments are called to generate the matches. The +options stored in the parameter @var{name} will automatically be inserted +into the @var{args} passed to the @var{command}. Normally, they are put +directly after the @var{command}, but if one of the @var{args} is a single +hyphen, they are inserted directly before that. If the hyphen is the last +argument, it will be removed from the argument list before the +@var{command} is called. This allows @t{_all_labels} to be used in almost all +cases where the matches can be generated by a single call to the +@t{compadd} builtin command or by a call to one of the utility functions. + +@noindent +For example: + +@noindent +@example +local expl +... +if _requested foo; then + ... + _all_labels foo expl '...' compadd ... - $matches +fi +@end example + +@noindent +Will complete the strings from the @t{matches} parameter, using +@t{compadd} with additional options which will take precedence over +those generated by @t{_all_labels}. + +@findex _alternative +@item @t{_alternative} [ @t{-C} @var{name} ] @var{spec} ... +This function is useful in simple cases where multiple tags are available. +Essentially it implements a loop like the one described for the @t{_tags} +function below. + +@noindent +The tags to use and the action to perform if a tag is requested are +described using the @var{spec}s which are of the form: +`@var{tag}@t{:}@var{descr}@t{:}@var{action}'. The @var{tag}s are offered using +@t{_tags} and if the tag is requested, the @var{action} is executed with the +given description @var{descr}. The @var{action}s are those accepted +by the @t{_arguments} function (described below), excluding the +`@t{->}@var{state}' and `@t{=}@var{...}' forms. + +@noindent +For example, the @var{action} may be a simple function call: + +@noindent +@example +_alternative \ + 'users:user:_users' \ + 'hosts:host:_hosts' +@end example + +@noindent +offers usernames and hostnames as possible matches, +generated by the @t{_users} and @t{_hosts} functions respectively. + +@noindent +Like @t{_arguments}, this functions uses @t{_all_labels} to execute +the actions, which will loop over all sets of tags. Special handling is +only required if there is an additional valid tag, for example inside a +function called from @t{_alternative}. + +@noindent +Like @t{_tags} this function supports the @t{-C} option to give a +different name for the argument context field. + +@findex _arguments +@item @t{_arguments} [ @t{-nswWACRS} ] [ @t{-O} @var{name} ] [ @t{-M} @var{matchspec} ] [ @t{:} ] @var{spec} ... +This function can be used to give a complete specification for +completion for a command whose arguments follow standard UNIX option and +argument conventions. The following forms specify individual sets of +options and arguments; to avoid ambiguity, these may be separated from the +options to @t{_arguments} itself by a single colon. Options to +@t{_arguments} itself must be in separate words, i.e. @t{-s -w}, not +@t{-sw}. + +@noindent +With the option @t{-n}, @t{_arguments} sets the parameter @t{NORMARG} +to the position of the first normal argument in the @t{$words} array, +i.e. the position after the end of the options. If that argument +has not been reached, @t{NORMARG} is set to @t{-1}. The caller +should declare `@t{integer NORMARG}' if the @t{-n} option is passed; +otherwise the parameter is not used. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @var{n}@t{:}@var{message}@t{:}@var{action} +@itemx @var{n}@t{::}@var{message}@t{:}@var{action} +This describes the @var{n}'th normal argument. The @var{message} will be +printed above the matches generated and the @var{action} indicates what can +be completed in this position (see below). If there are two colons +before the @var{message} the argument is optional. If the +@var{message} contains only white space, nothing will be printed above +the matches unless the action adds an explanation string itself. + +@item @t{:}@var{message}@t{:}@var{action} +@itemx @t{::}@var{message}@t{:}@var{action} +Similar, but describes the @emph{next} argument, whatever number that +happens to be. If all arguments are specified in this form in the +correct order the numbers are unnecessary. + +@item @t{*:}@var{message}@t{:}@var{action} +@itemx @t{*::}@var{message}@t{:}@var{action} +@itemx @t{*:::}@var{message}@t{:}@var{action} +This describes how arguments (usually non-option arguments, those not +beginning with @t{-} or @t{+}) are to be completed when neither +of the first two forms was provided. Any number of arguments can +be completed in this fashion. + +@noindent +With two colons before the @var{message}, the @t{words} special array and +the @t{CURRENT} special parameter are modified to refer only to the +normal arguments when the @var{action} is executed or evaluated. With +three colons before the @var{message} they are modified to refer only to +the normal arguments covered by this description. + +@item @var{optspec} +@itemx @var{optspec}:@var{...} +This describes an option. The colon indicates handling for one or more +arguments to the option; if it is not present, the option is assumed to +take no arguments. + +@noindent +By default, options are multi-character name, one `@t{-}@var{word}' per +option. With @t{-s}, options may be single characters, with more than +one option per word, although words starting with two hyphens, such as +`@t{-}@t{-prefix}', are still considered complete option names. This is +suitable for standard GNU options. + +@noindent +The combination of @t{-s} with @t{-w} allows single-letter options to be +combined in a single word even if one or more of the options take +arguments. For example, if @t{-a} takes an argument, with no +@t{-s} `@t{-ab}' is considered as a single (unhandled) option; with +@t{-s} @t{-ab} is an option with the argument `@t{b}'; with both @t{-s} +and @t{-w}, @t{-ab} may be the option @t{-a} and the option @t{-b} with +arguments still to come. + +@noindent +The option @t{-W} takes this a stage further: it is possible to +complete single-letter options even after an argument that occurs in the +same word. However, it depends on the action performed whether options +will really be completed at this point. For more control, use a +utility function like @t{_guard} as part of the action. + +@noindent +The following forms are available for the initial @var{optspec}, whether +or not the option has arguments. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{*}@var{optspec} +Here @var{optspec} is one of the remaining forms below. This indicates +the following @var{optspec} may be repeated. Otherwise if the +corresponding option is already present on the command line to the left +of the cursor it will not be offered again. + +@item @t{-}@var{optname} +@itemx @t{+}@var{optname} +In the simplest form the @var{optspec} is just the option name beginning +with a minus or a plus sign, such as `@t{-foo}'. The first argument for +the option (if any) must follow as a @emph{separate} word directly after the +option. + +@noindent +Either of `@t{-+}@var{optname}' and `@t{+-}@var{optname}' can be used to +specify that @t{-}@var{optname} and @t{+}@var{optname} are both valid. + +@noindent +In all the remaining forms, the leading `@t{-}' may be replaced by or +paired with `@t{+}' in this way. + +@item @t{-}@var{optname}@t{-} +The first argument of the option must come directly after the option name +@emph{in the same word}. For example, `@t{-foo-:}@var{...}' specifies that +the completed option and argument will look like `@t{-foo}@var{arg}'. + +@item @t{-}@var{optname}@t{+} +The first argument may appear immediately after @var{optname} in the same +word, or may appear as a separate word after the option. For example, +`@t{-foo+:}@var{...}' specifies that the completed option and argument +will look like either `@t{-foo}@var{arg}' or `@t{-foo} @var{arg}'. + +@item @t{-}@var{optname}@t{=} +The argument may appear as the next word, or in same word as the option +name provided that it is separated from it by an equals sign, for +example `@t{-foo=}@var{arg}' or `@t{-foo} @var{arg}'. + +@item @t{-}@var{optname}@t{=-} +The argument to the option must appear after an equals sign in the same +word, and may not be given in the next argument. + +@item @var{optspec}@t{[}@var{explanation}@t{]} +An explanation string may be appended to any of the preceding forms of +@var{optspec} by enclosing it in brackets, as in `@t{-q[query operation]}'. + +@noindent +The @t{verbose} style is used to decide whether the explanation strings +are displayed with the option in a completion listing. + +@noindent +If no bracketed explanation string is given but the @t{auto-description} +style is set and only one argument is described for this @var{optspec}, the +value of the style is displayed, with any appearance of the sequence +`@t{%d}' in it replaced by the @var{message} of the first @var{optarg} +that follows the @var{optspec}; see below. + +@end table + +@noindent +It is possible for options with a literal `+' or `@t{=}' to +appear, but that character must be quoted, for example `@t{-\+}'. + +@noindent +Each @var{optarg} following an @var{optspec} must take one of the +following forms: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{:}@var{message}@t{:}@var{action} +@itemx @t{::}@var{message}@t{:}@var{action} +An argument to the option; @var{message} and @var{action} are treated as +for ordinary arguments. In the first form, the argument is mandatory, +and in the second form it is optional. + +@noindent +This group may be repeated for options which take multiple arguments. +In other words, +@t{:}@var{message1}@t{:}@var{action1}@t{:}@var{message2}@t{:}@var{action2} +specifies that the option takes two arguments. + +@item @t{:*}@var{pattern}@t{:}@var{message}@t{:}@var{action} +@itemx @t{:*}@var{pattern}@t{::}@var{message}@t{:}@var{action} +@itemx @t{:*}@var{pattern}@t{:::}@var{message}@t{:}@var{action} +This describes multiple arguments. Only the last @var{optarg} for +an option taking multiple arguments may be +given in this form. If the @var{pattern} is empty (i.e., @t{:*:}), all +the remaining words on the line are to be completed as described by the +@var{action}; otherwise, all the words up to and including a word matching +the @var{pattern} are to be completed using the @var{action}. + +@noindent +Multiple colons are treated as for the `@t{*:}@var{...}' forms for +ordinary arguments: when the @var{message} is preceded by two colons, +the @t{words} special array and the @t{CURRENT} special parameter are +modified during the execution or evaluation of the @var{action} to refer +only to the words after the option. When preceded by three colons, they +are modified to refer only to the words covered by this description. + +@end table + +@end table + +@noindent +Any literal colon in an @var{optname}, @var{message}, or @var{action} +must be preceded by a backslash, `@t{\:}'. + +@noindent +Each of the forms above may be preceded by a list in parentheses +of option names and argument numbers. If the given option is on +the command line, the options and arguments indicated in parentheses +will not be offered. For example, +`@t{(-two -three 1)-one:...}' completes the option `@t{-one}'; if this +appears on the command line, the options @t{-two} and @t{-three} and the +first ordinary argument will not be completed after it. +`@t{(-foo):}@var{...}' specifies an ordinary argument completion; +@t{-foo} will not be completed if that argument is already present. + +@noindent +Other items may appear in the list of excluded options to indicate +various other items that should not be applied when the current +specification is matched: a single star (@t{*}) for the rest arguments +(i.e. a specification of the form `@t{*:...}'); a colon (@t{:}) +for all normal (non-option-) arguments; and a hyphen (@t{-}) for all +options. For example, if `@t{(*)}' appears before an option and the +option appears on the command line, the list of remaining arguments +(those shown in the above table beginning with `@t{*:}') will not be +completed. + +@noindent +To aid in reuse of specifications, it is possible to precede any of the +forms above with `@t{!}'; then the form will no longer be completed, +although if the option or argument appears on the command line they will +be skipped as normal. The main use for this is when the arguments are +given by an array, and @t{_arguments} is called repeatedly for more +specific contexts: on the first call `@t{_arguments $global_options}' is +used, and on subsequent calls `@t{_arguments !$^global_options}'. + +@noindent +In each of the forms above the @var{action} determines how +completions should be generated. Except for the `@t{->}@var{string}' +form below, the @var{action} will be executed by calling the +@t{_all_labels} function to process all tag labels. No special handling +of tags is needed unless a function call introduces a new one. + +@noindent +The forms for @var{action} are as follows. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{ } (single unquoted space) +This is useful where an argument is required but it is not possible or +desirable to generate matches for it. The +@var{message} will be displayed but no completions listed. Note +that even in this case the colon at the end of the @var{message} is +needed; it may only be omitted when neither a @var{message} +nor an @var{action} is given. + +@item @t{(}@var{item1} @var{item2} @var{...}@t{)} +One of a list of possible matches, for example: + +@noindent +@example +@t{:foo:(foo bar baz}@t{)} +@end example + +@item @t{((@var{item1}\:@var{desc1} @var{...}))} +Similar to the above, but with descriptions for each possible match. +Note the backslash before the colon. For example, + +@noindent +@example +@t{:foo:((a\:bar b\:baz}@t{))} +@end example + +@noindent +The matches will be listed together with their descriptions if the +@t{description} style is set with the @t{values} tag in the context. + +@item @t{->}@var{string} +@vindex context, use of +@vindex line, use of +@vindex opt_args, use of +In this form, @t{_arguments} processes the arguments and options and then +returns control to the calling function with parameters set to indicate the +state of processing; the calling function then makes its own arrangements +for generating completions. For example, functions that implement a state +machine can use this type of action. + +@noindent +Where @t{_arguments} encounters a `@t{->}@var{string}', it will strip +all leading and trailing whitespace from @var{string} and set the array +@t{state} to the set of all @var{strings}s for which an action is to be +performed. + +@noindent +By default and in common with all other well behaved completion +functions, _arguments returns status zero if it was able to add matches and +non-zero otherwise. However, if the @t{-R} option is given, +@t{_arguments} will instead return a status of 300 to indicate that +@t{$state} is to be handled. + +@noindent +In addition to @t{$state}, @t{_arguments} also sets the global +parameters `@t{context}', `@t{line}' and `@t{opt_args}' as described +below, and does not reset any changes made to the special parameters +such as @t{PREFIX} and @t{words}. This gives the calling function the +choice of resetting these parameters or propagating changes in them. + +@noindent +A function calling @t{_arguments} with at least +one action containing a `@t{->}@var{string}' therefore must declare +appropriate local parameters: + +@noindent +@example +local context state line +typeset -A opt_args +@end example + +@noindent +to avoid @t{_arguments} from altering the global environment. + +@item @t{@{}@var{eval-string}@t{@}} +@vindex expl, use of +A string in braces is evaluated as shell code to generate matches. If the +@var{eval-string} itself does not begin with an opening parenthesis or +brace it is split into separate words before execution. + +@item @t{= }@var{action} +If the @var{action} starts with `@t{= }' (an equals sign followed by a +space), @t{_arguments} will insert the contents of the @var{argument} +field of the current context as the new first element in the @t{words} +special array and increment the value of the @t{CURRENT} special +parameter. This has the effect of inserting a dummy word onto the +completion command line while not changing the point at which completion is +taking place. + +@noindent +This is most useful with one of the specifiers that restrict the words on +the command line on which the @var{action} is to operate (the two- and +three-colon forms above). One particular use is when an @var{action} itself +causes @t{_arguments} on a restricted range; it is necessary to use this +trick to insert an appropriate command name into the range for the second +call to @t{_arguments} to be able to parse the line. + +@item @var{word...} +@itemx @var{word...} +This covers all forms other than those above. If the @var{action} +starts with a space, the remaining list of words will be invoked unchanged. + +@noindent +Otherwise it will be invoked with some extra strings placed after the +first word; these are to be passed down as options to the @t{compadd} +builtin. They ensure that the state specified by @t{_arguments}, in +particular the descriptions of options and arguments, is correctly passed +to the completion command. These additional arguments +are taken from the array parameter `@t{expl}'; this will be set up +before executing the @var{action} and hence may be referred to inside it, +typically in an expansion of the form `@t{$expl[@@]}' which preserves empty +elements of the array. + +@end table + +@noindent +During the performance of the action the array `@t{line}' +will be set to the command name and normal arguments from the command +line, i.e. the words from the command line excluding all options +and their arguments. Options are stored in the associative array +`@t{opt_args}' with option names as keys and their arguments as +the values. For options that have more than one argument these are +given as one string, separated by colons. All colons in the original +arguments are preceded with backslashes. + +@noindent +The parameter `@t{context}' is set when returning to the calling function +to perform an action of the form `@t{->}@var{string}'. It is set to an +array of elements corresponding to the elements of @t{$state}. Each +element is a suitable name for the argument field of the context: either a +string of the form `@t{option}@var{-opt}@t{-}@var{n}' for the @var{n}'th +argument of the option @var{-opt}, or a string of the form +`@t{argument-}@var{n}' for the @var{n}'th argument. For `rest' arguments, +that is those in the list at the end not handled by position, @var{n} is the +string `@t{rest}'. For example, when completing the argument of the @t{-o} +option, the name is `@t{option-o-1}', while for the second normal +(non-option-) argument it is `@t{argument-2}'. + +@noindent +Furthermore, during the evaluation of the @var{action} the context name in +the @t{curcontext} parameter is altered to append the same string that is +stored in the @t{context} parameter. + +@noindent +It is possible to specify multiple sets of options and +arguments with the sets separated by single hyphens. The specifications +before the first hyphen (if any) are shared by all the remaining sets. +The first word in every other set provides a name for the +set which may appear in exclusion lists in specifications, +either alone or before one of the possible values described above. +In the second case a `@t{-}' should appear between this name and the +remainder. + +@noindent +For example: + +@noindent +@example +_arguments \ + -a \ + - set1 \ + -c \ + - set2 \ + -d \ + ':arg:(x2 y2)' +@end example + +@noindent +This defines two sets. When the command line contains the option +`@t{-c}', the `@t{-d}' option and the argument will not be considered +possible completions. When it contains `@t{-d}' or an argument, the +option `@t{-c}' will not be considered. However, after `@t{-a}' +both sets will still be considered valid. + +@noindent +If the name given for one of the mutually exclusive sets is of the form +`@t{(}@var{name}@t{)}' then only one value from each set will ever +be completed; more formally, all specifications are mutually +exclusive to all other specifications in the same set. This is +useful for defining multiple sets of options which are mutually +exclusive and in which the options are aliases for each other. For +example: + +@noindent +@example +_arguments \ + -a -b \ + - '(compress)' \ + @{-c,--compress@}'[compress]' \ + - '(uncompress)' \ + @{-d,--decompress@}'[decompress]' +@end example + +@noindent +As the completion code has to parse the command line separately for each +set this form of argument is slow and should only be used when necessary. +A useful alternative is often an option specification with rest-arguments +(as in `@t{-foo:*:...}'); here the option @t{-foo} swallows up all +remaining arguments as described by the @var{optarg} definitions. + +@noindent +The options @t{-S} and @t{-A} are available to simplify the specifications +for commands with standard option parsing. With @t{-S}, no option will be +completed after a `@t{-}@t{-}' appearing on its own on the line; this +argument will otherwise be ignored; hence in the line + +@noindent +@example +foobar -a -- -b +@end example + +@noindent +the `@t{-a}' is considered an option but the `@t{-b}' is considered an +argument, while the `@t{-}@t{-}' is considered to be neither. + +@noindent +With @t{-A}, no options will be completed after the first non-option +argument on the line. The @t{-A} must be followed by a pattern matching +all strings which are not to be taken as arguments. For example, to make +@t{_arguments} stop completing options after the first normal argument, but +ignoring all strings starting with a hyphen even if they are not described +by one of the @var{optspec}s, the form is `@t{-A "-*"}'. + +@noindent +The option `@t{-O} @var{name}' specifies the name of an array whose elements +will be passed as arguments to functions called to execute @var{actions}. +For example, this can be used to pass the same set of options for the +@t{compadd} builtin to all @var{action}s. + +@noindent +The option `@t{-M} @var{spec}' sets a match specification to use to +completion option names and values. It must appear before the first +argument specification. The default is `@t{r:|[_-]=* r:|=*}': this allows +partial word completion after `@t{_}' and `@t{-}', for example `-f-b' +can be completed to `@t{-foo-bar}'. + +@noindent +The option @t{-C} tells @t{_arguments} to modify +the @t{curcontext} parameter for an action of the form +`@t{->}@var{state}'. This is the standard parameter used to keep track of +the current context. Here it (and not the @t{context} array) should be +made local to the calling function +to avoid passing back the modified value and should be initialised to the +current value at the start of the function: + +@noindent +@example +local curcontext="$curcontext" +@end example + +@noindent +This is useful where it is not possible for multiple states to be valid +together. + +@noindent +The option `@t{-}@t{-}' allows @t{_arguments} to work out the names of long +options that support the `@t{-}@t{-help}' option which is standard in many +GNU commands. The command word is called with the argument +`@t{-}@t{-help}' and the output examined for option names. Clearly, it can +be dangerous to pass this to commands which may not support this option as +the behaviour of the command is unspecified. + +@noindent +In addition to options, `@t{_arguments -}@t{-}' will try to deduce the +types of arguments available for options when the form +`@t{-}@t{-}@var{opt}=@var{val}' is valid. It is also possible to provide +hints by examining the help text of the command and adding specifiers of +the form `@var{pattern}@t{:}@var{message}@t{:}@var{action}'; note that normal +@t{_arguments} specifiers are not used. The @var{pattern} is matched +against the help text for an option, and if it matches the @var{message} and +@var{action} are used as for other argument specifiers. For example: + +@noindent +@example +_arguments -- '*\*:toggle:(yes no)' \ + '*=FILE*:file:_files' \ + '*=DIR*:directory:_files -/' \ + '*=PATH*:directory:_files -/' +@end example + +@noindent +Here, `@t{yes}' and `@t{no}' will be completed as the argument of +options whose description ends in a star; file names will be completed for +options that contain the substring `@t{=FILE}' in the description; and +directories will be completed for options whose description contains +`@t{=DIR}' or `@t{=PATH}'. The last three are in fact the default and so +need not be given explicitly, although it is possible to override the use +of these patterns. A typical help text which uses this feature is: + +@noindent +@example + -C, --directory=DIR change to directory DIR +@end example + +@noindent +so that the above specifications will cause directories to be completed +after `@t{-}@t{-directory}', though not after `@t{-C}'. + +@noindent +Note also that @t{_arguments} tries to find out automatically if the +argument for an option is optional. This can be specified explicitly by +doubling the colon before the @var{message}. + +@noindent +If the @var{pattern} ends in `@t{(-)}', this will removed from the +pattern and the @var{action} will be used only directly after the +`@t{=}', not in the next word. This is the behaviour of a normal +specification defined with the form `@t{=-}'. + +@noindent +The `@t{_arguments -}@t{-}' can be followed by the option `@t{-i} +@var{patterns}' to give patterns for options which are not to be +completed. The patterns can be given as the name of an array parameter +or as a literal list in parentheses. For example, + +@noindent +@example +_arguments -- -i \ + "(-@t{-(en|dis)able-FEATURE*)"} +@end example + +@noindent +will cause completion to ignore the options +`@t{-}@t{-enable-FEATURE}' and `@t{-}@t{-disable-FEATURE}' (this example is +useful with GNU @t{configure}). + +@noindent +The `@t{_arguments -}@t{-}' form can also be followed by the option `@t{-s} +@var{pair}' to describe option aliases. Each @var{pair} consists of a +pattern and a replacement. For example, some @t{configure}-scripts +describe options only as `@t{-}@t{-enable-foo}', but also accept +`@t{-}@t{-disable-foo}'. To allow completion of the second form: + +@noindent +@example +_arguments -- -s "(#-@t{-enable- -}@t{-disable-)"} +@end example + +@noindent +Here is a more general example of the use of @t{_arguments}: + +@noindent +@example +_arguments '-l+:left border:' \ + '-format:paper size:(letter A4)' \ + '*-copy:output file:_files::resolution:(300 600)' \ + ':postscript file:_files -g \*.\(ps\|eps\)' \ + '*:page number:' +@end example + +@noindent +This describes three options: `@t{-l}', `@t{-format}', and +`@t{-copy}'. The first takes one argument described as `@var{left +border}' for which no completion will be offered because of the empty +action. Its argument may come directly after the `@t{-l}' or it may be +given as the next word on the line. + +@noindent +The `@t{-format}' option takes one +argument in the next word, described as `@var{paper size}' for which +only the strings `@t{letter}' and `@t{A4}' will be completed. + +@noindent +The `@t{-copy}' option may appear more than once on the command line and +takes two arguments. The first is mandatory and will be completed as a +filename. The second is optional (because of the second colon before +the description `@var{resolution}') and will be completed from the strings +`@t{300}' and `@t{600}'. + +@noindent +The last two descriptions say what should be completed as +arguments. The first describes the first argument as a +`@var{postscript file}' and makes files ending in `@t{ps}' or `@t{eps}' +be completed. The last description gives all other arguments the +description `@var{page numbers}' but does not offer completions. + +@findex _cache_invalid +@item @t{_cache_invalid} @var{cache_identifier} +This function returns status zero if the completions cache corresponding to +the given cache identifier needs rebuilding. It determines this by +looking up the @t{cache-policy} style for the current context. +This should provide a function name which is run with the full path to the +relevant cache file as the only argument. + +@noindent +Example: + +@noindent +@example +_example_caching_policy () @{ + # rebuild if cache is more than a week old + oldp=( "$1"(Nmw+1) ) + (( $#oldp )) +@} +@end example + +@findex _call_function +@item @t{_call_function} @var{return} @var{name} [ @var{args} ... ] +If a function @var{name} exists, it is called with the arguments +@var{args}. The @var{return} argument gives the name of a parameter in which +the return status from the function @var{name}; if @var{return} is empty or a +single hyphen it is ignored. + +@noindent +The return status of @t{_call_function} itself is zero if the function +@var{name} exists and was called and non-zero otherwise. + +@findex _call_program +@item @t{_call_program} @var{tag} @var{string} ... +This function provides a mechanism for the user to override the use of an +external command. It looks up the @t{command} style with the supplied +@var{tag}. If the style is set, its value is used as the command to +execute. The @var{string}s from the call to @t{_call_program}, or from the +style if set, are concatenated with spaces between them and the resulting +string is evaluated. The return status is the return status of the command +called. + +@findex _combination +@item @t{_combination} [ @t{-s} @var{pattern} ] @var{tag} @var{style} @var{spec} ... @var{field} @var{opts} ... +This function is used to complete combinations of values, for example +pairs of hostnames and usernames. The @var{style} argument gives the style +which defines the pairs; it is looked up in a context with the @var{tag} +specified. + +@noindent +The style name consists of field names separated by hyphens, for example +`@t{users-hosts-ports}'. For each field for a value is already known, a +@var{spec} of the form `@var{field}@t{=}@var{pattern}' is given. For example, +if the command line so far specifies a user `@t{pws}', the argument +`@t{users=pws}' should appear. + +@noindent +The next argument with no equals sign is taken as the name of the field +for which completions should be generated (presumably not one of the +@var{field}s for which the value is known). + +@noindent +The matches generated will be taken from the value of the style. These +should contain the possible values for the combinations in the appropriate +order (users, hosts, ports in the example above). The different fields +the values for the different fields are separated by colons. This +can be altered with the option @t{-s} to @t{_combination} which specifies a +pattern. Typically this is a character class, as for example +`@t{-s "[:@@]"}' in the case of the @t{users-hosts} style. Each +`@var{field}@t{=}@var{pattern}' specification restricts the +completions which apply to elements of the style with appropriately +matching fields. + +@noindent +If no style with the given name is defined for the given tag, +or if none of the strings in style's value match, but a +function name of the required field preceded by an +underscore is defined, that function will be called to generate the +matches. For example, if there is no `@t{users-hosts-ports}' or no +matching hostname when a host is required, the function `@t{_hosts}' will +automatically be called. + +@noindent +If the same name is used for more than one field, in both the +`@var{field}@t{=}@var{pattern}' and the argument that gives the name of the +field to be completed, the number of the field (starting with one) may +be given after the fieldname, separated from it by a colon. + +@noindent +All arguments after the required field name are passed to +@t{compadd} when generating matches from the style value, or to +the functions for the fields if they are called. + +@findex _describe +@item @t{_describe} [ @t{-oO} | @t{-t} @var{tag} ] @var{descr} @var{name1} [ @var{name2} ] @var{opts} ... @t{-}@t{-} ... +This function associates completions with descriptions. +Multiple groups separated by @t{-}@t{-} can be supplied, potentially with +different completion options @var{opts}. + +@noindent +The @var{descr} is taken as a string to display above the matches if the +@t{format} style for the @t{descriptions} tag is set. This is followed by +one or two names of arrays followed by options to pass to @t{compadd}. The +first array contains the possible completions with their descriptions in +the form `@var{completion}@t{:}@var{description}'. If a second array is +given, it should have the same number of elements as the first; in this +case the corresponding elements are added as possible completions instead +of the @var{completion} strings from the first array. The completion list +will retain the descriptions from the first array. Finally, a set of +completion options can appear. + +@noindent +If the option `@t{-o}' appears before the first argument, the matches added +will be treated as names of command options (N.B. not shell options), +typically following a `@t{-}', `@t{-}@t{-}' or `@t{+}' on the command +line. In this case @t{_describe} uses the @t{prefix-hidden}, +@t{prefix-needed} and @t{verbose} styles to find out if the strings should +be added as completions and if the descriptions should be shown. Without +the `@t{-o}' option, only the @t{verbose} style is used to decide how +descriptions are shown. If `@t{-O}' is used instead of `@t{-O}', command +options are completed as above but @t{_describe} will not handle the +@t{prefix-needed} style. + +@noindent +With the @t{-t} option a @var{tag} can be specified. The default is +`@t{values}' or, if the @t{-o} option is given, `@t{options}'. + +@noindent +If selected by the @t{list-grouped} style, strings with the same +description will appear together in the list. + +@noindent +@t{_describe} uses the @t{_all_labels} function to generate the matches, so +it does not need to appear inside a loop over tag labels. + +@findex _description +@item @t{_description} [ @t{-x} ] [ @t{-12VJ} ] @var{tag} @var{name} @var{descr} [ @var{spec} ... ] +This function is not to be confused with the previous one; it is used as +a helper function for creating options to @t{compadd}. It is buried +inside many of the higher level completion functions and so often does +not need to be called directly. + +@noindent +The styles listed below are tested in the current context using the +given @var{tag}. The resulting options for @t{compadd} are put into the +array named @var{name} (this is traditionally `@t{expl}', but this +convention is not enforced). The description for the corresponding set +of matches is passed to the function in @var{descr}. + +@noindent +The styles tested are: @t{format}, @t{hidden}, @t{matcher}, +@t{ignored-patterns} and @t{group-name}. The @t{format} style is first +tested for the given @var{tag} and then for the @t{descriptions} tag if +no value was found, while the remainder are only tested for the tag +given as the first argument. The function also calls @t{_setup} +which tests some more styles. + +@noindent +The string returned by the @t{format} style (if any) will be modified so +that the sequence `@t{%d}' is replaced by the @var{descr} given as the third +argument without any leading or trailing white space. If, after +removing the white space, the @var{descr} is the empty string, the format +style will not be used and the options put into the @var{name} array will +not contain an explanation string to be displayed above the matches. + +@noindent +If @t{_description} is called with more than three arguments, +the additional @var{spec}s should be of the form `@var{char}@t{:}@var{str}'. +These supply escape sequence replacements for the @t{format} style: +every appearance of `@t{%}@var{char}' will be +replaced by @var{string}. + +@noindent +If the @t{-x} option is given, the description will be passed to +@t{compadd} using the @t{-x} option instead of the default @t{-X}. This +means that the description will be displayed even if there are no +corresponding matches. + +@noindent +The options placed in the array @var{name} take account of the +@t{group-name} style, so matches are placed in a separate group where +necessary. The group normally has its elements sorted (by passing the +option @t{-J} to @t{compadd}), but if an option starting with `@t{-V}', +`@t{-J}', `@t{-1}', or `@t{-2}' is passed to @t{_description}, that +option will be included in the array. Hence it is possible for the +completion group to be unsorted by giving the option `@t{-V}', +`@t{-1V}', or `@t{-2V}'. + +@noindent +In most cases, the function will be used like this: + +@noindent +@example +local expl +_description files expl file +compadd "$expl[@@]" - "$files[@@]" +@end example + +@noindent +Note the use of the parameter @t{expl}, the hyphen, and the list of +matches. Almost all calls to @t{compadd} within the completion system use +a similar format; this ensures that user-specified styles are correctly +passed down to the builtins which implement the internals of completion. + +@findex _dispatch +@item @t{_dispatch} @var{context string ...} +This sets the current context to @var{context} and looks for completion +functions to handle this context by hunting through the list of command +names or special contexts (as described above for @t{compdef}) +given as @var{string ...}. The first completion function to be defined +for one of the contexts in the list is used to generate matches. +Typically, the last @var{string} is @t{-default-} to cause the function +for default completion to be used as a fallback. + +@noindent +The function sets the parameter +@t{$service} to the @var{string} being tried, and sets +the @var{context/command} field (the fourth) of the @t{$curcontext} +parameter to the @var{context} given as the first argument. + +@findex _files +@item @t{_files} +The function @t{_files} calls @t{_path_files} with all the arguments it +was passed except for @t{-g} and @t{-/}. The use of these two options +depends on the setting of the @t{file-patterns} style. + +@noindent +This function accepts the full set of options allowed by +@t{_path_files}, described below. + +@findex _gnu_generic +@item @t{_gnu_generic} +This function is a simple wrapper around the @t{_arguments} function +described above. It can be used to determine automatically the long +options understood by commands that produce a list when passed the +option `@t{-}@t{-help}'. It is intended to be used as a top-level +completion function in its own right. For example, to enable option +completion for the commands @t{foo} and @t{bar}, use + +@noindent +@example +compdef _gnu_generic foo bar +@end example + +@noindent +after the call to @t{compinit}. + +@noindent +The completion system as supplied is conservative in its use of this +function, since it is important to be sure the command understands the +option `@t{-}@t{-help}'. + +@findex _guard +@item @t{_guard} [ @var{options} ] @var{pattern descr} +This function is intended to be used in the @var{action} for +the specifications passed to @t{_arguments} and similar functions. It +returns immediately with a non-zero return status if +the string to be completed does not match the @var{pattern}. If the +pattern matches, the @var{descr} is displayed; the function then returns +status zero if the word to complete is not empty, non-zero otherwise. + +@noindent +The @var{pattern} may be preceded by any of the options understood by +@t{compadd} that are passed down from @t{_description}, namely @t{-M}, +@t{-J}, @t{-V}, @t{-1}, @t{-2}, @t{-n}, @t{-F} and @t{-X}. All of these +options will be ignored. This fits in conveniently with the +argument-passing conventions of actions for @t{_arguments}. + +@noindent +As an example, consider a command taking the options @t{-n} and +@t{-none}, where @t{-n} must be followed by a numeric value in the +same word. By using: + +@noindent +@example +_arguments '-n-: :_guard "[0-9]#" "numeric value"' '-none' +@end example + +@noindent +@t{_arguments} can be made to both display the message `@t{numeric +value}' and complete options after `@t{-n}'. If the `@t{-n}' is +already followed by one or more digits (the pattern passed to +@t{_guard}) only the message will be displayed; if the `@t{-n}' is +followed by another character, only options are completed. + +@findex _message +@item @t{_message} [ @t{-r12} ] [ @t{-VJ} @var{group} ] @var{descr} +@itemx @t{_message -e} [ @var{tag} ] @var{descr} +The @var{descr} is used in the same way as the third +argument to the @t{_description} function, except that the resulting +string will always be shown whether or not matches were +generated. This is useful for displaying a help message in places where +no completions can be generated. + +@noindent +The @t{format} style is examined with the @t{messages} tag to find a +message; the usual tag, @t{descriptions}, is used only if the style is +not set with the former. + +@noindent +If the @t{-r} option is given, no style is used; the @var{descr} is +taken literally as the string to display. This is most useful +when the @var{descr} comes from a pre-processed argument list +which already contains an expanded description. + +@noindent +The @t{-12VJ} options and the @var{group} are passed to @t{compadd} and +hence determine the group the message string is added to. + +@noindent +The second form gives a description for completions with the tag +@var{tag} to be shown even if there are no matches for that tag. The tag +can be omitted and if so the tag is taken from the parameter +@t{$curtag}; this is maintained by the completion system and so is +usually correct. + +@findex _multi_parts +@item @t{_multi_parts} @var{sep} @var{array} +The argument @var{sep} is a separator character. +The @var{array} may be either the +name of an array parameter or a literal array in the form +`@t{(foo bar}@t{)}', a parenthesised list of words separated +by whitespace. The possible completions are the +strings from the array. However, each chunk delimited by @var{sep} will be +completed separately. For example, the @t{_tar} function uses +`@t{_multi_parts} @t{/} @var{patharray}' to complete partial file paths +from the given array of complete file paths. + +@noindent +The @t{-i} option causes @t{_multi_parts} to insert a unique match even +if that requires multiple separators to be inserted. This is not usually +the expected behaviour with filenames, but certain other types of +completion, for example those with a fixed set of possibilities, may be +more suited to this form. + +@noindent +Like other utility functions, this function accepts the `@t{-V}', +`@t{-J}', `@t{-1}', `@t{-2}', `@t{-n}', `@t{-f}', `@t{-X}', `@t{-M}', +`@t{-P}', `@t{-S}', `@t{-r}', `@t{-R}', and `@t{-q}' options and passes +them to the @t{compadd} builtin. + +@findex _next_label +@item @t{_next_label} [ @t{-x} ] [ @t{-12VJ} ] @var{tag} @var{name} @var{descr} [ @var{options} ... ] +This function is used to implement the loop over different tag +labels for a particular tag as described above for the @t{tag-order} +style. On each call it checks to see if there are any more tag labels; if +there is it returns status zero, otherwise non-zero. +As this function requires a current tag to be set, it must always follow +a call to @t{_tags} or @t{_requested}. + +@noindent +The @t{-x12VJ} options and the first three arguments are passed to the +@t{_description} function. Where appropriate the @var{tag} will be +replaced by a tag label in this call. Any description given in +the @t{tag-order} style is preferred to the @var{descr} passed to +@t{_next_label}. + +@noindent +The @var{options} given after the @var{descr} +are set in the parameter given by @var{name}, and hence are to be passed +to @t{compadd} or whatever function is called to add the matches. + +@noindent +Here is a typical use of this function for the tag @t{foo}. The call to +@t{_requested} determines if tag @t{foo} is required at all; the loop +over @t{_next_label} handles any labels defined for the tag in the +@t{tag-order} style. + +@noindent +@example +local expl ret=1 +... +if _requested foo; then + ... + while _next_label foo expl '...'; do + compadd "$expl[@@]" ... && ret=0 + done + ... +fi +return ret +@end example + +@findex _normal +@item @t{_normal} +This is the standard function called to handle completion outside +any special @var{-context-}. It is called both to complete the command +word and also the arguments for a command. In the second case, +@t{_normal} looks for a special completion for that command, and if +there is none it uses the completion for the @t{-default-} context. + +@noindent +A second use is to reexamine the command line specified by the @t{$words} +array and the @t{$CURRENT} parameter after those have been modified. +For example, the function @t{_precommand}, which +completes after pre-command specifiers such as @t{nohup}, removes the +first word from the @t{words} array, decrements the @t{CURRENT} parameter, +then calls @t{_normal} again. The effect is that `@t{nohup} @var{cmd ...}' +is treated in the same way as `@var{cmd ...}'. + +@noindent +If the command name matches one of the patterns given by one of the +options @t{-p} or @t{-P} to @t{compdef}, the corresponding completion +function is called and then the parameter @t{_compskip} is +checked. If it is set completion is terminated at that point even if +no matches have been found. This is the same effect as in the +@t{-first-} context. + +@findex _options +@item @t{_options} +This can be used to complete the names of shell options. It provides a +matcher specification that ignores a leading `@t{no}', ignores +underscores and allows upper-case letters to +match their lower-case counterparts (for example, `@t{glob}', +`@t{noglob}', `@t{NO_GLOB}' are all completed). Any arguments +are propagated to the @t{compadd} builtin. + +@findex _options_set +@findex _options_unset +@item @t{_options_set} and @t{_options_unset} +These functions complete only set or unset options, with the same +matching specification used in the @t{_options} function. + +@noindent +Note that you need to uncomment a few lines in the @t{_main_complete} +function for these functions to work properly. The lines in question +are used to store the option settings in effect before the completion +widget locally sets the options it needs. Hence these functions are not +generally used by the completion system. + +@findex _parameters +@item @t{_parameters} +This is used to complete the names of shell parameters. + +@noindent +The option `@t{-g @var{pattern}}' limits the completion to parameters +whose type matches the @var{pattern}. The type of a parameter is that +shown by `@t{print $@{(t)}@var{param}@t{@}}', hence judicious use of +`@t{*}' in @var{pattern} is probably necessary. + +@noindent +All other arguments are passed to the @t{compadd} builtin. + +@findex _path_files +@item @t{_path_files} +This function is used throughout the completion system +to complete filenames. It allows completion of partial paths. For +example, the string `@t{/u/i/s/sig}' may be completed to +`@t{/usr/include/sys/signal.h}'. + +@noindent +The options accepted by both @t{_path_files} and @t{_files} are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-f} +Complete all filenames. This is the default. + +@item @t{-/} +Specifies that only directories should be completed. + +@item @t{-g} @var{pattern} +Specifies that only files matching the @var{pattern} should be completed. + +@item @t{-W} @var{paths} +Specifies path prefixes that are to be prepended to the string from the +command line to generate the filenames but that should not be inserted +as completions nor shown in completion listings. Here, @var{paths} may be +the name of an array parameter, a literal list of paths enclosed in +parentheses or an absolute pathname. + +@item @t{-F} @var{ignored-files} +This behaves as for the corresponding option to the @t{compadd} builtin. +It gives direct control over which +filenames should be ignored. If the option is not present, the +@t{ignored-patterns} style is used. + +@end table + +@noindent +Both @t{_path_files} and @t{_files} also accept the following options +which are passed to @t{compadd}: `@t{-J}', `@t{-V}', +`@t{-1}', `@t{-2}', `@t{-n}', `@t{-X}', `@t{-M}', `@t{-P}', `@t{-S}', +`@t{-q}', `@t{-r}', and `@t{-R}'. + +@noindent +Finally, the @t{_path_files} function uses the styles @t{expand}, +@t{ambiguous}, @t{special-dirs}, @t{list-suffixes} and @t{file-sort} +described above. + +@findex _pick_variant +@item @t{_pick_variant [ @t{-c} @var{command} ] [ @t{-r} @var{name} ] @var{label}@t{=}@var{pattern} ... @var{label} [ @var{args} ... ]} +This function is used to resolve situations where a single command name +requires more than one type of handling, either because it +has more than one variant or because there is a name clash between two +different commands. + +@noindent +The command to run is taken from the first element of the array +@t{words} unless this is overridden by the option @t{-c}. This command +is run and its output is compared with a series of patterns. Arguments +to be passed to the command can be specified at the end after all the +other arguments. The patterns to try in order are given by the arguments +@var{label}@t{=}@var{pattern}; if the output of `@var{command} @var{args} +@t{...}' contains @var{pattern}, then @t{label} is selected as the label +for the command variant. If none of the patterns match, the final +command label is selected and status 1 is returned. + +@noindent +If the `@t{-r} @var{name}' is given, the @var{label} picked is stored in +the parameter named @var{name}. + +@noindent +The results are also cached in the @var{_cmd_variant} associative array +indexed by the name of the command run. + +@findex _regex_arguments +@item @t{_regex_arguments} @var{name} @var{spec} ... +This function generates a completion function @var{name} which matches +the specifications @var{spec} @t{...}, a set of regular expressions as +described below. After running @t{_regex_arguments}, the function +@var{name} should be called as a normal completion function. +The pattern to be matched is given by the contents of +the @t{words} array up to the current cursor position joined together +with null characters; no quotation is applied. + +@noindent +The arguments are grouped as sets of alternatives separated by `@t{|}', +which are tried one after the other until one matches. Each alternative +consists of a one or more specifications which are tried left to right, +with each pattern matched being stripped in turn from the command line +being tested, until all of the group succeeds or until one fails; in the +latter case, the next alternative is tried. This structure can be +repeated to arbitrary depth by using parentheses; matching proceeds from +inside to outside. + +@noindent +A special procedure is applied if no test succeeds but the remaining +command line string contains no null character (implying the remaining +word is the one for which completions are to be generated). The +completion target is restricted to the remaining word and any +@var{action}s for the corresponding patterns are executed. In this case, +nothing is stripped from the command line string. The order of +evaluation of the @var{action}s can be determined by the @t{tag-order} +style; the various formats supported by @t{_alternative} can be used +in @var{action}. The @var{descr} is used for setting up the array +parameter @t{expl}. + +@noindent +Specification arguments take one of following forms, in which +metacharacters such as `@t{(}', `@t{)}', `@t{#}' and `@t{|}' +should be quoted. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{/}@var{pattern}@t{/} [@t{%}@var{lookahead}@t{%}] [@t{-}@var{guard}] [@t{:}@var{tag}@t{:}@var{descr}@t{:}@var{action}] +This is a single primitive component. +The function tests whether the combined pattern +`@t{(#b)((#B)}@var{pattern}@t{)}@var{lookahead}@t{*}' matches +the command line string. If so, `@var{guard}' is evaluated and +its return status is examined to determine if the test has succeeded. +The @var{pattern} string `@t{[]}' is guaranteed never to match. +The @var{lookahead} is not stripped from the command line before the next +pattern is examined. + +@noindent +The argument starting with @t{:} is used in the same manner as an argument to +@t{_alternative}. + +@noindent +A component is used as follows: @var{pattern} is tested to +see if the component already exists on the command line. If +it does, any following specifications are examined to find something to +complete. If a component is reached but no such pattern exists yet on the +command line, the string containing the @var{action} is used to generate +matches to insert at that point. + +@item @t{/}@var{pattern}@t{/+} [@t{%}@var{lookahead}@t{%}] [@t{-}@var{guard}] [@t{:}@var{tag}@t{:}@var{descr}@t{:}@var{action}] +This is similar to `@t{/}@var{pattern}@t{/} ...' but the left part of the +command line string (i.e. the part already matched by previous patterns) +is also considered part of the completion target. + +@item @t{/}@var{pattern}@t{/-} [@t{%}@var{lookahead}@t{%}] [@t{-}@var{guard}] [@t{:}@var{tag}@t{:}@var{descr}@t{:}@var{action}] +This is similar to `@t{/}@var{pattern}@t{/} ...' but the @var{action}s of the +current and previously matched patterns are ignored even if the +following `@var{pattern}' matches the empty string. + +@item @t{(} @var{spec} @t{)} +Parentheses may be used to groups @var{spec}s; note each parenthesis +is a single argument to @t{_regex_arguments}. + +@item @var{spec} @t{#} +This allows any number of repetitions of @var{spec}. + +@item @var{spec} @var{spec} +The two @var{spec}s are to be matched one after the other as described +above. + +@item @var{spec} @t{|} @var{spec} +Either of the two @var{spec}s can be matched. + +@end table + +@noindent +The function @t{_regex_words} can be used as a helper function to +generate matches for a set of alternative words possibly with +their own arguments as a command line argument. + +@noindent +Examples: + +@noindent +@example +_regex_arguments _tst /$'[^\0]#\0'/ \ +/$'[^\0]#\0'/ :'compadd aaa' +@end example + +@noindent +This generates a function @t{_tst} that completes @t{aaa} as its only +argument. The @var{tag} and @var{description} for the action have been +omitted for brevity (this works but is not recommended in normal use). +The first component matches the command word, which is arbitrary; the +second matches any argument. As the argument is also arbitrary, any +following component would not depend on @t{aaa} being present. + +@noindent +@example +_regex_arguments _tst /$'[^\0]#\0'/ \ +/$'aaa\0'/ :'compadd aaa' +@end example + +@noindent +This is a more typical use; it is similar, but any following patterns +would only match if @t{aaa} was present as the first argument. + +@noindent +@example +_regex_arguments _tst /$'[^\0]#\0'/ \( \ +/$'aaa\0'/ :'compadd aaa' \ +/$'bbb\0'/ :'compadd bbb' \) \# +@end example + +@noindent +In this example, an indefinite number of command arguments may be +completed. Odd arguments are completed as @t{aaa} and even arguments +as @t{bbb}. Completion fails unless the set of @t{aaa} and @t{bbb} +arguments before the current one is matched correctly. + +@noindent +@example +_regex_arguments _tst /$'[^\0]#\0'/ \ +\( /$'aaa\0'/ :'compadd aaa' \| \ +/$'bbb\0'/ :'compadd bbb' \) \# +@end example + +@noindent +This is similar, but either @t{aaa} or @t{bbb} may be completed for +any argument. In this case @t{_regex_words} could be used to generate +a suitable expression for the arguments. + +@noindent + +@findex _regex_words [ @t{-t} @var{term} ] +@item @t{_regex_words} @var{tag} @var{description} @var{spec} ... +This function can be used to generate arguments for the +@t{_regex_arguments} command which may be inserted at any point where +a set of rules is expected. The @var{tag} and @var{description} give a +standard tag and description pertaining to the current context. Each +@var{spec} contains two or three arguments separated by a colon: note +that there is no leading colon in this case. + +@noindent +Each @var{spec} gives one of a set of words that may be completed at +this point, together with arguments. It is thus roughly equivalent to +the @t{_arguments} function when used in normal (non-regex) completion. + +@noindent +The part of the @var{spec} before the first colon is the word to be +completed. This may contain a @t{*}; the entire word, before and after +the @t{*} is completed, but only the text before the @t{*} is required +for the context to be matched, so that further arguments may be +completed after the abbreviated form. + +@noindent +The second part of @var{spec} is a description for the word being +completed. + +@noindent +The optional third part of the @var{spec} describes how words following +the one being completed are themselves to be completed. It will be +evaluated in order to avoid problems with quoting. This means that +typically it contains a reference to an array containing previously +generated regex arguments. + +@noindent +The option @t{-t} @var{term} specifies a terminator for the word +instead of the usual space. This is handled as an auto-removable suffix +in the manner of the option @t{-s} @var{sep} to @t{_values}. + +@noindent +The result of the processing by @t{_regex_words} is placed in the array +@t{reply}, which should be made local to the calling function. +If the set of words and arguments may be matched repeatedly, a @t{#} +should be appended to the generated array at that point. + +@noindent +For example: + +@noindent +@example +local -a reply +_regex_words mydb-commands 'mydb commands' \ + 'add:add an entry to mydb:$mydb_add_cmds' \ + 'show:show entries in mydb' +_regex_arguments _mydb "$reply[@@]" +_mydb "$@@" +@end example + +@noindent +This shows a completion function for a command @t{mydb} which takes +two command arguments, @t{add} and @t{show}. @t{show} takes no arguments, +while the arguments for @t{add} have already been prepared in an +array @t{mydb_add_cmds}, quite possibly by a previous call to +@t{_regex_words}. + +@findex _requested +@item @t{_requested} [ @t{-x} ] [ @t{-12VJ} ] @var{tag} [ @var{name} @var{descr} [ @var{command} @var{args} ... ] ] +This function is called to decide whether a tag already registered by a +call to @t{_tags} (see below) has been requested by the user and hence +completion should be performed for it. It returns status zero if the +tag is requested and non-zero otherwise. The function is typically used +as part of a loop over different tags as follows: + +@noindent +@example +_tags foo bar baz +while _tags; do + if _requested foo; then + ... # perform completion for foo + fi + ... # test the tags bar and baz in the same way + ... # exit loop if matches were generated +done +@end example + +@noindent +Note that the test for whether matches were generated is not performed +until the end of the @t{_tags} loop. This is so that the user can set +the @t{tag-order} style to specify a set of tags to be completed at the +same time. + +@noindent +If @var{name} and @var{descr} are given, @t{_requested} calls the +@t{_description} function with these arguments together with the options +passed to @t{_requested}. + +@noindent +If @var{command} is given, the @t{_all_labels} function will be called +immediately with the same arguments. In simple cases this makes it +possible to perform the test for the tag and the matching in one go. +For example: + +@noindent +@example +local expl ret=1 +_tags foo bar baz +while _tags; do + _requested foo expl 'description' \ + compadd foobar foobaz && ret=0 + ... + (( ret )) || break +done +@end example + +@noindent +If the @var{command} is not @t{compadd}, it must nevertheless be prepared +to handle the same options. + +@findex _retrieve_cache +@item @t{_retrieve_cache} @var{cache_identifier} +This function retrieves completion information from the file given by +@var{cache_identifier}, stored in a directory specified by the +@t{cache-path} style which defaults to @t{~/.zcompcache}. The return status +is zero if retrieval was successful. It will only attempt retrieval +if the @t{use-cache} style is set, so you can call this function +without worrying about whether the user wanted to use the caching +layer. + +@noindent +See @t{_store_cache} below for more details. + +@findex _sep_parts +@item @t{_sep_parts} +This function is passed alternating arrays and separators as arguments. +The arrays specify completions for parts of strings to be separated by the +separators. The arrays may be the names of array parameters or +a quoted list of words in parentheses. For example, with the array +`@t{hosts=(ftp news)}' the call `@t{_sep_parts '(foo bar)' @@ hosts}' will +complete the string `@t{f}' to `@t{foo}' and the string `@t{b@@n}' to +`@t{bar@@news}'. + +@noindent +This function accepts the @t{compadd} options `@t{-V}', `@t{-J}', +`@t{-1}', `@t{-2}', `@t{-n}', `@t{-X}', `@t{-M}', `@t{-P}', `@t{-S}', +`@t{-r}', `@t{-R}', and `@t{-q}' and passes them on to the @t{compadd} +builtin used to add the matches. + +@findex _setup +@item @t{_setup} @var{tag} [ @var{group} ] +This function sets up the special +parameters used by the completion system appropriately for the @var{tag} +given as the first argument. It uses the styles @t{list-colors}, +@t{list-packed}, @t{list-rows-first}, @t{last-prompt}, @t{accept-exact}, +@t{menu} and @t{force-list}. + +@noindent +The optional @var{group} supplies the name of the group in which the +matches will be placed. If it is not given, the @var{tag} is used as +the group name. + +@noindent +This function is called automatically from @t{_description} +and hence is not normally called explicitly. + +@findex _store_cache +@item @t{_store_cache} @var{cache_identifier} @var{params} ... +This function, together with @t{_retrieve_cache} and +@t{_cache_invalid}, implements a caching layer which can be used +in any completion function. Data obtained by +costly operations are stored in parameters; +this function then dumps the values of those parameters to a file. The +data can then be retrieved quickly from that file via @t{_retrieve_cache}, +even in different instances of the shell. + +@noindent +The @var{cache_identifier} specifies the file which the data should be +dumped to. The file is stored in a directory specified by the +@t{cache-path} style which defaults to @t{~/.zcompcache}. The remaining +@var{params} arguments are the parameters to dump to the file. + +@noindent +The return status is zero if storage was successful. The function will +only attempt storage if the @t{use-cache} style is set, so you can +call this function without worrying about whether the user wanted to +use the caching layer. + +@noindent +The completion function may avoid calling @t{_retrieve_cache} when it +already has the completion data available as parameters. +However, in that case it should +call @t{_cache_invalid} to check whether the data in the parameters and +in the cache are still valid. + +@noindent +See the _perl_modules completion function for a simple example of +the usage of the caching layer. + +@findex _tags +@item @t{_tags} [ [ @t{-C} @var{name} ] @var{tags} ... ] +If called with arguments, these are taken to be the names of tags +valid for completions in the current context. These tags are stored +internally and sorted by using the @t{tag-order} style. + +@noindent +Next, @t{_tags} is called repeatedly without arguments from the same +completion function. This successively selects the first, second, +etc. set of tags requested by the user. The return status is zero if at +least one of the tags is requested and non-zero otherwise. To test if a +particular tag is to be tried, the @t{_requested} function should be +called (see above). + +@noindent +If `@t{-C} @var{name}' is given, @var{name} is temporarily stored in the +argument field (the fifth) of the context in the @t{curcontext} parameter +during the call to @t{_tags}; the field is restored on exit. This +allows @t{_tags} to use a more +specific context without having to change and reset the +@t{curcontext} parameter (which has the same effect). + +@findex _values +@item @t{_values} [ @t{-O} @var{name} ] [ @t{-s} @var{sep} ] [ @t{-S} @var{sep} ] [ @t{-wC} ] @var{desc} @var{spec} ... +This is used to complete arbitrary keywords (values) and their arguments, +or lists of such combinations. + +@noindent +If the first argument is the option `@t{-O} @var{name}', it will be used +in the same way as by the @t{_arguments} function. In other words, the +elements of the @var{name} array will be passed to @t{compadd} +when executing an action. + +@noindent +If the first argument (or the first argument after `@t{-O} @var{name}') +is `@t{-s}', the next argument is used as the character that separates +multiple values. This character is automatically added after each value +in an auto-removable fashion (see below); all values completed by +`@t{_values -s}' appear in the same word on the command line, unlike +completion using @t{_arguments}. If this option is not present, only a +single value will be completed per word. + +@noindent +Normally, @t{_values} will only use the current word to determine +which values are already present on the command line and hence are not +to be completed again. If the @t{-w} option is given, other arguments +are examined as well. + +@noindent +The first non-option argument is used as a string to print as a +description before listing the values. + +@noindent +All other arguments describe the possible values and their +arguments in the same format used for the description of options by +the @t{_arguments} function (see above). The only differences are that +no minus or plus sign is required at the beginning, +values can have only one argument, and the forms of action +beginning with an equal sign are not supported. + +@noindent +The character separating a value from its argument can be set using the +option @t{-S} (like @t{-s}, followed by the character to use as the +separator in the next argument). By default the equals +sign will be used as the separator between values and arguments. + +@noindent +Example: + +@noindent +@example +_values -s , 'description' \ + '*foo[bar]' \ + '(two)*one[number]:first count:' \ + 'two[another number]::second count:(1 2 3)' +@end example + +@noindent +This describes three possible values: `@t{foo}', `@t{one}', and +`@t{two}'. The first is described as `@t{bar}', takes no argument +and may appear more than once. The second is described as +`@t{number}', may appear more than once, and takes one mandatory +argument described as `@t{first count}'; no action is +specified, so it will not be completed. The +`@t{(two)}' at the beginning says that if the value `@t{one}' is on +the line, the value `@t{two}' will no longer be considered a possible +completion. Finally, the last value (`@t{two}') is described +as `@t{another number}' and takes an optional argument described as +`@t{second count}' for which the completions (to appear after an +`@t{=}') are `@t{1}', `@t{2}', and `@t{3}'. The @t{_values} function +will complete lists of these values separated by commas. + +@noindent +Like @t{_arguments}, this function temporarily adds another context name +component to the arguments element (the fifth) of the current context +while executing the @var{action}. Here this name is just the name of the +value for which the argument is completed. + +@noindent +The style @t{verbose} is used to decide if the descriptions for the +values (but not those for the arguments) should be printed. + +@noindent +The associative array @t{val_args} is used to report values and their +arguments; this works similarly to the @t{opt_args} associative array +used by @t{_arguments}. Hence the function calling @t{_values} should +declare the local parameters @t{state}, @t{line}, @t{context} and +@t{val_args}: + +@noindent +@example +local context state line +typeset -A val_args +@end example + +@noindent +when using an action of the form `@t{->}@var{string}'. With this +function the @t{context} parameter will be set to the name of the +value whose argument is to be completed. + +@noindent +Note also that @t{_values} normally adds the character used as the +separator between values as an auto-removable suffix (similar to a +`@t{/}' after a directory). However, this is not possible for a +`@t{->}@var{string}' action as the matches for the argument are +generated by the calling function. To get the usual behaviour, the +the calling function can add the separator @var{x} as a suffix by +passing the options `@t{-qS} @var{x}' either directly or indirectly to +@t{compadd}. + +@noindent +The option @t{-C} is treated in the same way as it is by @t{_arguments}. +In that case the parameter @t{curcontext} should be made local instead +of @t{context} (as described above). + +@findex _wanted +@item @t{_wanted} [ @t{-x} ] [ @t{-C} @var{name} ] [ @t{-12VJ} ] @var{tag} @var{name} @var{descr} @var{command} @var{args} ... +In many contexts, completion can only generate one particular set of +matches, usually corresponding to a single tag. However, it is +still necessary to decide whether the user requires matches of this type. +This function is useful in such a case. + +@noindent +The arguments to @t{_wanted} are the same as those to @t{_requested}, +i.e. arguments to be passed to @t{_description}. However, in this case +the @var{command} is not optional; all the processing of tags, including +the loop over both tags and tag labels and the generation of matches, +is carried out automatically by @t{_wanted}. + +@noindent +Hence to offer only one tag and immediately add the corresponding +matches with the given description: + +@noindent +@example +local expl +_wanted tag expl 'description' \ + compadd matches... +@end example + +@noindent +Note that, as for @t{_requested}, the @var{command} must be able to +accept options to be passed down to @t{compadd}. + +@noindent +Like @t{_tags} this function supports the @t{-C} option to give a +different name for the argument context field. The @t{-x} option has +the same meaning as for @t{_description}. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Completion Directories, , Completion Functions, Completion System + +@section Completion Directories +@noindent +@cindex completion system, directory structure + +@noindent +In the source distribution, the files are contained in various +subdirectories of the @t{Completion} directory. They may have been +installed in the same structure, or into one single function directory. +The following is a description of the files found in the original directory +structure. If you wish to alter an installed file, you will need to copy +it to some directory which appears earlier in your @t{fpath} than the +standard directory where it appears. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{Base} +The core functions and special completion widgets automatically bound +to keys. You will certainly need most of these, though will +probably not need to alter them. Many of these are documented above. + +@item @t{Zsh} +Functions for completing arguments of shell builtin commands and +utility functions for this. Some of these are also used by functions from +the @t{Unix} directory. + +@item @t{Unix} +Functions for completing arguments of external commands and suites of +commands. They may need modifying for your system, although in many cases +some attempt is made to decide which version of a command is present. For +example, completion for the @t{mount} command tries to determine the system +it is running on, while completion for many other utilities try to decide +whether the GNU version of the command is in use, and hence whether the +@t{-}@t{-help} option is supported. + +@item @t{X}, @t{AIX}, @t{BSD}, ... +Completion and utility function for commands available only on some systems. +These are not arranged hierarchically, so, for example, both the +@t{Linux} and @t{Debian} directories, as well as the @t{X} directory, +may be useful on your system. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/compctl.yo +@node Completion Using compctl, Zsh Modules, Completion System, Top + +@chapter Completion Using compctl +@noindent +@cindex completion, programmable +@cindex completion, controlling + +@section Types of completion +@noindent +This version of zsh has two ways of performing completion of words on the +command line. New users of the shell may prefer to use the newer +and more powerful system based on shell functions; this is described +in @ref{Completion System}, and the basic shell mechanisms which support +it are described in @ref{Completion Widgets}. This chapter describes +the older @t{compctl} command. + +@section Description +@noindent +@findex compctl +@table @asis +@item @t{compctl} [ @t{-CDT} ] @var{options} [ @var{command} ... ] +@item @t{compctl} [ @t{-CDT} ] @var{options} [ @t{-x} @var{pattern} @var{options} @t{-} ... @t{-}@t{-} ] [ @t{+} @var{options} [ @t{-x} ... @t{-}@t{-} ] ... [@t{+}] ] [ @var{command} ... ] +@item @t{compctl} @t{-M} @var{match-specs} ... +@item @t{compctl} @t{-L} [ @t{-CDTM} ] [ @var{command} ... ] +@item @t{compctl} @t{+} @var{command} ... +@item +@end table + +@noindent +Control the editor's completion behavior according to the supplied set +of @var{options}. Various editing commands, notably +@t{expand-or-complete-word}, usually bound to tab, will +attempt to complete a word typed by the user, while others, notably +@t{delete-char-or-list}, usually bound to ^D in EMACS editing +mode, list the possibilities; @t{compctl} controls what those +possibilities are. They may for example be filenames (the most common +case, and hence the default), shell variables, or words from a +user-specified list. +@menu +* Command Flags:: +* Option Flags:: +* Alternative Completion:: +* Extended Completion:: +* Example:: +@end menu + +@noindent +@node Command Flags, Option Flags, , Completion Using compctl + +@section Command Flags +@noindent +Completion of the arguments of a command may be different for each +command or may use the default. The behavior when completing the +command word itself may also be separately specified. These +correspond to the following flags and arguments, all of which (except +for @t{-L}) may be combined with any combination of the +@var{options} described subsequently in @ref{Option Flags}: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @var{command} ... +controls completion for the named commands, which must be listed last +on the command line. If completion is attempted for a command with a +pathname containing slashes and no completion definition is found, the +search is retried with the last pathname component. If the command starts +with a @t{=}, completion is tried with the pathname of the command. + +@noindent +Any of the @var{command} strings may be patterns of the form normally +used for filename generation. These should be be quoted to protect them +from immediate expansion; for example the command string @t{'foo*'} +arranges for completion of the words of any command beginning with +@t{foo}. When completion is attempted, all pattern completions are +tried in the reverse order of their definition until one matches. By +default, completion then proceeds as normal, i.e. the shell will try to +generate more matches for the specific command on the command line; this +can be overridden by including @t{-tn} in the flags for the pattern +completion. + +@noindent +Note that aliases +are expanded before the command name is determined unless the +@t{COMPLETE_ALIASES} option is set. Commands may not be combined +with the @t{-C}, @t{-D} or @t{-T} flags. + +@item @t{-C} +controls completion when the command word itself is being completed. +If no @t{compctl -C} command has been issued, the names of any +executable command (whether in the path or specific to the shell, such +as aliases or functions) are completed. + +@item @t{-D} +controls default completion behavior for the arguments of commands not +assigned any special behavior. If no @t{compctl -D} command has +been issued, filenames are completed. + +@item @t{-T} +supplies completion flags to be used before any other processing is +done, even before processing for @t{compctl}s defined for specific +commands. This is especially useful when combined with extended +completion (the @t{-x} flag, see @ref{Extended Completion} below). +Using this flag you can define default behavior +which will apply to all commands without exception, or you can alter +the standard behavior for all commands. For example, if your access +to the user database is too slow and/or it contains too many users (so +that completion after `@t{~}' is too slow to be usable), you can use + +@noindent +@example +compctl -T -x 's[~] C[0,[^/]#]' -k friends -S/ -tn +@end example + +@noindent +to complete the strings in the array @t{friends} after a `@t{~}'. +The @t{C[...]} argument is necessary so that this form of ~-completion is +not tried after the directory name is finished. + +@item @t{-L} +lists the existing completion behavior in a manner suitable for +putting into a start-up script; the existing behavior is not changed. +Any combination of the above forms, or the @t{-M} flag (which must +follow the @t{-L} flag), may be specified, otherwise all defined +completions are listed. Any other flags supplied are ignored. + +@item @emph{no argument} +If no argument is given, @t{compctl} lists all defined completions +in an abbreviated form; with a list of @var{options}, all completions +with those flags set (not counting extended completion) are listed. + +@end table + +@noindent +If the @t{+} flag is alone and followed immediately by the @var{command} +list, the completion behavior for all the commands in the list is reset to +the default. In other words, completion will subsequently use the +options specified by the @t{-D} flag. + +@noindent +The form with @t{-M} as the first and only option defines global +matching specifications (see +@ref{Matching Control}). The match specifications given will be used for every completion +attempt (only when using @t{compctl}, not with the new completion +system) and are tried in the order in which they are defined until one +generates at least one match. E.g.: + +@noindent +@example +compctl -M @value{dsq} 'm:@{a-zA-Z@}=@{A-Za-z@}' +@end example + +@noindent +This will first try completion without any global match specifications +(the empty string) and, if that generates no matches, will try case +insensitive completion. + +@noindent +@node Option Flags, Alternative Completion, Command Flags, Completion Using compctl + +@section Option Flags +@noindent +@table @asis +@item [ @t{-fcFBdeaRGovNAIOPZEnbjrzu/12} ] +@item [ @t{-k} @var{array} ] [ @t{-g} @var{globstring} ] [ @t{-s} @var{subststring} ] +@item [ @t{-K} @var{function} ] +@item [ @t{-Q} ] [ @t{-P} @var{prefix} ] [ @t{-S} @var{suffix} ] +@item [ @t{-W} @var{file-prefix} ] [ @t{-H} @var{num pattern} ] +@item [ @t{-q} ] [ @t{-X} @var{explanation} ] [ @t{-Y} @var{explanation} ] +@item [ @t{-y} @var{func-or-var} ] [ @t{-l} @var{cmd} ] [ @t{-h} @var{cmd} ] [ @t{-U} ] +@item [ @t{-t} @var{continue} ] [ @t{-J} @var{name} ] [ @t{-V} @var{name} ] +@item [ @t{-M} @var{match-spec} ] +@item +@end table + +@noindent +The remaining @var{options} specify the type of command arguments +to look for during completion. Any combination of these flags may be +specified; the result is a sorted list of all the possibilities. The +options are as follows. +@menu +* Simple Flags:: +* Flags with Arguments:: +* Control Flags:: +@end menu + +@noindent +@node Simple Flags, Flags with Arguments, , Option Flags + +@subsection Simple Flags +@noindent +These produce completion lists made up by the shell itself: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-f} +Filenames and filesystem paths. + +@item @t{-/} +Just filesystem paths. + +@item @t{-c} +Command names, including aliases, shell functions, builtins +and reserved words. + +@item @t{-F} +Function names. + +@item @t{-B} +Names of builtin commands. + +@item @t{-m} +Names of external commands. + +@item @t{-w} +Reserved words. + +@item @t{-a} +Alias names. + +@item @t{-R} +Names of regular (non-global) aliases. + +@item @t{-G} +Names of global aliases. + +@item @t{-d} +This can be combined with @t{-F}, @t{-B}, @t{-w}, +@t{-a}, @t{-R} and @t{-G} to get names of disabled +functions, builtins, reserved words or aliases. + +@item @t{-e} +This option (to show enabled commands) is in effect by default, but +may be combined with @t{-d}; @t{-de} in combination with +@t{-F}, @t{-B}, @t{-w}, @t{-a}, @t{-R} and @t{-G} +will complete names of functions, builtins, reserved words or aliases +whether or not they are disabled. + +@item @t{-o} +Names of shell options (see +@ref{Options}). + +@item @t{-v} +Names of any variable defined in the shell. + +@item @t{-N} +Names of scalar (non-array) parameters. + +@item @t{-A} +Array names. + +@item @t{-I} +Names of integer variables. + +@item @t{-O} +Names of read-only variables. + +@item @t{-p} +Names of parameters used by the shell (including special parameters). + +@item @t{-Z} +Names of shell special parameters. + +@item @t{-E} +Names of environment variables. + +@item @t{-n} +Named directories. + +@item @t{-b} +Key binding names. + +@item @t{-j} +Job names: the first word of the job leader's command line. This is useful +with the @t{kill} builtin. + +@item @t{-r} +Names of running jobs. + +@item @t{-z} +Names of suspended jobs. + +@item @t{-u} +User names. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Flags with Arguments, Control Flags, Simple Flags, Option Flags + +@subsection Flags with Arguments +@noindent +These have user supplied arguments to determine how the list of +completions is to be made up: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-k} @var{array} +Names taken from the elements of @t{$}@var{array} (note that the `@t{$}' +does not appear on the command line). +Alternatively, the argument @var{array} itself may be a set +of space- or comma-separated values in parentheses, in which any +delimiter may be escaped with a backslash; in this case the argument +should be quoted. For example, + +@noindent +@example +compctl -k "(cputime filesize datasize stacksize + coredumpsize resident descriptors)" limit +@end example + +@item @t{-g} @var{globstring} +The @var{globstring} is expanded using filename globbing; it should be +quoted to protect it from immediate expansion. The resulting +filenames are taken as the possible completions. Use `@t{*(/)}' instead of +`@t{*/}' for directories. The @t{fignore} special parameter is not +applied to the resulting files. More than one pattern may be given +separated by blanks. (Note that brace expansion is @emph{not} part of +globbing. Use the syntax `@t{(either|or)}' to match alternatives.) + +@item @t{-s} @var{subststring} +The @var{subststring} is split into words and these words are than +expanded using all shell expansion mechanisms (see +@ref{Expansion}). The resulting words are taken as possible +completions. The @t{fignore} special parameter is not applied to the +resulting files. Note that @t{-g} is faster for filenames. + +@item @t{-K} @var{function} +@vindex reply, use of +Call the given function to get the completions. Unless the name +starts with an underscore, the function is +passed two arguments: the prefix and the suffix of the word on which +completion is to be attempted, in other words those characters before +the cursor position, and those from the cursor position onwards. The +whole command line can be accessed with the @t{-c} and @t{-l} flags +of the @t{read} builtin. The +function should set the variable @t{reply} to an array containing +the completions (one completion per element); note that @t{reply} +should not be made local to the function. From such a function the +command line can be accessed with the @t{-c} and @t{-l} flags to +the @t{read} builtin. For example, + +@noindent +@example +function whoson @{ reply=(`users`); @} +compctl -K whoson talk +@end example + +@noindent +completes only logged-on users after `@t{talk}'. Note that `@t{whoson}' must +return an array, so `@t{reply=`users`}' would be incorrect. + +@item @t{-H} @var{num pattern} +The possible completions are taken from the last @var{num} history +lines. Only words matching @var{pattern} are taken. If @var{num} is +zero or negative the whole history is searched and if @var{pattern} is +the empty string all words are taken (as with `@t{*}'). A typical +use is + +@noindent +@example +compctl -D -f + -H 0 @value{dsq} +@end example + +@noindent +which forces completion to look back in the history list for a word if +no filename matches. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Control Flags, , Flags with Arguments, Option Flags + +@subsection Control Flags +@noindent +These do not directly specify types of name to be completed, but +manipulate the options that do: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-Q} +This instructs the shell not to quote any metacharacters in the possible +completions. Normally the results of a completion are inserted into +the command line with any metacharacters quoted so that they are +interpreted as normal characters. This is appropriate for filenames +and ordinary strings. However, for special effects, such as inserting +a backquoted expression from a completion array (@t{-k}) so that +the expression will not be evaluated until the complete line is +executed, this option must be used. + +@item @t{-P} @var{prefix} +The @var{prefix} is inserted just before the completed string; any +initial part already typed will be completed and the whole @var{prefix} +ignored for completion purposes. For example, + +@noindent +@example +compctl -j -P "%" kill +@end example + +@noindent +inserts a `%' after the kill command and then completes job names. + +@item @t{-S} @var{suffix} +When a completion is found the @var{suffix} is inserted after +the completed string. In the case of menu completion the suffix is +inserted immediately, but it is still possible to cycle through the +list of completions by repeatedly hitting the same key. + +@item @t{-W} @var{file-prefix} +With directory @var{file-prefix}: for command, file, directory and +globbing completion (options @t{-c}, @t{-f}, @t{-/}, @t{-g}), the file +prefix is implicitly added in front of the completion. For example, + +@noindent +@example +compctl -/ -W ~/Mail maildirs +@end example + +@noindent +completes any subdirectories to any depth beneath the directory +@t{~/Mail}, although that prefix does not appear on the command line. +The @var{file-prefix} may also be of the form accepted by the @t{-k} +flag, i.e. the name of an array or a literal list in parenthesis. In +this case all the directories in the list will be searched for +possible completions. + +@item @t{-q} +If used with a suffix as specified by the @t{-S} option, this +causes the suffix to be removed if the next character typed is a blank +or does not insert anything or if the suffix consists of only one character +and the next character typed is the same character; this the same rule used +for the @t{AUTO_REMOVE_SLASH} option. The option is most useful for list +separators (comma, colon, etc.). + +@item @t{-l} @var{cmd} +This option restricts the range +of command line words that are considered to be arguments. If +combined with one of the extended completion patterns `@t{p[}...@t{]}', +`@t{r[}...@t{]}', or `@t{R[}...@t{]}' (see @ref{Extended Completion} +below) the range is restricted to the range of arguments +specified in the brackets. Completion is then performed as if these +had been given as arguments to the @var{cmd} supplied with the +option. If the @var{cmd} string is empty the first word in the range +is instead taken as the command name, and command name completion +performed on the first word in the range. For example, + +@noindent +@example +compctl -x 'r[-exec,;]' -l @value{dsq} -- find +@end example + +@noindent +completes arguments between `@t{-exec}' and the following `@t{;}' (or the end +of the command line if there is no such string) as if they were +a separate command line. + +@item @t{-h} @var{cmd} +Normally zsh completes quoted strings as a whole. With this option, +completion can be done separately on different parts of such +strings. It works like the @t{-l} option but makes the completion code +work on the parts of the current word that are separated by +spaces. These parts are completed as if they were arguments to the +given @var{cmd}. If @var{cmd} is the empty string, the first part is +completed as a command name, as with @t{-l}. + +@item @t{-U} +Use the whole list of possible completions, whether or not they +actually match the word on the command line. The word typed so far +will be deleted. This is most useful with a function (given by the +@t{-K} option) which can examine the word components passed to it +(or via the @t{read} builtin's @t{-c} and @t{-l} flags) and +use its own criteria to decide what matches. If there is no +completion, the original word is retained. Since the produced +possible completions seldom have interesting common prefixes +and suffixes, menu completion is started immediately if @t{AUTO_MENU} is +set and this flag is used. + +@item @t{-y} @var{func-or-var} +@vindex reply, use of +The list provided by @var{func-or-var} is displayed instead of the list +of completions whenever a listing is required; the actual completions +to be inserted are not affected. It can be provided in two +ways. Firstly, if @var{func-or-var} begins with a @t{$} it defines a +variable, or if it begins with a left parenthesis a literal +array, which contains the list. A variable may have been set by a +call to a function using the @t{-K} option. Otherwise it contains the +name of a function which will be executed to create the list. The +function will be passed as an argument list all matching completions, +including prefixes and suffixes expanded in full, and should set the +array @t{reply} to the result. In both cases, the display list will +only be retrieved after a complete list of matches has been created. + +@noindent +Note that the returned list does not have to correspond, even in +length, to the original set of matches, and may be passed as a scalar +instead of an array. No special formatting of characters is +performed on the output in this case; in particular, newlines are +printed literally and if they appear output in columns is suppressed. + +@item @t{-X} @var{explanation} +Print @var{explanation} when trying completion on the current set of +options. A `@t{%n}' in this string is replaced by the number of +matches that were added for this explanation string. +The explanation only appears if completion was tried and there was +no unique match, or when listing completions. Explanation strings +will be listed together with the matches of the group specified +together with the @t{-X} option (using the @t{-J} or @t{-V} +option). If the same explanation string is given to multiple @t{-X} +options, the string appears only once (for each group) and the number +of matches shown for the `@t{%n}' is the total number of all matches +for each of these uses. In any case, the explanation string will only +be shown if there was at least one match added for the explanation +string. + +@noindent +The sequences @t{%B}, @t{%b}, @t{%S}, @t{%s}, @t{%U}, and @t{%u} specify +output attributes (bold, standout, and underline) and @t{%@{...%@}} can +be used to include literal escape sequences as in prompts. + +@item @t{-Y} @var{explanation} +Identical to @t{-X}, except that the @var{explanation} first undergoes +expansion following the usual rules for strings in double quotes. +The expansion will be carried out after any functions are called for +the @t{-K} or @t{-y} options, allowing them to set variables. + +@item @t{-t} @var{continue} +The @var{continue}-string contains a character that specifies which set +of completion flags should be used next. It is useful: + +@noindent +(i) With @t{-T}, or when trying a list of pattern completions, when +@t{compctl} would usually continue with ordinary processing after +finding matches; this can be suppressed with `@t{-tn}'. + +@noindent +(ii) With a list of alternatives separated by @t{+}, when @t{compctl} +would normally stop when one of the alternatives generates matches. It +can be forced to consider the next set of completions by adding `@t{-t+}' +to the flags of the alternative before the `@t{+}'. + +@noindent +(iii) In an extended completion list (see below), when @t{compctl} would +normally continue until a set of conditions succeeded, then use only +the immediately following flags. With `@t{-t-}', @t{compctl} will +continue trying extended completions after the next `@t{-}'; with +`@t{-tx}' it will attempt completion with the default flags, in other +words those before the `@t{-x}'. + +@item @t{-J} @var{name} +This gives the name of the group the matches should be placed in. Groups +are listed and sorted separately; likewise, menu completion will offer +the matches in the groups in the order in which the groups were +defined. If no group name is explicitly given, the matches are stored in +a group named @var{default}. The first time a group name is encountered, +a group with that name is created. After that all matches with the same +group name are stored in that group. + +@noindent +This can be useful with non-exclusive alternative completions. For +example, in + +@noindent +@example +compctl -f -J files -t+ + -v -J variables foo +@end example + +@noindent +both files and variables are possible completions, as the @t{-t+} forces +both sets of alternatives before and after the @t{+} to be considered at +once. Because of the @t{-J} options, however, all files are listed +before all variables. + +@item @t{-V} @var{name} +Like @t{-J}, but matches within the group will not be sorted in listings +nor in menu completion. These unsorted groups are in a different name +space from the sorted ones, so groups defined as @t{-J files} and @t{-V +files} are distinct. + +@item @t{-1} +If given together with the @t{-V} option, makes +only consecutive duplicates in the group be removed. Note that groups +with and without this flag are in different name spaces. + +@item @t{-2} +If given together with the @t{-J} or @t{-V} option, makes all +duplicates be kept. Again, groups with and without this flag are in +different name spaces. + +@item @t{-M} @var{match-spec} +This defines additional matching control specifications that should be used +only when testing words for the list of flags this flag appears in. The format +of the @var{match-spec} string is described in +@ref{Matching Control}. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Alternative Completion, Extended Completion, Option Flags, Completion Using compctl + +@section Alternative Completion +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{compctl} [ @t{-CDT} ] @var{options} @t{+} @var{options} [ @t{+} ... ] [ @t{+} ] @var{command} ... +@item +@end table + +@noindent +The form with `@t{+}' specifies alternative options. Completion is +tried with the options before the first `@t{+}'. If this produces no +matches completion is tried with the flags after the `@t{+}' and so on. If +there are no flags after the last `@t{+}' and a match has not been found +up to that point, default completion is tried. +If the list of flags contains a @t{-t} with a @t{+} character, the next +list of flags is used even if the current list produced matches. + +@noindent +@node Extended Completion, Example, Alternative Completion, Completion Using compctl + +@noindent +Additional options are available that restrict completion to some part +of the command line; this is referred to as `extended completion'. + +@noindent + +@section Extended Completion +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{compctl} [ @t{-CDT} ] @var{options} @t{-x} @var{pattern} @var{options} @t{-} ... @t{-}@t{-} +@item [ @var{command} ... ] +@item @t{compctl} [ @t{-CDT} ] @var{options} [ @t{-x} @var{pattern} @var{options} @t{-} ... @t{-}@t{-} ] +@item [ @t{+} @var{options} [ @t{-x} ... @t{-}@t{-} ] ... [@t{+}] ] [ @var{command} ... ] +@item +@end table + +@noindent +The form with `@t{-x}' specifies extended completion for the +commands given; as shown, it may be combined with alternative +completion using `@t{+}'. Each @var{pattern} is examined in turn; when a +match is found, the corresponding @var{options}, as described in +@ref{Option Flags} above, are used to generate possible +completions. If no @var{pattern} matches, the @var{options} given +before the @t{-x} are used. + +@noindent +Note that each pattern should be supplied as a single argument and +should be quoted to prevent expansion of metacharacters by the +shell. + +@noindent +A @var{pattern} is built of sub-patterns separated by commas; it +matches if at least one of these sub-patterns matches (they are +`or'ed). These sub-patterns are in turn composed of other +sub-patterns separated by white spaces which match if all of the +sub-patterns match (they are `and'ed). An element of the +sub-patterns is of the form `@var{c}@t{[}...@t{][}...@t{]}', where the pairs of +brackets may be repeated as often as necessary, and matches if any of +the sets of brackets match (an `or'). The example below makes this +clearer. + +@noindent +The elements may be any of the following: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{s[}@var{string}@t{]}... +Matches if the current word on the command line starts with +one of the strings given in brackets. The @var{string} is not removed +and is not part of the completion. + +@item @t{S[}@var{string}@t{]}... +Like @t{s[}@var{string}@t{]} except that the @var{string} is part of the +completion. + +@item @t{p[}@var{from}@t{,}@var{to}@t{]}... +Matches if the number of the current word is between one of +the @var{from} and @var{to} pairs inclusive. The comma and @var{to} +are optional; @var{to} defaults to the same value as @var{from}. The +numbers may be negative: @t{-}@var{n} refers to the @var{n}'th last word +on the line. + +@item @t{c[}@var{offset}@t{,}@var{string}@t{]}... +Matches if the @var{string} matches the word offset by +@var{offset} from the current word position. Usually @var{offset} +will be negative. + +@item @t{C[}@var{offset}@t{,}@var{pattern}@t{]}... +Like @t{c} but using pattern matching instead. + +@item @t{w[}@var{index}@t{,}@var{string}@t{]}... +Matches if the word in position @var{index} is equal +to the corresponding @var{string}. Note that the word count is made +after any alias expansion. + +@item @t{W[}@var{index}@t{,}@var{pattern}@t{]}... +Like @t{w} but using pattern matching instead. + +@item @t{n[}@var{index}@t{,}@var{string}@t{]}... +Matches if the current word contains @var{string}. Anything up to and +including the @var{index}th occurrence of this string will not be +considered part of the completion, but the rest will. @var{index} may +be negative to count from the end: in most cases, @var{index} will be +1 or -1. For example, + +@noindent +@example +compctl -s '`users`' -x 'n[1,@@]' -k hosts -- talk +@end example + +@noindent +will usually complete usernames, but if you insert an @t{@@} after the +name, names from the array @var{hosts} (assumed to contain hostnames, +though you must make the array yourself) will be completed. Other +commands such as @t{rcp} can be handled similarly. + +@item @t{N[}@var{index}@t{,}@var{string}@t{]}... +Like @t{n} except that the string will be +taken as a character class. Anything up to and including the +@var{index}th occurrence of any of the characters in @var{string} +will not be considered part of the completion. + +@item @t{m[}@var{min}@t{,}@var{max}@t{]}... +Matches if the total number of words lies between @var{min} and +@var{max} inclusive. + +@item @t{r[}@var{str1}@t{,}@var{str2}@t{]}... +Matches if the cursor is after a word with prefix @var{str1}. If there +is also a word with prefix @var{str2} on the command line after the one +matched by @var{str1} it matches +only if the cursor is before this word. If the comma and @var{str2} are +omitted, it matches if the cursor is after a word with prefix @var{str1}. + +@item @t{R[}@var{str1}@t{,}@var{str2}@t{]}... +Like @t{r} but using pattern matching instead. + +@item @t{q[}@var{str}@t{]}... +Matches the word currently being completed is in single quotes and the +@var{str} begins with the letter `s', or if completion is done in +double quotes and @var{str} starts with the letter `d', or if +completion is done in backticks and @var{str} starts with a `b'. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Example, , Extended Completion, Completion Using compctl + +@section Example +@noindent + +@noindent +@example +compctl -u -x 's[@t{+}] c[-1,-f],s[-f+]' \ + -g '~/Mail/*(:t)' - 's[-f],c[-1,-f]' -f -- mail +@end example + +@noindent +This is to be interpreted as follows: + +@noindent +If the current command is @t{mail}, then + +@noindent +@quotation + +if ((the current word begins with @t{+} and the previous word is @t{-f}) +or (the current word begins with @t{-f+})), then complete the +non-directory part (the `@t{:t}' glob modifier) of files in the directory +@t{~/Mail}; else + +@noindent +if the current word begins with @t{-f} or the previous word was @t{-f}, then +complete any file; else + +@noindent +complete user names. + +@end quotation +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/modules.yo +@node Zsh Modules, Calendar Function System, Completion Using compctl, Top + +@chapter Zsh Modules +@noindent +@cindex modules + +@section Description +@noindent +Some optional parts of zsh are in modules, separate from the core +of the shell. Each of these modules may be linked in to the +shell at build time, +or can be dynamically linked while the shell is running +if the installation supports this feature. The modules that +are bundled with the zsh distribution are: + +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/modlist.yo +@table @asis +@item @t{zsh/cap} +Builtins for manipulating POSIX.1e (POSIX.6) capability (privilege) sets. + +@item @t{zsh/clone} +A builtin that can clone a running shell onto another terminal. + +@item @t{zsh/compctl} +The @t{compctl} builtin for controlling completion. + +@item @t{zsh/complete} +The basic completion code. + +@item @t{zsh/complist} +Completion listing extensions. + +@item @t{zsh/computil} +A module with utility builtins needed for the shell function based +completion system. + +@item @t{zsh/datetime} +Some date/time commands and parameters. + +@item @t{zsh/deltochar} +A ZLE function duplicating EMACS' @t{zap-to-char}. + +@item @t{zsh/example} +An example of how to write a module. + +@item @t{zsh/files} +Some basic file manipulation commands as builtins. + +@item @t{zsh/mapfile} +Access to external files via a special associative array. + +@item @t{zsh/mathfunc} +Standard scientific functions for use in mathematical evaluations. + +@item @t{zsh/newuser} +Arrange for files for new users to be installed. + +@item @t{zsh/parameter} +Access to internal hash tables via special associative arrays. + +@item @t{zsh/pcre} +Interface to the PCRE library. + +@item @t{zsh/regex} +Interface to the POSIX regex library. + +@item @t{zsh/sched} +A builtin that provides a timed execution facility within the shell. + +@item @t{zsh/net/socket} +Manipulation of Unix domain sockets + +@item @t{zsh/stat} +A builtin command interface to the @t{stat} system call. + +@item @t{zsh/system} +A builtin interface to various low-level system features. + +@item @t{zsh/net/tcp} +Manipulation of TCP sockets + +@item @t{zsh/termcap} +Interface to the termcap database. + +@item @t{zsh/terminfo} +Interface to the terminfo database. + +@item @t{zsh/zftp} +A builtin FTP client. + +@item @t{zsh/zle} +The Zsh Line Editor, including the @t{bindkey} and @t{vared} builtins. + +@item @t{zsh/zleparameter} +Access to internals of the Zsh Line Editor via parameters. + +@item @t{zsh/zprof} +A module allowing profiling for shell functions. + +@item @t{zsh/zpty} +A builtin for starting a command in a pseudo-terminal. + +@item @t{zsh/zselect} +Block and return when file descriptors are ready. + +@item @t{zsh/zutil} +Some utility builtins, e.g. the one for supporting configuration via +styles. + +@end table +@c Yodl file: Zsh/modmenu.yo +@menu +* The zsh/cap Module:: +* The zsh/clone Module:: +* The zsh/compctl Module:: +* The zsh/complete Module:: +* The zsh/complist Module:: +* The zsh/computil Module:: +* The zsh/datetime Module:: +* The zsh/deltochar Module:: +* The zsh/example Module:: +* The zsh/files Module:: +* The zsh/mapfile Module:: +* The zsh/mathfunc Module:: +* The zsh/newuser Module:: +* The zsh/parameter Module:: +* The zsh/pcre Module:: +* The zsh/regex Module:: +* The zsh/sched Module:: +* The zsh/net/socket Module:: +* The zsh/stat Module:: +* The zsh/system Module:: +* The zsh/net/tcp Module:: +* The zsh/termcap Module:: +* The zsh/terminfo Module:: +* The zsh/zftp Module:: +* The zsh/zle Module:: +* The zsh/zleparameter Module:: +* The zsh/zprof Module:: +* The zsh/zpty Module:: +* The zsh/zselect Module:: +* The zsh/zutil Module:: +@end menu +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/cap Module, The zsh/clone Module, , Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/cap Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_cap.yo + +The @t{zsh/cap} module is used for manipulating POSIX.1e (POSIX.6) capability +sets. If the operating system does not support this interface, the +builtins defined by this module will do nothing. +The builtins in this module are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex cap +@cindex capabilities, setting +@item @t{cap} [ @var{capabilities} ] +Change the shell's process capability sets to the specified @var{capabilities}, +otherwise display the shell's current capabilities. + +@findex getcap +@cindex capabilities, getting from files +@item @t{getcap} @var{filename} ... +This is a built-in implementation of the POSIX standard utility. It displays +the capability sets on each specified @var{filename}. + +@findex setcap +@cindex capabilities, setting on files +@item @t{setcap} @var{capabilities} @var{filename} ... +This is a built-in implementation of the POSIX standard utility. It sets +the capability sets on each specified @var{filename} to the specified +@var{capabilities}. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/clone Module, The zsh/compctl Module, The zsh/cap Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/clone Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_clone.yo + +The @t{zsh/clone} module makes available one builtin command: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex clone +@cindex shell, cloning +@cindex cloning the shell +@cindex terminal +@item @t{clone} @var{tty} +Creates a forked instance of the current shell, attached to the specified +@var{tty}. In the new shell, the @t{PID}, @t{PPID} and @t{TTY} special +parameters are changed appropriately. @t{$!} is set to zero in the new +shell, and to the new shell's PID in the original shell. + +@noindent +The return status of the builtin is zero in both shells if successful, +and non-zero on error. + +@noindent +The target of @t{clone} should be an unused terminal, such as an unused virtual +console or a virtual terminal created by + +@noindent +xterm -e sh -c 'trap : INT QUIT TSTP; tty; while :; do sleep 100000000; done' + +@noindent +Some words of explanation are warranted about this long xterm command +line: when doing clone on a pseudo-terminal, some other session +("session" meant as a unix session group, or SID) is already owning +the terminal. Hence the cloned zsh cannot acquire the pseudo-terminal +as a controlling tty. That means two things: + +@noindent +the job control signals will go to the sh-started-by-xterm process + group (that's why we disable INT QUIT and TSTP with trap; otherwise + the while loop could get suspended or killed) + +@noindent +the cloned shell will have job control disabled, and the job + control keys (control-C, control-\ and control-Z) will not work. + +@noindent +This does not apply when cloning to an @cite{unused} vc. + +@noindent +Cloning to an used (and unprepared) terminal will result in two +processes reading simultaneously from the same terminal, with +input bytes going randomly to either process. + +@noindent +@t{clone} is mostly useful as a shell built-in replacement for +openvt. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/compctl Module, The zsh/complete Module, The zsh/clone Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/compctl Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_compctl.yo + +The @t{zsh/compctl} module makes available two builtin commands. @t{compctl}, +is the old, deprecated way to control completions for ZLE. See +@ref{Completion Using compctl}. +The other builtin command, @t{compcall} can be used in user-defined +completion widgets, see +@ref{Completion Widgets}. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/complete Module, The zsh/complist Module, The zsh/compctl Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/complete Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_complete.yo + +The @t{zsh/complete} module makes available several builtin commands which +can be used in user-defined completion widgets, see +@ref{Completion Widgets}. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/complist Module, The zsh/computil Module, The zsh/complete Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/complist Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_complist.yo + +@cindex completion, listing +@cindex completion, coloured listings +@cindex completion, scroll listings +The @t{zsh/complist} module offers three extensions to completion listings: +the ability to highlight matches in such a list, the ability to +scroll through long lists and a different style of menu completion. + +@noindent + +@subsection Colored completion listings +@noindent +Whenever one of the parameters @t{ZLS_COLORS} or @t{ZLS_COLOURS} is set +and the @t{zsh/complist} module is loaded or linked into the shell, +completion lists will be colored. Note, however, that @t{complist} will +not automatically be loaded if it is not linked in: on systems with +dynamic loading, `@t{zmodload zsh/complist}' is required. + +@noindent +@vindex ZLS_COLORS +@vindex ZLS_COLOURS +The parameters @t{ZLS_COLORS} and @t{ZLS_COLOURS} describe how matches +are highlighted. To turn on highlighting an empty value suffices, in +which case all the default values given below will be used. The format of +the value of these parameters is the same as used by the GNU version of the +@t{ls} command: a colon-separated list of specifications of the form +`@var{name}=@var{value}'. The @var{name} may be one of the following strings, +most of which specify file types for which the @var{value} will be used. +The strings and their default values are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{no 0} +for normal text (i.e. when displaying something other than a matched file) + +@item @t{fi 0} +for regular files + +@item @t{di 32} +for directories + +@item @t{ln 36} +for symbolic links + +@item @t{pi 31} +for named pipes (FIFOs) + +@item @t{so 33} +for sockets + +@item @t{bd 44;37} +for block devices + +@item @t{cd 44;37} +for character devices + +@item @t{ex 35} +for executable files + +@item @t{mi} @var{none} +for a non-existent file (default is the value defined for @t{fi}) + +@item @t{lc \e[} +for the left code (see below) + +@item @t{rc m} +for the right code + +@item @t{tc 0} +for the character indicating the file type printed after filenames if +the @t{LIST_TYPES} option is set + +@item @t{sp 0} +for the spaces printed after matches to align the next column + +@item @t{ec} @var{none} +for the end code + +@end table + +@noindent +Apart from these strings, the @var{name} may also be an asterisk +(`@t{*}') followed by any string. The @var{value} given for such a +string will be used for all files whose name ends with the string. +The @var{name} may also be an equals sign (`@t{=}') followed by a +pattern. The @var{value} given for this pattern will be used for all +matches (not just filenames) whose display string are matched by +the pattern. Definitions for both of these take precedence over the +values defined for file types and the form with the leading asterisk +takes precedence over the form with the leading equal sign. + +@noindent +The last form also allows different parts of the displayed +strings to be colored differently. For this, the pattern has to use the +`@t{(#b)}' globbing flag and pairs of parentheses surrounding the +parts of the strings that are to be colored differently. In this case +the @var{value} may consist of more than one color code separated by +equal signs. The first code will be used for all parts for which no +explicit code is specified and the following codes will be used for +the parts matched by the sub-patterns in parentheses. For example, +the specification `@t{=(#b)(?)*(?)=0=3=7}' will be used for all +matches which are at least two characters long and will use +the code `@t{3}' for the first character, `@t{7}' for the last +character and `@t{0}' for the rest. + +@noindent +All three forms of @var{name} may be preceded by a pattern in +parentheses. If this is given, the @var{value} will be used +only for matches in groups whose names are matched by the pattern +given in the parentheses. For example, `@t{(g*)m*=43}' highlights all +matches beginning with `@t{m}' in groups whose names begin with +`@t{g}' using the color code `@t{43}'. In case of the `@t{lc}', +`@t{rc}', and `@t{ec}' codes, the group pattern is ignored. + +@noindent +Note also that all patterns are tried in the order in which they +appear in the parameter value until the first one matches which is +then used. + +@noindent +When printing a match, the code prints the value of @t{lc}, the value +for the file-type or the last matching specification with a `@t{*}', +the value of @t{rc}, the string to display for the match itself, and +then the value of @t{ec} if that is defined or the values of @t{lc}, +@t{no}, and @t{rc} if @t{ec} is not defined. + +@noindent +The default values are ISO 6429 (ANSI) compliant and can be used on +vt100 compatible terminals such as @t{xterm}s. On monochrome terminals +the default values will have no visible effect. The @t{colors} +function from the contribution can be used to get associative arrays +containing the codes for ANSI terminals (see +@ref{Other Functions}). For example, after loading @t{colors}, one could use +`@t{$colors[red]}' to get the code for foreground color red and +`@t{$colors[bg-green]}' for the code for background color green. + +@noindent +If the completion system invoked by compinit is used, these +parameters should not be set directly because the system controls them +itself. Instead, the @t{list-colors} style should be used (see +@ref{Completion System Configuration}). + +@noindent + +@subsection Scrolling in completion listings +@noindent +To enable scrolling through a completion list, the @t{LISTPROMPT} +parameter must be set. Its value will be used as the prompt; if it +is the empty string, a default prompt will be used. The value may +contain escapes of the form `@t{%x}'. It supports the escapes +`@t{%B}', `@t{%b}', `@t{%S}', `@t{%s}', `@t{%U}', `@t{%u}' and +`@t{%@{...%@}}' used also in shell prompts as well as three pairs of +additional sequences: a `@t{%l}' or `@t{%L}' is replaced by the number +of the last line shown and the total number of lines in the form +`@var{number}@t{/}@var{total}'; a `@t{%m}' or `@t{%M}' is replaced with +the number of the last match shown and the total number of matches; and +`@t{%p}' or `@t{%P}' is replaced with `@t{Top}', `@t{Bottom}' or the +position of the first line shown in percent of the total number of +lines, respectively. In each of these cases the form with the uppercase +letter will be replaced with a string of fixed width, padded to the +right with spaces, while the lowercase form will not be padded. + +@noindent +If the parameter @t{LISTPROMPT} is set, the completion code will not ask if +the list should be shown. Instead it immediately starts displaying the +list, stopping after the first screenful, showing the prompt at the bottom, +waiting for a keypress after temporarily switching to the @t{listscroll} +keymap. Some of the zle functions have a special meaning while scrolling +lists: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{send-break} +stops listing discarding the key pressed + +@item @t{accept-line}, @t{down-history}, @t{down-line-or-history} +@itemx @t{down-line-or-search}, @t{vi-down-line-or-history} +scrolls forward one line + +@item @t{complete-word}, @t{menu-complete}, @t{expand-or-complete} +@itemx @t{expand-or-complete-prefix}, @t{menu-complete-or-expand} +scrolls forward one screenful + +@end table + +@noindent +Every other character stops listing and immediately processes the key +as usual. Any key that is not bound in the @t{listscroll} keymap or +that is bound to @t{undefined-key} is looked up in the keymap +currently selected. + +@noindent +As for the @t{ZLS_COLORS} and @t{ZLS_COLOURS} parameters, +@t{LISTPROMPT} should not be set directly when using the shell +function based completion system. Instead, the @t{list-prompt} style +should be used. + +@noindent + +@subsection Menu selection +@noindent +@cindex completion, selecting by cursor +@vindex MENUSELECT +@tindex menu-select +The @t{zsh/complist} module also offers an alternative style of selecting +matches from a list, called menu selection, which can be used if the +shell is set up to return to the last prompt after showing a +completion list (see the @t{ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT} option in +@ref{Options}). It can be invoked directly by +the widget @t{menu-select} defined by the module. Alternatively, +the parameter @t{MENUSELECT} can be set to an integer, which gives the +minimum number of matches that must be present before menu selection is +automatically turned on. This second method requires that menu completion +be started, either directly from a widget such as @t{menu-complete}, or due +to one of the options @t{MENU_COMPLETE} or @t{AUTO_MENU} being set. If +@t{MENUSELECT} is set, but is 0, 1 or empty, menu selection will always be +started during an ambiguous menu completion. + +@noindent +When using the completion system based on shell functions, the +@t{MENUSELECT} parameter should not be used (like the @t{ZLS_COLORS} +and @t{ZLS_COLOURS} parameters described above). Instead, the @t{menu} +style should be used with the @t{select=}@var{...} keyword. + +@noindent +After menu selection is started, the matches will be listed. If there +are more matches than fit on the screen, only the first screenful is +shown. The +matches to insert into the command line can be selected from this +list. In the list one match is highlighted using the value for @t{ma} +from the @t{ZLS_COLORS} or @t{ZLS_COLOURS} parameter. The default +value for this is `@t{7}' which forces the selected match to be +highlighted using standout mode on a vt100-compatible terminal. If +neither @t{ZLS_COLORS} nor @t{ZLS_COLOURS} is set, the same terminal +control sequence as for the `@t{%S}' escape in prompts is used. + +@noindent +If there are more matches than fit on the screen and the parameter +@t{MENUPROMPT} is set, its value will be shown below the matches. It +supports the same escape sequences as @t{LISTPROMPT}, but the number +of the match or line shown will be that of the one where the mark is +placed. If its value is the empty string, a default prompt will be +used. + +@noindent +The @t{MENUSCROLL} parameter can be used to specify how the list is +scrolled. If the parameter is unset, this is done line by line, if it +is set to `@t{0}' (zero), the list will scroll half the number of +lines of the screen. If the value is positive, it gives the number of +lines to scroll and if it is negative, the list will be scrolled +the number of lines of the screen minus the (absolute) value. + +@noindent +As for the @t{ZLS_COLORS}, @t{ZLS_COLOURS} and @t{LISTPROMPT} +parameters, neither @t{MENUPROMPT} nor @t{MENUSCROLL} should be +set directly when using the shell function based completion +system. Instead, the @t{select-prompt} and @t{select-scroll} styles +should be used. + +@noindent +The completion code sometimes decides not to show all of the matches +in the list. These hidden matches are either matches for which the +completion function which added them explicitly requested that they +not appear in the list (using the @t{-n} option of the @t{compadd} +builtin command) or they are matches which duplicate a string already +in the list (because they differ only in things like prefixes or +suffixes that are not displayed). In the list used for menu selection, +however, even these matches are shown so that it is possible to select +them. To highlight such matches the @t{hi} and @t{du} capabilities in +the @t{ZLS_COLORS} and @t{ZLS_COLOURS} parameters are supported for +hidden matches of the first and second kind, respectively. + +@noindent +Selecting matches is done by moving the mark around using the zle movement +functions. When not all matches can be shown on the screen at the same +time, the list will scroll up and down when crossing the top or +bottom line. The following zle functions have special meaning during +menu selection: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{accept-line} +accepts the current match and leaves menu selection + +@item @t{send-break} +leaves menu selection and restores the previous contents of the +command line + +@item @t{redisplay}, @t{clear-screen} +execute their normal function without leaving menu selection + +@item @t{accept-and-hold}, @t{accept-and-menu-complete} +accept the currently inserted match and continue selection allowing to +select the next match to insert into the line + +@item @t{accept-and-infer-next-history} +accepts the current match and then tries completion with +menu selection again; in the case of files this allows one to select +a directory and immediately attempt to complete files in it; if there +are no matches, a message is shown and one can use @t{undo} to go back +to completion on the previous level, every other key leaves menu +selection (including the other zle functions which are otherwise +special during menu selection) + +@item @t{undo} +removes matches inserted during the menu selection by one of the three +functions before + +@item @t{down-history}, @t{down-line-or-history} +@itemx @t{vi-down-line-or-history}, @t{down-line-or-search} +moves the mark one line down + +@item @t{up-history}, @t{up-line-or-history} +@itemx @t{vi-up-line-or-history}, @t{up-line-or-search} +moves the mark one line up + +@item @t{forward-char}, @t{vi-forward-char} +moves the mark one column right + +@item @t{backward-char}, @t{vi-backward-char} +moves the mark one column left + +@item @t{forward-word}, @t{vi-forward-word} +@itemx @t{vi-forward-word-end}, @t{emacs-forward-word} +moves the mark one screenful down + +@item @t{backward-word}, @t{vi-backward-word}, @t{emacs-backward-word} +moves the mark one screenful up + +@item @t{vi-forward-blank-word}, @t{vi-forward-blank-word-end} +moves the mark to the first line of the next group of matches + +@item @t{vi-backward-blank-word} +moves the mark to the last line of the previous group of matches + +@item @t{beginning-of-history} +moves the mark to the first line + +@item @t{end-of-history} +moves the mark to the last line + +@item @t{beginning-of-buffer-or-history}, @t{beginning-of-line} +@itemx @t{beginning-of-line-hist}, @t{vi-beginning-of-line} +moves the mark to the leftmost column + +@item @t{end-of-buffer-or-history}, @t{end-of-line} +@itemx @t{end-of-line-hist}, @t{vi-end-of-line} +moves the mark to the rightmost column + +@item @t{complete-word}, @t{menu-complete}, @t{expand-or-complete} +@itemx @t{expand-or-complete-prefix}, @t{menu-expand-or-complete} +moves the mark to the next match + +@item @t{reverse-menu-complete} +moves the mark to the previous match + +@item @t{vi-insert} +this toggles between normal and interactive mode; in interactive mode +the keys bound to @t{self-insert} and @t{self-insert-unmeta} insert +into the command line as in normal editing mode but without leaving +menu selection; after each character completion is tried again and the +list changes to contain only the new matches; the completion widgets +make the longest unambiguous string be inserted in the command line +and @t{undo} and @t{backward-delete-char} go back to the previous set +of matches + +@item @t{history-incremental-search-forward}, +@t{history-incremental-search-backward} +this starts incremental searches in the list of completions displayed; +in this mode, @t{accept-line} only leaves incremental search, going +back to the normal menu selection mode + +@end table + +@noindent +All movement functions wrap around at the edges; any other zle function not +listed leaves menu selection and executes that function. It is possible to +make widgets in the above list do the same by using the form of the widget +with a `@t{.}' in front. For example, the widget `@t{.accept-line}' has +the effect of leaving menu selection and accepting the entire command line. + +@noindent +During this selection the widget uses the keymap @t{menuselect}. Any +key that is not defined in this keymap or that is bound to +@t{undefined-key} is looked up in the keymap currently selected. This +is used to ensure that the most important keys used during selection +(namely the cursor keys, return, and TAB) have sensible defaults. However, +keys in the @t{menuselect} keymap can be modified directly using the +@t{bindkey} builtin command (see +@ref{The zsh/zle Module}). For example, to make the return key leave menu selection without +accepting the match currently selected one could call + +@noindent +@quotation +@t{bindkey -M menuselect '^M' send-break} +@end quotation + +@noindent +after loading the @t{zsh/complist} module. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/computil Module, The zsh/datetime Module, The zsh/complist Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/computil Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_computil.yo + +@cindex completion, utility +The @t{zsh/computil} module adds several builtin commands that are used by +some of the completion functions in the completion system based on shell +functions (see +@ref{Completion System} +). Except for @t{compquote} these builtin commands are very +specialised and thus not very interesting when writing your own +completion functions. In summary, these builtin commands are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex comparguments +@item @t{comparguments} +This is used by the @t{_arguments} function to do the argument and +command line parsing. Like @t{compdescribe} it has an option @t{-i} to +do the parsing and initialize some internal state and various options +to access the state information to decide what should be completed. + +@findex compdescribe +@item @t{compdescribe} +This is used by the @t{_describe} function to build the displays for +the matches and to get the strings to add as matches with their +options. On the first call one of the options @t{-i} or @t{-I} should be +supplied as the first argument. In the first case, display strings without +the descriptions will be generated, in the second case, the string used to +separate the matches from their descriptions must be given as the +second argument and the descriptions (if any) will be shown. All other +arguments are like the definition arguments to @t{_describe} itself. + +@noindent +Once @t{compdescribe} has been called with either the @t{-i} or the +@t{-I} option, it can be repeatedly called with the @t{-g} option and +the names of five arrays as its arguments. This will step through the +different sets of matches and store the options in the first array, +the strings with descriptions in the second, the matches for these in +the third, the strings without descriptions in the fourth, and the +matches for them in the fifth array. These are then directly given to +@t{compadd} to register the matches with the completion code. + +@findex compfiles +@item @t{compfiles} +Used by the @t{_path_files} function to optimize complex recursive +filename generation (globbing). It does three things. With the +@t{-p} and @t{-P} options it builds the glob patterns to use, +including the paths already handled and trying to optimize the +patterns with respect to the prefix and suffix from the line and the +match specification currently used. The @t{-i} option does the +directory tests for the @t{ignore-parents} style and the @t{-r} option +tests if a component for some of the matches are equal to the string +on the line and removes all other matches if that is true. + +@findex compgroups +@item @t{compgroups} +Used by the @t{_tags} function to implement the internals of the +@t{group-order} style. This only takes its arguments as names of +completion groups and creates the groups for it (all six types: sorted +and unsorted, both without removing duplicates, with removing all +duplicates and with removing consecutive duplicates). + +@findex compquote +@item @t{compquote} [ @t{-p} ] @var{names} ... +There may be reasons to write completion functions that have to add +the matches using the @t{-Q} option to @t{compadd} and perform quoting +themselves. Instead of interpreting the first character of the +@t{all_quotes} key of the @t{compstate} special association and using +the @t{q} flag for parameter expansions, one can use this builtin +command. The arguments are the names of scalar or array parameters +and the values of these parameters are quoted as needed for the +innermost quoting level. If the @t{-p} option is given, quoting is +done as if there is some prefix before the values of the parameters, +so that a leading equal sign will not be quoted. + +@noindent +The return status is non-zero in case of an error and zero otherwise. + +@findex comptags +@findex comptry +@item @t{comptags} +@itemx @t{comptry} +These implement the internals of the tags mechanism. + +@findex compvalues +@item @t{compvalues} +Like @t{comparguments}, but for the @t{_values} function. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/datetime Module, The zsh/deltochar Module, The zsh/computil Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/datetime Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_datetime.yo + +The @t{zsh/datetime} module makes available one builtin command: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex strftime +@cindex date string, printing +@item @t{strftime} [ @t{-s} @var{scalar} ] @var{format} @var{epochtime} +@itemx @t{strftime} @t{-r} [ @t{-q} ] [ @t{-s} @var{scalar} ] @var{format} @var{timestring} +Output the date denoted by @var{epochtime} in the @var{format} +specified. + +@noindent +With the option @t{-r} (reverse), use the format @var{format} to parse the +input string @var{timestring} and output the number of seconds since the +epoch at which the time occurred. If no timezone is parsed, the current +timezone is used; other parameters are set to zero if not present. If +@var{timestring} does not match @var{format} the command returns status 1; it +will additionally print an error message unless the option @t{-q} (quiet) +is given. If @var{timestring} matches @var{format} but not all characters in +@var{timestring} were used, the conversion succeeds; however, a warning is +issued unless the option @t{-q} is given. The matching is implemented by +the system function @t{strptime}; see man page strptime(3). This means that +zsh format extensions are not available, however for reverse lookup they +are not required. If the function is not implemented, the command returns +status 2 and (unless @t{-q} is given) prints a message. + +@noindent +If @t{-s} @var{scalar} is given, assign the date string (or epoch time +in seconds if @t{-r} is given) to @var{scalar} instead of printing it. + +@end table + +@noindent +The @t{zsh/datetime} module makes available one parameter: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex EPOCHSECONDS +@item @t{EPOCHSECONDS} +An integer value representing the number of seconds since the +epoch. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/deltochar Module, The zsh/example Module, The zsh/datetime Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/deltochar Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_deltochar.yo + +The @t{zsh/deltochar} module makes available two ZLE functions: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@tindex delete-to-char +@item @t{delete-to-char} +Read a character from the keyboard, and +delete from the cursor position up to and including the next +(or, with repeat count @var{n}, the @var{n}th) instance of that character. +Negative repeat counts mean delete backwards. + +@tindex zap-to-char +@item @t{zap-to-char} +This behaves like @t{delete-to-char}, except that the final occurrence of +the character itself is not deleted. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/example Module, The zsh/files Module, The zsh/deltochar Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/example Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_example.yo + +The @t{zsh/example} module makes available one builtin command: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex example +@cindex modules, example +@cindex modules, writing +@cindex writing modules +@item @t{example} [ @t{-flags} ] [ @var{args} ... ] +Displays the flags and arguments it is invoked with. + +@end table + +@noindent +The purpose of the module is to serve as an example of how to write a +module. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/files Module, The zsh/mapfile Module, The zsh/example Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/files Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_files.yo + +@cindex files, manipulating +The @t{zsh/files} module makes some standard commands available as builtins: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex chgrp +@item @t{chgrp} [ @t{-hRs} ] @var{group} @var{filename} ... +Changes group of files specified. This is equivalent to @t{chown} with +a @var{user-spec} argument of `@t{:}@var{group}'. + +@findex chown +@item @t{chown} [ @t{-hRs} ] @var{user-spec} @var{filename} ... +Changes ownership and group of files specified. + +@noindent +The @var{user-spec} can be in four forms: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @var{user} +change owner to @var{user}; do not change group +@item @var{user}@t{::} +change owner to @var{user}; do not change group +@item @var{user}@t{:} +change owner to @var{user}; change group to @var{user}'s primary group +@item @var{user}@t{:}@var{group} +change owner to @var{user}; change group to @var{group} +@item @t{:}@var{group} +do not change owner; change group to @var{group} +@end table + +@noindent +In each case, the `@t{:}' may instead be a `@t{.}'. The rule is that +if there is a `@t{:}' then the separator is `@t{:}', otherwise +if there is a `@t{.}' then the separator is `@t{.}', otherwise +there is no separator. + +@noindent +Each of @var{user} and @var{group} may be either a username (or group name, as +appropriate) or a decimal user ID (group ID). Interpretation as a name +takes precedence, if there is an all-numeric username (or group name). + +@noindent +If the target is a symbolic link, the @t{-h} option causes @t{chown} to set +the ownership of the link instead of its target. + +@noindent +The @t{-R} option causes @t{chown} to recursively descend into directories, +changing the ownership of all files in the directory after +changing the ownership of the directory itself. + +@noindent +The @t{-s} option is a zsh extension to @t{chown} functionality. It enables +paranoid behaviour, intended to avoid security problems involving +a @t{chown} being tricked into affecting files other than the ones +intended. It will refuse to follow symbolic links, so that (for example) +@value{dsbq}@t{chown luser /tmp/foo/passwd}@value{dsq} can't accidentally chown @t{/etc/passwd} +if @t{/tmp/foo} happens to be a link to @t{/etc}. It will also check +where it is after leaving directories, so that a recursive chown of +a deep directory tree can't end up recursively chowning @t{/usr} as +a result of directories being moved up the tree. + +@findex ln +@item @t{ln} [ @t{-dfis} ] @var{filename} @var{dest} +@itemx @t{ln} [ @t{-dfis} ] @var{filename} ... @var{dir} +Creates hard (or, with @t{-s}, symbolic) links. In the first form, the +specified @var{dest}ination is created, as a link to the specified +@var{filename}. In the second form, each of the @var{filename}s is +taken in turn, and linked to a pathname in the specified @var{dir}ectory +that has the same last pathname component. + +@noindent +Normally, @t{ln} will not attempt to create hard links to +directories. This check can be overridden using the @t{-d} option. +Typically only the super-user can actually succeed in creating +hard links to directories. +This does not apply to symbolic links in any case. + +@noindent +By default, existing files cannot be replaced by links. +The @t{-i} option causes the user to be queried about replacing +existing files. The @t{-f} option causes existing files to be +silently deleted, without querying. @t{-f} takes precedence. + +@findex mkdir +@item @t{mkdir} [ @t{-p} ] [ @t{-m} @var{mode} ] @var{dir} ... +Creates directories. With the @t{-p} option, non-existing parent +directories are first created if necessary, and there will be +no complaint if the directory already exists. +The @t{-m} option can be used to specify (in octal) a set of file permissions +for the created directories, otherwise mode 777 modified by the current +@t{umask} (see man page umask(2)) is used. + +@findex mv +@item @t{mv} [ @t{-fi} ] @var{filename} @var{dest} +@itemx @t{mv} [ @t{-fi} ] @var{filename} ... @var{dir} +Moves files. In the first form, the specified @var{filename} is moved +to the specified @var{dest}ination. In the second form, each of the +@var{filename}s is +taken in turn, and moved to a pathname in the specified @var{dir}ectory +that has the same last pathname component. + +@noindent +By default, the user will be queried before replacing any file +that the user cannot write to, but writable files will be silently +removed. +The @t{-i} option causes the user to be queried about replacing +any existing files. The @t{-f} option causes any existing files to be +silently deleted, without querying. @t{-f} takes precedence. + +@noindent +Note that this @t{mv} will not move files across devices. +Historical versions of @t{mv}, when actual renaming is impossible, +fall back on copying and removing files; if this behaviour is desired, +use @t{cp} and @t{rm} manually. This may change in a future version. + +@findex rm +@item @t{rm} [ @t{-dfirs} ] @var{filename} ... +Removes files and directories specified. + +@noindent +Normally, @t{rm} will not remove directories (except with the @t{-r} +option). The @t{-d} option causes @t{rm} to try removing directories +with @t{unlink} (see man page unlink(2)), the same method used for files. +Typically only the super-user can actually succeed in unlinking +directories in this way. +@t{-d} takes precedence over @t{-r}. + +@noindent +By default, the user will be queried before removing any file +that the user cannot write to, but writable files will be silently +removed. +The @t{-i} option causes the user to be queried about removing +any files. The @t{-f} option causes files to be +silently deleted, without querying, and suppresses all error indications. +@t{-f} takes precedence. + +@noindent +The @t{-r} option causes @t{rm} to recursively descend into directories, +deleting all files in the directory before removing the directory with +the @t{rmdir} system call (see man page rmdir(2)). + +@noindent +The @t{-s} option is a zsh extension to @t{rm} functionality. It enables +paranoid behaviour, intended to avoid common security problems involving +a root-run @t{rm} being tricked into removing files other than the ones +intended. It will refuse to follow symbolic links, so that (for example) +@value{dsbq}@t{rm /tmp/foo/passwd}@value{dsq} can't accidentally remove @t{/etc/passwd} +if @t{/tmp/foo} happens to be a link to @t{/etc}. It will also check +where it is after leaving directories, so that a recursive removal of +a deep directory tree can't end up recursively removing @t{/usr} as +a result of directories being moved up the tree. + +@findex rmdir +@item @t{rmdir} @var{dir} ... +Removes empty directories specified. + +@findex sync +@item @t{sync} +Calls the system call of the same name (see man page sync(2)), which +flushes dirty buffers to disk. It might return before the I/O has +actually been completed. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/mapfile Module, The zsh/mathfunc Module, The zsh/files Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/mapfile Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_mapfile.yo + +@cindex parameter, file access via +The @t{zsh/mapfile} module provides one special associative array parameter of +the same name. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex mapfile +@item @t{mapfile} +This associative array takes as keys the names of files; the resulting +value is the content of the file. The value is treated identically to any +other text coming from a parameter. The value may also be assigned to, in +which case the file in question is written (whether or not it originally +existed); or an element may be unset, which will delete the file in +question. For example, `@t{vared mapfile[myfile]}' works as expected, +editing the file `@t{myfile}'. + +@noindent +When the array is accessed as a whole, the keys are the names of files in +the current directory, and the values are empty (to save a huge overhead in +memory). Thus @t{$@{(k)mapfile@}} has the same affect as the glob operator +@t{*(D)}, since files beginning with a dot are not special. Care must be +taken with expressions such as @t{rm $@{(k)mapfile@}}, which will delete +every file in the current directory without the usual `@t{rm *}' test. + +@noindent +The parameter @t{mapfile} may be made read-only; in that case, files +referenced may not be written or deleted. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Limitations +@noindent + +@noindent +Although reading and writing of the file in question is efficiently +handled, zsh's internal memory management may be arbitrarily baroque. Thus +it should not automatically be assumed that use of @t{mapfile} represents a +gain in efficiency over use of other mechanisms. Note in particular that +the whole contents of the file will always reside physically in memory when +accessed (possibly multiple times, due to standard parameter substitution +operations). In particular, this means handling of sufficiently long files +(greater than the machine's swap space, or than the range of the pointer +type) will be incorrect. + +@noindent +No errors are printed or flagged for non-existent, unreadable, or +unwritable files, as the parameter mechanism is too low in the shell +execution hierarchy to make this convenient. + +@noindent +It is unfortunate that the mechanism for loading modules does not yet allow +the user to specify the name of the shell parameter to be given the special +behaviour. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/mathfunc Module, The zsh/newuser Module, The zsh/mapfile Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/mathfunc Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_mathfunc.yo + +@cindex functions, mathematical +@cindex mathematical functions +The @t{zsh/mathfunc} module provides standard +mathematical functions for use when +evaluating mathematical formulae. The syntax agrees with normal C and +FORTRAN conventions, for example, + +@noindent +@example +(( f = sin(0.3) )) +@end example + +@noindent +assigns the sine of 0.3 to the parameter f. + +@noindent +Most functions take floating point arguments and return a floating point +value. However, any necessary conversions from or to integer type will be +performed automatically by the shell. Apart from @t{atan} with a second +argument and the @t{abs}, @t{int} and @t{float} functions, all functions +behave as noted in the manual page for the corresponding C function, +except that any arguments out of range for the function in question will be +detected by the shell and an error reported. + +@noindent +The following functions take a single floating point argument: @t{acos}, +@t{acosh}, @t{asin}, @t{asinh}, @t{atan}, @t{atanh}, @t{cbrt}, @t{ceil}, +@t{cos}, @t{cosh}, @t{erf}, @t{erfc}, @t{exp}, @t{expm1}, @t{fabs}, +@t{floor}, @t{gamma}, @t{j0}, @t{j1}, @t{lgamma}, @t{log}, @t{log10}, +@t{log1p}, @t{logb}, @t{sin}, @t{sinh}, @t{sqrt}, @t{tan}, @t{tanh}, +@t{y0}, @t{y1}. The @t{atan} function can optionally take a second +argument, in which case it behaves like the C function @t{atan2}. +The @t{ilogb} function takes a single floating point argument, but +returns an integer. + +@noindent +The function @t{signgam} takes no arguments, and returns an integer, which +is the C variable of the same name, as described in man page gamma(3). Note +that it is therefore only useful immediately after a call to @t{gamma} or +@t{lgamma}. Note also that `@t{signgam(RPAR}' and `@t{signgam}' are +distinct expressions. + +@noindent +The following functions take two floating point arguments: @t{copysign}, +@t{fmod}, @t{hypot}, @t{nextafter}. + +@noindent +The following take an integer first argument and a floating point second +argument: @t{jn}, @t{yn}. + +@noindent +The following take a floating point first argument and an integer second +argument: @t{ldexp}, @t{scalb}. + +@noindent +The function @t{abs} does not convert the type of its single argument; it +returns the absolute value of either a floating point number or an +integer. The functions @t{float} and @t{int} convert their arguments into +a floating point or integer value (by truncation) respectively. + +@noindent +Note that the C @t{pow} function is available in ordinary math evaluation +as the `@t{**}' operator and is not provided here. + +@noindent +The function @t{rand48} is available if your system's mathematical library +has the function @t{erand48(3)}. It returns a pseudo-random floating point +number between 0 and 1. It takes a single string optional argument. + +@noindent +If the argument is not present, the random number seed is initialised by +three calls to the @t{rand(3)} function --- this produces the +same random +numbers as the next three values of @t{$RANDOM}. + +@noindent +If the argument is present, it gives the name of a scalar parameter where +the current random number seed will be stored. On the first call, the +value must contain at least twelve hexadecimal digits (the remainder of the +string is ignored), or the seed will be initialised in the same manner as +for a call to @t{rand48} with no argument. Subsequent calls to +@t{rand48}(@var{param}) will then maintain the seed in the +parameter @var{param} as a string of twelve hexadecimal digits, with no base +signifier. The random number sequences for different parameters are +completely independent, and are also independent from that used by calls to +@t{rand48} with no argument. + +@noindent +For example, consider + +@noindent +@example +print $(( rand48(seed) )) +print $(( rand48() )) +print $(( rand48(seed) )) +@end example + +@noindent +Assuming @t{$seed} does not exist, it will be initialised by the first +call. In the second call, the default seed is initialised; note, however, +that because of the properties of @t{rand()} there is a +correlation between +the seeds used for the two initialisations, so for more secure uses, you +should generate your own 12-byte seed. The third call returns to the same +sequence of random numbers used in the first call, unaffected by the +intervening @t{rand48()}. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/newuser Module, The zsh/parameter Module, The zsh/mathfunc Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/newuser Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_newuser.yo + +The @t{zsh/newuser} module is loaded at boot if it is +available, the @t{RCS} option is set, and the @t{PRIVILEGED} option is not +set (all three are true by default). This takes +place immediately after commands in the global @t{zshenv} file (typically +@t{/etc/zshenv}), if any, have been executed. If the module is not +available it is silently ignored by the shell; the module may safely be +removed from @t{$MODULE_PATH} by the administrator if it is not required. + +@noindent +On loading, the module tests if any of the start-up files @t{.zshenv}, +@t{.zprofile}, @t{.zshrc} or @t{.zlogin} exist in the directory given by +the environment variable @t{ZDOTDIR}, or the user's home directory if that +is not set. The test is not performed and the module halts processing if +the shell was in an emulation mode (i.e. had been invoked as some other +shell than zsh). + +@noindent +If none of the start-up files were found, the module then looks for the +file @t{newuser} first in a sitewide directory, usually the parent +directory of the @t{site-functions} directory, and if that is not found the +module searches in a version-specific directory, usually the parent of the +@t{functions} directory containing version-specific functions. (These +directories can be configured when zsh is built using the +@t{--enable-site-scriptdir=}@var{dir} and @t{--enable-scriptdir=}@var{dir} +flags to @t{configure}, respectively; the defaults are +@var{prefix}@t{/share/zsh} and @var{prefix}@t{/share/zsh/$ZSH_VERSION} where +the default @var{prefix} is @t{/usr/local}.) + +@noindent +If the file @t{newuser} is found, it is then sourced in the same manner as +a start-up file. The file is expected to contain code to install start-up +files for the user, however any valid shell code will be executed. + +@noindent +The @t{zsh/newuser} module is then unconditionally unloaded. + +@noindent +Note that it is possible to achieve exactly the same effect as the +@t{zsh/newuser} module by adding code to @t{/etc/zshenv}. The module +exists simply to allow the shell to make arrangements for new users without +the need for invervention by package maintainers and system administrators. + +@noindent +The script supplied with the module invokes the shell function +@t{zsh-newuser-install}. This may be invoked directly by the user +even if the @t{zsh/newuser} module is disabled. Note, however, that +if the module is not installed the function will not be installed either. +The function is documented in +@ref{User Configuration Functions}. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/parameter Module, The zsh/pcre Module, The zsh/newuser Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/parameter Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_parameter.yo + +@cindex parameters, special +The @t{zsh/parameter} module gives access to some of the internal hash +tables used by the shell by defining some special parameters. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex options +@item @t{options} +The keys for this associative array are the names of the options that +can be set and unset using the @t{setopt} and @t{unsetopt} +builtins. The value of each key is either the string @t{on} if the +option is currently set, or the string @t{off} if the option is unset. +Setting a key to one of these strings is like setting or unsetting +the option, respectively. Unsetting a key in this array is like +setting it to the value @t{off}. + +@vindex commands +@item @t{commands} +This array gives access to the command hash table. The keys are the +names of external commands, the values are the pathnames of the files +that would be executed when the command would be invoked. Setting a +key in this array defines a new entry in this table in the same way as +with the @t{hash} builtin. Unsetting a key as in `@t{unset +"commands[foo]"}' removes the entry for the given key from the command +hash table. + +@vindex functions +@item @t{functions} +This associative array maps names of enabled functions to their +definitions. Setting a key in it is like defining a function with the +name given by the key and the body given by the value. Unsetting a key +removes the definition for the function named by the key. + +@vindex dis_functions +@item @t{dis_functions} +Like @t{functions} but for disabled functions. + +@vindex builtins +@item @t{builtins} +This associative array gives information about the builtin commands +currently enabled. The keys are the names of the builtin commands and +the values are either `@t{undefined}' for builtin commands that will +automatically be loaded from a module if invoked or `@t{defined}' for +builtin commands that are already loaded. + +@vindex dis_builtins +@item @t{dis_builtins} +Like @t{builtins} but for disabled builtin commands. + +@vindex reswords +@item @t{reswords} +This array contains the enabled reserved words. + +@vindex dis_reswords +@item @t{dis_reswords} +Like @t{reswords} but for disabled reserved words. + +@vindex aliases +@item @t{aliases} +This maps the names of the regular aliases currently enabled to their +expansions. + +@vindex dis_aliases +@item @t{dis_aliases} +Like @t{aliases} but for disabled regular aliases. + +@vindex galiases +@item @t{galiases} +Like @t{aliases}, but for global aliases. + +@vindex dis_galiases +@item @t{dis_galiases} +Like @t{galiases} but for disabled global aliases. + +@vindex saliases +@item @t{saliases} +Like @t{raliases}, but for suffix aliases. + +@vindex dis_saliases +@item @t{dis_saliases} +Like @t{saliases} but for disabled suffix aliases. + +@vindex parameters +@item @t{parameters} +The keys in this associative array are the names of the parameters +currently defined. The values are strings describing the type of the +parameter, in the same format used by the @t{t} parameter flag, see +@ref{Parameter Expansion} +. +Setting or unsetting keys in this array is not possible. + +@vindex modules +@item @t{modules} +An associative array giving information about modules. The keys are the names +of the modules loaded, registered to be autoloaded, or aliased. The +value says which state the named module is in and is one of the +strings `@t{loaded}', `@t{autoloaded}', or `@t{alias:}@var{name}', +where @var{name} is the name the module is aliased to. + +@noindent +Setting or unsetting keys in this array is not possible. + +@vindex dirstack +@item @t{dirstack} +A normal array holding the elements of the directory stack. Note that +the output of the @t{dirs} builtin command includes one more +directory, the current working directory. + +@vindex history +@item @t{history} +This associative array maps history event numbers to the full history lines. + +@vindex historywords +@item @t{historywords} +A special array containing the words stored in the history. + +@vindex jobdirs +@item @t{jobdirs} +This associative array maps job numbers to the directories from which the +job was started (which may not be the current directory of the job). + +@noindent +The keys of the associative arrays are usually valid job numbers, +and these are the values output with, for example, @t{$@{(k)jobdirs@}}. +Non-numeric job references may be used when looking up a value; +for example, @t{$@{jobdirs[%+]@}} refers to the current job. + +@vindex jobtexts +@item @t{jobtexts} +This associative array maps job numbers to the texts of the command lines +that were used to start the jobs. + +@noindent +Handling of the keys of the associative array is as described for +@t{jobdirs} above. + +@vindex jobstates +@item @t{jobstates} +This associative array gives information about the states of the jobs +currently known. The keys are the job numbers and the values are +strings of the form +`@var{job-state}:@var{mark}:@var{pid}@t{=}@var{state}@t{...}'. The +@var{job-state} gives the state the whole job is currently in, one of +`@t{running}', `@t{suspended}', or `@t{done}'. The @var{mark} is +`@t{+}' for the current job, `@t{-}' for the previous job and empty +otherwise. This is followed by one `@var{pid}@t{=}@var{state}' for every +process in the job. The @var{pid}s are, of course, the process IDs and +the @var{state} describes the state of that process. + +@noindent +Handling of the keys of the associative array is as described for +@t{jobdirs} above. + +@vindex nameddirs +@item @t{nameddirs} +This associative array maps the names of named directories to the pathnames +they stand for. + +@vindex userdirs +@item @t{userdirs} +This associative array maps user names to the pathnames of their home +directories. + +@vindex funcstack +@item @t{funcstack} +This array contains the names of the functions currently being +executed. The first element is the name of the function using the +parameter. + +@vindex functrace +@item @t{functrace} +This array contains the names and line numbers of the callers +corresponding to the functions currently being executed. +The format of each element is name:lineno. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/pcre Module, The zsh/regex Module, The zsh/parameter Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/pcre Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_pcre.yo + +@cindex regular expressions, perl-compatible +The @t{zsh/pcre} module makes some commands available as builtins: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex pcre_compile +@item @t{pcre_compile} [ @t{-aimx} ] @var{PCRE} +Compiles a perl-compatible regular expression. + +@noindent +Option @t{-a} will force the pattern to be anchored. +Option @t{-i} will compile a case-insensitive pattern. +Option @t{-m} will compile a multi-line pattern; that is, +@t{^} and @t{$} will match newlines within the pattern. +Option @t{-x} will compile an extended pattern, wherein +whitespace and @t{#} comments are ignored. + +@findex pcre_study +@item @t{pcre_study} +Studies the previously-compiled PCRE which may result in faster +matching. + +@findex pcre_match +@item @t{pcre_match} [ @t{-v} @var{var} ] [ @t{-a} @var{arr} ] @var{string} +Returns successfully if @t{string} matches the previously-compiled +PCRE. + +@noindent +If the expression captures substrings within parentheses, +@t{pcre_match} will set the array @var{$match} to those +substrings, unless the @t{-a} option is given, in which +case it will set the array @var{arr}. Similarly, the variable +@var{MATCH} will be set to the entire matched portion of the +string, unless the @t{-v} option is given, in which case the variable +@var{var} will be set. + +@end table + +@noindent +The @t{zsh/pcre} module makes available the following test condition: +@table @asis +@findex pcre-match +@item expr @t{-pcre-match} pcre +Matches a string against a perl-compatible regular expression. + +@noindent +For example, + +@noindent +[[ "$text" -pcre-match ^d+$ ]] && print text variable contains only "d's". + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/regex Module, The zsh/sched Module, The zsh/pcre Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/regex Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_regex.yo + +@cindex regular expressions +@cindex regex +The @t{zsh/regex} module makes available the following test condition: +@table @asis +@findex regex-match +@item @var{expr} @t{-regex-match} @var{regex} +Matches a string against a POSIX extended regular expression. +The matched portion of the string will normally be placed in the @t{MATCH} +variable. If there are any capturing parentheses within the regex, then +the @t{match} array variable will contain those. + +@noindent +For example, + +@noindent +@example +[[ alphabetical -regex-match ^a([^a]+)a([^a]+)a ]] && +print -l $MATCH X $match +@end example + +@noindent +If the option @t{REMATCH_PCRE} is not set, then the @t{=~} operator will +automatically load this module as needed and will invoke the +@t{-regex-match} operator. + +@noindent +If @t{BASH_REMATCH} is set, then the array @t{BASH_REMATCH} will be set +instead of @t{MATCH} and @t{match}. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/sched Module, The zsh/net/socket Module, The zsh/regex Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/sched Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_sched.yo + +The @t{zsh/sched} module makes available one builtin command and one +parameter. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex sched +@cindex timed execution +@cindex execution, timed +@item @t{sched} [@t{-o}] [@t{+}]@var{hh}@t{:}@var{mm}[:@var{ss}] @var{command} ... +@itemx @t{sched} [@t{-o}] [@t{+}]@var{seconds} @var{command} ... +@itemx @t{sched} [ @t{-}@var{item} ] +Make an entry in the scheduled list of commands to execute. +The time may be specified in either absolute or relative time, +and either as hours, minutes and (optionally) seconds separated by a +colon, or seconds alone. +An absolute number of seconds indicates the time since the epoch +(1970/01/01 00:00); this is useful in combination with the features in +the @t{zsh/datetime} module, see +@ref{The zsh/datetime Module}. + +@noindent +With no arguments, prints the list of scheduled commands. If the +scheduled command has the @t{-o} flag set, this is shown at the +start of the command. + +@noindent +With the argument `@t{-}@var{item}', removes the given item +from the list. The numbering of the list is continuous and entries are +in time order, so the numbering can change when entries are added or +deleted. + +@noindent +Commands are executed either immediately before a prompt, or while +the shell's line editor is waiting for input. In the latter case +it is useful to be able to produce output that does not interfere +with the line being edited. Providing the option @t{-o} causes +the shell to clear the command line before the event and redraw it +afterwards. This should be used with any scheduled event that produces +visible output to the terminal; it is not needed, for example, with +output that updates a terminal emulator's title bar. + +@end table + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex zsh_scheduled_events +@item zsh_scheduled_events +A readonly array corresponding to the events scheduled by the +@t{sched} builtin. The indices of the array correspond to the numbers +shown when @t{sched} is run with no arguments (provided that the +@t{KSH_ARRAYS} option is not set). The value of the array +consists of the scheduled time in seconds since the epoch +(see The zsh/datetime Module for facilities for +using this number), followed by a colon, followed by any options +(which may be empty but will be preceeded by a `@t{-}' otherwise), +followed by a colon, followed by the command to be executed. + +@noindent +The @t{sched} builtin should be used for manipulating the events. Note +that this will have an immediate effect on the contents of the array, +so that indices may become invalid. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/net/socket Module, The zsh/stat Module, The zsh/sched Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/net/socket Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_socket.yo + +The @t{zsh/net/socket} module makes available one builtin command: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex zsocket +@cindex sockets +@cindex sockets, Unix domain +@item @t{zsocket} [ @t{-altv} ] [ @t{-d} @var{fd} ] [ @var{args} ] +@t{zsocket} is implemented as a builtin to allow full use of shell +command line editing, file I/O, and job control mechanisms. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Outbound Connections +@noindent +@cindex sockets, outbound Unix domain + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{zsocket} [ @t{-v} ] [ @t{-d} @var{fd} ] @var{filename} +Open a new Unix domain connection to @var{filename}. +The shell parameter @t{REPLY} will be set to the file descriptor +associated with that connection. Currently, only stream connections +are supported. + +@noindent +If @t{-d} is specified, its argument +will be taken as the target file descriptor for the +connection. + +@noindent +In order to elicit more verbose output, use @t{-v}. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Inbound Connections +@noindent +@cindex sockets, inbound Unix domain + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{zsocket} @t{-l} [ @t{-v} ] [ @t{-d} @var{fd} ] @var{filename} +@t{zsocket -l} will open a socket listening on @var{filename}. +The shell parameter @t{REPLY} will be set to the file descriptor +associated with that listener. + +@noindent +If @t{-d} is specified, its argument +will be taken as the target file descriptor for +the connection. + +@noindent +In order to elicit more verbose output, use @t{-v}. + +@item @t{zsocket} @t{-a} [ @t{-tv} ] [ @t{-d} @var{targetfd} ] @var{listenfd} +@t{zsocket -a} will accept an incoming connection +to the socket associated with @var{listenfd}. +The shell parameter @t{REPLY} will +be set to the file descriptor associated with +the inbound connection. + +@noindent +If @t{-d} is specified, its argument +will be taken as the target file descriptor for the +connection. + +@noindent +If @t{-t} is specified, @t{zsocket} will return +if no incoming connection is pending. Otherwise +it will wait for one. + +@noindent +In order to elicit more verbose output, use @t{-v}. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/stat Module, The zsh/system Module, The zsh/net/socket Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/stat Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_stat.yo + +The @t{zsh/stat} module makes available one builtin command under +two possible names: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex stat +@cindex files, listing +@cindex files, examining +@item @t{zstat} [ @t{-gnNolLtTrs} ] [ @t{-f} @var{fd} ] [ @t{-H} @var{hash} ] [ @t{-A} @var{array} ] [ @t{-F} @var{fmt} ] [ @t{+}@var{element} ] [ @var{file} ... ] +@itemx @t{stat} @var{...} +The command acts as a front end to the @t{stat} system call (see +man page stat(2)). The same command is provided with two names; as +the name @t{stat} is often used by an external command it is recommended +that only the @t{zstat} form of the command is used. This can be +arranged by loading the module with the command `@t{zmodload -F zsh/stat +zstat}'. + +@noindent +If the @t{stat} call fails, the appropriate system error message +printed and status 1 is returned. +The fields of @t{struct stat} give information about +the files provided as arguments to the command. In addition to those +available from the @t{stat} call, an extra element `@t{link}' is provided. +These elements are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{device} +The number of the device on which the file resides. + +@item @t{inode} +The unique number of the file on this device (`@emph{inode}' number). + +@item @t{mode} +The mode of the file; that is, the file's type and access permissions. +With the @t{-s} option, this will +be returned as a string corresponding to the first column in the +display of the @t{ls -l} command. + +@item @t{nlink} +The number of hard links to the file. + +@item @t{uid} +The user ID of the owner of the file. With the @t{-s} +option, this is displayed as a user name. + +@item @t{gid} +The group ID of the file. With the @t{-s} option, this +is displayed as a group name. + +@item @t{rdev} +The raw device number. This is only useful for special devices. + +@item @t{size} +The size of the file in bytes. + +@item @t{atime} +@itemx @t{mtime} +@itemx @t{ctime} +The last access, modification and inode change times +of the file, respectively, as the number of seconds since +midnight GMT on 1st January, 1970. With the @t{-s} option, +these are printed as strings for the local time zone; the format +can be altered with the @t{-F} option, and with the @t{-g} +option the times are in GMT. + +@item @t{blksize} +The number of bytes in one allocation block on the +device on which the file resides. + +@item @t{block} +The number of disk blocks used by the file. + +@item @t{link} +If the file is a link and the @t{-L} option is in +effect, this contains the name of the file linked to, otherwise +it is empty. Note that if this element is selected (@value{dsbq}@t{zstat +link}@value{dsq}) +then the @t{-L} option is automatically used. + +@end table + +@noindent +A particular element may be selected by including its name +preceded by a `@t{+}' in the option list; only one element is allowed. +The element may be shortened to any unique set of leading +characters. Otherwise, all elements will be shown for all files. + +@noindent +Options: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-A} @var{array} +Instead of displaying the results on standard +output, assign them to an @var{array}, one @t{struct stat} element per array +element for each file in order. In this case neither the name +of the element nor the name of the files appears in @var{array} unless the +@t{-t} or @t{-n} options were given, respectively. If @t{-t} is given, +the element name appears as a prefix to the +appropriate array element; if @t{-n} is given, the file name +appears as a separate array element preceding all the others. +Other formatting options are respected. + +@item @t{-H} @var{hash} +Similar to @t{-A}, but instead assign the values to @var{hash}. The keys +are the elements listed above. If the @t{-n} option is provided then the +name of the file is included in the hash with key @t{name}. + +@item @t{-f} @var{fd} +Use the file on file descriptor @var{fd} instead of +named files; no list of file names is allowed in this case. + +@item @t{-F} @var{fmt} +Supplies a @t{strftime} (see man page strftime(3)) string for the +formatting of the time elements. The @t{-s} option is implied. + +@item @t{-g} +Show the time elements in the GMT time zone. The +@t{-s} option is implied. + +@item @t{-l} +List the names of the type elements (to standard +output or an array as appropriate) and return immediately; +options other than @t{-A} and arguments are ignored. + +@item @t{-L} +Perform an @t{lstat} (see man page lstat(2)) rather than a @t{stat} +system call. In this case, if the file is a link, information +about the link itself rather than the target file is returned. +This option is required to make the @t{link} element useful. + +@item @t{-n} +Always show the names of files. Usually these are +only shown when output is to standard output and there is more +than one file in the list. + +@item @t{-N} +Never show the names of files. + +@item @t{-o} +If a raw file mode is printed, show it in octal, which is more useful for +human consumption than the default of decimal. A leading zero will be +printed in this case. Note that this does not affect whether a raw or +formatted file mode is shown, which is controlled by the @t{-r} and @t{-s} +options, nor whether a mode is shown at all. + +@item @t{-r} +Print raw data (the default format) alongside string +data (the @t{-s} format); the string data appears in parentheses +after the raw data. + +@item @t{-s} +Print @t{mode}, @t{uid}, @t{gid} and the three time +elements as strings instead of numbers. In each case the format +is like that of @t{ls -l}. + +@item @t{-t} +Always show the type names for the elements of +@t{struct stat}. Usually these are only shown when output is to +standard output and no individual element has been selected. + +@item @t{-T} +Never show the type names of the @t{struct stat} elements. + +@end table + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/system Module, The zsh/net/tcp Module, The zsh/stat Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/system Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_system.yo + +The @t{zsh/system} module makes available three builtin commands and +two parameters. + +@noindent + +@section Builtins +@noindent + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex syserror +@item @t{syserror} @t{[ -e} @var{errvar} @t{] [ -p} @var{prefix} @t{] [} @var{errno} @t{|} @var{errname} @t{]} +This command prints out the error message associated with @var{errno}, a +system error number, followed by a newline to standard error. + +@noindent +Instead of the error number, a name @var{errname}, for example +@t{ENOENT}, may be used. The set of names is the same as the contents +of the array @t{errnos}, see below. + +@noindent +If the string @var{prefix} is given, it is printed in front of the error +message, with no intervening space. + +@noindent +If @var{errvar} is supplied, the entire message, without a newline, is +assigned to the parameter names @var{errvar} and nothing is output. + +@noindent +A return status of 0 indicates the message was successfully printed +(although it may not be useful if the error number was out of the +system's range), a return status of 1 indicates an error in the +parameters, and a return status of 2 indicates the error name was +not recognised (no message is printed for this). + +@findex sysread +@item @t{sysread [ -c} @var{countvar} @t{] [ -i} @var{infd} @t{] [ -o} @var{outfd} @t{]} +@itemx @t{[ -s} @var{bufsize} @t{] [ -t} @var{timeout} @t{] [} @var{param} @t{]} +Perform a single system read from file descriptor @var{infd}, or zero if +that is not given. The result of the read is stored in @var{param} or +@var{REPLY} if that is not given. If @var{countvar} is given, the number +of bytes read is assigned to the parameter named by @var{countvar}. + +@noindent +The maximum number of bytes read is @var{bufsize} or 8192 if that is not +given, however the command returns as soon as any number of bytes was +successfully read. + +@noindent +If @var{timeout} is given, it specifies a timeout in seconds, which may +be zero to poll the file descriptor. This is handled by the @t{poll} +system call if available, otherwise the @t{select} system call if +available. + +@noindent +If @var{outfd} is given, an attempt is made to write all the bytes just +read to the file descriptor @var{outfd}. If this fails, because of a +system error other than @t{EINTR} or because of an internal zsh error +during an interrupt, the bytes read but not written are stored in the +parameter named by @var{param} if supplied (no default is used in this +case), and the number of bytes read but not written is stored in the +parameter named by @var{countvar} if that is supplied. If it was +successful, @var{countvar} contains the full number of bytes transferred, +as usual, and @var{param} is not set. + +@noindent +The error @t{EINTR} (interrupted system call) is handled internally so +that shell interrupts are transparent to the caller. Any other error +causes a return. + +@noindent +The possible return statuses are +@table @asis +@item 0 +At least one byte of data was successfully read and, if appropriate, +written. + +@item 1 +There was an error in the parameters to the command. This is the only +error for which a message is printed to standard error. + +@item 2 +There was an error on the read, or on polling the input file descriptor +for a timeout. The parameter @t{ERRNO} gives the error. + +@item 3 +Data were successfully read, but there was an error writing them +to @var{outfd}. The parameter @t{ERRNO} gives the error. + +@item 4 +The attempt to read timed out. Note this does not set @t{ERRNO} as this +is not a system error. + +@item 5 +No system error occurred, but zero bytes were read. This usually +indicates end of file. The parameters are set according to the +usual rules; no write to @var{outfd} is attempted. + +@end table + +@item @t{syswrite [ -c} @var{countvar} @t{] [ -o} @var{outfd} @t{]} @var{data} +The data (a single string of bytes) are written to the file descriptor +@var{outfd}, or 1 if that is not given, using the @t{write} system call. +Multiple write operations may be used if the first does not write all +the data. + +@noindent +If @var{countvar} is given, the number of byte written is stored in the +parameter named by @var{countvar}; this may not be the full length of +@var{data} if an error occurred. + +@noindent +The error @t{EINTR} (interrupted system call) is handled internally by +retrying; otherwise an error causes the command to return. For example, +if the file descriptor is set to non-blocking output, an error +@t{EAGAIN} (on some systems, @t{EWOULDBLOCK}) may result in the command +returning early. + +@noindent +The return status may be 0 for success, 1 for an error in the parameters +to the command, or 2 for an error on the write; no error message is +printed in the last case, but the parameter @t{ERRNO} will reflect +the error that occurred. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@section Parameters +@noindent + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex errnos +@item @t{errnos} +A readonly array of the names of errors defined on the system. These +are typically macros defined in C by including the system header file +@t{errno.h}. The index of each name (assuming the option @t{KSH_ARRAYS} +is unset) corresponds to the error number. Error numbers @var{num} +before the last known error which have no name are given the name +@t{E}@var{num} in the array. + +@noindent +Note that aliases for errors are not handled; only the canonical name is +used. + +@vindex sysparams +@item @t{sysparams} +A readonly associative array. The keys are: +@table @asis +@item @t{pid} +Returns the process ID of the current process, even in subshells. Compare +@t{$$}, which returns the process ID of the main shell process. + +@item @t{ppid} +Returns the process ID of the parent of the current process, even in +subshells. Compare @t{$PPID}, which returns the process ID of the parent +of the main shell process. + +@end table + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/net/tcp Module, The zsh/termcap Module, The zsh/system Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/net/tcp Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_tcp.yo + +The @t{zsh/net/tcp} module makes available one builtin command: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex ztcp +@cindex TCP +@cindex sockets, TCP +@item @t{ztcp} [ @t{-acflLtv} ] [ @t{-d} @var{fd} ] [ @var{args} ] +@t{ztcp} is implemented as a builtin to allow full use of shell +command line editing, file I/O, and job control mechanisms. + +@noindent +If @t{ztcp} is run with no options, it will output +the contents of its session table. + +@noindent +If it is run with only the option @t{-L}, it will output the contents of +the session table in a format suitable for automatic parsing. The option +is ignored if given with a command to open or close a session. The output +consists of a set of lines, one per session, each containing the following +elements separated by spaces: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item File descriptor +The file descriptor in use for the connection. For normal inbound (@t{I}) +and outbound (@t{O}) connections this may be read and written by the usual +shell mechanisms. However, it should only be close with `@t{ztcp -c}'. + +@item Connection type +A letter indicating how the session was created: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{Z} +A session created with the @t{zftp} command. + +@item @t{L} +A connection opened for listening with `@t{ztcp -l}'. + +@item @t{I} +An inbound connection accepted with `@t{ztcp -a}'. + +@item @t{O} +An outbound connection created with `@t{ztcp} @var{host} @var{...}'. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@item The local host +This is usually set to an all-zero IP address as the address of the +localhost is irrelevant. + +@item The local port +This is likely to be zero unless the connection is for listening. + +@item The remote host +This is the fully qualified domain name of the peer, if available, else an +IP address. It is an all-zero IP address for a session opened for +listening. + +@item The remote port +This is zero for a connection opened for listening. + +@end table + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Outbound Connections +@noindent +@cindex sockets, outbound TCP + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{ztcp} [ @t{-v} ] [ @t{-d} @var{fd} ] @var{host} [ @var{port} ] +Open a new TCP connection to @var{host}. If the @var{port} is +omitted, it will default to port 23. The connection will +be added to the session table and the shell parameter +@t{REPLY} will be set to the file descriptor associated +with that connection. + +@noindent +If @t{-d} is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file +descriptor for the connection. + +@noindent +In order to elicit more verbose output, use @t{-v}. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Inbound Connections +@noindent +@cindex sockets, inbound TCP + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{ztcp} @t{-l} [ @t{-v} ] [ @t{-d} @var{fd} ] @var{port} +@t{ztcp -l} will open a socket listening on TCP +@var{port}. The socket will be added to the +session table and the shell parameter @t{REPLY} +will be set to the file descriptor associated +with that listener. + +@noindent +If @t{-d} is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file +descriptor for the connection. + +@noindent +In order to elicit more verbose output, use @t{-v}. + +@item @t{ztcp} @t{-a} [ @t{-tv} ] [ @t{-d} @var{targetfd} ] @var{listenfd} +@t{ztcp -a} will accept an incoming connection +to the port associated with @var{listenfd}. +The connection will be added to the session +table and the shell parameter @t{REPLY} will +be set to the file descriptor associated with +the inbound connection. + +@noindent +If @t{-d} is specified, its argument +will be taken as the target file descriptor for the +connection. + +@noindent +If @t{-t} is specified, @t{ztcp} will return +if no incoming connection is pending. Otherwise +it will wait for one. + +@noindent +In order to elicit more verbose output, use @t{-v}. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Closing Connections +@noindent +@cindex sockets, closing TCP + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{ztcp} @t{-cf} [ @t{-v} ] [ @var{fd} ] +@itemx @t{ztcp} @t{-c} [ @t{-v} ] [ @var{fd} ] +@t{ztcp -c} will close the socket associated +with @var{fd}. The socket will be removed from the +session table. If @var{fd} is not specified, +@t{ztcp} will close everything in the session table. + +@noindent +Normally, sockets registered by zftp (see +@ref{The zsh/zftp Module} +) cannot be closed this way. In order +to force such a socket closed, use @t{-f}. + +@noindent +In order to elicit more verbose output, use @t{-v}. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Example +@noindent +@cindex TCP, example +Here is how to create a TCP connection between two instances of zsh. We +need to pick an unassigned port; here we use the randomly chosen 5123. + +@noindent +On @t{host1}, +@example +zmodload zsh/net/tcp +ztcp -l 5123 +listenfd=$REPLY +ztcp -a $listenfd +fd=$REPLY +@end example +The second from last command blocks until there is an incoming connection. + +@noindent +Now create a connection from @t{host2} (which may, of course, be the same +machine): +@example +zmodload zsh/net/tcp +ztcp host1 5123 +fd=$REPLY +@end example + +@noindent +Now on each host, @t{$fd} contains a file descriptor for talking to the +other. For example, on @t{host1}: +@example +print This is a message >&$fd +@end example +and on @t{host2}: +@example +read -r line <&$fd; print -r - $line +@end example +prints `@t{This is a message}'. + +@noindent +To tidy up, on @t{host1}: +@example +ztcp -c $listenfd +ztcp -c $fd +@end example +and on @t{host2} +@example +ztcp -c $fd +@end example +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/termcap Module, The zsh/terminfo Module, The zsh/net/tcp Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/termcap Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_termcap.yo + +The @t{zsh/termcap} module makes available one builtin command: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex echotc +@cindex termcap value, printing +@item @t{echotc} @var{cap} [ @var{arg} ... ] +Output the termcap value corresponding to the capability +@var{cap}, with optional arguments. + +@end table + +@noindent +The @t{zsh/termcap} module makes available one parameter: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex termcap +@item @t{termcap} +An associative array that maps termcap capability codes to +their values. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/terminfo Module, The zsh/zftp Module, The zsh/termcap Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/terminfo Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_terminfo.yo + +The @t{zsh/terminfo} module makes available one builtin command: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex echoti +@cindex terminfo value, printing +@item @t{echoti} @var{cap} [ @var{arg} ] +Output the terminfo value corresponding to the capability +@var{cap}, instantiated with @var{arg} if applicable. + +@end table + +@noindent +The @t{zsh/terminfo} module makes available one parameter: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex terminfo +@item @t{terminfo} +An associative array that maps terminfo capability names to +their values. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/zftp Module, The zsh/zle Module, The zsh/terminfo Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/zftp Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_zftp.yo + +The @t{zsh/zftp} module makes available one builtin command: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex zftp +@cindex FTP +@cindex files, transferring +@item @t{zftp} @var{subcommand} [ @var{args} ] +The @t{zsh/zftp} module is a client for FTP (file transfer protocol). It +is implemented as a builtin to allow full use of shell command line +editing, file I/O, and job control mechanisms. Often, users will +access it via shell functions providing a more powerful interface; a set is +provided with the @t{zsh} distribution and is described in +@ref{Zftp Function System}. However, the @t{zftp} command is entirely usable in its +own right. + +@noindent +All commands consist of the command name @t{zftp} followed by the name +of a subcommand. These are listed below. The return status of each +subcommand is supposed to reflect the success or failure of the remote +operation. See a description of the variable @t{ZFTP_VERBOSE} for +more information on how responses from the server may be printed. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Subcommands +@noindent +@cindex zftp, subcommands + +@noindent +@table @asis +@cindex FTP, starting a session +@item @t{open} @var{host}[@t{:}@var{port}] [ @var{user} [ @var{password} [ @var{account} ] ] ] +Open a new FTP session to @var{host}, which may be the name of a TCP/IP +connected host or an IP number in the standard dot notation. If the +argument is in the form @var{host}@t{:}@var{port}, open a connection to +TCP port @var{port} instead of the standard FTP port 21. This may be +the name of a TCP service or a number: see the description of +@t{ZFTP_PORT} below for more information. + +@noindent +If IPv6 addresses in colon format are used, the @var{host} should be +surrounded by quoted square brackets to distinguish it from the @var{port}, +for example @t{'[fe80::203:baff:fe02:8b56]'}. For consistency this is +allowed with all forms of @var{host}. + +@noindent +Remaining arguments are passed to the @t{login} subcommand. Note that +if no arguments beyond @var{host} are supplied, @t{open} will @emph{not} +automatically call @t{login}. If no arguments at all are supplied, +@t{open} will use the parameters set by the @t{params} subcommand. + +@noindent +After a successful open, the shell variables @t{ZFTP_HOST}, @t{ZFTP_PORT}, +@t{ZFTP_IP} and @t{ZFTP_SYSTEM} are available; see `Variables' +below. + +@item @t{login} [ @var{name} [ @var{password} [ @var{account} ] ] ] +@itemx @t{user} [ @var{name} [ @var{password} [ @var{account} ] ] ] +Login the user @var{name} with parameters @var{password} and @var{account}. +Any of the parameters can be omitted, and will be read from standard +input if needed (@var{name} is always needed). If +standard input is a terminal, a prompt for each one will be printed on +standard error and @var{password} will not be echoed. If any of the +parameters are not used, a warning message is printed. + +@noindent +After a successful login, the shell variables @t{ZFTP_USER}, +@t{ZFTP_ACCOUNT} and @t{ZFTP_PWD} are available; see `Variables' +below. + +@noindent +This command may be re-issued when a user is already logged in, and +the server will first be reinitialized for a new user. + +@item @t{params} [ @var{host} [ @var{user} [ @var{password} [ @var{account} ] ] ] ] +@itemx @t{params} @t{-} +Store the given parameters for a later @t{open} command with no +arguments. Only those given on the command line will be remembered. +If no arguments are given, the parameters currently set are printed, +although the password will appear as a line of stars; the return status is +one if no parameters were set, zero otherwise. + +@noindent +Any of the parameters may be specified as a `@t{?}', which +may need to be quoted to protect it from shell expansion. In this case, +the appropriate parameter will be read from stdin as with the +@t{login} subcommand, including special handling of @var{password}. If the +`@t{?}' is followed by a string, that is used as the prompt for reading the +parameter instead of the default message (any necessary punctuation and +whitespace should be included at the end of the prompt). The first letter +of the parameter (only) may be quoted with a `@t{\}'; hence an argument +@t{"\\$word"} guarantees that the string from the shell parameter @t{$word} +will be treated literally, whether or not it begins with a `@t{?}'. + +@noindent +If instead a single `@t{-}' is given, the existing parameters, if any, +are deleted. In that case, calling @t{open} with no arguments will +cause an error. + +@noindent +The list of parameters is not deleted after a @t{close}, however it +will be deleted if the @t{zsh/zftp} module is unloaded. + +@noindent +For example, + +@noindent +@example +zftp params ftp.elsewhere.xx juser '?Password for juser: ' +@end example + +@noindent +will store the host @t{ftp.elsewhere.xx} and the user @t{juser} and +then prompt the user for the corresponding password with the given prompt. + +@item @t{test} +Test the connection; if the server has reported +that it has closed the connection (maybe due to a timeout), return +status 2; if no connection was open anyway, return status 1; else +return status 0. The @t{test} subcommand is +silent, apart from messages printed by the @t{$ZFTP_VERBOSE} +mechanism, or error messages if the connection closes. There is no +network overhead for this test. + +@noindent +The test is only supported on systems with either the +@t{select(2)} or +@t{poll(2)} system calls; otherwise the message `@t{not +supported on this system}' is printed instead. + +@noindent +The @t{test} subcommand will automatically be called at the start of any +other subcommand for the current session when a connection is open. + +@item @t{cd} @var{directory} +Change the remote directory to @var{directory}. Also alters the shell +variable @t{ZFTP_PWD}. + +@item @t{cdup} +Change the remote directory to the one higher in the directory tree. +Note that @t{cd ..} will also work correctly on non-UNIX systems. + +@item @t{dir} [ @var{args...} ] +Give a (verbose) listing of the remote directory. The @var{args} are +passed directly to the server. The command's behaviour is implementation +dependent, but a UNIX server will typically interpret @var{args} as +arguments to the @t{ls} command and with no arguments return the +result of `@t{ls -l}'. The directory is listed to standard output. + +@item @t{ls} [ @var{args} ] +Give a (short) listing of the remote directory. With no @var{args}, +produces a raw list of the files in the directory, one per line. +Otherwise, up to vagaries of the server implementation, behaves +similar to @t{dir}. + +@item @t{type} [ @var{type} ] +Change the type for the transfer to @var{type}, or print the current type +if @var{type} is absent. The allowed values are `@t{A}' (ASCII), +`@t{I}' (Image, i.e. binary), or `@t{B}' (a synonym for `@t{I}'). + +@noindent +The FTP default for a transfer is ASCII. However, if @t{zftp} finds +that the remote host is a UNIX machine with 8-bit byes, it will +automatically switch to using binary for file transfers upon +@t{open}. This can subsequently be overridden. + +@noindent +The transfer type is only passed to the remote host when a data +connection is established; this command involves no network overhead. + +@item @t{ascii} +The same as @t{type A}. + +@item @t{binary} +The same as @t{type I}. + +@item @t{mode} [ @t{S} | @t{B} ] +Set the mode type to stream (@t{S}) or block (@t{B}). Stream mode is +the default; block mode is not widely supported. + +@item @t{remote} @var{files...} +@itemx @t{local} [ @var{files...} ] +Print the size and last modification time of the remote or local +files. If there is more than one item on the list, the name of the +file is printed first. The first number is the file size, the second +is the last modification time of the file in the format +@t{CCYYMMDDhhmmSS} consisting of year, month, date, hour, minutes and +seconds in GMT. Note that this format, including the length, is +guaranteed, so that time strings can be directly compared via the +@t{[[} builtin's @t{<} and @t{>} operators, even if they are too long +to be represented as integers. + +@noindent +Not all servers support the commands for retrieving this information. +In that case, the @t{remote} command will print nothing and return +status 2, compared with status 1 for a file not found. + +@noindent +The @t{local} command (but not @t{remote}) may be used with no +arguments, in which case the information comes from examining file +descriptor zero. This is the same file as seen by a @t{put} command +with no further redirection. + +@item @t{get} @var{file} [...] +Retrieve all @var{file}s from the server, concatenating them +and sending them to standard output. + +@item @t{put} @var{file} [...] +For each @var{file}, read a file from standard input and send that to +the remote host with the given name. + +@item @t{append} @var{file} [...] +As @t{put}, but if the remote @var{file} already exists, data is +appended to it instead of overwriting it. + +@item @t{getat} @var{file} @var{point} +@itemx @t{putat} @var{file} @var{point} +@itemx @t{appendat} @var{file} @var{point} +Versions of @t{get}, @t{put} and @t{append} which will start the +transfer at the given @var{point} in the remote @var{file}. This is +useful for appending to an incomplete local file. However, note that +this ability is not universally supported by servers (and is not quite +the behaviour specified by the standard). + +@item @t{delete} @var{file} [...] +Delete the list of files on the server. + +@item @t{mkdir} @var{directory} +Create a new directory @var{directory} on the server. + +@item @t{rmdir} @var{directory} +Delete the directory @var{directory} on the server. + +@item @t{rename} @var{old-name} @var{new-name} +Rename file @var{old-name} to @var{new-name} on the server. + +@item @t{site} @var{args...} +Send a host-specific command to the server. You will probably +only need this if instructed by the server to use it. + +@item @t{quote} @var{args...} +Send the raw FTP command sequence to the server. You should be +familiar with the FTP command set as defined in RFC959 before doing +this. Useful commands may include @t{STAT} and @t{HELP}. Note also +the mechanism for returning messages as described for the variable +@t{ZFTP_VERBOSE} below, in particular that all messages from the +control connection are sent to standard error. + +@item @t{close} +@itemx @t{quit} +Close the current data connection. This unsets the shell parameters +@t{ZFTP_HOST}, @t{ZFTP_PORT}, @t{ZFTP_IP}, @t{ZFTP_SYSTEM}, @t{ZFTP_USER}, +@t{ZFTP_ACCOUNT}, @t{ZFTP_PWD}, @t{ZFTP_TYPE} and @t{ZFTP_MODE}. + +@item @t{session} [ @var{sessname} ] +Allows multiple FTP sessions to be used at once. The name of the session +is an arbitrary string of characters; the default session is called +`@t{default}'. If this command is called without an argument, it will list +all the current sessions; with an argument, it will either switch to the +existing session called @var{sessname}, or create a new session of that name. + +@noindent +Each session remembers the status of the connection, the set of +connection-specific shell parameters (the same set as are unset when a +connection closes, as given in the description of @t{close}), and any user +parameters specified with the @t{params} subcommand. Changing to a +previous session restores those values; changing to a new session +initialises them in the same way as if @t{zftp} had just been loaded. The +name of the current session is given by the parameter @t{ZFTP_SESSION}. + +@item @t{rmsession} [ @var{sessname} ] +Delete a session; if a name is not given, the current session is deleted. +If the current session is deleted, the earliest existing session becomes +the new current session, otherwise the current session is not changed. +If the session being deleted is the only one, a new session called +`@t{default}' is created and becomes the current session; note that this is +a new session even if the session being deleted is also called +`@t{default}'. It is recommended that sessions not be deleted while +background commands which use @t{zftp} are still active. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Parameters +@noindent +@cindex zftp, parameters +The following shell parameters are used by @t{zftp}. Currently none +of them are special. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex ZFTP_TMOUT +@item @t{ZFTP_TMOUT} +Integer. The time in seconds to wait for a network operation to +complete before returning an error. If this is not set when the +module is loaded, it will be given the default value 60. A value of +zero turns off timeouts. If a timeout occurs on the control +connection it will be closed. Use a larger value if this occurs too +frequently. + +@vindex ZFTP_IP +@item @t{ZFTP_IP} +Readonly. The IP address of the current connection in dot notation. + +@vindex ZFTP_HOST +@item @t{ZFTP_HOST} +Readonly. The hostname of the current remote server. If the host was +opened as an IP number, @t{ZFTP_HOST} contains that instead; this +saves the overhead for a name lookup, as IP numbers are most commonly +used when a nameserver is unavailable. + +@vindex ZFTP_PORT +@item @t{ZFTP_PORT} +Readonly. The number of the remote TCP port to which the connection is +open (even if the port was originally specified as a named service). +Usually this is the standard FTP port, 21. + +@noindent +In the unlikely event that your system does not have the appropriate +conversion functions, this appears in network byte order. If your +system is little-endian, the port then consists of two swapped bytes and the +standard port will be reported as 5376. In that case, numeric ports passed +to @t{zftp open} will also need to be in this format. + +@vindex ZFTP_SYSTEM +@item @t{ZFTP_SYSTEM} +Readonly. The system type string returned by the server in response +to an FTP @t{SYST} request. The most interesting case is a string +beginning @t{"UNIX Type: L8"}, which ensures maximum compatibility +with a local UNIX host. + +@vindex ZFTP_TYPE +@item @t{ZFTP_TYPE} +Readonly. The type to be used for data transfers , either `@t{A}' or +`@t{I}'. Use the @t{type} subcommand to change this. + +@vindex ZFTP_USER +@item @t{ZFTP_USER} +Readonly. The username currently logged in, if any. + +@vindex ZFTP_ACCOUNT +@item @t{ZFTP_ACCOUNT} +Readonly. The account name of the current user, if any. Most servers +do not require an account name. + +@vindex ZFTP_PWD +@item @t{ZFTP_PWD} +Readonly. The current directory on the server. + +@vindex ZFTP_CODE +@item @t{ZFTP_CODE} +Readonly. The three digit code of the last FTP reply from the server +as a string. This can still be read after the connection is closed, and +is not changed when the current session changes. + +@vindex ZFTP_REPLY +@item @t{ZFTP_REPLY} +Readonly. The last line of the last reply sent by the server. This +can still be read after the connection is closed, and is not changed when +the current session changes. + +@vindex ZFTP_SESSION +@item @t{ZFTP_SESSION} +Readonly. The name of the current FTP session; see the description of the +@t{session} subcommand. + +@vindex ZFTP_PREFS +@item @t{ZFTP_PREFS} +A string of preferences for altering aspects of @t{zftp}'s behaviour. +Each preference is a single character. The following are defined: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{P} +Passive: attempt to make the remote server initiate data transfers. +This is slightly more efficient than sendport mode. If the letter +@t{S} occurs later in the string, @t{zftp} will use sendport mode if +passive mode is not available. + +@item @t{S} +Sendport: initiate transfers by the FTP @t{PORT} command. If this +occurs before any @t{P} in the string, passive mode will never be +attempted. + +@item @t{D} +Dumb: use only the bare minimum of FTP commands. This prevents +the variables @t{ZFTP_SYSTEM} and @t{ZFTP_PWD} from being set, and +will mean all connections default to ASCII type. It may prevent +@t{ZFTP_SIZE} from being set during a transfer if the server +does not send it anyway (many servers do). + +@end table + +@noindent +If @t{ZFTP_PREFS} is not set when @t{zftp} is loaded, it will be set to a +default of `@t{PS}', i.e. use passive mode if available, otherwise +fall back to sendport mode. + +@vindex ZFTP_VERBOSE +@item @t{ZFTP_VERBOSE} +A string of digits between 0 and 5 inclusive, specifying which +responses from the server should be printed. All responses go to +standard error. If any of the numbers 1 to 5 appear in the string, +raw responses from the server with reply codes beginning with that +digit will be printed to standard error. The first digit of the three +digit reply code is defined by RFC959 to correspond to: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item 1. +A positive preliminary reply. + +@item 2. +A positive completion reply. + +@item 3. +A positive intermediate reply. + +@item 4. +A transient negative completion reply. + +@item 5. +A permanent negative completion reply. + +@end table + +@noindent +It should be noted that, for unknown reasons, the reply `Service not +available', which forces termination of a connection, is classified as +421, i.e. `transient negative', an interesting interpretation of the word +`transient'. + +@noindent +The code 0 is special: it indicates that all but the last line of +multiline replies read from the server will be printed to standard +error in a processed format. By convention, servers use this +mechanism for sending information for the user to read. The +appropriate reply code, if it matches the same response, takes +priority. + +@noindent +If @t{ZFTP_VERBOSE} is not set when @t{zftp} is loaded, it will be +set to the default value @t{450}, i.e., messages destined for the user +and all errors will be printed. A null string is valid and +specifies that no messages should be printed. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Functions +@noindent +@cindex zftp, functions + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex zftp_chpwd, specification +@item @t{zftp_chpwd} +If this function is set by the user, it is called every time the +directory changes on the server, including when a user is logged +in, or when a connection is closed. In the last case, @t{$ZFTP_PWD} +will be unset; otherwise it will reflect the new directory. + +@findex zftp_progress, specification +@item @t{zftp_progress} +If this function is set by the user, it will be called during +a @t{get}, @t{put} or @t{append} operation each time sufficient data +has been received from the host. During a @t{get}, the data is sent +to standard output, so it is vital that this function should write +to standard error or directly to the terminal, @emph{not} to standard +output. + +@noindent +When it is called with a transfer in progress, the following +additional shell parameters are set: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex ZFTP_FILE +@item @t{ZFTP_FILE} +The name of the remote file being transferred from or to. + +@vindex ZFTP_TRANSFER +@item @t{ZFTP_TRANSFER} +A @t{G} for a @t{get} operation and a @t{P} for a @t{put} operation. + +@vindex ZFTP_SIZE +@item @t{ZFTP_SIZE} +The total size of the complete file being transferred: +the same as the first value provided by the +@t{remote} and @t{local} subcommands for a particular file. +If the server cannot supply this value for a remote file being +retrieved, it will not be set. If input is from a pipe the value may +be incorrect and correspond simply to a full pipe buffer. + +@vindex ZFTP_COUNT +@item @t{ZFTP_COUNT} +The amount of data so far transferred; a number between zero and +@t{$ZFTP_SIZE}, if that is set. This number is always available. + +@end table + +@noindent +The function is initially called with @t{ZFTP_TRANSFER} set +appropriately and @t{ZFTP_COUNT} set to zero. After the transfer is +finished, the function will be called one more time with +@t{ZFTP_TRANSFER} set to @t{GF} or @t{PF}, in case it wishes to tidy +up. It is otherwise never called twice with the same value of +@t{ZFTP_COUNT}. + +@noindent +Sometimes the progress meter may cause disruption. It is up to the +user to decide whether the function should be defined and to use +@t{unfunction} when necessary. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Problems +@noindent +@cindex zftp, problems + +@noindent +A connection may not be opened in the left hand side of a pipe as this +occurs in a subshell and the file information is not updated in the main +shell. In the case of type or mode changes or closing the connection in a +subshell, the information is returned but variables are not updated until +the next call to @t{zftp}. Other status changes in subshells will not be +reflected by changes to the variables (but should be otherwise harmless). + +@noindent +Deleting sessions while a @t{zftp} command is active in the background can +have unexpected effects, even if it does not use the session being deleted. +This is because all shell subprocesses share information on the state of +all connections, and deleting a session changes the ordering of that +information. + +@noindent +On some operating systems, the control connection is not valid after a +fork(), so that operations in subshells, on the left hand side +of a pipeline, or in the background are not possible, as they should be. +This is presumably a bug in the operating system. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/zle Module, The zsh/zleparameter Module, The zsh/zftp Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/zle Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_zle.yo + +The @t{zsh/zle} module contains the Zsh Line Editor. See +@ref{Zsh Line Editor}. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/zleparameter Module, The zsh/zprof Module, The zsh/zle Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/zleparameter Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_zleparameter.yo + +@cindex parameters, special +The @t{zsh/zleparameter} module defines two special parameters that can be +used to access internal information of the Zsh Line Editor (see +@ref{Zsh Line Editor}). + +@noindent +@table @asis +@vindex keymaps +@item @t{keymaps} +This array contains the names of the keymaps currently defined. + +@vindex widgets +@item @t{widgets} +This associative array contains one entry per widget defined. The name +of the widget is the key and the value gives information about the +widget. It is either the string `@t{builtin}' for builtin widgets, a +string of the form `@t{user:}@var{name}' for user-defined widgets, +where @var{name} is the name of the shell function implementing the +widget, or it is a string of the form +`@t{completion:}@var{type}@t{:}@var{name}', for completion widgets. In +the last case @var{type} is the name of the builtin widgets the +completion widget imitates in its behavior and @var{name} is the name +of the shell function implementing the completion widget. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/zprof Module, The zsh/zpty Module, The zsh/zleparameter Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/zprof Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_zprof.yo + +@cindex functions, profiling +When loaded, the @t{zsh/zprof} causes shell functions to be profiled. +The profiling results can be obtained with the @t{zprof} +builtin command made available by this module. There is no way to turn +profiling off other than unloading the module. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex zprof +@item @t{zprof} [ @t{-c} ] +Without the @t{-c} option, @t{zprof} lists profiling results to +standard output. The format is comparable to that of commands like +@t{gprof}. + +@noindent +At the top there is a summary listing all functions that were called +at least once. This summary is sorted in decreasing order of the +amount of time spent in each. The lines contain +the number of the function in order, which is used in +other parts of the list in suffixes of the form +`@t{[}@var{num}@t{]}', then the number of calls made to the function. +The next three columns list the time in +milliseconds spent in the function and its descendents, the average +time in milliseconds spent in the function and its descendents per +call and the percentage of time spent in all shell functions used in +this function and its descendents. The following three columns give +the same information, but counting only the time spent in the function +itself. The final column shows the name of the function. + +@noindent +After the summary, detailed information about every function that was +invoked is listed, sorted in decreasing order of the amount of time spent +in each function and its descendents. Each of these entries consists of +descriptions for the functions that called the function described, the +function itself, and the functions that were called from it. The +description for the function itself has the same format as in the summary +(and shows the same information). The other lines don't show the number of +the function at the beginning and have their function named indented to +make it easier to distinguish the line showing the function described in +the section from the surrounding lines. + +@noindent +The information shown in this case is almost the same as in the summary, +but only refers to the call hierarchy being displayed. For example, for a +calling function the column showing the total running time lists the time +spent in the described function and its descendents only for the times when +it was called from that particular calling function. Likewise, for a +called function, this columns lists the total time spent in the called +function and its descendents only for the times when it was called from the +function described. + +@noindent +Also in this case, the column showing the number of calls to a function +also shows a slash and then the total number of invocations made to the +called function. + +@noindent +As long as the @t{zsh/zprof} module is loaded, profiling will be done and +multiple invocations of the @t{zprof} builtin command will show the +times and numbers of calls since the module was loaded. With the +@t{-c} option, the @t{zprof} builtin command will reset its internal +counters and will not show the listing. +) +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/zpty Module, The zsh/zselect Module, The zsh/zprof Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/zpty Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_zpty.yo + +The @t{zsh/zpty} module offers one builtin: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex zpty +@item @t{zpty} [ @t{-e} ] [ @t{-b} ] @var{name} [ @var{arg ...} ] +The arguments following @var{name} are concatenated with spaces between, +then executed as a command, as if passed to the @t{eval} builtin. The +command runs under a newly assigned pseudo-terminal; this is useful for +running commands non-interactively which expect an interactive +environment. The @var{name} is not part of the command, but is used to +refer to this command in later calls to @t{zpty}. + +@noindent +With the @t{-e} option, the pseudo-terminal is set up so that input +characters are echoed. + +@noindent +With the @t{-b} option, input to and output from the pseudo-terminal are +made non-blocking. + +@item @t{zpty} @t{-d} [ @var{names} ... ] +The second form, with the @t{-d} option, is used to delete commands +previously started, by supplying a list of their @var{name}s. If no +@var{names} are given, all commands are deleted. Deleting a command causes +the HUP signal to be sent to the corresponding process. + +@item @t{zpty} @t{-w} [ @t{-n} ] @var{name} [ @var{strings ...} ] +The @t{-w} option can be used to send the to command @var{name} the given +@var{strings} as input (separated by spaces). If the @t{-n} option is +@emph{not} given, a newline is added at the end. + +@noindent +If no @var{strings} are provided, the standard input is copied to the +pseudo-terminal; this may stop before copying the full input if the +pseudo-terminal is non-blocking. + +@noindent +Note that the command under the pseudo-terminal sees this input as if it +were typed, so beware when sending special tty driver characters such as +word-erase, line-kill, and end-of-file. + +@item @t{zpty} @t{-r} [ @t{-t} ] @var{name} [ @var{param} [ @var{pattern} ] ] +The @t{-r} option can be used to read the output of the command @var{name}. +With only a @var{name} argument, the output read is copied to the standard +output. Unless the pseudo-terminal is non-blocking, copying continues +until the command under the pseudo-terminal exits; when non-blocking, only +as much output as is immediately available is copied. The return status is +zero if any output is copied. + +@noindent +When also given a @var{param} argument, at most one line is read and stored +in the parameter named @var{param}. Less than a full line may be read if +the pseudo-terminal is non-blocking. The return status is zero if at least +one character is stored in @var{param}. + +@noindent +If a @var{pattern} is given as well, output is read until the whole string +read matches the @var{pattern}, even in the non-blocking case. The return +status is zero if the string read matches the pattern, or if the command +has exited but at least one character could still be read. As of this +writing, a maximum of one megabyte of output can be consumed this way; if +a full megabyte is read without matching the pattern, the return status is +non-zero. + +@noindent +In all cases, the return status is non-zero if nothing could be read, and +is @t{2} if this is because the command has finished. + +@noindent +If the @t{-r} option is combined with the @t{-t} option, @t{zpty} tests +whether output is available before trying to read. If no output is +available, @t{zpty} immediately returns the status @t{1}. + +@item @t{zpty} @t{-t} @var{name} +The @t{-t} option without the @t{-r} option can be used to test +whether the command @var{name} is still running. It returns a zero +status if the command is running and a non-zero value otherwise. + +@item @t{zpty} [ @t{-L} ] +The last form, without any arguments, is used to list the commands +currently defined. If the @t{-L} option is given, this is done in the +form of calls to the @t{zpty} builtin. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/zselect Module, The zsh/zutil Module, The zsh/zpty Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/zselect Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_zselect.yo + +The @t{zsh/zselect} module makes available one builtin command: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex zselect +@cindex select, system call +@cindex file descriptors, waiting for +@item @t{zselect} [ @t{-rwe} @t{-t} @var{timeout} @t{-a} @var{array} ] [ @var{fd} ... ] +The @t{zselect} builtin is a front-end to the `select' system call, which +blocks until a file descriptor is ready for reading or writing, or has an +error condition, with an optional timeout. If this is not available on +your system, the command prints an error message and returns status 2 +(normal errors return status 1). For more information, see your systems +documentation for man page select(3). Note there is no connection with the +shell builtin of the same name. + +@noindent +Arguments and options may be intermingled in any order. Non-option +arguments are file descriptors, which must be decimal integers. By +default, file descriptors are to be tested for reading, i.e. @t{zselect} +will return when data is available to be read from the file descriptor, or +more precisely, when a read operation from the file descriptor will not +block. After a @t{-r}, @t{-w} and @t{-e}, the given file descriptors are +to be tested for reading, writing, or error conditions. These options and +an arbitrary list of file descriptors may be given in any order. + +@noindent +(The presence of an `error condition' is not well defined in the +documentation for many implementations of the select system call. +According to recent versions of the POSIX specification, it is really an +@emph{exception} condition, of which the only standard example is out-of-band +data received on a socket. So zsh users are unlikely to find the @t{-e} +option useful.) + +@noindent +The option `@t{-t} @var{timeout}' specifies a timeout in hundredths of a +second. This may be zero, in which case the file descriptors will simply +be polled and @t{zselect} will return immediately. It is possible to call +zselect with no file descriptors and a non-zero timeout for use as a +finer-grained replacement for `sleep'; not, however, the return status is +always 1 for a timeout. + +@noindent +The option `@t{-a} @var{array}' indicates that @t{array} should be set to +indicate the file descriptor(s) which are ready. If the option +is not +given, the array @t{reply} will be used for this purpose. The array will +contain a string similar to the arguments for @t{zselect}. For example, + +@noindent +@example +zselect -t 0 -r 0 -w 1 +@end example + +@noindent +might return immediately with status 0 and @t{$reply} containing `@t{-r 0 -w +1}' to show that both file descriptors are ready for the requested +operations. + +@noindent +The option `@t{-A} @var{assoc}' indicates that the associative array +@t{assoc} should be set to indicate the file descriptor(s( +which are ready. This option overrides the option @t{-a}, nor will +@t{reply} be modified. The keys of @t{assoc} are the file descriptors, and +the corresponding values are any of the characters `@t{rwe}' to indicate +the condition. + +@noindent +The command returns status 0 if some file descriptors are ready for +reading. If the operation timed out, or a timeout of 0 was given and no +file descriptors were ready, or there was an error, it returns status 1 and +the array will not be set (nor modified in any way). If there was an error +in the select operation the appropriate error message is printed. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@node The zsh/zutil Module, , The zsh/zselect Module, Zsh Modules + +@section The zsh/zutil Module +@noindent +@c Yodl file: Zsh/mod_zutil.yo + +@cindex builtins, utility +The @t{zsh/zutil} module only adds some builtins: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex zstyle +@item @t{zstyle} [ @t{-L} [ @var{pattern} [ @var{style} ] ] ] +@itemx @t{zstyle} [ @t{-e} | @t{-} | @t{-}@t{-} ] @var{pattern} @var{style} @var{strings} ... +@itemx @t{zstyle -d} [ @var{pattern} [ @var{styles} ... ] ] +@itemx @t{zstyle -g} @var{name} [ @var{pattern} [ @var{style} ] ] +@itemx @t{zstyle -abs} @var{context} @var{style} @var{name} [ @var{sep} ] +@itemx @t{zstyle -Tt} @var{context} @var{style} [ @var{strings} ...] +@itemx @t{zstyle -m} @var{context} @var{style} @var{pattern} +This builtin command is used to define and lookup styles. Styles are +pairs of names and values, where the values consist of any number of +strings. They are stored together with patterns and lookup is done by +giving a string, called the `context', which is compared to the +patterns. The definition stored for the first matching pattern will be +returned. + +@noindent +For ordering of comparisons, patterns are searched from most specific to +least specific, and patterns that are equally specific keep the order in +which they were defined. A pattern is considered to be more specific +than another if it contains more components (substrings separated by +colons) or if the patterns for the components are more specific, where +simple strings are considered to be more specific than patterns and +complex patterns are considered to be more specific than the pattern +`@t{*}'. + +@noindent +The first form (without arguments) lists the definitions. Styles +are shown in alphabetic order and patterns are shown in the order +@t{zstyle} will test them. + +@noindent +If the @t{-L} option is given, listing is done in the form of calls to +@t{zstyle}. The optional first argument is a pattern which will be matched +against the string supplied as the pattern for the context; note that +this means, for example, `@t{zstyle -L ":completion:*"}' will +match any supplied pattern beginning `@t{:completion:}', not +just @t{":completion:*"}: use @t{":completion:\*"} to match that. +The optional second argument limits the output to a specific style (not a +pattern). @t{-L} is not compatible with any other options. + +@noindent +The other forms are the following: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{zstyle} [ @t{-} | @t{-}@t{-} | @t{-e} ] @var{pattern} @var{style} @var{strings} ... +@vindex reply, use of +Defines the given @var{style} for the @var{pattern} with the @var{strings} as +the value. If the @t{-e} option is given, the @var{strings} will be +concatenated (separated by spaces) and the resulting string will be +evaluated (in the same way as it is done by the @t{eval} builtin +command) when the style is looked up. In this case the parameter +`@t{reply}' must be assigned to set the strings returned after the +evaluation. Before evaluating the value, @t{reply} is unset, and +if it is still unset after the evaluation, the style is treated as if +it were not set. + +@item @t{zstyle -d} [ @var{pattern} [ @var{styles} ... ] ] +Delete style definitions. Without arguments all definitions are deleted, +with a @var{pattern} all definitions for that pattern are deleted and if +any @var{styles} are given, then only those styles are deleted for the +@var{pattern}. + +@item @t{zstyle -g} @var{name} [ @var{pattern} [ @var{style} ] ] +Retrieve a style definition. The @var{name} is +used as the name of an array in which the results are stored. Without +any further arguments, all @var{patterns} defined are returned. With a +@var{pattern} the styles defined for that pattern are returned and with +both a @var{pattern} and a @var{style}, the value strings of that +combination is returned. + +@end table + +@noindent +The other forms can be used to look up or test patterns. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{zstyle -s} @var{context} @var{style} @var{name} [ @var{sep} ] +The parameter @var{name} is set to the value of the style interpreted as a +string. If the value contains several strings they are concatenated with +spaces (or with the @var{sep} string if that is given) between them. + +@item @t{zstyle -b} @var{context} @var{style} @var{name} +The value is stored in @var{name} as a boolean, i.e. as the string +`@t{yes}' if the value has only one string and that string is equal to one +of `@t{yes}', `@t{true}', `@t{on}', or `@t{1}'. If the value is any other +string or has more than one string, the parameter is set to `@t{no}'. + +@item @t{zstyle -a} @var{context} @var{style} @var{name} +The value is stored in @var{name} as an array. If @var{name} is declared +as an associative array, the first, third, etc. strings are used as the +keys and the other strings are used as the values. + +@item @t{zstyle -t} @var{context} @var{style} [ @var{strings} ...] +@itemx @t{zstyle -T} @var{context} @var{style} [ @var{strings} ...] +Test the value of a style, i.e. the @t{-t} option only returns a status +(sets @t{$?}). Without any @var{strings} the return status is zero if the +style is defined for at least one matching pattern, has only one string in +its value, and that is equal to one of `@t{true}', `@t{yes}', `@t{on}' or +`@t{1}'. If any @var{strings} are given the status is zero if and only if +at least one of the @var{strings} is equal to at least one of the strings +in the value. If the style is not defined, the status is @t{2}. + +@noindent +The @t{-T} option tests the values of the style like @t{-t}, but it +returns status zero (rather than @t{2}) if the style is not defined for any +matching pattern. + +@item @t{zstyle -m} @var{context} @var{style} @var{pattern} +Match a value. Returns status zero if the +@var{pattern} matches at least one of the strings in the value. + +@end table + +@findex zformat +@item @t{zformat -f} @var{param} @var{format} @var{specs} ... +@itemx @t{zformat -a} @var{array} @var{sep} @var{specs} ... +This builtin provides two different forms of formatting. The first form +is selected with the @t{-f} option. In this case the @var{format} +string will be modified by replacing sequences starting with a percent +sign in it with strings from the @var{specs}. Each @var{spec} should be +of the form `@var{char}@t{:}@var{string}' which will cause every +appearance of the sequence `@t{%}@var{char}' in @var{format} to be replaced +by the @var{string}. The `@t{%}' sequence may also contain optional +minimum and maximum field width specifications between the `@t{%}' and +the `@var{char}' in the form `@t{%}@var{min}@t{.}@var{max}@t{c}', +i.e. the minimum field width is given first and if the maximum field +width is used, it has to be preceded by a dot. Specifying a minimum field +width makes the result be padded with spaces to the right if the +@var{string} is shorter than the requested width. Padding to the left +can be achieved by giving a negative minimum field width. If a maximum +field width is specified, the @var{string} will be truncated after that +many characters. After all `@t{%}' sequences for the given @var{specs} +have been processed, the resulting string is stored in the parameter +@var{param}. + +@noindent +The @t{%}-escapes also understand ternary expressions in the form used by +prompts. The @t{%} is followed by a `@t{(}' and then an ordinary +format specifier character as described above. There may be a set of +digits either before or after the `@t{(}'; these specify a test +number, which defaults to zero. Negative numbers are also allowed. An +arbitrary delimiter character follows the format specifier, which is +followed by a piece of `true' text, the delimiter character again, a piece +of `false' text, and a closing parenthesis. The complete expression +(without the digits) thus looks like +`@t{%(}@var{X}@t{.}@var{text1}@t{.}@var{text2}@t{)}', except that +the `@t{.}' character is arbitrary. The value given for the format +specifier in the @var{char}@t{:}@var{string} expressions is evaluated as a +mathematical expression, and compared with the test number. If they are +the same, @var{text1} is output, else @var{text2} is output. A parenthesis +may be escaped in @var{text2} as @t{%)}. Either of @var{text1} or +@var{text2} may contain nested @t{%}-escapes. + +@noindent +For example: + +@noindent +@example +zformat -f REPLY "The answer is '%3(c.yes.no)'." c:3 +@end example + +@noindent +outputs "The answer is 'yes'." to @t{REPLY} since the value for the format +specifier @t{c} is 3, agreeing with the digit argument to the ternary +expression. + +@noindent +The second form, using the @t{-a} option, can be used for aligning +strings. Here, the @var{specs} are of the form +`@var{left}@t{:}@var{right}' where `@var{left}' and `@var{right}' are +arbitrary strings. These strings are modified by replacing the colons +by the @var{sep} string and padding the @var{left} strings with spaces +to the right so that the @var{sep} strings in the result (and hence the +@var{right} strings after them) are all aligned if the strings are +printed below each other. All strings without a colon are left +unchanged and all strings with an empty @var{right} string have the +trailing colon removed. In both cases the lengths of the strings +are not used to determine how the other strings are to be aligned. +The resulting strings are stored in the @var{array}. + +@findex zregexparse +@item @t{zregexparse} +This implements some internals of the @t{_regex_arguments} function. + +@findex zparseopts +@item @t{zparseopts} [ @t{-D} ] [ @t{-K} ] [ @t{-E} ] [ @t{-a} @var{array} ] [ @t{-A} @var{assoc} ] @var{specs} +This builtin simplifies the parsing of options in positional parameters, +i.e. the set of arguments given by @t{$*}. Each @var{spec} describes one +option and must be of the form `@var{opt}[@t{=}@var{array}]'. If an option +described by @var{opt} is found in the positional parameters it is copied +into the @var{array} specified with the @t{-a} option; if the optional +`@t{=}@var{array}' is given, it is instead copied into that array. + +@noindent +Note that it is an error to give any @var{spec} without an +`@t{=}@var{array}' unless one of the @t{-a} or @t{-A} options is used. + +@noindent +Unless the @t{-E} option is given, parsing stops at the first string +that isn't described by one of the @var{specs}. Even with @t{-E}, +parsing always stops at a positional parameter equal to `@t{-}' or +`@t{-}@t{-}'. + +@noindent +The @var{opt} description must be one of the following. Any of the special +characters can appear in the option name provided it is preceded by a +backslash. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @var{name} +@itemx @var{name}@t{+} +The @var{name} is the name of the option without the leading `@t{-}'. To +specify a GNU-style long option, one of the usual two leading `@t{-}' must +be included in @var{name}; for example, a `@t{-}@t{-file}' option is +represented by a @var{name} of `@t{-file}'. + +@noindent +If a `@t{+}' appears after @var{name}, the option is appended to @var{array} +each time it is found in the positional parameters; without the `@t{+}' +only the @emph{last} occurrence of the option is preserved. + +@noindent +If one of these forms is used, the option takes no argument, so parsing +stops if the next positional parameter does not also begin with `@t{-}' +(unless the @t{-E} option is used). + +@item @var{name}@t{:} +@itemx @var{name}@t{:-} +@itemx @var{name}@t{::} +If one or two colons are given, the option takes an argument; with one +colon, the argument is mandatory and with two colons it is optional. The +argument is appended to the @var{array} after the option itself. + +@noindent +An optional argument is put into the same array element as the option name +(note that this makes empty strings as arguments indistinguishable). A +mandatory argument is added as a separate element unless the `@t{:-}' form +is used, in which case the argument is put into the same element. + +@noindent +A `@t{+}' as described above may appear between the @var{name} and the +first colon. + +@end table + +@noindent +The options of @t{zparseopts} itself are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-a} @var{array} +As described above, this names the default array in which to store the +recognised options. + +@item @t{-A} @var{assoc} +If this is given, the options and their values are also put into an +associative array with the option names as keys and the arguments (if any) +as the values. + +@item @t{-D} +If this option is given, all options found are removed from the positional +parameters of the calling shell or shell function, up to but not including +any not described by the @var{specs}. This is similar to using the @t{shift} +builtin. + +@item @t{-K} +With this option, the arrays specified with the @t{-a} and @t{-A} +options and with the `@t{=}@var{array}' forms are kept unchanged when none +of the @var{specs} for them is used. This allows assignment of default +values to them before calling @t{zparseopts}. + +@item @t{-E} +This changes the parsing rules to @emph{not} stop at the first string +that isn't described by one of the @var{spec}s. It can be used to test +for or (if used together with @t{-D}) extract options and their +arguments, ignoring all other options and arguments that may be in the +positional parameters. + +@end table + +@noindent +For example, + +@noindent +@example +set -- -a -bx -c y -cz baz -cend +zparseopts a=foo b:=bar c+:=bar +@end example + +@noindent +will have the effect of + +@noindent +@example +foo=(-a) +bar=(-b x -c y -c z) +@end example + +@noindent +The arguments from `@t{baz}' on will not be used. + +@noindent +As an example for the @t{-E} option, consider: + +@noindent +@example +set -- -a x -b y -c z arg1 arg2 +zparseopts -E -D b:=bar +@end example + +@noindent +will have the effect of + +@noindent +@example +bar=(-b y) +set -- -a x -c z arg1 arg2 +@end example + +@noindent +I.e., the option @t{-b} and its arguments are taken from the +positional parameters and put into the array @t{bar}. + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/calsys.yo +@node Calendar Function System, TCP Function System, Zsh Modules, Top + +@chapter Calendar Function System +@noindent +@cindex calendar function system +@cindex zsh/datetime, function system based on + +@section Description +@noindent + +@noindent +The shell is supplied with a series of functions to replace and enhance the +traditional Unix @t{calendar} programme, which warns the user of imminent +or future events, details of which are stored in a text file (typically +@t{calendar} in the user's home directory). The version provided here +includes a mechanism for alerting the user when an event is due. + +@noindent +In addition a function @t{age} is provided that can be used in a glob +qualifier; it allows files to be selected based on their modification +times. + +@noindent +The format of the @t{calendar} file and the dates used there in and in +the @t{age} function are described first, then the functions that can +be called to examine and modify the @t{calendar} file. + +@noindent +The functions here depend on the availability of the @t{zsh/datetime} +module which is usually installed with the shell. The library function +@t{strptime()} must be available; it is present on most recent +operating systems. + +@noindent +@menu +* Calendar File and Date Formats:: +* Calendar System User Functions:: +* Calendar Styles:: +* Calendar Utility Functions:: +* Calendar Bugs:: +@end menu + +@noindent +@node Calendar File and Date Formats, Calendar System User Functions, , Calendar Function System + +@section File and Date Formats +@noindent + +@noindent + +@subsection Calendar File Format +@noindent + +@noindent +The calendar file is by default @t{~/calendar}. This can be configured +by the @t{calendar-file} style, see +@ref{Calendar Styles}. The basic format consists +of a series of separate lines, with no indentation, each including +a date and time specification followed by a description of the event. + +@noindent +Various enhancements to this format are supported, based on the syntax +of Emacs calendar mode. An indented line indicates a continuation line +that continues the description of the event from the preceeding line +(note the date may not be continued in this way). An initial ampersand +(@t{&}) is ignored for compatibility. + +@noindent +An indented line on which the first non-whitespace character is @t{#} +is not displayed with the calendar entry, but is still scanned for +information. This can be used to hide information useful to the +calendar system but not to the user, such as the unique identifier +used by @t{calendar_add}. + +@noindent +The Emacs extension that a date with no description may refer to a number +of succeeding events at different times is not supported. + +@noindent +Unless the @t{done-file} style has been altered, any events which +have been processed are appended to the file with the same name as the +calendar file with the suffix @t{.done}, hence @t{~/calendar.done} by +default. + +@noindent +An example is shown below. + +@noindent + +@subsection Date Format +@noindent + +@noindent +The format of the date and time is designed to allow flexibility without +admitting ambiguity. (The words `date' and `time' are both used in the +documentation below; except where specifically noted this implies a string +that may include both a date and a time specification.) Note that there is +no localization support; month and day names must be in English and +separator characters are fixed. Matching is case insensitive, and only the +first three letters of the names are significant, although as a special +case a form beginning "month" does not match "Monday". Furthermore, time +zones are not handled; all times are assumed to be local. + +@noindent +It is recommended that, rather than exploring the intricacies of the +system, users find a date format that is natural to them and stick to it. +This will avoid unexpected effects. Various key facts should be noted. + +@noindent +@itemize @bullet + +@item +In particular, note the confusion between +@var{month}@t{/}@var{day}@t{/}@var{year} and +@var{day}@t{/}@var{month}@t{/}@var{year} when the month is numeric; these +formats should be avoided if at all possible. Many alternatives are +available. +@item +The year must be given in full to avoid confusion, and only years +from 1900 to 2099 inclusive are matched. +@end itemize + +@noindent +The following give some obvious examples; users finding here +a format they like and not subject to vagaries of style may skip +the full description. As dates and times are matched separately +(even though the time may be embedded in the date), any date format +may be mixed with any format for the time of day provide the +separators are clear (whitespace, colons, commas). + +@noindent +@example +2007/04/03 13:13 +2007/04/03:13:13 +2007/04/03 1:13 pm +3rd April 2007, 13:13 +April 3rd 2007 1:13 p.m. +Apr 3, 2007 13:13 +Tue Apr 03 13:13:00 2007 +13:13 2007/apr/3 +@end example + +@noindent +More detailed rules follow. + +@noindent +Times are parsed and extracted before dates. They must use colons +to separate hours and minutes, though a dot is allowed before seconds +if they are present. This limits time formats to the following: + +@noindent +@itemize @bullet + +@item +@var{HH}@t{:}@var{MM}[@t{:}@var{SS}[@t{.}@var{FFFFF}]] [@t{am}|@t{pm}|@t{a.m.}|@t{p.m.}] +@item +@var{HH}@t{:}@var{MM}@t{.}@var{SS}[@t{.}@var{FFFFF}] [@t{am}|@t{pm}|@t{a.m.}|@t{p.m.}] +@end itemize + +@noindent +Here, square brackets indicate optional elements, possibly with +alternatives. Fractions of a second are recognised but ignored. For +absolute times (the normal format require by the @t{calendar} file and the +@t{age} function) a date is mandatory but a time of day is not; the time +returned is at the start of the date. One variation is allowed: if +@t{a.m.} or @t{p.m.} or one of their variants is present, an hour without a +minute is allowed, e.g. @t{3 p.m.}. + +@noindent +Time zones are not handled, though if one is matched following a time +specification it will be removed to allow a surrounding date to be +parsed. This only happens if the format of the timezone is not too +unusual. The following are examples of forms that are understood: + +@noindent +@example ++0100 +GMT +GMT-7 +CET+1CDT +@end example + +@noindent +Any part of the timezone that is not numeric must have exactly three +capital letters in the name. + +@noindent +Dates suffer from the ambiguity between @var{DD}@t{/}@var{MM}@t{/}@var{YYYY} +and @var{MM}@t{/}@var{DD}@t{/}@var{YYYY}. It is recommended this form is +avoided with purely numeric dates, but use of ordinals, +eg. @t{3rd/04/2007}, will resolve the ambiguity as the ordinal is always +parsed as the day of the month. Years must be four digits (and the first +two must be @t{19} or @t{20}); @t{03/04/08} is not recognised. Other +numbers may have leading zeroes, but they are not required. The following +are handled: + +@noindent +@itemize @bullet + +@item +@var{YYYY}@t{/}@var{MM}@t{/}@var{DD} +@item +@var{YYYY}@t{-}@var{MM}@t{-}@var{DD} +@item +@var{YYYY}@t{/}@var{MNM}@t{/}@var{DD} +@item +@var{YYYY}@t{-}@var{MNM}@t{-}@var{DD} +@item +@var{DD}[@t{th}|@t{st}|@t{rd}] @var{MNM}[@t{,}] [ @var{YYYY} ] +@item +@var{MNM} @var{DD}[@t{th}|@t{st}|@t{rd}][@t{,}] [ @var{YYYY} ] +@item +@var{DD}[@t{th}|@t{st}|@t{rd}]@t{/}@var{MM}[@t{,}] @var{YYYY} +@item +@var{DD}[@t{th}|@t{st}|@t{rd}]@t{/}@var{MM}@t{/}@var{YYYY} +@item +@var{MM}@t{/}@var{DD}[@t{th}|@t{st}|@t{rd}][@t{,}] @var{YYYY} +@item +@var{MM}@t{/}@var{DD}[@t{th}|@t{st}|@t{rd}]@t{/}@var{YYYY} +@end itemize + +@noindent +Here, @var{MNM} is at least the first three letters of a month name, +matched case-insensitively. The remainder of the month name may appear but +its contents are irrelevant, so janissary, febrile, martial, apricot, +maybe, junta, etc. are happily handled. + +@noindent +Where the year is shown as optional, the current year is assumed. There +are only two such cases, the form @t{Jun 20} or @t{14 September} (the only +two commonly occurring forms, apart from a "the" in some forms of English, +which isn't currently supported). Such dates will of course become +ambiguous in the future, so should ideally be avoided. + +@noindent +Times may follow dates with a colon, e.g. @t{1965/07/12:09:45}; this is in +order to provide a format with no whitespace. A comma and whitespace are +allowed, e.g. @t{1965/07/12, 09:45}. Currently the order of these +separators is not checked, so illogical formats such as @t{1965/07/12, : +,09:45} will also be matched. For simplicity such variations are not shown +in the list above. Otherwise, a time is only recognised as being +associated with a date if there is only whitespace in between, or if the +time was embedded in the date. + +@noindent +Days of the week are not normally scanned, but will be ignored if they +occur at the start of the date pattern only. However, in contexts where it +is useful to specify dates relative to today, days of the week with no +other date specification may be given. The day is assumed to be either +today or within the past week. Likewise, the words @t{yesterday}, +@t{today} and @t{tomorrow} are handled. All matches are case-insensitive. +Hence if today is Monday, then @t{Sunday} is equivalent to @t{yesterday}, +@t{Monday} is equivalent to @t{today}, but @t{Tuesday} gives a date six +days ago. This is not generally useful within the calendar file. +Dates in this format may be combined with a time specification; for +example @t{Tomorrow, 8 p.m.}. + +@noindent +For example, the standard date format: + +@noindent +@example +Fri Aug 18 17:00:48 BST 2006 +@end example + +@noindent +is handled by matching @var{HH}@t{:}@var{MM}@t{:}@var{SS} and removing it +together with the matched (but unused) time zone. This leaves the following: + +@noindent +@example +Fri Aug 18 2006 +@end example + +@noindent +@t{Fri} is ignored and the rest is matched according to the standard rules. + +@noindent + +@subsection Relative Time Format +@noindent + +@noindent +In certain places relative times are handled. Here, a date is not allowed; +instead a combination of various supported periods are allowed, together +with an optional time. The periods must be in order from most to +least significant. + +@noindent +In some cases, a more accurate calculation is possible when there is an +anchor date: offsets of months or years pick the correct day, rather than +being rounded, and it is possible to pick a particular day in a month as +`(1st Friday)', etc., as described in more detail below. + +@noindent +Anchors are available in the following cases. If one or two times are +passed to the function @t{calendar}, the start time acts an anchor for the +end time when the end time is relative (even if the start time is +implicit). When examining calendar files, the scheduled event being +examined anchors the warning time when it is given explicitly by means of +the @t{WARN} keyword; likewise, the scheduled event anchors a repitition +period when given by the @t{RPT} keyword, so that specifications such as +@t{RPT 2 months, 3rd Thursday} are handled properly. Finally, the @t{-R} +argument to @t{calendar_scandate} directly provides an anchor for relative +calculations. + +@noindent +The periods handled, with possible abbreviations are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item Years +@t{years}, @t{yrs}, @t{ys}, @t{year}, @t{yr}, @t{y}, @t{yearly}. +A year is 365.25 days unless there is an anchor. + +@item Months +@t{months}, @t{mons}, @t{mnths}, @t{mths}, @t{month}, @t{mon}, +@t{mnth}, @t{mth}, @t{monthly}. Note that @t{m}, @t{ms}, @t{mn}, @t{mns} +are ambiguous and are @emph{not} handled. A month is a period +of 30 days rather than a calendar month unless there is an anchor. + +@item Weeks +@t{weeks}, @t{wks}, @t{ws}, @t{week}, @t{wk}, @t{w}, @t{weekly} + +@item Days +@t{days}, @t{dys}, @t{ds}, @t{day}, @t{dy}, @t{d}, @t{daily} + +@item Hours +@t{hours}, @t{hrs}, @t{hs}, @t{hour}, @t{hr}, @t{h}, @t{hourly} + +@item Minutes +@t{minutes}, @t{mins}, @t{minute}, @t{min}, but @emph{not} @t{m}, +@t{ms}, @t{mn} or @t{mns} + +@item Seconds +@t{seconds}, @t{secs}, @t{ss}, @t{second}, @t{sec}, @t{s} + +@end table + +@noindent +Spaces between the numbers are optional, but are required between items, +although a comma may be used (with or without spaces). + +@noindent +The forms @t{yearly} to @t{hourly} allow the number to be omitted; it is +assumed to be 1. For example, @t{1 d} and @t{daily} are equivalent. Note +that using those forms with plurals is confusing; @t{2 yearly} is the same +as @t{2 years}, @emph{not} twice yearly, so it is recommended they only +be used without numbers. + +@noindent +When an anchor time is present, there is an extension to handle regular +events in the form of the @var{n}th @var{some}day of the month. Such a +specification must occur immediately after any year and month +specification, but before any time of day, and must be in the form +@var{n}@t{(th|st|rd)} @var{day}, for example @t{1st Tuesday} or +@t{3rd Monday}. As in other places, days are matched case insensitively, +must be in English, and only the first three letters are significant except +that a form beginning `month' does not match `Monday'. No attempt is made +to sanitize the resulting date; attempts to squeeze too many occurrences +into a month will push the day into the next month (but in the obvious +fashion, retaining the correct day of the week). + +@noindent +Here are some examples: + +@noindent +@example +30 years 3 months 4 days 3:42:41 +14 days 5 hours +Monthly, 3rd Thursday +4d,10hr +@end example + +@noindent + +@subsection Example +@noindent + +@noindent +Here is an example calendar file. It uses a consistent date format, +as recommended above. + +@noindent +@example +Feb 1, 2006 14:30 Pointless bureaucratic meeting +Mar 27, 2006 11:00 Mutual recrimination and finger pointing + Bring water pistol and waterproofs +Mar 31, 2006 14:00 Very serious managerial pontification + # UID 12C7878A9A50 +Apr 10, 2006 13:30 Even more pointless blame assignment exercise WARN 30 mins +May 18, 2006 16:00 Regular moaning session RPT monthly, 3rd Thursday +@end example + +@noindent +The second entry has a continuation line. The third entry has a +continuation line that will not be shown when the entry is displayed, but +the unique identifier will be used by the @t{calendar_add} function when +updating the event. The fourth entry will produce a warning 30 minutes +before the event (to allow you to equip yourself appropriately). The fifth +entry repeats after a month on the 3rd Thursday, i.e. June 15, 2006, at the +same time. + +@noindent +@node Calendar System User Functions, Calendar Styles, Calendar File and Date Formats, Calendar Function System + +@section User Functions +@noindent + +@noindent +This section describes functions that are designed to be called +directly by the user. The first part describes those functions +associated with the user's calendar; the second part describes +the use in glob qualifiers. + +@noindent + +@subsection Calendar system functions +@noindent + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex calendar +@item @t{calendar} [ @t{-abdDsv} ] [ @t{-C} @var{calfile} ] [ -n @var{num} ] [ @t{-S} @var{showprog} ] [ [ @var{start} ] @var{end} ]( +@itemx @t{calendar -r} [ @t{-abdDrsv} ] [ @t{-C} @var{calfile} ] [ -n @var{num} ] [ @t{-S} @var{showprog} ] [ @var{start} ] +Show events in the calendar. + +@noindent +With no arguments, show events from the start of today until the end of +the next working day after today. In other words, if today is Friday, +Saturday, or Sunday, show up to the end of the following Monday, otherwise +show today and tomorrow. + +@noindent +If @var{end} is given, show events from the start of today up to the time +and date given, which is in the format described in the previous section. +Note that if this is a date the time is assumed to be midnight at the +start of the date, so that effectively this shows all events before +the given date. + +@noindent +@var{end} may start with a @t{+}, in which case the remainder of the +specification is a relative time format as described in the previous +section indicating the range of time from the start time that is to +be included. + +@noindent +If @var{start} is also given, show events starting from that time and date. +The word @t{now} can be used to indicate the current time. + +@noindent +To implement an alert when events are due, include @t{calendar -s} in your +@t{~/.zshrc} file. + +@noindent +Options: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-a} +Show all items in the calendar, regardless of the @t{start} and +@t{end}. + +@item @t{-b} +Brief: don't display continuation lines (i.e. indented lines following +the line with the date/time), just the first line. + +@item @t{-C} @var{calfile} +Explicitly specify a calendar file instead of the value of +the @t{calendar-file} style or the the default @t{~/calendar}. + +@item @t{-d} +Move any events that have passed from the calendar file to the +"done" file, as given by the @t{done-file} style or the default +which is the calendar file with @t{.done} appended. This option +is implied by the @t{-s} option. + +@item @t{-D} +Turns off the option @t{-d}, even if the @t{-s} option is also present. + +@item @t{-n} @var{num}, @t{-}@var{num} +Show at least @var{num} events, if present in the calendar file, regardless +of the @t{start} and @t{end}. + +@item @t{-r} +Show all the remaining options in the calendar, ignoring the given @t{end} +time. The @t{start} time is respected; any argument given is treated +as a @t{start} time. + +@item @t{-s} +Use the shell's @t{sched} command to schedule a timed event that +will warn the user when an event is due. Note that the @t{sched} command +only runs if the shell is at an interactive prompt; a foreground taks +blocks the scheduled task from running until it is finished. + +@noindent +The timed event usually runs the programme @t{calendar_show} to show +the event, as described in +@ref{Calendar Utility Functions}. + +@noindent +By default, a warning of the event is shown five minutes before it is due. +The warning period can be configured by the style @t{warn-time} or +for a single calendar entry by including @t{WARN} @var{reltime} in the first +line of the entry, where @var{reltime} is one of the usual relative time +formats. + +@noindent +A repeated event may be indicated by including @t{RPT} @var{reldate} in the +first line of the entry. After the scheduled event has been displayed +it will be re-entered into the calendar file at a time @var{reldate} +after the existing event. Note that this is currently the only use +made of the repeat count, so that it is not possible to query the schedule +for a recurrence of an event in the calendar until the previous event +has passed. + +@noindent +It is safe to run @t{calendar -s} to reschedule an existing event +(if the calendar file has changed, for example), and also to have it +running in multiples instances of the shell since the calendar file +is locked when in use. + +@noindent +By default, expired events are moved to the "done" file; see the @t{-d} +option. Use @t{-D} to prevent this. + +@item @t{-S} @var{showprog} +Explicitly specify a programme to be used for showing events instead +of the value of the @t{show-prog} style or the default @t{calendar_show}. + +@item @t{-v} +Verbose: show more information about stages of processing. This +is useful for confirming that the function has successfully parsed +the dates in the calendar file. + +@end table + +@findex calendar_add +@item @t{calendar_add} [ @t{-BL} ] @var{event ...} +Adds a single event to the calendar in the appropriate location. +The event can contain multiple lines, as described in +@ref{Calendar File and Date Formats}. +Using this function ensures that the calendar file is sorted in date +and time order. It also makes special arrangments for locking +the file while it is altered. The old calendar is left in a file +with the suffix @t{.old}. + +@noindent +The option @t{-B} indicates that backing up the calendar file will be +handled by the caller and should not be performed by @t{calendar_add}. The +option @t{-L} indicates that @t{calendar_add} does not need to lock the +calendar file as it is already locked. These options will not usually be +needed by users. + +@noindent +The function can use a unique identifier stored with each event to ensure +that updates to existing events are treated correctly. The entry +should contain the word @t{UID}, followed by whitespace, followed by +a word consisting entirely of hexadecimal digits of arbitrary length +(all digits are significant, including leading zeroes). As the UID +is not directly useful to the user, it is convenient to hide it on +an indented continuation line starting with a @t{#}, for example: + +@noindent +@example +Aug 31, 2007 09:30 Celebrate the end of the holidays + # UID 045B78A0 +@end example + +@noindent +The second line will not be shown by the @t{calendar} function. + +@findex calendar_edit +@item @t{calendar_edit} +This calls the user's editor to edit the calendar file. The editor +is given by the variable @t{VISUAL}, if set, else the variable @t{EDITOR}. +If the calendar scheduler was running, then after editing the file +@t{calendar -s} is called to update it. + +@noindent +This function locks out the calendar system during the edit. +Hence it should be used to edit the calendar file if there is any +possibility of a calendar event occurring meanwhile. + +@findex calendar_showdate +@item @t{calendar_showdate} [ @t{-r} ] [ @t{-f} @var{fmt} ] @var{date-spec ...} +The given @var{date-spec} is interpreted and the corresponding date and +time printed. If the initial @var{date-spec} begins with a @t{+} or +@t{-} it is treated as relative to the current time; @var{date-spec}s after +the first are treated as relative to the date calculated so far and +a leading @t{+} is optional in that case. This allows one to +use the system as a date calculator. For example, @t{calendar_showdate '+1 +month, 1st Friday'} shows the date of the first Friday of next month. + +@noindent +With the option @t{-r} nothing is printed but the value of the date and +timein seconds since the epoch is stored in the parameter @t{REPLY}. + +@noindent +With the option @t{-f} @var{fmt} the given date/time conversion format +is passed to @t{strftime}; see notes on the @t{date-format} style below. + +@noindent +In order to avoid ambiguity with negative relative date specifications, +options must occur in separate words; in other words, @t{-r} and @t{-f} +should not be combined in the same word. + +@findex calendar_sort +@item @t{calendar_sort} +Sorts the calendar file into date and time order. The old calendar is +left in a file with the suffix @t{.old}. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Glob qualifiers +@noindent +@findex age + +@noindent +The function @t{age} can be autoloaded and use separately from +the calendar system, although it uses the function @t{calendar_scandate} +for date formatting. It requires the @t{zsh/stat} builtin, which +makes available the builtin @t{stat}. This may conflict with an +external programme of the same name; if it does, the builtin may be +disabled for normal operation by including the following code in +an initialization file: + +@noindent +@example +zmodload -i zsh/stat +disable stat +@end example + +@noindent +@t{age} selects files having a given modification time for use +as a glob qualifer. The format of the date is the same as that +understood by the calendar system, described in +@ref{Calendar File and Date Formats}. + +@noindent +The function can take one or two arguments, which can be supplied either +directly as command or arguments, or separately as shell parameters. + +@noindent +@example +print *(e:age 2006/10/04 2006/10/09:) +@end example + +@noindent +The example above matches all files modified between the start of those +dates. The second argument may alternatively be a relative time +introduced by a @t{+}: + +@noindent +@example +print *(e:age 2006/10/04 +5d:) +@end example + +@noindent +The example above is equivalent to the previous example. + +@noindent +In addition to the special use of days of the week, @t{today} and +@t{yesterday}, times with no date may be specified; these apply to today. +Obviously such uses become problematic around midnight. + +@noindent +@example +print *(e-age 12:00 13:30-) +@end example + +@noindent +The example above shows files modified between 12:00 and 13:00 today. + +@noindent +@example +print *(e:age 2006/10/04:) +@end example + +@noindent +The example above matches all files modified on that date. If the second +argument is omitted it is taken to be exactly 24 hours after the first +argument (even if the first argument contains a time). + +@noindent +@example +print *(e-age 2006/10/04:10:15 2006/10/04:10:45-) +@end example + +@noindent +The example above supplies times. Note that whitespace within the time and +date specification must be quoted to ensure @t{age} receives the correct +arguments, hence the use of the additional colon to separate the date and +time. + +@noindent +@example +AGEREF1=2006/10/04:10:15 +AGEREF2=2006/10/04:10:45 +print *(+age) +@end example + +@noindent +This shows the same example before using another form of argument +passing. The dates and times in the parameters @t{AGEREF1} and @t{AGEREF2} +stay in effect until unset, but will be overridden if any argument is +passed as an explicit argument to age. Any explicit argument +causes both parameters to be ignored. + +@noindent +@node Calendar Styles, Calendar Utility Functions, Calendar System User Functions, Calendar Function System + +@section Styles +@noindent + +@noindent +The zsh style mechanism using the @t{zstyle} command is describe in +@ref{The zsh/zutil Module}. This is the same mechanism +used in the completion system. + +@noindent +The styles below are all examined in the context +@t{:datetime:}@var{function}@t{:}, for example @t{:datetime:calendar:}. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@kindex calendar-file +@item @t{calendar-file} +The location of the main calendar. The default is @t{~/calendar}. + +@kindex date-format +@item @t{date-format} +A @t{strftime} format string (see man page strftime(3)) with the zsh +extensions @t{%f} for a day of the month with no leading zero or space +for single digits, and @t{%k} or @t{%l} for the hour of the day on the 24- +or 12-hour clock, again with no leading zero or space for single digits. + +@noindent +This is used for outputting dates in @t{calendar}, both to support +the @t{-v} option and when adding recurring events back to the calendar +file, and in @t{calendar_showdate} as the final output format. + +@noindent +If the style is not set, the default used is similar the standard system +format as output by the @t{date} command (also known as `ctime format'): +`@t{%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y}'. + +@kindex done-file +@item @t{done-file} +The location of the file to which events which have passed are appended. +The default is the calendar file location with the suffix @t{.done}. +The style may be set to an empty string in which case a "done" file +will not be maintained. + +@kindex show-prog +@item @t{show-prog} +The programme run by @t{calendar} for showing events. It will +be passed the start time and stop time of the events requested in seconds +since the epoch followed by the event text. Note that @t{calendar -s} uses +a start time and stop time equal to one another to indicate alerts +for specific events. + +@noindent +The default is the function @t{calendar_show}. + +@kindex warn-time +@item @t{warn-time} +The time before an event at which a warning will be displayed, if the +first line of the event does not include the text @t{EVENT} @var{reltime}. +The default is 5 minutes. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Calendar Utility Functions, Calendar Bugs, Calendar Styles, Calendar Function System + +@section Utility functions +@noindent + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex calendar_lockfiles +@item @t{calendar_lockfiles} +Attempt to lock the files given in the argument. To prevent +problems with network file locking this is done in an ad hoc fashion +by attempting to create a symbolic link to the file with the name +@var{file}@t{.lockfile}. No other system level functions are used +for locking, i.e. the file can be accessed and modified by any +utility that does not use this mechanism. In particular, the user is not +prevented from editing the calendar file at the same time unless +@t{calendar_edit} is used. + +@noindent +Three attempts are made to lock the file before giving up. If the module +@t{zsh/zselect} is available, the times of the attempts are jittered so that +multiple instances of the calling function are unlikely to retry at the +same time. + +@noindent +The files locked are appended to the array @t{lockfiles}, which should +be local to the caller. + +@noindent +If all files were successully, status zero is returned, else status one. + +@noindent +This function may be used as a general file locking function, although +this will only work if only this mechanism is used to lock files. + +@findex calendar_read +@item @t{calendar_read} +This is a backend used by various other functions to parse the +calendar file, which is passed as the only argument. The array +@t{calendar_entries} is set to the list of events in the file; no +pruning is done except that ampersands are removed from the start of +the line. Each entry may contain multiple lines. + +@findex calendar_scandate +@item @t{calendar_scandate} +This is a generic function to parse dates and times that may be +used separately from the calendar system. The argument is a date +or time specification as described in +@ref{Calendar File and Date Formats}. The parameter @t{REPLY} +is set to the number of seconds since the epoch corresponding to that date +or time. By default, the date and time may occur anywhere within the given +argument. + +@noindent +Returns status zero if the date and time were successfully parsed, +else one. + +@noindent +Options: +@table @asis +@item @t{-a} +The date and time are anchored to the start of the argument; they +will not be matched if there is preceeding text. + +@item @t{-A} +The date and time are anchored to both the start and end of the argument; +they will not be matched if the is any other text in the argument. + +@item @t{-d} +Enable additional debugging output. + +@item @t{-m} +Minus. When @t{-R} @var{anchor_time} is also given the relative time is +calculated backwards from @var{anchor_time}. + +@item @t{-r} +The argument passed is to be parsed as a relative time. + +@item @t{-R} @var{anchor_time} +The argument passed is to be parsed as a relative time. The time is +relative to @var{anchor_time}, a time in seconds since the epoch, +and the returned value is the absolute time corresponding to advancing +@var{anchor_time} by the relative time given. +This allows lengths of months to be correctly taken into account. If +the final day does not exist in the given month, the last day of the +final month is given. For example, if the anchor time is during 31st +January 2007 and the relative time is 1 month, the final time is the +same time of day during 28th February 2007. + +@item @t{-s} +In addition to setting @t{REPLY}, set @t{REPLY2} to the remainder of +the argument after the date and time have been stripped. This is +empty if the option @t{-A} was given. + +@item @t{-t} +Allow a time with no date specification. The date is assumed to be +today. The behaviour is unspecified if the iron tongue of midnight +is tolling twelve. + +@end table + +@findex calendar_show +@item @t{calendar_show} +The function used by default to display events. It accepts a start time +and end time for events, both in epoch seconds, and an event description. + +@noindent +The event is always printed to standard output. If the command line editor +is active (which will usually be the case) the command line will be +redisplayed after the output. + +@noindent +If the parameter @t{DISPLAY} is set and the start and end times are +the same (indicating a scheduled event), the function uses the +command @t{xmessage} to display a window with the event details. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Calendar Bugs, , Calendar Utility Functions, Calendar Function System + +@section Bugs +@noindent + +@noindent +As the system is based entirely on shell functions (with a little support +from the @t{zsh/datetime} module) the mechanisms used are not as robust as +those provided by a dedicated calendar utility. Consequently the user +should not rely on the shell for vital alerts. + +@noindent +There is no @t{calendar_delete} function. + +@noindent +There is no localization support for dates and times, nor any support +for the use of time zones. + +@noindent +Relative periods of months and years do not take into account the variable +number of days. + +@noindent +The @t{calendar_show} function is currently hardwired to use @t{xmessage} +for displaying alerts on X Window System displays. This should be +configurable and ideally integrate better with the desktop. + +@noindent +@t{calendar_lockfiles} hangs the shell while waiting for a lock on a file. +If called from a scheduled task, it should instead reschedule the event +that caused it. +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/tcpsys.yo +@node TCP Function System, Zftp Function System, Calendar Function System, Top + +@chapter TCP Function System +@noindent +@cindex TCP function system +@cindex ztcp, function system based on + +@section Description +@noindent + +@noindent +A module @t{zsh/net/tcp} is provided to provide network I/O over +TCP/IP from within the shell; see its description in +@ref{Zsh Modules} +. This manual page describes a function suite based on the module. +If the module is installed, the functions are usually installed at the +same time, in which case they will be available for +autoloading in the default function search path. In addition to the +@t{zsh/net/tcp} module, the @t{zsh/zselect} module is used to implement +timeouts on read operations. For troubleshooting tips, consult the +corresponding advice for the @t{zftp} functions described in +@ref{Zftp Function System} +. + +@noindent +There are functions corresponding to the basic I/O operations open, close, +read and send, named @t{tcp_open} etc., as well as a function +@t{tcp_expect} for pattern match analysis of data read as input. The +system makes it easy to receive data from and send data to multiple named +sessions at once. In addition, it can be linked with the shell's line +editor in such a way that input data is automatically shown at the +terminal. Other facilities available including logging, filtering and +configurable output prompts. + +@noindent +To use the system where it is available, it should be enough to +`@t{autoload -U tcp_open}' and run @t{tcp_open} as documented below to +start a session. The @t{tcp_open} function will autoload the remaining +functions. + +@noindent +@menu +* TCP Functions:: +* TCP Parameters:: +* TCP Examples:: +* TCP Bugs:: +@end menu + +@noindent +@node TCP Functions, TCP Parameters, , TCP Function System + +@section TCP User Functions +@noindent + +@noindent + +@subsection Basic I/O +@noindent + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex tcp_open +@item @t{tcp_open [-qz]} @var{host port} @t{[} @var{sess} @t{]} +@itemx @t{tcp_open [-qz] [ -s} @var{sess} @t{| -l} @var{sess}@t{,... ] ... } +@itemx @t{tcp_open [-qz] [-a} @var{fd} @t{| -f} @var{fd} @t{] [} @var{sess} @t{]} +Open a new session. In the first and simplest form, open a TCP connection +to host @var{host} at port @var{port}; numeric and symbolic forms are +understood for both. + +@noindent +If @var{sess} is given, this becomes the name of the session which can be +used to refer to multiple different TCP connections. If @var{sess} is +not given, the function will invent a numeric name value (note this is +@emph{not} the same as the file descriptor to which the session is attached). +It is recommended that session names not include `funny' characters, where +funny characters are not well-defined but certainly do not include +alphanumerics or underscores, and certainly do include whitespace. + +@noindent +In the second case, one or more sessions to be opened are given by name. +A single session name is given after @t{-s} and a comma-separated list +after @t{-l}; both options may be repeated as many times as necessary. +The host and port are read from the file @t{.ztcp_sessions} in the same +directory as the user's zsh initialisation files, i.e. usually the home +directory, but @t{$ZDOTDIR} if that is set. The file consists of lines +each giving a session name and the corresponding host and port, in that +order (note the session name comes first, not last), separated by +whitespace. + +@noindent +The third form allows passive and fake TCP connections. If the option +@t{-a} is used, its argument is a file descriptor open for listening for +connections. No function front-end is provided to open such a file +descriptor, but a call to `@t{ztcp -l} @var{port}' will create one with the +file descriptor stored in the parameter @t{$REPLY}. The listening port can +be closed with `@t{ztcp -c} @var{fd}'. A call to `@t{tcp_open -a} @var{fd}' +will block until a remote TCP connection is made to @var{port} on the local +machine. At this point, a session is created in the usual way and is +largely indistinguishable from an active connection created with one of the +first two forms. + +@noindent +If the option @t{-f} is used, its argument is a file descriptor which is +used directly as if it were a TCP session. How well the remainder of the +TCP function system copes with this depends on what actually underlies this +file descriptor. A regular file is likely to be unusable; a FIFO (pipe) of +some sort will work better, but note that it is not a good idea for two +different sessions to attempt to read from the same FIFO at once. + +@noindent +If the option @t{-q} is given with any of the three forms, @t{tcp_open} +will not print informational messages, although it will in any case exit +with an appropriate status. + +@noindent +If the line editor (zle) is in use, which is typically the case if the +shell is interactive, @t{tcp_open} installs a handler inside @t{zle} which +will check for new data at the same time as it checks for keyboard input. +This is convenient as the shell consumes no CPU time while waiting; the +test is performed by the operating system. Giving the option @t{-z} to +any of the forms of @t{tcp_open} prevents the handler from being +installed, so data must be read explicitly. Note, however, this is not +necessary for executing complete sets of send and read commands from a +function, as zle is not active at this point. Generally speaking, the +handler is only active when the shell is waiting for input at a command +prompt or in the @t{vared} builtin. The option has no effect if zle is not +active; `@t{[[ -o zle]]}' will test for this. + +@noindent +The first session to be opened becomes the current session and subsequent +calls to @t{tcp_open} do not change it. The current session is stored +in the parameter @t{$TCP_SESS}; see below for more detail about the +parameters used by the system. + +@findex tcp_close +@item @t{tcp_close [-qn] [ -a | -l} @var{sess}@t{,... |} @var{sess} @t{... ]} +Close the named sessions, or the current session if none is given, +or all open sessions if @t{-a} is given. The options @t{-l} and @t{-s} are +both handled for consistency with @t{tcp_open}, although the latter is +redundant. + +@noindent +If the session being closed is the current one, @t{$TCP_SESS} is unset, +leaving no current session, even if there are other sessions still open. + +@noindent +If the session was opened with @t{tcp_open -f}, the file descriptor is +closed so long as it is in the range 0 to 9 accessible directly from the +command line. If the option @t{-n} is given, no attempt will be made to +close file descriptors in this case. The @t{-n} option is not used for +genuine @t{ztcp} session; the file descriptors are always closed with the +session. + +@noindent +If the option @t{-q} is given, no informational messages will be printed. + +@findex tcp_read +@item @t{tcp_read [-bdq] [ -t} @var{TO} @t{] [ -T} @var{TO} @t{]} +@itemx @t{[ -a | -u} @var{fd} @t{... | -l} @var{sess}@t{,... | -s} @var{sess} @t{...]} +Perform a read operation on the current session, or on a list of +sessions if any are given with @t{-u}, @t{-l} or @t{-s}, or all open +sessions if the option @t{-a} is given. Any of the @t{-u}, @t{-l} or +@t{-s} options may be repeated or mixed together. The @t{-u} option +specifies a file descriptor directly (only those managed by this system +are useful), the other two specify sessions as described for +@t{tcp_open} above. + +@noindent +The function checks for new data available on all the sessions listed. +Unless the @t{-b} option is given, it will not block waiting for new data. +Any one line of data from any of the available sessions will be read, +stored in the parameter @t{$TCP_LINE}, and displayed to standard output +unless @t{$TCP_SILENT} contains a non-empty string. When printed to +standard output the string @t{$TCP_PROMPT} will be shown at the start of +the line; the default form for this includes the name of the session being +read. See below for more information on these parameters. In this mode, +@t{tcp_read} can be called repeatedly until it returns status 2 which +indicates all pending input from all specified sessions has been handled. + +@noindent +With the option @t{-b}, equivalent to an infinite timeout, the function +will block until a line is available to read from one of the specified +sessions. However, only a single line is returned. + +@noindent +The option @t{-d} indicates that all pending input should be drained. In +this case @t{tcp_read} may process multiple lines in the manner given +above; only the last is stored in @t{$TCP_LINE}, but the complete set is +stored in the array @t{$tcp_lines}. This is cleared at the start of each +call to @t{tcp_read}. + +@noindent +The options @t{-t} and @t{-T} specify a timeout in seconds, which may be a +floating point number for increased accuracy. With @t{-t} the timeout is +applied before each line read. With @t{-T}, the timeout applies to the +overall operation, possibly including multiple read operations if the +option @t{-d} is present; without this option, there is no distinction +between @t{-t} and @t{-T}. + +@noindent +The function does not print informational messages, but if the option +@t{-q} is given, no error message is printed for a non-existent session. + +@noindent +A return status of 2 indicates a timeout or no data to read. Any other +non-zero return status indicates some error condition. + +@noindent +See @t{tcp_log} for how to control where data is sent by @t{tcp_read}. + +@findex tcp_send +@item @t{tcp_send [-cnq] [ -s} @var{sess} @t{| -l} @var{sess}@t{,... ]} @var{data} @t{...} +@itemx @t{tcp_send [-cnq] -a} @var{data} @t{...} +Send the supplied data strings to all the specified sessions in turn. The +underlying operation differs little from a `@t{print -r}' to the session's +file descriptor, although it attempts to prevent the shell from dying owing +to a @t{SIGPIPE} caused by an attempt to write to a defunct session. + +@noindent +The option @t{-c} causes @t{tcp_send} to behave like @t{cat}. It reads +lines from standard input until end of input and sends them in turn to the +specified session(s) exactly as if they were given as @var{data} +arguments to individual @t{tcp_send} commands. + +@noindent +The option @t{-n} prevents @t{tcp_send} from putting a newline at the end +of the data strings. + +@noindent +The remaining options all behave as for @t{tcp_read}. + +@noindent +The data arguments are not further processed once they have been passed to +@t{tcp_send}; they are simply passed down to @t{print -r}. + +@noindent +If the parameter @t{$TCP_OUTPUT} is a non-empty string and logging is +enabled then the data sent to each session will be echoed to the log +file(s) with @t{$TCP_OUTPUT} in front where appropriate, much +in the manner of @t{$TCP_PROMPT}. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Session Management +@noindent + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex tcp_alias +@item @t{tcp_alias [-q]} @var{alias}@t{=}@var{sess} @t{...} +@itemx @t{tcp_alias [-q] [} @var{alias} @t{] ...} +@itemx @t{tcp_alias -d [-q]} @var{alias} @t{...} +This function is not particularly well tested. + +@noindent +The first form creates an alias for a session name; @var{alias} can then be +used to refer to the existing session @var{sess}. As many aliases may be +listed as required. + +@noindent +The second form lists any aliases specified, or all aliases if none. + +@noindent +The third form deletes all the aliases listed. The underlying sessions are +not affected. + +@noindent +The option @t{-q} suppresses an inconsistently chosen subset of error +messages. + +@findex tcp_log +@item @t{tcp_log [-asc] [ -n | -N ] [} @var{logfile} @t{]} +With an argument @var{logfile}, all future input from @t{tcp_read} will be +logged to the named file. Unless @t{-a} (append) is given, this file will +first be truncated or created empty. With no arguments, show the current +status of logging. + +@noindent +With the option @t{-s}, per-session logging is enabled. Input from +@t{tcp_read} is output to the file @var{logfile}.@var{sess}. As the +session is automatically discriminated by the filename, the contents are +raw (no @t{$TCP_PROMPT}). The option @t{-a} applies as above. +Per-session logging and logging of all data in one file are not mutually +exclusive. + +@noindent +The option @t{-c} closes all logging, both complete and per-session logs. + +@noindent +The options @t{-n} and @t{-N} respectively turn off or restore output of +data read by @t{tcp_read} to standard output; hence `@t{tcp_log -cn}' turns +off all output by @t{tcp_read}. + +@noindent +The function is purely a convenient front end to setting the parameters +@t{$TCP_LOG}, @t{$TCP_LOG_SESS}, @t{$TCP_SILENT}, which are described below. + +@findex tcp_rename +@item @t{tcp_rename} @var{old} @var{new} +Rename session @var{old} to session @var{new}. The old name becomes invalid. + +@findex tcp_sess +@item @t{tcp_sess [} @var{sess} @t{[} @var{command} @t{... ] ]} +With no arguments, list all the open sessions and associated file +descriptors. The current session is marked with a star. For use in +functions, direct access to the parameters @t{$tcp_by_name}, @t{$tcp_by_fd} +and @t{$TCP_SESS} is probably more convenient; see below. + +@noindent +With a @var{sess} argument, set the current session to @var{sess}. +This is equivalent to changing @t{$TCP_SESS} directly. + +@noindent +With additional arguments, temporarily set the current session while +executing the string @t{command ...}. The first argument is re-evaluated +so as to expand aliases etc., but the remaining arguments are passed +through as the appear to @t{tcp_sess}. The original session is restored +when @t{tcp_sess} exits. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Advanced I/O +@noindent + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex tcp_command +@item @t{tcp_command} @var{send-options} @t{...} @var{send-arguments} @t{...} +This is a convenient front-end to @t{tcp_send}. All arguments are passed +to @t{tcp_send}, then the function pauses waiting for data. While data is +arriving at least every @t{$TCP_TIMEOUT} (default 0.3) seconds, data is +handled and printed out according to the current settings. Status 0 is +always returned. + +@noindent +This is generally only useful for interactive use, to prevent the display +becoming fragmented by output returned from the connection. Within a +programme or function it is generally better to handle reading data by a +more explicit method. + +@findex tcp_expect +@item @t{tcp_expect [ -q ] [ -p} @var{var} @t{] [ -t } @var{to} @t{| -T} @var{TO}@t{]} +@itemx @t{ [ -a | -s} @var{sess} @t{... | -l} @var{sess}@t{,... ]} @var{pattern} ... +Wait for input matching any of the given @var{pattern}s from any of the +specified sessions. Input is ignored until an input line matches one of +the given patterns; at this point status zero is returned, the matching +line is stored in @t{$TCP_LINE}, and the full set of lines read during the +call to @t{tcp_expect} is stored in the array @t{$tcp_expect_lines}. + +@noindent +Sessions are specified in the same way as @t{tcp_read}: the default is to +use the current session, otherwise the sessions specified by @t{-a}, +@t{-s}, or @t{-l} are used. + +@noindent +Each @var{pattern} is a standard zsh extended-globbing pattern; note that it +needs to be quoted to avoid it being expanded immediately by filename +generation. It must match the full line, so to match a substring there +must be a `@t{*}' at the start and end. The line matched against includes +the @t{$TCP_PROMPT} added by @t{tcp_read}. It is possible to include the +globbing flags `@t{#b}' or `@t{#m}' in the patterns to make backreferences +available in the parameters @t{$MATCH}, @t{$match}, etc., as described in +the base zsh documentation on pattern matching. + +@noindent +Unlike @t{tcp_read}, the default behaviour of @t{tcp_expect} is to block +indefinitely until the required input is found. This can be modified by +specifying a timeout with @t{-t} or @t{-T}; these function as in +@t{tcp_read}, specifying a per-read or overall timeout, respectively, in +seconds, as an integer or floating-point number. As @t{tcp_read}, the +function returns status 2 if a timeout occurs. + +@noindent +The function returns as soon as any one of the patterns given match. If +the caller needs to know which of the patterns matched, the option @t{-p} +@var{var} can be used; on return, @t{$var} is set to the number of the +pattern using ordinary zsh indexing, i.e. the first is 1, and so on. Note +the absence of a `@t{$}' in front of @var{var}. To avoid clashes, the +parameter cannot begin with `@t{_expect}'. + +@noindent +The option @t{-q} is passed directly down to @t{tcp_read}. + +@noindent +As all input is done via @t{tcp_read}, all the usual rules about output of +lines read apply. One exception is that the parameter @t{$tcp_lines} will +only reflect the line actually matched by @t{tcp_expect}; use +@t{$tcp_expect_lines} for the full set of lines read during the function +call. + +@findex tcp_proxy +@item @t{tcp_proxy} +This is a simple-minded function to accept a TCP connection and execute a +command with I/O redirected to the connection. Extreme caution should be +taken as there is no security whatsoever and this can leave your computer +open to the world. Ideally, it should only be used behind a firewall. + +@noindent +The first argument is a TCP port on which the function will listen. + +@noindent +The remaining arguments give a command and its arguments to execute with +standard input, standard output and standard error redirected to the +file descriptor on which the TCP session has been accepted. +If no command is given, a new zsh is started. This gives everyone on +your network direct access to your account, which in many cases will be a +bad thing. + +@noindent +The command is run in the background, so @t{tcp_proxy} can then accept new +connections. It continues to accept new connections until interrupted. + +@findex tcp_spam +@item @t{tcp_spam [-ertv] [ -a | -s } @var{sess} @t{| -l} @var{sess}@t{,... ]} @var{cmd} @t{...} +Execute `@var{cmd} @t{...}' for each session in turn. Note this executes +the command and arguments; it does not send the command line as data +unless the @t{-t} (transmit) option is given. + +@noindent +The sessions may be selected explicitly with the standard @t{-a}, @t{-s} or +@t{-l} options, or may be chosen implicitly. If none of the three options +is given the rules are: first, if the array @t{$tcp_spam_list} is set, this +is taken as the list of sessions, otherwise all sessions are taken. +Second, any sessions given in the array @t{$tcp_no_spam_list} are removed +from the list of sessions. + +@noindent +Normally, any sessions added by the `@t{-a}' flag or when all sessions are +chosen implicitly are spammed in alphabetic order; sessions given by the +@t{$tcp_spam_list} array or on the command line are spammed in the order +given. The @t{-r} flag reverses the order however it was arrived it. + +@noindent +The @t{-v} flag specifies that a @t{$TCP_PROMPT} will be output before each +session. This is output after any modification to TCP_SESS by the +user-defined @t{tcp_on_spam} function described below. (Obviously that +function is able to generate its own output.) + +@noindent +If the option @t{-e} is present, the line given as @var{cmd ...} is executed +using @t{eval}, otherwise it is executed without any further processing. + +@findex tcp_talk +@item @t{tcp_talk} +This is a fairly simple-minded attempt to force input to the line editor to +go straight to the default TCP_SESSION. + +@noindent +An escape string, @t{$TCP_TALK_ESCAPE}, default `:', is used to allow +access to normal shell operation. If it is on its own at the start of the +line, or followed only by whitespace, the line editor returns to normal +operation. Otherwise, the string and any following whitespace are skipped +and the remainder of the line executed as shell input without any change of +the line editor's operating mode. + +@noindent +The current implementation is somewhat deficient in terms of use of the +command history. For this reason, many users will prefer to use some form +of alternative approach for sending data easily to the current session. +One simple approach is to alias some special character (such as `@t{%}') to +`@t{tcp_command -}@t{-}'. + +@findex tcp_wait +@item @t{tcp_wait} +The sole argument is an integer or floating point number which gives the +seconds to delay. The shell will do nothing for that period except wait +for input on all TCP sessions by calling @t{tcp_read -a}. This is similar +to the interactive behaviour at the command prompt when zle handlers are +installed. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection `One-shot' file transfer +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{tcp_point} @var{port} +@itemx @t{tcp_shoot} @var{host} @var{port} +This pair of functions provide a simple way to transfer a file between +two hosts within the shell. Note, however, that bulk data transfer is +currently done using @t{cat}. @t{tcp_point} reads any data arriving at +@var{port} and sends it to standard output; @t{tcp_shoot} connects to +@var{port} on @var{host} and sends its standard input. Any unused @var{port} +may be used; the standard mechanism for picking a port is to think of a +random four-digit number above 1024 until one works. + +@noindent +To transfer a file from host @t{woodcock} to host @t{springes}, on +@t{springes}: + +@noindent +@example +tcp_point 8091 >output_file +@end example + +@noindent +and on @t{woodcock}: + +@noindent +@example +tcp_shoot springes 8091 zsh.report +@end example + +@noindent +You should check the @t{zsh.report} file for any sensitive information +such as passwords and delete them by hand before sending the script to the +developers. Also, as the output can be voluminous, it's best to wait for +the developers to ask for this information before sending it. + +@noindent +You can also use @t{reporter} to dump only a subset of the shell state. +This is sometimes useful for creating startup files for the first time. +Most of the output from reporter is far more detailed than usually is +necessary for a startup file, but the @t{aliases}, @t{options}, and +@t{zstyles} states may be useful because they include only changes from +the defaults. The @t{bindings} state may be useful if you have created +any of your own keymaps, because @t{reporter} arranges to dump the keymap +creation commands as well as the bindings for every keymap. + +@noindent +As is usual with automated tools, if you create a startup file with +@t{reporter}, you should edit the results to remove unnecessary commands. +Note that if you're using the new completion system, you should @emph{not} +dump the @t{functions} state to your startup files with @t{reporter}; use +the @t{compdump} function instead (see +@ref{Completion System}). + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{reporter} [ @var{state} ... ] +@findex reporter +Print to standard output the indicated subset of the current shell state. +The @var{state} arguments may be one or more of: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{all} +Output everything listed below. +@item @t{aliases} +Output alias definitions. +@item @t{bindings} +Output ZLE key maps and bindings. +@item @t{completion} +Output old-style @t{compctl} commands. +New completion is covered by @t{functions} and @t{zstyles}. +@item @t{functions} +Output autoloads and function definitions. +@item @t{limits} +Output @t{limit} commands. +@item @t{options} +Output @t{setopt} commands. +@item @t{styles} +Same as @t{zstyles}. +@item @t{variables} +Output shell parameter assignments, plus @t{export} +commands for any environment variables. +@item @t{zstyles} +Output @t{zstyle} commands. +@end table + +@noindent +If the @var{state} is omitted, @t{all} is assumed. + + +@noindent +With the exception of `@t{all}', every @var{state} can be abbreviated by +any prefix, even a single letter; thus @t{a} is the same as @t{aliases}, +@t{z} is the same as @t{zstyles}, etc. +@end table + +@noindent +@node Prompt Themes, ZLE Functions, Utilities, User Contributions + +@section Prompt Themes +@noindent + +@noindent + +@subsection Installation +@noindent + +@noindent +You should make sure all the functions from the @t{Functions/Prompts} +directory of the source distribution are available; they all begin with +the string `@t{prompt_}' except for the special function`@t{promptinit}'. +You also need the `@t{colors}' function from @t{Functions/Misc}. All of +these functions may already have been installed on your system; if not, +you will need to find them and copy them. The directory should appear as +one of the elements of the @t{fpath} array (this should already be the +case if they were installed), and at least the function @t{promptinit} +should be autoloaded; it will autoload the rest. Finally, to initialize +the use of the system you need to call the @t{promptinit} function. The +following code in your @t{.zshrc} will arrange for this; assume the +functions are stored in the directory @t{~/myfns}: + +@noindent +@example +fpath=(~/myfns $fpath) +autoload -U promptinit +promptinit +@end example + +@noindent + +@subsection Theme Selection +@noindent + +@noindent +Use the @t{prompt} command to select your preferred theme. This command +may be added to your @t{.zshrc} following the call to @t{promptinit} in +order to start zsh with a theme already selected. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{prompt} [ @t{-c} | @t{-l} ] +@itemx @t{prompt} [ @t{-p} | @t{-h} ] [ @var{theme} ... ] +@itemx @t{prompt} [ @t{-s} ] @var{theme} [ @var{arg} ... ] +Set or examine the prompt theme. With no options and a @var{theme} +argument, the theme with that name is set as the current theme. The +available themes are determined at run time; use the @t{-l} option to see +a list. The special @var{theme} `@t{random}' selects at random one of the +available themes and sets your prompt to that. + +@noindent +In some cases the @var{theme} may be modified by one or more arguments, +which should be given after the theme name. See the help for each theme +for descriptions of these arguments. + +@noindent +Options are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-c} +Show the currently selected theme and its parameters, if any. +@item @t{-l} +List all available prompt themes. +@item @t{-p} +Preview the theme named by @var{theme}, or all themes if no +@var{theme} is given. +@item @t{-h} +Show help for the theme named by @var{theme}, or for the +@t{prompt} function if no @var{theme} is given. +@item @t{-s} +Set @var{theme} as the current theme and save state. +@end table + +@item @t{prompt_}@var{theme}@t{_setup} +Each available @var{theme} has a setup function which is called by the +@t{prompt} function to install that theme. This function may define +other functions as necessary to maintain the prompt, including functions +used to preview the prompt or provide help for its use. You should not +normally call a theme's setup function directly. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node ZLE Functions, Exception Handling, Prompt Themes, User Contributions + +@section ZLE Functions +@noindent + +@noindent + +@subsection Widgets +@noindent + +@noindent +These functions all implement user-defined ZLE widgets (see +@ref{Zsh Line Editor}) which can be bound to keystrokes in interactive shells. To use them, +your @t{.zshrc} should contain lines of the form + +@noindent +@example +autoload @var{function} +zle -N @var{function} +@end example + +@noindent +followed by an appropriate @t{bindkey} command to associate the function +with a key sequence. Suggested bindings are described below. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item bash-style word functions +If you are looking for functions to implement moving over and editing +words in the manner of bash, where only alphanumeric characters are +considered word characters, you can use the functions described in +the next section. The following is sufficient: + +@noindent +@example +autoload -U select-word-style +select-word-style bash +@end example + +@noindent + +@tindex forward-word-match +@tindex backward-word-match +@tindex kill-word-match +@tindex backward-kill-word-match +@tindex transpose-words-match +@tindex capitalize-word-match +@tindex up-case-word-match +@tindex down-case-word-match +@tindex select-word-style +@tindex match-word-context +@tindex match-words-by-style +@item @t{forward-word-match}, @t{backward-word-match} +@itemx @t{kill-word-match}, @t{backward-kill-word-match} +@itemx @t{transpose-words-match}, @t{capitalize-word-match} +@itemx @t{up-case-word-match}, @t{down-case-word-match} +@itemx @t{select-word-style}, @t{match-word-context}, @t{match-words-by-style} +The eight `@t{-match}' functions are drop-in replacements for the +builtin widgets without the suffix. By default they behave in a similar +way. However, by the use of styles and the function @t{select-word-style}, +the way words are matched can be altered. + +@noindent +The simplest way of configuring the functions is to use +@t{select-word-style}, which can either be called as a normal function with +the appropriate argument, or invoked as a user-defined widget that will +prompt for the first character of the word style to be used. The first +time it is invoked, the eight @t{-match} functions will automatically +replace the builtin versions, so they do not need to be loaded explicitly. + +@noindent +The word styles available are as follows. Only the first character +is examined. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{bash} +Word characters are alphanumeric characters only. + +@item @t{normal} +As in normal shell operation: word characters are alphanumeric characters +plus any characters present in the string given by the parameter +@t{$WORDCHARS}. + +@item @t{shell} +Words are complete shell command arguments, possibly including complete +quoted strings, or any tokens special to the shell. + +@item @t{whitespace} +Words are any set of characters delimited by whitespace. + +@item @t{default} +Restore the default settings; this is usually the same as `@t{normal}'. + +@end table + +@noindent +More control can be obtained using the @t{zstyle} command, as described in +@ref{The zsh/zutil Module}. Each style is looked up in the +context @t{:zle:}@var{widget} where @var{widget} is the name of the +user-defined widget, not the name of the function implementing it, so in +the case of the definitions supplied by @t{select-word-style} the +appropriate contexts are @t{:zle:forward-word}, and so on. The function +@t{select-word-style} itself always defines styles for the context +`@t{:zle:*}' which can be overridden by more specific (longer) patterns as +well as explicit contexts. + +@noindent +The style @t{word-style} specifies the rules to use. This may have the +following values. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{normal} +Use the standard shell rules, i.e. alphanumerics and @t{$WORDCHARS}, unless +overridden by the styles @t{word-chars} or @t{word-class}. + +@item @t{specified} +Similar to @t{normal}, but @emph{only} the specified characters, and not also +alphanumerics, are considered word characters. + +@item @t{unspecified} +The negation of specified. The given characters are those which will +@emph{not} be considered part of a word. + +@item @t{shell} +Words are obtained by using the syntactic rules for generating shell +command arguments. In addition, special tokens which are never command +arguments such as `@t{()}' are also treated as words. + +@item @t{whitespace} +Words are whitespace-delimited strings of characters. + +@end table + +@noindent +The first three of those rules usually use @t{$WORDCHARS}, but the value +in the parameter can be overridden by the style @t{word-chars}, which works +in exactly the same way as @t{$WORDCHARS}. In addition, the style +@t{word-class} uses character class syntax to group characters and takes +precedence over @t{word-chars} if both are set. The @t{word-class} style +does not include the surrounding brackets of the character class; for +example, `@t{-:[:alnum:]}' is a valid @t{word-class} to include all +alphanumerics plus the characters `@t{-}' and `@t{:}'. Be careful +including `@t{]}', `@t{^}' and `@t{-}' as these are special inside +character classes. + +@noindent +The style @t{skip-chars} is mostly useful for +@t{transpose-words} and similar functions. If set, it gives a count of +characters starting at the cursor position which will not be considered +part of the word and are treated as space, regardless of what they actually +are. For example, if + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':zle:transpose-words' skip-chars 1 +@end example + +@noindent +has been set, and @t{transpose-words-match} is called with the cursor on +the @var{X} of @t{foo}@var{X}@t{bar}, where @var{X} can be any character, then +the resulting expression is @t{bar}@var{X}@t{foo}. + +@noindent +Finer grained control can be obtained by setting the style @t{word-context} +to an array of pairs of entries. Each pair of entries consists of a +@var{pattern} and a @var{subcontext}. The shell argument the cursor is on is +matched against each @var{pattern} in turn until one matches; if it does, +the context is extended by a colon and the corresponding @var{subcontext}. +Note that the test is made against the original word on the line, with no +stripping of quotes. If the cursor is at the end of the line the test is +performed against an empty string; if it is on whitespace between words the +test is made against a single space. Some examples are given below. + +@noindent +Here are some examples of use of the styles, actually taken from the +simplified interface in @t{select-word-style}: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':zle:*' word-style standard +zstyle ':zle:*' word-chars @value{dsq} +@end example + +@noindent +Implements bash-style word handling for all widgets, i.e. only +alphanumerics are word characters; equivalent to setting +the parameter @t{WORDCHARS} empty for the given context. + +@noindent +@example +style ':zle:*kill*' word-style space +@end example + +@noindent +Uses space-delimited words for widgets with the word `kill' in the name. +Neither of the styles @t{word-chars} nor @t{word-class} is used in this case. + +@noindent +Here are some examples of use of the @t{word-context} style to extend +the context. + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':zle:*' word-context "*/*" file "[[:space:]]" whitespace +zstyle ':zle:transpose-words:whitespace' word-style shell +zstyle ':zle:transpose-words:filename' word-style normal +zstyle ':zle:transpose-words:filename' word-chars @value{dsq} +@end example + +@noindent +This provides two different ways of using @t{transpose-words} depending on +whether the cursor is on whitespace between words or on a filename, here +any word containing a @t{/}. On whitespace, complete arguments as defined +by standard shell rules will be transposed. In a filename, only +alphanumerics will be transposed. Elsewhere, words will be transposed +using the default style for @t{:zle:transpose-words}. + +@noindent +The word matching and all the handling of @t{zstyle} settings is actually +implemented by the function @t{match-words-by-style}. This can be used to +create new user-defined widgets. The calling function should set the local +parameter @t{curcontext} to @t{:zle:}@var{widget}, create the local +parameter @t{matched_words} and call @t{match-words-by-style} with no +arguments. On return, @t{matched_words} will be set to an array with the +elements: (1) the start of the line (2) the word before the cursor (3) any +non-word characters between that word and the cursor (4) any non-word +character at the cursor position plus any remaining non-word characters +before the next word, including all characters specified by the +@t{skip-chars} style, (5) the word at or following the cursor (6) any +non-word characters following that word (7) the remainder of the line. Any +of the elements may be an empty string; the calling function should test +for this to decide whether it can perform its function. + +@noindent +It is possible to pass options with arguments to @t{match-words-by-style} +to override the use of styles. The options are: +@table @asis +@item @t{-w} +@var{word-style} +@item @t{-s} +@var{skip-chars} +@item @t{-c} +@var{word-class} +@item @t{-C} +@var{word-chars} +@end table + +@noindent +For example, @t{match-words-by-style -w shell -c 0} may be used to +extract the command argument around the cursor. + +@noindent +The @t{word-context} style is implemented by the function +@t{match-word-context}. This should not usually need to be called +directly. + +@tindex delete-whole-word-match +@item @t{delete-whole-word-match} +This is another function which works like the @t{-match} functions +described immediately above, i.e. using styles to decide the word +boundaries. However, it is not a replacement for any existing function. + +@noindent +The basic behaviour is to delete the word around the cursor. There is no +numeric prefix handling; only the single word around the cursor is +considered. If the widget contains the string @t{kill}, the removed text +will be placed in the cutbuffer for future yanking. This can be obtained +by defining @t{kill-whole-word-match} as follows: + +@noindent +@example +zle -N kill-whole-word-match delete-whole-word-match +@end example + +@noindent +and then binding the widget @t{kill-whole-word-match}. + +@tindex copy-earlier-word +@item @t{copy-earlier-word} +This widget works like a combination of @t{insert-last-word} and +@t{copy-prev-shell-word}. Repeated invocations of the widget retrieve +earlier words on the relevant history line. With a numeric argument +@var{N}, insert the @var{N}th word from the history line; @var{N} may be +negative to count from the end of the line. + +@noindent +If @t{insert-last-word} has been used to retrieve the last word on a +previous history line, repeated invocations will replace that word with +earlier words from the same line. + +@noindent +Otherwise, the widget applies to words on the line currently being edited. +The @t{widget} style can be set to the name of another widget that should +be called to retrieve words. This widget must accept the same three +arguments as @t{insert-last-word}. + +@tindex cycle-completion-positions +@item @t{cycle-completion-positions} +After inserting an unambiguous string into the command line, the new +function based completion system may know about multiple places in +this string where characters are missing or differ from at least one +of the possible matches. It will then place the cursor on the +position it considers to be the most interesting one, i.e. the one +where one can disambiguate between as many matches as possible with as +little typing as possible. + +@noindent +This widget allows the cursor to be easily moved to the other interesting +spots. It can be invoked repeatedly to cycle between all positions +reported by the completion system. + +@tindex edit-command-line +@item @t{edit-command-line} +Edit the command line using your visual editor, as in @t{ksh}. + +@noindent +@example +bindkey -M vicmd v edit-command-line +@end example + +@tindex history-beginning-search-backward-end +@tindex history-beginning-search-forward-end +@item @t{history-search-end} +This function implements the widgets +@t{history-beginning-search-backward-end} and +@t{history-beginning-search-forward-end}. These commands work by first +calling the corresponding builtin widget (see +@ref{History Control}) and then moving the cursor to the end of the line. The original cursor +position is remembered and restored before calling the builtin widget a +second time, so that the same search is repeated to look farther through +the history. + +@noindent +Although you @t{autoload} only one function, the commands to use it are +slightly different because it implements two widgets. + +@noindent +@example +zle -N history-beginning-search-backward-end \ + history-search-end +zle -N history-beginning-search-forward-end \ + history-search-end +bindkey '\e^P' history-beginning-search-backward-end +bindkey '\e^N' history-beginning-search-forward-end +@end example + +@tindex history-beginning-search-menu +@item @t{history-beginning-search-menu} +This function implements yet another form of history searching. The +text before the cursor is used to select lines from the history, +as for @t{history-beginning-search-backward} except that all matches are +shown in a numbered menu. Typing the appropriate digits inserts the +full history line. Note that leading zeroes must be typed (they are only +shown when necessary for removing ambiguity). The entire history is +searched; there is no distinction between forwards and backwards. + +@noindent +With a prefix argument, the search is not anchored to the start of +the line; the string typed by the use may appear anywhere in the line +in the history. + +@noindent +If the widget name contains `@t{-end}' the cursor is moved to the end of +the line inserted. If the widget name contains `@t{-space}' any space +in the text typed is treated as a wildcard and can match anything (hence +a leading space is equivalent to giving a prefix argument). Both +forms can be combined, for example: + +@noindent +@example +zle -N history-beginning-search-menu-space-end \ + history-beginning-search-menu +@end example + +@tindex history-pattern-search +@tindex history-pattern-search-backward +@tindex history-pattern-search-forward +@item @t{history-pattern-search} +The function @t{history-pattern-search} implements widgets which prompt +for a pattern with which to search the history backwards or forwards. The +pattern is in the usual zsh format, however the first character may be +@t{^} to anchor the search to the start of the line, and the last character +may be @t{$} to anchor the search to the end of the line. If the +search was not anchored to the end of the line the cursor is positioned +just after the pattern found. + +@noindent +The commands to create bindable widgets are similar to those in the +example immediately above: + +@noindent +@example +autoload -U history-pattern-search +zle -N history-pattern-search-backward history-pattern-search +zle -N history-pattern-search-forward history-pattern-search +@end example + +@tindex up-line-or-beginning-search +@tindex down-line-or-beginning-search +@item @t{up-line-or-beginning-search}, @t{down-line-or-beginning-search} +These widgets are similar to the builtin functions @t{up-line-or-search} +and @t{down-line-or-search}: if in a multiline buffer they move up or +down within the buffer, otherwise they search for a history line matching +the start of the current line. In this case, however, they search for +a line which matches the current line up to the current cursor position, in +the manner of @t{history-beginning-search-backward} and @t{-forward}, rather +than the first word on the line. + +@tindex incarg +@vindex incarg, use of +@item @t{incarg} +Typing the keystrokes for this widget with the cursor placed on or to the +left of an integer causes that integer to be incremented by one. With a +numeric prefix argument, the number is incremented by the amount of the +argument (decremented if the prefix argument is negative). The shell +parameter @t{incarg} may be set to change the default increment to +something other than one. + +@noindent +@example +bindkey '^X+' incarg +@end example + +@tindex incremental-complete-word +@item @t{incremental-complete-word} +This allows incremental completion of a word. After starting this +command, a list of completion choices can be shown after every character +you type, which you can delete with @t{^H} or @t{DEL}. Pressing return +accepts the completion so far and returns you to normal editing (that is, +the command line is @emph{not} immediately executed). You can hit @t{TAB} to +do normal completion, @t{^G} to abort back to the state when you started, +and @t{^D} to list the matches. + +@noindent +This works only with the new function based completion system. + +@noindent +@example +bindkey '^Xi' incremental-complete-word +@end example + +@tindex insert-composed-char +@item @t{insert-composed-char} +This function allows you to compose characters that don't appear on the +keyboard to be inserted into the command line. The command is followed by +two keys corresponding to ASCII characters (there is no prompt). For +accented characters, the two keys are a base character followed by a code +for the accent, while for other special characters the two characters +together form a mnemonic for the character to be inserted. The +two-character codes are a subset of those given by RFC 1345 (see for +example @t{http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc1345.html}). + +@noindent +The function may optionally be followed by up to two characters which +replace one or both of the characters read from the keyboard; if both +characters are supplied, no input is read. For example, +@t{insert-composed-char a:} can be used within a widget to insert an a with +umlaut into the command line. This has the advantages over use of a +literal character that it is more portable. + +@noindent +For best results zsh should have been built with support for multibyte +characters (configured with @t{--enable-multibyte}); however, the function +works for the limited range of characters available in single-byte +character sets such as ISO-8859-1. + +@noindent +The character is converted into the local representation and +inserted into the command line at the cursor position. +(The conversion is done within the shell, using whatever facilities +the C library provides.) With a numeric argument, the character and its +code are previewed in the status line + +@noindent +The function may be run outside zle in which case it prints the character +(together with a newline) to standard output. Input is still read from +keystrokes. + +@noindent +See @t{insert-unicode-char} for an alternative way of inserting Unicode +characters using their hexadecimal character number. + +@noindent +The set of accented characters is reasonably complete up to Unicode +character U+0180, the set of special characters less so. However, it it +is very sporadic from that point. Adding new characters is easy, +however; see the function @t{define-composed-chars}. Please send any +additions to @t{zsh-workers@@sunsite.dk}. + +@noindent +The codes for the second character when used to accent the first are as +follows. Note that not every character can take every accent. +@table @asis +@item @t{!} +Grave. +@item @t{'} +Acute. +@item @t{>} +Circumflex. +@item @t{?} +Tilde. (This is not @t{~} as RFC 1345 does not assume that +character is present on the keyboard.) +@item @t{-} +Macron. (A horizonal bar over the base character.) +@item @t{(} +Breve. (A shallow dish shape over the base character.) +@item @t{.} +Dot above the base character, or in the case of @t{i} no dot, +or in the case of @t{L} and @t{l} a centered dot. +@item @t{:} +Diaeresis (Umlaut). +@item @t{c} +Cedilla. +@item @t{_} +Underline, however there are currently no underlined characters. +@item @t{/} +Stroke through the base character. +@item @t{"} +Double acute (only supported on a few letters). +@item @t{;} +Ogonek. (A little forward facing hook at the bottom right +of the character.) +@item @t{<} +Caron. (A little v over the letter.) +@item @t{0} +Circle over the base character. +@item @t{2} +Hook over the base character. +@item @t{9} +Horn over the base character. +@end table + +@noindent +The most common characters from the Arabic, Cyrillic, Greek and Hebrew +alphabets are available; consult RFC 1345 for the appropriate sequences. +In addition, a set of two letter codes not in RFC 1345 are available for +the double-width characters corresponding to ASCII characters from @t{!} +to @t{~} (0x21 to 0x7e) by preceeding the character with @t{^}, for +example @t{^A} for a double-width @t{A}. + +@noindent +The following other two-character sequences are understood. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item ASCII characters +These are already present on most keyboards: +@table @asis +@item @t{<(} +Left square bracket +@item @t{//} +Backslash (solidus) +@item @t{)>} +Right square bracket +@item @t{(!} +Left brace (curly bracket) +@item @t{!!} +Vertical bar (pipe symbol) +@item @t{!)} +Right brace (curly bracket) +@item @t{'?} +Tilde +@end table + +@item Special letters +Characters found in various variants of the Latin alphabet: +@table @asis +@item @t{ss} +Eszett (scafes S) +@item @t{D-}, @t{d-} +Eth +@item @t{TH}, @t{th} +Thorn +@item @t{kk} +Kra +@item @t{'n} +'n +@item @t{NG}, @t{ng} +Ng +@item @t{OI}, @t{oi} +Oi +@item @t{yr} +yr +@item @t{ED} +ezh +@end table + +@item Currency symbols +@table @asis +@item @t{Ct} +Cent +@item @t{Pd} +Pound sterling (also lira and others) +@item @t{Cu} +Currency +@item @t{Ye} +Yen +@item @t{Eu} +Euro (N.B. not in RFC 1345) +@end table + +@item Punctuation characters +References to "right" quotes indicate the shape (like a 9 rather than 6) +rather than their grammatical use. (For example, a "right" low double +quote is used to open quotations in German.) +@table @asis +@item @t{!I} +Inverted exclamation mark +@item @t{BB} +Broken vertical bar +@item @t{SE} +Section +@item @t{Co} +Copyright +@item @t{-a} +Spanish feminine ordinal indicator +@item @t{<<} +Left guillemet +@item @t{--} +Soft hyphen +@item @t{Rg} +Registered trade mark +@item @t{PI} +Pilcrow (paragraph) +@item @t{-o} +Spanish masculine ordinal indicator +@item @t{>>} +Right guillemet +@item @t{?I} +Inverted question mark +@item @t{-1} +Hyphen +@item @t{-N} +En dash +@item @t{-M} +Em dash +@item @t{-3} +Horizontal bar +@item @t{:3} +Vertical ellipsis +@item @t{.3} +Horizontal midline ellipsis +@item @t{!2} +Double vertical line +@item @t{=2} +Double low line +@item @t{'6} +Left single quote +@item @t{'9} +Right single quote +@item @t{.9} +"Right" low quote +@item @t{9'} +Reversed "right" quote +@item @t{"6} +Left double quote +@item @t{"9} +Right double quote +@item @t{:9} +"Right" low double quote +@item @t{9"} +Reversed "right" double quote +@item @t{/-} +Dagger +@item @t{/=} +Double dagger +@end table + +@item Mathematical symbols +@table @asis +@item @t{DG} +Degree +@item @t{-2}, @t{+-}, @t{-+} +- sign, +/- sign, -/+ sign +@item @t{2S} +Superscript 2 +@item @t{3S} +Superscript 3 +@item @t{1S} +Superscript 1 +@item @t{My} +Micro +@item @t{.M} +Middle dot +@item @t{14} +Quarter +@item @t{12} +Half +@item @t{34} +Three quarters +@item @t{*X} +Multiplication +@item @t{-:} +Division +@item @t{%0} +Per mille +@item @t{FA}, @t{TE}, @t{/0} +For all, there exists, empty set +@item @t{dP}, @t{DE}, @t{NB} +Partial derivative, delta (increment), del +(nabla) +@item @t{(-}, @t{-)} +Element of, contains +@item @t{*P}, @t{+Z} +Product, sum +@item @t{*-}, @t{Ob}, @t{Sb} +Asterisk, ring, bullet +@item @t{RT}, @t{0(}, @t{00} +Root sign, proportional to, infinity +@end table + +@item Other symbols +@table @asis +@item @t{cS}, @t{cH}, @t{cD}, @t{cC} +Card suits: spades, hearts, diamonds, +clubs +@item @t{Md}, @t{M8}, @t{M2}, @t{Mb}, @t{Mx}, @t{MX} +Musical notation: +crotchet (quarter note), quaver (eighth note), semiquavers (sixteenth +notes), flag sign, natural signa, sharp sign +@item @t{Fm}, @t{Ml} +Female, male +@end table + +@item Accents on their own +@table @asis +@item @t{'>} +Circumflex (same as caret, @t{^}) +@item @t{'!} +Grave (same as backtick, @t{`}) +@item @t{',} +Cedilla +@item @t{':} +Diaeresis (Umlaut) +@item @t{'m} +Macron +@item @t{''} +Acute +@end table + +@end table + +@tindex insert-files +@item @t{insert-files} +This function allows you type a file pattern, and see the results of the +expansion at each step. When you hit return, all expansions are inserted +into the command line. + +@noindent +@example +bindkey '^Xf' insert-files +@end example + +@tindex narrow-to-region +@tindex narrow-to-region-invisible +@item @t{narrow-to-region [ -p} @var{pre} @t{] [ -P} @var{post} @t{]} +@itemx @t{[ -S} @var{statepm} @t{| -R} @var{statepm} @t{] [ -n ] [} @var{start} @var{end} @t{]}) +@itemx @t{narrow-to-region-invisible} +Narrow the editable portion of the buffer to the region between the cursor +and the mark, which may be in either order. The region may not be empty. + +@noindent +@t{narrow-to-region} may be used as a widget or called as a function from a +user-defined widget; by default, the text outside the editable area remains +visible. A @t{recursive-edit} is performed and the original widening +status is then restored. Various options and arguments are available when +it is called as a function. + +@noindent +The options @t{-p} @var{pretext} and @t{-P} @var{posttext} may be +used to replace the text before and after the display for the duration of +the function; either or both may be an empty string. + +@noindent +If the option @t{-n} is also given, @var{pretext} or @var{posttext} will only +be inserted if there is text before or after the region respectively which +will be made invisible. + +@noindent +Two numeric arguments may be given which will be used instead of the cursor +and mark positions. + +@noindent +The option @t{-S} @var{statepm} is used to narrow according to the other +options while saving the original state in the parameter with name +@var{statepm}, while the option @t{-R} @var{statepm} is used to restore the +state from the parameter; note in both cases the @emph{name} of the parameter +is required. In the second case, other options and arguments are +irrelevant. When this method is used, no @t{recursive-edit} is performed; +the calling widget should call this function with the option @t{-S}, +perform its own editing on the command line or pass control to the user +via `@t{zle recursive-edit}', then call this function with the option +@t{-R}. The argument @var{statepm} must be a suitable name for an ordinary +parameter, except that parameters beginning with the prefix @t{_ntr_} are +reserved for use within @t{narrow-to-region}. Typically the parameter will +be local to the calling function. + +@noindent +@t{narrow-to-region-invisible} is a simple widget which calls +@t{narrow-to-region} with arguments which replace any text outside the +region with `@t{...}'. + +@noindent +The display is restored (and the widget returns) upon any zle command +which would usually cause the line to be accepted or aborted. Hence an +additional such command is required to accept or abort the current line. + +@noindent +The return status of both widgets is zero if the line was accepted, else +non-zero. + +@noindent +Here is a trivial example of a widget using this feature. +@example +local state +narrow-to-region -p $'Editing restricted region\n' \ + -P @value{dsq} -S state +zle recursive-edit +narrow-to-region -R state +@end example + +@tindex insert-unicode-char +@item @t{insert-unicode-char} +When first executed, the user inputs a set of hexadecimal digits. +This is terminated with another call to @t{insert-unicode-char}. +The digits are then turned into the corresponding Unicode character. +For example, if the widget is bound to @t{^XU}, the character sequence +`@t{^XU 4 c ^XU}' inserts @t{L} (Unicode U+004c). + +@noindent +See @t{insert-composed-char} for a way of inserting characters +using a two-character mnemonic. + +@tindex predict-on +@tindex predict-off +@item @t{predict-on} +This set of functions implements predictive typing using history search. +After @t{predict-on}, typing characters causes the editor to look backward +in the history for the first line beginning with what you have typed so +far. After @t{predict-off}, editing returns to normal for the line found. +In fact, you often don't even need to use @t{predict-off}, because if the +line doesn't match something in the history, adding a key performs +standard completion, and then inserts itself if no completions were found. +However, editing in the middle of a line is liable to confuse prediction; +see the @t{toggle} style below. + +@noindent +With the function based completion system (which is needed for this), you +should be able to type @t{TAB} at almost any point to advance the cursor +to the next @value{dsbq}interesting@value{dsq} character position (usually the end of the +current word, but sometimes somewhere in the middle of the word). And of +course as soon as the entire line is what you want, you can accept with +return, without needing to move the cursor to the end first. + +@noindent +The first time @t{predict-on} is used, it creates several additional +widget functions: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{delete-backward-and-predict} +Replaces the @t{backward-delete-char} +widget. You do not need to bind this yourself. +@item @t{insert-and-predict} +Implements predictive typing by replacing the +@t{self-insert} widget. You do not need to bind this yourself. +@item @t{predict-off} +Turns off predictive typing. +@end table + +@noindent +Although you @t{autoload} only the @t{predict-on} function, it is +necessary to create a keybinding for @t{predict-off} as well. + +@noindent +@example +zle -N predict-on +zle -N predict-off +bindkey '^X^Z' predict-on +bindkey '^Z' predict-off +@end example + +@tindex read-from-minibuffer +@item @t{read-from-minibuffer} +This is most useful when called as a function from inside a widget, but will +work correctly as a widget in its own right. It prompts for a value +below the current command line; a value may be input using all of the +standard zle operations (and not merely the restricted set available +when executing, for example, @t{execute-named-cmd}). The value is then +returned to the calling function in the parameter @t{$REPLY} and the +editing buffer restored to its previous state. If the read was aborted +by a keyboard break (typically @t{^G}), the function returns status 1 +and @t{$REPLY} is not set. + +@noindent +If one argument is supplied to the function it is taken as a prompt, +otherwise `@t{? }' is used. If two arguments are supplied, they are the +prompt and the initial value of @t{$LBUFFER}, and if a third argument is +given it is the initial value of @t{$RBUFFER}. This provides a default +value and starting cursor placement. Upon return the entire buffer is the +value of @t{$REPLY}. + +@noindent +One option is available: `@t{-k} @var{num}' specifies that @var{num} +characters are to be read instead of a whole line. The line editor is not +invoked recursively in this case, so depending on the terminal settings +the input may not be visible, and only the input keys are placed in +@t{$REPLY}, not the entire buffer. Note that unlike the @t{read} builtin +@var{num} must be given; there is no default. + +@noindent +The name is a slight misnomer, as in fact the shell's own minibuffer is +not used. Hence it is still possible to call @t{executed-named-cmd} and +similar functions while reading a value. + +@tindex replace-string +@tindex replace-string-again +@tindex replace-pattern +@item @t{replace-string}, @t{replace-pattern} +@itemx @t{replace-string-again}, @t{replace-pattern-again} +The function @t{replace-string} implements two widgets. +If defined under the same name as the function, it prompts for two +strings; the first (source) string will be replaced by the second +everywhere it occurs in the line editing buffer. + +@noindent +If the widget name contains the word `@t{pattern}', for example by +defining the widget using the command `@t{zle -N replace-pattern +replace-string}', then the replacement is done by pattern matching. All +zsh extended globbing patterns can be used in the source string; note +that unlike filename generation the pattern does not need to match an +entire word, nor do glob qualifiers have any effect. In addition, the +replacement string can contain parameter or command substitutions. +Furthermore, a `@t{&}' in the replacement string will be replaced with +the matched source string, and a backquoted digit `@t{\}@var{N}' will be +replaced by the @var{N}th parenthesised expression matched. The form +`@t{\@{}@var{N}@t{@}}' may be used to protect the digit from following +digits. + +@noindent +By default the previous source or replacement string will not be offered +for editing. However, this feature can be activated by setting the style +@t{edit-previous} in the context @t{:zle:}@var{widget} (for example, +@t{:zle:replace-string}) to @t{true}. In addition, a positive +numeric argument forces the previous values to be offered, a negative or +zero argument forces them not to be. + +@noindent +The function @t{replace-string-again} can be used to repeat the +previous replacement; no prompting is done. As with @t{replace-string}, if +the name of the widget contains the word `@t{pattern}', pattern matching +is performed, else a literal string replacement. Note that the +previous source and replacement text are the same whether pattern or string +matching is used. + +@noindent +For example, starting from the line: + +@noindent +@example +print This line contains fan and fond +@end example + +@noindent +and invoking @t{replace-pattern} with the source string +`@t{f(?)n}' and +the replacment string `@t{c\1r}' produces the not very useful line: + +@noindent +@example +print This line contains car and cord +@end example + +@noindent +The range of the replacement string can be limited by using the +@t{narrow-to-region-invisible} widget. One limitation of the current +version is that @t{undo} will cycle through changes to the replacement +and source strings before undoing the replacement itself. + +@tindex smart-insert-last-word +@item @t{smart-insert-last-word} +This function may replace the @t{insert-last-word} widget, like so: + +@noindent +@example +zle -N insert-last-word smart-insert-last-word +@end example + +@noindent +With a numeric prefix, or when passed command line arguments in a call +from another widget, it behaves like @t{insert-last-word}, except that +words in comments are ignored when @t{INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS} is set. + +@noindent +Otherwise, the rightmost @value{dsbq}interesting@value{dsq} word from the previous command is +found and inserted. The default definition of @value{dsbq}interesting@value{dsq} is that the +word contains at least one alphabetic character, slash, or backslash. +This definition may be overridden by use of the @t{match} style. The +context used to look up the style is the widget name, so usually the +context is @t{:insert-last-word}. However, you can bind this function to +different widgets to use different patterns: + +@noindent +@example +zle -N insert-last-assignment smart-insert-last-word +zstyle :insert-last-assignment match '[[:alpha:]][][[:alnum:]]#=*' +bindkey '\e=' insert-last-assignment +@end example + +@noindent +If no interesting word is found and the @t{auto-previous} style is set to +a true value, the search continues upward through the history. When +@t{auto-previous} is unset or false (the default), the widget must be +invoked repeatedly in order to search earlier history lines. + +@tindex which-command +@item @t{which-command} +This function is a drop-in replacement for the builtin widget +@t{which-command}. It has enhanced behaviour, in that it correctly +detects whether or not the command word needs to be expanded as an +alias; if so, it continues tracing the command word from the expanded +alias until it reaches the command that will be executed. + +@noindent +The style @t{whence} is available in the context @t{:zle:$WIDGET}; this +may be set to an array to give the command and options that will be used to +investigate the command word found. The default is @t{whence -c}. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Utility Functions +@noindent + +@noindent +These functions are useful in constructing widgets. They +should be loaded with `@t{autoload -U} @var{function}' and called +as indicated from user-defined widgets. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@tindex split-shell-arguments +@item @t{split-shell-arguments} +This function splits the line currently being edited into shell arguments +and whitespace. The result is stored in the array @t{reply}. The array +contains all the parts of the line in order, starting with any whitespace +before the first argument, and finishing with any whitespace after the last +argument. Hence (so long as the option @t{KSH_ARRAYS} is not set) +whitespace is given by odd indices in the array and arguments by +even indices. Note that no stripping of quotes is done; joining together +all the elements of @t{reply} in order is guaranteed to produce the +original line. + +@noindent +The parameter @t{REPLY} is set to the index of the word in @t{reply} which +contains the character after the cursor, where the first element has index +1. The parameter @t{REPLY2} is set to the index of the character under the +cursor in that word, where the first character has index 1. + +@noindent +Hence @t{reply}, @t{REPLY} and @t{REPLY2} should all be made local to +the enclosing function. + +@noindent +See the function @t{modify-current-argument}, described below, for +an example of how to call this function. + +@tindex modify-current-argument +@item @t{modify-current-argument} @var{expr-using-}@t{$ARG} +This function provides a simple method of allowing user-defined widgets +to modify the command line argument under the cursor (or immediately to the +left of the cursor if the cursor is between arguments). The argument +should be an expression which when evaluated operates on the shell +parameter @t{ARG}, which will have been set to the command line argument +under the cursor. The expression should be suitably quoted to prevent +it being evaluated too early. + +@noindent +For example, a user-defined widget containing the following code +converts the characters in the argument under the cursor into all upper +case: + +@noindent +@example +modify-current-argument '$@{(U)ARG@}' +@end example + +@noindent +The following strips any quoting from the current word (whether backslashes +or one of the styles of quotes), and replaces it with single quoting +throughout: + +@noindent +@example +modify-current-argument '$@{(qq)$@{(Q)ARG@}@}' +@end example + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Styles +@noindent + +@noindent +The behavior of several of the above widgets can be controlled by the use +of the @t{zstyle} mechanism. In particular, widgets that interact with +the completion system pass along their context to any completions that +they invoke. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@kindex break-keys, widget style +@item @t{break-keys} +This style is used by the @t{incremental-complete-word} widget. Its value +should be a pattern, and all keys matching this pattern will cause the +widget to stop incremental completion without the key having any further +effect. Like all styles used directly by +@t{incremental-complete-word}, this style is looked up using the +context `@t{:incremental}'. + +@kindex completer, completion style +@item @t{completer} +The @t{incremental-complete-word} and @t{insert-and-predict} widgets set +up their top-level context name before calling completion. This allows +one to define different sets of completer functions for normal completion +and for these widgets. For example, to use completion, approximation and +correction for normal completion, completion and correction for +incremental completion and only completion for prediction one could use: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':completion:*' completer \ + _complete _correct _approximate +zstyle ':completion:incremental:*' completer \ + _complete _correct +zstyle ':completion:predict:*' completer \ + _complete +@end example + +@noindent +It is a good idea to restrict the completers used in prediction, because +they may be automatically invoked as you type. The @t{_list} and +@t{_menu} completers should never be used with prediction. The +@t{_approximate}, @t{_correct}, @t{_expand}, and @t{_match} completers may +be used, but be aware that they may change characters anywhere in the word +behind the cursor, so you need to watch carefully that the result is what +you intended. + +@kindex cursor, completion style +@item @t{cursor} +The @t{insert-and-predict} widget uses this style, in the context +`@t{:predict}', to decide where to place the cursor after completion has +been tried. Values are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{complete} +The cursor is left where it was when completion finished, but only if +it is after a character equal to the one just inserted by the user. If +it is after another character, this value is the same as `@t{key}'. + +@item @t{key} +The cursor is left +after the @var{n}th occurrence of the character just inserted, where +@var{n} is the number of times that character appeared in the word +before completion was attempted. In short, this has the effect of +leaving the cursor after the character just typed even if the +completion code found out that no other characters need to be inserted +at that position. + +@end table + +@noindent +Any other value for this style unconditionally leaves the cursor at the +position where the completion code left it. + +@kindex list, widget style +@item @t{list} +When using the @t{incremental-complete-word} widget, this style says +if the matches should be listed on every key press (if they fit on the +screen). Use the context prefix `@t{:completion:incremental}'. + +@noindent +The @t{insert-and-predict} widget uses this style to decide if the +completion should be shown even if there is only one possible completion. +This is done if the value of this style is the string @t{always}. In this +case the context is `@t{:predict}' (@emph{not} `@t{:completion:predict}'). + +@kindex match, widget style +@item @t{match} +This style is used by @t{smart-insert-last-word} to provide a pattern +(using full @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} syntax) that matches an interesting word. +The context is the name of the widget to which @t{smart-insert-last-word} +is bound (see above). The default behavior of @t{smart-insert-last-word} +is equivalent to: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle :insert-last-word match '*[[:alpha:]/\\]*' +@end example + +@noindent +However, you might want to include words that contain spaces: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle :insert-last-word match '*[[:alpha:][:space:]/\\]*' +@end example + +@noindent +Or include numbers as long as the word is at least two characters long: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle :insert-last-word match '*([[:digit:]]?|[[:alpha:]/\\])*' +@end example + +@noindent +The above example causes redirections like "2>" to be included. + +@kindex prompt, widget style +@item @t{prompt} +The @t{incremental-complete-word} widget shows the value of this +style in the status line during incremental completion. The string +value may contain any of the following substrings in the manner of +the @t{PS1} and other prompt parameters: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{%c} +Replaced by the name of the completer function that generated the +matches (without the leading underscore). + +@item @t{%l} +When the @t{list} style is set, +replaced by `@t{...}' if the list of matches is too long to fit on the +screen and with an empty string otherwise. If the @t{list} style is +`false' or not set, `@t{%l}' is always removed. + +@item @t{%n} +Replaced by the number of matches generated. + +@item @t{%s} +Replaced by `@t{-no match-}', `@t{-no prefix-}', or an empty string +if there is no completion matching the word on the line, if the +matches have no common prefix different from the word on the line, or +if there is such a common prefix, respectively. + +@item @t{%u} +Replaced by the unambiguous part of all matches, if there +is any, and if it is different from the word on the line. + +@end table + +@noindent +Like `@t{break-keys}', this uses the `@t{:incremental}' context. + +@kindex stop-keys, widget style +@item @t{stop-keys} +This style is used by the @t{incremental-complete-word} widget. Its value +is treated similarly to the one for the @t{break-keys} style (and uses +the same context: `@t{:incremental}'). However, in +this case all keys matching the pattern given as its value will stop +incremental completion and will then execute their usual function. + +@kindex toggle, widget style +@item @t{toggle} +This boolean style is used by @t{predict-on} and its related widgets in +the context `@t{:predict}'. If set to one of the standard `true' values, +predictive typing is automatically toggled off in situations where it is +unlikely to be useful, such as when editing a multi-line buffer or after +moving into the middle of a line and then deleting a character. The +default is to leave prediction turned on until an explicit call to +@t{predict-off}. + +@kindex verbose, widget style +@item @t{verbose} +This boolean style is used by @t{predict-on} and its related widgets in +the context `@t{:predict}'. If set to one of the standard `true' values, +these widgets display a message below the prompt when the predictive state +is toggled. This is most useful in combination with the @t{toggle} style. +The default does not display these messages. + +@kindex widget, widget style +@item @t{widget} +This style is similar to the @t{command} style: For widget functions that +use @t{zle} to call other widgets, this style can sometimes be used to +override the widget which is called. The context for this style is the +name of the calling widget (@emph{not} the name of the calling function, +because one function may be bound to multiple widget names). + +@noindent +@example +zstyle :copy-earlier-word widget smart-insert-last-word +@end example + +@noindent +Check the documentation for the calling widget or function to determine +whether the @t{widget} style is used. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Exception Handling, MIME Functions, ZLE Functions, User Contributions + +@section Exception Handling +@noindent + +@noindent +Two functions are provided to enable zsh to provide exception handling in a +form that should be familiar from other languages. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex throw +@item @t{throw} @var{exception} +The function @t{throw} throws the named @var{exception}. The name is +an arbitrary string and is only used by the @t{throw} and @t{catch} +functions. An exception is for the most part treated the same as a +shell error, i.e. an unhandled exception will cause the shell to abort all +processing in a function or script and to return to the top level in an +interactive shell. + +@item @t{catch} @var{exception-pattern} +The function @t{catch} returns status zero if an exception was thrown and +the pattern @var{exception-pattern} matches its name. Otherwise it +returns status 1. @var{exception-pattern} is a standard +shell pattern, respecting the current setting of the @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} +option. An alias @t{catch} is also defined to prevent the argument to the +function from matching filenames, so patterns may be used unquoted. Note +that as exceptions are not fundamentally different from other shell errors +it is possible to catch shell errors by using an empty string as the +exception name. The shell variable @t{CAUGHT} is set by @t{catch} to the +name of the exception caught. It is possible to rethrow an exception by +calling the @t{throw} function again once an exception has been caught. +@findex catch + +@end table + +@noindent +The functions are designed to be used together with the @t{always} construct +described in +@ref{Complex Commands}. This is important as only this +construct provides the required support for exceptions. A typical example +is as follows. + +@noindent +@example +@{ + # "try" block + # ... nested code here calls "throw MyExcept" +@} always @{ + # "always" block + if catch MyExcept; then + print "Caught exception MyExcept" + elif catch @value{dsq}; then + print "Caught a shell error. Propagating..." + throw @value{dsq} + fi + # Other exceptions are not handled but may be caught further + # up the call stack. +@} +@end example + +@noindent +If all exceptions should be caught, the following idiom might be +preferable. + +@noindent +@example +@{ + # ... nested code here throws an exception +@} always @{ + if catch *; then + case $CAUGHT in + (MyExcept) + print "Caught my own exception" + ;; + (*) + print "Caught some other exception" + ;; + esac + fi +@} +@end example + +@noindent +In common with exception handling in other languages, the exception may be +thrown by code deeply nested inside the `try' block. However, note that it +must be thrown inside the current shell, not in a subshell forked for a +pipeline, parenthesised current-shell construct, or some form of +command or process substitution. + +@noindent +The system internally uses the shell variable @t{EXCEPTION} to record the +name of the exception between throwing and catching. One drawback of this +scheme is that if the exception is not handled the variable @t{EXCEPTION} +remains set and may be incorrectly recognised as the name of an exception +if a shell error subsequently occurs. Adding @t{unset EXCEPTION} at the +start of the outermost layer of any code that uses exception handling will +eliminate this problem. + +@noindent +@node MIME Functions, Mathematical Functions, Exception Handling, User Contributions + +@section MIME Functions +@noindent + +@noindent +Three functions are available to provide handling of files recognised by +extension, for example to dispatch a file @t{text.ps} when executed as a +command to an appropriate viewer. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex zsh-mime-setup +@findex zsh-mime-handler +@item @t{zsh-mime-setup [-flv]} +@itemx @t{zsh-mime-handler} +These two functions use the files @t{~/.mime.types} and @t{/etc/mime.types}, +which associate types and extensions, as well as @t{~/.mailcap} and +@t{/etc/mailcap} files, which associate types and the programs that +handle them. These are provided on many systems with the Multimedia +Internet Mail Extensions. + +@noindent +To enable the system, the function @t{zsh-mime-setup} should be +autoloaded and run. This allows files with extensions to be treated +as executable; such files be completed by the function completion system. +The function @t{zsh-mime-handler} should not need to be called by the +user. + +@noindent +The system works by setting up suffix aliases with `@t{alias -s}'. +Suffix aliases already installed by the user will not be overwritten. + +@noindent +Repeated calls to @t{zsh-mime-setup} do not override the existing +mapping between suffixes and executable files unless the option @t{-f} +is given. Note, however, that this does not override existing suffix +aliases assigned to handlers other than @t{zsh-mime-handler}. +Calling @t{zsh-mime-setup} with the option @t{-l} lists the existing +mappings without altering them. Calling @t{zsh-mime-setup} with the option +@t{-v} causes verbose output to be shown during the setup operation. + +@noindent +The system respects the @t{mailcap} flags @t{needsterminal} and +@t{copiousoutput}, see man page mailcap(4). + +@noindent +The functions use the following styles, which are defined with the +@t{zstyle} builtin command (@ref{The zsh/zutil Module}). They should be defined +before @t{zsh-mime-setup} is run. The contexts used all +start with @t{:mime:}, with additional components in some cases. +It is recommended that a trailing @t{*} (suitably quoted) be appended +to style patterns in case the system is extended in future. Some +examples are given below. +@table @asis +@kindex current-shell, MIME style +@item @t{current-shell} +If this boolean style is true, the mailcap handler for the context in +question is run using the @t{eval} builtin instead of by starting a new +@t{sh} process. This is more efficient, but may not work in the occasional +cases where the mailcap handler uses strict POSIX syntax. + +@kindex execute-as-is, MIME style +@item @t{execute-as-is} +This style gives a list of patterns to be matched against files +passed for execution with a handler program. If the file matches +the pattern, the entire command line is executed in its current form, +with no handler. This is useful for files which might have suffixes +but nonetheless be executable in their own right. If the style +is not set, the pattern @t{*(*) *(/)} is used; +hence executable files are executed directly and not passed to a +handler, and the option @t{AUTO_CD} may be used to change to directories +that happen to have MIME suffixes. + +@kindex file-path, MIME style +@item @t{file-path} +Used if the style @t{find-file-in-path} is true for the same context. +Set to an array of directories that are used for searching for the +file to be handled; the default is the command path given by the +special parameter @t{path}. The shell option @t{PATH_DIRS} is respected; +if that is set, the appropriate path will be searched even if the +name of the file to be handled as it appears on the command line contains +a `@t{/}'. +The full context is @t{:mime:.}@var{suffix}@t{:}, as described for the style +@t{handler}. + +@kindex find-file-in-path, MIME style +@item @t{find-file-in-path} +If set, allows files whose names do not contain absolute paths +to be searched for in the command path or the path specified by the +@t{file-path} style. If the file is not found in the path, it is looked +for locally (whether or not the current directory is in the path); if it is +not found locally, the handler will abort unless the @t{handle-nonexistent} +style is set. Files found in the path are tested as described for +the style @t{execute-as-is}. +The full context is @t{:mime:.}@var{suffix}@t{:}, as described for the style +@t{handler}. + +@kindex flags, MIME style +@item @t{flags} +Defines flags to go with a handler; the context is as for the +@t{handler} style, and the format is as for the flags in @t{mailcap}. + +@kindex handle-nonexistent, MIME style +@item @t{handle-nonexistent} +By default, arguments that don't correspond to files are not passed +to the MIME handler in order to prevent it from intercepting commands found +in the path that happen to have suffixes. This style may be set to +an array of extended glob patterns for arguments that will be passed to the +handler even if they don't exist. If it is not explicitly set it +defaults to @t{[[:alpha:]]#:/*} which allows URLs to be passed to the MIME +handler even though they don't exist in that format in the file system. +The full context is @t{:mime:.}@var{suffix}@t{:}, as described for the style +@t{handler}. + +@kindex handler, MIME style +@item @t{handler} +Specifies a handler for a suffix; the suffix is given by the context as +@t{:mime:.}@var{suffix}@t{:}, and the format of the handler is exactly +that in @t{mailcap}. Note in particular the `@t{.}' and trailing colon +to distinguish this use of the context. This overrides any handler +specified by the @t{mailcap} files. If the handler requires a terminal, +the @t{flags} style should be set to include the word @t{needsterminal}, +or if the output is to be displayed through a pager (but not if the +handler is itself a pager), it should include @t{copiousoutput}. + +@kindex mailcap, MIME style +@item @t{mailcap} +A list of files in the format of @t{~/.mailcap} and +@t{/etc/mailcap} to be read during setup, replacing the default list +which consists of those two files. The context is @t{:mime:}. +A @t{+} in the list will be replaced by the default files. + +@kindex mailcap-priorities, MIME style +@item @t{mailcap-priorities} +This style is used to resolve multiple mailcap entries for the same MIME +type. It consists of an array of the following elements, in descending +order of priority; later entries will be used if earlier entries are +unable to resolve the entries being compared. If none of the tests +resolve the entries, the first entry encountered is retained. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{files} +The order of files (entries in the @t{mailcap} style) read. Earlier +files are preferred. (Note this does not resolve entries in the same file.) + +@item @t{priority} +The priority flag from the mailcap entry. The priority is an integer +from 0 to 9 with the default value being 5. + +@item @t{flags} +The test given by the @t{mailcap-prio-flags} option is used to resolve +entries. + +@item @t{place} +Later entries are preferred; as the entries are strictly ordered, this +test always succeeds. + +@end table + +@noindent +Note that as this style is handled during initialisation, the context +is always @t{:mime:}, with no discrimination by suffix. + +@kindex mailcap-prio-flags, MIME style +@item @t{mailcap-prio-flags} +This style is used when the keyword @t{flags} is encountered in the +list of tests specified by the @t{mailcap-priorities} style. +It should be set to a list of patterns, each of which is tested against +the flags specified in the mailcap entry (in other words, the sets of +assignments found with some entries in the mailcap file). Earlier +patterns in the list are preferred to later ones, and matched patterns +are preferred to unmatched ones. + +@kindex mime-types, MIME style +@item @t{mime-types} +A list of files in the format of @t{~/.mime.types} and +@t{/etc/mime.types} to be read during setup, replacing the default list +which consists of those two files. The context is @t{:mime:}. +A @t{+} in the list will be replaced by the default files. + +@kindex never-background, MIME style +@item @t{never-background} +If this boolean style is set, the handler for the given context is +always run in the foreground, even if the flags provided in the mailcap +entry suggest it need not be (for example, it doesn't require a +terminal). + +@kindex pager, MIME style +@item @t{pager} +If set, will be used instead of @t{$PAGER} or @t{more} to handle +suffixes where the @t{copiousoutput} flag is set. The context is +as for @t{handler}, i.e. @t{:mime:.}@var{suffix}@t{:} for handling +a file with the given @var{suffix}. + +@end table + +@noindent +Examples: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':mime:*' mailcap ~/.mailcap /usr/local/etc/mailcap +zstyle ':mime:.txt:' handler less %s +zstyle ':mime:.txt:' flags needsterminal +@end example + +@noindent +When @t{zsh-mime-setup} is subsequently run, it will look for +@t{mailcap} entries in the two files given. Files of suffix @t{.txt} +will be handled by running `@t{less} @var{file.txt}'. The flag +@t{needsterminal} is set to show that this program must run attached to a +terminal. + +@noindent +As there are several steps to dispatching a command, the following +should be checked if attempting to execute a file by extension +@t{.}@var{ext} does not have the expected effect. + +@noindent +The command `@t{alias -s} @var{ext}' should show +`@t{ps=zsh-mime-handler}'. If it shows something else, another suffix +alias was already installed and was not overwritten. If it shows +nothing, no handler was installed: this is most likely because no +handler was found in the @t{.mime.types} and @t{mailcap} combination for +@t{.ext} files. In that case, appropriate handling should be added to +@t{~/.mime.types} and @t{mailcap}. + +@noindent +If the extension is handled by @t{zsh-mime-handler} but the file is +not opened correctly, either the handler defined for the type is +incorrect, or the flags associated with it are in appropriate. Running +@t{zsh-mime-setup -l} will show the handler and, if there are any, the +flags. A @t{%s} in the handler is replaced by the file (suitably quoted +if necessary). Check that the handler program listed lists and can +be run in the way shown. Also check that the flags @t{needsterminal} or +@t{copiousoutput} are set if the handler needs to be run under a +terminal; the second flag is used if the output should be sent to a pager. +An example of a suitable @t{mailcap} entry for such a program is: + +@noindent +@example +text/html; /usr/bin/lynx '%s'; needsterminal +@end example + +@findex pick-web-browser +@item @t{pick-web-browser} +This function is separate from the two MIME functions described above +and can be assigned directly to a suffix: + +@noindent +@example +autoload -U pick-web-browser +alias -s html=pick-web-browser +@end example + +@noindent +It is provided as an intelligent front end to dispatch a web browser. +It may be run as either a function or a shell script. The status +255 is returned if no browser could be started. + +@noindent +Various styles are available to customize the choice of browsers: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{browser-style} +The value of the style is an array giving preferences in decreasing order +for the type of browser to use. The values of elements may be + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{running} +Use a GUI browser that is already running when an X Window display is +available. The browsers listed in the @t{x-browsers} style are tried +in order until one is found; if it is, the file will be displayed in +that browser, so the user may need to check whether it has appeared. +If no running browser is found, one is not started. Browsers other than +Firefox, Opera and Konqueror are assumed to understand the Mozilla +syntax for opening a URL remotely. + +@item @t{x} +Start a new GUI browser when an X Window display is available. Search for +the availability of one of the browsers listed in the @t{x-browsers} style +and start the first one that is found. No check is made for an already +running browser. + +@item @t{tty} +Start a terminal-based browser. Search for the availability of one +of the browsers listed in the @t{tty-browsers} style and start the +first one that is found. + +@end table + +@noindent +If the style is not set the default @t{running x tty} is used. + +@item @t{x-browsers} +An array in decreasing order +of preference of browsers to use when running under the X Window System. +The array consists of the command name under which to start the +browser. They are looked up in the context @t{:mime:} (which may +be extended in future, so appending `@t{*}' is recommended). For +example, + +@noindent +@example +zstyle ':mime:*' x-browsers opera konqueror firefox +@end example + +@noindent +specifies that @t{pick-web-browser} should first look for a runing +instance of Opera, Konqueror or Firefox, in that order, and if it +fails to find any should attempt to start Opera. The default is +@t{firefox mozilla netscape opera konqueror}. + +@item @t{tty-browsers} +An array similar to @t{x-browsers}, except that it gives browsers to +use use when no X Window display is available. The default is +@t{elinks links lynx}. + +@item @t{command} +If it is set this style is used to pick the command +used to open a page for a browser. The context is +@t{:mime:browser:new:$browser:} to start a new browser or +@t{:mime:browser:running:$browser:} to open a URL in a browser already +runing on the current X display, where @t{$browser} is the value matched +in the @t{x-browsers} or @t{tty-browsers} style. The escape sequence +@t{%b} in the style's value will be replaced by the browser, while @t{%u} +will be replaced by the URL. If the style is not set, the default for all +new instances is equivalent to @t{%b %u} and the defaults for using running +browsers are equivalent to the values @t{kfmclient openURL %u} for +Konqueror, @t{firefox -new-tab %u} for Firefox, @t{opera -newpage %u} +for Opera, and @t{%b -remote "openUrl(%u)"} for all others. + +@end table + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Mathematical Functions, User Configuration Functions, MIME Functions, User Contributions + +@section Mathematical Functions +@noindent + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex zcalc +@item @t{zcalc} [ @var{expression} ... ] +A reasonably powerful calculator based on zsh's arithmetic evaluation +facility. The syntax is similar to that of formulae in most programming +languages; see +@ref{Arithmetic Evaluation} for details. The mathematical +library @t{zsh/mathfunc} will be loaded if it is available; see +@ref{The zsh/mathfunc Module}. The mathematical functions +correspond to the raw system libraries, so trigonometric functions are +evaluated using radians, and so on. + +@noindent +Each line typed is evaluated as an expression. The prompt shows a number, +which corresponds to a positional parameter where the result of that +calculation is stored. For example, the result of the calculation on the +line preceded by `@t{4> }' is available as @t{$4}. The last value +calculated is available as @t{ans}. Full command line editing, including +the history of previous calculations, is available; the history is saved in +the file @t{~/.zcalc_history}. To exit, enter a blank line or type `@t{q}' +on its own. + +@noindent +If arguments are given to @t{zcalc} on start up, they are used to prime the +first few positional parameters. A visual indication of this is given when +the calculator starts. + +@noindent +The constants @t{PI} (3.14159...) and @t{E} (2.71828...) are provided. +Parameter assignment is possible, but note that all parameters will be put +into the global namespace. + +@noindent +The output base can be initialised by passing the option `@t{-#}@var{base}', +for example `@t{zcalc -#16}' (the `@t{#}' may have to be quoted, depending +on the globbing options set). + +@noindent +The prompt is configurable via the parameter @t{ZCALCPROMPT}, which +undergoes standard prompt expansion. The index of the current entry is +stored locally in the first element of the array @t{psvar}, which can be +referred to in @t{ZCALCPROMPT} as `@t{%1v}'. The default prompt is +`@t{%1v> }'. + +@noindent +The output precision may be specified within zcalc by special commands +familiar from many calculators: +@table @asis +@item @t{norm} +The default output format. It corresponds to the printf @t{%g} +specification. Typically this shows six decimal digits. + +@item @t{sci} @var{digits} +Scientific notation, corresponding to the printf @t{%g} output format with +the precision given by @var{digits}. This produces either fixed point or +exponential notation depending on the value output. + +@item @t{fix} @var{digits} +Fixed point notation, corresponding to the printf @t{%f} output format with +the precision given by @var{digits}. + +@item @t{eng} @var{digits} +Exponential notation, corresponding to the printf @t{%E} output format with +the precision given by @var{digits}. + +@end table + +@noindent +Other special commands: +@table @asis +@item @t{local} @var{arg} ... +Declare variables local to the function. Note that certain variables +are used by the function for its own purposes. Other variables +may be used, too, but they will be taken from or put into the global +scope. + +@item @t{function} @var{name} [ @var{body} ] +Define a mathematical function or (with no @var{body}) delete it. +The function is defined using @t{zmathfuncdef}, see below. + +@noindent +Note that @t{zcalc} takes care of all quoting. Hence for example: + +@noindent +@example +function cube $1 * $1 * $1 +@end example + +@noindent +defines a function to cube the sole argument. + +@item @t{[#}@var{base}@t{]} +When this syntax appears on a line by itself, the default output radix +is set to @var{base}. Use, for example, `@t{[#16]}' to display hexadecimal +output preceded by an indication of the base, or `@t{[##16]}' just to +display the raw number in the given base. Bases themselves are always +specified in decimal. `@t{[#]}' restores the normal output format. Note +that setting an output base suppresses floating point output; use `@t{[#]}' +to return to normal operation. + +@noindent + +@end table + +@noindent +See the comments in the function for a few extra tips. + +@findex zmathfuncdef +@item @t{zmathfuncdef} @var{mathfunc} [ @var{body} ] +A convenient front end to @t{functions -M}. + +@noindent +With two arguments, define a mathematical function named @var{mathfunc} +which can be used in any form of arithmetic evaluation. @var{body} +is a mathematical expression to implement the function. It may +contain references to position parameters @t{$1}, @t{$2}, ... +to refer to mandatory parameters and @t{$@{1:-}@var{defvalue}@t{@}} ... +to refer to optional parameters. Note that the forms must be +strictly adhered to for the function to calculate the correct number +of arguments. The implementation is held in a shell function named +@t{zsh_math_func_}@var{mathfunc}; usually the user will not need +to refer to the shell function directly. + +@noindent +With one argument, remove the mathematical function @var{mathfunc} +as well as the shell function implementation. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node User Configuration Functions, Other Functions, Mathematical Functions, User Contributions + +@noindent +The @t{zsh/newuser} module comes with a function to aid in configuring +shell options for new users. If the module is installed, this function can +also be run by hand. It is available even if the module's default +behaviour, namely running the function for a new user logging in without +startup files, is inhibited. + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{zsh-newuser-install} [ @t{-f} ] +The function presents the user with various options for customizing +their initialization scripts. Currently only @t{~/.zshrc} is handled. +@t{$ZDOTDIR/.zshrc} is used instead if the parameter @t{ZDOTDIR} is +set; this provides a way for the user to configure a file without +altering an existing @t{.zshrc}. + +@noindent +By default the function exits immediately if it finds any of the files +@t{.zshenv}, @t{.zprofile}, @t{.zshrc}, or @t{.zlogin} in the appropriate +directory. The option @t{-f} is required in order to force the function +to continue. Note this may happen even if @t{.zshrc} itself does not +exist. + +@noindent +As currently configured, the function will exit immediately if the +user has root privileges; this behaviour cannot be overridden. + +@noindent +Once activated, the function's behaviour is supposed to be +self-explanatory. Menus are present allowing the user to alter +the value of options and parameters. Suggestions for improvements are +always welcome. + +@noindent +When the script exits, the user is given the opportunity to save the new +file or not; changes are not irreversible until this point. However, +the script is careful to restrict changes to the file only to a group +marked by the lines `@t{# Lines configured by zsh-newuser-install}' and +`@t{# End of lines configured by zsh-newuser-install}'. In addition, +the old version of @t{.zshrc} is saved to a file with the suffix +@t{.zni} appended. + +@noindent +If the function edits an existing @t{.zshrc}, it is up to the user +to ensure that the changes made will take effect. For example, if +control usually returns early from the existing @t{.zshrc} the lines +will not be executed; or a later initialization file may override +options or parameters, and so on. The function itself does not attempt to +detect any such conflicts. + +@end table + +@noindent +@node Other Functions, , User Configuration Functions, User Contributions + +@section Other Functions +@noindent + +@noindent +There are a large number of helpful functions in the @t{Functions/Misc} +directory of the zsh distribution. Most are very simple and do not +require documentation here, but a few are worthy of special mention. + +@noindent + +@subsection Descriptions +@noindent + +@noindent +@table @asis +@findex colors +@item @t{colors} +This function initializes several associative arrays to map color names to +(and from) the ANSI standard eight-color terminal codes. These are used +by the prompt theme system (@ref{Prompt Themes}). You seldom should need to run +@t{colors} more than once. + +@noindent +The eight base colors are: black, red, green, yellow, blue, magenta, cyan, +and white. Each of these has codes for foreground and background. In +addition there are eight intensity attributes: bold, faint, standout, +underline, blink, reverse, and conceal. Finally, there are six codes used +to negate attributes: none (reset all attributes to the defaults), normal +(neither bold nor faint), no-standout, no-underline, no-blink, and +no-reverse. + +@noindent +Some terminals do not support all combinations of colors and intensities. + +@noindent +The associative arrays are: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item color +@itemx colour +Map all the color names to their integer codes, and integer codes to the +color names. The eight base names map to the foreground color codes, as +do names prefixed with `@t{fg-}', such as `@t{fg-red}'. Names prefixed +with `@t{bg-}', such as `@t{bg-blue}', refer to the background codes. The +reverse mapping from code to color yields base name for foreground codes +and the @t{bg-} form for backgrounds. + +@noindent +Although it is a misnomer to call them `colors', these arrays also map the +other fourteen attributes from names to codes and codes to names. + +@item fg +@itemx fg_bold +@itemx fg_no_bold +Map the eight basic color names to ANSI terminal escape sequences that set +the corresponding foreground text properties. The @t{fg} sequences change +the color without changing the eight intensity attributes. + +@item bg +@itemx bg_bold +@itemx bg_no_bold +Map the eight basic color names to ANSI terminal escape sequences that set +the corresponding background properties. The @t{bg} sequences change the +color without changing the eight intensity attributes. + +@end table + +@noindent +In addition, the scalar parameters @t{reset_color} and @t{bold_color} are +set to the ANSI terminal escapes that turn off all attributes and turn on +bold intensity, respectively. + +@findex fned +@item @t{fned} @var{name} +Same as @t{zed -f}. This function does not appear in the zsh +distribution, but can be created by linking @t{zed} to the name @t{fned} +in some directory in your @t{fpath}. + +@findex is-at-least +@item @t{is-at-least} @var{needed} [ @var{present} ] +Perform a greater-than-or-equal-to comparison of two strings having the +format of a zsh version number; that is, a string of numbers and text with +segments separated by dots or dashes. If the @var{present} string is not +provided, @t{$ZSH_VERSION} is used. Segments are paired left-to-right in +the two strings with leading non-number parts ignored. If one string has +fewer segments than the other, the missing segments are considered zero. + +@noindent +This is useful in startup files to set options and other state that are +not available in all versions of zsh. + +@noindent +@example +is-at-least 3.1.6-15 && setopt NO_GLOBAL_RCS +is-at-least 3.1.0 && setopt HIST_REDUCE_BLANKS +is-at-least 2.6-17 || print "You can't use is-at-least here." +@end example + +@findex nslookup +@item @t{nslookup} [ @var{arg} ... ] +This wrapper function for the @t{nslookup} command requires the +@t{zsh/zpty} module (see +@ref{The zsh/zpty Module}). It behaves exactly like the standard @t{nslookup} +except that it provides customizable prompts (including a right-side +prompt) and completion of nslookup commands, host names, etc. (if you use +the function-based completion system). Completion styles may be set with +the context prefix `@t{:completion:nslookup}'. + +@noindent +See also the @t{pager}, @t{prompt} and @t{rprompt} styles below. + +@item @t{run-help} +See `Accessing On-Line Help' +(@ref{Utilities}). + +@item @t{tetris} +Zsh was once accused of not being as complete as Emacs, +because it lacked a Tetris game. This function was written to +refute this vicious slander. + +@noindent +This function must be used as a ZLE widget: + +@noindent +@example +autoload -U tetris +zle -N tetris +bindkey @var{keys} tetris +@end example + +@noindent +To start a game, execute the widget by typing the @var{keys}. Whatever command +line you were editing disappears temporarily, and your keymap is also +temporarily replaced by the Tetris control keys. The previous editor state +is restored when you quit the game (by pressing `@t{q}') or when you lose. + +@noindent +If you quit in the middle of a game, the next invocation of the @t{tetris} +widget will continue where you left off. If you lost, it will start a new +game. + +@findex zargs +@item @t{zargs} [ @var{option} ... @t{-}@t{-} ] [ @var{input} ... ] [ @t{-}@t{-} @var{command} [ @var{arg} ... ] ] +This function works like GNU xargs, except that instead of reading lines +of arguments from the standard input, it takes them from the command line. +This is useful because zsh, especially with recursive glob operators, +often can construct a command line for a shell function that is longer +than can be accepted by an external command. + +@noindent +The @var{option} list represents options of the @t{zargs} command itself, +which are the same as those of @t{xargs}. The @var{input} list is the +collection of strings (often file names) that become the arguments of the +@t{command}, analogous to the standard input of @t{xargs}. Finally, the +@var{arg} list consists of those arguments (usually options) that are +passed to the @var{command} each time it runs. The @var{arg} list precedes +the elements from the @t{input} list in each run. If no @var{command} is +provided, then no @var{arg} list may be provided, and in that event the +default command is `@t{print}' with arguments `@t{-r -}@t{-}'. + +@noindent +For example, to get a long @t{ls} listing of all plain files in the +current directory or its subdirectories: + +@noindent +@example +autoload -U zargs +zargs -- **/*(.) -- ls -l +@end example + +@noindent +Note that `@t{-}@t{-}' is used both to mark the end of the @var{option} +list and to mark the end of the @var{input} list, so it must appear twice +whenever the @var{input} list may be empty. If there is guaranteed to be +at least one @var{input} and the first @var{input} does not begin with a +`@t{-}', then the first `@t{-}@t{-}' may be omitted. + +@noindent +In the event that the string `@t{-}@t{-}' is or may be an @var{input}, the +@t{-e} option may be used to change the end-of-inputs marker. Note that +this does @emph{not} change the end-of-options marker. For example, to use +`@t{..}' as the marker: + +@noindent +@example +zargs -e.. -- **/*(.) .. ls -l +@end example + +@noindent +This is a good choice in that example because no plain file can be named +`@t{..}', but the best end-marker depends on the circumstances. + +@noindent +For details of the other @t{zargs} options, see man page xargs(1) or run +@t{zargs} with the @t{-}@t{-help} option. + +@findex zed +@item @t{zed} [ @t{-f} ] @var{name} +@itemx @t{zed -b} +This function uses the ZLE editor to edit a file or function. + +@noindent +Only one @var{name} argument is allowed. +If the @t{-f} option is given, the name is taken to be that of +a function; if the function is marked for autoloading, @t{zed} searches +for it in the @t{fpath} and loads it. Note that functions edited this way +are installed into the current shell, but @emph{not} written back to the +autoload file. + +@noindent +Without @t{-f}, @var{name} is the path name of the file to edit, which need +not exist; it is created on write, if necessary. + +@noindent +While editing, the function sets the main keymap to @t{zed} and the +vi command keymap to @t{zed-vicmd}. These will be copied from the existing +@t{main} and @t{vicmd} keymaps if they do not exist the first time @t{zed} +is run. They can be used to provide special key bindings used only in zed. + +@noindent +If it creates the keymap, @t{zed} rebinds the return key to insert a line +break and `@t{^X^W}' to accept the edit in the @t{zed} keymap, and binds +`@t{ZZ}' to accept the edit in the @t{zed-vicmd} keymap. + +@noindent +The bindings alone can be installed by running `@t{zed -b}'. This is +suitable for putting into a startup file. Note that, if rerun, +this will overwrite the existing @t{zed} and @t{zed-vicmd} keymaps. + +@noindent +Completion is available, and styles may be set with the context prefix +`@t{:completion:zed}'. + +@noindent +A zle widget @t{zed-set-file-name} is available. This can be called by +name from within zed using `@t{\ex zed-set-file-name}' (note, however, that +because of zed's rebindings you will have to type @t{^j} at the end instead +of the return key), or can be bound to a key in either of the @t{zed} or +@t{zed-vicmd} keymaps after `@t{zed -b}' has been run. When the widget is +called, it prompts for a new name for the file being edited. When zed +exits the file will be written under that name and the original file will +be left alone. The widget has no effect with `@t{zed -f}'. + +@noindent +While @t{zed-set-file-name} is running, zed uses the keymap +@t{zed-normal-keymap}, which is linked from the main keymap in effect +at the time zed initialised its bindings. (This is to make the return key +operate normally.) The result is that if the main keymap has been changed, +the widget won't notice. This is not a concern for most users. + +@findex zcp +@findex zln +@item @t{zcp} [ @t{-finqQvwW} ] @var{srcpat} @var{dest} +@itemx @t{zln} [ @t{-finqQsvwW} ] @var{srcpat} @var{dest} +Same as @t{zmv -C} and @t{zmv -L}, respectively. These functions do not +appear in the zsh distribution, but can be created by linking @t{zmv} to +the names @t{zcp} and @t{zln} in some directory in your @t{fpath}. + +@item @t{zkbd} +See `Keyboard Definition' +(@ref{Utilities}). + +@findex zmv +@item @t{zmv} [ @t{-finqQsvwW} ] [ -C | -L | -M | -p @var{program} ] [ -o @var{optstring} ] @var{srcpat} @var{dest} +Move (usually, rename) files matching the pattern @var{srcpat} to +corresponding files having names of the form given by @var{dest}, where +@var{srcpat} contains parentheses surrounding patterns which will be +replaced in turn by $1, $2, ... in @var{dest}. For example, + +@noindent +@example +zmv '(*).lis' '$1.txt' +@end example + +@noindent +renames `@t{foo.lis}' to `@t{foo.txt}', `@t{my.old.stuff.lis}' to +`@t{my.old.stuff.txt}', and so on. + +@noindent +The pattern is always treated as an @t{EXTENDED_GLOB} pattern. Any file +whose name is not changed by the substitution is simply ignored. Any +error (a substitution resulted in an empty string, two substitutions gave +the same result, the destination was an existing regular file and @t{-f} +was not given) causes the entire function to abort without doing anything. + +@noindent +Options: + +@noindent +@table @asis +@item @t{-f} +Force overwriting of destination files. Not currently +passed down to the @t{mv}/@t{cp}/@t{ln} command due to vagaries of +implementations (but you can use @t{-o-f} to do that). +@item @t{-i} +Interactive: show each line to be executed and ask the user +whether to execute it. `Y' or `y' will execute it, anything else will +skip it. Note that you just need to type one character. +@item @t{-n} +No execution: print what would happen, but don't do it. +@item @t{-q} +Turn bare glob qualifiers off: now assumed by default, so +this has no effect. +@item @t{-Q} +Force bare glob qualifiers on. Don't turn this on unless +you are actually using glob qualifiers in a pattern. +@item @t{-s} +Symbolic, passed down to @t{ln}; only works with @t{-L}. +@item @t{-v} +Verbose: print each command as it's being executed. +@item @t{-w} +Pick out wildcard parts of the pattern, as described above, +and implicitly add parentheses for referring to them. +@item @t{-W} +Just like @t{-w}, with the addition of turning wildcards in +the replacement pattern into sequential $@{1@} .. $@{N@} references. +@item @t{-C} +@itemx @t{-L} +@itemx @t{-M} +Force @t{cp}, @t{ln} or @t{mv}, respectively, regardless of +the name of the function. +@item @t{-p} @var{program} +Call @var{program} instead of @t{cp}, @t{ln} or +@t{mv}. Whatever it does, it should at least understand the form +@example +@var{program} @t{-}@t{-} @var{oldname} @var{newname} +@end example +where @var{oldname} and @var{newname} are filenames generated by @t{zmv}. +@item @t{-o} @var{optstring} +The @var{optstring} is split into words and +passed down verbatim to the @t{cp}, @t{ln} or @t{mv} command called to +perform the work. It should probably begin with a `@t{-}'. +@end table + +@noindent +For more complete examples and other implementation details, see the +@t{zmv} source file, usually located in one of the directories named in +your @t{fpath}, or in @t{Functions/Misc/zmv} in the zsh distribution. + +@item @t{zrecompile} +See `Recompiling Functions' +(@ref{Utilities}). + +@findex zstyle+ +@item @t{zstyle+} @var{context} @var{style} @var{value} [ + @var{subcontext} @var{style} @var{value} ... ] +This makes defining styles a bit simpler by using a single `@t{+}' as a +special token that allows you to append a context name to the previously +used context name. Like this: + +@noindent +@example +zstyle+ ':foo:bar' style1 value1 \ + + ':baz' style2 value2 \ + + ':frob' style3 value3 +@end example + +@noindent +This defines `style1' with `value1' for the context @t{:foo:bar} as usual, +but it also defines `style2' with `value2' for the context +@t{:foo:bar:baz} and `style3' with `value3' for @t{:foo:bar:frob}. Any +@var{subcontext} may be the empty string to re-use the first context +unchanged. + +@end table + +@noindent + +@subsection Styles +@noindent + +@noindent +@table @asis +@kindex insert-tab, completion style +@item @t{insert-tab} +The @t{zed} function @emph{sets} this style in context `@t{:completion:zed:*}' +to turn off completion when @t{TAB} is typed at the beginning of a line. +You may override this by setting your own value for this context and style. + +@kindex pager, nslookup style +@item @t{pager} +The @t{nslookup} function looks up this style in the context +`@t{:nslookup}' to determine the program used to display output that does +not fit on a single screen. + +@kindex prompt, nslookup style +@kindex rprompt, nslookup style +@item @t{prompt} +@itemx @t{rprompt} +The @t{nslookup} function looks up this style in the context +`@t{:nslookup}' to set the prompt and the right-side prompt, respectively. +The usual expansions for the @t{PS1} and @t{RPS1} parameters may be used +(see +@ref{Prompt Expansion}). + +@end table +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) +@c Yodl file: Zsh/index.yo +@node Concept Index, Variables Index, Top, Top +@page +@unnumbered Concept Index + +@printindex cp + +@noindent +@node Variables Index, Options Index, Concept Index, Top +@page +@unnumbered Variables Index + +@printindex vr + +@noindent +@node Options Index, Functions Index, Variables Index, Top +@page +@unnumbered Options Index + +@printindex pg + +@noindent +@node Functions Index, Editor Functions Index, Options Index, Top +@page +@unnumbered Functions Index + +@printindex fn + +@noindent +@node Editor Functions Index, Style and Tag Index, Functions Index, Top +@page +@unnumbered Editor Functions Index + +@printindex tp + +@noindent +@node Style and Tag Index, , Editor Functions Index, Top +@page +@unnumbered Style and Tag Index + +@printindex ky +@c (avoiding a yodl bug) + +@contents +@bye --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshmodules.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshmodules.1 @@ -0,0 +1,3139 @@ +.TH "ZSHMODULES" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshmodules \- zsh loadable modules +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/modules.yo +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +Some optional parts of zsh are in modules, separate from the core +of the shell\&. Each of these modules may be linked in to the +shell at build time, +or can be dynamically linked while the shell is running +if the installation supports this feature\&. The modules that +are bundled with the zsh distribution are: +.PP +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/modlist.yo +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzsh/cap\fP +Builtins for manipulating POSIX\&.1e (POSIX\&.6) capability (privilege) sets\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/clone\fP +A builtin that can clone a running shell onto another terminal\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/compctl\fP +The \fBcompctl\fP builtin for controlling completion\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/complete\fP +The basic completion code\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/complist\fP +Completion listing extensions\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/computil\fP +A module with utility builtins needed for the shell function based +completion system\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/datetime\fP +Some date/time commands and parameters\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/deltochar\fP +A ZLE function duplicating EMACS\&' \fBzap\-to\-char\fP\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/example\fP +An example of how to write a module\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/files\fP +Some basic file manipulation commands as builtins\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/mapfile\fP +Access to external files via a special associative array\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/mathfunc\fP +Standard scientific functions for use in mathematical evaluations\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/newuser\fP +Arrange for files for new users to be installed\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/parameter\fP +Access to internal hash tables via special associative arrays\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/pcre\fP +Interface to the PCRE library\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/regex\fP +Interface to the POSIX regex library\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/sched\fP +A builtin that provides a timed execution facility within the shell\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/net/socket\fP +Manipulation of Unix domain sockets +.TP +\fBzsh/stat\fP +A builtin command interface to the \fBstat\fP system call\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/system\fP +A builtin interface to various low\-level system features\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/net/tcp\fP +Manipulation of TCP sockets +.TP +\fBzsh/termcap\fP +Interface to the termcap database\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/terminfo\fP +Interface to the terminfo database\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/zftp\fP +A builtin FTP client\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/zle\fP +The Zsh Line Editor, including the \fBbindkey\fP and \fBvared\fP builtins\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/zleparameter\fP +Access to internals of the Zsh Line Editor via parameters\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/zprof\fP +A module allowing profiling for shell functions\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/zpty\fP +A builtin for starting a command in a pseudo\-terminal\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/zselect\fP +Block and return when file descriptors are ready\&. +.TP +\fBzsh/zutil\fP +Some utility builtins, e\&.g\&. the one for supporting configuration via +styles\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/modmenu.yo +.SH "THE ZSH/CAP MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_cap.yo + +The \fBzsh/cap\fP module is used for manipulating POSIX\&.1e (POSIX\&.6) capability +sets\&. If the operating system does not support this interface, the +builtins defined by this module will do nothing\&. +The builtins in this module are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBcap\fP [ \fIcapabilities\fP ] +Change the shell\&'s process capability sets to the specified \fIcapabilities\fP, +otherwise display the shell\&'s current capabilities\&. +.TP +\fBgetcap\fP \fIfilename\fP \&.\&.\&. +This is a built\-in implementation of the POSIX standard utility\&. It displays +the capability sets on each specified \fIfilename\fP\&. +.TP +\fBsetcap\fP \fIcapabilities\fP \fIfilename\fP \&.\&.\&. +This is a built\-in implementation of the POSIX standard utility\&. It sets +the capability sets on each specified \fIfilename\fP to the specified +\fIcapabilities\fP\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/CLONE MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_clone.yo + +The \fBzsh/clone\fP module makes available one builtin command: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBclone\fP \fItty\fP +Creates a forked instance of the current shell, attached to the specified +\fItty\fP\&. In the new shell, the \fBPID\fP, \fBPPID\fP and \fBTTY\fP special +parameters are changed appropriately\&. \fB$!\fP is set to zero in the new +shell, and to the new shell\&'s PID in the original shell\&. +.RS +.PP +The return status of the builtin is zero in both shells if successful, +and non\-zero on error\&. +.PP +The target of \fBclone\fP should be an unused terminal, such as an unused virtual +console or a virtual terminal created by +.PP +xterm \-e sh \-c \&'trap : INT QUIT TSTP; tty; while :; do sleep 100000000; done' +.PP +Some words of explanation are warranted about this long xterm command +line: when doing clone on a pseudo\-terminal, some other session +("session" meant as a unix session group, or SID) is already owning +the terminal\&. Hence the cloned zsh cannot acquire the pseudo\-terminal +as a controlling tty\&. That means two things: +.PP +the job control signals will go to the sh\-started\-by\-xterm process + group (that\&'s why we disable INT QUIT and TSTP with trap; otherwise + the while loop could get suspended or killed) +.PP +the cloned shell will have job control disabled, and the job + control keys (control\-C, control\-\e and control\-Z) will not work\&. +.PP +This does not apply when cloning to an \fBunused\fP vc\&. +.PP +Cloning to an used (and unprepared) terminal will result in two +processes reading simultaneously from the same terminal, with +input bytes going randomly to either process\&. +.PP +\fBclone\fP is mostly useful as a shell built\-in replacement for +openvt\&. +.RE +.RE +.SH "THE ZSH/COMPCTL MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_compctl.yo + +The \fBzsh/compctl\fP module makes available two builtin commands\&. \fBcompctl\fP, +is the old, deprecated way to control completions for ZLE\&. See +\fIzshcompctl\fP(1)\&. +The other builtin command, \fBcompcall\fP can be used in user\-defined +completion widgets, see +\fIzshcompwid\fP(1)\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/COMPLETE MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_complete.yo + +The \fBzsh/complete\fP module makes available several builtin commands which +can be used in user\-defined completion widgets, see +\fIzshcompwid\fP(1)\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/COMPLIST MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_complist.yo + +The \fBzsh/complist\fP module offers three extensions to completion listings: +the ability to highlight matches in such a list, the ability to +scroll through long lists and a different style of menu completion\&. +.PP +.SS "Colored completion listings" +Whenever one of the parameters \fBZLS_COLORS\fP or \fBZLS_COLOURS\fP is set +and the \fBzsh/complist\fP module is loaded or linked into the shell, +completion lists will be colored\&. Note, however, that \fBcomplist\fP will +not automatically be loaded if it is not linked in: on systems with +dynamic loading, `\fBzmodload zsh/complist\fP\&' is required\&. +.PP +The parameters \fBZLS_COLORS\fP and \fBZLS_COLOURS\fP describe how matches +are highlighted\&. To turn on highlighting an empty value suffices, in +which case all the default values given below will be used\&. The format of +the value of these parameters is the same as used by the GNU version of the +\fBls\fP command: a colon\-separated list of specifications of the form +`\fIname\fP=\fIvalue\fP\&'\&. The \fIname\fP may be one of the following strings, +most of which specify file types for which the \fIvalue\fP will be used\&. +The strings and their default values are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBno 0\fP +for normal text (i\&.e\&. when displaying something other than a matched file) +.TP +\fBfi 0\fP +for regular files +.TP +\fBdi 32\fP +for directories +.TP +\fBln 36\fP +for symbolic links +.TP +\fBpi 31\fP +for named pipes (FIFOs) +.TP +\fBso 33\fP +for sockets +.TP +\fBbd 44;37\fP +for block devices +.TP +\fBcd 44;37\fP +for character devices +.TP +\fBex 35\fP +for executable files +.TP +\fBmi\fP \fInone\fP +for a non\-existent file (default is the value defined for \fBfi\fP) +.TP +\fBlc \ee[\fP +for the left code (see below) +.TP +\fBrc m\fP +for the right code +.TP +\fBtc 0\fP +for the character indicating the file type printed after filenames if +the \fBLIST_TYPES\fP option is set +.TP +\fBsp 0\fP +for the spaces printed after matches to align the next column +.TP +\fBec\fP \fInone\fP +for the end code +.PP +Apart from these strings, the \fIname\fP may also be an asterisk +(`\fB*\fP\&') followed by any string\&. The \fIvalue\fP given for such a +string will be used for all files whose name ends with the string\&. +The \fIname\fP may also be an equals sign (`\fB=\fP\&') followed by a +pattern\&. The \fIvalue\fP given for this pattern will be used for all +matches (not just filenames) whose display string are matched by +the pattern\&. Definitions for both of these take precedence over the +values defined for file types and the form with the leading asterisk +takes precedence over the form with the leading equal sign\&. +.PP +The last form also allows different parts of the displayed +strings to be colored differently\&. For this, the pattern has to use the +`\fB(#b)\fP\&' globbing flag and pairs of parentheses surrounding the +parts of the strings that are to be colored differently\&. In this case +the \fIvalue\fP may consist of more than one color code separated by +equal signs\&. The first code will be used for all parts for which no +explicit code is specified and the following codes will be used for +the parts matched by the sub\-patterns in parentheses\&. For example, +the specification `\fB=(#b)(?)*(?)=0=3=7\fP\&' will be used for all +matches which are at least two characters long and will use +the code `\fB3\fP\&' for the first character, `\fB7\fP' for the last +character and `\fB0\fP\&' for the rest\&. +.PP +All three forms of \fIname\fP may be preceded by a pattern in +parentheses\&. If this is given, the \fIvalue\fP will be used +only for matches in groups whose names are matched by the pattern +given in the parentheses\&. For example, `\fB(g*)m*=43\fP\&' highlights all +matches beginning with `\fBm\fP\&' in groups whose names begin with +`\fBg\fP\&' using the color code `\fB43\fP'\&. In case of the `\fBlc\fP', +`\fBrc\fP\&', and `\fBec\fP' codes, the group pattern is ignored\&. +.PP +Note also that all patterns are tried in the order in which they +appear in the parameter value until the first one matches which is +then used\&. +.PP +When printing a match, the code prints the value of \fBlc\fP, the value +for the file\-type or the last matching specification with a `\fB*\fP\&', +the value of \fBrc\fP, the string to display for the match itself, and +then the value of \fBec\fP if that is defined or the values of \fBlc\fP, +\fBno\fP, and \fBrc\fP if \fBec\fP is not defined\&. +.PP +The default values are ISO 6429 (ANSI) compliant and can be used on +vt100 compatible terminals such as \fBxterm\fPs\&. On monochrome terminals +the default values will have no visible effect\&. The \fBcolors\fP +function from the contribution can be used to get associative arrays +containing the codes for ANSI terminals (see +the section `Other Functions\&' in \fIzshcontrib\fP(1))\&. For example, after loading \fBcolors\fP, one could use +`\fB$colors[red]\fP\&' to get the code for foreground color red and +`\fB$colors[bg\-green]\fP\&' for the code for background color green\&. +.PP +If the completion system invoked by compinit is used, these +parameters should not be set directly because the system controls them +itself\&. Instead, the \fBlist\-colors\fP style should be used (see +the section `Completion System Configuration\&' in \fIzshcompsys\fP(1))\&. +.PP +.SS "Scrolling in completion listings" +To enable scrolling through a completion list, the \fBLISTPROMPT\fP +parameter must be set\&. Its value will be used as the prompt; if it +is the empty string, a default prompt will be used\&. The value may +contain escapes of the form `\fB%x\fP\&'\&. It supports the escapes +`\fB%B\fP\&', `\fB%b\fP', `\fB%S\fP', `\fB%s\fP', `\fB%U\fP', `\fB%u\fP' and +`\fB%{\&.\&.\&.%}\fP\&' used also in shell prompts as well as three pairs of +additional sequences: a `\fB%l\fP\&' or `\fB%L\fP' is replaced by the number +of the last line shown and the total number of lines in the form +`\fInumber\fP\fB/\fP\fItotal\fP\&'; a `\fB%m\fP' or `\fB%M\fP' is replaced with +the number of the last match shown and the total number of matches; and +`\fB%p\fP\&' or `\fB%P\fP' is replaced with `\fBTop\fP', `\fBBottom\fP' or the +position of the first line shown in percent of the total number of +lines, respectively\&. In each of these cases the form with the uppercase +letter will be replaced with a string of fixed width, padded to the +right with spaces, while the lowercase form will not be padded\&. +.PP +If the parameter \fBLISTPROMPT\fP is set, the completion code will not ask if +the list should be shown\&. Instead it immediately starts displaying the +list, stopping after the first screenful, showing the prompt at the bottom, +waiting for a keypress after temporarily switching to the \fBlistscroll\fP +keymap\&. Some of the zle functions have a special meaning while scrolling +lists: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBsend\-break\fP +stops listing discarding the key pressed +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBaccept\-line\fP, \fBdown\-history\fP, \fBdown\-line\-or\-history\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBdown\-line\-or\-search\fP, \fBvi\-down\-line\-or\-history\fP +scrolls forward one line +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcomplete\-word\fP, \fBmenu\-complete\fP, \fBexpand\-or\-complete\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBexpand\-or\-complete\-prefix\fP, \fBmenu\-complete\-or\-expand\fP +scrolls forward one screenful +.PP +Every other character stops listing and immediately processes the key +as usual\&. Any key that is not bound in the \fBlistscroll\fP keymap or +that is bound to \fBundefined\-key\fP is looked up in the keymap +currently selected\&. +.PP +As for the \fBZLS_COLORS\fP and \fBZLS_COLOURS\fP parameters, +\fBLISTPROMPT\fP should not be set directly when using the shell +function based completion system\&. Instead, the \fBlist\-prompt\fP style +should be used\&. +.PP +.SS "Menu selection" +The \fBzsh/complist\fP module also offers an alternative style of selecting +matches from a list, called menu selection, which can be used if the +shell is set up to return to the last prompt after showing a +completion list (see the \fBALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT\fP option in +\fIzshoptions\fP(1))\&. It can be invoked directly by +the widget \fBmenu\-select\fP defined by the module\&. Alternatively, +the parameter \fBMENUSELECT\fP can be set to an integer, which gives the +minimum number of matches that must be present before menu selection is +automatically turned on\&. This second method requires that menu completion +be started, either directly from a widget such as \fBmenu\-complete\fP, or due +to one of the options \fBMENU_COMPLETE\fP or \fBAUTO_MENU\fP being set\&. If +\fBMENUSELECT\fP is set, but is 0, 1 or empty, menu selection will always be +started during an ambiguous menu completion\&. +.PP +When using the completion system based on shell functions, the +\fBMENUSELECT\fP parameter should not be used (like the \fBZLS_COLORS\fP +and \fBZLS_COLOURS\fP parameters described above)\&. Instead, the \fBmenu\fP +style should be used with the \fBselect=\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP keyword\&. +.PP +After menu selection is started, the matches will be listed\&. If there +are more matches than fit on the screen, only the first screenful is +shown\&. The +matches to insert into the command line can be selected from this +list\&. In the list one match is highlighted using the value for \fBma\fP +from the \fBZLS_COLORS\fP or \fBZLS_COLOURS\fP parameter\&. The default +value for this is `\fB7\fP\&' which forces the selected match to be +highlighted using standout mode on a vt100\-compatible terminal\&. If +neither \fBZLS_COLORS\fP nor \fBZLS_COLOURS\fP is set, the same terminal +control sequence as for the `\fB%S\fP\&' escape in prompts is used\&. +.PP +If there are more matches than fit on the screen and the parameter +\fBMENUPROMPT\fP is set, its value will be shown below the matches\&. It +supports the same escape sequences as \fBLISTPROMPT\fP, but the number +of the match or line shown will be that of the one where the mark is +placed\&. If its value is the empty string, a default prompt will be +used\&. +.PP +The \fBMENUSCROLL\fP parameter can be used to specify how the list is +scrolled\&. If the parameter is unset, this is done line by line, if it +is set to `\fB0\fP\&' (zero), the list will scroll half the number of +lines of the screen\&. If the value is positive, it gives the number of +lines to scroll and if it is negative, the list will be scrolled +the number of lines of the screen minus the (absolute) value\&. +.PP +As for the \fBZLS_COLORS\fP, \fBZLS_COLOURS\fP and \fBLISTPROMPT\fP +parameters, neither \fBMENUPROMPT\fP nor \fBMENUSCROLL\fP should be +set directly when using the shell function based completion +system\&. Instead, the \fBselect\-prompt\fP and \fBselect\-scroll\fP styles +should be used\&. +.PP +The completion code sometimes decides not to show all of the matches +in the list\&. These hidden matches are either matches for which the +completion function which added them explicitly requested that they +not appear in the list (using the \fB\-n\fP option of the \fBcompadd\fP +builtin command) or they are matches which duplicate a string already +in the list (because they differ only in things like prefixes or +suffixes that are not displayed)\&. In the list used for menu selection, +however, even these matches are shown so that it is possible to select +them\&. To highlight such matches the \fBhi\fP and \fBdu\fP capabilities in +the \fBZLS_COLORS\fP and \fBZLS_COLOURS\fP parameters are supported for +hidden matches of the first and second kind, respectively\&. +.PP +Selecting matches is done by moving the mark around using the zle movement +functions\&. When not all matches can be shown on the screen at the same +time, the list will scroll up and down when crossing the top or +bottom line\&. The following zle functions have special meaning during +menu selection: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBaccept\-line\fP +accepts the current match and leaves menu selection +.TP +\fBsend\-break\fP +leaves menu selection and restores the previous contents of the +command line +.TP +\fBredisplay\fP, \fBclear\-screen\fP +execute their normal function without leaving menu selection +.TP +\fBaccept\-and\-hold\fP, \fBaccept\-and\-menu\-complete\fP +accept the currently inserted match and continue selection allowing to +select the next match to insert into the line +.TP +\fBaccept\-and\-infer\-next\-history\fP +accepts the current match and then tries completion with +menu selection again; in the case of files this allows one to select +a directory and immediately attempt to complete files in it; if there +are no matches, a message is shown and one can use \fBundo\fP to go back +to completion on the previous level, every other key leaves menu +selection (including the other zle functions which are otherwise +special during menu selection) +.TP +\fBundo\fP +removes matches inserted during the menu selection by one of the three +functions before +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBdown\-history\fP, \fBdown\-line\-or\-history\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBvi\-down\-line\-or\-history\fP, \fBdown\-line\-or\-search\fP +moves the mark one line down +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBup\-history\fP, \fBup\-line\-or\-history\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBvi\-up\-line\-or\-history\fP, \fBup\-line\-or\-search\fP +moves the mark one line up +.TP +\fBforward\-char\fP, \fBvi\-forward\-char\fP +moves the mark one column right +.TP +\fBbackward\-char\fP, \fBvi\-backward\-char\fP +moves the mark one column left +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBforward\-word\fP, \fBvi\-forward\-word\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBvi\-forward\-word\-end\fP, \fBemacs\-forward\-word\fP +moves the mark one screenful down +.TP +\fBbackward\-word\fP, \fBvi\-backward\-word\fP, \fBemacs\-backward\-word\fP +moves the mark one screenful up +.TP +\fBvi\-forward\-blank\-word\fP, \fBvi\-forward\-blank\-word\-end\fP +moves the mark to the first line of the next group of matches +.TP +\fBvi\-backward\-blank\-word\fP +moves the mark to the last line of the previous group of matches +.TP +\fBbeginning\-of\-history\fP +moves the mark to the first line +.TP +\fBend\-of\-history\fP +moves the mark to the last line +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBbeginning\-of\-buffer\-or\-history\fP, \fBbeginning\-of\-line\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBbeginning\-of\-line\-hist\fP, \fBvi\-beginning\-of\-line\fP +moves the mark to the leftmost column +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBend\-of\-buffer\-or\-history\fP, \fBend\-of\-line\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBend\-of\-line\-hist\fP, \fBvi\-end\-of\-line\fP +moves the mark to the rightmost column +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcomplete\-word\fP, \fBmenu\-complete\fP, \fBexpand\-or\-complete\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBexpand\-or\-complete\-prefix\fP, \fBmenu\-expand\-or\-complete\fP +moves the mark to the next match +.TP +\fBreverse\-menu\-complete\fP +moves the mark to the previous match +.TP +\fBvi\-insert\fP +this toggles between normal and interactive mode; in interactive mode +the keys bound to \fBself\-insert\fP and \fBself\-insert\-unmeta\fP insert +into the command line as in normal editing mode but without leaving +menu selection; after each character completion is tried again and the +list changes to contain only the new matches; the completion widgets +make the longest unambiguous string be inserted in the command line +and \fBundo\fP and \fBbackward\-delete\-char\fP go back to the previous set +of matches +.TP +\fBhistory\-incremental\-search\-forward\fP, +\fBhistory\-incremental\-search\-backward\fP +this starts incremental searches in the list of completions displayed; +in this mode, \fBaccept\-line\fP only leaves incremental search, going +back to the normal menu selection mode +.PP +All movement functions wrap around at the edges; any other zle function not +listed leaves menu selection and executes that function\&. It is possible to +make widgets in the above list do the same by using the form of the widget +with a `\fB\&.\fP\&' in front\&. For example, the widget `\fB\&.accept\-line\fP' has +the effect of leaving menu selection and accepting the entire command line\&. +.PP +During this selection the widget uses the keymap \fBmenuselect\fP\&. Any +key that is not defined in this keymap or that is bound to +\fBundefined\-key\fP is looked up in the keymap currently selected\&. This +is used to ensure that the most important keys used during selection +(namely the cursor keys, return, and TAB) have sensible defaults\&. However, +keys in the \fBmenuselect\fP keymap can be modified directly using the +\fBbindkey\fP builtin command (see +\fIzshmodules\fP(1))\&. For example, to make the return key leave menu selection without +accepting the match currently selected one could call +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBbindkey \-M menuselect \&'^M' send\-break\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +after loading the \fBzsh/complist\fP module\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/COMPUTIL MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_computil.yo + +The \fBzsh/computil\fP module adds several builtin commands that are used by +some of the completion functions in the completion system based on shell +functions (see +\fIzshcompsys\fP(1) +)\&. Except for \fBcompquote\fP these builtin commands are very +specialised and thus not very interesting when writing your own +completion functions\&. In summary, these builtin commands are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBcomparguments\fP +This is used by the \fB_arguments\fP function to do the argument and +command line parsing\&. Like \fBcompdescribe\fP it has an option \fB\-i\fP to +do the parsing and initialize some internal state and various options +to access the state information to decide what should be completed\&. +.TP +\fBcompdescribe\fP +This is used by the \fB_describe\fP function to build the displays for +the matches and to get the strings to add as matches with their +options\&. On the first call one of the options \fB\-i\fP or \fB\-I\fP should be +supplied as the first argument\&. In the first case, display strings without +the descriptions will be generated, in the second case, the string used to +separate the matches from their descriptions must be given as the +second argument and the descriptions (if any) will be shown\&. All other +arguments are like the definition arguments to \fB_describe\fP itself\&. +.RS +.PP +Once \fBcompdescribe\fP has been called with either the \fB\-i\fP or the +\fB\-I\fP option, it can be repeatedly called with the \fB\-g\fP option and +the names of five arrays as its arguments\&. This will step through the +different sets of matches and store the options in the first array, +the strings with descriptions in the second, the matches for these in +the third, the strings without descriptions in the fourth, and the +matches for them in the fifth array\&. These are then directly given to +\fBcompadd\fP to register the matches with the completion code\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcompfiles\fP +Used by the \fB_path_files\fP function to optimize complex recursive +filename generation (globbing)\&. It does three things\&. With the +\fB\-p\fP and \fB\-P\fP options it builds the glob patterns to use, +including the paths already handled and trying to optimize the +patterns with respect to the prefix and suffix from the line and the +match specification currently used\&. The \fB\-i\fP option does the +directory tests for the \fBignore\-parents\fP style and the \fB\-r\fP option +tests if a component for some of the matches are equal to the string +on the line and removes all other matches if that is true\&. +.TP +\fBcompgroups\fP +Used by the \fB_tags\fP function to implement the internals of the +\fBgroup\-order\fP style\&. This only takes its arguments as names of +completion groups and creates the groups for it (all six types: sorted +and unsorted, both without removing duplicates, with removing all +duplicates and with removing consecutive duplicates)\&. +.TP +\fBcompquote\fP [ \fB\-p\fP ] \fInames\fP \&.\&.\&. +There may be reasons to write completion functions that have to add +the matches using the \fB\-Q\fP option to \fBcompadd\fP and perform quoting +themselves\&. Instead of interpreting the first character of the +\fBall_quotes\fP key of the \fBcompstate\fP special association and using +the \fBq\fP flag for parameter expansions, one can use this builtin +command\&. The arguments are the names of scalar or array parameters +and the values of these parameters are quoted as needed for the +innermost quoting level\&. If the \fB\-p\fP option is given, quoting is +done as if there is some prefix before the values of the parameters, +so that a leading equal sign will not be quoted\&. +.RS +.PP +The return status is non\-zero in case of an error and zero otherwise\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBcomptags\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBcomptry\fP +These implement the internals of the tags mechanism\&. +.TP +\fBcompvalues\fP +Like \fBcomparguments\fP, but for the \fB_values\fP function\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/DATETIME MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_datetime.yo + +The \fBzsh/datetime\fP module makes available one builtin command: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBstrftime\fP [ \fB\-s\fP \fIscalar\fP ] \fIformat\fP \fIepochtime\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBstrftime\fP \fB\-r\fP [ \fB\-q\fP ] [ \fB\-s\fP \fIscalar\fP ] \fIformat\fP \fItimestring\fP +Output the date denoted by \fIepochtime\fP in the \fIformat\fP +specified\&. +.RS +.PP +With the option \fB\-r\fP (reverse), use the format \fIformat\fP to parse the +input string \fItimestring\fP and output the number of seconds since the +epoch at which the time occurred\&. If no timezone is parsed, the current +timezone is used; other parameters are set to zero if not present\&. If +\fItimestring\fP does not match \fIformat\fP the command returns status 1; it +will additionally print an error message unless the option \fB\-q\fP (quiet) +is given\&. If \fItimestring\fP matches \fIformat\fP but not all characters in +\fItimestring\fP were used, the conversion succeeds; however, a warning is +issued unless the option \fB\-q\fP is given\&. The matching is implemented by +the system function \fBstrptime\fP; see \fIstrptime\fP(3)\&. This means that +zsh format extensions are not available, however for reverse lookup they +are not required\&. If the function is not implemented, the command returns +status 2 and (unless \fB\-q\fP is given) prints a message\&. +.PP +If \fB\-s\fP \fIscalar\fP is given, assign the date string (or epoch time +in seconds if \fB\-r\fP is given) to \fIscalar\fP instead of printing it\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +The \fBzsh/datetime\fP module makes available one parameter: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBEPOCHSECONDS\fP +An integer value representing the number of seconds since the +epoch\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/DELTOCHAR MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_deltochar.yo + +The \fBzsh/deltochar\fP module makes available two ZLE functions: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBdelete\-to\-char\fP +Read a character from the keyboard, and +delete from the cursor position up to and including the next +(or, with repeat count \fIn\fP, the \fIn\fPth) instance of that character\&. +Negative repeat counts mean delete backwards\&. +.TP +\fBzap\-to\-char\fP +This behaves like \fBdelete\-to\-char\fP, except that the final occurrence of +the character itself is not deleted\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/EXAMPLE MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_example.yo + +The \fBzsh/example\fP module makes available one builtin command: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBexample\fP [ \fB\-flags\fP ] [ \fIargs\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Displays the flags and arguments it is invoked with\&. +.PP +The purpose of the module is to serve as an example of how to write a +module\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/FILES MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_files.yo + +The \fBzsh/files\fP module makes some standard commands available as builtins: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBchgrp\fP [ \fB\-hRs\fP ] \fIgroup\fP \fIfilename\fP \&.\&.\&. +Changes group of files specified\&. This is equivalent to \fBchown\fP with +a \fIuser\-spec\fP argument of `\fB:\fP\fIgroup\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBchown\fP [ \fB\-hRs\fP ] \fIuser\-spec\fP \fIfilename\fP \&.\&.\&. +Changes ownership and group of files specified\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fIuser\-spec\fP can be in four forms: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fIuser\fP +change owner to \fIuser\fP; do not change group +.TP +\fIuser\fP\fB::\fP +change owner to \fIuser\fP; do not change group +.TP +\fIuser\fP\fB:\fP +change owner to \fIuser\fP; change group to \fIuser\fP\&'s primary group +.TP +\fIuser\fP\fB:\fP\fIgroup\fP +change owner to \fIuser\fP; change group to \fIgroup\fP +.TP +\fB:\fP\fIgroup\fP +do not change owner; change group to \fIgroup\fP +.PD +.PP +In each case, the `\fB:\fP\&' may instead be a `\fB\&.\fP'\&. The rule is that +if there is a `\fB:\fP\&' then the separator is `\fB:\fP', otherwise +if there is a `\fB\&.\fP\&' then the separator is `\fB\&.\fP', otherwise +there is no separator\&. +.PP +Each of \fIuser\fP and \fIgroup\fP may be either a username (or group name, as +appropriate) or a decimal user ID (group ID)\&. Interpretation as a name +takes precedence, if there is an all\-numeric username (or group name)\&. +.PP +If the target is a symbolic link, the \fB\-h\fP option causes \fBchown\fP to set +the ownership of the link instead of its target\&. +.PP +The \fB\-R\fP option causes \fBchown\fP to recursively descend into directories, +changing the ownership of all files in the directory after +changing the ownership of the directory itself\&. +.PP +The \fB\-s\fP option is a zsh extension to \fBchown\fP functionality\&. It enables +paranoid behaviour, intended to avoid security problems involving +a \fBchown\fP being tricked into affecting files other than the ones +intended\&. It will refuse to follow symbolic links, so that (for example) +``\fBchown luser /tmp/foo/passwd\fP\&'' can't accidentally chown \fB/etc/passwd\fP +if \fB/tmp/foo\fP happens to be a link to \fB/etc\fP\&. It will also check +where it is after leaving directories, so that a recursive chown of +a deep directory tree can\&'t end up recursively chowning \fB/usr\fP as +a result of directories being moved up the tree\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBln\fP [ \fB\-dfis\fP ] \fIfilename\fP \fIdest\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBln\fP [ \fB\-dfis\fP ] \fIfilename\fP \&.\&.\&. \fIdir\fP +Creates hard (or, with \fB\-s\fP, symbolic) links\&. In the first form, the +specified \fIdest\fPination is created, as a link to the specified +\fIfilename\fP\&. In the second form, each of the \fIfilename\fPs is +taken in turn, and linked to a pathname in the specified \fIdir\fPectory +that has the same last pathname component\&. +.RS +.PP +Normally, \fBln\fP will not attempt to create hard links to +directories\&. This check can be overridden using the \fB\-d\fP option\&. +Typically only the super\-user can actually succeed in creating +hard links to directories\&. +This does not apply to symbolic links in any case\&. +.PP +By default, existing files cannot be replaced by links\&. +The \fB\-i\fP option causes the user to be queried about replacing +existing files\&. The \fB\-f\fP option causes existing files to be +silently deleted, without querying\&. \fB\-f\fP takes precedence\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBmkdir\fP [ \fB\-p\fP ] [ \fB\-m\fP \fImode\fP ] \fIdir\fP \&.\&.\&. +Creates directories\&. With the \fB\-p\fP option, non\-existing parent +directories are first created if necessary, and there will be +no complaint if the directory already exists\&. +The \fB\-m\fP option can be used to specify (in octal) a set of file permissions +for the created directories, otherwise mode 777 modified by the current +\fBumask\fP (see \fIumask\fP(2)) is used\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBmv\fP [ \fB\-fi\fP ] \fIfilename\fP \fIdest\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBmv\fP [ \fB\-fi\fP ] \fIfilename\fP \&.\&.\&. \fIdir\fP +Moves files\&. In the first form, the specified \fIfilename\fP is moved +to the specified \fIdest\fPination\&. In the second form, each of the +\fIfilename\fPs is +taken in turn, and moved to a pathname in the specified \fIdir\fPectory +that has the same last pathname component\&. +.RS +.PP +By default, the user will be queried before replacing any file +that the user cannot write to, but writable files will be silently +removed\&. +The \fB\-i\fP option causes the user to be queried about replacing +any existing files\&. The \fB\-f\fP option causes any existing files to be +silently deleted, without querying\&. \fB\-f\fP takes precedence\&. +.PP +Note that this \fBmv\fP will not move files across devices\&. +Historical versions of \fBmv\fP, when actual renaming is impossible, +fall back on copying and removing files; if this behaviour is desired, +use \fBcp\fP and \fBrm\fP manually\&. This may change in a future version\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBrm\fP [ \fB\-dfirs\fP ] \fIfilename\fP \&.\&.\&. +Removes files and directories specified\&. +.RS +.PP +Normally, \fBrm\fP will not remove directories (except with the \fB\-r\fP +option)\&. The \fB\-d\fP option causes \fBrm\fP to try removing directories +with \fBunlink\fP (see \fIunlink\fP(2)), the same method used for files\&. +Typically only the super\-user can actually succeed in unlinking +directories in this way\&. +\fB\-d\fP takes precedence over \fB\-r\fP\&. +.PP +By default, the user will be queried before removing any file +that the user cannot write to, but writable files will be silently +removed\&. +The \fB\-i\fP option causes the user to be queried about removing +any files\&. The \fB\-f\fP option causes files to be +silently deleted, without querying, and suppresses all error indications\&. +\fB\-f\fP takes precedence\&. +.PP +The \fB\-r\fP option causes \fBrm\fP to recursively descend into directories, +deleting all files in the directory before removing the directory with +the \fBrmdir\fP system call (see \fIrmdir\fP(2))\&. +.PP +The \fB\-s\fP option is a zsh extension to \fBrm\fP functionality\&. It enables +paranoid behaviour, intended to avoid common security problems involving +a root\-run \fBrm\fP being tricked into removing files other than the ones +intended\&. It will refuse to follow symbolic links, so that (for example) +``\fBrm /tmp/foo/passwd\fP\&'' can't accidentally remove \fB/etc/passwd\fP +if \fB/tmp/foo\fP happens to be a link to \fB/etc\fP\&. It will also check +where it is after leaving directories, so that a recursive removal of +a deep directory tree can\&'t end up recursively removing \fB/usr\fP as +a result of directories being moved up the tree\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBrmdir\fP \fIdir\fP \&.\&.\&. +Removes empty directories specified\&. +.TP +\fBsync\fP +Calls the system call of the same name (see \fIsync\fP(2)), which +flushes dirty buffers to disk\&. It might return before the I/O has +actually been completed\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/MAPFILE MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_mapfile.yo + +The \fBzsh/mapfile\fP module provides one special associative array parameter of +the same name\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBmapfile\fP +This associative array takes as keys the names of files; the resulting +value is the content of the file\&. The value is treated identically to any +other text coming from a parameter\&. The value may also be assigned to, in +which case the file in question is written (whether or not it originally +existed); or an element may be unset, which will delete the file in +question\&. For example, `\fBvared mapfile[myfile]\fP\&' works as expected, +editing the file `\fBmyfile\fP\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +When the array is accessed as a whole, the keys are the names of files in +the current directory, and the values are empty (to save a huge overhead in +memory)\&. Thus \fB${(k)mapfile}\fP has the same affect as the glob operator +\fB*(D)\fP, since files beginning with a dot are not special\&. Care must be +taken with expressions such as \fBrm ${(k)mapfile}\fP, which will delete +every file in the current directory without the usual `\fBrm *\fP\&' test\&. +.PP +The parameter \fBmapfile\fP may be made read\-only; in that case, files +referenced may not be written or deleted\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Limitations" +.PP +Although reading and writing of the file in question is efficiently +handled, zsh\&'s internal memory management may be arbitrarily baroque\&. Thus +it should not automatically be assumed that use of \fBmapfile\fP represents a +gain in efficiency over use of other mechanisms\&. Note in particular that +the whole contents of the file will always reside physically in memory when +accessed (possibly multiple times, due to standard parameter substitution +operations)\&. In particular, this means handling of sufficiently long files +(greater than the machine\&'s swap space, or than the range of the pointer +type) will be incorrect\&. +.PP +No errors are printed or flagged for non\-existent, unreadable, or +unwritable files, as the parameter mechanism is too low in the shell +execution hierarchy to make this convenient\&. +.PP +It is unfortunate that the mechanism for loading modules does not yet allow +the user to specify the name of the shell parameter to be given the special +behaviour\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/MATHFUNC MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_mathfunc.yo + +The \fBzsh/mathfunc\fP module provides standard +mathematical functions for use when +evaluating mathematical formulae\&. The syntax agrees with normal C and +FORTRAN conventions, for example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB(( f = sin(0\&.3) ))\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +assigns the sine of 0\&.3 to the parameter f\&. +.PP +Most functions take floating point arguments and return a floating point +value\&. However, any necessary conversions from or to integer type will be +performed automatically by the shell\&. Apart from \fBatan\fP with a second +argument and the \fBabs\fP, \fBint\fP and \fBfloat\fP functions, all functions +behave as noted in the manual page for the corresponding C function, +except that any arguments out of range for the function in question will be +detected by the shell and an error reported\&. +.PP +The following functions take a single floating point argument: \fBacos\fP, +\fBacosh\fP, \fBasin\fP, \fBasinh\fP, \fBatan\fP, \fBatanh\fP, \fBcbrt\fP, \fBceil\fP, +\fBcos\fP, \fBcosh\fP, \fBerf\fP, \fBerfc\fP, \fBexp\fP, \fBexpm1\fP, \fBfabs\fP, +\fBfloor\fP, \fBgamma\fP, \fBj0\fP, \fBj1\fP, \fBlgamma\fP, \fBlog\fP, \fBlog10\fP, +\fBlog1p\fP, \fBlogb\fP, \fBsin\fP, \fBsinh\fP, \fBsqrt\fP, \fBtan\fP, \fBtanh\fP, +\fBy0\fP, \fBy1\fP\&. The \fBatan\fP function can optionally take a second +argument, in which case it behaves like the C function \fBatan2\fP\&. +The \fBilogb\fP function takes a single floating point argument, but +returns an integer\&. +.PP +The function \fBsigngam\fP takes no arguments, and returns an integer, which +is the C variable of the same name, as described in \fIgamma\fP(3)\&. Note +that it is therefore only useful immediately after a call to \fBgamma\fP or +\fBlgamma\fP\&. Note also that `\fBsigngam(RPAR\fP\&' and `\fBsigngam\fP' are +distinct expressions\&. +.PP +The following functions take two floating point arguments: \fBcopysign\fP, +\fBfmod\fP, \fBhypot\fP, \fBnextafter\fP\&. +.PP +The following take an integer first argument and a floating point second +argument: \fBjn\fP, \fByn\fP\&. +.PP +The following take a floating point first argument and an integer second +argument: \fBldexp\fP, \fBscalb\fP\&. +.PP +The function \fBabs\fP does not convert the type of its single argument; it +returns the absolute value of either a floating point number or an +integer\&. The functions \fBfloat\fP and \fBint\fP convert their arguments into +a floating point or integer value (by truncation) respectively\&. +.PP +Note that the C \fBpow\fP function is available in ordinary math evaluation +as the `\fB**\fP\&' operator and is not provided here\&. +.PP +The function \fBrand48\fP is available if your system\&'s mathematical library +has the function \fBerand48(3)\fP\&. It returns a pseudo\-random floating point +number between 0 and 1\&. It takes a single string optional argument\&. +.PP +If the argument is not present, the random number seed is initialised by +three calls to the \fBrand(3)\fP function \-\-\- this produces the +same random +numbers as the next three values of \fB$RANDOM\fP\&. +.PP +If the argument is present, it gives the name of a scalar parameter where +the current random number seed will be stored\&. On the first call, the +value must contain at least twelve hexadecimal digits (the remainder of the +string is ignored), or the seed will be initialised in the same manner as +for a call to \fBrand48\fP with no argument\&. Subsequent calls to +\fBrand48\fP(\fIparam\fP) will then maintain the seed in the +parameter \fIparam\fP as a string of twelve hexadecimal digits, with no base +signifier\&. The random number sequences for different parameters are +completely independent, and are also independent from that used by calls to +\fBrand48\fP with no argument\&. +.PP +For example, consider +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBprint $(( rand48(seed) )) +print $(( rand48() )) +print $(( rand48(seed) ))\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Assuming \fB$seed\fP does not exist, it will be initialised by the first +call\&. In the second call, the default seed is initialised; note, however, +that because of the properties of \fBrand()\fP there is a +correlation between +the seeds used for the two initialisations, so for more secure uses, you +should generate your own 12\-byte seed\&. The third call returns to the same +sequence of random numbers used in the first call, unaffected by the +intervening \fBrand48()\fP\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/NEWUSER MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_newuser.yo + +The \fBzsh/newuser\fP module is loaded at boot if it is +available, the \fBRCS\fP option is set, and the \fBPRIVILEGED\fP option is not +set (all three are true by default)\&. This takes +place immediately after commands in the global \fBzshenv\fP file (typically +\fB/etc/zshenv\fP), if any, have been executed\&. If the module is not +available it is silently ignored by the shell; the module may safely be +removed from \fB$MODULE_PATH\fP by the administrator if it is not required\&. +.PP +On loading, the module tests if any of the start\-up files \fB\&.zshenv\fP, +\fB\&.zprofile\fP, \fB\&.zshrc\fP or \fB\&.zlogin\fP exist in the directory given by +the environment variable \fBZDOTDIR\fP, or the user\&'s home directory if that +is not set\&. The test is not performed and the module halts processing if +the shell was in an emulation mode (i\&.e\&. had been invoked as some other +shell than zsh)\&. +.PP +If none of the start\-up files were found, the module then looks for the +file \fBnewuser\fP first in a sitewide directory, usually the parent +directory of the \fBsite\-functions\fP directory, and if that is not found the +module searches in a version\-specific directory, usually the parent of the +\fBfunctions\fP directory containing version\-specific functions\&. (These +directories can be configured when zsh is built using the +\fB\-\-enable\-site\-scriptdir=\fP\fIdir\fP and \fB\-\-enable\-scriptdir=\fP\fIdir\fP +flags to \fBconfigure\fP, respectively; the defaults are +\fIprefix\fP\fB/share/zsh\fP and \fIprefix\fP\fB/share/zsh/$ZSH_VERSION\fP where +the default \fIprefix\fP is \fB/usr/local\fP\&.) +.PP +If the file \fBnewuser\fP is found, it is then sourced in the same manner as +a start\-up file\&. The file is expected to contain code to install start\-up +files for the user, however any valid shell code will be executed\&. +.PP +The \fBzsh/newuser\fP module is then unconditionally unloaded\&. +.PP +Note that it is possible to achieve exactly the same effect as the +\fBzsh/newuser\fP module by adding code to \fB/etc/zshenv\fP\&. The module +exists simply to allow the shell to make arrangements for new users without +the need for invervention by package maintainers and system administrators\&. +.PP +The script supplied with the module invokes the shell function +\fBzsh\-newuser\-install\fP\&. This may be invoked directly by the user +even if the \fBzsh/newuser\fP module is disabled\&. Note, however, that +if the module is not installed the function will not be installed either\&. +The function is documented in +the section User Configuration Functions in \fIzshcontrib\fP(1)\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/PARAMETER MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_parameter.yo + +The \fBzsh/parameter\fP module gives access to some of the internal hash +tables used by the shell by defining some special parameters\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBoptions\fP +The keys for this associative array are the names of the options that +can be set and unset using the \fBsetopt\fP and \fBunsetopt\fP +builtins\&. The value of each key is either the string \fBon\fP if the +option is currently set, or the string \fBoff\fP if the option is unset\&. +Setting a key to one of these strings is like setting or unsetting +the option, respectively\&. Unsetting a key in this array is like +setting it to the value \fBoff\fP\&. +.TP +\fBcommands\fP +This array gives access to the command hash table\&. The keys are the +names of external commands, the values are the pathnames of the files +that would be executed when the command would be invoked\&. Setting a +key in this array defines a new entry in this table in the same way as +with the \fBhash\fP builtin\&. Unsetting a key as in `\fBunset +"commands[foo]"\fP\&' removes the entry for the given key from the command +hash table\&. +.TP +\fBfunctions\fP +This associative array maps names of enabled functions to their +definitions\&. Setting a key in it is like defining a function with the +name given by the key and the body given by the value\&. Unsetting a key +removes the definition for the function named by the key\&. +.TP +\fBdis_functions\fP +Like \fBfunctions\fP but for disabled functions\&. +.TP +\fBbuiltins\fP +This associative array gives information about the builtin commands +currently enabled\&. The keys are the names of the builtin commands and +the values are either `\fBundefined\fP\&' for builtin commands that will +automatically be loaded from a module if invoked or `\fBdefined\fP\&' for +builtin commands that are already loaded\&. +.TP +\fBdis_builtins\fP +Like \fBbuiltins\fP but for disabled builtin commands\&. +.TP +\fBreswords\fP +This array contains the enabled reserved words\&. +.TP +\fBdis_reswords\fP +Like \fBreswords\fP but for disabled reserved words\&. +.TP +\fBaliases\fP +This maps the names of the regular aliases currently enabled to their +expansions\&. +.TP +\fBdis_aliases\fP +Like \fBaliases\fP but for disabled regular aliases\&. +.TP +\fBgaliases\fP +Like \fBaliases\fP, but for global aliases\&. +.TP +\fBdis_galiases\fP +Like \fBgaliases\fP but for disabled global aliases\&. +.TP +\fBsaliases\fP +Like \fBraliases\fP, but for suffix aliases\&. +.TP +\fBdis_saliases\fP +Like \fBsaliases\fP but for disabled suffix aliases\&. +.TP +\fBparameters\fP +The keys in this associative array are the names of the parameters +currently defined\&. The values are strings describing the type of the +parameter, in the same format used by the \fBt\fP parameter flag, see +\fIzshexpn\fP(1) +\&. +Setting or unsetting keys in this array is not possible\&. +.TP +\fBmodules\fP +An associative array giving information about modules\&. The keys are the names +of the modules loaded, registered to be autoloaded, or aliased\&. The +value says which state the named module is in and is one of the +strings `\fBloaded\fP\&', `\fBautoloaded\fP', or `\fBalias:\fP\fIname\fP', +where \fIname\fP is the name the module is aliased to\&. +.RS +.PP +Setting or unsetting keys in this array is not possible\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBdirstack\fP +A normal array holding the elements of the directory stack\&. Note that +the output of the \fBdirs\fP builtin command includes one more +directory, the current working directory\&. +.TP +\fBhistory\fP +This associative array maps history event numbers to the full history lines\&. +.TP +\fBhistorywords\fP +A special array containing the words stored in the history\&. +.TP +\fBjobdirs\fP +This associative array maps job numbers to the directories from which the +job was started (which may not be the current directory of the job)\&. +.RS +.PP +The keys of the associative arrays are usually valid job numbers, +and these are the values output with, for example, \fB${(k)jobdirs}\fP\&. +Non\-numeric job references may be used when looking up a value; +for example, \fB${jobdirs[%+]}\fP refers to the current job\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBjobtexts\fP +This associative array maps job numbers to the texts of the command lines +that were used to start the jobs\&. +.RS +.PP +Handling of the keys of the associative array is as described for +\fBjobdirs\fP above\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBjobstates\fP +This associative array gives information about the states of the jobs +currently known\&. The keys are the job numbers and the values are +strings of the form +`\fIjob\-state\fP:\fImark\fP:\fIpid\fP\fB=\fP\fIstate\fP\fB\&.\&.\&.\fP\&'\&. The +\fIjob\-state\fP gives the state the whole job is currently in, one of +`\fBrunning\fP\&', `\fBsuspended\fP', or `\fBdone\fP'\&. The \fImark\fP is +`\fB+\fP\&' for the current job, `\fB\-\fP' for the previous job and empty +otherwise\&. This is followed by one `\fIpid\fP\fB=\fP\fIstate\fP\&' for every +process in the job\&. The \fIpid\fPs are, of course, the process IDs and +the \fIstate\fP describes the state of that process\&. +.RS +.PP +Handling of the keys of the associative array is as described for +\fBjobdirs\fP above\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBnameddirs\fP +This associative array maps the names of named directories to the pathnames +they stand for\&. +.TP +\fBuserdirs\fP +This associative array maps user names to the pathnames of their home +directories\&. +.TP +\fBfuncstack\fP +This array contains the names of the functions currently being +executed\&. The first element is the name of the function using the +parameter\&. +.TP +\fBfunctrace\fP +This array contains the names and line numbers of the callers +corresponding to the functions currently being executed\&. +The format of each element is name:lineno\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/PCRE MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_pcre.yo + +The \fBzsh/pcre\fP module makes some commands available as builtins: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBpcre_compile\fP [ \fB\-aimx\fP ] \fIPCRE\fP +Compiles a perl\-compatible regular expression\&. +.RS +.PP +Option \fB\-a\fP will force the pattern to be anchored\&. +Option \fB\-i\fP will compile a case\-insensitive pattern\&. +Option \fB\-m\fP will compile a multi\-line pattern; that is, +\fB^\fP and \fB$\fP will match newlines within the pattern\&. +Option \fB\-x\fP will compile an extended pattern, wherein +whitespace and \fB#\fP comments are ignored\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBpcre_study\fP +Studies the previously\-compiled PCRE which may result in faster +matching\&. +.TP +\fBpcre_match\fP [ \fB\-v\fP \fIvar\fP ] [ \fB\-a\fP \fIarr\fP ] \fIstring\fP +Returns successfully if \fBstring\fP matches the previously\-compiled +PCRE\&. +.RS +.PP +If the expression captures substrings within parentheses, +\fBpcre_match\fP will set the array \fI$match\fP to those +substrings, unless the \fB\-a\fP option is given, in which +case it will set the array \fIarr\fP\&. Similarly, the variable +\fIMATCH\fP will be set to the entire matched portion of the +string, unless the \fB\-v\fP option is given, in which case the variable +\fIvar\fP will be set\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +The \fBzsh/pcre\fP module makes available the following test condition: +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +expr \fB\-pcre\-match\fP pcre +Matches a string against a perl\-compatible regular expression\&. +.RS +.PP +For example, +.PP +[[ "$text" \-pcre\-match ^d+$ ]] && print text variable contains only "d\&'s"\&. +.RE +.RE +.SH "THE ZSH/REGEX MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_regex.yo + +The \fBzsh/regex\fP module makes available the following test condition: +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fIexpr\fP \fB\-regex\-match\fP \fIregex\fP +Matches a string against a POSIX extended regular expression\&. +The matched portion of the string will normally be placed in the \fBMATCH\fP +variable\&. If there are any capturing parentheses within the regex, then +the \fBmatch\fP array variable will contain those\&. +.RS +.PP +For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fB[[ alphabetical \-regex\-match ^a([^a]+)a([^a]+)a ]] && +print \-l $MATCH X $match\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +If the option \fBREMATCH_PCRE\fP is not set, then the \fB=~\fP operator will +automatically load this module as needed and will invoke the +\fB\-regex\-match\fP operator\&. +.PP +If \fBBASH_REMATCH\fP is set, then the array \fBBASH_REMATCH\fP will be set +instead of \fBMATCH\fP and \fBmatch\fP\&. +.RE +.RE +.SH "THE ZSH/SCHED MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_sched.yo + +The \fBzsh/sched\fP module makes available one builtin command and one +parameter\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBsched\fP [\fB\-o\fP] [\fB+\fP]\fIhh\fP\fB:\fP\fImm\fP[:\fIss\fP] \fIcommand\fP \&.\&.\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBsched\fP [\fB\-o\fP] [\fB+\fP]\fIseconds\fP \fIcommand\fP \&.\&.\&. +.TP +.PD +\fBsched\fP [ \fB\-\fP\fIitem\fP ] +Make an entry in the scheduled list of commands to execute\&. +The time may be specified in either absolute or relative time, +and either as hours, minutes and (optionally) seconds separated by a +colon, or seconds alone\&. +An absolute number of seconds indicates the time since the epoch +(1970/01/01 00:00); this is useful in combination with the features in +the \fBzsh/datetime\fP module, see +the zsh/datetime module entry in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. +.RS +.PP +With no arguments, prints the list of scheduled commands\&. If the +scheduled command has the \fB\-o\fP flag set, this is shown at the +start of the command\&. +.PP +With the argument `\fB\-\fP\fIitem\fP\&', removes the given item +from the list\&. The numbering of the list is continuous and entries are +in time order, so the numbering can change when entries are added or +deleted\&. +.PP +Commands are executed either immediately before a prompt, or while +the shell\&'s line editor is waiting for input\&. In the latter case +it is useful to be able to produce output that does not interfere +with the line being edited\&. Providing the option \fB\-o\fP causes +the shell to clear the command line before the event and redraw it +afterwards\&. This should be used with any scheduled event that produces +visible output to the terminal; it is not needed, for example, with +output that updates a terminal emulator\&'s title bar\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +zsh_scheduled_events +A readonly array corresponding to the events scheduled by the +\fBsched\fP builtin\&. The indices of the array correspond to the numbers +shown when \fBsched\fP is run with no arguments (provided that the +\fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP option is not set)\&. The value of the array +consists of the scheduled time in seconds since the epoch +(see the section `The zsh/datetime Module\&' for facilities for +using this number), followed by a colon, followed by any options +(which may be empty but will be preceeded by a `\fB\-\fP\&' otherwise), +followed by a colon, followed by the command to be executed\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fBsched\fP builtin should be used for manipulating the events\&. Note +that this will have an immediate effect on the contents of the array, +so that indices may become invalid\&. +.RE +.RE +.SH "THE ZSH/NET/SOCKET MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_socket.yo + +The \fBzsh/net/socket\fP module makes available one builtin command: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzsocket\fP [ \fB\-altv\fP ] [ \fB\-d\fP \fIfd\fP ] [ \fIargs\fP ] +\fBzsocket\fP is implemented as a builtin to allow full use of shell +command line editing, file I/O, and job control mechanisms\&. +.PP +.SS "Outbound Connections" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzsocket\fP [ \fB\-v\fP ] [ \fB\-d\fP \fIfd\fP ] \fIfilename\fP +Open a new Unix domain connection to \fIfilename\fP\&. +The shell parameter \fBREPLY\fP will be set to the file descriptor +associated with that connection\&. Currently, only stream connections +are supported\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fB\-d\fP is specified, its argument +will be taken as the target file descriptor for the +connection\&. +.PP +In order to elicit more verbose output, use \fB\-v\fP\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Inbound Connections" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzsocket\fP \fB\-l\fP [ \fB\-v\fP ] [ \fB\-d\fP \fIfd\fP ] \fIfilename\fP +\fBzsocket \-l\fP will open a socket listening on \fIfilename\fP\&. +The shell parameter \fBREPLY\fP will be set to the file descriptor +associated with that listener\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fB\-d\fP is specified, its argument +will be taken as the target file descriptor for +the connection\&. +.PP +In order to elicit more verbose output, use \fB\-v\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzsocket\fP \fB\-a\fP [ \fB\-tv\fP ] [ \fB\-d\fP \fItargetfd\fP ] \fIlistenfd\fP +\fBzsocket \-a\fP will accept an incoming connection +to the socket associated with \fIlistenfd\fP\&. +The shell parameter \fBREPLY\fP will +be set to the file descriptor associated with +the inbound connection\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fB\-d\fP is specified, its argument +will be taken as the target file descriptor for the +connection\&. +.PP +If \fB\-t\fP is specified, \fBzsocket\fP will return +if no incoming connection is pending\&. Otherwise +it will wait for one\&. +.PP +In order to elicit more verbose output, use \fB\-v\fP\&. +.RE +.RE +.SH "THE ZSH/STAT MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_stat.yo + +The \fBzsh/stat\fP module makes available one builtin command under +two possible names: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzstat\fP [ \fB\-gnNolLtTrs\fP ] [ \fB\-f\fP \fIfd\fP ] [ \fB\-H\fP \fIhash\fP ] [ \fB\-A\fP \fIarray\fP ] [ \fB\-F\fP \fIfmt\fP ] [ \fB+\fP\fIelement\fP ] [ \fIfile\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD +\fBstat\fP \fI\&.\&.\&.\fP +The command acts as a front end to the \fBstat\fP system call (see +\fIstat\fP(2))\&. The same command is provided with two names; as +the name \fBstat\fP is often used by an external command it is recommended +that only the \fBzstat\fP form of the command is used\&. This can be +arranged by loading the module with the command `\fBzmodload \-F zsh/stat +zstat\fP\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +If the \fBstat\fP call fails, the appropriate system error message +printed and status 1 is returned\&. +The fields of \fBstruct stat\fP give information about +the files provided as arguments to the command\&. In addition to those +available from the \fBstat\fP call, an extra element `\fBlink\fP\&' is provided\&. +These elements are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBdevice\fP +The number of the device on which the file resides\&. +.TP +\fBinode\fP +The unique number of the file on this device (`\fIinode\fP\&' number)\&. +.TP +\fBmode\fP +The mode of the file; that is, the file\&'s type and access permissions\&. +With the \fB\-s\fP option, this will +be returned as a string corresponding to the first column in the +display of the \fBls \-l\fP command\&. +.TP +\fBnlink\fP +The number of hard links to the file\&. +.TP +\fBuid\fP +The user ID of the owner of the file\&. With the \fB\-s\fP +option, this is displayed as a user name\&. +.TP +\fBgid\fP +The group ID of the file\&. With the \fB\-s\fP option, this +is displayed as a group name\&. +.TP +\fBrdev\fP +The raw device number\&. This is only useful for special devices\&. +.TP +\fBsize\fP +The size of the file in bytes\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBatime\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBmtime\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBctime\fP +The last access, modification and inode change times +of the file, respectively, as the number of seconds since +midnight GMT on 1st January, 1970\&. With the \fB\-s\fP option, +these are printed as strings for the local time zone; the format +can be altered with the \fB\-F\fP option, and with the \fB\-g\fP +option the times are in GMT\&. +.TP +\fBblksize\fP +The number of bytes in one allocation block on the +device on which the file resides\&. +.TP +\fBblock\fP +The number of disk blocks used by the file\&. +.TP +\fBlink\fP +If the file is a link and the \fB\-L\fP option is in +effect, this contains the name of the file linked to, otherwise +it is empty\&. Note that if this element is selected (``\fBzstat +link\fP\&'') +then the \fB\-L\fP option is automatically used\&. +.PP +A particular element may be selected by including its name +preceded by a `\fB+\fP\&' in the option list; only one element is allowed\&. +The element may be shortened to any unique set of leading +characters\&. Otherwise, all elements will be shown for all files\&. +.PP +Options: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-A\fP \fIarray\fP +Instead of displaying the results on standard +output, assign them to an \fIarray\fP, one \fBstruct stat\fP element per array +element for each file in order\&. In this case neither the name +of the element nor the name of the files appears in \fIarray\fP unless the +\fB\-t\fP or \fB\-n\fP options were given, respectively\&. If \fB\-t\fP is given, +the element name appears as a prefix to the +appropriate array element; if \fB\-n\fP is given, the file name +appears as a separate array element preceding all the others\&. +Other formatting options are respected\&. +.TP +\fB\-H\fP \fIhash\fP +Similar to \fB\-A\fP, but instead assign the values to \fIhash\fP\&. The keys +are the elements listed above\&. If the \fB\-n\fP option is provided then the +name of the file is included in the hash with key \fBname\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-f\fP \fIfd\fP +Use the file on file descriptor \fIfd\fP instead of +named files; no list of file names is allowed in this case\&. +.TP +\fB\-F\fP \fIfmt\fP +Supplies a \fBstrftime\fP (see \fIstrftime\fP(3)) string for the +formatting of the time elements\&. The \fB\-s\fP option is implied\&. +.TP +\fB\-g\fP +Show the time elements in the GMT time zone\&. The +\fB\-s\fP option is implied\&. +.TP +\fB\-l\fP +List the names of the type elements (to standard +output or an array as appropriate) and return immediately; +options other than \fB\-A\fP and arguments are ignored\&. +.TP +\fB\-L\fP +Perform an \fBlstat\fP (see \fIlstat\fP(2)) rather than a \fBstat\fP +system call\&. In this case, if the file is a link, information +about the link itself rather than the target file is returned\&. +This option is required to make the \fBlink\fP element useful\&. +.TP +\fB\-n\fP +Always show the names of files\&. Usually these are +only shown when output is to standard output and there is more +than one file in the list\&. +.TP +\fB\-N\fP +Never show the names of files\&. +.TP +\fB\-o\fP +If a raw file mode is printed, show it in octal, which is more useful for +human consumption than the default of decimal\&. A leading zero will be +printed in this case\&. Note that this does not affect whether a raw or +formatted file mode is shown, which is controlled by the \fB\-r\fP and \fB\-s\fP +options, nor whether a mode is shown at all\&. +.TP +\fB\-r\fP +Print raw data (the default format) alongside string +data (the \fB\-s\fP format); the string data appears in parentheses +after the raw data\&. +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +Print \fBmode\fP, \fBuid\fP, \fBgid\fP and the three time +elements as strings instead of numbers\&. In each case the format +is like that of \fBls \-l\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-t\fP +Always show the type names for the elements of +\fBstruct stat\fP\&. Usually these are only shown when output is to +standard output and no individual element has been selected\&. +.TP +\fB\-T\fP +Never show the type names of the \fBstruct stat\fP elements\&. +.RE +.RE +.SH "THE ZSH/SYSTEM MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_system.yo + +The \fBzsh/system\fP module makes available three builtin commands and +two parameters\&. +.PP +.SH "BUILTINS" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBsyserror\fP \fB[ \-e\fP \fIerrvar\fP \fB] [ \-p\fP \fIprefix\fP \fB] [\fP \fIerrno\fP \fB|\fP \fIerrname\fP \fB]\fP +This command prints out the error message associated with \fIerrno\fP, a +system error number, followed by a newline to standard error\&. +.RS +.PP +Instead of the error number, a name \fIerrname\fP, for example +\fBENOENT\fP, may be used\&. The set of names is the same as the contents +of the array \fBerrnos\fP, see below\&. +.PP +If the string \fIprefix\fP is given, it is printed in front of the error +message, with no intervening space\&. +.PP +If \fIerrvar\fP is supplied, the entire message, without a newline, is +assigned to the parameter names \fIerrvar\fP and nothing is output\&. +.PP +A return status of 0 indicates the message was successfully printed +(although it may not be useful if the error number was out of the +system\&'s range), a return status of 1 indicates an error in the +parameters, and a return status of 2 indicates the error name was +not recognised (no message is printed for this)\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBsysread [ \-c\fP \fIcountvar\fP \fB] [ \-i\fP \fIinfd\fP \fB] [ \-o\fP \fIoutfd\fP \fB]\fP +.TP +.PD + \fB[ \-s\fP \fIbufsize\fP \fB] [ \-t\fP \fItimeout\fP \fB] [\fP \fIparam\fP \fB]\fP +Perform a single system read from file descriptor \fIinfd\fP, or zero if +that is not given\&. The result of the read is stored in \fIparam\fP or +\fIREPLY\fP if that is not given\&. If \fIcountvar\fP is given, the number +of bytes read is assigned to the parameter named by \fIcountvar\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +The maximum number of bytes read is \fIbufsize\fP or 8192 if that is not +given, however the command returns as soon as any number of bytes was +successfully read\&. +.PP +If \fItimeout\fP is given, it specifies a timeout in seconds, which may +be zero to poll the file descriptor\&. This is handled by the \fBpoll\fP +system call if available, otherwise the \fBselect\fP system call if +available\&. +.PP +If \fIoutfd\fP is given, an attempt is made to write all the bytes just +read to the file descriptor \fIoutfd\fP\&. If this fails, because of a +system error other than \fBEINTR\fP or because of an internal zsh error +during an interrupt, the bytes read but not written are stored in the +parameter named by \fIparam\fP if supplied (no default is used in this +case), and the number of bytes read but not written is stored in the +parameter named by \fIcountvar\fP if that is supplied\&. If it was +successful, \fIcountvar\fP contains the full number of bytes transferred, +as usual, and \fIparam\fP is not set\&. +.PP +The error \fBEINTR\fP (interrupted system call) is handled internally so +that shell interrupts are transparent to the caller\&. Any other error +causes a return\&. +.PP +The possible return statuses are +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +0 +At least one byte of data was successfully read and, if appropriate, +written\&. +.TP +1 +There was an error in the parameters to the command\&. This is the only +error for which a message is printed to standard error\&. +.TP +2 +There was an error on the read, or on polling the input file descriptor +for a timeout\&. The parameter \fBERRNO\fP gives the error\&. +.TP +3 +Data were successfully read, but there was an error writing them +to \fIoutfd\fP\&. The parameter \fBERRNO\fP gives the error\&. +.TP +4 +The attempt to read timed out\&. Note this does not set \fBERRNO\fP as this +is not a system error\&. +.TP +5 +No system error occurred, but zero bytes were read\&. This usually +indicates end of file\&. The parameters are set according to the +usual rules; no write to \fIoutfd\fP is attempted\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBsyswrite [ \-c\fP \fIcountvar\fP \fB] [ \-o\fP \fIoutfd\fP \fB]\fP \fIdata\fP +The data (a single string of bytes) are written to the file descriptor +\fIoutfd\fP, or 1 if that is not given, using the \fBwrite\fP system call\&. +Multiple write operations may be used if the first does not write all +the data\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fIcountvar\fP is given, the number of byte written is stored in the +parameter named by \fIcountvar\fP; this may not be the full length of +\fIdata\fP if an error occurred\&. +.PP +The error \fBEINTR\fP (interrupted system call) is handled internally by +retrying; otherwise an error causes the command to return\&. For example, +if the file descriptor is set to non\-blocking output, an error +\fBEAGAIN\fP (on some systems, \fBEWOULDBLOCK\fP) may result in the command +returning early\&. +.PP +The return status may be 0 for success, 1 for an error in the parameters +to the command, or 2 for an error on the write; no error message is +printed in the last case, but the parameter \fBERRNO\fP will reflect +the error that occurred\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SH "PARAMETERS" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBerrnos\fP +A readonly array of the names of errors defined on the system\&. These +are typically macros defined in C by including the system header file +\fBerrno\&.h\fP\&. The index of each name (assuming the option \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP +is unset) corresponds to the error number\&. Error numbers \fInum\fP +before the last known error which have no name are given the name +\fBE\fP\fInum\fP in the array\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that aliases for errors are not handled; only the canonical name is +used\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBsysparams\fP +A readonly associative array\&. The keys are: +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBpid\fP +Returns the process ID of the current process, even in subshells\&. Compare +\fB$$\fP, which returns the process ID of the main shell process\&. +.TP +\fBppid\fP +Returns the process ID of the parent of the current process, even in +subshells\&. Compare \fB$PPID\fP, which returns the process ID of the parent +of the main shell process\&. +.RE +.RE +.SH "THE ZSH/NET/TCP MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_tcp.yo + +The \fBzsh/net/tcp\fP module makes available one builtin command: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBztcp\fP [ \fB\-acflLtv\fP ] [ \fB\-d\fP \fIfd\fP ] [ \fIargs\fP ] +\fBztcp\fP is implemented as a builtin to allow full use of shell +command line editing, file I/O, and job control mechanisms\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fBztcp\fP is run with no options, it will output +the contents of its session table\&. +.PP +If it is run with only the option \fB\-L\fP, it will output the contents of +the session table in a format suitable for automatic parsing\&. The option +is ignored if given with a command to open or close a session\&. The output +consists of a set of lines, one per session, each containing the following +elements separated by spaces: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +File descriptor +The file descriptor in use for the connection\&. For normal inbound (\fBI\fP) +and outbound (\fBO\fP) connections this may be read and written by the usual +shell mechanisms\&. However, it should only be close with `\fBztcp \-c\fP\&'\&. +.TP +Connection type +A letter indicating how the session was created: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBZ\fP +A session created with the \fBzftp\fP command\&. +.TP +\fBL\fP +A connection opened for listening with `\fBztcp \-l\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBI\fP +An inbound connection accepted with `\fBztcp \-a\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBO\fP +An outbound connection created with `\fBztcp\fP \fIhost\fP \fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\&'\&. +.PP +.RE +.TP +The local host +This is usually set to an all\-zero IP address as the address of the +localhost is irrelevant\&. +.TP +The local port +This is likely to be zero unless the connection is for listening\&. +.TP +The remote host +This is the fully qualified domain name of the peer, if available, else an +IP address\&. It is an all\-zero IP address for a session opened for +listening\&. +.TP +The remote port +This is zero for a connection opened for listening\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Outbound Connections" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBztcp\fP [ \fB\-v\fP ] [ \fB\-d\fP \fIfd\fP ] \fIhost\fP [ \fIport\fP ] +Open a new TCP connection to \fIhost\fP\&. If the \fIport\fP is +omitted, it will default to port 23\&. The connection will +be added to the session table and the shell parameter +\fBREPLY\fP will be set to the file descriptor associated +with that connection\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fB\-d\fP is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file +descriptor for the connection\&. +.PP +In order to elicit more verbose output, use \fB\-v\fP\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Inbound Connections" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBztcp\fP \fB\-l\fP [ \fB\-v\fP ] [ \fB\-d\fP \fIfd\fP ] \fIport\fP +\fBztcp \-l\fP will open a socket listening on TCP +\fIport\fP\&. The socket will be added to the +session table and the shell parameter \fBREPLY\fP +will be set to the file descriptor associated +with that listener\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fB\-d\fP is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file +descriptor for the connection\&. +.PP +In order to elicit more verbose output, use \fB\-v\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBztcp\fP \fB\-a\fP [ \fB\-tv\fP ] [ \fB\-d\fP \fItargetfd\fP ] \fIlistenfd\fP +\fBztcp \-a\fP will accept an incoming connection +to the port associated with \fIlistenfd\fP\&. +The connection will be added to the session +table and the shell parameter \fBREPLY\fP will +be set to the file descriptor associated with +the inbound connection\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fB\-d\fP is specified, its argument +will be taken as the target file descriptor for the +connection\&. +.PP +If \fB\-t\fP is specified, \fBztcp\fP will return +if no incoming connection is pending\&. Otherwise +it will wait for one\&. +.PP +In order to elicit more verbose output, use \fB\-v\fP\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Closing Connections" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBztcp\fP \fB\-cf\fP [ \fB\-v\fP ] [ \fIfd\fP ] +.TP +.PD +\fBztcp\fP \fB\-c\fP [ \fB\-v\fP ] [ \fIfd\fP ] +\fBztcp \-c\fP will close the socket associated +with \fIfd\fP\&. The socket will be removed from the +session table\&. If \fIfd\fP is not specified, +\fBztcp\fP will close everything in the session table\&. +.RS +.PP +Normally, sockets registered by zftp (see +\fIzshmodules\fP(1) +) cannot be closed this way\&. In order +to force such a socket closed, use \fB\-f\fP\&. +.PP +In order to elicit more verbose output, use \fB\-v\fP\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Example" +Here is how to create a TCP connection between two instances of zsh\&. We +need to pick an unassigned port; here we use the randomly chosen 5123\&. +.PP +On \fBhost1\fP, +.RS +.nf +\fBzmodload zsh/net/tcp +ztcp \-l 5123 +listenfd=$REPLY +ztcp \-a $listenfd +fd=$REPLY\fP +.fi +.RE +The second from last command blocks until there is an incoming connection\&. +.PP +Now create a connection from \fBhost2\fP (which may, of course, be the same +machine): +.RS +.nf +\fBzmodload zsh/net/tcp +ztcp host1 5123 +fd=$REPLY\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Now on each host, \fB$fd\fP contains a file descriptor for talking to the +other\&. For example, on \fBhost1\fP: +.RS +.nf +\fBprint This is a message >&$fd\fP +.fi +.RE +and on \fBhost2\fP: +.RS +.nf +\fBread \-r line <&$fd; print \-r \- $line\fP +.fi +.RE +prints `\fBThis is a message\fP\&'\&. +.PP +To tidy up, on \fBhost1\fP: +.RS +.nf +\fBztcp \-c $listenfd +ztcp \-c $fd\fP +.fi +.RE +and on \fBhost2\fP +.RS +.nf +\fBztcp \-c $fd\fP +.fi +.RE +.SH "THE ZSH/TERMCAP MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_termcap.yo + +The \fBzsh/termcap\fP module makes available one builtin command: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBechotc\fP \fIcap\fP [ \fIarg\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Output the termcap value corresponding to the capability +\fIcap\fP, with optional arguments\&. +.PP +The \fBzsh/termcap\fP module makes available one parameter: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBtermcap\fP +An associative array that maps termcap capability codes to +their values\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/TERMINFO MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_terminfo.yo + +The \fBzsh/terminfo\fP module makes available one builtin command: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBechoti\fP \fIcap\fP [ \fIarg\fP ] +Output the terminfo value corresponding to the capability +\fIcap\fP, instantiated with \fIarg\fP if applicable\&. +.PP +The \fBzsh/terminfo\fP module makes available one parameter: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBterminfo\fP +An associative array that maps terminfo capability names to +their values\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/ZFTP MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_zftp.yo + +The \fBzsh/zftp\fP module makes available one builtin command: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzftp\fP \fIsubcommand\fP [ \fIargs\fP ] +The \fBzsh/zftp\fP module is a client for FTP (file transfer protocol)\&. It +is implemented as a builtin to allow full use of shell command line +editing, file I/O, and job control mechanisms\&. Often, users will +access it via shell functions providing a more powerful interface; a set is +provided with the \fBzsh\fP distribution and is described in +\fIzshzftpsys\fP(1)\&. However, the \fBzftp\fP command is entirely usable in its +own right\&. +.RS +.PP +All commands consist of the command name \fBzftp\fP followed by the name +of a subcommand\&. These are listed below\&. The return status of each +subcommand is supposed to reflect the success or failure of the remote +operation\&. See a description of the variable \fBZFTP_VERBOSE\fP for +more information on how responses from the server may be printed\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Subcommands" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBopen\fP \fIhost\fP[\fB:\fP\fIport\fP] [ \fIuser\fP [ \fIpassword\fP [ \fIaccount\fP ] ] ] +Open a new FTP session to \fIhost\fP, which may be the name of a TCP/IP +connected host or an IP number in the standard dot notation\&. If the +argument is in the form \fIhost\fP\fB:\fP\fIport\fP, open a connection to +TCP port \fIport\fP instead of the standard FTP port 21\&. This may be +the name of a TCP service or a number: see the description of +\fBZFTP_PORT\fP below for more information\&. +.RS +.PP +If IPv6 addresses in colon format are used, the \fIhost\fP should be +surrounded by quoted square brackets to distinguish it from the \fIport\fP, +for example \fB\&'[fe80::203:baff:fe02:8b56]'\fP\&. For consistency this is +allowed with all forms of \fIhost\fP\&. +.PP +Remaining arguments are passed to the \fBlogin\fP subcommand\&. Note that +if no arguments beyond \fIhost\fP are supplied, \fBopen\fP will \fInot\fP +automatically call \fBlogin\fP\&. If no arguments at all are supplied, +\fBopen\fP will use the parameters set by the \fBparams\fP subcommand\&. +.PP +After a successful open, the shell variables \fBZFTP_HOST\fP, \fBZFTP_PORT\fP, +\fBZFTP_IP\fP and \fBZFTP_SYSTEM\fP are available; see `Variables\&' +below\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBlogin\fP [ \fIname\fP [ \fIpassword\fP [ \fIaccount\fP ] ] ] +.TP +.PD +\fBuser\fP [ \fIname\fP [ \fIpassword\fP [ \fIaccount\fP ] ] ] +Login the user \fIname\fP with parameters \fIpassword\fP and \fIaccount\fP\&. +Any of the parameters can be omitted, and will be read from standard +input if needed (\fIname\fP is always needed)\&. If +standard input is a terminal, a prompt for each one will be printed on +standard error and \fIpassword\fP will not be echoed\&. If any of the +parameters are not used, a warning message is printed\&. +.RS +.PP +After a successful login, the shell variables \fBZFTP_USER\fP, +\fBZFTP_ACCOUNT\fP and \fBZFTP_PWD\fP are available; see `Variables\&' +below\&. +.PP +This command may be re\-issued when a user is already logged in, and +the server will first be reinitialized for a new user\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBparams\fP [ \fIhost\fP [ \fIuser\fP [ \fIpassword\fP [ \fIaccount\fP ] ] ] ] +.TP +.PD +\fBparams\fP \fB\-\fP +Store the given parameters for a later \fBopen\fP command with no +arguments\&. Only those given on the command line will be remembered\&. +If no arguments are given, the parameters currently set are printed, +although the password will appear as a line of stars; the return status is +one if no parameters were set, zero otherwise\&. +.RS +.PP +Any of the parameters may be specified as a `\fB?\fP\&', which +may need to be quoted to protect it from shell expansion\&. In this case, +the appropriate parameter will be read from stdin as with the +\fBlogin\fP subcommand, including special handling of \fIpassword\fP\&. If the +`\fB?\fP\&' is followed by a string, that is used as the prompt for reading the +parameter instead of the default message (any necessary punctuation and +whitespace should be included at the end of the prompt)\&. The first letter +of the parameter (only) may be quoted with a `\fB\e\fP\&'; hence an argument +\fB"\e\e$word"\fP guarantees that the string from the shell parameter \fB$word\fP +will be treated literally, whether or not it begins with a `\fB?\fP\&'\&. +.PP +If instead a single `\fB\-\fP\&' is given, the existing parameters, if any, +are deleted\&. In that case, calling \fBopen\fP with no arguments will +cause an error\&. +.PP +The list of parameters is not deleted after a \fBclose\fP, however it +will be deleted if the \fBzsh/zftp\fP module is unloaded\&. +.PP +For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzftp params ftp\&.elsewhere\&.xx juser \&'?Password for juser: '\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +will store the host \fBftp\&.elsewhere\&.xx\fP and the user \fBjuser\fP and +then prompt the user for the corresponding password with the given prompt\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBtest\fP +Test the connection; if the server has reported +that it has closed the connection (maybe due to a timeout), return +status 2; if no connection was open anyway, return status 1; else +return status 0\&. The \fBtest\fP subcommand is +silent, apart from messages printed by the \fB$ZFTP_VERBOSE\fP +mechanism, or error messages if the connection closes\&. There is no +network overhead for this test\&. +.RS +.PP +The test is only supported on systems with either the +\fBselect(2)\fP or +\fBpoll(2)\fP system calls; otherwise the message `\fBnot +supported on this system\fP\&' is printed instead\&. +.PP +The \fBtest\fP subcommand will automatically be called at the start of any +other subcommand for the current session when a connection is open\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcd\fP \fIdirectory\fP +Change the remote directory to \fIdirectory\fP\&. Also alters the shell +variable \fBZFTP_PWD\fP\&. +.TP +\fBcdup\fP +Change the remote directory to the one higher in the directory tree\&. +Note that \fBcd \&.\&.\fP will also work correctly on non\-UNIX systems\&. +.TP +\fBdir\fP [ \fIargs\&.\&.\&.\fP ] +Give a (verbose) listing of the remote directory\&. The \fIargs\fP are +passed directly to the server\&. The command\&'s behaviour is implementation +dependent, but a UNIX server will typically interpret \fIargs\fP as +arguments to the \fBls\fP command and with no arguments return the +result of `\fBls \-l\fP\&'\&. The directory is listed to standard output\&. +.TP +\fBls\fP [ \fIargs\fP ] +Give a (short) listing of the remote directory\&. With no \fIargs\fP, +produces a raw list of the files in the directory, one per line\&. +Otherwise, up to vagaries of the server implementation, behaves +similar to \fBdir\fP\&. +.TP +\fBtype\fP [ \fItype\fP ] +Change the type for the transfer to \fItype\fP, or print the current type +if \fItype\fP is absent\&. The allowed values are `\fBA\fP\&' (ASCII), +`\fBI\fP\&' (Image, i\&.e\&. binary), or `\fBB\fP' (a synonym for `\fBI\fP')\&. +.RS +.PP +The FTP default for a transfer is ASCII\&. However, if \fBzftp\fP finds +that the remote host is a UNIX machine with 8\-bit byes, it will +automatically switch to using binary for file transfers upon +\fBopen\fP\&. This can subsequently be overridden\&. +.PP +The transfer type is only passed to the remote host when a data +connection is established; this command involves no network overhead\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBascii\fP +The same as \fBtype A\fP\&. +.TP +\fBbinary\fP +The same as \fBtype I\fP\&. +.TP +\fBmode\fP [ \fBS\fP | \fBB\fP ] +Set the mode type to stream (\fBS\fP) or block (\fBB\fP)\&. Stream mode is +the default; block mode is not widely supported\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBremote\fP \fIfiles\&.\&.\&.\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBlocal\fP [ \fIfiles\&.\&.\&.\fP ] +Print the size and last modification time of the remote or local +files\&. If there is more than one item on the list, the name of the +file is printed first\&. The first number is the file size, the second +is the last modification time of the file in the format +\fBCCYYMMDDhhmmSS\fP consisting of year, month, date, hour, minutes and +seconds in GMT\&. Note that this format, including the length, is +guaranteed, so that time strings can be directly compared via the +\fB[[\fP builtin\&'s \fB<\fP and \fB>\fP operators, even if they are too long +to be represented as integers\&. +.RS +.PP +Not all servers support the commands for retrieving this information\&. +In that case, the \fBremote\fP command will print nothing and return +status 2, compared with status 1 for a file not found\&. +.PP +The \fBlocal\fP command (but not \fBremote\fP) may be used with no +arguments, in which case the information comes from examining file +descriptor zero\&. This is the same file as seen by a \fBput\fP command +with no further redirection\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBget\fP \fIfile\fP [\&.\&.\&.] +Retrieve all \fIfile\fPs from the server, concatenating them +and sending them to standard output\&. +.TP +\fBput\fP \fIfile\fP [\&.\&.\&.] +For each \fIfile\fP, read a file from standard input and send that to +the remote host with the given name\&. +.TP +\fBappend\fP \fIfile\fP [\&.\&.\&.] +As \fBput\fP, but if the remote \fIfile\fP already exists, data is +appended to it instead of overwriting it\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBgetat\fP \fIfile\fP \fIpoint\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBputat\fP \fIfile\fP \fIpoint\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBappendat\fP \fIfile\fP \fIpoint\fP +Versions of \fBget\fP, \fBput\fP and \fBappend\fP which will start the +transfer at the given \fIpoint\fP in the remote \fIfile\fP\&. This is +useful for appending to an incomplete local file\&. However, note that +this ability is not universally supported by servers (and is not quite +the behaviour specified by the standard)\&. +.TP +\fBdelete\fP \fIfile\fP [\&.\&.\&.] +Delete the list of files on the server\&. +.TP +\fBmkdir\fP \fIdirectory\fP +Create a new directory \fIdirectory\fP on the server\&. +.TP +\fBrmdir\fP \fIdirectory\fP +Delete the directory \fIdirectory\fP on the server\&. +.TP +\fBrename\fP \fIold\-name\fP \fInew\-name\fP +Rename file \fIold\-name\fP to \fInew\-name\fP on the server\&. +.TP +\fBsite\fP \fIargs\&.\&.\&.\fP +Send a host\-specific command to the server\&. You will probably +only need this if instructed by the server to use it\&. +.TP +\fBquote\fP \fIargs\&.\&.\&.\fP +Send the raw FTP command sequence to the server\&. You should be +familiar with the FTP command set as defined in RFC959 before doing +this\&. Useful commands may include \fBSTAT\fP and \fBHELP\fP\&. Note also +the mechanism for returning messages as described for the variable +\fBZFTP_VERBOSE\fP below, in particular that all messages from the +control connection are sent to standard error\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBclose\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBquit\fP +Close the current data connection\&. This unsets the shell parameters +\fBZFTP_HOST\fP, \fBZFTP_PORT\fP, \fBZFTP_IP\fP, \fBZFTP_SYSTEM\fP, \fBZFTP_USER\fP, +\fBZFTP_ACCOUNT\fP, \fBZFTP_PWD\fP, \fBZFTP_TYPE\fP and \fBZFTP_MODE\fP\&. +.TP +\fBsession\fP [ \fIsessname\fP ] +Allows multiple FTP sessions to be used at once\&. The name of the session +is an arbitrary string of characters; the default session is called +`\fBdefault\fP\&'\&. If this command is called without an argument, it will list +all the current sessions; with an argument, it will either switch to the +existing session called \fIsessname\fP, or create a new session of that name\&. +.RS +.PP +Each session remembers the status of the connection, the set of +connection\-specific shell parameters (the same set as are unset when a +connection closes, as given in the description of \fBclose\fP), and any user +parameters specified with the \fBparams\fP subcommand\&. Changing to a +previous session restores those values; changing to a new session +initialises them in the same way as if \fBzftp\fP had just been loaded\&. The +name of the current session is given by the parameter \fBZFTP_SESSION\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBrmsession\fP [ \fIsessname\fP ] +Delete a session; if a name is not given, the current session is deleted\&. +If the current session is deleted, the earliest existing session becomes +the new current session, otherwise the current session is not changed\&. +If the session being deleted is the only one, a new session called +`\fBdefault\fP\&' is created and becomes the current session; note that this is +a new session even if the session being deleted is also called +`\fBdefault\fP\&'\&. It is recommended that sessions not be deleted while +background commands which use \fBzftp\fP are still active\&. +.PP +.SS "Parameters" +The following shell parameters are used by \fBzftp\fP\&. Currently none +of them are special\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBZFTP_TMOUT\fP +Integer\&. The time in seconds to wait for a network operation to +complete before returning an error\&. If this is not set when the +module is loaded, it will be given the default value 60\&. A value of +zero turns off timeouts\&. If a timeout occurs on the control +connection it will be closed\&. Use a larger value if this occurs too +frequently\&. +.TP +\fBZFTP_IP\fP +Readonly\&. The IP address of the current connection in dot notation\&. +.TP +\fBZFTP_HOST\fP +Readonly\&. The hostname of the current remote server\&. If the host was +opened as an IP number, \fBZFTP_HOST\fP contains that instead; this +saves the overhead for a name lookup, as IP numbers are most commonly +used when a nameserver is unavailable\&. +.TP +\fBZFTP_PORT\fP +Readonly\&. The number of the remote TCP port to which the connection is +open (even if the port was originally specified as a named service)\&. +Usually this is the standard FTP port, 21\&. +.RS +.PP +In the unlikely event that your system does not have the appropriate +conversion functions, this appears in network byte order\&. If your +system is little\-endian, the port then consists of two swapped bytes and the +standard port will be reported as 5376\&. In that case, numeric ports passed +to \fBzftp open\fP will also need to be in this format\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBZFTP_SYSTEM\fP +Readonly\&. The system type string returned by the server in response +to an FTP \fBSYST\fP request\&. The most interesting case is a string +beginning \fB"UNIX Type: L8"\fP, which ensures maximum compatibility +with a local UNIX host\&. +.TP +\fBZFTP_TYPE\fP +Readonly\&. The type to be used for data transfers , either `\fBA\fP\&' or +`\fBI\fP\&'\&. Use the \fBtype\fP subcommand to change this\&. +.TP +\fBZFTP_USER\fP +Readonly\&. The username currently logged in, if any\&. +.TP +\fBZFTP_ACCOUNT\fP +Readonly\&. The account name of the current user, if any\&. Most servers +do not require an account name\&. +.TP +\fBZFTP_PWD\fP +Readonly\&. The current directory on the server\&. +.TP +\fBZFTP_CODE\fP +Readonly\&. The three digit code of the last FTP reply from the server +as a string\&. This can still be read after the connection is closed, and +is not changed when the current session changes\&. +.TP +\fBZFTP_REPLY\fP +Readonly\&. The last line of the last reply sent by the server\&. This +can still be read after the connection is closed, and is not changed when +the current session changes\&. +.TP +\fBZFTP_SESSION\fP +Readonly\&. The name of the current FTP session; see the description of the +\fBsession\fP subcommand\&. +.TP +\fBZFTP_PREFS\fP +A string of preferences for altering aspects of \fBzftp\fP\&'s behaviour\&. +Each preference is a single character\&. The following are defined: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBP\fP +Passive: attempt to make the remote server initiate data transfers\&. +This is slightly more efficient than sendport mode\&. If the letter +\fBS\fP occurs later in the string, \fBzftp\fP will use sendport mode if +passive mode is not available\&. +.TP +\fBS\fP +Sendport: initiate transfers by the FTP \fBPORT\fP command\&. If this +occurs before any \fBP\fP in the string, passive mode will never be +attempted\&. +.TP +\fBD\fP +Dumb: use only the bare minimum of FTP commands\&. This prevents +the variables \fBZFTP_SYSTEM\fP and \fBZFTP_PWD\fP from being set, and +will mean all connections default to ASCII type\&. It may prevent +\fBZFTP_SIZE\fP from being set during a transfer if the server +does not send it anyway (many servers do)\&. +.PP +If \fBZFTP_PREFS\fP is not set when \fBzftp\fP is loaded, it will be set to a +default of `\fBPS\fP\&', i\&.e\&. use passive mode if available, otherwise +fall back to sendport mode\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBZFTP_VERBOSE\fP +A string of digits between 0 and 5 inclusive, specifying which +responses from the server should be printed\&. All responses go to +standard error\&. If any of the numbers 1 to 5 appear in the string, +raw responses from the server with reply codes beginning with that +digit will be printed to standard error\&. The first digit of the three +digit reply code is defined by RFC959 to correspond to: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +1\&. +A positive preliminary reply\&. +.TP +2\&. +A positive completion reply\&. +.TP +3\&. +A positive intermediate reply\&. +.TP +4\&. +A transient negative completion reply\&. +.TP +5\&. +A permanent negative completion reply\&. +.PP +It should be noted that, for unknown reasons, the reply `Service not +available\&', which forces termination of a connection, is classified as +421, i\&.e\&. `transient negative\&', an interesting interpretation of the word +`transient\&'\&. +.PP +The code 0 is special: it indicates that all but the last line of +multiline replies read from the server will be printed to standard +error in a processed format\&. By convention, servers use this +mechanism for sending information for the user to read\&. The +appropriate reply code, if it matches the same response, takes +priority\&. +.PP +If \fBZFTP_VERBOSE\fP is not set when \fBzftp\fP is loaded, it will be +set to the default value \fB450\fP, i\&.e\&., messages destined for the user +and all errors will be printed\&. A null string is valid and +specifies that no messages should be printed\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Functions" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzftp_chpwd\fP +If this function is set by the user, it is called every time the +directory changes on the server, including when a user is logged +in, or when a connection is closed\&. In the last case, \fB$ZFTP_PWD\fP +will be unset; otherwise it will reflect the new directory\&. +.TP +\fBzftp_progress\fP +If this function is set by the user, it will be called during +a \fBget\fP, \fBput\fP or \fBappend\fP operation each time sufficient data +has been received from the host\&. During a \fBget\fP, the data is sent +to standard output, so it is vital that this function should write +to standard error or directly to the terminal, \fInot\fP to standard +output\&. +.RS +.PP +When it is called with a transfer in progress, the following +additional shell parameters are set: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBZFTP_FILE\fP +The name of the remote file being transferred from or to\&. +.TP +\fBZFTP_TRANSFER\fP +A \fBG\fP for a \fBget\fP operation and a \fBP\fP for a \fBput\fP operation\&. +.TP +\fBZFTP_SIZE\fP +The total size of the complete file being transferred: +the same as the first value provided by the +\fBremote\fP and \fBlocal\fP subcommands for a particular file\&. +If the server cannot supply this value for a remote file being +retrieved, it will not be set\&. If input is from a pipe the value may +be incorrect and correspond simply to a full pipe buffer\&. +.TP +\fBZFTP_COUNT\fP +The amount of data so far transferred; a number between zero and +\fB$ZFTP_SIZE\fP, if that is set\&. This number is always available\&. +.PP +The function is initially called with \fBZFTP_TRANSFER\fP set +appropriately and \fBZFTP_COUNT\fP set to zero\&. After the transfer is +finished, the function will be called one more time with +\fBZFTP_TRANSFER\fP set to \fBGF\fP or \fBPF\fP, in case it wishes to tidy +up\&. It is otherwise never called twice with the same value of +\fBZFTP_COUNT\fP\&. +.PP +Sometimes the progress meter may cause disruption\&. It is up to the +user to decide whether the function should be defined and to use +\fBunfunction\fP when necessary\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Problems" +.PP +A connection may not be opened in the left hand side of a pipe as this +occurs in a subshell and the file information is not updated in the main +shell\&. In the case of type or mode changes or closing the connection in a +subshell, the information is returned but variables are not updated until +the next call to \fBzftp\fP\&. Other status changes in subshells will not be +reflected by changes to the variables (but should be otherwise harmless)\&. +.PP +Deleting sessions while a \fBzftp\fP command is active in the background can +have unexpected effects, even if it does not use the session being deleted\&. +This is because all shell subprocesses share information on the state of +all connections, and deleting a session changes the ordering of that +information\&. +.PP +On some operating systems, the control connection is not valid after a +fork(), so that operations in subshells, on the left hand side +of a pipeline, or in the background are not possible, as they should be\&. +This is presumably a bug in the operating system\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/ZLE MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_zle.yo + +The \fBzsh/zle\fP module contains the Zsh Line Editor\&. See +\fIzshzle\fP(1)\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/ZLEPARAMETER MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_zleparameter.yo + +The \fBzsh/zleparameter\fP module defines two special parameters that can be +used to access internal information of the Zsh Line Editor (see +\fIzshzle\fP(1))\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBkeymaps\fP +This array contains the names of the keymaps currently defined\&. +.TP +\fBwidgets\fP +This associative array contains one entry per widget defined\&. The name +of the widget is the key and the value gives information about the +widget\&. It is either the string `\fBbuiltin\fP\&' for builtin widgets, a +string of the form `\fBuser:\fP\fIname\fP\&' for user\-defined widgets, +where \fIname\fP is the name of the shell function implementing the +widget, or it is a string of the form +`\fBcompletion:\fP\fItype\fP\fB:\fP\fIname\fP\&', for completion widgets\&. In +the last case \fItype\fP is the name of the builtin widgets the +completion widget imitates in its behavior and \fIname\fP is the name +of the shell function implementing the completion widget\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/ZPROF MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_zprof.yo + +When loaded, the \fBzsh/zprof\fP causes shell functions to be profiled\&. +The profiling results can be obtained with the \fBzprof\fP +builtin command made available by this module\&. There is no way to turn +profiling off other than unloading the module\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzprof\fP [ \fB\-c\fP ] +Without the \fB\-c\fP option, \fBzprof\fP lists profiling results to +standard output\&. The format is comparable to that of commands like +\fBgprof\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +At the top there is a summary listing all functions that were called +at least once\&. This summary is sorted in decreasing order of the +amount of time spent in each\&. The lines contain +the number of the function in order, which is used in +other parts of the list in suffixes of the form +`\fB[\fP\fInum\fP\fB]\fP\&'.RE, then the number of calls made to the function\&. +The next three columns list the time in +milliseconds spent in the function and its descendents, the average +time in milliseconds spent in the function and its descendents per +call and the percentage of time spent in all shell functions used in +this function and its descendents\&. The following three columns give +the same information, but counting only the time spent in the function +itself\&. The final column shows the name of the function\&. +.PP +After the summary, detailed information about every function that was +invoked is listed, sorted in decreasing order of the amount of time spent +in each function and its descendents\&. Each of these entries consists of +descriptions for the functions that called the function described, the +function itself, and the functions that were called from it\&. The +description for the function itself has the same format as in the summary +(and shows the same information)\&. The other lines don\&'t show the number of +the function at the beginning and have their function named indented to +make it easier to distinguish the line showing the function described in +the section from the surrounding lines\&. +.PP +The information shown in this case is almost the same as in the summary, +but only refers to the call hierarchy being displayed\&. For example, for a +calling function the column showing the total running time lists the time +spent in the described function and its descendents only for the times when +it was called from that particular calling function\&. Likewise, for a +called function, this columns lists the total time spent in the called +function and its descendents only for the times when it was called from the +function described\&. +.PP +Also in this case, the column showing the number of calls to a function +also shows a slash and then the total number of invocations made to the +called function\&. +.PP +As long as the \fBzsh/zprof\fP module is loaded, profiling will be done and +multiple invocations of the \fBzprof\fP builtin command will show the +times and numbers of calls since the module was loaded\&. With the +\fB\-c\fP option, the \fBzprof\fP builtin command will reset its internal +counters and will not show the listing\&. +) +.RE +.SH "THE ZSH/ZPTY MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_zpty.yo + +The \fBzsh/zpty\fP module offers one builtin: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzpty\fP [ \fB\-e\fP ] [ \fB\-b\fP ] \fIname\fP [ \fIarg \&.\&.\&.\fP ] +The arguments following \fIname\fP are concatenated with spaces between, +then executed as a command, as if passed to the \fBeval\fP builtin\&. The +command runs under a newly assigned pseudo\-terminal; this is useful for +running commands non\-interactively which expect an interactive +environment\&. The \fIname\fP is not part of the command, but is used to +refer to this command in later calls to \fBzpty\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +With the \fB\-e\fP option, the pseudo\-terminal is set up so that input +characters are echoed\&. +.PP +With the \fB\-b\fP option, input to and output from the pseudo\-terminal are +made non\-blocking\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzpty\fP \fB\-d\fP [ \fInames\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +The second form, with the \fB\-d\fP option, is used to delete commands +previously started, by supplying a list of their \fIname\fPs\&. If no +\fInames\fP are given, all commands are deleted\&. Deleting a command causes +the HUP signal to be sent to the corresponding process\&. +.TP +\fBzpty\fP \fB\-w\fP [ \fB\-n\fP ] \fIname\fP [ \fIstrings \&.\&.\&.\fP ] +The \fB\-w\fP option can be used to send the to command \fIname\fP the given +\fIstrings\fP as input (separated by spaces)\&. If the \fB\-n\fP option is +\fInot\fP given, a newline is added at the end\&. +.RS +.PP +If no \fIstrings\fP are provided, the standard input is copied to the +pseudo\-terminal; this may stop before copying the full input if the +pseudo\-terminal is non\-blocking\&. +.PP +Note that the command under the pseudo\-terminal sees this input as if it +were typed, so beware when sending special tty driver characters such as +word\-erase, line\-kill, and end\-of\-file\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzpty\fP \fB\-r\fP [ \fB\-t\fP ] \fIname\fP [ \fIparam\fP [ \fIpattern\fP ] ] +The \fB\-r\fP option can be used to read the output of the command \fIname\fP\&. +With only a \fIname\fP argument, the output read is copied to the standard +output\&. Unless the pseudo\-terminal is non\-blocking, copying continues +until the command under the pseudo\-terminal exits; when non\-blocking, only +as much output as is immediately available is copied\&. The return status is +zero if any output is copied\&. +.RS +.PP +When also given a \fIparam\fP argument, at most one line is read and stored +in the parameter named \fIparam\fP\&. Less than a full line may be read if +the pseudo\-terminal is non\-blocking\&. The return status is zero if at least +one character is stored in \fIparam\fP\&. +.PP +If a \fIpattern\fP is given as well, output is read until the whole string +read matches the \fIpattern\fP, even in the non\-blocking case\&. The return +status is zero if the string read matches the pattern, or if the command +has exited but at least one character could still be read\&. As of this +writing, a maximum of one megabyte of output can be consumed this way; if +a full megabyte is read without matching the pattern, the return status is +non\-zero\&. +.PP +In all cases, the return status is non\-zero if nothing could be read, and +is \fB2\fP if this is because the command has finished\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-r\fP option is combined with the \fB\-t\fP option, \fBzpty\fP tests +whether output is available before trying to read\&. If no output is +available, \fBzpty\fP immediately returns the status \fB1\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzpty\fP \fB\-t\fP \fIname\fP +The \fB\-t\fP option without the \fB\-r\fP option can be used to test +whether the command \fIname\fP is still running\&. It returns a zero +status if the command is running and a non\-zero value otherwise\&. +.TP +\fBzpty\fP [ \fB\-L\fP ] +The last form, without any arguments, is used to list the commands +currently defined\&. If the \fB\-L\fP option is given, this is done in the +form of calls to the \fBzpty\fP builtin\&. +.SH "THE ZSH/ZSELECT MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_zselect.yo + +The \fBzsh/zselect\fP module makes available one builtin command: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzselect\fP [ \fB\-rwe\fP \fB\-t\fP \fItimeout\fP \fB\-a\fP \fIarray\fP ] [ \fIfd\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +The \fBzselect\fP builtin is a front\-end to the `select\&' system call, which +blocks until a file descriptor is ready for reading or writing, or has an +error condition, with an optional timeout\&. If this is not available on +your system, the command prints an error message and returns status 2 +(normal errors return status 1)\&. For more information, see your systems +documentation for \fIselect\fP(3)\&. Note there is no connection with the +shell builtin of the same name\&. +.RS +.PP +Arguments and options may be intermingled in any order\&. Non\-option +arguments are file descriptors, which must be decimal integers\&. By +default, file descriptors are to be tested for reading, i\&.e\&. \fBzselect\fP +will return when data is available to be read from the file descriptor, or +more precisely, when a read operation from the file descriptor will not +block\&. After a \fB\-r\fP, \fB\-w\fP and \fB\-e\fP, the given file descriptors are +to be tested for reading, writing, or error conditions\&. These options and +an arbitrary list of file descriptors may be given in any order\&. +.PP +(The presence of an `error condition\&' is not well defined in the +documentation for many implementations of the select system call\&. +According to recent versions of the POSIX specification, it is really an +\fIexception\fP condition, of which the only standard example is out\-of\-band +data received on a socket\&. So zsh users are unlikely to find the \fB\-e\fP +option useful\&.) +.PP +The option `\fB\-t\fP \fItimeout\fP\&' specifies a timeout in hundredths of a +second\&. This may be zero, in which case the file descriptors will simply +be polled and \fBzselect\fP will return immediately\&. It is possible to call +zselect with no file descriptors and a non\-zero timeout for use as a +finer\-grained replacement for `sleep\&'; not, however, the return status is +always 1 for a timeout\&. +.PP +The option `\fB\-a\fP \fIarray\fP\&' indicates that \fBarray\fP should be set to +indicate the file descriptor(s) which are ready\&. If the option +is not +given, the array \fBreply\fP will be used for this purpose\&. The array will +contain a string similar to the arguments for \fBzselect\fP\&. For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzselect \-t 0 \-r 0 \-w 1\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +might return immediately with status 0 and \fB$reply\fP containing `\fB\-r 0 \-w +1\fP\&' to show that both file descriptors are ready for the requested +operations\&. +.PP +The option `\fB\-A\fP \fIassoc\fP\&' indicates that the associative array +\fBassoc\fP should be set to indicate the file descriptor(s( +which are ready\&. This option overrides the option \fB\-a\fP, nor will +\fBreply\fP be modified\&. The keys of \fBassoc\fP are the file descriptors, and +the corresponding values are any of the characters `\fBrwe\fP\&' to indicate +the condition\&. +.PP +The command returns status 0 if some file descriptors are ready for +reading\&. If the operation timed out, or a timeout of 0 was given and no +file descriptors were ready, or there was an error, it returns status 1 and +the array will not be set (nor modified in any way)\&. If there was an error +in the select operation the appropriate error message is printed\&. +.RE +.RE +.SH "THE ZSH/ZUTIL MODULE" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/mod_zutil.yo + +The \fBzsh/zutil\fP module only adds some builtins: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzstyle\fP [ \fB\-L\fP [ \fIpattern\fP [ \fIstyle\fP ] ] ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzstyle\fP [ \fB\-e\fP | \fB\-\fP | \fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP ] \fIpattern\fP \fIstyle\fP \fIstrings\fP \&.\&.\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzstyle \-d\fP [ \fIpattern\fP [ \fIstyles\fP \&.\&.\&. ] ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzstyle \-g\fP \fIname\fP [ \fIpattern\fP [ \fIstyle\fP ] ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzstyle \-abs\fP \fIcontext\fP \fIstyle\fP \fIname\fP [ \fIsep\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzstyle \-Tt\fP \fIcontext\fP \fIstyle\fP [ \fIstrings\fP \&.\&.\&.] +.TP +.PD +\fBzstyle \-m\fP \fIcontext\fP \fIstyle\fP \fIpattern\fP +This builtin command is used to define and lookup styles\&. Styles are +pairs of names and values, where the values consist of any number of +strings\&. They are stored together with patterns and lookup is done by +giving a string, called the `context\&', which is compared to the +patterns\&. The definition stored for the first matching pattern will be +returned\&. +.RS +.PP +For ordering of comparisons, patterns are searched from most specific to +least specific, and patterns that are equally specific keep the order in +which they were defined\&. A pattern is considered to be more specific +than another if it contains more components (substrings separated by +colons) or if the patterns for the components are more specific, where +simple strings are considered to be more specific than patterns and +complex patterns are considered to be more specific than the pattern +`\fB*\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The first form (without arguments) lists the definitions\&. Styles +are shown in alphabetic order and patterns are shown in the order +\fBzstyle\fP will test them\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-L\fP option is given, listing is done in the form of calls to +\fBzstyle\fP\&. The optional first argument is a pattern which will be matched +against the string supplied as the pattern for the context; note that +this means, for example, `\fBzstyle \-L ":completion:*"\fP\&' will +match any supplied pattern beginning `\fB:completion:\fP\&', not +just \fB":completion:*"\fP: use \fB":completion:\e*"\fP to match that\&. +The optional second argument limits the output to a specific style (not a +pattern)\&. \fB\-L\fP is not compatible with any other options\&. +.PP +The other forms are the following: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzstyle\fP [ \fB\-\fP | \fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP | \fB\-e\fP ] \fIpattern\fP \fIstyle\fP \fIstrings\fP \&.\&.\&. +Defines the given \fIstyle\fP for the \fIpattern\fP with the \fIstrings\fP as +the value\&. If the \fB\-e\fP option is given, the \fIstrings\fP will be +concatenated (separated by spaces) and the resulting string will be +evaluated (in the same way as it is done by the \fBeval\fP builtin +command) when the style is looked up\&. In this case the parameter +`\fBreply\fP\&' must be assigned to set the strings returned after the +evaluation\&. Before evaluating the value, \fBreply\fP is unset, and +if it is still unset after the evaluation, the style is treated as if +it were not set\&. +.TP +\fBzstyle \-d\fP [ \fIpattern\fP [ \fIstyles\fP \&.\&.\&. ] ] +Delete style definitions\&. Without arguments all definitions are deleted, +with a \fIpattern\fP all definitions for that pattern are deleted and if +any \fIstyles\fP are given, then only those styles are deleted for the +\fIpattern\fP\&. +.TP +\fBzstyle \-g\fP \fIname\fP [ \fIpattern\fP [ \fIstyle\fP ] ] +Retrieve a style definition\&. The \fIname\fP is +used as the name of an array in which the results are stored\&. Without +any further arguments, all \fIpatterns\fP defined are returned\&. With a +\fIpattern\fP the styles defined for that pattern are returned and with +both a \fIpattern\fP and a \fIstyle\fP, the value strings of that +combination is returned\&. +.PP +The other forms can be used to look up or test patterns\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzstyle \-s\fP \fIcontext\fP \fIstyle\fP \fIname\fP [ \fIsep\fP ] +The parameter \fIname\fP is set to the value of the style interpreted as a +string\&. If the value contains several strings they are concatenated with +spaces (or with the \fIsep\fP string if that is given) between them\&. +.TP +\fBzstyle \-b\fP \fIcontext\fP \fIstyle\fP \fIname\fP +The value is stored in \fIname\fP as a boolean, i\&.e\&. as the string +`\fByes\fP\&' if the value has only one string and that string is equal to one +of `\fByes\fP\&', `\fBtrue\fP', `\fBon\fP', or `\fB1\fP'\&. If the value is any other +string or has more than one string, the parameter is set to `\fBno\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBzstyle \-a\fP \fIcontext\fP \fIstyle\fP \fIname\fP +The value is stored in \fIname\fP as an array\&. If \fIname\fP is declared +as an associative array, the first, third, etc\&. strings are used as the +keys and the other strings are used as the values\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzstyle \-t\fP \fIcontext\fP \fIstyle\fP [ \fIstrings\fP \&.\&.\&.] +.TP +.PD +\fBzstyle \-T\fP \fIcontext\fP \fIstyle\fP [ \fIstrings\fP \&.\&.\&.] +Test the value of a style, i\&.e\&. the \fB\-t\fP option only returns a status +(sets \fB$?\fP)\&. Without any \fIstrings\fP the return status is zero if the +style is defined for at least one matching pattern, has only one string in +its value, and that is equal to one of `\fBtrue\fP\&', `\fByes\fP', `\fBon\fP' or +`\fB1\fP\&'\&. If any \fIstrings\fP are given the status is zero if and only if +at least one of the \fIstrings\fP is equal to at least one of the strings +in the value\&. If the style is not defined, the status is \fB2\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fB\-T\fP option tests the values of the style like \fB\-t\fP, but it +returns status zero (rather than \fB2\fP) if the style is not defined for any +matching pattern\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzstyle \-m\fP \fIcontext\fP \fIstyle\fP \fIpattern\fP +Match a value\&. Returns status zero if the +\fIpattern\fP matches at least one of the strings in the value\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzformat \-f\fP \fIparam\fP \fIformat\fP \fIspecs\fP \&.\&.\&. +.TP +.PD +\fBzformat \-a\fP \fIarray\fP \fIsep\fP \fIspecs\fP \&.\&.\&. +This builtin provides two different forms of formatting\&. The first form +is selected with the \fB\-f\fP option\&. In this case the \fIformat\fP +string will be modified by replacing sequences starting with a percent +sign in it with strings from the \fIspecs\fP\&. Each \fIspec\fP should be +of the form `\fIchar\fP\fB:\fP\fIstring\fP\&' which will cause every +appearance of the sequence `\fB%\fP\fIchar\fP\&' in \fIformat\fP to be replaced +by the \fIstring\fP\&. The `\fB%\fP\&' sequence may also contain optional +minimum and maximum field width specifications between the `\fB%\fP\&' and +the `\fIchar\fP\&' in the form `\fB%\fP\fImin\fP\fB\&.\fP\fImax\fP\fBc\fP', +i\&.e\&. the minimum field width is given first and if the maximum field +width is used, it has to be preceded by a dot\&. Specifying a minimum field +width makes the result be padded with spaces to the right if the +\fIstring\fP is shorter than the requested width\&. Padding to the left +can be achieved by giving a negative minimum field width\&. If a maximum +field width is specified, the \fIstring\fP will be truncated after that +many characters\&. After all `\fB%\fP\&' sequences for the given \fIspecs\fP +have been processed, the resulting string is stored in the parameter +\fIparam\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +The \fB%\fP\-escapes also understand ternary expressions in the form used by +prompts\&. The \fB%\fP is followed by a `\fB(\fP\&' and then an ordinary +format specifier character as described above\&. There may be a set of +digits either before or after the `\fB(\fP\&'; these specify a test +number, which defaults to zero\&. Negative numbers are also allowed\&. An +arbitrary delimiter character follows the format specifier, which is +followed by a piece of `true\&' text, the delimiter character again, a piece +of `false\&' text, and a closing parenthesis\&. The complete expression +(without the digits) thus looks like +`\fB%(\fP\fIX\fP\fB\&.\fP\fItext1\fP\fB\&.\fP\fItext2\fP\fB)\fP\&', except that +the `\fB\&.\fP\&' character is arbitrary\&. The value given for the format +specifier in the \fIchar\fP\fB:\fP\fIstring\fP expressions is evaluated as a +mathematical expression, and compared with the test number\&. If they are +the same, \fItext1\fP is output, else \fItext2\fP is output\&. A parenthesis +may be escaped in \fItext2\fP as \fB%)\fP\&. Either of \fItext1\fP or +\fItext2\fP may contain nested \fB%\fP\-escapes\&. +.PP +For example: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzformat \-f REPLY "The answer is \&'%3(c\&.yes\&.no)'\&." c:3\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +outputs "The answer is \&'yes'\&." to \fBREPLY\fP since the value for the format +specifier \fBc\fP is 3, agreeing with the digit argument to the ternary +expression\&. +.PP +The second form, using the \fB\-a\fP option, can be used for aligning +strings\&. Here, the \fIspecs\fP are of the form +`\fIleft\fP\fB:\fP\fIright\fP\&' where `\fIleft\fP' and `\fIright\fP' are +arbitrary strings\&. These strings are modified by replacing the colons +by the \fIsep\fP string and padding the \fIleft\fP strings with spaces +to the right so that the \fIsep\fP strings in the result (and hence the +\fIright\fP strings after them) are all aligned if the strings are +printed below each other\&. All strings without a colon are left +unchanged and all strings with an empty \fIright\fP string have the +trailing colon removed\&. In both cases the lengths of the strings +are not used to determine how the other strings are to be aligned\&. +The resulting strings are stored in the \fIarray\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBzregexparse\fP +This implements some internals of the \fB_regex_arguments\fP function\&. +.TP +\fBzparseopts\fP [ \fB\-D\fP ] [ \fB\-K\fP ] [ \fB\-E\fP ] [ \fB\-a\fP \fIarray\fP ] [ \fB\-A\fP \fIassoc\fP ] \fIspecs\fP +This builtin simplifies the parsing of options in positional parameters, +i\&.e\&. the set of arguments given by \fB$*\fP\&. Each \fIspec\fP describes one +option and must be of the form `\fIopt\fP[\fB=\fP\fIarray\fP]\&'\&. If an option +described by \fIopt\fP is found in the positional parameters it is copied +into the \fIarray\fP specified with the \fB\-a\fP option; if the optional +`\fB=\fP\fIarray\fP\&' is given, it is instead copied into that array\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that it is an error to give any \fIspec\fP without an +`\fB=\fP\fIarray\fP\&' unless one of the \fB\-a\fP or \fB\-A\fP options is used\&. +.PP +Unless the \fB\-E\fP option is given, parsing stops at the first string +that isn\&'t described by one of the \fIspecs\fP\&. Even with \fB\-E\fP, +parsing always stops at a positional parameter equal to `\fB\-\fP\&' or +`\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The \fIopt\fP description must be one of the following\&. Any of the special +characters can appear in the option name provided it is preceded by a +backslash\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fIname\fP +.TP +.PD +\fIname\fP\fB+\fP +The \fIname\fP is the name of the option without the leading `\fB\-\fP\&'\&. To +specify a GNU\-style long option, one of the usual two leading `\fB\-\fP\&' must +be included in \fIname\fP; for example, a `\fB\-\fP\fB\-file\fP\&' option is +represented by a \fIname\fP of `\fB\-file\fP\&'\&. +.RS +.PP +If a `\fB+\fP\&' appears after \fIname\fP, the option is appended to \fIarray\fP +each time it is found in the positional parameters; without the `\fB+\fP\&' +only the \fIlast\fP occurrence of the option is preserved\&. +.PP +If one of these forms is used, the option takes no argument, so parsing +stops if the next positional parameter does not also begin with `\fB\-\fP\&' +(unless the \fB\-E\fP option is used)\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fIname\fP\fB:\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fIname\fP\fB:\-\fP +.TP +.PD +\fIname\fP\fB::\fP +If one or two colons are given, the option takes an argument; with one +colon, the argument is mandatory and with two colons it is optional\&. The +argument is appended to the \fIarray\fP after the option itself\&. +.RS +.PP +An optional argument is put into the same array element as the option name +(note that this makes empty strings as arguments indistinguishable)\&. A +mandatory argument is added as a separate element unless the `\fB:\-\fP\&' form +is used, in which case the argument is put into the same element\&. +.PP +A `\fB+\fP\&' as described above may appear between the \fIname\fP and the +first colon\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +The options of \fBzparseopts\fP itself are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-a\fP \fIarray\fP +As described above, this names the default array in which to store the +recognised options\&. +.TP +\fB\-A\fP \fIassoc\fP +If this is given, the options and their values are also put into an +associative array with the option names as keys and the arguments (if any) +as the values\&. +.TP +\fB\-D\fP +If this option is given, all options found are removed from the positional +parameters of the calling shell or shell function, up to but not including +any not described by the \fIspecs\fP\&. This is similar to using the \fBshift\fP +builtin\&. +.TP +\fB\-K\fP +With this option, the arrays specified with the \fB\-a\fP and \fB\-A\fP +options and with the `\fB=\fP\fIarray\fP\&' forms are kept unchanged when none +of the \fIspecs\fP for them is used\&. This allows assignment of default +values to them before calling \fBzparseopts\fP\&. +.TP +\fB\-E\fP +This changes the parsing rules to \fInot\fP stop at the first string +that isn\&'t described by one of the \fIspec\fPs\&. It can be used to test +for or (if used together with \fB\-D\fP) extract options and their +arguments, ignoring all other options and arguments that may be in the +positional parameters\&. +.PP +For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBset \-\- \-a \-bx \-c y \-cz baz \-cend +zparseopts a=foo b:=bar c+:=bar\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +will have the effect of +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBfoo=(\-a) +bar=(\-b x \-c y \-c z)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The arguments from `\fBbaz\fP\&' on will not be used\&. +.PP +As an example for the \fB\-E\fP option, consider: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBset \-\- \-a x \-b y \-c z arg1 arg2 +zparseopts \-E \-D b:=bar\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +will have the effect of +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBbar=(\-b y) +set \-\- \-a x \-c z arg1 arg2\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +I\&.e\&., the option \fB\-b\fP and its arguments are taken from the +positional parameters and put into the array \fBbar\fP\&. +.RE +.RE --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshall.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshall.1 @@ -0,0 +1,538 @@ +.TH "ZSHALL" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshall \- the Z shell meta\-man page +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/intro.yo +.SH "OVERVIEW" +Because zsh contains many features, the zsh manual has been split into +a number of sections\&. This manual page includes all the separate manual pages in the +following order: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fIzshroadmap\fP Informal introduction to the manual +.TP +\fIzshmisc\fP Anything not fitting into the other sections +.TP +\fIzshexpn\fP Zsh command and parameter expansion +.TP +\fIzshparam\fP Zsh parameters +.TP +\fIzshoptions\fP Zsh options +.TP +\fIzshbuiltins\fP Zsh built\-in functions +.TP +\fIzshzle\fP Zsh command line editing +.TP +\fIzshcompwid\fP Zsh completion widgets +.TP +\fIzshcompsys\fP Zsh completion system +.TP +\fIzshcompctl\fP Zsh completion control +.TP +\fIzshmodules\fP Zsh loadable modules +.TP +\fIzshcalsys\fP Zsh built\-in calendar functions +.TP +\fIzshtcpsys\fP Zsh built\-in TCP functions +.TP +\fIzshzftpsys\fP Zsh built\-in FTP client +.TP +\fIzshcontrib\fP Additional zsh functions and utilities +.PD +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +Zsh is a UNIX command interpreter (shell) usable as an interactive +login shell and as a shell script command processor\&. Of the standard shells, +zsh most closely resembles \fBksh\fP but includes many enhancements\&. Zsh +has command line editing, builtin spelling correction, programmable +command completion, shell functions (with autoloading), a history +mechanism, and a host of other features\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/metafaq.yo +.SH "AUTHOR" +Zsh was originally written by Paul Falstad \fB\fP\&. +Zsh is now maintained by the members of the zsh\-workers mailing +list \fB\fP\&. The development is currently +coordinated by Peter Stephenson \fB\fP\&. The coordinator +can be contacted at \fB\fP, but matters relating to +the code should generally go to the mailing list\&. +.SH "AVAILABILITY" +Zsh is available from the following anonymous FTP sites\&. These mirror +sites are kept frequently up to date\&. The sites marked with \fI(H)\fP may be +mirroring \fBftp\&.cs\&.elte\&.hu\fP instead of the primary site\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +Primary site +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.zsh\&.org/pub/zsh/\fP +\fBhttp://www\&.zsh\&.org/pub/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Australia +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.zsh\&.org/pub/zsh/\fP +\fBhttp://www\&.zsh\&.org/pub/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Denmark +.nf +\fBftp://sunsite\&.dk/pub/unix/shells/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Finland +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.funet\&.fi/pub/unix/shells/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Germany +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.fu\-berlin\&.de/pub/unix/shells/zsh/\fP \fI(H)\fP +\fBftp://ftp\&.gmd\&.de/packages/zsh/\fP +\fBftp://ftp\&.uni\-trier\&.de/pub/unix/shell/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Hungary +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.cs\&.elte\&.hu/pub/zsh/\fP +\fBhttp://www\&.cs\&.elte\&.hu/pub/zsh/\fP +\fBftp://ftp\&.kfki\&.hu/pub/packages/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Israel +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.math\&.technion\&.ac\&.il/pub/zsh/\fP +\fBhttp://www\&.math\&.technion\&.ac\&.il/pub/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Japan +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.win\&.ne\&.jp/pub/shell/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Korea +.nf +\fBftp://linux\&.sarang\&.net/mirror/system/shell/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Netherlands +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.demon\&.nl/pub/mirrors/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Norway +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.uit\&.no/pub/unix/shells/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Poland +.nf +\fBftp://sunsite\&.icm\&.edu\&.pl/pub/unix/shells/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Romania +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.roedu\&.net/pub/mirrors/ftp\&.zsh\&.org/pub/zsh/\fP +\fBftp://ftp\&.kappa\&.ro/pub/mirrors/ftp\&.zsh\&.org/pub/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Slovenia +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.siol\&.net/mirrors/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +Sweden +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.lysator\&.liu\&.se/pub/unix/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +UK +.nf +\fBftp://ftp\&.net\&.lut\&.ac\&.uk/zsh/\fP +\fBftp://sunsite\&.org\&.uk/packages/zsh/\fP +.fi +.TP +USA +.nf +\fBhttp://zsh\&.open\-mirror\&.com/\fP +.fi +.PP +The up\-to\-date source code is available via anonymous CVS from Sourceforge\&. +See \fBhttp://sourceforge\&.net/projects/zsh/\fP for details\&. +.PP +.SH "MAILING LISTS" +Zsh has 3 mailing lists: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\fP +Announcements about releases, major changes in the shell and the +monthly posting of the Zsh FAQ\&. (moderated) +.TP +\fB\fP +User discussions\&. +.TP +\fB\fP +Hacking, development, bug reports and patches\&. +.PP +To subscribe or unsubscribe, send mail +to the associated administrative address for the mailing list\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB\fP +.TP +\fB\fP +.TP +\fB\fP +.PP +.TP +\fB\fP +.TP +\fB\fP +.TP +\fB\fP +.PD +.PP +YOU ONLY NEED TO JOIN ONE OF THE MAILING LISTS AS THEY ARE NESTED\&. +All submissions to \fBzsh\-announce\fP are automatically forwarded to +\fBzsh\-users\fP\&. All submissions to \fBzsh\-users\fP are automatically +forwarded to \fBzsh\-workers\fP\&. +.PP +If you have problems subscribing/unsubscribing to any of the mailing +lists, send mail to \fB\fP\&. The mailing lists are +maintained by Karsten Thygesen \fB\fP\&. +.PP +The mailing lists are archived; the archives can be accessed via the +administrative addresses listed above\&. There is also a hypertext +archive, maintained by Geoff Wing \fB\fP, available at +\fBhttp://www\&.zsh\&.org/mla/\fP\&. +.SH "THE ZSH FAQ" +Zsh has a list of Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), maintained by +Peter Stephenson \fB\fP\&. It is regularly posted to the +newsgroup \fBcomp\&.unix\&.shell\fP and the \fBzsh\-announce\fP mailing list\&. +The latest version can be found at any of the Zsh FTP sites, or at +\fBhttp://www\&.zsh\&.org/FAQ/\fP\&. The contact address for FAQ\-related matters +is \fB\fP\&. +.SH "THE ZSH WEB PAGE" +Zsh has a web page which is located at \fBhttp://www\&.zsh\&.org/\fP\&. This is +maintained by Karsten Thygesen \fB\fP, of SunSITE Denmark\&. +The contact address for web\-related matters is \fB\fP\&. +.SH "THE ZSH USERGUIDE" +A userguide is currently in preparation\&. It is intended to complement the +manual, with explanations and hints on issues where the manual can be +cabbalistic, hierographic, or downright mystifying (for example, the word +`hierographic' does not exist)\&. It can be viewed in its current state at +\fBhttp://zsh\&.sunsite\&.dk/Guide/\fP\&. At the time of writing, chapters +dealing with startup files and their contents and the new completion system +were essentially complete\&. +.SH "THE ZSH WIKI" +A `wiki' website for zsh has been created at \fBhttp://www\&.zshwiki\&.org/\fP\&. +This is a site which can be added to and modified directly by users without +any special permission\&. You can add your own zsh tips and configurations\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/invoke.yo +.SH "INVOCATION OPTIONS" +The following flags are interpreted by the shell when invoked to determine +where the shell will read commands from: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-c\fP +Take the first argument as a command to execute, rather than reading commands +from a script or standard input\&. If any further arguments are given, the +first one is assigned to \fB$0\fP, rather than being used as a positional +parameter\&. +.TP +\fB\-i\fP +Force shell to be interactive\&. +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +Force shell to read commands from the standard input\&. +If the \fB\-s\fP flag is not present and an argument is given, +the first argument is taken to be the pathname of a script to +execute\&. +.PP +After the first one or two arguments have been appropriated as described above, +the remaining arguments are assigned to the positional parameters\&. +.PP +For further options, which are common to invocation and the \fBset\fP +builtin, see +\fIzshoptions\fP(1)\&. +.PP +Options may be specified by name using the \fB\-o\fP option\&. \fB\-o\fP acts like +a single\-letter option, but takes a following string as the option name\&. +For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzsh \-x \-o shwordsplit scr\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +runs the script \fBscr\fP, setting the \fBXTRACE\fP option by the corresponding +letter `\fB\-x\fP' and the \fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP option by name\&. +Options may be turned \fIoff\fP by name by using \fB+o\fP instead of \fB\-o\fP\&. +\fB\-o\fP can be stacked up with preceding single\-letter options, so for example +`\fB\-xo shwordsplit\fP' or `\fB\-xoshwordsplit\fP' is equivalent to +`\fB\-x \-o shwordsplit\fP'\&. +.PP +Options may also be specified by name in GNU long option style, +`\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\fIoption\-name\fP'\&. When this is done, `\fB\-\fP' characters in the +option name are permitted: they are translated into `\fB_\fP', and thus ignored\&. +So, for example, `\fBzsh \-\fP\fB\-sh\-word\-split\fP' invokes zsh with the +\fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP option turned on\&. Like other option syntaxes, options can +be turned off by replacing the initial `\fB\-\fP' with a `\fB+\fP'; thus +`\fB+\-sh\-word\-split\fP' is equivalent to `\fB\-\fP\fB\-no\-sh\-word\-split\fP'\&. +Unlike other option syntaxes, GNU\-style long options cannot be stacked with +any other options, so for example `\fB\-x\-shwordsplit\fP' is an error, +rather than being treated like `\fB\-x \-\fP\fB\-shwordsplit\fP'\&. +.PP +The special GNU\-style option `\fB\-\fP\fB\-version\fP' is handled; it sends to +standard output the shell's version information, then exits successfully\&. +`\fB\-\fP\fB\-help\fP' is also handled; it sends to standard output a list of +options that can be used when invoking the shell, then exits successfully\&. +.PP +Option processing may be finished, allowing following arguments that start with +`\fB\-\fP' or `\fB+\fP' to be treated as normal arguments, in two ways\&. +Firstly, a lone `\fB\-\fP' (or `\fB+\fP') as an argument by itself ends +option processing\&. Secondly, a special option `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP' (or +`\fB+\-\fP'), which may be specified on its own (which is the standard +POSIX usage) or may be stacked with preceding options (so `\fB\-x\-\fP' is +equivalent to `\fB\-x \-\fP\fB\-\fP')\&. Options are not permitted to be stacked +after `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP' (so `\fB\-x\-f\fP' is an error), but note the GNU\-style +option form discussed above, where `\fB\-\fP\fB\-shwordsplit\fP' is permitted +and does not end option processing\&. +.PP +Except when the \fBsh\fP/\fBksh\fP emulation single\-letter options are in effect, +the option `\fB\-b\fP' (or `\fB+b\fP') ends option processing\&. +`\fB\-b\fP' is like `\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP', except that further single\-letter options +can be stacked after the `\fB\-b\fP' and will take effect as normal\&. +.PP +.PP +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/compat.yo +.SH "COMPATIBILITY" +Zsh tries to emulate \fBsh\fP or \fBksh\fP when it is invoked as +\fBsh\fP or \fBksh\fP respectively; more precisely, it looks at the first +letter of the name by which it was invoked, excluding any initial `\fBr\fP' +(assumed to stand for `restricted'), and if that is `\fBs\fP' or `\fBk\fP' it +will emulate \fBsh\fP or \fBksh\fP\&. Furthermore, if invoked as \fBsu\fP (which +happens on certain systems when the shell is executed by the \fBsu\fP +command), the shell will try to find an alternative name from the \fBSHELL\fP +environment variable and perform emulation based on that\&. +.PP +In \fBsh\fP and \fBksh\fP compatibility modes the following +parameters are not special and not initialized by the shell: +\fBARGC\fP, +\fBargv\fP, +\fBcdpath\fP, +\fBfignore\fP, +\fBfpath\fP, +\fBHISTCHARS\fP, +\fBmailpath\fP, +\fBMANPATH\fP, +\fBmanpath\fP, +\fBpath\fP, +\fBprompt\fP, +\fBPROMPT\fP, +\fBPROMPT2\fP, +\fBPROMPT3\fP, +\fBPROMPT4\fP, +\fBpsvar\fP, +\fBstatus\fP, +\fBwatch\fP\&. +.PP +The usual zsh startup/shutdown scripts are not executed\&. Login shells +source \fB/etc/profile\fP followed by \fB$HOME/\&.profile\fP\&. If the +\fBENV\fP environment variable is set on invocation, \fB$ENV\fP is sourced +after the profile scripts\&. The value of \fBENV\fP is subjected to +parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion +before being interpreted as a pathname\&. Note that the \fBPRIVILEGED\fP +option also affects the execution of startup files\&. +.PP +The following options are set if the shell is invoked as \fBsh\fP or +\fBksh\fP: +\fBNO_BAD_PATTERN\fP, +\fBNO_BANG_HIST\fP, +\fBNO_BG_NICE\fP, +\fBNO_EQUALS\fP, +\fBNO_FUNCTION_ARGZERO\fP, +\fBGLOB_SUBST\fP, +\fBNO_GLOBAL_EXPORT\fP, +\fBNO_HUP\fP, +\fBINTERACTIVE_COMMENTS\fP, +\fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP, +\fBNO_MULTIOS\fP, +\fBNO_NOMATCH\fP, +\fBNO_NOTIFY\fP, +\fBPOSIX_BUILTINS\fP, +\fBNO_PROMPT_PERCENT\fP, +\fBRM_STAR_SILENT\fP, +\fBSH_FILE_EXPANSION\fP, +\fBSH_GLOB\fP, +\fBSH_OPTION_LETTERS\fP, +\fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP\&. +Additionally the \fBBSD_ECHO\fP and \fBIGNORE_BRACES\fP +options are set if zsh is invoked as \fBsh\fP\&. +Also, the +\fBKSH_OPTION_PRINT\fP, +\fBLOCAL_OPTIONS\fP, +\fBPROMPT_BANG\fP, +\fBPROMPT_SUBST\fP +and +\fBSINGLE_LINE_ZLE\fP +options are set if zsh is invoked as \fBksh\fP\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/restricted.yo +.SH "RESTRICTED SHELL" +When the basename of the command used to invoke zsh starts with the letter +`\fBr\fP' or the `\fB\-r\fP' command line option is supplied at invocation, the +shell becomes restricted\&. Emulation mode is determined after stripping the +letter `\fBr\fP' from the invocation name\&. The following are disabled in +restricted mode: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\(bu +changing directories with the \fBcd\fP builtin +.TP +\(bu +changing or unsetting the \fBPATH\fP, \fBpath\fP, \fBMODULE_PATH\fP, +\fBmodule_path\fP, \fBSHELL\fP, \fBHISTFILE\fP, \fBHISTSIZE\fP, \fBGID\fP, \fBEGID\fP, +\fBUID\fP, \fBEUID\fP, \fBUSERNAME\fP, \fBLD_LIBRARY_PATH\fP, +\fBLD_AOUT_LIBRARY_PATH\fP, \fBLD_PRELOAD\fP and \fBLD_AOUT_PRELOAD\fP +parameters +.TP +\(bu +specifying command names containing \fB/\fP +.TP +\(bu +specifying command pathnames using \fBhash\fP +.TP +\(bu +redirecting output to files +.TP +\(bu +using the \fBexec\fP builtin command to replace the shell with another +command +.TP +\(bu +using \fBjobs \-Z\fP to overwrite the shell process' argument and +environment space +.TP +\(bu +using the \fBARGV0\fP parameter to override \fBargv[0]\fP for external +commands +.TP +\(bu +turning off restricted mode with \fBset +r\fP or \fBunsetopt +RESTRICTED\fP +.PP +These restrictions are enforced after processing the startup files\&. The +startup files should set up \fBPATH\fP to point to a directory of commands +which can be safely invoked in the restricted environment\&. They may also +add further restrictions by disabling selected builtins\&. +.PP +Restricted mode can also be activated any time by setting the +\fBRESTRICTED\fP option\&. This immediately enables all the restrictions +described above even if the shell still has not processed all startup +files\&. +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/files.yo +.SH "STARTUP/SHUTDOWN FILES" +Commands are first read from \fB/etc/zshenv\fP; this cannot be overridden\&. +Subsequent behaviour is modified by the \fBRCS\fP and +\fBGLOBAL_RCS\fP options; the former affects all startup files, while the +second only affects those in the \fB/etc\fP directory\&. If one of the options +is unset at any point, any subsequent startup file(s) +of the corresponding +type will not be read\&. It is also possible for a file in \fB$ZDOTDIR\fP to +re\-enable \fBGLOBAL_RCS\fP\&. Both \fBRCS\fP and \fBGLOBAL_RCS\fP are set by +default\&. +.PP +Commands are then read from \fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zshenv\fP\&. +If the shell is a login shell, commands +are read from \fB/etc/zprofile\fP and then \fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zprofile\fP\&. +Then, if the shell is interactive, +commands are read from \fB/etc/zshrc\fP and then \fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zshrc\fP\&. +Finally, if the shell is a login shell, \fB/etc/zlogin\fP and +\fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zlogin\fP are read\&. +.PP +When a login shell exits, the files \fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zlogout\fP and then +\fB/etc/zlogout\fP are read\&. This happens with either an explicit exit +via the \fBexit\fP or \fBlogout\fP commands, or an implicit exit by reading +end\-of\-file from the terminal\&. However, if the shell terminates due +to \fBexec\fP'ing another process, the logout files are not read\&. +These are also affected by the \fBRCS\fP and \fBGLOBAL_RCS\fP options\&. +Note also that the \fBRCS\fP option affects the saving of history files, +i\&.e\&. if \fBRCS\fP is unset when the shell exits, no history file will be +saved\&. +.PP +If \fBZDOTDIR\fP is unset, \fBHOME\fP is used instead\&. +Those files listed above as being in \fB/etc\fP may be in another +directory, depending on the installation\&. +.PP +As \fB/etc/zshenv\fP is run for all instances of zsh, it is important that +it be kept as small as possible\&. In particular, it is a good idea to +put code that does not need to be run for every single shell behind +a test of the form `\fBif [[ \-o rcs ]]; then \&.\&.\&.\fP' so that it will not +be executed when zsh is invoked with the `\fB\-f\fP' option\&. +.PP +Any of these files may be pre\-compiled with the \fBzcompile\fP builtin +command (see \fIzshbuiltins\fP(1))\&. If a compiled file exists (named for the original file plus the +\fB\&.zwc\fP extension) and it is newer than the original file, the compiled +file will be used instead\&. +.so man1/zshroadmap.1 +.so man1/zshmisc.1 +.so man1/zshexpn.1 +.so man1/zshparam.1 +.so man1/zshoptions.1 +.so man1/zshbuiltins.1 +.so man1/zshzle.1 +.so man1/zshcompwid.1 +.so man1/zshcompsys.1 +.so man1/zshcompctl.1 +.so man1/zshmodules.1 +.so man1/zshcalsys.1 +.so man1/zshtcpsys.1 +.so man1/zshzftpsys.1 +.so man1/zshcontrib.1 +.TH "ZSHALL" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4\-dev\-1" +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/filelist.yo +.SH "FILES" +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zshenv\fP +.TP +\fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zprofile\fP +.TP +\fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zshrc\fP +.TP +\fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zlogin\fP +.TP +\fB$ZDOTDIR/\&.zlogout\fP +.TP +\fB${TMPPREFIX}*\fP (default is /tmp/zsh*) +.TP +\fB/etc/zshenv\fP +.TP +\fB/etc/zprofile\fP +.TP +\fB/etc/zshrc\fP +.TP +\fB/etc/zlogin\fP +.TP +\fB/etc/zlogout\fP (installation\-specific \- \fB/etc\fP is the default) +.PD +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/seealso.yo +.SH "SEE ALSO" +\fIsh\fP(1), +\fIcsh\fP(1), +\fItcsh\fP(1), +\fIrc\fP(1), +\fIbash\fP(1), +\fIksh\fP(1) +.PP +\fBIEEE Standard for information Technology \- +Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) \- +Part 2: Shell and Utilities\fP, +IEEE Inc, 1993, ISBN 1\-55937\-255\-9\&. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshoptions.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshoptions.1 @@ -0,0 +1,1465 @@ +.TH "ZSHOPTIONS" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshoptions \- zsh options +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/options.yo +.SH "SPECIFYING OPTIONS" +Options are primarily referred to by name\&. +These names are case insensitive and underscores are ignored\&. +For example, `\fBallexport\fP\&' is equivalent to `\fBA__lleXP_ort\fP'\&. +.PP +The sense of an option name may be inverted by preceding it with +`\fBno\fP\&', so `\fBsetopt No_Beep\fP' is equivalent to `\fBunsetopt beep\fP'\&. +This inversion can only be done once, so `\fBnonobeep\fP\&' is \fInot\fP +a synonym for `\fBbeep\fP\&'\&. Similarly, `\fBtify\fP' is not a synonym for +`\fBnonotify\fP\&' (the inversion of `\fBnotify\fP')\&. +.PP +Some options also have one or more single letter names\&. +There are two sets of single letter options: one used by default, +and another used to emulate \fBsh\fP/\fBksh\fP (used when the +\fBSH_OPTION_LETTERS\fP option is set)\&. +The single letter options can be used on the shell command line, +or with the \fBset\fP, \fBsetopt\fP and \fBunsetopt\fP +builtins, as normal Unix options preceded by `\fB\-\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The sense of the single letter options may be inverted by using +`\fB+\fP\&' instead of `\fB\-\fP'\&. +Some of the single letter option names refer to an option being off, +in which case the inversion of that name refers to the option being on\&. +For example, `\fB+n\fP\&' is the short name of `\fBexec\fP', and +`\fB\-n\fP\&' is the short name of its inversion, `\fBnoexec\fP'\&. +.PP +In strings of single letter options supplied to the shell at startup, +trailing whitespace will be ignored; for example the string `\fB\-f \fP\&' +will be treated just as `\fB\-f\fP\&', but the string `\fB\-f i\fP' is an error\&. +This is because many systems which implement the `\fB#!\fP\&' mechanism for +calling scripts do not strip trailing whitespace\&. +.PP +.SH "DESCRIPTION OF OPTIONS" +In the following list, options set by default in all emulations are marked +; those set by default only in csh, ksh, sh, or zsh emulations are marked +, , , as appropriate\&. When listing options (by `\fBsetopt\fP\&', +`\fBunsetopt\fP\&', `\fBset \-o\fP' or `\fBset +o\fP'), those turned on by default +appear in the list prefixed with `\fBno\fP\&'\&. Hence (unless +\fBKSH_OPTION_PRINT\fP is set), `\fBsetopt\fP\&' shows all options whose settings +are changed from the default\&. +.PP +.SS "Changing Directories" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBAUTO_CD\fP (\fB\-J\fP) +If a command is issued that can\&'t be executed as a normal command, +and the command is the name of a directory, perform the \fBcd\fP +command to that directory\&. +.TP +\fBAUTO_PUSHD\fP (\fB\-N\fP) +Make \fBcd\fP push the old directory onto the directory stack\&. +.TP +\fBCDABLE_VARS\fP (\fB\-T\fP) +If the argument to a \fBcd\fP command (or an implied \fBcd\fP with the +\fBAUTO_CD\fP option set) is not a directory, and does not begin with a +slash, try to expand the expression as if it were preceded by a `\fB~\fP\&' (see +the section `Filename Expansion\&')\&. +.TP +\fBCHASE_DOTS\fP +When changing to a directory containing a path segment `\fB\&.\&.\fP\&' which would +otherwise be treated as canceling the previous segment in the path (in +other words, `\fBfoo/\&.\&.\fP\&' would be removed from the path, or if `\fB\&.\&.\fP' is +the first part of the path, the last part of \fB$PWD\fP would be deleted), +instead resolve the path to the physical directory\&. This option is +overridden by \fBCHASE_LINKS\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +For example, suppose \fB/foo/bar\fP is a link to the directory \fB/alt/rod\fP\&. +Without this option set, `\fBcd /foo/bar/\&.\&.\fP\&' changes to \fB/foo\fP; with it +set, it changes to \fB/alt\fP\&. The same applies if the current directory +is \fB/foo/bar\fP and `\fBcd \&.\&.\fP\&' is used\&. Note that all other symbolic +links in the path will also be resolved\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBCHASE_LINKS\fP (\fB\-w\fP) +Resolve symbolic links to their true values when changing directory\&. +This also has the effect of \fBCHASE_DOTS\fP, i\&.e\&. a `\fB\&.\&.\fP\&' path segment +will be treated as referring to the physical parent, even if the preceding +path segment is a symbolic link\&. +.TP +\fBPUSHD_IGNORE_DUPS\fP +Don\&'t push multiple copies of the same directory onto the directory stack\&. +.TP +\fBPUSHD_MINUS\fP +Exchanges the meanings of `\fB+\fP\&' and `\fB\-\fP' +when used with a number to specify a directory in the stack\&. +.TP +\fBPUSHD_SILENT\fP (\fB\-E\fP) +Do not print the directory stack after \fBpushd\fP or \fBpopd\fP\&. +.TP +\fBPUSHD_TO_HOME\fP (\fB\-D\fP) +Have \fBpushd\fP with no arguments act like `\fBpushd $HOME\fP\&'\&. +.PP +.SS "Completion" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT\fP +If unset, key functions that list completions try to return to the last +prompt if given a numeric argument\&. If set these functions try to +return to the last prompt if given \fIno\fP numeric argument\&. +.TP +\fBALWAYS_TO_END\fP +If a completion is performed with the cursor within a word, and a +full completion is inserted, the cursor is moved to the end of the +word\&. That is, the cursor is moved to the end of the word if either +a single match is inserted or menu completion is performed\&. +.TP +\fBAUTO_LIST\fP (\fB\-9\fP) +Automatically list choices on an ambiguous completion\&. +.TP +\fBAUTO_MENU\fP +Automatically use menu completion after the second consecutive request for +completion, for example by pressing the tab key repeatedly\&. This option +is overridden by \fBMENU_COMPLETE\fP\&. +.TP +\fBAUTO_NAME_DIRS\fP +Any parameter that is set to the absolute name of a directory +immediately becomes a name for that directory, that will be used +by the `\fB%~\fP\&' +and related prompt sequences, and will be available when completion +is performed on a word starting with `\fB~\fP\&'\&. +(Otherwise, the parameter must be used in the form `\fB~\fP\fIparam\fP\&' first\&.) +.TP +\fBAUTO_PARAM_KEYS\fP +If a parameter name was completed and a following character +(normally a space) automatically +inserted, and the next character typed is one +of those that have to come directly after the name (like `\fB}\fP\&', `\fB:\fP', +etc\&.), the automatically added character is deleted, so that the character +typed comes immediately after the parameter name\&. +Completion in a brace expansion is affected similarly: the added character +is a `\fB,\fP\&', which will be removed if `\fB}\fP' is typed next\&. +.TP +\fBAUTO_PARAM_SLASH\fP +If a parameter is completed whose content is the name of a directory, +then add a trailing slash instead of a space\&. +.TP +\fBAUTO_REMOVE_SLASH\fP +When the last character resulting from a completion is a slash and the next +character typed is a word delimiter, a slash, or a character that ends +a command (such as a semicolon or an ampersand), remove the slash\&. +.TP +\fBBASH_AUTO_LIST\fP +On an ambiguous completion, automatically list choices when the +completion function is called twice in succession\&. This takes +precedence over \fBAUTO_LIST\fP\&. The setting of \fBLIST_AMBIGUOUS\fP is +respected\&. If \fBAUTO_MENU\fP is set, the menu behaviour will then start +with the third press\&. Note that this will not work with +\fBMENU_COMPLETE\fP, since repeated completion calls immediately cycle +through the list in that case\&. +.TP +\fBCOMPLETE_ALIASES\fP +Prevents aliases on the command line from being internally substituted +before completion is attempted\&. The effect is to make the alias a +distinct command for completion purposes\&. +.TP +\fBCOMPLETE_IN_WORD\fP +If unset, the cursor is set to the end of the word if completion is +started\&. Otherwise it stays there and completion is done from both ends\&. +.TP +\fBGLOB_COMPLETE\fP +When the current word has a glob pattern, do not insert all the words +resulting from the expansion but generate matches as for completion and +cycle through them like \fBMENU_COMPLETE\fP\&. The matches are generated as if +a `\fB*\fP\&' was added to the end of the word, or inserted at the cursor when +\fBCOMPLETE_IN_WORD\fP is set\&. This actually uses pattern matching, not +globbing, so it works not only for files but for any completion, such as +options, user names, etc\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that when the pattern matcher is used, matching control (for example, +case\-insensitive or anchored matching) cannot be used\&. This limitation +only applies when the current word contains a pattern; simply turning +on the \fBGLOB_COMPLETE\fP option does not have this effect\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBHASH_LIST_ALL\fP +Whenever a command completion is attempted, make sure the entire +command path is hashed first\&. This makes the first completion slower\&. +.TP +\fBLIST_AMBIGUOUS\fP +This option works when \fBAUTO_LIST\fP or \fBBASH_AUTO_LIST\fP is also +set\&. If there is an unambiguous prefix to insert on the command line, +that is done without a completion list being displayed; in other +words, auto\-listing behaviour only takes place when nothing would be +inserted\&. In the case of \fBBASH_AUTO_LIST\fP, this means that the list +will be delayed to the third call of the function\&. +.TP +\fBLIST_BEEP\fP +Beep on an ambiguous completion\&. More accurately, this forces the +completion widgets to return status 1 on an ambiguous completion, which +causes the shell to beep if the option \fBBEEP\fP is also set; this may +be modified if completion is called from a user\-defined widget\&. +.TP +\fBLIST_PACKED\fP +Try to make the completion list smaller (occupying less lines) by +printing the matches in columns with different widths\&. +.TP +\fBLIST_ROWS_FIRST\fP +Lay out the matches in completion lists sorted horizontally, that is, +the second match is to the right of the first one, not under it as +usual\&. +.TP +\fBLIST_TYPES\fP (\fB\-X\fP) +When listing files that are possible completions, show the +type of each file with a trailing identifying mark\&. +.TP +\fBMENU_COMPLETE\fP (\fB\-Y\fP) +On an ambiguous completion, instead of listing possibilities or beeping, +insert the first match immediately\&. Then when completion is requested +again, remove the first match and insert the second match, etc\&. +When there are no more matches, go back to the first one again\&. +\fBreverse\-menu\-complete\fP may be used to loop through the list +in the other direction\&. This option overrides \fBAUTO_MENU\fP\&. +.TP +\fBREC_EXACT\fP (\fB\-S\fP) +In completion, recognize exact matches even +if they are ambiguous\&. +.PP +.SS "Expansion and Globbing" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBBAD_PATTERN\fP (\fB+2\fP) +If a pattern for filename generation is badly formed, print an error message\&. +(If this option is unset, the pattern will be left unchanged\&.) +.TP +\fBBARE_GLOB_QUAL\fP +In a glob pattern, treat a trailing set of parentheses as a qualifier +list, if it contains no `\fB|\fP\&', `\fB(\fP' or (if special) `\fB~\fP' +characters\&. See the section `Filename Generation\&'\&. +.TP +\fBBRACE_CCL\fP +Expand expressions in braces which would not otherwise undergo brace +expansion to a lexically ordered list of all the characters\&. See +the section `Brace Expansion\&'\&. +.TP +\fBCASE_GLOB\fP +Make globbing (filename generation) sensitive to case\&. Note that other +uses of patterns are always sensitive to case\&. If the option is unset, +the presence of any character which is special to filename generation +will cause case\-insensitive matching\&. For example, \fBcvs(/)\fP +can match the directory \fBCVS\fP owing to the presence of the globbing flag +(unless the option \fBBARE_GLOB_QUAL\fP is unset)\&. +.TP +\fBCASE_MATCH\fP +Make regular expressions using the \fBzsh/regex\fP module (including +matches with \fB=~\fP) sensitive to case\&. +.TP +\fBCSH_NULL_GLOB\fP +If a pattern for filename generation has no matches, +delete the pattern from the argument list; +do not report an error unless all the patterns +in a command have no matches\&. +Overrides \fBNOMATCH\fP\&. +.TP +\fBEQUALS\fP +Perform \fB=\fP filename expansion\&. +(See the section `Filename Expansion\&'\&.) +.TP +\fBEXTENDED_GLOB\fP +Treat the `\fB#\fP\&', `\fB~\fP' and `\fB^\fP' characters as part of patterns +for filename generation, etc\&. (An initial unquoted `\fB~\fP\&' +always produces named directory expansion\&.) +.TP +\fBGLOB\fP (\fB+F\fP, ksh: \fB+f\fP) +Perform filename generation (globbing)\&. +(See the section `Filename Generation\&'\&.) +.TP +\fBGLOB_ASSIGN\fP +If this option is set, filename generation (globbing) is +performed on the right hand side of scalar parameter assignments of +the form `\fIname\fP\fB=\fP\fIpattern\fP (e\&.g\&. `\fBfoo=*\fP\&')\&. +If the result has more than one word the parameter will become an array +with those words as arguments\&. This option is provided for backwards +compatibility only: globbing is always performed on the right hand side +of array assignments of the form `\fIname\fP\fB=(\fP\fIvalue\fP\fB)\fP\&' +(e\&.g\&. `\fBfoo=(*)\fP\&') and this form is recommended for clarity; +with this option set, it is not possible to predict whether the result +will be an array or a scalar\&. +.TP +\fBGLOB_DOTS\fP (\fB\-4\fP) +Do not require a leading `\fB\&.\fP\&' in a filename to be matched explicitly\&. +.TP +\fBGLOB_SUBST\fP +Treat any characters resulting from parameter expansion as being +eligible for file expansion and filename generation, and any +characters resulting from command substitution as being eligible for +filename generation\&. Braces (and commas in between) do not become eligible +for expansion\&. +.TP +\fBHIST_SUBST_PATTERN\fP +Substitutions using the \fB:s\fP and \fB:&\fP history modifiers are performed +with pattern matching instead of string matching\&. This occurs wherever +history modifiers are valid, including glob qualifiers and parameters\&. +See +the section Modifiers in \fIzshexp\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fBIGNORE_BRACES\fP (\fB\-I\fP) +Do not perform brace expansion\&. +.TP +\fBKSH_GLOB\fP +In pattern matching, the interpretation of parentheses is affected by +a preceding `\fB@\fP\&', `\fB*\fP', `\fB+\fP', `\fB?\fP' or `\fB!\fP'\&. +See the section `Filename Generation\&'\&. +.TP +\fBMAGIC_EQUAL_SUBST\fP +All unquoted arguments of the form `\fIanything\fP\fB=\fP\fIexpression\fP\&' +appearing after the command name have filename expansion (that is, +where \fIexpression\fP has a leading `\fB~\fP\&' or `\fB=\fP') performed on +\fIexpression\fP as if it were a parameter assignment\&. The argument is +not otherwise treated specially; it is passed to the command as a single +argument, and not used as an actual parameter assignment\&. For example, in +\fBecho foo=~/bar:~/rod\fP, both occurrences of \fB~\fP would be replaced\&. +Note that this happens anyway with \fBtypeset\fP and similar statements\&. +.RS +.PP +This option respects the setting of the \fBKSH_TYPESET\fP option\&. In other +words, if both options are in effect, arguments looking like +assignments will not undergo wordsplitting\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBMARK_DIRS\fP (\fB\-8\fP, ksh: \fB\-X\fP) +Append a trailing `\fB/\fP\&' to all directory +names resulting from filename generation (globbing)\&. +.TP +\fBMULTIBYTE\fP +Respect multibyte characters when found in strings\&. +When this option is set, strings are examined using the +system library to determine how many bytes form a character, depending +on the current locale\&. This affects the way characters are counted in +pattern matching, parameter values and various delimiters\&. +.RS +.PP +The option is on by default if the shell was compiled with +\fBMULTIBYTE_SUPPORT\fP; otherwise it is off by default and has no effect if +turned on\&. +.PP +If the option is off a single byte is always treated as a single +character\&. This setting is designed purely for examining strings +known to contain raw bytes or other values that may not be characters +in the current locale\&. It is not necessary to unset the option merely +because the character set for the current locale does not contain multibyte +characters\&. +.PP +The option does not affect the shell\&'s editor, which always uses the +locale to determine multibyte characters\&. This is because +the character set displayed by the terminal emulator is independent of +shell settings\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBNOMATCH\fP (\fB+3\fP) +If a pattern for filename generation has no matches, +print an error, instead of +leaving it unchanged in the argument list\&. +This also applies to file expansion +of an initial `\fB~\fP\&' or `\fB=\fP'\&. +.TP +\fBNULL_GLOB\fP (\fB\-G\fP) +If a pattern for filename generation has no matches, +delete the pattern from the argument list instead +of reporting an error\&. Overrides \fBNOMATCH\fP\&. +.TP +\fBNUMERIC_GLOB_SORT\fP +If numeric filenames are matched by a filename generation pattern, +sort the filenames numerically rather than lexicographically\&. +.TP +\fBRC_EXPAND_PARAM\fP (\fB\-P\fP) +Array expansions of the form +`\fIfoo\fP\fB${\fP\fIxx\fP\fB}\fP\fIbar\fP\&', where the parameter +\fIxx\fP is set to \fB(\fP\fIa b c\fP\fB)\fP, are substituted with +`\fIfooabar foobbar foocbar\fP\&' instead of the default +`\fIfooa b cbar\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBREMATCH_PCRE\fP +If set, regular expression matching with the \fB=~\fP operator will use +Perl\-Compatible Regular Expressions from the PCRE library, if available\&. +If not set, regular expressions will use the extended regexp syntax +provided by the system libraries\&. +.TP +\fBSH_GLOB\fP +Disables the special meaning of `\fB(\fP\&', `\fB|\fP', `\fB)\fP' +and \&'\fB<\fP' for globbing the result of parameter and command substitutions, +and in some other places where +the shell accepts patterns\&. This option is set by default if zsh is +invoked as \fBsh\fP or \fBksh\fP\&. +.TP +\fBUNSET\fP (\fB+u\fP, ksh: \fB+u\fP) +Treat unset parameters as if they were empty when substituting\&. +Otherwise they are treated as an error\&. +.TP +\fBWARN_CREATE_GLOBAL\fP +Print a warning message when a global parameter is created in a function +by an assignment\&. This often indicates that a parameter has not been +declared local when it should have been\&. Parameters explicitly declared +global from within a function using \fBtypeset \-g\fP do not cause a warning\&. +Note that there is no warning when a local parameter is assigned to in +a nested function, which may also indicate an error\&. +.PP +.SS "History" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBAPPEND_HISTORY\fP +If this is set, zsh sessions will append their history list to +the history file, rather than replace it\&. Thus, multiple parallel +zsh sessions will all have the new entries from their history lists +added to the history file, in the order that they exit\&. +The file will still be periodically re\-written to trim it when the +number of lines grows 20% beyond the value specified by +\fB$SAVEHIST\fP (see also the HIST_SAVE_BY_COPY option)\&. +.TP +\fBBANG_HIST\fP (\fB+K\fP) +Perform textual history expansion, \fBcsh\fP\-style, +treating the character `\fB!\fP\&' specially\&. +.TP +\fBEXTENDED_HISTORY\fP +Save each command\&'s beginning timestamp (in seconds since the epoch) +and the duration (in seconds) to the history file\&. The format of +this prefixed data is: +.RS +.PP +`\fB:\fP\fI\fP\fB:\fP\fI\fP\fB:\fP\fI\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBHIST_ALLOW_CLOBBER\fP +Add `\fB|\fP\&' to output redirections in the history\&. This allows history +references to clobber files even when \fBCLOBBER\fP is unset\&. +.TP +\fBHIST_BEEP\fP +Beep when an attempt is made to access a history entry which +isn\&'t there\&. +.TP +\fBHIST_EXPIRE_DUPS_FIRST\fP +If the internal history needs to be trimmed to add the current command line, +setting this option will cause the oldest history event that has a duplicate +to be lost before losing a unique event from the list\&. +You should be sure to set the value of \fBHISTSIZE\fP to a larger number +than \fBSAVEHIST\fP in order to give you some room for the duplicated +events, otherwise this option will behave just like +\fBHIST_IGNORE_ALL_DUPS\fP once the history fills up with unique events\&. +.TP +\fBHIST_FIND_NO_DUPS\fP +When searching for history entries in the line editor, do not display +duplicates of a line previously found, even if the duplicates are not +contiguous\&. +.TP +\fBHIST_IGNORE_ALL_DUPS\fP +If a new command line being added to the history list duplicates an +older one, the older command is removed from the list (even if it is +not the previous event)\&. +.TP +\fBHIST_IGNORE_DUPS\fP (\fB\-h\fP) +Do not enter command lines into the history list +if they are duplicates of the previous event\&. +.TP +\fBHIST_IGNORE_SPACE\fP (\fB\-g\fP) +Remove command lines from the history list when the first character on +the line is a space, or when one of the expanded aliases contains a +leading space\&. +Note that the command lingers in the internal history until the next +command is entered before it vanishes, allowing you to briefly reuse +or edit the line\&. If you want to make it vanish right away without +entering another command, type a space and press return\&. +.TP +\fBHIST_NO_FUNCTIONS\fP +Remove function definitions from the history list\&. +Note that the function lingers in the internal history until the next +command is entered before it vanishes, allowing you to briefly reuse +or edit the definition\&. +.TP +\fBHIST_NO_STORE\fP +Remove the \fBhistory\fP (\fBfc \-l\fP) command from the history list +when invoked\&. +Note that the command lingers in the internal history until the next +command is entered before it vanishes, allowing you to briefly reuse +or edit the line\&. +.TP +\fBHIST_REDUCE_BLANKS\fP +Remove superfluous blanks from each command line +being added to the history list\&. +.TP +\fBHIST_SAVE_BY_COPY\fP +When the history file is re\-written, we normally write out a copy of +the file named $HISTFILE\&.new and then rename it over the old one\&. +However, if this option is unset, we instead truncate the old +history file and write out the new version in\-place\&. If one of the +history\-appending options is enabled, this option only has an effect +when the enlarged history file needs to be re\-written to trim it +down to size\&. Disable this only if you have special needs, as doing +so makes it possible to lose history entries if zsh gets interrupted +during the save\&. +.RS +.PP +When writing out a copy of the history file, zsh preserves the old +file\&'s permissions and group information, but will refuse to write +out a new file if it would change the history file\&'s owner\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBHIST_SAVE_NO_DUPS\fP +When writing out the history file, older commands that duplicate +newer ones are omitted\&. +.TP +\fBHIST_VERIFY\fP +Whenever the user enters a line with history expansion, +don\&'t execute the line directly; instead, perform +history expansion and reload the line into the editing buffer\&. +.TP +\fBINC_APPEND_HISTORY\fP +This options works like \fBAPPEND_HISTORY\fP except that new history lines +are added to the \fB$HISTFILE\fP incrementally (as soon as they are +entered), rather than waiting until the shell exits\&. +The file will still be periodically re\-written to trim it when the +number of lines grows 20% beyond the value specified by +\fB$SAVEHIST\fP (see also the HIST_SAVE_BY_COPY option)\&. +.TP +\fBSHARE_HISTORY\fP +.RS +.PP +This option both imports new commands from the history file, and also +causes your typed commands to be appended to the history file (the +latter is like specifying \fBINC_APPEND_HISTORY\fP)\&. +The history lines are also output with timestamps ala +\fBEXTENDED_HISTORY\fP (which makes it easier to find the spot where +we left off reading the file after it gets re\-written)\&. +.PP +By default, history movement commands visit the imported lines as +well as the local lines, but you can toggle this on and off with the +set\-local\-history zle binding\&. It is also possible to create a zle +widget that will make some commands ignore imported commands, and +some include them\&. +.PP +If you find that you want more control over when commands +get imported, you may wish to turn \fBSHARE_HISTORY\fP off, +\fBINC_APPEND_HISTORY\fP on, and then manually import +commands whenever you need them using `\fBfc \-RI\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Initialisation" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBALL_EXPORT\fP (\fB\-a\fP, ksh: \fB\-a\fP) +All parameters subsequently defined are automatically exported\&. +.TP +\fBGLOBAL_EXPORT\fP (\fB\fP) +If this option is set, passing the \fB\-x\fP flag to the builtins \fBdeclare\fP, +\fBfloat\fP, \fBinteger\fP, \fBreadonly\fP and \fBtypeset\fP (but not \fBlocal\fP) +will also set the \fB\-g\fP flag; hence parameters exported to +the environment will not be made local to the enclosing function, unless +they were already or the flag \fB+g\fP is given explicitly\&. If the option is +unset, exported parameters will be made local in just the same way as any +other parameter\&. +.RS +.PP +This option is set by default for backward compatibility; it is not +recommended that its behaviour be relied upon\&. Note that the builtin +\fBexport\fP always sets both the \fB\-x\fP and \fB\-g\fP flags, and hence its +effect extends beyond the scope of the enclosing function; this is the +most portable way to achieve this behaviour\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBGLOBAL_RCS\fP (\fB\-d\fP) +If this option is unset, the startup files \fB/etc/zprofile\fP, +\fB/etc/zshrc\fP, \fB/etc/zlogin\fP and \fB/etc/zlogout\fP will not be run\&. It +can be disabled and re\-enabled at any time, including inside local startup +files (\fB\&.zshrc\fP, etc\&.)\&. +.TP +\fBRCS\fP (\fB+f\fP) +After \fB/etc/zshenv\fP is sourced on startup, source the +\fB\&.zshenv\fP, \fB/etc/zprofile\fP, \fB\&.zprofile\fP, +\fB/etc/zshrc\fP, \fB\&.zshrc\fP, \fB/etc/zlogin\fP, \fB\&.zlogin\fP, and \fB\&.zlogout\fP +files, as described in the section `Files\&'\&. +If this option is unset, the \fB/etc/zshenv\fP file is still sourced, but any +of the others will not be; it can be set at any time to prevent the +remaining startup files after the currently executing one from +being sourced\&. +.PP +.SS "Input/Output" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBALIASES\fP +Expand aliases\&. +.TP +\fBCLOBBER\fP (\fB+C\fP, ksh: \fB+C\fP) +Allows `\fB>\fP\&' redirection to truncate existing files, +and `\fB>>\fP\&' to create files\&. +Otherwise `\fB>!\fP\&' or `\fB>|\fP' must be used to truncate a file, +and `\fB>>!\fP\&' or `\fB>>|\fP' to create a file\&. +.TP +\fBCORRECT\fP (\fB\-0\fP) +Try to correct the spelling of commands\&. +Note that, when the \fBHASH_LIST_ALL\fP option is not set or when some +directories in the path are not readable, this may falsely report spelling +errors the first time some commands are used\&. +.TP +\fBCORRECT_ALL\fP (\fB\-O\fP) +Try to correct the spelling of all arguments in a line\&. +.TP +\fBDVORAK\fP +Use the Dvorak keyboard instead of the standard qwerty keyboard as a basis +for examining spelling mistakes for the \fBCORRECT\fP and \fBCORRECT_ALL\fP +options and the \fBspell\-word\fP editor command\&. +.TP +\fBFLOW_CONTROL\fP +If this option is unset, +output flow control via start/stop characters (usually assigned to +^S/^Q) is disabled in the shell\&'s editor\&. +.TP +\fBIGNORE_EOF\fP (\fB\-7\fP) +Do not exit on end\-of\-file\&. Require the use +of \fBexit\fP or \fBlogout\fP instead\&. +However, ten consecutive EOFs will cause the shell to exit anyway, +to avoid the shell hanging if its tty goes away\&. +.RS +.PP +Also, if this option is set and the Zsh Line Editor is used, widgets +implemented by shell functions can be bound to EOF (normally +Control\-D) without printing the normal warning message\&. This works +only for normal widgets, not for completion widgets\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBINTERACTIVE_COMMENTS\fP (\fB\-k\fP) +Allow comments even in interactive shells\&. +.TP +\fBHASH_CMDS\fP +Note the location of each command the first time it is executed\&. +Subsequent invocations of the same command will use the +saved location, avoiding a path search\&. +If this option is unset, no path hashing is done at all\&. +However, when \fBCORRECT\fP is set, commands whose names do not appear in +the functions or aliases hash tables are hashed in order to avoid +reporting them as spelling errors\&. +.TP +\fBHASH_DIRS\fP +Whenever a command name is hashed, hash the directory containing it, +as well as all directories that occur earlier in the path\&. +Has no effect if neither \fBHASH_CMDS\fP nor \fBCORRECT\fP is set\&. +.TP +\fBMAIL_WARNING\fP (\fB\-U\fP) +Print a warning message if a mail file has been +accessed since the shell last checked\&. +.TP +\fBPATH_DIRS\fP (\fB\-Q\fP) +Perform a path search even on command names with slashes in them\&. +Thus if `\fB/usr/local/bin\fP\&' is in the user's path, and he or she types +`\fBX11/xinit\fP\&', the command `\fB/usr/local/bin/X11/xinit\fP' will be executed +(assuming it exists)\&. +Commands explicitly beginning with `\fB/\fP\&', `\fB\&./\fP' or `\fB\&.\&./\fP' +are not subject to the path search\&. +This also applies to the \fB\&.\fP builtin\&. +.RS +.PP +Note that subdirectories of the current directory are always searched for +executables specified in this form\&. This takes place before any search +indicated by this option, and regardless of whether `\fB\&.\fP\&' or the current +directory appear in the command search path\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBPRINT_EIGHT_BIT\fP +Print eight bit characters literally in completion lists, etc\&. +This option is not necessary if your system correctly returns the +printability of eight bit characters (see \fIctype\fP(3))\&. +.TP +\fBPRINT_EXIT_VALUE\fP (\fB\-1\fP) +Print the exit value of programs with non\-zero exit status\&. +.TP +\fBRC_QUOTES\fP +Allow the character sequence `\fB\&''\fP' to signify a single quote +within singly quoted strings\&. Note this does not apply in quoted strings +using the format \fB$\&'\fP\fI\&.\&.\&.\fP\fB'\fP, where a backslashed single quote can +be used\&. +.TP +\fBRM_STAR_SILENT\fP (\fB\-H\fP) +Do not query the user before executing `\fBrm *\fP\&' or `\fBrm path/*\fP'\&. +.TP +\fBRM_STAR_WAIT\fP +If querying the user before executing `\fBrm *\fP\&' or `\fBrm path/*\fP', +first wait ten seconds and ignore anything typed in that time\&. +This avoids the problem of reflexively answering `yes\&' to the query +when one didn\&'t really mean it\&. The wait and query can always be +avoided by expanding the `\fB*\fP\&' in ZLE (with tab)\&. +.TP +\fBSHORT_LOOPS\fP +Allow the short forms of \fBfor\fP, \fBrepeat\fP, \fBselect\fP, +\fBif\fP, and \fBfunction\fP constructs\&. +.TP +\fBSUN_KEYBOARD_HACK\fP (\fB\-L\fP) +If a line ends with a backquote, and there are an odd number +of backquotes on the line, ignore the trailing backquote\&. +This is useful on some keyboards where the return key is +too small, and the backquote key lies annoyingly close to it\&. +.PP +.SS "Job Control" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBAUTO_CONTINUE\fP +With this option set, stopped jobs that are removed from the job table +with the \fBdisown\fP builtin command are automatically sent a \fBCONT\fP +signal to make them running\&. +.TP +\fBAUTO_RESUME\fP (\fB\-W\fP) +Treat single word simple commands without redirection +as candidates for resumption of an existing job\&. +.TP +\fBBG_NICE\fP (\fB\-6\fP) +Run all background jobs at a lower priority\&. This option +is set by default\&. +.TP +\fBCHECK_JOBS\fP +Report the status of background and suspended jobs before exiting a shell +with job control; a second attempt to exit the shell will succeed\&. +\fBNO_CHECK_JOBS\fP is best used only in combination with \fBNO_HUP\fP, else +such jobs will be killed automatically\&. +.RS +.PP +The check is omitted if the commands run from the previous command line +included a `\fBjobs\fP\&' command, since it is assumed the user is aware that +there are background or suspended jobs\&. A `\fBjobs\fP\&' command run from one +of the hook functions defined in +the section SPECIAL FUNCTIONS in \fIzshmisc\fP(1) +is not counted for this purpose\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBHUP\fP +Send the \fBHUP\fP signal to running jobs when the +shell exits\&. +.TP +\fBLONG_LIST_JOBS\fP (\fB\-R\fP) +List jobs in the long format by default\&. +.TP +\fBMONITOR\fP (\fB\-m\fP, ksh: \fB\-m\fP) +Allow job control\&. Set by default in interactive shells\&. +.TP +\fBNOTIFY\fP (\fB\-5\fP, ksh: \fB\-b\fP) +Report the status of background jobs immediately, rather than +waiting until just before printing a prompt\&. +.PP +.SS "Prompting" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBPROMPT_BANG\fP +If set, `\fB!\fP\&' is treated specially in prompt expansion\&. +See the section `Prompt Expansion\&'\&. +.TP +\fBPROMPT_CR\fP (\fB+V\fP) +Print a carriage return just before printing +a prompt in the line editor\&. This is on by default as multi\-line editing +is only possible if the editor knows where the start of the line appears\&. +.TP +\fBPROMPT_SP\fP +Attempt to preserve a partial line (i\&.e\&. a line that did not end with a +newline) that would otherwise be covered up by the command prompt due to +the PROMPT_CR option\&. This works by outputting some cursor\-control +characters, including a series of spaces, that should make the terminal +wrap to the next line when a partial line is present (note that this is +only successful if your terminal has automatic margins, which is typical)\&. +.RS +.PP +When a partial line is preserved, you will see an inverse+bold character at +the end of the partial line: a "%" for a normal user or a "#" for root\&. +.PP +NOTE: if the PROMPT_CR option is not set, enabling this option will have no +effect\&. This option is on by default\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBPROMPT_PERCENT\fP +If set, `\fB%\fP\&' is treated specially in prompt expansion\&. +See the section `Prompt Expansion\&'\&. +.TP +\fBPROMPT_SUBST\fP +If set, \fIparameter expansion\fP, \fIcommand substitution\fP and +\fIarithmetic expansion\fP are performed in prompts\&. Substitutions +within prompts do not affect the command status\&. +.TP +\fBTRANSIENT_RPROMPT\fP +Remove any right prompt from display when accepting a command +line\&. This may be useful with terminals with other cut/paste methods\&. +.PP +.SS "Scripts and Functions" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBC_BASES\fP +Output hexadecimal numbers in the standard C format, for example `\fB0xFF\fP\&' +instead of the usual `\fB16#FF\fP\&'\&. If the option \fBOCTAL_ZEROES\fP is also +set (it is not by default), octal numbers will be treated similarly and +hence appear as `\fB077\fP\&' instead of `\fB8#77\fP'\&. This option has no effect +on the choice of the output base, nor on the output of bases other than +hexadecimal and octal\&. Note that these formats will be understood on input +irrespective of the setting of \fBC_BASES\fP\&. +.TP +\fBDEBUG_BEFORE_CMD\fP +Run the \fBDEBUG\fP trap before each command; otherwise it is run after +each command\&. Setting this option mimics the behaviour of ksh 93; with +the option unset the behaviour is that of ksh 88\&. +.TP +\fBERR_EXIT\fP (\fB\-e\fP, ksh: \fB\-e\fP) +If a command has a non\-zero exit status, execute the \fBZERR\fP +trap, if set, and exit\&. This is disabled while running initialization +scripts\&. +.TP +\fBERR_RETURN\fP +If a command has a non\-zero exit status, return immediately from the +enclosing function\&. The logic is identical to that for \fBERR_EXIT\fP, +except that an implicit \fBreturn\fP statement is executed instead of an +\fBexit\fP\&. This will trigger an exit at the outermost level of a +non\-interactive script\&. +.TP +\fBEVAL_LINENO\fP +If set, line numbers of expressions evaluated using the builtin \fBeval\fP +are tracked separately of the enclosing environment\&. This applies both +to the parameter \fBLINENO\fP and the line number output by the prompt +escape \fB%i\fP\&. If the option is set, the prompt escape \fB%N\fP will output +the string `\fB(eval)\fP\&' instead of the script or function name as an +indication\&. (The two prompt escapes are typically used in the parameter +\fBPS4\fP to be output when the option \fBXTRACE\fP is set\&.) If +\fBEVAL_LINENO\fP is unset, the line number of the surrounding script or +function is retained during the evaluation\&. +.TP +\fBEXEC\fP (\fB+n\fP, ksh: \fB+n\fP) +Do execute commands\&. Without this option, commands are +read and checked for syntax errors, but not executed\&. +This option cannot be turned off in an interactive shell, +except when `\fB\-n\fP\&' is supplied to the shell at startup\&. +.TP +\fBFUNCTION_ARGZERO\fP +When executing a shell function or sourcing a script, set \fB$0\fP +temporarily to the name of the function/script\&. +.TP +\fBLOCAL_OPTIONS\fP +If this option is set at the point of return from a shell function, +all the options (including this one) which were in force upon entry to +the function are restored\&. Otherwise, only this option and the +\fBXTRACE\fP and \fBPRINT_EXIT_VALUE\fP options are restored\&. Hence +if this is explicitly unset by a shell function the other options in +force at the point of return will remain so\&. +A shell function can also guarantee itself a known shell configuration +with a formulation like `\fBemulate \-L zsh\fP\&'; the \fB\-L\fP activates +\fBLOCAL_OPTIONS\fP\&. +.TP +\fBLOCAL_TRAPS\fP +If this option is set when a signal trap is set inside a function, then the +previous status of the trap for that signal will be restored when the +function exits\&. Note that this option must be set \fIprior\fP to altering the +trap behaviour in a function; unlike \fBLOCAL_OPTIONS\fP, the value on exit +from the function is irrelevant\&. However, it does not need to be set +before any global trap for that to be correctly restored by a function\&. +For example, +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBunsetopt localtraps +trap \- INT +fn() { setopt localtraps; trap \&'' INT; sleep 3; }\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +will restore normally handling of \fBSIGINT\fP after the function exits\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBMULTIOS\fP +Perform implicit \fBtee\fPs or \fBcat\fPs when multiple +redirections are attempted (see the section `Redirection\&')\&. +.TP +\fBOCTAL_ZEROES\fP +Interpret any integer constant beginning with a 0 as octal, per IEEE Std +1003\&.2\-1992 (ISO 9945\-2:1993)\&. This is not enabled by default as it +causes problems with parsing of, for example, date and time strings with +leading zeroes\&. +.RS +.PP +Sequences of digits indicating a numeric base such as the `\fB08\fP\&' +component in `\fB08#77\fP\&' are always interpreted as decimal, regardless +of leading zeroes\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBTYPESET_SILENT\fP +If this is unset, executing any of the `\fBtypeset\fP\&' family of +commands with no options and a list of parameters that have no values +to be assigned but already exist will display the value of the parameter\&. +If the option is set, they will only be shown when parameters are selected +with the `\fB\-m\fP\&' option\&. The option `\fB\-p\fP' is available whether or not +the option is set\&. +.TP +\fBVERBOSE\fP (\fB\-v\fP, ksh: \fB\-v\fP) +Print shell input lines as they are read\&. +.TP +\fBXTRACE\fP (\fB\-x\fP, ksh: \fB\-x\fP) +Print commands and their arguments as they are executed\&. +.PP +.SS "Shell Emulation" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBBASH_REMATCH\fP +When set, matches performed with the \fB=~\fP operator will set the +\fBBASH_REMATCH\fP array variable, instead of the default \fBMATCH\fP and +\fBmatch\fP variables\&. The first element of the \fBBASH_REMATCH\fP array +will contain the entire matched text and subsequent elements will contain +extracted substrings\&. This option makes more sense when \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP is +also set, so that the entire matched portion is stored at index 0 and the +first substring is at index 1\&. Without this option, the \fBMATCH\fP variable +contains the entire matched text and the \fBmatch\fP array variable contains +substrings\&. +.TP +\fBBSD_ECHO\fP +Make the \fBecho\fP builtin compatible with the BSD \fIecho\fP(1) command\&. +This disables backslashed escape sequences in echo strings unless the +\fB\-e\fP option is specified\&. +.TP +\fBCSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY\fP +A history reference without an event specifier will always refer to the +previous command\&. Without this option, such a history reference refers +to the same event as the previous history reference, defaulting to the +previous command\&. +.TP +\fBCSH_JUNKIE_LOOPS\fP +Allow loop bodies to take the form `\fIlist\fP; \fBend\fP\&' instead of +`\fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBdone\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBCSH_JUNKIE_QUOTES\fP +Changes the rules for single\- and double\-quoted text to match that of +\fBcsh\fP\&. These require that embedded newlines be preceded by a backslash; +unescaped newlines will cause an error message\&. +In double\-quoted strings, it is made impossible to escape `\fB$\fP\&', `\fB`\fP' +or `\fB"\fP\&' (and `\fB\e\fP' itself no longer needs escaping)\&. +Command substitutions are only expanded once, and cannot be nested\&. +.TP +\fBCSH_NULLCMD\fP +Do not use the values of \fBNULLCMD\fP and \fBREADNULLCMD\fP +when running redirections with no command\&. This make +such redirections fail (see the section `Redirection\&')\&. +.TP +\fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP +Emulate \fBksh\fP array handling as closely as possible\&. If this option +is set, array elements are numbered from zero, an array parameter +without subscript refers to the first element instead of the whole array, +and braces are required to delimit a subscript (`\fB${path[2]}\fP\&' rather +than just `\fB$path[2]\fP\&')\&. +.TP +\fBKSH_AUTOLOAD\fP +Emulate \fBksh\fP function autoloading\&. This means that when a function is +autoloaded, the corresponding file is merely executed, and must define +the function itself\&. (By default, the function is defined to the contents +of the file\&. However, the most common \fBksh\fP\-style case \- of the file +containing only a simple definition of the function \- is always handled +in the \fBksh\fP\-compatible manner\&.) +.TP +\fBKSH_OPTION_PRINT\fP +Alters the way options settings are printed: instead of separate lists of +set and unset options, all options are shown, marked `on\&' if +they are in the non\-default state, `off\&' otherwise\&. +.TP +\fBKSH_TYPESET\fP +Alters the way arguments to the \fBtypeset\fP family of commands, including +\fBdeclare\fP, \fBexport\fP, \fBfloat\fP, \fBinteger\fP, \fBlocal\fP and +\fBreadonly\fP, are processed\&. Without this option, zsh will perform normal +word splitting after command and parameter expansion in arguments of an +assignment; with it, word splitting does not take place in those cases\&. +.TP +\fBKSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT\fP +Treat use of a subscript of value zero in array or string expressions as a +reference to the first element, i\&.e\&. the element that usually has the +subscript 1\&. Ignored if \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP is also set\&. +.RS +.PP +If neither this option nor \fBKSH_ARRAYS\fP is set, accesses to an element of +an array or string with subscript zero return an empty element or string, +while attempts to set element zero of an array or string are treated as an +error\&. However, attempts to set an otherwise valid subscript range that +includes zero will succeed\&. For example, if \fBKSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT\fP is not +set, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBarray[0]=(element)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +is an error, while +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBarray[0,1]=(element)\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +is not and will replace the first element of the array\&. +.PP +This option is for compatibility with older versions of the shell and +is not recommended in new code\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBPOSIX_BUILTINS\fP +When this option is set the \fBcommand\fP builtin can be used to execute +shell builtin commands\&. Parameter assignments specified before shell +functions and special builtins are kept after the command completes unless +the special builtin is prefixed with the \fBcommand\fP builtin\&. Special +builtins are +\fB\&.\fP, +\fB:\fP, +\fBbreak\fP, +\fBcontinue\fP, +\fBdeclare\fP, +\fBeval\fP, +\fBexit\fP, +\fBexport\fP, +\fBinteger\fP, +\fBlocal\fP, +\fBreadonly\fP, +\fBreturn\fP, +\fBset\fP, +\fBshift\fP, +\fBsource\fP, +\fBtimes\fP, +\fBtrap\fP and +\fBunset\fP\&. +.TP +\fBPOSIX_IDENTIFIERS\fP +When this option is set, only the ASCII characters \fBa\fP to \fBz\fP, \fBA\fP to +\fBZ\fP, \fB0\fP to \fB9\fP and \fB_\fP may be used in identifiers (names +of shell parameters and modules)\&. +.RS +.PP +When the option is unset and multibyte character support is enabled (i\&.e\&. it +is compiled in and the option \fBMULTIBYTE\fP is set), then additionally any +alphanumeric characters in the local character set may be used in +identifiers\&. Note that scripts and functions written with this feature are +not portable, and also that both options must be set before the script +or function is parsed; setting them during execution is not sufficient +as the syntax \fIvariable\fP\fB=\fP\fIvalue\fP has already been parsed as +a command rather than an assignment\&. +.PP +If multibyte character support is not compiled into the shell this option is +ignored; all octets with the top bit set may be used in identifiers\&. +This is non\-standard but is the traditional zsh behaviour\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBSH_FILE_EXPANSION\fP +Perform filename expansion (e\&.g\&., ~ expansion) \fIbefore\fP +parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion +and brace expansion\&. +If this option is unset, it is performed \fIafter\fP +brace expansion, so things like `\fB~$USERNAME\fP\&' and +`\fB~{pfalstad,rc}\fP\&' will work\&. +.TP +\fBSH_NULLCMD\fP +Do not use the values of \fBNULLCMD\fP and \fBREADNULLCMD\fP +when doing redirections, use `\fB:\fP\&' instead (see the section `Redirection')\&. +.TP +\fBSH_OPTION_LETTERS\fP +If this option is set the shell tries to interpret single letter options +(which are used with \fBset\fP and \fBsetopt\fP) like \fBksh\fP does\&. +This also affects the value of the \fB\-\fP special parameter\&. +.TP +\fBSH_WORD_SPLIT\fP (\fB\-y\fP) +Causes field splitting to be performed on unquoted parameter expansions\&. +Note that this option has nothing to do with word splitting\&. +(See the section `Parameter Expansion\&'\&.) +.TP +\fBTRAPS_ASYNC\fP +While waiting for a program to exit, handle signals and run traps +immediately\&. Otherwise the trap is run after a child process has exited\&. +Note this does not affect the point at which traps are run for any case +other than when the shell is waiting for a child process\&. +.PP +.SS "Shell State" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBINTERACTIVE\fP (\fB\-i\fP, ksh: \fB\-i\fP) +This is an interactive shell\&. This option is set upon initialisation if +the standard input is a tty and commands are being read from standard input\&. +(See the discussion of \fBSHIN_STDIN\fP\&.) +This heuristic may be overridden by specifying a state for this option +on the command line\&. +The value of this option cannot be changed anywhere other than the command line\&. +.TP +\fBLOGIN\fP (\fB\-l\fP, ksh: \fB\-l\fP) +This is a login shell\&. +If this option is not explicitly set, the shell is a login shell if +the first character of the \fBargv[0]\fP passed to the shell is a `\fB\-\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fBPRIVILEGED\fP (\fB\-p\fP, ksh: \fB\-p\fP) +Turn on privileged mode\&. This is enabled automatically on startup if the +effective user (group) ID is not equal to the real user (group) ID\&. Turning +this option off causes the effective user and group IDs to be set to the +real user and group IDs\&. This option disables sourcing user startup files\&. +If zsh is invoked as `\fBsh\fP\&' or `\fBksh\fP' with this option set, +\fB/etc/suid_profile\fP is sourced (after \fB/etc/profile\fP on interactive +shells)\&. Sourcing \fB~/\&.profile\fP is disabled and the contents of the +\fBENV\fP variable is ignored\&. This option cannot be changed using the +\fB\-m\fP option of \fBsetopt\fP and \fBunsetopt\fP, and changing it inside a +function always changes it globally regardless of the \fBLOCAL_OPTIONS\fP +option\&. +.TP +\fBRESTRICTED\fP (\fB\-r\fP) +Enables restricted mode\&. This option cannot be changed using +\fBunsetopt\fP, and setting it inside a function always changes it +globally regardless of the \fBLOCAL_OPTIONS\fP option\&. See +the section `Restricted Shell\&'\&. +.TP +\fBSHIN_STDIN\fP (\fB\-s\fP, ksh: \fB\-s\fP) +Commands are being read from the standard input\&. +Commands are read from standard input if no command is specified with +\fB\-c\fP and no file of commands is specified\&. If \fBSHIN_STDIN\fP +is set explicitly on the command line, +any argument that would otherwise have been +taken as a file to run will instead be treated as a normal positional +parameter\&. +Note that setting or unsetting this option on the command line does not +necessarily affect the state the option will have while the shell is +running \- that is purely an indicator of whether on not commands are +\fIactually\fP being read from standard input\&. +The value of this option cannot be changed anywhere other +than the command line\&. +.TP +\fBSINGLE_COMMAND\fP (\fB\-t\fP, ksh: \fB\-t\fP) +If the shell is reading from standard input, it exits after a single command +has been executed\&. This also makes the shell non\-interactive, unless the +\fBINTERACTIVE\fP option is explicitly set on the command line\&. +The value of this option cannot be changed anywhere other than the command line\&. +.PP +.SS "Zle" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBBEEP\fP (\fB+B\fP) +Beep on error in ZLE\&. +.TP +\fBEMACS\fP +If ZLE is loaded, turning on this option has the equivalent effect +of `\fBbindkey \-e\fP\&'\&. In addition, the VI option is unset\&. +Turning it off has no effect\&. The option setting is +not guaranteed to reflect the current keymap\&. This option is +provided for compatibility; \fBbindkey\fP is the recommended interface\&. +.TP +\fBOVERSTRIKE\fP +Start up the line editor in overstrike mode\&. +.TP +\fBSINGLE_LINE_ZLE\fP (\fB\-M\fP) +Use single\-line command line editing instead of multi\-line\&. +.TP +\fBVI\fP +If ZLE is loaded, turning on this option has the equivalent effect +of `\fBbindkey \-v\fP\&'\&. In addition, the EMACS option is unset\&. +Turning it off has no effect\&. The option setting is +not guaranteed to reflect the current keymap\&. This option is +provided for compatibility; \fBbindkey\fP is the recommended interface\&. +.TP +\fBZLE\fP (\fB\-Z\fP) +Use the zsh line editor\&. Set by default in interactive shells connected to +a terminal\&. +.PP +.SH "OPTION ALIASES" +Some options have alternative names\&. These aliases are never used for +output, but can be used just like normal option names when specifying +options to the shell\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBBRACE_EXPAND\fP +\fINO_\fP\fBIGNORE_BRACES\fP +(ksh and bash compatibility) +.TP +\fBDOT_GLOB\fP +\fBGLOB_DOTS\fP +(bash compatibility) +.TP +\fBHASH_ALL\fP +\fBHASH_CMDS\fP +(bash compatibility) +.TP +\fBHIST_APPEND\fP +\fBAPPEND_HISTORY\fP +(bash compatibility) +.TP +\fBHIST_EXPAND\fP +\fBBANG_HIST\fP +(bash compatibility) +.TP +\fBLOG\fP +\fINO_\fP\fBHIST_NO_FUNCTIONS\fP +(ksh compatibility) +.TP +\fBMAIL_WARN\fP +\fBMAIL_WARNING\fP +(bash compatibility) +.TP +\fBONE_CMD\fP +\fBSINGLE_COMMAND\fP +(bash compatibility) +.TP +\fBPHYSICAL\fP +\fBCHASE_LINKS\fP +(ksh and bash compatibility) +.TP +\fBPROMPT_VARS\fP +\fBPROMPT_SUBST\fP +(bash compatibility) +.TP +\fBSTDIN\fP +\fBSHIN_STDIN\fP +(ksh compatibility) +.TP +\fBTRACK_ALL\fP +\fBHASH_CMDS\fP +(ksh compatibility) +.SH "SINGLE LETTER OPTIONS" +.SS "Default set" +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB\-0\fP +CORRECT +.TP +\fB\-1\fP +PRINT_EXIT_VALUE +.TP +\fB\-2\fP +\fINO_\fPBAD_PATTERN +.TP +\fB\-3\fP +\fINO_\fPNOMATCH +.TP +\fB\-4\fP +GLOB_DOTS +.TP +\fB\-5\fP +NOTIFY +.TP +\fB\-6\fP +BG_NICE +.TP +\fB\-7\fP +IGNORE_EOF +.TP +\fB\-8\fP +MARK_DIRS +.TP +\fB\-9\fP +AUTO_LIST +.TP +\fB\-B\fP +\fINO_\fPBEEP +.TP +\fB\-C\fP +\fINO_\fPCLOBBER +.TP +\fB\-D\fP +PUSHD_TO_HOME +.TP +\fB\-E\fP +PUSHD_SILENT +.TP +\fB\-F\fP +\fINO_\fPGLOB +.TP +\fB\-G\fP +NULL_GLOB +.TP +\fB\-H\fP +RM_STAR_SILENT +.TP +\fB\-I\fP +IGNORE_BRACES +.TP +\fB\-J\fP +AUTO_CD +.TP +\fB\-K\fP +\fINO_\fPBANG_HIST +.TP +\fB\-L\fP +SUN_KEYBOARD_HACK +.TP +\fB\-M\fP +SINGLE_LINE_ZLE +.TP +\fB\-N\fP +AUTO_PUSHD +.TP +\fB\-O\fP +CORRECT_ALL +.TP +\fB\-P\fP +RC_EXPAND_PARAM +.TP +\fB\-Q\fP +PATH_DIRS +.TP +\fB\-R\fP +LONG_LIST_JOBS +.TP +\fB\-S\fP +REC_EXACT +.TP +\fB\-T\fP +CDABLE_VARS +.TP +\fB\-U\fP +MAIL_WARNING +.TP +\fB\-V\fP +\fINO_\fPPROMPT_CR +.TP +\fB\-W\fP +AUTO_RESUME +.TP +\fB\-X\fP +LIST_TYPES +.TP +\fB\-Y\fP +MENU_COMPLETE +.TP +\fB\-Z\fP +ZLE +.TP +\fB\-a\fP +ALL_EXPORT +.TP +\fB\-e\fP +ERR_EXIT +.TP +\fB\-f\fP +\fINO_\fPRCS +.TP +\fB\-g\fP +HIST_IGNORE_SPACE +.TP +\fB\-h\fP +HIST_IGNORE_DUPS +.TP +\fB\-i\fP +INTERACTIVE +.TP +\fB\-k\fP +INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS +.TP +\fB\-l\fP +LOGIN +.TP +\fB\-m\fP +MONITOR +.TP +\fB\-n\fP +\fINO_\fPEXEC +.TP +\fB\-p\fP +PRIVILEGED +.TP +\fB\-r\fP +RESTRICTED +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +SHIN_STDIN +.TP +\fB\-t\fP +SINGLE_COMMAND +.TP +\fB\-u\fP +\fINO_\fPUNSET +.TP +\fB\-v\fP +VERBOSE +.TP +\fB\-w\fP +CHASE_LINKS +.TP +\fB\-x\fP +XTRACE +.TP +\fB\-y\fP +SH_WORD_SPLIT +.PD +.SS "sh/ksh emulation set" +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB\-C\fP +\fINO_\fPCLOBBER +.TP +\fB\-T\fP +TRAPS_ASYNC +.TP +\fB\-X\fP +MARK_DIRS +.TP +\fB\-a\fP +ALL_EXPORT +.TP +\fB\-b\fP +NOTIFY +.TP +\fB\-e\fP +ERR_EXIT +.TP +\fB\-f\fP +\fINO_\fPGLOB +.TP +\fB\-i\fP +INTERACTIVE +.TP +\fB\-l\fP +LOGIN +.TP +\fB\-m\fP +MONITOR +.TP +\fB\-n\fP +\fINO_\fPEXEC +.TP +\fB\-p\fP +PRIVILEGED +.TP +\fB\-r\fP +RESTRICTED +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +SHIN_STDIN +.TP +\fB\-t\fP +SINGLE_COMMAND +.TP +\fB\-u\fP +\fINO_\fPUNSET +.TP +\fB\-v\fP +VERBOSE +.TP +\fB\-x\fP +XTRACE +.PD +.SS "Also note" +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB\-A\fP +Used by \fBset\fP for setting arrays +.TP +\fB\-b\fP +Used on the command line to specify end of option processing +.TP +\fB\-c\fP +Used on the command line to specify a single command +.TP +\fB\-m\fP +Used by \fBsetopt\fP for pattern\-matching option setting +.TP +\fB\-o\fP +Used in all places to allow use of long option names +.TP +\fB\-s\fP +Used by \fBset\fP to sort positional parameters +.PD --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshzle.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshzle.1 @@ -0,0 +1,1882 @@ +.TH "ZSHZLE" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshzle \- zsh command line editor +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/zle.yo +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +If the \fBZLE\fP option is set (which it is by default in interactive shells) +and the shell input is attached to the terminal, the user +is able to edit command lines\&. +.PP +There are two display modes\&. The first, multiline mode, is the +default\&. It only works if the \fBTERM\fP parameter is set to a valid +terminal type that can move the cursor up\&. The second, single line +mode, is used if \fBTERM\fP is invalid or incapable of moving the +cursor up, or if the \fBSINGLE_LINE_ZLE\fP option is set\&. +This mode +is similar to \fBksh\fP, and uses no termcap sequences\&. If \fBTERM\fP is +"emacs", the \fBZLE\fP option will be unset by default\&. +.PP +The parameters \fBBAUD\fP, \fBCOLUMNS\fP, and \fBLINES\fP are also used by the +line editor\&. +See \fIParameters Used By The Shell\fP in \fIzshparam\fP(1)\&. +.PP +.PP +.SH "KEYMAPS" +A keymap in ZLE contains a set of bindings between key sequences +and ZLE commands\&. The empty key sequence cannot be bound\&. +.PP +There can be any number of keymaps at any time, and each keymap has one +or more names\&. If all of a keymap\&'s names are deleted, it disappears\&. +\fBbindkey\fP can be used to manipulate keymap names\&. +.PP +Initially, there are four keymaps: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBemacs\fP +EMACS emulation +.TP +\fBviins\fP +vi emulation \- insert mode +.TP +\fBvicmd\fP +vi emulation \- command mode +.TP +\fB\&.safe\fP +fallback keymap +.PD +.PP +The `\fB\&.safe\fP\&' keymap is special\&. It can never be altered, and the name +can never be removed\&. However, it can be linked to other names, which can +be removed\&. In the future other special keymaps may be added; users should +avoid using names beginning with `\fB\&.\fP\&' for their own keymaps\&. +.PP +In addition to these four names, either `\fBemacs\fP\&' or `\fBviins\fP' is +also linked to the name `\fBmain\fP\&'\&. If one of the \fBVISUAL\fP or +\fBEDITOR\fP environment variables contain the string `\fBvi\fP\&' when the shell +starts up then it will be `\fBviins\fP\&', otherwise it will be `\fBemacs\fP'\&. +\fBbindkey\fP\&'s \fB\-e\fP and \fB\-v\fP +options provide a convenient way to override this default choice\&. +.PP +When the editor starts up, it will select the `\fBmain\fP\&' keymap\&. +If that keymap doesn\&'t exist, it will use `\fB\&.safe\fP' instead\&. +.PP +In the `\fB\&.safe\fP\&' keymap, each single key is bound to \fBself\-insert\fP, +except for ^J (line feed) and ^M (return) which are bound to \fBaccept\-line\fP\&. +This is deliberately not pleasant to use; if you are using it, it +means you deleted the main keymap, and you should put it back\&. +.SS "Reading Commands" +When ZLE is reading a command from the terminal, it may read a sequence +that is bound to some command and is also a prefix of a longer bound string\&. +In this case ZLE will wait a certain time to see if more characters +are typed, and if not (or they don\&'t match any longer string) it will +execute the binding\&. This timeout is defined by the \fBKEYTIMEOUT\fP parameter; +its default is 0\&.4 sec\&. There is no timeout if the prefix string is not +itself bound to a command\&. +.PP +The key timeout is also applied when ZLE is reading the bytes from a +multibyte character string when it is in the appropriate mode\&. (This +requires that the shell was compiled with multibyte mode enabled; typically +also the locale has characters with the UTF\-8 encoding, although any +multibyte encoding known to the operating system is supported\&.) If the +second or a subsequent byte is not read within the timeout period, the +shell acts as if \fB?\fP were typed and resets the input state\&. +.PP +As well as ZLE commands, key sequences can be bound to other strings, by using +`\fBbindkey \-s\fP\&'\&. +When such a sequence is read, the replacement string is pushed back as input, +and the command reading process starts again using these fake keystrokes\&. +This input can itself invoke further replacement strings, but in order to +detect loops the process will be stopped if there are twenty such replacements +without a real command being read\&. +.PP +A key sequence typed by the user can be turned into a command name for use +in user\-defined widgets with the \fBread\-command\fP widget, described +below\&. +.PP +.SH "ZLE BUILTINS" +The ZLE module contains three related builtin commands\&. The \fBbindkey\fP +command manipulates keymaps and key bindings; the \fBvared\fP command invokes +ZLE on the value of a shell parameter; and the \fBzle\fP command manipulates +editing widgets and allows command line access to ZLE commands from within +shell functions\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBbindkey\fP [ \fIoptions\fP ] \fB\-l\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBbindkey\fP [ \fIoptions\fP ] \fB\-d\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBbindkey\fP [ \fIoptions\fP ] \fB\-D\fP \fIkeymap\fP \&.\&.\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBbindkey\fP [ \fIoptions\fP ] \fB\-A\fP \fIold\-keymap new\-keymap\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBbindkey\fP [ \fIoptions\fP ] \fB\-N\fP \fInew\-keymap\fP [ \fIold\-keymap\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBbindkey\fP [ \fIoptions\fP ] \fB\-m\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBbindkey\fP [ \fIoptions\fP ] \fB\-r\fP \fIin\-string\fP \&.\&.\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBbindkey\fP [ \fIoptions\fP ] \fB\-s\fP \fIin\-string out\-string\fP \&.\&.\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBbindkey\fP [ \fIoptions\fP ] \fIin\-string command\fP \&.\&.\&. +.TP +.PD +\fBbindkey\fP [ \fIoptions\fP ] [ \fIin\-string\fP ] +\fBbindkey\fP\&'s options can be divided into three categories: keymap selection, +operation selection, and others\&. The keymap selection options are: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-e\fP +Selects keymap `\fBemacs\fP\&', and also links it to `\fBmain\fP'\&. +.TP +\fB\-v\fP +Selects keymap `\fBviins\fP\&', and also links it to `\fBmain\fP'\&. +.TP +\fB\-a\fP +Selects keymap `\fBvicmd\fP\&'\&. +.TP +\fB\-M\fP \fIkeymap\fP +The \fIkeymap\fP specifies a keymap name\&. +.PP +If a keymap selection is required and none of the options above are used, the +`\fBmain\fP\&' keymap is used\&. Some operations do not permit a keymap to be +selected, namely: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-l\fP +List all existing keymap names\&. If the \fB\-L\fP +option is also used, list in the form of \fBbindkey\fP +commands to create the keymaps\&. +.TP +\fB\-d\fP +Delete all existing keymaps and reset to the default state\&. +.TP +\fB\-D\fP \fIkeymap\fP \&.\&.\&. +Delete the named \fIkeymap\fPs\&. +.TP +\fB\-A\fP \fIold\-keymap new\-keymap\fP +Make the \fInew\-keymap\fP name an alias for \fIold\-keymap\fP, so that +both names refer to the same keymap\&. The names have equal standing; +if either is deleted, the other remains\&. If there is already a keymap +with the \fInew\-keymap\fP name, it is deleted\&. +.TP +\fB\-N\fP \fInew\-keymap\fP [ \fIold\-keymap\fP ] +Create a new keymap, named \fInew\-keymap\fP\&. If a keymap already has that +name, it is deleted\&. If an \fIold\-keymap\fP name is given, the new keymap +is initialized to be a duplicate of it, otherwise the new keymap will +be empty\&. +.PP +To use a newly created keymap, it should be linked to \fBmain\fP\&. Hence +the sequence of commands to create and use a new keymap `\fBmymap\fP\&' +initialized from the \fBemacs\fP keymap (which remains unchanged) is: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBbindkey \-N mymap emacs +bindkey \-A mymap main\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +Note that while `\fBbindkey \-A\fP \fInewmap\fP \fBmain\fP\&' will work when +\fInewmap\fP is \fBemacs\fP or \fBviins\fP, it will not work for \fBvicmd\fP, as +switching from vi insert to command mode becomes impossible\&. +.PP +The following operations act on the `\fBmain\fP\&' keymap if no keymap +selection option was given: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-m\fP +Add the built\-in set of meta\-key bindings to the selected keymap\&. +Only keys that are unbound or bound to \fBself\-insert\fP are affected\&. +.TP +\fB\-r\fP \fIin\-string\fP \&.\&.\&. +Unbind the specified \fIin\-string\fPs in the selected keymap\&. +This is exactly equivalent to binding the strings to \fBundefined\-key\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +When \fB\-R\fP is also used, interpret the \fIin\-string\fPs as ranges\&. +.PP +When \fB\-p\fP is also used, the \fIin\-string\fPs specify prefixes\&. Any +binding that has the given \fIin\-string\fP as a prefix, not including the +binding for the \fIin\-string\fP itself, if any, will be removed\&. For +example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBbindkey \-rpM viins \&'^['\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +will remove all bindings in the vi\-insert keymap beginning with an escape +character (probably cursor keys), but leave the binding for the escape +character itself (probably \fBvi\-cmd\-mode\fP)\&. This is incompatible with the +option \fB\-R\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-s\fP \fIin\-string out\-string\fP \&.\&.\&. +Bind each \fIin\-string\fP to each \fIout\-string\fP\&. +When \fIin\-string\fP is typed, \fIout\-string\fP will be +pushed back and treated as input to the line editor\&. +When \fB\-R\fP is also used, interpret the \fIin\-string\fPs as ranges\&. +.TP +\fIin\-string command\fP \&.\&.\&. +Bind each \fIin\-string\fP to each \fIcommand\fP\&. +When \fB\-R\fP is used, interpret the \fIin\-string\fPs as ranges\&. +.TP +[ \fIin\-string\fP ] +List key bindings\&. If an \fIin\-string\fP is specified, the binding of +that string in the selected keymap is displayed\&. Otherwise, all key +bindings in the selected keymap are displayed\&. (As a special case, +if the \fB\-e\fP or \fB\-v\fP option is used alone, the keymap is \fInot\fP +displayed \- the implicit linking of keymaps is the only thing that +happens\&.) +.RS +.PP +When the option \fB\-p\fP is used, the \fIin\-string\fP must be present\&. +The listing shows all bindings which have the given key sequence as a +prefix, not including any bindings for the key sequence itself\&. +.PP +When the \fB\-L\fP option is used, the list is in the form of \fBbindkey\fP +commands to create the key bindings\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +When the \fB\-R\fP option is used as noted above, a valid range consists of +two characters, with an optional `\fB\-\fP\&' between them\&. All characters +between the two specified, inclusive, are bound as specified\&. +.PP +For either \fIin\-string\fP or \fIout\-string\fP, the following +escape sequences are recognised: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB\ea\fP +bell character +.TP +\fB\eb\fP +backspace +.TP +\fB\ee\fP, \fB\eE\fP +escape +.TP +\fB\ef\fP +form feed +.TP +\fB\en\fP +linefeed (newline) +.TP +\fB\er\fP +carriage return +.TP +\fB\et\fP +horizontal tab +.TP +\fB\ev\fP +vertical tab +.TP +\fB\e\fP\fINNN\fP +character code in octal +.TP +\fB\ex\fP\fINN\fP +character code in hexadecimal +.TP +\fB\eM\fP[\fB\-\fP]\fIX\fP +character with meta bit set +.TP +\fB\eC\fP[\fB\-\fP]\fIX\fP +control character +.TP +\fB^\fP\fIX\fP +control character +.PD +.PP +In all other cases, `\fB\e\fP\&' escapes the following character\&. Delete is +written as `\fB^?\fP\&'\&. Note that `\fB\eM^?\fP' and `\fB^\eM?\fP' are not the same, +and that (unlike emacs), the bindings `\fB\eM\-\fP\fIX\fP\&' and `\fB\ee\fP\fIX\fP' +are entirely distinct, although they are initialized to the same bindings +by `\fBbindkey \-m\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBvared\fP [ \fB\-Aache\fP ] [ \fB\-p\fP \fIprompt\fP ] [ \fB\-r\fP \fIrprompt\fP ] +.TP +.PD + [ \-M \fImain\-keymap\fP ] [ \-m \fIvicmd\-keymap\fP ] \fIname\fP +The value of the parameter \fIname\fP is loaded into the edit +buffer, and the line editor is invoked\&. When the editor exits, +\fIname\fP is set to the string value returned by the editor\&. +When the \fB\-c\fP flag is given, the parameter is created if it doesn\&'t +already exist\&. The \fB\-a\fP flag may be given with \fB\-c\fP to create +an array parameter, or the \fB\-A\fP flag to create an associative array\&. +If the type of an existing parameter does not match the type to be +created, the parameter is unset and recreated\&. +.RS +.PP +If an array or array slice is being edited, separator characters as defined +in \fB$IFS\fP will be shown quoted with a backslash, as will backslashes +themselves\&. Conversely, when the edited text is split into an array, a +backslash quotes an immediately following separator character or backslash; +no other special handling of backslashes, or any handling of quotes, is +performed\&. +.PP +Individual elements of existing array or associative array parameters +may be edited by using subscript syntax on \fIname\fP\&. New elements are +created automatically, even without \fB\-c\fP\&. +.PP +If the \fB\-p\fP flag is given, the following string will be taken as +the prompt to display at the left\&. If the \fB\-r\fP flag is given, +the following string gives the prompt to display at the right\&. If the +\fB\-h\fP flag is specified, the history can be accessed from ZLE\&. If the +\fB\-e\fP flag is given, typing \fB^D\fP (Control\-D) on an empty line +causes \fBvared\fP to exit immediately with a non\-zero return value\&. +.PP +The \fB\-M\fP option gives a keymap to link to the \fBmain\fP keymap during +editing, and the \fB\-m\fP option gives a keymap to link to the \fBvicmd\fP +keymap during editing\&. For vi\-style editing, this allows a pair of keymaps +to override \fBviins\fP and \fBvicmd\fP\&. For emacs\-style editing, only \fB\-M\fP +is normally needed but the \fB\-m\fP option may still be used\&. On exit, the +previous keymaps will be restored\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzle\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzle\fP \fB\-l\fP [ \fB\-L\fP | \fB\-a\fP ] [ \fIstring\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzle\fP \fB\-D\fP \fIwidget\fP \&.\&.\&. +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzle\fP \fB\-A\fP \fIold\-widget\fP \fInew\-widget\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzle\fP \fB\-N\fP \fIwidget\fP [ \fIfunction\fP ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzle\fP \fB\-C\fP \fIwidget\fP \fIcompletion\-widget\fP \fIfunction\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzle\fP \fB\-R\fP [ \fB\-c\fP ] [ \fIdisplay\-string\fP ] [ \fIstring\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzle\fP \fB\-M\fP \fIstring\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzle\fP \fB\-U\fP \fIstring\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzle\fP \fB\-K\fP \fIkeymap\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzle\fP \fB\-F\fP [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fIfd\fP [ \fIhandler\fP ] ] +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBzle\fP \fB\-I\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBzle\fP \fIwidget\fP \fB[ \-n\fP \fInum\fP \fB]\fP \fB[ \-Nw ] [ \-K\fP \fIkeymap\fP \fB]\fP \fIargs\fP \&.\&.\&. +The \fBzle\fP builtin performs a number of different actions concerning +ZLE\&. +.RS +.PP +With no options and no arguments, only the return status will be +set\&. It is zero if ZLE is currently active and widgets could be +invoked using this builtin command and non\-zero otherwise\&. +Note that even if non\-zero status is returned, zle may still be active as +part of the completion system; this does not allow direct calls to ZLE +widgets\&. +.PP +Otherwise, which operation it performs depends on its options: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fB\-l\fP [ \fB\-L\fP | \fB\-a\fP ] +List all existing user\-defined widgets\&. If the \fB\-L\fP +option is used, list in the form of \fBzle\fP +commands to create the widgets\&. +.RS +.PP +When combined with the \fB\-a\fP option, all widget names are listed, +including the builtin ones\&. In this case the \fB\-L\fP option is ignored\&. +.PP +If at least one \fIstring\fP is given, nothing will be printed but the +return status will be zero if all \fIstring\fPs are names of existing +widgets (or of user\-defined widgets if the \fB\-a\fP flag is not given) +and non\-zero if at least one \fIstring\fP is not a name of an defined +widget\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-D\fP \fIwidget\fP \&.\&.\&. +Delete the named \fIwidget\fPs\&. +.TP +\fB\-A\fP \fIold\-widget\fP \fInew\-widget\fP +Make the \fInew\-widget\fP name an alias for \fIold\-widget\fP, so that +both names refer to the same widget\&. The names have equal standing; +if either is deleted, the other remains\&. If there is already a widget +with the \fInew\-widget\fP name, it is deleted\&. +.TP +\fB\-N\fP \fIwidget\fP [ \fIfunction\fP ] +Create a user\-defined widget\&. If there is already a widget with the +specified name, it is overwritten\&. When the new +widget is invoked from within the editor, the specified shell \fIfunction\fP +is called\&. If no function name is specified, it defaults to +the same name as the widget\&. For further information, see the section +\fIWidgets\fP in +\fIzshzle\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fB\-C\fP \fIwidget\fP \fIcompletion\-widget\fP \fIfunction\fP +Create a user\-defined completion widget named \fIwidget\fP\&. The +completion widget will behave like the built\-in completion\-widget +whose name is given as \fIcompletion\-widget\fP\&. To generate the +completions, the shell function \fIfunction\fP will be called\&. +For further information, see +\fIzshcompwid\fP(1)\&. +.TP +\fB\-R\fP [ \fB\-c\fP ] [ \fIdisplay\-string\fP ] [ \fIstring\fP \&.\&.\&. ] +Redisplay the command line; this is to be called from within a user\-defined +widget to allow changes to become visible\&. If a \fIdisplay\-string\fP is +given and not empty, this is shown in the status line (immediately +below the line being edited)\&. +.RS +.PP +If the optional \fIstring\fPs are given they are listed below the +prompt in the same way as completion lists are printed\&. If no +\fIstring\fPs are given but the \fB\-c\fP option is used such a list is +cleared\&. +.PP +Note that this option is only useful for widgets that do not exit +immediately after using it because the strings displayed will be erased +immediately after return from the widget\&. +.PP +This command can safely be called outside user defined widgets; if zle is +active, the display will be refreshed, while if zle is not active, the +command has no effect\&. In this case there will usually be no other +arguments\&. +.PP +The status is zero if zle was active, else one\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-M\fP \fIstring\fP +As with the \fB\-R\fP option, the \fIstring\fP will be displayed below the +command line; unlike the \fB\-R\fP option, the string will not be put into +the status line but will instead be printed normally below the +prompt\&. This means that the \fIstring\fP will still be displayed after +the widget returns (until it is overwritten by subsequent commands)\&. +.TP +\fB\-U\fP \fIstring\fP +This pushes the characters in the \fIstring\fP onto the input stack of +ZLE\&. After the widget currently executed finishes ZLE will behave as +if the characters in the \fIstring\fP were typed by the user\&. +.RS +.PP +As ZLE uses a stack, if this option is used repeatedly +the last string pushed onto the stack will be processed first\&. However, +the characters in each \fIstring\fP will be processed in the order in which +they appear in the string\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-K\fP \fIkeymap\fP +Selects the keymap named \fIkeymap\fP\&. An error message will be displayed if +there is no such keymap\&. +.RS +.PP +This keymap selection affects the interpretation of following keystrokes +within this invocation of ZLE\&. Any following invocation (e\&.g\&., the next +command line) will start as usual with the `\fBmain\fP\&' keymap selected\&. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-F\fP [ \fB\-L\fP ] [ \fIfd\fP [ \fIhandler\fP ] ] +Only available if your system supports one of the `poll\&' or `select' system +calls; most modern systems do\&. +.RS +.PP +Installs \fIhandler\fP (the name of a shell function) to handle input from +file descriptor \fIfd\fP\&. When zle is attempting to read data, it will +examine both the terminal and the list of handled \fIfd\fP\&'s\&. If data +becomes available on a handled \fIfd\fP, zle will call \fIhandler\fP with +the fd which is ready for reading as the only argument\&. If the handler +produces output to the terminal, it should call `\fBzle \-I\fP\&' before doing +so (see below)\&. The handler should not attempt to read from the terminal\&. +Note that zle makes no attempt to check whether this fd is actually +readable when installing the handler\&. The user must make their own +arrangements for handling the file descriptor when zle is not active\&. +.PP +Any number of handlers for any number of readable file descriptors may be +installed\&. Installing a handler for an \fIfd\fP which is already handled +causes the existing handler to be replaced\&. +.PP +If no \fIhandler\fP is given, but an \fIfd\fP is present, any handler for +that \fIfd\fP is removed\&. If there is none, an error message is printed +and status 1 is returned\&. +.PP +If no arguments are given, or the \fB\-L\fP option is supplied, a list of +handlers is printed in a form which can be stored for later execution\&. +.PP +An \fIfd\fP (but not a \fIhandler\fP) may optionally be given with the \fB\-L\fP +option; in this case, the function will list the handler if any, else +silently return status 1\&. +.PP +Note that this feature should be used with care\&. Activity on one of the +\fIfd\fP\&'s which is not properly handled can cause the terminal to become +unusable\&. +.PP +Here is a simple example of using this feature\&. A connection to a remote +TCP port is created using the ztcp command; see +the description of the \fBzsh/net/tcp\fP module in \fIzshmodules\fP(1)\&. Then a handler is installed +which simply prints out any data which arrives on this connection\&. Note +that `select\&' will indicate that the file descriptor needs handling +if the remote side has closed the connection; we handle that by testing +for a failed read\&. +.RS +.nf +\fBif ztcp pwspc 2811; then + tcpfd=$REPLY + handler() { + zle \-I + local line + if ! read \-r line <&$1; then + # select marks this fd if we reach EOF, + # so handle this specially\&. + print "[Read on fd $1 failed, removing\&.]" >&2 + zle \-F $1 + return 1 + fi + print \-r \- $line + } + zle \-F $tcpfd handler +fi\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fB\-I\fP +Unusually, this option is most useful outside ordinary widget functions, +though it may be used within if normal output to the terminal is required\&. +It invalidates the current zle display in preparation for output; typically +this will be from a trap function\&. It has no effect if zle is not +active\&. When a trap exits, the shell checks to see if the display needs +restoring, hence the following will print output in such a way as not to +disturb the line being edited: +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBTRAPUSR1() { + # Invalidate zle display + [[ \-o zle ]] && zle \-I + # Show output + print Hello +}\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +In general, the trap function may need to test whether zle is active before +using this method (as shown in the example), since the \fBzsh/zle\fP module +may not even be loaded; if it is not, the command can be skipped\&. +.PP +It is possible to call `\fBzle \-I\fP\&' several times before control is +returned to the editor; the display will only be invalidated the first time +to minimise disruption\&. +.PP +Note that there are normally better ways of manipulating the display from +within zle widgets; see, for example, `\fBzle \-R\fP\&' above\&. +.PP +The returned status is zero if zle was invalidated, even though +this may have been by a previous call to `\fBzle \-I\fP\&' or by a system +notification\&. To test if a zle widget may be called at this point, execute +\fBzle\fP with no arguments and examine the return status\&. +.RE +.TP +\fIwidget\fP \fB[ \-n\fP \fInum\fP \fB]\fP \fB[ \-Nw ] [ \-K\fP \fIkeymap\fP \fB]\fP \fIargs\fP \&.\&.\&. +Invoke the specified widget\&. This can only be done when ZLE is +active; normally this will be within a user\-defined widget\&. +.RS +.PP +With the options \fB\-n\fP and \fB\-N\fP, the current numerical argument will be +saved and then restored after the call to \fBwidget\fP; `\fB\-n\fP \fInum\fP\&' +sets the numerical argument temporarily to \fInum\fP, while `\fB\-N\fP\&' sets it +to the default, i\&.e\&. as if there were none\&. +.PP +With the option \fB\-K\fP, \fIkeymap\fP will be used as the current keymap +during the execution of the widget\&. The previous keymap will be +restored when the widget exits\&. +.PP +Normally, calling a widget in this way does not set the special +parameter \fBWIDGET\fP and related parameters, so that the environment +appears as if the top\-level widget called by the user were still +active\&. With the option \fB\-w\fP, \fBWIDGET\fP and related parameters are set +to reflect the widget being executed by the \fBzle\fP call\&. +.PP +Any further arguments will be passed to the widget\&. If it is a shell +function, these are passed down as positional parameters; for builtin +widgets it is up to the widget in question what it does with them\&. +Currently arguments are only handled by the incremental\-search commands, +the \fBhistory\-search\-forward\fP and \fB\-backward\fP and the corresponding +functions prefixed by \fBvi\-\fP, and by \fBuniversal\-argument\fP\&. No error is +flagged if the command does not use the arguments, or only uses some of +them\&. +.PP +The return status reflects the success or failure of the operation carried +out by the widget, or if it is a user\-defined widget the return status of +the shell function\&. +.PP +A non\-zero return status causes the shell to beep when the widget exits, +unless the \fBBEEP\fP options was unset or the widget was called via the +\fBzle\fP command\&. Thus if a user defined widget requires an immediate beep, +it should call the \fBbeep\fP widget directly\&. +.RE +.RE +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SH "WIDGETS" +All actions in the editor are performed by `widgets\&'\&. A widget's job is +simply to perform some small action\&. The ZLE commands that key sequences +in keymaps are bound to are in fact widgets\&. Widgets can be user\-defined +or built in\&. +.PP +The standard widgets built in to ZLE are listed in Standard Widgets below\&. +Other built\-in widgets can be defined by other modules (see +\fIzshmodules\fP(1))\&. Each built\-in widget has two names: its normal canonical name, and the +same name preceded by a `\fB\&.\fP\&'\&. The `\fB\&.\fP' name is special: it can't be +rebound to a different widget\&. This makes the widget available even when +its usual name has been redefined\&. +.PP +User\-defined widgets are defined using `\fBzle \-N\fP\&', and implemented +as shell functions\&. When the widget is executed, the corresponding +shell function is executed, and can perform editing (or other) actions\&. +It is recommended that user\-defined widgets should not have names +starting with `\fB\&.\fP\&'\&. +.SH "USER\e\-DEFINED WIDGETS" +User\-defined widgets, being implemented as shell functions, +can execute any normal shell command\&. They can also run other widgets +(whether built\-in or user\-defined) using the \fBzle\fP builtin command\&. +The standard input of the function is closed to prevent external commands +from unintentionally blocking ZLE by reading from the terminal, but +\fBread \-k\fP or \fBread \-q\fP can be used to read characters\&. Finally, +they can examine and edit the ZLE buffer being edited by +reading and setting the special parameters described below\&. +.PP +These special parameters are always available in widget functions, but +are not in any way special outside ZLE\&. If they have some normal value +outside ZLE, that value is temporarily inaccessible, but will return +when the widget function exits\&. These special parameters in fact have +local scope, like parameters created in a function using \fBlocal\fP\&. +.PP +Inside completion widgets and traps called while ZLE is active, these +parameters are available read\-only\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBBUFFER\fP (scalar) +The entire contents of the edit buffer\&. If it is written to, the +cursor remains at the same offset, unless that would put it outside the +buffer\&. +.TP +\fBBUFFERLINES\fP (integer) +The number of screen lines needed for the edit buffer currently +displayed on screen (i\&.e\&. without any changes to the preceding +parameters done after the last redisplay); read\-only\&. +.TP +\fBCONTEXT\fP (scalar) +The context in which zle was called to read a line; read\-only\&. One of +the values: +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +start +The start of a command line (at prompt \fBPS1\fP)\&. +.TP +cont +A continuation to a command line (at prompt \fBPS2\fP)\&. +.TP +select +In a \fBselect\fP loop\&. +.TP +vared +Editing a variable in \fBvared\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBCURSOR\fP (integer) +The offset of the cursor, within the edit buffer\&. This is in the range +0 to \fB$#BUFFER\fP, and is by definition equal to \fB$#LBUFFER\fP\&. +Attempts to move the cursor outside the buffer will result in the +cursor being moved to the appropriate end of the buffer\&. +.TP +\fBCUTBUFFER\fP (scalar) +The last item to be cut using one of the `\fBkill\-\fP\&' commands; the +string which the next yank would insert in the line\&. Later entries in +the kill ring are in the array \fBkillring\fP\&. Note that the +command `\fBzle copy\-region\-as\-kill\fP \fIstring\fP\&' can be used to +set the text of the cut buffer from a shell function and cycle the kill +ring in the same way as interactively killing text\&. +.TP +\fBHISTNO\fP (integer) +The current history number\&. Setting this has the same effect as +moving up or down in the history to the corresponding history line\&. +An attempt to set it is ignored if the line is not stored in the +history\&. Note this is not the same as the parameter \fBHISTCMD\fP, +which always gives the number of the history line being added to the main +shell\&'s history\&. \fBHISTNO\fP refers to the line being retrieved within +zle\&. +.TP +\fBKEYMAP\fP (scalar) +The name of the currently selected keymap; read\-only\&. +.TP +\fBKEYS\fP (scalar) +The keys typed to invoke this widget, as a literal string; read\-only\&. +.TP +\fBkillring\fP (array) +The array of previously killed items, with the most recently killed first\&. +This gives the items that would be retrieved by a \fByank\-pop\fP in the +same order\&. Note, however, that the most recently killed item is in +\fB$CUTBUFFER\fP; \fB$killring\fP shows the array of previous entries\&. +.RS +.PP +The default size for the kill ring is eight, however the length may be +changed by normal array operations\&. Any empty string in the kill ring is +ignored by the \fByank\-pop\fP command, hence the size of the array +effectively sets the maximum length of the kill ring, while the number of +non\-zero strings gives the current length, both as seen by the user at the +command line\&. +.RE +.PP +.TP +\fBLASTSEARCH\fP (scalar) +The last search string used by an interactive search ; read\-only\&. +.TP +\fBLASTWIDGET\fP (scalar) +The name of the last widget that was executed; read\-only\&. +.TP +\fBLBUFFER\fP (scalar) +The part of the buffer that lies to the left of the cursor position\&. +If it is assigned to, only that part of the buffer is replaced, and the +cursor remains between the new \fB$LBUFFER\fP and the old \fB$RBUFFER\fP\&. +.TP +\fBMARK\fP (integer) +Like \fBCURSOR\fP, but for the mark\&. +.TP +\fBNUMERIC\fP (integer) +The numeric argument\&. If no numeric argument was given, this parameter +is unset\&. When this is set inside a widget function, builtin widgets +called with the \fBzle\fP builtin command will use the value +assigned\&. If it is unset inside a widget function, builtin widgets +called behave as if no numeric argument was given\&. +.TP +\fBPENDING\fP (integer) +The number of bytes pending for input, i\&.e\&. the number of bytes which have +already been typed and can immediately be read\&. On systems where the shell +is not able to get this information, this parameter will always have a +value of zero\&. Read\-only\&. +.TP +\fBPREBUFFER\fP (scalar) +In a multi\-line input at the secondary prompt, this read\-only parameter +contains the contents of the lines before the one the cursor is +currently in\&. +.TP +\fBPREDISPLAY\fP (scalar) +Text to be displayed before the start of the editable text buffer\&. This +does not have to be a complete line; to display a complete line, a newline +must be appended explicitly\&. The text is reset on each new invocation +(but not recursive invocation) of zle\&. +.TP +\fBPOSTDISPLAY\fP (scalar) +Text to be displayed after the end of the editable text buffer\&. This +does not have to be a complete line; to display a complete line, a newline +must be prepended explicitly\&. The text is reset on each new invocation +(but not recursive invocation) of zle\&. +.TP +\fBRBUFFER\fP (scalar) +The part of the buffer that lies to the right of the cursor position\&. +If it is assigned to, only that part of the buffer is replaced, and the +cursor remains between the old \fB$LBUFFER\fP and the new \fB$RBUFFER\fP\&. +.TP +\fBWIDGET\fP (scalar) +The name of the widget currently being executed; read\-only\&. +.TP +\fBWIDGETFUNC\fP (scalar) +The name of the shell function that implements a widget defined with +either \fBzle \-N\fP or \fBzle \-C\fP\&. In the former case, this is the second +argument to the \fBzle \-N\fP command that defined the widget, or +the first argument if there was no second argument\&. In the latter case +this is the the third argument to the \fBzle \-C\fP command that defined the +widget\&. Read\-only\&. +.TP +\fBWIDGETSTYLE\fP (scalar) +Describes the implementation behind the completion widget currently being +executed; the second argument that followed \fBzle \-C\fP when the widget was +defined\&. This is the name of a builtin completion widget\&. For widgets +defined with \fBzle \-N\fP this is set to the empty string\&. Read\-only\&. +.PP +.SS "Special Widget" +.PP +There are a few user\-defined widgets which are special to the shell\&. +If they do not exist, no special action is taken\&. The environment +provided is identical to that for any other editing widget\&. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBzle\-line\-init\fP +Executed every time the line editor is started to read a new line +of input\&. The following example puts the line editor into vi command +mode when it starts up\&. +.RS +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle\-line\-init() { zle \-K vicmd; } +zle \-N zle\-line\-init\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +(The command inside the function sets the keymap directly; it is +equivalent to \fBzle vi\-cmd\-mode\fP\&.) +.RE +.TP +\fBzle\-keymap\-select\fP +Executed every time the keymap changes, i\&.e\&. the special parameter +\fBKEYMAP\fP is set to a different value, while the line editor is active\&. +Initialising the keymap when the line editor starts does not cause the +widget to be called\&. +.RS +.PP +The value \fB$KEYMAP\fP within the function reflects the new keymap\&. The +old keymap is passed as the sole argument\&. +.PP +This can been used for detecting switches between the vi command +(\fBvicmd\fP) and insert (usually \fBmain\fP) keymaps\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SH "STANDARD WIDGETS" +The following is a list of all the standard widgets, +and their default bindings in emacs mode, +vi command mode and vi insert mode +(the `\fBemacs\fP\&', `\fBvicmd\fP' and `\fBviins\fP' keymaps, respectively)\&. +.PP +Note that cursor keys are bound to movement keys in all three keymaps; +the shell assumes that the cursor keys send the key sequences reported +by the terminal\-handling library (termcap or terminfo)\&. The key sequences +shown in the list are those based on the VT100, common on many modern +terminals, but in fact these are not necessarily bound\&. In the case of the +\fBviins\fP keymap, the initial escape character of the sequences serves also +to return to the \fBvicmd\fP keymap: whether this happens is determined by +the \fBKEYTIMEOUT\fP parameter, see \fIzshparam\fP(1)\&. +.SS "Movement" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBvi\-backward\-blank\-word\fP (unbound) (B) (unbound) +Move backward one word, where a word is defined as a series of +non\-blank characters\&. +.TP +\fBbackward\-char\fP (^B ESC\-[D) (unbound) (unbound) +Move backward one character\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-backward\-char\fP (unbound) (^H h ^?) (ESC\-[D) +Move backward one character, without changing lines\&. +.TP +\fBbackward\-word\fP (ESC\-B ESC\-b) (unbound) (unbound) +Move to the beginning of the previous word\&. +.TP +\fBemacs\-backward\-word\fP +Move to the beginning of the previous word\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-backward\-word\fP (unbound) (b) (unbound) +Move to the beginning of the previous word, vi\-style\&. +.TP +\fBbeginning\-of\-line\fP (^A) (unbound) (unbound) +Move to the beginning of the line\&. If already at the beginning +of the line, move to the beginning of the previous line, if any\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-beginning\-of\-line\fP +Move to the beginning of the line, without changing lines\&. +.TP +\fBend\-of\-line\fP (^E) (unbound) (unbound) +Move to the end of the line\&. If already at the end +of the line, move to the end of the next line, if any\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-end\-of\-line\fP (unbound) ($) (unbound) +Move to the end of the line\&. +If an argument is given to this command, the cursor will be moved to +the end of the line (argument \- 1) lines down\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-forward\-blank\-word\fP (unbound) (W) (unbound) +Move forward one word, where a word is defined as a series of +non\-blank characters\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-forward\-blank\-word\-end\fP (unbound) (E) (unbound) +Move to the end of the current word, or, if at the end of the current word, +to the end of the next word, +where a word is defined as a series of non\-blank characters\&. +.TP +\fBforward\-char\fP (^F ESC\-[C) (unbound) (unbound) +Move forward one character\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-forward\-char\fP (unbound) (space l) (ESC\-[C) +Move forward one character\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-find\-next\-char\fP (^X^F) (f) (unbound) +Read a character from the keyboard, and move to +the next occurrence of it in the line\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-find\-next\-char\-skip\fP (unbound) (t) (unbound) +Read a character from the keyboard, and move to +the position just before the next occurrence of it in the line\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-find\-prev\-char\fP (unbound) (F) (unbound) +Read a character from the keyboard, and move to +the previous occurrence of it in the line\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-find\-prev\-char\-skip\fP (unbound) (T) (unbound) +Read a character from the keyboard, and move to +the position just after the previous occurrence of it in the line\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-first\-non\-blank\fP (unbound) (^) (unbound) +Move to the first non\-blank character in the line\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-forward\-word\fP (unbound) (w) (unbound) +Move forward one word, vi\-style\&. +.TP +\fBforward\-word\fP (ESC\-F ESC\-f) (unbound) (unbound) +Move to the beginning of the next word\&. +The editor\&'s idea of a word is specified with the \fBWORDCHARS\fP +parameter\&. +.TP +\fBemacs\-forward\-word\fP +Move to the end of the next word\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-forward\-word\-end\fP (unbound) (e) (unbound) +Move to the end of the next word\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-goto\-column\fP (ESC\-|) (|) (unbound) +Move to the column specified by the numeric argument\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-goto\-mark\fP (unbound) (`) (unbound) +Move to the specified mark\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-goto\-mark\-line\fP (unbound) (\&') (unbound) +Move to beginning of the line containing the specified mark\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-repeat\-find\fP (unbound) (;) (unbound) +Repeat the last \fBvi\-find\fP command\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-rev\-repeat\-find\fP (unbound) (,) (unbound) +Repeat the last \fBvi\-find\fP command in the opposite direction\&. +.SS "History Control" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBbeginning\-of\-buffer\-or\-history\fP (ESC\-<) (unbound) (unbound) +Move to the beginning of the buffer, or if already there, +move to the first event in the history list\&. +.TP +\fBbeginning\-of\-line\-hist\fP +Move to the beginning of the line\&. If already at the +beginning of the buffer, move to the previous history line\&. +.TP +\fBbeginning\-of\-history\fP +Move to the first event in the history list\&. +.TP +\fBdown\-line\-or\-history\fP (^N ESC\-[B) (j) (ESC\-[B) +Move down a line in the buffer, or if already at the bottom line, +move to the next event in the history list\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-down\-line\-or\-history\fP (unbound) (+) (unbound) +Move down a line in the buffer, or if already at the bottom line, +move to the next event in the history list\&. +Then move to the first non\-blank character on the line\&. +.TP +\fBdown\-line\-or\-search\fP +Move down a line in the buffer, or if already at the bottom line, +search forward in the history for a line beginning with the first +word in the buffer\&. +.RS +.PP +If called from a function by the \fBzle\fP command with arguments, the first +argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather than the +first word in the buffer\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBdown\-history\fP (unbound) (^N) (unbound) +Move to the next event in the history list\&. +.TP +\fBhistory\-beginning\-search\-backward\fP +Search backward in the history for a line beginning with the current +line up to the cursor\&. +This leaves the cursor in its original position\&. +.TP +\fBend\-of\-buffer\-or\-history\fP (ESC\->) (unbound) (unbound) +Move to the end of the buffer, or if already there, +move to the last event in the history list\&. +.TP +\fBend\-of\-line\-hist\fP +Move to the end of the line\&. If already at the end of +the buffer, move to the next history line\&. +.TP +\fBend\-of\-history\fP +Move to the last event in the history list\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-fetch\-history\fP (unbound) (G) (unbound) +Fetch the history line specified by the numeric argument\&. +This defaults to the current history line +(i\&.e\&. the one that isn\&'t history yet)\&. +.TP +\fBhistory\-incremental\-search\-backward\fP (^R ^Xr) (unbound) (unbound) +Search backward incrementally for a specified string\&. The search is +case\-insensitive if the search string does not have uppercase letters and no +numeric argument was given\&. The string may begin with `\fB^\fP\&' to anchor the +search to the beginning of the line\&. +.RS +.PP +A restricted set of editing functions +is available in the mini\-buffer\&. An interrupt signal, as defined by the stty +setting, will stop the search and go back to the original line\&. An undefined +key will have the same effect\&. The supported functions are: +\fBbackward\-delete\-char\fP, +\fBvi\-backward\-delete\-char\fP, +\fBclear\-screen\fP, +\fBredisplay\fP, +\fBquoted\-insert\fP, +\fBvi\-quoted\-insert\fP, +\fBaccept\-and\-hold\fP, +\fBaccept\-and\-infer\-next\-history\fP, +\fBaccept\-line\fP and +\fBaccept\-line\-and\-down\-history\fP\&. +.PP +\fBmagic\-space\fP just inserts a space\&. +\fBvi\-cmd\-mode\fP toggles between the `\fBmain\fP\&' and `\fBvicmd\fP' keymaps; +the `\fBmain\fP\&' keymap (insert mode) will be selected initially\&. +\fBhistory\-incremental\-search\-backward\fP will get the +next occurrence of the contents of the mini\-buffer\&. +\fBhistory\-incremental\-search\-forward\fP inverts the sense of the search\&. +\fBvi\-repeat\-search\fP and \fBvi\-rev\-repeat\-search\fP are similarly supported\&. +The direction of the search is indicated in the mini\-buffer\&. +.PP +Any multi\-character string +that is not bound to one of the above functions will beep and interrupt the +search, leaving the last found line in the buffer\&. Any single character that +is not bound to one of the above functions, or \fBself\-insert\fP or +\fBself\-insert\-unmeta\fP, will have the same effect but the function will be +executed\&. +.PP +When called from a widget function by the \fBzle\fP command, the incremental +search commands can take a string argument\&. This will be treated as a +string of keys, as for arguments to the \fBbindkey\fP command, and used as +initial input for the command\&. Any characters in the string which are +unused by the incremental search will be silently ignored\&. For example, +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle history\-incremental\-search\-backward forceps\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +will search backwards for \fBforceps\fP, leaving the minibuffer containing +the string `\fBforceps\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBhistory\-incremental\-search\-forward\fP (^S ^Xs) (unbound) (unbound) +Search forward incrementally for a specified string\&. The search is +case\-insensitive if the search string does not have uppercase letters and no +numeric argument was given\&. The string may begin with `\fB^\fP\&' to anchor the +search to the beginning of the line\&. The functions available in the +mini\-buffer are the same as for \fBhistory\-incremental\-search\-backward\fP\&. +.TP +\fBhistory\-search\-backward\fP (ESC\-P ESC\-p) (unbound) (unbound) +Search backward in the history for a line beginning with the first +word in the buffer\&. +.RS +.PP +If called from a function by the \fBzle\fP command with arguments, the first +argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather than the +first word in the buffer\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBvi\-history\-search\-backward\fP (unbound) (/) (unbound) +Search backward in the history for a specified string\&. +The string may begin with `\fB^\fP\&' to anchor the search to the +beginning of the line\&. +.RS +.PP +A restricted set of editing functions is available in +the mini\-buffer\&. An interrupt signal, as defined by the stty setting, will +stop the search\&. +The functions available in the mini\-buffer are: +\fBaccept\-line\fP, +\fBbackward\-delete\-char\fP, +\fBvi\-backward\-delete\-char\fP, +\fBbackward\-kill\-word\fP, +\fBvi\-backward\-kill\-word\fP, +\fBclear\-screen\fP, +\fBredisplay\fP, +\fBquoted\-insert\fP +and +\fBvi\-quoted\-insert\fP\&. +.PP +\fBvi\-cmd\-mode\fP is treated the same as accept\-line, and +\fBmagic\-space\fP is treated as a space\&. +Any other character that is not bound to self\-insert or +self\-insert\-unmeta will beep and be ignored\&. If the function is called from vi +command mode, the bindings of the current insert mode will be used\&. +.PP +If called from a function by the \fBzle\fP command with arguments, the first +argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather than the +first word in the buffer\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBhistory\-search\-forward\fP (ESC\-N ESC\-n) (unbound) (unbound) +Search forward in the history for a line beginning with the first +word in the buffer\&. +.RS +.PP +If called from a function by the \fBzle\fP command with arguments, the first +argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather than the +first word in the buffer\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBvi\-history\-search\-forward\fP (unbound) (?) (unbound) +Search forward in the history for a specified string\&. +The string may begin with `\fB^\fP\&' to anchor the search to the +beginning of the line\&. The functions available in the mini\-buffer are the same +as for \fBvi\-history\-search\-backward\fP\&. Argument handling is also the same +as for that command\&. +.TP +\fBinfer\-next\-history\fP (^X^N) (unbound) (unbound) +Search in the history list for a line matching the current one and +fetch the event following it\&. +.TP +\fBinsert\-last\-word\fP (ESC\-_ ESC\-\&.) (unbound) (unbound) +Insert the last word from the previous history event at the +cursor position\&. If a positive numeric argument is given, +insert that word from the end of the previous history event\&. +If the argument is zero or negative insert that word from the +left (zero inserts the previous command word)\&. Repeating this command +replaces the word just inserted with the last word from the +history event prior to the one just used; numeric arguments can be used in +the same way to pick a word from that event\&. +.RS +.PP +When called from a shell function invoked from a user\-defined widget, the +command can take one to three arguments\&. The first argument specifies a +history offset which applies to successive calls to this widget: if is \-1, +the default behaviour is used, while if it is 1, successive calls will move +forwards through the history\&. The value 0 can be used to indicate that the +history line examined by the previous execution of the command will be +reexamined\&. Note that negative numbers should be preceded with a +`\fB\-\fP\fB\-\fP\&' argument to avoid confusing them with options\&. +.PP +If two arguments are given, the second specifies the word on the command +line in normal array index notation (as a more natural alternative to the +prefix argument)\&. Hence 1 is the first word, and \-1 (the default) is the +last word\&. +.PP +If a third argument is given, its value is ignored, but it is used to +signify that the history offset is relative to the current history line, +rather than the one remembered after the previous invocations of +\fBinsert\-last\-word\fP\&. +.PP +For example, the default behaviour of the command corresponds to +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle insert\-last\-word \-\- \-1 \-1\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +while the command +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle insert\-last\-word \-\- \-1 1 \-\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +always copies the first word of the line in the history immediately before +the line being edited\&. This has the side effect that later invocations of +the widget will be relative to that line\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBvi\-repeat\-search\fP (unbound) (n) (unbound) +Repeat the last vi history search\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-rev\-repeat\-search\fP (unbound) (N) (unbound) +Repeat the last vi history search, but in reverse\&. +.TP +\fBup\-line\-or\-history\fP (^P ESC\-[A) (k) (ESC\-[A) +Move up a line in the buffer, or if already at the top line, +move to the previous event in the history list\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-up\-line\-or\-history\fP (unbound) (\-) (unbound) +Move up a line in the buffer, or if already at the top line, +move to the previous event in the history list\&. +Then move to the first non\-blank character on the line\&. +.TP +\fBup\-line\-or\-search\fP +Move up a line in the buffer, or if already at the top line, +search backward in the history for a line beginning with the +first word in the buffer\&. +.RS +.PP +If called from a function by the \fBzle\fP command with arguments, the first +argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather than the +first word in the buffer\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBup\-history\fP (unbound) (^P) (unbound) +Move to the previous event in the history list\&. +.TP +\fBhistory\-beginning\-search\-forward\fP +Search forward in the history for a line beginning with the current +line up to the cursor\&. +This leaves the cursor in its original position\&. +.SS "Modifying Text" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBvi\-add\-eol\fP (unbound) (A) (unbound) +Move to the end of the line and enter insert mode\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-add\-next\fP (unbound) (a) (unbound) +Enter insert mode after the current cursor position, without changing lines\&. +.TP +\fBbackward\-delete\-char\fP (^H ^?) (unbound) (unbound) +Delete the character behind the cursor\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-backward\-delete\-char\fP (unbound) (X) (^H) +Delete the character behind the cursor, without changing lines\&. +If in insert mode, this won\&'t delete past the point where insert mode was +last entered\&. +.TP +\fBbackward\-delete\-word\fP +Delete the word behind the cursor\&. +.TP +\fBbackward\-kill\-line\fP +Kill from the beginning of the line to the cursor position\&. +.TP +\fBbackward\-kill\-word\fP (^W ESC\-^H ESC\-^?) (unbound) (unbound) +Kill the word behind the cursor\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-backward\-kill\-word\fP (unbound) (unbound) (^W) +Kill the word behind the cursor, without going past the point where insert +mode was last entered\&. +.TP +\fBcapitalize\-word\fP (ESC\-C ESC\-c) (unbound) (unbound) +Capitalize the current word and move past it\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-change\fP (unbound) (c) (unbound) +Read a movement command from the keyboard, and kill +from the cursor position to the endpoint of the movement\&. +Then enter insert mode\&. +If the command is \fBvi\-change\fP, change the current line\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-change\-eol\fP (unbound) (C) (unbound) +Kill to the end of the line and enter insert mode\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-change\-whole\-line\fP (unbound) (S) (unbound) +Kill the current line and enter insert mode\&. +.TP +\fBcopy\-region\-as\-kill\fP (ESC\-W ESC\-w) (unbound) (unbound) +Copy the area from the cursor to the mark to the kill buffer\&. +.RS +.PP +If called from a ZLE widget function in the form `\fBzle +copy\-region\-as\-kill\fP \fIstring\fP\&' then \fIstring\fP will be taken as the +text to copy to the kill buffer\&. The cursor, the mark and the text on the +command line are not used in this case\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBcopy\-prev\-word\fP (ESC\-^_) (unbound) (unbound) +Duplicate the word to the left of the cursor\&. +.TP +\fBcopy\-prev\-shell\-word\fP +Like \fBcopy\-prev\-word\fP, but the word is found by using shell parsing, +whereas \fBcopy\-prev\-word\fP looks for blanks\&. This makes a difference +when the word is quoted and contains spaces\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-delete\fP (unbound) (d) (unbound) +Read a movement command from the keyboard, and kill +from the cursor position to the endpoint of the movement\&. +If the command is \fBvi\-delete\fP, kill the current line\&. +.TP +\fBdelete\-char\fP +Delete the character under the cursor\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-delete\-char\fP (unbound) (x) (unbound) +Delete the character under the cursor, +without going past the end of the line\&. +.TP +\fBdelete\-word\fP +Delete the current word\&. +.TP +\fBdown\-case\-word\fP (ESC\-L ESC\-l) (unbound) (unbound) +Convert the current word to all lowercase and move past it\&. +.TP +\fBkill\-word\fP (ESC\-D ESC\-d) (unbound) (unbound) +Kill the current word\&. +.TP +\fBgosmacs\-transpose\-chars\fP +Exchange the two characters behind the cursor\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-indent\fP (unbound) (>) (unbound) +Indent a number of lines\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-insert\fP (unbound) (i) (unbound) +Enter insert mode\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-insert\-bol\fP (unbound) (I) (unbound) +Move to the first non\-blank character on the line and enter insert mode\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-join\fP (^X^J) (J) (unbound) +Join the current line with the next one\&. +.TP +\fBkill\-line\fP (^K) (unbound) (unbound) +Kill from the cursor to the end of the line\&. +If already on the end of the line, kill the newline character\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-kill\-line\fP (unbound) (unbound) (^U) +Kill from the cursor back to wherever insert mode was last entered\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-kill\-eol\fP (unbound) (D) (unbound) +Kill from the cursor to the end of the line\&. +.TP +\fBkill\-region\fP +Kill from the cursor to the mark\&. +.TP +\fBkill\-buffer\fP (^X^K) (unbound) (unbound) +Kill the entire buffer\&. +.TP +\fBkill\-whole\-line\fP (^U) (unbound) (unbound) +Kill the current line\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-match\-bracket\fP (^X^B) (%) (unbound) +Move to the bracket character (one of \fB{}\fP, \fB()\fP or \fB[]\fP) that +matches the one under the cursor\&. +If the cursor is not on a bracket character, move forward without going +past the end of the line to find one, and then go to the matching bracket\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-open\-line\-above\fP (unbound) (O) (unbound) +Open a line above the cursor and enter insert mode\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-open\-line\-below\fP (unbound) (o) (unbound) +Open a line below the cursor and enter insert mode\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-oper\-swap\-case\fP +Read a movement command from the keyboard, and swap +the case of all characters +from the cursor position to the endpoint of the movement\&. +If the movement command is \fBvi\-oper\-swap\-case\fP, +swap the case of all characters on the current line\&. +.TP +\fBoverwrite\-mode\fP (^X^O) (unbound) (unbound) +Toggle between overwrite mode and insert mode\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-put\-before\fP (unbound) (P) (unbound) +Insert the contents of the kill buffer before the cursor\&. +If the kill buffer contains a sequence of lines (as opposed to characters), +paste it above the current line\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-put\-after\fP (unbound) (p) (unbound) +Insert the contents of the kill buffer after the cursor\&. +If the kill buffer contains a sequence of lines (as opposed to characters), +paste it below the current line\&. +.TP +\fBquoted\-insert\fP (^V) (unbound) (unbound) +Insert the next character typed into the buffer literally\&. +An interrupt character will not be inserted\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-quoted\-insert\fP (unbound) (unbound) (^Q ^V) +Display a `\fB^\fP\&' at the cursor position, and +insert the next character typed into the buffer literally\&. +An interrupt character will not be inserted\&. +.TP +\fBquote\-line\fP (ESC\-\&') (unbound) (unbound) +Quote the current line; that is, put a `\fB\&'\fP' character at the +beginning and the end, and convert all `\fB\&'\fP' characters +to `\fB\&'\e''\fP'\&. +.TP +\fBquote\-region\fP (ESC\-") (unbound) (unbound) +Quote the region from the cursor to the mark\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-replace\fP (unbound) (R) (unbound) +Enter overwrite mode\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-repeat\-change\fP (unbound) (\&.) (unbound) +Repeat the last vi mode text modification\&. +If a count was used with the modification, it is remembered\&. +If a count is given to this command, it overrides the remembered count, +and is remembered for future uses of this command\&. +The cut buffer specification is similarly remembered\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-replace\-chars\fP (unbound) (r) (unbound) +Replace the character under the cursor with a character +read from the keyboard\&. +.TP +\fBself\-insert\fP (printable characters) (unbound) (printable characters and some control characters) +Insert a character into the buffer at the cursor position\&. +.TP +\fBself\-insert\-unmeta\fP (ESC\-^I ESC\-^J ESC\-^M) (unbound) (unbound) +Insert a character into the buffer after stripping the meta bit +and converting ^M to ^J\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-substitute\fP (unbound) (s) (unbound) +Substitute the next character(s)\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-swap\-case\fP (unbound) (~) (unbound) +Swap the case of the character under the cursor and move past it\&. +.TP +\fBtranspose\-chars\fP (^T) (unbound) (unbound) +Exchange the two characters to the left of the +cursor if at end of line, else exchange the +character under the cursor with the character +to the left\&. +.TP +\fBtranspose\-words\fP (ESC\-T ESC\-t) (unbound) (unbound) +Exchange the current word with the one before it\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-unindent\fP (unbound) (<) (unbound) +Unindent a number of lines\&. +.TP +\fBup\-case\-word\fP (ESC\-U ESC\-u) (unbound) (unbound) +Convert the current word to all caps and move past it\&. +.TP +\fByank\fP (^Y) (unbound) (unbound) +Insert the contents of the kill buffer at the cursor position\&. +.TP +\fByank\-pop\fP (ESC\-y) (unbound) (unbound) +Remove the text just yanked, rotate the kill\-ring (the history of +previously killed text) and yank the new top\&. Only works following +\fByank\fP or \fByank\-pop\fP\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-yank\fP (unbound) (y) (unbound) +Read a movement command from the keyboard, and copy the region +from the cursor position to the endpoint of the movement +into the kill buffer\&. +If the command is \fBvi\-yank\fP, copy the current line\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-yank\-whole\-line\fP (unbound) (Y) (unbound) +Copy the current line into the kill buffer\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-yank\-eol\fP +Copy the region from the cursor position to the end of the line +into the kill buffer\&. +Arguably, this is what Y should do in vi, but it isn\&'t what it actually does\&. +.SS "Arguments" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBdigit\-argument\fP (ESC\-0\&.\&.ESC\-9) (1\-9) (unbound) +Start a new numeric argument, or add to the current one\&. +See also \fBvi\-digit\-or\-beginning\-of\-line\fP\&. This only works if bound to a +key sequence ending in a decimal digit\&. +.RS +.PP +Inside a widget function, a call to this function treats the last key of +the key sequence which called the widget as the digit\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBneg\-argument\fP (ESC\-\-) (unbound) (unbound) +Changes the sign of the following argument\&. +.TP +\fBuniversal\-argument\fP +Multiply the argument of the next command by 4\&. Alternatively, if +this command is followed by an integer (positive or negative), use +that as the argument for the next command\&. Thus digits cannot be +repeated using this command\&. For example, if this command occurs +twice, followed immediately by \fBforward\-char\fP, move forward sixteen +spaces; if instead it is followed by \fB\-2\fP, then \fBforward\-char\fP, +move backward two spaces\&. +.RS +.PP +Inside a widget function, if passed an argument, i\&.e\&. `\fBzle +universal\-argument\fP \fInum\fP\&', the numerical argument will be set to +\fInum\fP; this is equivalent to `\fBNUMERIC=\fP\fInum\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBargument\-base\fP +Use the existing numeric argument as a numeric base, which must be in the +range 2 to 36 inclusive\&. Subsequent use of \fBdigit\-argument\fP and +\fBuniversal\-argument\fP will input a new prefix in the given base\&. +The usual hexadecimal convention is used: the letter \fBa\fP or \fBA\fP +corresponds to 10, and so on\&. Arguments in bases requiring digits from 10 +upwards are more conveniently input with \fBuniversal\-argument\fP, since +\fBESC\-a\fP etc\&. are not usually bound to \fBdigit\-argument\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +The function can be used with a command argument inside a user\-defined +widget\&. The following code sets the base to 16 and lets the user input a +hexadecimal argument until a key out of the digit range is typed: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBzle argument\-base 16 +zle universal\-argument\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.RE +.SS "Completion" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBaccept\-and\-menu\-complete\fP +In a menu completion, insert the current completion into the buffer, +and advance to the next possible completion\&. +.TP +\fBcomplete\-word\fP +Attempt completion on the current word\&. +.TP +\fBdelete\-char\-or\-list\fP (^D) (unbound) (unbound) +Delete the character under the cursor\&. If the cursor +is at the end of the line, list possible completions for the +current word\&. +.TP +\fBexpand\-cmd\-path\fP +Expand the current command to its full pathname\&. +.TP +\fBexpand\-or\-complete\fP (TAB) (unbound) (TAB) +Attempt shell expansion on the current word\&. +If that fails, +attempt completion\&. +.TP +\fBexpand\-or\-complete\-prefix\fP +Attempt shell expansion on the current word up to cursor\&. +.TP +\fBexpand\-history\fP (ESC\-space ESC\-!) (unbound) (unbound) +Perform history expansion on the edit buffer\&. +.TP +\fBexpand\-word\fP (^X*) (unbound) (unbound) +Attempt shell expansion on the current word\&. +.TP +\fBlist\-choices\fP (ESC\-^D) (^D =) (^D) +List possible completions for the current word\&. +.TP +\fBlist\-expand\fP (^Xg ^XG) (^G) (^G) +List the expansion of the current word\&. +.TP +\fBmagic\-space\fP +Perform history expansion and insert a space into the +buffer\&. This is intended to be bound to space\&. +.TP +\fBmenu\-complete\fP +Like \fBcomplete\-word\fP, except that menu completion is used\&. +See the \fBMENU_COMPLETE\fP option\&. +.TP +\fBmenu\-expand\-or\-complete\fP +Like \fBexpand\-or\-complete\fP, except that menu completion is used\&. +.TP +\fBreverse\-menu\-complete\fP +Perform menu completion, like \fBmenu\-complete\fP, except that if +a menu completion is already in progress, move to the \fIprevious\fP +completion rather than the next\&. +.TP +\fBend\-of\-list\fP +When a previous completion displayed a list below the prompt, this +widget can be used to move the prompt below the list\&. +.SS "Miscellaneous" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBaccept\-and\-hold\fP (ESC\-A ESC\-a) (unbound) (unbound) +Push the contents of the buffer on the buffer stack +and execute it\&. +.TP +\fBaccept\-and\-infer\-next\-history\fP +Execute the contents of the buffer\&. +Then search the history list for a line matching the current one +and push the event following onto the buffer stack\&. +.TP +\fBaccept\-line\fP (^J ^M) (^J ^M) (^J ^M) +Finish editing the buffer\&. Normally this causes the buffer to be +executed as a shell command\&. +.TP +\fBaccept\-line\-and\-down\-history\fP (^O) (unbound) (unbound) +Execute the current line, and push the next history +event on the the buffer stack\&. +.TP +\fBauto\-suffix\-remove\fP +If the previous action added a suffix (space, slash, etc\&.) to the word on +the command line, remove it\&. Otherwise do nothing\&. Removing the suffix +ends any active menu completion or menu selection\&. +.RS +.PP +This widget is intended to be called from user\-defined widgets to enforce +a desired suffix\-removal behavior\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBauto\-suffix\-retain\fP +If the previous action added a suffix (space, slash, etc\&.) to the word on +the command line, force it to be preserved\&. Otherwise do nothing\&. +Retaining the suffix ends any active menu completion or menu selection\&. +.RS +.PP +This widget is intended to be called from user\-defined widgets to enforce +a desired suffix\-preservation behavior\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBbeep\fP +Beep, unless the \fBBEEP\fP option is unset\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-cmd\-mode\fP (^X^V) (unbound) (^[) +Enter command mode; that is, select the `\fBvicmd\fP\&' keymap\&. +Yes, this is bound by default in emacs mode\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-caps\-lock\-panic\fP +Hang until any lowercase key is pressed\&. +This is for vi users without the mental capacity to keep +track of their caps lock key (like the author)\&. +.TP +\fBclear\-screen\fP (^L ESC\-^L) (^L) (^L) +Clear the screen and redraw the prompt\&. +.TP +\fBdescribe\-key\-briefly\fP +Reads a key sequence, then prints the function bound to that sequence\&. +.TP +\fBexchange\-point\-and\-mark\fP (^X^X) (unbound) (unbound) +Exchange the cursor position with the position of the mark\&. +.TP +\fBexecute\-named\-cmd\fP (ESC\-x) (unbound) (unbound) +Read the name of an editor command and +execute it\&. A restricted set of editing functions is available in the +mini\-buffer\&. An interrupt signal, as defined by the stty setting, will +abort the function\&. The allowed functions are: +\fBbackward\-delete\-char\fP, +\fBvi\-backward\-delete\-char\fP, +\fBclear\-screen\fP, +\fBredisplay\fP, +\fBquoted\-insert\fP, +\fBvi\-quoted\-insert\fP, +\fBbackward\-kill\-word\fP, +\fBvi\-backward\-kill\-word\fP, +\fBkill\-whole\-line\fP, +\fBvi\-kill\-line\fP, +\fBbackward\-kill\-line\fP, +\fBlist\-choices\fP, +\fBdelete\-char\-or\-list\fP, +\fBcomplete\-word\fP, +\fBaccept\-line\fP, +\fBexpand\-or\-complete\fP and +\fBexpand\-or\-complete\-prefix\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +\fBkill\-region\fP kills the last word, +and vi\-cmd\-mode is treated the same as accept\-line\&. +The space and tab characters, if not bound to one of +these functions, will complete the name and then list the +possibilities if the \fBAUTO_LIST\fP option is set\&. +Any other character that is not bound to \fBself\-insert\fP or +\fBself\-insert\-unmeta\fP will beep and be ignored\&. +The bindings of the current insert mode will be used\&. +.PP +Currently this command may not be redefined or called by name\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBexecute\-last\-named\-cmd\fP (ESC\-z) (unbound) (unbound) +Redo the last function executed with \fBexecute\-named\-cmd\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +Currently this command may not be redefined or called by name\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBget\-line\fP (ESC\-G ESC\-g) (unbound) (unbound) +Pop the top line off the buffer stack and insert it at the +cursor position\&. +.TP +\fBpound\-insert\fP (unbound) (#) (unbound) +If there is no # character at the beginning of the buffer, +add one to the beginning of each line\&. +If there is one, remove a # from each line that has one\&. +In either case, accept the current line\&. +The \fBINTERACTIVE_COMMENTS\fP option must be set +for this to have any usefulness\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-pound\-insert\fP +If there is no # character at the beginning of the current line, +add one\&. If there is one, remove it\&. +The \fBINTERACTIVE_COMMENTS\fP option must be set +for this to have any usefulness\&. +.TP +\fBpush\-input\fP +Push the entire current multiline construct onto the buffer stack and +return to the top\-level (\fBPS1\fP) prompt\&. +If the current parser construct is only a single line, this is exactly +like \fBpush\-line\fP\&. +Next time the editor starts up or is popped with \fBget\-line\fP, the +construct will be popped off the top of the buffer stack and loaded +into the editing buffer\&. +.TP +\fBpush\-line\fP (^Q ESC\-Q ESC\-q) (unbound) (unbound) +Push the current buffer onto the buffer stack and clear +the buffer\&. +Next time the editor starts up, the buffer will be popped +off the top of the buffer stack and loaded into the editing +buffer\&. +.TP +\fBpush\-line\-or\-edit\fP +At the top\-level (\fBPS1\fP) prompt, equivalent to \fBpush\-line\fP\&. +At a secondary (\fBPS2\fP) prompt, move the entire current multiline +construct into the editor buffer\&. +The latter is equivalent to \fBpush\-input\fP followed by \fBget\-line\fP\&. +.TP +\fBread\-command\fP +Only useful from a user\-defined widget\&. A keystroke is read just as in +normal operation, but instead of the command being executed the name +of the command that would be executed is stored in the shell parameter +\fBREPLY\fP\&. This can be used as the argument of a future \fBzle\fP +command\&. If the key sequence is not bound, status 1 is returned; +typically, however, \fBREPLY\fP is set to \fBundefined\-key\fP to indicate +a useless key sequence\&. +.TP +\fBrecursive\-edit\fP +Only useful from a user\-defined widget\&. At this point in the function, +the editor regains control until one of the standard widgets which would +normally cause zle to exit (typically an \fBaccept\-line\fP caused by +hitting the return key) is executed\&. Instead, control returns to the +user\-defined widget\&. The status returned is non\-zero if the return was +caused by an error, but the function still continues executing and hence +may tidy up\&. This makes it safe for the user\-defined widget to alter +the command line or key bindings temporarily\&. +.RS +.PP +The following widget, \fBcaps\-lock\fP, serves as an example\&. +.RS +.nf +\fBself\-insert\-ucase() { + LBUFFER+=${(U)KEYS[\-1]} +} +.PP +integer stat +.PP +zle \-N self\-insert self\-insert\-ucase +zle \-A caps\-lock save\-caps\-lock +zle \-A accept\-line caps\-lock +.PP +zle recursive\-edit +stat=$? +.PP +zle \-A \&.self\-insert self\-insert +zle \-A save\-caps\-lock caps\-lock +zle \-D save\-caps\-lock +.PP +(( stat )) && zle send\-break +.PP +return $stat +\fP +.fi +.RE +This causes typed letters to be inserted capitalised until either +\fBaccept\-line\fP (i\&.e\&. typically the return key) is typed or the +\fBcaps\-lock\fP widget is invoked again; the later is handled by saving +the old definition of \fBcaps\-lock\fP as \fBsave\-caps\-lock\fP and then +rebinding it to invoke \fBaccept\-line\fP\&. Note that an error from the +recursive edit is detected as a non\-zero return status and propagated by +using the \fBsend\-break\fP widget\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBredisplay\fP (unbound) (^R) (^R) +Redisplays the edit buffer\&. +.TP +\fBreset\-prompt\fP (unbound) (unbound) (unbound) +Force the prompts on both the left and right of the screen to be +re\-expanded, then redisplay the edit buffer\&. This +reflects changes both to the prompt variables themselves and changes +in the expansion of the values (for example, changes in time or +directory, or changes to the value of variables referred to by the +prompt)\&. +.RS +.PP +Otherwise, the prompt is only expanded each time zle starts, and +when the display as been interrupted by output from another part of the +shell (such as a job notification) which causes the command line to be +reprinted\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBsend\-break\fP (^G ESC\-^G) (unbound) (unbound) +Abort the current editor function, e\&.g\&. \fBexecute\-named\-command\fP, or the +editor itself, e\&.g\&. if you are in \fBvared\fP\&. Otherwise abort the parsing of +the current line\&. +.TP +\fBrun\-help\fP (ESC\-H ESC\-h) (unbound) (unbound) +Push the buffer onto the buffer stack, and execute the +command `\fBrun\-help\fP \fIcmd\fP\&', where \fIcmd\fP is the current +command\&. \fBrun\-help\fP is normally aliased to \fBman\fP\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-set\-buffer\fP (unbound) (") (unbound) +Specify a buffer to be used in the following command\&. +There are 35 buffers that can be specified: +the 26 `named\&' buffers \fB"a\fP to \fB"z\fP +and the nine `queued\&' buffers \fB"1\fP to \fB"9\fP\&. The named buffers can also +be specified as \fB"A\fP to \fB"Z\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +When a buffer is specified for a cut command, the text being cut replaces +the previous contents of the specified buffer\&. If a named buffer +is specified using a capital, the newly cut text is appended to the buffer +instead of overwriting it\&. +.PP +If no buffer is specified for a cut command, \fB"1\fP is used, and the +contents of \fB"1\fP to \fB"8\fP are each shifted along one buffer; the contents of +\fB"9\fP is lost\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBvi\-set\-mark\fP (unbound) (m) (unbound) +Set the specified mark at the cursor position\&. +.TP +\fBset\-mark\-command\fP (^@) (unbound) (unbound) +Set the mark at the cursor position\&. +.TP +\fBspell\-word\fP (ESC\-$ ESC\-S ESC\-s) (unbound) (unbound) +Attempt spelling correction on the current word\&. +.TP +\fBundefined\-key\fP +This command is executed when a key sequence that is not bound to any +command is typed\&. By default it beeps\&. +.TP +\fBundo\fP (^_ ^Xu ^X^U) (unbound) (unbound) +Incrementally undo the last text modification\&. +.TP +\fBredo\fP +Incrementally redo undone text modifications\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-undo\-change\fP (unbound) (u) (unbound) +Undo the last text modification\&. +If repeated, redo the modification\&. +.TP +\fBwhat\-cursor\-position\fP (^X=) (unbound) (unbound) +Print the character under the cursor, its code as an octal, decimal and +hexadecimal number, the current cursor position within the buffer and the +column of the cursor in the current line\&. +.TP +\fBwhere\-is\fP +Read the name of an editor command and and print the listing of key +sequences that invoke the specified command\&. +.TP +\fBwhich\-command\fP (ESC\-?) (unbound) (unbound) +Push the buffer onto the buffer stack, and execute the +command `\fBwhich\-command\fP \fIcmd\fP\&'\&. where \fIcmd\fP is the current +command\&. \fBwhich\-command\fP is normally aliased to \fIwhence\fP\&. +.TP +\fBvi\-digit\-or\-beginning\-of\-line\fP (unbound) (0) (unbound) +If the last command executed was a digit as part of an argument, +continue the argument\&. Otherwise, execute vi\-beginning\-of\-line\&. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/Doc/zshtcpsys.1 +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/Doc/zshtcpsys.1 @@ -0,0 +1,807 @@ +.TH "ZSHTCPSYS" "1" "August 1, 2007" "zsh 4\&.3\&.4-dev-1" +.SH "NAME" +zshtcpsys \- zsh tcp system +.\" Yodl file: Zsh/tcpsys.yo +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP +A module \fBzsh/net/tcp\fP is provided to provide network I/O over +TCP/IP from within the shell; see its description in +\fIzshmodules\fP(1) +\&. This manual page describes a function suite based on the module\&. +If the module is installed, the functions are usually installed at the +same time, in which case they will be available for +autoloading in the default function search path\&. In addition to the +\fBzsh/net/tcp\fP module, the \fBzsh/zselect\fP module is used to implement +timeouts on read operations\&. For troubleshooting tips, consult the +corresponding advice for the \fBzftp\fP functions described in +\fIzshftpsys\fP(1) +\&. +.PP +There are functions corresponding to the basic I/O operations open, close, +read and send, named \fBtcp_open\fP etc\&., as well as a function +\fBtcp_expect\fP for pattern match analysis of data read as input\&. The +system makes it easy to receive data from and send data to multiple named +sessions at once\&. In addition, it can be linked with the shell\&'s line +editor in such a way that input data is automatically shown at the +terminal\&. Other facilities available including logging, filtering and +configurable output prompts\&. +.PP +To use the system where it is available, it should be enough to +`\fBautoload \-U tcp_open\fP\&' and run \fBtcp_open\fP as documented below to +start a session\&. The \fBtcp_open\fP function will autoload the remaining +functions\&. +.PP +.PP +.SH "TCP USER FUNCTIONS" +.PP +.SS "Basic I/O" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBtcp_open [\-qz]\fP \fIhost port\fP \fB[\fP \fIsess\fP \fB]\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBtcp_open [\-qz] [ \-s\fP \fIsess\fP \fB| \-l\fP \fIsess\fP\fB,\&.\&.\&. ] \&.\&.\&. \fP +.TP +.PD +\fBtcp_open [\-qz] [\-a\fP \fIfd\fP \fB| \-f\fP \fIfd\fP \fB] [\fP \fIsess\fP \fB]\fP +Open a new session\&. In the first and simplest form, open a TCP connection +to host \fIhost\fP at port \fIport\fP; numeric and symbolic forms are +understood for both\&. +.RS +.PP +If \fIsess\fP is given, this becomes the name of the session which can be +used to refer to multiple different TCP connections\&. If \fIsess\fP is +not given, the function will invent a numeric name value (note this is +\fInot\fP the same as the file descriptor to which the session is attached)\&. +It is recommended that session names not include `funny\&' characters, where +funny characters are not well\-defined but certainly do not include +alphanumerics or underscores, and certainly do include whitespace\&. +.PP +In the second case, one or more sessions to be opened are given by name\&. +A single session name is given after \fB\-s\fP and a comma\-separated list +after \fB\-l\fP; both options may be repeated as many times as necessary\&. +The host and port are read from the file \fB\&.ztcp_sessions\fP in the same +directory as the user\&'s zsh initialisation files, i\&.e\&. usually the home +directory, but \fB$ZDOTDIR\fP if that is set\&. The file consists of lines +each giving a session name and the corresponding host and port, in that +order (note the session name comes first, not last), separated by +whitespace\&. +.PP +The third form allows passive and fake TCP connections\&. If the option +\fB\-a\fP is used, its argument is a file descriptor open for listening for +connections\&. No function front\-end is provided to open such a file +descriptor, but a call to `\fBztcp \-l\fP \fIport\fP\&' will create one with the +file descriptor stored in the parameter \fB$REPLY\fP\&. The listening port can +be closed with `\fBztcp \-c\fP \fIfd\fP\&'\&. A call to `\fBtcp_open \-a\fP \fIfd\fP' +will block until a remote TCP connection is made to \fIport\fP on the local +machine\&. At this point, a session is created in the usual way and is +largely indistinguishable from an active connection created with one of the +first two forms\&. +.PP +If the option \fB\-f\fP is used, its argument is a file descriptor which is +used directly as if it were a TCP session\&. How well the remainder of the +TCP function system copes with this depends on what actually underlies this +file descriptor\&. A regular file is likely to be unusable; a FIFO (pipe) of +some sort will work better, but note that it is not a good idea for two +different sessions to attempt to read from the same FIFO at once\&. +.PP +If the option \fB\-q\fP is given with any of the three forms, \fBtcp_open\fP +will not print informational messages, although it will in any case exit +with an appropriate status\&. +.PP +If the line editor (zle) is in use, which is typically the case if the +shell is interactive, \fBtcp_open\fP installs a handler inside \fBzle\fP which +will check for new data at the same time as it checks for keyboard input\&. +This is convenient as the shell consumes no CPU time while waiting; the +test is performed by the operating system\&. Giving the option \fB\-z\fP to +any of the forms of \fBtcp_open\fP prevents the handler from being +installed, so data must be read explicitly\&. Note, however, this is not +necessary for executing complete sets of send and read commands from a +function, as zle is not active at this point\&. Generally speaking, the +handler is only active when the shell is waiting for input at a command +prompt or in the \fBvared\fP builtin\&. The option has no effect if zle is not +active; `\fB[[ \-o zle]]\fP\&' will test for this\&. +.PP +The first session to be opened becomes the current session and subsequent +calls to \fBtcp_open\fP do not change it\&. The current session is stored +in the parameter \fB$TCP_SESS\fP; see below for more detail about the +parameters used by the system\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBtcp_close [\-qn] [ \-a | \-l\fP \fIsess\fP\fB,\&.\&.\&. |\fP \fIsess\fP \fB\&.\&.\&. ]\fP +Close the named sessions, or the current session if none is given, +or all open sessions if \fB\-a\fP is given\&. The options \fB\-l\fP and \fB\-s\fP are +both handled for consistency with \fBtcp_open\fP, although the latter is +redundant\&. +.RS +.PP +If the session being closed is the current one, \fB$TCP_SESS\fP is unset, +leaving no current session, even if there are other sessions still open\&. +.PP +If the session was opened with \fBtcp_open \-f\fP, the file descriptor is +closed so long as it is in the range 0 to 9 accessible directly from the +command line\&. If the option \fB\-n\fP is given, no attempt will be made to +close file descriptors in this case\&. The \fB\-n\fP option is not used for +genuine \fBztcp\fP session; the file descriptors are always closed with the +session\&. +.PP +If the option \fB\-q\fP is given, no informational messages will be printed\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBtcp_read [\-bdq] [ \-t\fP \fITO\fP \fB] [ \-T\fP \fITO\fP \fB]\fP +.TP +.PD + \fB[ \-a | \-u\fP \fIfd\fP \fB\&.\&.\&. | \-l\fP \fIsess\fP\fB,\&.\&.\&. | \-s\fP \fIsess\fP \fB\&.\&.\&.]\fP +Perform a read operation on the current session, or on a list of +sessions if any are given with \fB\-u\fP, \fB\-l\fP or \fB\-s\fP, or all open +sessions if the option \fB\-a\fP is given\&. Any of the \fB\-u\fP, \fB\-l\fP or +\fB\-s\fP options may be repeated or mixed together\&. The \fB\-u\fP option +specifies a file descriptor directly (only those managed by this system +are useful), the other two specify sessions as described for +\fBtcp_open\fP above\&. +.RS +.PP +The function checks for new data available on all the sessions listed\&. +Unless the \fB\-b\fP option is given, it will not block waiting for new data\&. +Any one line of data from any of the available sessions will be read, +stored in the parameter \fB$TCP_LINE\fP, and displayed to standard output +unless \fB$TCP_SILENT\fP contains a non\-empty string\&. When printed to +standard output the string \fB$TCP_PROMPT\fP will be shown at the start of +the line; the default form for this includes the name of the session being +read\&. See below for more information on these parameters\&. In this mode, +\fBtcp_read\fP can be called repeatedly until it returns status 2 which +indicates all pending input from all specified sessions has been handled\&. +.PP +With the option \fB\-b\fP, equivalent to an infinite timeout, the function +will block until a line is available to read from one of the specified +sessions\&. However, only a single line is returned\&. +.PP +The option \fB\-d\fP indicates that all pending input should be drained\&. In +this case \fBtcp_read\fP may process multiple lines in the manner given +above; only the last is stored in \fB$TCP_LINE\fP, but the complete set is +stored in the array \fB$tcp_lines\fP\&. This is cleared at the start of each +call to \fBtcp_read\fP\&. +.PP +The options \fB\-t\fP and \fB\-T\fP specify a timeout in seconds, which may be a +floating point number for increased accuracy\&. With \fB\-t\fP the timeout is +applied before each line read\&. With \fB\-T\fP, the timeout applies to the +overall operation, possibly including multiple read operations if the +option \fB\-d\fP is present; without this option, there is no distinction +between \fB\-t\fP and \fB\-T\fP\&. +.PP +The function does not print informational messages, but if the option +\fB\-q\fP is given, no error message is printed for a non\-existent session\&. +.PP +A return status of 2 indicates a timeout or no data to read\&. Any other +non\-zero return status indicates some error condition\&. +.PP +See \fBtcp_log\fP for how to control where data is sent by \fBtcp_read\fP\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBtcp_send [\-cnq] [ \-s\fP \fIsess\fP \fB| \-l\fP \fIsess\fP\fB,\&.\&.\&. ]\fP \fIdata\fP \fB\&.\&.\&.\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBtcp_send [\-cnq] \-a\fP \fIdata\fP \fB\&.\&.\&.\fP +Send the supplied data strings to all the specified sessions in turn\&. The +underlying operation differs little from a `\fBprint \-r\fP\&' to the session's +file descriptor, although it attempts to prevent the shell from dying owing +to a \fBSIGPIPE\fP caused by an attempt to write to a defunct session\&. +.RS +.PP +The option \fB\-c\fP causes \fBtcp_send\fP to behave like \fBcat\fP\&. It reads +lines from standard input until end of input and sends them in turn to the +specified session(s) exactly as if they were given as \fIdata\fP +arguments to individual \fBtcp_send\fP commands\&. +.PP +The option \fB\-n\fP prevents \fBtcp_send\fP from putting a newline at the end +of the data strings\&. +.PP +The remaining options all behave as for \fBtcp_read\fP\&. +.PP +The data arguments are not further processed once they have been passed to +\fBtcp_send\fP; they are simply passed down to \fBprint \-r\fP\&. +.PP +If the parameter \fB$TCP_OUTPUT\fP is a non\-empty string and logging is +enabled then the data sent to each session will be echoed to the log +file(s) with \fB$TCP_OUTPUT\fP in front where appropriate, much +in the manner of \fB$TCP_PROMPT\fP\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Session Management" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBtcp_alias [\-q]\fP \fIalias\fP\fB=\fP\fIsess\fP \fB\&.\&.\&.\fP +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBtcp_alias [\-q] [\fP \fIalias\fP \fB] \&.\&.\&.\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBtcp_alias \-d [\-q]\fP \fIalias\fP \fB\&.\&.\&.\fP +This function is not particularly well tested\&. +.RS +.PP +The first form creates an alias for a session name; \fIalias\fP can then be +used to refer to the existing session \fIsess\fP\&. As many aliases may be +listed as required\&. +.PP +The second form lists any aliases specified, or all aliases if none\&. +.PP +The third form deletes all the aliases listed\&. The underlying sessions are +not affected\&. +.PP +The option \fB\-q\fP suppresses an inconsistently chosen subset of error +messages\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBtcp_log [\-asc] [ \-n | \-N ] [\fP \fIlogfile\fP \fB]\fP +With an argument \fIlogfile\fP, all future input from \fBtcp_read\fP will be +logged to the named file\&. Unless \fB\-a\fP (append) is given, this file will +first be truncated or created empty\&. With no arguments, show the current +status of logging\&. +.RS +.PP +With the option \fB\-s\fP, per\-session logging is enabled\&. Input from +\fBtcp_read\fP is output to the file \fIlogfile\fP\&.\fIsess\fP\&. As the +session is automatically discriminated by the filename, the contents are +raw (no \fB$TCP_PROMPT\fP)\&. The option \fB\-a\fP applies as above\&. +Per\-session logging and logging of all data in one file are not mutually +exclusive\&. +.PP +The option \fB\-c\fP closes all logging, both complete and per\-session logs\&. +.PP +The options \fB\-n\fP and \fB\-N\fP respectively turn off or restore output of +data read by \fBtcp_read\fP to standard output; hence `\fBtcp_log \-cn\fP\&' turns +off all output by \fBtcp_read\fP\&. +.PP +The function is purely a convenient front end to setting the parameters +\fB$TCP_LOG\fP, \fB$TCP_LOG_SESS\fP, \fB$TCP_SILENT\fP, which are described below\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBtcp_rename\fP \fIold\fP \fInew\fP +Rename session \fIold\fP to session \fInew\fP\&. The old name becomes invalid\&. +.TP +\fBtcp_sess [\fP \fIsess\fP \fB[\fP \fIcommand\fP \fB\&.\&.\&. ] ]\fP +With no arguments, list all the open sessions and associated file +descriptors\&. The current session is marked with a star\&. For use in +functions, direct access to the parameters \fB$tcp_by_name\fP, \fB$tcp_by_fd\fP +and \fB$TCP_SESS\fP is probably more convenient; see below\&. +.RS +.PP +With a \fIsess\fP argument, set the current session to \fIsess\fP\&. +This is equivalent to changing \fB$TCP_SESS\fP directly\&. +.PP +With additional arguments, temporarily set the current session while +executing the string \fBcommand \&.\&.\&.\fP\&. The first argument is re\-evaluated +so as to expand aliases etc\&., but the remaining arguments are passed +through as the appear to \fBtcp_sess\fP\&. The original session is restored +when \fBtcp_sess\fP exits\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +.SS "Advanced I/O" +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD +\fBtcp_command\fP \fIsend\-options\fP \fB\&.\&.\&.\fP \fIsend\-arguments\fP \fB\&.\&.\&.\fP +This is a convenient front\-end to \fBtcp_send\fP\&. All arguments are passed +to \fBtcp_send\fP, then the function pauses waiting for data\&. While data is +arriving at least every \fB$TCP_TIMEOUT\fP (default 0\&.3) seconds, data is +handled and printed out according to the current settings\&. Status 0 is +always returned\&. +.RS +.PP +This is generally only useful for interactive use, to prevent the display +becoming fragmented by output returned from the connection\&. Within a +programme or function it is generally better to handle reading data by a +more explicit method\&. +.RE +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBtcp_expect [ \-q ] [ \-p\fP \fIvar\fP \fB] [ \-t \fP \fIto\fP \fB| \-T\fP \fITO\fP\fB]\fP +.TP +.PD +\fB [ \-a | \-s\fP \fIsess\fP \fB\&.\&.\&. | \-l\fP \fIsess\fP\fB,\&.\&.\&. ]\fP \fIpattern\fP \&.\&.\&. +Wait for input matching any of the given \fIpattern\fPs from any of the +specified sessions\&. Input is ignored until an input line matches one of +the given patterns; at this point status zero is returned, the matching +line is stored in \fB$TCP_LINE\fP, and the full set of lines read during the +call to \fBtcp_expect\fP is stored in the array \fB$tcp_expect_lines\fP\&. +.RS +.PP +Sessions are specified in the same way as \fBtcp_read\fP: the default is to +use the current session, otherwise the sessions specified by \fB\-a\fP, +\fB\-s\fP, or \fB\-l\fP are used\&. +.PP +Each \fIpattern\fP is a standard zsh extended\-globbing pattern; note that it +needs to be quoted to avoid it being expanded immediately by filename +generation\&. It must match the full line, so to match a substring there +must be a `\fB*\fP\&' at the start and end\&. The line matched against includes +the \fB$TCP_PROMPT\fP added by \fBtcp_read\fP\&. It is possible to include the +globbing flags `\fB#b\fP\&' or `\fB#m\fP' in the patterns to make backreferences +available in the parameters \fB$MATCH\fP, \fB$match\fP, etc\&., as described in +the base zsh documentation on pattern matching\&. +.PP +Unlike \fBtcp_read\fP, the default behaviour of \fBtcp_expect\fP is to block +indefinitely until the required input is found\&. This can be modified by +specifying a timeout with \fB\-t\fP or \fB\-T\fP; these function as in +\fBtcp_read\fP, specifying a per\-read or overall timeout, respectively, in +seconds, as an integer or floating\-point number\&. As \fBtcp_read\fP, the +function returns status 2 if a timeout occurs\&. +.PP +The function returns as soon as any one of the patterns given match\&. If +the caller needs to know which of the patterns matched, the option \fB\-p\fP +\fIvar\fP can be used; on return, \fB$var\fP is set to the number of the +pattern using ordinary zsh indexing, i\&.e\&. the first is 1, and so on\&. Note +the absence of a `\fB$\fP\&' in front of \fIvar\fP\&. To avoid clashes, the +parameter cannot begin with `\fB_expect\fP\&'\&. +.PP +The option \fB\-q\fP is passed directly down to \fBtcp_read\fP\&. +.PP +As all input is done via \fBtcp_read\fP, all the usual rules about output of +lines read apply\&. One exception is that the parameter \fB$tcp_lines\fP will +only reflect the line actually matched by \fBtcp_expect\fP; use +\fB$tcp_expect_lines\fP for the full set of lines read during the function +call\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBtcp_proxy\fP +This is a simple\-minded function to accept a TCP connection and execute a +command with I/O redirected to the connection\&. Extreme caution should be +taken as there is no security whatsoever and this can leave your computer +open to the world\&. Ideally, it should only be used behind a firewall\&. +.RS +.PP +The first argument is a TCP port on which the function will listen\&. +.PP +The remaining arguments give a command and its arguments to execute with +standard input, standard output and standard error redirected to the +file descriptor on which the TCP session has been accepted\&. +If no command is given, a new zsh is started\&. This gives everyone on +your network direct access to your account, which in many cases will be a +bad thing\&. +.PP +The command is run in the background, so \fBtcp_proxy\fP can then accept new +connections\&. It continues to accept new connections until interrupted\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBtcp_spam [\-ertv] [ \-a | \-s \fP \fIsess\fP \fB| \-l\fP \fIsess\fP\fB,\&.\&.\&. ]\fP \fIcmd\fP \fB\&.\&.\&.\fP +Execute `\fIcmd\fP \fB\&.\&.\&.\fP\&' for each session in turn\&. Note this executes +the command and arguments; it does not send the command line as data +unless the \fB\-t\fP (transmit) option is given\&. +.RS +.PP +The sessions may be selected explicitly with the standard \fB\-a\fP, \fB\-s\fP or +\fB\-l\fP options, or may be chosen implicitly\&. If none of the three options +is given the rules are: first, if the array \fB$tcp_spam_list\fP is set, this +is taken as the list of sessions, otherwise all sessions are taken\&. +Second, any sessions given in the array \fB$tcp_no_spam_list\fP are removed +from the list of sessions\&. +.PP +Normally, any sessions added by the `\fB\-a\fP\&' flag or when all sessions are +chosen implicitly are spammed in alphabetic order; sessions given by the +\fB$tcp_spam_list\fP array or on the command line are spammed in the order +given\&. The \fB\-r\fP flag reverses the order however it was arrived it\&. +.PP +The \fB\-v\fP flag specifies that a \fB$TCP_PROMPT\fP will be output before each +session\&. This is output after any modification to TCP_SESS by the +user\-defined \fBtcp_on_spam\fP function described below\&. (Obviously that +function is able to generate its own output\&.) +.PP +If the option \fB\-e\fP is present, the line given as \fIcmd \&.\&.\&.\fP is executed +using \fBeval\fP, otherwise it is executed without any further processing\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBtcp_talk\fP +This is a fairly simple\-minded attempt to force input to the line editor to +go straight to the default TCP_SESSION\&. +.RS +.PP +An escape string, \fB$TCP_TALK_ESCAPE\fP, default `:\&', is used to allow +access to normal shell operation\&. If it is on its own at the start of the +line, or followed only by whitespace, the line editor returns to normal +operation\&. Otherwise, the string and any following whitespace are skipped +and the remainder of the line executed as shell input without any change of +the line editor\&'s operating mode\&. +.PP +The current implementation is somewhat deficient in terms of use of the +command history\&. For this reason, many users will prefer to use some form +of alternative approach for sending data easily to the current session\&. +One simple approach is to alias some special character (such as `\fB%\fP\&') to +`\fBtcp_command \-\fP\fB\-\fP\&'\&. +.RE +.TP +\fBtcp_wait\fP +The sole argument is an integer or floating point number which gives the +seconds to delay\&. The shell will do nothing for that period except wait +for input on all TCP sessions by calling \fBtcp_read \-a\fP\&. This is similar +to the interactive behaviour at the command prompt when zle handlers are +installed\&. +.PP +.SS "`One\-shot\&' file transfer" +.PD 0 +.TP +.PD 0 +\fBtcp_point\fP \fIport\fP +.TP +.PD +\fBtcp_shoot\fP \fIhost\fP \fIport\fP +This pair of functions provide a simple way to transfer a file between +two hosts within the shell\&. Note, however, that bulk data transfer is +currently done using \fBcat\fP\&. \fBtcp_point\fP reads any data arriving at +\fIport\fP and sends it to standard output; \fBtcp_shoot\fP connects to +\fIport\fP on \fIhost\fP and sends its standard input\&. Any unused \fIport\fP +may be used; the standard mechanism for picking a port is to think of a +random four\-digit number above 1024 until one works\&. +.RS +.PP +To transfer a file from host \fBwoodcock\fP to host \fBspringes\fP, on +\fBspringes\fP: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBtcp_point 8091 >output_file\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +and on \fBwoodcock\fP: +.PP +.RS +.nf +\fBtcp_shoot springes 8091 .<->.<->.<->' '^*.*' '*@*' +zstyle ':completion:*:(ssh|scp):*:hosts-ipaddr' ignored-patterns \ + '^<->.<->.<->.<->' '127.0.0.<->' +zstyle ':completion:*:(ssh|scp):*:users' ignored-patterns \ + adm bin daemon halt lp named shutdown sync + +zstyle -e ':completion:*:(ssh|scp):*' hosts 'reply=( + ${=${${(f)"$(cat {/etc/ssh_,~/.ssh/known_}hosts(|2)(N) \ + /dev/null)"}%%[# ]*}//,/ } + ${=${(f)"$(cat /etc/hosts(|)(N) <<(ypcat hosts 2>/dev/null))"}%%\#*} + )' + +zstyle ':completion:*:(ssh|scp):*:my-accounts' users-hosts \ + my.secret.account@student.uu.se + --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/examples/ssh_completion +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/examples/ssh_completion @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +This will set the variable $hosts to an array containing +all the hosts in ~/.ssh/known_hosts that do not start with +a digit. + +hosts=(${${${${(f)"$(<$HOME/.ssh/known_hosts)"}:#[^0-9]*}%%\ *}%%,*}) + +If you are using the new completion system, you can then place + +zstyle ':completion:*:hosts' hosts $hosts + +after compinit is autoloaded to use those anywhere hosts would be +completed, or + +zstyle ':completion:*:complete:ssh:*:hosts' hosts $hosts + +to use those hosts to complete only ssh. + +An explanation of the $hosts assignment, written by Peter Stephenson, +follows. + +$(<$HOME/.ssh/known_hosts) + +is a standard substitution: it simply takes the file and sticks it onto the +command line at that point. + +"$(<$HOME/.ssh/known_hosts)" + +Now it's quoted, it doesn't do word splitting; we have the complete file as +one word. From now on, we do nested substitutions: you just have to +remember that ${${...}}, or ${${...}}, essentially does nothing but an +ordinary parameter expansion --- the whole point is the extra bits tacked +on with each extra set of braces. For example, we're now going to do + +${(f)"$(<$HOME/.ssh/known_hosts)"} + +so we get the same answer, but with the effect of putting the (f) flag at +the start, which splits the result of that into lines. So we now have the +entire file as an array, one line per element. + +${${(f)"$(<$HOME/.ssh/known_hosts)"}:#[0-9]*} +(Clint says the ^ shouldn't be there) says take the array elements (= lines +of the original file) which completely match [0-9]*, i.e. elements +beginning with a digit, and remove them, which is what ${...:#...} is for. + +${${${(f)"$(<$HOME/.ssh/known_hosts)"}:#[0-9]*}%%\ *} + +takes the result of that, and strips off from the end the largest pattern +matching ' *', i.e. a space followed by anything else, in other words it +leaves the largest initial string with no whitespace, which is a hostname +(this is a standard ${...%%...} which even ordinary shells do, although not +nested). + +${${${${(f)"$(<$HOME/.ssh/known_hosts)"}:#[0-9]*}%%\ *}%%,*} + +does another strip at the end, this time for everything from the first +comma on. If there wasn't a comma, nothing changes. You could have +combined the last two as ${...%%[[:blank:],]*}, or something. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/examples/compctl.dpkg +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/examples/compctl.dpkg @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +############################################################################# +# Dpkg completion control for zsh. +# +# NOTE: These commands (dpkg, dpkg-source, bug) are included +# upstream as part of the new completion system. Consider +# using that instead. +# +# Originally by Joey Hess , GPL copyright. +# Contributions and fixes from Karl Hegbloom, Fabien Ninoles, +# Gregor Hoffleit, Csaba Benedek, &c. +# +# Currently doesn't handle correctly: +# Options after -D or --debug. +# --force- and friends,--ignore-depends,--root= and friends. + +# A function to return all available package names. +function DpkgPackages { + reply=(`egrep ^Package: /var/lib/dpkg/status | awk '{ print $2 }'`) +} + +# This array lists all the dpkg options and actions. +dpkg_options=(-i --install --unpack --configure -r --remove --purge -A \ +--avail --update-avail --merge-avail --yet-to-unpack -l --list -L \ +--listfiles -C --audit -S --search -s --status --help -c --contents -I \ +--info -B --auto-deconfigure -D --debug --largemem --smallmem --no-act \ +-R --recursive -G -O --selected-only -E -e --control --skip-same-version \ +-x --extract -f --field --fsys-tarfile -X --vextract --licence --version \ +-b --build) + +# This string lists all dpkg actions that operate on *.deb files, +# separated by |'s. There can't be any extra whitespace in it! +dpkg_deb_actions="-i|--install|--unpack|-A|--avail|-c|--contents|-I|--info|-e" +dpkg_deb_actions="$dpkg_deb_actions|--control|-x|--extract|-f|--field" +dpkg_deb_actions="$dpkg_deb_actions|--fsys-tarfile|-X|--vextract|-info" + +# This string lists all dpkg actions that normally operate on *.deb files, +# but can operate on directory names if the --recursive option is given to +# dpkg. +dpkg_deb_rec_actions="-i|--install|--unpack|-A|--avail" + +# This string lists all other dpkg actions that take a directory name as +# their first parameter, and a filename as their second parameter. +dpkg_df_actions="-b|--build" + +# This string lists dpkg actions that take a directory name as +# their second parameter. +dpkg_dir2_actions="-e|--control|-x|--extract|--vextract" + +# This string lists all dpkg actions that take a filename as their first +# parameter (ie, a Packages file). +dpkg_file_actions="-S|--search|--update-avail|--merge-avail" + +# This string lists all dpkg actions that operate on the names of packages +# and can also be used with the --pending option. +dpkg_pkg_pending_actions="--configure|-r|--remove|--purge|-s|--status" + +# This string lists all other dpkg actions that operate on the names of +# packages. +dpkg_pkg_actions="-L|--listfiles|-s|--status|-l|--list" + +# Now the command that puts it all together.. +compctl -k dpkg_options \ + -x "C[-1,$dpkg_deb_rec_actions],R[-R|--recursive,]" -g '*(-/D)' \ + - "C[-1,$dpkg_deb_actions]" -g '*.deb' + -g '*(-/D)' \ + - "C[-1,$dpkg_pkg_pending_actions]" -K DpkgPackages + -k "(-a,--pending)" \ + - "C[-1,$dpkg_pkg_actions]" -K DpkgPackages \ + - "C[-1,$dpkg_file_actions],C[-2,$dpkg_df_actions]" -f \ + - "C[-2,$dpkg_dir2_actions],C[-1,$dpkg_df_actions]" -g '*(-/D)' \ + -- dpkg + +# Also, set up package name completion for bug program. +compctl -K DpkgPackages bug + +# This section by Karl M. Hegbloom + +dpkg_source_options=(-x -b -c -l -F -V -T -D -U \ +-sa -sk -sp -su -sr -ss -sn -sA -sK -sP -sU -sR \ +-h --help) + +compctl -k dpkg_source_options \ + -x "C[-1,-x]" -g '*.dsc' \ + - "C[-1,-b]" -g '*(-/D)' \ + -- dpkg-source + +# Unset the temporary variables. +unset dpkg_deb_actions dpkg_deb_rec_actions dpkg_df_actions \ + dpkg_dir2_actions dpkg_file_actions dpkg_pkg_pending_actions \ + dpkg_pkg_actions # dpkg_source_options dpkg_options + +############################################################################# --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/NEWS +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/NEWS @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050822-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * The zsh-beta binary has moved to /bin. No + compatibility symlink is provided in /usr/bin. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 22 Aug 2005 20:59:41 -0400 --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/dirs +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/dirs @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +etc/zsh-beta +bin +usr/lib/zsh-beta +usr/share/menu +usr/share/lintian/overrides +usr/share/man +usr/share/doc-base +usr/share/zsh-beta/help +usr/share/doc/zsh-beta/examples/Functions +usr/share/doc/zsh-beta/examples/Functions/Misc +usr/share/doc/zsh-beta/examples/Functions/Zftp +usr/share/doc/zsh-beta/examples/Misc +usr/share/doc/zsh-beta/examples/StartupFiles +usr/share/doc/zsh-beta/examples/Util +usr/share/doc/zsh-beta/html --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/changelog +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/changelog @@ -0,0 +1,2883 @@ +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20071025-1ubuntu1) hardy; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable. Remaining Ubuntu changes: + - Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + - Update maintainer in field debian/control. + + -- Lionel Porcheron Mon, 29 Oct 2007 11:09:37 +0100 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20071025-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 25 Oct 2007 10:03:07 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20071020-1ubuntu1) hardy; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable. Remaining Ubuntu changes: + - Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + - Update maintainer in field debian/control. + + -- Lionel Porcheron Tue, 23 Oct 2007 21:03:15 +0200 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20071020-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 21 Oct 2007 13:04:07 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20071018-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 18 Oct 2007 20:22:04 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20071017-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 17 Oct 2007 16:30:47 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20071013-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 13 Oct 2007 17:39:41 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20071008-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 10 Oct 2007 14:08:39 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20071006-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 05 Oct 2007 21:23:49 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20071004-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + * Change --with-curses-terminfo configure switch to + --with-term-lib="ncurses" . + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 04 Oct 2007 04:58:11 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20071001-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 01 Oct 2007 10:19:08 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20070930-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 30 Sep 2007 07:44:57 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20070927-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 28 Sep 2007 04:06:26 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20070923-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + * Switch menu section from Apps/Shells to Applications/Shells. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 23 Sep 2007 15:52:18 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20070921-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 21 Sep 2007 15:42:03 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20070913-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 13 Sep 2007 13:02:32 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-1+20070823-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 26 Aug 2007 18:46:32 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070818-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 18 Aug 2007 14:38:00 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070816-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 16 Aug 2007 19:25:36 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070809-1ubuntu1) gutsy; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable. Remaining Ubuntu changes: + - Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + - Update maintainer in field debian/control. + + -- Lionel Porcheron Sun, 12 Aug 2007 13:47:01 +0200 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070809-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 11 Aug 2007 00:57:11 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070730-1ubuntu1) gutsy; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable. Remaining Ubuntu changes: + - Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + - Update maintainer in field debian/control. + + -- Lionel Porcheron Wed, 01 Aug 2007 08:04:22 +0200 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070730-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 30 Jul 2007 20:02:31 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070725-1ubuntu1) gutsy; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable. Remaining Ubuntu changes: + - Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + - Update maintainer in field debian/control. + + -- Lionel Porcheron Thu, 26 Jul 2007 12:08:13 +0200 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070725-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 25 Jul 2007 11:14:48 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070720-1ubuntu1) gutsy; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable. Remaining Ubuntu changes: + - Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + - Update maintainer in field debian/control. + + -- Lionel Porcheron Mon, 23 Jul 2007 09:52:51 +0200 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070720-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 22 Jul 2007 07:47:43 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070713-1ubuntu1) gutsy; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable. Remaining Ubuntu changes: + - Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + - Update maintainer in field debian/control. + + -- Lionel Porcheron Mon, 16 Jul 2007 00:17:24 +0200 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070713-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 15 Jul 2007 10:03:04 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070711-1ubuntu1) gutsy; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable. Remaining Ubuntu changes: + - Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + - Update maintainer in field debian/control. + + -- Lionel Porcheron Fri, 13 Jul 2007 12:10:06 +0200 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070711-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 11 Jul 2007 22:47:10 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070706-1ubuntu1) gutsy; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable. Remaining Ubuntu changes: + - Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + - Update maintainer in field debian/control. + + -- Lionel Porcheron Sun, 08 Jul 2007 17:09:18 +0200 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070706-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 07 Jul 2007 15:11:22 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070701-1ubuntu1) gutsy; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable. Remaining Ubuntu changes: + - Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + - Update maintainer in field debian/control. + + -- Lionel Porcheron Tue, 03 Jul 2007 00:00:23 +0200 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070701-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 01 Jul 2007 18:53:46 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070628-1ubuntu1) gutsy; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable. Remaining Ubuntu changes: + - Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + - Update maintainer in field debian/control. + + -- Lionel Porcheron Sat, 30 Jun 2007 00:52:26 +0200 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070628-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 29 Jun 2007 08:58:53 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070624-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Generate .zwc files at build time, not in postinst. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 26 Jun 2007 09:04:18 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070624-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 24 Jun 2007 23:35:39 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070614-1ubuntu1) gutsy; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable. Remaining Ubuntu changes: + - Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + - Update maintainer in field debian/control. + + -- Lionel Porcheron Fri, 15 Jun 2007 12:46:32 +0200 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070614-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 14 Jun 2007 16:22:38 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070611-1ubuntu1) gutsy; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable, remaining changes: + - Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. (LP: #67900) + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + - Update maintainer in field debian/control. + + -- Michele Angrisano Wed, 13 Jun 2007 14:13:03 +0200 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070611-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 11 Jun 2007 12:49:54 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070607-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 08 Jun 2007 09:38:06 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070604-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 04 Jun 2007 12:10:07 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070530-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 30 May 2007 10:13:50 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070528-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 28 May 2007 10:12:42 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070526-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 26 May 2007 22:19:59 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070523-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 23 May 2007 10:22:53 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070521-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 21 May 2007 22:20:16 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070520-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 20 May 2007 23:36:33 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070516-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 16 May 2007 16:28:51 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070514-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 14 May 2007 22:16:57 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070513-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 13 May 2007 18:27:33 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070510-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 10 May 2007 10:35:19 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070508-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 08 May 2007 10:25:41 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070502-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 03 May 2007 10:08:14 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070501-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 01 May 2007 10:06:19 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070430-1ubuntu1) gutsy; urgency=low + + * Merge from debian unstable + * kept changes: + - debian/postinst: + Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. (LP: #67900) + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + * debian/rules: update maintainer field + + -- Reinhard Tartler Tue, 1 May 2007 16:09:04 +0200 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070430-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 30 Apr 2007 08:57:41 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070423-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 23 Apr 2007 21:29:05 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070421-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 21 Apr 2007 23:43:44 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.4-dev-0+20070419-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 19 Apr 2007 18:33:18 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070415-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + * Fix competion of date. closes: #394577. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 16 Apr 2007 03:24:25 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070413-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 13 Apr 2007 11:15:55 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070405-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + * Merge upstream run-help changes into Debian version. + * Install custom run-help to the correct directory. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 5 Apr 2007 18:28:12 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070402-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 2 Apr 2007 10:19:17 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070331-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 31 Mar 2007 19:52:30 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070329-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 29 Mar 2007 10:09:42 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070327-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + * Drop /usr/bin/X11 from PATH in global zshenv. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 27 Mar 2007 10:37:12 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070324-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 25 Mar 2007 09:27:31 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070322-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 22 Mar 2007 09:44:14 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070319-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 19 Mar 2007 10:11:58 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070315-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 15 Mar 2007 17:42:03 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070313-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 13 Mar 2007 18:12:44 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070308-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 8 Mar 2007 10:44:43 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070301-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 3 Mar 2007 22:10:38 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070227-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 27 Feb 2007 12:11:25 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070226-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 26 Feb 2007 11:20:21 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070225-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 25 Feb 2007 16:45:10 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070222-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + * Complete comma-separated list of directories for make-kpkg. + closes: #390298. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 22 Feb 2007 16:11:13 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070218-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 18 Feb 2007 12:07:02 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070216-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 16 Feb 2007 23:10:43 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070210-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 12 Feb 2007 14:23:30 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070208-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 10 Feb 2007 15:53:23 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070206-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 6 Feb 2007 08:56:56 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070203-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 3 Feb 2007 22:10:49 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070129-1ubuntu2) feisty; urgency=low + + * debian/postinst: + - Add "add-shell /bin/zsh" because zsh-beta is already registered + as an alternative to zsh, and this is needed to be able to have + zsh-beta as the only installed zsh. (LP: #67900) + * debian/rules: change the maintainer address. + + -- Timo Aaltonen Tue, 13 Mar 2007 17:12:55 +0200 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070129-1ubuntu1) feisty; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable. Ubuntu change: + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more + + -- Adrien Cunin Thu, 1 Feb 2007 23:41:04 +0100 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070129-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 29 Jan 2007 15:47:09 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070127-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 27 Jan 2007 16:16:27 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070121-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 21 Jan 2007 22:40:34 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070119-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 21 Jan 2007 11:50:57 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070116-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 18 Jan 2007 11:44:35 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070114-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 14 Jan 2007 16:18:03 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070109-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 12 Jan 2007 18:09:15 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070105-1ubuntu1) feisty; urgency=low + + * Merge from Debian unstable, remaining changes: + - Don't set PATH in zshenv any more. + + -- ville palo Sun, 07 Jan 2007 09:23:56 +0000 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070105-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 6 Jan 2007 11:30:52 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20070102-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 3 Jan 2007 18:52:38 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061217-1ubuntu1) feisty; urgency=low + + * Re-sync with Debian. Kept the following change: + * zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-2+20060113-2ubuntu1) dapper; urgency=low + * Don't set PATH in zshenv any more. + * -- Tollef Fog Heen Wed, 18 Jan 2006 10:54:53 +0100 + + -- Barry deFreese Mon, 18 Dec 2006 21:35:37 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061217-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 18 Dec 2006 01:25:09 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061213-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 14 Dec 2006 22:16:29 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061208-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 8 Dec 2006 17:01:34 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061204-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 4 Dec 2006 20:42:29 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061203-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 3 Dec 2006 23:14:58 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061127-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 27 Nov 2006 00:24:56 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061119-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 19 Nov 2006 20:22:57 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061113-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 13 Nov 2006 18:49:02 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061108-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 8 Nov 2006 08:15:49 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061102-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Udpate to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 1 Nov 2006 21:35:05 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061027-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 29 Oct 2006 03:23:36 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061023-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + - Tie up the loose end in the Mandrake/Mandriva move. + closes: #394790. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 23 Oct 2006 04:55:04 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061020-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 22 Oct 2006 03:48:33 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061010-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 11 Oct 2006 01:51:58 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20061003-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 4 Oct 2006 18:26:11 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060928-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 28 Sep 2006 16:20:32 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060923-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 26 Sep 2006 22:24:10 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060917-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 19 Sep 2006 21:07:07 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060913-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 13 Sep 2006 22:46:37 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060907-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 7 Sep 2006 20:52:54 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060822-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 27 Aug 2006 14:59:56 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060820-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 20 Aug 2006 23:06:51 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060815-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + * Complete for 'baz switch'. closes: #383115. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 15 Aug 2006 08:23:06 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060811-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 12 Aug 2006 21:50:42 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060809-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 9 Aug 2006 14:24:24 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060802-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 2 Aug 2006 21:06:05 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060725-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 25 Jul 2006 20:34:21 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060718-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 20 Jul 2006 20:59:38 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060712-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + * Don't build-depend on libcap-dev for GNU/kFreeBSD. + closes: #364654. + * Update texi2html build-dep to (>= 1.76-2). closes: #344985. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 15 Jul 2006 11:46:36 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060703-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 5 Jul 2006 23:12:56 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060628-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 28 Jun 2006 21:42:31 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060617-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 18 Jun 2006 19:17:48 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060608-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 9 Jun 2006 05:33:11 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060602-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 2 Jun 2006 16:28:12 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060526-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + * Bump to Standards-Version 3.7.2. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 27 May 2006 09:59:08 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060520-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 20 May 2006 17:49:24 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060519-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 19 May 2006 09:43:41 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060505-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 11 May 2006 20:41:37 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060501-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 3 May 2006 22:15:00 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060425-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 25 Apr 2006 23:16:20 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060419-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 22 Apr 2006 21:19:26 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060414-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + * Do better 'env' completion. closes: #361808. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 16 Apr 2006 09:51:17 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060329-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 2 Apr 2006 10:33:03 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060326-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 26 Mar 2006 16:55:07 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060321-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 22 Mar 2006 14:14:15 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060317-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 19 Mar 2006 21:20:37 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060313-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 15 Mar 2006 17:09:56 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2-dev-1+20060308-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 8 Mar 2006 21:38:33 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.2+20060302-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 2 Mar 2006 20:54:25 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-5+20060224-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 24 Feb 2006 23:20:10 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-3+20060218-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 19 Feb 2006 00:07:24 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-3+20060212-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 12 Feb 2006 20:47:47 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-3+20060206-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 6 Feb 2006 22:27:45 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-2+20060203-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 4 Feb 2006 09:40:59 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-2+20060128-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 28 Jan 2006 20:16:46 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-2+20060121-1) unstable; urgency=high + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 21 Jan 2006 17:35:56 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-2+20060118-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 18 Jan 2006 10:37:31 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-2+20060113-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + - Fix Croatian Thursday prompt problem. closes: #347673. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 14 Jan 2006 13:23:45 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-2+20060111-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 11 Jan 2006 21:44:25 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-2+20060106-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 7 Jan 2006 22:06:08 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-2+20060102-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 2 Jan 2006 09:53:35 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-2+20051226-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 27 Dec 2005 13:18:40 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-2+20051219-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 24 Dec 2005 17:31:28 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051210-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 12 Dec 2005 18:00:57 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051206-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 7 Dec 2005 10:42:14 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051130-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 30 Nov 2005 17:05:07 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051123-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 23 Nov 2005 16:36:02 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051115-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 16 Nov 2005 18:07:00 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051110-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 13 Nov 2005 12:21:18 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051107-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 7 Nov 2005 13:44:31 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051104-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 5 Nov 2005 21:57:24 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051031-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 31 Oct 2005 16:47:50 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051026-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 26 Oct 2005 11:12:38 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051023-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 23 Oct 2005 18:57:05 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051019-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 19 Oct 2005 13:30:37 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051017-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 17 Oct 2005 10:23:00 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051014-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 14 Oct 2005 10:24:37 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051011-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 12 Oct 2005 09:16:40 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051004-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 6 Oct 2005 16:14:25 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20051003-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 3 Oct 2005 16:06:30 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050928-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 28 Sep 2005 21:06:27 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050926-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 26 Sep 2005 13:20:30 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050921-1) unstable; urgency=high + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 22 Sep 2005 09:45:57 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050920-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 20 Sep 2005 20:21:52 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050919-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 19 Sep 2005 15:16:47 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050913-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 13 Sep 2005 14:20:09 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050909-1) unstable; urgency=high + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 10 Sep 2005 08:47:09 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050905-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 5 Sep 2005 19:17:39 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050831-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 31 Aug 2005 12:03:24 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050823-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 24 Aug 2005 09:22:58 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050822-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + * Move binary to /bin. closes: #324619. + * Add NEWS.Debian to warn about move to /bin/zsh-beta. + * Update manpages to contain PROMPT_SP. closes: #324618. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 22 Aug 2005 20:59:41 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050822-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 22 Aug 2005 11:48:39 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050818-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + * Specify Debian's sudo path for completion default. + closes: #323707. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 19 Aug 2005 10:22:35 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050816-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 17 Aug 2005 13:48:31 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050815-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 15 Aug 2005 10:11:03 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050812-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 12 Aug 2005 14:53:09 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050811-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 11 Aug 2005 15:26:11 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050808-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 8 Aug 2005 09:13:32 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050802-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 5 Aug 2005 15:11:28 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050729-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + * Move menu file to /usr/share/menu. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 30 Jul 2005 11:20:39 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050726-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 26 Jul 2005 18:07:12 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050721-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 21 Jul 2005 21:44:40 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050720-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 21 Jul 2005 09:05:43 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050719-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 20 Jul 2005 12:47:54 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050707-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 8 Jul 2005 00:03:20 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050630-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + * Bump to Standards-Version 3.6.2. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 30 Jun 2005 18:08:46 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050626-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 26 Jun 2005 14:19:11 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050618-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 20 Jun 2005 08:49:37 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050613-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 14 Jun 2005 06:29:53 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050608-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 8 Jun 2005 10:00:47 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050606-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 6 Jun 2005 14:31:11 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050530-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 30 May 2005 20:36:47 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050526-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 26 May 2005 14:38:16 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050523-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 23 May 2005 11:21:25 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050517-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Add build-dep on bsdmainutils for colcrt. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 17 May 2005 20:35:15 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050517-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + * Fix breakage in shipping help files (for run-help). + closes: #309465. + * Fix run-help to look at zsh-beta's help files and manpages + instead of zsh's. closes: #309467. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 17 May 2005 16:37:30 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050511-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 12 May 2005 09:40:15 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050505-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 6 May 2005 10:45:14 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050427-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 29 Apr 2005 08:14:56 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050424-1) unstable; urgency=high + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 24 Apr 2005 09:42:54 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050422-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 22 Apr 2005 21:35:05 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050417-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 17 Apr 2005 13:03:28 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050412-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 12 Apr 2005 20:13:44 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050406-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 7 Apr 2005 09:57:44 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050401-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 1 Apr 2005 10:25:12 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050327-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 28 Mar 2005 11:28:45 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050321-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 21 Mar 2005 23:25:59 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050315-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 15 Mar 2005 18:29:17 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050311-1) unstable; urgency=high + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 11 Mar 2005 09:49:23 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050307-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + - Includes fix for amd64/gcc-4.0 FTBFS. closes: #297893. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 7 Mar 2005 14:03:56 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050302-1) unstable; urgency=high + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 2 Mar 2005 20:42:56 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050228-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 28 Feb 2005 14:56:16 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050222-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 22 Feb 2005 20:28:58 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050216-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 16 Feb 2005 20:32:20 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.3.0-dev-1+20050207-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 7 Feb 2005 20:42:29 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.3-dev-1+20050201-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 1 Feb 2005 23:14:48 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.3-dev-1+20050127-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 27 Jan 2005 16:01:26 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.3-dev-1+20050119-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 21 Jan 2005 11:27:47 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.3-dev-1+20050114-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 14 Jan 2005 15:56:50 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.2+20050112-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 12 Jan 2005 14:22:04 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20050107-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 8 Jan 2005 16:43:37 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041227-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 2 Jan 2005 17:05:01 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041224-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 24 Dec 2004 20:28:52 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041215-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 17 Dec 2004 16:35:03 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041207-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 8 Dec 2004 21:37:52 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041201-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 5 Dec 2004 23:22:36 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041129-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 30 Nov 2004 08:20:28 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041124-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 26 Nov 2004 16:20:35 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041120-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 20 Nov 2004 22:21:00 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041119-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 19 Nov 2004 09:24:05 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041110-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 11 Nov 2004 10:21:52 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041102-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 4 Nov 2004 10:57:14 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041029-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 31 Oct 2004 15:20:38 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041026-1) unstable; urgency=high + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + This fixes a globbing problem which broke svn completion. + closes: #278368. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 26 Oct 2004 20:50:19 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041022-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 24 Oct 2004 21:09:20 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041018-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 18 Oct 2004 14:58:46 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041014-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 17 Oct 2004 16:48:55 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041008-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 11 Oct 2004 09:49:47 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20041001-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 4 Oct 2004 21:37:30 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20040928-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 29 Sep 2004 11:48:37 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20040927-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 28 Sep 2004 11:05:18 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20040921-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 21 Sep 2004 14:32:08 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20040920-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 20 Sep 2004 22:43:13 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20040913-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 16 Sep 2004 09:51:01 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20040908-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 8 Sep 2004 13:54:36 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20040824-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 25 Aug 2004 19:04:26 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20040816-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 17 Aug 2004 10:07:06 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.1-dev-1+20040814-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 14 Aug 2004 00:42:37 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040807-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 10 Aug 2004 21:47:59 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040806-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD (4.2.1-test-A). + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 6 Aug 2004 13:26:26 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040802-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 2 Aug 2004 13:35:55 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040728-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 29 Jul 2004 13:48:45 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040723-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 23 Jul 2004 22:04:48 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040717-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 17 Jul 2004 18:30:00 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040707-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 8 Jul 2004 23:56:33 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040702-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 2 Jul 2004 16:50:32 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040628-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 28 Jun 2004 21:42:20 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040622-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 22 Jun 2004 18:37:25 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040619-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 21 Jun 2004 08:18:12 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040618-2) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Move --enable-cap and --enable-pcre out of the commented area + again. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 20 Jun 2004 14:57:23 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040618-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 18 Jun 2004 20:50:26 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040610-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 15 Jun 2004 12:12:16 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040609-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Move --with-tcsetpgrp out of the commented area. closes: #253455. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 9 Jun 2004 12:47:15 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040609-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + * configure --with-tcsetpgrp so that builds will + continue to work under sbuild. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 9 Jun 2004 10:03:17 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040607-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 7 Jun 2004 08:29:54 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040528-1) unstable; urgency=high + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. This includes numerous fixes to problems + uncovered by gcc -W. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 30 May 2004 18:00:25 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040525-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + * Add -W to CFLAGS to help with code cleanup. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 25 May 2004 15:59:46 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040520-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 20 May 2004 00:09:27 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040513-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 13 May 2004 20:49:31 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040512-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. This includes some memory allocation fixes. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 12 May 2004 10:41:38 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040505-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + * Run make check as part of build. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 5 May 2004 18:41:49 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040504-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 4 May 2004 09:25:55 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040423-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 25 Apr 2004 22:30:23 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-dev-1+20040418-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 18 Apr 2004 20:13:39 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-4) unstable; urgency=low + + * Merge from 4.2 HEAD. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 15 Apr 2004 00:26:54 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-3) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Depend on passwd that provides add-shell and remove-shell. + * Update /etc/shells. closes: #241413. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 1 Apr 2004 13:58:10 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-2) unstable; urgency=medium + + * ZW#19691: Handle multiple --excludes in diff completion. + * Apply patch from Jonathan Hankins to fix manpage cross-references. + closes: #241103. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 30 Mar 2004 17:02:51 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.2.0-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream release. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 22 Mar 2004 10:35:10 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.999+4.2.0-pre-4-2) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Avoid segfault when pcre_study is run before pcre_compile. + * Re-enable pcre and cap module builds which were disabled by + default upstream. + * Update to Standards-Version 3.6.1. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 16 Mar 2004 10:24:38 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.999+4.2.0-pre-4-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream pre-release. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 12 Mar 2004 12:39:55 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.999+4.2.0-pre-3-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream pre-release. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 6 Mar 2004 00:05:47 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.999+4.2.0-pre-2-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream pre-release. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 3 Mar 2004 13:26:09 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.999+4.2.0-pre-1-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Move to 4.2 branch. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 1 Mar 2004 16:36:50 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.1-dev-1+20040118-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream development snapshot. + - Fixes spurious MH errors in mailbox completion. closes: #198670. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 18 Jan 2004 13:14:43 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.1-dev-1+20031215-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 15 Dec 2003 14:52:00 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.1-2) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Complete -shave and -resize options to imagemagick mogrify. + (see #197544). + * Modernize reportbug/querybts completion. closes: #198468. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 24 Jun 2003 23:50:52 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.1-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream development release. + * Bump to Standards-Version 3.5.10. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 19 Jun 2003 13:40:41 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0.1+4.1.1-test-3-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream development test release. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 29 May 2003 15:12:09 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0.1+4.1.1-test-2-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream development test release. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 7 May 2003 07:50:40 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0.1+4.1.1-test-1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development test release. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 5 Apr 2003 22:58:27 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-7+cvs20030317-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 17 Mar 2003 22:25:03 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-7+cvs20030307-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 7 Mar 2003 13:44:13 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-7+cvs20030217-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 17 Feb 2003 20:35:25 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-7+cvs20030215-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 15 Feb 2003 16:55:37 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-7-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development release. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 4 Feb 2003 10:21:33 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-6+cvs20030129-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 29 Jan 2003 23:22:20 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-6+cvs20030118-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 18 Jan 2003 13:40:45 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-6+cvs20030107-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 7 Jan 2003 19:30:45 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-6+cvs20030101-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 1 Jan 2003 21:34:37 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-6+cvs20021211-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 11 Dec 2002 21:25:43 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-6+cvs20021206-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development snapshot. + * Don't install versioned hardlink. + * Bump to Standards-Version 3.5.8. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 9 Dec 2002 22:06:24 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-6+cvs20021108-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development snapshot (includes Phillipe Troin's + signal handling patch). + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 8 Nov 2002 15:29:37 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-6+cvs20021104-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development snapshot (includes Philippe Troin's + process group handling patch). + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 4 Nov 2002 11:38:06 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-6+cvs20021005-2) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Fix hyphens in manpages. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 9 Oct 2002 19:45:17 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-6+cvs20021005-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 5 Oct 2002 15:43:46 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-5-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update to Standards-Version 3.5.7.0. + * Support 'noopt'. + * Ditch /usr/doc symlink. + * Use hard fpath for the postinst and prerm + * debian/rules cleanup. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 4 Sep 2002 22:57:05 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-5-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development release. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 17 Jun 2002 13:29:22 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-4+cvs20020606-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 6 Jun 2002 01:03:19 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-4+cvs20020526-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 26 May 2002 19:25:26 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-4-3) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Bring /usr/bin/zsh under alternatives. closes: bug#140870. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 12 Apr 2002 21:56:50 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-4-2) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Fix typo in gcc completion. closes: bug#130916. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 19 Mar 2002 15:33:56 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-4-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development release. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 6 Mar 2002 23:14:22 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-3+cvs20020202-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New development snapshot for Groundhog Day. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 2 Feb 2002 09:17:02 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-3+cvs20020130-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 30 Jan 2002 22:24:12 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-3+cvs20020110-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 10 Jan 2002 10:30:32 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-3-5) unstable; urgency=high + + * Do not dynamically bind keys in /etc/zshrc if + TERM is set to 'emacs'. + * Update timestamps so that GNU autotools are not + invoked at build time. closes: bug#124262. + * Remove tcsetpgrp configure test. closes: bug#124075. + This is only a temporary condition. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 17 Dec 2001 09:07:43 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-3-4) unstable; urgency=high + + * Modernize apt-cache completion. + * Completion for mozilla. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 15 Dec 2001 19:25:53 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-3-3) unstable; urgency=high + + * Compensate for ncurses idiosyncracies in /etc/zshrc keybindings. + * Fix zsh-betaall manpage references with patch from Rafael Kitover. + closes: bug#123962. + * Fix zsh/terminfo module segfault on IA-64. + * Do not mess with umask; assume that it has been set properly (by what?). + closes: bug#123439. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 14 Dec 2001 12:07:31 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-3-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Remove build-dependency on debhelper. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 9 Dec 2001 12:53:50 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-3-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development release. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 15 Nov 2001 14:19:52 -0500 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-2-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream development release. + * Make prerm more tolerant of undeletable files. + * Change info menu-entry in postinst with install-info + rather than munging the info file. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 27 Sep 2001 10:27:36 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-1+sf20010908-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 8 Sep 2001 17:15:44 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-1+sf20010903-2) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Don't whine about policy-compliant "insecure" directories + in $fpath. closes: bug#111434. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 6 Sep 2001 16:53:27 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-1+sf20010903-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + * Update to Standards-Version 3.5.6.0. + * Slightly improve short descriptions. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 3 Sep 2001 10:12:08 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-1-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Exclude build-dep on libcap-dev on hurd-i386. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 2 Sep 2001 18:15:18 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0-dev-1-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream development release. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 12 Jul 2001 11:49:41 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0+0sf20010704-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + * Added notice about libpcre to README.Debian. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 4 Jul 2001 12:16:10 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0+0sf20010703-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New development snapshot. + * Added build-dep on libpcre3-dev. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 3 Jul 2001 10:38:08 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0+0sf20010625-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + * Return prompt %l to historical behavior, introduce %y. + closes: bug#101083. + * Change build-dep on groff to groff-base. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 25 Jun 2001 14:57:59 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0+0sf20010612-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 12 Jun 2001 11:58:40 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.1.0+0sf20010607-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 7 Jun 2001 10:38:11 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre5+0sf20010530-2) unstable; urgency=high + + * Fix zle thinko. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 29 May 2001 17:42:45 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre5+0sf20010530-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 29 May 2001 16:28:34 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre5+0sf20010529-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 29 May 2001 10:47:28 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre5+0sf20010528-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 28 May 2001 15:25:46 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre4+0sf20010521-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 21 May 2001 11:18:38 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre4+0sf20010515-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 15 May 2001 10:05:17 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre4+0sf20010514-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 14 May 2001 10:23:40 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre3+0sf20010507-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + * Byte-compile included functions in postinst and remove in prerm. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 7 May 2001 12:41:25 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre3+0sf20010502-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + * Update to Standards-Version 3.5.3.0. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 2 May 2001 08:50:48 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre3+0sf20010425-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + * Added build-dep for libcap-dev. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 25 Apr 2001 17:34:14 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre3+0sf20010420-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 20 Apr 2001 10:28:38 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre3+0sf20010418-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New development snapshot. + * Fix INSTALL_FLAGS typo in debian/rules. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 18 Apr 2001 19:58:48 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre2+0sf20010405-1) unstable; urgency=high + + * New development snapshot. + * Fix embarrassing typo in postinst. closes: bug#92902. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 5 Apr 2001 09:47:24 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre2-2) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Create/remove /usr/local/share/zsh-beta/site-functions in postinst + and prerm, respectively. + * Update to Standards-Version 3.5.2.0. + * Complete release names after apt-get install /. + * Use hierarchical function directories. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 3 Apr 2001 11:00:14 -0400 + +zsh-beta (4.0.0+4.0.1.pre2-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream development release. + * No longer set PS1 on global startup. + * Set READNULLCMD to comply with Debian pager policy. + * Add maxfilelocks limit for glibc2.2. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 26 Mar 2001 10:41:36 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev8.0sf20001223-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 23 Dec 2000 10:43:28 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev8.0sf20001217-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + * Fixed quoting in global zshrc. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 17 Dec 2000 10:49:00 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev8.0sf20001216-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + * Tweaked (dynamic) keybindings in global zshrc. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 16 Dec 2000 11:34:01 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev8.0sf20001207-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 7 Dec 2000 08:38:59 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev7.0sf20001128-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 28 Nov 2000 21:40:38 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev7.0sf20001112-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 12 Nov 2000 00:35:24 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev7.0sf20001103-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 4 Nov 2000 09:58:51 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev6.0sf20001010-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + * Added unused static targets to debian/rules. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 10 Oct 2000 16:58:22 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev6.0sf20001007-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + * Fix example scripts to refer to /usr/bin/zsh-beta instead of /usr/bin/zsh. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 7 Oct 2000 10:40:27 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev6.0sf20000911-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + * Use separate build directory. + * Updated to policy 3.2.1.0. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 11 Sep 2000 11:48:00 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev6.0sf20000907-1) unstable; urgency=high + + * New upstream snapshot. closes: bug#71055. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 7 Sep 2000 10:00:30 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev5.0sf20000903-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 3 Sep 2000 12:33:52 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev5.0sf20000818-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 18 Aug 2000 09:03:34 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev4.0sf20000808-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + * Use sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX) rather than OPEN_MAX if possible. + * Resolved global zprofile and zshrc deviations from 'zsh'. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 8 Aug 2000 09:58:13 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev3.0sf20000727-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + * Moved additional keybindings out of source into global zshrc. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 27 Jul 2000 08:36:33 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.dev1.0sf20000619-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 19 Jun 2000 09:55:51 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.0sf20000616-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * New upstream snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 16 Jun 2000 10:31:22 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.0sf20000613-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 13 Jun 2000 12:53:30 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.0sf20000610-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 10 Jun 2000 14:11:50 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.9.0sf20000606-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 6 Jun 2000 10:04:18 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.3.1.7.pre4-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development release. + * Updated copyright. + * Adding zsh-development-guide to /usr/share/doc/zsh-beta. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 22 May 2000 15:47:21 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.3.1.7.pre3-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream development release. + * Raised max job table size. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 8 May 2000 17:11:55 -0400 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0zw20000222-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + * Building with nroff instead of man. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 22 Feb 2000 13:20:18 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0zw20000128-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 28 Jan 2000 11:12:49 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0zw20000121-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 21 Jan 2000 11:09:12 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0zw20000111-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 11 Jan 2000 10:53:56 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0zw20000104-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 4 Jan 2000 12:28:55 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0zw19991225-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + * Added dpkg-deb options to dpkg completion. closes: bug#53257. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 25 Dec 1999 11:13:41 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0zw19991220-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + * Better new-style tar completion. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 20 Dec 1999 10:25:56 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0zw19991213-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 13 Dec 1999 11:38:58 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0zw19991207-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 7 Dec 1999 10:03:37 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0zw19991202-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + * Trial fix for the runaway shell after sudden death. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 2 Dec 1999 18:53:48 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0zw19991201-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 1 Dec 1999 10:56:36 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0zw19991129-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 29 Nov 1999 16:23:29 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0zw19991122-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 22 Nov 1999 10:50:19 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0tanaka19991116-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 16 Nov 1999 11:28:51 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0tanaka19991108-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 8 Nov 1999 14:55:49 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0tanaka19991101-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 1 Nov 1999 10:04:19 -0500 + +zsh-beta (3.1.6.0tanaka19991029-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Forked zsh-beta from zsh. + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 29 Oct 1999 15:23:36 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.6.pws6.tanaka19991028-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + * Improved doc-share/doc symlink handling. + * manpages and info now under alternatives mechanism. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 28 Oct 1999 10:26:59 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.6.pws6.tanaka19991027-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" snapshot. + * Applied Csaba Benedek's compctl.dpkg example fix. closes: bug#48472. + * Split HTML and info docs into separate binary package. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 27 Oct 1999 11:09:49 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.6.pws6.bart7-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" release. closes: bug#44059, bug#47398. + * Disabled tcsetpgrp test to allow job control to be built on + powerpc. closes: bug#47591. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 19 Oct 1999 11:45:11 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.6.pws6-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + * Fixed doc-base inconsistency. closes: bug#45648. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 26 Sep 1999 16:34:16 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.6.pws5-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + * Debian changelog is now back in the binary package. closes: bug#45295. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 20 Sep 1999 11:11:47 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.6.pws4-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + * Day of ridiculous symlinks. + /bin/zsh (managed by alternatives), closes: bug#41018 + /usr/doc/zsh -> /usr/share/doc/zsh. + * Added support for DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS containing 'debug'. + * Moved info files to /usr/share/info + * Added registration of Z Shell Guide with doc-base. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 14 Sep 1999 11:28:34 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.6.pws3-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. closes: bug#41242, bug#41895. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 7 Sep 1999 14:50:40 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.6-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed silly typo in the postinst. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 1 Sep 1999 04:00:43 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.6-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added menu entry. + * Moved documentation from /usr/doc to /usr/share/doc. + * Fixed compctl.dpkg examples; patch from Gregor Hoffleit. closes: #43662. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 29 Aug 1999 08:18:19 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.6-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. closes: bug#41644, bug#43034. + * Fixed bad default FPATH. closes: bug#40777, bug#41028, bug#41893. + * Fixed up compctl.dpkg examples pointed out by Fabien Ninoles. + closes: bug#41894. + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 11 Aug 1999 09:48:00 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.5.pws24-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + * Changed Rob Leslie's run-help in the source diff instead of + in the rules file. closes: bug# 38614 again. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 28 Jun 1999 20:22:15 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.5.pws21-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + * Turned off globbing flags when EXTENDED_GLOB unset. closes: bug#38312 + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 13 Jun 1999 12:36:52 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.5.pws20-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" release. + * run-help now uses pager instead of more. bug# 38614. + * MAILPATH maildir support patch from Miquel van Smoorenburg + . bug# 38793. + * Hardcoded (ugh) Home, End, and Delete key bindings. + bug# 26862, bug# 30792. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 3 Jun 1999 00:01:16 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.5.pws19-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" release. + * Moved /usr/lib/zsh to /usr/share/zsh. Bug# 38086. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 22 May 1999 22:23:17 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.5.pws18-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New "upstream" release. + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 15 May 1999 15:48:19 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.5.pws17-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. fixes bug #35119, bug #32144. + * Fixed quotes on dpkg compctl example. bug# 36995 + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 10 May 1999 17:23:33 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.5.pws16-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + (Fixes bug #24910, bug# 26861, bug# 27871). + * unset dpkg_options in compctl example (bug# 36337). + + -- Clint Adams Wed, 28 Apr 1999 16:57:17 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.2-12) frozen unstable; urgency=low + + * Removed unlimit coredumpsize from /etc/zprofile. + closes: bug#23029. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 7 Feb 1999 13:35:47 -0500 + +zsh (3.1.2-11) frozen unstable; urgency=high + + * Bart Schaefer's init patch prevents coredumps when running + zsh -c or zsh -o without arguments or zsh with a nonexistent + filename. closes: bug#26861, bug#27871, bug#24910. + + -- Clint Adams Sun, 7 Feb 1999 09:47:11 -0500 + +zsh (3.1.2-10) frozen unstable; urgency=high + + * Removed --enable-zsh-mem to avoid problems on other + sparc and other architectures. fixes: #29984, #30512. + * Fixed badly quoted manpages. (bug#29998). + * Only will set FPATH in /etc/zshrc if unset. (bug#29634). + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 22 Jan 1999 13:34:19 -0500 + +zsh (3.1.2-9) frozen unstable; urgency=low + + * Added binding for Del key. bug#24258. + * Fixed paths in examples. bug#25402. + * Added Karl Hegbloom's compctl examples. bug#23272. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 9 Nov 1998 18:30:27 -0500 + +zsh (3.1.2-8) frozen unstable; urgency=high + + * Applied Peter Stephenson's patch alleviating the + reverse-history-search segmentation fault in login + shells problem (bug#23033). + * Changed /etc/zshenv to set PATH only if unset or if + set to /bin:/usr/bin (bug#22400, bug#23036). + + -- Clint Adams Sat, 11 Jul 1998 01:57:45 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.2-7) frozen unstable; urgency=high + + * Fixed improper generation of signal list. + + -- Clint Adams Mon, 18 May 1998 11:27:30 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.2-6) frozen unstable; urgency=low + + * Applied patch to correct miscalculation in spaceinline(). + * Changed /etc/zshenv to only set PATH if unset. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 14 May 1998 01:43:58 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.2-5) frozen unstable; urgency=low + + * Included current FAQ. + * Applied patch to fix prefix completion in zle_tricky + * Applied patch to fix clobbering behavior. + * Applied patch to fix typeset -U array; array=(1 2 1) creating + a non-unique array. + * Applied patch to fix unbalanced stack error on $((0x1+0x1)). + * Applied patch to fix incorrect prototype from match_username cast + in zle_tricky. + * Applied patches to read builtin. + * Applied patches to fix glob coredumping. + * Moved FPATH, PS1, and autoload of run-help to /etc/zshrc. bug#20043. + * Moved setting of PATH back to /etc/zshenv. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 7 May 1998 20:38:01 -0400 + +zsh (3.1.2-4) frozen unstable; urgency=high + + * Applied Bernd Eggink's patch to make select comply with the documentation. + * Applied Bernd Eggink's patches to bin_getopts() fixing several bugs. + * Patched doinsert() to fix nasty problem of segfaults and other oddities + involved with metacharacters under X. fixes: bug#18791. + * Some minor aesthetic modifications to the package description, + including those demanded by Richard Braakman. fixes: bug#18987. + * Stopped debstd from sneaking ansi2knr.1 into /usr/man/man1. fixes: bug#17833. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 17 Mar 1998 02:46:42 -0500 + +zsh (3.1.2-3) unstable; urgency=medium, closes=17858 18039 18047 + + * Fixed typo in debian/rules (bug #17858). + * Applied zefram3 patches. Bug #18039 is fixed. + * Removed "." from default PATH (bug #18047). + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 17 Feb 1998 21:53:45 -0500 + +zsh (3.1.2-2) unstable; urgency=high + + * Disabled dynamic module support. + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 5 Feb 1998 00:02:35 -0500 + +zsh (3.1.2-1) unstable; urgency=low, closes=15802 17582 + + * New upstream release. + * Changed default umask from 022 to 002. + * Moved contents of /etc/zshenv and /etc/zshrc to /etc/zprofile + to avoid overriding PATH on every shell invocation (bug #17582). + * Modified configure script to search for utmp in /var/run before /etc. + * Modified configure script to search for wtmp in /var/log before /etc (bug #15802). + * Redisabled HISTCHARS/histchars import. + + -- Clint Adams Tue, 3 Feb 1998 14:50:00 -0500 + +zsh (3.0.5-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Changed HISTCHARS/histchars to not reset (bug #6236). + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 28 Nov 1997 00:31:13 -0500 + +zsh (3.0.5-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release + + -- Clint Adams Fri, 26 Sep 1997 13:35:56 -0400 + +zsh (3.0.4-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + * New maintainer + * Converted to use libc6. + * Converted to new source packaging format. + * Using pristine original source. + * Added Joey Hess's compctl example for dpkg to /usr/doc/zsh/examples + + -- Clint Adams Thu, 24 Jul 1997 13:42:49 -0400 + --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/menu +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/menu @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +?package(zsh-beta):needs="text" section="Applications/Shells" title="Zsh (snapshot)" command="/bin/zsh-beta" --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/control +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/control @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +Source: zsh-beta +Section: shells +Priority: optional +Build-Depends: yodl, texinfo, groff-base, bsdmainutils, libncurses5-dev, texi2html (>= 1.76-2), libcap-dev [!kfreebsd-i386 !kfreebsd-amd64 !hurd-i386], libpcre3-dev +Maintainer: Ubuntu MOTU Developers +XSBC-Original-Maintainer: Clint Adams +Standards-Version: 3.7.2 + +Package: zsh-beta +Architecture: any +Section: shells +Priority: optional +Depends: passwd (>= 1:4.0.3-10), ${shlibs:Depends} +Suggests: zsh-beta-doc +Conflicts: zsh (<< 4.0.4-30), zsh30 (<< 3.0.8-6) +Description: A shell with lots of features (dev tree) + Zsh is a UNIX command interpreter (shell) usable as an + interactive login shell and as a shell script command + processor. Of the standard shells, zsh most closely resembles + ksh but includes many enhancements. Zsh has command-line editing, + built-in spelling correction, programmable command completion, + shell functions (with autoloading), a history mechanism, and a + host of other features. + . + This is less stable than the regular 'zsh' package. + +Package: zsh-beta-doc +Architecture: all +Section: doc +Priority: optional +Conflicts: zsh (<< 3.1.6.pws9-1) +Description: zsh beta documentation - info/HTML format + Zsh is a UNIX command interpreter (shell) usable as an + interactive login shell and as a shell script command + processor. Of the standard shells, zsh most closely resembles + ksh but includes many enhancements. Zsh has command-line editing, + built-in spelling correction, programmable command completion, + shell functions (with autoloading), a history mechanism, and a + host of other features. + . + This contains the documentation in GNU info and HTML formats. + +Package: zsh-beta-static +Architecture: none +Section: shells +Priority: optional +Depends: ${shlibs:Depends} +Recommends: zsh-beta +Conflicts: zsh (<< 3.1.9-1) +Description: A shell with lots of features (dev tree - static link) + Zsh is a UNIX command interpreter (shell) usable as an + interactive login shell and as a shell script command + processor. Of the standard shells, zsh most closely resembles + ksh but includes many enhancements. Zsh has command-line editing, + built-in spelling correction, programmable command completion, + shell functions (with autoloading), a history mechanism, and a + host of other features. + . + This is the statically compiled version of the zsh-beta package. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/prerm +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/prerm @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +#!/bin/sh -e + +case "$1" in + (remove|deconfigure) + update-alternatives --remove zsh /bin/zsh-beta + rmdir /usr/local/share/zsh-beta/site-functions || true + rmdir /usr/local/share/zsh-beta || true + ;; + (upgrade) + ;; + + (failed-upgrade) + ;; + + *) + echo "prerm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 0 + ;; +esac + +exit 0 --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/rules +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/rules @@ -0,0 +1,348 @@ +#!/usr/bin/make -f +INSTALL = install +INSTALL_FILE = $(INSTALL) -p -o root -g root -m 644 +INSTALL_PROGRAM = $(INSTALL) -p -o root -g root -m 755 +INSTALL_SCRIPT = $(INSTALL) -p -o root -g root -m 755 +INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL) -p -d -o root -g root -m 755 + +package=zsh-beta + +CFLAGS = -Wall -g +ifeq (zsh-beta,$(package)) +CFLAGS += -W +endif + +CONFIGFLAGS = --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man --bindir=/bin + +ifeq (zsh-beta,$(package)) +CONFIGFLAGS += --program-suffix=-beta +endif + +CONFIGFLAGS += --infodir=/usr/share/info --enable-maildir-support +CONFIGFLAGS += --enable-max-jobtable-size=256 --enable-etcdir=/etc/$(package) +CONFIGFLAGS += --enable-function-subdirs +CONFIGFLAGS += --enable-site-fndir=/usr/local/share/$(package)/site-functions +CONFIGFLAGS += --with-tcsetpgrp --with-term-lib="ncurses" +ifeq (zsh-beta,$(package)) +CONFIGFLAGS += --enable-cap --enable-pcre +else +#CONFIGFLAGS += --enable-cap +# --enable-fndir=/usr/share/$(package)/functions +endif + +STATICFLAGS = --disable-dynamic --enable-ldflags=-static +ifneq (zsh-beta,$(package)) +STATICFLAGS += --disable-dynamic-nss +endif + +ifneq (,$(findstring debug,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS))) +CONFIGFLAGS += --enable-zsh-debug --enable-zsh-mem-debug --enable-zsh-mem-warning --enable-zsh-secure-free --enable-zsh-hash-debug +endif + +ifneq (,$(findstring noopt,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS))) +CFLAGS += -O0 +else +CFLAGS += -O2 +endif + +ifeq (,$(findstring nostrip,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS))) +INSTALL_PROGRAM += -s +endif + +build: stamp-configure + $(checkdir) +ifeq (zsh-beta,$(package)) + touch stamp-h.in +endif + + cd obj && $(MAKE) + + cd obj && $(MAKE) check + +ifeq (zsh,$(package)) + cd obj && $(MAKE) pdf +endif + + touch build + +build-static: stamp-configure-static + $(checkdir) + cd obj-static && $(MAKE) + + touch build-static + +build-debug: DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS+=debug +build-debug: build + +stamp-configure: + $(checkdir) +ifneq (zsh-beta,$(package)) + touch stamp-h.in configure + chmod 755 Src/Modules/*.configure +else + chmod 755 configure +endif + mkdir obj + cd obj && CFLAGS='$(CFLAGS)' ../configure ${CONFIGFLAGS} + touch stamp-configure + +stamp-configure-static: + $(checkdir) + mkdir obj-static + cd obj-static && CFLAGS='$(CFLAGS)' ../configure ${CONFIGFLAGS} ${STATICFLAGS} +# cp debian/static.conf obj-static/Src/mymods.conf + perl -pi -e 's/files.mdd link=no/files.mdd link=static/;s/stat.mdd link=no/stat.mdd link=static/' obj-static/config.modules + touch stamp-configure-static + +clean: + $(checkdir) + -rm -f build build-static + -cd obj && $(MAKE) distclean + -cd obj-static && $(MAKE) distclean +ifneq (zsh-beta,$(package)) + -$(MAKE) distclean +endif + -rm -f `find . -name "*~"` + -rm -rf debian/tmp debian/tmp-doc debian/tmp-static debian/tmp-dbg \ + debian/tmp-dev \ + debian/files* \ + core debian/*ubstvars stamp-configure stamp-configure-static \ + config.cache obj obj-static + +ifneq (zsh-beta,$(package)) + -rm -f Src/mkmakemod.sh + -rm -rf autom4te.cache Src/Modules/autom4te.cache +endif + +binary-indep: checkroot build + $(checkdir) + -rm -rf debian/tmp-doc + $(INSTALL_DIR) debian/tmp-doc + cd debian/tmp-doc && $(INSTALL_DIR) `cat ../doc.dirs` DEBIAN + + -cd obj && $(MAKE) install.info DESTDIR=$(CURDIR)/debian/tmp-doc + rm -f debian/tmp-doc/usr/share/info/dir* + gzip -9frq debian/tmp-doc/usr/share/info/* + cd obj && $(MAKE) install.html DESTDIR=$(CURDIR)/debian/tmp-doc htmldir=/usr/share/doc/$(package)-doc/html +# Work around texi2html unfriendliness + perl -pi -e 's///' debian/tmp-doc/usr/share/doc/$(package)-doc/html/*.html + +ifeq (zsh,$(package)) + $(INSTALL_FILE) obj/Doc/zsh.pdf debian/tmp-doc/usr/share/doc/$(package)-doc/ +endif + + $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) debian/doc.prerm debian/tmp-doc/DEBIAN/prerm + $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) debian/doc.postinst debian/tmp-doc/DEBIAN/postinst + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/copyright debian/tmp-doc/usr/share/doc/$(package)-doc/copyright + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/changelog debian/tmp-doc/usr/share/doc/$(package)-doc/changelog.Debian + gzip -9frq debian/tmp-doc/usr/share/doc/$(package)-doc/changelog.Debian + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/$(package).doc-base debian/tmp-doc/usr/share/doc-base/$(package) + cd debian/tmp-doc && find * -type f ! -regex '^DEBIAN/.*' -print0 | xargs -r0 md5sum > DEBIAN/md5sums + + dpkg-gencontrol -isp -p$(package)-doc -Pdebian/tmp-doc + chown -R root.root debian/tmp-doc + chmod -R go=rX debian/tmp-doc + dpkg --build debian/tmp-doc .. + +ifneq (zsh-beta,$(package)) +binary-arch: binary-arch-dynamic binary-arch-static binary-arch-dev +else +binary-arch: binary-arch-dynamic +endif +binary-arch-dynamic: checkroot build + $(checkdir) + + -rm -rf debian/tmp debian/tmp-dbg + $(INSTALL_DIR) debian/tmp debian/tmp-dbg/usr/lib/debug/bin debian/tmp-dbg/DEBIAN + cd debian/tmp && $(INSTALL_DIR) `cat ../dirs` DEBIAN + + cd obj && $(MAKE) install.man DESTDIR=$(CURDIR)/debian/tmp + nroff -mandoc -Tascii Doc/zshbuiltins.1 | colcrt - | \ + sed -e 's/±/{+|-}/' | ( cd debian/tmp/usr/share/$(package)/help && \ + perl $(CURDIR)/Util/helpfiles ) + +ifeq (zsh-beta,$(package)) + perl -pi -e \ + 's/zsh(all|builtins|compctl|compsys|compwid|contrib|expn|misc|modules|options|param|roadmap|tcpsys|zftpsys|zle|calsys)/$(package)$$1/g' \ + debian/tmp/usr/share/man/man1/*.1 +endif + +# functions + $(INSTALL_FILE) -m 644 Misc/* debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/$(package)/examples/Misc/. + $(INSTALL_FILE) -m 644 Functions/Example/* debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/$(package)/examples/Functions/. + perl -pi -e 's,#! */bin/zsh,#!/bin/$(package),;s#/usr/local/bin#/usr/bin#' \ + debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/$(package)/examples/misc/* + $(INSTALL_FILE) StartupFiles/* debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/$(package)/examples/. + $(INSTALL_FILE) Util/* debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/$(package)/examples/Util/. + + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/examples/ssh_completion debian/examples/ssh_completion2 debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/$(package)/examples/. +ifneq (zsh-beta,$(package)) + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/examples/compctl.dpkg debian/examples/jhm.zshrc debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/$(package)/examples/old/. +endif + + cd obj && $(MAKE) install.bin DESTDIR=$(CURDIR)/debian/tmp INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' + cd obj && $(MAKE) install.modules DESTDIR=$(CURDIR)/debian/tmp INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' + cd obj && $(MAKE) install.fns DESTDIR=$(CURDIR)/debian/tmp + + rm -r debian/tmp/usr/local + +# move this to a non-root section; also drop it for cross-compiles + awk '/^#define FPATH_DIR/ { head=$$3; gsub(/"/,"",head); }; /^#define FPATH_SUBDIRS/ { $$1=""; $$2=""; gsub(/[" ]/,""); tail=$$0; } END { printf "%s/%s\n", head, tail; };' obj/Src/zshpaths.h >obj/Src/zshpaths.temp + debian/tmp/bin/$(package) -fc 'setopt extendedglob; for i in debian/tmp/'`cat obj/Src/zshpaths.temp`'; do zcompile -U -M $$i.zwc $$i/*~*.zwc(^/) ; chmod 644 $$i.zwc ; done' + +ifneq (zsh-beta,$(package)) + mv debian/tmp/bin/zsh debian/tmp/bin/zsh4 + rm debian/tmp/bin/zsh-4.[0-9]* + ln -s zsh.1.gz debian/tmp/usr/share/man/man1/zsh4.1.gz + + for i in `find debian/tmp/usr/lib/zsh -type d | sed 's#^debian/tmp/##'`; \ + do mkdir -p debian/tmp-dbg/usr/lib/debug/"$$i"; done + + objcopy --only-keep-debug debian/tmp/bin/zsh4 \ + debian/tmp-dbg/usr/lib/debug/bin/zsh4.dbg + strip --remove-section=.comment --remove-section=.note debian/tmp/bin/zsh4 + objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=debian/tmp-dbg/usr/lib/debug/bin/zsh4.dbg debian/tmp/bin/zsh4 + + for i in `find debian/tmp/usr/lib/zsh -name "*.so"`; \ + do objcopy --only-keep-debug $$i debian/tmp-dbg/usr/lib/debug/`echo $$i | sed 's#^debian/tmp/##'`.debug; \ + strip --remove-section=.comment --remove-section=.note \ + --strip-unneeded $$i; \ + objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=debian/tmp-dbg/usr/lib/debug/`echo $$i | sed 's#^debian/tmp/##'`.debug $$i; \ + done +else + rm debian/tmp/bin/zsh-beta-* +ifeq (,$(findstring nostrip,$(DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS))) + strip --remove-section=.comment --remove-section=.note debian/tmp/bin/zsh-beta + strip --remove-section=.comment --remove-section=.note \ + --strip-unneeded `find debian/tmp/usr/lib/zsh-beta -name "*.so"` +endif +endif + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/zlogin debian/zlogout debian/zprofile debian/zshenv debian/zshrc debian/tmp/etc/$(package)/. + $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) debian/run-help \ + debian/tmp/usr/share/$(package)/*/functions/Misc/. + perl -pi -e 's,#! */bin/zsh,#!/usr/bin/zsh,;s#/usr/local/bin#/usr/bin#;s#/usr/bin/zsh#/bin/zsh-beta#' `find debian/tmp/usr/share/$(package)/*/functions -type f` + chmod 755 debian/tmp/usr/share/$(package)/*/functions/Misc/checkmail \ + debian/tmp/usr/share/$(package)/*/functions/Misc/harden \ + debian/tmp/usr/share/$(package)/*/functions/Misc/run-help \ + debian/tmp/usr/share/$(package)/*/functions/Misc/zkbd \ + debian/tmp/usr/share/$(package)/*/functions/Misc/zcalc \ + + $(INSTALL_FILE) Etc/ChangeLog* README META-FAQ Doc/zsh.texi Etc/BUGS Etc/CONTRIBUTORS FEATURES Etc/FTP-README MACHINES NEWS Etc/TODO Etc/completion-style-guide Etc/zsh-development-guide Functions/README.zftp debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/$(package)/ + $(INSTALL_FILE) ChangeLog debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/$(package)/changelog + chmod -R u+rw,go=rX debian/tmp/usr/share/doc + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/copyright debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/$(package)/copyright + + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/changelog debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/$(package)/changelog.Debian +ifeq (zsh-beta,$(package)) + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/NEWS debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/$(package)/NEWS.Debian +endif + + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/README.Debian debian/tmp/usr/share/doc/$(package)/README.Debian + + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/menu debian/tmp/usr/share/menu/$(package) + + chmod 644 `find debian/tmp/usr/share/man -type f` `find debian/tmp/usr/share/doc -type f` + chmod 644 `find debian/tmp/usr/lib/$(package) -type f -name "*.so"` + gzip -9f `find debian/tmp/usr/share/man -type f` `find debian/tmp/usr/share/doc -type f ! -name "copyright"` + dpkg-shlibdeps -Tdebian/substvars -dDepends debian/tmp/usr/lib/$(package)/*/zsh/*.so debian/tmp/bin/* + dpkg-gencontrol -ldebian/changelog -isp -p$(package) -Tdebian/substvars -Pdebian/tmp +ifneq (zsh-beta,$(package)) + cd debian/tmp-dbg && find * -type f ! -regex '^DEBIAN/.*' -print0 | xargs -r0 md5sum > DEBIAN/md5sums + dpkg-gencontrol -ldebian/changelog -isp -p$(package)-dbg -Tdebian/substvars -Pdebian/tmp-dbg +endif + + $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) debian/postinst debian/tmp/DEBIAN/postinst + $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) debian/postrm debian/tmp/DEBIAN/postrm + $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) debian/prerm debian/tmp/DEBIAN/prerm + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/conffiles debian/tmp/DEBIAN/conffiles + + cd debian/tmp && find * -type f ! -path "etc/$(package)/zlogin" ! -path "etc/$(package)/zlogout" ! -path "etc/$(package)/zprofile" ! -path "etc/$(package)/zshenv" ! -path "etc/$(package)/zshrc" ! -regex '^DEBIAN/.*' -print0 | xargs -r0 md5sum > DEBIAN/md5sums + +ifneq (zsh-beta,$(package)) + chown -R root:root debian/tmp debian/tmp-dbg + chmod -R go=rX debian/tmp debian/tmp-dbg +else + chown -R root:root debian/tmp + chmod -R go=rX debian/tmp +endif + + dpkg --build debian/tmp .. +ifneq (zsh-beta,$(package)) + dpkg --build debian/tmp-dbg .. +endif + +define checkdir + test -f debian/rules +endef + +binary-arch-static: checkroot build-static + $(checkdir) + + -rm -rf debian/tmp-static + $(INSTALL_DIR) debian/tmp-static + cd debian/tmp-static && $(INSTALL_DIR) `cat ../static.dirs` DEBIAN + + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/lintianoverrides debian/tmp-static/usr/share/lintian/overrides/$(package)-static + $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) debian/static.prerm debian/tmp-static/DEBIAN/prerm + $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) debian/static.postinst debian/tmp-static/DEBIAN/postinst + $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) debian/static.postrm debian/tmp-static/DEBIAN/postrm + + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/changelog debian/tmp-static/usr/share/doc/$(package)-static/changelog.Debian + + awk 'BEGIN { print "The following modules are statically-compiled into the static $(package) binary:\n"; } /link=static/ { printf "%s (%s %s)\n", substr($$1,6), $$4, $$5; }' obj-static/config.modules >debian/tmp-static/usr/share/doc/$(package)-static/README.Debian + + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/copyright debian/tmp-static/usr/share/doc/$(package)-static/copyright + + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) obj-static/Src/zsh debian/tmp-static/bin/zsh4-static + strip --remove-section=.comment --remove-section=.note debian/tmp-static/bin/zsh4-static + + gzip -9f debian/tmp-static/usr/share/doc/$(package)-static/changelog.Debian + cd debian/tmp-static && find * -type f ! -regex '^DEBIAN/.*' -print0 | xargs -r0 md5sum > DEBIAN/md5sums +ifneq (zsh-beta,$(package)) + dpkg-shlibdeps -Tdebian/$(package)-static.substvars -dDepends debian/tmp-static/bin/* +endif + dpkg-gencontrol -ldebian/changelog -isp -p$(package)-static -Tdebian/$(package)-static.substvars -Pdebian/tmp-static + chown -R root.root debian/tmp-static + chmod -R go=rX debian/tmp-static + dpkg --build debian/tmp-static .. + +binary-arch-dev: checkroot build + $(INSTALL_DIR) debian/tmp-dev/usr/include/$(package) \ + debian/tmp-dev/usr/share/$(package)-dev \ + debian/tmp-dev/usr/share/doc/$(package)-dev \ + debian/tmp-dev/usr/share/aclocal \ + debian/tmp-dev/DEBIAN + $(INSTALL_FILE) obj/Src/*.epro obj/Src/sigcount.h \ + Src/hashtable.h Src/prototypes.h \ + Src/signals.h Src/system.h Src/zsh.h Src/ztype.h \ + debian/tmp-dev/usr/include/$(package) + $(INSTALL_FILE) Src/makepro.awk debian/tmp-dev/usr/share/$(package)-dev + $(INSTALL_FILE) Config/aczshoot.m4 debian/tmp-dev/usr/share/aclocal/$(package)oot.m4 + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/changelog debian/tmp-dev/usr/share/doc/$(package)-dev/changelog.Debian + $(INSTALL_FILE) debian/copyright debian/tmp-dev/usr/share/doc/$(package)-dev/ + gzip -9f debian/tmp-dev/usr/share/doc/$(package)-dev/changelog.Debian + + cd debian/tmp-dev && find * -type f ! -regex '^DEBIAN/.*' -print0 | xargs -r0 md5sum > DEBIAN/md5sums + dpkg-gencontrol -ldebian/changelog -isp -p$(package)-dev -Tdebian/$(package)-dev.substvars -Pdebian/tmp-dev + chown -R root.root debian/tmp-dev + chmod -R go=rX debian/tmp-dev + dpkg --build debian/tmp-dev .. + +ifneq (zsh-beta,$(package)) +binary: binary-indep binary-arch binary-arch-static binary-arch-dev +else +binary: binary-indep binary-arch +endif + +prebuild: + Util/preconfig + ./configure + make -C Doc + make distclean + rm -rf autom4te.cache + +checkroot: + $(checkdir) + test root = "`whoami`" + +.PHONY: binary binary-arch binary-indep clean checkroot binary-arch-dynamic binary-arch-static prebuild binary-arch-dev --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/zshrc +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/zshrc @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +# /etc/zsh-beta/zshrc: system-wide .zshrc file for zsh-beta(1). +# +# This file is sourced only for interactive shells. It +# should contain commands to set up aliases, functions, +# options, key bindings, etc. +# +# Global Order: zshenv, zprofile, zshrc, zlogin + +READNULLCMD=${PAGER:-/usr/bin/pager} + +if [[ "$TERM" != emacs ]]; then +[[ -z "$terminfo[kdch1]" ]] || bindkey -M emacs "$terminfo[kdch1]" delete-char +[[ -z "$terminfo[khome]" ]] || bindkey -M emacs "$terminfo[khome]" beginning-of-line +[[ -z "$terminfo[kend]" ]] || bindkey -M emacs "$terminfo[kend]" end-of-line +[[ -z "$terminfo[kdch1]" ]] || bindkey -M vicmd "$terminfo[kdch1]" vi-delete-char +[[ -z "$terminfo[khome]" ]] || bindkey -M vicmd "$terminfo[khome]" vi-beginning-of-line +[[ -z "$terminfo[kend]" ]] || bindkey -M vicmd "$terminfo[kend]" vi-end-of-line + +[[ -z "$terminfo[cuu1]" ]] || bindkey -M viins "$terminfo[cuu1]" vi-up-line-or-history +[[ -z "$terminfo[cuf1]" ]] || bindkey -M viins "$terminfo[cuf1]" vi-forward-char +[[ -z "$terminfo[kcuu1]" ]] || bindkey -M viins "$terminfo[kcuu1]" vi-up-line-or-history +[[ -z "$terminfo[kcud1]" ]] || bindkey -M viins "$terminfo[kcud1]" vi-down-line-or-history +[[ -z "$terminfo[kcuf1]" ]] || bindkey -M viins "$terminfo[kcuf1]" vi-forward-char +[[ -z "$terminfo[kcub1]" ]] || bindkey -M viins "$terminfo[kcub1]" vi-backward-char + +# ncurses fogyatekos +[[ "$terminfo[kcuu1]" == "O"* ]] && bindkey -M viins "${terminfo[kcuu1]/O/[}" vi-up-line-or-history +[[ "$terminfo[kcud1]" == "O"* ]] && bindkey -M viins "${terminfo[kcud1]/O/[}" vi-down-line-or-history +[[ "$terminfo[kcuf1]" == "O"* ]] && bindkey -M viins "${terminfo[kcuf1]/O/[}" vi-forward-char +[[ "$terminfo[kcub1]" == "O"* ]] && bindkey -M viins "${terminfo[kcub1]/O/[}" vi-backward-char +[[ "$terminfo[khome]" == "O"* ]] && bindkey -M viins "${terminfo[khome]/O/[}" beginning-of-line +[[ "$terminfo[kend]" == "O"* ]] && bindkey -M viins "${terminfo[kend]/O/[}" end-of-line +[[ "$terminfo[khome]" == "O"* ]] && bindkey -M emacs "${terminfo[khome]/O/[}" beginning-of-line +[[ "$terminfo[kend]" == "O"* ]] && bindkey -M emacs "${terminfo[kend]/O/[}" end-of-line +fi + +zstyle ':completion:*:sudo:*' command-path /usr/local/sbin /usr/local/bin \ + /usr/sbin /usr/bin /sbin /bin /usr/X11R6/bin + +unalias run-help +autoload run-help --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/conffiles +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/conffiles @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +/etc/zsh-beta/zlogin +/etc/zsh-beta/zlogout +/etc/zsh-beta/zprofile +/etc/zsh-beta/zshenv +/etc/zsh-beta/zshrc --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/zsh-beta.doc-base +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/zsh-beta.doc-base @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +Document: zsh-beta +Title: Z Shell Manual (Beta) +Author: Z-Shell workers +Abstract: This guide documents Zsh, a freely available UNIX command + interpreter (shell), which of the standard shells most closely + resembles the Korn shell (ksh), although it is not completely + compatible. (Beta) +Section: Apps/Shells + +Format: info +Index: /usr/share/info/zsh-beta.info.gz +Files: /usr/share/info/zsh-beta.info* + +Format: HTML +Index: /usr/share/doc/zsh-beta-doc/html/zsh_toc.html +Files: /usr/share/doc/zsh-beta-doc/html/*.html --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/run-help +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/run-help @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +#!/bin/zsh +# +# Figure out where to get the best help, and get it. +# +# This version adapted for Debian GNU/Linux by Robert Leslie +# from source written by Bart Schaefer , +# and modified by Clint Adams . +# + +emulate -R zsh +setopt localoptions + +: ${HELPDIR:=/usr/share/zsh-beta/help} + +[[ $1 == "." ]] && 1="dot" +[[ $1 == ":" ]] && 1="colon" + +if [[ $# == 0 || $1 == "-l" ]] +then + if [[ -n "${HELPDIR:-}" && -d $HELPDIR ]] + then + echo "Here is a list of topics for which special help is available:" + echo "" + print -rc $HELPDIR/*(:t) + else + echo "There is no list of special help topics available at this time." + fi + return 0 +elif [[ -n "${HELPDIR:-}" && -r $HELPDIR/$1 && $1 != compctl ]] +then + ${=PAGER:-/usr/bin/pager} $HELPDIR/$1 + return $? +fi + +# No zsh help; use "whence" to figure out where else we might look +local what places noalias newline=' +' +integer i=0 didman=0 + +places=( "${(@f)$(builtin whence -va $1)}" ) +if [[ $places = *"not found"* && $1 != ${(Q)1} ]]; then + # Different when unquoted, so try stripping quotes. + places=( "${(@f)$(builtin whence -va ${(Q)1})}" ) + if (( ${#places} )); then + set -- "${(Q)@}" + fi + # Quotation is significant to aliases, so suppress lookup. + noalias=1 +fi + +while ((i++ < $#places)) +do + what=$places[$i] + [[ -n $noalias && $what = *" is an alias "* ]] && continue + builtin print -r $what + case $what in + (*( is an alias)*) + [[ ${what[(w)6]:t} != ${what[(w)1]} ]] && run-help ${what[(w)6]:t} + ;; + (*( is a * function)) + case ${what[(w)1]} in + (comp*) man zsh-betacompsys;; + (zf*) man zsh-betaftpsys;; + (*) builtin functions ${what[(w)1]} | ${=PAGER:-/usr/bin/pager};; + esac;; + (*( is a * builtin)) + case ${what[(w)1]} in + (compctl) man zsh-betacompctl;; + (comp*) man zsh-betacompwid;; + (bindkey|vared|zle) man zsh-betazle;; + (*setopt) man zsh-betaoptions;; + (cap|getcap|setcap) ;& + (clone) ;& + (ln|mkdir|mv|rm|rmdir|sync) ;& + (sched) ;& + (stat) man zsh-betamodules;; + (zftp) man zsh-betaftpsys;; + (*) man zsh-betabuiltins;; + esac + ;; + (*( is hashed to *)) + man ${what[(w)-1]:t} + ;; + (*( is a reserved word)) + man zsh-betamisc + ;; + (*) + ((! didman++)) && man $@ + ;; + esac + if ((i < $#places && ! didman)) + then + builtin print -nP "%SPress any key for more help or q to quit%s" + builtin read -k what + [[ $what != $newline ]] && echo + [[ $what == [qQ] ]] && break + fi +done --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/zlogout +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/zlogout @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +# /etc/zlogout: system-wide .zlogout file for zsh(1). --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/postinst +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/postinst @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#!/bin/sh -e + +case "$1" in + (configure) + # continue below + ;; + + (abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure) + exit 0 + ;; + + (*) + echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 0 + ;; +esac + +if test -x /usr/bin/update-menus ; then update-menus ; fi + +update-alternatives --install /bin/zsh zsh /bin/zsh-beta 15 --slave /usr/bin/zsh zsh-usrbin /bin/zsh-beta + +mkdir -m2775 -p /usr/local/share/zsh-beta/site-functions && chown root:staff \ + /usr/local/share/zsh-beta/site-functions || true + +add-shell /bin/zsh + +exit 0 --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/doc.prerm +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/doc.prerm @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#!/bin/sh -e + +case "$1" in + remove|deconfigure) + install-info --quiet --remove /usr/share/info/zsh-beta.info.gz + if test -x /usr/sbin/install-docs ; then install-docs -r zsh-beta ; fi + ;; + upgrade) + if test -x /usr/sbin/install-docs ; then install-docs -r zsh-beta ; fi + ;; + + failed-upgrade) + ;; + + *) + echo "prerm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 0 + ;; +esac --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/doc.preinst +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/doc.preinst @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +#!/bin/sh -e + +exit 0 --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/zprofile +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/zprofile @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +# /etc/zprofile: system-wide .zprofile file for zsh(1). +# +# This file is sourced only for login shells (i.e. shells +# invoked with "-" as the first character of argv[0], and +# shells invoked with the -l flag.) +# +# Global Order: zshenv, zprofile, zshrc, zlogin --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/static.conf +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/static.conf @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +zsh/rlimits +zsh/zle +zsh/complete +zsh/compctl +zsh/sched +zsh/complist +zsh/zutil +zsh/computil +zsh/parameter +zsh/zleparameter +zsh/files --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/README.Debian +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/README.Debian @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This version of zsh has been patched with support for maildir +folders in MAIL and MAILPATH. + +In the zsh/pcre module, regular expression support is +provided by the PCRE library package, which is open +source software, written by Philip Hazel, and copyright +by the University of Cambridge, England. + +(ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/programming/pcre/) + +Clint Adams --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/backwards-delete-part +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/backwards-delete-part @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +# You may find that bash-backward-kill-word works better. + +# This is from Martin Waitz +# who wants Alt-Backspace to work like it does on bash + +backwards-delete-part () { + local sep="_ ,/\.:*+-" + LBUFFER=${(M)${LBUFFER%[$sep]}##*[$sep]} +} +zle -N backwards-delete-part + +bindkey "^[^?" backwards-delete-part --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/postrm +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/postrm @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +#!/bin/sh -e + +if test -x /usr/bin/update-menus ; then update-menus ; fi + +remove-shell /bin/zsh-beta --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/zlogin +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/zlogin @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# /etc/zlogin: system-wide .zlogin file for zsh(1). +# +# This file is sourced only for login shells. It +# should contain commands that should be executed only +# in login shells. It should be used to set the terminal +# type and run a series of external commands (fortune, +# msgs, from, etc.) +# +# Global Order: zshenv, zprofile, zshrc, zlogin --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/zshenv +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/zshenv @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# /etc/zshenv: system-wide .zshenv file for zsh(1). +# +# This file is sourced on all invocations of the shell. +# If the -f flag is present or if the NO_RCS option is +# set within this file, all other initialization files +# are skipped. +# +# This file should contain commands to set the command +# search path, plus other important environment variables. +# This file should not contain commands that produce +# output or assume the shell is attached to a tty. +# +# Global Order: zshenv, zprofile, zshrc, zlogin + --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/copyright +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/copyright @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +This is the Debian Linux prepackaged version of the Z Shell (zsh), a shell +with lots of features. + +This package was put together by Robert Leslie with sources +obtained from: + ftp://ftp.math.gatech.edu/pub/zsh/ + +Source can now be obtained from ftp://ftp.zsh.org/pub/zsh/ + +The following copyright and license apply to this software: + +The Z Shell is copyright (c) 1992-2000 Paul Falstad, Richard Coleman, +Zoltán Hidvégi, Andrew Main, Peter Stephenson, Sven Wischnowsky, and +others. All rights reserved. Individual authors, whether or not +specifically named, retain copyright in all changes; in what follows, they +are referred to as `the Zsh Development Group'. This is for convenience +only and this body has no legal status. The Z shell is distributed under +the following licence; any provisions made in individual files take +precedence. + +Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without +licence or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this +software and to distribute modified versions of this software for any +purpose, provided that the above copyright notice and the following +two paragraphs appear in all copies of this software. + +In no event shall the Zsh Development Group be liable to any party for +direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages arising out +of the use of this software and its documentation, even if and the Zsh +Development Group have been advised of the possibility of such damage. + +The Zsh Development Group specifically disclaim any warranties, including, +but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness +for a particular purpose. The software provided hereunder is on an "as is" +basis, and the Zsh Development Group have no obligation to provide +maintenance, support, updates, enhancements, or modifications. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/doc.dirs +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/doc.dirs @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +usr/share/doc-base +usr/share/info +usr/share/doc/zsh-beta-doc/html --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/debian/doc.postinst +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/debian/doc.postinst @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#!/bin/sh -e + +case "$1" in + configure) + # continue below + ;; + + abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure) + exit 0 + ;; + + *) + echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 0 + ;; +esac + +install-info --section Shells Shells --quiet --menuentry=ZSH-Beta \ + --description="The Z Shell Manual (beta)." \ + /usr/share/info/zsh-beta.info.gz + +if test -x /usr/sbin/install-docs ; then install-docs -i /usr/share/doc-base/zsh-beta ; fi + +exit 0 --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/configure +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/configure @@ -0,0 +1,19539 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. +# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.61. +# +# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, +# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. +## --------------------- ## +## M4sh Initialization. ## +## --------------------- ## + +# Be more Bourne compatible +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in + *posix*) set -o posix ;; +esac + +fi + + + + +# PATH needs CR +# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. +as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' +as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' +as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS +as_cr_digits='0123456789' +as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits + +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh + echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh + chmod +x conf$$.sh + if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + else + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + fi + rm -f conf$$.sh +fi + +# Support unset when possible. +if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_unset=unset +else + as_unset=false +fi + + +# IFS +# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is +# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. +# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word +# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) +as_nl=' +' +IFS=" "" $as_nl" + +# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. +case $0 in + *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; + *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' +# in which case we are not to be found in the path. +if test "x$as_myself" = x; then + as_myself=$0 +fi +if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then + echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi + +# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. +for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH +do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var +done +PS1='$ ' +PS2='> ' +PS4='+ ' + +# NLS nuisances. +for as_var in \ + LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \ + LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \ + LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME +do + if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then + eval $as_var=C; export $as_var + else + ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var + fi +done + +# Required to use basename. +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then + as_basename=basename +else + as_basename=false +fi + + +# Name of the executable. +as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || +$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +echo X/"$0" | + sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + +# CDPATH. +$as_unset CDPATH + + +if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then + if (eval ":") 2>/dev/null; then + as_have_required=yes +else + as_have_required=no +fi + + if test $as_have_required = yes && (eval ": +(as_func_return () { + (exit \$1) +} +as_func_success () { + as_func_return 0 +} +as_func_failure () { + as_func_return 1 +} +as_func_ret_success () { + return 0 +} +as_func_ret_failure () { + return 1 +} + +exitcode=0 +if as_func_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_failure succeeded. +fi + +if as_func_ret_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_ret_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. +fi + +if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo positional parameters were not saved. +fi + +test \$exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; } + +( + as_lineno_1=\$LINENO + as_lineno_2=\$LINENO + test \"x\$as_lineno_1\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2\" && + test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1 + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2\") || { (exit 1); exit 1; } +") 2> /dev/null; then + : +else + as_candidate_shells= + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + case $as_dir in + /*) + for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do + as_candidate_shells="$as_candidate_shells $as_dir/$as_base" + done;; + esac +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + + for as_shell in $as_candidate_shells $SHELL; do + # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. + if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && + { ("$as_shell") 2> /dev/null <<\_ASEOF +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in + *posix*) set -o posix ;; +esac + +fi + + +: +_ASEOF +}; then + CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell + as_have_required=yes + if { "$as_shell" 2> /dev/null <<\_ASEOF +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in + *posix*) set -o posix ;; +esac + +fi + + +: +(as_func_return () { + (exit $1) +} +as_func_success () { + as_func_return 0 +} +as_func_failure () { + as_func_return 1 +} +as_func_ret_success () { + return 0 +} +as_func_ret_failure () { + return 1 +} + +exitcode=0 +if as_func_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_failure succeeded. +fi + +if as_func_ret_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_ret_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. +fi + +if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = "$1" ); then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo positional parameters were not saved. +fi + +test $exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; } + +( + as_lineno_1=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO + test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && + test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2") || { (exit 1); exit 1; } + +_ASEOF +}; then + break +fi + +fi + + done + + if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then + for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV + do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var + done + export CONFIG_SHELL + exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} +fi + + + if test $as_have_required = no; then + echo This script requires a shell more modern than all the + echo shells that I found on your system. Please install a + echo modern shell, or manually run the script under such a + echo shell if you do have one. + { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi + + +fi + +fi + + + +(eval "as_func_return () { + (exit \$1) +} +as_func_success () { + as_func_return 0 +} +as_func_failure () { + as_func_return 1 +} +as_func_ret_success () { + return 0 +} +as_func_ret_failure () { + return 1 +} + +exitcode=0 +if as_func_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_failure succeeded. +fi + +if as_func_ret_success; then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_success failed. +fi + +if as_func_ret_failure; then + exitcode=1 + echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded. +fi + +if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then + : +else + exitcode=1 + echo positional parameters were not saved. +fi + +test \$exitcode = 0") || { + echo No shell found that supports shell functions. + echo Please tell autoconf@gnu.org about your system, + echo including any error possibly output before this + echo message +} + + + + as_lineno_1=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO + test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && + test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { + + # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO + # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a + # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed' + # does the real work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each + # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends + # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special + # case at line end. + # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the + # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini. Blame Lee + # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) + sed -n ' + p + /[$]LINENO/= + ' <$as_myself | + sed ' + s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ + t lineno + b + :lineno + N + :loop + s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ + t loop + s/-\n.*// + ' >$as_me.lineno && + chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || + { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems + # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the + # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). + . "./$as_me.lineno" + # Exit status is that of the last command. + exit +} + + +if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_dirname=dirname +else + as_dirname=false +fi + +ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= +case `echo -n x` in +-n*) + case `echo 'x\c'` in + *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. + *) ECHO_C='\c';; + esac;; +*) + ECHO_N='-n';; +esac + +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file +if test -d conf$$.dir; then + rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file +else + rm -f conf$$.dir + mkdir conf$$.dir +fi +echo >conf$$.file +if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s='ln -s' + # ... but there are two gotchas: + # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. + # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. + # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. + ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || + as_ln_s='cp -p' +elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s=ln +else + as_ln_s='cp -p' +fi +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file +rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null + +if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then + as_mkdir_p=: +else + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + as_mkdir_p=false +fi + +if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_test_x='test -x' +else + if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_ls_L_option=L + else + as_ls_L_option= + fi + as_test_x=' + eval sh -c '\'' + if test -d "$1"; then + test -d "$1/."; + else + case $1 in + -*)set "./$1";; + esac; + case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in + ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi + '\'' sh + ' +fi +as_executable_p=$as_test_x + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. +as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. +as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + + + +exec 7<&0 &1 + +# Name of the host. +# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status, +# so uname gets run too. +ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` + +# +# Initializations. +# +ac_default_prefix=/usr/local +ac_clean_files= +ac_config_libobj_dir=. +LIBOBJS= +cross_compiling=no +subdirs= +MFLAGS= +MAKEFLAGS= +SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} + +# Identity of this package. +PACKAGE_NAME= +PACKAGE_TARNAME= +PACKAGE_VERSION= +PACKAGE_STRING= +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT= + +ac_unique_file="Src/zsh.h" +# Factoring default headers for most tests. +ac_includes_default="\ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef STDC_HEADERS +# include +# include +#else +# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +# include +# endif +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H +# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H +# include +# endif +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H +# include +#endif" + +ac_subst_vars='SHELL +PATH_SEPARATOR +PACKAGE_NAME +PACKAGE_TARNAME +PACKAGE_VERSION +PACKAGE_STRING +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT +exec_prefix +prefix +program_transform_name +bindir +sbindir +libexecdir +datarootdir +datadir +sysconfdir +sharedstatedir +localstatedir +includedir +oldincludedir +docdir +infodir +htmldir +dvidir +pdfdir +psdir +libdir +localedir +mandir +DEFS +ECHO_C +ECHO_N +ECHO_T +LIBS +build_alias +host_alias +target_alias +build +build_cpu +build_vendor +build_os +host +host_cpu +host_vendor +host_os +tzsh +zshenv +zshrc +zprofile +zlogin +zlogout +fndir +sitefndir +FUNCTIONS_SUBDIRS +scriptdir +sitescriptdir +CC +CFLAGS +LDFLAGS +CPPFLAGS +ac_ct_CC +EXEEXT +OBJEXT +EXELDFLAGS +LIBLDFLAGS +CPP +GREP +EGREP +U +ALLOCA +SET_MAKE +INSTALL_PROGRAM +INSTALL_SCRIPT +INSTALL_DATA +AWK +LN +YODL +PDFETEX +TEXI2PDF +ANSI2KNR +PCRECONF +SIGNAL_H +ERRNO_H +RLIMITS_INC_H +SHORTBOOTNAMES +INSTLIB +UNINSTLIB +D +DL_EXT +DLLD +DLCFLAGS +DLLDFLAGS +E +EXTRA_LDFLAGS +EXPOPT +IMPOPT +L +LINKMODS +MOD_EXPORT +MOD_IMPORT_VARIABLE +MOD_IMPORT_FUNCTION +EXTRAZSHOBJS +LIBOBJS +LTLIBOBJS' +ac_subst_files='CLEAN_MK +CONFIG_MK +DEFS_MK +VERSION_MK' + ac_precious_vars='build_alias +host_alias +target_alias +CC +CFLAGS +LDFLAGS +LIBS +CPPFLAGS +CPP' + + +# Initialize some variables set by options. +ac_init_help= +ac_init_version=false +# The variables have the same names as the options, with +# dashes changed to underlines. +cache_file=/dev/null +exec_prefix=NONE +no_create= +no_recursion= +prefix=NONE +program_prefix=NONE +program_suffix=NONE +program_transform_name=s,x,x, +silent= +site= +srcdir= +verbose= +x_includes=NONE +x_libraries=NONE + +# Installation directory options. +# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" +# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix +# by default will actually change. +# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. +# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) +bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' +sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' +libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' +datarootdir='${prefix}/share' +datadir='${datarootdir}' +sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' +sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' +localstatedir='${prefix}/var' +includedir='${prefix}/include' +oldincludedir='/usr/include' +docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE}' +infodir='${datarootdir}/info' +htmldir='${docdir}' +dvidir='${docdir}' +pdfdir='${docdir}' +psdir='${docdir}' +libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' +localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' +mandir='${datarootdir}/man' + +ac_prev= +ac_dashdash= +for ac_option +do + # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. + if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option + ac_prev= + continue + fi + + case $ac_option in + *=*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + + # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. + + case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in + --) + ac_dashdash=yes ;; + + -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) + ac_prev=bindir ;; + -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) + bindir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) + ac_prev=build_alias ;; + -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) + build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ + | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) + ac_prev=cache_file ;; + -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ + | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) + cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; + + --config-cache | -C) + cache_file=config.cache ;; + + -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) + ac_prev=datadir ;; + -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) + datadir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ + | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) + ac_prev=datarootdir ;; + -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ + | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) + datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -disable-* | --disable-*) + ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/[-.]/_/g'` + eval enable_$ac_feature=no ;; + + -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) + ac_prev=docdir ;; + -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) + docdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) + ac_prev=dvidir ;; + -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) + dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -enable-* | --enable-*) + ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/[-.]/_/g'` + eval enable_$ac_feature=\$ac_optarg ;; + + -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ + | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ + | --exec | --exe | --ex) + ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; + -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ + | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ + | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) + exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) + # Obsolete; use --with-gas. + with_gas=yes ;; + + -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) + ac_init_help=long ;; + -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) + ac_init_help=recursive ;; + -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) + ac_init_help=short ;; + + -host | --host | --hos | --ho) + ac_prev=host_alias ;; + -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) + host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) + ac_prev=htmldir ;; + -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ + | --ht=*) + htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ + | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) + ac_prev=includedir ;; + -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ + | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) + includedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) + ac_prev=infodir ;; + -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) + infodir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) + ac_prev=libdir ;; + -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) + libdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ + | --libexe | --libex | --libe) + ac_prev=libexecdir ;; + -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ + | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) + libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) + ac_prev=localedir ;; + -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) + localedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ + | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) + ac_prev=localstatedir ;; + -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ + | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) + localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) + ac_prev=mandir ;; + -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) + mandir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -nfp | --nfp | --nf) + # Obsolete; use --without-fp. + with_fp=no ;; + + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) + no_create=yes ;; + + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) + no_recursion=yes ;; + + -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ + | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ + | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) + ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; + -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ + | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ + | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) + oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) + ac_prev=prefix ;; + -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) + prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ + | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) + ac_prev=program_prefix ;; + -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ + | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) + program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ + | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) + ac_prev=program_suffix ;; + -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ + | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) + program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ + | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ + | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ + | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ + | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ + | --program-trans | --program-tran \ + | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) + ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; + -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ + | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ + | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ + | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ + | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ + | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ + | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) + program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; + + -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) + ac_prev=pdfdir ;; + -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) + pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) + ac_prev=psdir ;; + -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) + psdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + silent=yes ;; + + -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) + ac_prev=sbindir ;; + -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ + | --sbi=* | --sb=*) + sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ + | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ + | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ + | --sha | --sh) + ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; + -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ + | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ + | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ + | --sha=* | --sh=*) + sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -site | --site | --sit) + ac_prev=site ;; + -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) + site=$ac_optarg ;; + + -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) + ac_prev=srcdir ;; + -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) + srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ + | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) + ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; + -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ + | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) + sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) + ac_prev=target_alias ;; + -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) + target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) + verbose=yes ;; + + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) + ac_init_version=: ;; + + -with-* | --with-*) + ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/[-.]/_/g'` + eval with_$ac_package=\$ac_optarg ;; + + -without-* | --without-*) + ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/[-.]/_/g'` + eval with_$ac_package=no ;; + + --x) + # Obsolete; use --with-x. + with_x=yes ;; + + -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ + | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) + ac_prev=x_includes ;; + -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ + | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) + x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; + + -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ + | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) + ac_prev=x_libraries ;; + -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ + | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) + x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; + + -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ;; + + *=*) + ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg + export $ac_envvar ;; + + *) + # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. + echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 + expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 + : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option} + ;; + + esac +done + +if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` + { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +# Be sure to have absolute directory names. +for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ + datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ + oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ + libdir localedir mandir +do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; + NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; + esac + { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +done + +# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' +# used to hold the argument of --host etc. +# FIXME: To remove some day. +build=$build_alias +host=$host_alias +target=$target_alias + +# FIXME: To remove some day. +if test "x$host_alias" != x; then + if test "x$build_alias" = x; then + cross_compiling=maybe + echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host. + If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2 + elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then + cross_compiling=yes + fi +fi + +ac_tool_prefix= +test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- + +test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null + + +ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && +ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && +ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || + { echo "$as_me: error: Working directory cannot be determined" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || + { echo "$as_me: error: pwd does not report name of working directory" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + +# Find the source files, if location was not specified. +if test -z "$srcdir"; then + ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes + # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. + ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$0" || +$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +echo X"$0" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + srcdir=$ac_confdir + if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then + srcdir=.. + fi +else + ac_srcdir_defaulted=no +fi +if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then + test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." + { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" +ac_abs_confdir=`( + cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || { echo "$as_me: error: $ac_msg" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + pwd)` +# When building in place, set srcdir=. +if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then + srcdir=. +fi +# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. +# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info +# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. +case $srcdir in +*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; +esac +for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do + eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} + eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} + eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} + eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} +done + +# +# Report the --help message. +# +if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then + # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. + # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. + cat <<_ACEOF +\`configure' configures this package to adapt to many kinds of systems. + +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... + +To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as +VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. + +Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. + +Configuration: + -h, --help display this help and exit + --help=short display options specific to this package + --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages + -V, --version display version information and exit + -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages + --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] + -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' + -n, --no-create do not create output files + --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] + +Installation directories: + --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX + [$ac_default_prefix] + --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX + [PREFIX] + +By default, \`make install' will install all the files in +\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify +an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', +for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. + +For better control, use the options below. + +Fine tuning of the installation directories: + --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] + --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] + --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] + --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] + --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] + --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] + --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] + --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] + --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] + --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] + --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] + --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] + --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] + --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] + --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/PACKAGE] + --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] + --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] + --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] + --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] +_ACEOF + + cat <<\_ACEOF + +Program names: + --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names + --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names + --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names + +System types: + --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed] + --host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD] +_ACEOF +fi + +if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then + + cat <<\_ACEOF + +Optional Features: + --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) + --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] + --enable-cppflags=... specify C preprocessor flags + --enable-cflags=... specify C compiler flags + --enable-ldflags=... specify linker flags + --enable-libs=... specify link libraries + --enable-zsh-debug compile with debug code and debugger symbols + --enable-zsh-mem compile with zsh memory allocation routines + --enable-zsh-mem-debug debug zsh memory allocation routines + --enable-zsh-mem-warning + print warnings for errors in memory allocation + --enable-zsh-secure-free + turn on error checking for free() + --enable-zsh-hash-debug turn on debugging of internal hash tables + --enable-etcdir=DIR the default directory for global zsh scripts + --enable-zshenv=FILE the full pathname of the global zshenv script + --enable-zshrc=FILE the full pathname of the global zshrc script + --enable-zprofile=FILE the full pathname of the global zprofile script + --enable-zlogin=FILE the full pathname of the global zlogin script + --enable-zlogout=FILE the full pathname of the global zlogout script + --disable-lfs turn off support for large files + --disable-dynamic turn off dynamically loaded binary modules + --disable-restricted-r turn off r* invocation for restricted shell + --disable-locale turn off locale features + --enable-ansi2knr translate source to K&R C before compiling + --enable-fndir=DIR the directory in which to install functions + --enable-site-fndir=DIR same for site functions (not version specific) + --enable-function-subdirs + install functions in subdirectories + --enable-scriptdir=DIR the directory in which to install scripts + --enable-site-scriptdir=DIR + same for site scripts (not version specific) + --enable-maildir-support + enable maildir support in MAIL and MAILPATH + --enable-max-function-depth=MAX + limit function depth to MAX, default 1000 + --enable-pcre enable the search for the pcre library (may create + run-time library dependencies) + --enable-cap enable the search for POSIX capabilities (may + require additional headers to be added by hand) + --enable-multibyte support multibyte characters + --disable-dynamic-nss do not call functions that will require dynamic NSS + modules + +Optional Packages: + --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] + --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) + --with-term-lib=LIBS search space-separated LIBS for terminal handling + --with-tcsetpgrp assumes that tcsetpgrp() exists and works correctly + +Some influential environment variables: + CC C compiler command + CFLAGS C compiler flags + LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a + nonstandard directory + LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l + CPPFLAGS C/C++/Objective C preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if + you have headers in a nonstandard directory + CPP C preprocessor + +Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help +it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. + +_ACEOF +ac_status=$? +fi + +if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then + # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. + for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue + test -d "$ac_dir" || continue + ac_builddir=. + +case "$ac_dir" in +.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; +*) + ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'` + # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_top_builddir_sub=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,/..,g;s,/,,'` + case $ac_top_builddir_sub in + "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; + *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; + esac ;; +esac +ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd +ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix +# for backward compatibility: +ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix + +case $srcdir in + .) # We are building in place. + ac_srcdir=. + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. + ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; + ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; + *) # Relative name. + ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; +esac +ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + + cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } + # Check for guested configure. + if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then + echo && + $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive + elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then + echo && + $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive + else + echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 + fi || ac_status=$? + cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } + done +fi + +test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status +if $ac_init_version; then + cat <<\_ACEOF +configure +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.61 + +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, +2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. +_ACEOF + exit +fi +cat >config.log <<_ACEOF +This file contains any messages produced by compilers while +running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. + +It was created by $as_me, which was +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.61. Invocation command line was + + $ $0 $@ + +_ACEOF +exec 5>>config.log +{ +cat <<_ASUNAME +## --------- ## +## Platform. ## +## --------- ## + +hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` +uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +_ASUNAME + +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + echo "PATH: $as_dir" +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +} >&5 + +cat >&5 <<_ACEOF + + +## ----------- ## +## Core tests. ## +## ----------- ## + +_ACEOF + + +# Keep a trace of the command line. +# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. +# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. +# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. +# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. +ac_configure_args= +ac_configure_args0= +ac_configure_args1= +ac_must_keep_next=false +for ac_pass in 1 2 +do + for ac_arg + do + case $ac_arg in + -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + continue ;; + *\'*) + ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + esac + case $ac_pass in + 1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;; + 2) + ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'" + if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then + ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. + else + case $ac_arg in + *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ + | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ + | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ + | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) + case "$ac_configure_args0 " in + "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; + esac + ;; + -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; + esac + fi + ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" + ;; + esac + done +done +$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; } +$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; } + +# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete +# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there +# would cause problems or look ugly. +# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. +# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. +trap 'exit_status=$? + # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. + { + echo + + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ---------------- ## +## Cache variables. ## +## ---------------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +( + for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in #( + *${as_nl}*) + case $ac_var in #( + *_cv_*) { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&2;} ;; + esac + case $ac_var in #( + _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( + *) $as_unset $ac_var ;; + esac ;; + esac + done + (set) 2>&1 | + case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( + *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) + sed -n \ + "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; + s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" + ;; #( + *) + sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" + ;; + esac | + sort +) + echo + + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ----------------- ## +## Output variables. ## +## ----------------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars + do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in + *\'\''*) ac_val=`echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; + esac + echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" + done | sort + echo + + if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ------------------- ## +## File substitutions. ## +## ------------------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + for ac_var in $ac_subst_files + do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in + *\'\''*) ac_val=`echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; + esac + echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" + done | sort + echo + fi + + if test -s confdefs.h; then + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ----------- ## +## confdefs.h. ## +## ----------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + cat confdefs.h + echo + fi + test "$ac_signal" != 0 && + echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" + echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" + } >&5 + rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && + rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && + exit $exit_status +' 0 +for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do + trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal +done +ac_signal=0 + +# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. +rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h + +# Predefined preprocessor variables. + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" +_ACEOF + + +# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. +# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. +if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then + set x "$CONFIG_SITE" +elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then + set x "$prefix/share/config.site" "$prefix/etc/config.site" +else + set x "$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site" \ + "$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site" +fi +shift +for ac_site_file +do + if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 +echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} + sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 + . "$ac_site_file" + fi +done + +if test -r "$cache_file"; then + # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special + # files actually), so we avoid doing that. + if test -f "$cache_file"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 +echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} + case $cache_file in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; + *) . "./$cache_file";; + esac + fi +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 +echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} + >$cache_file +fi + +# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same +# value. +ac_cache_corrupted=false +for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do + eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set + eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set + eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value + eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value + case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in + set,) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; + ,set) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; + ,);; + *) + if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: former value: $ac_old_val" >&5 +echo "$as_me: former value: $ac_old_val" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: current value: $ac_new_val" >&5 +echo "$as_me: current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: + fi;; + esac + # Pass precious variables to config.status. + if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then + case $ac_new_val in + *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; + esac + case " $ac_configure_args " in + *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. + *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; + esac + fi +done +if $ac_cache_corrupted; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + + +ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers config.h" + + +. ${srcdir}/Config/version.mk +echo "configuring for zsh $VERSION" + +ac_aux_dir= +for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do + if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" + break + elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" + break + elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c" + break + fi +done +if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, +# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. +# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory +# whose full name contains unusual characters. +ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. +ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. +ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. + + +# Make sure we can run config.sub. +$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 || + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking build system type" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking build system type... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_build+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_build_alias=$build_alias +test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && + ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"` +test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` || + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_build" >&6; } +case $ac_cv_build in +*-*-*) ;; +*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid value of canonical build" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: invalid value of canonical build" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; +esac +build=$ac_cv_build +ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' +set x $ac_cv_build +shift +build_cpu=$1 +build_vendor=$2 +shift; shift +# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, +# except with old shells: +build_os=$* +IFS=$ac_save_IFS +case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking host system type" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking host system type... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_host+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "x$host_alias" = x; then + ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build +else + ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` || + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_host" >&6; } +case $ac_cv_host in +*-*-*) ;; +*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid value of canonical host" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: invalid value of canonical host" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; +esac +host=$ac_cv_host +ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' +set x $ac_cv_host +shift +host_cpu=$1 +host_vendor=$2 +shift; shift +# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, +# except with old shells: +host_os=$* +IFS=$ac_save_IFS +case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac + + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define MACHTYPE "$host_cpu" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define VENDOR "$host_vendor" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define OSTYPE "$host_os" +_ACEOF + + +test "$program_prefix" != NONE && + program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name" +# Use a double $ so make ignores it. +test "$program_suffix" != NONE && + program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name" +# Double any \ or $. echo might interpret backslashes. +# By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. +cat <<\_ACEOF >conftest.sed +s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$// +_ACEOF +program_transform_name=`echo $program_transform_name | sed -f conftest.sed` +rm -f conftest.sed + +# Un-double any \ or $ (doubled by AC_ARG_PROGRAM). +cat <<\EOF_SED > conftestsed +s,\\\\,\\,g; s,\$\$,$,g +EOF_SED +zsh_transform_name=`echo "${program_transform_name}" | sed -f conftestsed` +rm -f conftestsed +tzsh_name=`echo zsh | sed -e "${zsh_transform_name}"` +# Double any \ or $ in the transformed name that results. +cat <<\EOF_SED >> conftestsed +s,\\,\\\\,g; s,\$,$$,g +EOF_SED +tzsh=`echo ${tzsh_name} | sed -f conftestsed` +rm -f conftestsed + + +# Check whether --enable-cppflags was given. +if test "${enable_cppflags+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_cppflags; if test "$enableval" = "yes" + then CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + else CPPFLAGS="$enable_cppflags" + fi +fi + + # Check whether --enable-cflags was given. +if test "${enable_cflags+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_cflags; if test "$enableval" = "yes" + then CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + else CFLAGS="$enable_cflags" + fi +fi + + # Check whether --enable-ldflags was given. +if test "${enable_ldflags+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_ldflags; if test "$enableval" = "yes" + then LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" + else LDFLAGS="$enable_ldflags" + fi +fi + + # Check whether --enable-libs was given. +if test "${enable_libs+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_libs; if test "$enableval" = "yes" + then LIBS="$LIBS" + else LIBS="$enable_libs" + fi +fi + + + + +# Check whether --enable-zsh-debug was given. +if test "${enable_zsh_debug+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_zsh_debug; if test x$enableval = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define DEBUG 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +fi + + + + +# Check whether --enable-zsh-mem was given. +if test "${enable_zsh_mem+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_zsh_mem; if test x$enableval = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define ZSH_MEM 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +fi + + + + +# Check whether --enable-zsh-mem-debug was given. +if test "${enable_zsh_mem_debug+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_zsh_mem_debug; if test x$enableval = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define ZSH_MEM_DEBUG 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +fi + + + + +# Check whether --enable-zsh-mem-warning was given. +if test "${enable_zsh_mem_warning+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_zsh_mem_warning; if test x$enableval = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define ZSH_MEM_WARNING 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +fi + + + + +# Check whether --enable-zsh-secure-free was given. +if test "${enable_zsh_secure_free+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_zsh_secure_free; if test x$enableval = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define ZSH_SECURE_FREE 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +fi + + + + +# Check whether --enable-zsh-hash-debug was given. +if test "${enable_zsh_hash_debug+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_zsh_hash_debug; if test x$enableval = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define ZSH_HASH_DEBUG 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +fi + + +# Check whether --enable-etcdir was given. +if test "${enable_etcdir+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_etcdir; etcdir="$enableval" +else + etcdir=/etc +fi + + +# Check whether --enable-zshenv was given. +if test "${enable_zshenv+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_zshenv; zshenv="$enableval" +else + if test "x$etcdir" = xno; then + zshenv=no +else + zshenv="$etcdir/zshenv" +fi +fi + + + +if test "x$zshenv" != xno; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define GLOBAL_ZSHENV "$zshenv" +_ACEOF + +fi + +# Check whether --enable-zshrc was given. +if test "${enable_zshrc+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_zshrc; zshrc="$enableval" +else + if test "x$etcdir" = xno; then + zshrc=no +else + zshrc="$etcdir/zshrc" +fi +fi + + + +if test "x$zshrc" != xno; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define GLOBAL_ZSHRC "$zshrc" +_ACEOF + +fi + +# Check whether --enable-zprofile was given. +if test "${enable_zprofile+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_zprofile; zprofile="$enableval" +else + if test "x$etcdir" = xno; then + zprofile=no +else + zprofile="$etcdir/zprofile" +fi +fi + + + +if test "x$zprofile" != xno; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define GLOBAL_ZPROFILE "$zprofile" +_ACEOF + +fi + +# Check whether --enable-zlogin was given. +if test "${enable_zlogin+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_zlogin; zlogin="$enableval" +else + if test "x$etcdir" = xno; then + zlogin=no +else + zlogin="$etcdir/zlogin" +fi +fi + + + +if test "x$zlogin" != xno; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define GLOBAL_ZLOGIN "$zlogin" +_ACEOF + +fi + +# Check whether --enable-zlogout was given. +if test "${enable_zlogout+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_zlogout; zlogout="$enableval" +else + if test "x$etcdir" = xno; then + zlogout=no +else + zlogout="$etcdir/zlogout" +fi +fi + + + +if test "x$zlogout" != xno; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define GLOBAL_ZLOGOUT "$zlogout" +_ACEOF + +fi + + +# Check whether --enable-lfs was given. +if test "${enable_lfs+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_lfs; lfs="$enableval" +else + lfs=yes +fi + + +# Check whether --enable-dynamic was given. +if test "${enable_dynamic+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_dynamic; dynamic="$enableval" +else + dynamic=yes +fi + + + + +# Check whether --enable-restricted-r was given. +if test "${enable_restricted_r+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_restricted_r; if test x$enableval = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define RESTRICTED_R 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +else + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define RESTRICTED_R 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi + + + + +# Check whether --enable-locale was given. +if test "${enable_locale+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_locale; if test x$enableval = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define CONFIG_LOCALE 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +else + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define CONFIG_LOCALE 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi + + +# Check whether --enable-ansi2knr was given. +if test "${enable_ansi2knr+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_ansi2knr; ansi2knr="$enableval" +else + ansi2knr=default +fi + + +# Check whether --enable-fndir was given. +if test "${enable_fndir+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_fndir; if test x$enableval = xyes; then + fndir=${datadir}/${tzsh_name}/'${VERSION}'/functions +else + fndir="$enableval" +fi +else + fndir=${datadir}/${tzsh_name}/'${VERSION}'/functions +fi + + +# Check whether --enable-site-fndir was given. +if test "${enable_site_fndir+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_site_fndir; if test x$enableval = xyes; then + sitefndir=${datadir}/${tzsh_name}/site-functions +else + sitefndir="$enableval" +fi +else + sitefndir=${datadir}/${tzsh_name}/site-functions +fi + + + +# Check whether --enable-function-subdirs was given. +if test "${enable_function_subdirs+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_function_subdirs; +fi + + +if test "x${enable_function_subdirs}" != x && + test "x${enable_function_subdirs}" != xno; then + FUNCTIONS_SUBDIRS=yes +else + FUNCTIONS_SUBDIRS=no +fi + + + +# Check whether --enable-scriptdir was given. +if test "${enable_scriptdir+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_scriptdir; if test x$enableval = xyes; then + scriptdir=${datadir}/${tzsh_name}/'${VERSION}'/scripts +else + scriptdir="$enableval" +fi +else + scriptdir=${datadir}/${tzsh_name}/'${VERSION}'/scripts +fi + + +# Check whether --enable-site-scriptdir was given. +if test "${enable_site_scriptdir+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_site_scriptdir; if test x$enableval = xyes; then + sitescriptdir=${datadir}/${tzsh_name}/scripts +else + sitescriptdir="$enableval" +fi +else + sitescriptdir=${datadir}/${tzsh_name}/scripts +fi + + + + + +# Check whether --enable-maildir-support was given. +if test "${enable_maildir_support+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_maildir_support; if test x$enableval = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define MAILDIR_SUPPORT 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +fi + + + + +# Check whether --enable-max-function-depth was given. +if test "${enable_max_function_depth+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_max_function_depth; if test x$enableval = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define MAX_FUNCTION_DEPTH 1000 +_ACEOF + +elif test x$enableval != xno; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define MAX_FUNCTION_DEPTH $enableval +_ACEOF + +fi +else + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define MAX_FUNCTION_DEPTH 1000 +_ACEOF + + +fi + + +# Check whether --enable-pcre was given. +if test "${enable_pcre+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_pcre; +fi + + +# Check whether --enable-cap was given. +if test "${enable_cap+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_cap; +fi + + +test -z "${CFLAGS+set}" && CFLAGS= auto_cflags=1 +test -z "${LDFLAGS+set}" && LDFLAGS= auto_ldflags=1 + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6; } +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools +whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this +configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools +whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this +configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +else + CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +fi + +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6; } +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } +fi + + + fi +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + ac_prog_rejected=no +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then + ac_prog_rejected=yes + continue + fi + ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then + # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. + set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC + shift + if test $# != 0; then + # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. + # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen + # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. + shift + ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" + fi +fi +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6; } +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + for ac_prog in cl.exe + do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6; } +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$CC" && break + done +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + for ac_prog in cl.exe +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break +done + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools +whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this +configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: In the future, Autoconf will not detect cross-tools +whose name does not start with the host triplet. If you think this +configuration is useful to you, please write to autoconf@gnu.org." >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +fi + +fi + + +test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + +# Provide some information about the compiler. +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler version" >&5 +ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2` +{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler --version >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler --version >&5") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } +{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -v >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler -v >&5") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } +{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -V >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler -V >&5") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } + +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe b.out" +# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. +# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition +# of exeext. +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output file name... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` +# +# List of possible output files, starting from the most likely. +# The algorithm is not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) +# only as a last resort. b.out is created by i960 compilers. +ac_files='a_out.exe a.exe conftest.exe a.out conftest a.* conftest.* b.out' +# +# The IRIX 6 linker writes into existing files which may not be +# executable, retaining their permissions. Remove them first so a +# subsequent execution test works. +ac_rmfiles= +for ac_file in $ac_files +do + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.o | *.obj ) ;; + * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; + esac +done +rm -f $ac_rmfiles + +if { (ac_try="$ac_link_default" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. +# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' +# in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, +# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to +# Autoconf. +for ac_file in $ac_files '' +do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.o | *.obj ) + ;; + [ab].out ) + # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most + # certainly right. + break;; + *.* ) + if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; + then :; else + ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` + fi + # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not + # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' + # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. + # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of + # actually working. + break;; + * ) + break;; + esac +done +test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= + +else + ac_file='' +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6; } +if test -z "$ac_file"; then + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 77); exit 77; }; } +fi + +ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext + +# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either +# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0 +# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program. +if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then + if { ac_try='./$ac_file' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + cross_compiling=no + else + if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then + cross_compiling=yes + else + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs. +If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs. +If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi + fi +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6; } + +rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save +# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either +# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6; } + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of executables... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) +# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will +# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with +# `rm'. +for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.o | *.obj ) ;; + *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` + break;; + * ) break;; + esac +done +else + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } + +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext +EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext +ac_exeext=$EXEEXT +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of object files... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue; + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf ) ;; + *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` + break;; + esac +done +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } +OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext +ac_objext=$OBJEXT +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +#ifndef __GNUC__ + choke me +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_compiler_gnu=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_compiler_gnu=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } +GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes` +ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} +ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag + ac_c_werror_flag=yes + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no + CFLAGS="-g" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + CFLAGS="" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + : +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag + CFLAGS="-g" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } +if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then + CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS +elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-g -O2" + else + CFLAGS="-g" + fi +else + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-O2" + else + CFLAGS= + fi +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no +ac_save_CC=$CC +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +#include +#include +/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ +struct buf { int x; }; +FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); +static char *e (p, i) + char **p; + int i; +{ + return p[i]; +} +static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) +{ + char *s; + va_list v; + va_start (v,p); + s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); + va_end (v); + return s; +} + +/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has + function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. + These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated + as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get + proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an + array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something + that's true only with -std. */ +int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; + +/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters + inside strings and character constants. */ +#define FOO(x) 'x' +int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; + +int test (int i, double x); +struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; +struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; +int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); +int argc; +char **argv; +int +main () +{ +return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ + -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" +do + CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext + test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break +done +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext +CC=$ac_save_CC + +fi +# AC_CACHE_VAL +case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in + x) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6; } ;; + xno) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: unsupported" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}unsupported" >&6; } ;; + *) + CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; +esac + + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + +if test x$lfs != xno; then + if test "$host" = mips-sni-sysv4 && test -n "$GCC"; then + : + else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether large file support needs explicit enabling" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether large file support needs explicit enabling... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +ac_getconfs='' +ac_result=yes +ac_set='' +ac_shellvars='CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS LIBS' +for ac_shellvar in $ac_shellvars; do + case $ac_shellvar in + CPPFLAGS) ac_lfsvar=LFS_CFLAGS ;; + *) ac_lfsvar=LFS_$ac_shellvar ;; + esac + (getconf $ac_lfsvar) >/dev/null 2>&1 || { ac_result=no; break; } + ac_getconf=`getconf $ac_lfsvar` + if test -n "$ac_getconf" && test "$ac_getconf" != "undefined"; then + eval test '"${'$ac_shellvar'+set}"' = set && ac_set=$ac_shellvar + ac_getconfs=$ac_getconfs$ac_getconf + eval ac_test_$ac_shellvar="\$ac_getconf" + else + eval ac_test_$ac_shellvar="\$$ac_shellvar" + fi +done +case "$ac_result$ac_getconfs" in +yes) ac_result=no ;; +esac +case "$ac_result$ac_set" in +yes?*) test "x$ac_set" != "xLDFLAGS" -o "x$auto_ldflags" = x && { + ac_result="yes, but $ac_set is already set, so use its settings" +} +esac +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_result" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_result" >&6; } +case $ac_result in +yes) + for ac_shellvar in $ac_shellvars; do + case "`eval echo $ac_shellvar-\\\$ac_test_$ac_shellvar`" in + CPPFLAGS*-D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE*) eval $ac_shellvar=\$ac_test_$ac_shellvar + ;; + CPPFLAGS*) + eval $ac_shellvar="\"-D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE \$ac_test_$ac_shellvar\"" + ;; + *) eval $ac_shellvar=\$ac_test_$ac_shellvar + esac + done ;; +esac + + fi +fi + +if test -n "$auto_cflags" && test ."$ansi2knr" != .yes; then + if test "${enable_zsh_debug}" = yes; then + if test -n "$GCC"; then + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall -Wmissing-prototypes -ggdb" + else + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -g" + fi + else + if test -n "$GCC"; then + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall -Wmissing-prototypes -O2" + else + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O" + fi + fi +fi +if test -n "$auto_ldflags"; then + case "${enable_zsh_debug}$host_os" in + yesaix*|yeshpux*|yesnetbsd*|yesopenbsd*) ;; # "ld -g" is not valid on these systems + darwin*) LDFLAGS=-Wl,-x ;; + yes*) LDFLAGS=-g ;; + *) LDFLAGS=-s ;; + esac +fi + +case "$host_os" in + sco*) CFLAGS="-D__sco $CFLAGS" ;; +esac + +sed=':1 + s/ -s / /g + t1 + s/^ *// + s/ *$//' + +case " $LDFLAGS " in + *" -s "*) strip_exeldflags=true strip_libldflags=true + LDFLAGS=`echo " $LDFLAGS " | sed "$sed"` ;; + *) strip_exeldflags=false strip_libldflags=false ;; +esac + +case " ${EXELDFLAGS+$EXELDFLAGS }" in + " ") ;; + *" -s "*) strip_exeldflags=true + EXELDFLAGS=`echo " $EXELDFLAGS " | sed "$sed"` ;; + *) strip_exeldflags=false ;; +esac + +case " ${LIBLDFLAGS+$LIBLDFLAGS }" in + " ") ;; + *" -s "*) strip_libldflags=true + LIBLDFLAGS=`echo " $LIBLDFLAGS " | sed "$sed"` ;; + *) strip_libldflags=false ;; +esac + + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. +if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then + CPP= +fi +if test -z "$CPP"; then + if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded + for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" + do + ac_preproc_ok=false +for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes +do + # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc + # with a fresh cross-compiler works. + # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + # exists even on freestanding compilers. + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + Syntax error +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + : +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + # Broken: fails on valid input. +continue +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + + # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers + # can be detected and how. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + # Broken: success on invalid input. +continue +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + # Passes both tests. +ac_preproc_ok=: +break +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + +done +# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +if $ac_preproc_ok; then + break +fi + + done + ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP + +fi + CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP +else + ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6; } +ac_preproc_ok=false +for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes +do + # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc + # with a fresh cross-compiler works. + # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + # exists even on freestanding compilers. + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + Syntax error +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + : +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + # Broken: fails on valid input. +continue +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + + # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers + # can be detected and how. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + # Broken: success on invalid input. +continue +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + # Passes both tests. +ac_preproc_ok=: +break +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + +done +# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +if $ac_preproc_ok; then + : +else + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_GREP+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + # Extract the first word of "grep ggrep" to use in msg output +if test -z "$GREP"; then +set dummy grep ggrep; ac_prog_name=$2 +if test "${ac_cv_path_GREP+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_path_GREP_found=false +# Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue + # Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP +case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1` + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" + ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + + $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3 + done +done + +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + +fi + +GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP" +if test -z "$GREP"; then + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable $ac_prog_name could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable $ac_prog_name could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +else + ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; } + GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP" + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 + then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" + else + # Extract the first word of "egrep" to use in msg output +if test -z "$EGREP"; then +set dummy egrep; ac_prog_name=$2 +if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_path_EGREP_found=false +# Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in egrep; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue + # Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP +case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1` + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" + ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + + $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 + done +done + +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + +fi + +EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" +if test -z "$EGREP"; then + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable $ac_prog_name could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable $ac_prog_name could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +else + ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP +fi + + + fi +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } + EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" + + +if test $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu = yes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC needs -traditional" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC needs -traditional... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_pattern="Autoconf.*'x'" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +Autoconf TIOCGETP +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "$ac_pattern" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=yes +else + ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + + + if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = no; then + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +Autoconf TCGETA +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "$ac_pattern" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=yes +fi +rm -f conftest* + + fi +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional" >&6; } + if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = yes; then + CC="$CC -traditional" + fi +fi + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for an ANSI C-conforming const" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for an ANSI C-conforming const... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_c_const+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +/* FIXME: Include the comments suggested by Paul. */ +#ifndef __cplusplus + /* Ultrix mips cc rejects this. */ + typedef int charset[2]; + const charset cs; + /* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this. */ + char const *const *pcpcc; + char **ppc; + /* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this. */ + struct point {int x, y;}; + static struct point const zero = {0,0}; + /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this. + It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in + an arm of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant + expression */ + const char *g = "string"; + pcpcc = &g + (g ? g-g : 0); + /* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */ + ++pcpcc; + ppc = (char**) pcpcc; + pcpcc = (char const *const *) ppc; + { /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this. */ + char *t; + char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0; + + *t++ = 0; + if (s) return 0; + } + { /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this. */ + int x[] = {25, 17}; + const int *foo = &x[0]; + ++foo; + } + { /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */ + typedef const int *iptr; + iptr p = 0; + ++p; + } + { /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying + "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */ + struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; }; + struct s *b; b->j = 5; + } + { /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */ + const int foo = 10; + if (!foo) return 0; + } + return !cs[0] && !zero.x; +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_c_const=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_c_const=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_const" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_const" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define const +_ACEOF + +fi + +case "$host_os" in + darwin*) CPP="$CPP -traditional-cpp" ;; +esac + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ${CC-cc} option to accept ANSI C" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for ${CC-cc} option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${fp_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + fp_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no +ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" +# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and +# breaks some systems' header files. +# AIX -qlanglvl=ansi +# Ultrix and OSF/1 -std1 +# HP-UX -Ae or -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE +# SVR4 -Xc +# For HP-UX, we try -Ae first; this turns on ANSI but also extensions, +# as well as defining _HPUX_SOURCE, and we can then use long long. +# We keep the old version for backward compatibility. +for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" -Xc +do + CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS $ac_arg" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifndef __STDC__ +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +int test (int i, double x); +struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; +struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + fp_cv_prog_cc_stdc="$ac_arg"; break +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +done +CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS" + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $fp_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$fp_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6; } +case "x$fp_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in + x|xno) ;; + *) CC="$CC $fp_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;; +esac + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to use prototypes" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to use prototypes... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test ."$ansi2knr" = .yes || test ."$ansi2knr" = .no; then + msg="(overridden) " +else + msg= + if test ."$fp_cv_prog_cc_stdc" = .no; then + ansi2knr=yes + else + ansi2knr=no + fi +fi + + +if test "$ansi2knr" = yes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ${msg}no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}${msg}no" >&6; } + U=_ +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ${msg}yes" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}${msg}yes" >&6; } + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define PROTOTYPES 1 +_ACEOF + + U= +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +#include +#include + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_header_stdc=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + : +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) +# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) +#else +# define ISLOWER(c) \ + (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ + || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ + || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) +#endif + +#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) +int +main () +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) + || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) + return 2; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + : +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. + + + + + + + + + +for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ + inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h +do +as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default + +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_Header=no" +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + + +# The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works +# for constant arguments. Useless! +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working alloca.h" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for working alloca.h... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_working_alloca_h+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +int +main () +{ +char *p = (char *) alloca (2 * sizeof (int)); + if (p) return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_working_alloca_h=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_working_alloca_h=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_working_alloca_h" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_working_alloca_h" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_working_alloca_h = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for alloca" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for alloca... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_func_alloca_works+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H +# include +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */ +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +int +main () +{ +char *p = (char *) alloca (1); + if (p) return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_func_alloca_works=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_alloca_works" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_alloca_works" >&6; } + +if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +_ACEOF + +else + # The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions +# that cause trouble. Some versions do not even contain alloca or +# contain a buggy version. If you still want to use their alloca, +# use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c. + +ALLOCA=\${LIBOBJDIR}alloca.$ac_objext + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define C_ALLOCA 1 +_ACEOF + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether \`alloca.c' needs Cray hooks" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether \`alloca.c' needs Cray hooks... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_os_cray+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#if defined CRAY && ! defined CRAY2 +webecray +#else +wenotbecray +#endif + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "webecray" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_cv_os_cray=yes +else + ac_cv_os_cray=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_os_cray" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_os_cray" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then + for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do + as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case declares $ac_func. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef $ac_func + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char $ac_func (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return $ac_func (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + eval "$as_ac_var=yes" +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_var=no" +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define CRAY_STACKSEG_END $ac_func +_ACEOF + + break +fi + + done +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking stack direction for C alloca... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_c_stack_direction+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +int +find_stack_direction () +{ + static char *addr = 0; + auto char dummy; + if (addr == 0) + { + addr = &dummy; + return find_stack_direction (); + } + else + return (&dummy > addr) ? 1 : -1; +} + +int +main () +{ + return find_stack_direction () < 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1 +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1 +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_stack_direction" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_stack_direction" >&6; } + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define STACK_DIRECTION $ac_cv_c_stack_direction +_ACEOF + + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the compiler supports union initialisation" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if the compiler supports union initialisation... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_c_have_union_init+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +union{void *p;long l;}u={0}; +int +main () +{ +u.l=1; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_c_have_union_init=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_c_have_union_init=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_c_have_union_init" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_c_have_union_init" >&6; } + + +if test x$zsh_cv_c_have_union_init = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_UNION_INIT 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if signed to unsigned casting is broken" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if signed to unsigned casting is broken... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_c_broken_signed_to_unsigned_casting+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_c_broken_signed_to_unsigned_casting=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +main(){return((int)(unsigned char)((char) -1) == 255);} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_c_broken_signed_to_unsigned_casting=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_c_broken_signed_to_unsigned_casting=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_c_broken_signed_to_unsigned_casting" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_c_broken_signed_to_unsigned_casting" >&6; } + + +if test x$zsh_cv_c_broken_signed_to_unsigned_casting = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define BROKEN_SIGNED_TO_UNSIGNED_CASTING 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the compiler supports variable-length arrays" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if the compiler supports variable-length arrays... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_c_variable_length_arrays+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +int foo(), n; +int +main () +{ +int i[foo()], a[n+1]; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_c_variable_length_arrays=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_c_variable_length_arrays=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_c_variable_length_arrays" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_c_variable_length_arrays" >&6; } + + +if test x$zsh_cv_c_variable_length_arrays = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_VARIABLE_LENGTH_ARRAYS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +set x ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` +if { as_var=ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF +SHELL = /bin/sh +all: + @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' +_ACEOF +# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. +case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in + *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; + *) + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; +esac +rm -f conftest.make +fi +if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6; } + SET_MAKE= +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } + SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" +fi + # Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), +# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or +# incompatible versions: +# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install +# SunOS /usr/etc/install +# IRIX /sbin/install +# AIX /bin/install +# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs +# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag +# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args +# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" +# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic +# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for a BSD-compatible install... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test -z "$INSTALL"; then +if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. +case $as_dir/ in + ./ | .// | /cC/* | \ + /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ + ?:\\/os2\\/install\\/* | ?:\\/OS2\\/INSTALL\\/* | \ + /usr/ucb/* ) ;; + *) + # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. + # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root + # by default. + for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + if test $ac_prog = install && + grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. + : + elif test $ac_prog = install && + grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. + : + else + ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" + break 3 + fi + fi + done + done + ;; +esac +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + +fi + if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then + INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install + else + # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a + # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will + # break other packages using the cache if that directory is + # removed, or if the value is a relative name. + INSTALL=$ac_install_sh + fi +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$INSTALL" >&6; } + +# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. +# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. +test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' + for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$AWK"; then + ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK +if test -n "$AWK"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AWK" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$AWK" >&6; } +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$AWK" && break +done + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ln works" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ln works... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_LN+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + rm -f conftestdata conftestlink +echo > conftestdata +if ln conftestdata conftestlink 2>/dev/null +then + rm -f conftestdata conftestlink + ac_cv_prog_LN="ln" +else + rm -f conftestdata + ac_cv_prog_LN="cp" +fi +fi +LN="$ac_cv_prog_LN" +if test "$ac_cv_prog_LN" = "ln"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6; } +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } +fi + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 + then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" + else + # Extract the first word of "egrep" to use in msg output +if test -z "$EGREP"; then +set dummy egrep; ac_prog_name=$2 +if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_path_EGREP_found=false +# Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in egrep; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue + # Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP +case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1` + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" + ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + + $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 + done +done + +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + +fi + +EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" +if test -z "$EGREP"; then + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable $ac_prog_name could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable $ac_prog_name could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +else + ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP +fi + + + fi +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } + EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" + + for ac_prog in yodl +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_YODL+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$YODL"; then + ac_cv_prog_YODL="$YODL" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_YODL="$ac_prog" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +YODL=$ac_cv_prog_YODL +if test -n "$YODL"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $YODL" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$YODL" >&6; } +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$YODL" && break +done +test -n "$YODL" || YODL=": yodl" + +for ac_prog in pdfetex +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_PDFETEX+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$PDFETEX"; then + ac_cv_prog_PDFETEX="$PDFETEX" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_PDFETEX="$ac_prog" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +PDFETEX=$ac_cv_prog_PDFETEX +if test -n "$PDFETEX"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $PDFETEX" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$PDFETEX" >&6; } +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$PDFETEX" && break +done +test -n "$PDFETEX" || PDFETEX=": pdfetex" + +for ac_prog in texi2pdf +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_TEXI2PDF+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$TEXI2PDF"; then + ac_cv_prog_TEXI2PDF="$TEXI2PDF" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_TEXI2PDF="$ac_prog" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +TEXI2PDF=$ac_cv_prog_TEXI2PDF +if test -n "$TEXI2PDF"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TEXI2PDF" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$TEXI2PDF" >&6; } +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$TEXI2PDF" && break +done + +for ac_prog in ansi2knr +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ANSI2KNR+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$ANSI2KNR"; then + ac_cv_prog_ANSI2KNR="$ANSI2KNR" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_ANSI2KNR="$ac_prog" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ANSI2KNR=$ac_cv_prog_ANSI2KNR +if test -n "$ANSI2KNR"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ANSI2KNR" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ANSI2KNR" >&6; } +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$ANSI2KNR" && break +done +test -n "$ANSI2KNR" || ANSI2KNR=": ansi2knr" + + +if test x"$ansi2knr" = xyes && test x"$ANSI2KNR" = x": ansi2knr"; then + echo "----------" + echo "configure fatal error:" + echo "ansi2knr was specified (--enable-ansi2knr) but the program could not be found." + echo "Either remove the configure option if it is not required or build the ansi2knr" + echo "program before reconfiguring Zsh. The source code for ansi2knr is also" + echo "available in the GPL directory on Zsh distribution sites." + exit 1 +fi + + + + + + +ac_header_dirent=no +for ac_hdr in dirent.h sys/ndir.h sys/dir.h ndir.h; do + as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_hdr" | $as_tr_sh` +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include <$ac_hdr> + +int +main () +{ +if ((DIR *) 0) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_Header=no" +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_hdr" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +ac_header_dirent=$ac_hdr; break +fi + +done +# Two versions of opendir et al. are in -ldir and -lx on SCO Xenix. +if test $ac_header_dirent = dirent.h; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing opendir" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for library containing opendir... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char opendir (); +int +main () +{ +return opendir (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_lib in '' dir; do + if test -z "$ac_lib"; then + ac_res="none required" + else + ac_res=-l$ac_lib + LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" + fi + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_search_opendir=$ac_res +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext + if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then + break +fi +done +if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then + : +else + ac_cv_search_opendir=no +fi +rm conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_opendir" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_search_opendir" >&6; } +ac_res=$ac_cv_search_opendir +if test "$ac_res" != no; then + test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" + +fi + +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing opendir" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for library containing opendir... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char opendir (); +int +main () +{ +return opendir (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_lib in '' x; do + if test -z "$ac_lib"; then + ac_res="none required" + else + ac_res=-l$ac_lib + LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" + fi + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_search_opendir=$ac_res +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext + if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then + break +fi +done +if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then + : +else + ac_cv_search_opendir=no +fi +rm conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_opendir" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_search_opendir" >&6; } +ac_res=$ac_cv_search_opendir +if test "$ac_res" != no; then + test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" + +fi + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +#include +#include + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_header_stdc=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + : +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) +# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) +#else +# define ISLOWER(c) \ + (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ + || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ + || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) +#endif + +#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) +int +main () +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) + || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) + return 2; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + : +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_header_time+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +#include + +int +main () +{ +if ((struct tm *) 0) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_header_time=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_header_time=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_time" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_time" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_header_time = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether stat file-mode macros are broken" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether stat file-mode macros are broken... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_header_stat_broken+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include + +#if defined S_ISBLK && defined S_IFDIR +extern char c1[S_ISBLK (S_IFDIR) ? -1 : 1]; +#endif + +#if defined S_ISBLK && defined S_IFCHR +extern char c2[S_ISBLK (S_IFCHR) ? -1 : 1]; +#endif + +#if defined S_ISLNK && defined S_IFREG +extern char c3[S_ISLNK (S_IFREG) ? -1 : 1]; +#endif + +#if defined S_ISSOCK && defined S_IFREG +extern char c4[S_ISSOCK (S_IFREG) ? -1 : 1]; +#endif + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_header_stat_broken=no +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_header_stat_broken=yes +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stat_broken" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stat_broken" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_header_stat_broken = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define STAT_MACROS_BROKEN 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for sys/wait.h that is POSIX.1 compatible" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for sys/wait.h that is POSIX.1 compatible... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +#ifndef WEXITSTATUS +# define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned int) (stat_val) >> 8) +#endif +#ifndef WIFEXITED +# define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0) +#endif + +int +main () +{ + int s; + wait (&s); + s = WIFEXITED (s) ? WEXITSTATUS (s) : 1; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +oldcflags="$CFLAGS" +if test x$enable_pcre = xyes; then +# Extract the first word of "pcre-config", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy pcre-config; ac_word=$2 +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_prog_PCRECONF+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$PCRECONF"; then + ac_cv_prog_PCRECONF="$PCRECONF" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then + ac_cv_prog_PCRECONF="pcre-config" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +PCRECONF=$ac_cv_prog_PCRECONF +if test -n "$PCRECONF"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $PCRECONF" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$PCRECONF" >&6; } +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } +fi + + +if test "x$ac_cv_prog_PCRECONF" = xpcre-config; then + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS `pcre-config --cflags`" +fi +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +for ac_header in sys/time.h sys/times.h sys/select.h termcap.h termio.h \ + termios.h sys/param.h sys/filio.h string.h memory.h \ + limits.h fcntl.h libc.h sys/utsname.h sys/resource.h \ + locale.h errno.h stdio.h stdarg.h varargs.h stdlib.h \ + unistd.h sys/capability.h \ + utmp.h utmpx.h sys/types.h pwd.h grp.h poll.h sys/mman.h \ + netinet/in_systm.h pcre.h langinfo.h wchar.h stddef.h \ + sys/stropts.h iconv.h +do +as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +else + # Is the header compilable? +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_header_compiler=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_compiler=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } + +# Is the header present? +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + ac_header_preproc=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_preproc=no +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } + +# So? What about this header? +case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in + yes:no: ) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} + ac_header_preproc=yes + ;; + no:yes:* ) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} + + ;; +esac +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc" +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } + +fi +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + +if test x$dynamic = xyes; then + +for ac_header in dlfcn.h +do +as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +else + # Is the header compilable? +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_header_compiler=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_compiler=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } + +# Is the header present? +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + ac_header_preproc=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_preproc=no +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } + +# So? What about this header? +case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in + yes:no: ) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} + ac_header_preproc=yes + ;; + no:yes:* ) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} + + ;; +esac +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc" +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } + +fi +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + + +for ac_header in dl.h +do +as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +else + # Is the header compilable? +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_header_compiler=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_compiler=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } + +# Is the header present? +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + ac_header_preproc=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_preproc=no +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } + +# So? What about this header? +case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in + yes:no: ) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} + ac_header_preproc=yes + ;; + no:yes:* ) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} + + ;; +esac +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc" +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } + +fi +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + +fi + + + +if test x$ac_cv_header_sys_time_h = xyes && test x$ac_cv_header_sys_select_h = xyes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for conflicts in sys/time.h and sys/select.h" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for conflicts in sys/time.h and sys/select.h... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_header_time_h_select_h_conflicts+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +int +main () +{ +int i; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_header_time_h_select_h_conflicts=no +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_header_time_h_select_h_conflicts=yes +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_header_time_h_select_h_conflicts" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_header_time_h_select_h_conflicts" >&6; } + if test x$zsh_cv_header_time_h_select_h_conflicts = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define TIME_H_SELECT_H_CONFLICTS 1 +_ACEOF + + fi +fi + + + +if test x$ac_cv_header_termios_h = xyes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking TIOCGWINSZ in termios.h" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking TIOCGWINSZ in termios.h... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_header_termios_h_tiocgwinsz+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +int x = TIOCGWINSZ; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + zsh_cv_header_termios_h_tiocgwinsz=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_header_termios_h_tiocgwinsz=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_header_termios_h_tiocgwinsz" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_header_termios_h_tiocgwinsz" >&6; } +else + zsh_cv_header_termios_h_tiocgwinsz=no +fi +if test x$zsh_cv_header_termios_h_tiocgwinsz = xno; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking TIOCGWINSZ in sys/ioctl.h" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking TIOCGWINSZ in sys/ioctl.h... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_header_sys_ioctl_h_tiocgwinsz+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +int x = TIOCGWINSZ; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + zsh_cv_header_sys_ioctl_h_tiocgwinsz=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_header_sys_ioctl_h_tiocgwinsz=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_header_sys_ioctl_h_tiocgwinsz" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_header_sys_ioctl_h_tiocgwinsz" >&6; } + if test x$zsh_cv_header_sys_ioctl_h_tiocgwinsz = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL 1 +_ACEOF + + fi +fi + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for streams headers including struct winsize" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for streams headers including struct winsize... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_winsize_in_ptem+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +int +main () +{ +struct winsize wsz + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_winsize_in_ptem=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_winsize_in_ptem=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_winsize_in_ptem" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_winsize_in_ptem" >&6; } +if test x$ac_cv_winsize_in_ptem = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define WINSIZE_IN_PTEM 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for printf in -lc" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for printf in -lc... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_c_printf+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lc $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char printf (); +int +main () +{ +return printf (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_lib_c_printf=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_c_printf=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_printf" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_c_printf" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_lib_c_printf = yes; then + LIBS="$LIBS -lc" +fi + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pow in -lm" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for pow in -lm... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_m_pow+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lm $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char pow (); +int +main () +{ +return pow (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_lib_m_pow=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_m_pow=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_m_pow" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_m_pow" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_lib_m_pow = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_LIBM 1 +_ACEOF + + LIBS="-lm $LIBS" + +fi + + + +# Check whether --with-term-lib was given. +if test "${with_term_lib+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_term_lib; if test x$withval != xno && test x$withval != x ; then + termcap_curses_order="$withval" + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing tigetstr" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for library containing tigetstr... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_search_tigetstr+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char tigetstr (); +int +main () +{ +return tigetstr (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_lib in '' $termcap_curses_order; do + if test -z "$ac_lib"; then + ac_res="none required" + else + ac_res=-l$ac_lib + LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" + fi + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_search_tigetstr=$ac_res +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext + if test "${ac_cv_search_tigetstr+set}" = set; then + break +fi +done +if test "${ac_cv_search_tigetstr+set}" = set; then + : +else + ac_cv_search_tigetstr=no +fi +rm conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_tigetstr" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_search_tigetstr" >&6; } +ac_res=$ac_cv_search_tigetstr +if test "$ac_res" != no; then + test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" + +fi + +else + termcap_curses_order="tinfo termcap ncurses curses" +fi +else + case "$host_os" in + hpux10.*|hpux11.*|solaris*) + termcap_curses_order="Hcurses ncurses curses termcap" ;; + *) termcap_curses_order="tinfo termcap ncurses curses" ;; +esac +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing tigetflag" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for library containing tigetflag... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_search_tigetflag+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char tigetflag (); +int +main () +{ +return tigetflag (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_lib in '' $termcap_curses_order; do + if test -z "$ac_lib"; then + ac_res="none required" + else + ac_res=-l$ac_lib + LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" + fi + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_search_tigetflag=$ac_res +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext + if test "${ac_cv_search_tigetflag+set}" = set; then + break +fi +done +if test "${ac_cv_search_tigetflag+set}" = set; then + : +else + ac_cv_search_tigetflag=no +fi +rm conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_tigetflag" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_search_tigetflag" >&6; } +ac_res=$ac_cv_search_tigetflag +if test "$ac_res" != no; then + test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing tgetent" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for library containing tgetent... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_search_tgetent+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char tgetent (); +int +main () +{ +return tgetent (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_lib in '' $termcap_curses_order; do + if test -z "$ac_lib"; then + ac_res="none required" + else + ac_res=-l$ac_lib + LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" + fi + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_search_tgetent=$ac_res +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext + if test "${ac_cv_search_tgetent+set}" = set; then + break +fi +done +if test "${ac_cv_search_tgetent+set}" = set; then + : +else + ac_cv_search_tgetent=no +fi +rm conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_tgetent" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_search_tgetent" >&6; } +ac_res=$ac_cv_search_tgetent +if test "$ac_res" != no; then + test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" + true +else + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \"No terminal handling library was found on your system. +This is probably a library called 'curses' or 'ncurses'. You may +need to install a package called 'curses-devel' or 'ncurses-devel' on your +system.\" +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: \"No terminal handling library was found on your system. +This is probably a library called 'curses' or 'ncurses'. You may +need to install a package called 'curses-devel' or 'ncurses-devel' on your +system.\" +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 255); exit 255; }; } +fi + + +for ac_header in curses.h +do +as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +else + # Is the header compilable? +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_header_compiler=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_compiler=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } + +# Is the header present? +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + ac_header_preproc=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_preproc=no +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } + +# So? What about this header? +case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in + yes:no: ) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} + ac_header_preproc=yes + ;; + no:yes:* ) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} + + ;; +esac +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc" +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } + +fi +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Solaris 8 curses.h mistake" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for Solaris 8 curses.h mistake... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_header_curses_solaris+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_header_curses_h=yes +ac_cv_header_curses_solaris=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_header_curses_h=no +ac_cv_header_curses_solaris=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_curses_solaris" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_curses_solaris" >&6; } +if test x$ac_cv_header_curses_solaris = xyes; then +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_CURSES_H 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +fi + +done + + +for ac_header in term.h +do +as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +else + # Is the header compilable? +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_header_compiler=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_compiler=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } + +# Is the header present? +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + ac_header_preproc=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_preproc=no +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } + +# So? What about this header? +case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in + yes:no: ) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} + ac_header_preproc=yes + ;; + no:yes:* ) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} + + ;; +esac +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc" +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } + +fi +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if term.h needs curses.h" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if term.h needs curses.h... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +int +main () +{ +char **test = boolcodes; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + boolcodes_with_only_term_h=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + boolcodes_with_only_term_h=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +int +main () +{ +char **test = boolcodes; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + boolcodes_with_curses_h_and_term_h=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + boolcodes_with_curses_h_and_term_h=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +if test "x$boolcodes_with_curses_h_and_term_h" = xyes && test "x$boolcodes_with_only_term_h" = xno; +then +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define TERM_H_NEEDS_CURSES_H 1 +_ACEOF + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6; } +else +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6; } +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if boolcodes is available" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if boolcodes is available... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef TERM_H_NEEDS_CURSES_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +char **test = boolcodes; printf(*test); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_BOOLCODES 1 +_ACEOF + boolcodes=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + boolcodes=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $boolcodes" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$boolcodes" >&6; } +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if numcodes is available" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if numcodes is available... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef TERM_H_NEEDS_CURSES_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +char **test = numcodes; printf(*test); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_NUMCODES 1 +_ACEOF + numcodes=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + numcodes=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $numcodes" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$numcodes" >&6; } +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if strcodes is available" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if strcodes is available... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef TERM_H_NEEDS_CURSES_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +char **test = strcodes; printf(*test); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRCODES 1 +_ACEOF + strcodes=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + strcodes=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $strcodes" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$strcodes" >&6; } +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if boolnames is available" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if boolnames is available... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +int +main () +{ +char **test = boolnames; printf(*test); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_BOOLNAMES 1 +_ACEOF + boolnames=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + boolnames=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $boolnames" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$boolnames" >&6; } +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if numnames is available" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if numnames is available... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +int +main () +{ +char **test = numnames; printf(*test); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_NUMNAMES 1 +_ACEOF + numnames=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + numnames=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $numnames" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$numnames" >&6; } +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if strnames is available" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if strnames is available... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +int +main () +{ +char **test = strnames; printf(*test); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRNAMES 1 +_ACEOF + strnames=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + strnames=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $strnames" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$strnames" >&6; } + +fi + +done + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing yp_all" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for library containing yp_all... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_search_yp_all+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char yp_all (); +int +main () +{ +return yp_all (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_lib in '' nsl; do + if test -z "$ac_lib"; then + ac_res="none required" + else + ac_res=-l$ac_lib + LIBS="-l$ac_lib $ac_func_search_save_LIBS" + fi + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_search_yp_all=$ac_res +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext + if test "${ac_cv_search_yp_all+set}" = set; then + break +fi +done +if test "${ac_cv_search_yp_all+set}" = set; then + : +else + ac_cv_search_yp_all=no +fi +rm conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_yp_all" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_search_yp_all" >&6; } +ac_res=$ac_cv_search_yp_all +if test "$ac_res" != no; then + test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS" + +fi + + +if test `echo $host_os | sed 's/^\(unicos\).*/\1/'` = unicos; then + LIBS="-lcraylm -lkrb -lnisdb -lnsl -lrpcsvc $LIBS" +fi + +if test "x$dynamic" = xyes; then + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen in -ldl... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char dlopen (); +int +main () +{ +return dlopen (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_LIBDL 1 +_ACEOF + + LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" + +fi + +fi + +if test x$enable_cap = xyes; then + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cap_get_proc in -lcap" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for cap_get_proc in -lcap... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_cap_cap_get_proc+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lcap $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char cap_get_proc (); +int +main () +{ +return cap_get_proc (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_lib_cap_cap_get_proc=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_cap_cap_get_proc=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_cap_cap_get_proc" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_cap_cap_get_proc" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_lib_cap_cap_get_proc = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_LIBCAP 1 +_ACEOF + + LIBS="-lcap $LIBS" + +fi + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for socket in -lsocket" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for socket in -lsocket... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_socket_socket+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lsocket $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char socket (); +int +main () +{ +return socket (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_lib_socket_socket=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_socket_socket=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_socket_socket" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_socket_socket" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_lib_socket_socket = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_LIBSOCKET 1 +_ACEOF + + LIBS="-lsocket $LIBS" + +fi + + + +if test "x$ac_cv_header_iconv_h" = "xyes"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for iconv" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for iconv... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_func_iconv+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define iconv to an innocuous variant, in case declares iconv. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define iconv innocuous_iconv + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char iconv (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef iconv + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char iconv (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_iconv || defined __stub___iconv +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return iconv (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_func_iconv=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_func_iconv=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_iconv" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_iconv" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_func_iconv = yes; then + ac_found_iconv=yes +else + ac_found_iconv=no +fi + + if test "x$ac_found_iconv" = "xno"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for iconv in -liconv" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for iconv in -liconv... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_iconv_iconv+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-liconv $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char iconv (); +int +main () +{ +return iconv (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_lib_iconv_iconv=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_iconv_iconv=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_iconv_iconv" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_iconv_iconv" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_lib_iconv_iconv = yes; then + ac_found_iconv=yes +fi + + if test "x$ac_found_iconv" = "xno"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for libiconv in -liconv" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for libiconv in -liconv... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-liconv $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char libiconv (); +int +main () +{ +return libiconv (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv = yes; then + ac_found_iconv=yes +fi + + fi + if test "x$ac_found_iconv" != "xno"; then + LIBS="-liconv $LIBS" + fi + else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether _libiconv_version is declared" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether _libiconv_version is declared... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_have_decl__libiconv_version+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + #include + +int +main () +{ +#ifndef _libiconv_version + (void) _libiconv_version; +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_have_decl__libiconv_version=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_have_decl__libiconv_version=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_have_decl__libiconv_version" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_have_decl__libiconv_version" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_have_decl__libiconv_version = yes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for libiconv in -liconv" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for libiconv in -liconv... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-liconv $LIBS" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char libiconv (); +int +main () +{ +return libiconv (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_lib_iconv_libiconv = yes; then + LIBS="-liconv $LIBS" +fi + +fi + + fi +fi +if test "x$ac_found_iconv" = xyes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_ICONV 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +if test "x$ac_found_iconv" = "xyes"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for iconv declaration" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for iconv declaration... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_iconv_const+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + #include +int +main () +{ +#ifdef __cplusplus + "C" + #endif + #if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) + size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft); + #else + size_t iconv(); + #endif + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_iconv_const= +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_iconv_const=const +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_iconv_const" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_iconv_const" >&6; } + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define ICONV_CONST $ac_cv_iconv_const +_ACEOF + +fi + +if test x$enable_pcre = xyes; then + LIBS="`pcre-config --libs` $LIBS" +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if an include file defines ospeed" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if an include file defines ospeed... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_decl_ospeed_include_defines+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#if HAVE_TERMIOS_H +#include +#endif +#if HAVE_TERMCAP_H +#include +#endif +int +main () +{ +ospeed = 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + zsh_cv_decl_ospeed_include_defines=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_decl_ospeed_include_defines=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_decl_ospeed_include_defines" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_decl_ospeed_include_defines" >&6; } + +if test x$zsh_cv_decl_ospeed_include_defines = xno; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if you must define ospeed" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if you must define ospeed... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_decl_ospeed_must_define+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +extern short ospeed; ospeed = 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + zsh_cv_decl_ospeed_must_define=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_decl_ospeed_must_define=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_decl_ospeed_must_define" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_decl_ospeed_must_define" >&6; } +fi + + + + + +if test x$zsh_cv_decl_ospeed_include_defines = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_OSPEED 1 +_ACEOF + +elif test x$zsh_cv_decl_ospeed_must_define = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_OSPEED 1 +_ACEOF + + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking return type of signal handlers" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking return type of signal handlers... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_type_signal+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include + +int +main () +{ +return *(signal (0, 0)) (0) == 1; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_type_signal=int +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_type_signal=void +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_signal" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_signal" >&6; } + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define RETSIGTYPE $ac_cv_type_signal +_ACEOF + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pid_t" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for pid_t... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_type_pid_t+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +typedef pid_t ac__type_new_; +int +main () +{ +if ((ac__type_new_ *) 0) + return 0; +if (sizeof (ac__type_new_)) + return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_type_pid_t=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_type_pid_t=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_pid_t" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_pid_t" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_type_pid_t = yes; then + : +else + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define pid_t int +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for off_t" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for off_t... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_type_off_t+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +typedef off_t ac__type_new_; +int +main () +{ +if ((ac__type_new_ *) 0) + return 0; +if (sizeof (ac__type_new_)) + return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_type_off_t=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_type_off_t=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_off_t" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_off_t" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_type_off_t = yes; then + : +else + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define off_t long int +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ino_t" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for ino_t... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_type_ino_t+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +typedef ino_t ac__type_new_; +int +main () +{ +if ((ac__type_new_ *) 0) + return 0; +if (sizeof (ac__type_new_)) + return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_type_ino_t=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_type_ino_t=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_ino_t" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_ino_t" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_type_ino_t = yes; then + : +else + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define ino_t unsigned long +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mode_t" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for mode_t... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_type_mode_t+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +typedef mode_t ac__type_new_; +int +main () +{ +if ((ac__type_new_ *) 0) + return 0; +if (sizeof (ac__type_new_)) + return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_type_mode_t=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_type_mode_t=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_mode_t" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_mode_t" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_type_mode_t = yes; then + : +else + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define mode_t int +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for uid_t in sys/types.h" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for uid_t in sys/types.h... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_type_uid_t+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "uid_t" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_cv_type_uid_t=yes +else + ac_cv_type_uid_t=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_uid_t" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_uid_t" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_type_uid_t = no; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define uid_t int +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define gid_t int +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for size_t" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for size_t... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_type_size_t+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +typedef size_t ac__type_new_; +int +main () +{ +if ((ac__type_new_ *) 0) + return 0; +if (sizeof (ac__type_new_)) + return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_type_size_t=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_type_size_t=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_size_t" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_size_t" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_type_size_t = yes; then + : +else + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define size_t unsigned int +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if long is 64 bits" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if long is 64 bits... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_long_is_64_bit+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_long_is_64_bit=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +int main() { return sizeof(long) < 8; } +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_long_is_64_bit=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_long_is_64_bit=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_long_is_64_bit" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_long_is_64_bit" >&6; } + + + + + + + + + + + + + +if test x$zsh_cv_long_is_64_bit = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define LONG_IS_64_BIT 1 +_ACEOF + +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if off_t is 64 bit" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if off_t is 64 bit... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_off_t_is_64_bit+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_off_t_is_64_bit=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include + +main() { return sizeof(off_t) < 8; } + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_off_t_is_64_bit=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_off_t_is_64_bit=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_off_t_is_64_bit" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_off_t_is_64_bit" >&6; } + if test x$zsh_cv_off_t_is_64_bit = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define OFF_T_IS_64_BIT 1 +_ACEOF + + fi + + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if ino_t is 64 bit" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if ino_t is 64 bit... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_ino_t_is_64_bit+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_ino_t_is_64_bit=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include + +main() { return sizeof(ino_t) < 8; } + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_ino_t_is_64_bit=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_ino_t_is_64_bit=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_ino_t_is_64_bit" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_ino_t_is_64_bit" >&6; } + if test x$zsh_cv_ino_t_is_64_bit = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define INO_T_IS_64_BIT 1 +_ACEOF + + fi + + if test x$lfs != xno -o x$zsh_cv_off_t_is_64_bit = xyes \ + -o $zsh_cv_ino_t_is_64_bit = yes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if compiler has a 64 bit type" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if compiler has a 64 bit type... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_64_bit_type+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test x$lfs != xyes && test x$lfs != xno; then + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + if test xforce != x ; then + zsh_cv_64_bit_type="${lfs}" + else + zsh_cv_64_bit_type=no + fi +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +#include +#endif + +main() +{ + ${lfs} foo = 0; + int bar = (int) foo; + return sizeof(${lfs}) != 8; +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_64_bit_type="${lfs}" +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_64_bit_type=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + + + else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + if test x != x ; then + zsh_cv_64_bit_type="long long" + else + zsh_cv_64_bit_type=no + fi +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +#include +#endif + +main() +{ + long long foo = 0; + int bar = (int) foo; + return sizeof(long long) != 8; +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_64_bit_type="long long" +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_64_bit_type=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + + + if test "$zsh_cv_64_bit_type" = no; then + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + if test x != x ; then + zsh_cv_64_bit_type="quad_t" + else + zsh_cv_64_bit_type=no + fi +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +#include +#endif + +main() +{ + quad_t foo = 0; + int bar = (int) foo; + return sizeof(quad_t) != 8; +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_64_bit_type="quad_t" +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_64_bit_type=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + + + fi + if test "$zsh_cv_64_bit_type" = no; then + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + if test x != x ; then + zsh_cv_64_bit_type="__int64_t" + else + zsh_cv_64_bit_type=no + fi +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +#include +#endif + +main() +{ + __int64_t foo = 0; + int bar = (int) foo; + return sizeof(__int64_t) != 8; +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_64_bit_type="__int64_t" +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_64_bit_type=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + + + fi + if test "$zsh_cv_64_bit_type" = no && + test "$zsh_cv_off_t_is_64_bit" = yes; then + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + if test x != x ; then + zsh_cv_64_bit_type="off_t" + else + zsh_cv_64_bit_type=no + fi +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +#include +#endif + +main() +{ + off_t foo = 0; + int bar = (int) foo; + return sizeof(off_t) != 8; +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_64_bit_type="off_t" +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_64_bit_type=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + + + fi + fi +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_64_bit_type" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_64_bit_type" >&6; } + if test "$zsh_cv_64_bit_type" != no; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define ZSH_64_BIT_TYPE $zsh_cv_64_bit_type +_ACEOF + + + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a corresponding unsigned 64 bit type" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for a corresponding unsigned 64 bit type... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_64_bit_utype+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + if test xforce != x ; then + zsh_cv_64_bit_utype="unsigned $zsh_cv_64_bit_type" + else + zsh_cv_64_bit_utype=no + fi +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +#include +#endif + +main() +{ + unsigned $zsh_cv_64_bit_type foo = 0; + int bar = (int) foo; + return sizeof(unsigned $zsh_cv_64_bit_type) != 8; +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_64_bit_utype="unsigned $zsh_cv_64_bit_type" +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_64_bit_utype=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + + + if test "$zsh_cv_64_bit_utype" = no; then + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + if test x != x ; then + zsh_cv_64_bit_utype="__uint64_t" + else + zsh_cv_64_bit_utype=no + fi +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +#include +#endif + +main() +{ + __uint64_t foo = 0; + int bar = (int) foo; + return sizeof(__uint64_t) != 8; +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_64_bit_utype="__uint64_t" +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_64_bit_utype=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + + + fi +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_64_bit_utype" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_64_bit_utype" >&6; } + if test "$zsh_cv_64_bit_utype" != no; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define ZSH_64_BIT_UTYPE $zsh_cv_64_bit_utype +_ACEOF + + fi + fi + fi +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for sigset_t" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for sigset_t... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_type_sigset_t+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#include +int +main () +{ +sigset_t tempsigset; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_type_sigset_t=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_type_sigset_t=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_type_sigset_t" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_type_sigset_t" >&6; } + + +if test x$zsh_cv_type_sigset_t = xno; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define sigset_t unsigned int +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct timezone" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct timezone... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_timezone+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +# include +#endif + +int +main () +{ +struct timezone testvar; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_timezone=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_timezone=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_timezone" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_timezone" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_timezone = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct utmp" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct utmp... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_utmp+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H +# include +#endif + +int +main () +{ +struct utmp testvar; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_utmp=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_utmp=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_utmp" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_utmp" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_utmp = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct utmpx" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct utmpx... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_utmpx+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H +# include +#endif + +int +main () +{ +struct utmpx testvar; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_utmpx=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_utmpx=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_utmpx" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_utmpx" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_type_exists_struct_utmpx = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ut_host in struct utmp" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for ut_host in struct utmp... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmp_ut_host+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H +# include +#endif + +int +main () +{ +struct utmp testvar; testvar.ut_host; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmp_ut_host=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmp_ut_host=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmp_ut_host" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmp_ut_host" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmp_ut_host = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ut_host in struct utmpx" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for ut_host in struct utmpx... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_host+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H +# include +#endif + +int +main () +{ +struct utmpx testvar; testvar.ut_host; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_host=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_host=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_host" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_host" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_host = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_HOST 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ut_xtime in struct utmpx" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for ut_xtime in struct utmpx... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_xtime+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H +# include +#endif + +int +main () +{ +struct utmpx testvar; testvar.ut_xtime; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_xtime=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_xtime=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_xtime" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_xtime" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_xtime = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_XTIME 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ut_tv in struct utmpx" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for ut_tv in struct utmpx... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_tv+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H +# include +#endif + +int +main () +{ +struct utmpx testvar; testvar.ut_tv; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_tv=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_tv=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_tv" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_tv" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_utmpx_ut_tv = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_TV 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for d_ino in struct dirent" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for d_ino in struct dirent... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_dirent_d_ino+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H +# include +#endif + +int +main () +{ +struct dirent testvar; testvar.d_ino; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_dirent_d_ino=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_dirent_d_ino=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_dirent_d_ino" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_dirent_d_ino" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_dirent_d_ino = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for d_stat in struct dirent" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for d_stat in struct dirent... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_dirent_d_stat+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H +# include +#endif + +int +main () +{ +struct dirent testvar; testvar.d_stat; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_dirent_d_stat=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_dirent_d_stat=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_dirent_d_stat" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_dirent_d_stat" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_dirent_d_stat = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_STAT 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for d_ino in struct direct" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for d_ino in struct direct... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_direct_d_ino+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_NDIR_H +# include +#endif + +int +main () +{ +struct direct testvar; testvar.d_ino; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_direct_d_ino=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_direct_d_ino=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_direct_d_ino" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_direct_d_ino" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_direct_d_ino = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_DIRECT_D_INO 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for d_stat in struct direct" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for d_stat in struct direct... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_direct_d_stat+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_NDIR_H +# include +#endif + +int +main () +{ +struct direct testvar; testvar.d_stat; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_direct_d_stat=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_direct_d_stat=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_direct_d_stat" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_direct_d_stat" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_direct_d_stat = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_DIRECT_D_STAT 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for sin6_scope_id in struct sockaddr_in6" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for sin6_scope_id in struct sockaddr_in6... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_sockaddr_in6_sin6_scope_id+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +struct sockaddr_in6 testvar; testvar.sin6_scope_id; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_sockaddr_in6_sin6_scope_id=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_sockaddr_in6_sin6_scope_id=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_sockaddr_in6_sin6_scope_id" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_sockaddr_in6_sin6_scope_id" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_struct_member_struct_sockaddr_in6_sin6_scope_id = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6_SIN6_SCOPE_ID 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we need our own h_errno" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if we need our own h_errno... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_decl_h_errno_use_local+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +extern int h_errno; h_errno = 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + zsh_cv_decl_h_errno_use_local=no +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_decl_h_errno_use_local=yes +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_decl_h_errno_use_local" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_decl_h_errno_use_local" >&6; } + +if test x$zsh_cv_decl_h_errno_use_local = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define USE_LOCAL_H_ERRNO 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +for ac_func in strftime strptime mktime timelocal \ + difftime gettimeofday \ + select poll \ + readlink faccessx fchdir ftruncate \ + fstat lstat lchown fchown fchmod \ + fseeko ftello \ + mkfifo _mktemp mkstemp \ + waitpid wait3 \ + sigaction sigblock sighold sigrelse sigsetmask sigprocmask \ + killpg setpgid setpgrp tcsetpgrp tcgetattr nice \ + gethostname gethostbyname2 getipnodebyname \ + inet_aton inet_pton inet_ntop \ + getlogin getpwent getpwnam getpwuid getgrgid getgrnam \ + initgroups nis_list \ + setuid seteuid setreuid setresuid setsid \ + memcpy memmove strstr strerror \ + getrlimit getrusage \ + setlocale \ + uname \ + signgam \ + putenv getenv setenv unsetenv xw\ + brk sbrk \ + pathconf sysconf \ + tgetent tigetflag tigetnum tigetstr setupterm initscr \ + setcchar \ + pcre_compile pcre_study pcre_exec \ + nl_langinfo \ + erand48 open_memstream \ + wctomb iconv \ + grantpt unlockpt ptsname \ + htons ntohs \ + regcomp regexec regerror regfree +do +as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case declares $ac_func. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef $ac_func + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char $ac_func (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return $ac_func (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + eval "$as_ac_var=yes" +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_var=no" +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working strcoll" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for working strcoll... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_func_strcoll_works+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + ac_cv_func_strcoll_works=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +int +main () +{ +return (strcoll ("abc", "def") >= 0 || + strcoll ("ABC", "DEF") >= 0 || + strcoll ("123", "456") >= 0) + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_cv_func_strcoll_works=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +ac_cv_func_strcoll_works=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_strcoll_works" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_strcoll_works" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_func_strcoll_works = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRCOLL 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +if test x$enable_cap = xyes; then + +for ac_func in cap_get_proc +do +as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case declares $ac_func. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef $ac_func + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char $ac_func (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return $ac_func (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + eval "$as_ac_var=yes" +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_var=no" +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + +fi + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if tgetent accepts NULL" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if tgetent accepts NULL... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_func_tgetent_accepts_null+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_func_tgetent_accepts_null=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +main() +{ + char buf[4096]; + int r1 = tgetent(buf, "vt100"); + int r2 = tgetent((char*)0,"vt100"); + if (r1 >= 0 && r1 == r2) { + char tbuf[1024], *u; + u = tbuf; + tgetstr("cl", &u); + creat("conftest.tgetent", 0640); + } + exit((r1 != r2) || r2 == -1); +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + if test -f conftest.tgetent; then + zsh_cv_func_tgetent_accepts_null=yes + else + zsh_cv_func_tgetent_accepts_null=no + fi +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_func_tgetent_accepts_null=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_func_tgetent_accepts_null" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_func_tgetent_accepts_null" >&6; } +if test x$zsh_cv_func_tgetent_accepts_null = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define TGETENT_ACCEPTS_NULL 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if tgetent returns 0 on success" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if tgetent returns 0 on success... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_func_tgetent_zero_success+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_func_tgetent_zero_success=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +main() +{ + char buf[4096]; + int r1 = tgetent(buf, "!@#$%^&*"); + int r2 = tgetent(buf, "vt100"); + if (r1 < 0 && r2 == 0) { + char tbuf[1024], *u; + u = tbuf; + tgetstr("cl", &u); + creat("conftest.tgetent0", 0640); + } + exit(r1 == r2); +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + if test -f conftest.tgetent0; then + zsh_cv_func_tgetent_zero_success=yes + else + zsh_cv_func_tgetent_zero_success=no + fi +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_func_tgetent_zero_success=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_func_tgetent_zero_success" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_func_tgetent_zero_success" >&6; } + + +if test x$zsh_cv_func_tgetent_zero_success = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define TGETENT_SUCCESS 0 +_ACEOF + +else + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define TGETENT_SUCCESS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + +for ac_header in stdlib.h unistd.h +do +as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +else + # Is the header compilable? +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_header_compiler=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_compiler=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } + +# Is the header present? +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then + ac_header_preproc=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_header_preproc=no +fi + +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } + +# So? What about this header? +case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in + yes:no: ) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} + ac_header_preproc=yes + ;; + no:yes:* ) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} + + ;; +esac +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc" +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } + +fi +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + + +for ac_func in getpagesize +do +as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case declares $ac_func. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef $ac_func + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char $ac_func (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return $ac_func (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + eval "$as_ac_var=yes" +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_var=no" +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working mmap" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for working mmap... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +/* malloc might have been renamed as rpl_malloc. */ +#undef malloc + +/* Thanks to Mike Haertel and Jim Avera for this test. + Here is a matrix of mmap possibilities: + mmap private not fixed + mmap private fixed at somewhere currently unmapped + mmap private fixed at somewhere already mapped + mmap shared not fixed + mmap shared fixed at somewhere currently unmapped + mmap shared fixed at somewhere already mapped + For private mappings, we should verify that changes cannot be read() + back from the file, nor mmap's back from the file at a different + address. (There have been systems where private was not correctly + implemented like the infamous i386 svr4.0, and systems where the + VM page cache was not coherent with the file system buffer cache + like early versions of FreeBSD and possibly contemporary NetBSD.) + For shared mappings, we should conversely verify that changes get + propagated back to all the places they're supposed to be. + + Grep wants private fixed already mapped. + The main things grep needs to know about mmap are: + * does it exist and is it safe to write into the mmap'd area + * how to use it (BSD variants) */ + +#include +#include + +#if !defined STDC_HEADERS && !defined HAVE_STDLIB_H +char *malloc (); +#endif + +/* This mess was copied from the GNU getpagesize.h. */ +#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE +/* Assume that all systems that can run configure have sys/param.h. */ +# ifndef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H +# define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1 +# endif + +# ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE +# define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) +# else /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */ +# ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H +# include +# ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE +# define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE +# else /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */ +# ifdef NBPG +# define getpagesize() NBPG * CLSIZE +# ifndef CLSIZE +# define CLSIZE 1 +# endif /* no CLSIZE */ +# else /* no NBPG */ +# ifdef NBPC +# define getpagesize() NBPC +# else /* no NBPC */ +# ifdef PAGESIZE +# define getpagesize() PAGESIZE +# endif /* PAGESIZE */ +# endif /* no NBPC */ +# endif /* no NBPG */ +# endif /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */ +# else /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */ +# define getpagesize() 8192 /* punt totally */ +# endif /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */ +# endif /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */ + +#endif /* no HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */ + +int +main () +{ + char *data, *data2, *data3; + int i, pagesize; + int fd; + + pagesize = getpagesize (); + + /* First, make a file with some known garbage in it. */ + data = (char *) malloc (pagesize); + if (!data) + return 1; + for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) + *(data + i) = rand (); + umask (0); + fd = creat ("conftest.mmap", 0600); + if (fd < 0) + return 1; + if (write (fd, data, pagesize) != pagesize) + return 1; + close (fd); + + /* Next, try to mmap the file at a fixed address which already has + something else allocated at it. If we can, also make sure that + we see the same garbage. */ + fd = open ("conftest.mmap", O_RDWR); + if (fd < 0) + return 1; + data2 = (char *) malloc (2 * pagesize); + if (!data2) + return 1; + data2 += (pagesize - ((long int) data2 & (pagesize - 1))) & (pagesize - 1); + if (data2 != mmap (data2, pagesize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, + MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_FIXED, fd, 0L)) + return 1; + for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) + if (*(data + i) != *(data2 + i)) + return 1; + + /* Finally, make sure that changes to the mapped area do not + percolate back to the file as seen by read(). (This is a bug on + some variants of i386 svr4.0.) */ + for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) + *(data2 + i) = *(data2 + i) + 1; + data3 = (char *) malloc (pagesize); + if (!data3) + return 1; + if (read (fd, data3, pagesize) != pagesize) + return 1; + for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) + if (*(data + i) != *(data3 + i)) + return 1; + close (fd); + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_MMAP 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +rm -f conftest.mmap + +if test x$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped = xyes; then + + +for ac_func in munmap msync +do +as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case declares $ac_func. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef $ac_func + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char $ac_func (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return $ac_func (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + eval "$as_ac_var=yes" +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_var=no" +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + +fi + +if test x$ac_cv_func_setpgrp = xyes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether getpgrp requires zero arguments" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether getpgrp requires zero arguments... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_func_getpgrp_void+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + # Use it with a single arg. +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +int +main () +{ +getpgrp (0); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_func_getpgrp_void=no +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_func_getpgrp_void=yes +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_getpgrp_void" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_getpgrp_void" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_func_getpgrp_void = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define GETPGRP_VOID 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +else + ac_cv_func_getpgrp_void=yes + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define GETPGRP_VOID 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +if test x$dynamic = xyes; then + + + + + + + + + + + +for ac_func in dlopen dlerror dlsym dlclose load loadquery loadbind unload \ + shl_load shl_unload shl_findsym +do +as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case declares $ac_func. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef $ac_func + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char $ac_func (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return $ac_func (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + eval "$as_ac_var=yes" +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_var=no" +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + +fi + + + + + + + + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking what style of signals to use" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking what style of signals to use... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test x$ac_cv_func_sigaction = xyes && test x$ac_cv_func_sigprocmask = xyes; then + signals_style=POSIX_SIGNALS + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define POSIX_SIGNALS 1 +_ACEOF + +elif test x$ac_cv_func_sigblock = xyes && test x$ac_cv_func_sigsetmask = xyes; then + signals_style=BSD_SIGNALS + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define BSD_SIGNALS 1 +_ACEOF + +elif test x$ac_cv_func_sighold = xyes && test x$ac_cv_func_sigrelse = xyes; then + signals_style=SYSV_SIGNALS + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define SYSV_SIGNALS 1 +_ACEOF + +else + signals_style=NO_SIGNAL_BLOCKING + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define NO_SIGNAL_BLOCKING 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define $signals_style 1 +_ACEOF + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $signals_style" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$signals_style" >&6; } + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking where signal.h is located" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking where signal.h is located... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_path_signal_h+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + echo "#include " > nametmp.c +sigfile_list="`$CPP nametmp.c | +sed -n -e 's/^#line[ ].*\"\(.*\)\"/\1/p' \ + -e 's/^#[ ].*\"\(.*\)\"/\1/p' | +sed 's/\\\\\\\\/\//g' | +$AWK '{ if ($1 ~ /sig/) files[$1] = $1 } + END { for (var in files) print var }'`" +rm -f nametmp.c +if test -z "$sigfile_list"; then + sigfile_list="/usr/include/sys/iso/signal_iso.h +/usr/include/bsd/sys/signal.h +/usr/include/signum.h +/usr/include/asm/signum.h +/usr/include/asm/signal.h +/usr/include/linux/signal.h +/usr/include/sys/signal.h +/usr/include/bits/signum.h +/dev/null" +fi +for SIGNAL_H in $sigfile_list +do + nsigs=`test -f $SIGNAL_H && \ + grep '#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*SIG[0-9A-Z]*[ ]*[0-9][0-9]*' $SIGNAL_H | \ + wc -l | sed 's/ //g'` + test "x$nsigs" != x && test "$nsigs" -ge 7 && break +done +if test x$SIGNAL_H = x"/dev/null"; then + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: SIGNAL MACROS NOT FOUND: please report to developers" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: SIGNAL MACROS NOT FOUND: please report to developers" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +zsh_cv_path_signal_h=$SIGNAL_H + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_path_signal_h" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_path_signal_h" >&6; } +SIGNAL_H=$zsh_cv_path_signal_h + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking where error names are located" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking where error names are located... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_path_errno_h+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + echo "#include " > nametmp.c +errfile_list="`$CPP nametmp.c | +sed -n -e 's/^#line[ ].*\"\(.*\)\"/\1/p' \ + -e 's/^#[ 0-9].*\"\(.*\)\"/\1/p' | +sed 's/\\\\\\\\/\//g' | +$AWK '{ if ($1 ~ /err/) files[$1] = $1 } + END { for (var in files) print var }'`" +rm -f nametmp.c +for ERRNO_TRY_H in $errfile_list /dev/null +do + nerrs=`test -f $ERRNO_TRY_H && \ + $EGREP '#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*E[0-9A-Z]*[ ]*(_HURD_ERRNO )?\(?[_A-Z0-9]' $ERRNO_TRY_H | \ + wc -l | sed 's/ //g'` + if test "x$nerrs" != x && test "$nerrs" -ge 1 + then + ERRNO_H="$ERRNO_H $ERRNO_TRY_H" + fi +done +if test x"$ERRNO_H" = x; then + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ERROR MACROS NOT FOUND: please report to developers" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: ERROR MACROS NOT FOUND: please report to developers" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi +zsh_cv_path_errno_h="$ERRNO_H" + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_path_errno_h" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_path_errno_h" >&6; } +ERRNO_H="$zsh_cv_path_errno_h" + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking where the RLIMIT macros are located" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking where the RLIMIT macros are located... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_path_rlimit_h+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + echo "#include " >restmp.c +resourcefile_list="`$CPP restmp.c | +sed -n -e 's/^#line[ ].*\"\(.*\)\"/\1/p' \ + -e 's/^#[ ].*\"\(.*\)\"/\1/p' | +sed 's/\\\\\\\\/\//g' | +$AWK '{ if ($1 ~ /resource/) files[$1] = $1 } + END { for (var in files) print var }'`" +rm -f restmp.c +if test -z "$resourcefile_list"; then + resourcefile_list="/usr/include/bsd/sys/resource.h +/usr/include/asm/resource.h +/usr/include/linux/resource.h +/usr/include/sys/resource.h +/usr/include/bits/resource.h +/usr/include/resourcebits.h" +fi +for RESOURCE_H in $resourcefile_list /dev/null; +do + test -f $RESOURCE_H && \ + grep '#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*RLIMIT_[A-Z]*[ ]*[0-9A-Z][0-9]*' $RESOURCE_H > /dev/null && \ + break +done +zsh_cv_path_rlimit_h=$RESOURCE_H +if test x$RESOURCE_H = x"/dev/null" && test x$ac_cv_func_getrlimit = xyes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: RLIMIT MACROS NOT FOUND: please report to developers" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: RLIMIT MACROS NOT FOUND: please report to developers" >&2;} +fi +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_path_rlimit_h" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_path_rlimit_h" >&6; } +RLIMITS_INC_H=$zsh_cv_path_rlimit_h +if test "$RLIMITS_INC_H" = "/dev/null"; then + RLIMITS_INC_H='' +fi + + + + + + + + + +DEFAULT_RLIM_T=long +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if rlim_t is longer than a long" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if rlim_t is longer than a long... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_rlim_t_is_longer+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_rlim_t_is_longer=yes +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +main(){struct rlimit r;exit(sizeof(r.rlim_cur) <= sizeof(long));} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_rlim_t_is_longer=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_rlim_t_is_longer=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_rlim_t_is_longer" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_rlim_t_is_longer" >&6; } +if test x$zsh_cv_rlim_t_is_longer = xyes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if rlim_t is a quad" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if rlim_t is a quad... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_rlim_t_is_quad_t+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_rlim_t_is_quad_t=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +#include +main() { + struct rlimit r; + char buf[20]; + r.rlim_cur = 0; + sprintf(buf, "%qd", r.rlim_cur); + exit(strcmp(buf, "0")); +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_rlim_t_is_quad_t=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_rlim_t_is_quad_t=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_rlim_t_is_quad_t" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_rlim_t_is_quad_t" >&6; } + if test x$zsh_cv_rlim_t_is_quad_t = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define RLIM_T_IS_QUAD_T 1 +_ACEOF + + DEFAULT_RLIM_T=quad_t + else + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define RLIM_T_IS_LONG_LONG 1 +_ACEOF + + DEFAULT_RLIM_T='long long' + fi +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the rlim_t is unsigned" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if the rlim_t is unsigned... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_type_rlim_t_is_unsigned+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_type_rlim_t_is_unsigned=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + main(){struct rlimit r;r.rlim_cur=-1;exit(r.rlim_cur<0);} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_type_rlim_t_is_unsigned=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_type_rlim_t_is_unsigned=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_type_rlim_t_is_unsigned" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_type_rlim_t_is_unsigned" >&6; } + if test x$zsh_cv_type_rlim_t_is_unsigned = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define RLIM_T_IS_UNSIGNED 1 +_ACEOF + + DEFAULT_RLIM_T="unsigned $DEFAULT_RLIM_T" + fi +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for rlim_t" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for rlim_t... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_type_rlim_t+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +rlim_t l; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_type_rlim_t=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_type_rlim_t=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_type_rlim_t" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_type_rlim_t" >&6; } +if test x$zsh_cv_type_rlim_t = xno; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define rlim_t $DEFAULT_RLIM_T +_ACEOF + +fi + + + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_AIO_MEM" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_AIO_MEM... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AIO_MEM+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_AIO_MEM + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AIO_MEM=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AIO_MEM=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AIO_MEM" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AIO_MEM" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AIO_MEM = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_AIO_MEM 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_AIO_OPS" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_AIO_OPS... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AIO_OPS+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_AIO_OPS + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AIO_OPS=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AIO_OPS=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AIO_OPS" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AIO_OPS" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AIO_OPS = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_AIO_OPS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_AS" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_AS... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AS+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_AS + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AS=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AS=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AS" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AS" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_AS = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_AS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_LOCKS" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_LOCKS... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_LOCKS+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_LOCKS + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_LOCKS=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_LOCKS=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_LOCKS" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_LOCKS" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_LOCKS = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_LOCKS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_MEMLOCK" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_MEMLOCK... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_MEMLOCK+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_MEMLOCK + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_MEMLOCK=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_MEMLOCK=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_MEMLOCK" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_MEMLOCK" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_MEMLOCK = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_MEMLOCK 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_NPROC" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_NPROC... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NPROC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_NPROC + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NPROC=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NPROC=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NPROC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NPROC" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NPROC = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_NPROC 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_NOFILE" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_NOFILE... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NOFILE+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_NOFILE + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NOFILE=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NOFILE=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NOFILE" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NOFILE" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NOFILE = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_NOFILE 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_PTHREAD" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_PTHREAD... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_PTHREAD+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_PTHREAD + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_PTHREAD=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_PTHREAD=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_PTHREAD" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_PTHREAD" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_PTHREAD = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_PTHREAD 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_RSS" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_RSS... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_RSS+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_RSS + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_RSS=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_RSS=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_RSS" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_RSS" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_RSS = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_RSS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_SBSIZE" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_SBSIZE... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_SBSIZE+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_SBSIZE + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_SBSIZE=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_SBSIZE=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_SBSIZE" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_SBSIZE" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_SBSIZE = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_SBSIZE 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_TCACHE" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_TCACHE... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_TCACHE+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_TCACHE + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_TCACHE=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_TCACHE=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_TCACHE" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_TCACHE" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_TCACHE = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_TCACHE 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_VMEM" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_VMEM... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_VMEM+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_VMEM + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_VMEM=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_VMEM=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_VMEM" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_VMEM" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_VMEM = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_VMEM 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_SIGPENDING" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_SIGPENDING... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_SIGPENDING+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_SIGPENDING + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_SIGPENDING=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_SIGPENDING=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_SIGPENDING" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_SIGPENDING" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_SIGPENDING = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_SIGPENDING 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_NICE" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_NICE... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NICE+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_NICE + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NICE=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NICE=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NICE" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NICE" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_NICE = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_NICE 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for limit RLIMIT_RTPRIO" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for limit RLIMIT_RTPRIO... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_RTPRIO+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int +main () +{ +RLIMIT_RTPRIO + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_RTPRIO=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_RTPRIO=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_RTPRIO" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_RTPRIO" >&6; } + +if test $zsh_cv_have_RLIMIT_RTPRIO = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_RLIMIT_RTPRIO 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if RLIMIT_VMEM and RLIMIT_RSS are the same" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if RLIMIT_VMEM and RLIMIT_RSS are the same... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_rlimit_vmem_is_rss+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_rlimit_vmem_is_rss=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int main() +{ +int ret = 1; +#if defined(HAVE_RLIMIT_VMEM) && defined(HAVE_RLIMIT_RSS) +if (RLIMIT_RSS == RLIMIT_VMEM) ret = 0; +#endif +return ret; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_rlimit_vmem_is_rss=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_rlimit_vmem_is_rss=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_rlimit_vmem_is_rss" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_rlimit_vmem_is_rss" >&6; } + +if test x$zsh_cv_rlimit_vmem_is_rss = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define RLIMIT_VMEM_IS_RSS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if RLIMIT_VMEM and RLIMIT_AS are the same" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if RLIMIT_VMEM and RLIMIT_AS are the same... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_rlimit_vmem_is_as+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_rlimit_vmem_is_as=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int main() +{ +int ret = 1; +#if defined(HAVE_RLIMIT_VMEM) && defined(HAVE_RLIMIT_AS) +if (RLIMIT_AS == RLIMIT_VMEM) ret = 0; +#endif +return ret; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_rlimit_vmem_is_as=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_rlimit_vmem_is_as=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_rlimit_vmem_is_as" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_rlimit_vmem_is_as" >&6; } + +if test x$zsh_cv_rlimit_vmem_is_as = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define RLIMIT_VMEM_IS_AS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if RLIMIT_RSS and RLIMIT_AS are the same" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if RLIMIT_RSS and RLIMIT_AS are the same... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_rlimit_rss_is_as+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_rlimit_rss_is_as=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include +int main() +{ +int ret = 1; +#if defined(HAVE_RLIMIT_RSS) && defined(HAVE_RLIMIT_AS) +if (RLIMIT_AS == RLIMIT_RSS) ret = 0; +#endif +return ret; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_rlimit_rss_is_as=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_rlimit_rss_is_as=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_rlimit_rss_is_as" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_rlimit_rss_is_as" >&6; } + +if test x$zsh_cv_rlimit_rss_is_as = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define RLIMIT_RSS_IS_AS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +if test x$ac_cv_func_getrusage = xyes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct rusage.ru_maxrss" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct rusage.ru_maxrss... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_maxrss+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.ru_maxrss) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_maxrss=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.ru_maxrss) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_maxrss=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_maxrss=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_maxrss" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_maxrss" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_maxrss = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_MAXRSS 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct rusage.ru_ixrss" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct rusage.ru_ixrss... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_ixrss+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.ru_ixrss) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_ixrss=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.ru_ixrss) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_ixrss=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_ixrss=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_ixrss" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_ixrss" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_ixrss = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_IXRSS 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct rusage.ru_idrss" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct rusage.ru_idrss... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_idrss+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.ru_idrss) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_idrss=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.ru_idrss) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_idrss=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_idrss=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_idrss" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_idrss" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_idrss = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_IDRSS 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct rusage.ru_isrss" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct rusage.ru_isrss... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_isrss+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.ru_isrss) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_isrss=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.ru_isrss) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_isrss=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_isrss=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_isrss" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_isrss" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_isrss = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_ISRSS 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct rusage.ru_minflt" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct rusage.ru_minflt... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_minflt+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.ru_minflt) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_minflt=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.ru_minflt) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_minflt=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_minflt=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_minflt" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_minflt" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_minflt = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_MINFLT 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct rusage.ru_majflt" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct rusage.ru_majflt... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_majflt+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.ru_majflt) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_majflt=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.ru_majflt) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_majflt=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_majflt=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_majflt" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_majflt" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_majflt = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_MAJFLT 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct rusage.ru_nswap" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct rusage.ru_nswap... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nswap+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.ru_nswap) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nswap=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.ru_nswap) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nswap=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nswap=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nswap" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nswap" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nswap = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_NSWAP 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct rusage.ru_inblock" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct rusage.ru_inblock... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_inblock+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.ru_inblock) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_inblock=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.ru_inblock) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_inblock=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_inblock=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_inblock" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_inblock" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_inblock = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_INBLOCK 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct rusage.ru_oublock" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct rusage.ru_oublock... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_oublock+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.ru_oublock) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_oublock=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.ru_oublock) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_oublock=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_oublock=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_oublock" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_oublock" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_oublock = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_OUBLOCK 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct rusage.ru_msgsnd" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct rusage.ru_msgsnd... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_msgsnd+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.ru_msgsnd) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_msgsnd=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.ru_msgsnd) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_msgsnd=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_msgsnd=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_msgsnd" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_msgsnd" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_msgsnd = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_MSGSND 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct rusage.ru_msgrcv" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct rusage.ru_msgrcv... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_msgrcv+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.ru_msgrcv) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_msgrcv=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.ru_msgrcv) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_msgrcv=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_msgrcv=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_msgrcv" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_msgrcv" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_msgrcv = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_MSGRCV 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct rusage.ru_nsignals" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct rusage.ru_nsignals... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nsignals+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.ru_nsignals) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nsignals=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.ru_nsignals) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nsignals=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nsignals=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nsignals" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nsignals" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nsignals = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_NSIGNALS 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct rusage.ru_nvcsw" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct rusage.ru_nvcsw... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nvcsw+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.ru_nvcsw) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nvcsw=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.ru_nvcsw) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nvcsw=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nvcsw=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nvcsw" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nvcsw" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nvcsw = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_NVCSW 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct rusage.ru_nivcsw" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct rusage.ru_nivcsw... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nivcsw+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (ac_aggr.ru_nivcsw) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nivcsw=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#include + +int +main () +{ +static struct rusage ac_aggr; +if (sizeof ac_aggr.ru_nivcsw) +return 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nivcsw=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nivcsw=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nivcsw" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nivcsw" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_member_struct_rusage_ru_nivcsw = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_NIVCSW 1 +_ACEOF + + +fi + +fi + + +if test "${zsh_cv_cs_path+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if getconf _CS_PATH >/dev/null 2>&1; then + zsh_cv_cs_path=`getconf _CS_PATH` +elif getconf CS_PATH >/dev/null 2>&1; then + zsh_cv_cs_path=`getconf CS_PATH` +else + zsh_cv_cs_path="/bin:/usr/bin" +fi +fi + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define DEFAULT_PATH "$zsh_cv_cs_path" +_ACEOF + + + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for /dev/fd filesystem" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for /dev/fd filesystem... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_path_dev_fd+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + for zsh_cv_sys_path_dev_fd in /proc/self/fd /dev/fd no; do + test x`echo ok|(exec 3<&0; cat $zsh_cv_sys_path_dev_fd/3 2>/dev/null;)` = xok && break + done +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_path_dev_fd" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_path_dev_fd" >&6; } +if test x$zsh_cv_sys_path_dev_fd != xno; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PATH_DEV_FD "$zsh_cv_sys_path_dev_fd" +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for RFS superroot directory" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for RFS superroot directory... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_superroot+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + test -d /../.LOCALROOT && zsh_cv_sys_superroot=yes || zsh_cv_sys_superroot=no +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_superroot" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_superroot" >&6; } + + +if test x$zsh_cv_sys_superroot = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_SUPERROOT 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we should use the native getcwd" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we should use the native getcwd... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_use_getcwd+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + case "${host_cpu}-${host_vendor}-${host_os}" in + *QNX*) zsh_cv_use_getcwd=yes ;; + *) zsh_cv_use_getcwd=no ;; + esac +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_use_getcwd" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_use_getcwd" >&6; } + + +if test x$zsh_cv_use_getcwd = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define USE_GETCWD 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for NIS" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for NIS... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_nis+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + test -f /usr/bin/ypcat && /usr/bin/ypcat passwd.byname > /dev/null 2>&1 && \ +zsh_cv_sys_nis=yes || zsh_cv_sys_nis=no +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_nis" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_nis" >&6; } +if test x$zsh_cv_sys_nis = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_NIS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for NIS+" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for NIS+... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_nis_plus+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + test x$ac_cv_func_nis_list = xyes && test -f /usr/bin/nisls && \ + /usr/bin/nisls > /dev/null 2>&1 && \ +zsh_cv_sys_nis_plus=yes || zsh_cv_sys_nis_plus=no +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_nis_plus" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_nis_plus" >&6; } +if test x$zsh_cv_sys_nis_plus = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_NIS_PLUS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for utmp file" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for utmp file... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_path_utmp+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + for dir in /etc /usr/etc /var/adm /usr/adm /var/run /var/log ./conftest; do + zsh_cv_path_utmp=${dir}/utmp + test -f $zsh_cv_path_utmp && break + zsh_cv_path_utmp=no +done + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_path_utmp" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_path_utmp" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_path_utmp != no; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PATH_UTMP_FILE "$zsh_cv_path_utmp" +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for wtmp file" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for wtmp file... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_path_wtmp+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + for dir in /etc /usr/etc /var/adm /usr/adm /var/run /var/log ./conftest; do + zsh_cv_path_wtmp=${dir}/wtmp + test -f $zsh_cv_path_wtmp && break + zsh_cv_path_wtmp=no +done + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_path_wtmp" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_path_wtmp" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_path_wtmp != no; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PATH_WTMP_FILE "$zsh_cv_path_wtmp" +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for utmpx file" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for utmpx file... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_path_utmpx+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + for dir in /etc /usr/etc /var/adm /usr/adm /var/run /var/log ./conftest; do + zsh_cv_path_utmpx=${dir}/utmpx + test -f $zsh_cv_path_utmpx && break + zsh_cv_path_utmpx=no +done + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_path_utmpx" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_path_utmpx" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_path_utmpx != no; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PATH_UTMPX_FILE "$zsh_cv_path_utmpx" +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for wtmpx file" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for wtmpx file... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_path_wtmpx+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + for dir in /etc /usr/etc /var/adm /usr/adm /var/run /var/log ./conftest; do + zsh_cv_path_wtmpx=${dir}/wtmpx + test -f $zsh_cv_path_wtmpx && break + zsh_cv_path_wtmpx=no +done + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_path_wtmpx" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_path_wtmpx" >&6; } + + +if test $zsh_cv_path_wtmpx != no; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PATH_WTMPX_FILE "$zsh_cv_path_wtmpx" +_ACEOF + +fi + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for brk() prototype in " >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for brk() prototype in ... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_brk_proto+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +double brk(); +int +main () +{ +int i; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_brk_proto=no +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_brk_proto=yes +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_brk_proto" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_brk_proto" >&6; } + + +if test x$zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_brk_proto = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_BRK_PROTO 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for sbrk() prototype in " >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for sbrk() prototype in ... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_sbrk_proto+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +double sbrk(); +int +main () +{ +int i; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_sbrk_proto=no +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_sbrk_proto=yes +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_sbrk_proto" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_sbrk_proto" >&6; } + + +if test x$zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_sbrk_proto = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_SBRK_PROTO 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + +if test "$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" != no; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mknod prototype in " >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for mknod prototype in ... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_header_sys_stat_h_mknod_proto+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + int mknod(double x); +int +main () +{ +int i; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_header_sys_stat_h_mknod_proto=no +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_header_sys_stat_h_mknod_proto=yes +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_header_sys_stat_h_mknod_proto" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_header_sys_stat_h_mknod_proto" >&6; } + if test x$zsh_cv_header_sys_stat_h_mknod_proto = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_MKNOD_PROTO 1 +_ACEOF + + fi +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ioctl prototype in or " >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for ioctl prototype in or ... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_termios_h_ioctl_proto+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H +# include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H +# include +#endif +double ioctl(); +int +main () +{ +int i; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_termios_h_ioctl_proto=no +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_termios_h_ioctl_proto=yes +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_termios_h_ioctl_proto" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_termios_h_ioctl_proto" >&6; } + +if test x$zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_termios_h_ioctl_proto = xno; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ioctl prototype in " >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for ioctl prototype in ... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_header_sys_ioctl_h_ioctl_proto+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + double ioctl(); +int +main () +{ +int i; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_header_sys_ioctl_h_ioctl_proto=no +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_header_sys_ioctl_h_ioctl_proto=yes +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_header_sys_ioctl_h_ioctl_proto" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_header_sys_ioctl_h_ioctl_proto" >&6; } +else + zsh_cv_header_sys_ioctl_h_ioctl_proto=no +fi + + + +if test x$zsh_cv_header_unistd_h_termios_h_ioctl_proto = xyes || \ + test x$zsh_cv_header_sys_ioctl_h_ioctl_proto = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_IOCTL_PROTO 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + +if test x$zsh_cv_header_sys_ioctl_h_ioctl_proto = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define IOCTL_IN_SYS_IOCTL 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + +if test x$ac_cv_header_sys_select_h != xyes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for select() in " >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for select() in ... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_header_socket_h_select_proto+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +int +main () +{ +fd_set fd; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_header_socket_h_select_proto=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cv_header_socket_h_select_proto=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_header_socket_h_select_proto" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_header_socket_h_select_proto" >&6; } + if test x$zsh_cv_header_socket_h_select_proto = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define SELECT_IN_SYS_SOCKET_H 1 +_ACEOF + + fi +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if named FIFOs work" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if named FIFOs work... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_fifo+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$host_os" = cygwin; then +zsh_cv_sys_fifo=no +else +if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_sys_fifo=yes +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#include +main() +{ + char c; + int fd; + int pid, ret; + unlink("/tmp/fifo$$"); +#ifdef HAVE_MKFIFO + if(mkfifo("/tmp/fifo$$", 0600) < 0) +#else + if(mknod("/tmp/fifo$$", 0010600, 0) < 0) +#endif + exit(1); + pid = fork(); + if(pid < 0) + exit(1); + if(pid) { + fd = open("/tmp/fifo$$", O_RDONLY); + exit(fd < 0 || read(fd, &c, 1) != 1 || c != 'x'); + } + fd = open("/tmp/fifo$$", O_WRONLY); + ret = (fd < 0 || write(fd, "x", 1) < 1); + unlink("/tmp/fifo$$"); + exit(ret); +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_sys_fifo=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_sys_fifo=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_fifo" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_fifo" >&6; } + + +if test x$zsh_cv_sys_fifo = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_FIFOS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if echo in /bin/sh interprets escape sequences" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if echo in /bin/sh interprets escape sequences... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_prog_sh_echo_escape+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "`/bin/sh -c \"echo '\\n'\"`" = "\\n"; then + zsh_cv_prog_sh_echo_escape=no +else + zsh_cv_prog_sh_echo_escape=yes +fi +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_prog_sh_echo_escape" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_prog_sh_echo_escape" >&6; } + + +if test x$zsh_cv_prog_sh_echo_escape = xno; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define SH_USE_BSD_ECHO 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if link() works" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if link() works... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_link+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_sys_link=yes +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#include +main() +{ + int ret; + char *tmpfile, *newfile; + tmpfile="/tmp/zsh.linktest$$"; + newfile="/tmp/zsh.linktest2$$"; + unlink(tmpfile); + unlink(newfile); + if(creat(tmpfile, 0644) < 0) + exit(1); + ret = link(tmpfile, newfile); + unlink(tmpfile); + unlink(newfile); + exit(ret<0); +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_sys_link=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_sys_link=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_link" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_link" >&6; } + + +if test x$zsh_cv_sys_link = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_LINK 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if kill(pid, 0) returns ESRCH correctly" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if kill(pid, 0) returns ESRCH correctly... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_killesrch+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_sys_killesrch=yes +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#include +#include +main() +{ + int pid = (getpid() + 10000) & 0xffffff; + while (pid && (kill(pid, 0) == 0 || errno != ESRCH)) pid >>= 1; + exit(errno!=ESRCH); +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_sys_killesrch=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_sys_killesrch=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_killesrch" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_killesrch" >&6; } + + +if test x$zsh_cv_sys_killesrch = xno; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define BROKEN_KILL_ESRCH 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + +if test x$signals_style = xPOSIX_SIGNALS; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if POSIX sigsuspend() works" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if POSIX sigsuspend() works... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_sigsuspend+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_sys_sigsuspend=yes +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#include +int child=0; +void handler(sig) + int sig; +{if(sig==SIGCHLD) child=1;} +main() { + struct sigaction act; + sigset_t set; + int pid, ret; + act.sa_handler = &handler; + sigfillset(&act.sa_mask); + act.sa_flags = 0; + sigaction(SIGCHLD, &act, 0); + sigfillset(&set); + sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &set, 0); + pid=fork(); + if(pid==0) return 0; + if(pid>0) { + sigemptyset(&set); + ret=sigsuspend(&set); + exit(child==0); + } +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_sys_sigsuspend=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_sys_sigsuspend=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_sigsuspend" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_sigsuspend" >&6; } + if test x$zsh_cv_sys_sigsuspend = xno; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define BROKEN_POSIX_SIGSUSPEND 1 +_ACEOF + + fi +fi + + + + +# Check whether --with-tcsetpgrp was given. +if test "${with_tcsetpgrp+set}" = set; then + withval=$with_tcsetpgrp; +case "x$withval" in + xyes) zsh_working_tcsetpgrp=yes;; + xno) zsh_working_tcsetpgrp=no;; + *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: please use --with-tcsetpgrp=yes or --with-tcsetpgrp=no" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: please use --with-tcsetpgrp=yes or --with-tcsetpgrp=no" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; +esac +else + zsh_working_tcsetpgrp=check +fi + +if test "x$ac_cv_func_tcsetpgrp" = xyes; then +case "x$zsh_working_tcsetpgrp" in + xcheck) + trap "" TTOU > /dev/null 2>&1 || : + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if tcsetpgrp() actually works" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if tcsetpgrp() actually works... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_tcsetpgrp+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_sys_tcsetpgrp=yes +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#include +#include +main() { + int fd; + int ret; + fd=open("/dev/tty", O_RDWR); + if (fd < 0) exit(2); + ret=tcsetpgrp(fd, tcgetpgrp(fd)); + if (ret < 0) exit(1); + exit(0); +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_sys_tcsetpgrp=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) + +case $? in + 1) zsh_cv_sys_tcsetpgrp=no;; + 2) zsh_cv_sys_tcsetpgrp=notty;; + *) zsh_cv_sys_tcsetpgrp=error;; +esac + +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_tcsetpgrp" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_tcsetpgrp" >&6; } + case "x$zsh_cv_sys_tcsetpgrp" in + xno) cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define BROKEN_TCSETPGRP 1 +_ACEOF +;; + xyes) :;; + xnotty) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no controlling tty +Try running configure with --with-tcsetpgrp or --without-tcsetpgrp" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: no controlling tty +Try running configure with --with-tcsetpgrp or --without-tcsetpgrp" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unexpected return status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: unexpected return status" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + esac + trap - TTOU > /dev/null 2>&1 || : + ;; + xyes) :;; + xno) cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define BROKEN_TCSETPGRP 1 +_ACEOF +;; + *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unexpected value zsh_working_tcsetpgrp=$zsh_working_tcsetpgrp" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: unexpected value zsh_working_tcsetpgrp=$zsh_working_tcsetpgrp" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; +esac +fi + + + +if test x$ac_cv_func_getpwnam = xyes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if getpwnam() is faked" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if getpwnam() is faked... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_getpwnam_faked+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_sys_getpwnam_faked=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +main() { + struct passwd *pw1, *pw2; + char buf[1024], name[1024]; + sprintf(buf, "%d:%d", getpid(), rand()); + pw1=getpwnam(buf); + if (pw1) strcpy(name, pw1->pw_name); + sprintf(buf, "%d:%d", rand(), getpid()); + pw2=getpwnam(buf); + exit(pw1!=0 && pw2!=0 && !strcmp(name, pw2->pw_name)); +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_sys_getpwnam_faked=no +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_sys_getpwnam_faked=yes +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_getpwnam_faked" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_getpwnam_faked" >&6; } + if test x$zsh_cv_sys_getpwnam_faked = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define GETPWNAM_FAKED 1 +_ACEOF + + fi +fi + + + + + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking base type of the third argument to accept" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking base type of the third argument to accept... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_type_socklen_t+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + zsh_cv_type_socklen_t= + for zsh_type in socklen_t int "unsigned long" size_t ; do + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include + #include +int +main () +{ +extern int accept (int, struct sockaddr *, $zsh_type *); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + zsh_cv_type_socklen_t="$zsh_type"; break +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + + +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + done + if test -z "$zsh_cv_type_socklen_t"; then + zsh_cv_type_socklen_t=int + fi + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_type_socklen_t" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_type_socklen_t" >&6; } + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define ZSOCKLEN_T $zsh_cv_type_socklen_t +_ACEOF + + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if your system has /dev/ptmx" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if your system has /dev/ptmx... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_have_dev_ptmx+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -w /dev/ptmx; then + ac_cv_have_dev_ptmx=yes +else + ac_cv_have_dev_ptmx=no +fi +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_have_dev_ptmx" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_have_dev_ptmx" >&6; } + + + +if test x$ac_cv_have_dev_ptmx = xyes && \ + test x$ac_cv_func_grantpt = xyes && \ + test x$ac_cv_func_unlockpt = xyes && \ + test x$ac_cv_func_ptsname = xyes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if /dev/ptmx is usable" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if /dev/ptmx is usable... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${ac_cv_use_dev_ptmx+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef __linux +#define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif +#include +int ptsname(); +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then + ac_cv_use_dev_ptmx=no +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_cv_use_dev_ptmx=yes +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_use_dev_ptmx" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_use_dev_ptmx" >&6; } + if test x$ac_cv_use_dev_ptmx = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define USE_DEV_PTMX 1 +_ACEOF + + fi +fi + +# Check whether --enable-multibyte was given. +if test "${enable_multibyte+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_multibyte; zsh_cv_c_unicode_support=$enableval +else + if test "${zsh_cv_c_unicode_support+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for functions supporting multibyte characters" >&5 +echo "$as_me: checking for functions supporting multibyte characters" >&6;} + zfuncs_absent= + for zfunc in iswalnum iswcntrl iswdigit iswgraph iswlower iswprint \ +iswpunct iswspace iswupper iswxdigit mbrlen mbrtowc towupper towlower \ +wcschr wcscpy wcslen wcsncmp wcsncpy wcrtomb wcwidth wmemchr wmemcmp \ +wmemcpy wmemmove wmemset; do + as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$zfunc" | $as_tr_sh` +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $zfunc" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $zfunc... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define $zfunc to an innocuous variant, in case declares $zfunc. + For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ +#define $zfunc innocuous_$zfunc + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $zfunc (); below. + Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since + exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef $zfunc + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char $zfunc (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_$zfunc || defined __stub___$zfunc +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return $zfunc (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + eval "$as_ac_var=yes" +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + eval "$as_ac_var=no" +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +ac_res=`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_res" >&6; } +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then + : +else + zfuncs_absent="$zfuncs_absent $zfunc" +fi + + done + if test x"$zfuncs_absent" = x; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: all functions found, multibyte support enabled" >&5 +echo "$as_me: all functions found, multibyte support enabled" >&6;} + zsh_cv_c_unicode_support=yes + else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: missing functions, multibyte support disabled" >&5 +echo "$as_me: missing functions, multibyte support disabled" >&6;} + zsh_cv_c_unicode_support=no + fi + +fi + + +fi + + + +if test x$zsh_cv_c_unicode_support = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define MULTIBYTE_SUPPORT 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +# Check whether --enable-dynamic-nss was given. +if test "${enable_dynamic_nss+set}" = set; then + enableval=$enable_dynamic_nss; zsh_cv_c_dynamic_nss=$enableval +fi + + + + +if test x$zsh_cv_c_dynamic_nss = xno; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define DISABLE_DYNAMIC_NSS 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + +L=N +INSTLIB="install.bin-\$(L)" +UNINSTLIB="uninstall.bin-\$(L)" +LINKMODS=NOLINKMODS +MOD_EXPORT= +MOD_IMPORT_VARIABLE= +MOD_IMPORT_FUNCTION= +aixdynamic=no +hpuxdynamic=no +if test "$ac_cv_func_load" = yes && + test "$ac_cv_func_unload" = yes && + test "$ac_cv_func_loadbind" = yes && + test "$ac_cv_func_loadquery" = yes; then + if test "x$dynamic" = xyes; then + aixdynamic=yes + fi +elif test "$ac_cv_func_dlopen" != yes || + test "$ac_cv_func_dlsym" != yes || + test "$ac_cv_func_dlerror" != yes; then + if test "$ac_cv_func_shl_load" != yes || + test "$ac_cv_func_shl_unload" != yes || + test "$ac_cv_func_shl_findsym" != yes; then + dynamic=no + elif test "x$dynamic" = xyes; then + hpuxdynamic=yes + DL_EXT="${DL_EXT=sl}" + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HPUXDYNAMIC 1 +_ACEOF + fi +fi + +test -n "$GCC" && LDARG=-Wl, + + + + + +if test "x$aixdynamic" = xyes; then + DL_EXT="${DL_EXT=so}" + DLLD="${DLLD=$CC}" + zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore=no + if test -n "$GCC"; then + DLLDFLAGS=${DLLDFLAGS=-shared} + else + DLLDFLAGS=${DLLDFLAGS=-bM:SRE} + fi + DLLDFLAGS=${DLLDFLAGS=} + EXTRA_LDFLAGS=${EXTRA_LDFLAGS=} + EXPOPT=${LDARG}-bE: + IMPOPT=${LDARG}-bI: + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_clash_ok="${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_clash_ok=yes}" + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_rtld_global="${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_rtld_global=yes}" + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_execsyms="${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_execsyms=yes}" + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_exe="${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_exe=yes}" + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_lib="${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_lib=yes}" + zsh_cv_shared_environ="${zsh_cv_shared_environ=yes}" +elif test "$host_os" = cygwin; then + DL_EXT="${DL_EXT=dll}" +##DLLD="${DLLD=dllwrap}" + DLLD="${DLLD=$CC}" +##DLLDFLAGS="${DLLDFLAGS=--export-all-symbols}" + DLLDFLAGS=${DLLDFLAGS=-shared -Wl,--export-all-symbols} + zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore=no + DLLDFLAGS=${DLLDFLAGS=} + EXTRA_LDFLAGS=${EXTRA_LDFLAGS=} + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_clash_ok="${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_clash_ok=no}" + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_rtld_global="${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_rtld_global=yes}" + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_execsyms="${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_execsyms=no}" + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_exe="${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_exe=yes}" + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_lib="${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_lib=yes}" + # + # THAT SUCKS! and must be changed + # + zsh_cv_shared_environ="${zsh_cv_shared_environ=yes}" + LINKMODS=LINKMODS + MOD_EXPORT="__attribute__((__dllexport__))" + MOD_IMPORT_VARIABLE="__attribute__((__dllimport__))" + MOD_IMPORT_FUNCTION= +elif test "x$dynamic" = xyes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if your system uses ELF binaries" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if your system uses ELF binaries... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_elf+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_sys_elf=yes +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Test for whether ELF binaries are produced */ +#include +#include +main(argc, argv) +int argc; +char *argv[]; +{ + char b[4]; + int i = open(argv[0],O_RDONLY); + if(i == -1) + exit(1); /* fail */ + if(read(i,b,4)==4 && b[0]==127 && b[1]=='E' && b[2]=='L' && b[3]=='F') + exit(0); /* succeed (yes, it's ELF) */ + else + exit(1); /* fail */ +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_sys_elf=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_sys_elf=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_elf" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_elf" >&6; } + + # We use [0-9]* in case statements, so need to change quoting + + + DL_EXT="${DL_EXT=so}" + if test x$zsh_cv_sys_elf = xyes; then + case "$host" in + mips-sni-sysv4*) + # Forcibly set ld to native compiler to avoid obscure GCC problems + DLLD="${DLLD=/usr/ccs/bin/cc}" + DLLDARG="${LDARG}" + ;; + * ) + DLLD="${DLLD=$CC}" + DLLDARG="${LDARG}" + ;; + esac + else + case "$host" in + *openbsd*) + case "$host_os" in + openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) + DLLD="${DLLD=ld}" + ;; + *) + DLLD="${DLLD=$CC}" + ;; + esac + DLLDARG="${LDARG}" + ;; + *darwin*) + DLLD="${DLLD=$CC}" + DLLDARG="" + ;; + * ) + DLLD="${DLLD=ld}" + DLLDARG="" + ;; + esac + fi + if test -n "$GCC"; then + case "$host_os" in + hpux*) DLLDFLAGS="${DLLDFLAGS=-shared}" ;; + darwin*) DLCFLAGS="${DLCFLAGS=-fno-common}" ;; + *) DLCFLAGS="${DLCFLAGS=-fPIC}" ;; + esac + else + case "$host_os" in + hpux*) + DLCFLAGS="${DLCFLAGS=+z}" + DLLDFLAGS="${DLLDFLAGS=-b}" + ;; + sunos*) DLCFLAGS="${DLCFLAGS=-pic}" ;; + solaris*|sysv4*|esix*) DLCFLAGS="${DLCFLAGS=-KPIC}" ;; + esac + fi + case "$host_os" in + *freebsd*|linux*|irix*|osf*|gnu*|dragonfly*) DLLDFLAGS="${DLLDFLAGS=-shared}" ;; + sunos*) DLLDFLAGS="${DLLDFLAGS=-assert nodefinitions}" ;; + sysv4*|esix*) DLLDFLAGS="${DLLDFLAGS=-G $ldflags}" ;; + netbsd*) DLLDFLAGS="${DLLDFLAGS=${DLLDARG}-x -shared --whole-archive}" ;; + aix*) DLLDFLAGS="${DLLDFLAGS=-G -bexpall -lc}" ;; + solaris*|sysv4*|esix*) DLLDFLAGS="${DLLDFLAGS=-G}" ;; + darwin*) DLLDFLAGS="${DLLDFLAGS=-bundle -flat_namespace -undefined suppress}" ;; + openbsd*) + if test x$zsh_cv_sys_elf = xyes; then + DLLDFLAGS="${DLLDFLAGS=-shared -fPIC}" + else + case "$host_os" in + openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) + DLLDFLAGS="${DLLDFLAGS=-Bshareable}" + ;; + *) + DLLDFLAGS="${DLLDFLAGS=-shared -fPIC}" + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + esac + case "$host" in + *-hpux*) EXTRA_LDFLAGS="${EXTRA_LDFLAGS=-Wl,-E}" ;; + *openbsd*) + if test x$zsh_cv_sys_elf = xyes; then + EXTRA_LDFLAGS="${EXTRA_LDFLAGS=-Wl,-E}" + fi + ;; + mips-sni-sysv4) + # + # unfortunately, we have different compilers + # that need different flags + # + if test -n "$GCC"; then + sni_cc_version=GCC + else + sni_cc_version=`$CC -V 2>&1 | head -1` + fi + case "$sni_cc_version" in + *CDS*|GCC ) + EXTRA_LDFLAGS="${EXTRA_LDFLAGS=-Wl,-Blargedynsym}" + ;; + * ) + EXTRA_LDFLAGS="${EXTRA_LDFLAGS=-LD-Blargedynsym}" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + + # Done with our shell code, so restore autotools quoting + + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we can use -rdynamic" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if we can use -rdynamic... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_rdynamic_available+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + old_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" +LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -rdynamic" +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && + $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext; then + zsh_cv_rdynamic_available=yes +EXTRA_LDFLAGS="${EXTRA_LDFLAGS=-rdynamic}" +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + zsh_cvs_rdynamic_available=no +fi + +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LDFLAGS="$old_LDFLAGS" +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_rdynamic_available" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_rdynamic_available" >&6; } + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if your dlsym() needs a leading underscore" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if your dlsym() needs a leading underscore... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + echo failed >conftestval && cat >conftest.c <&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='$DLLD $LDFLAGS $DLLDFLAGS -o conftest.$DL_EXT conftest.o 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore=no +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#include +#ifdef HPUXDYNAMIC +#include +#define RTLD_LAZY BIND_DEFERRED +#define RTLD_GLOBAL DYNAMIC_PATH + +char *zsh_gl_sym_addr ; + +#define dlopen(file,mode) (void *)shl_load((file), (mode), (long) 0) +#define dlclose(handle) shl_unload((shl_t)(handle)) +#define dlsym(handle,name) (zsh_gl_sym_addr=0,shl_findsym((shl_t *)&(handle),name,TYPE_UNDEFINED,&zsh_gl_sym_addr), (void *)zsh_gl_sym_addr) +#define dlerror() 0 +#else +#ifdef HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include +#endif +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_LAZY +#define RTLD_LAZY 1 +#endif + +extern int fred() ; + +main() +{ + void * handle ; + void * symbol ; + FILE *f=fopen("conftestval", "w"); + if (!f) exit(1); + handle = dlopen("./conftest.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY) ; + if (handle == NULL) { + fprintf (f, "dlopen failed") ; + exit(1); + } + symbol = dlsym(handle, "fred") ; + if (symbol == NULL) { + /* try putting a leading underscore */ + symbol = dlsym(handle, "_fred") ; + if (symbol == NULL) { + fprintf (f, "dlsym failed") ; + exit(1); + } + fprintf (f, "yes") ; + } + else + fprintf (f, "no") ; + exit(0); +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore=`cat conftestval` +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore=failed + dynamic=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore" >&6; } + if test "x$zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore" = xyes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE 1 +_ACEOF + + elif test "x$zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore" != xno; then + unset zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore + fi +fi + +if test "x$dynamic" = xyes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if environ is available in shared libraries" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if environ is available in shared libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_shared_environ+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore" = yes; then + us=_ +else + us= +fi +echo ' +void *zsh_getaddr1() +{ +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ + __attribute__((__dllimport__)) +#endif + extern char ** environ; + return &environ; +}; +' > conftest1.c +sed 's/zsh_getaddr1/zsh_getaddr2/' < conftest1.c > conftest2.c +if { ac_try='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $DLCFLAGS conftest1.c 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$DLLD -o conftest1.$DL_EXT $LDFLAGS $DLLDFLAGS conftest1.o $LIBS 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $DLCFLAGS conftest2.c 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$DLLD -o conftest2.$DL_EXT $LDFLAGS $DLLDFLAGS conftest2.o $LIBS 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_shared_environ=no + +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HPUXDYNAMIC +#include +#define RTLD_LAZY BIND_DEFERRED +#define RTLD_GLOBAL DYNAMIC_PATH + +char *zsh_gl_sym_addr ; + +#define dlopen(file,mode) (void *)shl_load((file), (mode), (long) 0) +#define dlclose(handle) shl_unload((shl_t)(handle)) +#define dlsym(handle,name) (zsh_gl_sym_addr=0,shl_findsym((shl_t *)&(handle),name,TYPE_UNDEFINED,&zsh_gl_sym_addr), (void *)zsh_gl_sym_addr) +#define dlerror() 0 +#else +#ifdef HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include +#endif +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_LAZY +#define RTLD_LAZY 1 +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_GLOBAL +#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0 +#endif + +main() +{ + void *handle1, *handle2; + void *(*zsh_getaddr1)(), *(*zsh_getaddr2)(); + void *sym1, *sym2; + handle1 = dlopen("./conftest1.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle1) exit(1); + handle2 = dlopen("./conftest2.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle2) exit(1); + zsh_getaddr1 = (void *(*)()) dlsym(handle1, "${us}zsh_getaddr1"); + zsh_getaddr2 = (void *(*)()) dlsym(handle2, "${us}zsh_getaddr2"); + sym1 = zsh_getaddr1(); + sym2 = zsh_getaddr2(); + if(!sym1 || !sym2) exit(1); + if(sym1 != sym2) exit(1); + dlclose(handle1); + handle1 = dlopen("./conftest1.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle1) exit(1); + zsh_getaddr1 = (void *(*)()) dlsym(handle1, "${us}zsh_getaddr1"); + sym1 = zsh_getaddr1(); + if(!sym1) exit(1); + if(sym1 != sym2) exit(1); + exit(0); +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_shared_environ=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_shared_environ=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +else + zsh_cv_shared_environ=no +fi + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_shared_environ" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_shared_environ" >&6; } + + test "$zsh_cv_shared_environ" = yes || dynamic=no + if test "$ac_cv_func_tgetent" = yes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if tgetent is available in shared libraries" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if tgetent is available in shared libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_shared_tgetent+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore" = yes; then + us=_ +else + us= +fi +echo ' +void *zsh_getaddr1() +{ +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ + __attribute__((__dllimport__)) +#endif + extern int tgetent ( ); + return tgetent; +}; +' > conftest1.c +sed 's/zsh_getaddr1/zsh_getaddr2/' < conftest1.c > conftest2.c +if { ac_try='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $DLCFLAGS conftest1.c 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$DLLD -o conftest1.$DL_EXT $LDFLAGS $DLLDFLAGS conftest1.o $LIBS 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $DLCFLAGS conftest2.c 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$DLLD -o conftest2.$DL_EXT $LDFLAGS $DLLDFLAGS conftest2.o $LIBS 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_shared_tgetent=no + +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HPUXDYNAMIC +#include +#define RTLD_LAZY BIND_DEFERRED +#define RTLD_GLOBAL DYNAMIC_PATH + +char *zsh_gl_sym_addr ; + +#define dlopen(file,mode) (void *)shl_load((file), (mode), (long) 0) +#define dlclose(handle) shl_unload((shl_t)(handle)) +#define dlsym(handle,name) (zsh_gl_sym_addr=0,shl_findsym((shl_t *)&(handle),name,TYPE_UNDEFINED,&zsh_gl_sym_addr), (void *)zsh_gl_sym_addr) +#define dlerror() 0 +#else +#ifdef HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include +#endif +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_LAZY +#define RTLD_LAZY 1 +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_GLOBAL +#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0 +#endif + +main() +{ + void *handle1, *handle2; + void *(*zsh_getaddr1)(), *(*zsh_getaddr2)(); + void *sym1, *sym2; + handle1 = dlopen("./conftest1.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle1) exit(1); + handle2 = dlopen("./conftest2.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle2) exit(1); + zsh_getaddr1 = (void *(*)()) dlsym(handle1, "${us}zsh_getaddr1"); + zsh_getaddr2 = (void *(*)()) dlsym(handle2, "${us}zsh_getaddr2"); + sym1 = zsh_getaddr1(); + sym2 = zsh_getaddr2(); + if(!sym1 || !sym2) exit(1); + if(sym1 != sym2) exit(1); + dlclose(handle1); + handle1 = dlopen("./conftest1.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle1) exit(1); + zsh_getaddr1 = (void *(*)()) dlsym(handle1, "${us}zsh_getaddr1"); + sym1 = zsh_getaddr1(); + if(!sym1) exit(1); + if(sym1 != sym2) exit(1); + exit(0); +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_shared_tgetent=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_shared_tgetent=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +else + zsh_cv_shared_tgetent=no +fi + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_shared_tgetent" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_shared_tgetent" >&6; } + + fi + if test "$ac_cv_func_tigetstr" = yes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if tigetstr is available in shared libraries" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if tigetstr is available in shared libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_shared_tigetstr+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore" = yes; then + us=_ +else + us= +fi +echo ' +void *zsh_getaddr1() +{ +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ + __attribute__((__dllimport__)) +#endif + extern int tigetstr ( ); + return tigetstr; +}; +' > conftest1.c +sed 's/zsh_getaddr1/zsh_getaddr2/' < conftest1.c > conftest2.c +if { ac_try='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $DLCFLAGS conftest1.c 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$DLLD -o conftest1.$DL_EXT $LDFLAGS $DLLDFLAGS conftest1.o $LIBS 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $DLCFLAGS conftest2.c 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$DLLD -o conftest2.$DL_EXT $LDFLAGS $DLLDFLAGS conftest2.o $LIBS 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_shared_tigetstr=no + +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HPUXDYNAMIC +#include +#define RTLD_LAZY BIND_DEFERRED +#define RTLD_GLOBAL DYNAMIC_PATH + +char *zsh_gl_sym_addr ; + +#define dlopen(file,mode) (void *)shl_load((file), (mode), (long) 0) +#define dlclose(handle) shl_unload((shl_t)(handle)) +#define dlsym(handle,name) (zsh_gl_sym_addr=0,shl_findsym((shl_t *)&(handle),name,TYPE_UNDEFINED,&zsh_gl_sym_addr), (void *)zsh_gl_sym_addr) +#define dlerror() 0 +#else +#ifdef HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include +#endif +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_LAZY +#define RTLD_LAZY 1 +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_GLOBAL +#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0 +#endif + +main() +{ + void *handle1, *handle2; + void *(*zsh_getaddr1)(), *(*zsh_getaddr2)(); + void *sym1, *sym2; + handle1 = dlopen("./conftest1.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle1) exit(1); + handle2 = dlopen("./conftest2.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle2) exit(1); + zsh_getaddr1 = (void *(*)()) dlsym(handle1, "${us}zsh_getaddr1"); + zsh_getaddr2 = (void *(*)()) dlsym(handle2, "${us}zsh_getaddr2"); + sym1 = zsh_getaddr1(); + sym2 = zsh_getaddr2(); + if(!sym1 || !sym2) exit(1); + if(sym1 != sym2) exit(1); + dlclose(handle1); + handle1 = dlopen("./conftest1.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle1) exit(1); + zsh_getaddr1 = (void *(*)()) dlsym(handle1, "${us}zsh_getaddr1"); + sym1 = zsh_getaddr1(); + if(!sym1) exit(1); + if(sym1 != sym2) exit(1); + exit(0); +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_shared_tigetstr=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_shared_tigetstr=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +else + zsh_cv_shared_tigetstr=no +fi + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_shared_tigetstr" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_shared_tigetstr" >&6; } + + fi +fi + +if test "x$dynamic" = xyes; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if name clashes in shared objects are OK" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if name clashes in shared objects are OK... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_clash_ok+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore" = yes; then + us=_ +else + us= +fi +echo 'int fred () { return 42; }' > conftest1.c +echo 'int fred () { return 69; }' > conftest2.c +if { ac_try='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $DLCFLAGS conftest1.c 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$DLLD -o conftest1.$DL_EXT $LDFLAGS $DLLDFLAGS conftest1.o $LIBS 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $DLCFLAGS conftest2.c 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$DLLD -o conftest2.$DL_EXT $LDFLAGS $DLLDFLAGS conftest2.o $LIBS 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_clash_ok=no + +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HPUXDYNAMIC +#include +#define RTLD_LAZY BIND_DEFERRED +#define RTLD_GLOBAL DYNAMIC_PATH + +char *zsh_gl_sym_addr ; + +#define dlopen(file,mode) (void *)shl_load((file), (mode), (long) 0) +#define dlclose(handle) shl_unload((shl_t)(handle)) +#define dlsym(handle,name) (zsh_gl_sym_addr=0,shl_findsym((shl_t *)&(handle),name,TYPE_UNDEFINED,&zsh_gl_sym_addr), (void *)zsh_gl_sym_addr) +#define dlerror() 0 +#else +#ifdef HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include +#endif +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_LAZY +#define RTLD_LAZY 1 +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_GLOBAL +#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0 +#endif + + +main() +{ + void *handle1, *handle2; + int (*fred1)(), (*fred2)(); + handle1 = dlopen("./conftest1.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle1) exit(1); + handle2 = dlopen("./conftest2.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle2) exit(1); + fred1 = (int (*)()) dlsym(handle1, "${us}fred"); + fred2 = (int (*)()) dlsym(handle2, "${us}fred"); + if(!fred1 || !fred2) exit(1); + exit((*fred1)() != 42 || (*fred2)() != 69); +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_clash_ok=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_clash_ok=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +else + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_clash_ok=no +fi + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_clash_ok" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_clash_ok" >&6; } +if test "$zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_clash_ok" = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define DYNAMIC_NAME_CLASH_OK 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working RTLD_GLOBAL" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for working RTLD_GLOBAL... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_rtld_global+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore" = yes; then + us=_ +else + us= +fi +echo 'int fred () { return 42; }' > conftest1.c +echo 'extern int fred(); int barney () { return fred() + 27; }' > conftest2.c +if { ac_try='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $DLCFLAGS conftest1.c 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$DLLD -o conftest1.$DL_EXT $LDFLAGS $DLLDFLAGS conftest1.o $LIBS 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $DLCFLAGS conftest2.c 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$DLLD -o conftest2.$DL_EXT $LDFLAGS $DLLDFLAGS conftest2.o $LIBS 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_rtld_global=no + +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HPUXDYNAMIC +#include +#define RTLD_LAZY BIND_DEFERRED +#define RTLD_GLOBAL DYNAMIC_PATH + +char *zsh_gl_sym_addr ; + +#define dlopen(file,mode) (void *)shl_load((file), (mode), (long) 0) +#define dlclose(handle) shl_unload((shl_t)(handle)) +#define dlsym(handle,name) (zsh_gl_sym_addr=0,shl_findsym((shl_t *)&(handle),name,TYPE_UNDEFINED,&zsh_gl_sym_addr), (void *)zsh_gl_sym_addr) +#define dlerror() 0 +#else +#ifdef HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include +#endif +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_LAZY +#define RTLD_LAZY 1 +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_GLOBAL +#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0 +#endif + +main() +{ + void *handle; + int (*barneysym)(); + handle = dlopen("./conftest1.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle) exit(1); + handle = dlopen("./conftest2.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle) exit(1); + barneysym = (int (*)()) dlsym(handle, "${us}barney"); + if(!barneysym) exit(1); + exit((*barneysym)() != 69); +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_rtld_global=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_rtld_global=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +else + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_rtld_global=no +fi + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_rtld_global" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_rtld_global" >&6; } + + RTLD_GLOBAL_OK=$zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_rtld_global + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether symbols in the executable are available" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether symbols in the executable are available... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_execsyms+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore" = yes; then + us=_ +else + us= +fi +echo 'extern int fred(); int barney () { return fred() + 27; }' > conftest1.c +if { ac_try='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $DLCFLAGS conftest1.c 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$DLLD -o conftest1.$DL_EXT $LDFLAGS $DLLDFLAGS conftest1.o $LIBS 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + save_ldflags=$LDFLAGS + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $EXTRA_LDFLAGS" + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_execsyms=no + +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HPUXDYNAMIC +#include +#define RTLD_LAZY BIND_DEFERRED +#define RTLD_GLOBAL DYNAMIC_PATH + +char *zsh_gl_sym_addr ; + +#define dlopen(file,mode) (void *)shl_load((file), (mode), (long) 0) +#define dlclose(handle) shl_unload((shl_t)(handle)) +#define dlsym(handle,name) (zsh_gl_sym_addr=0,shl_findsym((shl_t *)&(handle),name,TYPE_UNDEFINED,&zsh_gl_sym_addr), (void *)zsh_gl_sym_addr) +#define dlerror() 0 +#else +#ifdef HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include +#endif +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_LAZY +#define RTLD_LAZY 1 +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_GLOBAL +#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0 +#endif + +main() +{ + void *handle; + int (*barneysym)(); + handle = dlopen("./conftest1.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle) exit(1); + barneysym = (int (*)()) dlsym(handle, "${us}barney"); + if(!barneysym) exit(1); + exit((*barneysym)() != 69); +} + +int fred () { return 42; } + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_execsyms=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_execsyms=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + + LDFLAGS=$save_ldflags +else + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_execsyms=no +fi + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_execsyms" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_execsyms" >&6; } + + if test "$zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_execsyms" != yes; then + L=L + fi + +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether executables can be stripped" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether executables can be stripped... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_exe+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_execsyms" != yes; then + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_exe=yes +elif + if test "$zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore" = yes; then + us=_ + else + us= + fi + echo 'extern int fred(); int barney() { return fred() + 27; }' > conftest1.c + { ac_try='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $DLCFLAGS conftest1.c 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='$DLLD -o conftest1.$DL_EXT $LDFLAGS $DLLDFLAGS conftest1.o $LIBS 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + save_ldflags=$LDFLAGS + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $EXTRA_LDFLAGS -s" + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_exe=no + +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HPUXDYNAMIC +#include +#define RTLD_LAZY BIND_DEFERRED +#define RTLD_GLOBAL DYNAMIC_PATH + +char *zsh_gl_sym_addr ; + +#define dlopen(file,mode) (void *)shl_load((file), (mode), (long) 0) +#define dlclose(handle) shl_unload((shl_t)(handle)) +#define dlsym(handle,name) (zsh_gl_sym_addr=0,shl_findsym((shl_t *)&(handle),name,TYPE_UNDEFINED,&zsh_gl_sym_addr), (void *)zsh_gl_sym_addr) +#define dlerror() 0 +#else +#ifdef HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include +#endif +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_LAZY +#define RTLD_LAZY 1 +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_GLOBAL +#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0 +#endif + +main() +{ + void *handle; + int (*barneysym)(); + handle = dlopen("./conftest1.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle) exit(1); + barneysym = (int (*)()) dlsym(handle, "${us}barney"); + if(!barneysym) exit(1); + exit((*barneysym)() != 69); +} + +int fred () { return 42; } + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_exe=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_exe=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + + LDFLAGS=$save_ldflags +else + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_exe=no +fi + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_exe" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_exe" >&6; } + + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether libraries can be stripped" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether libraries can be stripped... $ECHO_C" >&6; } +if test "${zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_lib+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test "$zsh_cv_func_dlsym_needs_underscore" = yes; then + us=_ +else + us= +fi +echo 'int fred () { return 42; }' > conftest1.c +if { ac_try='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $DLCFLAGS conftest1.c 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && +{ ac_try='$DLLD -o conftest1.$DL_EXT $LDFLAGS $DLLDFLAGS -s conftest1.o $LIBS 1>&5' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_lib=no + +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#ifdef HPUXDYNAMIC +#include +#define RTLD_LAZY BIND_DEFERRED +#define RTLD_GLOBAL DYNAMIC_PATH + +char *zsh_gl_sym_addr ; + +#define dlopen(file,mode) (void *)shl_load((file), (mode), (long) 0) +#define dlclose(handle) shl_unload((shl_t)(handle)) +#define dlsym(handle,name) (zsh_gl_sym_addr=0,shl_findsym((shl_t *)&(handle),name,TYPE_UNDEFINED,&zsh_gl_sym_addr), (void *)zsh_gl_sym_addr) +#define dlerror() 0 +#else +#ifdef HAVE_DLFCN_H +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include +#endif +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_LAZY +#define RTLD_LAZY 1 +#endif +#ifndef RTLD_GLOBAL +#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0 +#endif + +main() +{ + void *handle; + int (*fredsym)(); + handle = dlopen("./conftest1.$DL_EXT", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_GLOBAL); + if(!handle) exit(1); + fredsym = (int (*)()) dlsym(handle, "${us}fred"); + if(!fredsym) exit(1); + exit((*fredsym)() != 42); +} + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval "echo \"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo\"") >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_lib=yes +else + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_lib=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +else + zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_lib=no +fi + +fi +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_lib" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_lib" >&6; } + + if $strip_exeldflags && test "$zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_exe" = yes; then + EXELDFLAGS="$EXELDFLAGS -s" + fi + if $strip_libldflags && test "$zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_strip_lib" = yes; then + LIBLDFLAGS="$LIBLDFLAGS -s" + fi + if test "$host_os" = cygwin; then + INSTLIB="install.cygwin-lib" + UNINSTLIB="uninstall.cygwin-lib" + fi +else + $strip_exeldflags && EXELDFLAGS="$EXELDFLAGS -s" + $strip_libldflags && LIBLDFLAGS="$LIBLDFLAGS -s" + RTLD_GLOBAL_OK=no +fi + + + +if test "x$dynamic" = xyes; then + D=D + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define DYNAMIC 1 +_ACEOF +else + D=N +fi + + + +if test "x$aixdynamic" = xyes; then + E=E + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define AIXDYNAMIC 1 +_ACEOF +else + E=N +fi + +if test "x$zsh_cv_sys_dynamic_clash_ok" = xyes; then + SHORTBOOTNAMES=yes +else + SHORTBOOTNAMES=no +fi + + + +if test "$host_os" = cygwin; then + EXTRAZSHOBJS="$EXTRAZSHOBJS zsh.res.o" +fi + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define DL_EXT "$DL_EXT" +_ACEOF + +# Generate config.modules. We look for *.mdd files in first and second +# level subdirectories. Any existing line not containing 'auto=y' will be +# retained, provided the .mdd file itself was found. +CONFIG_MODULES=./config.modules +cat < ${CONFIG_MODULES}.sh +srcdir="$srcdir" +dynamic="$dynamic" +CONFIG_MODULES="${CONFIG_MODULES}" +EOM +cat <<\EOM >> ${CONFIG_MODULES}.sh +echo "creating ${CONFIG_MODULES}" +userlist=" " +if test -f ${CONFIG_MODULES}; then + userlist="`sed -e '/^#/d' -e '/auto=y/d' -e 's/ .*/ /' -e 's/^name=/ /' \ + ${CONFIG_MODULES}`" + mv ${CONFIG_MODULES} ${CONFIG_MODULES}.old +else + # Save testing for existence each time. + echo > ${CONFIG_MODULES}.old +fi +(echo "# Edit this file to change the way modules are loaded." +echo "# The format is strict; do not break lines or add extra spaces." +echo "# Run \`make prep' if you change anything here after compiling" +echo "# (there is no need if you change this just after the first time" +echo "# you run \`configure')." +echo "#" +echo "# Values of \`link' are \`static', \`dynamic' or \`no' to compile the" +echo "# module into the shell, link it in at run time, or not use it at all." +echo "# In the final case, no attempt will be made to compile it." +echo "# Use \`static' or \`no' if you do not have dynamic loading." +echo "#" +echo "# Values of \`load' are \`yes' or \`no'; if yes, any builtins etc." +echo "# provided by the module will be autoloaded by the main shell" +echo "# (so long as \`link' is not set to \`no')." +echo "#" +echo "# Values of \`auto' are \`yes' or \`no'. configure sets the value to" +echo "# \`yes'. If you set it by hand to \`no', the line will be retained" +echo "# when the file is regenerated in future." +echo "#" +echo "# Note that the \`functions' entry extends to the end of the line." +echo "# It should not be quoted; it is used verbatim to find files to install." +echo "#" +echo "# You will need to run \`config.status --recheck' if you add a new" +echo "# module." +echo "#" +echo "# You should not change the values for the pseudo-module zsh/main," +echo "# which is the main shell (apart from the functions entry)." +EOM +for modfile in `cd ${srcdir}; echo */*.mdd */*/*.mdd`; do + name= + link= + load= + functions= + result= + . ${srcdir}/$modfile + if test x$name != x && test x"$link" != x; then + case "$link" in + *\ *) eval "link=\`$link\`" + ;; + esac + case "${load}" in + y*) load=" load=yes" + ;; + *) load=" load=no" + ;; + esac + if test "x$functions" != x; then + # N.B. no additional quotes + f=" functions=$functions" + else + f= + fi + case "$link" in + static) result="name=$name modfile=$modfile link=static auto=yes${load}$f" + ;; + dynamic) if test x$dynamic != xno; then + result="name=$name modfile=$modfile link=dynamic\ + auto=yes${load}$f" + else + result="name=$name modfile=$modfile link=no\ + auto=yes load=no$f" + fi + ;; + either) if test x$dynamic != xno; then + result="name=$name modfile=$modfile link=dynamic\ + auto=yes${load}$f" + else + result="name=$name modfile=$modfile link=static\ + auto=yes${load}$f" + fi + ;; + *) result="name=$name modfile=$modfile link=no auto=yes load=no$f" + ;; + esac +cat <> ${CONFIG_MODULES}.sh +case "\$userlist" in + *" $name "*) grep "^name=$name " \${CONFIG_MODULES}.old;; + *) echo "$result";; +esac +EOM + fi +done +cat <<\EOM >> ${CONFIG_MODULES}.sh +) >${CONFIG_MODULES} +rm -f ${CONFIG_MODULES}.old +EOM + + + + +CLEAN_MK="${srcdir}/Config/clean.mk" +CONFIG_MK="${srcdir}/Config/config.mk" +DEFS_MK="Config/defs.mk" +VERSION_MK="${srcdir}/Config/version.mk" + + +ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Config/defs.mk Makefile Doc/Makefile Etc/Makefile Src/Makefile Test/Makefile" + +ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands config.modules" + +ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands stamp-h" + + +cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF +# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure +# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure +# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. +# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't +# want to keep, you may remove or edit it. +# +# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it +# the --recheck option to rerun configure. +# +# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when +# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the +# following values. + +_ACEOF + +# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. +# So, we kill variables containing newlines. +# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, +# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. +( + for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in #( + *${as_nl}*) + case $ac_var in #( + *_cv_*) { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: Cache variable $ac_var contains a newline." >&2;} ;; + esac + case $ac_var in #( + _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( + *) $as_unset $ac_var ;; + esac ;; + esac + done + + (set) 2>&1 | + case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( + *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) + # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote + # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). + sed -n \ + "s/'/'\\\\''/g; + s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" + ;; #( + *) + # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. + sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" + ;; + esac | + sort +) | + sed ' + /^ac_cv_env_/b end + t clear + :clear + s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ + t end + s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ + :end' >>confcache +if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else + if test -w "$cache_file"; then + test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 +echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} + cat confcache >$cache_file + else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 +echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} + fi +fi +rm -f confcache + +test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix +# Let make expand exec_prefix. +test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' + +DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H + +ac_libobjs= +ac_ltlibobjs= +for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue + # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. + ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' + ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` + # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR + # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. + ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" + ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' +done +LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs + +LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs + + + +: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} +ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} +cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF +#! $SHELL +# Generated by $as_me. +# Run this file to recreate the current configuration. +# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging +# configure, is in config.log if it exists. + +debug=false +ac_cs_recheck=false +ac_cs_silent=false +SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF +## --------------------- ## +## M4sh Initialization. ## +## --------------------- ## + +# Be more Bourne compatible +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in + *posix*) set -o posix ;; +esac + +fi + + + + +# PATH needs CR +# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. +as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' +as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' +as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS +as_cr_digits='0123456789' +as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits + +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh + echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh + chmod +x conf$$.sh + if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + else + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + fi + rm -f conf$$.sh +fi + +# Support unset when possible. +if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_unset=unset +else + as_unset=false +fi + + +# IFS +# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is +# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. +# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word +# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) +as_nl=' +' +IFS=" "" $as_nl" + +# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. +case $0 in + *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; + *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break +done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' +# in which case we are not to be found in the path. +if test "x$as_myself" = x; then + as_myself=$0 +fi +if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then + echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi + +# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. +for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH +do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var +done +PS1='$ ' +PS2='> ' +PS4='+ ' + +# NLS nuisances. +for as_var in \ + LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \ + LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \ + LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME +do + if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then + eval $as_var=C; export $as_var + else + ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var + fi +done + +# Required to use basename. +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then + as_basename=basename +else + as_basename=false +fi + + +# Name of the executable. +as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || +$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +echo X/"$0" | + sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + +# CDPATH. +$as_unset CDPATH + + + + as_lineno_1=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO + test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && + test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { + + # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO + # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a + # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed' + # does the real work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each + # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends + # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special + # case at line end. + # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the + # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini. Blame Lee + # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) + sed -n ' + p + /[$]LINENO/= + ' <$as_myself | + sed ' + s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ + t lineno + b + :lineno + N + :loop + s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ + t loop + s/-\n.*// + ' >$as_me.lineno && + chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || + { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems + # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the + # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). + . "./$as_me.lineno" + # Exit status is that of the last command. + exit +} + + +if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_dirname=dirname +else + as_dirname=false +fi + +ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= +case `echo -n x` in +-n*) + case `echo 'x\c'` in + *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. + *) ECHO_C='\c';; + esac;; +*) + ECHO_N='-n';; +esac + +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file +if test -d conf$$.dir; then + rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file +else + rm -f conf$$.dir + mkdir conf$$.dir +fi +echo >conf$$.file +if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s='ln -s' + # ... but there are two gotchas: + # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. + # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. + # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. + ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || + as_ln_s='cp -p' +elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s=ln +else + as_ln_s='cp -p' +fi +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file +rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null + +if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then + as_mkdir_p=: +else + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + as_mkdir_p=false +fi + +if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_test_x='test -x' +else + if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_ls_L_option=L + else + as_ls_L_option= + fi + as_test_x=' + eval sh -c '\'' + if test -d "$1"; then + test -d "$1/."; + else + case $1 in + -*)set "./$1";; + esac; + case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in + ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi + '\'' sh + ' +fi +as_executable_p=$as_test_x + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. +as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. +as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + + +exec 6>&1 + +# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to +# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their +# values after options handling. +ac_log=" +This file was extended by $as_me, which was +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.61. Invocation command line was + + CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES + CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS + CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS + CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS + $ $0 $@ + +on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` +" + +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF +# Files that config.status was made for. +config_files="$ac_config_files" +config_headers="$ac_config_headers" +config_commands="$ac_config_commands" + +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF +ac_cs_usage="\ +\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the +current configuration. + +Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]... + + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit + -q, --quiet do not print progress messages + -d, --debug don't remove temporary files + --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions + --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] + instantiate the configuration file FILE + --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE] + instantiate the configuration header FILE + +Configuration files: +$config_files + +Configuration headers: +$config_headers + +Configuration commands: +$config_commands + +Report bugs to ." + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF +ac_cs_version="\\ +config.status +configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.61, + with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\" + +Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." + +ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' +srcdir='$srcdir' +INSTALL='$INSTALL' +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF +# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default +# value. By we need to know if files were specified by the user. +ac_need_defaults=: +while test $# != 0 +do + case $1 in + --*=*) + ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` + ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` + ac_shift=: + ;; + *) + ac_option=$1 + ac_optarg=$2 + ac_shift=shift + ;; + esac + + case $ac_option in + # Handling of the options. + -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) + ac_cs_recheck=: ;; + --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) + echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; + --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) + debug=: ;; + --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) + $ac_shift + CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg" + ac_need_defaults=false;; + --header | --heade | --head | --hea ) + $ac_shift + CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg" + ac_need_defaults=false;; + --he | --h) + # Conflict between --help and --header + { echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1 +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + --help | --hel | -h ) + echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) + ac_cs_silent=: ;; + + # This is an error. + -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1 +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; + + *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" + ac_need_defaults=false ;; + + esac + shift +done + +ac_configure_extra_args= + +if $ac_cs_silent; then + exec 6>/dev/null + ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" +fi + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF +if \$ac_cs_recheck; then + echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL $SHELL $0 "$ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6 + CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL + export CONFIG_SHELL + exec $SHELL "$0"$ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion +fi + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF +exec 5>>config.log +{ + echo + sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX +## Running $as_me. ## +_ASBOX + echo "$ac_log" +} >&5 + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF + +# Handling of arguments. +for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets +do + case $ac_config_target in + "config.h") CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS config.h" ;; + "Config/defs.mk") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Config/defs.mk" ;; + "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; + "Doc/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Doc/Makefile" ;; + "Etc/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Etc/Makefile" ;; + "Src/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Src/Makefile" ;; + "Test/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Test/Makefile" ;; + "config.modules") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS config.modules" ;; + "stamp-h") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS stamp-h" ;; + + *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + esac +done + + +# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, +# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. +# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely +# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. +if $ac_need_defaults; then + test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files + test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers + test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands +fi + +# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree +# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, +# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. +# Hook for its removal unless debugging. +# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: +# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. +$debug || +{ + tmp= + trap 'exit_status=$? + { test -z "$tmp" || test ! -d "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"; } && exit $exit_status +' 0 + trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15 +} +# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. + +{ + tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && + test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" +} || +{ + tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM + (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") +} || +{ + echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; } +} + +# +# Set up the sed scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. +# + +# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES. +# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h +if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then + +_ACEOF + +# Create sed commands to just substitute file output variables. + +# Remaining file output variables are in a fragment that also has non-file +# output varibles. + + + +ac_delim='%!_!# ' +for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do + cat >conf$$subs.sed <<_ACEOF +SHELL!$SHELL$ac_delim +PATH_SEPARATOR!$PATH_SEPARATOR$ac_delim +PACKAGE_NAME!$PACKAGE_NAME$ac_delim +PACKAGE_TARNAME!$PACKAGE_TARNAME$ac_delim +PACKAGE_VERSION!$PACKAGE_VERSION$ac_delim +PACKAGE_STRING!$PACKAGE_STRING$ac_delim +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT!$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT$ac_delim +exec_prefix!$exec_prefix$ac_delim +prefix!$prefix$ac_delim +program_transform_name!$program_transform_name$ac_delim +bindir!$bindir$ac_delim +sbindir!$sbindir$ac_delim +libexecdir!$libexecdir$ac_delim +datarootdir!$datarootdir$ac_delim +datadir!$datadir$ac_delim +sysconfdir!$sysconfdir$ac_delim +sharedstatedir!$sharedstatedir$ac_delim +localstatedir!$localstatedir$ac_delim +includedir!$includedir$ac_delim +oldincludedir!$oldincludedir$ac_delim +docdir!$docdir$ac_delim +infodir!$infodir$ac_delim +htmldir!$htmldir$ac_delim +dvidir!$dvidir$ac_delim +pdfdir!$pdfdir$ac_delim +psdir!$psdir$ac_delim +libdir!$libdir$ac_delim +localedir!$localedir$ac_delim +mandir!$mandir$ac_delim +DEFS!$DEFS$ac_delim +ECHO_C!$ECHO_C$ac_delim +ECHO_N!$ECHO_N$ac_delim +ECHO_T!$ECHO_T$ac_delim +LIBS!$LIBS$ac_delim +build_alias!$build_alias$ac_delim +host_alias!$host_alias$ac_delim +target_alias!$target_alias$ac_delim +build!$build$ac_delim +build_cpu!$build_cpu$ac_delim +build_vendor!$build_vendor$ac_delim +build_os!$build_os$ac_delim +host!$host$ac_delim +host_cpu!$host_cpu$ac_delim +host_vendor!$host_vendor$ac_delim +host_os!$host_os$ac_delim +tzsh!$tzsh$ac_delim +zshenv!$zshenv$ac_delim +zshrc!$zshrc$ac_delim +zprofile!$zprofile$ac_delim +zlogin!$zlogin$ac_delim +zlogout!$zlogout$ac_delim +fndir!$fndir$ac_delim +sitefndir!$sitefndir$ac_delim +FUNCTIONS_SUBDIRS!$FUNCTIONS_SUBDIRS$ac_delim +scriptdir!$scriptdir$ac_delim +sitescriptdir!$sitescriptdir$ac_delim +CC!$CC$ac_delim +CFLAGS!$CFLAGS$ac_delim +LDFLAGS!$LDFLAGS$ac_delim +CPPFLAGS!$CPPFLAGS$ac_delim +ac_ct_CC!$ac_ct_CC$ac_delim +EXEEXT!$EXEEXT$ac_delim +OBJEXT!$OBJEXT$ac_delim +EXELDFLAGS!$EXELDFLAGS$ac_delim +LIBLDFLAGS!$LIBLDFLAGS$ac_delim +CPP!$CPP$ac_delim +GREP!$GREP$ac_delim +EGREP!$EGREP$ac_delim +U!$U$ac_delim +ALLOCA!$ALLOCA$ac_delim +SET_MAKE!$SET_MAKE$ac_delim +INSTALL_PROGRAM!$INSTALL_PROGRAM$ac_delim +INSTALL_SCRIPT!$INSTALL_SCRIPT$ac_delim +INSTALL_DATA!$INSTALL_DATA$ac_delim +AWK!$AWK$ac_delim +LN!$LN$ac_delim +YODL!$YODL$ac_delim +PDFETEX!$PDFETEX$ac_delim +TEXI2PDF!$TEXI2PDF$ac_delim +ANSI2KNR!$ANSI2KNR$ac_delim +PCRECONF!$PCRECONF$ac_delim +SIGNAL_H!$SIGNAL_H$ac_delim +ERRNO_H!$ERRNO_H$ac_delim +RLIMITS_INC_H!$RLIMITS_INC_H$ac_delim +SHORTBOOTNAMES!$SHORTBOOTNAMES$ac_delim +_ACEOF + + if test `sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.sed | grep -c X` = 85; then + break + elif $ac_last_try; then + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + else + ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " + fi +done + +ac_eof=`sed -n '/^CEOF[0-9]*$/s/CEOF/0/p' conf$$subs.sed` +if test -n "$ac_eof"; then + ac_eof=`echo "$ac_eof" | sort -nru | sed 1q` + ac_eof=`expr $ac_eof + 1` +fi + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF +cat >"\$tmp/subs-1.sed" <<\CEOF$ac_eof +/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b +/^[ ]*@CLEAN_MK@[ ]*$/{ +r $CLEAN_MK +d +} +/^[ ]*@CONFIG_MK@[ ]*$/{ +r $CONFIG_MK +d +} +/^[ ]*@DEFS_MK@[ ]*$/{ +r $DEFS_MK +d +} +/^[ ]*@VERSION_MK@[ ]*$/{ +r $VERSION_MK +d +} +_ACEOF +sed ' +s/[,\\&]/\\&/g; s/@/@|#_!!_#|/g +s/^/s,@/; s/!/@,|#_!!_#|/ +:n +t n +s/'"$ac_delim"'$/,g/; t +s/$/\\/; p +N; s/^.*\n//; s/[,\\&]/\\&/g; s/@/@|#_!!_#|/g; b n +' >>$CONFIG_STATUS >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF +CEOF$ac_eof +_ACEOF + + +ac_delim='%!_!# ' +for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do + cat >conf$$subs.sed <<_ACEOF +INSTLIB!$INSTLIB$ac_delim +UNINSTLIB!$UNINSTLIB$ac_delim +D!$D$ac_delim +DL_EXT!$DL_EXT$ac_delim +DLLD!$DLLD$ac_delim +DLCFLAGS!$DLCFLAGS$ac_delim +DLLDFLAGS!$DLLDFLAGS$ac_delim +E!$E$ac_delim +EXTRA_LDFLAGS!$EXTRA_LDFLAGS$ac_delim +EXPOPT!$EXPOPT$ac_delim +IMPOPT!$IMPOPT$ac_delim +L!$L$ac_delim +LINKMODS!$LINKMODS$ac_delim +MOD_EXPORT!$MOD_EXPORT$ac_delim +MOD_IMPORT_VARIABLE!$MOD_IMPORT_VARIABLE$ac_delim +MOD_IMPORT_FUNCTION!$MOD_IMPORT_FUNCTION$ac_delim +EXTRAZSHOBJS!$EXTRAZSHOBJS$ac_delim +LIBOBJS!$LIBOBJS$ac_delim +LTLIBOBJS!$LTLIBOBJS$ac_delim +_ACEOF + + if test `sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.sed | grep -c X` = 19; then + break + elif $ac_last_try; then + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + else + ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " + fi +done + +ac_eof=`sed -n '/^CEOF[0-9]*$/s/CEOF/0/p' conf$$subs.sed` +if test -n "$ac_eof"; then + ac_eof=`echo "$ac_eof" | sort -nru | sed 1q` + ac_eof=`expr $ac_eof + 1` +fi + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF +cat >"\$tmp/subs-2.sed" <<\CEOF$ac_eof +/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b end +_ACEOF +sed ' +s/[,\\&]/\\&/g; s/@/@|#_!!_#|/g +s/^/s,@/; s/!/@,|#_!!_#|/ +:n +t n +s/'"$ac_delim"'$/,g/; t +s/$/\\/; p +N; s/^.*\n//; s/[,\\&]/\\&/g; s/@/@|#_!!_#|/g; b n +' >>$CONFIG_STATUS >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF +:end +s/|#_!!_#|//g +CEOF$ac_eof +_ACEOF + + +# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir), +# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and +# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty +# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). +if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then + ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=/{ +s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/ +s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/ +s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/ +s/^\([^=]*=[ ]*\):*/\1/ +s/:*$// +s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// +}' +fi + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF +fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" + + +for ac_tag in :F $CONFIG_FILES :H $CONFIG_HEADERS :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS +do + case $ac_tag in + :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; + esac + case $ac_mode$ac_tag in + :[FHL]*:*);; + :L* | :C*:*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Invalid tag $ac_tag." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: Invalid tag $ac_tag." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; + :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; + esac + ac_save_IFS=$IFS + IFS=: + set x $ac_tag + IFS=$ac_save_IFS + shift + ac_file=$1 + shift + + case $ac_mode in + :L) ac_source=$1;; + :[FH]) + ac_file_inputs= + for ac_f + do + case $ac_f in + -) ac_f="$tmp/stdin";; + *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree + # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, + # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. + test -f "$ac_f" || + case $ac_f in + [\\/$]*) false;; + *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; + esac || + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + esac + ac_file_inputs="$ac_file_inputs $ac_f" + done + + # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't + # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: + # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ + configure_input="Generated from "`IFS=: + echo $* | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'`" by configure." + if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then + configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5 +echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} + fi + + case $ac_tag in + *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$tmp/stdin";; + esac + ;; + esac + + ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || +$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +echo X"$ac_file" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + { as_dir="$ac_dir" + case $as_dir in #( + -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; + esac + test -d "$as_dir" || { $as_mkdir_p && mkdir -p "$as_dir"; } || { + as_dirs= + while :; do + case $as_dir in #( + *\'*) as_qdir=`echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #( + *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; + esac + as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" + as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || +$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +echo X"$as_dir" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + test -d "$as_dir" && break + done + test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" + } || test -d "$as_dir" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } + ac_builddir=. + +case "$ac_dir" in +.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; +*) + ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'` + # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_top_builddir_sub=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,/..,g;s,/,,'` + case $ac_top_builddir_sub in + "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; + *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; + esac ;; +esac +ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd +ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix +# for backward compatibility: +ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix + +case $srcdir in + .) # We are building in place. + ac_srcdir=. + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. + ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; + ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; + *) # Relative name. + ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; +esac +ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + + + case $ac_mode in + :F) + # + # CONFIG_FILE + # + + case $INSTALL in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; + *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;; + esac +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF +# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. +# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. +ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= + +case `sed -n '/datarootdir/ { + p + q +} +/@datadir@/p +/@docdir@/p +/@infodir@/p +/@localedir@/p +/@mandir@/p +' $ac_file_inputs` in +*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; +*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF + ac_datarootdir_hack=' + s&@datadir@&$datadir&g + s&@docdir@&$docdir&g + s&@infodir@&$infodir&g + s&@localedir@&$localedir&g + s&@mandir@&$mandir&g + s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; +esac +_ACEOF + +# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. +# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. +# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF + sed "$ac_vpsub +$extrasub +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF +:t +/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b +s&@configure_input@&$configure_input&;t t +s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t +s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t +s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t +s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t +s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t +s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t +s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t +s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t +s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t +$ac_datarootdir_hack +" $ac_file_inputs | sed -f "$tmp/subs-1.sed" | sed -f "$tmp/subs-2.sed" >$tmp/out + +test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && + { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && + { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' +which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined." >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' +which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined." >&2;} + + rm -f "$tmp/stdin" + case $ac_file in + -) cat "$tmp/out"; rm -f "$tmp/out";; + *) rm -f "$ac_file"; mv "$tmp/out" $ac_file;; + esac + ;; + :H) + # + # CONFIG_HEADER + # +_ACEOF + +# Transform confdefs.h into a sed script `conftest.defines', that +# substitutes the proper values into config.h.in to produce config.h. +rm -f conftest.defines conftest.tail +# First, append a space to every undef/define line, to ease matching. +echo 's/$/ /' >conftest.defines +# Then, protect against being on the right side of a sed subst, or in +# an unquoted here document, in config.status. If some macros were +# called several times there might be several #defines for the same +# symbol, which is useless. But do not sort them, since the last +# AC_DEFINE must be honored. +ac_word_re=[_$as_cr_Letters][_$as_cr_alnum]* +# These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B PARAMS C VALUE D", where +# NAME is the cpp macro being defined, VALUE is the value it is being given. +# PARAMS is the parameter list in the macro definition--in most cases, it's +# just an empty string. +ac_dA='s,^\\([ #]*\\)[^ ]*\\([ ]*' +ac_dB='\\)[ (].*,\\1define\\2' +ac_dC=' ' +ac_dD=' ,' + +uniq confdefs.h | + sed -n ' + t rset + :rset + s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*// + t ok + d + :ok + s/[\\&,]/\\&/g + s/^\('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/ '"$ac_dA"'\1'"$ac_dB"'\2'"${ac_dC}"'\3'"$ac_dD"'/p + s/^\('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/'"$ac_dA"'\1'"$ac_dB$ac_dC"'\2'"$ac_dD"'/p + ' >>conftest.defines + +# Remove the space that was appended to ease matching. +# Then replace #undef with comments. This is necessary, for +# example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required +# on some systems where configure will not decide to define it. +# (The regexp can be short, since the line contains either #define or #undef.) +echo 's/ $// +s,^[ #]*u.*,/* & */,' >>conftest.defines + +# Break up conftest.defines: +ac_max_sed_lines=50 + +# First sed command is: sed -f defines.sed $ac_file_inputs >"$tmp/out1" +# Second one is: sed -f defines.sed "$tmp/out1" >"$tmp/out2" +# Third one will be: sed -f defines.sed "$tmp/out2" >"$tmp/out1" +# et cetera. +ac_in='$ac_file_inputs' +ac_out='"$tmp/out1"' +ac_nxt='"$tmp/out2"' + +while : +do + # Write a here document: + cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF + # First, check the format of the line: + cat >"\$tmp/defines.sed" <<\\CEOF +/^[ ]*#[ ]*undef[ ][ ]*$ac_word_re[ ]*\$/b def +/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*$ac_word_re[( ]/b def +b +:def +_ACEOF + sed ${ac_max_sed_lines}q conftest.defines >>$CONFIG_STATUS + echo 'CEOF + sed -f "$tmp/defines.sed"' "$ac_in >$ac_out" >>$CONFIG_STATUS + ac_in=$ac_out; ac_out=$ac_nxt; ac_nxt=$ac_in + sed 1,${ac_max_sed_lines}d conftest.defines >conftest.tail + grep . conftest.tail >/dev/null || break + rm -f conftest.defines + mv conftest.tail conftest.defines +done +rm -f conftest.defines conftest.tail + +echo "ac_result=$ac_in" >>$CONFIG_STATUS +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF + if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then + echo "/* $configure_input */" >"$tmp/config.h" + cat "$ac_result" >>"$tmp/config.h" + if diff $ac_file "$tmp/config.h" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5 +echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;} + else + rm -f $ac_file + mv "$tmp/config.h" $ac_file + fi + else + echo "/* $configure_input */" + cat "$ac_result" + fi + rm -f "$tmp/out12" + ;; + + :C) { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: executing $ac_file commands" >&5 +echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;} + ;; + esac + + + case $ac_file$ac_mode in + "config.modules":C) . ./config.modules.sh ;; + "stamp-h":C) echo >stamp-h ;; + + esac +done # for ac_tag + + +{ (exit 0); exit 0; } +_ACEOF +chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save + + +# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. +# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. +# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open +# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its +# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, +# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and +# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we +# need to make the FD available again. +if test "$no_create" != yes; then + ac_cs_success=: + ac_config_status_args= + test "$silent" = yes && + ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" + exec 5>/dev/null + $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false + exec 5>>config.log + # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which + # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. + $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi + + +eval "zshbin1=${bindir}" +eval "zshbin2=${zshbin1}" +eval "zshman=${mandir}" +eval "zshinfo=${infodir}" +eval "zshfndir=${fndir}" + +echo " +zsh configuration +----------------- +zsh version : ${VERSION} +host operating system : ${host_cpu}-${host_vendor}-${host_os} +source code location : ${srcdir} +compiler : ${CC} +preprocessor flags : ${CPPFLAGS} +executable compiler flags : ${CFLAGS}" +if test "$dynamic" = yes; then + echo "\ +module compiler flags : ${CFLAGS} ${DLCFLAGS}" +fi +echo "\ +executable linker flags : ${LDFLAGS} ${EXELDFLAGS} ${EXTRA_LDFLAGS}" +if test "$dynamic" = yes; then + echo "\ +module linker flags : ${LDFLAGS} ${LIBLDFLAGS} ${DLLDFLAGS}" +fi +echo "\ +library flags : ${LIBS} +installation basename : ${tzsh_name} +binary install path : ${zshbin2} +man page install path : ${zshman} +info install path : ${zshinfo}" +if test "$zshfndir" != no; then + echo "functions install path : ${zshfndir}" +fi +echo "See config.modules for installed modules and functions. +" + + --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/config.h.in +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/config.h.in @@ -0,0 +1,1024 @@ +/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ + +/***** begin user configuration section *****/ + +/* Define this to be the location of your password file */ +#define PASSWD_FILE "/etc/passwd" + +/* Define this to be the name of your NIS/YP password * + * map (if applicable) */ +#define PASSWD_MAP "passwd.byname" + +/* Define to 1 if you want user names to be cached */ +#define CACHE_USERNAMES 1 + +/* Define to 1 if system supports job control */ +#define JOB_CONTROL 1 + +/* Define this if you use "suspended" instead of "stopped" */ +#define USE_SUSPENDED 1 + +/* The default history buffer size in lines */ +#define DEFAULT_HISTSIZE 30 + +/* The default editor for the fc builtin */ +#define DEFAULT_FCEDIT "vi" + +/* The default prefix for temporary files */ +#define DEFAULT_TMPPREFIX "/tmp/zsh" + +/***** end of user configuration section *****/ +/***** shouldn't have to change anything below here *****/ + + + +/* Define to 1 if you want to use dynamically loaded modules on AIX. */ +#undef AIXDYNAMIC + +/* Define to 1 if kill(pid, 0) doesn't return ESRCH, ie BeOS R4.51. */ +#undef BROKEN_KILL_ESRCH + +/* Define to 1 if sigsuspend() is broken */ +#undef BROKEN_POSIX_SIGSUSPEND + +/* Define to 1 if compiler incorrectly cast signed to unsigned. */ +#undef BROKEN_SIGNED_TO_UNSIGNED_CASTING + +/* Define to 1 if tcsetpgrp() doesn't work, ie BeOS R4.51. */ +#undef BROKEN_TCSETPGRP + +/* Define to 1 if you use BSD style signal handling (and can block signals). + */ +#undef BSD_SIGNALS + +/* Undefine if you don't want local features. By default this is defined. */ +#undef CONFIG_LOCALE + +/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP + systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems. + */ +#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END + +/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */ +#undef C_ALLOCA + +/* Define to 1 if you want to debug zsh. */ +#undef DEBUG + +/* The default path; used when running commands with command -p */ +#undef DEFAULT_PATH + +/* Define to 1 if you want to avoid calling functions that will require + dynamic NSS modules. */ +#undef DISABLE_DYNAMIC_NSS + +/* Define to 1 if an underscore has to be prepended to dlsym() argument. */ +#undef DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE + +/* The extension used for dynamically loaded modules. */ +#undef DL_EXT + +/* Define to 1 if you want to use dynamically loaded modules. */ +#undef DYNAMIC + +/* Define to 1 if multiple modules defining the same symbol are OK. */ +#undef DYNAMIC_NAME_CLASH_OK + +/* Define to 1 if the `getpgrp' function requires zero arguments. */ +#undef GETPGRP_VOID + +/* Define to 1 if getpwnam() is faked, ie BeOS R4.51. */ +#undef GETPWNAM_FAKED + +/* The global file to source whenever zsh is run as a login shell; if + undefined, don't source anything */ +#undef GLOBAL_ZLOGIN + +/* The global file to source whenever zsh was run as a login shell. This is + sourced right before exiting. If undefined, don't source anything. */ +#undef GLOBAL_ZLOGOUT + +/* The global file to source whenever zsh is run as a login shell, before + zshrc is read; if undefined, don't source anything. */ +#undef GLOBAL_ZPROFILE + +/* The global file to source absolutely first whenever zsh is run; if + undefined, don't source anything. */ +#undef GLOBAL_ZSHENV + +/* The global file to source whenever zsh is run; if undefined, don't source + anything */ +#undef GLOBAL_ZSHRC + +/* Define if TIOCGWINSZ is defined in sys/ioctl.h but not in termios.h. */ +#undef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL + +/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */ +#undef HAVE_ALLOCA + +/* Define to 1 if you have and it should be used (not on Ultrix). + */ +#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H + +/* Define if you have the termcap boolcodes symbol. */ +#undef HAVE_BOOLCODES + +/* Define if you have the terminfo boolnames symbol. */ +#undef HAVE_BOOLNAMES + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `brk' function. */ +#undef HAVE_BRK + +/* Define to 1 if there is a prototype defined for brk() on your system. */ +#undef HAVE_BRK_PROTO + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `cap_get_proc' function. */ +#undef HAVE_CAP_GET_PROC + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_CURSES_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `difftime' function. */ +#undef HAVE_DIFFTIME + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines `DIR'. + */ +#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `dlclose' function. */ +#undef HAVE_DLCLOSE + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `dlerror' function. */ +#undef HAVE_DLERROR + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `dlopen' function. */ +#undef HAVE_DLOPEN + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `dlsym' function. */ +#undef HAVE_DLSYM + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_DL_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `erand48' function. */ +#undef HAVE_ERAND48 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_ERRNO_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `faccessx' function. */ +#undef HAVE_FACCESSX + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `fchdir' function. */ +#undef HAVE_FCHDIR + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `fchmod' function. */ +#undef HAVE_FCHMOD + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `fchown' function. */ +#undef HAVE_FCHOWN + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H + +/* Define to 1 if system has working FIFOs. */ +#undef HAVE_FIFOS + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `fseeko' function. */ +#undef HAVE_FSEEKO + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `fstat' function. */ +#undef HAVE_FSTAT + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `ftello' function. */ +#undef HAVE_FTELLO + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `ftruncate' function. */ +#undef HAVE_FTRUNCATE + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `getenv' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETENV + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgrgid' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETGRGID + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgrnam' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETGRNAM + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `gethostbyname2' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME2 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `gethostname' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETHOSTNAME + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `getipnodebyname' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETIPNODEBYNAME + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `getlogin' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETLOGIN + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpwent' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETPWENT + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpwnam' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETPWNAM + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpwuid' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETPWUID + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `getrlimit' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETRLIMIT + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `getrusage' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETRUSAGE + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `grantpt' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GRANTPT + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_GRP_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `htons' function. */ +#undef HAVE_HTONS + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `iconv' function. */ +#undef HAVE_ICONV + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_ICONV_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_aton' function. */ +#undef HAVE_INET_ATON + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_ntop' function. */ +#undef HAVE_INET_NTOP + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_pton' function. */ +#undef HAVE_INET_PTON + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `initgroups' function. */ +#undef HAVE_INITGROUPS + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `initscr' function. */ +#undef HAVE_INITSCR + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H + +/* Define to 1 if there is a prototype defined for ioctl() on your system. */ +#undef HAVE_IOCTL_PROTO + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `killpg' function. */ +#undef HAVE_KILLPG + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `lchown' function. */ +#undef HAVE_LCHOWN + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `cap' library (-lcap). */ +#undef HAVE_LIBCAP + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_LIBC_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `dl' library (-ldl). */ +#undef HAVE_LIBDL + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `m' library (-lm). */ +#undef HAVE_LIBM + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' library (-lsocket). */ +#undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H + +/* Define to 1 if system has working link(). */ +#undef HAVE_LINK + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `load' function. */ +#undef HAVE_LOAD + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `loadbind' function. */ +#undef HAVE_LOADBIND + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `loadquery' function. */ +#undef HAVE_LOADQUERY + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `lstat' function. */ +#undef HAVE_LSTAT + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `memcpy' function. */ +#undef HAVE_MEMCPY + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `memmove' function. */ +#undef HAVE_MEMMOVE + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkfifo' function. */ +#undef HAVE_MKFIFO + +/* Define to 1 if there is a prototype defined for mknod() on your system. */ +#undef HAVE_MKNOD_PROTO + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkstemp' function. */ +#undef HAVE_MKSTEMP + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `mktime' function. */ +#undef HAVE_MKTIME + +/* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */ +#undef HAVE_MMAP + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `msync' function. */ +#undef HAVE_MSYNC + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `munmap' function. */ +#undef HAVE_MUNMAP + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ +#undef HAVE_NDIR_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_SYSTM_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `nice' function. */ +#undef HAVE_NICE + +/* Define to 1 if you have NIS. */ +#undef HAVE_NIS + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `nis_list' function. */ +#undef HAVE_NIS_LIST + +/* Define to 1 if you have NISPLUS. */ +#undef HAVE_NIS_PLUS + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `nl_langinfo' function. */ +#undef HAVE_NL_LANGINFO + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `ntohs' function. */ +#undef HAVE_NTOHS + +/* Define if you have the termcap numcodes symbol. */ +#undef HAVE_NUMCODES + +/* Define if you have the terminfo numnames symbol. */ +#undef HAVE_NUMNAMES + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `open_memstream' function. */ +#undef HAVE_OPEN_MEMSTREAM + +/* Define to 1 if your termcap library has the ospeed variable */ +#undef HAVE_OSPEED + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `pathconf' function. */ +#undef HAVE_PATHCONF + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `pcre_compile' function. */ +#undef HAVE_PCRE_COMPILE + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `pcre_exec' function. */ +#undef HAVE_PCRE_EXEC + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_PCRE_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `pcre_study' function. */ +#undef HAVE_PCRE_STUDY + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `poll' function. */ +#undef HAVE_POLL + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_POLL_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `ptsname' function. */ +#undef HAVE_PTSNAME + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */ +#undef HAVE_PUTENV + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_PWD_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `readlink' function. */ +#undef HAVE_READLINK + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `regcomp' function. */ +#undef HAVE_REGCOMP + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `regerror' function. */ +#undef HAVE_REGERROR + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `regexec' function. */ +#undef HAVE_REGEXEC + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `regfree' function. */ +#undef HAVE_REGFREE + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_AIO_MEM is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_AIO_MEM + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_AIO_OPS is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_AIO_OPS + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_AS is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_AS + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_LOCKS is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_LOCKS + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_MEMLOCK is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_MEMLOCK + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_NICE is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_NICE + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_NOFILE is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_NOFILE + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_NPROC is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_NPROC + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_PTHREAD is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_PTHREAD + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_RSS is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_RSS + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_RTPRIO is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_RTPRIO + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_SBSIZE is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_SBSIZE + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_SIGPENDING is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_SIGPENDING + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_TCACHE is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_TCACHE + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_VMEM is present (whether or not as a macro). */ +#undef HAVE_RLIMIT_VMEM + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `sbrk' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SBRK + +/* Define to 1 if there is a prototype defined for sbrk() on your system. */ +#undef HAVE_SBRK_PROTO + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `select' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SELECT + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `setcchar' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SETCCHAR + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SETENV + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `seteuid' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SETEUID + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `setpgid' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SETPGID + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `setpgrp' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SETPGRP + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `setresuid' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SETRESUID + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `setreuid' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SETREUID + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `setsid' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SETSID + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `setuid' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SETUID + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `setupterm' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SETUPTERM + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `shl_findsym' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SHL_FINDSYM + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `shl_load' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SHL_LOAD + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `shl_unload' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SHL_UNLOAD + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SIGACTION + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigblock' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SIGBLOCK + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `sighold' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SIGHOLD + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `signgam' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SIGNGAM + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigprocmask' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SIGPROCMASK + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigrelse' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SIGRELSE + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigsetmask' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SIGSETMASK + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STDARG_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STDINT_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STDIO_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H + +/* Define if you have the termcap strcodes symbol. */ +#undef HAVE_STRCODES + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcoll' function and it is properly defined. + */ +#undef HAVE_STRCOLL + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */ +#undef HAVE_STRERROR + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `strftime' function. */ +#undef HAVE_STRFTIME + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STRING_H + +/* Define if you have the terminfo strnames symbol. */ +#undef HAVE_STRNAMES + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `strptime' function. */ +#undef HAVE_STRPTIME + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `strstr' function. */ +#undef HAVE_STRSTR + +/* Define if your system's struct direct has a member named d_ino. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_DIRECT_D_INO + +/* Define if your system's struct direct has a member named d_stat. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_DIRECT_D_STAT + +/* Define if your system's struct dirent has a member named d_ino. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO + +/* Define if your system's struct dirent has a member named d_stat. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_STAT + +/* Define to 1 if `ru_idrss' is member of `struct rusage'. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_IDRSS + +/* Define to 1 if `ru_inblock' is member of `struct rusage'. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_INBLOCK + +/* Define to 1 if `ru_isrss' is member of `struct rusage'. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_ISRSS + +/* Define to 1 if `ru_ixrss' is member of `struct rusage'. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_IXRSS + +/* Define to 1 if `ru_majflt' is member of `struct rusage'. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_MAJFLT + +/* Define to 1 if `ru_maxrss' is member of `struct rusage'. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_MAXRSS + +/* Define to 1 if `ru_minflt' is member of `struct rusage'. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_MINFLT + +/* Define to 1 if `ru_msgrcv' is member of `struct rusage'. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_MSGRCV + +/* Define to 1 if `ru_msgsnd' is member of `struct rusage'. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_MSGSND + +/* Define to 1 if `ru_nivcsw' is member of `struct rusage'. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_NIVCSW + +/* Define to 1 if `ru_nsignals' is member of `struct rusage'. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_NSIGNALS + +/* Define to 1 if `ru_nswap' is member of `struct rusage'. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_NSWAP + +/* Define to 1 if `ru_nvcsw' is member of `struct rusage'. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_NVCSW + +/* Define to 1 if `ru_oublock' is member of `struct rusage'. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_RUSAGE_RU_OUBLOCK + +/* Define if your system's struct sockaddr_in6 has a member named + sin6_scope_id. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6_SIN6_SCOPE_ID + +/* Define to 1 if struct timezone is defined by a system header */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE + +/* Define to 1 if struct utmp is defined by a system header */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP + +/* Define to 1 if struct utmpx is defined by a system header */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX + +/* Define if your system's struct utmpx has a member named ut_host. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_HOST + +/* Define if your system's struct utmpx has a member named ut_tv. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_TV + +/* Define if your system's struct utmpx has a member named ut_xtime. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_XTIME + +/* Define if your system's struct utmp has a member named ut_host. */ +#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST + +/* Define to 1 if you have RFS superroot directory. */ +#undef HAVE_SUPERROOT + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `sysconf' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SYSCONF + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines `DIR'. + */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_FILIO_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines `DIR'. + */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_STROPTS_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have that is POSIX.1 compatible. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `tcgetattr' function. */ +#undef HAVE_TCGETATTR + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `tcsetpgrp' function. */ +#undef HAVE_TCSETPGRP + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_TERMCAP_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_TERMIOS_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_TERMIO_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_TERM_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `tgetent' function. */ +#undef HAVE_TGETENT + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `tigetflag' function. */ +#undef HAVE_TIGETFLAG + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `tigetnum' function. */ +#undef HAVE_TIGETNUM + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `tigetstr' function. */ +#undef HAVE_TIGETSTR + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `timelocal' function. */ +#undef HAVE_TIMELOCAL + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `uname' function. */ +#undef HAVE_UNAME + +/* Define to 1 if the compiler can initialise a union. */ +#undef HAVE_UNION_INIT + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `unload' function. */ +#undef HAVE_UNLOAD + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `unlockpt' function. */ +#undef HAVE_UNLOCKPT + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `unsetenv' function. */ +#undef HAVE_UNSETENV + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_UTMPX_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_UTMP_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_VARARGS_H + +/* Define to 1 if compiler supports variable-length arrays */ +#undef HAVE_VARIABLE_LENGTH_ARRAYS + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `wait3' function. */ +#undef HAVE_WAIT3 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `waitpid' function. */ +#undef HAVE_WAITPID + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_WCHAR_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `wctomb' function. */ +#undef HAVE_WCTOMB + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `xw' function. */ +#undef HAVE_XW + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `_mktemp' function. */ +#undef HAVE__MKTEMP + +/* Define to 1 if you want to use dynamically loaded modules on HPUX 10. */ +#undef HPUXDYNAMIC + +/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */ +#undef ICONV_CONST + +/* Define to 1 if ino_t is 64 bit (for large file support). */ +#undef INO_T_IS_64_BIT + +/* Define to 1 if we must include to get a prototype for + ioctl(). */ +#undef IOCTL_IN_SYS_IOCTL + +/* Definitions used when a long is less than eight byte, to try to provide + some support for eight byte operations. Note that ZSH_64_BIT_TYPE, + OFF_T_IS_64_BIT, INO_T_IS_64_BIT do *not* get defined if long is already 64 + bits, since in that case no special handling is required. Define to 1 if + long is 64 bits */ +#undef LONG_IS_64_BIT + +/* Define to be the machine type (microprocessor class or machine model). */ +#undef MACHTYPE + +/* Define for Maildir support */ +#undef MAILDIR_SUPPORT + +/* Define for function depth limits */ +#undef MAX_FUNCTION_DEPTH + +/* Define to 1 if you want support for multibyte character sets. */ +#undef MULTIBYTE_SUPPORT + +/* Define to 1 if you have ospeed, but it is not defined in termcap.h */ +#undef MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED + +/* Define to 1 if you have no signal blocking at all (bummer). */ +#undef NO_SIGNAL_BLOCKING + +/* Define to 1 if off_t is 64 bit (for large file support) */ +#undef OFF_T_IS_64_BIT + +/* Define to be the name of the operating system. */ +#undef OSTYPE + +/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ +#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT + +/* Define to the full name of this package. */ +#undef PACKAGE_NAME + +/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ +#undef PACKAGE_STRING + +/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ +#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME + +/* Define to the version of this package. */ +#undef PACKAGE_VERSION + +/* Define to the path of the /dev/fd filesystem. */ +#undef PATH_DEV_FD + +/* Define to be location of utmpx file. */ +#undef PATH_UTMPX_FILE + +/* Define to be location of utmp file. */ +#undef PATH_UTMP_FILE + +/* Define to be location of wtmpx file. */ +#undef PATH_WTMPX_FILE + +/* Define to be location of wtmp file. */ +#undef PATH_WTMP_FILE + +/* Define to 1 if you use POSIX style signal handling. */ +#undef POSIX_SIGNALS + +/* Define to 1 if ANSI function prototypes are usable. */ +#undef PROTOTYPES + +/* Undefine this if you don't want to get a restricted shell when zsh is + exec'd with basename that starts with r. By default this is defined. */ +#undef RESTRICTED_R + +/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */ +#undef RETSIGTYPE + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_RSS and RLIMIT_AS both exist and are equal. */ +#undef RLIMIT_RSS_IS_AS + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_VMEM and RLIMIT_AS both exist and are equal. */ +#undef RLIMIT_VMEM_IS_AS + +/* Define to 1 if RLIMIT_VMEM and RLIMIT_RSS both exist and are equal. */ +#undef RLIMIT_VMEM_IS_RSS + +/* Define to 1 if struct rlimit uses long long */ +#undef RLIM_T_IS_LONG_LONG + +/* Define to 1 if struct rlimit uses quad_t. */ +#undef RLIM_T_IS_QUAD_T + +/* Define to 1 if struct rlimit uses unsigned. */ +#undef RLIM_T_IS_UNSIGNED + +/* Define to 1 if select() is defined in , ie BeOS R4.51 */ +#undef SELECT_IN_SYS_SOCKET_H + +/* Define to 1 if /bin/sh does not interpret \ escape sequences. */ +#undef SH_USE_BSD_ECHO + +/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the + direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be + automatically deduced at runtime. + STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses + STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses + STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ +#undef STACK_DIRECTION + +/* Define to 1 if the `S_IS*' macros in do not work properly. */ +#undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN + +/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ +#undef STDC_HEADERS + +/* Define to 1 if you use SYS style signal handling (and can block signals). + */ +#undef SYSV_SIGNALS + +/* Define if term.h chokes without curses.h. */ +#undef TERM_H_NEEDS_CURSES_H + +/* Define to 1 if tgetent() accepts NULL as a buffer. */ +#undef TGETENT_ACCEPTS_NULL + +/* Define to what tgetent() returns on success (0 on HP-UX X/Open curses). */ +#undef TGETENT_SUCCESS + +/* Define if sys/time.h and sys/select.h cannot be both included. */ +#undef TIME_H_SELECT_H_CONFLICTS + +/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both and . */ +#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME + +/* Define to 1 if all the kit for using /dev/ptmx for ptys is available. */ +#undef USE_DEV_PTMX + +/* Define to 1 if you need to use the native getcwd. */ +#undef USE_GETCWD + +/* Define to 1 if h_errno is not defined by the system. */ +#undef USE_LOCAL_H_ERRNO + +/* Define to be a string corresponding the vendor of the machine. */ +#undef VENDOR + +/* Define if your should include sys/stream.h and sys/ptem.h. */ +#undef WINSIZE_IN_PTEM + +/* Define to a 64 bit integer type if there is one, but long is shorter. */ +#undef ZSH_64_BIT_TYPE + +/* Define to an unsigned variant of ZSH_64_BIT_TYPE if that is defined. */ +#undef ZSH_64_BIT_UTYPE + +/* Define to 1 if you want to get debugging information on internal hash + tables. This turns on the `hashinfo' builtin. */ +#undef ZSH_HASH_DEBUG + +/* Define to 1 if you want to use zsh's own memory allocation routines */ +#undef ZSH_MEM + +/* Define to 1 if you want to debug zsh memory allocation routines. */ +#undef ZSH_MEM_DEBUG + +/* Define to 1 if you want to turn on warnings of memory allocation errors */ +#undef ZSH_MEM_WARNING + +/* Define to 1 if you want to turn on memory checking for free(). */ +#undef ZSH_SECURE_FREE + +/* Define to the base type of the third argument of accept */ +#undef ZSOCKLEN_T + +/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */ +#undef const + +/* Define to `int' if doesn't define. */ +#undef gid_t + +/* Define to `unsigned long' if doesn't define. */ +#undef ino_t + +/* Define to `int' if does not define. */ +#undef mode_t + +/* Define to `long int' if does not define. */ +#undef off_t + +/* Define to `int' if does not define. */ +#undef pid_t + +/* Define to the type used in struct rlimit. */ +#undef rlim_t + +/* Define to `unsigned int' if or doesn't define */ +#undef sigset_t + +/* Define to `unsigned int' if does not define. */ +#undef size_t + +/* Define to `int' if doesn't define. */ +#undef uid_t --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/META-FAQ +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/META-FAQ @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +------------------------ +META-FAQ for the Z Shell +------------------------ + +The latest version of this META-FAQ can be found at any of the FTP sites +listed below. +SECTHEADAuthor +Zsh was originally written by Paul Falstad . +Zsh is now maintained by the members of the zsh-workers mailing +list . The development is currently +coordinated by Peter Stephenson . The coordinator +can be contacted at , but matters relating to +the code should generally go to the mailing list. +SECTHEADAvailability +Zsh is available from the following anonymous FTP sites. These mirror +sites are kept frequently up to date. The sites marked with (H) may be +mirroring ftp.cs.elte.hu instead of the primary site. + + ftp://ftp.zsh.org/pub/zsh/ + http://www.zsh.org/pub/zsh/ +Australia + ftp://ftp.zsh.org/pub/zsh/ + http://www.zsh.org/pub/zsh/ +Denmark + ftp://sunsite.dk/pub/unix/shells/zsh/ +Finland + ftp://ftp.funet.fi/pub/unix/shells/zsh/ +Germany + ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/pub/unix/shells/zsh/ (H) + ftp://ftp.gmd.de/packages/zsh/ + ftp://ftp.uni-trier.de/pub/unix/shell/zsh/ +Hungary + ftp://ftp.cs.elte.hu/pub/zsh/ + http://www.cs.elte.hu/pub/zsh/ + ftp://ftp.kfki.hu/pub/packages/zsh/ +Israel + ftp://ftp.math.technion.ac.il/pub/zsh/ + http://www.math.technion.ac.il/pub/zsh/ +Japan + ftp://ftp.win.ne.jp/pub/shell/zsh/ +Korea + ftp://linux.sarang.net/mirror/system/shell/zsh/ +Netherlands + ftp://ftp.demon.nl/pub/mirrors/zsh/ +Norway + ftp://ftp.uit.no/pub/unix/shells/zsh/ +Poland + ftp://sunsite.icm.edu.pl/pub/unix/shells/zsh/ +Romania + ftp://ftp.roedu.net/pub/mirrors/ftp.zsh.org/pub/zsh/ + ftp://ftp.kappa.ro/pub/mirrors/ftp.zsh.org/pub/zsh/ +Slovenia + ftp://ftp.siol.net/mirrors/zsh/ +Sweden + ftp://ftp.lysator.liu.se/pub/unix/zsh/ +UK + ftp://ftp.net.lut.ac.uk/zsh/ + ftp://sunsite.org.uk/packages/zsh/ +USA + http://zsh.open-mirror.com/ + +The up-to-date source code is available via anonymous CVS from Sourceforge. +See http://sourceforge.net/projects/zsh/ for details. + +SECTHEADMailing Lists +Zsh has 3 mailing lists: + + Announcements about releases, major changes in the shell and the + monthly posting of the Zsh FAQ. (moderated) + + User discussions. + + Hacking, development, bug reports and patches. + +To subscribe or unsubscribe, send mail +to the associated administrative address for the mailing list. + + + + + + + + + +YOU ONLY NEED TO JOIN ONE OF THE MAILING LISTS AS THEY ARE NESTED. +All submissions to zsh-announce are automatically forwarded to +zsh-users. All submissions to zsh-users are automatically +forwarded to zsh-workers. + +If you have problems subscribing/unsubscribing to any of the mailing +lists, send mail to . The mailing lists are +maintained by Karsten Thygesen . + +The mailing lists are archived; the archives can be accessed via the +administrative addresses listed above. There is also a hypertext +archive, maintained by Geoff Wing , available at +http://www.zsh.org/mla/. +SECTHEADThe Zsh FAQ +Zsh has a list of Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), maintained by +Peter Stephenson . It is regularly posted to the +newsgroup comp.unix.shell and the zsh-announce mailing list. +The latest version can be found at any of the Zsh FTP sites, or at +http://www.zsh.org/FAQ/. The contact address for FAQ-related matters +is . +SECTHEADThe Zsh Web Page +Zsh has a web page which is located at http://www.zsh.org/. This is +maintained by Karsten Thygesen , of SunSITE Denmark. +The contact address for web-related matters is . +SECTHEADThe Zsh Userguide +A userguide is currently in preparation. It is intended to complement the +manual, with explanations and hints on issues where the manual can be +cabbalistic, hierographic, or downright mystifying (for example, the word +`hierographic' does not exist). It can be viewed in its current state at +http://zsh.sunsite.dk/Guide/. At the time of writing, chapters +dealing with startup files and their contents and the new completion system +were essentially complete. +SECTHEADThe Zsh Wiki +A `wiki' website for zsh has been created at http://www.zshwiki.org/. +This is a site which can be added to and modified directly by users without +any special permission. You can add your own zsh tips and configurations. --- zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025.orig/stamp-h.in +++ zsh-beta-4.3.4-dev-1+20071025/stamp-h.in @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +